diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index 160ff0d72c..dece026642 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ dublin_core: translation decisions. format: text/tsv identifier: tn - issued: '2023-05-18' + issued: '2023-05-31' language: direction: ltr identifier: en title: English - modified: '2023-05-18' + modified: '2023-05-31' publisher: unfoldingWord relation: - en/ult?v=45 @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ dublin_core: source: - identifier: tn language: en - version: '71' + version: '72' subject: TSV Translation Notes title: unfoldingWord® Translation Notes type: help - version: '72' + version: '73' checking: checking_entity: - unfoldingWord diff --git a/tn_GEN.tsv b/tn_GEN.tsv index 50b66fd4d4..d0d78b2ce6 100644 --- a/tn_GEN.tsv +++ b/tn_GEN.tsv @@ -1,933 +1,933 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\nIn the book of Genesis, God communicates to all people the early history of the universe. He begins with how he created everything from nothing, including the earth and all the heavenly bodies (sun, moon, stars), all the plants and animals, and especially how he created human beings in his image to be in a relationship with him. This book also explains how sin and death came into the world and what God’s plan is to save people from that. In fact, all the important teachings in the Bible begin in Genesis. That makes this book **foundational** and important for everyone so that they can know and understand the truth about God and his plan for their lives.\n\nBeginning with verse 1, the book of Genesis is a **narrative** that tells the history of events that actually happened. This is confirmed by the fact that the conjunctions and the forms of the verbs that are used in the Hebrew text reflect the Hebrew narrative style, which is used to narrate historical accounts. In the same way, those who translate the book of Genesis should also use grammatical structures in their languages that are used for true, historical narratives. God uses narrative, which is one of the most interesting styles of communication, to not only tell people about the events in the early history of the world, but also to teach them about himself and about the way he interacts with people as their loving Creator.\n\nGenesis provides the **vital context** for the rest of God’s Word, especially the gospel message about Jesus, and so it helps people to understand their need for him to be their Savior. In fact, without Genesis, it would not be clear why everyone needs to trust in Jesus as the only one who can save them from sin and its consequences, so that they can associate with God and be part of his eternal family.\n\nIn light of all that, Genesis should be one of the first books of the Bible that is translated into every language that needs a translation. May God guide and bless you and your translation team as you undertake this important task together by his power.\n\n### Author and date of writing\n\nMoses was the human author of the first five books of the Bible, including the book of Genesis (Exodus 24:3-4; Deuteronomy 31:9, 24; John 1:45). The Holy Spirit is the one who inspired what Moses wrote in those books (2 Peter 1:21), so ultimately God is the author, and these books are part of his Message to mankind. Those five books are sometimes referred to as the Torah (a Hebrew word that means “teaching,” “instruction,” or “law”) or the Pentateuch (a Greek word that means “five books”). In the New Testament this set of books is also referred to as “the Law” (John 1:45) or “the Law of Moses” (Acts 28:23), and Jesus himself affirmed that Moses wrote them (John 5:46-47; 7:23).\n\nMoses was born in the country of Egypt around 1526 B.C. (Exodus 2:1-10). According to the genealogies in Genesis, his birth was about 1,000 years after the Flood (which was about 1,650 years after creation). Moses may have written much of the Pentateuch during the forty years that he led the people of Israel as they wandered in the wilderness (around 1446 B.C.—1406 B.C.).\n\nThe very first verse in Genesis assumes that God (the author guiding the human author) has always existed and that he has no beginning and no end (also see Genesis 21:33; Deuteronomy 33:27; Psalm 90:2). He uses his personal name “Yahweh” for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The name “Yahweh” means “he is” and indicates that God is eternal. His name also means that he is unchanging and that he is always present.\n\n### Book outline\n\nIn all, Genesis covers a span of about 2200 years of history. After the world’s early history, the rest of Genesis tells about the ancestors of God’s people, with special focus on Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph (and their families). Genealogies are an important part of what ties the book together from beginning to end.\n\nThe following outline shows these two main divisions in the book of Genesis: (1) Early World History, and (2) The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People. Those two divisions each have roughly four main subdivisions, which are based on four key events (in the first division) and four key ancestors (in the second division). Some scholars prefer to divide the book up into ten divisions that are introduced by the Hebrew phrase that means “these are the generations of...” In the outline below, **asterisks** mark the sections that contain that phrase. The phrase is found in Genesis 2:4 (heavens and earth), 5:1 (Adam), 6:9 (Noah), 10:1, 32 (sons of Noah), 11:10 (Shem), 11:27 (Terah), 25:12 (Ishmael), 25:19 (Isaac), 36:1, 9 (Esau), and 37:2 (Jacob).\n\n**Bolded words** in the outline show which sections contain promises and covenants from God and also mark who the main ancestors were in the various sub-divisions.\n\n#### Division 1: Early World History\n\nCreation\n- God creates the universe and everything in it (1:1-2:3)\n- Adam and Eve and the Garden of Eden (2:4-25)\\*\n\nThe Fall\n- The first sin and God’s judgment; prophecy of Christ (3:1-24) - **promise**\n- Cain and Abel: the first murder; Cain’s descendants (4:1-26)\n- The descendants of Adam to Noah (5:1-32)\\*\n\nThe Flood\n- God destroys the world with a flood, puts rainbow in the sky - **covenant** (6:1-9:17)\\*\n- Noah curses his son Ham and his grandson Canaan, blesses other sons (9:18-27)\n- The descendants of Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth (10:1-32)\\*\\*\n\nTower of Babel\n- Mankind rebels against God at Babel, so God creates many different languages and scatters the people over the earth (11:1-9)\n\n#### Division 2: The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People\n\nThe history about **Abraham** [Genesis 11:10-25:11]\n- The descendants of Shem to Abram (11:10-26)\\*\n- Terah and his three sons’ families in Haran; Terah dies (11:27-32)\\*\n- Abram travels to Canaan with Sarai and his nephew Lot (12:1-9) - **promise**\n- Abram lies about Sarai to Pharaoh, king of Egypt (12:10-20)\n- Back in the Negev Desert, Abram and Lot part ways (13:1-18) - **promise**\n- War of the kings; Abram rescues Lot and the other citizens of Sodom (14:1-17)\n- Melchizedek blesses Abram; Abram refuses bounty from king of Sodom (14:18-24)\n- God’s **covenant** with Abram (15:1-21) - **promise**\n- Hagar and Ishmael (16:1-16)\n- New names: Abraham and Sarah; **covenant** of circumcision (17:1-27) - **promise**\n- Three men visit Abram, Yahweh renews promise, Sarah laughs (18:1-15) - **promise**\n- Abram pleads with Yahweh to spare Sodom (18:16-33)\n- Lot and two daughters escape destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (19:1-29)\n- Lot’s grandsons: the ancestors of the Moabites and Ammonites (19:30-38)\n- Abraham lies about Sarah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (20:1-18)\n- Isaac is born to Sarah; Ishmael grows up in the desert (21:1-21)\n- Abraham makes a treaty with King Abimelech at Beersheba (21:22-34)\n- God tests Abraham by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac (22:1-19) - **promise**\n- Sarah dies and Abraham buys burial property in the land of Canaan (23:1-20)\n- God provides Rebekah as a wife for Isaac (24:1-67)\n- Abraham’s descendants by second wife Keturah (25:1-6)\n- Abraham dies and is buried by Isaac and Ishmael (25:7-11)\n\nThe history about **Ishmael** and **Isaac** [Genesis 25:12-35:29]\n- Ishmael’s descendants and his death (25:12-18)\\*\n- Isaac’s sons Esau and Jacob; Esau sells his birthright (25:19-34)\\*\n- Isaac lies about Rebekah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (26:1-22) - **promise**\n- God’s **covenant** with Isaac in Beersheba; treaty with Abimelech (26:23-33)\n\nThe history about **Esau** and **Jacob** [Genesis 26:34-36:43]\n- Jacob steals Esau’s blessing; Esau plans revenge (26:34-27:46)\n- Jacob flees and heads to Haran; stairway to heaven at Bethel (28:1-22) - **promise**\n- Jacob works for Laban to marry his wives Leah and Rachel (29:1-30)\n- Jacob’s wives have his first eleven sons (29:31-30:24)\n- Jacob becomes wealthy while working for Laban (30:25-43)\n- Jacob and his family flee from Laban; Jacob’s treaty with Laban (31:1-55)\n- Jacob wrestles with God, who names him **Israel** (32:1-32)\n- Jacob and Esau reconcile, and Jacob settles in the city of Shechem (33:1-20)\n- Shechem rapes Dinah, and Jacob’s sons take revenge (34:1-31)\n- God blesses Jacob at Bethel (35:1-15) - **promise**\n- Rachel dies giving birth to Benjamin (35:16-20)\n- List of Jacob’s twelve sons; Isaac dies and is buried by Esau and Jacob (35:16-29)\n- Esau’s descendants, the Edomites (36:1-43)\\*\\*\n\nThe history about **Jacob** and **Joseph** [Genesis 37-50]\n- Jacob’s family; Joseph’s dreams anger his brothers (37:1-11)\\*\n- Joseph sold as a slave and taken to the country of Egypt (37:12-36)\n- **Judah** and his daughter-in-law Tamar have children (38:1-30)\n- Potiphar’s wife falsely accuses Joseph, and he is imprisoned (39:1-23)\n- In the prison, Joseph interprets dreams for Pharaoh’s officials (40:1-23)\n- Joseph interprets Pharaoh’s dreams about famine (41:1-40)\n- As governor over Egypt, Joseph stores up grain; he has two sons (41:41-57)\n- Joseph’s brothers come to Egypt to buy grain, then return to Jacob (42:1-38)\n- All Joseph’s brothers return to Egypt and have a meal with him (43:1-34)\n- Joseph tests his brothers with his silver cup (44:1-17)\n- Judah pleads with Joseph for Benjamin’s freedom (44:18-34)\n- Joseph reveals his identity to his brothers; they give the news to Jacob (45:1-28)\n- Jacob and his family move to Egypt; list of his descendants (46:1-27)\n- Joseph settles Jacob and his family in the land of Goshen (47:1-12)\n- Joseph sells grain to all the people of Egypt (37:13-31)\n- Jacob blesses Joseph’s sons Ephraim and Manasseh (48:1-22)\n- Jacob blesses each of his 12 sons (49:1-28)\n- Jacob’s death (49:29-33)\n- Joseph has his father Jacob embalmed and buries him in Canaan (50:1-14)\n- Joseph reassures his brothers that he has forgiven them (50:15-21)\n- Joseph’s death (Gen 50:22-26)\n\n### Special formatting\n\nThe book of Genesis sometimes uses poetic language to emphasize what is being said. Many translations use a special format to identify these passages as poetry by indenting each clause on a new line. Many other translations do not do this, but rather use regular paragraph formatting everywhere, including for poetry. It may be helpful to look at a translation in the national language of your country that uses poetry formatting, to help you decide whether or not you want to do something similar in your translation. Some translations put some of the following passages in poetry format since these verses have certain features of poetry such as parallelisms and metaphors: Genesis 1:27; 2:23; 3:14-16, 17b-19; 4:23-24; 8:22; 9:6, 25-27; 12:2-3; 14:19-20; 15:1; 16:11-12; 24:60; 25:23; 27:27-29, 39-40; 48:15-16, 20; 49:1-27. You may not want to put all these passages in poetry format since some of them have parallelisms that are not necessarily poetry but may just be emphasizing certain events in the narrative or certain points in a prophecy.\n\n 1:intro zb6f 0 ### Possible titles for this book:\n\n\n- “Genesis”\n- “The Book of Genesis”\n- “Genesis: The First Book By Moses”\n- “Genesis: The Book About Beginnings”\n- “The First Book That God's Prophet/Spokesman Moses Wrote: Genesis”\n\n\nThe English title “Genesis” is a transliteration of a Greek word that means “origin” or “beginning” or “birth”; the ancient Greek translation of the Hebrew scriptures (the Septuagint) uses this word for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The Hebrew title of this book בְּרֵאשִׁית (pronounced “bereshith”) is the first Hebrew word in verse 1 and literally means “In the beginning.” The Latin translation of the Bible (the Latin Vulgate) was the first translation to use the title “The Book of Genesis.” Since that time, many other translations include “Genesis” in the book title because people are familiar with that name. Sometimes as part of the title, translators also include the fact that Moses was the author and that he was inspired by God. Do what is best in your language. -1:1 uiu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית 1 “At the beginning {of time/everything}” or “{This is how everything} began:” The first chapter of Genesis is a true historical narrative (which is indicated by the Hebrew language structures that are used throughout the chapter), and verse 1 records the first event in that history. This is confirmed by the wider context of the Scriptures, which teach us that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than an abstract noun (“beginning”). Do what is best in your language. +1:1 uiu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית 1 “At the beginning of time/everything” or “This is how everything began:” The first chapter of Genesis is a true historical narrative (which is indicated by the Hebrew language structures that are used throughout the chapter), and verse 1 records the first event in that history. This is confirmed by the wider context of the Scriptures, which teach us that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than an abstract noun (“beginning”). Do what is best in your language. 1:1 b730 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Translate the title “God” in a way that refers to the Supreme Being who created everything, who has complete power, who knows everything and is present everywhere. He is the only true God and has always existed. 1:1 hmtj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בָּרָ֣א 1 “made”. In the Hebrew Bible, the verb “create” refers to an activity that only God does, and it often implies (as it does here) that he made something out of nothing. Also, the forms of the verbs in the Hebrew text (and the conjunctions) show that chapter 1 is a narrative that tells about true history and events in the order that things actually happened. Make sure that your translation does the same thing. 1:1 bcu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֵ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם 1 “the sky”. This phrase refers here to the region where all the stars and planets would later exist. Keep that in mind as you translate this term. 1:1 wgq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This phrase refers to the planet earth. -1:2 qfra וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 “Now {at first after that,} the earth” or “{At first after that,} the earth”. The author pauses here to describe what the earth and the heavens were like after God first created them (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the earth” in verse 1. -1:2 btmf הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ 1 It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have {its present} form, and there was nothing {living} on it {yet},” or (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which treats the text as a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as they are in the Hebrew text). -1:2 f7a1 וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם 1 “It was {totally/completely} dark, there was deep {water} {everywhere},” or “There was deep {water} {everywhere} {that was covered/surrounded} in/by {complete/total} darkness,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +1:2 qfra וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 “Now at first after that, the earth” or “At first after that, the earth”. The author pauses here to describe what the earth and the heavens were like after God first created them (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the earth” in verse 1. +1:2 btmf הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ 1 It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have its present form, and there was nothing living on it yet,” or (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which treats the text as a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as they are in the Hebrew text). +1:2 f7a1 וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם 1 “It was totally/completely dark, there was deep water everywhere,” or “There was deep water everywhere that was covered/surrounded in/by complete/total darkness,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 1:2 rp8q וְ⁠ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מְרַחֶ֖פֶת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and God’s Spirit was hovering/moving” or (2) “and a wind from God was blowing” or (3) “and a powerful wind was blowing”. The first interpretation is most likely, since the Hebrew verb “hovering” does not describe what wind does. 1:2 yq4r עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “over the surface of the water.” or “above the waters/water.” Throughout this chapter, the word “waters” is in the plural in the Hebrew text. For some languages it is more natural to use the singular “water”. Do what is best in your language in each context. 1:3 kxuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then God commanded,” What God says in verse 3 is a command. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make that explicit in this quote margin. 1:3 o0zd יְהִ֣י א֑וֹר 1 “Let light exist.” or “I command there to be light.” or “I command light to start shining!” This is a command, not a permission or a suggestion. It is a direct quote of what God actually said, and it is usually put between quotation marks in a translation. If you use an exclamation point with this command in your translation, make sure it does not mean or imply that God was angry. Also, the way you translate “light” should refer to what shines from a source of light; it does not refer here to the source itself. -1:3 nj3u וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר 1 “And/So {immediately} there was light.” or “And {so/immediately} light started shining.” Light began to shine immediately as a result of God’s command. +1:3 nj3u וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר 1 “And/So immediately there was light.” or “And so/immediately light started shining.” Light began to shine immediately as a result of God’s command. 1:4 ceam rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Notice that Hebrew frequently uses a conjunction such as “And” or “Then” at the beginning of a sentence. Some languages do not use conjunctions as frequently as Hebrew uses conjunctions. Do what is accurate and natural in your language in each context. -1:4 bnvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב 1 “that the light {was} good/excellent.” In the Bible, “good” is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was. +1:4 bnvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב 1 “that the light was good/excellent.” In the Bible, “good” is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was. 1:4 wtmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 In order to produce an accurate and natural translation, it is important in each context to make sure that nouns (such as “God”) and pronouns (such as “he”) are used properly in your language. In the Hebrew text, “God” is repeated frequently in chapter 1 to emphasize him and show that he is in focus. For some languages it is more natural to say “God” only once at the beginning of each paragraph or section, and then use pronouns to refer to him the rest of the time (or most of the time). Throughout chapter 1, do what is best in your language each time that you refer to God. -1:4 q3jo וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 “Then God/he separated/divided the light from the darkness {so that each had its own time}.” or “Then God/he caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “Then God/he separated the light from the darkness {so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours}.” +1:4 q3jo וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 “Then God/he separated/divided the light from the darkness so that each had its own time.” or “Then God/he caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “Then God/he separated the light from the darkness so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours.” 1:5 c9yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “Then God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Some languages omit the connecting word “And” or “Then” here. Consider what is the best way in your language to connect this sentence with the previous one. 1:5 cc8r לָ⁠אוֹר֙ י֔וֹם 1 “the light Daytime,” Notice that in this context the word “Day” refers only to the time when the sun is shining, not to the 24-hour time period that makes up a complete day. Make sure that this is clear in your translation. Throughout chapter 1, some translations use quote marks around the names that God gives the different things he created. Do what is best in your language. 1:5 if7a וְ⁠לַ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ קָ֣רָא לָ֑יְלָה 1 “and the darkness he called/named Nighttime.” or “and he called/named the darkness Nighttime.” In the Hebrew text, “the darkness” is first in this clause to emphasize the contrast between the light and the darkness. Consider what is the best way to translate this clause in your language. -1:5 xxe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here. -1:5 xmx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “{and that was} day one.” or “{and that was} {the end of} the first day.” Here “day” refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (“one”) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second,” “third,” and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one,” “day two,” and so on). Do what is best in your language. +1:5 xxe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here. +1:5 xmx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “and that was day one.” or “and that was the end of the first day.” Here “day” refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (“one”) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second,” “third,” and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one,” “day two,” and so on). Do what is best in your language. 1:6 nesq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. -1:6 gqae יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ 1 “Let there be a large/vast space” or “I command there to be a {large/vast} expanse/space” or “I command a large/vast space to form/exist”. The Hebrew word for “expanse” here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated “Let there be” in verse 3. +1:6 gqae יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ 1 “Let there be a large/vast space” or “I command there to be a large/vast expanse/space” or “I command a large/vast space to form/exist”. The Hebrew word for “expanse” here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated “Let there be” in verse 3. 1:6 mscz בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “in the middle of the water,” See how you translated “waters” in verse 2. -1:6 c6kn וִ⁠יהִ֣י מַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם 1 “and let it separate/divide the water {above it} from the water {below it}.” or “so that it separates/divides the waters/water into two separate/different places.” +1:6 c6kn וִ⁠יהִ֣י מַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם 1 “and let it separate/divide the water above it from the water below it.” or “so that it separates/divides the waters/water into two separate/different places.” 1:7 i8t2 וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֮ 1 “In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verse 7 explains what God’s command in verse 6 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the expanse twice. 1:7 dgya אֶת הָ⁠רָקִיעַ֒ 1 “a large/vast space” 1:7 c752 וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֗ל 1 “and divided” or “and used it to separate/divide” -1:7 pidk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ 1 “the water that {was} below the expanse/space from the water that {was} above it.” or “the water that {was} under/below it from the water that {was} above it.” For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (“it”) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language. -1:7 xfx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.” +1:7 pidk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ 1 “the water that was below the expanse/space from the water that was above it.” or “the water that was under/below it from the water that was above it.” For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (“it”) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language. +1:7 xfx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was/happened exactly as he commanded it to be/happen.” 1:8 igd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “God/He called/named” or “and God/he called/named”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here (with or without a conjunction) or to continue the sentence that began at the end of verse 7. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 5. 1:8 hh8a לָֽ⁠רָקִ֖יעַ 1 “the large/vast space”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 7. 1:8 n336 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms שָׁמָ֑יִם 1 “Sky.” This word probably refers here to the atmosphere above the earth’s surface where clouds are and where birds fly, as well as the space where the sun, moon, and stars are now. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1. -1:8 su1z וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there. -1:8 adzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the second day.” or “{and} the second day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day two.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (“second”) here or a cardinal number (“two”). +1:8 su1z וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there. +1:8 adzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי 1 “and that was the end of the second day.” or “and the second day ended.” or “and that was the end of day two.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (“second”) here or a cardinal number (“two”). 1:9 yc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 3 and 6. -1:9 yetc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 “Let the water {that is} under the heavens/sky gather/come together” or “I command the water {that is} below the heavens/sky to gather/come together”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (“be gathered”) or an active form (“gather” or “come”). +1:9 yetc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 “Let the water that is under the heavens/sky gather/come together” or “I command the water that is below the heavens/sky to gather/come together”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (“be gathered”) or an active form (“gather” or “come”). 1:9 as42 אֶל מָק֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 “in one place/area” or “into one area” 1:9 g8i2 וְ⁠תֵרָאֶ֖ה הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 1 “so that there is dry ground/land.” or “so that dry ground/land can be seen.” or “so that land is uncovered and dries off.” The water had been covering the land, so when the water receded from it, the land became exposed and dried off. Make sure that the way you translate “dry ground” does not sound like the land was dry while it was under the water. -1:9 gign וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to be/happen}.” See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. +1:9 gign וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is exactly what happened.” or “And it was/happened exactly as God commanded it to be/happen.” See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. 1:10 eh2f וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “Then God/he called/named” 1:10 khag לַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙ 1 “the dry land” or “the ground/land that had dried off” 1:10 teai אֶ֔רֶץ 1 “Ground,” This is the same Hebrew word that is translated as “earth” in verse 1, but here it refers to the dry land or ground (in contrast to the water), and not to the entire planet. 1:10 c5av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְוֵ֥ה הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם קָרָ֣א 1 “and the waters/water that he had gathered together he called/named” or “and he called/named the gathered waters” or “and he called/named the waters/water that had gathered/come together”. See how you translated a sentence in verse 5 that is similar in structure to this sentence. 1:10 sb47 יַמִּ֑ים 1 “Oceans.” or “Sea/Ocean.” At that time there was probably just one very large body of water and one very large land mass on the earth (as verse 9 indicates). So a singular noun that refers to the largest body of water, such as “Ocean” or “Sea”, could be used here in your translation. 1:10 gnuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Decide whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. -1:10 hk8y כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the land and the seas/ocean were} good/excellent.” Some languages cannot use a pronoun (“it”) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word “good” in verse 4, and see the note about that there. +1:10 hk8y כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that what he had made was good/excellent.” or “that the land and the seas/ocean were good/excellent.” Some languages cannot use a pronoun (“it”) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word “good” in verse 4, and see the note about that there. 1:11 jq0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” -1:11 lnyu תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ דֶּ֔שֶׁא 1 “I command the land/ground to grow/produce {green} plants,” or “The land/ground must now be covered with {green} plants,” The Hebrew word for “vegetation” refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse. Also, see how you translated “Land” in verse 10. -1:11 sdob עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע 1 “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have seeds”. This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat. -1:11 cv1n עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{and} fruit trees that bear/produce fruit, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{and} {every kind/type of} fruit tree that bears/produces/has its own kind/type of fruit” or “{and} {all kinds/types of} fruit trees that bear/produce/have their own kind/type of fruit”. The phrase “according to its kind” emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds. -1:11 o8kh אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ 1 “that {has} seeds inside,” or “with seeds inside,” or “with its {own kind/type of} seeds inside it,” +1:11 lnyu תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ דֶּ֔שֶׁא 1 “I command the land/ground to grow/produce green plants,” or “The land/ground must now be covered with green plants,” The Hebrew word for “vegetation” refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse. Also, see how you translated “Land” in verse 10. +1:11 sdob עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע 1 “including every kind/type of plant that produces/has seeds” or “including all kinds/types of plants that produce/have seeds”. This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat. +1:11 cv1n עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and fruit trees that bear/produce fruit, each according to its own kind/type,” or “and every kind/type of fruit tree that bears/produces/has its own kind/type of fruit” or “and all kinds/types of fruit trees that bear/produce/have their own kind/type of fruit”. The phrase “according to its kind” emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds. +1:11 o8kh אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ 1 “that has seeds inside,” or “with seeds inside,” or “with its own kind/type of seeds inside it,” 1:11 k8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “throughout the earth.” or “all over the earth.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Let the land sprout vegetation on/throughout the earth …” Do what is best in your language. -1:11 virt וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened:” or “And it/everything happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to happen}:” Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before “And it was so”, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given. -1:12 jikr וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא 1 “The land sprouted/produced vegetation/plants,” or “The land started growing/producing {green} plants,” Verse 12 explains what God’s command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice. -1:12 rh5y עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “{including} plants that produce/have seeds, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds that grow into the same kind/type of plant,” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have their own kind/type of seeds,” -1:12 cy8d וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and trees that bear/produce fruit with seeds inside, {each} according to its {own} kind.” or “and {every kind/type of} tree that produces/has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind/type of tree.” or “and {all kinds/types of} trees that {produce/have} their own kind/type of seed-bearing fruit.” +1:11 virt וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is exactly what happened:” or “And it/everything happened exactly as God commanded it to happen:” Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before “And it was so”, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given. +1:12 jikr וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא 1 “The land sprouted/produced vegetation/plants,” or “The land started growing/producing green plants,” Verse 12 explains what God’s command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice. +1:12 rh5y עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “including plants that produce/have seeds, each according to its own kind/type,” or “including every kind/type of plant that produces/has seeds that grow into the same kind/type of plant,” or “including all kinds/types of plants that produce/have their own kind/type of seeds,” +1:12 cy8d וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and trees that bear/produce fruit with seeds inside, each according to its own kind.” or “and every kind/type of tree that produces/has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind/type of tree.” or “and all kinds/types of trees that produce/have their own kind/type of seed-bearing fruit.” 1:12 o8er rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. -1:12 k58u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the plants and trees were} good/excellent.” See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. -1:13 b3dy וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8. -1:13 xcdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the third day.” or “{and} the third day {ended}.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day three.” +1:12 k58u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that what he had made/created was good/excellent.” or “that all the plants and trees were good/excellent.” See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. +1:13 b3dy וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8. +1:13 xcdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי 1 “and that was the end of the third day.” or “and the third day ended.” or “and that was the end of day three.” 1:14 h9x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” 1:14 f6qj יְהִ֤י מְאֹרֹת֙ 1 “Let lights/lamps appear/exist” or “I command there to be sources of light” or “Let there be things/objects that give/shine light”. These lights refer to the sun, moon and stars that give off light. But it is important to keep this general in your translation (like the Hebrew text does) and not specify the names of these lights. 1:14 snjr בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “in the expanse/space of/called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. The expanse is the same thing as the heavens (verse 8), so some translations leave “the expanse of” implied here. Do what is best in your language. 1:14 as7i לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל 1 “to divide/distinguish” or “that separate/divide” -1:14 ik3v בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “the day{time} from the night{time}.” See how you translated “Day{time}” and “Night{time}” in verse 5. +1:14 ik3v בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “the daytime from the nighttime.” See how you translated “Daytime” and “Nighttime” in verse 5. 1:14 iva1 וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ 1 “Let those lights/lamps also be” or “They must/will also serve/function as” or “I also command those lights/lamps to serve/function as” -1:14 kwpn וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “signs/markers {of special/important events}, and {they must/will} mark” or “They must/will also mark/indicate when important things happen, and {they must/will} mark/show” or (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word “signs” means that the lights are to mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus’ birth and the darkened sun at Jesus’ death). -1:14 zf63 וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים 1 “seasons, days and years.” or “when seasons, days and years begin {and end}.” The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +1:14 kwpn וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “signs/markers of special/important events, and they must/will mark” or “They must/will also mark/indicate when important things happen, and they must/will mark/show” or (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word “signs” means that the lights are to mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus’ birth and the darkened sun at Jesus’ death). +1:14 zf63 וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים 1 “seasons, days and years.” or “when seasons, days and years begin and end.” The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote. 1:15 qfvm וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙ 1 “And they must/will be sources of light” or “They must/will serve/function as lights” or “Their purpose is to serve/function as sources of light” 1:15 szsy בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. -1:15 jf98 לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to/that shine {light} on the earth.” or “so that they provide/give light to/for the earth.” See how you translated “the earth” in verses 1-2. -1:15 c4rf וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.” +1:15 jf98 לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to/that shine light on the earth.” or “so that they provide/give light to/for the earth.” See how you translated “the earth” in verses 1-2. +1:15 c4rf וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is exactly what happened.” or “And it was/happened exactly as he commanded it to be/happen.” 1:16 slgo וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verses 16-18 explain what God’s commands in verses 14-15 caused to happen. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like he created the lights twice. See how you translated “So God made” in verse 7. 1:16 axyb אֶת שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠מְּאֹרֹ֖ת הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים 1 “the two bright/big lights,” This phrase refers to the sun and the moon, which are the two brightest objects in the earth’s sky. However, the author intentionally does not use their names, so you should not include their names in your translation either. 1:16 udou אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ 1 “the stronger/brighter light”. The focus is on the relative brightness or strength of the lights, not on their size. 1:16 vq3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “to dominate/govern the day,” or “to shine during the day,” The word “rule” is a figure of speech that means each light has the greatest effect during a particular time period because it is the brightest light that is shining then. For some languages, nonliving objects like the sun and the moon cannot “rule” because only people can do that. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. 1:16 slw4 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ 1 “and the weaker/dimmer light” 1:16 kas2 לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “to dominate/govern the night,” or “to shine during the night,” Be consistent here with how you translated “rule” previously in this verse. -1:16 vlll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 “and {he also made/created} the stars.” or “{That is} also {when he made/created} the stars.” The verb “made” that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. +1:16 vlll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 “and he also made/created the stars.” or “That is also when he made/created the stars.” The verb “made” that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. 1:17 wi1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “God/He placed/put them” or “God/He placed/put the lights”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to God and the lights at this point in the paragraph. 1:17 zkp6 בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 14 and 15. 1:17 e0pl לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “to shine light on the earth,” or “to provide/give light to/for the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15. -1:18 iq2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “and to govern/dominate the day{time} and/or the night{time},” or “and to shine during the day{time} and/or during the night{time},” Make sure that your translation of the word “day” refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated “rule” in 1:16. +1:18 iq2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “and to govern/dominate the daytime and/or the nighttime,” or “and to shine during the daytime and/or during the nighttime,” Make sure that your translation of the word “day” refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated “rule” in 1:16. 1:18 x9y4 וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 “and to divide/distinguish the light from the darkness.” or “and to separate/distinguish the time of light from the time of darkness.” Consider again how you translated “separate” in verses 4, 6-7, 14 and 18. 1:18 ji6r וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed” -1:18 h52g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {the lights in the heavens/sky were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. -1:19 c1co וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” -1:19 zl7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the fourth day.” or “and the fourth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day four.” +1:18 h52g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that what he had made/created was good/excellent.” or “that the lights in the heavens/sky were good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. +1:19 c1co וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” +1:19 zl7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי 1 “and that was the end of the fourth day.” or “and the fourth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day four.” 1:20 qr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God commanded,” -1:20 rlrq יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה 1 “I command the water to be full of large numbers/groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers/groups of {water} animals that live everywhere in the water,” +1:20 rlrq יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה 1 “I command the water to be full of large numbers/groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers/groups of water animals that live everywhere in the water,” 1:20 szof וְ⁠עוֹף֙ יְעוֹפֵ֣ף 1 “and let there be birds that fly” or “I also command there to be birds that fly” or “Also let there be winged creatures that fly”. The Hebrew word for “birds” can also be more general and refer to “winged/flying creatures,” which includes birds, bats, flying insects and even flying reptiles that are now extinct. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 1:20 obps עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ עַל פְּנֵ֖י רְקִ֥יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “above the earth, through the sky/air.” or “across/in/through the sky above the earth.” 1:21 hu94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֣א אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “That is how God/he created/made” or “In that way God/he created/made”. See how you translated “created” in verse 1. 1:21 ywwv אֶת הַ⁠תַּנִּינִ֖ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים 1 “the huge/gigantic sea/ocean animals”. These include whales, sharks, giant squid, crocodiles, and leviathans (Psalm 74:13-14, Isaiah 27:1), which were probably swimming reptiles that are now extinct. -1:21 uwve וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת 1 “and every {kind/type of fish and every other} creature/animal that moves/lives” or “and all the {fish and other} {kinds/types of} creatures/animals that move/live” +1:21 uwve וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת 1 “and every kind/type of fish and every other creature/animal that moves/lives” or “and all the fish and other kinds/types of creatures/animals that move/live” 1:21 cfhy אֲשֶׁר֩ שָׁרְצ֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם 1 “throughout the water/ocean in large numbers/groups,” or “in the water and fills it,” or “all over the place in the water/ocean,” -1:21 yks1 לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “{each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of offspring/young},” This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows or any other kind of creature. -1:21 w4mh וְ⁠אֵ֣ת 2 “and {how he created/made}” or “{That is} also {how he created/made}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language. -1:21 ug9b כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙ 1 “every {kind/type of} bird” or “all {the different kinds/types of} birds” or “every {kind/type of} winged creature”. See how you translated “birds” in verse 20. -1:21 wumv לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “{each} according to its {own} kind/type.” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of young}.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. +1:21 yks1 לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “each according to its own kind/type,” or “each that produces/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows or any other kind of creature. +1:21 w4mh וְ⁠אֵ֨ת 1 “and {how he created/made}” or “{That is} also {how he created/made}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language. +1:21 ug9b כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙ 1 “every kind/type of bird” or “all the different kinds/types of birds” or “every kind/type of winged creature”. See how you translated “birds” in verse 20. +1:21 wumv לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “each according to its own kind/type.” or “each that produces/has its own kind/type of young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. 1:21 c8r3 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And He saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed” -1:21 fhzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had created/made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the water animals and the birds were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. -1:22 tv0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then God caused them {all} to prosper/flourish” or “Then God blessed the water creatures/animals and the birds”. For some languages it is necessary to specify what “them” refers to. Do what is best in your language. -1:22 yiar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “by saying {to them},” or “and said {first to the water animals},” God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says. +1:21 fhzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that what he had created/made was good/excellent.” or “that the water animals and the birds were good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. +1:22 tv0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then God caused them all to prosper/flourish” or “Then God blessed the water creatures/animals and the birds”. For some languages it is necessary to specify what “them” refers to. Do what is best in your language. +1:22 yiar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “by saying to them,” or “and said first to the water animals,” God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says. 1:22 v2ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person פְּר֣וּ 1 “Reproduce” or “You water animals must/will produce/have many babies/young”. God speaks directly to the water animals using the second person (“you”), then later in the verse speaks about the birds in the third person (“the birds”). For some languages it is necessary to use either second person for both or third person for both, to prevent confusion. Do what is natural and clear in your language. -1:22 ee4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֗וּ 1 “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many” +1:22 ee4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֗וּ 1 “so that you and your offspring/descendants will multiply/increase greatly in number” or “so that you and your offspring/descendants will become very numerous/many” 1:22 s7t9 וּ⁠מִלְא֤וּ 1 “and live all over the place in” or “and live throughout” 1:22 pfl8 אֶת הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בַּ⁠יַּמִּ֔ים 1 “the water in/of the sea/ocean” or “the ocean/water”. For some languages, “water in the seas” is too repetitive, so it is more natural here to just say “seas/sea” or “ocean” or “water”. Do what is best in your language. -1:22 wysn וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב 1 “And the birds must/will {also} increase {greatly} in number” or “{You} birds must/will {also} become {very} numerous/many”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “multiply” earlier in this verse. -1:22 q4ey בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “throughout the earth.” or “{and live} all over the earth.” -1:23 jdl5 וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” -1:23 jti5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the fifth day.” or “and the fifth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day five.” +1:22 wysn וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב 1 “And the birds must/will also increase greatly in number” or “You birds must/will also become very numerous/many”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “multiply” earlier in this verse. +1:22 q4ey בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “throughout the earth.” or “and live all over the earth.” +1:23 jdl5 וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” +1:23 jti5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי 1 “and that was the end of the fifth day.” or “and the fifth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day five.” 1:24 k7ok וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” 1:24 ymte תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 “I command the land/ground to produce/yield” or “The land/ground must now produce/yield”. See how you translated a similar command to the land in verse 11. -1:24 wf0h נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙ 1 “{every kind/type of} living creature/animal” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals,” This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse. -1:24 se25 לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} bearing/having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there. -1:24 lpze בְּהֵמָ֥ה 1 “{including} domestic/farm/tame animals,” This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild. -1:24 jqx2 וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ 1 “{every} {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl” -1:24 f3l5 וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ 1 “and {every} {other} {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “and {all} the {other} {kinds/types of} {wild/untamed} animals {that live} on the earth/land,” This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild. -1:24 w60r לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. -1:24 voaz וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “It/Everything happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to happen}.” +1:24 wf0h נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙ 1 “every kind/type of living creature/animal” or “all kinds/types of creatures/animals,” This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse. +1:24 se25 לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “each that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “each bearing/having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there. +1:24 lpze בְּהֵמָ֥ה 1 “including domestic/farm/tame animals,” This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild. +1:24 jqx2 וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ 1 “every kind/type of creature/animal that crawls” or “all kinds/types of creatures/animals that crawl” +1:24 f3l5 וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ 1 “and every other kind/type of wild/untamed creature/animal that lives on the earth/land,” or “and all the other kinds/types of wild/untamed animals that live on the earth/land,” This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild. +1:24 w60r לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ 1 “each that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “each having its own kind/type of offspring/young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. +1:24 voaz וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is exactly what happened.” or “It/Everything happened exactly as he commanded it to happen.” 1:25 lj0c וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֩ 1 “That is how God made/created” or “In that way God made/created” -1:25 jdcq אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 “{every kind/type of} wild/untamed creature/animal,” or “{all the different kinds/types of} wild/untamed creatures/animals,” See how you translated “{every} creature of the earth” in verse 24. -1:25 zrau לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” -1:25 bffi וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “and {every kind/type of} domestic/farm/tame animal,” or “and {all} the domestic/farm/tame animals,” See how you translated “livestock” in verse 24. -1:25 h946 לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” -1:25 j9e3 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “and every {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls on/along the ground,” or “and all {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl on/along the ground,” See how you translated “crawling creature” in verse 24. -1:25 ifc3 לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. +1:25 jdcq אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 “every kind/type of wild/untamed creature/animal,” or “all the different kinds/types of wild/untamed creatures/animals,” See how you translated “every creature of the earth” in verse 24. +1:25 zrau לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “each that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “each having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” +1:25 bffi וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “and every kind/type of domestic/farm/tame animal,” or “and all the domestic/farm/tame animals,” See how you translated “livestock” in verse 24. +1:25 h946 לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “each that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “each having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” +1:25 j9e3 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “and every kind/type of creature/animal that crawls on/along the ground,” or “and all different kinds/types of creatures/animals that crawl on/along the ground,” See how you translated “crawling creature” in verse 24. +1:25 ifc3 לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “each that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “each having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. 1:25 ts6r וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed” -1:25 epq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the creatures/animals that he had made/created were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that … good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25. -1:26 bpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God said {to himself},” Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language. -1:26 blpi נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 “{Now} we should/will make/create”. Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (“us” and “our”) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible. +1:25 epq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that what he had made/created was good/excellent.” or “that all the creatures/animals that he had made/created were good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that … good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25. +1:26 bpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God said to himself,” Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language. +1:26 blpi נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 “Now we should/will make/create”. Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (“us” and “our”) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible. 1:26 bahl אָדָ֛ם 1 “mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. The Hebrew word for “man” is used here (and in verse 27) as a collective noun that refers to human beings in general, including both male and female. 1:26 ulnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠צַלְמֵ֖⁠נוּ כִּ⁠דְמוּתֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 “to be like us and act like us,” or “to be like us, so that they are similar to us in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that God made mankind to be like himself in many ways. 1:26 mq1c וְ⁠יִרְדּוּ֩ 1 “and let us put them in charge/control of” or “We will give them authority to rule/oversee/manage”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 1:26 bgn6 בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת הַ⁠יָּ֜ם 1 “the fish of/in the sea/ocean,” -1:26 fiz0 וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” Some translations leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky. +1:26 fiz0 וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “the birds that fly in the sky/air,” Some translations leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky. 1:26 qqil וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “the domestic/farm/tame animals,” Consider again how you translated “livestock” in verses 24-26. 1:26 vthy וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “and the entire earth,” This refers to the planet earth and everything on it, including water, soil, metals, minerals, and other resources, as well as all the plants and animals. 1:26 x3kc וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֖מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “including every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth.” or “and/including all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth.” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “and” or “over” with each item in this list. Consider what is the best way to translate a list like this in your language. 1:27 zl1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “So God created/made”. In this verse God does what he said he was going to do (verse 26). Make sure your translation does not sound like God created mankind twice. Also see how you translated “created” in verses 1 and 21. 1:27 f5z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 26. -1:27 yyg0 בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “in his own image.” or “to be like himself.” or “to be similar to himself {in many ways}.” God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote. -1:27 f9uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “{Yes/Indeed,} he created/made them in his image” or “{Indeed} God/he created/made them to be like himself” or “{Yes,} God/he created/made them to be similar to himself {in many ways}”. The pronoun “him” refers to the collective noun “man”, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in God’s image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language. -1:27 n054 זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “He {also} created/made them {to be} male or female.” The phrase “male and female” comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female. +1:27 yyg0 בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “in his own image.” or “to be like himself.” or “to be similar to himself in many ways.” God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote. +1:27 f9uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “Yes/Indeed, he created/made them in his image” or “Indeed God/he created/made them to be like himself” or “Yes, God/he created/made them to be similar to himself in many ways”. The pronoun “him” refers to the collective noun “man”, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in God’s image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language. +1:27 n054 זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “He also created/made them to be male or female.” The phrase “male and female” comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female. 1:28 n52a וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ⁠ם֮ אֱלֹהִים֒ 1 “Then God showed his favor to them” or “Then God caused them to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 22. 1:28 mnzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “and said,” or “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this quote margin that what God says next is the way that he blessed mankind, not something he said separately from that. 1:28 lyey פְּר֥וּ 1 “Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”. See how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in verse 22. It may be necessary to translate the phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -1:28 xie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֛וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many” +1:28 xie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֛וּ 1 “so that you and your descendants will multiply/increase greatly in number” or “so that you and your descendants will become very numerous/many” 1:28 lpep וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “and live all over the earth” or “and inhabit the whole earth” or “Fill the earth”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 1:28 g9jo וְ⁠כִבְשֻׁ֑⁠הָ 1 “and take control/care of it.” or “and bring it under your control.” 1:28 c3f8 וּ⁠רְד֞וּ 1 “You must rule over” or “You are in charge of” or “I am giving you authority to rule/oversee/manage”. See how you translated “rule” in verse 26. -1:28 prup בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “the fish in the ocean, the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” See how you translated these phrases in verse 26. +1:28 prup בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “the fish in the ocean, the birds that fly in the sky/air,” See how you translated these phrases in verse 26. 1:28 ytrg וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיָּ֖ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֥שֶׂת עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land.” or “and all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land.” This phrase refers generally here to every kind of creature that lives on land. -1:29 sqcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God/he {also} said {to them},” or “Then God/he continued/added,” God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best. -1:29 a4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִנֵּה֩ 1 “Look,” or “Listen {to this},” or “I want you to know that”. This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language. -1:29 uvuf נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “I am {now} giving to you {as/for food}” or “I have provided {as food} for you” or “I am {now} providing {as food} for you” -1:29 oakn אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙ 1 “every {kind/type of} seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every {kind/type of} plant with seeds that grows” or “all the {different kinds/types of} plants that yield/produce seeds and grow”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12. +1:29 sqcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God/he also said to them,” or “Then God/he continued/added,” God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best. +1:29 a4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִנֵּה֩ 1 “Look,” or “Listen to this,” or “I want you to know that”. This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language. +1:29 uvuf נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “I am now giving to you as/for food” or “I have provided as food for you” or “I am now providing as food for you” +1:29 oakn אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙ 1 “every kind/type of seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every kind/type of plant with seeds that grows” or “all the different kinds/types of plants that yield/produce seeds and grow”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12. 1:29 nq9g עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “anywhere on/throughout the earth,” -1:29 nn9g וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר 1 “as well as every {kind/type of} tree that {bears/produces}” or “and all the {different kinds/types of} trees that {bear/produce}” +1:29 nn9g וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר 1 “as well as every kind/type of tree that bears/produces” or “and all the different kinds/types of trees that bear/produce” 1:29 zjwv בּ֥⁠וֹ פְרִי עֵ֖ץ זֹרֵ֣עַ זָ֑רַע 1 “fruit with seeds inside it.” or “seed-bearing fruit.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12. -1:29 ird8 לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “{All of} them are yours to eat from.” or “You may eat from {any/all of} those plants.” -1:30 h154 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ 1 “In the same way, to every {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “Similarly/Likewise, to all the {wild/untamed} creatures/animals {that live} on the earth/land,” or “In the same way, to all the wild animals,” See how you translated similar phrases in verses 24 and 25. -1:30 cxyb וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 “and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky,” or “and all the birds {that fly} in the sky,” -1:30 n7vq וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה 1 “and every {other} {kind/type of} {creature/animal} that moves/lives on the earth/land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the {other} creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land and breathe {air} to live,” See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28. -1:30 hifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “{I give} every {kind/type of} green plant for/as food.” or “{I have given/provided} all the green plants for/as food.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, {I give} every {type of} green plant for food to all the {wild} animals {that live} on the earth, and all the birds {that fly} in the sky, and all the {other} animals {that live} on the land and breathe {air}.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “plant” in verses 11, 12, 29. -1:30 ivkg וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is how it was.” or “And it/everything was {exactly} as he/God said {it should/would be}.” Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command. +1:29 ird8 לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “All of them are yours to eat from.” or “You may eat from any/all of those plants.” +1:30 h154 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ 1 “In the same way, to every kind/type of wild/untamed creature/animal that lives on the earth/land,” or “Similarly/Likewise, to all the wild/untamed creatures/animals that live on the earth/land,” or “In the same way, to all the wild animals,” See how you translated similar phrases in verses 24 and 25. +1:30 cxyb וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 “and every kind/type of bird that flies in the sky,” or “and all the birds that fly in the sky,” +1:30 n7vq וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה 1 “and every other kind/type of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the other creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land and breathe air to live,” See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28. +1:30 hifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “I give every kind/type of green plant for/as food.” or “I have given/provided all the green plants for/as food.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, I give every type of green plant for food to all the wild animals that live on the earth, and all the birds that fly in the sky, and all the other animals that live on the land and breathe air.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “plant” in verses 11, 12, 29. +1:30 ivkg וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is how it was.” or “And it/everything was exactly as he/God said it should/would be.” Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command. 1:31 hhg6 וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “Then God observed/considered” or “Then God looked at”. See how you translated “God saw …” in verse 4. 1:31 c85e אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה 1 “everything that he had made/created,” This phrase refers to everything that God made during the entire week of Creation, not just on the sixth day. Consider again how you translated “made” (or “make”) in verses 7, 16, 25, 26 and 31. Compare that to how you translated a word that has a similar meaning (“created”) in verses 1, 21 and 27. 1:31 w4pz וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 “and indeed” or “and he saw/observed that”. This word calls attention to what God is looking at and helps emphasize that what he saw was very good. -1:31 uixn ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{it was} {all} very good/excellent.” Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25, and 31. -1:31 pjit וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5. -1:31 vsiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the sixth day.” or “and the sixth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day six.” -2:1 alnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “So {it was that} the heavens and the earth were completed/finished {by God},” or “That is how {God} finished {creating/making} the heavens and the earth,” Verse 1 is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter 1. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1. +1:31 uixn ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “it was all very good/excellent.” Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25, and 31. +1:31 pjit וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came, and then/later morning came,” Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5. +1:31 vsiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי 1 “and that was the end of the sixth day.” or “and the sixth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day six.” +2:1 alnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “So it was that the heavens and the earth were completed/finished by God,” or “That is how God finished creating/making the heavens and the earth,” Verse 1 is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter 1. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1. 2:1 eaz5 וְ⁠כָל צְבָאָֽ⁠ם 1 “including all the many things that are in them.” or “along with everything in them.” This phrase refers to everything in the heavens and on the earth that God had created, as described in chapter 1. 2:2 lmmc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “By the seventh day” or “By day seven”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God had completed his work by the seventh day and did not work on that day. Also consider again how you translated ordinal numbers in Gen 1:5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31; 2:2. 2:2 zkij rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God/he had completed/finished” or “God/he was finished with”. Decide whether it is better in your language to refer to God with a title (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. 2:2 qp74 מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה 1 “his/the work he had been doing,” 2:2 lqw7 וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּת֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִ⁠כָּל 1 “so he rested/ceased on that day from all” or “so on the seventh day he no longer did”. God “rested” in the sense that he stopped his work and did not work on that day. It does not mean he was tired or had lost his strength. Rest is an important theme in the Bible, so you should try to be consistent in how you translate this term here and in other passages such as Exodus 23:12, 31:17 and Hebrews 4:4, 10. Part of this theme includes the Hebrew word for “Sabbath” which has the same root word as the verb for “rest” and is often translated “resting day.” 2:2 mtu9 מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “the work that he had been doing.” or “that work.” -2:3 aq2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “Then God/he established/designated the seventh day {as a day} to bless {people}” or “God/He honored the seventh day”. For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language. -2:3 frsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “and made it a holy/sacred day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted/dedicated to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day/time {for people/them} {to rest and worship him},” -2:3 zlsb כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ 1 “because on/during that day” or “{He did that} because on/during that day”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +2:3 aq2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “Then God/he established/designated the seventh day as a day to bless people” or “God/He honored the seventh day”. For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language. +2:3 frsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “and made it a holy/sacred day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted/dedicated to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day/time for people/them to rest and worship him,” +2:3 zlsb כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ 1 “because on/during that day” or “He did that because on/during that day”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 2:3 kcwq שָׁבַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל מְלַאכְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “he ceased from all his/the work” or “he did not do any more work” or “he no longer did the work”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. -2:3 oxs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 “of creating that he had been doing.” or “that he had been doing, creating {everything}.” -2:4 m6ic אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “These {are more details about}” or “This {is more about}” or “What follows {gives/tells more details about}”. This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -2:4 ptfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם 1 “the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created {by God},” or “what happened when {God} created the heavens and the earth.” or “the history of what {God} did when he created the heavens and the earth:” The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language. -2:4 i0br בְּ⁠י֗וֹם 1 “during the days/time {when}” or “During the days/time {when}”. Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5. -2:4 igt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Yahweh {who is} God” or “God {whose name is} Yahweh”. This phrase is a combination of God’s personal name “Yahweh” with his title “God.” Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabitess.” Many translations have “LORD God” in place of “Yahweh God” throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for “Yahweh” (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting “Yahweh” back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh.” However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from “Yahweh” and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai.”) +2:3 oxs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 “of creating that he had been doing.” or “that he had been doing, creating everything.” +2:4 m6ic אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “These are more details about” or “This is more about” or “What follows gives/tells more details about”. This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +2:4 ptfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם 1 “the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created by God,” or “what happened when God created the heavens and the earth.” or “the history of what God did when he created the heavens and the earth:” The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language. +2:4 i0br בְּ⁠י֗וֹם 1 “during the days/time when” or “During the days/time when”. Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5. +2:4 igt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Yahweh who is God” or “God whose name is Yahweh”. This phrase is a combination of God’s personal name “Yahweh” with his title “God.” Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabitess.” Many translations have “LORD God” in place of “Yahweh God” throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for “Yahweh” (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting “Yahweh” back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh.” However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from “Yahweh” and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai.”) 2:4 h1ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm עֲשׂ֛וֹת & אֶ֥רֶץ וְ⁠שָׁמָֽיִם 1 “made/created the earth and the heavens”. This clause forms a chiasm with “the heavens and the earth … created” in the first part of this verse. Try to keep the same phrase order in your translation. See how you translated “the heavens” and “the earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. -2:5 yi7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “And/Now {for a while,} there were not yet any shrubs/bushes in the fields} on the earth,” or “{For a while,} no wild shrubs/bushes had started growing on the earth yet,” Consider whether or not it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. -2:5 gyov וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח 1 “nor had any {other} plants started growing yet,” or “and there were not any {other} plants that had sprouted yet,” See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30. -2:5 iiqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּי֩ & יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “because Yahweh/he” or “{That was} because God”. The Hebrew text repeats “Yahweh God” frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat “Yahweh God” so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use “Yahweh God” only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use “Yahweh”, “God”, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation. -2:5 dsr2 לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר & עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “had not {yet} caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not {yet} sent/caused rain to water the earth,” See how you translated “earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. -2:5 jour וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן 1 “and there were no human beings {yet}” or “and mankind/humans did not exist {yet}” +2:5 yi7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “And/Now for a while, there were not yet any shrubs/bushes in the fields on the earth,” or “For a while, no wild shrubs/bushes had started growing on the earth yet,” Consider whether or not it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. +2:5 gyov וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח 1 “nor had any other plants started growing yet,” or “and there were not any other plants that had sprouted yet,” See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30. +2:5 iiqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּי֩ & יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “because Yahweh/he” or “That was because God”. The Hebrew text repeats “Yahweh God” frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat “Yahweh God” so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use “Yahweh God” only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use “Yahweh”, “God”, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation. +2:5 dsr2 לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר & עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “had not yet caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not yet sent/caused rain to water the earth,” See how you translated “earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. +2:5 jour וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן 1 “and there were no human beings yet” or “and mankind/humans did not exist yet” 2:5 mdd4 לַֽ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “to cultivate/farm the land/soil.” Working the ground includes tasks such as clearing the ground, preparing the soil, planting seeds, and watering the plants. See how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -2:6 vsou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אֵ֖ד 1 “But {during/at that time} mist/water/groundwater” or “{During/At that time} mist/springs”. The Hebrew word for “mist” refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without “But”. Do what is best in your language. +2:6 vsou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אֵ֖ד 1 “But during/at that time mist/water/groundwater” or “During/At that time mist/springs”. The Hebrew word for “mist” refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without “But”. Do what is best in your language. 2:6 ytxq יַֽעֲלֶ֣ה 1 “seeped up” or “kept coming/seeping up” or “would come/seep up”. This verb describes a repeated or continuous action. 2:6 t93l מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “from the ground” or “from underground” 2:6 srec וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה 1 “and irrigated” or “and spread over” or “supplied water to” 2:6 qd1o אֶֽת כָּל פְּנֵֽי הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “the entire/whole surface of the land/earth.” or “the ground everywhere.” -2:7 fjjv וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then Yahweh {who is} God shaped/crafted”. The word “formed” describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in Gen 2:4-5. -2:7 dbat אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “a man” or “the {first} man”. The definite article “the” is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (“a”) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language. -2:7 pmfi עָפָר֙ 1 “{out of} dirt/mud/clay”. The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated “dust” (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped. -2:7 g3a2 מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from the earth,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in the first half of this verse and say, “Then Yahweh {who is} God {took} {some} dirt/clay from the ground/earth {and} formed/shaped a man {out of it},” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +2:7 fjjv וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then Yahweh who is God shaped/crafted”. The word “formed” describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in Gen 2:4-5. +2:7 dbat אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “a man” or “the first man”. The definite article “the” is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (“a”) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language. +2:7 pmfi עָפָר֙ 1 “out of dirt/mud/clay”. The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated “dust” (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped. +2:7 g3a2 מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from the earth,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in the first half of this verse and say, “Then Yahweh who is God took some dirt/clay from the ground/earth and formed/shaped a man out of it,” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 2:7 xkca וַ⁠יִּפַּ֥ח 1 “and he/Yahweh blew/exhaled” or “Then he/Yahweh blew/exhaled”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 2:7 qzjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו נִשְׁמַ֣ת חַיִּ֑ים 1 “into the man’s nostrils/nose the/his breath that would make him live,” or “his breath into the man’s nostrils/nose to make him live,” This refers to God’s breath. As you translate the pronouns “he” and “his” in this verse, make sure it is clear in your language who is being referred to. 2:7 vf52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּֽה 1 “so that he became a living person.” or “and then the man became alive” or “and he came to life.” or “so that he started to live.” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the man throughout verse 7. -2:8 z5wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Now Yahweh God had {previously/already} planted” or “{Before that,} Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man. -2:8 npa8 גַּן 1 “a {large} garden” or “a {large} farm/park”. The man lived in this garden, and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small. -2:8 msch בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “in {the land/region of/called} Eden, {which was} in/to the east,” or “in the eastern part of {the land/region of/called} Eden,” In this context, the phrase “in the east” could refer to: (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden; or (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text). +2:8 z5wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Now Yahweh God had previously/already planted” or “Before that, Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man. +2:8 npa8 גַּן 1 “a large garden” or “a large farm/park”. The man lived in this garden, and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small. +2:8 msch בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “in the land/region of/called Eden, which was in/to the east,” or “in the eastern part of the land/region of/called Eden,” In this context, the phrase “in the east” could refer to: (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden; or (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text). 2:8 zpxl וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם שָׁ֔ם אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “and that is where he put the man” or “and in that garden he put the man” or “That is where he put the man”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 2:8 uvlv אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצָֽר 1 “whom he had shaped/crafted.” or “whom he had created/made.” See how you translated “formed” in verse 7. -2:9 wihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ מִן־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל־עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד 1 “{There} Yahweh/he had made/caused to grow from the ground every {kind/type of} tree that is pleasant/beautiful/delightful” or “Yahweh/He had made/caused all {kinds/types of} trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant/beautiful”. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in verse 5, and how you translated “every tree” in Gen 1:29. +2:9 wihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ מִן־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל־עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד 1 “There Yahweh/he had made/caused to grow from the ground every kind/type of tree that is pleasant/beautiful/delightful” or “Yahweh/He had made/caused all kinds/types of trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant/beautiful”. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in verse 5, and how you translated “every tree” in Gen 1:29. 2:9 zqug לְ⁠מַרְאֶ֖ה 1 “to the eyes” or “to look at” or “in appearance” -2:9 kslw וְ⁠ט֣וֹב 1 “and {that produce/have/grow fruit that is} good” or “and {whose fruit is} good” +2:9 kslw וְ⁠ט֣וֹב 1 “and that produce/have/grow fruit that is good” or “and whose fruit is good” 2:9 rc1t לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֑ל 1 “for eating,” or “to eat,” -2:9 urhf וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן 1 “including the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life, {which was} in the middle of the garden,” or “In the middle of the garden was the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -2:9 vdwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “as well as the tree whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” The word “good” refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and “evil” refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms. +2:9 urhf וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן 1 “including the tree whose fruit gives people eternal life, which was in the middle of the garden,” or “In the middle of the garden was the tree whose fruit makes people live forever,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +2:9 vdwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “as well as the tree whose fruit enables people to know/discern what is good/right and what is evil/wrong.” The word “good” refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and “evil” refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms. 2:10 af8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠נָהָרּ֙ יֹצֵ֣א 1 “Now a river was flowing” or “A river was flowing” or “There was a river flowing”. Verse 10 gives more background information that began in verse 8. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. -2:10 pp02 מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן 1 “from/through {the land/region of} Eden”. The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden. +2:10 pp02 מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן 1 “from/through the land/region of Eden”. The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden. 2:10 rcms לְ⁠הַשְׁק֖וֹת 1 “to irrigate” or “to provide water for” or “that watered/irrigated” or “that provided water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verse 6. 2:10 wxka אֶת הַ⁠גָּ֑ן 1 “the farm/park,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 8. 2:10 gpkv וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ 1 “and from the garden” or “From there/Eden”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -2:10 h8ke יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים 1 Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “the/that river divided into four {smaller} waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four {smaller} source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible. -2:11 ty1t שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד 1 “The name of the first {river} {is/was}” or “The first {river} is/was named/called” or “The first {river} is/was”. Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places. -2:11 fhgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פִּישׁ֑וֹן 1 “the Pishon {River}.” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (“the”) with the name of a river. +2:10 h8ke יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים 1 Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “the/that river divided into four smaller waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four smaller source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible. +2:11 ty1t שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד 1 “The name of the first river is/was” or “The first river is/was named/called” or “The first river is/was”. Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places. +2:11 fhgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פִּישׁ֑וֹן 1 “the Pishon River.” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (“the”) with the name of a river. 2:11 k73q ה֣וּא הַ⁠סֹּבֵ֗ב 1 “It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. The word “winds” or “meanders” means that the river changed direction from time to time. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. 2:11 kdfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ הַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה 1 “the entire/whole region of/called Havilah,” Be consistent in how you translate “land of” throughout this section. -2:11 lg1b אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “{a place} where {there is/was} {much} gold.” or “which has/had {a lot of} gold.” -2:12 v48n וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “In fact, the gold from that land/region” or “Indeed, the gold {that is found} in that land/region”. This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold and gives more information about it. -2:12 ks18 ט֑וֹב 1 “{is/was} {very} pure.” or “{is/was} {very} high quality.” -2:12 qhx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח 1 “{A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin called} bdellium” or “A {kind/type of} fragrant/sweet-smelling resin/perfume”. The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to: (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; or (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl. -2:12 ul5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם 1 “and {valuable} onyx gemstones” or “and {valuable} stones/gemstones called onyx” or “and {valuable} gemstones”. It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it. -2:12 cp1z שָׁ֥ם 1 “{are/were} {also} {found} there.” or “{are/were} {also} in that land/region.” Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11. -2:13 fnx5 וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י 1 “The name of the second river {is/was}” or “The second river is/was named/called” or “The second river is/was”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11. -2:13 tdei גִּיח֑וֹן 1 “the Gihon {River}.” +2:11 lg1b אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “a place where there is/was much gold.” or “which has/had a lot of gold.” +2:12 v48n וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “In fact, the gold from that land/region” or “Indeed, the gold that is found in that land/region”. This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold and gives more information about it. +2:12 ks18 ט֑וֹב 1 “is/was very pure.” or “is/was very high quality.” +2:12 qhx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח 1 “A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin called bdellium” or “A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin/perfume”. The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to: (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; or (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl. +2:12 ul5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם 1 “and valuable onyx gemstones” or “and valuable stones/gemstones called onyx” or “and valuable gemstones”. It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it. +2:12 cp1z שָׁ֥ם 1 “are/were also found there.” or “are/were also in that land/region.” Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11. +2:13 fnx5 וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י 1 “The name of the second river is/was” or “The second river is/was named/called” or “The second river is/was”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11. +2:13 tdei גִּיח֑וֹן 1 “the Gihon River.” 2:13 spk8 ה֣וּא הַ⁠סּוֹבֵ֔ב 1 “It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to begin a new sentence or to continue the previous sentence. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11. 2:13 fgb5 אֵ֖ת כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ כּֽוּשׁ 1 “the entire/whole region of/called Cush.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11. -2:14 a2na וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙ 1 “The name of the third river {is/was}” or “The third river is/was named/called” or “The third river is/was” -2:14 eo4t חִדֶּ֔קֶל 1 “the Tigris {River}.” -2:14 go4b ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת 1 “It flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which was located east of”. The word “east” refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing. -2:14 h2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria.” This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur,” “Ashur,” or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13. -2:14 wu7c וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י 1 “{The name of} the fourth river {is/was}” or “The fourth river {is/was named/called}” or “and the fourth river {is/was}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14. -2:14 u87b פְרָֽת 1 “the Euphrates {River}.” Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14. -2:15 qijo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ 1 “Now Yahweh God had {already} put the man” or “After Yahweh God put the man”. In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8. -2:15 rosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן 1 “in the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “in Eden Garden”. Notice that “Garden” is capitalized when it is part of a name. +2:14 a2na וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙ 1 “The name of the third river is/was” or “The third river is/was named/called” or “The third river is/was” +2:14 eo4t חִדֶּ֔קֶל 1 “the Tigris River.” +2:14 go4b ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת 1 “It flows/flowed in an area east of” or “which flows/flowed in an area east of” or “which was located east of”. The word “east” refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing. +2:14 h2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “the land/region of/called Asshur/Assyria.” This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur,” “Ashur,” or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13. +2:14 wu7c וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י 1 “The name of the fourth river is/was” or “The fourth river is/was named/called” or “and the fourth river is/was”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14. +2:14 u87b פְרָֽת 1 “the Euphrates River.” Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14. +2:15 qijo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ 1 “Now Yahweh God had already put the man” or “After Yahweh God put the man”. In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8. +2:15 rosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן 1 “in the garden in the land/region of/called Eden” or “in Eden Garden”. Notice that “Garden” is capitalized when it is part of a name. 2:15 iaic לְ⁠עָבְדָ֖⁠הּ 1 “to cultivate/farm it” or “so that he would cultivate/farm it”. See how you translated “work” in verse 5. 2:15 hyvl וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׁמְרָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and maintain it.” or “and take care of it.” 2:16 qqer rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְצַו֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַל־הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh/he commanded the man,” or “he commanded him,” The way you begin verse 16 depends on how you began verse 15. Consider what is the best way to refer to “Yahweh God” and “the man” here. -2:16 vzb0 מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל 1 “You may eat as much {fruit} as you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,” -2:17 vfsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ & לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל 1 “except you must/may not eat {any fruit} from the tree” or “except for one: you must/may not eat {the fruit that grows} on the tree” or “except I forbid you to eat {any fruit} from the tree”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of God’s words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that {same} day you will certainly/definitely die.” -2:17 eja9 הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע 1 “whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. -2:17 w7aq כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ 1 “because on the {same} day you eat {fruit} from that tree” or “If you eat {any fruit} from that tree, on that {same} day” or “because as soon as you eat {fruit} from that tree”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +2:16 vzb0 מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל 1 “You may eat as much fruit as you want to eat from every/any tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want to eat from every/any tree in the garden,” +2:17 vfsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ & לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל 1 “except you must/may not eat any fruit from the tree” or “except for one: you must/may not eat the fruit that grows on the tree” or “except I forbid you to eat any fruit from the tree”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of God’s words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that same day you will certainly/definitely die.” +2:17 eja9 הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע 1 “whose fruit enables people to know/discern what is good/right and what is evil/wrong,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. +2:17 w7aq כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ 1 “because on the same day you eat fruit from that tree” or “If you eat any fruit from that tree, on that same day” or “because as soon as you eat fruit from that tree”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 2:17 z028 מ֥וֹת תָּמֽוּת 1 “you will certainly/definitely die.” -2:18 mxit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב 1 “Then/Next Yahweh {who is} God declared, {It is} not good” -2:18 c2tk הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “that the man is alone.” or “{for} the man to live by himself.” -2:18 bthk אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ 1 “{So} I will make/create” -2:18 ap1y לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “a helper/companion who is {just/exactly} right for him.” or “someone who is suitable/right for him and will help him.” or “a suitable companion to help him.” -2:19 ukcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “Now {before that,} Yahweh God had formed/shaped from {the dust/dirt on} the ground” or “Now {previously,} Yahweh/he had used {dust/dirt} from the ground to form/shape”. The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that has already happened. Also see how you translated “formed” in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7. -2:19 kk7t כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “every {kind/type of} creature/animal that lives in the fields/wild” or “all {the different kinds/types of} animals that live in the fields” or “all {the different kinds/types of} wild animals”. Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30. -2:19 y8bl וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky.” or “and all {the different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. -2:19 qvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙ 1 “So/Then he brought/took them {all}”. This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether “brought” or “took” fits best here in your language. +2:18 mxit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב 1 “Then/Next Yahweh who is God declared, It is not good” +2:18 c2tk הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “that the man is alone.” or “for the man to live by himself.” +2:18 bthk אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ 1 “So I will make/create” +2:18 ap1y לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “a helper/companion who is just/exactly right for him.” or “someone who is suitable/right for him and will help him.” or “a suitable companion to help him.” +2:19 ukcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “Now before that, Yahweh God had formed/shaped from the dust/dirt on the ground” or “Now previously, Yahweh/he had used dust/dirt from the ground to form/shape”. The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that has already happened. Also see how you translated “formed” in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7. +2:19 kk7t כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “every kind/type of creature/animal that lives in the fields/wild” or “all the different kinds/types of animals that live in the fields” or “all the different kinds/types of wild animals”. Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30. +2:19 y8bl וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and every kind/type of bird that flies in the sky.” or “and all the different kinds/types of birds that fly in the sky.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. +2:19 qvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙ 1 “So/Then he brought/took them all”. This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether “brought” or “took” fits best here in your language. 2:19 p3x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “to Adam”. Every translation team needs to decide when to use Adam’s name for the first time in the book of Genesis. The Hebrew word “adam” means “man” and is also Adam’s name; the choice that is not followed here in your translation could be put in a footnote. Some translations first use Adam’s name here in verse 19, when he is naming the animals. Many other translations start using his name at the end of verse 20. Still other translations wait until 3:20 when he names Eve, and a few other translations begin in 3:9, 17, or 21. 2:19 apte לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת 1 “to watch/hear” or “to find out” 2:19 rgyf מַה יִּקְרָא ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “what he would name each one,” or “what names he would give/assign to them,” These names were labels for what kind of animals they were, such as “dog” or “horse”, not personal names like “David” or “Mary”. 2:19 by9q וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקְרָא ל֧⁠וֹ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם 1 “and whatever Adam called/named” or “Whatever name the man gave/assigned to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -2:19 k24r נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה 1 “each {kind/type of} living creature,” or “each {kind/type of} animal,” -2:19 waxk ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that {became} its name.” or “that {became} the name of/for that kind/type of animal.” -2:20 rs26 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “The man gave/assigned names to all the {different kinds/types of} livestock” or “Adam named all the {different kinds/types of} domestic/tame animals”. For a note about when to first use Adam’s name, see verse 19. Also, see how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26. -2:20 e137 וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and to {all} the {different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky” -2:20 e3uy וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and to all the {other} {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19. -2:20 gmpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but he did/could not find a suitable helper for himself {among them}.” or “but none of them was a helper/companion who was {just/exactly} right for him.” or “but none of them was a suitable companion to help him.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated “a suitable helper” in verse 18. -2:21 stgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to fall/go into a deep/sound sleep.” or “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep {very} deeply/soundly.” Many languages have a similar idiom for “caused a deep sleep to fall on” that works well here. Consider what is best in your language. -2:21 ti50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן 1 “Then {while} the man was sleeping/asleep,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man. -2:21 xamp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח 1 “he/God took {out}”. Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse. -2:21 l63g אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “one of the man’s ribs {from his body/side}” or “a rib {from the man’s body/side}” or (2) “part of the man’s side {from his body}” -2:21 k98y וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “and filled in the place/hole where it had been with flesh {and healed it}.” or “and replaced it with flesh {and healed him}.” In this context, the term “flesh” probably includes muscles and skin. +2:19 k24r נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה 1 “each kind/type of living creature,” or “each kind/type of animal,” +2:19 waxk ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that became its name.” or “that became the name of/for that kind/type of animal.” +2:20 rs26 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “The man gave/assigned names to all the different kinds/types of livestock” or “Adam named all the different kinds/types of domestic/tame animals”. For a note about when to first use Adam’s name, see verse 19. Also, see how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26. +2:20 e137 וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and to all the different kinds/types of birds that fly in the sky” +2:20 e3uy וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and to all the other different kinds/types of creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19. +2:20 gmpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but he did/could not find a suitable helper for himself among them.” or “but none of them was a helper/companion who was just/exactly right for him.” or “but none of them was a suitable companion to help him.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated “a suitable helper” in verse 18. +2:21 stgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to fall/go into a deep/sound sleep.” or “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep very deeply/soundly.” Many languages have a similar idiom for “caused a deep sleep to fall on” that works well here. Consider what is best in your language. +2:21 ti50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן 1 “Then while the man was sleeping/asleep,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man. +2:21 xamp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח 1 “he/God took out”. Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse. +2:21 l63g אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “one of the man’s ribs from his body/side” or “a rib from the man’s body/side” or (2) “part of the man’s side from his body” +2:21 k98y וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “and filled in the place/hole where it had been with flesh and healed it.” or “and replaced it with flesh and healed him.” In this context, the term “flesh” probably includes muscles and skin. 2:22 wmbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים 1 “Next Yahweh God” or “Next he” or “After that, Yahweh/he”. For many languages it is more natural here to use a pronoun to refer to Yahweh God. Do what is best in your language. After you finish translating a chapter or section, it is a good practice to read that section aloud and listen for what is the best way to refer to God and others at each place in the text. -2:22 m5wn וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ & אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “made/constructed a woman from the rib which he had taken out of the man{’s body},” or “used the rib which he taken from the man to make/construct a woman from it,” See how you translated “rib” in verse 21 and see the note about that there. +2:22 m5wn וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ & אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “made/constructed a woman from the rib which he had taken out of the man’s body,” or “used the rib which he taken from the man to make/construct a woman from it,” See how you translated “rib” in verse 21 and see the note about that there. 2:22 w6xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֖⁠הָ אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “and he took her to the man.” or “Then he brought/took her to the man.” See how you translated “brought” in verse 19. -2:23 b3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 “Then the man said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man saw her,} he said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man woke up and saw the woman,} he said/exclaimed,” Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language. -2:23 cus9 זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם 1 “Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person {like me} who” or “Finally/Ahh! Here is someone {like me} who” -2:23 dbqq עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י 1 “{has} bones and flesh from me!” or “was made out of my own bones and flesh!” +2:23 b3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 “Then the man said/exclaimed,” or “When the man saw her, he said/exclaimed,” or “When the man woke up and saw the woman, he said/exclaimed,” Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language. +2:23 cus9 זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם 1 “Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person like me who” or “Finally/Ahh! Here is someone like me who” +2:23 dbqq עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י 1 “has bones and flesh from me!” or “was made out of my own bones and flesh!” 2:23 pbw7 לְ⁠זֹאת֙ יִקָּרֵ֣א אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “I will call her ‘woman,’ ” There is a play-on-words here because the Hebrew word for woman (“ishsha”) is similar to the Hebrew word for man (“ish”). You could put that information in a footnote. -2:23 dsb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת 1 “because she was taken {by God} from {the body of} a man.” or “because {it was} from {the body of} a man {that} {God} took her.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +2:23 dsb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת 1 “because she was taken by God from the body of a man.” or “because it was from the body of a man that God took her.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 2:24 oti6 עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “Because of that,” or “That is why” or “Since the woman was created from the man’s body,” -2:24 u45s יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ 1 “a/every man {who marries} will/must leave” or “{when a man gets married,} he must move away from” -2:24 peuh אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{the home of} his father and mother,” +2:24 u45s יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ 1 “a/every man who marries will/must leave” or “when a man gets married, he must move away from” +2:24 peuh אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “the home of his father and mother,” 2:24 k1xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠דָבַ֣ק בְּ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and he must unite/join with his wife,” or “and he must live in close relationship with his wife,” This idiom means that the man is committed to his wife and has a close physical relationship with her too. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. 2:24 fqua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠הָי֖וּ 1 “so that they become”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. -2:24 lhdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד 1 “completely one/united.” or “united in body {and spirit}.” or “united like one person.” The phrase “one flesh” is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language. -2:25 rovf וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Now {at/during that time} both the man and his wife were naked,” or “{At/During that time} the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,” -2:25 m37h וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ 1 “but {yet} they were not ashamed/embarrassed {about it}.” or “but {yet} they did not feel ashamed/embarrassed {about being naked}.” Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +2:24 lhdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד 1 “completely one/united.” or “united in body and spirit.” or “united like one person.” The phrase “one flesh” is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language. +2:25 rovf וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Now at/during that time both the man and his wife were naked,” or “At/During that time the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,” +2:25 m37h וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ 1 “but yet they were not ashamed/embarrassed about it.” or “but yet they did not feel ashamed/embarrassed about being naked.” Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 3:1 k1xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֙ 1 “Now the snake”. The conjunction “Now” introduces background information about the serpent. See how you translated this conjunction in Gen 2:5, 8, 19. -3:1 c6pe הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “was more {deceptive and} clever/cunning than any of the {other} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild” or “was the craftiest of all the animals”. Make sure that your translation of “crafty” means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated “living thing of the field” in Gen 2:19-20. -3:1 xal9 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “that Yahweh {who is} God had made/created.” or “that God {whose name is} Yahweh had made/created.” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated “Yahweh God” in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4. -3:1 jqok rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “{One day} he asked the woman,” or “{One day} the serpent/snake {came/went to} the woman {and} asked {her},” If you use a pronoun (“he”) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. Also, since the snake asked a question, some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language. +3:1 c6pe הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “was more deceptive and clever/cunning than any of the other creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild” or “was the craftiest of all the animals”. Make sure that your translation of “crafty” means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated “living thing of the field” in Gen 2:19-20. +3:1 xal9 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “that Yahweh who is God had made/created.” or “that God whose name is Yahweh had made/created.” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated “Yahweh God” in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4. +3:1 jqok rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “One day he asked the woman,” or “One day the serpent/snake came/went to the woman and asked her,” If you use a pronoun (“he”) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. Also, since the snake asked a question, some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language. 3:1 za8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַ֚ף כִּֽי אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ 1 “Did God really/actually command you to not eat” or “Is it true that God commanded you not to eat”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -3:1 iqz3 מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “{fruit} from any of the trees {that is/are} in the garden?” or “{any fruit} from the trees in the garden?” See how you translated “garden” in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8. +3:1 iqz3 מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “fruit from any of the trees that is/are in the garden?” or “any fruit from the trees in the garden?” See how you translated “garden” in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8. 3:2 gevr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל הַ⁠נָּחָ֑שׁ 1 “The woman answered the serpent/snake,” or “The woman responded to him,” or “The woman replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. -3:2 kllk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֹאכֵֽל 1 “{No,} we have permission {from God/him} to eat” or “{No,} God/he has given us permission to eat”. The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here. +3:2 kllk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֹאכֵֽל 1 “No, we have permission from God/him to eat” or “No, God/he has given us permission to eat”. The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here. 3:2 gy6f מִ⁠פְּרִ֥י 1 “the fruit of/from” or “fruit from”. See how you translated “fruit” in Gen 1:11-12, 29. -3:2 fmke עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “{any/all of} the tree{s} {that are} in the garden,” or “{any} tree in the garden,” -3:3 t2wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒ 1 “except fruit from the tree that is in the middle/center of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we must/may not eat fruit from, which is in the middle/center of the garden.” For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “{No,} it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that {God said} we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from {all the rest of} the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination. -3:3 nz0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “God/he told/commanded {us}, ‘Do not eat fruit from that tree,” or “God/He told/commanded {us} to not eat {any of} that fruit,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +3:2 fmke עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “any/all of the trees that are in the garden,” or “any tree in the garden,” +3:3 t2wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒ 1 “except fruit from the tree that is in the middle/center of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we must/may not eat fruit from, which is in the middle/center of the garden.” For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “No, it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that God said we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from all the rest of the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination. +3:3 nz0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “God/he told/commanded us, ‘Do not eat fruit from that tree,” or “God/He told/commanded us to not eat any of that fruit,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. 3:3 anrc וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִגְּע֖וּ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and do not even touch it,” or “or even touch it,” -3:3 ztft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “because if you do {eat it or touch it}, you will die!” or “because if we do {eat it or touch it}, we will die!” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (“you”) or indirect (“we”) quote. +3:3 ztft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “because if you do eat it or touch it, you will die!” or “because if we do eat it or touch it, we will die!” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (“you”) or indirect (“we”) quote. 3:4 j40v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠נָּחָ֖שׁ אֶל־הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “But the snake said/replied to her,” or “But the snake replied,” See how you translated “serpent” in verses 1-2. -3:4 k0j2 לֹֽא מ֖וֹת תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “{That is not true.} You will not die.” or “It’s not true that you will die.” +3:4 k0j2 לֹֽא מ֖וֹת תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “That is not true. You will not die.” or “It’s not true that you will die.” 3:5 ngb0 כִּ֚י יֹדֵ֣עַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Actually, God/he knows” or “The reason God said that is because he knows”. The connecting word “For” introduces an explanation here. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. 3:5 tr2j כִּ֗י בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ 1 “that as soon as” or “that when/if” -3:5 p329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “you eat {fruit} from that tree,” or “you eat some/any of that fruit,” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated “you” and “your” in verses 1-5. +3:5 p329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “you eat fruit from that tree,” or “you eat some/any of that fruit,” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated “you” and “your” in verses 1-5. 3:5 uld2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִפְקְח֖וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “your mind/understanding will be opened/expanded,” or “you will gain/have new understanding,” or “you will understand/know new things,” Consider whether your language has an idiom like “your eyes will be opened” that would fit well here. -3:5 npzf וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “and {as a result} you will be like God/him because you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” or “so that you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong just like God does.” The Hebrew word “Elohim” is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) “God”, which is what it means everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis; or (2) “gods” or “divine beings” or (3) “angels”. See how you translated “good and evil” in Gen 2:9, 17. +3:5 npzf וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “and as a result you will be like God/him because you will know what is good/right and what is evil/wrong.” or “so that you will know what is good/right and what is evil/wrong just like God does.” The Hebrew word “Elohim” is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) “God”, which is what it means everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis; or (2) “gods” or “divine beings” or (3) “angels”. See how you translated “good and evil” in Gen 2:9, 17. 3:6 d6rz וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּ֣י 1 “The woman saw/observed that” -3:6 gpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ 1 “the tree {produced fruit that}” or “{the fruit of} that tree” or “the tree{’s fruit}”. The word “tree” refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -3:6 b6yp טוֹב֩ & לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל 1 “{was/looked} good/delicious to eat” -3:6 aigt וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם 1 “and that the tree {itself} was/looked {very} beautiful,” -3:6 tkg3 וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 “and {she thought/believed} that {the fruit from} the tree would make her wise/wiser.” or “She {also} desired/wanted {to eat} the fruit so that it would make her wise/wiser.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -3:6 jrei וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל 1 “So/Then she took/picked some of the fruit {from/off the tree} and ate {it}.” -3:6 zi7t וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן גַּם 1 “She also gave {some of the fruit}” -3:6 j06c לְ⁠אִישָׁ֛⁠הּ עִמָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “to her husband, {who was} {there} with her,” -3:6 vgh6 וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל 1 “and he ate {it/some} {too}.” or “and he {also} ate {it/some}.” +3:6 gpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ 1 “the tree produced fruit that” or “the fruit of that tree” or “the tree’s fruit”. The word “tree” refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +3:6 b6yp טוֹב֩ & לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל 1 “was/looked good/delicious to eat” +3:6 aigt וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם 1 “and that the tree itself was/looked very beautiful,” +3:6 tkg3 וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 “and she thought/believed that the fruit from the tree would make her wise/wiser.” or “She also desired/wanted to eat the fruit so that it would make her wise/wiser.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +3:6 jrei וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל 1 “So/Then she took/picked some of the fruit from/off the tree and ate it.” +3:6 zi7t וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן גַּם 1 “She also gave some of the fruit” +3:6 j06c לְ⁠אִישָׁ֛⁠הּ עִמָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “to her husband, who was there with her,” +3:6 vgh6 וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל 1 “and he ate it/some too.” or “and he also ate it/some.” 3:7 on9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ עֵינֵ֣י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Immediately/Suddenly it was as if their eyes/minds were opened/enlightened,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both gained/had new understanding,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both understood new things,” An immediate result of their sin was that they realized they were naked, which they had not been aware of before. See how you translated the idiom “eyes … opened” in verse 5. 3:7 d586 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ 1 “so that they realized” or “so that they became aware” -3:7 qm2z כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם 1 “that their bodies {were} naked/uncovered/bare {and they felt ashamed/embarrassed}.” -3:7 pb3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙ 1 “So they fastened/joined {together}”. The word for “sewed” implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for “they” and “themselves”. Do what is best in your language. -3:7 e5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה 1 “{some} fig {tree} leaves” or “{some} {large} leaves from a fig tree”. Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “{large} leaves from a tree called a fig {tree}”. -3:7 h1a6 וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת 1 “and used/wore them like/as aprons/skirts/loincloths {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and wore them around their waists {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.” These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees. +3:7 qm2z כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם 1 “that their bodies were naked/uncovered/bare and they felt ashamed/embarrassed.” +3:7 pb3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙ 1 “So they fastened/joined together”. The word for “sewed” implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for “they” and “themselves”. Do what is best in your language. +3:7 e5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה 1 “some fig tree leaves” or “some large leaves from a fig tree”. Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “large leaves from a tree called a fig tree”. +3:7 h1a6 וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת 1 “and used/wore them like/as aprons/skirts/loincloths to cover their nakedness/bodies.” or “and wore them around their waists to cover their nakedness/bodies.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.” These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees. 3:8 ibyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֞וּ 1 “Then/Later the man and his wife heard”. For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the noun phrase “the man and his wife” here and then use a pronoun (“they”) later in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. -3:8 kd3q אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 “the sound of Yahweh God{’s footsteps} as he walked” or “Yahweh God’s voice as he walked”. This phrase can refer to the sound of God’s footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations. -3:8 g02y בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “{around} in the garden” or “through the garden” -3:8 dipk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “{late in the afternoon} in/during the breezy/cool {time} of the day,” or “{late that afternoon/day} when there was a cool breeze blowing,” This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language. -3:8 x1fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but/so they hid {themselves}” or “but/so they {tried to} hide {themselves}”. If you use “the man and his wife” earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether or not a pronoun should be used here. +3:8 kd3q אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 “the sound of Yahweh God’s footsteps as he walked” or “Yahweh God’s voice as he walked”. This phrase can refer to the sound of God’s footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations. +3:8 g02y בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “around in the garden” or “through the garden” +3:8 dipk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “late in the afternoon in/during the breezy/cool time of the day,” or “late that afternoon/day when there was a cool breeze blowing,” This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language. +3:8 x1fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but/so they hid themselves” or “but/so they tried to hide themselves”. If you use “the man and his wife” earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether or not a pronoun should be used here. 3:8 q6cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “from Yahweh God” or “from his presence/sight” or “from him”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh at this point in the paragraph in your language. -3:8 k6j3 בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “in the midst of the tree{s} in the garden.” or “behind some tree{s} there.” Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, for some languages it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language. -3:9 e4nw וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then/But Yahweh God called {out}”. See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8. +3:8 k6j3 בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “in the midst of the trees in the garden.” or “behind some trees there.” Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, for some languages it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language. +3:9 e4nw וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then/But Yahweh God called out”. See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8. 3:9 ek33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “to the man and asked him,” or “to Adam,” See the note at Gen 2:19 about when to start using Adam’s name. Also consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. -3:9 a04v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה 1 “{Adam,} where are you?” Notice that the word “you” is singular here because God is only addressing the man. -3:10 e1lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He/Adam answered {him},” or “The man replied,” -3:10 mb7t אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי 1 “I heard the sound of you {walking}” or “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your footsteps/voice {as you walked}”. See how you translated “sound” in verse 8. +3:9 a04v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה 1 “Adam, where are you?” Notice that the word “you” is singular here because God is only addressing the man. +3:10 e1lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He/Adam answered him,” or “The man replied,” +3:10 mb7t אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי 1 “I heard the sound of you walking” or “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your footsteps/voice as you walked”. See how you translated “sound” in verse 8. 3:10 tr9j בַּ⁠גָּ֑ן 1 “through the garden,” -3:10 aoxc וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא 1 “but I was naked, so I was/felt afraid and I hid {from you}.” or “but I was naked and afraid {that you would see me}, so I hid.” -3:11 hsb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “So Yahweh God asked {him},” Make sure your translation of “he” refers to Yahweh here, not the man. +3:10 aoxc וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא 1 “but I was naked, so I was/felt afraid and I hid from you.” or “but I was naked and afraid that you would see me, so I hid.” +3:11 hsb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “So Yahweh God asked him,” Make sure your translation of “he” refers to Yahweh here, not the man. 3:11 uf06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular מִ֚י הִגִּ֣יד לְ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֥י עֵירֹ֖ם אָ֑תָּה 1 “What made you realize/know that you were naked?” or “How did you find out that you were naked?” The pronoun “you” is still singular here. -3:11 hetm הֲ⁠מִן הָ⁠עֵ֗ץ & אָכָֽלְתָּ 1 “Did you {disobey me and} eat {fruit} from the tree” +3:11 hetm הֲ⁠מִן הָ⁠עֵ֗ץ & אָכָֽלְתָּ 1 “Did you disobey me and eat fruit from the tree” 3:11 gi9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוִּיתִ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י אֲכָל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ 1 “that I commanded you, ‘Do not eat from it’?” For some languages it is more natural to use a direct quote here for Yahweh’s words. Do what is best in your language. -3:12 hp6r וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “But the man said/replied {to him},” or “The man answered {him},” -3:12 et6h הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא 1 “The woman whom you put here {to be/live} with me, she {is the one who}” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”. The pronoun “she” is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of “The woman” at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame of the woman. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. -3:12 au82 נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “gave me {some fruit} from that tree,” or “gave me some of the/that fruit,” See how you translated “fruit” in verses 1-6. -3:12 z2ws וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate {it}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +3:12 hp6r וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “But the man said/replied to him,” or “The man answered him,” +3:12 et6h הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא 1 “The woman whom you put here to be/live with me, she is the one who” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”. The pronoun “she” is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of “The woman” at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame of the woman. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. +3:12 au82 נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “gave me some fruit from that tree,” or “gave me some of the/that fruit,” See how you translated “fruit” in verses 1-6. +3:12 z2ws וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate it.” or “That is why I ate it/some.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 3:13 lvw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “So Yahweh God asked the woman,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. 3:13 vvhk מַה זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑ית 1 “What have you done?” or “What did you do?” or “Tell me what you have done.” God already knew the answer to this question, but he is giving the woman a chance to confess and explain what she did. God’s question probably also implies that he is displeased with what has happened. -3:13 rhhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “But the woman said/replied {to him},” or “The woman said/replied,” or “She replied,” +3:13 rhhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “But the woman said/replied to him,” or “The woman said/replied,” or “She replied,” 3:13 n1zl הַ⁠נָּחָ֥שׁ 1 “The snake” or “It was the serpent/snake that”. This phrase is emphasized in the Hebrew text. 3:13 w0b8 הִשִּׁיאַ֖⁠נִי 1 “tricked me,” or “lied to me,” -3:13 bews וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate {some of the/that fruit}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +3:13 bews וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate some of the/that fruit.” or “That is why I ate it/some.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 3:14 ux98 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ יְהֹוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֶֽל הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֮ 1 “So Yahweh God said to the snake,” 3:14 ie75 כִּ֣י עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּאת֒ 1 “Because/Since you did that,” or “Because/Since you deceived/tricked the woman,” -3:14 dfy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙ 1 “you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”. In this context, “cursed” involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants, causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic. -3:14 qu53 מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “more {severely/harshly} than all the domestic/tame animals”. When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20. -3:14 d3v1 וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and more {severely/harshly} than all the creatures/animals of/in the fields/wild.” or “and more {severely/harshly} than all the wild animals.” See how you translated “every living thing of the field” in verse 1. -3:14 obw6 עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 “{As a result,} you will/must move/crawl {on/along the ground} on your belly/stomach,” -3:14 aocs וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל 1 “and you will/must eat dust/dirt {with your food}”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7. +3:14 dfy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙ 1 “you are cursed by me” or “I am cursing you” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”. In this context, “cursed” involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants, causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic. +3:14 qu53 מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “more severely/harshly than all the domestic/tame animals”. When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20. +3:14 d3v1 וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and more severely/harshly than all the creatures/animals of/in the fields/wild.” or “and more severely/harshly than all the wild animals.” See how you translated “every living thing of the field” in verse 1. +3:14 obw6 עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 “As a result, you will/must move/crawl on/along the ground on your belly/stomach,” +3:14 aocs וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל 1 “and you will/must eat dust/dirt with your food”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7. 3:14 g32q כָּל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” -3:15 ivt7 וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “I will also cause you and the woman to be enemies {with each other}, and your offspring/descendants and her offspring/descendants to also be enemies.” or “ Besides that, I will cause you and your descendants to be enemies with the woman and her descendants.” -3:15 yfon ה֚וּא 1 “{In fact,} her offspring/descendant” or “{In fact,} one of her descendants”. The pronoun “He” is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) the woman’s descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ; or (2) the woman’s descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snake’s descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satan’s power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote. -3:15 e3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב 1 “will strike/crush your head, and you will strike/bite/bruise his heel.” This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “{In fact,} you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language. -3:16 chez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “{Then} he/God said to the woman,” or “{Then} Yahweh God {turned} to the woman and said {to her},” In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language. +3:15 ivt7 וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “I will also cause you and the woman to be enemies with each other, and your offspring/descendants and her offspring/descendants to also be enemies.” or “ Besides that, I will cause you and your descendants to be enemies with the woman and her descendants.” +3:15 yfon ה֚וּא 1 “In fact, her offspring/descendant” or “In fact, one of her descendants”. The pronoun “He” is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) the woman’s descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ; or (2) the woman’s descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snake’s descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satan’s power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote. +3:15 e3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב 1 “will strike/crush your head, and you will strike/bite/bruise his heel.” This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “In fact, you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language. +3:16 chez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then he/God said to the woman,” or “Then Yahweh God turned to the woman and said to her,” In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language. 3:16 vgi1 הַרְבָּ֤ה אַרְבֶּה֙ עִצְּבוֹנֵ֣⁠ךְ 1 “I will greatly increase how much you suffer” or “I will cause you to have/experience much/severe pain” or “I will cause it to be very painful” 3:16 d5br וְ⁠הֵֽרֹנֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “when you bear children;” or “when you give birth;” -3:16 icn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים 1 “{yes/indeed,} you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “{yes/indeed,} bearing children will be very painful for you.” This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. -3:16 jbk6 וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom “your desire will be for your husband” are all ambiguous in this context. The text could mean: (1) “Yet/But you will {still} desire/long {to be with} your husband, and he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Song of Songs 7:10; or (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want {to control} your husband, but he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote. +3:16 icn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים 1 “yes/indeed, you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “yes/indeed, bearing children will be very painful for you.” This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. +3:16 jbk6 וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom “your desire will be for your husband” are all ambiguous in this context. The text could mean: (1) “Yet/But you will still desire/long to be with your husband, and he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Song of Songs 7:10; or (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want to control your husband, but he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote. 3:16 friw וְ⁠ה֖וּא יִמְשָׁל בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and he will control/dominate you.” or “and he will lord it over you.” See how you translated “rule over” in Gen 1:18. It may be necessary to translate this term differently here because of the negative context of the curse and the consequences of sin. -3:17 sq0d וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then/Next he/God said to the man,” or “Then/Next Yahweh God {turned} to Adam and said {to him},” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to the man” is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adam’s name in your translation, see Gen 2:19. -3:17 dyjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי־שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “Since/Because you {disobeyed me and} did what your wife said/suggested” or “Since/Because you did/followed what your wife told you to do”. This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -3:17 nelk וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ מִן הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 “and ate {fruit} from the tree” -3:17 x2ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “that I commanded/told you, ‘Do not eat {any fruit} from it,’ ” or “that I commanded you to not eat {any fruit} from.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3. -3:17 ggfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “the ground is cursed {by me} because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate {fruit} from the tree that I commanded you not to eat {any fruit} from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated “cursed” in verse 14. -3:17 wdns rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 “{As a result,} {only} by painful toil will you eat {any food} from it” or “{As a result,} you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat” -3:17 o4tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” For some languages it is better to put this phrase before the previous clause and say, “{As a result,} for as long as you live, you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat.” Do what is best in your language. -3:18 gzbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ 1 “In fact, the ground will produce/grow thorn {plants} and thistle {plants} {and other weeds}” or “In fact, thorn bushes and thistle plants {and other weeds} will grow from the ground”. The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless and possibly harmful plants. -3:18 z3ub לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 The Hebrew text here could mean: (1) “{and make it difficult} for you to grow {enough} crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce {enough} crops/food to eat.” or (2) “so that {your crops will not grow well and} you will {have to} eat {wild} plants that grow in the {open} fields {to survive}.” That difference of interpretation comes from the fact that the Hebrew word “fields” can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow. -3:19 ewn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם 1 “{Only} by the sweat of your face/brow/forehead will you be able to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” or “You will have to {work hard and} sweat a lot in order to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also, bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for “bread” is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food,” especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area. -3:19 n8ba עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “until you {die and} again become dust/dirt,” -3:19 ek0a כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ 1 “which you were taken/made from {by me}.” or “which I took/created you from.” or “which I made/created you out of.” +3:17 sq0d וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then/Next he/God said to the man,” or “Then/Next Yahweh God turned to Adam and said to him,” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to the man” is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adam’s name in your translation, see Gen 2:19. +3:17 dyjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי־שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “Since/Because you disobeyed me and did what your wife said/suggested” or “Since/Because you did/followed what your wife told you to do”. This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +3:17 nelk וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ מִן הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 “and ate fruit from the tree” +3:17 x2ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “that I commanded/told you, ‘Do not eat any fruit from it,’ ” or “that I commanded you to not eat any fruit from.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3. +3:17 ggfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “the ground is cursed by me because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate fruit from the tree that I commanded you not to eat any fruit from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated “cursed” in verse 14. +3:17 wdns rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 “As a result, only by painful toil will you eat any food from it” or “As a result, you will have to work very hard and suffer to grow/get enough food to eat” +3:17 o4tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” For some languages it is better to put this phrase before the previous clause and say, “As a result, for as long as you live, you will have to work very hard and suffer to grow/get enough food to eat.” Do what is best in your language. +3:18 gzbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ 1 “In fact, the ground will produce/grow thorn plants and thistle plants and other weeds” or “In fact, thorn bushes and thistle plants and other weeds will grow from the ground”. The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless and possibly harmful plants. +3:18 z3ub לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 The Hebrew text here could mean: (1) “and make it difficult for you to grow enough crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce enough crops/food to eat.” or (2) “so that your crops will not grow well and you will have to eat wild plants that grow in the open fields to survive.” That difference of interpretation comes from the fact that the Hebrew word “fields” can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow. +3:19 ewn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם 1 “Only by the sweat of your face/brow/forehead will you be able to grow/produce/have enough food to eat,” or “You will have to work hard and sweat a lot in order to grow/produce/have enough food to eat,” The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also, bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for “bread” is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food,” especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area. +3:19 n8ba עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “until you die and again become dust/dirt,” +3:19 ek0a כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ 1 “which you were taken/made from by me.” or “which I took/created you from.” or “which I made/created you out of.” 3:19 d4o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 “Yes/Indeed,” or “That’s right,” This sentence rephrases and emphasizes what God just said. -3:19 nwc3 עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה 1 “your bodies {were created/made} {by me} from dust/dirt” or “{I created/made} you out of dust/dirt” -3:19 qlcr וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב 1 “so dust/dirt is what you will become again {after you die}.” +3:19 nwc3 עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה 1 “your bodies were created/made by me from dust/dirt” or “I created/made you out of dust/dirt” +3:19 qlcr וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב 1 “so dust/dirt is what you will become again after you die.” 3:20 wmrp וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם שֵׁ֥ם אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Then Adam called/named his wife” or “Then the man gave his wife the name”. Some translations use Adam’s name here because he is naming Eve. See what you did in verse 17. -3:20 czch rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוָּ֑ה 1 “Eve, {which means “living/live,”}” If you include the meaning of Eve’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (“living”), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis. -3:20 alel כִּ֛י 1 “{He did that} because”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +3:20 czch rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוָּ֑ה 1 “Eve, which means “living/live,”” If you include the meaning of Eve’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (“living”), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis. +3:20 alel כִּ֛י 1 “He did that because”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 3:20 q3ny הִ֥וא הָֽיְתָ֖ה אֵ֥ם 1 “she would be the mother/ancestor of” 3:20 kvu6 כָּל חָֽי 1 “all the people who would ever live.” or “everyone who would ever live.” -3:21 idfq וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים & כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר 1 “Then Yahweh God made {some} garments/clothes out of animal skins/hides” or “Then Yahweh God used {some} animal skins/hides to make {some} garments/clothes” -3:21 yd2w לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “for Adam and his wife {Eve},” or “for the man and his wife,” +3:21 idfq וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים & כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר 1 “Then Yahweh God made some garments/clothes out of animal skins/hides” or “Then Yahweh God used some animal skins/hides to make some garments/clothes” +3:21 yd2w לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “for Adam and his wife Eve,” or “for the man and his wife,” 3:21 nedp וַ⁠יַּלְבִּשֵֽׁ⁠ם 1 “and he dressed them.” or “and he put the garments/clothes on them.” -3:22 zmrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then he said/thought,” or “Then Yahweh/he said/thought {to himself},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh God in your language at this point in the paragraph. Also, see how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where “said” has the same meaning. +3:22 zmrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then he said/thought,” or “Then Yahweh/he said/thought to himself,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh God in your language at this point in the paragraph. Also, see how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where “said” has the same meaning. 3:22 tgmz הֵ֤ן 1 “Look/Listen,” This word expresses emotion and calls attention to what God says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29. -3:22 m45e הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “the man {and his wife}” or “man{kind}” or “human beings”. Throughout verses 22-24 “the man” represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam. +3:22 m45e הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “the man and his wife” or “mankind” or “human beings”. Throughout verses 22-24 “the man” represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam. 3:22 jtzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive הָיָה֙ כְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “have become like one of us” or “have become like us”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive because God is talking to himself. -3:22 u2uz לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע 1 “so that they know {what is} good and {what is} evil.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 5 and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9. -3:22 z722 וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם 1 “So now, they must not be allowed/permitted {by us} to also take/pick” or “So we must not allow/permit them to also take/pick” or “So now we must do something so that they do/can not also take/pick”. See how you translated “took/picked … fruit” in verse 6. -3:22 jc4x מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל 1 “{fruit} from the tree of {eternal} life and eat {some of} it,” or “and eat {fruit} from the tree that gives people {eternal} life,” See how you translated “the tree of life” in Gen 2:9. -3:22 ekrd וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 “and {then/so} live forever!” or “which will/would make them live forever!” -3:23 x97q וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then Yahweh God expelled/banished the man {and his wife}” or “So {then} Yahweh God forced them to leave”. Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, “him”, and “he” refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Consider again how you translated “Yahweh God” in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24. -3:23 kl96 מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן 1 “the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “Eden Garden”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15. +3:22 u2uz לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע 1 “so that they know what is good and what is evil.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 5 and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9. +3:22 z722 וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם 1 “So now, they must not be allowed/permitted by us to also take/pick” or “So we must not allow/permit them to also take/pick” or “So now we must do something so that they do/can not also take/pick”. See how you translated “took/picked … fruit” in verse 6. +3:22 jc4x מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל 1 “fruit from the tree of eternal life and eat some of it,” or “and eat fruit from the tree that gives people eternal life,” See how you translated “the tree of life” in Gen 2:9. +3:22 ekrd וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 “and then/so live forever!” or “which will/would make them live forever!” +3:23 x97q וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then Yahweh God expelled/banished the man and his wife” or “So then Yahweh God forced them to leave”. Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, “him”, and “he” refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Consider again how you translated “Yahweh God” in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24. +3:23 kl96 מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן 1 “the garden in the land/region of/called Eden” or “Eden Garden”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15. 3:23 hhh0 לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “to work/farm/cultivate the ground/land/soil”. See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and “work it” in 2:15. -3:23 d3re אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “which they had been taken/created from {by him/God}.” or “which God/he had taken/made them from.” It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated “taken from” in verse 19. -3:24 j8r9 וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “Then after he/Yahweh/God drove/forced the man {and his wife} out {of the garden},” or “After he/Yahweh/God expelled/banished them {from the garden},” +3:23 d3re אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “which they had been taken/created from by him/God.” or “which God/he had taken/made them from.” It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated “taken from” in verse 19. +3:24 j8r9 וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “Then after he/Yahweh/God drove/forced the man and his wife out of the garden,” or “After he/Yahweh/God expelled/banished them from the garden,” 3:24 v4dm וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּן֩ 1 “then he stationed” or “he placed/stationed” -3:24 zcdx מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן 1 “on/to the east {side} of the garden {at its entrance}” or “{at the entrance} of/to the garden, {which was} on its east side”. It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24. -3:24 n3sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים 1 “{some} {powerful} cherubim {angels}” or “{some} {powerful beings called} cherubim {angels}”. Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lion’s face, a bull’s face and an eagle’s face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote. +3:24 zcdx מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן 1 “on/to the east side of the garden at its entrance” or “at the entrance of/to the garden, which was on its east side”. It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24. +3:24 n3sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים 1 “some powerful cherubim angels” or “some powerful beings called cherubim angels”. Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lion’s face, a bull’s face and an eagle’s face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote. 3:24 gndv וְ⁠אֵ֨ת לַ֤הַט הַ⁠חֶ֨רֶב֙ 1 “and a blazing/fiery/burning sword” or “and a sword made of flames/fire”. A sword is a weapon that has a very long, sharp (often two-sided) blade that is longer than a knife, machete, or dagger and is attached to a hilt or handle. This sword may have had flames coming from it, or this may have been fire in the shape of a sword. 3:24 i7zi הַ⁠מִּתְהַפֶּ֔כֶת 1 “that was turning/swinging around in all directions” or “that was swinging/flashing back and forth”. It seems that the sword was swinging by itself since there is no mention of anyone holding it. -3:24 orao לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ 1 “to keep everyone away from the way/path {that leads/goes} to” or “so that no one could get/go near” -3:24 ar1o עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים 1 “the tree of {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22. -4:1 cibb וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “Then Adam” or “Then the man {Adam}”. For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19. -4:1 k9i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had {marital} relations with his wife Eve,” or “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,” This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud. -4:1 um2r וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “so that she became pregnant and {later} gave birth to”. Translate this clause in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud. -4:1 a1ox אֶת קַ֔יִן 1 “{a son they named} Cain, {which means “obtained/acquired.”}” You could include the meaning of Cain’s name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20. -4:1 y3qd וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “because she said/exclaimed,” or “{They named him that} because she/Eve had said/exclaimed,” This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +3:24 orao לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ 1 “to keep everyone away from the way/path that leads/goes to” or “so that no one could get/go near” +3:24 ar1o עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים 1 “the tree of eternal life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people eternal life.” or “the tree whose fruit makes people live forever.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22. +4:1 cibb וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “Then Adam” or “Then the man Adam”. For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19. +4:1 k9i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had marital relations with his wife Eve,” or “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,” This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud. +4:1 um2r וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “so that she became pregnant and later gave birth to”. Translate this clause in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud. +4:1 a1ox אֶת קַ֔יִן 1 “a son they named Cain, which means “obtained/acquired.”” You could include the meaning of Cain’s name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20. +4:1 y3qd וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “because she said/exclaimed,” or “They named him that because she/Eve had said/exclaimed,” This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 4:1 ww1b קָנִ֥יתִי 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I have obtained/acquired” or (2) “I have produced/created”. If you include the meaning of Cain’s name earlier in this verse in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches your choice here so that it is clear why he was given that name. 4:1 gohm אִ֖ישׁ 1 “a male child” or “a boy/son” or “a baby boy”. For some languages it is confusing to refer to a newborn baby as a man. Do what is clear and natural in your language. -4:1 tfqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “with {help from} Yahweh!” or “with Yahweh{’s help}!” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahweh’s help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language. +4:1 tfqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “with help from Yahweh!” or “with Yahweh’s help!” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahweh’s help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language. 4:2 gqfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף לָ⁠לֶ֔דֶת 1 “Then she/Eve also gave birth to” or “After that, she/Eve gave birth to”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Cain and Abel may have been twins, or Abel may have been born sometime later after Eve became pregnant again. If possible, translate verse 2 in a way that allows for either interpretation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or a noun to refer to Eve here. -4:2 i71z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “his/Cain’s brother” or “another baby boy, {who was} his/Cain’s brother”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger brother” that can be used here. Do what is best in your language. -4:2 wid6 אֶת הָ֑בֶל 1 “{whom they named} Abel.” or “{whose name was} Abel.” -4:2 xfso rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙ 1 “Now {when the boys had grown up,} Abel” or “{When they grew up,} Abel”. This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. -4:2 aikd רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן 1 “became/was a keeper/herder of flocks/sheep,” or “became/was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep {and goats},” A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both. +4:2 i71z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “his/Cain’s brother” or “another baby boy, who was his/Cain’s brother”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger brother” that can be used here. Do what is best in your language. +4:2 wid6 אֶת הָ֑בֶל 1 “whom they named Abel.” or “whose name was Abel.” +4:2 xfso rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙ 1 “Now when the boys had grown up, Abel” or “When they grew up, Abel”. This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. +4:2 aikd רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן 1 “became/was a keeper/herder of flocks/sheep,” or “became/was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep and goats,” A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both. 4:2 vsb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠קַ֕יִן 1 “whereas/but Cain”. Consider what is the best way in your language to contrast Cain and his work with Abel and his work. -4:2 dd6k הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה 1 “became/was a worker/tiller/farmer of the ground/soil.” or “became/was a {crop} farmer.” or “grew {food} crops.” Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5. +4:2 dd6k הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה 1 “became/was a worker/tiller/farmer of the ground/soil.” or “became/was a crop farmer.” or “grew food crops.” Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5. 4:3 bwql rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י מִ⁠קֵּ֣ץ יָמִ֑ים 1 “Then one day it happened that” or “As time went on/by, one day”. These phrases introduce an important new event. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. 4:3 mhjm וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א קַ֜יִן 1 “Cain offered/gave” -4:3 zn5b מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה 1 “some of the crops {that he had raised/grown} in his fields” or “some of the edible plants {that he had harvested} from his farmland/fields”. The word “fruit” is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -4:3 of0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “to Yahweh as an offering/gift/sacrifice {to honor/worship him}.” The term “offering” refers to something that is given. -4:4 mq9z וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם 1 “Abel also brought/offered/gave {an offering/gift/sacrifice} {to Yahweh}, {but what he offered/gave was}” or “But Abel offered/gave {to Yahweh}”. There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings. -4:4 r4og מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ 1 “some of the firstborn {animals} from his flock{s}/sheep”. See how you translated “flocks” in verse 2. +4:3 zn5b מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה 1 “some of the crops that he had raised/grown in his fields” or “some of the edible plants that he had harvested from his farmland/fields”. The word “fruit” is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +4:3 of0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “to Yahweh as an offering/gift/sacrifice to honor/worship him.” The term “offering” refers to something that is given. +4:4 mq9z וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם 1 “Abel also brought/offered/gave an offering/gift/sacrifice to Yahweh, but what he offered/gave was” or “But Abel offered/gave to Yahweh”. There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings. +4:4 r4og מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ 1 “some of the firstborn animals from his flocks/sheep”. See how you translated “flocks” in verse 2. 4:4 oxhr וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠חֶלְבֵ⁠הֶ֑ן 1 “and/including some of the fat portions of the meat.” or “and/including some of their best parts.” or “and/including the fattest/best parts of the animals/meat.” In that culture, fat was considered one of the best parts of an animal to eat. If that is different from how fat is viewed in your language area, that information could be put in a footnote. 4:4 v9sn וַ⁠יִּ֣שַׁע יְהוָ֔ה אֶל 1 “Yahweh was pleased/happy with” or “Yahweh accepted” -4:4 jlf3 הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abel and his gift/sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he offered/gave {to him}.” -4:5 zedh וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן & לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה 1 “But he/Yahweh was not pleased/happy with Cain” or “However, he/Yahweh did not accept Cain”. See how you translated “looked {favorably} on” in verse 4. -4:5 hxcc וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and/or his gift/sacrifice.” or “and/or what he offered/gave {to him}.” +4:4 jlf3 הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abel and his gift/sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he offered/gave to him.” +4:5 zedh וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן & לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה 1 “But he/Yahweh was not pleased/happy with Cain” or “However, he/Yahweh did not accept Cain”. See how you translated “looked favorably on” in verse 4. +4:5 hxcc וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and/or his gift/sacrifice.” or “and/or what he offered/gave to him.” 4:5 ai77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֤חַר לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ מְאֹ֔ד 1 “So Cain was/became/felt extremely angry,” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 4:5 m590 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “and his face showed that he was angry/upset.” or “and he frowned/scowled.” or “and his face showed it.” 4:6 eymy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל קָ֑יִן 1 “Then Yahweh asked Cain/him,” The way you translate this quote margin should fit with the way that you translated the following three rhetorical questions. 4:6 qa15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה חָ֣רָה לָ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה נָפְל֥וּ פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Why are you so angry? And why are you frowning/scowling?” or “There is no need/reason for you to be angry and frowning/scowling.” God is using these rhetorical questions to correct Cain. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also see how you translated the idioms “burned with … anger” and “face fell” in verse 5. -4:7 lltt אִם תֵּיטִיב֙ 1 “If you do {what is} right,” -4:7 ltx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא & שְׂאֵ֔ת 1 “{you know that} you will be accepted {by me}.” or “{you know that} I will be pleased with you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” or “I will accept you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -4:7 hj95 וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב 1 “But if you don’t do {what is} right,” or “But if you do what is wrong,” -4:7 re3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ 1 “{then} sin {is like a fierce/dangerous animal that} is crouching/waiting” or “{then} sin will be crouching/waiting {like a fierce/wild animal}”. In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.” -4:7 sy1l לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח 1 “outside your door {to attack you},” or “outside the door {of your heart} {to attack/tempt you},” -4:7 t750 וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “It/Sin desires/wants {to control/destroy} you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -4:7 r8yc וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but you must master/control it {so that you do not sin}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from controlling/destroying you}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from doing that}.” -4:8 hfxs וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן 1 “But {after that,} Cain said” or “Later Cain spoke/talked”. After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days. -4:8 dhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to/with his brother Abel.” This sentence is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts and translations (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate, and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Let’s go out to the field {and work} {together}.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him {to work}.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. -4:8 bkk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “Then/So {they went out} to the field {to work} {together}, and/but while they were there,” For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language. +4:7 lltt אִם תֵּיטִיב֙ 1 “If you do what is right,” +4:7 ltx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא & שְׂאֵ֔ת 1 “you know that you will be accepted by me.” or “you know that I will be pleased with you and your offering/gift too.” or “I will accept you and your offering/gift too.” God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. +4:7 hj95 וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב 1 “But if you don’t do what is right,” or “But if you do what is wrong,” +4:7 re3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ 1 “then sin is like a fierce/dangerous animal that is crouching/waiting” or “then sin will be crouching/waiting like a fierce/wild animal”. In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.” +4:7 sy1l לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח 1 “outside your door to attack you,” or “outside the door of your heart to attack/tempt you,” +4:7 t750 וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “It/Sin desires/wants to control/destroy you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +4:7 r8yc וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but you must master/control it so that you do not sin.” or “but you must keep/prevent it from controlling/destroying you.” or “but you must keep/prevent it from doing that.” +4:8 hfxs וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן 1 “But after that, Cain said” or “Later Cain spoke/talked”. After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days. +4:8 dhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to/with his brother Abel.” This sentence is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts and translations (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate, and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Let’s go out to the field and work together.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him to work.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. +4:8 bkk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “Then/So they went out to the field to work together, and/but while they were there,” For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language. 4:8 dvqb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם קַ֛יִן אֶל 1 “Cain attacked” -4:8 ms2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “his {own} brother Abel” or “his {own} brother” or “him”. The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase “Abel his brother” to emphasize the seriousness of Cain’s crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2. +4:8 ms2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “his own brother Abel” or “his own brother” or “him”. The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase “Abel his brother” to emphasize the seriousness of Cain’s crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2. 4:8 k1e4 וַ⁠יַּהַרְגֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “and murdered him.” 4:9 ylt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל קַ֔יִן 1 “Then/Later Yahweh asked Cain,” -4:9 lg3y אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “Where {is} your brother Abel?” See how you translated “Abel … brother” in verse 8. -4:9 e118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then He/Cain said/replied {to him},” or “He/Cain answered {him},” or “He/Cain responded/retorted,” Cain is answering Yahweh rudely. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language, including whether or not to use a conjunction here. -4:9 pi34 לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I don’t know {where he is}.” or “How should I know {that}?” +4:9 lg3y אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “Where is your brother Abel?” See how you translated “Abel … brother” in verse 8. +4:9 e118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then He/Cain said/replied to him,” or “He/Cain answered him,” or “He/Cain responded/retorted,” Cain is answering Yahweh rudely. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language, including whether or not to use a conjunction here. +4:9 pi34 לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I don’t know where he is.” or “How should I know that?” 4:9 d7iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠שֹׁמֵ֥ר אָחִ֖⁠י אָנֹֽכִי 1 “Am I my brother’s guardian/caretaker?” or “Am I in charge of my brother?” or “Is it my job/responsibility to take care of my brother?” or “It’s not my job/responsibility to keep track of my brother!” Cain uses this rhetorical question to support the lie that he just told. His response to God is rude and disrespectful. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question communicates that here in your language. 4:10 n5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Then Yahweh asked/exclaimed,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Yahweh, not Cain. 4:10 flvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 “What you have done is very horrible/terrible!” or “You have done a horrible/terrible thing!” God uses this rhetorical question to condemn what Cain had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. -4:10 qix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “Your brother’s blood is calling out to me from the ground {to avenge him}!” or “Your brother’s blood on the ground is like a voice/person calling out to me {for justice/revenge}!” or “I see your brother’s blood on the ground, and/so I must judge/punish you {for killing/murdering him}!” In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brother’s blood is “like a voice …” or you could translate this sentence without personification. +4:10 qix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “Your brother’s blood is calling out to me from the ground to avenge him!” or “Your brother’s blood on the ground is like a voice/person calling out to me for justice/revenge!” or “I see your brother’s blood on the ground, and/so I must judge/punish you for killing/murdering him!” In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brother’s blood is “like a voice …” or you could translate this sentence without personification. 4:11 ayem וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה 1 “So/Therefore from now on” or “Because of what you did,” -4:11 nr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה 1 “you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated this in Gen 3:14. -4:11 kzep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ 1 “{so that you will not be able to grow food} from the ground/soil,” or “{so that you are banned/banished} from {working/farming} the ground/soil,” +4:11 nr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה 1 “you are cursed by me” or “I am cursing you”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated this in Gen 3:14. +4:11 kzep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ 1 “so that you will not be able to grow food from the ground/soil,” or “so that you are banned/banished from working/farming the ground/soil,” 4:11 af4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּצְתָ֣ה אֶת פִּ֔י⁠הָ לָ⁠קַ֛חַת אֶת דְּמֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “which is covered/soaked with blood from your brother” or “which is where your brother’s blood spilled/poured out”. In the Hebrew text, “the ground” is personified as if it had a mouth to open. If that is not possible in your language, you could follow one of the alternates above. 4:11 rubj מִ⁠יָּדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “when/after you killed/murdered him.” -4:12 ikp7 כִּ֤י 1 “Whenever” or “{As a result,} whenever” -4:12 vpbv תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “you {try to} cultivate/farm the ground/soil,” See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11. +4:12 ikp7 כִּ֤י 1 “Whenever” or “As a result, whenever” +4:12 vpbv תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “you try to cultivate/farm the ground/soil,” See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11. 4:12 caed לֹֽא תֹסֵ֥ף תֵּת כֹּחָ֖⁠הּ לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “it will no longer produce/grow good crops for you.” or “it will not produce/grow enough food/harvest for you anymore.” -4:12 azf9 תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “{From now on,} you will” or “and you will {also}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -4:12 ptn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home}.” or “be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth.” or “{be rejected/shunned by people so that you} have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.” The phrase “a fugitive and a wanderer” forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language. +4:12 azf9 תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “From now on, you will” or “and you will also”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +4:12 ptn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth without a permanent home.” or “be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth.” or “be rejected/shunned by people so that you have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.” The phrase “a fugitive and a wanderer” forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language. 4:13 k174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל יְהוָ֑ה 1 “But Cain replied to Yahweh/him,” or “Cain said/replied,” -4:13 au2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י 1 “Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more {severely/harshly}” +4:13 au2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י 1 “Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more severely/harshly” 4:13 vjkj מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא 1 “than I can endure.” or “than I am able to live/cope with.” 4:14 tmvv הֵן֩ 1 “Look/Listen,” This term emphasizes what Cain says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29 and 3:22. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. 4:14 evll גֵּרַ֨שְׁתָּ אֹתִ֜⁠י הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 “today you are forcing me away” or “you have now banished/prevented me”. See how you translated “drove/expelled” in Gen 3:24. -4:14 xrxp מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from {farming/working/cultivating} the ground/land/soil,” +4:14 xrxp מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from farming/working/cultivating the ground/land/soil,” 4:14 kjbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶסָּתֵ֑ר 1 “and I will be separated from you.” or “and I will be far away from you.” or “and you will no longer bless me.” This clause is probably an idiom that means Cain will be cursed and no longer blessed by God. -4:14 jhqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “I will be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home},” or “I will be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. +4:14 jhqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “I will be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth without a permanent home,” or “I will be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. 4:14 kszf וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה 1 “and” or “so that” 4:14 v3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל מֹצְאִ֖⁠י יַֽהַרְגֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “anyone who sees/meets me will kill me!” Cain uses hyperbole here to emphasize his strong emotion. If possible, keep this hyperbole in your translation because it helps communicate how fearful Cain was feeling. 4:15 kucp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר ל֣⁠וֹ יְהוָ֗ה 1 “So/But Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,” or “Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,” -4:15 fsei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants לָ⁠כֵן֙ 1 “In that case,” or “So then,” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen {because}”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. -4:15 kb8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן & יֻקָּ֑ם 1 “{I will warn everyone that} if anyone kills Cain/you, I will take vengeance/revenge on him {for you}” or “{I will make it clear to everyone that} I will take vengeance/revenge on anyone who kills you” What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. -4:15 eesx שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם 1 “{and punish him} seven times more {severely} {than I am punishing you}!” -4:15 y2v3 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת 1 “Then Yahweh/he put a {special/distinguishing} sign/symbol on Cain” or “Then Yahweh/he marked Cain with a {special/distinguishing} mark/symbol”. We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is). +4:15 fsei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants לָ⁠כֵן֙ 1 “In that case,” or “So then,” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen because”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. +4:15 kb8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן & יֻקָּ֑ם 1 “I will warn everyone that if anyone kills Cain/you, I will take vengeance/revenge on him for you” or “I will make it clear to everyone that I will take vengeance/revenge on anyone who kills you” What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. +4:15 eesx שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם 1 “and punish him seven times more severely than I am punishing you!” +4:15 y2v3 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת 1 “Then Yahweh/he put a special/distinguishing sign/symbol on Cain” or “Then Yahweh/he marked Cain with a special/distinguishing mark/symbol”. We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is). 4:15 cqhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הַכּוֹת אֹת֖⁠וֹ כָּל מֹצְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so that anyone who saw/met him would not kill him.” or “to warn everyone who saw/met him not to kill him.” The phrase “strike him” is used here as an idiom that means “kill him”. Do what is best in your language. 4:16 mmsm וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא קַ֖יִן 1 “After that, Cain went/traveled away” or “Then Cain left” 4:16 s73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “from Yahweh” or “from the place where Yahweh had been talking to him”. Yahweh is everywhere, so this probably means that after talking to Yahweh, Cain left that place. 4:16 iydu וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 “and settled” or “and started living” -4:16 ksys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד 1 “in the land/region of/called Nod, {which means “wandering,”}” or “in Nod Land,” The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name “Nod” means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14. -4:16 glwo קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן 1 “{which was} east of {the land/region of/called} Eden.” or “{which was} east of Eden {Land}.” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16. -4:17 tgil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Cain had {marital} relations with his wife,” or “Then Cain slept with his wife,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1. +4:16 ksys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד 1 “in the land/region of/called Nod, which means “wandering,”” or “in Nod Land,” The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name “Nod” means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14. +4:16 glwo קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן 1 “which was east of the land/region of/called Eden.” or “which was east of Eden Land.” Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16. +4:17 tgil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Cain had marital relations with his wife,” or “Then Cain slept with his wife,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1. 4:17 rr2c וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “so that she became pregnant and gave birth to”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:1. -4:17 i17s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ 1 “{a son named} Enoch.” or “{a son they named} Enoch.” or “{a son whose name was} Enoch.” -4:17 a43z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר 1 “And/Now {at/during that time,} Cain was {in the process of} building/constructing a city,” Make sure that your translation of this clause refers to Cain, not Enoch. +4:17 i17s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ 1 “a son named Enoch.” or “a son they named Enoch.” or “a son whose name was Enoch.” +4:17 a43z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר 1 “And/Now at/during that time, Cain was in the process of building/constructing a city,” Make sure that your translation of this clause refers to Cain, not Enoch. 4:17 isn9 וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ שֵׁ֣ם הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 “so he called/named the/that city” 4:17 ocqy כְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם בְּנ֥⁠וֹ חֲנֽוֹךְ 1 “after his son Enoch.” or “Enoch, after his son.” or “Enoch, the same name as his son.” -4:18 d1x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙ 1 “Later on, Enoch fathered/had” or “When Enoch {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Enoch was the father of”. In this record of Cain’s descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language. -4:18 yll5 אֶת עִירָ֔ד 1 “{a son named} Irad,” or “{a son whose name was} Irad,” -4:18 zgh0 וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד 1 “Then Irad fathered/had” or “When Irad {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Irad was the father of”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse. -4:18 lb2t אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל 1 “{a son named} Mehujael,” or “{a son whose name was} Mehujael,” -4:18 hdkq וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙ 1 “Then Mehujael fathered/had” or “When Mehujael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Mehujael was the father of” -4:18 r4oo אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל 1 “{a son named} Methushael,” or “{a son whose name was} Methushael,” -4:18 bw8i וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד 1 “Then Methushael fathered/had” or “When Methushael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Methushael was the father of” -4:18 a3xs אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “{a son named} Lamech.” or “{a son whose name was} Lamech.” -4:19 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ לֶ֖מֶךְ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים 1 “Then Lamech {grew up, and} he chose two women to be his wives.” or “When Lamech {grew up,} he married two wives/women.” In this context, the phrase “took for himself” is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. +4:18 d1x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙ 1 “Later on, Enoch fathered/had” or “When Enoch grew up, he fathered/had” or “Enoch was the father of”. In this record of Cain’s descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language. +4:18 yll5 אֶת עִירָ֔ד 1 “a son named Irad,” or “a son whose name was Irad,” +4:18 zgh0 וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד 1 “Then Irad fathered/had” or “When Irad grew up, he fathered/had” or “Irad was the father of”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse. +4:18 lb2t אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל 1 “a son named Mehujael,” or “a son whose name was Mehujael,” +4:18 hdkq וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙ 1 “Then Mehujael fathered/had” or “When Mehujael grew up, he fathered/had” or “Mehujael was the father of” +4:18 r4oo אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל 1 “a son named Methushael,” or “a son whose name was Methushael,” +4:18 bw8i וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד 1 “Then Methushael fathered/had” or “When Methushael grew up, he fathered/had” or “Methushael was the father of” +4:18 a3xs אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “a son named Lamech.” or “a son whose name was Lamech.” +4:19 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ לֶ֖מֶךְ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים 1 “Then Lamech grew up, and he chose two women to be his wives.” or “When Lamech grew up, he married two wives/women.” In this context, the phrase “took for himself” is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. 4:19 div9 שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙ עָדָ֔ה 1 “His first wife’s name was Adah,” or “His first wife was named Adah,” 4:19 nogk וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית צִלָּֽה 1 “and his second wife’s name was Zillah.” or “and his second/other wife was named Zillah.” 4:20 gfmj וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד עָדָ֖ה 1 “Adah gave birth to” or “Adah had” -4:20 baqx אֶת יָבָ֑ל 1 “{a son named} Jabal.” or “{a son whose name was} Jabal.” -4:20 w051 ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/who {grew up and} became”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. -4:20 twss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב 1 “the ancestor/first of {all} those/people who”. The phrase “father of” is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He originated this way of living, and many people after him followed his example. +4:20 baqx אֶת יָבָ֑ל 1 “a son named Jabal.” or “a son whose name was Jabal.” +4:20 w051 ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/who grew up and became”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. +4:20 twss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב 1 “the ancestor/first of all those/people who”. The phrase “father of” is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He originated this way of living, and many people after him followed his example. 4:20 lmj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יֹשֵׁ֥ב אֹ֖הֶל 1 “are tent dwellers” or “live in portable shelters”. A tent is a portable living place that has walls made of cloth or animal skins and is held up by poles. Tents are used by people who need to take their home with them as they move from place to place, often to find food and water for themselves and their livestock. If people in your language area are not familiar with tents, you could include some of the above information in a footnote. -4:20 ifog וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה 1 “and raise livestock/animals {for a living}.” The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14. +4:20 ifog וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה 1 “and raise livestock/animals for a living.” The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14. 4:21 g37o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יוּבָ֑ל 1 “His/Jabal’s brother’s name was Jubal.” or “Jabal had a brother named Jubal.” Jubal was probably younger than Jabal. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2. -4:21 wc9b ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/Jubal {grew up and} was/became” -4:21 dbuc אֲבִ֕י כָּל 1 “the ancestor/first of all {those/people} who”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20. -4:21 thhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב 1 “play {musical instruments called} harps/lyres and flutes/pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.” -4:22 jy3l וְ⁠צִלָּ֣ה 1 “Zillah{, who was Lamech’s other wife,}” or “{Lamech’s other wife} Zillah” -4:22 jm2j גַם & יָֽלְדָה֙ 1 “also {became pregnant and} gave birth to {a son, and they named him}” +4:21 wc9b ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/Jubal grew up and was/became” +4:21 dbuc אֲבִ֕י כָּל 1 “the ancestor/first of all those/people who”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20. +4:21 thhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב 1 “play musical instruments called harps/lyres and flutes/pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.” +4:22 jy3l וְ⁠צִלָּ֣ה 1 “Zillah, who was Lamech’s other wife,” or “Lamech’s other wife Zillah” +4:22 jm2j גַם & יָֽלְדָה֙ 1 “also became pregnant and gave birth to a son, and they named him” 4:22 nipn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת תּ֣וּבַל קַ֔יִן 1 “Tubal-Cain” or “Tubal-cain” or “Tubalcain”. Be consistent with how you spell this name both times in verse 22. -4:22 t53i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹטֵ֕שׁ 1 “who/He was {the first person to} forge/make” or “He {was the first blacksmith and} forged/made” or “He {was the ancestor/first of all those/people who} forge/make”. It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill. -4:22 dn66 כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל 1 “all {kinds} of tools {and other things} out of bronze/brass and iron.” or “all {kinds} of bronze/brass and iron things/tools.” The word “tools” that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal. -4:22 dmz0 וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה 1 “Tubal Cain had a sister {named} Naamah.” or “Tubal Cain had a sister {whose name was} Naamah.” -4:23 apyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ 1 “{One time,} Lamech said {proudly}” or “{One day,} Lamech bragged/boasted”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event. -4:23 gae9 לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙ 1 “to his {two} wives, “Adah and Zillah,” Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23. +4:22 t53i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹטֵ֕שׁ 1 “who/He was the first person to forge/make” or “He was the first blacksmith and forged/made” or “He was the ancestor/first of all those/people who forge/make”. It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill. +4:22 dn66 כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל 1 “all kinds of tools and other things out of bronze/brass and iron.” or “all kinds of bronze/brass and iron things/tools.” The word “tools” that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal. +4:22 dmz0 וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה 1 “Tubal Cain had a sister named Naamah.” or “Tubal Cain had a sister whose name was Naamah.” +4:23 apyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ 1 “One time, Lamech said proudly” or “One day, Lamech bragged/boasted”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event. +4:23 gae9 לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙ 1 “to his two wives, “Adah and Zillah,” Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23. 4:23 lbpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣עַן קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 “listen to what I have to say.” or “listen to what I am going to tell you.” The phrase “my voice” refers here to the words being said. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. 4:23 uqtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נְשֵׁ֣י לֶ֔מֶךְ הַאְזֵ֖נָּה אִמְרָתִ֑⁠י 1 “My wives, listen to this:” or “My wives, listen to me carefully.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes what Lamech says next. Also, consider whether or not your language has an idiom that is similar to “give ear to”. -4:23 m97i כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; {he was} a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, {I killed} that man {just} because he bruised/injured me!” or (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” According to the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. According to the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed. -4:24 q45d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ 1 “Since {God has promised} to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged {by God} seven times, but” or “God will avenge Cain seven times, but”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -4:24 g912 וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “{I,} Lamech {avenge myself} seventy-seven/77 times!” or “I {avenge myself} seventy-seven/77 times!” Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Also, each translation team needs to decide how they will handle numbers in the Hebrew text so that readers will not confuse those numbers with verse numbers. For example, it may be best to use words for single and double-digit numbers in the text. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Lamech” in verses 18-19, 23-24. -4:25 rw9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Adam slept with his wife {Eve} again,” or “Again Adam had {marital} relations with his wife {Eve},” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in 4:1, 17. -4:25 tlhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and she gave birth to a son,” or “so that she {conceived and} bore/had a son,” or “with the result that she {became pregnant and} gave birth to a son,” +4:23 m97i כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; he was a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, I killed that man just because he bruised/injured me!” or (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” According to the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. According to the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed. +4:24 q45d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ 1 “Since God has promised to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged by God seven times, but” or “God will avenge Cain seven times, but”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +4:24 g912 וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “I, Lamech avenge myself seventy-seven/77 times!” or “I avenge myself seventy-seven/77 times!” Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Also, each translation team needs to decide how they will handle numbers in the Hebrew text so that readers will not confuse those numbers with verse numbers. For example, it may be best to use words for single and double-digit numbers in the text. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Lamech” in verses 18-19, 23-24. +4:25 rw9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Adam slept with his wife Eve again,” or “Again Adam had marital relations with his wife Eve,” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in 4:1, 17. +4:25 tlhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and she gave birth to a son,” or “so that she conceived and bore/had a son,” or “with the result that she became pregnant and gave birth to a son,” 4:25 uyxx וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she named him” or “and she gave him the name”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 3:20. -4:25 zfdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שֵׁ֑ת 1 “Seth, {which means “appointed/granted/given,”}” -4:25 yiax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י 1 “{She named him that} because {when he was born,} {she had said/exclaimed},” What follows is a direct quote of what Eve said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +4:25 zfdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שֵׁ֑ת 1 “Seth, which means “appointed/granted/given,”” +4:25 yiax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י 1 “She named him that because when he was born, she had said/exclaimed,” What follows is a direct quote of what Eve said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 4:25 pmzd שָֽׁת לִ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God has granted/given to me”. If you include the meaning of Seth’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “appointed” here, so that it is clear why he was given that name. 4:25 dc3s זֶ֣רַע אַחֵ֔ר 1 “another child” 4:25 k147 תַּ֣חַת הֶ֔בֶל 1 “to replace Abel,” or “to take the place of Abel,” 4:25 d8wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י הֲרָג֖⁠וֹ קָֽיִן 1 “whom Cain killed/murdered.” For some language it is necessary to put this phrase first in this clause (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “Since Cain killed Abel, God granted me another child to replace him.” Do what is best in your language. -4:26 oqgu וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם & יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן 1 “{Later on,} Seth also fathered/had a son,” The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language. +4:26 oqgu וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם & יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן 1 “Later on, Seth also fathered/had a son,” The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language. 4:26 zd7h וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אֱנ֑וֹשׁ 1 “and he named him Enosh.” or “whom he named Enosh.” 4:26 tq3j אָ֣ז 1 “At/During that time” or “That is when” 4:26 o4hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הוּחַ֔ל לִ⁠קְרֹ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “people began to address God by his name Yahweh as they worshiped him.” or “people began to worship/praise Yahweh by name.” or “people first called Yahweh by name in their prayers and worship.” The phrase “call on the name of Yahweh” is an idiom that refers to prayers, worship, and praise in which people addressed God directly by his personal name Yahweh. It also implies that they were trusting in him to help and guide them. -5:1 r7au זֶ֣ה 1 “Here {is}” or “What follows {is}” -5:1 nf58 סֵ֔פֶר 1 “the written {family} record/history of/about” or “the {family} record of” +5:1 r7au זֶ֣ה 1 “Here is” or “What follows is” +5:1 nf58 סֵ֔פֶר 1 “the written family record/history of/about” or “the family record of” 5:1 hbea תּוֹלְדֹ֖ת אָדָ֑ם 1 “of/about Adam and his descendants:” or “of/about Adam’s family-line/genealogy:” -5:1 ztgp בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם & עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “On the day {that/when} God created/made human beings, he made them”. See how you translated “created” in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27. +5:1 ztgp בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם & עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “On the day that/when God created/made human beings, he made them”. See how you translated “created” in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27. 5:1 c3vh בִּ⁠דְמ֥וּת אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “in his own likeness.” or “to be like himself.” God created mankind to be like himself in certain ways, but not to be exactly like him in every way (Gen 1:26-27). -5:2 sfms זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם 1 “He {also} created them {to be} male and female,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27. +5:2 sfms זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם 1 “He also created them to be male and female,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27. 5:2 xoeq וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 “He blessed them” or “He said/promised that he would make them prosper/flourish”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 5:2 md6q וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א אֶת שְׁמָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and called/named them”. See how you translated the phrase “called … name” in Gen 4:17, 25, 26. 5:2 bpym אָדָ֔ם 1 “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1. -5:2 ocap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם 1 “on the {same} day {that} they were created {by him}.” or “on the {same} day {that} he created them.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the {same} day {that} he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language. -5:3 mu3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “When Adam had lived 130 years, he fathered/had {a son}” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered/had {a son}”. Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, “130” here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation. -5:3 i5yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was {a human being} like himself and looked like him,” or “who was like him in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26. +5:2 ocap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם 1 “on the same day that they were created by him.” or “on the same day that he created them.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the same day that he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language. +5:3 mu3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “When Adam had lived 130 years, he fathered/had a son” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered/had a son”. Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, “130” here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation. +5:3 i5yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was a human being like himself and looked like him,” or “who was like him in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26. 5:3 d878 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵֽׁת 1 “and he/Adam named him Seth.” or “Adam named his/that son Seth.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 5:4 m5uq וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ יְמֵי אָדָ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֵׁ֔ת 1 “After he/Adam fathered/had Seth, Adam/he lived” or “After Seth’s birth, Adam lived” or “After Seth was born, Adam lived” -5:4 dt93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 {more} years after Seth was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. -5:4 w4va וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam was {also} the father of”. This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -5:4 znml בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:4 dt93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 800 years,” or “800 more years,” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 more years after Seth was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. +5:4 w4va וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Adam also fathered/had” or “He/Adam was also the father of”. This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +5:4 znml בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:5 exxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֞וּ כָּל יְמֵ֤י אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁר חַ֔י תְּשַׁ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Adam/he lived a total of 930 years,” or “All together Adam/he lived 930 years,” Make sure that the name “Adam” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 1, 3-5. -5:5 vx22 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” Notice that if you use the second alternative here (“before he died”), a comma is not used before it (in English). Do what is best in your language. +5:5 vx22 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” Notice that if you use the second alternative here (“before he died”), a comma is not used before it (in English). Do what is best in your language. 5:6 e8ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְחִי־שֵׁ֕ת חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Seth had lived 105 years,” or “When/After Seth was 105 years old,” The events in verse 6 happened before Adam died (verse 5). So if you use a conjunction here, make sure your translation does not sound like verse 6 happened after Adam died. -5:6 ac8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enosh.” You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children whose births are mentioned in this chapter (who were all sons). +5:6 ac8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ 1 “he fathered/had a son named Enosh.” or “he fathered/had a son he/they named Enosh.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Enosh.” You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children whose births are mentioned in this chapter (who were all sons). 5:7 zq5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ת אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אֱנ֔וֹשׁ 1 “After he/Seth had Enosh, Seth/he lived” or “After Enosh’s birth, Seth lived” or “After Enosh was born, Seth lived”. In fact, throughout chapter 5, make sure it is clear in your translation whom each pronoun refers to. -5:7 axao שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 807 years,” or “807 {more} years,” -5:7 m6hy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4. -5:7 qh3m בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:7 axao שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 807 years,” or “807 more years,” +5:7 m6hy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Seth also fathered/had” or “He/Seth was also the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4. +5:7 qh3m בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:8 cpt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי שֵׁ֔ת שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Seth/he lived a total of 912 years,” or “All together Seth/he lived 912 years,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Seth” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:25-26; 5:3-4, 6-8. -5:8 wfwj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:8 wfwj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:9 hpxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י אֱנ֖וֹשׁ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Enosh had lived ninety/90 years,” or “When/After Enosh was ninety/90 years old,” See how you translated the beginning of a similar new paragraph in this genealogy at verse 6. -5:9 ealf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Kenan.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Kenan.” +5:9 ealf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן 1 “he fathered/had a son named Kenan.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Kenan.” 5:10 qcro rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אֱנ֗וֹשׁ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת קֵינָ֔ן 1 “After he/Enosh had Kenan, Enosh/he lived” or “After Kenan’s birth, Enosh lived” or “After Kenan was born, Enosh lived”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7, and see the notes about that there. -5:10 vyfp חֲמֵ֤שׁ עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 815 years,” or “815 {more} years,” -5:10 a9fp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh was {also} the father of” -5:10 o420 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:10 vyfp חֲמֵ֤שׁ עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 815 years,” or “815 more years,” +5:10 a9fp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Enosh also fathered/had” or “He/Enosh was also the father of” +5:10 o420 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:11 t6cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י אֱנ֔וֹשׁ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Enosh/he lived a total of 905 years,” or “All together Enosh/he lived 905 years,” Make sure that the name “Enosh” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 6-7, 9-11. -5:11 ajtj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:11 ajtj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:12 q01x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י קֵינָ֖ן שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Kenan had lived seventy years,” or “When/After Kenan was seventy years old,” Throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily be in the same verse together. -5:12 s14a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Mahalalel.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Mahalalel.” +5:12 s14a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל 1 “he fathered/had a son named Mahalalel.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Mahalalel.” 5:13 x4dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחִ֣י קֵינָ֗ן אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל 1 “After he/Kenan had Mahalalel, Kenan/he lived” or “After Mahalalel’s birth, Kenan lived” or “After Mahalalel was born, Kenan lived” -5:13 ml02 אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 840 years,” or “840 {more} years,” -5:13 pdi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph. -5:13 wayv בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:13 ml02 אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 840 years,” or “840 more years,” +5:13 pdi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Kenan also fathered/had” or “He/Kenan was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph. +5:13 wayv בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:14 iukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י קֵינָ֔ן עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Kenan/he lived a total of 910 years,” or “All together Kenan/he lived 910 years,” Make sure that the name “Kenan” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 9-10, 12-14. -5:14 qzt5 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:14 qzt5 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:15 ibht וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Mahalalel had lived sixty-five/65 years,” or “When/After Mahalalel was sixty-five/65 years old,” -5:15 xypc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Jared.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Jared.” +5:15 xypc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד 1 “he fathered/had a son named Jared.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Jared.” 5:16 pue9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֗ל אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת יֶ֔רֶד 1 “After he/Mahalalel fathered/had Jared, Mahalalel/he lived” or “After Jared’s birth, Mahalalel lived” or “After Jared was born, Mahalalel lived” -5:16 v7b5 שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 830 years,” or “830 {more} years,” -5:16 duud וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -5:16 w3p0 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:16 v7b5 שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 830 years,” or “830 more years,” +5:16 duud וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel also fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel was also the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +5:16 w3p0 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:17 y3k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מַהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Mahalalel/he lived a total of 895 years,” or “All together Mahalalel/he lived 895 years,” Make sure that the name “Mahalalel” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 12-13, 15-17. -5:17 k21r וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:17 k21r וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:18 k5fo וַֽ⁠יְחִי־יֶ֕רֶד שְׁתַּ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Jared had lived 162 years,” or “When/After Jared was 162 years old,” -5:18 hnj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Enoch.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enoch.” +5:18 hnj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ 1 “he fathered/had a son named Enoch.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Enoch.” 5:19 ttlq וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֗רֶד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת חֲנ֔וֹךְ 1 “After he/Jared fathered/had Enoch, Jared/he lived” or “After Enoch’s birth, Jared lived” or “After Enoch was born, Jared lived” -5:19 dml1 שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,” -5:19 qvdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph. -5:19 b7tx בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:19 dml1 שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 800 years,” or “800 more years,” +5:19 qvdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Jared also fathered/had” or “He/Jared was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph. +5:19 b7tx בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:20 y9dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי יֶ֔רֶד שְׁתַּ֤יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Jared/he lived a total of 962 years,” or “All together Jared/he lived 962 years,” Make sure that the name “Jared” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 15-16, 18-20. -5:20 dsut וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:20 dsut וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:21 yd7b וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י חֲנ֔וֹךְ חָמֵ֥שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Enoch had lived sixty-five/65 years,” or “When/After Enoch was sixty-five/65 years old,” Consider again how you translated double-digit numbers in verses 9, 12, 15, 21. -5:21 q122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Methuselah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Methuselah.” +5:21 q122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had a son named Methuselah.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Methuselah.” 5:22 aw7m אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח 1 “After he/Enoch had Methuselah,” or “After Methuselah was born,” or “After Methselah’s birth,” -5:22 jft2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Enoch walked/lived {closely/faithfully} with God” or “Enoch lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God”. The phrase “walked with” is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language. -5:22 t5cg שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 300 years,” or “for 300 {more} years,” -5:22 nvyk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enoch {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of” -5:22 w372 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:22 jft2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Enoch walked/lived closely/faithfully with God” or “Enoch lived in a close/faithful relationship with God”. The phrase “walked with” is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language. +5:22 t5cg שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 300 years,” or “for 300 more years,” +5:22 nvyk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Enoch also fathered/had” or “He was also the father of” +5:22 w372 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:23 q9fs וַ⁠יְהִ֖י כָּל יְמֵ֣י חֲנ֑וֹךְ חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה 1 “So Enoch/he lived a total of 365 years.” or “All together Enoch/he lived 365 years.” Make sure that the name “Enoch” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 18-19, 21-24. -5:24 ovax וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “{All his life} Enoch/he walked/lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God, and {then}” or “Then while he was {still} living {in a close relationship} with God,” -5:24 h09o וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ 1 “{suddenly} he was not {on earth} {anymore},” or “{suddenly} he was no longer {on earth},” or “he {suddenly} disappeared {from earth},” -5:24 qhcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “because God had taken him away {to be with him}.” It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… God took him away {to be with him}, so he was {suddenly} no longer {on earth}.” Do what is best in your language. +5:24 ovax וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “All his life Enoch/he walked/lived in a close/faithful relationship with God, and then” or “Then while he was still living in a close relationship with God,” +5:24 h09o וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ 1 “suddenly he was not on earth anymore,” or “suddenly he was no longer on earth,” or “he suddenly disappeared from earth,” +5:24 qhcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “because God had taken him away to be with him.” It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… God took him away to be with him, so he was suddenly no longer on earth.” Do what is best in your language. 5:25 e0io וַ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Methuselah had lived 187 years,” or “When/After Methuselah was 187 years old,” Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, and part of verses 3 and 28, and see the note about this at verse 6. -5:25 umwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Lamech.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Lamech.” +5:25 umwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “he fathered/had a son named Lamech.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Lamech.” 5:26 y4u9 וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֗לַח אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת לֶ֔מֶךְ 1 “After he/Methuselah had Lamech, Methuselah/he lived” or “After Lamech’s birth, Methuselah lived” or “After Lamech was born, Methuselah lived” -5:26 xyho שְׁתַּ֤יִם וּ⁠שְׁמוֹנִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 782 years,” or “782 {more} years,” -5:26 jiwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Methuselah {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph. -5:26 dbig בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:26 xyho שְׁתַּ֤יִם וּ⁠שְׁמוֹנִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 782 years,” or “782 more years,” +5:26 jiwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Methuselah also fathered/had” or “He was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph. +5:26 dbig בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:27 d46p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Methuselah/he lived a total of 969 years,” or “So all together Methuselah/he lived 969 years,” Make sure that the name “Methuselah” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 21-22, 25-27. -5:27 bmrx וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:27 bmrx וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:28 mhbp וַֽ⁠יְחִי־לֶ֕מֶךְ שְׁתַּ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Lamech had lived 182 years,” or “When/After Lamech was 182 years old,” 5:28 ndwx וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד בֵּֽן 1 “he had a son,” 5:29 ao6m וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ 1 “and he named him” or “whom he named” -5:29 fqyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֹ֖חַ 1 “Noah, {which means “comfort/relief/rest,”}” If you include the meaning of Noah’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote so it is clear why he was given that name. -5:29 d1z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{because} he said,” or “{He/Lamech named him that because} he had said {about him},” What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -5:29 ivc5 זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 “This {son} will relieve us” or “This {son} will give us rest/relief” -5:29 gzo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “from the {difficult} labor and toil/work we have to do with our hands” or “from the difficult/agonizing labor/work that we have to do/suffer”. These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +5:29 fqyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֹ֖חַ 1 “Noah, which means “comfort/relief/rest,”” If you include the meaning of Noah’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote so it is clear why he was given that name. +5:29 d1z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “because he said,” or “He/Lamech named him that because he had said about him,” What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +5:29 ivc5 זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 “This son will relieve us” or “This son will give us rest/relief” +5:29 gzo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “from the difficult labor and toil/work we have to do with our hands” or “from the difficult/agonizing labor/work that we have to do/suffer”. These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 5:29 omyc מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽרְרָ֖⁠הּ יְהוָֽה 1 “because Yahweh has cursed the ground.” or “as we farm/cultivate the ground that Yahweh has cursed.” 5:30 d607 וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֗מֶךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת נֹ֔חַ 1 “After he/Lamech fathered Noah, Lamech/he lived” or “After Noah’s birth, Lamech lived” or “After Noah was born, Lamech lived”. Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 26, 30, and part of verses 4 and 22. -5:30 gfzu חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 595 years,” or “595 {more} years,” -5:30 gczp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Lamech {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of” -5:30 r87u בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +5:30 gfzu חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 595 years,” or “595 more years,” +5:30 gczp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Lamech also fathered/had” or “He was also the father of” +5:30 r87u בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 5:31 i74z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כָּל יְמֵי לֶ֔מֶךְ שֶׁ֤בַע וְ⁠שִׁבְעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “So Lamech/he lived a total of 777 years,” or “All together Lamech/he lived 777 years,” Consider again how you translated verses that are similar to verse 31; see verses 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 27, 31, and the first half of verses 5 and 23. Also make sure that the name “Lamech” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 25-26, 28-31, and also in 4:18-19, 23-24 for a different person who has the same name. -5:31 ojma וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” +5:31 ojma וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” 5:32 uzva rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַֽ⁠יְהִי נֹ֕חַ בֶּן חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “After Noah was 500 years old,” Noah’s sons were not triplets, but were born in different years after Noah was 500 years old. The way you translate this verse should allow for that meaning. 5:32 yohb וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד נֹ֔חַ 1 “he fathered/had”. Consider again how you translated “fathered” in this chapter; see verses 4, 6-7, 9-10, 12-13, 15-16, 18-19, 25-26, 28, 30, 32. -5:32 nl9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “{sons named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons he/they named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” +5:32 nl9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “sons named Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “sons he/they named Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “sons whose names were Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” 6:1 pmgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 “Now it happened”. The events in Gen 6:1-2 started happening long before the events in 5:32, so the way your translation begins this verse should allow for that meaning and not begin with a sequence word like “Then”, which would have the wrong meaning here. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “it happened” introduces and emphasizes important background information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but doing that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. -6:1 as12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background כִּֽי 1 “{that} when/as” or “that” +6:1 as12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background כִּֽי 1 “that when/as” or “that” 6:1 mezb הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “human beings” or “people”. See how you translated this term in Gen 5:1-2. -6:1 fo85 הֵחֵ֣ל & לָ⁠רֹ֖ב 1 “began to multiply/increase {in number}” or “began to be more/very numerous” +6:1 fo85 הֵחֵ֣ל & לָ⁠רֹ֖ב 1 “began to multiply/increase in number” or “began to be more/very numerous” 6:1 ps4y עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 “all over the earth” or “throughout the earth/world” -6:1 r0sl וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they were having {many} daughters,” -6:2 vn76 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ 1 “then/Then {when those daughters/girls grew up,}” or “{When those daughters/girls grew up,}” Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse 1, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language. -6:2 w4mk בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{some} angels” or “{some} supernatural beings”. The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who “the sons of God” and “the daughters of mankind” refer to: (1) nonhuman, god-like (supernatural) beings, such as demons or angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) who took human form and married the daughters of human beings (which may be what is referred to in 1 Peter 3:19–20; 2 Peter 2:4, and Jude 6); or (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line); or (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people. -6:2 znk3 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ & אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה 1 “saw that the daughters of human beings {were} beautiful,” or “saw that those young women {were} beautiful,” or “saw that they {were} {very} beautiful,” -6:2 qnty וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ 1 “so they married any {of them} that they wanted to.” or “So they chose any/all {of them} that they wanted and married them.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19. -6:3 fdyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh said {to himself},” Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your language’s grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand. +6:1 r0sl וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they were having many daughters,” +6:2 vn76 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ 1 “then/Then when those daughters/girls grew up,” or “When those daughters/girls grew up,” Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse 1, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language. +6:2 w4mk בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “some angels” or “some supernatural beings”. The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who “the sons of God” and “the daughters of mankind” refer to: (1) nonhuman, god-like (supernatural) beings, such as demons or angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) who took human form and married the daughters of human beings (which may be what is referred to in 1 Peter 3:19–20; 2 Peter 2:4, and Jude 6); or (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line); or (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people. +6:2 znk3 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ & אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה 1 “saw that the daughters of human beings were beautiful,” or “saw that those young women were beautiful,” or “saw that they were very beautiful,” +6:2 qnty וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ 1 “so they married any of them that they wanted to.” or “So they chose any/all of them that they wanted and married them.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19. +6:3 fdyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh said to himself,” Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your language’s grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand. 6:3 n5w7 רוּחִ֤⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “My Spirit” or “I”, which is a way of God referring to himself (Gen 1:2 is similar); or (2) “My spirit”, which could refer to God’s breath that gives life (as in Gen 2:7). If the text is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. 6:3 lxhr לֹֽא־יָד֨וֹן & בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “will not contend with human beings forever,” or “will not put up with human beings forever,” or (2) “will not remain/live with/in human beings forever,” The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. -6:3 nsna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר 1 “because they {are} certainly/very sinful/corrupt.” or “because they {are} only/mere sinful/corrupt mortals.” The word “flesh” is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood. -6:3 u5p6 וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “So they will have 120 years {to repent}.” or “I will give them 120 years {to repent}.” or (2) “{From now on,} they/people will have/live {no longer than} 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context here of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here. -6:4 ynoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים 1 “{People/Giants called} the Nephilim” or “Giants”. Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word “Nephilim” here, treating it as a name. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other time in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4. +6:3 nsna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר 1 “because they are certainly/very sinful/corrupt.” or “because they are only/mere sinful/corrupt mortals.” The word “flesh” is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood. +6:3 u5p6 וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “So they will have 120 years to repent.” or “I will give them 120 years to repent.” or (2) “From now on, they/people will have/live no longer than 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context here of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here. +6:4 ynoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים 1 “People/Giants called the Nephilim” or “Giants”. Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word “Nephilim” here, treating it as a name. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other time in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4. 6:4 mfas הָי֣וּ בָ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 “lived on the earth” or “were living on the earth” 6:4 x5nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵם֒ וְ⁠גַ֣ם אַֽחֲרֵי 1 “during that time and also later on,” It may be more natural to put this time phrase first in verse 4 and say, “During that time there were Nephilim/giants living on the earth, when …” Do what is best in your language. -6:4 brcd כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר 1 “{That was/happened} when”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. +6:4 brcd כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר 1 “That was/happened when”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. 6:4 dopz בְּנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “angels” or “supernatural beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase in verse 2, and see the important note about that there. -6:4 pirs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָבֹ֜אוּ & אֶל 1 “slept with” or “had {marital/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25. +6:4 pirs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָבֹ֜אוּ & אֶל 1 “slept with” or “had marital/sexual relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25. 6:4 m59u בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “the daughters of human beings,” or “human women,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. 6:4 si43 וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and those women gave birth to children for them.” or “and those women had children.” -6:4 e4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֧מָּה 1 “The Nephilim {were}” or “Those/Their children {grew up and} {were/became} {the Nephilim, who were}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. +6:4 e4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֧מָּה 1 “The Nephilim were” or “Those/Their children grew up and were/became the Nephilim, who were”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. 6:4 yujd הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים 1 “the powerful men/warriors” or “heroes” 6:4 ps8j אֲשֶׁ֥ר מֵ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם 1 “who lived a long time ago,” or “who lived many years ago,” -6:4 xhsv אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם 1 “{who/and were} famous men.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They {were} the mighty men of renown who {were} from long ago.” or “They {were} the famous mighty men who lived a long time ago.” Do what is best in your language. +6:4 xhsv אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם 1 “who/and were famous men.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They were the mighty men of renown who were from long ago.” or “They were the famous mighty men who lived a long time ago.” Do what is best in your language. 6:5 utlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh knew” or “Yahweh was aware”. The verb “saw” is used here as an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Do what is best in your language. 6:5 ommt כִּ֥י רַבָּ֛ה רָעַ֥ת הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “how wicked/evil mankind/people had become on the earth,” or “that the people on the earth had become very wicked/evil,” 6:5 wy3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כָל יֵ֨צֶר֙ מַחְשְׁבֹ֣ת לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and that every intention/desire they had in their hearts/minds” or “and that everything they thought about and desired/wanted”. In Hebrew culture the heart is considered the center of thoughts and desires. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. -6:5 efx7 רַ֥ק רַ֖ע 1 “{was} completely evil” +6:5 efx7 רַ֥ק רַ֖ע 1 “was completely evil” 6:5 wfz7 כָּל הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “all the time.” or “constantly.” 6:6 kp4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “As a result, Yahweh/he regretted” or “Yahweh/he regretted” 6:6 a0zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּֽי עָשָׂ֥ה אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “that he had made/created people/them” or “that he had made/created human beings”. See how you translated “mankind” in verses 1, 3, and 5, and consider whether or not it is best to use a pronoun (“them”) here in your language. -6:6 xh9g בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{to live} on the earth,” +6:6 xh9g בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to live on the earth,” 6:6 lbxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְעַצֵּ֖ב אֶל לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and his heart was filled with pain/sadness/grief.” or “and he was/felt extremely/very sad/grieved.” Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. -6:7 mt6s וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh/he said {to himself},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6. +6:7 mt6s וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh/he said to himself,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6. 6:7 wbhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶמְחֶ֨ה 1 “I will wash away” or “I will blot out” or “I will completely wipe/destroy”. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. -6:7 ymf2 אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “{all} the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,” or “from the earth {all} the people whom I created,” -6:7 l6r9 מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “{In fact,} {I will destroy} {not just/only} {all} the people, but also {all} the animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -6:7 ilp6 עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ 1 “and/including the creatures that crawl/move {on/along the ground}” -6:7 cmz9 וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “and {all} the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” or “and {all} the birds,” +6:7 ymf2 אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “all the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,” or “from the earth all the people whom I created,” +6:7 l6r9 מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “In fact, I will destroy not just/only all the people, but also all the animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +6:7 ilp6 עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ 1 “and/including the creatures that crawl/move on/along the ground” +6:7 cmz9 וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “and all the birds that fly in the sky/air,” or “and all the birds,” 6:7 tgkj כִּ֥י נִחַ֖מְתִּי 1 “because I am sad/grieved” or “because I regret”. See how you translated “was sorry” or “regretted” in verse 6. -6:7 acg2 כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם 1 “that I {ever} made/created them.” +6:7 acg2 כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם 1 “that I ever made/created them.” 6:8 k0ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ מָ֥צָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “But Noah pleased God.” or “However, Yahweh was pleased with Noah.” The idiom “find favor” means to please someone. And the idiom “in the eyes of” refers to someone’s opinion about something or someone. Consider whether your language has similar idioms that work well here or whether it is better to translate this sentence without an idiom. -6:9 u5k8 אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ 1 “This/Here is {more of} the account/record/history of/about Noah and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Noah and his descendants/family:” Some of Noah’s history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him. -6:9 gw44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נֹ֗חַ 1 “He {was}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah. +6:9 u5k8 אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ 1 “This/Here is more of the account/record/history of/about Noah and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells more about Noah and his descendants/family:” Some of Noah’s history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him. +6:9 gw44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נֹ֗חַ 1 “He was”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah. 6:9 zk74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אִ֥ישׁ צַדִּ֛יק 1 “an upright/good man.” or “a man who did what was right.” -6:9 w0cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He {alone} was blameless/faultless {in God’s eyes} among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one {whom God considered} blameless.” or (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries.” or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase “without blemish” is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also, the word “generation” refers here to people who lived during the same time period. -6:9 ky2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ 1 “{and} he walked {closely/faithfully} with God.” or “{and} he lived in a close/faithful relationship with God.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24. -6:10 vdjy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ 1 “Eventually Noah/he fathered/had” or “And {as mentioned before,} Noah/he had”. The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time. -6:10 d1np שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “three sons, {namely} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “three sons, {whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” -6:11 f221 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “Now {the people of/on} the earth had become corrupt/wicked”. The phrase “the earth” is often used in the Bible to refer to all the people on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit. +6:9 w0cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He alone was blameless/faultless in God’s eyes among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one whom God considered blameless.” or (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries.” or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase “without blemish” is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also, the word “generation” refers here to people who lived during the same time period. +6:9 ky2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ 1 “and he walked closely/faithfully with God.” or “and he lived in a close/faithful relationship with God.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24. +6:10 vdjy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ 1 “Eventually Noah/he fathered/had” or “And as mentioned before, Noah/he had”. The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time. +6:10 d1np שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “three sons, namely Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “three sons, whose names were Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” +6:11 f221 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “Now the people of/on the earth had become corrupt/wicked”. The phrase “the earth” is often used in the Bible to refer to all the people on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit. 6:11 cnh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “in God’s sight/opinion,” or “according to God’s standards,” -6:11 rpln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס 1 “and they had filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing violent/lawless things.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated “the earth” earlier in this verse. +6:11 rpln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס 1 “and they had filled the earth with their violence/lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing violent/lawless things.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated “the earth” earlier in this verse. 6:12 czxe וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “God saw”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. -6:12 xmkj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה 1 “that {everyone on} the earth was indeed/very corrupt/wicked,” or “how corrupt/wicked {everyone on} the earth had become,” See how you translated “corrupt” and “the earth” in verse 11. -6:12 hi89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּֽי & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר & עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because all the people on the earth” or “because everyone {living} on earth”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3). -6:12 ldf8 הִשְׁחִ֧ית & אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “were living corrupt/wicked lives.” or “were {continually} doing wicked/evil things.” or “were {continually} acting/behaving in evil ways.” +6:12 xmkj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה 1 “that everyone on the earth was indeed/very corrupt/wicked,” or “how corrupt/wicked everyone on the earth had become,” See how you translated “corrupt” and “the earth” in verse 11. +6:12 hi89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּֽי & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר & עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because all the people on the earth” or “because everyone living on earth”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3). +6:12 ldf8 הִשְׁחִ֧ית & אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “were living corrupt/wicked lives.” or “were continually doing wicked/evil things.” or “were continually acting/behaving in evil ways.” 6:13 j1na וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים לְ⁠נֹ֗חַ 1 “So/Then God/he said to Noah,” 6:13 wv74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קֵ֤ץ כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ בָּ֣א לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “I have decided to put an end to all human beings,” or “I am going to destroy all flesh/people,” Be consistent here with how you translated “flesh” in verse 12. -6:13 dx95 כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “because they have filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “because all over the earth they are doing violent/lawless things.” See how you translated “violence” in verse 11. +6:13 dx95 כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “because they have filled the earth with their violence/lawlessness.” or “because all over the earth they are doing violent/lawless things.” See how you translated “violence” in verse 11. 6:13 uymq וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י 1 “Now listen,” or “In fact,” This phrase draws extra attention to what God says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. 6:13 nnog מַשְׁחִיתָ֖⁠ם 1 “I am going to destroy them” or “I plan to destroy them” or “I will destroy them” -6:13 dukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as well as {everything else on} the earth.” or “and {everything else on} the earth {too}.” This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people. -6:14 i9zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עֲשֵׂ֤ה 1 “{Therefore/Consequently} {you must} make/build” -6:14 altn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate תֵּבַ֣ת 1 “a {very} large boat/houseboat”. The term “ark” is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the “ark” in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word “ark” throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation. -6:14 tpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “for you/yourself {and your family}” -6:14 jqp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר 1 “from gopher/cypress wood {which is good for building boats}.” or “out of the best wood {for building boats}.” It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word “gopher”. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood. -6:14 l2wm קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Build/Construct the ark/boat with compartments/stalls {inside},” or “Make/Build rooms inside the ark/boat,” -6:14 kfop וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ 1 “and {completely} seal/coat it inside and outside” -6:14 ch1i בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר 1 “with pitch/tar {to keep water out}.” or “with pitch/tar {to keep the boat from leaking}.” The Hebrew word “covering” is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking. +6:13 dukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as well as everything else on the earth.” or “and everything else on the earth too.” This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people. +6:14 i9zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עֲשֵׂ֤ה 1 “Therefore/Consequently you must make/build” +6:14 altn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate תֵּבַ֣ת 1 “a very large boat/houseboat”. The term “ark” is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the “ark” in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word “ark” throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation. +6:14 tpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “for you/yourself and your family” +6:14 jqp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר 1 “from gopher/cypress wood which is good for building boats.” or “out of the best wood for building boats.” It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word “gopher”. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood. +6:14 l2wm קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Build/Construct the ark/boat with compartments/stalls inside,” or “Make/Build rooms inside the ark/boat,” +6:14 kfop וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ 1 “and completely seal/coat it inside and outside” +6:14 ch1i בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר 1 “with pitch/tar to keep water out.” or “with pitch/tar to keep the boat from leaking.” The Hebrew word “covering” is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking. 6:15 qrn8 וְ⁠זֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Build the ark/boat with these dimensions/measurements:” or “You must make/build the ark/boat like this:” -6:15 e4re rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “It {must be} 140 meters long, twenty-three/23 meters wide, and fourteen/14 meters high.” or “It {must be} 450 feet long, seventy-five/75 feet wide, and forty-five/45 feet high.” A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can: (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep “cubits” in the main text (so that the numbers 300, fifty/50 and thirty/30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote. -6:16 f4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 “Make/Build a window/skylight for the ark/boat by finishing {the sides/walls of} the ark/boat to within one cubit below the top/roof {of the ark/boat}.” or “Make/Build a half-meter high window/opening between the top of the walls/sides of the ark and its roof {all the way around}, {to let light and air in}.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about “cubit” in verse 15. +6:15 e4re rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “It must be 140 meters long, twenty-three/23 meters wide, and fourteen/14 meters high.” or “It must be 450 feet long, seventy-five/75 feet wide, and forty-five/45 feet high.” A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can: (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep “cubits” in the main text (so that the numbers 300, fifty/50 and thirty/30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote. +6:16 f4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 “Make/Build a window/skylight for the ark/boat by finishing the sides/walls of the ark/boat to within one cubit below the top/roof of the ark/boat.” or “Make/Build a half-meter high window/opening between the top of the walls/sides of the ark and its roof all the way around, to let light and air in.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about “cubit” in verse 15. 6:16 xcyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠פֶ֥תַח הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה בְּ⁠צִדָּ֣⁠הּ תָּשִׂ֑ים 1 “Also put/build a door in the side of the ark/boat.” or “Put/Build a door for the ark/boat in its side.” Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction (“And” or “Also”). Do what is natural in your language. -6:16 pt7i תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ 1 “Make/Build a lower {deck/level}, a middle {deck/level}, and an upper {deck/level} {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build a lower, second/middle, and third/upper story/floor {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build three {complete} levels/floors {on the inside}.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. -6:17 gjxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 “Behold/Listen, I myself” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “I” is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. -6:17 ipl7 מֵבִ֨יא אֶת־הַ⁠מַּבּ֥וּל מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “am going to bring/send a flood on/over the {whole/entire} earth” or “am going to flood the {whole/entire} earth {with water}” -6:17 lkym לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת 1 “{in order} to destroy” or “which will destroy”. See how you translated “destroy” in verse 13. +6:16 pt7i תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ 1 “Make/Build a lower deck/level, a middle deck/level, and an upper deck/level on the inside.” or “and make/build a lower, second/middle, and third/upper story/floor on the inside.” or “and make/build three complete levels/floors on the inside.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. +6:17 gjxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 “Behold/Listen, I myself” or “Listen carefully to me: I”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “I” is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. +6:17 ipl7 מֵבִ֨יא אֶת־הַ⁠מַּבּ֥וּל מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “am going to bring/send a flood on/over the whole/entire earth” or “am going to flood the whole/entire earth with water” +6:17 lkym לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת 1 “in order to destroy” or “which will destroy”. See how you translated “destroy” in verse 13. 6:17 cskc כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר 1 “all the creatures/beings” or “every creature” or “every living thing”. This phrase is general here and includes people and animals, so you may need to translate the phrase differently here from what you did earlier in verses 12-13 (where the focus seems to be on people). -6:17 wwec אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים 1 “that breathe/breathes {air}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. +6:17 wwec אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים 1 “that breathe/breathes air”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. 6:17 jqbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “from under the sky.” For some languages it may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “to destroy every living thing under the heavens/sky that has the breath of life in it.” Do what is best in your language. -6:17 o6ky כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{As a result,} every {living} thing/being that {is/lives} on land” -6:17 f07y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִגְוָֽע 1 “will breathe out {its last breath}!” or “will die/perish!” The verb “expire” (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here. +6:17 o6ky כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “As a result, every living thing/being that is/lives on land” +6:17 f07y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִגְוָֽע 1 “will breathe out its last breath!” or “will die/perish!” The verb “expire” (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here. 6:18 dkie rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֥י 1 “But/However I will make/institute” or “But/However I will set up”. The word “establish” means to deliberately and formally put something into effect. -6:18 s3cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “a covenant between me and you,” or “a {special/peace} agreement between me and you,” This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate “covenant” here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.” +6:18 s3cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “a covenant between me and you,” or “a special/peace agreement between me and you,” This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate “covenant” here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.” 6:18 edeh וּ⁠בָאתָ֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “so you must enter the ark/boat,” or “so you must get on board the ark/boat,” -6:18 sxiu אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and {take} your sons, your wife, and your sons’ wives with you.” or “and {take} with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.” -6:19 g341 וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Also, from every {kind of} living creature, {yes,} from every {kind of} animal, you must bring/take two/pairs of each {kind} into the ark/boat” or “You must also bring/take into the ark/boat two/pairs of every {kind of} living creature, including every {kind of} animal,” -6:19 e4sw לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “{in order} to keep {them} alive with you.” or “so that they stay alive with you.” -6:19 ew4s זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ 1 “They must be {pairs} with {one} male and {one} female {each}.” or “Each pair must have/include {one} male and {one} female.” or “Make sure that each pair has {one} male and {one} female.” -6:20 tuxp מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “{Males and females} from/of every kind/type of bird,” +6:18 sxiu אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and take your sons, your wife, and your sons’ wives with you.” or “and take with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.” +6:19 g341 וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Also, from every kind of living creature, yes, from every kind of animal, you must bring/take two/pairs of each kind into the ark/boat” or “You must also bring/take into the ark/boat two/pairs of every kind of living creature, including every kind of animal,” +6:19 e4sw לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “in order to keep them alive with you.” or “so that they stay alive with you.” +6:19 ew4s זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ 1 “They must be pairs with one male and one female each.” or “Each pair must have/include one male and one female.” or “Make sure that each pair has one male and one female.” +6:20 tuxp מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “Males and females from/of every kind/type of bird,” 6:20 li2p וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “and from/of every kind of animal,” 6:20 tymx מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “including every kind of creature that moves/lives on the ground/land,” This phrase emphasizes that the birds and animals mentioned in the first half of this verse lived on land. -6:20 aqyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “two/pairs of every kind {of animal} will come to you” or “two/pairs of each kind {of animal} will come to you”. For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you … ” Do what is best in your language. -6:20 gcv1 לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת 1 “to keep {them} alive {on/in the ark/boat}.” or “{into the ark/boat} so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive {in the ark/boat}.” -6:21 hpvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה 1 “You” or “You {and your family}”. Although the pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since God’s instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language. -6:21 wvi8 קַח־לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “must {also} {gather and} take/bring” or “must {also} gather” -6:21 kcf9 מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙ 1 “every {kind of} food” or “all the different kinds of food” -6:21 foah אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 “that is eaten {by people and animals}” or “that people and animals eat” or “that you and {all} the animals/creatures will need” -6:21 p7aq וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “and store/stockpile/put it {on the ark/boat} with you,” -6:21 klow וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה & לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “This/That will be the food supply” or “so that there will be {enough} food”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. -6:21 b77w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “for you {and your family}”. Consider again how you translated the pronoun “you” in this verse. -6:21 e3n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and for {all} the animals.” -6:22 gvtb וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ 1 “So, {that is what} Noah did;” or “Noah did {all of that}”. Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. -6:22 jpgk כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה 1 “he did everything just/exactly as God had commanded/told him {to do}.” -7:1 k23r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ 1 “Then {after they had finished building the ark/boat,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” or “{When/After the ark/boat was finished,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language. +6:20 aqyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “two/pairs of every kind of animal will come to you” or “two/pairs of each kind of animal will come to you”. For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you … ” Do what is best in your language. +6:20 gcv1 לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת 1 “to keep them alive on/in the ark/boat.” or “into the ark/boat so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive in the ark/boat.” +6:21 hpvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה 1 “You” or “You and your family”. Although the pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since God’s instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language. +6:21 wvi8 קַח־לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “must also gather and take/bring” or “must also gather” +6:21 kcf9 מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙ 1 “every kind of food” or “all the different kinds of food” +6:21 foah אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 “that is eaten by people and animals” or “that people and animals eat” or “that you and all the animals/creatures will need” +6:21 p7aq וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “and store/stockpile/put it on the ark/boat with you,” +6:21 klow וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה & לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “This/That will be the food supply” or “so that there will be enough food”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. +6:21 b77w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “for you and your family”. Consider again how you translated the pronoun “you” in this verse. +6:21 e3n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and for all the animals.” +6:22 gvtb וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ 1 “So, that is what Noah did;” or “Noah did all of that”. Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. +6:22 jpgk כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה 1 “he did everything just/exactly as God had commanded/told him to do.” +7:1 k23r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ 1 “Then after they had finished building the ark/boat, Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” or “When/After the ark/boat was finished, Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language. 7:1 hvzy בֹּֽא אַתָּ֥ה וְ⁠כָל בֵּיתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Enter/Board the ark/boat, along with your entire family,” or “You and your entire household/family must go/get into the ark/boat,” See how you translated “ark/boat” in Gen 6:14-16. 7:1 el0w כִּֽי & רָאִ֛יתִי 1 “because I have found” or “because I see/know” -7:1 cg2s אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ & צַדִּ֥יק 1 “{that} you {alone} {are} upright” or “{that} you {are} {the only one who is} living righteously/rightly” or “… living the right way”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous. See how you translated “righteous” in Gen 6:9. +7:1 cg2s אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ & צַדִּ֥יק 1 “that you alone are upright” or “that you are the only one who is living righteously/rightly” or “… living the right way”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous. See how you translated “righteous” in Gen 6:9. 7:1 ifig לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 “in my sight/eyes/opinion” or “according to my standards/will” -7:1 jbhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “among the people living today.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “… you {are} {the only one} among the people living today {who is} righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language. -7:2 plj4 מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה 1 “From every {kind of} pure animal” or “From every {kind of} animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”. It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a “clean animal” was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus. +7:1 jbhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “among the people living today.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “… you are the only one among the people living today who is righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language. +7:2 plj4 מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה 1 “From every kind of pure animal” or “From every kind of animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”. It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a “clean animal” was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus. 7:2 f83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תִּֽקַּח לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “bring with you”. The pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text, but could be translated as a plural to include Noah’s family. 7:2 mvwj שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated “male and female” in Gen 6:19. -7:2 lwul וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה 1 “and from {every kind of} unclean/impure animal” or “and from {every kind of} animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice” -7:2 wv9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{take} a/one male and female pair,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every {kind of} clean/pure animal, and {one} male and female pair of {every kind of} unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language. -7:3 oyjz גַּ֣ם 1 “{and} also” or “In addition,” or “Also,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -7:3 jjfy מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 “from {every kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air” or “from {every kind/type of} bird” -7:3 yls2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “{take} seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also {take} seven male and female pairs of {every kind of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air …” Do what is best in your language. -7:3 y6qa לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע 1 “so that {later} their offspring will live” or “so that {later} they will have offspring that will live” -7:3 pazh עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{and spread} all over the earth,” or “and/to repopulate the whole/entire earth,” -7:4 yy52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 “{You must do that,} because” or “The reason {you must do that} is”. For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +7:2 lwul וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה 1 “and from every kind of unclean/impure animal” or “and from every kind of animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice” +7:2 wv9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “take a/one male and female pair,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every kind of clean/pure animal, and one male and female pair of every kind of unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language. +7:3 oyjz גַּ֣ם 1 “and also” or “In addition,” or “Also,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +7:3 jjfy מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 “from every kind/type of bird that flies in the sky/air” or “from every kind/type of bird” +7:3 yls2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “take seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also take seven male and female pairs of every kind of bird that flies in the sky/air …” Do what is best in your language. +7:3 y6qa לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע 1 “so that later their offspring will live” or “so that later they will have offspring that will live” +7:3 pazh עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and spread all over the earth,” or “and/to repopulate the whole/entire earth,” +7:4 yy52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 “You must do that, because” or “The reason you must do that is”. For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 7:4 dftv לְ⁠יָמִ֨ים ע֜וֹד שִׁבְעָ֗ה 1 “seven days from now/today”. The phrase, “seven more days” could be translated “another week” here and in verse 11. However, it is probably best to keep the number seven in the text in both places, especially since the number seven often signifies perfection or completion in the Bible, perhaps also here. -7:4 xtx7 אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר 1 “I will make it rain {continuously}” or “I will send rain” -7:4 tldc עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world” -7:4 oj9l אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה 1 “{for} forty days and nights,” This phrase refers to forty complete 24-hour days. +7:4 xtx7 אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר 1 “I will make it rain continuously” or “I will send rain” +7:4 tldc עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world” +7:4 oj9l אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה 1 “for forty days and nights,” This phrase refers to forty complete 24-hour days. 7:4 g4jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי 1 “in order to wipe/blot out” or “That will wash away” or “In that way, I will completely destroy”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:7. 7:4 r62g אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔יתִי 1 “every living creature that I have made” or “all the living things/creatures that I have made”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“living creature”) in Gen 6:19. 7:4 ne24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “off/from the surface of the earth.” or “off/from the earth/land.” It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “in order to completely destroy from/off the ground/earth every living creature/thing that I have made.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:7. -7:5 juaw וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר 1 “Then/So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything {exactly} as” -7:5 jv8k צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “Yahweh had commanded/told him {to do}.” See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5. +7:5 juaw וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר 1 “Then/So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything exactly as” +7:5 jv8k צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “Yahweh had commanded/told him to do.” See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5. 7:6 r7or rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ בֶּן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Noah/He was 600 years old”. See how you handled large numbers in Gen 5 and in Gen 6:3, and see the note about this at Gen 5:3. Also see how you translated the idiom “son of … years” in Gen 5:32. 7:6 j0wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל הָיָ֔ה מַ֖יִם עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “when the flood covered the earth.” or “when the earth was covered/flooded with deep water.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “When the flood waters came on the earth, Noah was 600 years old.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “floodwaters” in Gen 6:17. -7:7 xwa2 וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “{That is when} Noah/he and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark/boat”. Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (See verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18. +7:7 xwa2 וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “That is when Noah/he and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark/boat”. Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (See verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18. 7:7 tiry מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י 1 “because of” or “to escape from” or “to keep them safe from” or “so that they would not die in” 7:7 go2s מֵ֥י הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “the floodwaters.” or “the flood.” -7:8 tg96 מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה 1 “{Also,} {every kind of} clean/pure animal and {every kind of} unclean/impure animal”. See how you translated “clean” and “unclean” animals in verse 2. -7:8 wqej וּ⁠מִ֨ן הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 “and {every kind of} bird,” -7:8 ca9u וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “including every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” or “which includes every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). Or it could mean: (2) “as well as every {kind of} creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds. -7:9 nob2 שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “came to Noah in pairs {and came/went} into the ark/boat,” or “came in pairs and entered the ark/boat with Noah,” -7:9 nt73 זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “{They were} male and female pairs,” or “Each pair had one male and one female,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -7:9 vu6n כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded/told Noah/him {to take/bring along}.” -7:10 e3k7 וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 “So it happened {that}” or “Then”. This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -7:10 v4ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “when the seven days {that God had spoken about} had passed,” or “after seven days,” This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear. +7:8 tg96 מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה 1 “Also, every kind of clean/pure animal and every kind of unclean/impure animal”. See how you translated “clean” and “unclean” animals in verse 2. +7:8 wqej וּ⁠מִ֨ן הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 “and every kind of bird,” +7:8 ca9u וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “including every kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on land,” or “which includes every kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on land,” According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). Or it could mean: (2) “as well as every kind of creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds. +7:9 nob2 שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “came to Noah in pairs and came/went into the ark/boat,” or “came in pairs and entered the ark/boat with Noah,” +7:9 nt73 זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “They were male and female pairs,” or “Each pair had one male and one female,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +7:9 vu6n כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded/told Noah/him to take/bring along.” +7:10 e3k7 וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 “So it happened that” or “Then”. This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. +7:10 v4ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “when the seven days that God had spoken about had passed,” or “after seven days,” This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear. 7:10 vud7 וּ⁠מֵ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֔וּל הָי֖וּ עַל 1 “the floodwaters started to come on/over” or “water started to flood/cover” -7:10 d4xi הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the {entire/whole} earth.” +7:10 d4xi הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the entire/whole earth.” 7:11 h4ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֤וֹת שָׁנָה֙ לְ⁠חַיֵּי נֹ֔חַ 1 “When Noah was 600 years old,” Compare how you translated Noah’s age in verse 6. -7:11 e0a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the second month {of the year},” For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language. -7:11 qs0m בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “on that {same/very} day” or “that is the day when” -7:11 k61q כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙ 1 “all the springs” or “all the {underground} water sources” +7:11 e0a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the second month of the year,” For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language. +7:11 qs0m בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “on that same/very day” or “that is the day when” +7:11 k61q כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙ 1 “all the springs” or “all the underground water sources” 7:11 v29r תְּה֣וֹם רַבָּ֔ה 1 “in the deep ocean” 7:11 dtni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure נִבְקְעוּ֙ 1 “split/ripped open,” or “started gushing/pouring out water,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “water started gushing/pouring out of all the fountains/springs in the deep ocean,” Do what is best in your language. -7:11 d3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ 1 “and {all} the windows/floodgates in the heavens/sky were opened {by God},” or “{God also caused} the water in the heavens/sky to start coming/pouring down, as if he had opened {huge} windows/floodgates/faucets {in the heavens/sky},” This metaphor describes the beginning of a very heavy rainfall; it does not refer to actual windows. -7:12 uyzz וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם 1 “so that {torrential/heavy} rain fell/poured {continuously}” or “so that it rained {continuously}” -7:12 gvln עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world” -7:12 itlr אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 “{for} forty days and nights.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. -7:13 enc3 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “{So it was/happened that} on the {very} same day {that the flood/rain started},” This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark. -7:13 m0hx נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Noah and his sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, along with his wife and his sons’ three wives {all}” or “Noah and his wife and his/their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives {all}”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7. +7:11 d3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ 1 “and all the windows/floodgates in the heavens/sky were opened by God,” or “God also caused the water in the heavens/sky to start coming/pouring down, as if he had opened huge windows/floodgates/faucets in the heavens/sky,” This metaphor describes the beginning of a very heavy rainfall; it does not refer to actual windows. +7:12 uyzz וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם 1 “so that torrential/heavy rain fell/poured continuously” or “so that it rained continuously” +7:12 gvln עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world” +7:12 itlr אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 “for forty days and nights.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. +7:13 enc3 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “So it was/happened that on the very same day that the flood/rain started,” This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark. +7:13 m0hx נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Noah and his sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, along with his wife and his sons’ three wives all” or “Noah and his wife and his/their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives all”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7. 7:13 q42f בָּ֣א & אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “entered/boarded the ark/boat,” 7:14 u7hi הֵ֜מָּה וְ⁠כָל 1 “They had/took with them every”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 7:14 qs6f וְ⁠כָל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠כָל 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “every kind of living thing/creature, including every” or (2) “every kind of wild animal, and every”. The animal groups listed in verse 14 show that every kind of animal was to be brought onto the ark. Your language may have a different way of grouping animals. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that all the different kinds of birds and land animals are included. 7:14 nbh7 וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “every kind of livestock,” or “every kind of domestic/tame animal,” -7:14 cm34 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every {other} kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best; or (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,” -7:14 hfxm וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף 1 “and every kind of bird {and} everything {else} that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird {and} every {other} {kind of} creature that flies.” This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects. -7:15 an75 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “They came to Noah {and went/came} into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9. -7:15 ob0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “pairs of every {kind of} creature/animal” or “pairs of every {kind of} living thing/creature”. The word “flesh” refers here to any kind of creature or animal. -7:15 kzj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים 1 “that breathes {air}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every {kind of} living thing that breathes {air} came to Noah {and went} into the boat.” Do what is best in your language. -7:16 ihzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים 1 “The pairs/animals that went/came into {the ark/boat}” or “Those animals”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use “went” or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated “went” in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15. -7:16 oj6d זָכָ֨ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֤ה 1 “{were} male and female {pairs}” -7:16 wggh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ 1 “from/of every {kind of} creature/animal,” or “from/of every {kind of} living thing,” See how you translated “all flesh” in verse 15. -7:16 an9a בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him/Noah {to take/bring along}.” See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9. -7:16 blj8 וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “After that, Yahweh shut them in/inside {the ark/boat}.” or “Then {after they were all inside,} Yahweh shut/closed the door {of the ark/boat} behind him/them.” +7:14 cm34 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every other kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best; or (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,” +7:14 hfxm וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף 1 “and every kind of bird and everything else that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird and every other kind of creature that flies.” This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects. +7:15 an75 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “They came to Noah and went/came into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9. +7:15 ob0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “pairs of every kind of creature/animal” or “pairs of every kind of living thing/creature”. The word “flesh” refers here to any kind of creature or animal. +7:15 kzj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים 1 “that breathes air.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every kind of living thing that breathes air came to Noah and went into the boat.” Do what is best in your language. +7:16 ihzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים 1 “The pairs/animals that went/came into the ark/boat” or “Those animals”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use “went” or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated “went” in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15. +7:16 oj6d זָכָ֨ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֤ה 1 “were male and female pairs” +7:16 wggh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ 1 “from/of every kind of creature/animal,” or “from/of every kind of living thing,” See how you translated “all flesh” in verse 15. +7:16 an9a בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him/Noah to take/bring along.” See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9. +7:16 blj8 וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “After that, Yahweh shut them in/inside the ark/boat.” or “Then after they were all inside, Yahweh shut/closed the door of the ark/boat behind him/them.” 7:17 z3pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י הַ⁠מַּבּ֛וּל 1 “After that the floodwaters/water kept getting deeper and deeper” or “The floodwaters/water kept coming”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is natural in your language. Also, notice that verses 17-20 talk about the forty days and nights that the flood kept getting deeper and deeper. -7:17 g7fx עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth” -7:17 xy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם 1 “{for} forty days {and forty nights},” For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “{For} forty days {and forty nights} the flood kept getting deeper and deeper {all} over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12. +7:17 g7fx עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all over the earth” +7:17 xy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם 1 “for forty days and forty nights,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “For forty days and forty nights the flood kept getting deeper and deeper all over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12. 7:17 nndw וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 “and as the water level rose,” or “As the water got deeper and deeper,” -7:17 xs45 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “it lifted up the ark/boat so that it floated {on the water} {high} above the earth/ground.” or “it made the ark/boat lift/rise up off the ground and float.” +7:17 xs45 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “it lifted up the ark/boat so that it floated on the water high above the earth/ground.” or “it made the ark/boat lift/rise up off the ground and float.” 7:18 dkud rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם 1 “So the floodwaters continued to rise and get much deeper/higher” or “Yes, the floodwaters/water continued …” or “The floodwaters/water continued …” Verse 18 repeats some of verse 17 to emphasize what happened. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. -7:18 tfc3 עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world,” -7:18 utly וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “but/while the ark/boat floated {safely}” or “so that the ark/boat moved/drifted {about/along}” +7:18 tfc3 עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world,” +7:18 utly וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “but/while the ark/boat floated safely” or “so that the ark/boat moved/drifted about/along” 7:18 daf9 עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “on the surface of the water.” or “on top of the water.” or “on the water.” 7:19 cjmw וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם גָּֽבְר֛וּ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹ֖ד עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “At last, the waters became very deep on/over the earth/world, so that” or “Eventually the water became so high/deep on/over the earth/world that” -7:19 sfrb כָּל הֶֽ⁠הָרִים֙ הַ⁠גְּבֹהִ֔ים 1 “{even} all the highest mountains” +7:19 sfrb כָּל הֶֽ⁠הָרִים֙ הַ⁠גְּבֹהִ֔ים 1 “even all the highest mountains” 7:19 jvbk אֲשֶׁר תַּ֖חַת כָּל הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “everywhere under the sky” -7:19 p6av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ 1 “were covered {with/by water}.” or “were submerged {in/under water}.” or “were under water.” For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it {even} covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language. -7:20 yd7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “{In fact,} the water rose {at least} seven meters above {the tops of} the {highest} mountains,” or “{In fact,} the {highest} mountain tops were covered with/by {at least} twenty-two feet of water,” See how you translated “cubits” in Gen 6:15-16. -7:20 aidy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “so that they were {completely} covered {with/by water}.” or “… {completely} submerged {in/under water}.” or “… {completely} under water.” See how you translated “were covered” in verse 19. +7:19 p6av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ 1 “were covered with/by water.” or “were submerged in/under water.” or “were under water.” For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it even covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language. +7:20 yd7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “In fact, the water rose at least seven meters above the tops of the highest mountains,” or “In fact, the highest mountain tops were covered with/by at least twenty-two feet of water,” See how you translated “cubits” in Gen 6:15-16. +7:20 aidy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “so that they were completely covered with/by water.” or “… completely submerged in/under water.” or “… completely under water.” See how you translated “were covered” in verse 19. 7:21 j1r4 כָּל בָּשָׂ֣ר 1 “Then all the creatures/beings” or “Then every creature” or “Then every living thing”. This phrase refers to everything listed in verse 21, including people. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. 7:21 jg81 הָ⁠רֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 “that moved/lived on the ground” or “that lived on land” -7:21 dnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע 1 “breathed out {its last breath},” or “died/perished,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17. -7:21 wh52 בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “That included {all} the birds, the livestock,” or “including {all} the birds, the domestic/tame animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -7:21 zw53 וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and the {other} living things/creatures” or (2) “and the wild animals” -7:21 edpc וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “including every {kind of} creature/animal that lived in large groups/numbers on the earth,” +7:21 dnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע 1 “breathed out its last breath,” or “died/perished,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17. +7:21 wh52 בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “That included all the birds, the livestock,” or “including all the birds, the domestic/tame animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +7:21 zw53 וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and the other living things/creatures” or (2) “and the wild animals” +7:21 edpc וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “including every kind of creature/animal that lived in large groups/numbers on the earth,” 7:21 q5y5 וְ⁠כֹ֖ל הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “in addition to all the human beings.” or “as well as all the people.” 7:22 vfi8 כֹּ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁמַת ר֨וּחַ חַיִּ֜ים בְּ⁠אַפָּ֗י⁠ו 1 “Every living creature/thing that breathed air”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 15. 7:22 impv מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֶּ⁠חָֽרָבָ֖ה מֵֽתוּ 1 “and was/lived on dry land died.” 7:23 mudq וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח 1 “That is how Yahweh washed away” or “In that way, Yahweh blotted out” or “… completely destroyed”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 4. 7:23 k1dj אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְק֣וּם 1 “every living creature” or “all living things/creatures”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. -7:23 lthw אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “that {was/lived} on the surface of the earth,” or “that {were/lived} on the earth/land,” See how you translated “the surface of the ground” in verse 4. -7:23 sgaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם 1 “including {all} mankind/people”. See how you translated “mankind” in verse 21. -7:23 fnpu עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “and {all} the livestock and {all the other} creatures/animals that moved/lived {on the ground/land}” or “and {all} the animals, including smaller creatures/animals that crawl/move {on/along the ground}” -7:23 qtlr וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and also the birds {that flew} in the sky.” or “and also the birds.” Some languages leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language. -7:23 ugs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{All of} them were {completely} wiped/washed off the earth {by Yahweh/God},” or “He/God completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, he/God completely destroyed everything {that lived} on the earth,” See how you translated “wipe … off” in verse 4. +7:23 lthw אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “that was/lived on the surface of the earth,” or “that were/lived on the earth/land,” See how you translated “the surface of the ground” in verse 4. +7:23 sgaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם 1 “including all mankind/people”. See how you translated “mankind” in verse 21. +7:23 fnpu עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “and all the livestock and all the other creatures/animals that moved/lived on the ground/land” or “and all the animals, including smaller creatures/animals that crawl/move on/along the ground” +7:23 qtlr וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and also the birds that flew in the sky.” or “and also the birds.” Some languages leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language. +7:23 ugs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “All of them were completely wiped/washed off the earth by Yahweh/God,” or “He/God completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, he/God completely destroyed everything that lived on the earth,” See how you translated “wipe … off” in verse 4. 7:23 sm4h וַ⁠יִשָּׁ֧אֶר אַךְ נֹ֛חַ 1 “so that only Noah was left/still alive, along with” or “so that the only ones who were left/still alive were Noah and” or “Only Noah survived, along with”. Some translations leave out the first conjunction and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 7:23 qord וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “and his family and the animals that were with him/them in the ark/boat.” or “along with his family …” -7:24 j5a8 וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם עַל 1 “{Deep} water continued to flood/cover” or “The floodwaters stayed/remained deep/high over” -7:24 p4ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “the {entire} earth/world {for} 150 days.” See how you handled a large number in verse 6. +7:24 j5a8 וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם עַל 1 “Deep water continued to flood/cover” or “The floodwaters stayed/remained deep/high over” +7:24 p4ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “the entire earth/world for 150 days.” See how you handled a large number in verse 6. 8:1 vjhe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God kept in mind” or “But God did not forget” or “God never forgot”. The phrase “God remembered” is an idiom in the Bible that often means God was paying special attention to certain people and was about to do something. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not imply that God had forgotten about Noah. -8:1 yash rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת נֹ֔חַ 1 “Noah {and his family}”. Noah is the person that the author is focusing on here, but Noah’s family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. +8:1 yash rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת נֹ֔חַ 1 “Noah and his family”. Noah is the person that the author is focusing on here, but Noah’s family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. 8:1 zvki וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and all the creatures/animals, including” or (2) “and all the wild animals and”. See how you translated “living thing” in Gen 7:14. -8:1 ujic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “all the domestic/tame animals that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat,” Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language. +8:1 ujic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “all the domestic/tame animals that were with him/them in the ark/boat,” Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that were with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language. 8:1 vu2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר אֱלֹהִ֥ים ר֨וּחַ֙ עַל 1 “and he sent a wind over” or “So God/he caused/sent a wind to blow over”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -8:1 ruy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{the water that was covering/over} the earth,” -8:1 u9g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “so that the floodwaters/water {started to} recede/decrease.” or “so that the water {level} {started to} go down.” Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this clause should allow for that. -8:2 u995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “{He also caused} the fountains/springs in the deep {ocean} to stop {gushing out water}, and {he caused} the rain/water to stop pouring from the sky,” or “{God/He also} stopped the water from {gushing out of} springs/places at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from pouring/coming from the heavens/sky,” See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11. +8:1 ruy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “the water that was covering/over the earth,” +8:1 u9g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “so that the floodwaters/water started to recede/decrease.” or “so that the water level started to go down.” Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this clause should allow for that. +8:2 u995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “He also caused the fountains/springs in the deep ocean to stop gushing out water, and he caused the rain/water to stop pouring from the sky,” or “God/He also stopped the water from gushing out of springs/places at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from pouring/coming from the heavens/sky,” See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11. 8:2 q4gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּלֵ֥א הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “so that rain stopped falling/coming from the sky.” or “so that it stopped raining.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or a passive verb here and in the previous clause. 8:3 kqse וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֧בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם & הָל֣וֹךְ וָ⁠שׁ֑וֹב 1 “Then the floodwaters/water steadily/gradually went down” -8:3 fmzv מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “from {the surface of} the land/ground,” -8:3 vzel מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “so that after the 150 days {had passed},” or “After the 150 days {had passed},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time. -8:3 rxcd הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “the water {level}” or “they/it”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse. +8:3 fmzv מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “from the surface of the land/ground,” +8:3 vzel מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “so that after the 150 days had passed,” or “After the 150 days had passed,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time. +8:3 rxcd הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “the water level” or “they/it”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse. 8:3 dw9j וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ 1 “had gone down,” or “had subsided,” -8:4 aqon rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח 1 “so {much/far/low} that” -8:4 w92a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the seventh month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11. +8:4 aqon rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח 1 “so much/far/low that” +8:4 w92a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the seventh month of the year,” See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11. 8:4 fvzr וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח הַ⁠תֵּבָה֙ 1 “the ark/boat came to rest” or “the ark/boat settled/landed” -8:4 xogo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י 1 “on a mountain” or “on {one of} the mountains”. The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range. -8:4 agk1 אֲרָרָֽט 1 “in {the land/region of} Ararat.” or “in the Ararat {mountain range}.” +8:4 xogo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י 1 “on a mountain” or “on one of the mountains”. The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range. +8:4 agk1 אֲרָרָֽט 1 “in the land/region of Ararat.” or “in the Ararat mountain range.” 8:5 zz83 וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 “Then the water/floodwaters” or “The water/floodwaters” 8:5 x2pm הָיוּ֙ הָל֣וֹךְ וְ⁠חָס֔וֹר 1 “continued to go down/away” or “kept decreasing/subsiding”. See how you translated “decreased” in verse 3. -8:5 ao6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “until the tenth month {of the year}. On the first day of that month,” or “until on the first {day} of the tenth month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4. -8:5 de4l רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “the peaks of the {surrounding} mountains” or “the mountaintops” -8:5 gs9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִרְא֖וּ 1 “could be seen {above the water} {by Noah}.” or “became visible {above the water}.” or “appeared {above the surface of the water}.” -8:6 dbs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם 1 “After forty {more} days {had passed},” The phrase “Then it happened” focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. +8:5 ao6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “until the tenth month of the year. On the first day of that month,” or “until on the first day of the tenth month of the year,” See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4. +8:5 de4l רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “the peaks of the surrounding mountains” or “the mountaintops” +8:5 gs9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִרְא֖וּ 1 “could be seen above the water by Noah.” or “became visible above the water.” or “appeared above the surface of the water.” +8:6 dbs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם 1 “After forty more days had passed,” The phrase “Then it happened” focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. 8:6 cff8 וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח נֹ֔חַ אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן 1 “Noah opened a window”. It is not clear when Noah made this window. It may refer to the opening around the top of the walls of the ark (Gen 6:16) or a different window that he made sometime later. 8:6 l2kv הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “that he had made in the ark/boat,” 8:7 x995 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֖ח 1 “and he released” or “and he set free” -8:7 wdl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב 1 “{a large black bird called} a raven”. A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird {like a …}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is. -8:7 ncnh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב 1 “which kept/continued flying back and forth {outside the ark/boat}” or “but it kept flying around {outside the ark/boat}” +8:7 wdl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב 1 “a large black bird called a raven”. A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird like a …” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is. +8:7 ncnh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב 1 “which kept/continued flying back and forth outside the ark/boat” or “but it kept flying around outside the ark/boat” 8:7 e1go עַד & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “until the water/floodwaters” -8:7 r082 יְבֹ֥שֶׁת & מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “had dried up {more} from the ground/land.” This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet. -8:8 xr9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} sent out” or “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} released”. The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language. -8:8 ijuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark/boat” or “a {small bird called a} dove”. A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird {like a …}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is. +8:7 r082 יְבֹ֥שֶׁת & מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “had dried up more from the ground/land.” This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet. +8:8 xr9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah also sent out” or “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah also released”. The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language. +8:8 ijuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark/boat” or “a small bird called a dove”. A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird like a …” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is. 8:8 c4yx לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “to find out if/whether the floodwaters/water had receded” 8:8 zx1c מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “from the surface of the land.” or “from the ground/land.” 8:9 mgxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹֽא־מָצְאָה֩ הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֨ה 1 “But the dove could not find” or “But it was not able to find”. Consider what is the best way to refer to the dove at this point in the paragraph in your language. 8:9 fpmf מָנ֜וֹחַ לְ⁠כַף רַגְלָ֗⁠הּ 1 “anywhere to land/perch and rest,” In Hebrew the word “dove” is grammatically a feminine noun (for both male and female doves), so some translations say “her feet … she returned …” here. For languages such as English that do not assign grammatical gender to nouns, it is more accurate to use “its” and “it” here, because it is not known whether this dove was male or female. Do what is best in your language. 8:9 z0lc וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב 1 “So/Then it returned” or “So/Then the dove flew back”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 8:9 okue אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “flew back to him/Noah in/at the ark/boat,” -8:9 g9b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “because water was {still} covering the entire earth/world.” Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was {still} covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached …” Do what is best in your language. +8:9 g9b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “because water was still covering the entire earth/world.” Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was still covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached …” Do what is best in your language. 8:9 k23d וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָד⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then/So he/Noah reached out” or “and he/Noah reached out”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 8:9 eyin וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֔⁠הָ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “caught it, and brought it” -8:9 hq6l אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “{back} to himself in the ark/boat.” or “{back} into the ark/boat.” +8:9 hq6l אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “back to himself in the ark/boat.” or “back into the ark/boat.” 8:10 y0bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד 1 “He/Noah waited”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction. 8:10 swvu שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים 1 “seven more days,” 8:10 nxwx וַ⁠יֹּ֛סֶף שַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “then he sent the dove out from the ark/boat another time.” or “then he released the dove from the ark/boat again.” 8:11 b9p3 וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠יּוֹנָה֙ לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב 1 “That evening the dove returned to him/Noah,” or “When it was evening, the dove returned to him/Noah,” 8:11 ilgw וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and surprisingly,” or “and he/Noah saw that” -8:11 wm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ 1 “{it was holding} a newly picked {green} leaf from an olive tree in its mouth/beak.” or “{the dove had} a {green} leaf in its mouth/beak that it had just picked/taken from an olive tree.” An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them. +8:11 wm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ 1 “it was holding a newly picked green leaf from an olive tree in its mouth/beak.” or “the dove had a green leaf in its mouth/beak that it had just picked/taken from an olive tree.” An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them. 8:11 or72 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע נֹ֔חַ 1 “Then Noah realized” or “That is how Noah/he knew/realized” 8:11 z04k כִּי & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “that the water/floodwaters” -8:11 noj3 קַ֥לּוּ 1 “had receded” or “had gone down {more/further}”. See how you translated “subsided” in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5. +8:11 noj3 קַ֥לּוּ 1 “had receded” or “had gone down more/further”. See how you translated “subsided” in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5. 8:11 oy8e מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “from the ground/land.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. -8:12 eeml וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה 1 “He waited another seven days, then he released the dove {again},” or “After he waited seven more days, he released the dove {again},” See how you translated “sent out” in verses 7, 8, and 10. -8:12 rnay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “but {this time} it did not come/fly back to him again {because it found a dry place to land/live}.” Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers’ understanding or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar. -8:13 kogb וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי 1 “So it happened {that}” or “So it was,” -8:13 o42y בְּ⁠אַחַ֨ת וְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֜וֹת שָׁנָ֗ה 1 “In {his/Noah’s} 601st year,” or “when {Noah was} 601 years old,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11. -8:13 in0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “in the first {month} {of the year}, on the first {day} of the month,” or “on the first {day} of the first month {of the year},” -8:13 w07v חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “the water was drying up” or “the water had {almost} dried up”. Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14). +8:12 eeml וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה 1 “He waited another seven days, then he released the dove again,” or “After he waited seven more days, he released the dove again,” See how you translated “sent out” in verses 7, 8, and 10. +8:12 rnay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “but this time it did not come/fly back to him again because it found a dry place to land/live.” Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers’ understanding or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar. +8:13 kogb וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי 1 “So it happened that” or “So it was,” +8:13 o42y בְּ⁠אַחַ֨ת וְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֜וֹת שָׁנָ֗ה 1 “In his/Noah’s 601st year,” or “when Noah was 601 years old,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11. +8:13 in0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “in the first month of the year, on the first day of the month,” or “on the first day of the first month of the year,” +8:13 w07v חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “the water was drying up” or “the water had almost dried up”. Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14). 8:13 nmrd מֵ⁠עַ֣ל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “from the ground/land.” -8:13 zuj2 וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙ 1 “So Noah/he took off {part of}” or “made an opening in” +8:13 zuj2 וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙ 1 “So Noah/he took off part of” or “made an opening in” 8:13 leq8 אֶת מִכְסֵ֣ה הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “the roof that was covering the ark/boat” or “the roof of the ark/boat” -8:13 kuyo וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא 1 “and looked {around/out},” +8:13 kuyo וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא 1 “and looked around/out,” 8:13 sg80 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and indeed,” or “and he saw that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11. 8:13 nh2g פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “the land’s surface” or “the ground/land” -8:13 o3sh חָֽרְב֖וּ 1 “was drying off.” or “was {almost} dry.” -8:14 j99d וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “Then by the twenty-seventh day of the second month {of the year},” See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13. +8:13 o3sh חָֽרְב֖וּ 1 “was drying off.” or “was almost dry.” +8:14 j99d וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “Then by the twenty-seventh day of the second month of the year,” See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13. 8:14 bys7 הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the land/ground”. Notice that the land/ground was dry here, not the entire earth. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 3, 7, 11, 13-14. 8:14 r70v יָבְשָׁ֖ה 1 “had dried off.” In this context “dry” means that the ground was dry enough to walk on and live on without getting stuck in mud. Make sure your translation does not imply that it was so dry that nothing would grow on it (like a desert). 8:15 hn11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֥חַ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “Then/So God said to Noah,” or “Then God commanded Noah,” See how you translated “said to Noah” in Gen 7:1. @@ -936,809 +936,809 @@ front:intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 8:16 eqyj וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ 1 “your wife, your sons,” 8:16 y4un וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and your sons’ wives.” or “and their wives.” 8:17 u569 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוצא אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Bring/Take with you” or “Bring/Take out”. Consider whether “bring” or “take” is more natural here in your language. -8:17 s8b9 כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר 1 “all the living things/creatures that {are}” or “all the animals that {are}” -8:17 ngp1 ־אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “with you {in the ark/boat},” or “in the ark/boat,” +8:17 s8b9 כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר 1 “all the living things/creatures that are” or “all the animals that are” +8:17 ngp1 ־אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “with you in the ark/boat,” or “in the ark/boat,” 8:17 nn5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר 1 “all the animals,” or “all of them,” See how you translated “flesh” in Gen 7:15-16. 8:17 guxs בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה 1 “including the birds, domestic/tame animals,” -8:17 ii1h וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every {other} creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock; or (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground. +8:17 ii1h וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every other creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock; or (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground. 8:17 qfw9 עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “on the ground,” or “on land,” 8:17 ubmo וְ⁠שָֽׁרְצ֣וּ בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Then they will/can live/spread all over the earth/world”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -8:17 vpty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠פָר֥וּ 1 “{yes,} they will have many offspring/young”. The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with “abound on the earth” that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events. -8:17 kz24 וְ⁠רָב֖וּ 1 “and increase {in number}” or “and become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful” and “multiply” in Gen 1:22, 28. -8:17 oe06 עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world.” or “throughout the earth.” -8:18 m38a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ 1 “Then/So Noah went/came out {of the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah disembarked {from the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah got off {the ark/boat},” -8:18 fxvc וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives {went} with him.” or “along/together with his wife and his sons and their wives.” See how you translated this list of Noah’s family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context. +8:17 vpty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠פָר֥וּ 1 “yes, they will have many offspring/young”. The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with “abound on the earth” that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events. +8:17 kz24 וְ⁠רָב֖וּ 1 “and increase in number” or “and become very numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful” and “multiply” in Gen 1:22, 28. +8:17 oe06 עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world.” or “throughout the earth.” +8:18 m38a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ 1 “Then/So Noah went/came out of the ark/boat,” or “Then/So Noah disembarked from the ark/boat,” or “Then/So Noah got off the ark/boat,” +8:18 fxvc וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went with him.” or “along/together with his wife and his sons and their wives.” See how you translated this list of Noah’s family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context. 8:19 f790 כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֗ה 1 “Every living creature,” or “All the animals,” -8:19 ohu5 כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “{including} every animal/creature that crawls” or “{including} all the animals/creatures that crawl” +8:19 ohu5 כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “including every animal/creature that crawls” or “including all the animals/creatures that crawl” 8:19 uqhw וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 “and all the birds” -8:19 tfez כֹּ֖ל 1 “{yes,} every creature” or “{and} everything {else}” +8:19 tfez כֹּ֖ל 1 “yes, every creature” or “and everything else” 8:19 la0w רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “that moves/lives on the ground,” or “that lives on land,” This phrase refers here to the land, not the entire planet earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. -8:19 s8uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָצְא֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “{also} went/came out of the ark/boat”. Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language. -8:19 j4js לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{grouped} by their kinds.” or “in groups of their own kind.” or “one family/kind after another.” -8:20 ap9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “Then Noah built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “Then Noah built/made a {sacrifice} table/mound {with large stones}”. An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God. -8:20 c6ri לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 “{to offer sacrifices} to Yahweh,” or “{dedicated} to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,” +8:19 s8uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָצְא֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “also went/came out of the ark/boat”. Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language. +8:19 j4js לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “grouped by their kinds.” or “in groups of their own kind.” or “one family/kind after another.” +8:20 ap9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “Then Noah built/made an altar out of large stones” or “Then Noah built/made a sacrifice table/mound with large stones”. An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God. +8:20 c6ri לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 “to offer sacrifices to Yahweh,” or “dedicated to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,” 8:20 penu וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח 1 “Then/Next he selected/chose”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -8:20 ehez מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר 1 “{some/one} from/of every {kind of} clean/pure animal and {some/one of} every {kind of} clean/pure bird,” or “{some/one} from/of every {kind of} animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”. In the Bible, a “clean” animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8. -8:20 rdoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 “and he {killed them and} offered/sacrificed them as burnt offerings {to Yahweh} on the altar.” or “and he {killed them and} burned {their bodies} on the altar as offerings/gifts {to Yahweh} {to worship/honor/thank him}.” When animals were sacrificed, they were killed first, not burned alive. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation. -8:21 rabn וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒ 1 “Yahweh smelled the pleasant/sweet aroma/smell {of the sacrifices},” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma {of the sacrifices}, he was pleased,” +8:20 ehez מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר 1 “some/one from/of every kind of clean/pure animal and some/one of every kind of clean/pure bird,” or “some/one from/of every kind of animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”. In the Bible, a “clean” animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8. +8:20 rdoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 “and he killed them and offered/sacrificed them as burnt offerings to Yahweh on the altar.” or “and he killed them and burned their bodies on the altar as offerings/gifts to Yahweh to worship/honor/thank him.” When animals were sacrificed, they were killed first, not burned alive. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation. +8:21 rabn וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒ 1 “Yahweh smelled the pleasant/sweet aroma/smell of the sacrifices,” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma of the sacrifices, he was pleased,” 8:21 pjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “and/so he said/thought to himself,” Consider whether or not your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that would work well here. 8:21 wfkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms לֹֽא־אֹ֠סִף לְ⁠קַלֵּ֨ל ע֤וֹד אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ 1 “I will never again curse/devastate the ground/earth”. Make sure that your translation of “curse” does not imply the use of magic. -8:21 ukf5 בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “because of mankind{’s sins},” or “to punish mankind {for their sins},” -8:21 oonb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע 1 “{even} though the intentions/desires of their hearts/minds/thinking {are} evil” or “{even} though everything they desire {is} evil”. See how you translated “inclination” in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5. -8:21 x9w9 מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “from youth/childhood {onward}.” or “from the time they are young/children.” +8:21 ukf5 בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “because of mankind’s sins,” or “to punish mankind for their sins,” +8:21 oonb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע 1 “even though the intentions/desires of their hearts/minds/thinking are evil” or “even though everything they desire is evil”. See how you translated “inclination” in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5. +8:21 x9w9 מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “from youth/childhood onward.” or “from the time they are young/children.” 8:21 sf7h וְ⁠לֹֽא אֹסִ֥ף ע֛וֹד 1 “I will never again” or “Nor will I ever again” 8:21 eku1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הַכּ֥וֹת 1 “destroy/annihilate/kill”. Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that fits well here. -8:21 fwl7 אֶת כָּל חַ֖י 1 “every living {creature}” or “all living {things/creatures}” -8:21 chnf כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי 1 “as I {just} did.” or “the way I {just} did.” -8:22 iep2 עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “As long as the earth {still} exists/lasts,” +8:21 fwl7 אֶת כָּל חַ֖י 1 “every living creature” or “all living things/creatures” +8:21 chnf כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי 1 “as I just did.” or “the way I just did.” +8:22 iep2 עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “As long as the earth still exists/lasts,” 8:22 cskk זֶ֡רַע 1 “seed-planting time/season” or “the time/season for planting seeds” -8:22 v2j4 וְ֠⁠קָצִיר 1 “and harvest {time/season},” or “the time/season for harvesting/gathering {crops}” -8:22 xw8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם 1 “cold {weather/season} and hot {weather/season},” These terms form a parallelism with “summer and winter”. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation since each part has a different emphasis. +8:22 v2j4 וְ֠⁠קָצִיר 1 “and harvest time/season,” or “the time/season for harvesting/gathering crops” +8:22 xw8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם 1 “cold weather/season and hot weather/season,” These terms form a parallelism with “summer and winter”. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation since each part has a different emphasis. 8:22 io1a וְ⁠קַ֧יִץ וָ⁠חֹ֛רֶף 1 “summer and winter,” The seasons of summer and winter may be described differently depending on which part of the world your language area is located in. For example, some translations might use the terms “dry season” and “rainy/wet season,” depending on what best corresponds to summer and winter in that area. -8:22 zj8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ 1 “will never cease/stop.” or “will always continue {to happen/occur} {each year}.” It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, {each year} there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest {crops}, as well as cold {weather} and hot {weather}, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language. +8:22 zj8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ 1 “will never cease/stop.” or “will always continue to happen/occur each year.” It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, each year there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest crops, as well as cold weather and hot weather, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language. 9:1 w3js וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת נֹ֖חַ וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then God showed favor to Noah and his sons” or “Then God caused Noah and his sons to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. 9:1 xsmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” The phrase “blessed … and said” is a Hebrew expression that refers to one event and emphasizes it. It does not refer to two separate events. The words of the blessing are in verses 1-7. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:28. 9:1 ptxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פְּר֥וּ 1 “Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children” -9:1 ise7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֖וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28. -9:1 wnmi וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and fill the earth {with people}.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live/spread all over the earth/world.” +9:1 ise7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֖וּ 1 “so that you and your descendants will multiply/increase greatly in number” or “so that you and your descendants will become very numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28. +9:1 wnmi וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and fill the earth with people.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live/spread all over the earth/world.” 9:2 izzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠מוֹרַאֲ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠חִתְּ⁠כֶם֙ יִֽהְיֶ֔ה עַ֚ל כָּל חַיַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Every living thing/creature on the earth will be afraid and terrified of you,” or “All the animals on earth will be very/terribly afraid of you,” The phrase “the fear … and the dread” repeats the same idea in two different ways to emphasize how afraid the creatures will be. For some languages it may be better to combine the phrase and say “very afraid/terrified”. Do what is best in your language. -9:2 vgnr וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף 1 “including every bird {that flies} in the sky/air,” or “including all the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures. Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2. -9:2 kksa בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ 1 “{along} with every creature/animal that moves/lives on land” or “as well as all creatures/animals that move/live on land,” +9:2 vgnr וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף 1 “including every bird that flies in the sky/air,” or “including all the birds that fly in the sky/air,” The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures. Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2. +9:2 kksa בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ 1 “along with every creature/animal that moves/lives on land” or “as well as all creatures/animals that move/live on land,” 9:2 xi3b הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה 1 “on land,” 9:2 vx4q וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל דְּגֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם 1 “and all the fish in the sea/ocean.” -9:2 vs4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ 1 “I have put them {all} under your authority.” or “I have put you in charge of them {all}.” The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. -9:3 jhft כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י 1 “{From now on} every {kind of} living creature/thing that moves” or “{From now on} every creature/animal that is alive and moves”. See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. -9:3 qntp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “is yours {to eat} as food.” or “is available for you {to eat} as food.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may {now} have/eat any {kind of} living creature that moves, for food.” or “{I now permit} you to eat every/any {kind of} living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language. -9:3 h0u4 כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב 1 “green plants {for food},” or “plants {to eat},” Consider again how you translated “green plants” in Gen 1:30, and how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3. -9:3 lqhk נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל 1 “{now} I give/provide you everything {for food}.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat everything.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat both plants and animals.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals. +9:2 vs4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ 1 “I have put them all under your authority.” or “I have put you in charge of them all.” The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. +9:3 jhft כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י 1 “From now on every kind of living creature/thing that moves” or “From now on every creature/animal that is alive and moves”. See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. +9:3 qntp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “is yours to eat as food.” or “is available for you to eat as food.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may now have/eat any kind of living creature that moves, for food.” or “I now permit you to eat every/any kind of living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language. +9:3 h0u4 כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב 1 “green plants for food,” or “plants to eat,” Consider again how you translated “green plants” in Gen 1:30, and how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3. +9:3 lqhk נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל 1 “now I give/provide you everything for food.” or “so now I permit you to eat everything.” or “so now I permit you to eat both plants and animals.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals. 9:4 ifut rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions אַךְ 1 “However,” God is putting a limit on the way that people may eat meat. -9:4 lov7 בָּשָׂ֕ר & לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 “you must never eat {animal} flesh/meat” -9:4 goma בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “that still has its life {in it}, {which is in} its blood.” or “with its blood {in it}, which made it live.” or “that still has its lifeblood {in it}.” Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it. Rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote. +9:4 lov7 בָּשָׂ֕ר & לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 “you must never eat animal flesh/meat” +9:4 goma בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “that still has its life in it, which is in its blood.” or “with its blood in it, which made it live.” or “that still has its lifeblood in it.” Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it. Rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote. 9:5 rp2l וְ⁠אַ֨ךְ אֶת דִּמְ⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠נַפְשֹֽׁתֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶדְרֹ֔שׁ 1 “Also, I will definitely require an accounting/reckoning for your lifeblood.” or “Also, I definitely require that anyone who murders someone must die.” -9:5 ok4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה 1 “From every/any animal {that kills a person}” or “{In fact,} if any animal {kills a human being},” In this verse, the phrase “the hand of” refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone. +9:5 ok4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה 1 “From every/any animal that kills a person” or “In fact, if any animal kills a human being,” In this verse, the phrase “the hand of” refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone. 9:5 hzwk אֶדְרְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “I will demand/require its blood/life,” or “I require it to be killed,” or “I demand/require that it must die,” -9:5 yt01 וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “{That is also true} for human beings:” or “and {that is also true} for human beings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -9:5 e6fe מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “If a man/person {kills/murders}” or “If anyone {kills/murders}” +9:5 yt01 וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “That is also true for human beings:” or “and that is also true for human beings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +9:5 e6fe מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “If a man/person kills/murders” or “If anyone kills/murders” 9:5 puht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his/a fellow human being,” or “another person,” This phrase is used here as a general reference to any human being, not just biological brothers. 9:5 wf23 אֶדְרֹ֖שׁ אֶת נֶ֥פֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “I require him to be executed/killed.” or “I demand/require that he must die.” -9:6 i3ix שֹׁפֵךְ֙ 1 “{That’s right,} whoever” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. -9:6 n8bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם 1 “{That’s right,} whoever spills the blood of” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone kills/murders” or “Whoever takes the life of”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible so, if possible, it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote. +9:6 i3ix שֹׁפֵךְ֙ 1 “That’s right, whoever” or “Yes/Indeed, if anyone/someone”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. +9:6 n8bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם 1 “That’s right, whoever spills the blood of” or “Yes/Indeed, if anyone/someone kills/murders” or “Whoever takes the life of”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible so, if possible, it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote. 9:6 tey3 הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “a person,” or “another human being,” or “someone,” -9:6 xvtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ 1 “people/you must execute him,” or “people/you must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “{That’s right,} you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because {I,} God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language. -9:6 c56p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “because {I,} God made/created mankind/people in my {own} image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27. -9:7 uion וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם 1 “And/Now {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this. +9:6 xvtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ 1 “people/you must execute him,” or “people/you must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “That’s right, you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because I, God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language. +9:6 c56p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “because I, God made/created mankind/people in my own image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27. +9:7 uion וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם 1 “And/Now as for you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this. 9:7 mt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פְּר֣וּ 1 “bear/have many children”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply” in verse 1. -9:7 mi6k וּ⁠רְב֑וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.” or “so that you have many descendants.” +9:7 mi6k וּ⁠רְב֑וּ 1 “so that you and your descendants become very numerous/many.” or “so that you have many descendants.” 9:7 in4s שִׁרְצ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “Spread out all over the earth” or “Live all over the earth” -9:7 s5nm וּ⁠רְבוּ 1 “and multiply/increase {in numbers}” or “and become numerous” +9:7 s5nm וּ⁠רְבוּ 1 “and multiply/increase in numbers” or “and become numerous” 9:7 jl94 בָֽ⁠הּ 1 “throughout it.” or “everywhere.” 9:8 mp5r וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “Then God continued speaking” -9:8 bm0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “to Noah and his sons {who were} with him, and said,” or “to Noah and his sons,” or “to them,” God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them. -9:9 ycb0 וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י 1 “Now listen {carefully} to me: I” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I” See how you translated “behold” in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +9:8 bm0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “to Noah and his sons who were with him, and said,” or “to Noah and his sons,” or “to them,” God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them. +9:9 ycb0 וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י 1 “Now listen carefully to me: I” or “Listen carefully to me: I” See how you translated “behold” in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 9:9 pujm מֵקִ֛ים 1 “am making/instituting” or “am setting up”. See how you translated “establish my covenant with” in Gen 6:18, and see the note about that there. -9:9 g76x אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “my/a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with you and your offspring/descendants {who come/live} after you,” or “my/a covenant/agreement between me and you and your offspring/descendants,” Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons. -9:10 c62u וְ⁠אֵ֨ת 1 “along with” or “{It is} also with” or “{The covenant/agreement is} also with”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. -9:10 rys5 כָּל נֶ֤פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “all the living creatures that {are} with you:” +9:9 g76x אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “my/a special/peace covenant/agreement with you and your offspring/descendants who come/live after you,” or “my/a covenant/agreement between me and you and your offspring/descendants,” Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons. +9:10 c62u וְ⁠אֵ֨ת 1 “along with” or “It is also with” or “The covenant/agreement is also with”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. +9:10 rys5 כָּל נֶ֤פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “all the living creatures that are with you:” 9:10 o3v5 בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה 1 “including the birds, the livestock,” -9:10 tzzr וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “and all the {other} living things/creatures from/on the earth” or “and all the wild animals” -9:10 ibvg אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “{that are} with you,” -9:10 mxmq מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “{That includes} all {those} that came/went out of the ark”. The words “from … to …” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language. +9:10 tzzr וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “and all the other living things/creatures from/on the earth” or “and all the wild animals” +9:10 ibvg אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “that are with you,” +9:10 mxmq מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “That includes all those that came/went out of the ark”. The words “from … to …” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language. 9:10 kqlk לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֥ת 1 “and all the living things/creatures” or “and all the creatures/animals” -9:10 gq32 הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{that live} on the earth.” or “{that will ever live} on the earth.” +9:10 gq32 הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “that live on the earth.” or “that will ever live on the earth.” 9:11 lh5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֤י אֶת בְּרִיתִ⁠י֙ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “My/The covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making/instituting with you is that”. See how you translated “my covenant” and “establish” in verse 9. 9:11 r2u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לֹֽא & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר ע֖וֹד 1 “never again will all life” or “never again will all living creatures/things”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and animals. 9:11 l5v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִכָּרֵ֧ת 1 “be killed/destroyed by” or “be wiped out by” or “die from” 9:11 d5ve מִ⁠מֵּ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל 1 “water from a flood,” or “a flood,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:10. -9:11 jown וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל 1 “That’s right, never again will {I use/cause} a flood” or “{I promise that} I will never again use/cause a flood”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +9:11 jown וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל 1 “That’s right, never again will I use/cause a flood” or “I promise that I will never again use/cause a flood”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 9:11 mxo7 לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֥ת 1 “that destroys”. See how you translated “destroying” in Gen 6:13. -9:11 euoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{life/everything on} the earth.” or “{all living creatures on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth. -9:12 b7sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God {also} said {to them},” or “Then God added/continued,” or “Then God continued talking/speaking {to Noah and his sons},” God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (“Then God said”) is added here to emphasize the new topic (“the sign of the covenant”). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8. -9:12 htun זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן 1 “This {is} the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am making/establishing” or “This is how I will show/remind {everyone} that I have made/established this covenant/agreement” -9:12 sv10 בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “with you and with all the living creatures that {are} with you,” +9:11 euoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “life/everything on the earth.” or “all living creatures on the earth.” This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth. +9:12 b7sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God also said to them,” or “Then God added/continued,” or “Then God continued talking/speaking to Noah and his sons,” God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (“Then God said”) is added here to emphasize the new topic (“the sign of the covenant”). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8. +9:12 htun זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן 1 “This is the sign which shows that I promise to always keep the covenant/agreement that I am making/establishing” or “This is how I will show/remind everyone that I have made/established this covenant/agreement” +9:12 sv10 בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “with you and with all the living creatures that are with you,” 9:12 tm2n לְ⁠דֹרֹ֖ת עוֹלָֽם 1 “for all future generations:” or “and with all generations to come:” or “as well as with all the people and creatures/animals that will ever live:” 9:13 op2l אֶת קַשְׁתִּ֕⁠י נָתַ֖תִּי 1 “I have/will put my rainbow” or “I am setting/putting/placing my rainbow” -9:13 cgt6 בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 “among the clouds {in the sky},” -9:13 nocp וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת 1 “where it will show/remind {everyone}” or “to show/remind {everyone}” or “and/where it will serve/function as the sign {which shows}”. See how you translated “the sign of the covenant” in verse 12. -9:13 ay4p בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “that I have made/established my/this covenant/agreement with” or “that I promise/vow/pledge to {always} keep my/this covenant/agreement with” -9:13 n8yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{every living thing on} the earth.” or “{every creature that lives on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11. -9:14 vday וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן 1 “So it will be/happen {that} whenever I bring/gather clouds {together}” or “So whenever I cause clouds to form/appear” -9:14 v1al עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{in the sky} over/above the earth” +9:13 cgt6 בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 “among the clouds in the sky,” +9:13 nocp וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת 1 “where it will show/remind everyone” or “to show/remind everyone” or “and/where it will serve/function as the sign which shows”. See how you translated “the sign of the covenant” in verse 12. +9:13 ay4p בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “that I have made/established my/this covenant/agreement with” or “that I promise/vow/pledge to always keep my/this covenant/agreement with” +9:13 n8yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “every living thing on the earth.” or “every creature that lives on the earth.” This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11. +9:14 vday וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן 1 “So it will be/happen that whenever I bring/gather clouds together” or “So whenever I cause clouds to form/appear” +9:14 v1al עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “in the sky over/above the earth” 9:14 kfox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְאֲתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת בֶּ⁠עָנָֽן 1 “and the/a rainbow appears/forms among the clouds,” or “and you see the/a rainbow in/among the clouds,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active verb here. -9:15 jg40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י 1 “then I will remember {and keep} my/the covenant/agreement” or “then I will not forget {to keep/fulfill} my/the covenant/treaty”. See how you translated “remember” in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts. -9:15 cl8q אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “that {I have established/made} between me and you” or “that I have established/made with you” -9:15 px73 וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” or (2) “and all {other} living creatures, including all people and animals,” -9:15 w7qt וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת 1 “that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “{I promise/vow/pledge} that never again will I use/cause a flood to destroy”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +9:15 jg40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י 1 “then I will remember and keep my/the covenant/agreement” or “then I will not forget to keep/fulfill my/the covenant/treaty”. See how you translated “remember” in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts. +9:15 cl8q אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “that I have established/made between me and you” or “that I have established/made with you” +9:15 px73 וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” or (2) “and all other living creatures, including all people and animals,” +9:15 w7qt וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת 1 “that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “I promise/vow/pledge that never again will I use/cause a flood to destroy”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 9:15 ha7y כָּל־בָּשָֽׂר 1 “all life.” or “all living creatures.” or “all people and animals.” -9:16 msfb וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “So/Yes, whenever the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “{That is how it will be:} Whenever there is a rainbow”. In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15. +9:16 msfb וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “So/Yes, whenever the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “That is how it will be: Whenever there is a rainbow”. In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15. 9:16 jn6a בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 “among the clouds,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 13 and 14. 9:16 mfvm וּ⁠רְאִיתִ֗י⁠הָ 1 “I will see it” or “I will look at it” -9:16 flfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙ 1 “and keep/fulfill” or “and not forget {to keep/fulfill}”. See how you translated “remember” in verse 15. -9:16 s1px בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם 1 “{my} never-ending/permanent covenant/agreement” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that lasts forever” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that never ends” +9:16 flfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙ 1 “and keep/fulfill” or “and not forget to keep/fulfill”. See how you translated “remember” in verse 15. +9:16 s1px בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם 1 “my never-ending/permanent covenant/agreement” or “the/my covenant/agreement that lasts forever” or “the/my covenant/agreement that never ends” 9:16 qbnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בֵּ֣ין אֱלֹהִ֔ים וּ⁠בֵין֙ 1 “between me and” or “which I have established/made with”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself here. 9:16 ed49 כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֖ר 1 “all living creatures/beings/things of every kind” or “all people and all animals”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 15 and how you translated “every living creature” in verses 10 and 12. -9:16 wqf1 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “that {live/are} on the earth.” or “that {live} in the world.” -9:17 ol42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ 1 “Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God {concluded/finished} by saying to Noah,” -9:17 xkgv זֹ֤את 1 “A rainbow {is}” -9:17 wreo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי 1 “the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making” or “what I will uses to show/remind {everyone} that I have established/made/instituted this covenant/agreement/treaty”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17. +9:16 wqf1 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “that live/are on the earth.” or “that live in the world.” +9:17 ol42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ 1 “Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God concluded/finished by saying to Noah,” +9:17 xkgv זֹ֤את 1 “A rainbow is” +9:17 wreo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי 1 “the sign which shows that I promise to always keep the covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making” or “what I will uses to show/remind everyone that I have established/made/instituted this covenant/agreement/treaty”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17. 9:17 he9r בֵּינִ֕⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “with” -9:17 foms כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all living creatures/things.” or “all the people and creatures/animals that {are/live} on the earth.” Consider again how you translated “all flesh” when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. -9:18 glde בְנֵי נֹ֗חַ 1 “Noah’s sons” or “{The names of} Noah’s sons” -9:18 jnw4 הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “who went out of/from the ark/boat {after the flood}” or “who disembarked from …” or “who got off …” Be consistent here with how you translated “ark/boat” in chapters 6-8, and see the note about this at Gen 6:14. +9:17 foms כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all living creatures/things.” or “all the people and creatures/animals that are/live on the earth.” Consider again how you translated “all flesh” when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. +9:18 glde בְנֵי נֹ֗חַ 1 “Noah’s sons” or “The names of Noah’s sons” +9:18 jnw4 הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “who went out of/from the ark/boat after the flood” or “who disembarked from …” or “who got off …” Be consistent here with how you translated “ark/boat” in chapters 6-8, and see the note about this at Gen 6:14. 9:18 dhau וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ & שֵׁ֖ם וְ⁠חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת 1 “were Shem, Ham, and Japheth;” Consider what is the best way to list names in your language. 9:18 h3vw וְ⁠חָ֕ם ה֖וּא 1 “it was Ham who” or “Ham was the one who”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, emphasizing that Ham was the father of Canaan, who is probably mentioned here because he was well known as the ancestor of the Canaanites and the one whom the land/region of Canaan was named after. -9:18 sy8w אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן 1 “{was} Canaan’s father.” or “fathered Canaan.” -9:19 bpuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה נָֽפְצָ֥ה כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “It was from Noah’s three sons that the entire earth was populated {again}.” or “It was the descendants of Noah’s three sons who populated the entire earth {again}.” -9:20 uydp וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע 1 “Now {later on,} Noah,” or “After a while, Noah,” or “Noah,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{who was} a farmer, began/started {farming} and planted” or “{who was} a farmer, was the first {man/person} to plant” or (2) “began {to be} a farmer and planted” or “became a farmer and planted” -9:20 utl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּֽרֶם 1 “{some} grapevines {and made wine from the grapes}.” or “a field/garden with grapevines. {And he made wine from the grapes.}” It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine. -9:21 w1ox וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן 1 “Then {one day} he drank {too much of} the wine,” or “{One day} he drank a lot of the wine,” -9:21 cj5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל 1 “so that he became drunk and was {lying} naked” or “so that he became so intoxicated/drunk that he {fell asleep} uncovered/naked”. It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep. +9:18 sy8w אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן 1 “was Canaan’s father.” or “fathered Canaan.” +9:19 bpuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה נָֽפְצָ֥ה כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “It was from Noah’s three sons that the entire earth was populated again.” or “It was the descendants of Noah’s three sons who populated the entire earth again.” +9:20 uydp וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע 1 “Now later on, Noah,” or “After a while, Noah,” or “Noah,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was a farmer, began/started farming and planted” or “who was a farmer, was the first man/person to plant” or (2) “began to be a farmer and planted” or “became a farmer and planted” +9:20 utl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּֽרֶם 1 “some grapevines and made wine from the grapes.” or “a field/garden with grapevines. And he made wine from the grapes.” It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine. +9:21 w1ox וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן 1 “Then one day he drank too much of the wine,” or “One day he drank a lot of the wine,” +9:21 cj5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל 1 “so that he became drunk and was lying naked” or “so that he became so intoxicated/drunk that he fell asleep uncovered/naked”. It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep. 9:21 zhoh בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אָהֳלֹֽ⁠ה 1 See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20. -9:22 jc13 וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא חָ֚ם אֲבִ֣י כְנַ֔עַן 1 “Ham, {who was} Canaan’s father, saw” +9:22 jc13 וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא חָ֚ם אֲבִ֣י כְנַ֔עַן 1 “Ham, who was Canaan’s father, saw” 9:22 p8vt אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “that his father was naked/uncovered,” -9:22 ideh וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ 1 “and he went outside and told his two brothers {about it}.” or “and he went out and told his two brothers {that their father was drunk and naked}.” +9:22 ideh וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ 1 “and he went outside and told his two brothers about it.” or “and he went out and told his two brothers that their father was drunk and naked.” 9:23 w3iy וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ שֵׁ֨ם וָ⁠יֶ֜פֶת 1 “However/Then Shem and Japheth took” 9:23 f7fp אֶת הַ⁠שִּׂמְלָ֗ה 1 “a robe/cloak,” This garment would have probably been fairly large, big enough to cover Noah’s body. -9:23 ldi6 וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “put it {between them} over their shoulders” or “held it {between them} at shoulder level” -9:23 ahuv וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “and walked/went backward {into the tent}” -9:23 tx8k וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and covered their father’s naked body {with it}.” or “and used it to cover their naked father.” -9:23 n341 וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “{As they did that,} they kept their faces/eyes turned/looking away {from him},” or “{As they did that,} they looked away {from him},” +9:23 ldi6 וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “put it between them over their shoulders” or “held it between them at shoulder level” +9:23 ahuv וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “and walked/went backward into the tent” +9:23 tx8k וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and covered their father’s naked body with it.” or “and used it to cover their naked father.” +9:23 n341 וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “As they did that, they kept their faces/eyes turned/looking away from him,” or “As they did that, they looked away from him,” 9:23 wcj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ 1 “so that they did/would not see his nakedness.” or “so that they did/would not see him naked.” Consider whether it is better here in your language to refer to Noah with a noun phrase or a pronoun. 9:24 huys וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ נֹ֖חַ 1 “Later Noah/he woke up” -9:24 z3po מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{sober} from {the effects of} the wine,” or “from being drunk,” or “sober,” -9:24 e13r וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע 1 “and he found out” or “and he heard {about}”. The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation. -9:24 k45l אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן 1 “that his youngest son {Ham} had dishonored/disrespected/mocked him,” -9:25 yls5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So he exclaimed {about him/Ham},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -9:25 wpmd אָר֣וּר 1 “I {hereby} {ask God to} curse” or “May God curse” -9:25 bhhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{Ham’s son} Canaan!” In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Ham’s descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote. -9:25 tt6u יִֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “Canaan will be” or “{I declare/proclaim that} he/Canaan will be” +9:24 z3po מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ 1 “sober from the effects of the wine,” or “from being drunk,” or “sober,” +9:24 e13r וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע 1 “and he found out” or “and he heard about”. The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation. +9:24 k45l אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן 1 “that his youngest son Ham had dishonored/disrespected/mocked him,” +9:25 yls5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So he exclaimed about him/Ham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +9:25 wpmd אָר֣וּר 1 “I hereby ask God to curse” or “May God curse” +9:25 bhhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “Ham’s son Canaan!” In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Ham’s descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote. +9:25 tt6u יִֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “Canaan will be” or “I declare/proclaim that he/Canaan will be” 9:25 dvbz עֶ֥בֶד עֲבָדִ֖ים 1 “the lowest slave/servant”. The Hebrew word here can mean either “slave” or “servant”. Slaves in the Old Testament were usually treated well and were not much different than servants, sometimes even becoming like members of their owner’s family. But they were of lower status than their masters, which is part of how Ham’s family is being cursed. 9:25 dnvn לְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “for his/Canaan’s relatives.” Verses 26 and 27 show that “his brothers” probably refers here to Shem and Japheth (who were Canaan’s uncles) and their descendants. -9:26 s7yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then he/Noah {also} said,” or “He/Noah also said,” +9:26 s7yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then he/Noah also said,” or “He/Noah also said,” 9:26 a9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בָּר֥וּךְ יְהֹוָ֖ה 1 “Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” Although many English translations have “Blessed be” here instead of “Praised be,” the word used in the Hebrew text means “praise” when people are acting towards God (as here), and it means “bless” when God is acting towards people (as in Gen 1:28; 5:2; 9:1). -9:26 o8qs אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “{who is} Shem’s God!” or “{who is} the God whom Shem worships/serves!” or “{who is} the God who takes care of Shem!” +9:26 o8qs אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “who is Shem’s God!” or “who is the God whom Shem worships/serves!” or “who is the God who takes care of Shem!” 9:26 dkl7 וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן 1 “May he/God cause Canaan to be” or “May he/God make Canaan” or “I ask him/God to make Canaan” 9:26 u8da עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 “a servant for him/Shem.” or “his/Shem’s slave/servant.” -9:27 qf4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת 1 “I {also} ask God to enlarge/expand Japheth’s {territory},” or “I {also} pray that God will make Japheth{’s territory} larger,” or “… give Japheth more/much {land},” In this context, “Japheth” refers to the territory or land where he lived. -9:27 m5k2 וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן 1 “and enable him {and his family/descendants} to live” -9:27 fs08 בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “together {in harmony/peace} with Shem {and his family/descendants}.” or “peacefully among Shem {and his family/descendants}.” -9:27 u2hq וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן 1 “May God {also} cause Canaan to be” or “I {also} ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will {also} be”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26. +9:27 qf4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת 1 “I also ask God to enlarge/expand Japheth’s territory,” or “I also pray that God will make Japheth’s territory larger,” or “… give Japheth more/much land,” In this context, “Japheth” refers to the territory or land where he lived. +9:27 m5k2 וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן 1 “and enable him and his family/descendants to live” +9:27 fs08 בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “together in harmony/peace with Shem and his family/descendants.” or “peacefully among Shem and his family/descendants.” +9:27 u2hq וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן 1 “May God also cause Canaan to be” or “I also ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will also be”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26. 9:27 vfve עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 “a servant for him/Japheth.” or “his/Japheth’s slave/servant.” Compare how you translated “slave” or “servant” in verses 25-27. -9:28 j0sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל 1 “After/From {the time that} the flood {began},” or “After/From {the beginning of} the flood,” Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951. -9:28 murg וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ & שְׁלֹ֤שׁ מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַֽ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָֽה 1 “Noah lived {another} 350 years.” or “Noah lived 350 {more} years.” +9:28 j0sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל 1 “After/From the time that the flood began,” or “After/From the beginning of the flood,” Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951. +9:28 murg וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ & שְׁלֹ֤שׁ מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַֽ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָֽה 1 “Noah lived another 350 years.” or “Noah lived 350 more years.” 9:29 zycm וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי נֹ֔חַ 1 “so that Noah/he lived a total of 950 years,” or “So all together Noah lived 950 years,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated Gen 5:31, which is similar to 9:29. -9:29 k4gw וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” -10:1 z8s6 וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת 1 “This/Here is the genealogy/list/record of {the names of}”. This sentence begins a new section. +9:29 k4gw וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and then he died.” or “before he died.” +10:1 z8s6 וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת 1 “This/Here is the genealogy/list/record of the names of”. This sentence begins a new section. 10:1 gmzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּנֵי נֹ֔חַ שֵׁ֖ם חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת 1 “Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth,” Give special attention to the best way in your language to spell all the names in this chapter. -10:1 pxnr וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים 1 “and their sons {and other descendants} who were born” or “and the sons/descendants they had”. The following record includes the names of Noah’s sons and grandsons and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them). -10:1 vjic אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “after the flood {was over/gone}.” -10:2 ywoe בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת 1 “{The names of} Japheth’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Japheth’s sons:” Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language. +10:1 pxnr וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים 1 “and their sons and other descendants who were born” or “and the sons/descendants they had”. The following record includes the names of Noah’s sons and grandsons and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them). +10:1 vjic אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “after the flood was over/gone.” +10:2 ywoe בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת 1 “The names of Japheth’s sons were” or “These were the names of Japheth’s sons:” Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “were”. Do what is best in your language. 10:2 ymm9 גֹּ֣מֶר וּ⁠מָג֔וֹג וּ⁠מָדַ֖י וְ⁠יָוָ֣ן וְ⁠תֻבָ֑ל וּ⁠מֶ֖שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תִירָֽס 1 “Gomer, Magog, Madai, Javan, Jubal, Meshech, and Tiras.” Translate the lists of names in this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. -10:3 aqih וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י גֹּ֑מֶר 1 “{The names of} Gomer’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Gomer’s sons:” -10:3 n005 אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה 1 “{named} Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.” -10:4 kz0u וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן 1 “{The names of} Javan’s sons/descendants {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Javan’s sons:” Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3. -10:4 lce6 אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ 1 “{named} Elishah and Tarshish, {and he was the ancestor of}”. These are the names of Javan’s sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him. -10:4 iwl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים 1 “the Kittites and the Dodanites.” or “the Kitt people {group} and the Dodan people {group}.” Most translation teams transliterate people group names in the Bible, but handle the suffix endings in different ways. For example, you could: (1) transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”; or (2) use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups (such as “-ites” in English); or (3) translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group.” Try to be consistent in how you handle people group names throughout this chapter and the rest of the book of Genesis. -10:5 swml מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה 1 “From those/Japheth’s {descendants}”. This phrase probably refers to Japheth’s descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way. -10:5 ccp2 נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 “came the people groups who lived {in regions} near/beside the {Mediterranean} Sea. They moved to different places {and settled}” -10:5 rjew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “in their {own} territories/regions,” -10:5 hstu אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and each {group} spoke its own language,” or “They all developed/spoke their own languages,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse). -10:5 yius לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “and each of them lived in their {own} {extended} families,” or “They each had their {own} family groups,” The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor. -10:5 b8t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they formed/became their own people/ethnic groups.” or “which {grew/multiplied and} became their own {distinct} people/ethnic groups.” The word “nations” refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheth’s descendants spread out and settled near/by the {Mediterranean} Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which {grew/multiplied and} became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language. -10:6 vxee וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָ֑ם כּ֥וּשׁ 1 “{The names of} Ham’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Ham’s sons:” +10:3 aqih וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י גֹּ֑מֶר 1 “The names of Gomer’s sons were” or “These were the names of Gomer’s sons:” +10:3 n005 אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה 1 “named Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.” +10:4 kz0u וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן 1 “The names of Javan’s sons/descendants were” or “These were the names of Javan’s sons:” Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3. +10:4 lce6 אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ 1 “named Elishah and Tarshish, and he was the ancestor of”. These are the names of Javan’s sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him. +10:4 iwl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים 1 “the Kittites and the Dodanites.” or “the Kitt people group and the Dodan people group.” Most translation teams transliterate people group names in the Bible, but handle the suffix endings in different ways. For example, you could: (1) transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”; or (2) use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups (such as “-ites” in English); or (3) translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group.” Try to be consistent in how you handle people group names throughout this chapter and the rest of the book of Genesis. +10:5 swml מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה 1 “From those/Japheth’s descendants”. This phrase probably refers to Japheth’s descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way. +10:5 ccp2 נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 “came the people groups who lived in regions near/beside the Mediterranean Sea. They moved to different places and settled” +10:5 rjew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “in their own territories/regions,” +10:5 hstu אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and each group spoke its own language,” or “They all developed/spoke their own languages,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse). +10:5 yius לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “and each of them lived in their own extended families,” or “They each had their own family groups,” The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor. +10:5 b8t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they formed/became their own people/ethnic groups.” or “which grew/multiplied and became their own distinct people/ethnic groups.” The word “nations” refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheth’s descendants spread out and settled near/by the Mediterranean Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which grew/multiplied and became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language. +10:6 vxee וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָ֑ם כּ֥וּשׁ 1 “The names of Ham’s sons were” or “These were the names of Ham’s sons:” 10:6 u9dx כּ֥וּשׁ וּ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠פ֥וּט וּ⁠כְנָֽעַן 1 “Cush, Mizraim, Put, and Canaan.” -10:7 um0s וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י כ֔וּשׁ 1 “{The names of} Cush’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Cush’s sons:” +10:7 um0s וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י כ֔וּשׁ 1 “The names of Cush’s sons were” or “These were the names of Cush’s sons:” 10:7 z6v4 סְבָא֙ וַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה וְ⁠סַבְתָּ֥ה וְ⁠רַעְמָ֖ה וְ⁠סַבְתְּכָ֑א 1 “Seba, Havilah, Sabtah, Raamah, and Sabtecah.” -10:7 zhco וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י רַעְמָ֖ה שְׁבָ֥א וּ⁠דְדָֽן 1 “And Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{The names of} Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.” -10:8 zwg5 וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד 1 “Cush also fathered/had {a son named} Nimrod,” See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning. -10:8 k7ej ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was the first {person/man/one} to be” or (2) “who became” -10:8 kt9f גִּבֹּ֖ר 1 “a powerful {warrior/conqueror}” or “a powerful {ruler/king}”. There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10). -10:8 u6s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “on earth.” or “in the world.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first {person/man} on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language. -10:9 e8rh הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter” +10:7 zhco וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י רַעְמָ֖ה שְׁבָ֥א וּ⁠דְדָֽן 1 “And Raamah’s sons were Sheba and Dedan.” or “The names of Raamah’s sons were Sheba and Dedan.” +10:8 zwg5 וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד 1 “Cush also fathered/had a son named Nimrod,” See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning. +10:8 k7ej ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was the first person/man/one to be” or (2) “who became” +10:8 kt9f גִּבֹּ֖ר 1 “a powerful warrior/conqueror” or “a powerful ruler/king”. There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10). +10:8 u6s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “on earth.” or “in the world.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first person/man on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language. +10:9 e8rh הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “He/Nimrod was also a great/excellent hunter” 10:9 fzr8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.” 10:9 xbab עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is why” -10:9 vq2f יֵֽאָמַ֔ר 1 “people say {about other great men},” or “people/we have the/this saying/expression {about other great men}:” This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod. -10:9 ham3 כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד 1 “{That man is} like Nimrod,” or “{So and so is} like Nimrod,” -10:9 twpi הֽוּא־הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter” +10:9 vq2f יֵֽאָמַ֔ר 1 “people say about other great men,” or “people/we have the/this saying/expression about other great men:” This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod. +10:9 ham3 כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד 1 “That man is like Nimrod,” or “So and so is like Nimrod,” +10:9 twpi הֽוּא־הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “He/Nimrod was also a great/excellent hunter” 10:9 fyot לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.” Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase earlier in verse 9. -10:10 an74 וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “His/Nimrod’s kingdom began with him ruling {over}” or “He/Nimrod started ruling as king {over}” or “The first cities that he/Nimrod ruled as king were” -10:10 heqh בָּבֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶ֖רֶךְ וְ⁠אַכַּ֣ד וְ⁠כַלְנֵ֑ה 1 “{the cities of} Babel, Erech, Akkad, and Calneh,” -10:10 orky בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר 1 “{which were all located} in the land/region of/called Shinar.” Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote. +10:10 an74 וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “His/Nimrod’s kingdom began with him ruling over” or “He/Nimrod started ruling as king over” or “The first cities that he/Nimrod ruled as king were” +10:10 heqh בָּבֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶ֖רֶךְ וְ⁠אַכַּ֣ד וְ⁠כַלְנֵ֑ה 1 “the cities of Babel, Erech, Akkad, and Calneh,” +10:10 orky בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר 1 “which were all located in the land/region of/called Shinar.” Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote. 10:11 tmzb מִן הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “From that region” or “From the land/region of Shinar” or “From there” -10:11 jcf8 יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “he/Nimrod went/moved to {the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria,” See how you translated “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14. -10:11 gcc2 וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙ 1 “and {there} he built” or “where he built” -10:11 i3jv אֶת נִ֣ינְוֵ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת רְחֹבֹ֥ת עִ֖יר וְ⁠אֶת כָּֽלַח 1 “{the cities of} Nineveh, Rehoboth-Ir, Calah,” -10:12 yxdv וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and Resen, {which is located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” or (2) “and Resen, {which is} the great city {located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and Calah.” +10:11 jcf8 יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “he/Nimrod went/moved to the land/region of/called Asshur/Assyria,” See how you translated “the land/region of/called Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14. +10:11 gcc2 וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙ 1 “and there he built” or “where he built” +10:11 i3jv אֶת נִ֣ינְוֵ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת רְחֹבֹ֥ת עִ֖יר וְ⁠אֶת כָּֽלַח 1 “the cities of Nineveh, Rehoboth-Ir, Calah,” +10:12 yxdv וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and Resen, which is located between the cities of Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” or (2) “and Resen, which is the great city located between the cities of Nineveh and Calah.” 10:13 p1bp וּ⁠מִצְרַ֡יִם יָלַ֞ד 1 “Mizraim was the father/ancestor of” 10:13 ptqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת לוּדִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת עֲנָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת לְהָבִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת נַפְתֻּחִֽים 1 “the Ludites, Anamites, Lehabites, Naphtuhites,” Throughout verses 13-18, translate the names of people groups in a way that is clear and natural in your language. See what you did in verse 4. Also consider what is the best way in your language to list the names in these verses. Some languages use a conjunction (like “and”) between names, while other languages only use a conjunction before the last name in the list, with commas between the other names. 10:14 ylfj וְֽ⁠אֶת פַּתְרֻסִ֞ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּסְלֻחִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָצְא֥וּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֛ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּפְתֹּרִֽים 1 “Pathrusites, Casluhites (whom the Philistines came/descended from), and Caphtorites.” or “Pathrusites, Casluhites, and Caphtorites. The Philistines came/descended from the Casluhites.” 10:15 m1d3 וּ⁠כְנַ֗עַן יָלַ֛ד 1 “Canaan fathered/had”. See how you translated “fathered” in verses 8 and 13. -10:15 z25n אֶת צִידֹ֥ן בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ 1 “Sidon {who was} his firstborn {son},” -10:15 zjx9 וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת 1 “then {he fathered/had} {a son named} Heth,” Canaan’s son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “{He was} also {the ancestor of} the Hittites,” -10:16 uwbf וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי 1 “and {he/Canaan was also the ancestor of} the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” or “Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” In verses 16-18, the people group names are singular collective nouns in Hebrew (in contrast to the people group names in verses 4, 13-14 that are plural nouns). Most English versions translate these names with a plural “-ites” suffix so that it is clear that these names refer to more than one person. +10:15 z25n אֶת צִידֹ֥ן בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ 1 “Sidon who was his firstborn son,” +10:15 zjx9 וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת 1 “then he fathered/had a son named Heth,” Canaan’s son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “He was also the ancestor of the Hittites,” +10:16 uwbf וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי 1 “and he/Canaan was also the ancestor of the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” or “Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” In verses 16-18, the people group names are singular collective nouns in Hebrew (in contrast to the people group names in verses 4, 13-14 that are plural nouns). Most English versions translate these names with a plural “-ites” suffix so that it is clear that these names refer to more than one person. 10:17 ztj1 וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠עַרְקִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠סִּינִֽי 1 “Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,” 10:18 y6k0 וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אַרְוָדִ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמָרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חֲמָתִ֑י 1 “Arvadites, Zemarites, and Hamathites.” 10:18 q1m9 וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר 1 “Later,” or “As time went by,” -10:18 fujh מִשְׁפְּח֖וֹת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽי 1 “those {extended} families {that descended} from {Ham’s son} Canaan” +10:18 fujh מִשְׁפְּח֖וֹת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽי 1 “those extended families that descended from Ham’s son Canaan” 10:18 yfp1 נָפֹ֔צוּ 1 “spread out,” or “moved to different places,” -10:19 efvy וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “and {eventually} the borders/boundaries of their {territory/land} reached/extended” or “so that {eventually} the territory/land where Canaanites/they lived reached/extended” -10:19 m5gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן 1 “from {the city of} Sidon {in the north},” or “from Sidon {City} {in the north},” Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible. -10:19 juim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה 1 “all the way {down/south} toward {the city of} Gerar to {the city of} Gaza,” or “{down/south} to Gaza {City}, which is on the road to Gerar {City},” The Canaanites’ border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south. -10:19 dchu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֞ה סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה 1 “{then} as far {east} as” -10:19 xmmh סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה וְ⁠אַדְמָ֥ה וּ⁠צְבֹיִ֖ם 1 “{the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim,” -10:19 jenu עַד לָֽשַׁע 1 “all the way to {the city of} Lasha.” or “until {you reach} Lasha {City}.” -10:20 mrbd אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use “are” here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language. +10:19 efvy וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “and eventually the borders/boundaries of their territory/land reached/extended” or “so that eventually the territory/land where Canaanites/they lived reached/extended” +10:19 m5gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן 1 “from the city of Sidon in the north,” or “from Sidon City in the north,” Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible. +10:19 juim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה 1 “all the way down/south toward the city of Gerar to the city of Gaza,” or “down/south to Gaza City, which is on the road to Gerar City,” The Canaanites’ border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south. +10:19 dchu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֞ה סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה 1 “then as far east as” +10:19 xmmh סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה וְ⁠אַדְמָ֥ה וּ⁠צְבֹיִ֖ם 1 “the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim,” +10:19 jenu עַד לָֽשַׁע 1 “all the way to the city of Lasha.” or “until you reach Lasha City.” +10:20 mrbd אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those are/were the names of” or “Those men/people are/were”. The word “Those” refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use “are” here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language. 10:20 w958 בְנֵי חָ֔ם 1 “the descendants of Ham” or “Ham’s sons/descendants” -10:20 ixjv לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan/family,” or “and their {extended} families,” See how you translated “clans” in verse 5. -10:20 n9z9 לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each {clan/family} {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20. -10:21 am4z וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם 1 “Shem also fathered/had {some} sons”. In the Hebrew text, “to Shem” comes first in this sentence after “And”, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language. +10:20 ixjv לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan/family,” or “and their extended families,” See how you translated “clans” in verse 5. +10:20 n9z9 לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each clan/family had/spoke its own language and lived in its own territory/region, and eventually became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family grew/multiplied and became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and lived in its own territory/region.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20. +10:21 am4z וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם 1 “Shem also fathered/had some sons”. In the Hebrew text, “to Shem” comes first in this sentence after “And”, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language. 10:21 x6vj ה֑וּא אֲבִי֙ כָּל בְּנֵי עֵ֔בֶר 1 “He was the ancestor of all the descendants of Eber” 10:21 f29s אֲחִ֖י יֶ֥פֶת הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and his/Shem’s older brother was Japheth.” (2) “and he/Shem was Japheth’s older/oldest brother.” -10:22 t2s3 בְּנֵ֥י שֵׁ֖ם 1 “{The names of} Shem’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Shem’s sons:” +10:22 t2s3 בְּנֵ֥י שֵׁ֖ם 1 “The names of Shem’s sons were” or “These were the names of Shem’s sons:” 10:22 o6p2 עֵילָ֣ם וְ⁠אַשּׁ֑וּר וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד וְ⁠ל֥וּד וַֽ⁠אֲרָֽם 1 “Elam, Asshur, Arpachshad, Lud and Aram.” The name “Arpachshad” is spelled as “Arphaxad” in many translations. Also, see how you spelled “Lud” in verse 13 (who is a different person with the same name). Be consistent with how you spell each name throughout the Bible. -10:23 ylhl וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י אֲרָ֑ם 1 “{The names of} Aram’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Aram’s sons:” +10:23 ylhl וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י אֲרָ֑ם 1 “The names of Aram’s sons were” or “These were the names of Aram’s sons:” 10:23 qqox ע֥וּץ וְ⁠ח֖וּל וְ⁠גֶ֥תֶר וָ⁠מַֽשׁ 1 “Uz, Hul, Gether, and Mash.” The same person who is called “Mash” here, is referred to as “Meshech/Meshek” in 1 Chronicles 1:17. To prevent confusion, some translations use “Meshech/Meshek” here too, or they put that name in a footnote. -10:24 u3c2 וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח 1 “Arpachshad/Arphaxad fathered/had {a son named} Shelah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22. -10:24 bfuy וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “then/and Shelah fathered/had {a son named} Eber.” +10:24 u3c2 וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח 1 “Arpachshad/Arphaxad fathered/had a son named Shelah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22. +10:24 bfuy וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “then/and Shelah fathered/had a son named Eber.” 10:25 jiw4 וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֥בֶר יֻלַּ֖ד שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֑ים 1 “Then Eber fathered/had two sons.” -10:25 u8nm שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד 1 “The name of the first {one/son} {was}” or “The first one/son was named” -10:25 ibtk פֶּ֗לֶג 1 “Peleg, {which means “division/divide,”}” You can put the meaning of Peleg’s name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noah’s name) in Gen 5:29. +10:25 u8nm שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד 1 “The name of the first one/son was” or “The first one/son was named” +10:25 ibtk פֶּ֗לֶג 1 “Peleg, which means “division/divide,”” You can put the meaning of Peleg’s name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noah’s name) in Gen 5:29. 10:25 mrdo כִּ֤י בְ⁠יָמָי⁠ו֙ 1 “because during his lifetime” -10:25 v3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{the people on} the earth divided/separated {into separate groups} {and scattered everywhere}.” This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8). -10:25 po91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן 1 “His/Peleg’s {younger} brother’s name was Joktan.” or “{Eber’s second/other son} was named Joktan and was younger than Peleg.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences. -10:26 eu4k וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Joktan fathered/had {sons named}” or “Joktan fathered/had {the following sons:}” Notice that the list of Joktan’s sons continues through verse 29. +10:25 v3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “the people on the earth divided/separated into separate groups and scattered everywhere.” This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8). +10:25 po91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן 1 “His/Peleg’s younger brother’s name was Joktan.” or “Eber’s second/other son was named Joktan and was younger than Peleg.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences. +10:26 eu4k וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Joktan fathered/had sons named” or “Joktan fathered/had the following sons:” Notice that the list of Joktan’s sons continues through verse 29. 10:26 h2ab אֶת אַלְמוֹדָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶת שָׁ֑לֶף וְ⁠אֶת חֲצַרְמָ֖וֶת וְ⁠אֶת יָֽרַח 1 “Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah,” 10:27 xncl וְ⁠אֶת הֲדוֹרָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת אוּזָ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת דִּקְלָֽה 1 “Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah,” 10:28 skwt וְ⁠אֶת עוֹבָ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת אֲבִֽימָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת שְׁבָֽא 1 “Obal, Abimael, Sheba,” 10:29 xri4 וְ⁠אֶת אוֹפִ֥ר וְ⁠אֶת חֲוִילָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת יוֹבָ֑ב 1 “Ophir, Havilah, and Jobab.” Consider again how you translated lists of names throughout chapter 10. -10:29 d37u כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “All those {were} {the names of}” or “All those {men/people} {were}” or “Those {were} all” +10:29 d37u כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “All those were the names of” or “All those men/people were” or “Those were all” 10:29 d3qs בְּנֵ֥י יָקְטָֽן 1 “Joktan’s sons.” -10:30 z0dr וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם 1 “Their dwelling {place}” or “Their territory/region” or “The region/area where they {and their descendants} lived” -10:30 h4i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י & מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א 1 “extended/reached from {the city of} Mesha {in the west},” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19. +10:30 z0dr וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם 1 “Their dwelling place” or “Their territory/region” or “The region/area where they and their descendants lived” +10:30 h4i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י & מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א 1 “extended/reached from the city of Mesha in the west,” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19. 10:30 qhqk בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה 1 “all the way to” or “as far as” -10:30 buoh סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה 1 “{the city/town of} Sephar, {which is in/near}”. Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain). -10:30 bl54 הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם 1 “the mountain range {that is} in the east.” or “the hill country in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.” The word “mountain{s}” is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be: (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar; or (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar. -10:31 v7ly אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31. +10:30 buoh סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה 1 “the city/town of Sephar, which is in/near”. Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain). +10:30 bl54 הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם 1 “the mountain range that is in the east.” or “the hill country in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.” The word “mountains” is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be: (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar; or (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar. +10:31 v7ly אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those are/were the names of” or “Those men/people are/were”. The word “Those” refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31. 10:31 ffht בְנֵי שֵׁ֔ם 1 “the descendants of Shem” or “Shem’s sons/descendants” 10:31 lpn7 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “and each one had his own clan/family.” See how you translated “clans” in verses 5 and 20. -10:31 b1x8 לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory.” -10:32 e560 אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ 1 “{All} those {people} {are/were} the clans/families {who descended} from Noah’s sons,” or “{All} those clans/families descended from Noah’s sons,” The word “Those” refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated “clans” in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32. +10:31 b1x8 לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each clan/family had/spoke its own language and lived in its own territory, and eventually became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family grew/multiplied and became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and lived in its own territory.” +10:32 e560 אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ 1 “All those people are/were the clans/families who descended from Noah’s sons,” or “All those clans/families descended from Noah’s sons,” The word “Those” refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated “clans” in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32. 10:32 bl71 לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Each clan/family had its own genealogy/descendants and became its own people/ethnic group.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, compare how you translated similar phrases in verses 5, 20, and 31. -10:32 nh8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “From those {people} {came/descended} {all} the people/ethnic groups {who} spread out on/over the earth after the flood.” or “In fact, after the flood {all} the people groups on the earth descended from them and spread out everywhere.” Consider again how you translated “nations” in verses 5, 20, 31-32. -11:1 r2b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י כָל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת 1 “Now {at first,} everyone on the earth spoke/shared the same language” or “Now {for a while,} all {the people on} the earth spoke one language”. The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote. -11:1 l2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים 1 “and {spoke/shared} the same words/vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew/understood.” or “so that everyone understood each other.” The phrases “one language” and “the same words” are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +10:32 nh8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “From those people came/descended all the people/ethnic groups who spread out on/over the earth after the flood.” or “In fact, after the flood all the people groups on the earth descended from them and spread out everywhere.” Consider again how you translated “nations” in verses 5, 20, 31-32. +11:1 r2b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י כָל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת 1 “Now at first, everyone on the earth spoke/shared the same language” or “Now for a while, all the people on the earth spoke one language”. The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote. +11:1 l2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים 1 “and spoke/shared the same words/vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew/understood.” or “so that everyone understood each other.” The phrases “one language” and “the same words” are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 11:2 ufks rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 “After a while, as/when” or “As/When” or “As time passed,” The phrase “it happened that” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations omit this phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. 11:2 phjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם 1 “they moved/traveled” or “the people migrated/moved”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun (“they”) or a noun phrase (“the people”) here. -11:2 kqit מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “from the eastern {regions},” or “{around} in the eastern {regions},” At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to “the east” probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living. -11:2 zdwp וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ 1 “they discovered” or “they {eventually} came to” or “and {eventually} came to”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse. +11:2 kqit מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “from the eastern regions,” or “around in the eastern regions,” At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to “the east” probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living. +11:2 zdwp וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ 1 “they discovered” or “they eventually came to” or “and eventually came to”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse. 11:2 vygx בִקְעָ֛ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁנְעָ֖ר 1 “a wide/spacious, flat valley/area in the land/region called Shinar”. This plain was a wide, flat area between mountains. Also be consistent here with how you translated “land of Shinar” in Gen 10:10. 11:2 dxfo וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם 1 “and lived/stayed there.” or “and began to live there.” -11:3 m2g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “Then {one day} they urged each other,” The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language. +11:3 m2g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “Then one day they urged each other,” The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language. 11:3 jfqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָ֚בָ⁠ה 1 “Come on,” Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like this that is used to urge or persuade someone to do something together. -11:3 uwu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִלְבְּנָ֣ה 1 “let us {work together and} make” or “we should {work together and} make”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other. -11:3 wprr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 “{some} {clay/mud} bricks/blocks” or “{some} bricks/blocks {from clay/mud}” -11:3 y8pj וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה 1 “and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake/harden them.” or “and put/bake them in/over fire {to make them hard/strong}.” -11:3 s0kz וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם 1 “So {they did that, and} they had” or “They had/used” -11:3 uxzq הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן 1 “bricks/blocks {to build with} instead of stone,” -11:3 u7qc וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and they used tar {between the bricks/blocks}” +11:3 uwu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִלְבְּנָ֣ה 1 “let us work together and make” or “we should work together and make”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other. +11:3 wprr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 “some clay/mud bricks/blocks” or “some bricks/blocks from clay/mud” +11:3 y8pj וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה 1 “and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake/harden them.” or “and put/bake them in/over fire to make them hard/strong.” +11:3 s0kz וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם 1 “So they did that, and they had” or “They had/used” +11:3 uxzq הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן 1 “bricks/blocks to build with instead of stone,” +11:3 u7qc וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and they used tar between the bricks/blocks” 11:3 b4kx לַ⁠חֹֽמֶר 1 “instead of mortar.” or “to hold/stick the bricks/blocks together.” -11:4 rlly וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ 1 “Then they said {to each other},” or “Then they urged {each other},” +11:4 rlly וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ 1 “Then they said to each other,” or “Then they urged each other,” 11:4 igxx הָ֣בָ⁠ה 1 “Come on,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 3. -11:4 gfzh נִבְנֶה 1 “let us {work together and} build” or “we should {work together and} build”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. -11:4 dl1s לָּ֣⁠נוּ עִ֗יר 1 “a city for us {to live in}” -11:4 a5tp וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙ 1 “that includes/has a {high} tower” or “with a {very} tall building” +11:4 gfzh נִבְנֶה 1 “let us work together and build” or “we should work together and build”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. +11:4 dl1s לָּ֣⁠נוּ עִ֗יר 1 “a city for us to live in” +11:4 a5tp וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙ 1 “that includes/has a high tower” or “with a very tall building” 11:4 h80w וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “that reaches high into the heavens/sky,” or “that reaches up to heaven,” -11:4 z87w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ 1 “{We should do that} to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “{That way} we will become well-known/famous, and we will not separate from each other {and live}”. The phrase “make a name for ourselves” is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word “scattered” in Gen 10:18, 32. +11:4 z87w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ 1 “We should do that to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “That way we will become well-known/famous, and we will not separate from each other and live”. The phrase “make a name for ourselves” is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word “scattered” in Gen 10:18, 32. 11:4 ytfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world.” or “around the world.” -11:5 f9ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then/But {one day} Yahweh came down {from heaven}” +11:5 f9ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then/But one day Yahweh came down from heaven” 11:5 oe6q לִ⁠רְאֹ֥ת אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “and looked at the city” or “and inspected the city”. The text implies that Yahweh actually looked at the city. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to make that explicit here. -11:5 pbs0 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “and the {very} tall building”. See how you translated this word in verse 4. +11:5 pbs0 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “and the very tall building”. See how you translated this word in verse 4. 11:5 ujao אֲשֶׁ֥ר & בְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “that the people” 11:5 zcoi בָּנ֖וּ 1 “were building.” or “had started building.” Make sure the way you translate this verb fits with the fact that the people had not yet finished building the city (verse 8). 11:6 zesy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “And/Then he said (to himself),” or “He said,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language. 11:6 h94b הֵ֣ן 1 “Look,” This term calls attention to what Yahweh says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -11:6 q2ld עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{they are} one people/ethnic {group},” or (2) “the/these people {are} one/united {in what they are doing},” +11:6 q2ld עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they are one people/ethnic group,” or (2) “the/these people are one/united in what they are doing,” 11:6 emr9 וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה אַחַת֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠ם 1 “and they all speak/share the same language.” See how you translated “have one language” in verse 1. -11:6 jn1z וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 “This {is} {only} the beginning of what they can/will do {together}.” +11:6 jn1z וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 “This is only the beginning of what they can/will do together.” 11:6 m869 וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “Now/Soon” 11:6 cwlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא יִבָּצֵ֣ר מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָזְמ֖וּ לַֽ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 “nothing that they plan to do will be impossible for them.” or “everything/anything they plan/attempt to do will be possible for them.” or “they will be able to do anything/whatever they plan/try to do.” The words “not” and “impossible” are two negatives that work together to communicate an emphatic positive statement. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. -11:7 siye הָ֚בָ⁠ה 1 “{So} come on,” or “{So}” -11:7 ab2t נֵֽרְדָ֔ה & שָׁ֖ם 1 “we must go down there {now}” or “let us go to them”. Most Bible scholars think the plural pronoun “us” refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26. +11:7 siye הָ֚בָ⁠ה 1 “So come on,” or “So” +11:7 ab2t נֵֽרְדָ֔ה & שָׁ֖ם 1 “we must go down there now” or “let us go to them”. Most Bible scholars think the plural pronoun “us” refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26. 11:7 b6e9 וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה & שְׂפָתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and scramble their language” or “and mix up their language” -11:7 qlnr אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 “so that they will not {be able to} understand” or “so that they cannot understand” +11:7 qlnr אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 “so that they will not be able to understand” or “so that they cannot understand” 11:7 yf9e אִ֖ישׁ שְׂפַ֥ת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “what they say to each other.” or “each other.” -11:8 abaf וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם 1 “Then/So Yahweh {did that and} caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “That is how Yahweh caused the people to leave from there and settle/live in different places” +11:8 abaf וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם 1 “Then/So Yahweh did that and caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “That is how Yahweh caused the people to leave from there and settle/live in different places” 11:8 m39c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “over the surface of the entire earth,” or “all over the earth/world,” 11:8 bj40 וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ לִ⁠בְנֹ֥ת 1 “so that they had to stop building/constructing” -11:8 fvq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “the city {and the tower}.” or “the city {and the tall building}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city {and the tower} and to move away from each other, {so that eventually they lived} all over the world.” Do what is best in your language. +11:8 fvq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “the city and the tower.” or “the city and the tall building.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city and the tower and to move away from each other, so that eventually they lived all over the world.” Do what is best in your language. 11:9 o1v3 עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “That is why” 11:9 grok קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “people named the/that city” or “the name of the/that city is” or “the/that city was named/called”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. -11:9 flf8 בָּבֶ֔ל 1 “Babel, {which means “confused/mixed-up/scrambled,”}” If you include the meaning of “Babel” here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate “confused” later in this verse and in verse 7. -11:9 go0s כִּי שָׁ֛ם & יְהוָ֖ה 1 “because that is where Yahweh” or “because {it was} in that city {that} Yahweh” +11:9 flf8 בָּבֶ֔ל 1 “Babel, which means “confused/mixed-up/scrambled,”” If you include the meaning of “Babel” here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate “confused” later in this verse and in verse 7. +11:9 go0s כִּי שָׁ֛ם & יְהוָ֖ה 1 “because that is where Yahweh” or “because it was in that city that Yahweh” 11:9 cnun בָּלַ֥ל 1 “mixed up” or “scrambled” 11:9 f8ye שְׂפַ֣ת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “the language that everyone on the earth spoke/shared,” -11:9 uhku וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and {in that way} Yahweh/he made them spread out from there” +11:9 uhku וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and in that way Yahweh/he made them spread out from there” 11:9 onj2 עַל פְּנֵ֖י כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “over the surface of the entire earth.” or “all over the earth/world.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 4 and 8. 11:10 k4zv אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת שֵׁ֔ם 1 “This/Here is the record/list of Shem’s descendants:” or “This is Shem’s genealogy/family-line:” -11:10 xsg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “Two years after the flood {began}, when Shem was 100 years old, he had {a son named} Arpachshad/Arphaxad.” The phrase “after the flood” probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22. +11:10 xsg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “Two years after the flood began, when Shem was 100 years old, he had a son named Arpachshad/Arphaxad.” The phrase “after the flood” probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22. 11:11 hhxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֔ד 1 “After he fathered/had Arpachshad/Arphaxad, Shem/he lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born, Shem lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad’s birth, Shem lived”. Throughout this section, make sure that names and pronouns (like “he”) are used in a way that is accurate and natural in your language, so that it is always clear who is being referred to. -11:11 newn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 500 years,” or “500 {more} years,” See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 {more} years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. -11:11 e9d9 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4. -11:11 lc2z בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:11 newn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 500 years,” or “500 more years,” See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 more years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. +11:11 e9d9 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Shem also fathered/had” or “He/Shem was also the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4. +11:11 lc2z בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:12 cx5o וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֣ד חַ֔י חָמֵ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad had lived thirty-five/35 years,” or “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad was thirty-five/35 years old,” Make sure that your translation of this clause does not mean that Arpachshad only lived to be thirty-five years old. Also, throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily see the numbers and be in the same verse together. See what you did in chapter 5. -11:12 wvlk וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Shelah.” See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12. +11:12 wvlk וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had a son named Shelah.” or “he fathered/had a son he/they named Shelah.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Shelah.” See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12. 11:13 s590 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֗ד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֶׁ֔לַח 1 “After he fathered/had Shelah, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shelah was born, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shem’s birth, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:22, 24; 11:10-13. -11:13 yqx2 שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,” -11:13 om3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Arpachshad {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph. -11:13 e35h בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:13 yqx2 שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 403 years,” or “403 more years,” +11:13 om3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Arpachshad also fathered/had” or “He was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph. +11:13 e35h בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:14 w7dj וְ⁠שֶׁ֥לַח חַ֖י שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Shelah had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Shelah was thirty/30 years old,” -11:14 kt42 וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Eber.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Eber.” +11:14 kt42 וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “he fathered/had a son named Eber.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Eber.” 11:15 hd5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֶׁ֗לַח אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת עֵ֔בֶר 1 “After he/Shelah fathered/had Eber, Shelah/he lived” or “After Eber was born, Shelah lived” or “After Eber’s birth, Shelah lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Shelah” in Gen 10:24; 11:12-15. -11:15 ms3c שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,” -11:15 du9x וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah was {also} the father of” -11:15 g3i9 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:15 ms3c שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 403 years,” or “403 more years,” +11:15 du9x וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Shelah also fathered/had” or “He/Shelah was also the father of” +11:15 g3i9 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:16 ylnk וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֕בֶר אַרְבַּ֥ע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Eber had lived thirty-four/34 years,” or “When Eber was thirty-four/34 years old,” -11:16 xcap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Peleg.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Peleg.” +11:16 xcap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג 1 “he fathered/had a son named Peleg.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Peleg.” 11:17 wlcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֗בֶר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת פֶּ֔לֶג 1 “After he/Eber fathered/had Peleg, Eber/he lived” or “After Peleg was born, Eber lived” or “After Peleg’s birth, Eber lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Eber” in Gen 10:24-25; 11:14-17. -11:17 cc14 שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 430 years,” or “430 {more} years,” -11:17 ocjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph. -11:17 cc06 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:17 cc14 שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 430 years,” or “430 more years,” +11:17 ocjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Eber also fathered/had” or “He/Eber was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph. +11:17 cc06 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:18 gdd8 וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֖לֶג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Peleg had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Peleg was thirty/30 years old,” -11:18 waxn וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Reu.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Reu.” +11:18 waxn וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ 1 “he fathered/had a son named Reu.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Reu.” 11:19 qfcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֗לֶג אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת רְע֔וּ 1 “After he/Peleg had Reu, Peleg/he lived” or “After Reu was born, Peleg lived” or “After Reu’s birth, Peleg lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Peleg” in Gen 10:25; 11:16-19. -11:19 xncw תֵּ֥שַׁע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 209 years,” or “209 {more} years,” -11:19 bpuk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg was {also} the father of” -11:19 nr72 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:19 xncw תֵּ֥שַׁע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 209 years,” or “209 more years,” +11:19 bpuk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Peleg also fathered/had” or “He/Peleg was also the father of” +11:19 nr72 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:20 ek1h וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֔וּ שְׁתַּ֥יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Reu had lived thirty-two/32 years,” or “When Reu was thirty-two/32 years old,” -11:20 zm8n וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Serug.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Serug.” +11:20 zm8n וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג 1 “he fathered/had a son named Serug.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Serug.” 11:21 blty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֗וּ אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שְׂר֔וּג 1 “After he/Reu had Serug, Reu/he lived” or “After Serug was born, Reu lived” or “After Serug’s birth, Reu lived”. Be consistent with how you spell “Reu” in Gen 11:18-21. -11:21 x8r5 שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 207 years,” or “207 {more} years,” -11:21 t6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph. -11:21 f8g8 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:21 x8r5 שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 207 years,” or “207 more years,” +11:21 t6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Reu also fathered/had” or “He/Reu was also the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph. +11:21 f8g8 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:22 lx37 וַ⁠יְחִ֥י שְׂר֖וּג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Serug had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Serug was thirty/30 years old,” -11:22 q17o וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Nahor.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Nahor.” +11:22 q17o וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר 1 “he fathered/had a son named Nahor.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Nahor.” 11:23 ryhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְחִ֣י שְׂר֗וּג אַחֲרֵ֛י הוֹלִיד֥⁠וֹ אֶת נָח֖וֹר 1 “After he/Serug had Nahor, Serug/he lived” or “After Nahor was born, Serug lived” or “After Nahor’s birth, Serug lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Serug” in Gen 11:20-23. -11:23 lmbh מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 200 years,” or “200 {more} years,” -11:23 yaea וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug was {also} the father of” -11:23 vtw1 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” +11:23 lmbh מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 200 years,” or “200 more years,” +11:23 yaea וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Serug also fathered/had” or “He/Serug was also the father of” +11:23 vtw1 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” 11:24 qb4u וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֔וֹר תֵּ֥שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When Nahor had lived twenty-nine/29 years,” or “When Nahor was twenty-nine/29 years old,” -11:24 ej3c וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Terah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Terah.” Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure. +11:24 ej3c וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח 1 “he fathered/had a son named Terah.” or “he fathered/had a son whose name was Terah.” Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure. 11:25 c5ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֗וֹר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת תֶּ֔רַח 1 “After he/Nahor had Terah, Nahor/he lived” or “After Terah was born, Nahor lived” or “After Terah’s birth, Nahor lived” -11:25 jla4 תְּשַֽׁע־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 119 years,” or “119 {more} years,” -11:25 is9f וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -11:25 e11k בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons as well as daughters.” Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure. +11:25 jla4 תְּשַֽׁע־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “another 119 years,” or “119 more years,” +11:25 is9f וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he also fathered/had” or “He/Nahor also fathered/had” or “He/Nahor was also the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +11:25 e11k בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “other sons as well as daughters.” Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure. 11:26 fa4t וַֽ⁠יְחִי־תֶ֖רַח שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “After Terah had lived seventy/70 years,” or “After Terah was/turned seventy/70 years old,” Your translation needs to allow for the fact that Terah’s sons were not triplets (just as Noah’s sons were not triplets; see Gen 5:32), rather he started having children after he turned seventy and his sons were born in different years after that. In fact, Abram was not born until Terah was at least 130 years old (11:32, 12:4-5; Acts 7:4), and he was probably Terah’s youngest son. Abram is listed first (instead of Haran or Nahor) probably because of his importance as the one whom Yahweh made His covenant with. Some of this information could be put in a footnote. -11:26 cywf וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן 1 “he fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered/had {sons whose names were} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” -11:27 y44z וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח 1 “Here/This {is} the history/account/record about/of Terah and his descendants/family:” This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terah’s descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9. -11:27 egvx תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן 1 “Terah fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran;” or “Terah’s sons were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” -11:27 vacr וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט 1 “and Haran fathered/had {a son named} Lot.” or “Haran’s son {was named} Lot.” or “and Haran had a son {whose name was} Lot.” +11:26 cywf וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן 1 “he fathered/had sons named Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered/had sons whose names were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” +11:27 y44z וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח 1 “Here/This is the history/account/record about/of Terah and his descendants/family:” This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terah’s descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9. +11:27 egvx תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן 1 “Terah fathered/had sons named Abram, Nahor, and Haran;” or “Terah’s sons were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” +11:27 vacr וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט 1 “and Haran fathered/had a son named Lot.” or “Haran’s son was named Lot.” or “and Haran had a son whose name was Lot.” 11:28 l32z וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת הָרָ֔ן עַל פְּנֵ֖י תֶּ֣רַח אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Later Haran died while he was with his father Terah,” or “While his father Terah was still alive, Haran died” 11:28 w957 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “in the land where he was born,” or “in his native land,” -11:28 la6c בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים 1 “in {the city of} Ur which was ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans.” or “in {the city of} Ur where the Kasdim/Chaldean people lived.” The word “Kasdim” probably comes from the name of one of Nahor’s sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located). +11:28 la6c בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים 1 “in the city of Ur which was ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans.” or “in the city of Ur where the Kasdim/Chaldean people lived.” The word “Kasdim” probably comes from the name of one of Nahor’s sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located). 11:29 w0fn וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָ֧ם וְ⁠נָח֛וֹר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם נָשִׁ֑ים 1 “Meanwhile Abram and Nahor each got married.” or “Abram and Nahor each married a wife.” 11:29 oie3 שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָם֙ שָׂרָ֔י 1 “Abram’s wife was named Sarai,” 11:29 anm9 וְ⁠שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת נָחוֹר֙ מִלְכָּ֔ה 1 “and Nahor’s wife was Milcah.” -11:29 nome בַּת הָרָ֥ן אֲבִֽי מִלְכָּ֖ה וַֽ⁠אֲבִ֥י יִסְכָּֽה 1 “She/Milcah was the daughter of {his/Nahor’s brother} Haran, who was the father of {both} Milcah and {her sister} Iscah.” or “Milcah and {her sister} Iscah were Haran’s daughters.” +11:29 nome בַּת הָרָ֥ן אֲבִֽי מִלְכָּ֖ה וַֽ⁠אֲבִ֥י יִסְכָּֽה 1 “She/Milcah was the daughter of his/Nahor’s brother Haran, who was the father of both Milcah and her sister Iscah.” or “Milcah and her sister Iscah were Haran’s daughters.” 11:30 nr3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שָׂרַ֖י עֲקָרָ֑ה 1 “But/Now Sarai was unable to conceive,” or “Sarai was not able to become/get pregnant,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Sarai. -11:30 x9g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד 1 “{so} she did not have any children.” or “{so} she had no children.” For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language. -11:31 a4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח 1 “Then {one day,} Terah gathered” or “{One day,} Terah brought/called together”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. +11:30 x9g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד 1 “so she did not have any children.” or “so she had no children.” For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language. +11:31 a4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח 1 “Then one day, Terah gathered” or “One day, Terah brought/called together”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. 11:31 cmu7 אֶת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֗⁠וֹ 1 “his son Abram,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this phrase that “his son” refers to Abram, not another person. -11:31 zczu וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and Lot, {who was} his son Haran’s son,” or “and his grandson Lot, {who was} Haran’s son,” The phrases “Lot,” “Haran’s son,” and “his son’s son” all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people. +11:31 zczu וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and Lot, who was his son Haran’s son,” or “and his grandson Lot, who was Haran’s son,” The phrases “Lot,” “Haran’s son,” and “his son’s son” all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people. 11:31 zs6d וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרַ֣י כַּלָּת֔⁠וֹ 1 “and his daughter-in-law Sarai,” The phrases “Sarai,” “his daughter-in-law,” and “the wife of his son Abram” all refer to Sarai. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 11:31 ajg2 אֵ֖שֶׁת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was his son Abram’s wife,” or “who was Abram’s wife,” -11:31 mrxu וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם 1 “and they {all} left” or “and {all of} them set out together” or “Then they {all} left”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -11:31 bdcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “from {the city of} Ur” or “from Ur {City}”. See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities. +11:31 mrxu וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם 1 “and they all left” or “and all of them set out together” or “Then they all left”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +11:31 bdcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “from the city of Ur” or “from Ur City”. See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities. 11:31 id6w כַּשְׂדִּ֗ים 1 “of the Chaldeans” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldean people lived”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 28. 11:31 e1dg לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “to go/travel to the region of/called Canaan.” or “to go/travel to Canaan Land.” -11:31 izwt וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן 1 “But {on the way there,} they came to {the city of} Haran, and” or “But {along the way,} when they arrived/stopped at {the city of} Haran,” The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there. -11:31 zd02 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם 1 “they settled/stayed there {instead}.” or “they decided to settle/live there {instead}.” -11:32 ql8v וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Then {many years later,} when Terah was 205 years old,” or “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,” -11:32 b8e1 וַ⁠יָּ֥מָת תֶּ֖רַח 1 “he died {there}” -11:32 t1h0 בְּ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “in {the city of} Haran.” or “in Haran {City}.” -12:1 lkpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Then {one day} Yahweh told/commanded Abram,” Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. Also, make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote. -12:1 rqtx לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “Get yourself away from your homeland/country” or “You must move away from your homeland/country” or “You must leave {behind} the land/country where you are living” -12:1 ya2a וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and your relatives/people,” -12:1 pxeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “including your father’s household/family,” The phrase “the house” refers here to everyone who was a member of Terah’s household. -12:1 sr9w אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{and go/move} to the land/place” -12:1 b0dh אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַרְאֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 “that I will guide you to.” -12:2 vjs1 וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will make you {and your descendants} become” or “I will make you {the father/ancestor of}” -12:2 is7x לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל 1 “an important/large people group,” or “a large, important people/ethnic group,” -12:2 kyvt וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and I will bless/prosper you {and them}.” or “and I will cause you {all} to prosper/flourish.” See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -12:2 y893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “I will make you {important and} well-known/famous,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -12:2 xnwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה 1 “and you will be a blessing {to many people}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will bless {many people}.” or “and {I will use} you {and your descendants} to bless {many people}.” -12:3 ma8p וַ⁠אֲבָֽרֲכָה֙ מְבָ֣רְכֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I will bless everyone who blesses you,” -12:3 zjl7 וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר 1 “but I will curse anyone who curses you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 8:21. -12:3 yvsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Through you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “Because of you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “By means of you {and your offspring/descendants}”. This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, God’s promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah/Christ, who was one of Abraham’s descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah/Christ) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him/God and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -12:3 yt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/people on the earth.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you {and your offspring/descendants} to bless all the families/people on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. -12:4 b2v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then/So Abram left {the city of Haran}, just/exactly as Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do},” or “Then/So Abram did/obeyed what Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do} and left {the city of Haran},” Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1). -12:4 hh61 וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט 1 “and {his nephew} Lot went/left with him.” -12:4 p63p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Now Abram” or “Abram”. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. -12:4 p5rf בֶּן 1 “was seventy-five/75 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10. -12:4 tb22 בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ 1 “when he left” or “when he set out” -12:4 ln5h מֵ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “from {the city of} Haran.” or “from there.” -12:5 w44u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 “Abram/He took/brought {with him} his wife Sarai”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Sarai” in Gen 11:29-31. -12:5 t055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “and his {deceased} brother’s son Lot” or “and his nephew Lot”. For some languages it is more natural to make “son of his brother” or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language. -12:5 af34 וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ 1 “everything that they owned, including slaves/servants {and everything else} they had acquired/gotten”. The word “possessions” is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in Gen 9:25-27. -12:5 v8yx בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן 1 “in {the city of} Haran,” or “in Haran {City} -12:5 hhfp וַ⁠יֵּצְא֗וּ לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ 1 “and they {all} started traveling” -12:5 iazy אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “to the land/region of/called Canaan.” or “to Canaan Land.” -12:5 zel6 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Then/Eventually they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan,” or “When they arrived/got there,” -12:6 ep53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙ 1 “Abram traveled/went” or “Abram {and his family} traveled/went” or “they traveled/went”. Abram is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended verse 5. -12:6 o804 בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “through that land/region”. See how you translated “land” in verse 5. -12:6 ai2i עַ֚ד 1 “until they arrived at” or “to” -12:6 klyk מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the city of Shechem,” or (2) “the/a {sacred} place at/near {the city of} Shechem,” -12:6 wf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה 1 “to Moreh’s terebinth/oak tree.” or “to the terebinth/oak tree on Moreh’s land.” Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the terebinth tree was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and “terebinth” are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different families of trees. -12:6 aje0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “At/During that time the Canaanites {were still living} in that land/region,” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (“at that time”) first in this sentence. -12:7 nqjy וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Then/but Yahweh came to Abram” or “but Yahweh visited Abram”. Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6). Also, notice that the text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either. -12:7 nsz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said/promised {to him},” -12:7 zfqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to your offspring” is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” Do what is best in your language. -12:7 ed0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן & מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “So/Then he/Abram built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “So/Then he/Abram built/made a sacrifice table/mound {with stones}”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Abram here in your language. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20. -12:7 s3yo שָׁם֙ 1 “near the tree” or “in that place” -12:7 rv38 לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “to worship Yahweh” or “{and burned sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh,” -12:7 ywd2 הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “who had appeared/come to him {there}.” or “because he/Yahweh had appeared/come to him {there}.” See how you translated “appeared” earlier in verse 7. -12:8 y0sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם 1 “From {the place/city of} Shechem, he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled {south} to” -12:8 c1kt הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “the hill country that was east of {the town of} Bethel” or “the mountainous region east of {the town of} Bethel” -12:8 u3l7 וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה 1 “and set/put up his/their tents {there}” or “They set up their tents/camp”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 9:21, 27. -12:8 r71q בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם 1 “between Bethel to the west and {the town of} Ai to the east.” or “Bethel was to the west {of them} and {the town of} Ai was to the east.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -12:8 cl64 וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם 1 “There he/Abram built/made” -12:8 s3gs מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 “another altar” or “another sacrifice table/mound”. See how you translated “altar” in verse 7. -12:8 b7gd לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 “{and burned sacrifices on it} to worship Yahweh,” See how you translated “to Yahweh” in verse 7. -12:8 yv1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “and he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” or “he addressed Yahweh/him by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “he used Yahweh’s/his name in his prayers and worship.” or “he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 4:26. -12:9 bv60 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ 1 “After that, Abram/he {and his family} traveled in stages” or “Then Abram/he {and his family} moved from place to place” -12:9 yypr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “{south} toward the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” or “{southward} until they reached the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.”The Hebrew word “Negev” can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as “Negev” or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible. -12:10 glm2 וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 “Now there was”. This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language. -12:10 eik8 רָעָ֖ב 1 “a serious/extreme shortage/lack of food” or “a hungry/starving time when food was very/extremely scarce”. A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. -12:10 wayf בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “in that land/region/area,” or “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert,” -12:10 rz12 וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם 1 “so Abram {and his family} headed/traveled southwest” or “so Abram {and his family} went/traveled/moved {further} south”. This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan (verse 5). It is also located southwest of Canaan. -12:10 ipz4 מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “to/toward {the land/country} of Egypt” -12:10 kyr1 לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם 1 “to live/stay there for a while” -12:10 vqpl כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “because the food shortage was {very} severe/oppressive” -12:10 vjke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in that land/region.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} {so they could not survive/live there}.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Now there was a famine in that land/region that was so heavy/severe/bad that Abram {and his family} {left there and} went down to {the land/country of} Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language. -12:11 aosr וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “Just before they arrived in Egypt,” or “As they approached Egypt,” -12:11 v1kk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Abram said to his wife Sarai,” or “he/Abram told/urged his wife Sarai,” -12:11 phg5 הִנֵּה נָ֣א 1 “Listen please,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” -12:11 ajhq יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ 1 “I know/realize that you {are} a very beautiful woman.” or “you {are} a very beautiful woman.” -12:12 x50x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי 1 “So when” or “When”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (“So”). -12:12 jv43 הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים 1 “the people of/in Egypt” -12:12 cqnx יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “see/notice you {with me},” -12:12 semy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את 1 “they will say/know that you are my wife,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -12:12 sw31 וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ 1 “Then they will kill me but/and let you live {so that they can have/take you}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -12:13 t2hf אִמְרִי נָ֖א 1 “{So} please tell {people/them}” -12:13 erv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ 1 “ ‘I am his/Abram’s sister,’ ” Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language. -12:13 p2h5 לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י 1 “so that I will be treated well” or “so that they/people will treat me well” -12:13 pv49 בַ⁠עֲבוּרֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “because of you” -12:13 kbgh וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and my life will be spared {by them}.” or “and they will spare my life.” or “and {they will} let me live.” For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase “because of you” here, because it repeats the same idea as “for your sake” in the previous clause. Do what is best in your language. -12:14 ip31 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י 1 “That is {exactly} what happened:” -12:14 ajxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “When Abram {and his family} entered {the land/country of} Egypt,” Although Abram is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone. -12:14 s2xw וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙ 1 “the Egyptian {people} saw/noticed” or “the people {living} there saw/noticed” -12:14 g5l2 אֶת־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יָפָ֥ה הִ֖וא מְאֹֽד 1 “that the woman {with him} {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.” or “that Sarai {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.” -12:15 twfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “{Some of} the officials/officers who served/ruled under the {Egyptian} king/ruler noticed/spotted her, so” or “When some officials/officers of/under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt} saw/noticed her,” The term “officials” is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term “Pharaoh” is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate “Pharaoh” (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “{King} Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation. -12:15 oubs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “they told Pharaoh/him how beautiful she was,” or “they highly recommended her to him,” -12:15 vbhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “and she/Sarai was taken/brought” or “So he had them bring her/Sarai”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -12:15 hq0q בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “into/to his palace {to be one of his wives}.” -12:16 xuh3 וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her/Sarai,” or “The king thought that Abram was her/Sarai’s brother, so he treated him well.” -12:16 wjdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ 1 “and Abram acquired {from him}” or “and he gave him/Abram” or “He gave him/Abram”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -12:16 k8w6 צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 “flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle},” or “many sheep and cattle,” -12:16 wvny וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת 1 “as well as men and women slaves/servants, and male and female donkeys,” -12:16 r8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים 1 “and {larger load-bearing animals called} camels.” If camels are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote. -12:17 dn17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה & וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “But/Then Yahweh struck/afflicted the king and {the people in} his household/family” or “Then Yahweh caused {King} Pharaoh and {the people} in his household/family to get/be very sick”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in verse 15. You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context. -12:17 edr0 נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים 1 “{with} severe/terrible diseases/illnesses” -12:17 s1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם 1 “because of Sarai, Abram’s wife.” or “because he/Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai.” For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since {King} Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family {with} severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language -12:18 qiwz וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “So/Then {King} Pharaoh called/sent for Abram” or “So/Then Pharaoh/he summoned Abram {before him}” or “So/Then the king sent for Abram {to come to him}” -12:18 ru7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote. -12:18 xd4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י 1 “Why have you treated me so badly?” or “You have treated me very badly!” Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. -12:18 yw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא 1 “You should have told/informed me that she/Sarai {is} your wife!” -12:19 o893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “Why did you say/pretend that she {is} your sister,” or “You should not have said/pretended that she {is} your sister,” Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -12:19 xl4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “so that I took/chose her to be a/my wife!” or “so that I ended up taking her to be my wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -12:19 dqec וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 “Now therefore,” or “So now,” -12:19 zn5o הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “here is your wife {back}.” or “look, I’m giving your wife back to you.” -12:19 wpvs קַ֥ח וָ⁠לֵֽךְ 1 “Take {her} and leave {my country}!” -12:20 hloj וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו & פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “Then {King} Pharaoh gave orders to” or “Then the {Egyptian} king ordered” or “Then the king {of/over Egypt} commanded/ordered”. Consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language. -12:20 cnsk אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 1 “{some of} his men/soldiers” -12:20 caru rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 “concerning/about him/Abram,” or “to make sure that Abram left,” Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to. -12:20 ynrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 “and/so they forced him to leave {the/their country},” or “and/so they expelled him {from Egypt},” -12:20 ec0t וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “along with his wife” -12:20 hplb וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and all that he/they had/owned.” or “all his/their possessions.” This included Abram’s slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned. -13:1 dcd5 וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם 1 “So Abram went/traveled {northeast} from {the land/country of} Egypt,” or “Then/So Abram left {the land/country of} Egypt,” The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction. -13:1 x9jp ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ 1 “{taking} with him his wife” or “{He took} with him his wife”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +11:31 izwt וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן 1 “But on the way there, they came to the city of Haran, and” or “But along the way, when they arrived/stopped at the city of Haran,” The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there. +11:31 zd02 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם 1 “they settled/stayed there instead.” or “they decided to settle/live there instead.” +11:32 ql8v וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Then many years later, when Terah was 205 years old,” or “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,” +11:32 b8e1 וַ⁠יָּ֥מָת תֶּ֖רַח 1 “he died there” +11:32 t1h0 בְּ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “in the city of Haran.” or “in Haran City.” +12:1 lkpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. Also, make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote. Alternate translation: “Then one day Yahweh told Abram” +12:1 rqtx לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 Alternate translation: “Get yourself away from your homeland” or “You must move away from your homeland” or “You must leave behind the land where you are living” +12:1 ya2a וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Alternate translation: “and your relatives” +12:1 pxeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **the house** refers here to everyone who was a member of Terah’s household. Alternate translation: “including your father’s household” +12:1 sr9w אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “and go to the land” +12:1 b0dh אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַרְאֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 Alternate translation: “that I will guide you to” +12:2 vjs1 וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “I will make you and your descendants become” or “I will make you the father of” +12:2 is7x לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל 1 Alternate translation: “an important people group” or “a large, important people group” +12:2 kyvt וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 See how you translated “blessed” in [Genesis 1:22](../01/22.md), 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “and I will bless you and them” or “and I will cause you all to prosper” +12:2 y893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I will make you important and well-known” +12:2 xnwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and you will be a blessing to many people” or “and you and your descendants will bless many people” or “and I will use you and your descendants to bless many people” +12:3 ma8p וַ⁠אֲבָֽרֲכָה֙ מְבָ֣רְכֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “I will bless everyone who blesses you” +12:3 zjl7 וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר 1 See how you translated “curse” in Gen 8:21. Alternate translation: “but I will curse anyone who curses you.” +12:3 yvsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, God’s promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah, who was one of Abraham’s descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Through you and your offspring” or “Because of you and your offspring” or “By means of you and your offspring” +12:3 yt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you and your offspring to bless all the families on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “all the families on the earth will be blessed by me” or “I will bless all the families on the earth” +12:4 b2v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1). Alternate translation: “Then Abram left the city of Haran, just as Yahweh had told him to do” or “Then Abram did what Yahweh had told him to do and left the city of Haran” +12:4 hh61 וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט 1 Alternate translation: “and his nephew Lot went with him.” +12:4 p63p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם 1 Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Now Abram” or “Abram” +12:4 p5rf בֶּן 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10. Alternate translation: “was seventy-five years old”. +12:4 tb22 בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “when he left” or “when he set out” +12:4 ln5h מֵ⁠חָרָֽן 1 Alternate translation: “from the city of Haran” or “from there” +12:5 w44u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אַבְרָם֩ אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 Be consistent here with how you spelled “Sarai” in [Genesis 11:29](../11/29.md)-31. Alternate translation: “Abram took with him his wife Sarai” +12:5 t055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 For some languages it is more natural to make “son of his brother” or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and his deceased brother’s son Lot” or “and his nephew Lot” +12:5 af34 וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ 1 The word **possessions** is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in [Gen 9:25](../09/25.md)-27. Alternate translation: “everything that they owned, including slaves and everything else they had acquired” +12:5 v8yx בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “in the city of Haran” or “in Haran City” +12:5 hhfp וַ⁠יֵּצְא֗וּ לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ 1 Alternate translation: “and they all started traveling” +12:5 iazy אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 Alternate translation: “to the land of Canaan” or “to Canaan Land” +12:5 zel6 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 Alternate translation: “Then they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan” or “When they arrived there” +12:6 ep53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙ 1 **Abram** is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended [verse 5](../12/05.md). Alternate translation: “Abram traveled” or “Abram and his family traveled” or “they traveled” +12:6 o804 בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 See how you translated **land** in [verse 5](../12/05.md). Alternate translation: “through that land” +12:6 ai2i עַ֚ד 1 Alternate translation: “until they arrived at” or “to” +12:6 klyk מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the city of Shechem” or (2) “the sacred place at the city of Shechem” +12:6 wf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה 1 Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the **terebinth tree** was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and “terebinth” are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different families of trees. Alternate translation: “to Moreh’s terebinth tree” or “to the terebinth tree on Moreh’s land” +12:6 aje0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (**at that time**) first in this sentence. Alternate translation: “At that time the Canaanites were still living in that land” +12:7 nqjy וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region ([verse 6](../12/06.md)). Also, notice that the text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh came to Abram” or “but Yahweh visited Abram” +12:7 nsz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 Alternate translation: “and said to him” +12:7 zfqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 In the Hebrew text, the phrase **to your offspring** is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give this land to your offspring” +12:7 ed0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן & מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 Consider what is the best way to refer to Abram here in your language. See how you translated “altar” in [Gen 8:20](../08/20.md). Alternate translation: “So he built an altar out of large stones” or “So he built a sacrifice table with stones” +12:7 s3yo שָׁם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “near the tree” or “in that place” +12:7 rv38 לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh” or “and burned sacrifices on it to thank and worship Yahweh” +12:7 ywd2 הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 See how you translated **appeared** earlier in verse 7. Alternate translation: “who had appeared to him there” or “because he had appeared to him there” +12:8 y0sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “From the place of Shechem, he and his family moved south to” +12:8 c1kt הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 Alternate translation: “the hill country that was east of the town of Bethel” or “the mountainous region east of the town of Bethel” +12:8 u3l7 וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה 1 Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in [Gen 9:21](../09/21.md), 27. Alternate translation: “and set up his tents there” or “They set up their tents”. +12:8 r71q בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם 1 Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “between Bethel to the west and the town of Ai to the east” or “Bethel was to the west of them and the town of Ai was to the east” +12:8 cl64 וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם 1 Alternate translation: “There he built” +12:8 s3gs מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 See how you translated “altar” in [verse 7](../12/07.md). Alternate translation: “another altar” or “another sacrifice table” +12:8 b7gd לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated “to Yahweh” in [verse 7](../12/07.md). Alternate translation: “and burned sacrifices on it to worship Yahweh” +12:8 yv1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [Gen 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “and he worshiped Yahweh by name.” or “he addressed Yahweh by his name as he worshiped him” or “he used Yahweh’s name in his prayers and worship” or “he worshiped Yahweh” +12:9 bv60 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ 1 Alternate translation: “After that, Abram and his family traveled in stages” or “Then Abram and his family moved from place to place” +12:9 yypr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew word **Negev** can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as “Negev” or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible. Alternate translation: “south toward the Negev Wilderness” or “southward until they reached the Negev Wilderness” +12:10 glm2 וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now there was” +12:10 eik8 רָעָ֖ב 1 A **famine** is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. Alternate translation: “a serious shortage of food” or “a hungry time when food was very scarce” +12:10 wayf בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “in that land” or “in the Negev Wilderness” +12:10 rz12 וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם 1 This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan [verse 5](../12/05.md)). It is also located southwest of Canaan. Alternate translation: “so Abram and his family headed southwest” or “so Abram and his family went further south” +12:10 ipz4 מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 Alternate translation: “to the land of Egypt” +12:10 kyr1 לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “to live there for a while” +12:10 vqpl כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 Alternate translation: “because the food shortage was very severe” +12:10 vjke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then there was a famine in that land that was so heavy that Abram and his family left there and went down to the land of Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “in that land” or “in the Negev Wilderness so they could not survive there” +12:11 aosr וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “Just before they arrived in Egypt” or “As they approached Egypt” +12:11 v1kk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Abram said to his wife Sarai” or “he told his wife Sarai” +12:11 phg5 הִנֵּה נָ֣א 1 Alternate translation: “Listen please” or “Please listen to me:” +12:11 ajhq יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ 1 Alternate translation: “I know that you are a very beautiful woman” or “you are a very beautiful woman” +12:12 x50x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי 1 Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (**So**Alternate translation: “So when” or “When” +12:12 jv43 הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” +12:12 cqnx יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “see you with me” +12:12 semy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את 1 Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they will say that you are my wife” +12:12 sw31 וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ 1 Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then they will kill me but let you live so that they can have you” +12:13 t2hf אִמְרִי נָ֖א 1 Alternate translation: “So please tell people” +12:13 erv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ 1 Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language. Alternate translation: “ ‘I am his sister’ ” +12:13 p2h5 לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “so that I will be treated well” or “so that they will treat me well” +12:13 pv49 בַ⁠עֲבוּרֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “because of you” +12:13 kbgh וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase **because of you** here, because it repeats the same idea as **for your sake** in the previous clause. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and my life will be spared by them” or “and they will spare my life” or “and they will let me live” +12:14 ip31 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י 1 Alternate translation: “That is exactly what happened:” +12:14 ajxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 Although **Abram** is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone. Alternate translation: “When Abram and his family entered the land of Egypt” +12:14 s2xw וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Egyptian people saw” or “the people living there saw” +12:14 g5l2 אֶת־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יָפָ֥ה הִ֖וא מְאֹֽד 1 Alternate translation: “that the woman with him was indeed very beautiful” or “that Sarai was indeed very beautiful” +12:15 twfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 The term **officials** is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term **Pharaoh** is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate “Pharaoh” (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “King Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some of the officials who served under the Egyptian king noticed her, so” or “When some officials of Pharaoh the king of Egypt saw her” +12:15 oubs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “they told Pharaoh how beautiful she was” or “they highly recommended her to him” +12:15 vbhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and she was taken” or “So he had them bring her” +12:15 hq0q בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Alternate translation: “into his palace to be one of his wives” +12:16 xuh3 וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her” or “The king thought that Abram was her’s brother, so he treated him well.” +12:16 wjdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ 1 Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and Abram acquired from him” or “and he gave him” or “He gave him” +12:16 k8w6 צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 Alternate translation: “flocks of sheep and herds of cattle,” or “many sheep and cattle,” +12:16 wvny וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת 1 Alternate translation: “as well as men and women slaves, and male and female donkeys,” +12:16 r8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים 1 If **camels** are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and larger load-bearing animals called camels” +12:17 dn17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה & וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated **Pharaoh** in [verse 15](../12/15.md). You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh struck the king and the people in his household” or “Then Yahweh caused King Pharaoh and the people in his household to get very sick” +12:17 edr0 נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים 1 Alternate translation: “with severe diseases” +12:17 s1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם 1 For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since King Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family with severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “because of Sarai, Abram’s wife” or “because he had taken Abram’s wife Sarai” +12:18 qiwz וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙ 1 Alternate translation: “So King Pharaoh called for Abram” or “So Pharaoh summoned Abram before him” or “So the king sent for Abram to come to him” +12:18 ru7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote. Alternate translation: “and said to him” or “and asked him” +12:18 xd4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י 1 Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Why have you treated me so badly?” or “You have treated me very badly!” +12:18 yw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא 1 Alternate translation: “You should have told me that she is your wife!” +12:19 o893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Why did you say that she is your sister?” or “You should not have said that she is your sister,” +12:19 xl4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I took her to be a wife!” or “so that I ended up taking her to be my wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!” +12:19 dqec וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 Alternate translation: “Now therefore” or “So now” +12:19 zn5o הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Alternate translation: “here is your wife back” or “look, I’m giving your wife back to you” +12:19 wpvs קַ֥ח וָ⁠לֵֽךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Take her and leave my country” +12:20 hloj וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו & פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 Consider again how you translated **Pharaoh** in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then King Pharaoh gave orders to” or “Then the Egyptian king ordered” or “Then the king of Egypt commanded” +12:20 cnsk אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “some of his men” +12:20 caru rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to. Alternate translation: “concerning him” or “to make sure that Abram left” +12:20 ynrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “and they forced him to leave the country” or “and they expelled him from Egypt” +12:20 ec0t וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “along with his wife” +12:20 hplb וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This included Abram’s slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned. Alternate translation: “and all that he had” or “all his possessions” +13:1 dcd5 וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם 1 “So Abram went/traveled northeast from the land/country of Egypt,” or “Then/So Abram left the land/country of Egypt,” The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction. +13:1 x9jp ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ 1 “taking with him his wife” or “He took with him his wife”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 13:1 er79 וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֛⁠וֹ 1 “and everything that he/they owned/had,” -13:1 g46k וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “as well as {his nephew} Lot,” or “and also {his nephew} Lot,” or “and {his nephew} Lot {went} with him/them.” -13:1 hcbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “{and they all went/traveled} {back} to the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt {and traveled back} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. {His nephew} Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “Negev” in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there. -13:2 zhuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “Now” or “{By this/that time} Abram” or “Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram. -13:2 t3k3 כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{had become} very wealthy/rich” -13:2 k7fc בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה 1 “with {many} livestock” or “so that he owned {many} livestock”. The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys. -13:2 sedh בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “and {much} silver and gold.” In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated “gold” in Gen 2:11-12. -13:3 seap מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב 1 “From the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}”. See how you translated “the Negev” in verse 1. -13:3 ph3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו 1 “he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled from place to place {northward}” or “he/Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward}”. Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language. -13:3 rt3n וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “{until he/they came} to {the town of} Bethel,” +13:1 g46k וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “as well as his nephew Lot,” or “and also his nephew Lot,” or “and his nephew Lot went with him/them.” +13:1 hcbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “and they all went/traveled back to the Negev/Southern Wilderness/Desert.” For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt and traveled back to the Negev Wilderness/Desert, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. His nephew Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “Negev” in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there. +13:2 zhuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “Now” or “By this/that time Abram” or “Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram. +13:2 t3k3 כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “had become very wealthy/rich” +13:2 k7fc בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה 1 “with many livestock” or “so that he owned many livestock”. The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys. +13:2 sedh בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “and much silver and gold.” In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated “gold” in Gen 2:11-12. +13:3 seap מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב 1 “From the Negev/Southern Wilderness/Desert”. See how you translated “the Negev” in verse 1. +13:3 ph3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו 1 “he/Abram and his family moved/traveled from place to place northward” or “he/Abram and his family continued traveling northward”. Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language. +13:3 rt3n וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “until he/they came to the town of Bethel,” 13:3 yj2g עַד הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר הָ֨יָה שָׁ֤ם אָֽהֳלוֹ֙ 1 “to the place/site where he/they had camped/lived in tents” or “where he had pitched his tents” -13:3 nnuh בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה 1 “before/previously,” or “the first time {he was there},” -13:3 moa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי 1 “between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev {Desert} Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward} {until they came} to the place between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” and “Ai” in Gen 12:8. -13:4 jmqv אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “to the {same} place/site where he had made/built an altar before/previously,” or “{That is/was} the {same} place/site where he had first/previously made/built an altar,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8. -13:4 tq1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “There {again} Abram/he {sacrificed animals on the/that altar and} addressed Yahweh by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “So Abram/he {again} {used that altar} there {and} worshiped/praised Yahweh by name.” or “… worshiped/praised Yahweh.” See how you translated “called on the name of Yahweh” in Gen 12:8. -13:5 mqte rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם הָיָ֥ה 1 “Lot was traveling with {his uncle} Abram, and he {and his family} also had/owned”. The word “Now” introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave “Now” implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. -13:5 r7v1 צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר 1 “flocks {of sheep and goats} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. -13:5 q7sx וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and {many} tents.” or “as well as {many} tents.” -13:6 zhy2 וְ⁠לֹא־נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “As a result, there was not enough land to provide them {all} with enough food and water” or “In fact, there was not enough land to provide/have enough food and water for both families {and their livestock/animals}” +13:3 nnuh בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה 1 “before/previously,” or “the first time he was there,” +13:3 moa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי 1 “between the towns of Bethel and Ai,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev Desert Abram and his family continued traveling northward until they came to the place between the towns of Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” and “Ai” in Gen 12:8. +13:4 jmqv אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “to the same place/site where he had made/built an altar before/previously,” or “That is/was the same place/site where he had first/previously made/built an altar,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8. +13:4 tq1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “There again Abram/he sacrificed animals on the/that altar and addressed Yahweh by his name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “So Abram/he again used that altar there and worshiped/praised Yahweh by name.” or “… worshiped/praised Yahweh.” See how you translated “called on the name of Yahweh” in Gen 12:8. +13:5 mqte rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם הָיָ֥ה 1 “Lot was traveling with his uncle Abram, and he and his family also had/owned”. The word “Now” introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave “Now” implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. +13:5 r7v1 צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר 1 “flocks of sheep and goats and herds of cattle” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. +13:5 q7sx וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and many tents.” or “as well as many tents.” +13:6 zhy2 וְ⁠לֹא־נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “As a result, there was not enough land to provide them all with enough food and water” or “In fact, there was not enough land to provide/have enough food and water for both families and their livestock/animals” 13:6 a3n3 לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו 1 “if they lived near each other,” or “if they lived in the same area/region,” 13:6 qa7c כִּֽי הָיָ֤ה רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ רָ֔ב 1 “because their belongings were so abundant that” or “because they owned so many servants and livestock/animals that” or “They each owned so many servants and livestock/animals that”. The phrase “their possessions” especially refers to their livestock, which required much land to graze on and much water to drink, and probably also includes their many servants. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -13:6 nfu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו 1 “they could not {all} live near each other.” or “it was not possible for them to {all} live in the same area/region.” See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they {each/both} owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they {all} needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “stayed together” earlier in this verse. +13:6 nfu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו 1 “they could not all live near each other.” or “it was not possible for them to all live in the same area/region.” See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they each/both owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they all needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “stayed together” earlier in this verse. 13:7 wfy2 וַֽ⁠יְהִי 1 “In fact,” or “As a result,” 13:7 qb77 וַֽ⁠יְהִי רִ֗יב 1 “there was conflict/arguing” or “arguments/quarreling erupted/started”. The Hebrew word for “strife” is general in meaning and can include arguing and fighting. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 13:7 jdu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בֵּ֚ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵֽה אַבְרָ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֖ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵה ל֑וֹט 1 “between Abram’s herdsmen and Lot’s herdsmen.” or “between the men who were tending Abram’s livestock and the men who were tending Lot’s livestock.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Then the men who were taking care of Abram’s livestock and the men who were taking care of Lot’s livestock started to argue with each other.” Do what is best in your language. -13:7 hvu9 וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “Besides that,” or “Adding to that {problem was the fact that}” +13:7 hvu9 וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “Besides that,” or “Adding to that problem was the fact that” 13:7 syk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י 1 “the Canaanite people and the Perizzite people” or “the descendants of Canaan and Perez”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10, and see how you translated “the Canaanites” in Gen 12:6. -13:7 xsuz יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “were {also} living in the/that land/area/region” +13:7 xsuz יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “were also living in the/that land/area/region” 13:7 eq3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אָ֖ז 1 “at that time.” For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “… at that time the Canaanites …” Do what is best in your language. -13:8 wne5 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט 1 “Then/Finally {one day} Abram said to Lot,” -13:8 d1gl אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י 1 “Please, we should not have/allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not {any}” +13:8 wne5 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט 1 “Then/Finally one day Abram said to Lot,” +13:8 d1gl אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י 1 “Please, we should not have/allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not any” 13:8 xank מְרִיבָה֙ 1 “conflict/fighting/arguing”. See how you translated “strife” in verse 7. 13:8 kz66 בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “between you and me,” or “between us,” 13:8 a1pw וּ⁠בֵ֥ין רֹעַ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רֹעֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “or/nor between the men tending my livestock and the men tending your livestock,” or “or/nor between our herdsmen,” See how you translated “herdsmen” in verse 7. -13:8 d9nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “because/since we {are} men {who are also} brothers/relatives.” or “because/since we {are} close relatives.” Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we {are} close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language. -13:9 sm7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Look, the entire land is available to you {to choose from}.” or “You can {choose to} live anywhere in this entire land.” Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement. -13:9 ad9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “Please {choose the land you want, and} let’s go our separate ways.” or “Please {choose where you want to live, and} let’s live in separate places.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude. -13:9 oj9a אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל 1 “If {you choose} {the land to} the left {of here},” or “if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our left,” -13:9 fva4 וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה 1 “then I will take/choose {the land to} the right,” or “then I will live {in the land} to our right,” -13:9 dd7y וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין 1 “Or if {you choose} {the land to} the right {of here},” or “Or if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our right,” For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -13:9 m1ka וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה 1 “then I will take/choose {the land to} the left.” or “then I will live {in the land} to our left.” -13:10 ksqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא־ל֣וֹט אֶת־עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 “So Lot looked {all} around” or “Lot looked around {carefully}” -13:10 cuw3 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת־כָּל־כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ & בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר 1 “and he observed/noticed that the entire/whole Jordan {River} Valley, all the way to {the town of} Zoar,” The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea. +13:8 d9nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “because/since we are men who are also brothers/relatives.” or “because/since we are close relatives.” Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we are close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language. +13:9 sm7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Look, the entire land is available to you to choose from.” or “You can choose to live anywhere in this entire land.” Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement. +13:9 ad9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “Please choose the land you want, and let’s go our separate ways.” or “Please choose where you want to live, and let’s live in separate places.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude. +13:9 oj9a אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל 1 “If you choose the land to the left of here,” or “if you decide to live in the land to our left,” +13:9 fva4 וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה 1 “then I will take/choose the land to the right,” or “then I will live in the land to our right,” +13:9 dd7y וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין 1 “Or if you choose the land to the right of here,” or “Or if you decide to live in the land to our right,” For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +13:9 m1ka וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה 1 “then I will take/choose the land to the left.” or “then I will live in the land to our left.” +13:10 ksqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא־ל֣וֹט אֶת־עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 “So Lot looked all around” or “Lot looked around carefully” +13:10 cuw3 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת־כָּל־כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ & בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר 1 “and he observed/noticed that the entire/whole Jordan River Valley, all the way to the town of Zoar,” The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea. 13:10 pwsa מַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “had a lot of water,” or “had plenty of water,” -13:10 r14f כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙ 1 “{It was lush and green} like the garden that Yahweh had planted,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “garden” in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote. +13:10 r14f כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙ 1 “It was lush and green like the garden that Yahweh had planted,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “garden” in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote. 13:10 mtls כְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “and/or like the country of Egypt,” -13:10 k9y5 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “{That is what it was like} before Yahweh destroyed {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {which were also in that valley}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -13:11 oyxz וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 “So/Then Lot chose the entire/whole Jordan {River} Plain/Valley for himself,” or “So/Then Lot decided to live in the plain/valley that surrounded/bordered the Jordan {River},” See how you translated “plain of the Jordan” in verse 10. -13:11 w8ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט 1 “and he traveled/moved” or “Then Lot/he {left Abram and} traveled/moved”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lot’s name or a pronoun to refer to him here. -13:11 re87 מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to/toward the east {to live there}” or “eastward” or (2) “from the east” -13:11 h78o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “So {in this way} they lived separately from each other.” or “That is how Abram and Lot ended up living in separate/different places.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph. -13:12 eqvk אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב 1 “Abram settled/stayed {where he was}” or “Abram continued to live” -13:12 yax4 בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in {that part of} the land/region of Canaan,” +13:10 k9y5 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “That is what it was like before Yahweh destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah which were also in that valley.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +13:11 oyxz וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 “So/Then Lot chose the entire/whole Jordan River Plain/Valley for himself,” or “So/Then Lot decided to live in the plain/valley that surrounded/bordered the Jordan River,” See how you translated “plain of the Jordan” in verse 10. +13:11 w8ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט 1 “and he traveled/moved” or “Then Lot/he left Abram and traveled/moved”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lot’s name or a pronoun to refer to him here. +13:11 re87 מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to/toward the east to live there” or “eastward” or (2) “from the east” +13:11 h78o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “So in this way they lived separately from each other.” or “That is how Abram and Lot ended up living in separate/different places.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph. +13:12 eqvk אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב 1 “Abram settled/stayed where he was” or “Abram continued to live” +13:12 yax4 בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in that part of the land/region of Canaan,” 13:12 k2oi וְ⁠ל֗וֹט יָשַׁב֙ 1 “but/while/whereas Lot lived” -13:12 f9os rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר 1 “{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities of/in the {Jordan River} valley” or “{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities in the plain/valley {surrounding/bordering the Jordan River}”. As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12). -13:12 tu8e וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד 1 “He {eventually} pitched his tents in/near” or “and {eventually} moved his tents to/near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -13:12 j59c סְדֹֽם 1 “{the city of} Sodom {and settled/stayed there}.” -13:13 qquc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם 1 “But the people {who lived} in {the city of} Sodom”. The conjunction “Now/But” introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language. Also, this phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men. -13:13 ussh רָעִ֖ים & מְאֹֽד 1 “{were} extremely/very wicked/evil” -13:13 a8b1 וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “were {terrible} sinners against Yahweh.” or “were {always/constantly} sinning/rebelling against Yahweh.” Some translations treat the phrase “wicked and sinful” as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the people’s evil character and behavior. +13:12 f9os rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר 1 “in another part of the land/region in/among the cities of/in the Jordan River valley” or “in another part of the land/region in/among the cities in the plain/valley surrounding/bordering the Jordan River”. As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12). +13:12 tu8e וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד 1 “He eventually pitched his tents in/near” or “and eventually moved his tents to/near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +13:12 j59c סְדֹֽם 1 “the city of Sodom and settled/stayed there.” +13:13 qquc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם 1 “But the people who lived in the city of Sodom”. The conjunction “Now/But” introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language. Also, this phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men. +13:13 ussh רָעִ֖ים & מְאֹֽד 1 “were extremely/very wicked/evil” +13:13 a8b1 וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “were terrible sinners against Yahweh.” or “were always/constantly sinning/rebelling against Yahweh.” Some translations treat the phrase “wicked and sinful” as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the people’s evil character and behavior. 13:14 cxs0 וַֽ⁠יהוָ֞ה אָמַ֣ר אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם אַחֲרֵי֙ הִפָּֽרֶד ל֣וֹט מֵֽ⁠עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After Lot had left Abram, Yahweh said to Abram,” -13:14 grqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Look around please/now” or “Look {all} around you”. See how you translated the idiom “lift … eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for “please” is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging. -13:14 pmid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה 1 “from the place where you {live},” or “from where you {are standing},” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look {all} around you. Look …” Do what is best in your language. +13:14 grqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Look around please/now” or “Look all around you”. See how you translated the idiom “lift … eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for “please” is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging. +13:14 pmid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה 1 “from the place where you live,” or “from where you are standing,” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look all around you. Look …” Do what is best in your language. 13:14 ipow וּ⁠רְאֵ֔ה 1 “Look”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -13:14 tlr6 צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה 1 “to the north, south, east, and west,” or “{in all directions:} north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,” See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8. +13:14 tlr6 צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה 1 “to the north, south, east, and west,” or “in all directions: north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,” See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8. 13:15 u6rx כִּ֧י אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה 1 “All the land that you see” or “All that land, as far as you can see,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 13:15 arvu לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I will give to you and your descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in Gen 12:7. -13:15 dcfi עַד עוֹלָֽם 1 “{to own/possess} forever.” -13:16 psm1 וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “Besides that, I will {also} cause your offspring/descendants to be” or “In fact, I will {also} give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be” -13:16 h6lr כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “as {numerous as} the {specks of} dust/dirt on the earth,” See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19. +13:15 dcfi עַד עוֹלָֽם 1 “to own/possess forever.” +13:16 psm1 וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “Besides that, I will also cause your offspring/descendants to be” or “In fact, I will also give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be” +13:16 h6lr כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “as numerous as the specks of dust/dirt on the earth,” See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19. 13:16 rtyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם יוּכַ֣ל אִ֗ישׁ לִ⁠מְנוֹת֙ 1 “Just as it is impossible to count” or “Just as no one is able to count”. The Hebrew text has a contrary-to-fact clause here which implies that it is impossible for anyone to count all the specks of dust. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 13:16 it85 אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “all the dust/dirt specks/particles,” or “how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are,” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “of/on the earth” here. Do what is best in your language. -13:16 tjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה 1 “so it will be impossible to count all your offspring/descendants {because they will be so numerous}.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many {specks/particles of} dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language. -13:17 hsbz ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ 1 “{Now} go walk” or “{So now,} start walking”. The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land. -13:17 vbbt בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “through/throughout the land {in all directions},” -13:17 hdl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “including its length and its width, {and look it over,}” or “Walk/Go throughout the entire land {and look it over},” The phrase “its length … its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -13:17 j72c כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 “because you {are the one} I am giving it to.” or “because I am giving it {all} to you.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to you” is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. -13:18 evru וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram {did what Yahweh commanded} and moved his tents” or “Abram {obeyed Yahweh and} moved/relocated his tents”. Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase “moved his tents” in verse 12. +13:16 tjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה 1 “so it will be impossible to count all your offspring/descendants because they will be so numerous.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language. +13:17 hsbz ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ 1 “Now go walk” or “So now, start walking”. The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land. +13:17 vbbt בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “through/throughout the land in all directions,” +13:17 hdl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “including its length and its width, and look it over,” or “Walk/Go throughout the entire land and look it over,” The phrase “its length … its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +13:17 j72c כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 “because you are the one I am giving it to.” or “because I am giving it all to you.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to you” is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. +13:18 evru וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram did what Yahweh commanded and moved his tents” or “Abram obeyed Yahweh and moved/relocated his tents”. Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase “moved his tents” in verse 12. 13:18 uf3q וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א וַ⁠יֵּ֛שֶׁב 1 “and went to settle/live” or “and settled” -13:18 rny9 בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “near the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s {land},” or “near the terebinth/oak trees {on the land} owned by {a man named} Mamre,” See how you translated “terebinth” in Gen 12:6. -13:18 isz2 אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “near {the city of} Hebron,” -13:18 hx7g וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “There he built an altar {out of stones}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8. -13:18 ikf8 לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “{and burned/offered sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8. -14:1 vbzr וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ 1 “Then it happened {that} during the days/time when” or “During that time” -14:1 rxaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “Amraphel {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”. The term “king” refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated “Shinar” in Gen 10:10; 11:2. -14:1 x729 שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “{the land/region of} Shinar,” -14:1 abfg אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Arioch {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”. It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities. -14:1 lxcz אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,” -14:1 b13t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was ruling”. In Hebrew this king’s name is pronounced “Kedorlaomer”. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, “Elam” refers to the land where the descendants of Shem’s son Elam lived (Gen 10:22). -14:1 wi37 עֵילָ֔ם 1 “{the land/region of} the Elamites,” -14:1 ygbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ 1 “and Tidal {was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”. Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples.” Do what is best in your language. -14:1 sjfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גּוֹיִֽם 1 “the Goyim {people},” Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language. -14:2 htro עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה אֶת־ 1 “those/Those {four} kings {became allies/partners and} made/waged war” or “those/Those {four} kings {joined forces and} went to war”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1. -14:2 lshe בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Bera {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling” -14:2 z35m סְדֹ֔ם 1 “{the city of} Sodom,” -14:2 nskg וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Birsha {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling” -14:2 umpm עֲמֹרָ֑ה 1 “{the city of} Gomorrah,” -14:2 c762 שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shinab {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shinab who was ruling” -14:2 g5v9 אַדְמָ֗ה 1 “{the city of} Admah,” -14:2 wqsq וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shemeber {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling” -14:2 cm6o צְבוֹיִ֔ים 1 “{the city of} Zeboyim,” +13:18 rny9 בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “near the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s land,” or “near the terebinth/oak trees on the land owned by a man named Mamre,” See how you translated “terebinth” in Gen 12:6. +13:18 isz2 אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “near the city of Hebron,” +13:18 hx7g וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “There he built an altar out of stones”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8. +13:18 ikf8 לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “and burned/offered sacrifices on it to thank and worship Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8. +14:1 vbzr וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ 1 “Then it happened that during the days/time when” or “During that time” +14:1 rxaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “Amraphel was the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”. The term “king” refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated “Shinar” in Gen 10:10; 11:2. +14:1 x729 שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “the land/region of Shinar,” +14:1 abfg אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Arioch was the king/ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”. It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities. +14:1 lxcz אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “the city/kingdom of Ellasar,” +14:1 b13t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was the king/ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was ruling”. In Hebrew this king’s name is pronounced “Kedorlaomer”. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, “Elam” refers to the land where the descendants of Shem’s son Elam lived (Gen 10:22). +14:1 wi37 עֵילָ֔ם 1 “the land/region of the Elamites,” +14:1 ygbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ 1 “and Tidal was the king/ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”. Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples.” Do what is best in your language. +14:1 sjfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גּוֹיִֽם 1 “the Goyim people,” Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language. +14:2 htro עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה אֶת־ 1 “those/Those four kings became allies/partners and made/waged war” or “those/Those four kings joined forces and went to war”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1. +14:2 lshe בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Bera who was the king/ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling” +14:2 z35m סְדֹ֔ם 1 “the city of Sodom,” +14:2 nskg וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Birsha who was the king/ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling” +14:2 umpm עֲמֹרָ֑ה 1 “the city of Gomorrah,” +14:2 c762 שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shinab who was the king/ruler over” or “King Shinab who was ruling” +14:2 g5v9 אַדְמָ֗ה 1 “the city of Admah,” +14:2 wqsq וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shemeber who was the king/ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling” +14:2 cm6o צְבוֹיִ֔ים 1 “the city of Zeboyim,” 14:2 l0c9 וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ 1 “and the king/ruler over” or “and the king/ruler who was ruling” -14:2 sdes בֶּ֖לַע 1 “{the town of} Bela,” -14:2 yl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִיא צֹֽעַר 1 “which {is also/now called} Zoar.” or “which {was later called} Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.” This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote. -14:3 lfo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙ 1 “These/Those {five kings} all”. Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that “these” refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2. -14:3 ju1b חָֽבְר֔וּ 1 “united/combined their forces/armies {as allies/partners} {and fought against the four kings}” +14:2 sdes בֶּ֖לַע 1 “the town of Bela,” +14:2 yl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִיא צֹֽעַר 1 “which is also/now called Zoar.” or “which was later called Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.” This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote. +14:3 lfo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙ 1 “These/Those five kings all”. Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that “these” refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2. +14:3 ju1b חָֽבְר֔וּ 1 “united/combined their forces/armies as allies/partners and fought against the four kings” 14:3 y38z אֶל עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּ֑ים 1 “in the Siddim Valley,” -14:3 v7c6 ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח 1 “which {later} {became} the Salt Sea.” or “where the Salt Sea {is now}.” The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea, also known as the Dead Sea, is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size. -14:4 n2ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “{This is what happened:} {For/During} twelve years” or “{This is why they were fighting:} {For/During} twelve years”. This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. +14:3 v7c6 ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח 1 “which later became the Salt Sea.” or “where the Salt Sea is now.” The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea, also known as the Dead Sea, is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size. +14:4 n2ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “This is what happened: For/During twelve years” or “This is why they were fighting: For/During twelve years”. This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. 14:4 iqc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָבְד֖וּ 1 “the five kings had paid tribute/taxes/money to” or “the five kings had been subject to” or “they had been ruled by””. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the five kings (listed in verse 2) at this point in the paragraph. -14:4 cdq3 אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer,” Be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 1. -14:4 ng6n וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “but {sometime} in/during the thirteenth year” -14:4 hmdh מָרָֽדוּ 1 “they started to rebel/revolt {against him}.” -14:5 qae4 וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה 1 “Then {sometime} in/during the fourteenth year,” -14:5 nqz7 כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer” -14:5 qwfx וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָכִים֙ 1 “and the {three} kings” -14:5 yglc אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “who {were allied} with him” or “who {were} his allies/partners” -14:5 oirx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ֣א 1 “{united/combined their armies and} went {to war/fight} {against all their enemies}”. Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies. -14:5 cg83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ 1 “{First,} they conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +14:4 cdq3 אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר 1 “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer,” Be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 1. +14:4 ng6n וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “but sometime in/during the thirteenth year” +14:4 hmdh מָרָֽדוּ 1 “they started to rebel/revolt against him.” +14:5 qae4 וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה 1 “Then sometime in/during the fourteenth year,” +14:5 nqz7 כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר 1 “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer” +14:5 qwfx וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָכִים֙ 1 “and the three kings” +14:5 yglc אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “who were allied with him” or “who were his allies/partners” +14:5 oirx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ֣א 1 “united/combined their armies and went to war/fight against all their enemies”. Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies. +14:5 cg83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ 1 “First, they conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 14:5 vtcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת רְפָאִים֙ 1 “the Rephaites” or “the Rephaite/Repha people”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. -14:5 jqwe בְּ⁠עַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת קַרְנַ֔יִם 1 “in {the city of} Ashteroth-Karnaim,” +14:5 jqwe בְּ⁠עַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת קַרְנַ֔יִם 1 “in the city of Ashteroth-Karnaim,” 14:5 fviv וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠זּוּזִ֖ים 1 “and/then the Zuzites” or “and the Zuzite/Zuz people” -14:5 wfa2 בְּ⁠הָ֑ם 1 “in {the city of} Ham,” +14:5 wfa2 בְּ⁠הָ֑ם 1 “in the city of Ham,” 14:5 wbtc הָֽ⁠אֵימִ֔ים 1 “the Emites” or “the Emite/Em people” -14:5 fhdm בְּ⁠שָׁוֵ֖ה קִרְיָתָֽיִם 1 “in {the city of} Shaveh-Kiriathaim,” +14:5 fhdm בְּ⁠שָׁוֵ֖ה קִרְיָתָֽיִם 1 “in the city of Shaveh-Kiriathaim,” 14:6 zg2n וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חֹרִ֖י 1 “and the Horite/Hor people” -14:6 f5cg בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר 1 “{who lived} in the hill country of {the land/region of} Seir” or “{who lived} in the Seir Hills/Mountains” -14:6 p20q עַ֚ד אֵ֣יל פָּארָ֔ן 1 “{all the way} to {the city of} El Paran,” -14:6 b5lx אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל 1 “which {is located} near/beside” or “which {is} on/at the edge/border of” +14:6 f5cg בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר 1 “who lived in the hill country of the land/region of Seir” or “who lived in the Seir Hills/Mountains” +14:6 p20q עַ֚ד אֵ֣יל פָּארָ֔ן 1 “all the way to the city of El Paran,” +14:6 b5lx אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל 1 “which is located near/beside” or “which is on/at the edge/border of” 14:6 pbqs הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 “the/a desert.” A wilderness is a dry, rocky area where few plants grow and few people live. See how you translated “wilderness/desert” in Gen 12:9 and 13:1, 3 (if you made that explicit in those verses). -14:7 rugw וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ 1 “Next the/those {four} kings {and their armies}” +14:7 rugw וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ 1 “Next the/those four kings and their armies” 14:7 cwo4 וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ 1 “turned around” or “started to return home” 14:7 c69k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ 1 “and went” -14:7 fm78 אֶל עֵ֤ין מִשְׁפָּט֙ 1 “to {the city of} En Mishpat,” -14:7 wbrw הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ 1 “which {is also/now called} Kadesh,” or “which {was later called} Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. +14:7 fm78 אֶל עֵ֤ין מִשְׁפָּט֙ 1 “to the city of En Mishpat,” +14:7 wbrw הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ 1 “which is also/now called Kadesh,” or “which was later called Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. 14:7 v4ak וַ⁠יַּכּ֕וּ 1 “They conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:7 wufy אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י 1 “the entire/whole territory/area/land where the Amalekites lived” or “… where the Amalekite/Amalek people {group} lived” -14:7 p33f וְ⁠גַם֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י 1 “as well as the Amorite/Amor people {group},” Be consistent here with how you translated “Amorites” in Gen 10:16. -14:7 o8wj הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חַֽצְצֹ֥ן תָּמָֽר 1 “who lived in {the city of} Hazezon Tamar.” +14:7 wufy אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י 1 “the entire/whole territory/area/land where the Amalekites lived” or “… where the Amalekite/Amalek people group lived” +14:7 p33f וְ⁠גַם֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י 1 “as well as the Amorite/Amor people group,” Be consistent here with how you translated “Amorites” in Gen 10:16. +14:7 o8wj הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חַֽצְצֹ֥ן תָּמָֽר 1 “who lived in the city of Hazezon Tamar.” 14:8 txjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א 1 “That’s when”. Verse 8 is talking about the same battle that is mentioned in verse 2, except it leaves out the names of the kings. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like a different battle. -14:8 irbp מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע 1 “the king over {the city of} Sodom, the king over {the city of} Gomorrah, the king over {the city of} Admah, the king over {the city of} Zeboyim, and the king over {the town of} Bela,” or “the kings over {the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,” Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19. -14:8 or65 הִוא צֹ֑עַר 1 “which {is also/now called} Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. -14:8 e103 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א 1 “went/marched out {with their armies}” +14:8 irbp מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע 1 “the king over the city of Sodom, the king over the city of Gomorrah, the king over the city of Admah, the king over the city of Zeboyim, and the king over the town of Bela,” or “the kings over the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,” Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19. +14:8 or65 הִוא צֹ֑עַר 1 “which is also/now called Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. +14:8 e103 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א 1 “went/marched out with their armies” 14:8 djq8 בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּֽים 1 “into the Siddim Valley”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. -14:8 g78j וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and assembled/prepared/positioned {themselves} for battle” or “and got ready to fight” or (2) “and joined/united together in battle” -14:9 daj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “against Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {who was} the king/ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was ruling”. The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there. -14:9 g6fo עֵילָ֗ם 1 “{the land/region of} Elam,” -14:9 tgaj וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Tidal {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling” -14:9 izhi גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 “the Goyim {people},” Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1. -14:9 w2fr וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Amraphel {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling” -14:9 nnvk שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “{the land/region of} Shinar,” -14:9 oj0f וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “and Arioch {who was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling” -14:9 gwis אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,” -14:9 jqlu אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת 1 “{It was} four kings {who started fighting} against” or “{Then} the/those four kings attacked”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:9 ea8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “the five {kings} {and started defeating them}.” It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here. +14:8 g78j וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and assembled/prepared/positioned themselves for battle” or “and got ready to fight” or (2) “and joined/united together in battle” +14:9 daj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “against Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was the king/ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was ruling”. The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there. +14:9 g6fo עֵילָ֗ם 1 “the land/region of Elam,” +14:9 tgaj וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Tidal who was the king/ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling” +14:9 izhi גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 “the Goyim people,” Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1. +14:9 w2fr וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Amraphel who was the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling” +14:9 nnvk שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “the land/region of Shinar,” +14:9 oj0f וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “and Arioch who was the king/ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling” +14:9 gwis אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “the city/kingdom of Ellasar,” +14:9 jqlu אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת 1 “It was four kings who started fighting against” or “Then the/those four kings attacked”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +14:9 ea8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “the five kings and started defeating them.” It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here. 14:10 n67g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠עֵ֣מֶק הַ⁠שִׂדִּ֗ים בֶּֽאֱרֹ֤ת בֶּאֱרֹת֙ חֵמָ֔ר 1 “The Siddim Valley was full of tar pits,” or “There were many tar pits in the Siddim Valley,” The word “Now” indicates a change of topic and introduces background information. For some languages it is more natural to omit that word and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated “the Valley of Siddim” in verses 3 and 8, and how you translated “tar” in Gen 11:3. -14:10 p8kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה 1 “As/When the kings of/over {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {and their armies/soldiers} were running away {from the battle},” It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:10 wym8 וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they died there {in the tar pits}.” or “some {of their soldiers/men} were killed there {in the tar pits}.” or “they fell into the tar pits {and died}.” or (2) “jumped into the tar pits {to hide}.” Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun “they” probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate “fell there”. -14:10 v2gs וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” or (2) “But the other {three kings and their armies/soldiers}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. +14:10 p8kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה 1 “As/When the kings of/over the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah and their armies/soldiers were running away from the battle,” It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +14:10 wym8 וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they died there in the tar pits.” or “some of their soldiers/men were killed there in the tar pits.” or “they fell into the tar pits and died.” or (2) “jumped into the tar pits to hide.” Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun “they” probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate “fell there”. +14:10 v2gs וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” or (2) “But the other three kings and their armies/soldiers”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. 14:10 wjyr נָּֽסוּ 1 “ran away”. See how you translated “fled” earlier in this verse. -14:10 d4wa הֶ֥רָ⁠ה 1 “to the mountains/hills {to hide}.” See how you translated “hill country” in verse 6. -14:11 yt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ 1 “Then the four kings took {by force}” or “Then the four kings seized”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph. -14:11 vxuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה 1 “all the possessions of/from {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “all the {people’s} belongings in {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people here in your language. +14:10 d4wa הֶ֥רָ⁠ה 1 “to the mountains/hills to hide.” See how you translated “hill country” in verse 6. +14:11 yt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ 1 “Then the four kings took by force” or “Then the four kings seized”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph. +14:11 vxuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה 1 “all the possessions of/from the people of/in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “all the people’s belongings in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah”. The phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people here in your language. 14:11 wi6p וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אָכְלָ֖⁠ם 1 “including/even all their food,” or “as well as all their food,” -14:11 j1m7 וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ 1 “and left {with it all}.” or “and carried it {all} away {with them}.” or “and went on their way.” -14:12 nyoh וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ 1 “They also took {with them}” or “They also carried off/away” or “The four kings also captured” +14:11 j1m7 וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ 1 “and left with it all.” or “and carried it all away with them.” or “and went on their way.” +14:12 nyoh וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ 1 “They also took with them” or “They also carried off/away” or “The four kings also captured” 14:12 sf0a אֶת ל֧וֹט וְ⁠אֶת רְכֻשׁ֛⁠וֹ בֶּן אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָ֖ם וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 “Abram’s nephew Lot and his possessions/belongings,” -14:12 z7z0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם 1 “since he was living in {the city of} Sodom.” For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abram’s nephew Lot was {also} living in {the city of} Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.” -14:13 rmjy וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט 1 “Then/But someone {from Sodom} escaped {from the battle} and came/went” -14:13 tz4r וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י 1 “to Abram the Hebrew and reported {to him} {what had happened}.” The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shem’s great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote. -14:13 b6mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הוּא֩ 1 “Now {at that time} he/Abram” or “{At that time} he/Abram”. This phrase introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -14:13 ebfw שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א 1 “was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 13:18. -14:13 p3v8 הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֗י 1 “{who was} {a member of} the Amorite {people/ethnic group}”. See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7. -14:13 crpr אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר 1 “{who was} the brother of Eshcol and Aner” or “{whose} brothers were Eshcol and Aner” -14:13 tqk2 וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 “Those {three} men”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:13 u9mn בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם 1 “had made a covenant/pact/agreement with Abram {to be his allies}.” or “and Abram had made a covenant/pact/agreement together {that they would help each other against their enemies}.” +14:12 z7z0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם 1 “since he was living in the city of Sodom.” For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abram’s nephew Lot was also living in the city of Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.” +14:13 rmjy וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט 1 “Then/But someone from Sodom escaped from the battle and came/went” +14:13 tz4r וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י 1 “to Abram the Hebrew and reported to him what had happened.” The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shem’s great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote. +14:13 b6mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הוּא֩ 1 “Now at that time he/Abram” or “At that time he/Abram”. This phrase introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +14:13 ebfw שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א 1 “was still living by/near the terebinth/oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “was still living by/near the terebinth/oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 13:18. +14:13 p3v8 הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֗י 1 “who was a member of the Amorite people/ethnic group”. See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7. +14:13 crpr אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר 1 “who was the brother of Eshcol and Aner” or “whose brothers were Eshcol and Aner” +14:13 tqk2 וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 “Those three men”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +14:13 u9mn בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם 1 “had made a covenant/pact/agreement with Abram to be his allies.” or “and Abram had made a covenant/pact/agreement together that they would help each other against their enemies.” 14:14 hnqu וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “When Abram found out” -14:14 bkqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “that his relative/nephew {Lot} had been captured,” or “that {the four kings} had captured his nephew {Lot},” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -14:14 r50d וַ⁠יָּ֨רֶק 1 “he called/gathered together {for battle}” or “he summoned/assembled/mobilized {for battle}.” +14:14 bkqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “that his relative/nephew Lot had been captured,” or “that the four kings had captured his nephew Lot,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +14:14 r50d וַ⁠יָּ֨רֶק 1 “he called/gathered together for battle” or “he summoned/assembled/mobilized for battle.” 14:14 j9ie אֶת חֲנִיכָ֜י⁠ו יְלִידֵ֣י בֵית֗⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת 1 “318 of his/the servants who had been born in his household and were trained/skilled warriors” or “318 of his servants born in his household whom he had trained to fight/battle”. It is clear from verse 15 that these men were Abram’s servants. -14:14 uxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף 1 “Then he/Abram {and his men/servants and his allies} went/chased after {the invaders}” or “Then {together with his allies} they {all} pursued {the four kings and their armies}”. In this sentence the pronoun “he” refers to Abram and all those who had united with him as his allies. +14:14 uxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף 1 “Then he/Abram and his men/servants and his allies went/chased after the invaders” or “Then together with his allies they all pursued the four kings and their armies”. In this sentence the pronoun “he” refers to Abram and all those who had united with him as his allies. 14:14 vvdg עַד 1 “all the way to” or “until they caught up with them at” -14:14 dlm1 דָּֽן 1 “{the town of} Dan.” -14:15 ktaz וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/There during the night he/Abram and his servants/men divided {into groups}, {surprise} attacked the {four} kings {and their soldiers},” +14:14 dlm1 דָּֽן 1 “the town of Dan.” +14:15 ktaz וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/There during the night he/Abram and his servants/men divided into groups, surprise attacked the four kings and their soldiers,” 14:15 chrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֑⁠ם 1 “and overpowered/defeated/routed them” 14:15 xc61 וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפֵ⁠ם֙ 1 “Then they went/chased after them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:15 yboz עַד חוֹבָ֔ה 1 “{all the way} to {the town of} Hobah,” or “as far as {the town of} Hobah,” -14:15 cvfq אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֖אל לְ⁠דַמָּֽשֶׂק 1 “which {is located} north of {the city of} Damascus.” +14:15 yboz עַד חוֹבָ֔ה 1 “all the way to the town of Hobah,” or “as far as the town of Hobah,” +14:15 cvfq אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֖אל לְ⁠דַמָּֽשֶׂק 1 “which is located north of the city of Damascus.” 14:16 wc8z וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב 1 “As a result, he/Abram got back” or “He/Abram recovered” -14:16 iuwg אֵ֖ת כָּל הָ⁠רְכֻ֑שׁ 1 “all the {people’s} belongings/things {that the four kings had taken/seized}” +14:16 iuwg אֵ֖ת כָּל הָ⁠רְכֻ֑שׁ 1 “all the people’s belongings/things that the four kings had taken/seized” 14:16 oopx וְ⁠גַם֩ & הֵשִׁ֔יב 1 “He also got back” or “He also recovered/rescued”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 14:16 l2dh אֶת ל֨וֹט אָחִ֤י⁠ו 1 “his nephew Lot” -14:16 d9o8 וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and {all} his/Lot's belongings,” +14:16 d9o8 וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and all his/Lot's belongings,” 14:16 i31e וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים 1 “as well as the women” -14:16 vs21 וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠עָֽם 1 “and {all} the {other} people {whom the kings had captured}.” -14:17 mqhb וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮ 1 “Then the king over {the city of} Sodom” -14:17 ykht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ־סְדֹם֮ 1 “Then the king over {the city of} Sodom went out”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language. +14:16 vs21 וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠עָֽם 1 “and all the other people whom the kings had captured.” +14:17 mqhb וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮ 1 “Then the king over the city of Sodom” +14:17 ykht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ־סְדֹם֮ 1 “Then the king over the city of Sodom went out”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language. 14:17 ra44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֒ 1 “to greet/welcome him/Abram” or “and greeted/welcomed him/Abram” 14:17 icwx אֶל עֵ֣מֶק שָׁוֵ֔ה 1 “in the Shaveh Valley,” -14:17 k618 ה֖וּא עֵ֥מֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 “which {is also called/named} the King’s Valley,” or “that is, the King’s Valley,” -14:17 c2vk אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ 1 “as he/Abram was returning {home}” or “as he/Abram was going/headed back home”. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18). +14:17 k618 ה֖וּא עֵ֥מֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 “which is also called/named the King’s Valley,” or “that is, the King’s Valley,” +14:17 c2vk אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ 1 “as he/Abram was returning home” or “as he/Abram was going/headed back home”. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18). 14:17 oq8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠הַכּוֹת֙ 1 “after defeating” or “after he defeated”. See how you translated “struck” in verse 15. -14:17 luxv אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {and his army}”. Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17. -14:17 wbxl וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים 1 “and {the armies of} the {other} {three} kings” -14:17 c1g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies/partners.” or “who had joined/allied themselves with Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer.” For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated {King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the {other} {three} kings who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies, he started to return {home}. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the King’s Valley, the king over {the city of} Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language. -14:18 x5qz וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם 1 “Then Melchizedek {who was} the king over {the city of} Salem {also came/went there, and he}”. Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (See: Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -14:18 zo6c הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן 1 “brought (some) bread and wine {for them to eat and drink}.” or “brought {some} bread and wine {for Abram and his men to eat and drink}.” It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated “wine” in Gen 9:21, 24. -14:18 ojgm וְ⁠ה֥וּא 1 “He {was also}” or “{King} Melchizedek {was also}” +14:17 luxv אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר 1 “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and his army”. Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17. +14:17 wbxl וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים 1 “and the armies of the other three kings” +14:17 c1g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies/partners.” or “who had joined/allied themselves with Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer.” For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the other three kings who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies, he started to return home. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the King’s Valley, the king over the city of Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language. +14:18 x5qz וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם 1 “Then Melchizedek who was the king over the city of Salem also came/went there, and he”. Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (See: Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +14:18 zo6c הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן 1 “brought (some) bread and wine for them to eat and drink.” or “brought some bread and wine for Abram and his men to eat and drink.” It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated “wine” in Gen 9:21, 24. +14:18 ojgm וְ⁠ה֥וּא 1 “He was also” or “King Melchizedek was also” 14:18 vl2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כֹהֵ֖ן 1 “a priest for” or “a priest who served”. A priest is someone who represents people to God, and who represents God to the people. He leads the people in praying, worship, making sacrifices, ceremonies, and festivals. -14:18 lwz3 לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 “the most high/powerful God.” or “the highest/greatest God.” or “God who is higher/greater {than all other gods}.” +14:18 lwz3 לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 “the most high/powerful God.” or “the highest/greatest God.” or “God who is higher/greater than all other gods.” 14:19 z3jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 “He blessed Abram” or “So he/Melchizedek blessed Abram”. Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. Also see how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3. -14:19 feqa וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “by saying {to him},” -14:19 t0au בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙ 1 “I pray that {you} Abram will be blessed” -14:19 qqks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “by the most high/powerful God,” or “by the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless {you} Abram.” Do what is best in your language. -14:19 cnzx קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{who is} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth.” or “who owns/created heaven and earth.” The Hebrew word for “Possessor” also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text you could put in a footnote. +14:19 feqa וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “by saying to him,” +14:19 t0au בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙ 1 “I pray that you Abram will be blessed” +14:19 qqks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “by the most high/powerful God,” or “by the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless you Abram.” Do what is best in your language. +14:19 cnzx קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “who is the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth.” or “who owns/created heaven and earth.” The Hebrew word for “Possessor” also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text you could put in a footnote. 14:20 qi3k וּ⁠בָרוּךְ֙ 1 “Praise” or “Give praise to” or “Let everyone praise”. See how you translated “Praised be” in Gen 9:26. 14:20 bnw8 אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “the most high/powerful God,” or “the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-19. 14:20 bx1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר מִגֵּ֥ן צָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “because he gave you victory over your enemies!” or “because he enabled you to defeat your enemies!” The phrase “delivered … into your hand” is an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. -14:20 kq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “Then Abram gave {King} Melchizedek”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. +14:20 kq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “Then Abram gave King Melchizedek”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. 14:20 dxmy מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר 1 “one-tenth” or “ten percent” -14:20 yh95 מִ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “of everything {that he had recovered/captured in the battle}.” or “of all {the plunder he had brought back from the battle}.” This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them. -14:21 u3e7 וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם אֶל־אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “Then the king of Sodom requested of Abram,” or “After that, the king over {the city of} Sodom urged/asked Abram,” -14:21 kges rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֶּן לִ֣⁠י 1 “{Please} give/return to me”. Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodom’s request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding. -14:21 pmak הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ 1 “the/my people {whom you rescued/saved},” or “the people {from Sodom} {whom you rescued},” -14:21 yqi3 וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “but the possessions/plunder you may take/keep for yourself.” or “but take/keep for yourself the/their belongings {that you recovered}.” See how you translated “possessions” in verses 11-12,16. +14:20 yh95 מִ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “of everything that he had recovered/captured in the battle.” or “of all the plunder he had brought back from the battle.” This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them. +14:21 u3e7 וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם אֶל־אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “Then the king of Sodom requested of Abram,” or “After that, the king over the city of Sodom urged/asked Abram,” +14:21 kges rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֶּן לִ֣⁠י 1 “Please give/return to me”. Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodom’s request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding. +14:21 pmak הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ 1 “the/my people whom you rescued/saved,” or “the people from Sodom whom you rescued,” +14:21 yqi3 וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “but the possessions/plunder you may take/keep for yourself.” or “but take/keep for yourself the/their belongings that you recovered.” See how you translated “possessions” in verses 11-12,16. 14:22 n9df rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם 1 “But Abram/he replied to him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation. -14:22 mra6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙ 1 “{I will not keep anything, because} I have raised my hand {and sworn/vowed/promised} to Yahweh,” It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abram’s oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath. -14:22 j9qr אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “{who is} the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20. -14:22 v040 קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{and} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth,” or “{and} the One who owns/created heaven and earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 19. -14:23 xn0s אִם 1 “{that} I will not {keep/accept}” -14:23 lbqa מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל 1 “even a thread/string or the strap from a sandal,” or “even {something as small/insignificant as} a {piece of} string or a sandal strap,” +14:22 mra6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙ 1 “I will not keep anything, because I have raised my hand and sworn/vowed/promised to Yahweh,” It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abram’s oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath. +14:22 j9qr אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “who is the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20. +14:22 v040 קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth,” or “and the One who owns/created heaven and earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 19. +14:23 xn0s אִם 1 “that I will not keep/accept” +14:23 lbqa מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל 1 “even a thread/string or the strap from a sandal,” or “even something as small/insignificant as a piece of string or a sandal strap,” 14:23 wb28 וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל 1 “No/Yes, I will not keep/accept anything”. This clause emphasizes Abram’s point. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:23 ah9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “that {belongs} to you {or your people},” or “that is yours {or your people’s},” For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{that} I will not keep/accept anything that {belongs} to you {or your people}, not even {something as small as} a {piece of} thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language. +14:23 ah9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “that belongs to you or your people,” or “that is yours or your people’s,” For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “that I will not keep/accept anything that belongs to you or your people, not even something as small as a piece of thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language. 14:23 hns6 וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר 1 “That way you can never say,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -14:23 xhbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם 1 “I {am the one who} made Abram rich/wealthy!” or “that you {were the one who} made me rich.” The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -14:24 kk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק 1 “{So} I {will} not {keep/accept} anything, except” or “{So} I {will} only {keep/accept}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence. -14:24 kaz7 אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים 1 “what my servants {who fought with me} have eaten” or “what my men/warriors ate”. These young men were Abram’s trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15. -14:24 pp7i וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א 1 “and the share/part {of the plunder} that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies/partners.” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.” -14:24 h54m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ 1 “{Please} let them take/have” or “{Please} give them”. Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior. -14:24 umi6 חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם 1 “their share/part {of the plunder}.” or “their share/part {of what we recovered}.” -15:1 gh9e אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “After those things/events {happened},” or “After that,” -15:1 uy8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Yahweh said to Abram in a vision,” or “Yahweh appeared/came to Abram visually and said {to him},” A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened. +14:23 xhbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם 1 “I am the one who made Abram rich/wealthy!” or “that you were the one who made me rich.” The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +14:24 kk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק 1 “So I will not keep/accept anything, except” or “So I will only keep/accept”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence. +14:24 kaz7 אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים 1 “what my servants who fought with me have eaten” or “what my men/warriors ate”. These young men were Abram’s trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15. +14:24 pp7i וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א 1 “and the share/part of the plunder that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies/partners.” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.” +14:24 h54m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ 1 “Please let them take/have” or “Please give them”. Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior. +14:24 umi6 חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם 1 “their share/part of the plunder.” or “their share/part of what we recovered.” +15:1 gh9e אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “After those things/events happened,” or “After that,” +15:1 uy8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Yahweh said to Abram in a vision,” or “Yahweh appeared/came to Abram visually and said to him,” A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened. 15:1 qg0x אַל תִּירָ֣א אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Abram, do not be afraid!” -15:1 a97c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “I {am} your shield/protector,” or “I protect you {like} a shield,” or “I will shield/protect you,” God is like a shield to Abram since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. -15:1 dbve שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{and} your reward {from me} will be very great.” or “{and} I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” (2) “{and} {I am} your very great/valuable reward.” The context (verse 2) shows that the first interpretation is what Abram understood God to be saying. -15:2 vwfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram said/lamented {to him},” or “But/Then Abram asked {him},” The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question. +15:1 a97c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “I am your shield/protector,” or “I protect you like a shield,” or “I will shield/protect you,” God is like a shield to Abram since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. +15:1 dbve שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and your reward from me will be very great.” or “and I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” (2) “and I am your very great/valuable reward.” The context (verse 2) shows that the first interpretation is what Abram understood God to be saying. +15:2 vwfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram said/lamented to him,” or “But/Then Abram asked him,” The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question. 15:2 n8qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יֱהוִה֙ 1 “My Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord/Master,” The phrase “My Lord” means that Yahweh owns Abram and has complete authority over him, just as a master (at that time) had complete authority over his servant. -15:2 ep5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י 1 “what {reward} will/can you give to me {that would benefit me},” or “{I don’t understand} how a reward from you {would benefit/help} me,” or “even if you reward me {greatly}, {that will not benefit/help me,}” Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude. +15:2 ep5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י 1 “what reward will/can you give to me that would benefit me,” or “I don’t understand how a reward from you would benefit/help me,” or “even if you reward me greatly, that will not benefit/help me,” Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude. 15:2 ifre וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עֲרִירִ֑י 1 “since I remain childless” or “I still have no children” -15:2 dltw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק 1 “so that {when/after I die,} the inheritor/heir of” or “So {when I die,} the one who will inherit/own”. The phrase “son of the inheritance” is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +15:2 dltw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק 1 “so that when/after I die, the inheritor/heir of” or “So when I die, the one who will inherit/own”. The phrase “son of the inheritance” is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 15:2 gn01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בֵּיתִ֔⁠י 1 “my estate/property” or “all/everything that I have/own”. This phrase refers here to all Abram’s belongings. -15:2 nc22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 “{is} {my foreign servant} Eliezer from Damascus” or “{is} {my servant} Eliezer {who is} {a foreigner} from {the city of} Damascus”. In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Damascus” in Gen 14:15. +15:2 nc22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 “is my foreign servant Eliezer from Damascus” or “is my servant Eliezer who is a foreigner from the city of Damascus”. In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the city of Damascus” in Gen 14:15. 15:3 jv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Then he continued/added,” Some languages omit these words, because the same speaker is still speaking to the same audience. Do what is best in your language. 15:3 im0k הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Indeed,” Some translations omit this phrase to prevent Abram from sounding rude. Do what is best in your language. 15:3 o4j4 לִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א נָתַ֖תָּה זָ֑רַע 1 “you have not given me any children,” In the Hebrew text “to me” is before “you have not given” to emphasize Abram. Do what is natural in your language. -15:3 w212 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so that now {when/after I die},” +15:3 w212 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so that now when/after I die,” 15:3 zvm0 בֶן בֵּיתִ֖⁠י 1 “a servant from my household” or “one of my household servants” 15:3 ojds יוֹרֵ֥שׁ אֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “will be my heir!” or “will inherit/get everything I own!” 15:4 nsoi וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “But immediately” or “Immediately” 15:4 os3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דְבַר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context. -15:4 mxfc זֶ֑ה 1 “{No,} that man/servant” or “{No,} your servant {Eliezer}” +15:4 mxfc זֶ֑ה 1 “No, that man/servant” or “No, your servant Eliezer” 15:4 lns8 לֹ֥א יִֽירָשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ & כִּי אִם֙ 1 “will not inherit/get your estate/property, rather” -15:4 o38q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא 1 “a son whom you father” or “it will be your very own {biological} son who”. The phrase “comes from your bowels” is an idiom that refers to fathering a child. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son. +15:4 o38q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא 1 “a son whom you father” or “it will be your very own biological son who”. The phrase “comes from your bowels” is an idiom that refers to fathering a child. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son. 15:4 hr4c יִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “will inherit/own your estate/property.” or “will inherit/own it.” 15:5 ww36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א אֹת֜⁠וֹ 1 “Then Yahweh took/led him/Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Yahweh and Abram at this point in the paragraph. -15:5 gdld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “outside {his tent}”. Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does). -15:5 p6yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to him},” -15:5 vwsk הַבֶּט נָ֣א 1 “Please/Now look {up}” or “Look {up}”. See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging. -15:5 zhiv הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה 1 “into the heavens” or “at/into the {night} sky” -15:5 i9uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and {try to} count how many stars there are, if {in fact,} anyone could {possibly} count {all of} them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could {ever/possibly} count them {all}.” God’s point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abram’s ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. -15:5 uudh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “{While Abram was looking at the stars,} Yahweh said to him/Abram,” or “{So Abram looked up at the stars,} and Yahweh continued speaking to him,” Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language. -15:5 fv94 כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “That is how {numerous/many} your offspring/descendants will be.” or “That is how many offspring/descendants you will have.” +15:5 gdld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “outside his tent”. Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does). +15:5 p6yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said to him,” +15:5 vwsk הַבֶּט נָ֣א 1 “Please/Now look up” or “Look up”. See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging. +15:5 zhiv הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה 1 “into the heavens” or “at/into the night sky” +15:5 i9uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and try to count how many stars there are, if in fact, anyone could possibly count all of them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could ever/possibly count them all.” God’s point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abram’s ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. +15:5 uudh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “While Abram was looking at the stars, Yahweh said to him/Abram,” or “So Abram looked up at the stars, and Yahweh continued speaking to him,” Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language. +15:5 fv94 כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “That is how numerous/many your offspring/descendants will be.” or “That is how many offspring/descendants you will have.” 15:6 obq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן 1 “He/Abram trusted/believed Yahweh,” or “He/Abram believed what Yahweh said,” Many translations omit the conjunction “And” here. Do what is best in your language. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the subject here, not Yahweh (who was the last subject in verse 5). -15:6 nhkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה 1 “and {so} Yahweh counted/credited it/that to him {as} righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh considered/reckoned him/Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered him/Abram to have a right relationship with him.” Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section. +15:6 nhkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה 1 “and so Yahweh counted/credited it/that to him as righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh considered/reckoned him/Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered him/Abram to have a right relationship with him.” Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section. 15:7 il2v וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Yahweh said to him/Abram,” -15:7 jwqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “I {am} Yahweh who brought/led you {here} from {the city of} Ur” +15:7 jwqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “I am Yahweh who brought/led you here from the city of Ur” 15:7 j8wd כַּשְׂדִּ֔ים 1 “which is ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans” or “that the Kasdim/Chaldeans rule” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldeans live”. See how you translated “Ur of the Kasdim/Chaldeans” in Gen 11:28, 31, and see the note about that there. 15:7 vfmv לָ֧⁠תֶת לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 “to give this land to you” 15:7 g9jd לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “to own.” or “as your homeland.” or “to be your own/home.” -15:8 vtol rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/But Abram said/replied {to him},” or “Then/But he/Abram asked {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh. +15:8 vtol rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/But Abram said/replied to him,” or “Then/But he/Abram asked him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh. 15:8 yj8m אֲדֹנָ֣⁠י יֱהוִ֔ה 1 “My Lord/Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord/Master,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. -15:8 i68u בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע 1 “how will/can I know {for sure}” or “how will/can I be certain/sure” +15:8 i68u בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע 1 “how will/can I know for sure” or “how will/can I be certain/sure” 15:8 auft כִּ֥י אִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠נָּה 1 “that I will possess/own this land/territory?” or “that this land will be mine?” 15:9 m3dc וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” or “Yahweh replied,” 15:9 i00p קְחָ֥⁠ה לִ⁠י֙ 1 “Bring me” 15:9 uh33 עֶגְלָ֣ה מְשֻׁלֶּ֔שֶׁת 1 “a cow that is three years old,” 15:9 zo9s וְ⁠עֵ֥ז מְשֻׁלֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “a female goat that is three years old,” -15:9 x5l7 וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ 1 “and a male sheep that is three years old”. For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a {young} cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each of which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language. +15:9 x5l7 וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ 1 “and a male sheep that is three years old”. For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a young cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each of which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language. 15:9 h03l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹ֖ר וְ⁠גוֹזָֽל 1 “as well as a turtledove/dove and a young pigeon.” Turtledoves and pigeons are common, closely related birds that look similar and are often gray or grayish brown in color. One of the main differences is that turtledoves are smaller than pigeons. Compare how you translated “dove” in Gen 8:8. -15:10 haes וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח 1 “So {the next/following day} Abram brought/took”. It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation. -15:10 rm6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “all those {animals} to him/Yahweh {and slaughtered/killed them}.” Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language. +15:10 haes וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח 1 “So the next/following day Abram brought/took”. It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation. +15:10 rm6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “all those animals to him/Yahweh and slaughtered/killed them.” Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language. 15:10 lz42 וַ⁠יְבַתֵּ֤ר אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “Then/Next Abram cut/divided the animals’ bodies” 15:10 qlm4 בַּ⁠תָּ֔וֶךְ 1 “in half lengthwise” or “into two parts lengthwise”. Abram probably cut the animals down the middle lengthwise, which means that each half had one front leg, and one back leg. -15:10 zyln וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אִישׁ־בִּתְר֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠קְרַ֣את רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and placed/arranged each half a short distance/space across from the/its other half {in two rows},” or “and laid/arranged the right half of each animal opposite/across from its left half {in two rows},” -15:10 g80e וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר 1 “but he did not cut/divide {the bodies of} the birds in two/half.” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two/half.” See how you translated “cut … in two” earlier in verse 10. -15:11 dhk0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט 1 “Then {some} birds of prey landed” or “Then {some} vultures flew/swooped down {and landed}” or “Then {some} meat-eating birds”. This phrase refers to large birds that eat dead animal meat. Examples of these birds include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows. -15:11 p4wl עַל־הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים 1 “the {dead} animal bodies/parts {to eat them},” or “the dead animals {to eat them},” +15:10 zyln וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אִישׁ־בִּתְר֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠קְרַ֣את רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and placed/arranged each half a short distance/space across from the/its other half in two rows,” or “and laid/arranged the right half of each animal opposite/across from its left half in two rows,” +15:10 g80e וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר 1 “but he did not cut/divide the bodies of the birds in two/half.” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two/half.” See how you translated “cut … in two” earlier in verse 10. +15:11 dhk0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט 1 “Then some birds of prey landed” or “Then some vultures flew/swooped down and landed” or “Then some meat-eating birds”. This phrase refers to large birds that eat dead animal meat. Examples of these birds include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows. +15:11 p4wl עַל־הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים 1 “the dead animal bodies/parts to eat them,” or “the dead animals to eat them,” 15:11 xeat וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠ם אַבְרָֽם 1 “but Abram chased/scared them away.” or “but Abram made them go away.” -15:12 e39m וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened {that}” or “Later”. This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation. +15:12 e39m וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened that” or “Later”. This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation. 15:12 d33t הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא 1 “as/when the sun was going down” or “as/when it was starting to become dark/night” 15:12 l3t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה נָפְלָ֣ה עַל אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “Abram fell/went into a deep/sound sleep,” or “Abram went soundly asleep,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 2:21. 15:12 f59z וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. @@ -1749,2066 +1749,2064 @@ front:intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 15:13 wscw גֵ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה 1 “will live as foreigners/sojourners”. The word “strangers” refers to people who live temporarily in a city, country, or region, but they do not settle there permanently. 15:13 cm9l בְּ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “in a country” 15:13 sd2n לֹ֣א לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “that is not their own.” or “that is not their home/homeland.” -15:13 d6oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם 1 “They will serve the people {of/in that land/country} {as slaves},” or “They will be servants/slaves for the people {who live in that land/country},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to. +15:13 d6oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם 1 “They will serve the people of/in that land/country as slaves,” or “They will be servants/slaves for the people who live in that land/country,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to. 15:13 kntb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠עִנּ֣וּ אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and those people will oppress/mistreat them” or “and those people will treat them cruelly/badly”. Notice that here the pronoun “they” refers to the people who were living in the country where Abram’s descendants will be sojourning and “them” refers to Abram’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -15:13 hx9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה 1 “{for} 400 years.” or “{for a period of} 400 years.” This phrase refers to how long Abram’s descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.” +15:13 hx9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה 1 “for 400 years.” or “for a period of 400 years.” This phrase refers to how long Abram’s descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.” 15:14 r32f וְ⁠גַ֧ם 1 “But” or “But/And you can also be certain/sure that” -15:14 kuy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי 1 “{the people of} that nation/country” or “the/those people” -15:14 tbec אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ 1 “whom they serve {as slaves}” or “who made them slaves” -15:14 dvzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “I will punish,” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish {the people of} the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language. +15:14 kuy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי 1 “the people of that nation/country” or “the/those people” +15:14 tbec אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ 1 “whom they serve as slaves” or “who made them slaves” +15:14 dvzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “I will punish,” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish the people of the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language. 15:14 rxgp וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֥ן 1 “After that,” or “Then”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -15:14 bwpf יֵצְא֖וּ 1 “your offspring/descendants will leave {that land/country}” +15:14 bwpf יֵצְא֖וּ 1 “your offspring/descendants will leave that land/country” 15:14 hshe בִּ⁠רְכֻ֥שׁ גָּדֽוֹל 1 “with many possessions.” or “with great/much wealth.” or “and take many possessions/riches with them.” See how you translated “possessions” in Gen 14:16, 21. -15:15 lnj7 וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה 1 “Now/But {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language. -15:15 yeva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם 1 “you will be at peace when you {die and} join your forefathers/ancestors {who have died/gone before you}”. This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term “fathers” refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth. -15:15 wwh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה 1 “{In fact,} you will not die until you have lived a good/blessed, long life.” or “{In fact,} you will live a good/blessed, long life before you die.” This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors {who have died before you}.” Do what is best in your language. -15:16 pycy וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י 1 “Then four generations later,” or “Then after four generations {have passed},” -15:16 vmew יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה 1 “your descendants will return here {to live},” or “your descendants will come back to this land {and live here},” -15:16 jv0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “because that is when the Amorite/Amor people will have sinned as much as I will allow {before I take away their land and give it to your descendants}.” or “{and I will give them the land of the} Amorite/Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.” God planned to give the Amorites’ land to Abram’s descendants because of the Amorites’ sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18. -15:17 pz6x וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 12, and see the note about that there. +15:15 lnj7 וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה 1 “Now/But as for you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language. +15:15 yeva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם 1 “you will be at peace when you die and join your forefathers/ancestors who have died/gone before you”. This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term “fathers” refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth. +15:15 wwh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה 1 “In fact, you will not die until you have lived a good/blessed, long life.” or “In fact, you will live a good/blessed, long life before you die.” This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors who have died before you.” Do what is best in your language. +15:16 pycy וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י 1 “Then four generations later,” or “Then after four generations have passed,” +15:16 vmew יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה 1 “your descendants will return here to live,” or “your descendants will come back to this land and live here,” +15:16 jv0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “because that is when the Amorite/Amor people will have sinned as much as I will allow before I take away their land and give it to your descendants.” or “and I will give them the land of the Amorite/Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.” God planned to give the Amorites’ land to Abram’s descendants because of the Amorites’ sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18. +15:17 pz6x וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 12, and see the note about that there. 15:17 epqp הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ בָּ֔אָה 1 “when/after the sun had gone down,” or “when/after the sun had set,” The sun had started to go down in verse 12. Here it had completely set. -15:17 s3qr וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה 1 “it was/became {very} dark”. This Hebrew word for “darkness” implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible. +15:17 s3qr וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה 1 “it was/became very dark”. This Hebrew word for “darkness” implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible. 15:17 gctf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -15:17 iqre תַנּ֤וּר עָשָׁן֙ 1 “a {clay} pot {appeared} {that was full} of burning coals and had smoke coming from it,” -15:17 b7pu וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ 1 “and {also} a burning/blazing torch” -15:17 mf10 אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר 1 “and they {both} passed/went” -15:17 rzj8 בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “between those/the {two rows of} {animal} parts/halves.” -15:18 trnn בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that {very} day” or “At that time”. It is still nighttime at this point (See: verse 17), so the word “day” refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime. +15:17 iqre תַנּ֤וּר עָשָׁן֙ 1 “a clay pot appeared that was full of burning coals and had smoke coming from it,” +15:17 b7pu וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ 1 “and also a burning/blazing torch” +15:17 mf10 אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר 1 “and they both passed/went” +15:17 rzj8 בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “between those/the two rows of animal parts/halves.” +15:18 trnn בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that very day” or “At that time”. It is still nighttime at this point (See: verse 17), so the word “day” refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime. 15:18 fchr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom כָּרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Yahweh established/made” -15:18 zmuv אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית 1 “a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with Abram”. See how you translated “covenant” in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17. -15:18 jufm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{by} saying,” or “and said,” +15:18 zmuv אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית 1 “a special/peace covenant/agreement with Abram”. See how you translated “covenant” in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17. +15:18 jufm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “by saying,” or “and said,” 15:18 nifa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ נָתַ֨תִּי֙ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “I am giving your offspring/descendants this land,” or “I hereby give this land to your offspring/descendants,” In the Hebrew text “to your offspring/descendants” is first in this quote to emphasize Abram’s descendants. Do what is natural in your language. -15:18 g5es מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “{which extends} from Egypt’s river {in the south}”. This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does. -15:18 wiap עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת 1 “to the great/big Euphrates River {in the north},” -15:19 dwlz אֶת 1 “{including} {the land which is owned/inhabited by}” or “{That is/includes} {the land which belongs to}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +15:18 g5es מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “which extends from Egypt’s river in the south”. This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does. +15:18 wiap עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת 1 “to the great/big Euphrates River in the north,” +15:19 dwlz אֶת 1 “including the land which is owned/inhabited by” or “That is/includes the land which belongs to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 15:19 ba00 אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִֽי 1 “the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites,” or “Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites,” In a list of people group names like this (verses 19-21), for some languages it is more natural to leave out “and” and “the” most of the time. Do what is natural in your language. 15:20 t17t וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חִתִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠רְפָאִֽים 1 “the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaim/Rephaites,” or “Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim/Rephaites,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Hittites” in Gen 10:15, “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7, and “the Rephaim/Rephaites” in Gen 14:5. 15:21 tiio וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 “the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.” or “Amorites, Canaanites, Girgashites, and Jebusites.” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Amorites” in verse 18 and “Amorites”, “Canaanites”, “Girgashites”, and “Jebusites” in Gen 10:15-18. 16:1 j5rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠שָׂרַי֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Sarai, Abram’s wife,” or “Now Abram’s wife Sarai”. This verse begins a new topic and gives background information about Sarai. Some languages have a special conjunction for this. Other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. -16:1 itjv לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “{still} had not had {any} children for him,” or “had {still} not given birth {to any children} for him,” Sarai’s barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30. +16:1 itjv לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “still had not had any children for him,” or “had still not given birth to any children for him,” Sarai’s barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30. 16:1 ck1v וְ⁠לָ֛⁠הּ 1 “but she owned” or “but she did have” -16:1 oni8 שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית 1 “an Egyptian slave/servant woman” or “a female slave/servant from {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16. +16:1 oni8 שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית 1 “an Egyptian slave/servant woman” or “a female slave/servant from the country of Egypt”. See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16. 16:1 gj9y וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ הָגָֽר 1 “whose name was Hagar.” or “named Hagar.” 16:2 hcuf וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֜י אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “So she told Abram,” or “Then Sarai/she told Abram,” -16:2 hjtg הִנֵּה נָ֞א 1 “Listen please/now:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11. -16:2 l1km עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת 1 “{Since} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children,” or “{As you know,} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children, {so}” -16:2 pxu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל 1 “please sleep with” or “please have {marital/sexual} relations with”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. Also, see how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. -16:2 b34m שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י 1 “my slave/servant woman {Hagar}.” See how you translated “maidservant” in verse 1. -16:2 u5c8 אוּלַ֥י 1 “Maybe” or “{so that} perhaps/maybe”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -16:2 mcq5 אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה 1 “I can build/have a family through her {children}.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build/have a family.” +16:2 hjtg הִנֵּה נָ֞א 1 “Listen please/now:” or “Please listen to me/this:” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11. +16:2 l1km עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת 1 “Since Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have any children,” or “As you know, Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have any children, so” +16:2 pxu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל 1 “please sleep with” or “please have marital/sexual relations with”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. Also, see how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. +16:2 b34m שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י 1 “my slave/servant woman Hagar.” See how you translated “maidservant” in verse 1. +16:2 u5c8 אוּלַ֥י 1 “Maybe” or “so that perhaps/maybe”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +16:2 mcq5 אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה 1 “I can build/have a family through her children.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build/have a family.” 16:2 klj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָ֖ם לְ⁠ק֥וֹל שָׂרָֽי 1 “Abram agreed to do what Sarai/she requested/suggested.” or “So Abram listened to Sarai.” 16:3 kkb6 וַ⁠תִּקַּ֞ח שָׂרַ֣י אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “So/Then Abram’s wife Sarai took/brought” or “Then Sarai took/brought”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “Abram’s wife” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize Sarai’s relationship to Abram in contrast to Hagar. For some languages it is overly redundant to repeat that phrase, and so they leave it implied here. However, if possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation. 16:3 hq9o אֶת הָגָ֤ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִית֙ שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “her Egyptian servant woman Hagar,” or “her servant Hagar,” The word “Egyptian” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize the fact that Hagar was a foreigner. If possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation. -16:3 c5qd מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years,” -16:3 usjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife.” For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abram’s wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife. {This/That happened} after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar. -16:4 z3yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר 1 “Then/So Abram slept with Hagar,” or “Then/So Abram/he had {marital} relations with Hagar,” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2. -16:4 zkod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “and {as a result,}” or “and {so}” -16:4 onr6 וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “and {as a result,} she became pregnant.” or “and {so} she became pregnant.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud. -16:4 j6gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה 1 “And/But {when} she/Hagar saw/realized that she was pregnant,” The word “saw” is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here. -16:4 kp9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she despised/disrespected her mistress/owner {Sarai}.” or “she regarded/treated her mistress/owner {Sarai} with contempt/disdain.” or “she started to look down on her mistress {Sarai}.” The phrase “despised in her eyes” is an idiom that refers here to Hagar’s attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +16:3 c5qd מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “after Abram and Sarai had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years,” +16:3 usjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his second wife.” For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abram’s wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his second wife. This/That happened after Abram and Sarai had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar. +16:4 z3yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר 1 “Then/So Abram slept with Hagar,” or “Then/So Abram/he had marital relations with Hagar,” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2. +16:4 zkod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “and as a result,” or “and so” +16:4 onr6 וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “and as a result, she became pregnant.” or “and so she became pregnant.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud. +16:4 j6gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה 1 “And/But when she/Hagar saw/realized that she was pregnant,” The word “saw” is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here. +16:4 kp9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she despised/disrespected her mistress/owner Sarai.” or “she regarded/treated her mistress/owner Sarai with contempt/disdain.” or “she started to look down on her mistress Sarai.” The phrase “despised in her eyes” is an idiom that refers here to Hagar’s attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 16:5 cvvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֣י אֶל אַבְרָם֮ 1 “Then/So Sarai complained to Abram,” 16:5 l7q0 חֲמָסִ֣⁠י עָלֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “I am suffering because of you!” or “I am being mistreated because of you!” or “It is your fault that I am being treated wrongly/badly!” or “It is your fault that I am suffering!” -16:5 ris2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I gave my maidservant/servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my maidservant/servant to have {marital} relations with you,” The idiom “put … into your arms” refers to Abram’s relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive. -16:5 ouxe וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה 1 “but {now that} she knows/realizes that she is pregnant,” +16:5 ris2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I gave my maidservant/servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my maidservant/servant to have marital relations with you,” The idiom “put … into your arms” refers to Abram’s relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive. +16:5 ouxe וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה 1 “but now that she knows/realizes that she is pregnant,” 16:5 dadx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “she despises/disrespects me!” or “she treats me with contempt/disdain”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verse 4. -16:5 igre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ 1 “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide between you and me {who is responsible for this}!” or “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide who is right/wrong, you or me!” or “May Yahweh judge whether it is you or I who is responsible {for this}!” As the head of the household, it was Abram’s responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote. +16:5 igre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט יְהוָ֖ה בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ 1 “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide between you and me who is responsible for this!” or “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide who is right/wrong, you or me!” or “May Yahweh judge whether it is you or I who is responsible for this!” As the head of the household, it was Abram’s responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote. 16:6 mgqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל שָׂרַ֗י 1 “But Abram said/replied to Sarai/her,” or “Abram said/replied,” 16:6 gb51 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Look/Listen,” 16:6 onw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שִׁפְחָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ בְּ⁠יָדֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “your slave/servant woman is under your authority/control.” or “you have authority over your slave/servant.” or “you are in charge of your servant.” The phrase “in your hand” is an idiom that refers to having control or authority over someone. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also see how you translated “maidservant” in verses 1-3, 5. -16:6 ns17 עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Do with her” or “{So} {you can/may} do to/with her” -16:6 orxc הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 “what{ever} you think/decide is good/right/best.” or “what{ever} pleases you.” The phrase “in your eyes” is an idiom that refers to Sarai’s opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5. +16:6 ns17 עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Do with her” or “So you can/may do to/with her” +16:6 orxc הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 “whatever you think/decide is good/right/best.” or “whatever pleases you.” The phrase “in your eyes” is an idiom that refers to Sarai’s opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5. 16:6 yvhx וַ⁠תְּעַנֶּ֣⁠הָ שָׂרַ֔י 1 “Then/So Sarai oppressed/mistreated her/Hagar, and/so” or “Then/So Sarai treated her/Hagar so harshly/badly that”. See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13. -16:6 a1qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she/Hagar ran away from her.” or “she/Hagar ran away {from home to get away} from her/Sarai.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai. -16:7 ziyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Then/But an angel/messenger {sent} from Yahweh found Hagar” or “Then/But one of Yahweh’s angels/messengers came to Hagar”. Make sure that the way you translate “found” does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally. Also, this messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being. +16:6 a1qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she/Hagar ran away from her.” or “she/Hagar ran away from home to get away from her/Sarai.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai. +16:7 ziyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Then/But an angel/messenger sent from Yahweh found Hagar” or “Then/But one of Yahweh’s angels/messengers came to Hagar”. Make sure that the way you translate “found” does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally. Also, this messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being. 16:7 urd3 עַל עֵ֥ין הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “by/beside a spring of water” or “by/beside a spring” 16:7 b4xd בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 “in the desert”. See how you translated “wilderness” in Gen 14:6. -16:7 grd7 עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן 1 “{She was} at the spring” or “{It was} the spring”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -16:7 xce6 בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר 1 “{that was} beside/by the road {that goes} to {the city of} Shur.” or “{that was} beside/by the road near {the city of} Shur.” -16:8 aajb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר 1 “And the angel/messenger said {to her},” or “The angel/messenger asked {her},” The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. +16:7 grd7 עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן 1 “She was at the spring” or “It was the spring”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +16:7 xce6 בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר 1 “that was beside/by the road that goes to the city of Shur.” or “that was beside/by the road near the city of Shur.” +16:8 aajb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר 1 “And the angel/messenger said to her,” or “The angel/messenger asked her,” The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. 16:8 sc3u הָגָ֞ר שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרַ֛י 1 “Hagar, Sarai’s slave/servant,” or “Hagar, who serves Sarai,” 16:8 ogxo אֵֽי מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה בָ֖את וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֑כִי 1 “where are you coming from, and where are you headed?” -16:8 yltk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “She/Hagar said/replied {to him},” or “She/Hagar answered {him},” +16:8 yltk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “She/Hagar said/replied to him,” or “She/Hagar answered him,” 16:8 ya1g מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ שָׂרַ֣י גְּבִרְתִּ֔⁠י אָנֹכִ֖י בֹּרַֽחַת 1 “I am running away from my mistress/owner Sarai.” See how you translated “fled from … face” in verse 6 and how you translated “mistress” in verse 4. 16:9 symc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “But/So Yahweh’s angel/messenger told her/Hagar,” or “Then/But he told her/Hagar,” Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation, after what Hagar said in verse 8. -16:9 ceyk שׁ֖וּבִי אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Go back {home} to your mistress/owner {Sarai}”. See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8. -16:9 hp9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “and {humbly} submit {yourself} to her authority.” or “obey her {as her servant}.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“in your hand”) in verse 6. +16:9 ceyk שׁ֖וּבִי אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Go back home to your mistress/owner Sarai”. See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8. +16:9 hp9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “and humbly submit yourself to her authority.” or “obey her as her servant.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“in your hand”) in verse 6. 16:10 wpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then the angel/messenger told/promised her,” or “Then he added/continued,” Some languages do not include the quote margins here and in verse 11, because the angel is still talking to Hagar. However, the repeated quote margins could be there to emphasize what the angel says next and/or to show that he paused or that he is changing the topic. -16:10 un14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 “I {Yahweh} will greatly increase/multiply {the number of} your offspring/descendants, so that” or “{This is what Yahweh says/promises to you:} “I will give you so many offspring/descendants that” ” or “{Yahweh promises to you that} he will give you many descendants, so that”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahweh’s words to Hagar or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel. +16:10 un14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 “I Yahweh will greatly increase/multiply the number of your offspring/descendants, so that” or “This is what Yahweh says/promises to you: “I will give you so many offspring/descendants that” ” or “Yahweh promises to you that he will give you many descendants, so that”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahweh’s words to Hagar or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel. 16:10 py6e וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסָּפֵ֖ר 1 “no one will be able to count them all,” or “there will be too many to count,” 16:10 vljc מֵ⁠רֹֽב 1 “because of their large number.” or “because there will be so many of them.” -16:11 e1h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then/Finally the angel/messenger {also} said/prophesied to her,” or “Then/Finally he {also} told her,” or “Then the angel/messenger added/continued,” -16:11 c3yg הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן 1 “Look/Listen, {as you know,} {you are} expecting a child/baby. You will bear/have a son, and/then” or “Look/Listen, you are pregnant with a son. After/When he is born,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him. +16:11 e1h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then/Finally the angel/messenger also said/prophesied to her,” or “Then/Finally he also told her,” or “Then the angel/messenger added/continued,” +16:11 c3yg הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן 1 “Look/Listen, as you know, you are expecting a child/baby. You will bear/have a son, and/then” or “Look/Listen, you are pregnant with a son. After/When he is born,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him. 16:11 mecd וְ⁠קָרָ֤את שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “give him the name” or “name him” -16:11 tezq יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “Ishmael, {which means “God listens/hears,”}” Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmael’s name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9. +16:11 tezq יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “Ishmael, which means “God listens/hears,”” Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmael’s name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9. 16:11 q8bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּֽי שָׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶל 1 “because Yahweh heard” or “because Yahweh paid attention to”. If you include the meaning of Ishmael’s name earlier in this verse, make sure it fits with how you translate this clause. -16:11 aus7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “your {cries of} misery/suffering {and has helped you}.” or “you when you were suffering {and has helped you}.” The word that means “listened to” implies here that God also took action to help Hagar. -16:12 rnzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֤וּא 1 “{When Ishmael grows up,} he” or “As for Ishmael, {when he grows up,} he”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh. -16:12 p7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם 1 “will be {proud and free} {like} a wild/untamed donkey” or “will be {like} a wild/untamed donkey {that no one can control/rule}” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”. The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here. +16:11 aus7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “your cries of misery/suffering and has helped you.” or “you when you were suffering and has helped you.” The word that means “listened to” implies here that God also took action to help Hagar. +16:12 rnzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֤וּא 1 “When Ishmael grows up, he” or “As for Ishmael, when he grows up, he”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh. +16:12 p7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם 1 “will be proud and free like a wild/untamed donkey” or “will be like a wild/untamed donkey that no one can control/rule” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”. The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here. 16:12 ihvp יָד֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל וְ⁠יַ֥ד כֹּ֖ל בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “He will fight against everyone, and everyone will fight against him.” or “He will be enemies with everyone.” -16:12 y6tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י & יִשְׁכֹּֽן 1 “In fact, he will {even} be hostile toward” or “Yes/Indeed, he will {also/even} fight against”. The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -16:12 sdus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “all of his {own} relatives.” or “all of his {own} family members.” The word “brothers” is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language. -16:13 iirj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י 1 “Then she/Hagar named Yahweh who had spoken to her. {She said/exclaimed,} “You are the God who sees!” ” or “After Yahweh spoke to her/Hagar, she called him El Roi, {which means “the God who sees,”}” Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name “El Roi” from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language. -16:13 nxa3 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “{She named him that,} because she {had} said/exclaimed {to herself},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -16:13 an8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י 1 “How can it be that I was able to look at the back of {the one/God who} looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of {him/God who} sees me!” Hagar’s rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation. +16:12 y6tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י & יִשְׁכֹּֽן 1 “In fact, he will even be hostile toward” or “Yes/Indeed, he will also/even fight against”. The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +16:12 sdus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “all of his own relatives.” or “all of his own family members.” The word “brothers” is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language. +16:13 iirj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י 1 “Then she/Hagar named Yahweh who had spoken to her. She said/exclaimed, “You are the God who sees!” ” or “After Yahweh spoke to her/Hagar, she called him El Roi, which means “the God who sees,”” Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name “El Roi” from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language. +16:13 nxa3 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “She named him that, because she had said/exclaimed to herself,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +16:13 an8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י 1 “How can it be that I was able to look at the back of the one/God who looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of him/God who sees me!” Hagar’s rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation. 16:14 jkis עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is why”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 11:9. 16:14 x357 קָרָ֣א לַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “the/that well is/was called/named” or “people call that well” or “the name of the/that well is”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Also, this well is the same as the spring in verse 7. For some languages, it may be necessary to translate these words the same way so that it is clear that they refer to the same place. Do what is best in your language. -16:14 hkkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “Beer Lahai Roi, {which means, “Well of the Living One, who sees me.”}” -16:14 vkz7 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “It is {still} there” or “That well is {still} there” -16:14 v5d5 בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד 1 “between {the cities of} Kadesh and Bered.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7. -16:15 sm1e וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן 1 “After that, Hagar/she {returned home and} gave birth to a son for Abram,” +16:14 hkkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “Beer Lahai Roi, which means, “Well of the Living One, who sees me.”” +16:14 vkz7 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “It is still there” or “That well is still there” +16:14 v5d5 בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד 1 “between the cities of Kadesh and Bered.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7. +16:15 sm1e וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן 1 “After that, Hagar/she returned home and gave birth to a son for Abram,” 16:15 sf8b וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָ֧ם שֶׁם בְּנ֛⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה הָגָ֖ר יִשְׁמָעֵֽאל 1 “and he called/named his son whom she bore/had Ishmael.” or “and Abram/he named his/their son Ishmael.” -16:16 a7rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם 1 “Abram {was}”. For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. +16:16 a7rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם 1 “Abram was”. For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. 16:16 hec8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms בֶּן 1 “86 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32. 16:16 xkvq בְּ⁠לֶֽדֶת הָגָ֥ר אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל לְ⁠אַבְרָֽם 1 “when Hagar gave birth to Ishmael for him.” or “when Hagar had Ishmael for him.” See how you translated “bore … for Abram” in verse 15. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hagar” in chapter 16 (verses 1, 4, 6-11, 13), and how you spelled “Ishmael” in verses 11, 12 and 15. -17:1 a4g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠תֵ֣שַׁע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “{Years} later, when Abram was ninety-nine/99 years old,” Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 5:32. +17:1 a4g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠תֵ֣שַׁע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “Years later, when Abram was ninety-nine/99 years old,” Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 5:32. 17:1 b3u2 וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א יְהוָ֜ה אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Yahweh appeared/came to him” or “Yahweh visited him”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:7. 17:1 zcp6 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 “and told him,” -17:1 ph7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י 1 “I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} the all-powerful God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” (as if it were a personal name) and put the meaning of the title in a footnote. Abram already knew that God’s personal name is Yahweh (Gen 12:8; 15:7-8), so he would have understood that God was using a title here (not a personal name). The title “God Almighty” emphasizes God’s authority and power. You could include a transliteration of this title in a footnote. +17:1 ph7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י 1 “I am Almighty God.” or “I am the all-powerful God.” or “I am God who is all-powerful.” Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” (as if it were a personal name) and put the meaning of the title in a footnote. Abram already knew that God’s personal name is Yahweh (Gen 12:8; 15:7-8), so he would have understood that God was using a title here (not a personal name). The title “God Almighty” emphasizes God’s authority and power. You could include a transliteration of this title in a footnote. 17:1 z65o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms הִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 “Walk/Live in my presence” or “Live according to my will” or “Live in a way that pleases me”. This phrase is an idiom that means to habitually live according to God’s will. -17:1 mxfa וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה 1 “{yes, you must} be” or “so that you will be” +17:1 mxfa וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה 1 “yes, you must be” or “so that you will be” 17:1 bv2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָמִֽים 1 “without fault.” or “blameless/upright.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 17:2 dsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י 1 “I will establish/institute my covenant/agreement”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “cut/make/establish … covenant” in Gen 15:18, where the verb is different from here but has a similar meaning (“establish/seal” or “put into effect”). 17:2 ig4c בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “with you,” -17:2 unnk וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase {the number of} your descendants so that they are exceedingly/very numerous.” -17:3 iqyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם עַל־פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Abram prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” or “{When} Abram {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” Make sure that the translation of this clause does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally. Rather, he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God. +17:2 unnk וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase the number of your descendants so that they are exceedingly/very numerous.” +17:3 iqyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם עַל־פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Abram prostrated himself before God to show him respect,” or “When Abram heard that, he bowed with his face to the ground before God to show respect,” Make sure that the translation of this clause does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally. Rather, he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God. 17:3 ia2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתּ֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and God spoke with/to him and said,” or “and God continued speaking with/to him/Abram,” or “and God continued/added,” Some translations omit “saying” here because it is not natural in those languages. Do what is best in your language. 17:4 opjt אֲנִ֕י הִנֵּ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ 1 “Listen/Look, this is my part/responsibility in my covenant/agreement with you: I will cause you to be/become” or “Listen/Look, this is what I will do to fulfill my covenant/agreement with you: I will make you” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “me” is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to emphasize that Yahweh is the one doing this. 17:4 jhlo לְ⁠אַ֖ב 1 “the ancestor of”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:20, 21; 10:21. 17:4 to54 הֲמ֥וֹן 1 “a large number of” or “many” 17:4 bvqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms גּוֹיִֽם 1 “people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this term in Gen 10:5, 20, 31, 32. 17:5 t3tn וְ⁠לֹא־יִקָּרֵ֥א ע֛וֹד אֶת־שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֖ אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “So your name will not be Abram anymore,” or “Your name will no longer be Abram,” -17:5 y88x וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Rather/Instead, {from now on} it will be Abraham,” or “Rather, I am changing it {now} to Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +17:5 y88x וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Rather/Instead, from now on it will be Abraham,” or “Rather, I am changing it now to Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 17:5 ju00 כִּ֛י & נְתַתִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “because I will make you” or “because you will be”. The form of the Hebrew verb in this clause is completed aspect (“have made”) and shows certainty that God will do this. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 17:5 gvn8 אַב הֲמ֥וֹן גּוֹיִ֖ם 1 “the ancestor of many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. 17:6 d68r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֔ד 1 “Yes, I will make you extremely/exceedingly fruitful,” or “I will give you very many offspring/descendants,” This verse repeats and elaborates on the last part of verse 5; it does not refer to different events. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. -17:6 p8wc וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם 1 “so that you will be/become {the father/ancestor of} {many} people/ethnic groups,” or “and I will cause your descendants to become {many} people/ethnic groups,” +17:6 p8wc וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם 1 “so that you will be/become the father/ancestor of many people/ethnic groups,” or “and I will cause your descendants to become many people/ethnic groups,” 17:6 vqo1 וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֥ יֵצֵֽאוּ 1 “In fact, there will be kings who descend from you.” or “In fact, some of your descendants will be/become kings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “king” in Gen 14:1-5. 17:7 q56j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֜⁠י בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 “I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with you”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. The pronouns “you” and “your” are singular in this clause and also later in this verse. -17:7 dj4k וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “and {all} your offspring/descendants {who live/come} after you” or “as well as {all} your offspring/descendants” -17:7 s1qx לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “for {all} generations to come” or “for {all} future generations” +17:7 dj4k וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “and all your offspring/descendants who live/come after you” or “as well as all your offspring/descendants” +17:7 s1qx לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “for all generations to come” or “for all future generations” 17:7 cyi2 לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “It will be a covenant/agreement that never ends,” or “It will be a covenant/agreement that lasts forever,” For some languages it is better to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -17:7 ds2h לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I will be your God and {the God} of {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God who takes care of you and {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and {all} your descendants worship/serve.” +17:7 ds2h לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I will be your God and the God of all your descendants.” or “that I will be the God who takes care of you and all your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and all your descendants worship/serve.” 17:8 nyz3 וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י לְ֠⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֨ אַחֲרֶ֜י⁠ךָ 1 “I will also give to you and your offspring/descendants” 17:8 z44f אֵ֣ת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 “the/this land where you have been living as a foreigner/outsider,” -17:8 ooc1 אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “{yes,} the entire land/region of Canaan,” +17:8 ooc1 אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “yes, the entire land/region of Canaan,” 17:8 bvrb לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּ֖ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “It will be their land/property forever,” or “They will own it forever,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 17:8 udkv וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “and I will be their God.” or “and I will be the God who takes care of them.” or “I will be the God whom they worship/serve.” See how you translated the phrase “be God to you” in verse 7. 17:9 qzbp וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then God continued,” Some languages leave out this quote margin, because God is still speaking to the same person. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 16:10-11. -17:9 ognl וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה 1 “As for you,” or “Now as for your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement},” or “Your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement} is that”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about God’s part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abraham’s part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus. -17:9 zstx אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר 1 “you must keep/obey {the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement,” or “you must obey me,” -17:9 r3ok אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “{both/including} you and” or “{That includes} you and” or “{That applies to} you as well as”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -17:9 uz7r וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{all} your descendants {who live} after you” or “{all} your offspring/descendants” -17:9 uumy לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “for/including {all} generations to come.” or “for/including {all} future generations.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8. -17:10 grqg זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י 1 “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement” or “This is {one of the requirements of/in} my covenant/agreement” -17:10 mdxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ 1 “which you {all} must obey,” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural here. -17:10 esro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “{the covenant/agreement that is} between me and you {all}, including” or “{the covenant/agreement I have made} with {all of} you, including”. The pronoun “you” is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household. -17:10 bxe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “your descendants {who will live} after you:” or “{all} your descendants:” Notice that the pronouns “your” and “you” are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants {who will live after you}, which you {all} must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language. -17:10 pe10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “You must circumcise all males {who live} among/with you.” or “You must cut off the {male} foreskin of every boy and man {who lives} among you.” Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the {male} skin” or “must follow the {male} skin-cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons. -17:11 mhww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “Yes, {all the males among} you must have your/their foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed/Yes, you must circumcise the foreskin of {all the males among} you”. Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10. -17:11 c80d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “and that {custom/practice} will serve as the sign {that reminds you} of this/my covenant/agreement {I made} with {all of} you.” or “and that {custom/practice} will remind/show {you all} that {I made} this/my covenant/agreement with you.” The pronoun “you” is plural here. -17:12 pl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל 1 “{Every} eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised {by you},” or “So you must circumcise {every} eight-day-old baby boy,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -17:12 c7zl כָּל זָכָ֖ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{and} every {other} male” or “{as well as} all {other} males” or (2) “{yes,} every male {child}”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males. +17:9 ognl וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה 1 “As for you,” or “Now as for your part/responsibility in this/my covenant/agreement,” or “Your part/responsibility in this/my covenant/agreement is that”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about God’s part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abraham’s part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus. +17:9 zstx אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר 1 “you must keep/obey the requirements/rules of my covenant/agreement,” or “you must obey me,” +17:9 r3ok אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “both/including you and” or “That includes you and” or “That applies to you as well as”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +17:9 uz7r וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “all your descendants who live after you” or “all your offspring/descendants” +17:9 uumy לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “for/including all generations to come.” or “for/including all future generations.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8. +17:10 grqg זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י 1 “This is what I require in my covenant/agreement” or “This is one of the requirements of/in my covenant/agreement” +17:10 mdxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ 1 “which you all must obey,” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural here. +17:10 esro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “the covenant/agreement that is between me and you all, including” or “the covenant/agreement I have made with all of you, including”. The pronoun “you” is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household. +17:10 bxe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “your descendants who will live after you:” or “all your descendants:” Notice that the pronouns “your” and “you” are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is what I require in my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants who will live after you, which you all must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language. +17:10 pe10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “You must circumcise all males who live among/with you.” or “You must cut off the male foreskin of every boy and man who lives among you.” Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the male skin” or “must follow the male skin-cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons. +17:11 mhww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “Yes, all the males among you must have your/their foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed/Yes, you must circumcise the foreskin of all the males among you”. Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10. +17:11 c80d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “and that custom/practice will serve as the sign that reminds you of this/my covenant/agreement I made with all of you.” or “and that custom/practice will remind/show you all that I made this/my covenant/agreement with you.” The pronoun “you” is plural here. +17:12 pl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל 1 “Every eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised by you,” or “So you must circumcise every eight-day-old baby boy,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +17:12 c7zl כָּל זָכָ֖ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and every other male” or “as well as all other males” or (2) “yes, every male child”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males. 17:12 rvqc לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 “among your people” -17:12 n2rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “for all {future} generations,” It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all {future} generations you must circumcise {every} baby boy who is eight days old, {as well as} all {other} males among your people …” Do what is best in your language. -17:12 qqux יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “{including} those/males {who are} born in your household/family” or “{That includes} those/males from your own household/family”. This phrase refers to Abraham’s future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines’ sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abraham’s servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -17:12 lsxb וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and those whom you buy from foreigners {as slaves/servants}, who {are} not your offspring/descendants.” or “as well as those who {are} not your offspring/descendants but {are slaves/servants whom you} have bought from foreigners.” -17:13 bi24 הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל 1 “{That’s right,} they must definitely be circumcised,” or “{Yes,} you must surely/definitely circumcise {all of} them,” This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language. -17:13 zibc יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “{including} those/males who are born in your household as well as those/males whom you buy {as a slave/servant}.” or “{regardless of whether} they are sons/males from your own household/family or slaves/servants whom you have bought.” See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language. -17:13 ojc7 וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י 1 “That is how {the sign of} my covenant/agreement will/must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant/agreement” +17:12 n2rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “for all future generations,” It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all future generations you must circumcise every baby boy who is eight days old, as well as all other males among your people …” Do what is best in your language. +17:12 qqux יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “including those/males who are born in your household/family” or “That includes those/males from your own household/family”. This phrase refers to Abraham’s future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines’ sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abraham’s servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +17:12 lsxb וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and those whom you buy from foreigners as slaves/servants, who are not your offspring/descendants.” or “as well as those who are not your offspring/descendants but are slaves/servants whom you have bought from foreigners.” +17:13 bi24 הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל 1 “That’s right, they must definitely be circumcised,” or “Yes, you must surely/definitely circumcise all of them,” This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language. +17:13 zibc יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “including those/males who are born in your household as well as those/males whom you buy as a slave/servant.” or “regardless of whether they are sons/males from your own household/family or slaves/servants whom you have bought.” See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language. +17:13 ojc7 וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י 1 “That is how the sign of my covenant/agreement will/must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant/agreement” 17:13 yepf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠בְשַׂרְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “on your bodies”. The word “flesh” refers here to the body in general. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. 17:13 we4s לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 “to show that it is an everlasting/permanent covenant/agreement.” or “to show that it is a covenant/agreement that never ends.” See how you translated “an eternal covenant” in verse 7. -17:14 sp1v וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “But {as for} any/every male/man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a/any man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a/any man refuses to be circumcised,” In this context, “male” refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys. -17:14 z5fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “that person must {be sent away and} not be allowed to associate/fellowship with his/my people” or “you must {send him away and} not allow him to associate/fellowship with his/my people”. The phrase “cut off from his people” is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. -17:14 x4d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵפַֽר 1 “{because} he has not kept/obeyed” or “{because} he has disobeyed”. This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like “broken” that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded. -17:14 r1ku אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י 1 “{the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement.” or “{what I require in} my covenant/agreement.” -17:15 b4k2 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Later God {also} said to Abraham,” or “God {also} told Abraham,” -17:15 d7gc שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “{As for} your wife Sarai,” This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language. -17:15 zovk לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י 1 “do not call her Sarai {anymore},” or “her name will no longer be Sarai,” -17:15 fvai כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “because {from now on} her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather/Instead, her name is {now} Sarah.” or “Rather, {from now on} it will be Sarah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +17:14 sp1v וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “But as for any/every male/man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a/any man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a/any man refuses to be circumcised,” In this context, “male” refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys. +17:14 z5fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “that person must be sent away and not be allowed to associate/fellowship with his/my people” or “you must send him away and not allow him to associate/fellowship with his/my people”. The phrase “cut off from his people” is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. +17:14 x4d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵפַֽר 1 “because he has not kept/obeyed” or “because he has disobeyed”. This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like “broken” that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded. +17:14 r1ku אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י 1 “the requirements/rules of my covenant/agreement.” or “what I require in my covenant/agreement.” +17:15 b4k2 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Later God also said to Abraham,” or “God also told Abraham,” +17:15 d7gc שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “As for your wife Sarai,” This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language. +17:15 zovk לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י 1 “do not call her Sarai anymore,” or “her name will no longer be Sarai,” +17:15 fvai כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “because from now on her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather/Instead, her name is now Sarah.” or “Rather, from now on it will be Sarah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 17:16 m30z וְ⁠גַ֨ם נָתַ֧תִּי מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה לְ⁠ךָ֖ בֵּ֑ן 1 “and I will definitely enable her to bear/have a son for you.” or “and I will definitely give you a son by her.” 17:16 fk5z וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “In fact, I will bless/prosper her” or “Yes, I will bless/prosper her” -17:16 sif8 וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם 1 “so that she will become {the mother/ancestor of many} people/ethnic groups,” or “so much that she will {have many descendants that will} become/form {new/many} people/ethnic groups,” See how you translated “nations” in verses 4-6. -17:16 gvvj מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ 1 “and kings over peoples/nations will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will {even} be kings {who rule} over {many} people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6. -17:17 xnh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם עַל־פָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{When} Abraham {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” or “Then Abraham prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 3. -17:17 wr09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but he laughed {to himself} and thought,” or “but he laughed {silently} and thought to himself,” The phrase “said in his heart” is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. -17:17 d074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד 1 “How can a hundred-year-old man {like me/myself} father a son/child?” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man {like me} to father a son/child!” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man {like myself} cannot father a son/child, can he?” Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question. -17:17 ld4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד 1 “And how can Sarah who is 90 years old {still} have a baby/child?” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to {still} bear/have a baby/child!” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot {still} give birth to a baby/child, can she?” +17:16 sif8 וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם 1 “so that she will become the mother/ancestor of many people/ethnic groups,” or “so much that she will have many descendants that will become/form new/many people/ethnic groups,” See how you translated “nations” in verses 4-6. +17:16 gvvj מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ 1 “and kings over peoples/nations will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will even be kings who rule over many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6. +17:17 xnh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם עַל־פָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “When Abraham heard that, he bowed with his face to the ground before God to show respect,” or “Then Abraham prostrated himself before God to show him respect,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 3. +17:17 wr09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but he laughed to himself and thought,” or “but he laughed silently and thought to himself,” The phrase “said in his heart” is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. +17:17 d074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד 1 “How can a hundred-year-old man like me/myself father a son/child?” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man like me to father a son/child!” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man like myself cannot father a son/child, can he?” Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question. +17:17 ld4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד 1 “And how can Sarah who is 90 years old still have a baby/child?” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to still bear/have a baby/child!” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot still give birth to a baby/child, can she?” 17:18 zy6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “Then/So Abraham/he said to God,” 17:18 ro82 ל֥וּ יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל 1 “Oh, that Ishmael could/would” or “Please let Ishmael”. Consider what is the best way to express this strong wish or hope in your language. 17:18 gi97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִחְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “live/prosper in your presence!” or “be the one whom you bless!” This idiom means to live under God’s care and be blessed by him. -17:19 ocod rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “God said/replied {to him},” +17:19 ocod rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “God said/replied to him,” 17:19 e0ka אֲבָל֙ 1 “No, rather” or “Yes, but/however”. Consider whether it is best in your language to begin God’s response to Abraham here with a “No” or a “Yes”. Although God agrees that he will bless Ishmael (verse 20), he disagrees with Abraham’s request to allow Ishmael to be the one God establishes his covenant with. -17:19 vvis שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “{as I said,} your wife Sarah {is the one} {who}” or “{it is} your wife Sarah {who}”. Here God emphasizes what he said in verse 16 about Sarah. +17:19 vvis שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “as I said, your wife Sarah is the one who” or “it is your wife Sarah who”. Here God emphasizes what he said in verse 16 about Sarah. 17:19 ki58 יֹלֶ֤דֶת לְ⁠ךָ֙ בֵּ֔ן 1 “will bear you a son,” or “will give birth to a son for you,” 17:19 yo8z וְ⁠קָרָ֥אתָ אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “and you must name him Isaac.” or “You must give him the name Isaac.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “call … name …” in verse 15. -17:19 jxgr וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֥⁠י אִתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with him” or “He {is the one} I will establish my covenant/agreement with,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 7. +17:19 jxgr וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֥⁠י אִתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with him” or “He is the one I will establish my covenant/agreement with,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 7. 17:19 t5se לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָ֖ם 1 “as a permanent covenant/agreement” -17:19 p6c9 לְ⁠זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “{that will also be} for/with {all} his offspring/descendants {who live} after him.” or “{that I will also establish/keep} with {all} his offspring/descendants {who live} after him.” -17:20 x4ze וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֘אל שְׁמַעְתִּי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “As for Ishmael, I have heard your request {for him}.” or “I also heard what you asked me to do for Ishmael.” -17:20 hdzr הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “{So} behold/listen,” or “{So} here/this is what I will do:” -17:20 kdq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֵּרַ֣כְתִּי אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “I will {also} bless/prosper him,” See how you translated “bless” in verse 16. +17:19 p6c9 לְ⁠זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “that will also be for/with all his offspring/descendants who live after him.” or “that I will also establish/keep with all his offspring/descendants who live after him.” +17:20 x4ze וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֘אל שְׁמַעְתִּי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “As for Ishmael, I have heard your request for him.” or “I also heard what you asked me to do for Ishmael.” +17:20 hdzr הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “So behold/listen,” or “So here/this is what I will do:” +17:20 kdq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֵּרַ֣כְתִּי אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “I will also bless/prosper him,” See how you translated “bless” in verse 16. 17:20 y4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֥י אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 “and I will give him many children” -17:20 l4uk וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֥י אֹת֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “and greatly increase {the number of} his descendants.” or “so that he has a great many descendants.” -17:20 kjss יוֹלִ֔יד 1 “{In fact,} he will be the father of” or “{In fact,} he will have” -17:20 ya9m שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֤ר נְשִׂיאִם֙ 1 “twelve {sons who become} chiefs,” or “twelve {sons who will be} {great/powerful} leaders,” Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king, so it is better to use a more general term in your translation. -17:20 tlf0 וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ו לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּדֽוֹל 1 “and I will make him {the father/ancestor of} a great/large people/ethnic group.” or “and I will make him {and his descendants} become a great/large people/ethnic group.” +17:20 l4uk וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֥י אֹת֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “and greatly increase the number of his descendants.” or “so that he has a great many descendants.” +17:20 kjss יוֹלִ֔יד 1 “In fact, he will be the father of” or “In fact, he will have” +17:20 ya9m שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֤ר נְשִׂיאִם֙ 1 “twelve sons who become chiefs,” or “twelve sons who will be great/powerful leaders,” Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king, so it is better to use a more general term in your translation. +17:20 tlf0 וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ו לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּדֽוֹל 1 “and I will make him the father/ancestor of a great/large people/ethnic group.” or “and I will make him and his descendants become a great/large people/ethnic group.” 17:21 ni6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אָקִ֣ים 1 “But I will establish/make my covenant/agreement”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “my covenant” is put before the verb in order to change the topic to God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 2, 4, 7, 9-11, 13-14, 19, 21. -17:21 ata9 אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “with {your son} Isaac,” +17:21 ata9 אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “with your son Isaac,” 17:21 nbs6 אֲשֶׁר֩ תֵּלֵ֨ד לְ⁠ךָ֤ שָׂרָה֙ 1 “whom Sarah will give birth to for you” or “Sarah will give birth to him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “is bearing … for you” in verse 19. 17:21 e5iw לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֣ד הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הָ⁠אַחֶֽרֶת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “by/at this time/season next year.” or (2) “at the appointed/set time next year.” 17:22 e61u וַ⁠יְכַ֖ל לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “When/After he/God had finished speaking/talking with/to Abraham,” See how you translated “spoke with him” in verse 3. -17:22 fuch rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵ⁠עַ֖ל אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “he went up from Abraham/him {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him and ascended {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him.” Consider whether to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to God and Abraham at each point in this verse. Do what is clear and natural in your language. +17:22 fuch rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵ⁠עַ֖ל אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “he went up from Abraham/him to heaven.” or “God/he left him and ascended to heaven.” or “God/he left him.” Consider whether to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to God and Abraham at each point in this verse. Do what is clear and natural in your language. 17:23 sklq וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם 1 “Then Abraham gathered” or “Then Abraham brought together” 17:23 w9vi אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֗⁠וֹ 1 “his son Ishmael” -17:23 dfjm וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל יְלִידֵ֤י בֵית⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and all the {other} males {who were} born in his household” -17:23 crat וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “as well as all {the/his male slaves/servants} whom he had bought,” -17:23 waa8 כָּל זָכָ֕ר בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{yes,} every male in his household,” This phrase refers to everyone mentioned in the first half of this verse, including all males of all ages, not just men. +17:23 dfjm וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל יְלִידֵ֤י בֵית⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and all the other males who were born in his household” +17:23 crat וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “as well as all the/his male slaves/servants whom he had bought,” +17:23 waa8 כָּל זָכָ֕ר בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “yes, every male in his household,” This phrase refers to everyone mentioned in the first half of this verse, including all males of all ages, not just men. 17:23 m2zy וַ⁠יָּ֜מָל אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָתָ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “and on that same day he cut off their foreskins,” or “Then on that same day he circumcised them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -17:23 dx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “just/exactly as God had commanded him {to do}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Then that very/same day, Abraham did just/exactly as God had told/commanded him {to do}: He took/gathered …” Do what is best in your language. +17:23 dx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “just/exactly as God had commanded him to do.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Then that very/same day, Abraham did just/exactly as God had told/commanded him to do: He took/gathered …” Do what is best in your language. 17:24 q91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Now Abraham” or “Abraham”. The information in verses 24 and 25 is background information. Many languages have a specific conjunction or transitional phrase that is used to introduce this kind of information. Do what is best in your language. 17:24 cjb4 בֶּן תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וָ⁠תֵ֖שַׁע שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “was ninety-nine/99 years old”. See how you translated “a son of … years” in verse 1. 17:24 belb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִמֹּל֖⁠וֹ בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his foreskin was cut off,” or “when he was circumcised,” We do not know who circumcised Abraham. Some Jewish scholars think it was Shem and some others think Abraham did it himself. However, the Hebrew text does not say who did it, so in your translation it is best to also not specify who did it. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 17:25 vbof וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and his son Ishmael” or “His son Ishmael”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. 17:25 tj3a בֶּן שְׁלֹ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “was thirteen/13 years old” -17:25 m286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִ֨מֹּל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his foreskin was cut off.” or “when he was circumcised.” or “when {he/Abraham} circumcised him.” See how you translated this clause in verse 24. -17:26 d2d2 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{So it was,} on that very/same day”. Verses 26 and 27 repeat what happened in verse 23 to emphasize what happened. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham and Ishmael were circumcised twice. See how you translated “on that very/same day” in verse 23. -17:26 ipkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמּ֖וֹל אַבְרָהָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{both} Abraham and his son Ishmael were circumcised.” or “Abraham was circumcised, and {he circumcised} his son Ishmael.” Abraham is the one who circumcised his son Ishmael (verse 23). See how you translated “he was circumcised” in verse 24. -17:27 mh99 וְ⁠כָל אַנְשֵׁ֤י 1 “And all the {other} males in/from his/Abraham’s household,” or “All the males in/from his/Abraham’s household,” -17:27 xu47 יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “{including} those {who had been} born in his household”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23. -17:27 mrt0 וּ⁠מִקְנַת־כֶּ֖סֶף 1 “as well as those {whom he had} bought {as slaves/servants}”. See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 23. +17:25 m286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִ֨מֹּל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his foreskin was cut off.” or “when he was circumcised.” or “when he/Abraham circumcised him.” See how you translated this clause in verse 24. +17:26 d2d2 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “So it was, on that very/same day”. Verses 26 and 27 repeat what happened in verse 23 to emphasize what happened. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham and Ishmael were circumcised twice. See how you translated “on that very/same day” in verse 23. +17:26 ipkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמּ֖וֹל אַבְרָהָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “both Abraham and his son Ishmael were circumcised.” or “Abraham was circumcised, and he circumcised his son Ishmael.” Abraham is the one who circumcised his son Ishmael (verse 23). See how you translated “he was circumcised” in verse 24. +17:27 mh99 וְ⁠כָל אַנְשֵׁ֤י 1 “And all the other males in/from his/Abraham’s household,” or “All the males in/from his/Abraham’s household,” +17:27 xu47 יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “including those who had been born in his household”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23. +17:27 mrt0 וּ⁠מִקְנַת־כֶּ֖סֶף 1 “as well as those whom he had bought as slaves/servants”. See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 23. 17:27 b2ph מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בֶּן נֵכָ֑ר 1 “from foreigners,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. -17:27 tt49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמֹּ֖לוּ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “were also circumcised.” For some languages it may be better to move this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “And all the {other} males in his/Abraham’s household were also circumcised, {including} those {who had been} born …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “circumcised” in verses 10-14, 23-27. -18:1 xaic וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then {one day} Yahweh appeared/came {again} to him/Abraham” or “One day Yahweh visited Abraham {again}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7 and 17:1. Also, consider whether it is better to refer to Abraham here with a pronoun or with his name in your language. +17:27 tt49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמֹּ֖לוּ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “were also circumcised.” For some languages it may be better to move this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “And all the other males in his/Abraham’s household were also circumcised, including those who had been born …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “circumcised” in verses 10-14, 23-27. +18:1 xaic וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then one day Yahweh appeared/came again to him/Abraham” or “One day Yahweh visited Abraham again”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7 and 17:1. Also, consider whether it is better to refer to Abraham here with a pronoun or with his name in your language. 18:1 yyba בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֖י מַמְרֵ֑א 1 “at/near Mamre’s terebinth/oak trees,” or “beside the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s land,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 13:18, 14:13, and a similar phrase in Gen 12:6. 18:1 qyjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב 1 “while/as Abraham was sitting” -18:1 grq0 פֶּֽתַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “{at/in} the entrance/doorway of his tent” or “{by} the front of his tent”. The entrance to the tent was an opening that could be closed by a large piece of cloth or animal skin. It did not have a solid wood door like a house has. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20. +18:1 grq0 פֶּֽתַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “at/in the entrance/doorway of his tent” or “by the front of his tent”. The entrance to the tent was an opening that could be closed by a large piece of cloth or animal skin. It did not have a solid wood door like a house has. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20. 18:1 x2ic כְּ⁠חֹ֥ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “during the hot/hottest time/part of the day.” 18:2 febu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא 1 “He/Abraham looked up/around”. See how you translate this phrase in Gen 22:13. 18:2 lfa5 וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֔ים נִצָּבִ֖ים 1 “and saw/noticed that there were three men standing” or “and was surprised to see three men standing” 18:2 ceux עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “a short distance away.” or “not too far away from him.” Translate this phrase in a way that fits with the fact that the men were far enough away from Abraham that he could run over to them (as he did in the next sentence). -18:2 waan וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא 1 “When he saw {them},” or “As soon as he saw {them},” -18:2 vco6 וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ & מִ⁠פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל 1 “he got/jumped up from where he was and ran/hurried” or “he {jumped/got up and} ran/hurried {to them}” +18:2 waan וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא 1 “When he saw them,” or “As soon as he saw them,” +18:2 vco6 וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ & מִ⁠פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל 1 “he got/jumped up from where he was and ran/hurried” or “he jumped/got up and ran/hurried to them” 18:2 xsoq לִ⁠קְרָאתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “to greet/welcome them.” -18:2 ayo5 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then he bowed {low} {before them} {with his face/forehead} to the ground {to show respect},” or “Then he prostrated himself on the ground {in front of them} {to show respect},” Compare how you translated a phrase that has a similar meaning (“fell on his face”) in Gen 17:3, 17. -18:3 unrc וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said {to them},” +18:2 ayo5 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then he bowed low before them with his face/forehead to the ground to show respect,” or “Then he prostrated himself on the ground in front of them to show respect,” Compare how you translated a phrase that has a similar meaning (“fell on his face”) in Gen 17:3, 17. +18:3 unrc וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said to them,” 18:3 i1yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י 1 “My masters,” or “Sirs/Gentlemen,” Abraham uses “lords” here as a polite address to the three men. The Hebrew word “lord” can also be a reference to God, but notice that at this point Abraham probably thought he was talking to men or angels. It wasn’t until later that he realized that one of them was Yahweh (verse 14). -18:3 f44a אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if you are pleased/satisfied with me,” or “if you consider me worthy {to be your host},” or “if you would favor/honor me {with your presence},” The pronoun “your” is singular here in the Hebrew text, and also in the next clause. It could be that Abraham is addressing each of the three men simultaneously, or that he is addressing their leader or spokesman. -18:3 qzez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֥ל עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “please do not leave here without letting me serve you {as my guests}.” or “please stay here for a while as my guests.” Abraham refers to himself as a servant here in order to show respect to his guests. -18:4 s8jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻקַּֽח נָ֣א מְעַט מַ֔יִם 1 “Please let me bring {you} some water,” or “Let my servants bring {you} some water,” Saying “a little” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of water; he or his servants were going to bring them enough water to wash their feet. -18:4 ygvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “That way you {all} can wash {the dust off} your feet”. People wore sandals and their feet would get dusty when they traveled. So it was customary to offer guests water to wash the dust off their feet. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural here in the Hebrew text. -18:4 pywd וְ⁠הִֽשָּׁעֲנ֖וּ 1 “and then rest/relax {here}” -18:4 cf27 תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 “under {the shade of} this tree.” -18:5 dabs וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה 1 “I will also bring/get {you}” or “Let me also bring/get {you}” +18:3 f44a אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if you are pleased/satisfied with me,” or “if you consider me worthy to be your host,” or “if you would favor/honor me with your presence,” The pronoun “your” is singular here in the Hebrew text, and also in the next clause. It could be that Abraham is addressing each of the three men simultaneously, or that he is addressing their leader or spokesman. +18:3 qzez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֥ל עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “please do not leave here without letting me serve you as my guests.” or “please stay here for a while as my guests.” Abraham refers to himself as a servant here in order to show respect to his guests. +18:4 s8jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻקַּֽח נָ֣א מְעַט מַ֔יִם 1 “Please let me bring you some water,” or “Let my servants bring you some water,” Saying “a little” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of water; he or his servants were going to bring them enough water to wash their feet. +18:4 ygvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “That way you all can wash the dust off your feet”. People wore sandals and their feet would get dusty when they traveled. So it was customary to offer guests water to wash the dust off their feet. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural here in the Hebrew text. +18:4 pywd וְ⁠הִֽשָּׁעֲנ֖וּ 1 “and then rest/relax here” +18:4 cf27 תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 “under the shade of this tree.” +18:5 dabs וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה 1 “I will also bring/get you” or “Let me also bring/get you” 18:5 w6hc פַת 1 “a little bit of” or “some”. Saying “a morsel” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of bread; he was going to give them plenty of food to eat. -18:5 qih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶ֜חֶם 1 “bread/food {for you} {to eat}.” Since bread was a common staple of their diet, it is often used in the Bible to refer to food in general. +18:5 qih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶ֜חֶם 1 “bread/food for you to eat.” Since bread was a common staple of their diet, it is often used in the Bible to refer to food in general. 18:5 e1nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠סַעֲד֤וּ לִבְּ⁠כֶם֙ 1 “Then you can be refreshed/strengthened” or “That way you can regain your strength”. Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this quote in the Hebrew text and refer to Abraham’s three guests. 18:5 vde1 אַחַ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֔רוּ 1 “and then continue on your way,” or “before you continue traveling,” -18:5 gvtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן עֲבַרְתֶּ֖ם עַֽל עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “now that you have come to me.” or “since you are here with me.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Since you are here with me, let me {also} bring some food …” Do what is best in your language. -18:5 hxgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then/So they said {to him},” or “The men replied {to him},” +18:5 gvtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן עֲבַרְתֶּ֖ם עַֽל עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “now that you have come to me.” or “since you are here with me.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Since you are here with me, let me also bring some food …” Do what is best in your language. +18:5 hxgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then/So they said to him,” or “The men replied to him,” 18:5 wdtf כֵּ֥ן 2 “Okay,” or “Very well,” or “That is good/fine,” The word used here in the Hebrew text shows agreement or acceptance. Do what is natural in your language. 18:5 zxbs תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ 1 “do what you have proposed/suggested.” 18:6 qqrj וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֧ר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “So Abraham quickly went” 18:6 mws9 הָ⁠אֹ֖הֱלָ⁠ה אֶל שָׂרָ֑ה 1 “to Sarah inside the/their tent” -18:6 i8g7 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said {to her},” or “and told her,” -18:6 eknx מַהֲרִ֞י 1 “Quickly {get/use}” or “Quickly {prepare}” -18:6 vfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁלֹ֤שׁ סְאִים֙ 1 “three {large} measures/scoops/batches”. It is not certain how much “three seahs” was, but it is thought that it was more than 20 quarts/liters. It was enough flour to make bread for many people, just as the calf (verse 7) provided enough meat for many people and showed generous hospitality. Besides Abraham’s guests, others in his household may have also joined in eating the feast. -18:6 yzn0 קֶ֣מַח סֹ֔לֶת 1 “of {good/high} quality flour.” or “of the/our best flour.” -18:6 ygf6 ל֖וּשִׁי וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֥י עֻגֽוֹת 1 “Knead {the dough} and make it into loaves/bread.” or “and bake {some} loaves of {flat} bread.” or “and bake/make {some} bread.” The Hebrew word for “loaves” here is often translated “cakes”, which probably refers to their flat, round shape (similar to biscuits). However, make sure your translation of this word does not sound like a dessert, because this bread was not sweet. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -18:7 bsyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר רָ֣ץ אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Abraham/he hurriedly {left the tent and} went to his herd {of cattle}” or “Next Abraham/he quickly went/hurried {outside} to his herd {of cattle}” or “Then he ran {outside} to his herd {of cattle}” +18:6 i8g7 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said to her,” or “and told her,” +18:6 eknx מַהֲרִ֞י 1 “Quickly get/use” or “Quickly prepare” +18:6 vfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁלֹ֤שׁ סְאִים֙ 1 “three large measures/scoops/batches”. It is not certain how much “three seahs” was, but it is thought that it was more than 20 quarts/liters. It was enough flour to make bread for many people, just as the calf (verse 7) provided enough meat for many people and showed generous hospitality. Besides Abraham’s guests, others in his household may have also joined in eating the feast. +18:6 yzn0 קֶ֣מַח סֹ֔לֶת 1 “of good/high quality flour.” or “of the/our best flour.” +18:6 ygf6 ל֖וּשִׁי וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֥י עֻגֽוֹת 1 “Knead the dough and make it into loaves/bread.” or “and bake some loaves of flat bread.” or “and bake/make some bread.” The Hebrew word for “loaves” here is often translated “cakes”, which probably refers to their flat, round shape (similar to biscuits). However, make sure your translation of this word does not sound like a dessert, because this bread was not sweet. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +18:7 bsyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר רָ֣ץ אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Abraham/he hurriedly left the tent and went to his herd of cattle” or “Next Abraham/he quickly went/hurried outside to his herd of cattle” or “Then he ran outside to his herd of cattle” 18:7 hxpb וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “and chose” or “and picked out” 18:7 z2ik בֶּן בָּקָ֜ר רַ֤ךְ וָ⁠טוֹב֙ 1 “one of his best/choice calves that would be good/tasty to eat.” 18:7 jtgs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן 1 “Then he took/brought the calf” or “Then he turned it over”. The word “gave” means Abram brought the calf to his servant and put him in charge of preparing its meat for a meal. Make sure your translation does not sound like the calf was a gift. 18:7 zqcc אֶל הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “to one of his servants” 18:7 vnc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֖ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and the/his servant quickly prepared it.” or “who quickly slaughtered/butchered it and cooked/roasted it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this clause refers to the servant, not Abraham. 18:8 pb0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “Then he/Abraham brought/got”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Abraham, not his servant. -18:8 meiu חֶמְאָ֜ה 1 “{some} curds/yogurt/cheese”. This term refers to churned, fermented milk that has curdled. +18:8 meiu חֶמְאָ֜ה 1 “some curds/yogurt/cheese”. This term refers to churned, fermented milk that has curdled. 18:8 dhgo וְ⁠חָלָ֗ב 1 “along with milk” or “as well as milk” -18:8 iwky וּ⁠בֶן הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ 1 “and {the meat from} the calf” or “and the meat” +18:8 iwky וּ⁠בֶן הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ 1 “and the meat from the calf” or “and the meat” 18:8 c5ub אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה 1 “that he had his servant prepare,” or “that the/his servant had prepared/cooked/roasted,” -18:8 tlvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and he served {all of} it/that to the {three} men {to eat}.” or “and he set/put it {all} before his {three} guests {to eat}.” Since verse 2 was the last time the three men were mentioned, it may be clearer and more natural to make them explicit here. Do what is best in your language. +18:8 tlvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and he served all of it/that to the three men to eat.” or “and he set/put it all before his three guests to eat.” Since verse 2 was the last time the three men were mentioned, it may be clearer and more natural to make them explicit here. Do what is best in your language. 18:8 a2nj וְ⁠הֽוּא עֹמֵ֧ד עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 “Then he stood nearby them” or “Then he stood near/nearby” -18:8 i0dm תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “{where they were sitting} under the tree” -18:8 oc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “{and waited on them} while they ate.” or “{and served them} while they ate.” As the host, Abraham stood nearby his guests in order to wait on them and make sure they had everything that they needed. -18:9 xl7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵׄלָׄ֔יׄ⁠וׄ 1 “Then {one of} the men asked him/Abraham,” The Hebrew text uses a plural pronoun here (“they”) to refer to one of the three men who spoke to Abraham on behalf of them all (See verse 10). Many languages can use “they” or “the men” in the same way. Make sure your translation of this quote margin does not sound like all three of the men spoke at the same time. -18:9 n7q4 אַיֵּ֖ה שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Where {is} your wife Sarah?” -18:9 frnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “He/Abraham answered {them/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is the one speaking here. -18:9 c5q0 הִנֵּ֥ה בָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 “{She is} there in/inside the tent.” +18:8 i0dm תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “where they were sitting under the tree” +18:8 oc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “and waited on them while they ate.” or “and served them while they ate.” As the host, Abraham stood nearby his guests in order to wait on them and make sure they had everything that they needed. +18:9 xl7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵׄלָׄ֔יׄ⁠וׄ 1 “Then one of the men asked him/Abraham,” The Hebrew text uses a plural pronoun here (“they”) to refer to one of the three men who spoke to Abraham on behalf of them all (See verse 10). Many languages can use “they” or “the men” in the same way. Make sure your translation of this quote margin does not sound like all three of the men spoke at the same time. +18:9 n7q4 אַיֵּ֖ה שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Where is your wife Sarah?” +18:9 frnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “He/Abraham answered them/him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is the one speaking here. +18:9 c5q0 הִנֵּ֥ה בָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 “She is there in/inside the tent.” 18:10 b369 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the/that man”. This phrase refers to the man in verse 9 who spoke on behalf of himself and the other two men. We find out in verse 13 that the man was actually Yahweh. However, at this point Abraham and Sarah probably did not yet know who he was, so it is better to not specify who he was here, in order to keep that suspense in your translation. -18:10 qpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “said/responded {to him/Abraham},” or “spoke again {to Abraham},” +18:10 qpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “said/responded to him/Abraham,” or “spoke again to Abraham,” 18:10 aib9 שׁ֣וֹב אָשׁ֤וּב 1 “I will certainly/definitely come back” -18:10 bdy4 אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “to you {here}” or “{here} to visit you” +18:10 bdy4 אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “to you here” or “here to visit you” 18:10 s103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת חַיָּ֔ה 1 “at/about this time/season next year,” or “next year at/around this time/season,” For some languages it may be more natural to move this time phrase to the beginning of this quote and say, “Next year at this time I will surely/definitely return …” Do what is best in your language. 18:10 usku וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 “and when I do,” or “When I do,” or “At that time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -18:10 yh3k בֵ֖ן לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your wife Sarah will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “your wife Sarah will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” This means that Sarah would have a son with her when Yahweh returns. It does not mean that she would give birth at that time. +18:10 yh3k בֵ֖ן לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your wife Sarah will have a baby son/boy with her.” or “your wife Sarah will already have a baby son/boy.” This means that Sarah would have a son with her when Yahweh returns. It does not mean that she would give birth at that time. 18:10 kp1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה שֹׁמַ֛עַת 1 “Now Sarah was listening/eavesdropping” or “Sarah was listening/eavesdropping”. This sentence gives information about something that was happening while the man was talking. Translate this in a way that makes that clear in your language. 18:10 btll פֶּ֥תַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “inside the entrance/doorway of the tent,” See how you translated “the entrance of the tent” in verse 1. -18:10 vtqh וְ⁠ה֥וּא אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “which was {right} behind”. Notice that the pronoun “it” refers to the entrance to the tent (where Sarah was). +18:10 vtqh וְ⁠ה֥וּא אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “which was right behind”. Notice that the pronoun “it” refers to the entrance to the tent (where Sarah was). 18:10 g6tq אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 The pronoun “him” is ambiguous here. It can refer to: (1) “the man” or (2) “Abraham” 18:11 oz4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֤ם וְ⁠שָׂרָה֙ 1 “Abraham and Sarah/she” or “Sarah/She and Abraham”. This verse gives background information that is important to what happens next. Some languages use a conjunction such as “Now” here to introduce this kind of information, while other languages omit the conjunction, especially if “Now” is used to begin the last sentence in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. -18:11 rsbl זְקֵנִ֔ים בָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “were {already} very/quite old/aged” or “{were} very elderly” -18:11 pdfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism חָדַל֙ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠שָׂרָ֔ה אֹ֖רַח כַּ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 “so that Sarah/she was much older than the normal age for bearing children.” or “so that Sarah/she was {far} past the age/time that she could bear/have children.” The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is a polite way of saying that Sarah had reached menopause and so was not able to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Make sure your translation of this clause will not offend or embarrass people when it is read aloud in public. -18:12 plyn וַ⁠תִּצְחַ֥ק שָׂרָ֖ה בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֣⁠הּ 1 “So Sarah/she laughed to herself {in disbelief}”. See how you translated “laughed” in Gen 17:17 where Abraham also laughed to himself. -18:12 u386 לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/thought {to herself},” or “and asked {herself},” -18:12 nggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַחֲרֵ֤י בְלֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “Since my body is {now} worn out,” or “Now that I am too old {to conceive},” -18:12 rjek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הָֽיְתָה לִּ֣⁠י עֶדְנָ֔ה 1 “will I {still} have/experience {this/that} pleasure?” or “it doesn’t seem possible that I could {still} have/experience the pleasure {of bearing/having a child}!” Sarah uses a rhetorical question to express her strong emotion and disbelief. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. -18:12 he9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י זָקֵֽן 1 “Besides that, my master/husband is {also} {very/too} old!” The phrase “my lord” is a title of respect that Sarah uses to refer to Abraham as her husband. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “I am too old {to conceive} and my husband is {also} {very/too} old! How can I {possibly} {still} have/experience the pleasure {of having a child}?” or “It doesn’t seem possible that I could have/experience the pleasure {of having a child} now that I am too old {to conceive}. Besides that, my husband is {also} {very/too} old!” Do what is best in your language. +18:11 rsbl זְקֵנִ֔ים בָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “were already very/quite old/aged” or “were very elderly” +18:11 pdfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism חָדַל֙ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠שָׂרָ֔ה אֹ֖רַח כַּ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 “so that Sarah/she was much older than the normal age for bearing children.” or “so that Sarah/she was far past the age/time that she could bear/have children.” The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is a polite way of saying that Sarah had reached menopause and so was not able to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Make sure your translation of this clause will not offend or embarrass people when it is read aloud in public. +18:12 plyn וַ⁠תִּצְחַ֥ק שָׂרָ֖ה בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֣⁠הּ 1 “So Sarah/she laughed to herself in disbelief”. See how you translated “laughed” in Gen 17:17 where Abraham also laughed to himself. +18:12 u386 לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/thought to herself,” or “and asked herself,” +18:12 nggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַחֲרֵ֤י בְלֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “Since my body is now worn out,” or “Now that I am too old to conceive,” +18:12 rjek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הָֽיְתָה לִּ֣⁠י עֶדְנָ֔ה 1 “will I still have/experience this/that pleasure?” or “it doesn’t seem possible that I could still have/experience the pleasure of bearing/having a child!” Sarah uses a rhetorical question to express her strong emotion and disbelief. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. +18:12 he9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י זָקֵֽן 1 “Besides that, my master/husband is also very/too old!” The phrase “my lord” is a title of respect that Sarah uses to refer to Abraham as her husband. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “I am too old to conceive and my husband is also very/too old! How can I possibly still have/experience the pleasure of having a child?” or “It doesn’t seem possible that I could have/experience the pleasure of having a child now that I am too old to conceive. Besides that, my husband is also very/too old!” Do what is best in your language. 18:13 xspz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then/But Yahweh asked Abraham,” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on whether you translate the rest of this verse as a rhetorical question or a statement. -18:13 jhpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּה֩ צָחֲקָ֨ה שָׂרָ֜ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “Why did Sarah laugh {to herself} and say/think,” or “Sarah should not have laughed and said/thought {to herself},” or “Sarah should not have laughed, thinking,” Yahweh uses rhetorical question in verses 13-14 to confront Sarah’s disbelief and to emphasize that nothing is too difficult for God to do. Consider whether or not it is best to use rhetorical questions here in your language. +18:13 jhpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּה֩ צָחֲקָ֨ה שָׂרָ֜ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “Why did Sarah laugh to herself and say/think,” or “Sarah should not have laughed and said/thought to herself,” or “Sarah should not have laughed, thinking,” Yahweh uses rhetorical question in verses 13-14 to confront Sarah’s disbelief and to emphasize that nothing is too difficult for God to do. Consider whether or not it is best to use rhetorical questions here in your language. 18:13 jigk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הַ⁠אַ֥ף אֻמְנָ֛ם אֵלֵ֖ד וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י זָקַֽנְתִּי 1 “I am too old to bear/have a child!” or “that she is too old to have a child.” or “that it isn’t possible for her to have a child now that she is old.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to make this embedded quote a direct or indirect quote. Make sure that your translation of “I” refers here to Sarah, not Yahweh. -18:14 i07c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִפָּלֵ֥א מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Is {there} anything {that is} too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}?” or “Nothing is too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}!” +18:14 i07c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִפָּלֵ֥א מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Is there anything that is too hard/difficult for Yahweh to do?” or “Nothing is too hard/difficult for Yahweh to do!” 18:14 qtll לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֞ד 1 “At the time that I have set/decided,” -18:14 a096 אָשׁ֥וּב אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “I will return to you {here}” or “I will come back {here} to visit you”. Consider how you translated this in verse 10. -18:14 vgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּ⁠עֵ֥ת חַיָּ֖ה 1 “{Yes, I will come/return} at this time next year,” or “—{it will be} at this time next year—”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 10. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase right after the first time phrase in this verse and say, “At the time that I have decided, which will be this time next year, I will return {here} to visit you,” Do what is best in your language. -18:14 i8zs וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה בֵֽן 1 “and Sarah will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “and Sarah will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 10. -18:15 za8c וַ⁠תְּכַחֵ֨שׁ שָׂרָ֧ה 1 “But/Then Sarah lied {to him}”. The Hebrew verb here includes the meaning of lying or deceiving. +18:14 a096 אָשׁ֥וּב אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “I will return to you here” or “I will come back here to visit you”. Consider how you translated this in verse 10. +18:14 vgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּ⁠עֵ֥ת חַיָּ֖ה 1 “Yes, I will come/return at this time next year,” or “—it will be at this time next year—”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 10. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase right after the first time phrase in this verse and say, “At the time that I have decided, which will be this time next year, I will return here to visit you,” Do what is best in your language. +18:14 i8zs וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה בֵֽן 1 “and Sarah will have a baby son/boy with her.” or “and Sarah will already have a baby son/boy.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 10. +18:15 za8c וַ⁠תְּכַחֵ֨שׁ שָׂרָ֧ה 1 “But/Then Sarah lied to him”. The Hebrew verb here includes the meaning of lying or deceiving. 18:15 e03j לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר 1 “and said,” Notice that the verbs “denied” and “saying” refer to the same event, not two separate events. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -18:15 d6be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֹ֥א צָחַ֖קְתִּי כִּ֣י יָרֵ֑אָה 1 “that she did not laugh. {She said that,} because she was afraid.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, for some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “{When Sarah heard that,} she was afraid, so she lied {to him} and said, “I did not laugh.” ” Do what is best in your language. -18:15 sjaq וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “But he/Yahweh replied {to her},” +18:15 d6be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֹ֥א צָחַ֖קְתִּי כִּ֣י יָרֵ֑אָה 1 “that she did not laugh. She said that, because she was afraid.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, for some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “When Sarah heard that, she was afraid, so she lied to him and said, “I did not laugh.” ” Do what is best in your language. +18:15 sjaq וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “But he/Yahweh replied to her,” 18:15 rwv6 לֹ֖א כִּ֥י צָחָֽקְתְּ 1 “Yes, you did laugh.” or “That is not true. You did laugh.” Consider whether Yahweh’s reply to Sarah here should begin with “No” or “Yes” in your language. -18:16 c73z וַ⁠יָּקֻ֤מוּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “{When/After they had finished eating,} the {three} men got up {to leave}” -18:16 gktx וַ⁠יַּשְׁקִ֖פוּ עַל פְּנֵ֣י סְדֹ֑ם 1 “and started walking/heading down toward {the city of} Sodom.” This phrase reflects the fact that the city of Sodom was lower in elevation than the city of Hebron, where Abraham was living. -18:16 hm8x וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הֹלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Abraham went/walked with them {for a while}” or “Abraham escorted/accompanied them {for a while}” +18:16 c73z וַ⁠יָּקֻ֤מוּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “When/After they had finished eating, the three men got up to leave” +18:16 gktx וַ⁠יַּשְׁקִ֖פוּ עַל פְּנֵ֣י סְדֹ֑ם 1 “and started walking/heading down toward the city of Sodom.” This phrase reflects the fact that the city of Sodom was lower in elevation than the city of Hebron, where Abraham was living. +18:16 hm8x וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הֹלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Abraham went/walked with them for a while” or “Abraham escorted/accompanied them for a while” 18:16 f1fq לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 “to see them on their way.” or “as they were leaving.” -18:17 jgid rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַֽ⁠יהֹוָ֖ה אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh said/thought {to himself},” The context implies that Yahweh said this to himself, without Abraham hearing him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 11:6. +18:17 jgid rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַֽ⁠יהֹוָ֖ה אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh said/thought to himself,” The context implies that Yahweh said this to himself, without Abraham hearing him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 11:6. 18:17 h1l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֤ה אֲנִי֙ מֵֽ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Should I keep secret from Abraham” or “I should/will not hide/conceal from Abraham” or “I should/will tell Abraham” -18:17 gyoq אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֲנִ֥י עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “what I am going/about to do {to the city of Sodom}”. Whether you end this sentence with a question mark or a period will depend on how you choose to translate this rhetorical question. -18:18 aib0 וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הָי֧וֹ יִֽהְיֶ֛ה 1 “Abraham/he will surely/definitely be {the ancestor of}” or “After all, Abraham/he {and his descendants} will surely/definitely {multiply and} become”. Some translations begin a new sentence here. Other translations continue the rhetorical question (or statement) in verse 17 to the end of verse 18 and say, “since Abraham/he will …” or “seeing that Abraham/he will …” Do what is best in your language. +18:17 gyoq אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֲנִ֥י עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “what I am going/about to do to the city of Sodom”. Whether you end this sentence with a question mark or a period will depend on how you choose to translate this rhetorical question. +18:18 aib0 וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הָי֧וֹ יִֽהְיֶ֛ה 1 “Abraham/he will surely/definitely be the ancestor of” or “After all, Abraham/he and his descendants will surely/definitely multiply and become”. Some translations begin a new sentence here. Other translations continue the rhetorical question (or statement) in verse 17 to the end of verse 18 and say, “since Abraham/he will …” or “seeing that Abraham/he will …” Do what is best in your language. 18:18 k83p לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עָצ֑וּם 1 “a great/important and powerful people/ethnic group,” See how you translated “great nation” in Gen 12:2. 18:18 ox5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ב֔⁠וֹ 1 “and through him/them” or “and because of him/them” or “and by means of him/them”. This phrase refers to Abraham and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. See the note about this at Gen 12:3. -18:18 vsqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups in the world will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups in the world.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 12:3. +18:18 vsqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups in the world will be blessed by me.” or “I will bless all the people/ethnic groups in the world.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 12:3. 18:19 bba7 כִּ֣י 1 “Indeed” or “In fact,” 18:19 fa4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֗י⁠ו 1 “I have chosen him/Abraham”. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. 18:19 ghcz לְמַעַן֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְצַוֶּ֜ה אֶת בָּנָ֤י⁠ו 1 “so that he will train/guide/instruct his children” -18:19 tkzz וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “grandchildren, and other descendants {who will live} after him,” or “and his descendants,” +18:19 tkzz וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “grandchildren, and other descendants who will live after him,” or “and his descendants,” 18:19 w7fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠שָֽׁמְרוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “so that they will live the way I want them to live” or “to obey Yahweh’s/my ways/will”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking about himself here. -18:19 l0t4 לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת צְדָקָ֖ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 “and do what is righteous/right and just {in my eyes}” or “and do what is righteous/right and/including treat people justly/rightly” -18:19 sxv0 לְמַ֗עַן 2 “Therefore/So”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +18:19 l0t4 לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת צְדָקָ֖ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 “and do what is righteous/right and just in my eyes” or “and do what is righteous/right and/including treat people justly/rightly” +18:19 sxv0 לְמַ֗עַן 1 “Therefore/So”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 18:19 kp8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָבִ֤יא יְהוָה֙ 1 “I will do/accomplish”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring to himself here. -18:19 w9ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַל אַבְרָהָ֔ם אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֖ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “for Abraham/him what/everything I have promised him {that I will do}.” The pronoun “he” refers to Yahweh here. Make sure the way you use nouns and pronouns throughout this verse makes it clear in your language who is speaking and who is being referred to. -18:20 bsh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “So Yahweh said {to Abraham},” or “Then/So Yahweh informed/told {Abraham},” -18:20 ejie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זַעֲקַ֛ת סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה כִּי רָ֑בָּה וְ⁠חַ֨טָּאתָ֔⁠ם כִּ֥י כָבְדָ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 “I have heard {many} serious/terrible complaints/accusations against {the people of} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are sinning so/very grievously/terribly. So” or “I have heard many people crying out against {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are committing/doing very evil/terrible sins/things.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers to the people in those cities. Also, in the Hebrew text this sentence continues into verse 21. Do what is best in your language. -18:21 iqb6 אֵֽרֲדָה נָּ֣א 1 “I must go down {to those cities} now” or “I am going {to those cities} now”. The cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were both lower in elevation than the city of Hebron. See what you did for a similar case in verse 16. +18:19 w9ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַל אַבְרָהָ֔ם אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֖ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “for Abraham/him what/everything I have promised him that I will do.” The pronoun “he” refers to Yahweh here. Make sure the way you use nouns and pronouns throughout this verse makes it clear in your language who is speaking and who is being referred to. +18:20 bsh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “So Yahweh said to Abraham,” or “Then/So Yahweh informed/told Abraham,” +18:20 ejie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זַעֲקַ֛ת סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה כִּי רָ֑בָּה וְ⁠חַ֨טָּאתָ֔⁠ם כִּ֥י כָבְדָ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 “I have heard many serious/terrible complaints/accusations against the people of the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah because they are sinning so/very grievously/terribly. So” or “I have heard many people crying out against the people of/in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah because they are committing/doing very evil/terrible sins/things.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers to the people in those cities. Also, in the Hebrew text this sentence continues into verse 21. Do what is best in your language. +18:21 iqb6 אֵֽרֲדָה נָּ֣א 1 “I must go down to those cities now” or “I am going to those cities now”. The cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were both lower in elevation than the city of Hebron. See what you did for a similar case in verse 16. 18:21 cael rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה 1 “to investigate/determine” or “in order to find out” -18:21 ehz9 הַ⁠כְּ⁠צַעֲקָתָ֛⁠הּ & עָשׂ֣וּ ׀ כָּלָ֑ה 1 “whether {or not} the people in those cities are guilty of everything” or “if the people there have done/committed all the {terrible} sins” +18:21 ehz9 הַ⁠כְּ⁠צַעֲקָתָ֛⁠הּ & עָשׂ֣וּ ׀ כָּלָ֑ה 1 “whether or not the people in those cities are guilty of everything” or “if the people there have done/committed all the terrible sins” 18:21 p8yd הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “that I have heard against/about them.” or “that I have heard they are guilty of.” -18:21 qczs וְ⁠אִם לֹ֖א 1 “If {those things are} not {true},” or “If {they are} not {guilty},” -18:21 x0dd אֵדָֽעָה 1 “{then} I will know {it} {and I will not punish them}.” -18:22 x68r וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then the {other two} men” -18:22 r9ho וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then the {other two} men left from there” or “Then the {other two} men left” -18:22 qizv סְדֹ֑מָ⁠ה 1 “and continued walking/heading toward {the city of} Sodom,” or “and headed/traveled toward {the city of} Sodom,” -18:22 d7qa וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם עוֹדֶ֥⁠נּוּ עֹמֵ֖ד 1 “and/while Abraham stood/remained {there}” +18:21 qczs וְ⁠אִם לֹ֖א 1 “If those things are not true,” or “If they are not guilty,” +18:21 x0dd אֵדָֽעָה 1 “then I will know it and I will not punish them.” +18:22 r9ho וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then the other two men left from there” or “Then the other two men left” +18:22 qizv סְדֹ֑מָ⁠ה 1 “and continued walking/heading toward the city of Sodom,” or “and headed/traveled toward the city of Sodom,” +18:22 d7qa וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם עוֹדֶ֥⁠נּוּ עֹמֵ֖ד 1 “and/while Abraham stood/remained there” 18:22 xgc8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “with Yahweh.” or “in Yahweh’s presence.” 18:23 qs0n וַ⁠יִּגַּ֥שׁ אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham came/stepped closer to him/Yahweh” -18:23 a3ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said/exclaimed {to him},” or “and asked {him},” +18:23 a3ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said/exclaimed to him,” or “and asked him,” 18:23 o9sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠אַ֣ף תִּסְפֶּ֔ה 1 “Will/Would you indeed/actually wipe out” or “Surely/Certainly you will/would not destroy”. Abraham uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings and concern about what Yahweh told him. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to use a rhetorical question here in your language. Make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry or being rude. See how you translated a similar idiom (“wipe away”) in Gen 6:7. -18:23 tazw צַדִּ֖יק 1 “the righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {in the city}” or “righteous {people}” -18:23 fmh2 עִם 1 “{along/together} with” or “when you destroy” -18:23 l14u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion רָשָֽׁע 1 “the wicked/evil/guilty {people} {there}” or “the people {there} who are wicked/evil” or “the wicked/evil {people} {there}, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. If you use an exclamation point here, make sure it does not sound like Abraham was angry, shouting, or being disrespectful. -18:24 pfkn אוּלַ֥י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if” -18:24 hdx0 יֵ֛שׁ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “there are fifty/50 righteous/good {people} {living} in the city {of Sodom}?” See how you translated “the righteous” in verse 23. Also consider whether to use “fifty” or “50” here in your translation, which depends on how your translation team has decided to represent numbers. -18:24 hrne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠אַ֤ף תִּסְפֶּה֙ 1 “Will/Would you really/actually {still} destroy” or “Certainly you will/would not {still} destroy”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23. -18:24 h1ad וְ⁠לֹא תִשָּׂ֣א לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “the place/city {and all its inhabitants} rather than spare it/them” or “{all the people in} the place/city rather than let them all live” +18:23 tazw צַדִּ֖יק 1 “the righteous/godly/good/innocent people in the city” or “righteous people” +18:23 fmh2 עִם 1 “along/together with” or “when you destroy” +18:23 l14u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion רָשָֽׁע 1 “the wicked/evil/guilty people there” or “the people there who are wicked/evil” or “the wicked/evil people there, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. If you use an exclamation point here, make sure it does not sound like Abraham was angry, shouting, or being disrespectful. +18:24 pfkn אוּלַ֥י 1 “Suppose that” or “What will you do if” +18:24 hdx0 יֵ֛שׁ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “there are fifty/50 righteous/good people living in the city of Sodom?” See how you translated “the righteous” in verse 23. Also consider whether to use “fifty” or “50” here in your translation, which depends on how your translation team has decided to represent numbers. +18:24 hrne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠אַ֤ף תִּסְפֶּה֙ 1 “Will/Would you really/actually still destroy” or “Certainly you will/would not still destroy”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23. +18:24 h1ad וְ⁠לֹא תִשָּׂ֣א לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “the place/city and all its inhabitants rather than spare it/them” or “all the people in the place/city rather than let them all live” 18:24 zuz1 לְמַ֛עַן 1 “because of” or “in order to save” -18:24 qhq8 חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִ֖ם 1 “the fifty/50 righteous/good {people}” +18:24 qhq8 חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִ֖ם 1 “the fifty/50 righteous/good people” 18:24 jhkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠קִרְבָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “who live in it” or “who live there” or “who live there, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. -18:25 zsq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֨לָ⁠ה לְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “Surely/Certainly you would never” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would {ever}” or “I hope that you would never”. This idiom expresses emphatically that Abraham does not believe Yahweh would do this. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Make sure that Abraham sounds respectful in your translation. +18:25 zsq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֨לָ⁠ה לְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “Surely/Certainly you would never” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would ever” or “I hope that you would never”. This idiom expresses emphatically that Abraham does not believe Yahweh would do this. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Make sure that Abraham sounds respectful in your translation. 18:25 vi64 מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֣ת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה לְ⁠הָמִ֤ית 1 “do such a thing as kill” -18:25 ngke צַדִּיק֙ 1 “righteous/godly/good/innocent {people}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23. -18:25 nhtp עִם 1 “{along/together} with” or “when you destroy” -18:25 xel1 רָשָׁ֔ע 1 “wicked/evil {people},” See how you translated “the wicked” in verse 23. -18:25 scup וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה כַ⁠צַּדִּ֖יק כָּ⁠רָשָׁ֑ע 1 “so that righteous/good {people} are treated/punished {by you} as if they were wicked/evil!” or “so that you are treating them both the same way!” If exclamation points are used in this chapter, make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry, shouting, or being disrespectful +18:25 ngke צַדִּיק֙ 1 “righteous/godly/good/innocent people”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23. +18:25 nhtp עִם 1 “along/together with” or “when you destroy” +18:25 xel1 רָשָׁ֔ע 1 “wicked/evil people,” See how you translated “the wicked” in verse 23. +18:25 scup וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה כַ⁠צַּדִּ֖יק כָּ⁠רָשָׁ֑ע 1 “so that righteous/good people are treated/punished by you as if they were wicked/evil!” or “so that you are treating them both the same way!” If exclamation points are used in this chapter, make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry, shouting, or being disrespectful 18:25 rs19 חָלִ֣לָ⁠ה לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “Surely/Certainly you would never do such a thing!” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would ever do such a thing!” or “I hope that you would never do such a thing!” See how you translated a similar phrase at the beginning of this verse. -18:25 zx52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ כָּל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 “As the judge of/over everyone on the earth, certainly/surely you will treat people justly/rightly.” or “You are the one who judges all {the people on} the earth. Certainly/Surely you will do what is just/right.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this rhetorical question; make sure that Abraham sounds polite. Also see how you translated “justice” in verse 19. -18:26 yoae rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” or “Yahweh replied {to him},” Make sure that the various quote margins in this long conversation (verses 23-32) are clear and natural in your translation. +18:25 zx52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ כָּל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 “As the judge of/over everyone on the earth, certainly/surely you will treat people justly/rightly.” or “You are the one who judges all the people on the earth. Certainly/Surely you will do what is just/right.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this rhetorical question; make sure that Abraham sounds polite. Also see how you translated “justice” in verse 19. +18:26 yoae rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then Yahweh answered him/Abraham,” or “Yahweh replied to him,” Make sure that the various quote margins in this long conversation (verses 23-32) are clear and natural in your translation. 18:26 qbgh אִם אֶמְצָ֥א 1 “If there are” -18:26 bj6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בִ⁠סְדֹ֛ם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “fifty/50 righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {living} in the city of Sodom,” -18:26 gvx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥אתִי לְ⁠כָל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “then I will spare the whole/entire city {and everyone who lives there}” or “then I will not destroy the city {or anyone in it}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring here to the city of Sodom as well as the people who live there, not just the city. +18:26 bj6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בִ⁠סְדֹ֛ם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “fifty/50 righteous/godly/good/innocent people living in the city of Sodom,” +18:26 gvx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥אתִי לְ⁠כָל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “then I will spare the whole/entire city and everyone who lives there” or “then I will not destroy the city or anyone in it”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring here to the city of Sodom as well as the people who live there, not just the city. 18:26 fbs2 בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָֽ⁠ם 1 “because of them.” or “for the sake/benefit of those righteous people.” or “in order to save those righteous/good people.” -18:27 yvx6 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham spoke up {again}” or “Then Abraham responded” -18:27 feez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said {to Yahweh/him},” or “and asked {Yahweh/him},” -18:27 nwih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,}” or “Please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” The idiom “taken it upon myself” means that Abraham has decided to do something and is acting boldly. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. +18:27 yvx6 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham spoke up again” or “Then Abraham responded” +18:27 feez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said to Yahweh/him,” or “and asked Yahweh/him,” +18:27 nwih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to you,” or “Please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” The idiom “taken it upon myself” means that Abraham has decided to do something and is acting boldly. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. 18:27 duu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י 1 “my Master,” or “Lord/Master,” Abraham realizes by now that he is talking to Yahweh, so use a respectful term in your translation that is appropriate for him to use when he refers to Yahweh here and in the rest of this chapter. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” Do what is best in your language. 18:27 u0t8 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י 1 “even though” or “in spite of the fact that” -18:27 otno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י עָפָ֥ר וָ⁠אֵֽפֶר 1 “I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes {compared to you}.” or “I am nothing/unimportant {compared to you}.” or “I have zero/no status/importance {compared to you}.” It may be clearer to put this comparison earlier in the sentence and say, “My Lord/Master, I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes, so please excuse me …” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7 and 3:19. -18:28 omjl א֠וּלַי 1 “{But} suppose {that}” or “{But} what {will you do} if”. See how you translated this term in verse 24. -18:28 z4ng יַחְסְר֞וּ⁠ן חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִם֙ חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “there are five fewer than fifty/50 righteous {people} {living in the city}?” or “there are only forty-five/45 righteous {people} {in the city} instead of fifty/50?” -18:28 nmr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ⁠תַשְׁחִ֥ית & אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “Will/Would you {still} destroy the whole city {and everyone in it}”. See how you translated “the whole place” in verse 26. -18:28 vm49 בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “if there are five people too few {who are righteous}?” or “because the number {of righteous people} is five persons short/low?” -18:28 fkpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh said/replied {to him/Abraham},” or “Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. -18:28 d67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית אִם אֶמְצָ֣א שָׁ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “I will not destroy the city if there are forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “if I find forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation what “forty-five/45” refers to. +18:27 otno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י עָפָ֥ר וָ⁠אֵֽפֶר 1 “I am as unimportant/insignificant as dust/dirt and ashes compared to you.” or “I am nothing/unimportant compared to you.” or “I have zero/no status/importance compared to you.” It may be clearer to put this comparison earlier in the sentence and say, “My Lord/Master, I am as unimportant/insignificant as dust/dirt and ashes, so please excuse me …” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7 and 3:19. +18:28 omjl א֠וּלַי 1 “But suppose that” or “But what will you do if”. See how you translated this term in verse 24. +18:28 z4ng יַחְסְר֞וּ⁠ן חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִם֙ חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “there are five fewer than fifty/50 righteous people living in the city?” or “there are only forty-five/45 righteous people in the city instead of fifty/50?” +18:28 nmr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ⁠תַשְׁחִ֥ית & אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “Will/Would you still destroy the whole city and everyone in it”. See how you translated “the whole place” in verse 26. +18:28 vm49 בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “if there are five people too few who are righteous?” or “because the number of righteous people is five persons short/low?” +18:28 fkpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh said/replied to him/Abraham,” or “Yahweh answered him/Abraham,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. +18:28 d67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית אִם אֶמְצָ֣א שָׁ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “I will not destroy the city if there are forty-five/45 righteous people living there.” or “if I find forty-five/45 righteous people living in the city, I will not destroy it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation what “forty-five/45” refers to. 18:29 hcxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨סֶף ע֜וֹד לְ⁠דַבֵּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then he/Abraham spoke again to him/Yahweh” -18:29 ttcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “and asked {him},” -18:29 aol6 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if” -18:29 mgon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & אַרְבָּעִ֑ים 1 “{only} forty/40 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} forty/40 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} forty/40 {righteous people}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -18:29 getl שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}” -18:29 ibi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” +18:29 ttcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “and asked him,” +18:29 aol6 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose that” or “What will you do if” +18:29 mgon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & אַרְבָּעִ֑ים 1 “only forty/40 righteous people are found by you” or “you find only forty/40 righteous people” or “there are only forty/40 righteous people”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +18:29 getl שָׁ֖ם 1 “living there?” or “living in the city? Will you destroy it then?” +18:29 ibi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered him/Abraham,” 18:29 vscl לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה 1 “I will not destroy the city” 18:29 b3sh בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save” -18:29 ymm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אַרְבָּעִֽים 1 “the forty/40 {righteous people}.” or “those forty/40 {people}.” -18:30 tijl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},” or “Then Abraham pleaded {with him/Yahweh},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. -18:30 fekp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” Abraham addresses Yahweh using the third person and the title “Lord” to show him honor and respect. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -18:30 ee6m וַ⁠אֲדַבֵּ֔רָה 1 “but/rather let me say something {else}:” or “but/rather let me ask {you} {another question}:” -18:30 d5rt אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if” -18:30 w00d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים 1 “{only} thirty/30 {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} thirty/30 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} 30/thirty {righteous people}”. If you use the numeral “30” here in your translation, make sure that it will not get confused with the verse number. -18:30 iwdq שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?” -18:30 wy2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “He/Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. -18:30 r9fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה אִם אֶמְצָ֥א שָׁ֖ם שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 “I will not destroy {the city} if I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “If I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” See how you translated a similar sentence at the end of verse 28. -18:31 nea1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Abraham said {to him/Yahweh},” or “Then Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. -18:31 slxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִנֵּֽה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,} my Lord/Master.” or “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly.” See how you translated this clause in verse 27. -18:31 qrfv אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if” -18:31 phwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 “{only} twenty/20 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} 20/twenty {righteous people}” or “there are {only} twenty/20 {righteous people}” -18:31 tm05 שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?” -18:31 cr9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 2 “He/Yahweh replied,” or “Then he/Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” +18:29 ymm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אַרְבָּעִֽים 1 “the forty/40 righteous people.” or “those forty/40 people.” +18:30 tijl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then Abraham asked him/Yahweh,” or “Then Abraham pleaded with him/Yahweh,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. +18:30 fekp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry with/at me,” Abraham addresses Yahweh using the third person and the title “Lord” to show him honor and respect. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. +18:30 ee6m וַ⁠אֲדַבֵּ֔רָה 1 “but/rather let me say something else:” or “but/rather let me ask you another question:” +18:30 d5rt אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose that” or “What will you do if” +18:30 w00d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים 1 “only thirty/30 righteous people are found” or “you find only thirty/30 righteous people” or “there are only 30/thirty righteous people”. If you use the numeral “30” here in your translation, make sure that it will not get confused with the verse number. +18:30 iwdq שָׁ֖ם 1 “living there?” or “living in the city?” +18:30 wy2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “He/Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. +18:30 r9fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה אִם אֶמְצָ֥א שָׁ֖ם שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 “I will not destroy the city if I find thirty/30 righteous people living there.” or “If I find thirty/30 righteous people living in the city, I will not destroy it.” See how you translated a similar sentence at the end of verse 28. +18:31 nea1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Abraham said to him/Yahweh,” or “Then Abraham asked him/Yahweh,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. +18:31 slxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִנֵּֽה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to you, my Lord/Master.” or “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly.” See how you translated this clause in verse 27. +18:31 qrfv אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose that” or “What will you do if” +18:31 phwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 “only twenty/20 righteous people are found by you” or “you find only 20/twenty righteous people” or “there are only twenty/20 righteous people” +18:31 tm05 שָׁ֖ם 1 “living there?” or “living in the city?” +18:31 cr9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “He/Yahweh replied,” or “Then he/Yahweh answered him/Abraham,” 18:31 i5oo לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 “I will not destroy the city” 18:31 fkt3 בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save” -18:31 mh2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָֽ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “the twenty/20 {righteous people}.” or “those twenty/20 {people}.” -18:32 gv4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then/Finally he/Abraham said {to him},” or “Then/Finally he/Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},” -18:32 lk3d אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” See how you translated this sentence in verse 30. Consider again how you translated “my Lord” in verses 27, 30-32. Contrast that to verse 3, where Abraham probably used the term before he realized that he was talking to Yahweh. -18:32 kpb0 וַ⁠אֲדַבְּרָ֣ה אַךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם 1 “rather, let me say one more thing:” or “and/but let me ask {you} just one more/last thing/question:” -18:32 ly53 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”. Consider again how you translated the term “Suppose” in verses 24 and 28 and how you translated the sentence “Suppose {only} …{righteous people} are found there?” in verses 29-32. -18:32 qkyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “{only} ten {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} ten {righteous people}” or “there are {only} ten {righteous people}”. Consider again how you translated “found” and “find” in verses 26, 28-32. -18:32 ho73 שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}” -18:32 rknm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him},” Consider again how you referred to Yahweh and Abraham in your translation throughout this dialogue (verses 23-32). It is a good idea to read this conversation aloud at a regular speed and listen to make sure that all quote margins are natural and clear in your language. +18:31 mh2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָֽ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “the twenty/20 righteous people.” or “those twenty/20 people.” +18:32 gv4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then/Finally he/Abraham said to him,” or “Then/Finally he/Abraham asked him/Yahweh,” +18:32 lk3d אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry with/at me,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 30. Consider again how you translated “my Lord” in verses 27, 30-32. Contrast that to verse 3, where Abraham probably used the term before he realized that he was talking to Yahweh. +18:32 kpb0 וַ⁠אֲדַבְּרָ֣ה אַךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם 1 “rather, let me say one more thing:” or “and/but let me ask you just one more/last thing/question:” +18:32 ly53 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose that” or “What will you do if”. Consider again how you translated the term “Suppose” in verses 24 and 28 and how you translated the sentence “Suppose only …righteous people are found there?” in verses 29-32. +18:32 qkyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “only ten righteous people are found” or “you find only ten righteous people” or “there are only ten righteous people”. Consider again how you translated “found” and “find” in verses 26, 28-32. +18:32 ho73 שָׁ֖ם 1 “living there?” or “living in the city? Will you destroy it then?” +18:32 rknm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered him,” Consider again how you referred to Yahweh and Abraham in your translation throughout this dialogue (verses 23-32). It is a good idea to read this conversation aloud at a regular speed and listen to make sure that all quote margins are natural and clear in your language. 18:32 c2zy לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 “I will not destroy the city” 18:32 igm4 בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 24, 26, 29, 31, 32. -18:32 dxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “the/those ten {righteous people}.” Consider again whether you used words or numerals for the numbers throughout verses 24-32. Also consider again how you translated “righteous {people}” and “{righteous people}” in verses 23-32. -18:33 yjrf וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר כִּלָּ֔ה לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Yahweh left {Abraham/him} as soon as he finished speaking to/with him,” or “When Yahweh had finished talking with Abraham, he left {him},” +18:32 dxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “the/those ten righteous people.” Consider again whether you used words or numerals for the numbers throughout verses 24-32. Also consider again how you translated “righteous people” and “righteous people” in verses 23-32. +18:33 yjrf וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר כִּלָּ֔ה לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Yahweh left Abraham/him as soon as he finished speaking to/with him,” or “When Yahweh had finished talking with Abraham, he left him,” 18:33 sski וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם שָׁ֥ב לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and Abraham returned/went home.” -19:1 g0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ֠⁠יָּבֹאוּ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֤ים סְדֹ֨מָ⁠ה֙ בָּ⁠עֶ֔רֶב 1 “That evening {Yahweh’s/God’s} two angels/messengers arrived at {the city of} Sodom,” or “Then/Later that evening the two {men, who were} {Yahweh’s/God’s} angels/messengers arrived at {the city of} Sodom,” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 16:7-11. +19:1 g0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ֠⁠יָּבֹאוּ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֤ים סְדֹ֨מָ⁠ה֙ בָּ⁠עֶ֔רֶב 1 “That evening Yahweh’s/God’s two angels/messengers arrived at the city of Sodom,” or “Then/Later that evening the two men, who were Yahweh’s/God’s angels/messengers arrived at the city of Sodom,” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 16:7-11. 19:1 xmdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠ל֖וֹט יֹשֵׁ֣ב 1 “while Lot was sitting” 19:1 guh5 בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר סְדֹ֑ם 1 “at/by the gate/entrance of the city.” or “at the city gate/entrance.” Cities like Sodom had stone walls built around them, with entrance gates (that were closed at night) to protect the people in the city from enemies. 19:1 kpct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠יַּרְא לוֹט֙ וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “When Lot saw them, he got/stood up”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun that can be used throughout verses 1-19 to refer to the two angels. Do what is best in your language. 19:1 jt2e לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֔⁠ם 1 “to greet them” or “and greeted them” -19:1 oarz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “and {then} bowed {before them} with his face/forehead to the ground {to show respect}.” or “and {then} kneeled {in front of them} and bowed/touched his forehead to the ground {to show them respect}.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 18:2. -19:2 pbyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֜אמֶר 1 “Then he said {to them},” -19:2 qrka rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֶּ֣ה נָּא אֲדֹנַ֗⁠י 1 “Listen {to me} please, my lords/masters:” or “Sirs/Gentlemen, please listen {to this}:” See how you translated “Behold, please” in Gen 18:27. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 18:3. At this point, Lot probably did not know that these were angels, because they looked like men. +19:1 oarz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “and then bowed before them with his face/forehead to the ground to show respect.” or “and then kneeled in front of them and bowed/touched his forehead to the ground to show them respect.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 18:2. +19:2 pbyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֜אמֶר 1 “Then he said to them,” +19:2 qrka rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֶּ֣ה נָּא אֲדֹנַ֗⁠י 1 “Listen to me please, my lords/masters:” or “Sirs/Gentlemen, please listen to this:” See how you translated “Behold, please” in Gen 18:27. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 18:3. At this point, Lot probably did not know that these were angels, because they looked like men. 19:2 uv8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ס֣וּרוּ נָ֠א אֶל 1 “Please come to” or “Please stop in at”. Lot is being urgent here (using “please” twice), probably because he knows how dangerous the city is. Translate this quote in a way that communicates this urgency. 19:2 ya0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בֵּ֨ית עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ 1 “my house so that I can serve you”. Lot refers to himself as “your servant” here to show respect to the two men and to politely offer to host them as his guests. -19:2 n4bd וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ וְ⁠רַחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “and you can lodge for the night {there}. {That way} too {you can} wash {the dust off} your feet.” or “You can wash {the dust off} your feet and lodge/stay for the night {there}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “wash your feet” in Gen 18:4. -19:2 jib0 וְ⁠הִשְׁכַּמְתֶּ֖ם 1 “Then {tomorrow morning} you can get up early” or “Then early {in the morning} you can get up” +19:2 n4bd וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ וְ⁠רַחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “and you can lodge for the night there. That way too you can wash the dust off your feet.” or “You can wash the dust off your feet and lodge/stay for the night there.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “wash your feet” in Gen 18:4. +19:2 jib0 וְ⁠הִשְׁכַּמְתֶּ֖ם 1 “Then tomorrow morning you can get up early” or “Then early in the morning you can get up” 19:2 ua14 וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠דַרְכְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “and continue on your way.” or “and continue traveling.” -19:2 hmun וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the two angels replied,” or “The two angels said {to him/Lot},” -19:2 bnmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹּ֔א כִּ֥י 1 “No, {thank you,} rather” or “Thank you, but” or “That is kind of you, but”. The angels’ reply should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or disrespectful. For example, in some cultures it is not polite to say “No” too directly. -19:2 nmtj בָ⁠רְח֖וֹב נָלִֽין 1 “we will {just} stay/sleep in the public/city square tonight.” or “we plan to spend/stay the night in the street/square.” This refers to a public, outdoor place inside the city, perhaps the open place inside the city gate where people would meet. +19:2 hmun וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the two angels replied,” or “The two angels said to him/Lot,” +19:2 bnmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹּ֔א כִּ֥י 1 “No, thank you, rather” or “Thank you, but” or “That is kind of you, but”. The angels’ reply should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or disrespectful. For example, in some cultures it is not polite to say “No” too directly. +19:2 nmtj בָ⁠רְח֖וֹב נָלִֽין 1 “we will just stay/sleep in the public/city square tonight.” or “we plan to spend/stay the night in the street/square.” This refers to a public, outdoor place inside the city, perhaps the open place inside the city gate where people would meet. 19:3 ck6p וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בָּ֣⁠ם מְאֹ֔ד 1 “But he/Lot insisted urgently” or “However he/Lot continued to urge/invite them earnestly” or “However he/Lot continued to urgently invite them” -19:3 g3lh וַ⁠יָּסֻ֣רוּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “until they {finally} {agreed and} went with him” or “until {he finally convinced them and} they went with him” +19:3 g3lh וַ⁠יָּסֻ֣רוּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “until they finally agreed and went with him” or “until he finally convinced them and they went with him” 19:3 gnxh וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “to his house and entered it.” or “to his house.” 19:3 yh3g וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “Then/There he/Lot prepared/made a big/hearty meal for them,” or “Then/There Lot had a big/hearty meal prepared for them,” Lot probably had his wife or servants prepare the meal (as Abraham did in Gen 18:6-7). It is common in the Bible to say that a leader or head of household (as here) did something, when in reality he had it done by someone else who was under his authority. -19:3 pv7b וּ⁠מַצּ֥וֹת אָפָ֖ה 1 “including {some} bread without yeast/leavening {in it},” or “including {some} flat bread,” -19:3 a3zt וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “and they {sat down and} ate {the meal}.” -19:4 rxq5 טֶרֶם֮ יִשְׁכָּבוּ֒ 1 “{But} {after the meal,} before they could lie down {to sleep},” or “{After that,} before they could go to bed {for the night},” -19:4 o87x וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠עִ֜יר אַנְשֵׁ֤י סְדֹם֙ 1 “{all} the men of/in the city of Sodom” +19:3 pv7b וּ⁠מַצּ֥וֹת אָפָ֖ה 1 “including some bread without yeast/leavening in it,” or “including some flat bread,” +19:3 a3zt וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “and they sat down and ate the meal.” +19:4 rxq5 טֶרֶם֮ יִשְׁכָּבוּ֒ 1 “But after the meal, before they could lie down to sleep,” or “After that, before they could go to bed for the night,” +19:4 o87x וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠עִ֜יר אַנְשֵׁ֤י סְדֹם֙ 1 “all the men of/in the city of Sodom” 19:4 ihie נָסַ֣בּוּ עַל הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 “surrounded/encircled Lot’s house,” or “crowded around the/Lot’s house,” 19:4 j14c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠נַּ֖עַר וְ⁠עַד זָקֵ֑ן 1 “from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including men of all ages,” This phrase refers to all the men of the city of Sodom, including the young and the old and everyone in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language. -19:4 pth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠קָּצֶֽה 1 “{In fact,} all the people from every section/part {of the city} {were there}.” or “{so that} people from the entire city {were there}.” or “{In fact,} everyone/people from all parts of the city {had come there}.” This phrase is hyperbole or exaggeration, to emphasize that a very large number of people from the city were there. Consider whether or not your language can do the same thing. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -19:5 yafr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ 1 “Then the crowd/mob {of men/people} called out to Lot/him,” or “Then the crowd/mob {of men/people} shouted to Lot/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to these people at this point in the paragraph in your translation. -19:5 tgj2 אַיֵּ֧ה הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים 1 “Where {are} the {two} men” -19:5 mtxz אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “who came {to lodge} with you tonight?” or “who came to your house tonight?” -19:5 yi37 הוֹצִיאֵ֣⁠ם אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “Bring them to us out here” or “Bring them outside to us” or “{We demand that you} bring them out here to us” +19:4 pth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠קָּצֶֽה 1 “In fact, all the people from every section/part of the city were there.” or “so that people from the entire city were there.” or “In fact, everyone/people from all parts of the city had come there.” This phrase is hyperbole or exaggeration, to emphasize that a very large number of people from the city were there. Consider whether or not your language can do the same thing. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:5 yafr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ 1 “Then the crowd/mob of men/people called out to Lot/him,” or “Then the crowd/mob of men/people shouted to Lot/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to these people at this point in the paragraph in your translation. +19:5 tgj2 אַיֵּ֧ה הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים 1 “Where are the two men” +19:5 mtxz אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “who came to lodge with you tonight?” or “who came to your house tonight?” +19:5 yi37 הוֹצִיאֵ֣⁠ם אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “Bring them to us out here” or “Bring them outside to us” or “We demand that you bring them out here to us” 19:5 o8pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נֵדְעָ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “so that we can have relations/sex with them!” In Hebrew the verb “know” is often used as an idiom that means “have sex with” (as in Gen 4:1, 25). Here it refers to homosexual activities and raping the two men. Translate this in a way that is not too offensive to be read aloud in public. -19:6 t2yg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֧א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם ל֖וֹט הַ⁠פֶּ֑תְחָ⁠ה 1 “But Lot went outside near the entrance/doorway {to talk} to them,” -19:6 bpju וְ⁠הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגַ֥ר אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he shut/closed the door {of the house} behind him,” -19:7 sw0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then he said {to them},” or “and/Then he pleaded {with them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -19:7 fcre rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָ֥א אַחַ֖⁠י 1 “{No,} please, my brothers/friends,” or “I beg you, my brothers/friends,” or “{No,} my brothers/friends, please”. The phrase “my brothers” is used here as a polite address that implies a close relationship. Lot uses this idiom to try to get the men of Sodom to not harm his guests. The men were not his actual brothers. For some languages it is more natural to put “my brothers” (or “my friends”) first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. +19:6 t2yg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֧א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם ל֖וֹט הַ⁠פֶּ֑תְחָ⁠ה 1 “But Lot went outside near the entrance/doorway to talk to them,” +19:6 bpju וְ⁠הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגַ֥ר אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he shut/closed the door of the house behind him,” +19:7 sw0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then he said to them,” or “and/Then he pleaded with them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:7 fcre rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָ֥א אַחַ֖⁠י 1 “No, please, my brothers/friends,” or “I beg you, my brothers/friends,” or “No, my brothers/friends, please”. The phrase “my brothers” is used here as a polite address that implies a close relationship. Lot uses this idiom to try to get the men of Sodom to not harm his guests. The men were not his actual brothers. For some languages it is more natural to put “my brothers” (or “my friends”) first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. 19:7 ie42 אַל & תָּרֵֽעוּ 1 “do not do this evil!” or “do not do such an evil/wicked thing!” -19:8 r4h6 הִנֵּה נָ֨א 1 “Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. +19:8 r4h6 הִנֵּה נָ֨א 1 “Listen to me/this please:” or “Please listen to me/this:” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. 19:8 ns82 לִ֜⁠י שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֗וֹת אֲשֶׁ֤ר 1 “My two daughters” -19:8 kz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹֽא יָדְעוּ֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “have not/never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” or “have never slept with a man.” or “are virgins.” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in verse 5 and Gen 4:1, though it may need to be translated in different ways depending on the context. -19:8 kt35 אוֹצִֽיאָה נָּ֤א אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “Allow me to bring them out to you {instead} so that you may/can do to/with them” or “If you will let me bring them out {here} to you, then you may/can do to/with them” +19:8 kz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹֽא יָדְעוּ֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “have not/never had marital/sexual relations with a man.” or “have never slept with a man.” or “are virgins.” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in verse 5 and Gen 4:1, though it may need to be translated in different ways depending on the context. +19:8 kt35 אוֹצִֽיאָה נָּ֤א אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “Allow me to bring them out to you instead so that you may/can do to/with them” or “If you will let me bring them out here to you, then you may/can do to/with them” 19:8 tey8 כַּ⁠טּ֖וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “whatever you want/like.” or “whatever pleases you.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 16:6. -19:8 hber רַ֠ק לָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָ⁠אֵל֙ אַל־תַּעֲשׂ֣וּ דָבָ֔ר 1 “But you must not do anything to {harm} these men,” or “But do not violate/harm these men,” +19:8 hber רַ֠ק לָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָ⁠אֵל֙ אַל־תַּעֲשׂ֣וּ דָבָ֔ר 1 “But you must not do anything to harm these men,” or “But do not violate/harm these men,” 19:8 i8uo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי עַל כֵּ֥ן בָּ֖אוּ בְּ⁠צֵ֥ל קֹרָתִֽ⁠י 1 “because they have come under the shelter/protection of my roof/house.” or “because they are my guests and I am responsible for their well-being/safety.” -19:9 jiyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the men of Sodom responded {to him/Lot},” or “But the men of Sodom shouted {at him/Lot},” +19:9 jiyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the men of Sodom responded to him/Lot,” or “But the men of Sodom shouted at him/Lot,” 19:9 lcke גֶּשׁ הָ֗לְאָה 1 “Stand aside!” or “Get out of the/our way!” -19:9 k5nk וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ 1 “Then they said/exclaimed/complained {to each other},” -19:9 v2qe הָ⁠אֶחָ֤ד בָּֽא 1 “This guy came {here}”. The phrase “this one/guy” shows disdain and disrespect for Lot. If possible, use a similar term in your language here. +19:9 k5nk וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ 1 “Then they said/exclaimed/complained to each other,” +19:9 v2qe הָ⁠אֶחָ֤ד בָּֽא 1 “This guy came here”. The phrase “this one/guy” shows disdain and disrespect for Lot. If possible, use a similar term in your language here. 19:9 tah3 לָ⁠גוּר֙ 1 “to live temporarily,” or “as a foreigner/outsider,” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Here it has the negative meaning that Lot does not belong there. -19:9 pdcc וַ⁠יִּשְׁפֹּ֣ט שָׁפ֔וֹט עַתָּ֕ה 1 “and now he wants/dares to judge/condemn {us}!” or “and now he thinks that he can judge {us}!” -19:9 o113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָרַ֥ע לְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “{Now} we will treat you worse than {we treat} your {two} guests!” ” or “{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “We will do worse things to you than {we do} to your {two} guests!” ” Here the crowd switches from talking to each other to shouting at Lot. Decide whether or not that needs to be explicit in your translation. +19:9 pdcc וַ⁠יִּשְׁפֹּ֣ט שָׁפ֔וֹט עַתָּ֕ה 1 “and now he wants/dares to judge/condemn us!” or “and now he thinks that he can judge us!” +19:9 o113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָרַ֥ע לְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then they shouted at him/Lot, “Now we will treat you worse than we treat your two guests!” ” or “Then they shouted at him/Lot, “We will do worse things to you than we do to your two guests!” ” Here the crowd switches from talking to each other to shouting at Lot. Decide whether or not that needs to be explicit in your translation. 19:9 eo89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְצְר֨וּ בָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ בְּ⁠לוֹט֙ מְאֹ֔ד 1 “Then they started shoving/pushing hard against Lot/him” -19:9 b2w4 וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר הַ⁠דָּֽלֶת 1 “and moved/surged forward to break down/through the door {of his house}.” -19:10 izks וַ⁠יִּשְׁלְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת־יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “But the {two} men {inside} {who were Lot’s guests} {opened the door,} reached outside” or “But Lot’s {two} guests {opened the door,} reached outside” -19:10 u6wd וַ⁠יָּבִ֧יאוּ אֶת ל֛וֹט 1 “and {quickly} brought/pulled Lot/him” -19:10 qzxx אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “{back} into the house with them” +19:9 b2w4 וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר הַ⁠דָּֽלֶת 1 “and moved/surged forward to break down/through the door of his house.” +19:10 izks וַ⁠יִּשְׁלְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת־יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “But the two men inside who were Lot’s guests opened the door, reached outside” or “But Lot’s two guests opened the door, reached outside” +19:10 u6wd וַ⁠יָּבִ֧יאוּ אֶת ל֛וֹט 1 “and quickly brought/pulled Lot/him” +19:10 qzxx אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “back into the house with them” 19:10 is7s וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגָֽרוּ 1 “and closed the door.” or “and slammed the door shut.” -19:11 oetn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְֽ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֞ים אֲשֶׁר פֶּ֣תַח הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת הִכּוּ֙ בַּ⁠סַּנְוֵרִ֔ים 1 “Then those {two} men/guests {who were angels} caused the men {of Sodom} who {were at/outside} the door of the house to be blind,” +19:11 oetn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְֽ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֞ים אֲשֶׁר פֶּ֣תַח הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת הִכּוּ֙ בַּ⁠סַּנְוֵרִ֔ים 1 “Then those two men/guests who were angels caused the men of Sodom who were at/outside the door of the house to be blind,” 19:11 p3qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן וְ⁠עַד גָּד֑וֹל 1 “from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including every last one of them,” This phrase refers to all the men who were outside the house, including the young and the old and everyone in between. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 4. -19:11 w33l וַ⁠יִּלְא֖וּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֥א הַ⁠פָּֽתַח 1 “so that they wearied/exhausted themselves {groping/fumbling around} {trying} to find the door.” or “so that they {could not see} the door and gave up {trying} to find it.” -19:12 zh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֨וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים אֶל־ל֗וֹט 1 “Then the {two} men/angels asked Lot,” +19:11 w33l וַ⁠יִּלְא֖וּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֥א הַ⁠פָּֽתַח 1 “so that they wearied/exhausted themselves groping/fumbling around trying to find the door.” or “so that they could not see the door and gave up trying to find it.” +19:12 zh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֨וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים אֶל־ל֗וֹט 1 “Then the two men/angels asked Lot,” 19:12 zvxl עֹ֚ד מִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ פֹ֔ה 1 “What other family members do you have here,” or “Do you have any other relatives here in the/this city,” -19:12 gaxp חָתָן֙ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{such as} sons-in-law or sons or daughters” or “{If you have} sons-in-law, sons, daughters,” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or later in this verse. -19:12 qpwl וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “or any {other} relatives” or “or any {other} members of your family” +19:12 gaxp חָתָן֙ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “such as sons-in-law or sons or daughters” or “If you have sons-in-law, sons, daughters,” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or later in this verse. +19:12 qpwl וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “or any other relatives” or “or any other members of your family” 19:12 hx9v בָּ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “in this city,” or “in Sodom?” or “here,” The punctuation you use here depends on whether or not you began a new sentence earlier in this quote. -19:12 l25l הוֹצֵ֖א 1 “{then} {quickly} take/get {them} out/away”. Whether or not you begin a new sentence here will depend on whether you began a new sentence earlier in this quote. +19:12 l25l הוֹצֵ֖א 1 “then quickly take/get them out/away”. Whether or not you begin a new sentence here will depend on whether you began a new sentence earlier in this quote. 19:12 h0sr מִן הַ⁠מָּקֽוֹם 1 “from this city,” or “from here,” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits well with the ways that you refer to the city of Sodom earlier in this verse and in the next verse. It may help to read the entire verse aloud to make sure everything is clear and sounds natural in your language. 19:13 gxxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive כִּֽי מַשְׁחִתִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ 1 “because we are about/going to destroy”. The pronoun “we” refers here only to the two angels, not Lot or anyone else. 19:13 ijzq אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “this city.” or “it.” The way you translate this phrase will depend on how you translated the end of verse 12. 19:13 q23w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּֽי גָֽדְלָ֤ה צַעֲקָתָ⁠ם֙ אֶת פְּנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh has heard that the people of this city are guilty of serious/terrible sins,” or “Yahweh has heard serious/terrible accusations against the people who live here”. See how you translated “outcry” in Gen 18:20-21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, make sure that your translation of “their outcry” refers to the people of Sodom, not Lot’s relatives who were the last ones referred to (verse 12). 19:13 w6zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֥⁠נוּ יְהוָ֖ה 1 “so he has sent/ordered/commissioned us” -19:13 ovq1 לְ⁠שַׁחֲתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “to destroy the city.” or “to destroy them {and their city}.” Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with how you translated the first part of this sentence. -19:14 baqg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “Then/So Lot went and spoke to/with” or “Then/So Lot went to speak to/with” or “Then/So went to” -19:14 asoi חֲתָנָ֣י⁠ו 1 “his {future} sons-in-law” or “his daughters’ fiancés” -19:14 wrto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹקְחֵ֣י בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו 1 “who were {going/pledged} to marry his daughters” or “who were engaged to his daughters”. The word “take” is used here as an idiom that means to marry. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to translate this as an idiom in your language. -19:14 i021 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and he said {to them},” or “and he warned/urged {them},” or “He told them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -19:14 xhur ק֤וּמוּ 1 “Hurry up {and}” or “Come on! {We must}”. This phrase communicates urgency here. +19:13 ovq1 לְ⁠שַׁחֲתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “to destroy the city.” or “to destroy them and their city.” Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with how you translated the first part of this sentence. +19:14 baqg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א ל֜וֹט וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “Then/So Lot went and spoke to/with” or “Then/So Lot went to speak to/with” or “Then/So went to” +19:14 asoi חֲתָנָ֣י⁠ו 1 “his future sons-in-law” or “his daughters’ fiancés” +19:14 wrto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹקְחֵ֣י בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו 1 “who were going/pledged to marry his daughters” or “who were engaged to his daughters”. The word “take” is used here as an idiom that means to marry. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to translate this as an idiom in your language. +19:14 i021 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and he said to them,” or “and he warned/urged them,” or “He told them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:14 xhur ק֤וּמוּ 1 “Hurry up and” or “Come on! We must”. This phrase communicates urgency here. 19:14 xzmf צְּאוּ֙ מִן 1 “get away from” or “flee from” or “leave” 19:14 l2nd הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “this city,” 19:14 o4rj כִּֽי מַשְׁחִ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 “because Yahweh is about/going to destroy”. See how you translated “are destroying” in verse 13. 19:14 nuhr אֶת הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “the place!” or “it!” -19:14 ibgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֥י כִ⁠מְצַחֵ֖ק בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י חֲתָנָֽי⁠ו 1 “But his sons-in-law thought that he was joking, {so they ignored him}.” or “But his sons-in-law {did not listen to him, because they} thought he was joking.” -19:15 wugx וּ⁠כְמוֹ֙ הַ⁠שַּׁ֣חַר עָלָ֔ה 1 “{Very} early the next morning,” Dawn is the time before sunrise when it starts getting light. -19:15 hw3n וַ⁠יָּאִ֥יצוּ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ל֣וֹט לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “the {two} angels/messengers urged Lot,” or “the/Yahweh’s {two} angels/messengers urgently told Lot,” See how you translated “angels” in verse 1. -19:15 rtvk קוּם֩ 1 “Hurry up {and}” or “You must quickly” -19:15 xo9t קַ֨ח אֶֽת אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֜ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָאֹ֔ת 1 “take/get your wife and two daughters {away from the city}” or “leave {the city} with your wife and two daughters” +19:14 ibgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֥י כִ⁠מְצַחֵ֖ק בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י חֲתָנָֽי⁠ו 1 “But his sons-in-law thought that he was joking, so they ignored him.” or “But his sons-in-law did not listen to him, because they thought he was joking.” +19:15 wugx וּ⁠כְמוֹ֙ הַ⁠שַּׁ֣חַר עָלָ֔ה 1 “Very early the next morning,” Dawn is the time before sunrise when it starts getting light. +19:15 hw3n וַ⁠יָּאִ֥יצוּ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ל֣וֹט לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “the two angels/messengers urged Lot,” or “the/Yahweh’s two angels/messengers urgently told Lot,” See how you translated “angels” in verse 1. +19:15 rtvk קוּם֩ 1 “Hurry up and” or “You must quickly” +19:15 xo9t קַ֨ח אֶֽת אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֜ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָאֹ֔ת 1 “take/get your wife and two daughters away from the city” or “leave the city with your wife and two daughters” 19:15 uht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-passives פֶּן תִּסָּפֶ֖ה 1 “so that you will not be destroyed” or “or else you will be destroyed” or “so that you will not die”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “sweep away” in Gen 18:23-24. -19:15 vgvt בַּ⁠עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “when {the people of/in} the city are punished {by God}.” or “when {God/Yahweh} punishes {the people of/in} the city.” +19:15 vgvt בַּ⁠עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “when the people of/in the city are punished by God.” or “when God/Yahweh punishes the people of/in the city.” 19:16 mwva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּתְמַהְמָ֓הּ 1 “But Lot did not leave immediately,” or “Lot hesitated/delayed,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Lot at this point in the paragraph in your language. -19:16 yaj9 וַ⁠יַּחֲזִ֨קוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים בְּ⁠יָד֣⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד־אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “so the {two} men/angels took hold of his hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters,” or “so they took him and his wife and two daughters by the hand,” -19:16 f2ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠חֶמְלַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “because Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him/them,” For some languages it may be better to put this phrase last in verse 16 so that it does not interrupt the flow of the sentence. Or it may be better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Lot hesitated, but Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him, so the {two} men/angels took hold of Lot’s hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters and took/led them out of the city.” Do what is best in your language. -19:16 spum וַ⁠יֹּצִאֻ֥⁠הוּ וַ⁠יַּנִּחֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “and took/led him/them {safely}” +19:16 yaj9 וַ⁠יַּחֲזִ֨קוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים בְּ⁠יָד֣⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד־אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “so the two men/angels took hold of his hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters,” or “so they took him and his wife and two daughters by the hand,” +19:16 f2ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠חֶמְלַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “because Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him/them,” For some languages it may be better to put this phrase last in verse 16 so that it does not interrupt the flow of the sentence. Or it may be better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Lot hesitated, but Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him, so the two men/angels took hold of Lot’s hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters and took/led them out of the city.” Do what is best in your language. +19:16 spum וַ⁠יֹּצִאֻ֥⁠הוּ וַ⁠יַּנִּחֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “and took/led him/them safely” 19:16 fadf מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “out of the city.” -19:17 e9wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “As {soon as} the angels had brought/taken/led them outside {the city},” See how you translated “brought” in verse 16. -19:17 e164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “one of them said {to Lot/them},” or “one of the angels said {to Lot/them},” +19:17 e9wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “As soon as the angels had brought/taken/led them outside the city,” See how you translated “brought” in verse 16. +19:17 e164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “one of them said to Lot/them,” or “one of the angels said to Lot/them,” 19:17 hutb הִמָּלֵ֣ט עַל נַפְשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Run for your lives!” or “Flee/Run to save your lives!” or “Run away from here as fast as you can!” -19:17 e6nx אַל תַּבִּ֣יט אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Do not look behind you {at Sodom},” or “Do not look back {at the city},” +19:17 e6nx אַל תַּבִּ֣יט אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Do not look behind you at Sodom,” or “Do not look back at the city,” 19:17 yi3d וְ⁠אַֽל תַּעֲמֹ֖ד בְּ⁠כָל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and do not stop/delay anywhere in the plain/valley!” or “and do not stop/delay in the plain/valley for any reason!” This plain or valley was a wide, flat area between mountains. See how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12. 19:17 owz1 הִמָּלֵ֖ט 1 “Flee/Hurry” or “Go quickly” or “Run away” -19:17 fqrc הָ⁠הָ֥רָ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to the mountains/hills” or “to the hill country” or “to the/that mountain {range}” or (2) “to the/that mountain”. This phrase is ambiguous because often the Hebrew text uses a singular form to refer to something that is plural. +19:17 fqrc הָ⁠הָ֥רָ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to the mountains/hills” or “to the hill country” or “to the/that mountain range” or (2) “to the/that mountain”. This phrase is ambiguous because often the Hebrew text uses a singular form to refer to something that is plural. 19:17 wwro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פֶּן תִּסָּפֶֽה 1 “so that you will not be destroyed!” or “so that you will not die!” or “or else you will die!” See how you translated this clause in verse 15. 19:18 y4wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖וֹט אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “But Lot replied to them,” or “But Lot pleaded with them,” Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “them” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. -19:18 uauu אַל נָ֖א אֲדֹנָֽ⁠י 1 “Please, my lords/masters, do not {make us go that far}!” or “I beg you, sirs, do not {make us do that}!” See how you translated “my lords/masters” in verse 2. -19:19 tax6 הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” -19:19 brtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מָצָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ חֵן֮ בְּ⁠עֵינֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “{I,} your servant, have been treated well/kindly by you,” or “You have treated me well/kindly even though I am unimportant,” The phrase “your servant” does not mean that Lot is actually a servant for the angels, but rather, it is a humble way for Lot to refer to himself and show respect to them. See how you translated that phrase in verse 2. Also see how you translated the idiom “found favor in … eyes” in Gen 6:8 and 18:3. +19:18 uauu אַל נָ֖א אֲדֹנָֽ⁠י 1 “Please, my lords/masters, do not make us go that far!” or “I beg you, sirs, do not make us do that!” See how you translated “my lords/masters” in verse 2. +19:19 tax6 הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “Listen to me/this please:” or “Please listen to me/this:” +19:19 brtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מָצָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ חֵן֮ בְּ⁠עֵינֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “I, your servant, have been treated well/kindly by you,” or “You have treated me well/kindly even though I am unimportant,” The phrase “your servant” does not mean that Lot is actually a servant for the angels, but rather, it is a humble way for Lot to refer to himself and show respect to them. See how you translated that phrase in verse 2. Also see how you translated the idiom “found favor in … eyes” in Gen 6:8 and 18:3. 19:19 u1nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠תַּגְדֵּ֣ל חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “and you have shown me great mercy/kindness” or “and you have been very merciful/kind to me”. This is the first occurrence in the Bible of the important Hebrew word “khesed,” which is translated as “mercy,” “kindness,” or “lovingkindness” and often implies that it was not deserved. Compare how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“mercy” or “compassion”) in verse 16. 19:19 r6kn לְ⁠הַחֲי֖וֹת אֶת נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 “and saved my life.” -19:19 qin5 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לְ⁠הִמָּלֵ֣ט הָ⁠הָ֔רָ⁠ה 1 “But I am not able to flee/run {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But there is no way that I can make it safely {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But the mountains/hills are too far away for me to make it there safely”. See how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verse 17. +19:19 qin5 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לְ⁠הִמָּלֵ֣ט הָ⁠הָ֔רָ⁠ה 1 “But I am not able to flee/run all the way to the mountains/hills” or “But there is no way that I can make it safely all the way to the mountains/hills” or “But the mountains/hills are too far away for me to make it there safely”. See how you translated “the mountains” in verse 17. 19:19 swvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification פֶּן תִּדְבָּקַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה וָ⁠מַֽתִּי 1 “before the disaster catches up with me and kills me.” or “before the disaster strikes/occurs and kills me.” The word “disaster” is personified here, that is, it is talked about as if it can act in human ways. Consider whether or not it would be clear and natural to do that here in your language. -19:20 scbl הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “{So} listen {to this} please:” Consider again how you translated “Behold, please” in verses 2, 8, 19-20. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context. +19:20 scbl הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “So listen to this please:” Consider again how you translated “Behold, please” in verses 2, 8, 19-20. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context. 19:20 v9tb הָ⁠עִ֨יר הַ⁠זֹּ֧את & שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה 1 “That town up ahead” or “That town over there”. The Hebrew word for “town” here (and in verses 21-23) can refer to either a city or a town, depending on the context. Many translations have “town,” or even “village,” here because the place was very small (verses 20, 22). Many other translations have “city” here instead, but that does not fit the context. -19:20 rts1 קְרֹבָ֛ה לָ⁠נ֥וּס 1 “{is} near/close {enough} to flee/run to {in time},” -19:20 mw43 וְ⁠הִ֣יא מִצְעָ֑ר 1 “and it {is} {just/only} a little/small {town}.” or “and it {is} little/small.” -19:20 o64l אִמָּלְטָ֨ה נָּ֜א שָׁ֗מָּ⁠ה 1 “Please let us escape/flee/run there, {and do not destroy it}.” -19:20 dubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א מִצְעָ֛ר הִ֖וא 1 “{After all,} it is {only/just} a little/small place/town.” or “{After all,} it is very small.” This rhetorical question implies that it will not matter if such a small town like Zoar is not destroyed. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. -19:20 nhzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠תְחִ֥י נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “Then I/we will/can stay alive.” or “{If you let us go there,} then {my family and} I will live.” or “{If you allow that,} our lives will be saved/spared.” Lot says “my life,” but he is probably also including his family who is with him. +19:20 rts1 קְרֹבָ֛ה לָ⁠נ֥וּס 1 “is near/close enough to flee/run to in time,” +19:20 mw43 וְ⁠הִ֣יא מִצְעָ֑ר 1 “and it is just/only a little/small town.” or “and it is little/small.” +19:20 o64l אִמָּלְטָ֨ה נָּ֜א שָׁ֗מָּ⁠ה 1 “Please let us escape/flee/run there, and do not destroy it.” +19:20 dubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א מִצְעָ֛ר הִ֖וא 1 “After all, it is only/just a little/small place/town.” or “After all, it is very small.” This rhetorical question implies that it will not matter if such a small town like Zoar is not destroyed. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. +19:20 nhzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠תְחִ֥י נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “Then I/we will/can stay alive.” or “If you let us go there, then my family and I will live.” or “If you allow that, our lives will be saved/spared.” Lot says “my life,” but he is probably also including his family who is with him. 19:21 f6h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “The angel said/replied”. This phrase probably refers to the same angel who spoke to Lot in verse 17. Make sure it does not sound like Lot is the one speaking here. 19:21 v4mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “to Lot,” -19:21 zrvn הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Listen,” or “Alright,” or “Here {is what I will do}:” +19:21 zrvn הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Listen,” or “Alright,” or “Here is what I will do:” 19:21 wf9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשָׂ֣אתִי פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ גַּ֖ם לַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “I will allow/grant your request,” or “I will allow/permit you to do what you have requested,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate the idiom “lifted up your face” here. 19:21 m6y3 לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י הָפְכִּ֥⁠י 1 “and/so I will not overturn/destroy” -19:21 yu2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ 1 “the {little/small} town that you mentioned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in the sentence and say, “I will allow you to go to the {small} town that you are talking about, and I will not destroy it.” Do what is best in your language. -19:22 z9fr מַהֵר֙ 1 “{But} hurry up {now} {and}” or “{But} go quickly {now} {and}” +19:21 yu2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ 1 “the little/small town that you mentioned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in the sentence and say, “I will allow you to go to the small town that you are talking about, and I will not destroy it.” Do what is best in your language. +19:22 z9fr מַהֵר֙ 1 “But hurry up now and” or “But go quickly now and” 19:22 dzir הִמָּלֵ֣ט שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה 1 “flee/run there,” or “escape/flee to that town,” Consider again how you translated “escape” in verses 17, 19-20, 22. -19:22 p51q כִּ֣י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת 1 “because I am not allowed to do/destroy anything” or “because I must wait to do/destroy anything” or “because {God} will not allow/permit me to do/destroy anything”. This clause implies that Yahweh will not allow the angel to destroy anything until Lot and his family arrive safely in the town of Zoar. -19:22 iw13 עַד בֹּאֲ⁠ךָ֖ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 “until you get/reach there {safely}.” or “until you are {safely} there.” +19:22 p51q כִּ֣י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת 1 “because I am not allowed to do/destroy anything” or “because I must wait to do/destroy anything” or “because God will not allow/permit me to do/destroy anything”. This clause implies that Yahweh will not allow the angel to destroy anything until Lot and his family arrive safely in the town of Zoar. +19:22 iw13 עַד בֹּאֲ⁠ךָ֖ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 “until you get/reach there safely.” or “until you are safely there.” 19:22 vgig עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Since Lot said the town was little/small,” This phrase refers back to what Lot said in verse 20, not what the angel just said. 19:22 nll4 קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “the town was called” or “they/people called that town” or “the name of the town is”. See how you translated “they called the name” in Gen 11:9 and 16:14. -19:22 hrvo צֽוֹעַר 1 “Zoar, {which means “little/small.”}” If this implied information is included in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent here with how you translated the word “little” or “small” in verse 20. +19:22 hrvo צֽוֹעַר 1 “Zoar, which means “little/small.”” If this implied information is included in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent here with how you translated the word “little” or “small” in verse 20. 19:23 nppm הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶשׁ יָצָ֣א עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “The sun was rising”. Make sure that the way verse 23 begins in your translation fits with the way verse 15 begins, which refers to the same day. -19:23 lo6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠ל֖וֹט 1 “as/when Lot {and his family}”. In that culture the father was often the only one mentioned and the other family members were assumed to be with him. -19:23 o3z7 בָּ֥א צֹֽעֲרָ⁠ה 1 “arrived at/in {the town of} Zoar.” or “reached{the town of} Zoar.” -19:24 attr וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הִמְטִ֧יר עַל סְדֹ֛ם וְ⁠עַל עֲמֹרָ֖ה גָּפְרִ֣ית וָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 “Then Yahweh rained/poured down burning sulfur/rocks and fire on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to rain/pour down on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The word “brimstone” refers to sulfur, which is a type of rock that is highly flammable. When it burns, it produces smoke, intense heat, and a bad smell like rotten eggs. -19:24 z1eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “from himself in heaven,” or “from out of the heavens/sky,” Some translations omit the phrase “from Yahweh” since Yahweh is already mentioned earlier as the one doing this. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to fall/pour like {heavy} rain from the heavens/sky on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah.” Do what is best in your language. -19:25 rfr1 וַֽ⁠יַּהֲפֹךְ֙ 1 “and (so) he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed” or “In that way, he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed ” or “That is how he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a phrase with a similar meaning (“swept away”) in verses 15 and 17. -19:25 zwuj אֶת הֶ⁠עָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “those {two} cities” +19:23 lo6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠ל֖וֹט 1 “as/when Lot and his family”. In that culture the father was often the only one mentioned and the other family members were assumed to be with him. +19:23 o3z7 בָּ֥א צֹֽעֲרָ⁠ה 1 “arrived at/in the town of Zoar.” or “reachedthe town of Zoar.” +19:24 attr וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הִמְטִ֧יר עַל סְדֹ֛ם וְ⁠עַל עֲמֹרָ֖ה גָּפְרִ֣ית וָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 “Then Yahweh rained/poured down burning sulfur/rocks and fire on the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to rain/pour down on the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah”. The word “brimstone” refers to sulfur, which is a type of rock that is highly flammable. When it burns, it produces smoke, intense heat, and a bad smell like rotten eggs. +19:24 z1eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “from himself in heaven,” or “from out of the heavens/sky,” Some translations omit the phrase “from Yahweh” since Yahweh is already mentioned earlier as the one doing this. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to fall/pour like heavy rain from the heavens/sky on the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah.” Do what is best in your language. +19:25 rfr1 וַֽ⁠יַּהֲפֹךְ֙ 1 “and (so) he/Yahweh completely destroyed” or “In that way, he/Yahweh completely destroyed ” or “That is how he/Yahweh completely destroyed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a phrase with a similar meaning (“swept away”) in verses 15 and 17. +19:25 zwuj אֶת הֶ⁠עָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “those two cities” 19:25 euza וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and the entire/whole plain/valley,” or “and the rest of the plain/valley,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were also in the plain/valley, not separate from it. -19:25 ao52 וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל יֹשְׁבֵ֣י הֶ⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “including all the people who lived in the cities {of/in that plain/valley}” or “including everyone who lived in the cities {there}”. This phrase refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and at least two other cities in the valley (Deuteronomy 29:23). -19:25 rrut וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח 1 “and {even} {all} the vegetation/plants” -19:25 g2sq וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “{that were growing} on the ground/land.” or “of/in the/that area/region.” -19:26 fbf2 וַ⁠תַּבֵּ֥ט אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אַחֲרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “But Lot’s wife, {who was} {walking} behind him, looked/glanced back {at the city},” or “… looked back {at Sodom},” -19:26 q9a5 וַ⁠תְּהִ֖י 1 “and {immediately} she turned into” or “and {immediately} her body turned into” or “and {immediately} {God/Yahweh} turned her into” -19:26 trht נְצִ֥יב מֶֽלַח 1 “a column/statue of {solid} salt {rock} {and she died}.” or “salt {rock} that was in the shape of a pillar/column.” -19:27 t3yb וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר 1 “{Meanwhile,} Abraham got up early that {same} morning” or “Early that same morning, Abraham got up”. Some translations translate this as the next morning, but it is more likely that this was the same day when Lot arrived in Zoar and Yahweh destroyed the cities in the valley (verse 23). +19:25 ao52 וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל יֹשְׁבֵ֣י הֶ⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “including all the people who lived in the cities of/in that plain/valley” or “including everyone who lived in the cities there”. This phrase refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and at least two other cities in the valley (Deuteronomy 29:23). +19:25 rrut וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח 1 “and even all the vegetation/plants” +19:25 g2sq וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “that were growing on the ground/land.” or “of/in the/that area/region.” +19:26 fbf2 וַ⁠תַּבֵּ֥ט אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אַחֲרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “But Lot’s wife, who was walking behind him, looked/glanced back at the city,” or “… looked back at Sodom,” +19:26 q9a5 וַ⁠תְּהִ֖י 1 “and immediately she turned into” or “and immediately her body turned into” or “and immediately God/Yahweh turned her into” +19:26 trht נְצִ֥יב מֶֽלַח 1 “a column/statue of solid salt rock and she died.” or “salt rock that was in the shape of a pillar/column.” +19:27 t3yb וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר 1 “Meanwhile, Abraham got up early that same morning” or “Early that same morning, Abraham got up”. Some translations translate this as the next morning, but it is more likely that this was the same day when Lot arrived in Zoar and Yahweh destroyed the cities in the valley (verse 23). 19:27 qmne אֶל הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “and returned to the place/spot” -19:27 i49j אֲשֶׁר עָ֥מַד & אֶת פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “where he had stood/been with Yahweh {the previous day},” or “where he had stood in Yahweh’s presence {the day before}.” +19:27 i49j אֲשֶׁר עָ֥מַד & אֶת פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “where he had stood/been with Yahweh the previous day,” or “where he had stood in Yahweh’s presence the day before.” 19:28 z2pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף 1 “Then he/Abraham looked down” or “He looked down”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure it is clear that Abraham, not Yahweh, is being referred to here. 19:28 jhkn עַל פְּנֵ֤י 1 “at” or “in the direction of” -19:28 wiga סְדֹם֙ וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “{the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” -19:28 qkv9 וְ⁠עַֽל כָּל פְּנֵ֖י אֶ֣רֶץ הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and all {the rest of} the plain/valley.” +19:28 wiga סְדֹם֙ וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” +19:28 qkv9 וְ⁠עַֽל כָּל פְּנֵ֖י אֶ֣רֶץ הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and all the rest of the plain/valley.” 19:28 ktpu וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “There in front of him, he saw that” or “And he was amazed to see that” -19:28 ptm3 עָלָה֙ קִיטֹ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{lots of thick} smoke was billowing up from/over the land” or “{a large amount of} smoke was …” -19:28 dxlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠קִיטֹ֖ר הַ⁠כִּבְשָֽׁן 1 “like smoke {that comes from the fire} in a {large} furnace/oven.” or “like smoke from a {huge} fire.” During that time period, a furnace was heated by fire. -19:29 kybu וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠שַׁחֵ֤ת אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “So it was/happened {that} when God destroyed” or “When God destroyed”. See how you translated “destroyed” in verses 13-14, 17. +19:28 ptm3 עָלָה֙ קִיטֹ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “lots of thick smoke was billowing up from/over the land” or “a large amount of smoke was …” +19:28 dxlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠קִיטֹ֖ר הַ⁠כִּבְשָֽׁן 1 “like smoke that comes from the fire in a large furnace/oven.” or “like smoke from a huge fire.” During that time period, a furnace was heated by fire. +19:29 kybu וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠שַׁחֵ֤ת אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “So it was/happened that when God destroyed” or “When God destroyed”. See how you translated “destroyed” in verses 13-14, 17. 19:29 vtt3 אֶת עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר 1 “the cities on the plain,” or “the cities in the plain/valley,” Consider again how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12; 19:17, 25, 28, 29. -19:29 rzta וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “he kept Abraham {and his request} in mind” or “he remembered/granted Abraham’s request”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that God forgot Abraham. See how you translated “God remembered” in Gen 8:1. -19:29 she7 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת לוֹט֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ 1 “and brought Lot {safely} away from” or “So he rescued/saved Lot from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:29 rzta וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “he kept Abraham and his request in mind” or “he remembered/granted Abraham’s request”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that God forgot Abraham. See how you translated “God remembered” in Gen 8:1. +19:29 she7 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת לוֹט֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ 1 “and brought Lot safely away from” or “So he rescued/saved Lot from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 19:29 odq0 הַ⁠הֲפֵכָ֔ה 1 “the disaster/catastrophe,” -19:29 t62e בַּ⁠הֲפֹךְ֙ אֶת הֶ֣⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “when he {completely} destroyed the cities” or “that he had caused/used to {completely} destroy the cities” +19:29 t62e בַּ⁠הֲפֹךְ֙ אֶת הֶ֣⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “when he completely destroyed the cities” or “that he had caused/used to completely destroy the cities” 19:29 jdtg אֲשֶׁר יָשַׁ֥ב בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן לֽוֹט 1 “where Lot had been living.” -19:30 ek4n וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ ל֨וֹט מִ⁠צּ֜וֹעַר וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב בָּ⁠הָ֗ר וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After that, Lot moved with his two daughters from {the town of} Zoar up into the mountains/hills and settled/lived there,” or “Sometime later, Lot and his two daughters left {the town of} Zoar and moved to the mountains/hills,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verses 17 and 19. -19:30 vxtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י יָרֵ֖א לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת בְּ⁠צ֑וֹעַר 1 “because he was afraid to stay in {the town of} Zoar.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Lot was afraid to settle/stay in {the town of} Zoar, so he and his two daughters moved from there to the mountains/hills, where they lived in a cave.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Zoar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10; 14:2, 8; 19:22-23, 30. -19:30 gjyo וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה ה֖וּא וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “So he/Lot and his two daughters lived in a cave {in the mountains/hills}.” -19:31 urpm וַ⁠תֹּ֧אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָ֛ה אֶל 1 “Then {one day} {his} oldest/older {daughter} said/suggested to” -19:31 fa51 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,” +19:30 ek4n וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ ל֨וֹט מִ⁠צּ֜וֹעַר וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב בָּ⁠הָ֗ר וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After that, Lot moved with his two daughters from the town of Zoar up into the mountains/hills and settled/lived there,” or “Sometime later, Lot and his two daughters left the town of Zoar and moved to the mountains/hills,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the mountains” in verses 17 and 19. +19:30 vxtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י יָרֵ֖א לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת בְּ⁠צ֑וֹעַר 1 “because he was afraid to stay in the town of Zoar.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Lot was afraid to settle/stay in the town of Zoar, so he and his two daughters moved from there to the mountains/hills, where they lived in a cave.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Zoar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10; 14:2, 8; 19:22-23, 30. +19:30 gjyo וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה ה֖וּא וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “So he/Lot and his two daughters lived in a cave in the mountains/hills.” +19:31 urpm וַ⁠תֹּ֧אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָ֛ה אֶל 1 “Then one day his oldest/older daughter said/suggested to” +19:31 fa51 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “his younger daughter/one,” or “her younger sister,” or “her sister,” 19:31 j9nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness אָבִ֣י⁠נוּ זָקֵ֑ן 1 “Our father is elderly,” or “Our father is getting along in years,” In some cultures, it is not polite to call someone “old”. Translate this clause in a way that is accurate and acceptable in your language area. 19:31 k3uv וְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֵ֤ין 1 “and there is no man” or “and there are not any men” 19:31 gqzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בָּ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “in this land/area” or “around here”. Lot’s daughter is exaggerating here, to emphasize her point. 19:31 daji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לָ⁠ב֣וֹא עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “to be/sleep with us,” or “to marry us,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4, which is the same meaning as “come to” here. -19:31 ewpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as {is} the way/custom of all {the people on} the earth.” or “which is normal/customary {for people} all over the earth/world.” or “which {is} the custom {that people have} everywhere else in the world.” -19:32 moil לְכָ֨⁠ה 1 “{So} come on,” or “{So} let’s do this together:” See how you translated this in Gen 14:7. -19:32 sm90 נַשְׁקֶ֧ה אֶת־אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ יַ֖יִן 1 “let’s get our father to drink wine {until he is drunk},” or “we should get our father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way to translate this proposal or suggestion in your language. -19:32 g3i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נִשְׁכְּבָ֣ה עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and {then} we should/can sleep with him” or “Then we should/can have {physical/sexual} relations with him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:31 ewpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as is the way/custom of all the people on the earth.” or “which is normal/customary for people all over the earth/world.” or “which is the custom that people have everywhere else in the world.” +19:32 moil לְכָ֨⁠ה 1 “So come on,” or “So let’s do this together:” See how you translated this in Gen 14:7. +19:32 sm90 נַשְׁקֶ֧ה אֶת־אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ יַ֖יִן 1 “let’s get our father to drink wine until he is drunk,” or “we should get our father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way to translate this proposal or suggestion in your language. +19:32 g3i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נִשְׁכְּבָ֣ה עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and then we should/can sleep with him” or “Then we should/can have physical/sexual relations with him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 19:32 b82q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה 1 “That way we will/can have descendants” or “so that we can preserve/continue our family line” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 19:32 e06w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “with/by our father.” or “through/with him.” -19:33 tjdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֧יןָ אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֛ן יַ֖יִן בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֑וּא 1 “So they got their father drunk on wine that {very} night,” or “So that night Lot’s daughters got their father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Lot’s daughters at this point in the paragraph. -19:33 orhq וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ 1 “Then the/his oldest/older {daughter} went {to him}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:33 tjdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֧יןָ אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֛ן יַ֖יִן בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֑וּא 1 “So they got their father drunk on wine that very night,” or “So that night Lot’s daughters got their father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Lot’s daughters at this point in the paragraph. +19:33 orhq וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ 1 “Then the/his oldest/older daughter went to him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 19:33 o341 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠הָ 1 “and slept with him,” or “and had relations with him,” Make sure that the way you translate the euphemism “lay with” will not be too offensive to be read aloud in public. -19:33 ujz7 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But {he was so drunk that} he did not {even} know/realize” or “But {he was so drunk that} he was not {even} aware” or “But {he was so drunk that} he was {completely} unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -19:33 es4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קׄוּמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” +19:33 ujz7 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But he was so drunk that he did not even know/realize” or “But he was so drunk that he was not even aware” or “But he was so drunk that he was completely unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +19:33 es4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קׄוּמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed with him or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” 19:34 ezgg וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת 1 “The next day, this is what happened:” or “The next day”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes important information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but doing that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. -19:34 u9ht וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ אֶל 1 “{Lot’s} oldest/older {daughter} said to” -19:34 zmn5 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֔ה 1 “{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 31. +19:34 u9ht וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ אֶל 1 “Lot’s oldest/older daughter said to” +19:34 zmn5 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֔ה 1 “his younger daughter/one,” or “her younger sister,” or “her sister,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 31. 19:34 xct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הֵן & אֶ֖מֶשׁ 1 “Listen, last night”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase (“last night”) last in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. -19:34 upb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֥בְתִּי & אֶת אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “I slept with our father.” or “I had {sexual/physical} relations with our father.” See how you translated “lay with” in verse 33. +19:34 upb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֥בְתִּי & אֶת אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “I slept with our father.” or “I had sexual/physical relations with our father.” See how you translated “lay with” in verse 33. 19:34 kl6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure נַשְׁקֶ֨⁠נּוּ יַ֜יִן גַּם הַ⁠לַּ֗יְלָה 1 “Let’s get him drunk on wine again tonight.” or “Tonight we should get him drunk again.” Consider whether it is better in your language to put the time word “tonight” first or last in this clause. -19:34 k2pt וּ⁠בֹ֨אִי֙ 1 “Then you {also} should go {and}” +19:34 k2pt וּ⁠בֹ֨אִי֙ 1 “Then you also should go and” 19:34 bmio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבִ֣י עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “sleep with him” or “have relations with him” 19:34 gdjt וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה 1 “so that we will/can have descendants” or “so that we will/can preserve/continue our family line”. See how you translated the last clause in verse 32, which is the same as the rest of verse 34. 19:34 st12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “with/by our father.” or “through/with him.” 19:35 zl9m וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֜יןָ גַּ֣ם בַּ⁠לַּ֧יְלָה הַ⁠ה֛וּא אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ן יָ֑יִן 1 “So they got their father drunk on wine that night, also/too.” or “So that night Lot’s daughters got their father drunk on wine again.” -19:35 u2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תָּ֤קָם הַ⁠צְּעִירָה֙ וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then the/his younger {daughter} went {to him} and slept with him,” or “Then the/his younger {daughter} went {to him} and had {sexual/physical} relations with him,” -19:35 d5p3 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But/And {once again} {he was so drunk that} he did not {even} know/realize” or “but … he was not {even} aware” or “But … he was completely unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated the last clause in verse 33, which is similar to the rest of verse 35. -19:35 dkew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קֻמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” +19:35 u2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תָּ֤קָם הַ⁠צְּעִירָה֙ וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then the/his younger daughter went to him and slept with him,” or “Then the/his younger daughter went to him and had sexual/physical relations with him,” +19:35 d5p3 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But/And once again he was so drunk that he did not even know/realize” or “but … he was not even aware” or “But … he was completely unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated the last clause in verse 33, which is similar to the rest of verse 35. +19:35 dkew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קֻמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed with him or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” 19:36 uid2 וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֽוֹת־ל֖וֹט 1 “In that way, both of Lot’s daughters became pregnant” or “As a result …” -19:36 b8pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ מֵ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 “from/by {having relations with} their father.” -19:37 hz0k וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ בֵּ֔ן 1 “Later the/his oldest/older {daughter} gave birth to a son,” or “… had a son,” Make sure that the way you translate “Later” fits with the fact that several months have gone by. +19:36 b8pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism מֵ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 “from/by having relations with their father.” +19:37 hz0k וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ בֵּ֔ן 1 “Later the/his oldest/older daughter gave birth to a son,” or “… had a son,” Make sure that the way you translate “Later” fits with the fact that several months have gone by. 19:37 k0dl וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she called/named him” or “whom she named”. See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 5:29. -19:37 cx7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מוֹאָ֑ב 1 “Moab, {which means “from my father.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. -19:37 ror5 ה֥וּא אֲבִֽי 1 “He/Moab {was/became} the forefather/ancestor of” -19:37 ur16 מוֹאָ֖ב עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “the Moabite people {who are still living} today.” or “the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Moabites today.” The phrase, “to this day” or “today” refers to the time when Moses wrote the book of Genesis, which was hundreds of years after Lot and his daughters lived and died. -19:38 qxs6 וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֤ה גַם הִוא֙ 1 “Lot’s younger {daughter} also” +19:37 cx7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מוֹאָ֑ב 1 “Moab, which means “from my father.”” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. +19:37 ror5 ה֥וּא אֲבִֽי 1 “He/Moab was/became the forefather/ancestor of” +19:37 ur16 מוֹאָ֖ב עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “the Moabite people who are still living today.” or “the people/ethnic group who are called the Moabites today.” The phrase, “to this day” or “today” refers to the time when Moses wrote the book of Genesis, which was hundreds of years after Lot and his daughters lived and died. +19:38 qxs6 וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֤ה גַם הִוא֙ 1 “Lot’s younger daughter also” 19:38 cwha יָ֣לְדָה בֵּ֔ן 1 “gave birth to a son,” or “had a son,” See how you translated the last half of verse 37, which is the same as the rest of verse 38, except for the names. 19:38 jg6f וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she called/named him” or “whom she named” -19:38 f4a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶּן עַמִּ֑י 1 “Ben-Ammi, {which means “son of my people.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. -19:38 oeub ה֛וּא אֲבִ֥י 1 “He/Ben-Ammi {was/became} the forefather/ancestor of” -19:38 eiz3 בְנֵֽי עַמּ֖וֹן עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “the Ammonite people {who are still living} today.” or “the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Ammonites today.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 37. -20:1 ye30 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֨ע & אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Abraham {and his family} journeyed/moved/left”. Consider what is the best way to introduce this new episode in your language, where the focus shifts to Abraham. -20:1 hy06 מִ⁠שָּׁ֤ם 1 “from the place where he/they were living” or “from near {the city of} Hebron”. Abraham and Sarah had been living by the trees of Mamre, near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18; 18:1). -20:1 kpyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גֶב 1 “{and went/moved south} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} area/region,” See how you translated “the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}” in Gen 12:9 (note); 13:1, 3. -20:1 e1qn וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב בֵּין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין שׁ֑וּר 1 “There he/they lived between {the cities of} Kadesh and Shur”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7 and “Shur” in 16:7. -20:1 wu3o וַ⁠יָּ֖גָר בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “and they stayed/lived {there} for a while {as foreigners}, in {the city of} Gerar.” or “and they stayed/lived in {the city of} Gerar for a while.” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Gerar” in Gen 10:19. -20:2 k17k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶל־שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “{While they were there,} Abraham/he told {people} that his wife Sarah {was} his sister.” or “{While they were there,} Abraham/he told {people} that Sarah {was} his sister, not his wife.” Sarah was Abraham’s younger sister (Gen 19:19). Some languages use special words for “sister” and “brother” in Gen 12:13, 19; 20:2, 5, 12-13, 16, to distinguish when someone is younger or older than his or her sibling. Do what is best in your language. -20:2 r5oe וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ גְּרָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־שָׂרָֽה 1 “So/Then {one day} Abimelech, {who was} the king of/over {the city of} Gerar, had {some of his servants} bring Sarah {to his home} {to be his wife}.”or “So/Then {one day} {King} Abimelech, who ruled {the Philistines} from {the city of} Gerar, had Sarah brought {to him} {to be his wife}.” The city of Gerar was the Philistines’ capital city where King Abimelech ruled from (Gen 21:2, 32; 26:1). -20:3 fzoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠חֲל֣וֹם 1 “But God appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream”. For some languages it is necessary to use an honorific title for a king each time (or most of the time) that he is referred to by name, in order to show him proper respect. Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. -20:3 ompr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “{during} the night” or “by/at night” or “that night”. It may be more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “But that night God came/appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream …” Do what is best in your language. +19:38 f4a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶּן עַמִּ֑י 1 “Ben-Ammi, which means “son of my people.”” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. +19:38 oeub ה֛וּא אֲבִ֥י 1 “He/Ben-Ammi was/became the forefather/ancestor of” +19:38 eiz3 בְנֵֽי עַמּ֖וֹן עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “the Ammonite people who are still living today.” or “the people/ethnic group who are called the Ammonites today.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 37. +20:1 ye30 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֨ע & אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Abraham and his family journeyed/moved/left”. Consider what is the best way to introduce this new episode in your language, where the focus shifts to Abraham. +20:1 hy06 מִ⁠שָּׁ֤ם 1 “from the place where he/they were living” or “from near the city of Hebron”. Abraham and Sarah had been living by the trees of Mamre, near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18; 18:1). +20:1 kpyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גֶב 1 “and went/moved south to the Negev Wilderness/Desert area/region,” See how you translated “the Negev Wilderness/Desert” in Gen 12:9 (note); 13:1, 3. +20:1 e1qn וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב בֵּין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין שׁ֑וּר 1 “There he/they lived between the cities of Kadesh and Shur”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7 and “Shur” in 16:7. +20:1 wu3o וַ⁠יָּ֖גָר בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “and they stayed/lived there for a while as foreigners, in the city of Gerar.” or “and they stayed/lived in the city of Gerar for a while.” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Gerar” in Gen 10:19. +20:2 k17k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶל־שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “While they were there, Abraham/he told people that his wife Sarah was his sister.” or “While they were there, Abraham/he told people that Sarah was his sister, not his wife.” Sarah was Abraham’s younger sister (Gen 19:19). Some languages use special words for “sister” and “brother” in Gen 12:13, 19; 20:2, 5, 12-13, 16, to distinguish when someone is younger or older than his or her sibling. Do what is best in your language. +20:2 r5oe וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ גְּרָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־שָׂרָֽה 1 “So/Then one day Abimelech, who was the king of/over the city of Gerar, had some of his servants bring Sarah to his home to be his wife.”or “So/Then one day King Abimelech, who ruled the Philistines from the city of Gerar, had Sarah brought to him to be his wife.” The city of Gerar was the Philistines’ capital city where King Abimelech ruled from (Gen 21:2, 32; 26:1). +20:3 fzoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠חֲל֣וֹם 1 “But God appeared to King Abimelech in a dream”. For some languages it is necessary to use an honorific title for a king each time (or most of the time) that he is referred to by name, in order to show him proper respect. Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. +20:3 ompr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “during the night” or “by/at night” or “that night”. It may be more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “But that night God came/appeared to King Abimelech in a dream …” Do what is best in your language. 20:3 votc וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “and told/warned him,” -20:3 tkin הִנְּ⁠ךָ֥ מֵת֙ 1 “Listen {to me}, you are a dead man” or “Listen {to me}, you are about to die” or “Behold, {I have sentenced} you to die”. Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not make it sound like King Abimelech is already dead. God is telling King Abimelech what is about to happen to him. -20:3 couv עַל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֔חְתָּ וְ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “because the woman whom you have taken {to be your wife}”. See how you translated “took” in verse 2. -20:3 pki1 בְּעֻ֥לַת בָּֽעַל 1 “is {already} married to someone else!” or “is a married woman!” or “is another man’s wife!” -20:4 iodw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ 1 “Now/However {King} Abimelech”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. -20:4 su1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹ֥א קָרַ֖ב אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “had not {yet} slept with her/Sarah,” or “had not had {marital/sexual} relations with her/Sarah,” Translate this clause in a way that will not be offensive or embarrassing in your language when it is read aloud in public. See how you translated a different phrase in Gen 19:31 (“come to us”) that has the same meaning. -20:4 giez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “so he asked {God},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. +20:3 tkin הִנְּ⁠ךָ֥ מֵת֙ 1 “Listen to me, you are a dead man” or “Listen to me, you are about to die” or “Behold, I have sentenced you to die”. Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not make it sound like King Abimelech is already dead. God is telling King Abimelech what is about to happen to him. +20:3 couv עַל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֔חְתָּ וְ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “because the woman whom you have taken to be your wife”. See how you translated “took” in verse 2. +20:3 pki1 בְּעֻ֥לַת בָּֽעַל 1 “is already married to someone else!” or “is a married woman!” or “is another man’s wife!” +20:4 iodw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ 1 “Now/However King Abimelech”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. +20:4 su1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹ֥א קָרַ֖ב אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “had not yet slept with her/Sarah,” or “had not had marital/sexual relations with her/Sarah,” Translate this clause in a way that will not be offensive or embarrassing in your language when it is read aloud in public. See how you translated a different phrase in Gen 19:31 (“come to us”) that has the same meaning. +20:4 giez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “so he asked God,” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. 20:4 ewc1 אֲדֹנָ֕⁠י 1 “My Master,” or “Lord/Master,” See how you translated this title of respect for God in Gen 18:27, 30-32. -20:4 on63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ג֥וֹי גַּם & תַּהֲרֹֽג 1 “will/would you kill {me and} my people {group} even if/though” or “please do not kill/destroy {me and} my people {group}, since”. King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to express his desperate concern. Abimelech is saying in a dramatic way that if God kills him, he will destroy the nation that Abimelech leads as their king. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound angry or rude. Also, see how you translated “nation” in Gen 18:18. -20:4 d8vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion צַדִּ֖יק 1 “{we are} innocent?” or “{we are} {actually} righteous/innocent!” Consider again how you translated the word “righteous” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:9, 7:1, 18:23-26, 28; 20:4. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -20:5 v3lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א ה֤וּא אָֽמַר לִ⁠י֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “He/Abraham himself told me that she/Sarah {was} his sister.” Abimelech uses another rhetorical question here as he continues to defend his actions. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “sister” in verse 2. -20:5 crpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הִֽיא גַם הִ֥וא אָֽמְרָ֖ה אָחִ֣⁠י ה֑וּא 1 “And she/Sarah herself also said/claimed that he {was} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -20:5 dbdd עָשִׂ֥יתִי זֹֽאת 1 “{So} I did what I did” or “{So} I took her {to be my wife}” +20:4 on63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ג֥וֹי גַּם & תַּהֲרֹֽג 1 “will/would you kill me and my people group even if/though” or “please do not kill/destroy me and my people group, since”. King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to express his desperate concern. Abimelech is saying in a dramatic way that if God kills him, he will destroy the nation that Abimelech leads as their king. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound angry or rude. Also, see how you translated “nation” in Gen 18:18. +20:4 d8vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion צַדִּ֖יק 1 “we are innocent?” or “we are actually righteous/innocent!” Consider again how you translated the word “righteous” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:9, 7:1, 18:23-26, 28; 20:4. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +20:5 v3lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א ה֤וּא אָֽמַר לִ⁠י֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “He/Abraham himself told me that she/Sarah was his sister.” Abimelech uses another rhetorical question here as he continues to defend his actions. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “sister” in verse 2. +20:5 crpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הִֽיא גַם הִ֥וא אָֽמְרָ֖ה אָחִ֣⁠י ה֑וּא 1 “And she/Sarah herself also said/claimed that he was her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +20:5 dbdd עָשִׂ֥יתִי זֹֽאת 1 “So I did what I did” or “So I took her to be my wife” 20:5 i5qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠תָם לְבָבִ֛⁠י 1 “with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives” 20:5 bdcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠נִקְיֹ֥ן כַּפַּ֖⁠י 1 “and with clean/innocent hands!” or “and I did not know that I was doing anything wrong!” If you use an exclamation point here in your translation, make sure it does not mean that King Abimelech is angry or being rude; rather, he is desperate. -20:6 sf6e וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ אֵלָ֨י⁠ו הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֗ם 1 “God replied to him in the dream,” or “God answered {King} Abimelech in the dream,” -20:6 d56e גַּ֣ם אָנֹכִ֤י יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ כִּ֤י 1 “Yes, I know/realize that {it was}” or “I am aware that {it was}” +20:6 sf6e וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ אֵלָ֨י⁠ו הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֗ם 1 “God replied to him in the dream,” or “God answered King Abimelech in the dream,” +20:6 d56e גַּ֣ם אָנֹכִ֤י יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ כִּ֤י 1 “Yes, I know/realize that it was” or “I am aware that it was” 20:6 uurf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְ⁠תָם לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5. -20:6 qte3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּ֔את 1 “{that} you did this,” or “{that} you took her/Sarah {to be your wife},” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase before the previous one and say, “Yes, I know/realize {that} you did this with honorable/pure motives …” Do what is best in your language. -20:6 ucn6 וָ⁠אֶחְשֹׂ֧ךְ גַּם־אָנֹכִ֛י אֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠חֲטוֹ־לִ֑⁠י 1 “and in fact, it is I who kept/prevented you from doing this sin against me.” or “In fact, I {am the one who} kept/prevented you from sinning against me.” In the Hebrew text, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Try to communicate that emphasis in a natural way in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +20:6 qte3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּ֔את 1 “that you did this,” or “that you took her/Sarah to be your wife,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase before the previous one and say, “Yes, I know/realize that you did this with honorable/pure motives …” Do what is best in your language. +20:6 ucn6 וָ⁠אֶחְשֹׂ֧ךְ גַּם־אָנֹכִ֛י אֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠חֲטוֹ־לִ֑⁠י 1 “and in fact, it is I who kept/prevented you from doing this sin against me.” or “In fact, I am the one who kept/prevented you from sinning against me.” In the Hebrew text, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Try to communicate that emphasis in a natural way in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 20:6 fi98 עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why” 20:6 lhkk לֹא נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “I did not permit you to” or “I did not let you” -20:6 drw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠נְגֹּ֥עַ אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “sleep with her.” or “have {marital/sexual} relations with her.” or “do anything with/to her.” See how you translated the idiom “gone/come near to her” in verse 4, which has a meaning that is similar to the idiom here. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of these clauses and say, “I {am the one who} did not allow/permit you to touch her so that you would not sin against me.” Do what is best in your language. +20:6 drw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠נְגֹּ֥עַ אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “sleep with her.” or “have marital/sexual relations with her.” or “do anything with/to her.” See how you translated the idiom “gone/come near to her” in verse 4, which has a meaning that is similar to the idiom here. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of these clauses and say, “I am the one who did not allow/permit you to touch her so that you would not sin against me.” Do what is best in your language. 20:7 a0pv וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “Now then,” -20:7 zdzu הָשֵׁ֤ב אֵֽשֶׁת הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “give back the man’s wife” or “you must give Abraham’s wife back {to him}” or “return her/Sarah to her husband {Abraham}” -20:7 wp12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כִּֽי נָבִ֣יא ה֔וּא 1 “He {is} a prophet/spokesman {for me},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, a prophet is someone who speaks for someone else. In this case, Abraham serves as an intercessor and speaks for God and prays what God wants him to say (verses 7,17). Avoid a translation of this term that focuses on telling the future, which is only one of the things that a prophet might do. +20:7 zdzu הָשֵׁ֤ב אֵֽשֶׁת הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “give back the man’s wife” or “you must give Abraham’s wife back to him” or “return her/Sarah to her husband Abraham” +20:7 wp12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כִּֽי נָבִ֣יא ה֔וּא 1 “He is a prophet/spokesman for me,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, a prophet is someone who speaks for someone else. In this case, Abraham serves as an intercessor and speaks for God and prays what God wants him to say (verses 7,17). Avoid a translation of this term that focuses on telling the future, which is only one of the things that a prophet might do. 20:7 i31n וְ⁠יִתְפַּלֵּ֥ל בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and/so he will ask me to be merciful/kind to you,” 20:7 ain9 וֶֽ⁠חְיֵ֑ה 1 “and I will let you live.” or “so that you will not die.” 20:7 wmq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אִם־אֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 “But if you will not” or “However, if you refuse to” -20:7 ccie rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵשִׁ֗יב 1 “give her/Sarah back {to him/Abraham},” +20:7 ccie rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵשִׁ֗יב 1 “give her/Sarah back to him/Abraham,” 20:7 nal9 דַּ֚ע כִּי 1 “you need to know that” or “be aware that” or “you can be sure that” -20:7 l1xw מ֣וֹת תָּמ֔וּת אַתָּ֖ה וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “you and all your people will surely/definitely die!” or “I will surely/definitely kill/destroy you and all your people!” The phrase “all who {belong} to you” refers to King Abimelech’s people, whom he referred to in verse 4. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -20:8 nr08 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “So the next morning {King} Abimelech got up early” or “Early the next morning {King} Abimelech got up” +20:7 l1xw מ֣וֹת תָּמ֔וּת אַתָּ֖ה וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “you and all your people will surely/definitely die!” or “I will surely/definitely kill/destroy you and all your people!” The phrase “all who belong to you” refers to King Abimelech’s people, whom he referred to in verse 4. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +20:8 nr08 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “So the next morning King Abimelech got up early” or “Early the next morning King Abimelech got up” 20:8 aspr וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ 1 “and called together” or “summoned” -20:8 uztr לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “all of his officials,” or “all his {officials and other} servants,” -20:8 r90t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then he told/informed them about everything that God had said to him {in the dream},” or “He told told them everything that had happened,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -20:8 vz79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים מְאֹֽד 1 “and they were/felt terrified.” or “{When they heard that,} they were very afraid {that God would punish/kill them}.” or “{As soon as they heard that,} the men/servants/officials were very afraid {of what would/might happen next}.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech’s servants at each point in this verse. -20:9 o1nm וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then {King} Abimelech summoned Abraham” or “Then the king called Abraham in {to see him}” or “Then he had Abraham brought to him”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at this point in the paragraph. -20:9 d4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר ל֜⁠וֹ 1 “and asked him,” or “scolded him {by saying},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. +20:8 uztr לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “all of his officials,” or “all his officials and other servants,” +20:8 r90t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then he told/informed them about everything that God had said to him in the dream,” or “He told told them everything that had happened,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +20:8 vz79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים מְאֹֽד 1 “and they were/felt terrified.” or “When they heard that, they were very afraid that God would punish/kill them.” or “As soon as they heard that, the men/servants/officials were very afraid of what would/might happen next.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech’s servants at each point in this verse. +20:9 o1nm וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then King Abimelech summoned Abraham” or “Then the king called Abraham in to see him” or “Then he had Abraham brought to him”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at this point in the paragraph. +20:9 d4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר ל֜⁠וֹ 1 “and asked him,” or “scolded him by saying,” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. 20:9 n4ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶֽה עָשִׂ֤יתָ לָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 “Why have you treated us like this?” or “What you have done to us is not right!” or “You have treated us very badly!” Abimelech uses two rhetorical questions here to express his anger and to scold Abraham for what he had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question is the best way to communicate that in your language. 20:9 gqys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מֶֽה חָטָ֣אתִי לָ֔⁠ךְ כִּֽי 1 “What did I do wrong to you so that” or “I never did anything wrong to you, and/but yet” 20:9 s6oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵבֵ֧אתָ עָלַ֛⁠י וְ⁠עַל מַמְלַכְתִּ֖⁠י חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 “you brought on me and my kingdom/people the guilt of a terrible sin!” or “you have caused me and the kingdom/people that I rule to be guilty of sinning terribly!” Make sure your punctuation here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question. -20:9 y075 מַעֲשִׂים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא יֵֽעָשׂ֔וּ עָשִׂ֖יתָ עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “You have wronged me in ways that should never be done {to anyone}!” or “No one should ever wrong someone the way you have wronged me!” -20:10 y1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Finally, {King} Abimelech asked him,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same person is still talking to the same person. However, the words emphasize what King Abimelech says next and may indicate that there was a pause between what he said in verse 9 and in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. -20:10 p1a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מָ֣ה רָאִ֔יתָ כִּ֥י עָשִׂ֖יתָ 1 “What did you expect {to benefit} from/by doing” or “What motivated you to do” or “What were your reasons/motives for doing” -20:10 a03v אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “this {terrible} thing?” or “what you did?” -20:11 bn8u וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham answered {him},” or “Abraham replied {to him},” -20:11 obnt כִּ֣י 1 “{I did it} because” -20:11 d1mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֗רְתִּי רַ֚ק אֵין יִרְאַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֔ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠הֲרָג֖וּ⁠נִי עַל דְּבַ֥ר אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “I said/thought {to myself}, ‘Surely/Certainly there is no one in this place/city who fears/reveres/respects God, so they will kill me because they want {to take} my wife.’ ” or “I thought that there was certainly no one in this place/city who feared/revered/obeyed God, so {I was afraid} that they would kill me {in order} to get/take my wife {for themselves}.” To “fear God” is an important theme in the Bible. It is a complex term that means to recognize how holy and powerful God is and to deeply respect and honor him by obeying and worshiping him. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +20:9 y075 מַעֲשִׂים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא יֵֽעָשׂ֔וּ עָשִׂ֖יתָ עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “You have wronged me in ways that should never be done to anyone!” or “No one should ever wrong someone the way you have wronged me!” +20:10 y1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Finally, King Abimelech asked him,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same person is still talking to the same person. However, the words emphasize what King Abimelech says next and may indicate that there was a pause between what he said in verse 9 and in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. +20:10 p1a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מָ֣ה רָאִ֔יתָ כִּ֥י עָשִׂ֖יתָ 1 “What did you expect to benefit from/by doing” or “What motivated you to do” or “What were your reasons/motives for doing” +20:10 a03v אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “this terrible thing?” or “what you did?” +20:11 bn8u וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham answered him,” or “Abraham replied to him,” +20:11 obnt כִּ֣י 1 “I did it because” +20:11 d1mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֗רְתִּי רַ֚ק אֵין יִרְאַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֔ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠הֲרָג֖וּ⁠נִי עַל דְּבַ֥ר אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “I said/thought to myself, ‘Surely/Certainly there is no one in this place/city who fears/reveres/respects God, so they will kill me because they want to take my wife.’ ” or “I thought that there was certainly no one in this place/city who feared/revered/obeyed God, so I was afraid that they would kill me in order to get/take my wife for themselves.” To “fear God” is an important theme in the Bible. It is a complex term that means to recognize how holy and powerful God is and to deeply respect and honor him by obeying and worshiping him. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. 20:12 aef2 וְ⁠גַם 1 “Besides that,” or “In addition to that,” -20:12 rav8 אָמְנָ֗ה אֲחֹתִ֤⁠י & הִ֔וא 1 “it is true that she/Sarah {is} my sister/half-sister,” or “she/Sarah actually {is} my sister/half-sister,” +20:12 rav8 אָמְנָ֗ה אֲחֹתִ֤⁠י & הִ֔וא 1 “it is true that she/Sarah is my sister/half-sister,” or “she/Sarah actually is my sister/half-sister,” 20:12 pjfg בַת אָבִ⁠י֙ & אַ֖ךְ לֹ֣א בַת אִמִּ֑⁠י 1 “because she and I have the same father, but not the same mother,” or “We have the same father, but different mothers,” -20:12 etjp וַ⁠תְּהִי־לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and {after we grew up,} we got married.” or “and {when we were old enough,} I married her.” -20:13 xof7 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “It happened {that}” or “{Years} later,” +20:12 etjp וַ⁠תְּהִי־לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and after we grew up, we got married.” or “and when we were old enough, I married her.” +20:13 xof7 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “It happened that” or “Years later,” 20:13 x4px כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִתְע֣וּ אֹתִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִים֮ 1 “when God told/commanded me to leave” or “when God led me to travel away from” -20:13 ctau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֒ 1 “my father’s household/family,” or “the place where my father {and other relatives} were living,” See how you translated “house of … father” in Gen 12:1. +20:13 ctau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֒ 1 “my father’s household/family,” or “the place where my father and other relatives were living,” See how you translated “house of … father” in Gen 12:1. 20:13 nd9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “I told/asked her/Sarah” -20:13 xlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֶ֣ה חַסְדֵּ֔⁠ךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשִׂ֖י עִמָּדִ֑⁠י אֶ֤ל כָּל־הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָב֣וֹא שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה אִמְרִי־לִ֖⁠י אָחִ֥⁠י הֽוּא 1 “ ‘This {is} how you can show kindness/loyalty to me: Wherever we go, tell people that I {am} your brother.’ ” or “ ‘{Please} be kind/loyal to me and tell people wherever we go that I {am} your brother.’ ” or “to {please} do me a {special} favor and tell people wherever we go that I {am} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate these embedded quotes as direct or indirect quotes. -20:14 kv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then {King} Abimelech brought” -20:14 yc5r צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֗ר 1 “flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. -20:14 qur6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “and men and women slaves/servants {to Abraham}” or “and male and female slaves/servants {to Abraham}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. -20:14 olap rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “and gave them {all} to Abraham/him,” -20:14 k33e וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׁב ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He also gave back to Abraham his wife Sarah.” or “And/Then he {also} gave Abraham’s wife Sarah back to him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “return” twice in verse 7. -20:15 hman rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech/he said {to him/Abraham},” +20:13 xlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֶ֣ה חַסְדֵּ֔⁠ךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשִׂ֖י עִמָּדִ֑⁠י אֶ֤ל כָּל־הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָב֣וֹא שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה אִמְרִי־לִ֖⁠י אָחִ֥⁠י הֽוּא 1 “ ‘This is how you can show kindness/loyalty to me: Wherever we go, tell people that I am your brother.’ ” or “ ‘Please be kind/loyal to me and tell people wherever we go that I am your brother.’ ” or “to please do me a special favor and tell people wherever we go that I am her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate these embedded quotes as direct or indirect quotes. +20:14 kv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then King Abimelech brought” +20:14 yc5r צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֗ר 1 “flocks of sheep and herds of cattle” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. +20:14 qur6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “and men and women slaves/servants to Abraham” or “and male and female slaves/servants to Abraham”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. +20:14 olap rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “and gave them all to Abraham/him,” +20:14 k33e וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׁב ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He also gave back to Abraham his wife Sarah.” or “And/Then he also gave Abraham’s wife Sarah back to him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “return” twice in verse 7. +20:15 hman rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech/he said to him/Abraham,” 20:15 pbrq הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “Look,” or “Listen,” -20:15 jg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַרְצִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “my land {is} in front of you.” or “my land {is} available to you.” See how you translated the idiom “before your face” in Gen 13:9. -20:15 l61l שֵֽׁב 1 “{You may} settle/live” or “{I invite you to} settle/live”. See how you translated this verb in verse 1. -20:15 l3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “wherever you think/decide {is} good/best {for you}.” or “wherever you want.” See how you translated the idiom “good in your eyes” in Gen 19:8. You may need to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -20:16 s5af וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech said to Sarah,” or “Then he {turned} to Sarah {and} said,” -20:16 qzc4 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “Look,” or “Listen {to this}:” -20:16 urds rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney נָתַ֜תִּי אֶ֤לֶף כֶּ֨סֶף֙ לְ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ךְ 1 “I have given 1,000 {pieces of} silver to your brother.” or “I have given your brother 1,000 {shekels/pieces of} silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold shekels, which was a weight measurement. A thousand shekels of silver was about 25 pounds (11.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. +20:15 jg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַרְצִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “my land is in front of you.” or “my land is available to you.” See how you translated the idiom “before your face” in Gen 13:9. +20:15 l61l שֵֽׁב 1 “You may settle/live” or “I invite you to settle/live”. See how you translated this verb in verse 1. +20:15 l3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “wherever you think/decide is good/best for you.” or “wherever you want.” See how you translated the idiom “good in your eyes” in Gen 19:8. You may need to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. +20:16 s5af וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then King Abimelech said to Sarah,” or “Then he turned to Sarah and said,” +20:16 qzc4 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “Look,” or “Listen to this:” +20:16 urds rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney נָתַ֜תִּי אֶ֤לֶף כֶּ֨סֶף֙ לְ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ךְ 1 “I have given 1,000 pieces of silver to your brother.” or “I have given your brother 1,000 shekels/pieces of silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold shekels, which was a weight measurement. A thousand shekels of silver was about 25 pounds (11.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. 20:16 m9hh הִנֵּ֤ה הוּא 1 “I am doing this” or “The reason I am doing that is” -20:16 lgrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָ⁠ךְ֙ כְּס֣וּת עֵינַ֔יִם לְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “to show everyone that you are innocent {of any wrongdoing},” or “so that everyone knows you did nothing wrong,” or “to prove/show to everyone that you are an honorable woman,” The phrase “a covering of the eyes” is an idiom which means that King Abimelech’s payment to Abraham “covered” (that is, “protected”) Sarah’s good reputation and showed that she was innocent. -20:16 bj38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כֹּ֖ל וְ⁠נֹכָֽחַת 1 “and to make it clear that you are not at fault for anything {that happened}.” or “and to compensate you for everything {that has happened to you}.” -20:17 kbi6 וַ⁠יִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “Then Abraham prayed to God {for King Abimelech},” or “asked God {to be merciful/kind to the king},” See how you translated “pray” in Gen 20:7. -20:17 jsvz וַ⁠יִּרְפָּ֨א אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת אֲבִימֶ֧לֶךְ 1 “So God healed {King} Abimelech” or “So God healed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +20:16 lgrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָ⁠ךְ֙ כְּס֣וּת עֵינַ֔יִם לְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “to show everyone that you are innocent of any wrongdoing,” or “so that everyone knows you did nothing wrong,” or “to prove/show to everyone that you are an honorable woman,” The phrase “a covering of the eyes” is an idiom which means that King Abimelech’s payment to Abraham “covered” (that is, “protected”) Sarah’s good reputation and showed that she was innocent. +20:16 bj38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כֹּ֖ל וְ⁠נֹכָֽחַת 1 “and to make it clear that you are not at fault for anything that happened.” or “and to compensate you for everything that has happened to you.” +20:17 kbi6 וַ⁠יִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “Then Abraham prayed to God for King Abimelech,” or “asked God to be merciful/kind to the king,” See how you translated “pray” in Gen 20:7. +20:17 jsvz וַ⁠יִּרְפָּ֨א אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת אֲבִימֶ֧לֶךְ 1 “So God healed King Abimelech” or “So God healed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 20:17 fcz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמְהֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and his/Abimelech’s wife and his servant women,” or “as well as his/Abimelech’s wife and his female slaves/servants,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at each point in this verse. -20:17 u6cs וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽדוּ 1 “so/and they were able to {conceive and} bear/have children {again},” -20:18 ok17 כִּֽי & יְהוָ֔ה 1 “because {previously} Yahweh” or “{Previously} Yahweh”. For some languages it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -20:18 l10y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics עָצֹ֤ר עָצַר֙ & בְּעַ֥ד כָּל רֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “had made every woman in {King} Abimelech’s household barren/infertile” or “had kept/prevented all the women in {King} Abimelech’s household from conceiving,” Consider again how often you need to use the honorific title “King” with Abimelech’s name in this chapter in your language. +20:17 u6cs וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽדוּ 1 “so/and they were able to conceive and bear/have children again,” +20:18 ok17 כִּֽי & יְהוָ֔ה 1 “because previously Yahweh” or “Previously Yahweh”. For some languages it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +20:18 l10y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics עָצֹ֤ר עָצַר֙ & בְּעַ֥ד כָּל רֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “had made every woman in King Abimelech’s household barren/infertile” or “had kept/prevented all the women in King Abimelech’s household from conceiving,” Consider again how often you need to use the honorific title “King” with Abimelech’s name in this chapter in your language. 20:18 n7dw עַל דְּבַ֥ר 1 “on account of” or “because he had taken” or “to punish him for taking” -20:18 lzt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge שָׂרָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Sarah, Abraham’s wife.” or “Abraham’s wife Sarah.” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence (which begins in verse 17) and say, “{Before this,} Yahweh had completely closed up every womb in the household of {King} Abimelech because he had taken Abraham’s wife Sarah. Then Abraham prayed …” If the order is changed, it will be necessary to combine these two verses and to put the verse numbers “17-18” in front of the sentence. Some translation teams have decided that they will never combine verses like that. Other teams have decided that occasionally it is acceptable to do that if it makes the meaning clearer. -21:1 ia7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה פָּקַ֥ד אֶת שָׂרָ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh blessed Sarah as he had said/promised {that he would},” or “Then Yahweh was gracious/kind to Sarah {just} as he had said/promised {he would be},” The word “visited” is used here as an idiom that means God blessed Sarah and was kind to her (by enabling her to have a son). The same idiom is used in 1 Samuel 2:21 and Luke 1:68. +20:18 lzt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge שָׂרָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Sarah, Abraham’s wife.” or “Abraham’s wife Sarah.” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence (which begins in verse 17) and say, “Before this, Yahweh had completely closed up every womb in the household of King Abimelech because he had taken Abraham’s wife Sarah. Then Abraham prayed …” If the order is changed, it will be necessary to combine these two verses and to put the verse numbers “17-18” in front of the sentence. Some translation teams have decided that they will never combine verses like that. Other teams have decided that occasionally it is acceptable to do that if it makes the meaning clearer. +21:1 ia7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה פָּקַ֥ד אֶת שָׂרָ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh blessed Sarah as he had said/promised that he would,” or “Then Yahweh was gracious/kind to Sarah just as he had said/promised he would be,” The word “visited” is used here as an idiom that means God blessed Sarah and was kind to her (by enabling her to have a son). The same idiom is used in 1 Samuel 2:21 and Luke 1:68. 21:1 kuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ יְהוָ֛ה לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה 1 “Yes, Yahweh/he did for her” or “That’s right, Yahweh/he did for her”. The two halves of verse 1 form a parallelism to emphasize what God did for Sarah. In your translation it is best, if possible, to keep both parts of the parallelism, since each part has a different emphasis. -21:1 b6xq כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר 1 “{just} as he had said {he would do}” or “{exactly} what he had promised {to do},” +21:1 b6xq כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר 1 “just as he had said he would do” or “exactly what he had promised to do,” 21:2 u1fc וַ⁠תַּהַר֩ & שָׂרָ֧ה 1 “So Sarah/she became pregnant” or “As a result, Sarah/she conceived”. Translate this clause in a way that is not offensive or awkward, especially when read aloud in public. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 21:2 tycu וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶד & בֵּ֖ן 1 “and gave birth to a son” or “and had a son” 21:2 rwek לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֛ם & לִ⁠זְקֻנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “for Abraham when he was old” -21:2 iomd לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֕ד 1 “at the set/exact time” or “at the time {God had} appointed/set” or “{That happened} at the exact time”. See how you translated “appointed time” in Gen 18:14. -21:2 pby0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “when/that God had told/promised him {it would happen}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Sarah became pregnant, and at the time {God had} appointed/set, she gave birth to a son for Abraham when he was old, just as God had told/promised him {that she would}.” Do what is best in your language. +21:2 iomd לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֕ד 1 “at the set/exact time” or “at the time God had appointed/set” or “That happened at the exact time”. See how you translated “appointed time” in Gen 18:14. +21:2 pby0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “when/that God had told/promised him it would happen.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Sarah became pregnant, and at the time God had appointed/set, she gave birth to a son for Abraham when he was old, just as God had told/promised him that she would.” Do what is best in your language. 21:3 bijj וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶֽת שֶׁם בְּנ֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠נּֽוֹלַד ל֛⁠וֹ 1 “Then Abraham named/called his son,” -21:3 z971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָה לּ֥⁠וֹ שָׂרָ֖ה יִצְחָֽק 1 “whom Sarah had given birth to, Isaac, {which means “he laughs.”}” or “Isaac, {the son} whom Sarah had given birth to.” Many translations include the meaning of Isaac’s name, either in the text or in a footnote. Do what is best in your language. -21:4 hw25 וַ⁠יָּ֤מָל אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “And Abraham/he {also} circumcised”. Abraham may have circumcised Isaac (verse 4) on the same day that he named him (verse 3). See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10-14. +21:3 z971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָה לּ֥⁠וֹ שָׂרָ֖ה יִצְחָֽק 1 “whom Sarah had given birth to, Isaac, which means “he laughs.”” or “Isaac, the son whom Sarah had given birth to.” Many translations include the meaning of Isaac’s name, either in the text or in a footnote. Do what is best in your language. +21:4 hw25 וַ⁠יָּ֤מָל אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “And Abraham/he also circumcised”. Abraham may have circumcised Isaac (verse 4) on the same day that he named him (verse 3). See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10-14. 21:4 kp0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “his son,” or “Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Isaac at this point in the paragraph, in your language. 21:4 leer rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בֶּן שְׁמֹנַ֖ת יָמִ֑ים 1 “who was eight days old,” or “when he was eight days old,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase first in this verse and say, “Also, when Isaac was eight days old, Abraham circumcised him,” Do what is best in your language. -21:4 w8my כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” or “He did exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -21:5 kgwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Abraham {was} 100 years old”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 17:17. +21:4 w8my כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him to do.” or “He did exactly what God had commanded him to do.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +21:5 kgwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Abraham was 100 years old”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 17:17. 21:5 ke58 בְּ⁠הִוָּ֣לֶד ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֥ק בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his son Isaac was born.” or “when Isaac was born.” -21:6 mzp8 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שָׂרָ֔ה 1 “{When he/Isaac was born,} Sarah said/exclaimed,” -21:6 ji43 צְחֹ֕ק עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖⁠י אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “God has made me laugh {for joy}!” or “God has enabled me to {rejoice and} laugh!” -21:6 rt55 כָּל הַ⁠שֹּׁמֵ֖עַ 1 “Everyone who hears {about this}” or “Everyone who finds out {what he has done for me}” -21:6 hiqw יִֽצְחַק לִֽ⁠י 1 “will laugh {for joy} with me!” or “will {rejoice and} laugh with me!” +21:6 mzp8 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שָׂרָ֔ה 1 “When he/Isaac was born, Sarah said/exclaimed,” +21:6 ji43 צְחֹ֕ק עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖⁠י אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “God has made me laugh for joy!” or “God has enabled me to rejoice and laugh!” +21:6 rt55 כָּל הַ⁠שֹּׁמֵ֖עַ 1 “Everyone who hears about this” or “Everyone who finds out what he has done for me” +21:6 hiqw יִֽצְחַק לִֽ⁠י 1 “will laugh for joy with me!” or “will rejoice and laugh with me!” 21:7 xc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then she added/exclaimed,” or “She also said/exclaimed,” -21:7 djf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֤י מִלֵּל֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “No one would have {ever} told Abraham” or “No one would have {ever/even thought of} telling Abraham”. Sarah uses a rhetorical question here to express great joy and amazement. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. -21:7 nqft הֵינִ֥יקָה בָנִ֖ים שָׂרָ֑ה 1 “{that} Sarah/I would bear/have children.” -21:7 rqy2 כִּֽי 1 “{And/But} yet” or “In spite of that,” -21:7 opev יָלַ֥דְתִּי בֵ֖ן 1 “I have had a son {for him}” or “I have given birth to a son {for him}”. See how you translated “bear” in Gen 18:13. +21:7 djf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֤י מִלֵּל֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “No one would have ever told Abraham” or “No one would have ever/even thought of telling Abraham”. Sarah uses a rhetorical question here to express great joy and amazement. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. +21:7 nqft הֵינִ֥יקָה בָנִ֖ים שָׂרָ֑ה 1 “that Sarah/I would bear/have children.” +21:7 rqy2 כִּֽי 1 “And/But yet” or “In spite of that,” +21:7 opev יָלַ֥דְתִּי בֵ֖ן 1 “I have had a son for him” or “I have given birth to a son for him”. See how you translated “bear” in Gen 18:13. 21:7 uov6 לִ⁠זְקֻנָֽי⁠ו 1 “when he is old!” or “even though he is old!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. You may need to translate it in a different way here because of the slightly different context. -21:8 wq03 וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֥ל הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “The child/boy {Isaac} grew” or “Isaac grew as a child” +21:8 wq03 וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֥ל הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “The child/boy Isaac grew” or “Isaac grew as a child” 21:8 c6j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגָּמַ֑ל 1 “and his mother weaned him,” or “and reached the age when his mother stopped nursing/breast-feeding him,” Children in that culture were often weaned around the age of three. Translate “weaned” in a way that will not embarrass or offend people. -21:8 i21w וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ אַבְרָהָם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֔וֹל בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִגָּמֵ֥ל אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “When that happened, Abraham held a big/elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” or “On that same day, Abraham had {his servants prepare} an elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -21:9 h2vs וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא שָׂרָ֜ה 1 “But {at/during the feast} Sarah saw/noticed” -21:9 ja34 אֶֽת בֶּן הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{that} the son whom Hagar, {her handmaid} from {the country of} Egypt, had given birth to for Abraham” or “{that} {Ishmael,} the son of {her} Egyptian {handmaid} Hagar and Abraham,” Also see how you translated “have born” in verse 8. -21:9 kgmh מְצַחֵֽק 1 “was mocking {Isaac}.” or “was making fun of {Isaac}.” or “was laughing at {Isaac}.” -21:10 cv15 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “So she {was angry/upset and} told Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +21:8 i21w וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ אַבְרָהָם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֔וֹל בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִגָּמֵ֥ל אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “When that happened, Abraham held a big/elaborate feast to celebrate.” or “On that same day, Abraham had his servants prepare an elaborate feast to celebrate.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +21:9 h2vs וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא שָׂרָ֜ה 1 “But at/during the feast Sarah saw/noticed” +21:9 ja34 אֶֽת בֶּן הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “that the son whom Hagar, her handmaid from the country of Egypt, had given birth to for Abraham” or “that Ishmael, the son of her Egyptian handmaid Hagar and Abraham,” Also see how you translated “have born” in verse 8. +21:9 kgmh מְצַחֵֽק 1 “was mocking Isaac.” or “was making fun of Isaac.” or “was laughing at Isaac.” +21:10 cv15 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “So she was angry/upset and told Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 21:10 q0vm גָּרֵ֛שׁ 1 “Send away” or “Get rid of” 21:10 diqu הָ⁠אָמָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 “that servant woman” or “that female slave/servant”. See how you translated “slave women” in Gen 20:17. Some languages may have a single word (as Hebrew does) that means this. -21:10 umxq וְ⁠אֶת בְּנָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{along} with her son!” +21:10 umxq וְ⁠אֶת בְּנָ֑⁠הּ 1 “along with her son!” 21:10 kfmw כִּ֣י & בֶּן הָ⁠אָמָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “The son of that slave/servant woman” or “Her son”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. -21:10 fq2l לֹ֤א יִירַשׁ֙ & עִם בְּנִ֖⁠י עִם יִצְחָֽק 1 “will/must not/never inherit/share {any part of} what my/our son Isaac inherits {from you}!” or “will/must not/never inherit/get anything {from you}! Only my/our son Isaac {will/should inherit your estate}!” +21:10 fq2l לֹ֤א יִירַשׁ֙ & עִם בְּנִ֖⁠י עִם יִצְחָֽק 1 “will/must not/never inherit/share any part of what my/our son Isaac inherits from you!” or “will/must not/never inherit/get anything from you! Only my/our son Isaac will/should inherit your estate!” 21:11 yt0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֧רַע הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Abraham was/felt very distressed/upset/grieved about that” or “Sarah’s words/demands were very distressing/upsetting/painful to Abraham” or “What Sarah/she said distressed/grieved Abraham very much” -21:11 svxs עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֥ת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his son {Ishmael}.” or “because he {also} cared about his son {Ishmael}.” or “because {Ishmael} was {also} his son {and he cared about him too}.” +21:11 svxs עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֥ת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his son Ishmael.” or “because he also cared about his son Ishmael.” or “because Ishmael was also his son and he cared about him too.” 21:12 zd49 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “But/Then God said to him,” or “But/Then God told Abraham/him,” 21:12 pu24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל יֵרַ֤ע בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Do not be distressed/upset/sad” or “Do not let yourself be upset/distressed”. See how you translated “distressing” in verse 11. 21:12 ckc5 עַל הַ⁠נַּ֣עַר וְ⁠עַל אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “about the boy/youth or your slave/servant woman.” Ishmael was about 17 years old at this time, so in verses 12-16 use terms for him in your language that fit with that fact. -21:12 bb24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{Rather,} listen to everything/whatever Sarah tells you {to do}, {and do it,}” or “Do everything that Sarah tells/told you {to do},” The word “listen” means to hear and do what is being asked. Also, the phrase “her voice” refers to Sarah and what she said. -21:12 rdik כִּ֣י בְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק יִקָּרֵ֥א לְ⁠ךָ֖ זָֽרַע 1 “because it is in/through Isaac that the/your descendants {I promised you} will be reckoned/traced.” or “because Isaac is the one who will be the ancestor of the/your descendants {that I promised to give you}.” or “because the offspring/descendants {that I promised to you} will come through/from Isaac.” +21:12 bb24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Rather, listen to everything/whatever Sarah tells you to do, and do it,” or “Do everything that Sarah tells/told you to do,” The word “listen” means to hear and do what is being asked. Also, the phrase “her voice” refers to Sarah and what she said. +21:12 rdik כִּ֣י בְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק יִקָּרֵ֥א לְ⁠ךָ֖ זָֽרַע 1 “because it is in/through Isaac that the/your descendants I promised you will be reckoned/traced.” or “because Isaac is the one who will be the ancestor of the/your descendants that I promised to give you.” or “because the offspring/descendants that I promised to you will come through/from Isaac.” 21:13 x8gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־בֶּן־הָ⁠אָמָ֖ה & אֲשִׂימֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “But I will also make the son of your slave/servant woman” or “However, I will also make your slave/servant woman’s son” -21:13 kan6 לְ⁠ג֣וֹי 1 “become {the ancestor of} an {important/large} people/ethnic group,” -21:13 zcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הֽוּא 1 “because/since he {is} your son/descendant.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to put this “because …” clause earlier in this sentence and say, “And/But because/since the son of your slave/servant woman is your offspring/son, I will also make him into a {great/important/large} people/ethnic group.” Do what is best in your language. +21:13 kan6 לְ⁠ג֣וֹי 1 “become the ancestor of an important/large people/ethnic group,” +21:13 zcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הֽוּא 1 “because/since he is your son/descendant.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to put this “because …” clause earlier in this sentence and say, “And/But because/since the son of your slave/servant woman is your offspring/son, I will also make him into a great/important/large people/ethnic group.” Do what is best in your language. 21:14 oc4t וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֣ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֡קֶר 1 “So Abraham got up early the next morning,” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up,” -21:14 mfcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח לֶחֶם֩ 1 “got/brought {some} bread/food”. This phrase may refer to bread or more generally to food. -21:14 sji3 וְ⁠חֵ֨מַת מַ֜יִם 1 “and a leather bag/container {full} of water” or “and a {full} water container/bag made of {animal} hide/leather” or “and a water bag/container {full of water}”. The word “skin” refers here to an animal skin or hide. +21:14 mfcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח לֶחֶם֩ 1 “got/brought some bread/food”. This phrase may refer to bread or more generally to food. +21:14 sji3 וְ⁠חֵ֨מַת מַ֜יִם 1 “and a leather bag/container full of water” or “and a full water container/bag made of animal hide/leather” or “and a water bag/container full of water”. The word “skin” refers here to an animal skin or hide. 21:14 k8au וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶל הָ֠גָר שָׂ֧ם עַל שִׁכְמָ֛⁠הּ 1 “to Hagar and put them on her shoulder/back.” 21:14 gwq4 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֶ֑⁠הָ 1 “Then he sent her and the child/boy away,” or “Then he sent her off with the boy/youth,” -21:14 z5r6 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ וַ⁠תֵּ֔תַע 1 “and she/they left and wandered {around}” or “and they wandered {around}” -21:14 rva8 בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֖ר בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “in the Beersheba Wilderness/Desert.” or “in the wilderness/desert near {the place/city that was later called} Beersheba.” Sometimes in the Bible a place is identified by the well-known name it will be called later. That is the case in this verse, since Beersheba is not given its name until verse 31. -21:15 tajn וַ⁠יִּכְל֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִן הַ⁠חֵ֑מֶת 1 “When they had finished/drunk {all} the water {that they had} in the {water} skin/container,” or “When there was no more water in the water skin/bag,” or “When the water container/bag was empty,” See how you translated “skin” in verse 14. -21:15 rnel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תַּשְׁלֵ֣ךְ 1 “she/Hagar {hurriedly} put/left”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Hagar literally threw Ishmael through the air. +21:14 z5r6 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ וַ⁠תֵּ֔תַע 1 “and she/they left and wandered around” or “and they wandered around” +21:14 rva8 בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֖ר בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “in the Beersheba Wilderness/Desert.” or “in the wilderness/desert near the place/city that was later called Beersheba.” Sometimes in the Bible a place is identified by the well-known name it will be called later. That is the case in this verse, since Beersheba is not given its name until verse 31. +21:15 tajn וַ⁠יִּכְל֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִן הַ⁠חֵ֑מֶת 1 “When they had finished/drunk all the water that they had in the water skin/container,” or “When there was no more water in the water skin/bag,” or “When the water container/bag was empty,” See how you translated “skin” in verse 14. +21:15 rnel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תַּשְׁלֵ֣ךְ 1 “she/Hagar hurriedly put/left”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Hagar literally threw Ishmael through the air. 21:15 umgo אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֔לֶד 1 “the/her boy” or “her son” -21:15 ezqr תַּ֖חַת אַחַ֥ד הַ⁠שִּׂיחִֽם 1 “under {the shade of} one of the bushes {there},” or “under {the shade of} a {nearby} bush,” -21:16 v16a וַ⁠תֵּלֶךְ֩ וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב לָ֜⁠הּ מִ⁠נֶּ֗גֶד 1 “Then she went {away from him} and sat down by herself,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +21:15 ezqr תַּ֖חַת אַחַ֥ד הַ⁠שִּׂיחִֽם 1 “under the shade of one of the bushes there,” or “under the shade of a nearby bush,” +21:16 v16a וַ⁠תֵּלֶךְ֩ וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב לָ֜⁠הּ מִ⁠נֶּ֗גֶד 1 “Then she went away from him and sat down by herself,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 21:16 ldji rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance הַרְחֵק֙ כִּ⁠מְטַחֲוֵ֣י קֶ֔שֶׁת 1 “about as far away as someone can shoot a bow/arrow,” or “about a hundred meters/yards away,” If you do not translate the text literally, the literal text could be put in a footnote. -21:16 pq30 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֔ה 1 “because she said/thought {to herself},” or “She said/thought {to herself},” -21:16 v45g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun אַל אֶרְאֶ֖ה בְּ⁠מ֣וֹת הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶד 1 “I cannot {bear to} watch/see my child/son die!” or “I don’t want to watch my child/son die!” Consider whether it is better to use a noun (“death”) or a verb (“die”) in your translation here. Also, see how you translated “child” in verses 14 and 15. -21:16 ommg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹלָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠תֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “As she sat there, she started sobbing/crying loudly.” or “Then she started sobbing/crying loudly.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse (so that the events are in the order that they actually occurred) and say, “She thought {to herself}, “I cannot {bear to} watch/see my son die.” So she went {away from him} and sat down by herself, about as far away as someone can shoot an arrow. Then she started crying loudly.” Do what is best in your language. -21:17 o970 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֱלֹהִים֮ אֶת ק֣וֹל הַ⁠נַּעַר֒ 1 “God {also} heard the boy/youth crying,” +21:16 pq30 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֔ה 1 “because she said/thought to herself,” or “She said/thought to herself,” +21:16 v45g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun אַל אֶרְאֶ֖ה בְּ⁠מ֣וֹת הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶד 1 “I cannot bear to watch/see my child/son die!” or “I don’t want to watch my child/son die!” Consider whether it is better to use a noun (“death”) or a verb (“die”) in your translation here. Also, see how you translated “child” in verses 14 and 15. +21:16 ommg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹלָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠תֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “As she sat there, she started sobbing/crying loudly.” or “Then she started sobbing/crying loudly.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse (so that the events are in the order that they actually occurred) and say, “She thought to herself, “I cannot bear to watch/see my son die.” So she went away from him and sat down by herself, about as far away as someone can shoot an arrow. Then she started crying loudly.” Do what is best in your language. +21:17 o970 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֱלֹהִים֮ אֶת ק֣וֹל הַ⁠נַּעַר֒ 1 “God also heard the boy/youth crying,” 21:17 g71i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֩ מַלְאַ֨ךְ אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶל הָגָר֙ מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ 1 “so one of his angels/messengers called to Hagar from heaven and said/asked,” or “so he had one of his angels/messengers call to Hagar from heaven and say/ask,” See how you translated the key term “angel” in Gen 16:7. 21:17 kmbk מַה לָּ֣⁠ךְ הָגָ֑ר 1 “What is the matter, Hagar?” or “What’s wrong, Hagar?” or “Hagar, why are you crying/upset?” For some languages it is necessary to put “Hagar” first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language. -21:17 p37b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י כִּֽי שָׁמַ֧ע אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל ק֥וֹל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּא שָֽׁם 1 “Do not be afraid, because God has heard the cries/sobs of the boy/youth where he is lying {and will take care of him}.” or “Do not be afraid. God has heard the boy/youth crying over there {and will take care of him}.” or “God has heard the boy/youth crying over there, so do not be afraid {because he will take care of you both}.” The phrase “has listened to” means that God heard the boy and that he will help him. -21:18 xxt8 ק֚וּמִי שְׂאִ֣י אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “{So} go help the boy/youth to get/stand up,” or “{So now,} go to your son, help him get/stand up,” -21:18 cazv וְ⁠הַחֲזִ֥יקִי אֶת יָדֵ֖⁠ךְ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and hold/lead him by the hand {to help him walk},” or “and take care of him,” -21:18 l3mg כִּֽי & אֲשִׂימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “because I {Yahweh} will make him become {the ancestor of}” or “because Yahweh will make his descendants become”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either Yahweh had taken on the form of an angel, or the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 16:10. Also, see how you translated “make … into a great nation” in verse 13. Also see 18:18, which is similar. +21:17 p37b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י כִּֽי שָׁמַ֧ע אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל ק֥וֹל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּא שָֽׁם 1 “Do not be afraid, because God has heard the cries/sobs of the boy/youth where he is lying and will take care of him.” or “Do not be afraid. God has heard the boy/youth crying over there and will take care of him.” or “God has heard the boy/youth crying over there, so do not be afraid because he will take care of you both.” The phrase “has listened to” means that God heard the boy and that he will help him. +21:18 xxt8 ק֚וּמִי שְׂאִ֣י אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “So go help the boy/youth to get/stand up,” or “So now, go to your son, help him get/stand up,” +21:18 cazv וְ⁠הַחֲזִ֥יקִי אֶת יָדֵ֖⁠ךְ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and hold/lead him by the hand to help him walk,” or “and take care of him,” +21:18 l3mg כִּֽי & אֲשִׂימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “because I Yahweh will make him become the ancestor of” or “because Yahweh will make his descendants become”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either Yahweh had taken on the form of an angel, or the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 16:10. Also, see how you translated “make … into a great nation” in verse 13. Also see 18:18, which is similar. 21:18 yl2m לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל 1 “an important/large people/ethnic group.” See how you translated “nation” in verse 13. 21:19 jfgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְקַ֤ח אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא 1 “Then God enabled/helped her/Hagar to see” 21:19 hole בְּאֵ֣ר מָ֑יִם 1 “a water well.” or “a well.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 16:14. -21:19 omv9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜לֶךְ 1 “So/Then she went/walked over {to the well},” -21:19 a7ik וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֤א אֶת הַ⁠חֵ֨מֶת֙ מַ֔יִם 1 “filled the/her {water} container/bag {with} water,” See how you translated “skin” in verses 14-15. -21:19 k9hm וַ⁠תַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת הַ⁠נָּֽעַר 1 “and gave her son some water to drink.” or “and gave Ishmael a drink {from it}.” -21:20 t51d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר 1 “God was with the boy/youth {and helped/blessed him},” This clause means that God guided, helped, protected, and blessed Ishmael, that is, he took care of him. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. Also consider again how you translated “boy/youth” in verses 12, 17-20. -21:20 x2tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ 1 “as he grew up/older.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “As the boy/youth grew up/older, God was with him {and helped/blessed him}.” Do what is best in your language. -21:20 s0rv וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “And he lived in the wilderness/desert {of Paran}” or “He lived in the {Paran} Wilderness/Desert”. For some languages it is more natural to specify here in verse 20 that the name of the wilderness is Paran, rather than wait until verse 21, so that it is clear that both verses refer to the same wilderness. See how you translated “the wilderness” in verse 14. -21:20 n9h4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י רֹבֶ֥ה קַשָּֽׁת 1 “and became a skilled/expert bowhunter/archer.” or “and learned to hunt skillfully with a bow {and arrows}.” +21:19 omv9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜לֶךְ 1 “So/Then she went/walked over to the well,” +21:19 a7ik וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֤א אֶת הַ⁠חֵ֨מֶת֙ מַ֔יִם 1 “filled the/her water container/bag with water,” See how you translated “skin” in verses 14-15. +21:19 k9hm וַ⁠תַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת הַ⁠נָּֽעַר 1 “and gave her son some water to drink.” or “and gave Ishmael a drink from it.” +21:20 t51d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר 1 “God was with the boy/youth and helped/blessed him,” This clause means that God guided, helped, protected, and blessed Ishmael, that is, he took care of him. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. Also consider again how you translated “boy/youth” in verses 12, 17-20. +21:20 x2tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ 1 “as he grew up/older.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “As the boy/youth grew up/older, God was with him and helped/blessed him.” Do what is best in your language. +21:20 s0rv וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “And he lived in the wilderness/desert of Paran” or “He lived in the Paran Wilderness/Desert”. For some languages it is more natural to specify here in verse 20 that the name of the wilderness is Paran, rather than wait until verse 21, so that it is clear that both verses refer to the same wilderness. See how you translated “the wilderness” in verse 14. +21:20 n9h4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י רֹבֶ֥ה קַשָּֽׁת 1 “and became a skilled/expert bowhunter/archer.” or “and learned to hunt skillfully with a bow and arrows.” 21:21 rlzv וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֣ר פָּארָ֑ן 1 “While he was living in the Paran Wilderness/Desert,” or “While he was living in that wilderness/desert,” or “While he was there,” See how you translated “wilderness” in verse 20. 21:21 ay6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ אִמּ֛⁠וֹ אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “his mother found/chose/got a wife for him” or “his mother arranged for him to marry a woman” -21:21 vi5d מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “{who was/came} from the country of Egypt.” or “who was Egyptian.” See how you translated “the land of Egypt” in Gen 13:10. +21:21 vi5d מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “who was/came from the country of Egypt.” or “who was Egyptian.” See how you translated “the land of Egypt” in Gen 13:10. 21:22 qzrz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “Meanwhile, one day” or “Around that same time,” Consider what is the best way to introduce a new episode here in your language. -21:22 ajvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{King} Abimelech {came/went} with his army commander/captain Phicol to Abraham {and} said to him,” or “{King} Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol {came/went} to Abraham {and} said to him,” For some languages it is necessary in your language to make explicit that King Abimelech and Phicol came (or went) to Abraham before they spoke to him. Do what is best in your language. -21:22 zrmj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֣ים עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֖ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “{I have noticed that} God {is} with you {and helps/blesses you} in everything that you do.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“God was with …”) in verse 20. -21:23 dapc וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So now, {please}” or “Now then, {please}”. King Abimelech’s words to Abraham should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or demanding. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:7. +21:22 ajvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “King Abimelech came/went with his army commander/captain Phicol to Abraham and said to him,” or “King Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol came/went to Abraham and said to him,” For some languages it is necessary in your language to make explicit that King Abimelech and Phicol came (or went) to Abraham before they spoke to him. Do what is best in your language. +21:22 zrmj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֣ים עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֖ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “I have noticed that God is with you and helps/blesses you in everything that you do.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“God was with …”) in verse 20. +21:23 dapc וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So now, please” or “Now then, please”. King Abimelech’s words to Abraham should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or demanding. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:7. 21:23 k01e הִשָּׁ֨בְעָ⁠ה לִּ֤⁠י בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה 1 “swear/vow to me here in God’s presence” or “solemnly promise me here with God as your witness”. To “swear … by God” means that Abraham would be accountable to God, asking him to be his witness and to punish him if he breaks his oath/vow/promise to King Abimelech. It does not mean that Abraham used swear words or other foul language. If this custom is not familiar to many people in your language area, you could put this information in a footnote. See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 14:22. -21:23 w3li אִם תִּשְׁקֹ֣ר לִ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נִינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נֶכְדִּ֑⁠י 1 “that you will never {again} deceive me or my children or my descendants.” -21:23 gd6n כַּ⁠חֶ֜סֶד אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֤יתִי עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “{Instead/Rather,} just as I have treated you kindly,” or “{But} just as I have been kind to you,” -21:23 ofrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עִם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{swear/vow that} you will {also} be kind to me and {the/my people in} this land/country”. In this context, the phrase “the land” refers to the people who live in the land. -21:23 vmpq אֲשֶׁר גַּ֥רְתָּה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “where you are sojourning/living.” or “where you are living/staying {as a foreigner/outsider}.” -21:24 vsx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham said/replied {to him/Abimelech},” -21:24 llgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י אִשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 “I swear/vow {that I will do those things}.” or “I solemnly promise {that I will do that}.” See how you translated “swear” in verse 23. -21:25 skvd וְ⁠הוֹכִ֥חַ אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{But} then Abraham/he confronted” or “Then Abraham/he {also} protested to” -21:25 ngd9 אֶת אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “{King} Abimelech”. For some languages, it is necessary to include the title “King” every time that Abimelech (or any other king) is referred to by name. For other languages, it is more natural to use the title only occasionally (especially when the focus is on him), or perhaps only the first time he is referred to in a section (so that his status is clear). Do what is best in your language throughout this section. +21:23 w3li אִם תִּשְׁקֹ֣ר לִ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נִינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נֶכְדִּ֑⁠י 1 “that you will never again deceive me or my children or my descendants.” +21:23 gd6n כַּ⁠חֶ֜סֶד אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֤יתִי עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Instead/Rather, just as I have treated you kindly,” or “But just as I have been kind to you,” +21:23 ofrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עִם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “swear/vow that you will also be kind to me and the/my people in this land/country”. In this context, the phrase “the land” refers to the people who live in the land. +21:23 vmpq אֲשֶׁר גַּ֥רְתָּה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “where you are sojourning/living.” or “where you are living/staying as a foreigner/outsider.” +21:24 vsx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham said/replied to him/Abimelech,” +21:24 llgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י אִשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 “I swear/vow that I will do those things.” or “I solemnly promise that I will do that.” See how you translated “swear” in verse 23. +21:25 skvd וְ⁠הוֹכִ֥חַ אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “But then Abraham/he confronted” or “Then Abraham/he also protested to” +21:25 ngd9 אֶת אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “King Abimelech”. For some languages, it is necessary to include the title “King” every time that Abimelech (or any other king) is referred to by name. For other languages, it is more natural to use the title only occasionally (especially when the focus is on him), or perhaps only the first time he is referred to in a section (so that his status is clear). Do what is best in your language throughout this section. 21:25 osf1 עַל אֹדוֹת֙ 1 “about/regarding” 21:25 p4mg בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “a well of water” or “a/the water well” or “a/the well”. See how you translated “well of water” in verse 19. -21:25 hqvs אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּזְל֖וּ עַבְדֵ֥י אֲבִימֶֽלֶךְ 1 “that {King} Abimelech’s servants had seized/taken control of {from Abraham’s/his servants}.” -21:26 dm1j וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “But Abimelech responded {to him},” or “When {King} Abimelech {heard that}, he said/responded,” +21:25 hqvs אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּזְל֖וּ עַבְדֵ֥י אֲבִימֶֽלֶךְ 1 “that King Abimelech’s servants had seized/taken control of from Abraham’s/his servants.” +21:26 dm1j וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “But Abimelech responded to him,” or “When King Abimelech heard that, he said/responded,” 21:26 s5cp לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I have no idea” 21:26 msxx מִ֥י עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “who did that.” or “who seized/took your well from you.” or “who seized/took control of your well.” 21:26 q3de וְ⁠גַם 1 “Furthermore,” or “Besides that,” Here Abimelech is introducing an additional explanation of his innocence in this matter. Consider what it the best way to do that in your language. -21:26 d0y8 אַתָּ֞ה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֗⁠י 1 “you did not tell/inform me {about it/that} {before/previously},” or “you never told/informed me {about this/that},” -21:26 dpcm וְ⁠גַ֧ם 1 “and so” or “so {as a result}” -21:26 qavd אָנֹכִ֛י לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי בִּלְתִּ֥י הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “I knew nothing about it until today.” or “today is the first {time} that I have heard about it.” -21:27 ty60 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “Then Abraham brought/got {some of his} sheep and cattle, and gave them to Abimelech,” or “Then Abraham gave {some of his} sheep and cattle to Abimelech,” See how you translated “sheep and cattle” in Gen 20:14. -21:27 b406 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִֽית 1 “and he and Abimelech made/established a {peace} treaty/agreement {with one another}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 15:18. -21:28 d0o3 וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֣ב אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “Abraham {also} separated/isolated” +21:26 d0y8 אַתָּ֞ה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֗⁠י 1 “you did not tell/inform me about it/that before/previously,” or “you never told/informed me about this/that,” +21:26 dpcm וְ⁠גַ֧ם 1 “and so” or “so as a result” +21:26 qavd אָנֹכִ֛י לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי בִּלְתִּ֥י הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “I knew nothing about it until today.” or “today is the first time that I have heard about it.” +21:27 ty60 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “Then Abraham brought/got some of his sheep and cattle, and gave them to Abimelech,” or “Then Abraham gave some of his sheep and cattle to Abimelech,” See how you translated “sheep and cattle” in Gen 20:14. +21:27 b406 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִֽית 1 “and he and Abimelech made/established a peace treaty/agreement with one another.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 15:18. +21:28 d0o3 וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֣ב אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “Abraham also separated/isolated” 21:28 jg03 אֶת שֶׁ֛בַע כִּבְשֹׂ֥ת הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן לְ⁠בַדְּ⁠הֶֽן 1 “seven female lambs from the rest of the flock/sheep.” or “seven young female sheep from the rest of the flock/sheep.” 21:29 kf9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “So Abimelech asked Abraham/him,” -21:29 qlqx מָ֣ה הֵ֗נָּה שֶׁ֤בַע כְּבָשֹׂת֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִצַּ֖בְתָּ לְ⁠בַדָּֽ⁠נָה 1 “What is the reason that you set apart those seven lambs?” or “Why did you put those seven lambs off by themselves?” or “Why did you isolate/separate those seven lambs {from the rest of the flock/sheep}?” See how you translated “set apart” in verse 28. -21:30 ljh3 וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied,” or “Abraham answered {him},” +21:29 qlqx מָ֣ה הֵ֗נָּה שֶׁ֤בַע כְּבָשֹׂת֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִצַּ֖בְתָּ לְ⁠בַדָּֽ⁠נָה 1 “What is the reason that you set apart those seven lambs?” or “Why did you put those seven lambs off by themselves?” or “Why did you isolate/separate those seven lambs from the rest of the flock/sheep?” See how you translated “set apart” in verse 28. +21:30 ljh3 וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied,” or “Abraham answered him,” 21:30 spzl כִּ֚י אֶת שֶׁ֣בַע כְּבָשֹׂ֔ת תִּקַּ֖ח 1 “These/Those seven lambs are for you to receive/accept” or “Because I want you to take/accept them” 21:30 np9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י 1 “from me,” -21:30 gno6 בַּ⁠עֲבוּר֙ תִּֽהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 “to show {everyone} that you agree with me” or “to testify/verify {to everyone}” -21:30 dj5y כִּ֥י חָפַ֖רְתִּי אֶת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֥ר הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 “that I dug this well {and so it is mine}.” or “that I {am the one who} dug this well {and it belongs to me}.” -21:31 r5gz עַל כֵּ֗ן 1 “That is why” or “Therefore/So” or “{Abimelech accepted the lambs,} so” +21:30 gno6 בַּ⁠עֲבוּר֙ תִּֽהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 “to show everyone that you agree with me” or “to testify/verify to everyone” +21:30 dj5y כִּ֥י חָפַ֖רְתִּי אֶת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֥ר הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 “that I dug this well and so it is mine.” or “that I am the one who dug this well and it belongs to me.” +21:31 r5gz עַל כֵּ֗ן 1 “That is why” or “Therefore/So” or “Abimelech accepted the lambs, so” 21:31 ace1 קָרָ֛א לַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “Abraham called/named that place” or “they/people call that place” or “that place was/is called”. The phrase “he called” often means that people in general gave a city or other place a certain name. Here it could be that Abraham named the place Beersheba, and then later other people called it the same name, and it became well known by that name. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 19:22. -21:31 h7pp בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Beersheba, {which means “Well of the Seven” or “Well of the Vow/Oath,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beersheba” in verse 14. Also, if you include the meaning of the name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that the way you translate “vow” or “oath” here matches the way you translate “oath” later in this verse. +21:31 h7pp בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Beersheba, which means “Well of the Seven” or “Well of the Vow/Oath,”” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beersheba” in verse 14. Also, if you include the meaning of the name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that the way you translate “vow” or “oath” here matches the way you translate “oath” later in this verse. 21:31 py2p כִּ֛י שָׁ֥ם 1 “because it was there that” or “because that is where” 21:31 khcp שְׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “they both” or “he/Abraham and Abimelech both”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 27. -21:31 hkv1 נִשְׁבְּע֖וּ 1 “made a vow/oath {to each other}.” or “vowed {to live at peace with one another}.” or “solemnly promised {each other to live in peace}.” See how you translated “swear” in verses 23-24. -21:32 idhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ בְרִ֖ית בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “After Abraham and {King} Abimelech made/established their {peace} treaty/agreement at Beersheba,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or nouns here to refer to these men. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. Also, see how you translated the idiom “cut … covenant” in verse 27. -21:32 usgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ 1 “Abimelech and Phicol, his army commander/captain, left {from there}” or “Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol left {Abraham}”. See how you translated “got up” in verse 22. +21:31 hkv1 נִשְׁבְּע֖וּ 1 “made a vow/oath to each other.” or “vowed to live at peace with one another.” or “solemnly promised each other to live in peace.” See how you translated “swear” in verses 23-24. +21:32 idhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ בְרִ֖ית בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “After Abraham and King Abimelech made/established their peace treaty/agreement at Beersheba,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or nouns here to refer to these men. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. Also, see how you translated the idiom “cut … covenant” in verse 27. +21:32 usgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ 1 “Abimelech and Phicol, his army commander/captain, left from there” or “Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol left Abraham”. See how you translated “got up” in verse 22. 21:32 ql0j וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ 1 “and went back” -21:32 qzuk אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים 1 “to the land/territory where the Philistines lived.” or “to {their homes in} the Philistines’ land/territory {that Abimelech ruled over}.” Abimelech and Phicol probably returned to their homes in the city of Gerar (Gen 20:2), which at that time was the Philistines’ capital city, where Abimelech ruled from. The place in the desert where Abimelech and Abraham made their covenant (Beersheba) was probably located on the border of the Philistines’ territory. +21:32 qzuk אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים 1 “to the land/territory where the Philistines lived.” or “to their homes in the Philistines’ land/territory that Abimelech ruled over.” Abimelech and Phicol probably returned to their homes in the city of Gerar (Gen 20:2), which at that time was the Philistines’ capital city, where Abimelech ruled from. The place in the desert where Abimelech and Abraham made their covenant (Beersheba) was probably located on the border of the Philistines’ territory. 21:33 txwk וַ⁠יִּטַּ֥ע 1 “Then Abraham planted” -21:33 aoys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶ֖שֶׁל 1 “a salt-cedar tree” or “an {evergreen} tree {called/named} tamarisk/salt-cedar”. The tamarisk tree (also known as salt-cedar) is a small-leaved evergreen tree that grows up to 30 feet (9 meters) high and provides shade. It grows well in desert areas that have salty soil. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -21:33 y7os בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “at {the place called} Beersheba,” -21:33 nqr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא שָׁ֔ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 “and he worshiped/praised Yahweh by name there,” or “and he addressed Yahweh there by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him,” or “and there he worshiped/praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:8 and a similar clause in 13:4. -21:33 kg6a אֵ֥ל עוֹלָֽם 1 “{who is} the Eternal/Ever-existing God.” or “{who is} the God who lives forever.” or “{who is} the God who has always existed.” This phrase means that God has no beginning and no end. In other words, he has always existed and he will continue to exist forever. -21:34 fwun וַ⁠יָּ֧גָר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “After that, Abraham/he lived/stayed {there}”. See how you translated “sojourning” in verse 23. +21:33 aoys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶ֖שֶׁל 1 “a salt-cedar tree” or “an evergreen tree called/named tamarisk/salt-cedar”. The tamarisk tree (also known as salt-cedar) is a small-leaved evergreen tree that grows up to 30 feet (9 meters) high and provides shade. It grows well in desert areas that have salty soil. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +21:33 y7os בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “at the place called Beersheba,” +21:33 nqr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא שָׁ֔ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 “and he worshiped/praised Yahweh by name there,” or “and he addressed Yahweh there by his name as he worshiped/praised him,” or “and there he worshiped/praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:8 and a similar clause in 13:4. +21:33 kg6a אֵ֥ל עוֹלָֽם 1 “who is the Eternal/Ever-existing God.” or “who is the God who lives forever.” or “who is the God who has always existed.” This phrase means that God has no beginning and no end. In other words, he has always existed and he will continue to exist forever. +21:34 fwun וַ⁠יָּ֧גָר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “After that, Abraham/he lived/stayed there”. See how you translated “sojourning” in verse 23. 21:34 iij4 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 “in the land/territory that was ruled/occupied by the Philistines” or “in the land/territory where the Philistines lived/ruled” or “in Philistines’ territory” -21:34 rc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “for many years.” Abraham lived in the Philistines’ territory for around 25 years, so keep that in mind as you translate this phrase. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “… lived {there} for many years in the land …” Do what is best in your language. +21:34 rc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “for many years.” Abraham lived in the Philistines’ territory for around 25 years, so keep that in mind as you translate this phrase. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “… lived there for many years in the land …” Do what is best in your language. 22:1 oi54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “Sometime after those things happened” or “Sometime later” or “Several years later”. This is the beginning of a new episode that takes place around twelve years after Abraham and King Abimelech made their treaty (chapter 21). See how you translated “after those events” in Gen 15:1; it may be necessary to translate this phrase in a slightly different way here because of the different context. -22:1 y0sj וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים נִסָּ֖ה אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “God {wanted/decided to} test Abraham.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like the test was over. Rather it introduces what the following episode is about. -22:1 krqu וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “So {one day} he called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “He called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “{This is what happened:} He/God called to him, “Abraham!” ” -22:1 ed64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied/responded {to him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. -22:1 padv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “I’m listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” Abraham’s reply is respectful and means that he is listening and ready to do what God wants him to do. Consider what is the best way to say this phrase in your language. -22:2 kuxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then God said {to him},” or “Then God commanded/told {him},” Translate this quote margin in a way that fits this context well. -22:2 yhh1 קַח נָ֠א אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֨ 1 “Take your son {with you},” See how you translated “please” when God is talking to a person in Gen 13:14; 15:5. Your translation of “take” here should not imply the use of force. See how you translated “took” in Gen 11:31 and 12:5. -22:2 b5q0 אֶת יְחִֽידְ⁠ךָ֤ אֲשֶׁר אָהַ֨בְתָּ֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “{yes/indeed,} your only {son} Isaac whom you love,” This phrase repeats part of the previous phrase in order to emphasize it. Do what is natural in your language. -22:2 zek7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and go/travel {with him}”. It is understood that he was to take Isaac with him. If this is not clear in your language, you could make that information explicit. +22:1 y0sj וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים נִסָּ֖ה אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “God wanted/decided to test Abraham.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like the test was over. Rather it introduces what the following episode is about. +22:1 krqu וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “So one day he called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “He called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “This is what happened: He/God called to him, “Abraham!” ” +22:1 ed64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied/responded to him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. +22:1 padv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “I’m listening, Lord/Master.” or “Yes, Lord/Master?” or “What is it, Lord/Master?” Abraham’s reply is respectful and means that he is listening and ready to do what God wants him to do. Consider what is the best way to say this phrase in your language. +22:2 kuxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then God said to him,” or “Then God commanded/told him,” Translate this quote margin in a way that fits this context well. +22:2 yhh1 קַח נָ֠א אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֨ 1 “Take your son with you,” See how you translated “please” when God is talking to a person in Gen 13:14; 15:5. Your translation of “take” here should not imply the use of force. See how you translated “took” in Gen 11:31 and 12:5. +22:2 b5q0 אֶת יְחִֽידְ⁠ךָ֤ אֲשֶׁר אָהַ֨בְתָּ֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “yes/indeed, your only son Isaac whom you love,” This phrase repeats part of the previous phrase in order to emphasize it. Do what is natural in your language. +22:2 zek7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and go/travel with him”. It is understood that he was to take Isaac with him. If this is not clear in your language, you could make that information explicit. 22:2 fsxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ הַ⁠מֹּרִיָּ֑ה 1 “to the region of/called Moriah,” or “to the Moriah Region,” -22:2 fvbp וְ⁠הַעֲלֵ֤⁠הוּ שָׁם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 “and sacrifice/offer him there {to me} as a burnt offering” or “There you are to burn him up {on an altar} as a sacrifice/offering {to me},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20. -22:2 yxpj עַ֚ל אַחַ֣ד הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים 1 “on {top of} one of the mountains” or “on {top of} a mountain” +22:2 fvbp וְ⁠הַעֲלֵ֤⁠הוּ שָׁם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 “and sacrifice/offer him there to me as a burnt offering” or “There you are to burn him up on an altar as a sacrifice/offering to me,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20. +22:2 yxpj עַ֚ל אַחַ֣ד הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים 1 “on top of one of the mountains” or “on top of a mountain” 22:2 c0gi אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I will show to you.” or “that I will point out to you.” 22:3 rmr5 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אַבְרָהָ֜ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “So the next morning, Abraham got up early” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8. -22:3 r4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַֽ⁠יַּחֲבֹשׁ֙ אֶת חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “and put a {pack} saddle on his donkey {to get it ready} {for the trip}.” or “and got his donkey ready {for the trip}.” A donkey is like a small horse that people used to carry loads (as here). +22:3 r4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַֽ⁠יַּחֲבֹשׁ֙ אֶת חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “and put a pack saddle on his donkey to get it ready for the trip.” or “and got his donkey ready for the trip.” A donkey is like a small horse that people used to carry loads (as here). 22:3 cnmv וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י נְעָרָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “He took/brought two of his servants with him and his son Isaac,” or “Then he took/got his son Isaac and two of his servants,” -22:3 kxn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבַקַּע֙ עֲצֵ֣י 1 “and he chopped/split {some} {fire}wood {with them}” or “and they chopped {some} {fire}wood {together}”. The reason Abraham is the only one mentioned in this clause and in the next sentence is that he is in focus. He did not travel alone and he probably did not chop the wood alone. Decide whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. -22:3 pd14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֹלָ֔ה 1 “{to use} for the burnt offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” or “that they would use to burn the sacrifice/offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” Some languages must translate this noun phrase using a verb. Do what is natural in your language. See what you did in verse 2. -22:3 tot6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ אֶל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “Then he set out {with them} for/toward the place/mountain” or “Then they started traveling toward/to the place/mountain”. In this context, “got up” is used as an idiom that means Abraham started an activity. It does not mean that he was sitting down and literally stood up. -22:3 uasj אֲשֶׁר אָֽמַר ל֥⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “that God had told/commanded him/Abraham {to go to}.” +22:3 kxn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבַקַּע֙ עֲצֵ֣י 1 “and he chopped/split some firewood with them” or “and they chopped some firewood together”. The reason Abraham is the only one mentioned in this clause and in the next sentence is that he is in focus. He did not travel alone and he probably did not chop the wood alone. Decide whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. +22:3 pd14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֹלָ֔ה 1 “to use for the burnt offering and loaded it on the donkey.” or “that they would use to burn the sacrifice/offering and loaded it on the donkey.” Some languages must translate this noun phrase using a verb. Do what is natural in your language. See what you did in verse 2. +22:3 tot6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ אֶל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “Then he set out with them for/toward the place/mountain” or “Then they started traveling toward/to the place/mountain”. In this context, “got up” is used as an idiom that means Abraham started an activity. It does not mean that he was sitting down and literally stood up. +22:3 uasj אֲשֶׁר אָֽמַר ל֥⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “that God had told/commanded him/Abraham to go to.” 22:4 u4zi בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 “Three days later,” or “After walking/traveling for three days,” 22:4 o9zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֧ם אֶת עֵינָ֛י⁠ו 1 “Abraham/he looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted his eyes” in Gen 18:2. It may be necessary to translate it differently here, because of the different context. -22:4 ql9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם מֵ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 “and he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed} in the distance.” or “and in the distance he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed/going}.” Consider where it is best in your language to put the location phrase “from a distance” or “in the distance”. +22:4 ql9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם מֵ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 “and he could see the place/mountain where they were headed in the distance.” or “and in the distance he could see the place/mountain where they were headed/going.” Consider where it is best in your language to put the location phrase “from a distance” or “in the distance”. 22:5 a4ha וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶל נְעָרָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Abraham/he told his servants,” Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verse 3. -22:5 a6c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual שְׁבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם פֹּה֙ עִֽם הַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר 1 “You {two} stay here with the donkey,” Some languages have special dual pronouns (that refer to only two people) that can be used in verse 5 to refer to Abraham’s two servants. +22:5 a6c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual שְׁבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם פֹּה֙ עִֽם הַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר 1 “You two stay here with the donkey,” Some languages have special dual pronouns (that refer to only two people) that can be used in verse 5 to refer to Abraham’s two servants. 22:5 dec5 וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר נֵלְכָ֖ה 1 “while the young man and I go” or “while my son and I go”. See how you translated “the boy” in Gen 21:12, 17-20. We do not know for sure how old Isaac was at this time, but estimates range between 18 and 37 years old. Make sure your translation of “boy” allows for that fact. -22:5 g7di עַד כֹּ֑ה 1 “over there {to that mountain}” or “{to the mountain} over there” -22:5 qx9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠נִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 “and bow down {to worship God}.” or “and worship {God}.” In that culture, people had the custom of bowing down to worship God. Make sure it is clear in your translation why Abraham and Isaac would bow down. -22:5 xg6u וְ⁠נָשׁ֥וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Then we will return to you {here}.” or “After that, we will come back {here} to you.” -22:6 z998 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֲצֵ֣י הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה 1 “Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood for the burnt offering {off the donkey},” or “Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood that they would use to burn the/their sacrifice/offering,” See how you translated “{fire}wood” and “burnt offering” in verse 3. -22:6 opxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם֙ עַל יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and loaded/put {it} on his son Isaac{’s shoulder/back} {to carry},” or “and gave {it} to his son Isaac to carry,” The Hebrew text does not specify exactly where Abraham put the wood on Isaac. Only specify that in a translation if it is necessary in your language. +22:5 g7di עַד כֹּ֑ה 1 “over there to that mountain” or “to the mountain over there” +22:5 qx9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠נִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 “and bow down to worship God.” or “and worship God.” In that culture, people had the custom of bowing down to worship God. Make sure it is clear in your translation why Abraham and Isaac would bow down. +22:5 xg6u וְ⁠נָשׁ֥וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Then we will return to you here.” or “After that, we will come back here to you.” +22:6 z998 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֲצֵ֣י הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה 1 “Then Abraham/he took the firewood for the burnt offering off the donkey,” or “Then Abraham/he took the firewood that they would use to burn the/their sacrifice/offering,” See how you translated “firewood” and “burnt offering” in verse 3. +22:6 opxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם֙ עַל יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and loaded/put it on his son Isaac’s shoulder/back to carry,” or “and gave it to his son Isaac to carry,” The Hebrew text does not specify exactly where Abraham put the wood on Isaac. Only specify that in a translation if it is necessary in your language. 22:6 jggs וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “and/while he himself carried” or “He himself carried”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. -22:6 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ 1 “a fire {pot} {with hot coals/embers in it}” or “the {other} things to make/start a fire”. The “fire” can either refer to hot coals (in a pot) or to a flint stone and wood chips that they would use to start the fire on the altar. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean that Abraham was holding fire or hot coals in his bare hands. -22:6 h7lb וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת 1 “and a knife {to kill the sacrifice}.” or “and a {sacrifice} knife.” -22:6 gsz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם יַחְדָּֽו 1 “Then Abraham and Isaac walked on together,” or “Then they continued walking/heading {toward the mountain},” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. -22:7 pbll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִצְחָ֜ק אֶל־אַבְרָהָ֤ם אָבִי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “and {as they went/walked,} Isaac said to his father Abraham,” or “{As they walked,} Isaac said to Abraham,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. +22:6 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ 1 “a fire pot with hot coals/embers in it” or “the other things to make/start a fire”. The “fire” can either refer to hot coals (in a pot) or to a flint stone and wood chips that they would use to start the fire on the altar. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean that Abraham was holding fire or hot coals in his bare hands. +22:6 h7lb וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת 1 “and a knife to kill the sacrifice.” or “and a sacrifice knife.” +22:6 gsz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם יַחְדָּֽו 1 “Then Abraham and Isaac walked on together,” or “Then they continued walking/heading toward the mountain,” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. +22:7 pbll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִצְחָ֜ק אֶל־אַבְרָהָ֤ם אָבִי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “and as they went/walked, Isaac said to his father Abraham,” or “As they walked, Isaac said to Abraham,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. 22:7 hjq8 אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Father.” -22:7 yodu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Abraham said/replied {to him},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Abraham at this point in the paragraph in your language. +22:7 yodu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Abraham said/replied to him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Abraham at this point in the paragraph in your language. 22:7 q4kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֶּ֣נִּֽ⁠י בְנִ֑⁠י 1 “I’m listening, my son.” or “Yes, my son?” or “What is it, my son?” See how you translated the idiom “Behold me” in verse 1. -22:7 ai7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac asked {him},” or “Isaac asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits well with what Isaac says next. -22:7 s3hm הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Here is/are” or “I see {that we have}” -22:7 yc7e הָ⁠אֵשׁ֙ וְ⁠הָ֣⁠עֵצִ֔ים 1 “the fire {pot/coals} and the {fire}wood,” or “what/everything we need to make a fire {to burn the sacrifice},” -22:7 jd19 וְ⁠אַיֵּ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׂ֖ה 1 “but where {is} the lamb/sheep” or “but why is there no lamb/sheep” or “but why don’t we have a lamb” -22:7 izci לְ⁠עֹלָֽה 1 “{for us} to use as the burnt offering?” or “{for us} to burn as the/our sacrifice {to God}?” or “that we will burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to God}?” -22:8 icf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham said {to him},” or “Abraham answered {him},” -22:8 kpqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֞ים יִרְאֶה לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 “God himself will see {to it that there is}” or “God himself will provide”. This is an idiom that means God will provide the lamb. Make sure this meaning is clear in your translation. -22:8 qwmm הַ⁠שֶּׂ֛ה לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “a lamb/sheep for the burnt offering,” or “a lamb/sheep for us to burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to him},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. +22:7 ai7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac asked him,” or “Isaac asked him,” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits well with what Isaac says next. +22:7 s3hm הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Here is/are” or “I see that we have” +22:7 yc7e הָ⁠אֵשׁ֙ וְ⁠הָ֣⁠עֵצִ֔ים 1 “the fire pot/coals and the firewood,” or “what/everything we need to make a fire to burn the sacrifice,” +22:7 jd19 וְ⁠אַיֵּ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׂ֖ה 1 “but where is the lamb/sheep” or “but why is there no lamb/sheep” or “but why don’t we have a lamb” +22:7 izci לְ⁠עֹלָֽה 1 “for us to use as the burnt offering?” or “for us to burn as the/our sacrifice to God?” or “that we will burn as a/our sacrifice/offering to God?” +22:8 icf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham said to him,” or “Abraham answered him,” +22:8 kpqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֞ים יִרְאֶה לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 “God himself will see to it that there is” or “God himself will provide”. This is an idiom that means God will provide the lamb. Make sure this meaning is clear in your translation. +22:8 qwmm הַ⁠שֶּׂ֛ה לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “a lamb/sheep for the burnt offering,” or “a lamb/sheep for us to burn as a/our sacrifice/offering to him,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. 22:8 ma9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put this address first in this quote and say, “My son, God himself will …” -22:8 rj6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then/So the two of them walked on together.” or “Then/So they continued walking together {toward the mountain}.”. See how you translated “the two of them” in verse 6. +22:8 rj6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then/So the two of them walked on together.” or “Then/So they continued walking together toward the mountain.”. See how you translated “the two of them” in verse 6. 22:9 r054 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ אֶֽל 1 “When/After they got to” or “When/After they arrived at” or “When/After they reached” -22:9 ouv8 הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר ל֣⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֒ 1 “the place/mountain that God had told him {to go to}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. -22:9 esjb וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן שָׁ֤ם אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Abraham built/made a {stone} altar there”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 13:4, 18. -22:9 k8uv וַֽ⁠יַּעֲרֹ֖ךְ אֶת הָ⁠עֵצִ֑ים 1 “and laid/put the wood {on top of it}.” Abraham arranged the wood on top of the altar so that it would burn well. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like he lit the fire yet; he did not do that until verse 13 when he sacrificed the ram. -22:9 i4fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲקֹד֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he bound/tied his son Isaac{’s arms and legs} {with rope}”. -22:9 wkmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ מִ⁠מַּ֖עַל לָ⁠עֵצִֽים 1 “and put him on top of the wood {that was} on the altar.” Consider which order of these phrases is the clearest and most natural in your language. +22:9 ouv8 הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר ל֣⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֒ 1 “the place/mountain that God had told him to go to”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. +22:9 esjb וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן שָׁ֤ם אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Abraham built/made a stone altar there”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 13:4, 18. +22:9 k8uv וַֽ⁠יַּעֲרֹ֖ךְ אֶת הָ⁠עֵצִ֑ים 1 “and laid/put the wood on top of it.” Abraham arranged the wood on top of the altar so that it would burn well. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like he lit the fire yet; he did not do that until verse 13 when he sacrificed the ram. +22:9 i4fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲקֹד֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he bound/tied his son Isaac’s arms and legs with rope”. +22:9 wkmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ מִ⁠מַּ֖עַל לָ⁠עֵצִֽים 1 “and put him on top of the wood that was on the altar.” Consider which order of these phrases is the clearest and most natural in your language. 22:10 mmrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת 1 “Then he took the knife in his hand” or “Then he picked up the knife”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to Abraham here. See how you translated “knife” in verse 6. -22:10 ycq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠שְׁחֹ֖ט אֶת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{in order} to kill his son {before sacrificing/burning his body on the altar}.” In the process of sacrificing, the first step was to kill the sacrifice and then burn up the body on the altar. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. -22:11 m7u5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א & מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ 1 “But {before he/Abraham could use the knife,} an angel from Yahweh called/shouted” or “But {just then} one of Yahweh’s angels called/shouted”. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham killed Isaac. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:17. +22:10 ycq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠שְׁחֹ֖ט אֶת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “in order to kill his son before sacrificing/burning his body on the altar.” In the process of sacrificing, the first step was to kill the sacrifice and then burn up the body on the altar. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. +22:11 m7u5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א & מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ 1 “But before he/Abraham could use the knife, an angel from Yahweh called/shouted” or “But just then one of Yahweh’s angels called/shouted”. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham killed Isaac. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:17. 22:11 emlx אֵלָ֜י⁠ו & מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “to him/Abraham from heaven, “Abraham! Abraham!” ” The angel repeats Abraham’s name to communicate urgency and that he wants him to stop and listen. Make sure your translation does not sound like the angel was angry or criticizing Abraham. -22:11 ea4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 2 “Abraham replied {to the angel},” -22:11 bges rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “I’m listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. +22:11 ea4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 2 “Abraham replied to the angel,” +22:11 bges rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “I’m listening, Lord/Master.” or “What is it, Lord/Master?” or “Yes, Lord/Master?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. 22:12 u0h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the angel said,” or “Then the angel told him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the angel is speaking here, not Abraham. 22:12 htic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל תִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל 1 “Do not lay your hands on” or “Do not harm/kill”. Consider whether your language has an idiom that has the same meaning as the Hebrew idiom here. 22:12 vytx הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “the young man” or “your son”. See how you translated this in verse 5. -22:12 qdxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠אַל תַּ֥עַשׂ ל֖⁠וֹ מְא֑וּמָּה 1 “Do not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not harm him in any way”. The angel repeats the previous command (using different words) in order to emphasize that Abraham should not hurt Isaac. Most languages can do something similar. Do what is natural in your language. +22:12 qdxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠אַל תַּ֥עַשׂ ל֖⁠וֹ מְא֑וּמָּה 1 “Do not do anything to harm him” or “You must not do anything to harm him” or “You must not harm him in any way”. The angel repeats the previous command (using different words) in order to emphasize that Abraham should not hurt Isaac. Most languages can do something similar. Do what is natural in your language. 22:12 dilb כִּ֣י עַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֗עְתִּי 1 “Now I know/see” or “You have shown me”. Yahweh is the one talking here, represented by the angel who speaks on his behalf, or perhaps God is appearing to Abraham as an angel. 22:12 fr8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כִּֽי יְרֵ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אַ֔תָּה 1 “that you fear/revere me” or “that you deeply respect me”. See how you translated “fear” in Gen 20:11. -22:12 kcxw וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֛כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶת יְחִידְ⁠ךָ֖ מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 “since/because you {obeyed me and} did not hold back your son from me, {yes/indeed,} your only son.” or “since/because you {obeyed me and} did not refuse to sacrifice your son to me, {even though he is} your only son.” +22:12 kcxw וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֛כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶת יְחִידְ⁠ךָ֖ מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 “since/because you obeyed me and did not hold back your son from me, yes/indeed, your only son.” or “since/because you obeyed me and did not refuse to sacrifice your son to me, even though he is your only son.” 22:13 v3dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ 1 “Then Abraham looked around”. See how you translated “lifted his eyes and looked” in Gen 18:2. -22:13 q7w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אַ֔יִל אַחַ֕ר 1 “and suddenly he saw a ram behind {him}” or “and there behind {him} he saw a ram”. A ram is an adult male sheep or goat. See how you translated this term in Gen 15:9. +22:13 q7w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אַ֔יִל אַחַ֕ר 1 “and suddenly he saw a ram behind him” or “and there behind him he saw a ram”. A ram is an adult male sheep or goat. See how you translated this term in Gen 15:9. 22:13 t9hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נֶאֱחַ֥ז בַּ⁠סְּבַ֖ךְ בְּ⁠קַרְנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “that had caught/tangled its horns in the thicket/bushes.” or “that had its horns caught/stuck in a bush.” -22:13 vrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ אַבְרָהָם֙ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל 1 “So/Then {after releasing Isaac,} Abraham/he took/untangled the ram {from the thicket/bush}.” or “So/Then Abraham/he {released/untied Isaac,} went {over to the ram} and untangled it.” For some languages it may be necessary to explicitly state that Abraham untied Isaac and took him off the altar before he sacrificed the ram. Do what is best in your language. -22:13 p6og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעֲלֵ֥⁠הוּ לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “{Then he killed/slaughtered the ram} and burned it on the altar as a sacrifice/offering {to God}”. Animals that were sacrificed to God as burnt offerings were killed first before they were burned on an altar. Make sure your translation does not sound like the ram was burned alive. If that is not clear, you could make some of the above implied information explicit in your translation. +22:13 vrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ אַבְרָהָם֙ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל 1 “So/Then after releasing Isaac, Abraham/he took/untangled the ram from the thicket/bush.” or “So/Then Abraham/he released/untied Isaac, went over to the ram and untangled it.” For some languages it may be necessary to explicitly state that Abraham untied Isaac and took him off the altar before he sacrificed the ram. Do what is best in your language. +22:13 p6og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעֲלֵ֥⁠הוּ לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “Then he killed/slaughtered the ram and burned it on the altar as a sacrifice/offering to God”. Animals that were sacrificed to God as burnt offerings were killed first before they were burned on an altar. Make sure your translation does not sound like the ram was burned alive. If that is not clear, you could make some of the above implied information explicit in your translation. 22:13 bk1e תַּ֥חַת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “in place of his son.” or “as a substitute for his son.” -22:14 hiz5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אַבְרָהָ֛ם שֵֽׁם־הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “That is why Abraham called/named that place” or “{Because God provided the ram,} Abraham called/named that place”. Make sure it is clear that what Yahweh did in verse 13 is the reason that Abraham gave that place the name “Yahweh-Yireh” in verse 14. -22:14 fs0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוָ֣ה יִרְאֶ֑ה 1 “Yahweh-Yireh, {which means “Yahweh will see/provide,”}” or “Yahweh Will See/Provide,” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, be consistent with how you translate the verb “see/provide” in verse 8 (and later in verse 14), which the name is based on. -22:14 scaj אֲשֶׁר֙ יֵאָמֵ֣ר הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{Even} today/now people {still} say,” This refers to the time period when Moses was writing this book. If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. +22:14 hiz5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אַבְרָהָ֛ם שֵֽׁם־הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “That is why Abraham called/named that place” or “Because God provided the ram, Abraham called/named that place”. Make sure it is clear that what Yahweh did in verse 13 is the reason that Abraham gave that place the name “Yahweh-Yireh” in verse 14. +22:14 fs0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוָ֣ה יִרְאֶ֑ה 1 “Yahweh-Yireh, which means “Yahweh will see/provide,”” or “Yahweh Will See/Provide,” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, be consistent with how you translate the verb “see/provide” in verse 8 (and later in verse 14), which the name is based on. +22:14 scaj אֲשֶׁר֙ יֵאָמֵ֣ר הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “Even today/now people still say,” This refers to the time period when Moses was writing this book. If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. 22:14 orbb בְּ⁠הַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 “On Yahweh’s mountain” -22:14 v6oq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֵרָאֶֽה 1 “it will be provided {by him}.” or “he will see to it {that we have what we need}.” or “he will provide what we/you need.” See how you translated this idiom in verse 8. +22:14 v6oq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֵרָאֶֽה 1 “it will be provided by him.” or “he will see to it that we have what we need.” or “he will provide what we/you need.” See how you translated this idiom in verse 8. 22:15 m2cz וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א מַלְאַ֥ךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־אַבְרָהָ֑ם שֵׁנִ֖ית מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “Then Yahweh’s angel called/spoke to Abraham from heaven again.” See how you translated “called … from heaven” in verse 11, and how you translated “angel” in verses 11-12. 22:16 ouls וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He said,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -22:16 j53n בִּ֥⁠י נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי נְאֻם יְהוָ֑ה 1 “This is what Yahweh declares/says {to you}: ‘I swear by my own name” or “These are Yahweh’s own words: ‘With myself {as my own witness}, I vow/promise {to you}”. See how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23-24. +22:16 j53n בִּ֥⁠י נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי נְאֻם יְהוָ֑ה 1 “This is what Yahweh declares/says to you: ‘I swear by my own name” or “These are Yahweh’s own words: ‘With myself as my own witness, I vow/promise to you”. See how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23-24. 22:16 rcpc כִּ֗י יַ֚עַן אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “that because/since you have done what I said/commanded” or “that since you obeyed me” -22:16 sgj6 וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֖כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “and did not hold back your son {from me},” or “and did not refuse to sacrifice your son {to me},” or “were willing to give/sacrifice your son {to me}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12. -22:16 pxdg אֶת יְחִידֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{yes,} your only {son}” or “{even though he is} your only {son}”. See how you translated this in verse 12. -22:17 z6y6 כִּֽי בָרֵ֣ךְ אֲבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “I will abundantly/surely bless you,” or “I will {surely} cause you to prosper greatly,” -22:17 d019 וְ⁠הַרְבָּ֨ה אַרְבֶּ֤ה אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will greatly multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they will be}” or “In fact, I will give you so many offspring/descendants {that they will be}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -22:17 ufpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “{as many/numerous} as the stars in the heavens/sky”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is comparing the number of stars and grains of sand to the number of descendants Abraham will have. There will be so many that no one can count them all (as in Gen 13:16 and 15:6). -22:17 bf0s וְ⁠כַ⁠ח֕וֹל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל שְׂפַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 “and {as many/numerous} as the {grains of} sand on the seashore,” -22:17 v3sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִרַ֣שׁ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 “and they will conquer the cities of {all} their enemies.” or “They will conquer/defeat {all} their enemies and rule over them.” or “Your offspring/descendants will …” Cities often had high stone walls surrounding them to protect the people inside. The gates in the walls were the only way to go in or out of a city. The idiom “possess the gates of … enemies” refers to taking control of the cities and conquering the people living there. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. +22:16 sgj6 וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֖כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “and did not hold back your son from me,” or “and did not refuse to sacrifice your son to me,” or “were willing to give/sacrifice your son to me”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12. +22:16 pxdg אֶת יְחִידֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “yes, your only son” or “even though he is your only son”. See how you translated this in verse 12. +22:17 z6y6 כִּֽי בָרֵ֣ךְ אֲבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “I will abundantly/surely bless you,” or “I will surely cause you to prosper greatly,” +22:17 d019 וְ⁠הַרְבָּ֨ה אַרְבֶּ֤ה אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will greatly multiply/increase the number of your offspring/descendants so that they will be” or “In fact, I will give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +22:17 ufpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “as many/numerous as the stars in the heavens/sky”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is comparing the number of stars and grains of sand to the number of descendants Abraham will have. There will be so many that no one can count them all (as in Gen 13:16 and 15:6). +22:17 bf0s וְ⁠כַ⁠ח֕וֹל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל שְׂפַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 “and as many/numerous as the grains of sand on the seashore,” +22:17 v3sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִרַ֣שׁ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 “and they will conquer the cities of all their enemies.” or “They will conquer/defeat all their enemies and rule over them.” or “Your offspring/descendants will …” Cities often had high stone walls surrounding them to protect the people inside. The gates in the walls were the only way to go in or out of a city. The idiom “possess the gates of … enemies” refers to taking control of the cities and conquering the people living there. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. 22:18 ropw בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In/Through your offspring/descendants” or “Because of your offspring/descendants” or “By means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in verse 17. -22:18 c2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all the nations/peoples of/on the earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups {that live} on the earth,” See how you translated a similar sentence (“in/through … all the … of/on the earth will be blessed”) in Gen 12:3 and 18:18. -22:18 emd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ בְּ⁠קֹלִֽ⁠י 1 “because you heeded/obeyed my command.” or “{I will do that} because you obeyed me.” Make sure your translation of “my voice” refers to what God commanded Abraham. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -22:19 nybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “After that, Abraham returned {with Isaac}” or “Afterwards/Then Abraham {and Isaac} went back”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham returned alone (without Isaac). -22:19 tr07 אֶל נְעָרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “to his/the {two} servants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verses 3 and 5. -22:19 tggg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּקֻ֛מוּ וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּ֖ו אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then they returned {home} together to {the city of} Beersheba,” or “Then together they {all} traveled {back} {home} to {the city of} Beersheba,” At that time, Abraham and his family were living in Beersheba (Gen 21:31-34). So in your translation, it should not sound like Beersheba was a new destination; they were returning home. -22:19 q7m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב אַבְרָהָ֖ם בִּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “and Abraham {and his family} stayed there.” or “and Abraham continued to live there {with his family}.” or “where Abraham {and his family} continued to live.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living alone in Beersheba apart from his family. +22:18 c2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all the nations/peoples of/on the earth will be blessed by me,” or “I will bless all the people/ethnic groups that live on the earth,” See how you translated a similar sentence (“in/through … all the … of/on the earth will be blessed”) in Gen 12:3 and 18:18. +22:18 emd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ בְּ⁠קֹלִֽ⁠י 1 “because you heeded/obeyed my command.” or “I will do that because you obeyed me.” Make sure your translation of “my voice” refers to what God commanded Abraham. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +22:19 nybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “After that, Abraham returned with Isaac” or “Afterwards/Then Abraham and Isaac went back”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham returned alone (without Isaac). +22:19 tr07 אֶל נְעָרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “to his/the two servants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verses 3 and 5. +22:19 tggg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּקֻ֛מוּ וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּ֖ו אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then they returned home together to the city of Beersheba,” or “Then together they all traveled back home to the city of Beersheba,” At that time, Abraham and his family were living in Beersheba (Gen 21:31-34). So in your translation, it should not sound like Beersheba was a new destination; they were returning home. +22:19 q7m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב אַבְרָהָ֖ם בִּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “and Abraham and his family stayed there.” or “and Abraham continued to live there with his family.” or “where Abraham and his family continued to live.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living alone in Beersheba apart from his family. 22:20 i6mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “Sometime after that” or “Sometime later”. This phrase introduces a new topic. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. 22:20 s6w0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “someone told Abraham,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -22:20 q12r הִ֠נֵּה 1 “Listen,” or “I have {some} news {for you}:” -22:20 g7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations יָלְדָ֨ה מִלְכָּ֥ה גַם הִ֛וא בָּנִ֖ים לְ⁠נָח֥וֹר אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Milcah the wife of your brother Nahor has born {some} sons for him,” or “your brother Nahor and his wife Milcah also have {some} sons,” For some languages it may be better to use an indirect quote in this verse and say, “Sometime later Abraham found out that his brother Nahor and {Nahor’s wife} Milcah had some sons,” Do what is best in your language. -22:21 wmd4 אֶת ע֥וּץ בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת בּ֣וּז אָחִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת קְמוּאֵ֖ל 1 “{including} their firstborn/oldest son Uz, then Buz and Kemuel,” or “The first/oldest son/one {is} Uz, {the second is} Buz, and {the third is} Kemuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -22:21 rvcd אֲבִ֥י אֲרָֽם 1 “{who is} the father of Aram.” or “who fathered Aram.” or “whose son is Aram.” -22:22 szt9 וְ⁠אֶת 1 “{They} also {have sons named}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the people listed in verse 22 were sons of Nahor and Milcah, not sons of Kemuel (verse 21). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +22:20 q12r הִ֠נֵּה 1 “Listen,” or “I have some news for you:” +22:20 g7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations יָלְדָ֨ה מִלְכָּ֥ה גַם הִ֛וא בָּנִ֖ים לְ⁠נָח֥וֹר אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Milcah the wife of your brother Nahor has born some sons for him,” or “your brother Nahor and his wife Milcah also have some sons,” For some languages it may be better to use an indirect quote in this verse and say, “Sometime later Abraham found out that his brother Nahor and Nahor’s wife Milcah had some sons,” Do what is best in your language. +22:21 wmd4 אֶת ע֥וּץ בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת בּ֣וּז אָחִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת קְמוּאֵ֖ל 1 “including their firstborn/oldest son Uz, then Buz and Kemuel,” or “The first/oldest son/one is Uz, the second is Buz, and the third is Kemuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +22:21 rvcd אֲבִ֥י אֲרָֽם 1 “who is the father of Aram.” or “who fathered Aram.” or “whose son is Aram.” +22:22 szt9 וְ⁠אֶת 1 “They also have sons named”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the people listed in verse 22 were sons of Nahor and Milcah, not sons of Kemuel (verse 21). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 22:22 zhtn כֶּ֣שֶׂד וְ⁠אֶת חֲז֔וֹ וְ⁠אֶת פִּלְדָּ֖שׁ וְ⁠אֶת יִדְלָ֑ף וְ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּתוּאֵֽל 1 “Kesed, Hazo, Pildash, Jidlaph, and Bethuel.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a conjunction between each name in this list (like Hebrew does), or only before the last name in the list. See what you did for a similar list of names in Gen 10:26-29. -22:23 hgj2 וּ⁠בְתוּאֵ֖ל יָלַ֣ד אֶת רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “Bethuel was the father of Rebekah.” or “Bethuel had {a daughter named} Rebekah.” Some translations put this sentence in parentheses to show that it is a separate comment by the author and not part of the previous quote. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27. -22:23 idq9 שְׁמֹנָ֥ה אֵ֨לֶּה֙ יָלְדָ֣ה מִלְכָּ֔ה לְ⁠נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Those {are} the eight {sons} {that} Milcah had for Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “Those {are} {the names of} the eight {sons} whom Abraham’s brother Nahor and {his wife} Milcah had together.” or “{Altogether} Milcah bore/had eight sons for Abraham’s brother Nahor.” -22:24 wjgn וּ⁠פִֽילַגְשׁ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֣⁠הּ רְאוּמָ֑ה וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד גַּם הִוא֙ 1 “Besides that, Nahor’s concubine/servant-wife Reumah also bore/had {some sons, whom they named}” or “In addition to that, Nahor and his concubine/servant-wife Reumah also had {some sons, including}” +22:23 hgj2 וּ⁠בְתוּאֵ֖ל יָלַ֣ד אֶת רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “Bethuel was the father of Rebekah.” or “Bethuel had a daughter named Rebekah.” Some translations put this sentence in parentheses to show that it is a separate comment by the author and not part of the previous quote. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27. +22:23 idq9 שְׁמֹנָ֥ה אֵ֨לֶּה֙ יָלְדָ֣ה מִלְכָּ֔ה לְ⁠נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Those are the eight sons that Milcah had for Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “Those are the names of the eight sons whom Abraham’s brother Nahor and his wife Milcah had together.” or “Altogether Milcah bore/had eight sons for Abraham’s brother Nahor.” +22:24 wjgn וּ⁠פִֽילַגְשׁ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֣⁠הּ רְאוּמָ֑ה וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד גַּם הִוא֙ 1 “Besides that, Nahor’s concubine/servant-wife Reumah also bore/had some sons, whom they named” or “In addition to that, Nahor and his concubine/servant-wife Reumah also had some sons, including” 22:24 ze05 אֶת טֶ֣בַח וְ⁠אֶת גַּ֔חַם וְ⁠אֶת תַּ֖חַשׁ וְ⁠אֶֽת מַעֲכָֽה 1 “Tebah, Gaham, Tahash, and Maacah.” See how you connected the list of names in verse 22. 23:1 y6lm וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ חַיֵּ֣י שָׂרָ֔ה מֵאָ֥ה שָׁנָ֛ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “Sarah lived 127 years” or “Sarah lived to be 127 years old” -23:1 xsnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנֵ֖י חַיֵּ֥י שָׂרָֽה 1 “{Yes,} that is how long she lived” or “That is how old she lived to be”. Consider whether it is better in your language to combine the last part of verse 1 with the beginning of verse 2 and say, “That is how old she was when she died in Kiriath Arba …” +23:1 xsnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנֵ֖י חַיֵּ֥י שָׂרָֽה 1 “Yes, that is how long she lived” or “That is how old she lived to be”. Consider whether it is better in your language to combine the last part of verse 1 with the beginning of verse 2 and say, “That is how old she was when she died in Kiriath Arba …” 23:2 gq6y וַ⁠תָּ֣מָת שָׂרָ֗ה 1 “Then she died” or “before she died”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. -23:2 uigf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 “in {the city of} Kiriath Arba,” or “in {the city of} Kiriath-arba,” You can spell this name as two words, as in the Hebrew text, or combine them into one word with or without a hyphen. Be consistent with how you spell this name throughout the Bible. -23:2 zc7g הִ֥וא חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 “which {is also/now called/named} Hebron,” or “also/now known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” The city of Kiriath Arba was later named Hebron (Joshua 14:15). -23:2 ptzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the land/region of/called Canaan.” For some languages it is more natural to put a general location before a specific location and say, “in the land of Canaan, in {the city of} Kiriath Arba, which {is} Hebron.” Do what is best in your language. -23:2 y3fa וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham went/came {to her}” or “Abraham went/came {to her side}” +23:2 uigf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 “in the city of Kiriath Arba,” or “in the city of Kiriath-arba,” You can spell this name as two words, as in the Hebrew text, or combine them into one word with or without a hyphen. Be consistent with how you spell this name throughout the Bible. +23:2 zc7g הִ֥וא חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 “which is also/now called/named Hebron,” or “also/now known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” The city of Kiriath Arba was later named Hebron (Joshua 14:15). +23:2 ptzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the land/region of/called Canaan.” For some languages it is more natural to put a general location before a specific location and say, “in the land of Canaan, in the city of Kiriath Arba, which is Hebron.” Do what is best in your language. +23:2 y3fa וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham went/came to her” or “Abraham went/came to her side” 23:2 d6r2 לִ⁠סְפֹּ֥ד לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה וְ⁠לִ⁠בְכֹּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “to mourn and weep/cry for her.” or “and cried and mourned for her.” For some languages it is necessary to translate this sentence using a verb form that expresses completion or past tense so that it is clear that Abraham actually did this. Do what is best in your language. -23:3 ad8l וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י 1 “Later he got/stood up from {mourning} beside” or “After a while, Abraham/he left” +23:3 ad8l וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י 1 “Later he got/stood up from mourning beside” or “After a while, Abraham/he left” 23:3 fwcx מֵת֑⁠וֹ 1 “her body,” or “her,” or “his wife’s body,” -23:3 l42n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֶל־בְּנֵי חֵ֖ת לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and he {went} to {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {at the city gates} {and} said to them,” The phrase “sons of Heth” refers to the descendants of Canaan’s son Heth (Genesis 10:15; 15:20) who are also known as the Hittites. Consider what is the best way to refer to them here in your language. Also, for some languages it is necessary to make it explicit here in verse 3 that Abraham went to the city gates to meet with the Hittites, rather than wait until verse 10 for that information. Do what is best in your language. -23:4 s4tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י 1 “I {am coming to you as}” or “{As you know,} I {am}” or “{Since} I {am}”. The leaders of the city already knew that Abraham was a foreigner, so make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like he is telling them something that they did not know. +23:3 l42n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֶל־בְּנֵי חֵ֖ת לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and he went to the leaders/elders of the Hittites at the city gates and said to them,” The phrase “sons of Heth” refers to the descendants of Canaan’s son Heth (Genesis 10:15; 15:20) who are also known as the Hittites. Consider what is the best way to refer to them here in your language. Also, for some languages it is necessary to make it explicit here in verse 3 that Abraham went to the city gates to meet with the Hittites, rather than wait until verse 10 for that information. Do what is best in your language. +23:4 s4tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י 1 “I am coming to you as” or “As you know, I am” or “Since I am”. The leaders of the city already knew that Abraham was a foreigner, so make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like he is telling them something that they did not know. 23:4 i6f1 גֵּר וְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֥ב 1 “a foreigner/outsider who has settled” or “a foreigner/outsider who is living”. See how you translated “foreigner” in Gen 15:13. -23:4 rxen rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “among you {and I have no land/property of my own}.” or “in your land {and/so I do not own any property here}.” It is implied by Abraham and understood by the Hittites that Abraham’s status as a foreigner means he owns no property. Consider whether or not to make this implied information explicit in your translation. -23:4 ck58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תְּנ֨וּ לִ֤⁠י 1 “{Please} give/sell me” or “{Please} let me buy”. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase sounds polite, not rude or demanding. -23:4 sf40 אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֨בֶר֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “{some} property/land among you” or “some of your land/property” -23:4 szs9 וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה מֵתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “so I have a place to take my dead/deceased {wife} and bury her.” or “where I can bury {the body of} my wife who has died.” or “so that I can give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial.” Translate this clause in a way that shows respect for the person who has died. -23:5 vukz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֧וּ בְנֵי־חֵ֛ת אֶת־אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{The leaders/elders of} the Hittites replied/responded to Abraham/him,” or “When {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {heard that}, they replied/responded,” See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verse 3. -23:6 r5h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נוּ אֲדֹנִ֗⁠י 1 “{Please} listen to our proposal, my/our lord/master.” or “Sir, {please} listen to what we propose:” Abraham was not their actual lord or master. Rather, the Hittites are addressing him in a respectful manner. Also, for some languages it is more natural or respectful to put the form of address “My lord” or “Sir” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. -23:6 dlnm נְשִׂ֨יא אֱלֹהִ֤ים אַתָּה֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “You {are} a powerful/important leader/man” or (2) “You {are} a leader/man of/from God”. The interpretation that you do not follow in your translation could be put in a footnote. -23:6 i7x9 בְּ⁠תוֹכֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “{living} among us.” or “{who lives} among our people.” -23:6 i3yv קְבֹ֖ר 1 “{So} {you may} bury/put”. Make sure that the reply of the Hittites sounds polite here in your translation. -23:6 bpqa אֶת מֵתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased {wife}” or “{the body of} your wife who has died” -23:6 y3g4 בְּ⁠מִבְחַ֣ר קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “in {any} one of our best” -23:6 pudg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “burial sites.” or “places to bury {people who have died}.” or “tombs.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{So please choose} {any} one of our best burial sites and bury/put your dead/deceased {wife} there.” Do what is best in your language. -23:6 j0hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אִ֣ישׁ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ אֶת קִבְר֛⁠וֹ לֹֽא יִכְלֶ֥ה מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ מִ⁠קְּבֹ֥ר 1 “Each of us is willing/happy to give you {some of} his land where you can bury” or “All of us are willing/happy for you to use {any of} our burial sites to bury” -23:6 p2vf מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased {wife}.” or “{the body of} your wife who has died.” or “her.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Sarah’s dead body here since it was just mentioned in the previous sentence. +23:4 rxen rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “among you and I have no land/property of my own.” or “in your land and/so I do not own any property here.” It is implied by Abraham and understood by the Hittites that Abraham’s status as a foreigner means he owns no property. Consider whether or not to make this implied information explicit in your translation. +23:4 ck58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תְּנ֨וּ לִ֤⁠י 1 “Please give/sell me” or “Please let me buy”. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase sounds polite, not rude or demanding. +23:4 sf40 אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֨בֶר֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “some property/land among you” or “some of your land/property” +23:4 szs9 וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה מֵתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “so I have a place to take my dead/deceased wife and bury her.” or “where I can bury the body of my wife who has died.” or “so that I can give my deceased wife a proper/decent burial.” Translate this clause in a way that shows respect for the person who has died. +23:5 vukz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֧וּ בְנֵי־חֵ֛ת אֶת־אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “The leaders/elders of the Hittites replied/responded to Abraham/him,” or “When the leaders/elders of the Hittites heard that, they replied/responded,” See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verse 3. +23:6 r5h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נוּ אֲדֹנִ֗⁠י 1 “Please listen to our proposal, my/our lord/master.” or “Sir, please listen to what we propose:” Abraham was not their actual lord or master. Rather, the Hittites are addressing him in a respectful manner. Also, for some languages it is more natural or respectful to put the form of address “My lord” or “Sir” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. +23:6 dlnm נְשִׂ֨יא אֱלֹהִ֤ים אַתָּה֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “You are a powerful/important leader/man” or (2) “You are a leader/man of/from God”. The interpretation that you do not follow in your translation could be put in a footnote. +23:6 i7x9 בְּ⁠תוֹכֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “living among us.” or “who lives among our people.” +23:6 i3yv קְבֹ֖ר 1 “So you may bury/put”. Make sure that the reply of the Hittites sounds polite here in your translation. +23:6 bpqa אֶת מֵתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased wife” or “the body of your wife who has died” +23:6 y3g4 בְּ⁠מִבְחַ֣ר קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “in any one of our best” +23:6 pudg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “burial sites.” or “places to bury people who have died.” or “tombs.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “So please choose any one of our best burial sites and bury/put your dead/deceased wife there.” Do what is best in your language. +23:6 j0hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אִ֣ישׁ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ אֶת קִבְר֛⁠וֹ לֹֽא יִכְלֶ֥ה מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ מִ⁠קְּבֹ֥ר 1 “Each of us is willing/happy to give you some of his land where you can bury” or “All of us are willing/happy for you to use any of our burial sites to bury” +23:6 p2vf מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased wife.” or “the body of your wife who has died.” or “her.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Sarah’s dead body here since it was just mentioned in the previous sentence. 23:7 x7ub וַ⁠יָּ֧קָם אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “So Abraham got/stood up” or “Abraham got/stood up”. The verb “got up” reflects the fact that Abraham and the leaders/elders of the Hittites were all sitting as they talked to each other. -23:7 erok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and bowed {in respect}” or “and bowed down/low {to the ground} {in respect}” or “and kneeled and touched his forehead to the ground {in respect}”. We do not know how far Abraham bowed down. He may have bowed his upper body from a standing position, or he may have knelt down and touched his forehead to the ground with his arms outstretched. -23:7 rwqv לְ⁠עַם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לִ⁠בְנֵי חֵֽת 1 “in front of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites, who owned the land {in the area}” or “before the leaders/elders over the Hittites”. The phrase “people of the land” is a term that refers to the leaders of that region who owned land in the area and were the ones to decide whether a foreigner could acquire land. +23:7 erok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and bowed in respect” or “and bowed down/low to the ground in respect” or “and kneeled and touched his forehead to the ground in respect”. We do not know how far Abraham bowed down. He may have bowed his upper body from a standing position, or he may have knelt down and touched his forehead to the ground with his arms outstretched. +23:7 rwqv לְ⁠עַם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לִ⁠בְנֵי חֵֽת 1 “in front of the leaders/elders of the Hittites, who owned the land in the area” or “before the leaders/elders over the Hittites”. The phrase “people of the land” is a term that refers to the leaders of that region who owned land in the area and were the ones to decide whether a foreigner could acquire land. 23:8 hd9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said to them,” or “Then he said to them,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to have two verbs or just one verb in this quote margin. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 23:8 ct9t אִם יֵ֣שׁ אֶֽת נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “If you are willing” -23:8 r7qy לִ⁠קְבֹּ֤ר אֶת מֵתִ⁠י֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “{for me} to bury my dead/deceased {wife} {here},” or “{to allow me} to bury {the body of} my wife who has died,” or “to {help/let me} give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial {here},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. -23:8 fqbj שְׁמָע֕וּ⁠נִי וּ⁠פִגְעוּ לִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן בֶּן צֹֽחַר 1 “{please} appeal to Ephron the son of Zohar on my behalf” or “{please} help me by asking Zohar’s son Ephron” +23:8 r7qy לִ⁠קְבֹּ֤ר אֶת מֵתִ⁠י֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “for me to bury my dead/deceased wife here,” or “to allow me to bury the body of my wife who has died,” or “to help/let me give my deceased wife a proper/decent burial here,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. +23:8 fqbj שְׁמָע֕וּ⁠נִי וּ⁠פִגְעוּ לִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן בֶּן צֹֽחַר 1 “please appeal to Ephron the son of Zohar on my behalf” or “please help me by asking Zohar’s son Ephron” 23:9 o16i וְ⁠יִתֶּן לִ֗⁠י 1 “to give/sell to me” -23:9 lpzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת מְעָרַ֤ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה שָׂדֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “his cave that is at the end/edge of his field in the Machpelah {area}.” Machpelah is the name of the area or neighborhood where Ephron’s cave and field were located (verse 17). +23:9 lpzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת מְעָרַ֤ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה שָׂדֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “his cave that is at the end/edge of his field in the Machpelah area.” Machpelah is the name of the area or neighborhood where Ephron’s cave and field were located (verse 17). 23:9 jtgy בְּ⁠כֶ֨סֶף מָלֵ֜א יִתְּנֶ֥⁠נָּה לִ֛⁠י 1 “Ask him to give/sell it to me for its full price/value” or “Ask him to sell it to me and I will pay him the full amount that it is worth” -23:9 g5xi בְּ⁠תוֹכְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “in front of you {all}” or “with all of you {present/here} to witness the sale” -23:9 kb9e לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “so that I will have land/property to bury {the body of my deceased wife}.” or “That way I will have a place {here} where I can bury {the body of my wife who has died}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -23:10 yfyu וְ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן יֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “Now Ephron the Hittite was sitting {there} {at the meeting} among the {other} Hittite leaders/elders,” or “Ephron was one of the Hittite leaders/elders who had gathered {there} {at the meeting},” -23:10 rq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ אֶת אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “so/and he replied to Abraham” -23:10 igbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֔ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites,” or “as/while the {other} leaders/elders listened,” -23:10 w1wf לְ⁠כֹ֛ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִיר֖⁠וֹ 1 “including everyone who had gathered {there} at their/the city gate,” The pronoun “his” refers back to “everyone” who had gathered at the city gate, not just one person. Also, in that culture, the leaders of a city would hold their meetings at the city gates, where they would make decisions on important matters such as the one Abraham brought before them. You could include that information in a footnote. +23:9 g5xi בְּ⁠תוֹכְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “in front of you all” or “with all of you present/here to witness the sale” +23:9 kb9e לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “so that I will have land/property to bury the body of my deceased wife.” or “That way I will have a place here where I can bury the body of my wife who has died.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +23:10 yfyu וְ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן יֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “Now Ephron the Hittite was sitting there at the meeting among the other Hittite leaders/elders,” or “Ephron was one of the Hittite leaders/elders who had gathered there at the meeting,” +23:10 rq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ עֶפְר֨וֹן הַ⁠חִתִּ֤י אֶת אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “so/and he replied to Abraham” +23:10 igbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֔ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of the leaders/elders of the Hittites,” or “as/while the other leaders/elders listened,” +23:10 w1wf לְ⁠כֹ֛ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִיר֖⁠וֹ 1 “including everyone who had gathered there at their/the city gate,” The pronoun “his” refers back to “everyone” who had gathered at the city gate, not just one person. Also, in that culture, the leaders of a city would hold their meetings at the city gates, where they would make decisions on important matters such as the one Abraham brought before them. You could include that information in a footnote. 23:10 r2ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “He said,” or “This is what he said:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 23:11 kb99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹֽא אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י 1 “That is not necessary, sir.” or “Sir, there is no need for that.” Make sure your translation of this phase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. -23:11 ektg שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “{Please} listen to this/my proposal:” or “{Please} accept this offer/proposal:” or “{Please} listen to what I am proposing:” -23:11 m2tk הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “I {hereby} give/offer you the {entire} field,” Ephron is making a formal proposal or offer. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -23:11 ut9u וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠ךָ֣ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “including the cave that {is} in it.” or “as well as the cave that {is} in it.” -23:11 frm9 נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ לָּ֖⁠ךְ 1 “I’m giving it/them to you {now/here}” -23:11 hebf לְ⁠עֵינֵ֧י בְנֵי עַמִּ֛⁠י 1 “in the sight/presence of the leaders/elders of my people.” or “as/while the leaders/elders of my people watch/listen {as witnesses}.” or “and {all} the leaders/elders of my people here are witnesses of this.” -23:11 z7u7 קְבֹ֥ר מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{You may/can} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” or “{Please go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {on that land}.” -23:12 c96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham bowed {again}” or “{Once again,} Abraham bowed”. See how you translated “bowed” in verse 7. -23:12 w96w עַ֥ם הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in front of the people/leaders/elders who owned the land {in the area},” or “before/to the leaders/elders {of/over the Hittites},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. You could translate this in a slightly different way here since these people have been referred to repeatedly before this. -23:13 zbz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל עֶפְר֜וֹן בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֤י עַם הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and he said to Ephron while the {rest of} the leaders/elders listened,” or “As/While they {all} listened, he/Abraham said to Ephron,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “in the ears of” in verse 10. -23:13 btl1 אַ֛ךְ 1 “Rather {than that},” or “Instead {of doing that},” -23:13 ul13 אִם אַתָּ֥ה ל֖וּ 1 “if you are willing,” or “since you are willing {to let me have the field},” In verses 9-15, Abraham and Ephron are bargaining indirectly with each other according to the customs of that culture and time. Keep that in mind as you translate their conversation. +23:11 ektg שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “Please listen to this/my proposal:” or “Please accept this offer/proposal:” or “Please listen to what I am proposing:” +23:11 m2tk הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “I hereby give/offer you the entire field,” Ephron is making a formal proposal or offer. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +23:11 ut9u וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠ךָ֣ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “including the cave that is in it.” or “as well as the cave that is in it.” +23:11 frm9 נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ לָּ֖⁠ךְ 1 “I’m giving it/them to you now/here” +23:11 hebf לְ⁠עֵינֵ֧י בְנֵי עַמִּ֛⁠י 1 “in the sight/presence of the leaders/elders of my people.” or “as/while the leaders/elders of my people watch/listen as witnesses.” or “and all the leaders/elders of my people here are witnesses of this.” +23:11 z7u7 קְבֹ֥ר מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “You may/can bury your dead/deceased wife there.” or “Please go ahead and bury your dead/deceased wife on that land.” +23:12 c96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham bowed again” or “Once again, Abraham bowed”. See how you translated “bowed” in verse 7. +23:12 w96w עַ֥ם הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in front of the people/leaders/elders who owned the land in the area,” or “before/to the leaders/elders of/over the Hittites,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. You could translate this in a slightly different way here since these people have been referred to repeatedly before this. +23:13 zbz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל עֶפְר֜וֹן בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֤י עַם הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and he said to Ephron while the rest of the leaders/elders listened,” or “As/While they all listened, he/Abraham said to Ephron,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “in the ears of” in verse 10. +23:13 btl1 אַ֛ךְ 1 “Rather than that,” or “Instead of doing that,” +23:13 ul13 אִם אַתָּ֥ה ל֖וּ 1 “if you are willing,” or “since you are willing to let me have the field,” In verses 9-15, Abraham and Ephron are bargaining indirectly with each other according to the customs of that culture and time. Keep that in mind as you translate their conversation. 23:13 nu5f שְׁמָעֵ֑⁠נִי 1 “please accept my proposal/offer.” or “please listen to what I am offering/proposing.” -23:13 dy0v נָתַ֜תִּי כֶּ֤סֶף הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “I will give/pay you the {full} price of what the field is worth.” or “I want to give/pay you the {full} price of/for the field.” -23:13 riop rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי 1 “{Please} take/accept my money/payment,” or “{Please} let me buy it from you,” -23:13 la7v וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת מֵתִ֖⁠י שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that I can bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife} there.” or “so that {the field will be mine and} I can bury {my wife} there who has died.” or “then I will have a place to bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife}.” +23:13 dy0v נָתַ֜תִּי כֶּ֤סֶף הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “I will give/pay you the full price of what the field is worth.” or “I want to give/pay you the full price of/for the field.” +23:13 riop rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי 1 “Please take/accept my money/payment,” or “Please let me buy it from you,” +23:13 la7v וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת מֵתִ֖⁠י שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that I can bury the body of my dead/deceased wife there.” or “so that the field will be mine and I can bury my wife there who has died.” or “then I will have a place to bury the body of my dead/deceased wife.” 23:14 p5za rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֧עַן עֶפְר֛וֹן אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Ephron said to Abraham,” or “Ephron responded to Abraham,” 23:15 ihwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י 1 “Sir,” See how you translated this respectful form of address in verses 6 and 11. -23:15 stvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “{please} listen to me.” See how you translated this clause in verse 13. Make sure Ephron sounds polite here in your translation. -23:15 tka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney אֶרֶץ֩ אַרְבַּ֨ע מֵאֹ֧ת שֶֽׁקֶל כֶּ֛סֶף 1 “The land/field {is worth} 400 shekels of silver.” or “If I were selling that land, it would cost 400 shekels of silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold, which was a weight measurement. Four hundred shekels of silver was about 10 pounds (4.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. See how you translated “shekels of silver” in Gen 20:16. -23:15 xoco בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “{However,} since you and I are friends,” or “{But} as far as you and I are concerned,” -23:15 efpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה הִ֑וא 1 “what {significance} {is} that?” or “that {is} not important.” or “I would not ask you to pay that.” or “there is no need for that.” Decide whether or not a rhetorical question fits here well in your language. -23:15 uilj וְ⁠אֶת מֵתְ⁠ךָ֖ קְבֹֽר 1 “So {go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” Consider again how you translated “bury … dead” in verses 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, and 15. +23:15 stvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “please listen to me.” See how you translated this clause in verse 13. Make sure Ephron sounds polite here in your translation. +23:15 tka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney אֶרֶץ֩ אַרְבַּ֨ע מֵאֹ֧ת שֶֽׁקֶל כֶּ֛סֶף 1 “The land/field is worth 400 shekels of silver.” or “If I were selling that land, it would cost 400 shekels of silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold, which was a weight measurement. Four hundred shekels of silver was about 10 pounds (4.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. See how you translated “shekels of silver” in Gen 20:16. +23:15 xoco בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “However, since you and I are friends,” or “But as far as you and I are concerned,” +23:15 efpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה הִ֑וא 1 “what significance is that?” or “that is not important.” or “I would not ask you to pay that.” or “there is no need for that.” Decide whether or not a rhetorical question fits here well in your language. +23:15 uilj וְ⁠אֶת מֵתְ⁠ךָ֖ קְבֹֽר 1 “So go ahead and bury your dead/deceased wife there.” Consider again how you translated “bury … dead” in verses 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, and 15. 23:16 g94w וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָהָם֮ אֶל עֶפְרוֹן֒ 1 “Abraham accepted Ephron’s price/offer,” or “Abraham agreed with Ephron’s price/offer,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham did not just hear what Ephron said, but also acted on it. 23:16 i5n2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁקֹ֤ל אַבְרָהָם֙ לְ⁠עֶפְרֹ֔ן 1 “and/so he paid Ephron/him” -23:16 jss8 אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֕סֶף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר 1 “the {amount of} silver that he/Ephron had stated/suggested” -23:16 x9sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of the {other} Hittite leaders/elders” or “as/while {the rest of} {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {watched and} listened”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 10. You might need to translate it differently here because of the different context. -23:16 wisp אַרְבַּ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שֶׁ֣קֶל כֶּ֔סֶף 1 “{which was} 400 shekels of silver,” or “{Abraham weighed the} 400 shekels of silver” -23:16 nryz עֹבֵ֖ר לַ⁠סֹּחֵֽר 1 “using/with the same kind of weights/scale that merchants used {to accurately weigh silver/things}.” or “using the standard shekel/weights that sellers/traders used {at that time}.” +23:16 jss8 אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֕סֶף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר 1 “the amount of silver that he/Ephron had stated/suggested” +23:16 x9sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of the other Hittite leaders/elders” or “as/while the rest of the leaders/elders of the Hittites watched and listened”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 10. You might need to translate it differently here because of the different context. +23:16 wisp אַרְבַּ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שֶׁ֣קֶל כֶּ֔סֶף 1 “which was 400 shekels of silver,” or “Abraham weighed the 400 shekels of silver” +23:16 nryz עֹבֵ֖ר לַ⁠סֹּחֵֽר 1 “using/with the same kind of weights/scale that merchants used to accurately weigh silver/things.” or “using the standard shekel/weights that sellers/traders used at that time.” 23:17 vy2y וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם שְׂדֵ֣ה עֶפְר֗וֹן 1 “So Ephron’s field” or “That is how the field that belonged to Ephron”. Verses 17-18 are a summary of the transaction between Ephron and Abraham. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like this was a second time that the field was sold. -23:17 aztc אֲשֶׁר֙ בַּ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֔ה 1 “that {was} in the Machpelah {area}” -23:17 x93p אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מַמְרֵ֑א 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” Mamre was another name for the city of Hebron (verse 19). The name probably came from Abraham’s friend and ally who lived there (Gen 13:18; 14:13). -23:17 r9zm הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֣ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{including both} the field and the cave that {was} in it,” or “including the cave that {was} in the field,” -23:17 may4 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עֵץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 “as well as all the trees that {were}” -23:17 d17x בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כָל גְּבֻל֖⁠וֹ סָבִֽיב 1 “in the field, {whatever was} inside its borders,” or “anywhere inside the borders/boundaries of the field,” -23:17 ua4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “was {officially/legally} deeded/sold {by Ephron}” or “Ephron deeded/sold {all of that}”. For some languages it may be better to break up this long sentence, change the order of the phrases in this verse, and say, “So Ephron sold his field {to Abraham}, including the cave that was in the field, as well as all the trees that were inside its boundaries. The field was in the Machpelah {area} near {the city of} Mamre. {Ephron sold the/that field} …” Do what is best in your language. +23:17 aztc אֲשֶׁר֙ בַּ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֔ה 1 “that was in the Machpelah area” +23:17 x93p אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מַמְרֵ֑א 1 “east of the city of Mamre,” or “near the city of Mamre,” Mamre was another name for the city of Hebron (verse 19). The name probably came from Abraham’s friend and ally who lived there (Gen 13:18; 14:13). +23:17 r9zm הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֣ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “including both the field and the cave that was in it,” or “including the cave that was in the field,” +23:17 may4 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עֵץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 “as well as all the trees that were” +23:17 d17x בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כָל גְּבֻל֖⁠וֹ סָבִֽיב 1 “in the field, whatever was inside its borders,” or “anywhere inside the borders/boundaries of the field,” +23:17 ua4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “was officially/legally deeded/sold by Ephron” or “Ephron deeded/sold all of that”. For some languages it may be better to break up this long sentence, change the order of the phrases in this verse, and say, “So Ephron sold his field to Abraham, including the cave that was in the field, as well as all the trees that were inside its boundaries. The field was in the Machpelah area near the city of Mamre. Ephron sold the/that field …” Do what is best in your language. 23:18 lkdc לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠מִקְנָ֖ה 1 “to Abraham as his property” or “to Abraham, and it became his possession/property” -23:18 y1ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the sight/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites” or “while {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites watched {as witnesses}”. See how you translated the idiom “before the eyes of” in verse 11. -23:18 ym12 בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִירֽ⁠וֹ 1 “including everyone who had gathered at their/the city gate/gates.” or “That included everyone who had met together at their/the city gate/gates.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “… to Abraham in front of {the leaders of} the Hittites who had gathered at the city gates, so that they all witnessed that the land was now Abraham’s property.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated a similar clause in verse 10. +23:18 y1ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the sight/presence of the leaders/elders of the Hittites” or “while the leaders/elders of the Hittites watched as witnesses”. See how you translated the idiom “before the eyes of” in verse 11. +23:18 ym12 בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִירֽ⁠וֹ 1 “including everyone who had gathered at their/the city gate/gates.” or “That included everyone who had met together at their/the city gate/gates.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “… to Abraham in front of the leaders of the Hittites who had gathered at the city gates, so that they all witnessed that the land was now Abraham’s property.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated a similar clause in verse 10. 23:19 vcro וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֩ 1 “After that,” or “After Abraham/he bought the field,” -23:19 dwvg קָבַ֨ר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham/he put/placed {the body of} his wife Sarah” -23:19 hrzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל מְעָרַ֞ת שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “in the cave in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Machpelah” in verses 9 and 17. -23:19 k7kw עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 17 and in Gen 14:13, 24; 18:1. -23:19 wb07 הִ֣וא חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “which {is also called/named} Hebron,” or “also known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” +23:19 dwvg קָבַ֨ר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham/he put/placed the body of his wife Sarah” +23:19 hrzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל מְעָרַ֞ת שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “in the cave in the field in the Machpelah area,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Machpelah” in verses 9 and 17. +23:19 k7kw עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “east of the city of Mamre,” or “near the city of Mamre,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 17 and in Gen 14:13, 24; 18:1. +23:19 wb07 הִ֣וא חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “which is also called/named Hebron,” or “also known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” 23:19 meyv בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the land/region called Canaan.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. -23:20 ujmp וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֧ה אֲשֶׁר־בּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “So {that is how} that field, including the cave that {was} in the field, was/were {officially/legally} sold to Abraham” or “So {in that way,} the field {of Ephron}, including …” Verse 20 is a concluding summary of chapter 23 and repeats parts of verses 17-18. Make sure that the way you translate this does not sound like Abraham bought another property from the Hittites. -23:20 z30w לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָ֑בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת 1 “by the Hittites as a burial place/site.” or “by the Hittites, so that he had a place where he could bury {his wife who had died}.” Consider again how you translated “a burial place” in verses 4, 9, and 20, and how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verses 3, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, and 20. -24:1 wzyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֣ם זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “Abraham had lived a long time and was {now} {very} old,” or “Abraham was very old now. He had lived many years,” or “Now Abraham had become very old,” Verse 1 gives the setting for the new episode and begins with a doublet that emphasizes how old Abraham was. Try to preserve this emphasis in a way that is natural in your translation. +23:20 ujmp וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֧ה אֲשֶׁר־בּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “So that is how that field, including the cave that was in the field, was/were officially/legally sold to Abraham” or “So in that way, the field of Ephron, including …” Verse 20 is a concluding summary of chapter 23 and repeats parts of verses 17-18. Make sure that the way you translate this does not sound like Abraham bought another property from the Hittites. +23:20 z30w לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָ֑בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת 1 “by the Hittites as a burial place/site.” or “by the Hittites, so that he had a place where he could bury his wife who had died.” Consider again how you translated “a burial place” in verses 4, 9, and 20, and how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verses 3, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, and 20. +24:1 wzyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֣ם זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “Abraham had lived a long time and was now very old,” or “Abraham was very old now. He had lived many years,” or “Now Abraham had become very old,” Verse 1 gives the setting for the new episode and begins with a doublet that emphasizes how old Abraham was. Try to preserve this emphasis in a way that is natural in your translation. 24:1 saka וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “and Yahweh had blessed him” or “and Yahweh had caused him to prosper”. See how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3. -24:1 mbdb בַּ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “in everything {he had done}.” or “in every way.” -24:2 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֗ם אֶל 1 “{One day} Abraham/he told”. Consider what is the best way to introduce the first event in this episode in your language. +24:1 mbdb בַּ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “in everything he had done.” or “in every way.” +24:2 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֗ם אֶל 1 “One day Abraham/he told”. Consider what is the best way to introduce the first event in this episode in your language. 24:2 joaf עַבְדּ⁠וֹ֙ זְקַ֣ן בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “the oldest servant in his household,” or “his senior/chief household servant,” 24:2 k6ua הַ⁠מֹּשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל 1 “who managed everything that he owned,” or “who took care of his entire estate for him,” -24:2 onzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֥חַת יְרֵכִֽ⁠י 1 “Please put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show that you will do what I ask}”. You can make the meaning of this custom explicit in your translation, or you can put that information in a footnote. What Abraham asks his servant to do here is part of the vow-making process in verse 3. -24:3 t966 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative וְ⁠אַשְׁבִּ֣יעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I want you to vow {to me}” or “and swear/vow {to me}” or “and make an unbreakable promise {to me}”. Decide the best way to translate this command in your language. Also, see how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23, and see the note about that there. +24:2 onzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֥חַת יְרֵכִֽ⁠י 1 “Please put your hand under my thigh/leg to show that you will do what I ask”. You can make the meaning of this custom explicit in your translation, or you can put that information in a footnote. What Abraham asks his servant to do here is part of the vow-making process in verse 3. +24:3 t966 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative וְ⁠אַשְׁבִּ֣יעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I want you to vow to me” or “and swear/vow to me” or “and make an unbreakable promise to me”. Decide the best way to translate this command in your language. Also, see how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23, and see the note about that there. 24:3 d82y בַּֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “with Yahweh as your witness, the God who rules/created the heavens and the earth,” See how you translated “the heavens and the earth” in Gen 1:1. -24:3 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “that you will not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {Isaac} {to marry} from {among}” or “that you will not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Isaac” explicit here in verse 3 rather than wait until the end of verse 4. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21. -24:3 twy1 מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י יוֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “the Canaanite women whom we live among” or “{any of} the Canaanite women who live around us here”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him. +24:3 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “that you will not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son Isaac to marry from among” or “that you will not arrange for my son Isaac to marry”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Isaac” explicit here in verse 3 rather than wait until the end of verse 4. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21. +24:3 twy1 מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י יוֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “the Canaanite women whom we live among” or “any of the Canaanite women who live around us here”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him. 24:4 bs9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative כִּ֧י & תֵּלֵ֑ךְ 1 “Rather/Instead, you must go” or “Rather/Instead, I want you to go” -24:4 ph6k אֶל אַרְצִ֛⁠י 1 “to my {home} country” or “to the country/region where I grew up” or “to the country that I came from” -24:4 x63y וְ⁠אֶל מוֹלַדְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “to my relatives/family/kinfolk {who live there},” -24:4 e2z3 וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “and find/choose a wife/woman {from there} for my son Isaac {to marry}.” or “and get/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for him {to marry}.” or “and arrange for him to marry one of their daughters.” The way you refer to Isaac here will depend on how you referred to him in verse 3. -24:5 b2aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָ⁠עֶ֔בֶד 1 “Then the servant asked Abraham,” or “But {Abraham’s} servant asked him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language so that it fits the context well. -24:5 m0tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אוּלַי֙ 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 18:24, 28, 29. -24:5 rr5r הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “{when I find} that {young} woman, she” +24:4 ph6k אֶל אַרְצִ֛⁠י 1 “to my home country” or “to the country/region where I grew up” or “to the country that I came from” +24:4 x63y וְ⁠אֶל מוֹלַדְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “to my relatives/family/kinfolk who live there,” +24:4 e2z3 וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “and find/choose a wife/woman from there for my son Isaac to marry.” or “and get/choose a wife/woman from among them for him to marry.” or “and arrange for him to marry one of their daughters.” The way you refer to Isaac here will depend on how you referred to him in verse 3. +24:5 b2aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָ⁠עֶ֔בֶד 1 “Then the servant asked Abraham,” or “But Abraham’s servant asked him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language so that it fits the context well. +24:5 m0tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אוּלַי֙ 1 “Suppose that” or “What should I do if”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 18:24, 28, 29. +24:5 rr5r הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “the young woman I find/choose” or “when I find that young woman, she” 24:5 jvcj לֹא תֹאבֶ֣ה 1 “does not want/agree” or “refuses” -24:5 jx2t לָ⁠לֶ֥כֶת אַחֲרַ֖⁠י 1 “to come/go {back} with me” or “to follow me {back}” -24:5 j84a אֶל הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “to this land {to live}?” or “to {live in} this land?” -24:5 qysv הֶֽ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב אָשִׁיב֙ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “{In that case,} should I take your son” or “Do you want me to {then} take your son back {there}” -24:5 xbaf אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר יָצָ֥אתָ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “to your {home} country {to marry her} {and live there}?” or “{to live} in your {home} country?” +24:5 jx2t לָ⁠לֶ֥כֶת אַחֲרַ֖⁠י 1 “to come/go back with me” or “to follow me back” +24:5 j84a אֶל הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “to this land to live?” or “to live in this land?” +24:5 qysv הֶֽ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב אָשִׁיב֙ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In that case, should I take your son” or “Do you want me to then take your son back there” +24:5 xbaf אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר יָצָ֥אתָ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “to your home country to marry her and live there?” or “to live in your home country?” 24:6 t4c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Abraham said/replied to his servant,” or “Abraham answered him,” or “Abraham replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin at this point in the conversation. -24:6 z1c6 הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ פֶּן תָּשִׁ֥יב אֶת בְּנִ֖⁠י 1 “{No,} be/make sure that you never take my son back” or “{No,} you must definitely not/never take my son back” -24:6 lauy שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “there {to live}” or “to my home country/land {to live}” -24:7 kqni יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “{because} Yahweh, the God who rules/created the heavens,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 7 gives the reason for verse 6. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, and see how you translated “the God of the heavens” in verse 3. -24:7 m7st אֲשֶׁ֨ר לְקָחַ֜⁠נִי מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֮ 1 “brought/led me {here} from my father’s household” -24:7 krl7 וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מֽוֹלַדְתִּ⁠י֒ 1 “and from the land where {the rest of} my relatives/family live,” +24:6 z1c6 הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ פֶּן תָּשִׁ֥יב אֶת בְּנִ֖⁠י 1 “No, be/make sure that you never take my son back” or “No, you must definitely not/never take my son back” +24:6 lauy שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “there to live” or “to my home country/land to live” +24:7 kqni יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “because Yahweh, the God who rules/created the heavens,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 7 gives the reason for verse 6. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, and see how you translated “the God of the heavens” in verse 3. +24:7 m7st אֲשֶׁ֨ר לְקָחַ֜⁠נִי מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֮ 1 “brought/led me here from my father’s household” +24:7 krl7 וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מֽוֹלַדְתִּ⁠י֒ 1 “and from the land where the rest of my relatives/family live,” 24:7 fb50 וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּר לִ֜⁠י וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִֽשְׁבַּֽע לִ⁠י֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and he vowed to me,” or “and he made an oath/vow to me and said,” or “and he made an unbreakable promise to me and said,” -24:7 t9zo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants” or “that he would/will give this land {where we live} to my descendants”. The phrase “this land” refers to the land of Canaan here, not the land where Abraham’s relatives lived. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct quote or an indirect quote. -24:7 zrxe ה֗וּא יִשְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאָכ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “He will send one of his angels ahead of you {to guide/help you},” If you begin a new sentence here, make sure that the previous sentence is well-formed and complete in your language. Also, see how you translated “angel” in Gen 22:11, 15. -24:7 ksow וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ 1 “so that you will {be able to} find/choose” or “so that you can find/get” -24:7 tdz1 אִשָּׁ֛ה לִ⁠בְנִ֖⁠י מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “a wife/woman from there for my son {to marry}” or “a wife/woman from my home country/land for my son {to marry}.” See how you translated “take/find a wife for” in verses 3-4. -24:8 wcpk וְ⁠אִם & הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ 1 “However, if the woman {you find/choose}” +24:7 t9zo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants” or “that he would/will give this land where we live to my descendants”. The phrase “this land” refers to the land of Canaan here, not the land where Abraham’s relatives lived. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct quote or an indirect quote. +24:7 zrxe ה֗וּא יִשְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאָכ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “He will send one of his angels ahead of you to guide/help you,” If you begin a new sentence here, make sure that the previous sentence is well-formed and complete in your language. Also, see how you translated “angel” in Gen 22:11, 15. +24:7 ksow וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ 1 “so that you will be able to find/choose” or “so that you can find/get” +24:7 tdz1 אִשָּׁ֛ה לִ⁠בְנִ֖⁠י מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “a wife/woman from there for my son to marry” or “a wife/woman from my home country/land for my son to marry.” See how you translated “take/find a wife for” in verses 3-4. +24:8 wcpk וְ⁠אִם & הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ 1 “However, if the woman you find/choose” 24:8 y2r9 לֹ֨א תֹאבֶ֤ה 1 “does not want” or “refuses”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5. -24:8 rfey לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “to come {back} {here} with you,” or “to follow you {back} {here},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“to come with me”) in verse 5. -24:8 mdi5 מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י זֹ֑את 1 “then you will be released/free from {keeping} this oath/vow that I am asking/requesting you to swear/make {today/now}.” or “then you will not have to keep/fulfill this binding/unbreakable promise that you are swearing/making to me {today/now}.” An oath is a serious, unbreakable promise or vow that is made before God to guarantee that it will be fulfilled. See how you translated the verb form of this word (“swear” or “vow”) in verse 3. -24:8 eey0 רַ֣ק 1 “Just” or “But {no matter what happens,}” +24:8 rfey לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “to come back here with you,” or “to follow you back here,” See how you translated a similar phrase (“to come with me”) in verse 5. +24:8 mdi5 מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י זֹ֑את 1 “then you will be released/free from keeping this oath/vow that I am asking/requesting you to swear/make today/now.” or “then you will not have to keep/fulfill this binding/unbreakable promise that you are swearing/making to me today/now.” An oath is a serious, unbreakable promise or vow that is made before God to guarantee that it will be fulfilled. See how you translated the verb form of this word (“swear” or “vow”) in verse 3. +24:8 eey0 רַ֣ק 1 “Just” or “But no matter what happens,” 24:8 rucb אֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א תָשֵׁ֖ב שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “you must not/never take my son back to my home country/land!” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6. -24:9 qz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֶת יָד֔⁠וֹ תַּ֛חַת יֶ֥רֶךְ אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲדֹנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So the/Abraham’s servant put his hand under his master/owner Abraham’s thigh/leg”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. Also, in that culture, people owned servants and had complete authority over them. Make sure your translation of “master” and “servant” does not imply that the servant was mistreated. Servants were treated well, could hold important positions and were often considered as members of the master’s family. See how you translated a related term “mistress/owner” in Gen 16:4, 8-9. +24:9 qz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם הָ⁠עֶ֨בֶד֙ אֶת יָד֔⁠וֹ תַּ֛חַת יֶ֥רֶךְ אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲדֹנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So the/Abraham’s servant put his hand under his master/owner Abraham’s thigh/leg”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. Also, in that culture, people owned servants and had complete authority over them. Make sure your translation of “master” and “servant” does not imply that the servant was mistreated. Servants were treated well, could hold important positions and were often considered as members of the master’s family. See how you translated a related term “mistress/owner” in Gen 16:4, 8-9. 24:9 ezs1 וַ⁠יִּשָּׁ֣בַֽע ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and vowed to him” or “and made an oath/vow to him” or “and made an unbreakable promise to him”. See how you translated “swore” in verse 7 and “swear” in verse 3. 24:9 w2zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “that he would do what he/Abraham had requested/told him to do.” or “that he would go get/find a wife/woman for Isaac.” Some languages need to make explicit what “this matter” refers to. Do what is best in your language. -24:10 l8l3 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח הָ֠⁠עֶבֶד עֲשָׂרָ֨ה גְמַלִּ֜ים מִ⁠גְּמַלֵּ֤י אֲדֹנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then/Next he got ten of his master’s camels ready {for the trip}”. Make sure that your translation of “took” does not imply that the servant stole the camels or valuable things from Abraham. Rather, the “good things” that he loaded on the camels included things that he would give as gifts to Isaac’s relatives (verse 53). Also, see how you translated “camels” in Gen 12:16. -24:10 zzj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ וְ⁠כָל ט֥וּב אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּ֗קָם 1 “and left {with some other servants}, taking with him many of his master’s valuable things {to give as gifts}. Then he” or “and after he loaded them with all kinds of valuable things from his master {to use as gifts}, he left {with some other servants} and”. For some languages, it is best to make it explicit here in verse 10 that other servants went with Abraham’s chief servant, rather than have them appear suddenly in verse 32. Do what is best in your language. -24:10 cwi1 וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל 1 “and made the {long} journey/trip to” or “Then he traveled to”. This was about a 800 kilometer (500 mile) trip and would take camels about seventeen days to complete. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:10 in1t אֲרַ֥ם נַֽהֲרַ֖יִם 1 “{the region of} Aram Naharaim,” +24:10 l8l3 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח הָ֠⁠עֶבֶד עֲשָׂרָ֨ה גְמַלִּ֜ים מִ⁠גְּמַלֵּ֤י אֲדֹנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then/Next he got ten of his master’s camels ready for the trip”. Make sure that your translation of “took” does not imply that the servant stole the camels or valuable things from Abraham. Rather, the “good things” that he loaded on the camels included things that he would give as gifts to Isaac’s relatives (verse 53). Also, see how you translated “camels” in Gen 12:16. +24:10 zzj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ וְ⁠כָל ט֥וּב אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּ֗קָם 1 “and left with some other servants, taking with him many of his master’s valuable things to give as gifts. Then he” or “and after he loaded them with all kinds of valuable things from his master to use as gifts, he left with some other servants and”. For some languages, it is best to make it explicit here in verse 10 that other servants went with Abraham’s chief servant, rather than have them appear suddenly in verse 32. Do what is best in your language. +24:10 cwi1 וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל 1 “and made the long journey/trip to” or “Then he traveled to”. This was about a 800 kilometer (500 mile) trip and would take camels about seventeen days to complete. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +24:10 in1t אֲרַ֥ם נַֽהֲרַ֖יִם 1 “the region of Aram Naharaim,” 24:10 pnrb אֶל עִ֥יר נָחֽוֹר 1 “to Nahor’s city.” or “to the city where Nahor lived.” Nahor lived in the city of Haran (Gen 11:31-32). That information could be put in a footnote. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Nahor owned the city. -24:11 sqc8 וַ⁠יַּבְרֵ֧ךְ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֛ים מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “{When they arrived there,} Abraham’s servant had the camels kneel/lie down {to rest} outside the city” -24:11 csy7 אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “near its well” or “by/near the {community/public} well {that was there}”. Each town or city had a well where people from the city came to get their water. See how you translated “well of water” in Gen 21:19. You might need to translate this in a slightly different way here because of the different context. +24:11 sqc8 וַ⁠יַּבְרֵ֧ךְ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֛ים מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “When they arrived there, Abraham’s servant had the camels kneel/lie down to rest outside the city” +24:11 csy7 אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “near its well” or “by/near the community/public well that was there”. Each town or city had a well where people from the city came to get their water. See how you translated “well of water” in Gen 21:19. You might need to translate this in a slightly different way here because of the different context. 24:11 qle5 לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב 1 “It was evening time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:11 ct2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠עֵ֖ת צֵ֥את הַ⁠שֹּׁאֲבֹֽת 1 “the time when the {young} women {of the city} came out to draw/get water {from the well} {for their families/homes}.” or “when the {young} women {of the city} were starting to come out {to the well} to draw/get water {for their families/homes}.” In that time and culture, there was no running water in homes so people had to come out to the city well to get water for their families. +24:11 ct2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠עֵ֖ת צֵ֥את הַ⁠שֹּׁאֲבֹֽת 1 “the time when the young women of the city came out to draw/get water from the well for their families/homes.” or “when the young women of the city were starting to come out to the well to draw/get water for their families/homes.” In that time and culture, there was no running water in homes so people had to come out to the city well to get water for their families. 24:12 jy5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֓ר 1 “Then Abraham’s servant said/prayed,” Consider what is the best way to begin this paragraph in your language. -24:12 ws5i יְהוָ֗ה 1 “{Dear/Oh} Yahweh,” Consider what is the best way to begin this prayer in your language. -24:12 i0vz אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves,” -24:12 hwr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Please be kind/gracious to my master by helping me succeed today.” or “Please show your kindness to my master today by helping me {find a wife/woman for his son to marry}.” Do what is best in your language. +24:12 ws5i יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Dear/Oh Yahweh,” Consider what is the best way to begin this prayer in your language. +24:12 i0vz אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “who is the God who takes care of my master Abraham,” or “who is the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves,” +24:12 hwr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Please be kind/gracious to my master by helping me succeed today.” or “Please show your kindness to my master today by helping me find a wife/woman for his son to marry.” Do what is best in your language. 24:12 cv0l הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “please help me do what I have come here to do today” or “please help me succeed today” -24:12 ixjs וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם 1 “and {in that way} show kindness to” or “and be kind to” +24:12 ixjs וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם 1 “and in that way show kindness to” or “and be kind to” 24:12 cgxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “my master.” or “him.” -24:13 fd2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. Make sure in your translation that what Abraham’s servant says here to Yahweh sounds polite and respectful, not rude, demanding, or complaining. Also, he is not telling God something that God did not already know. +24:13 fd2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, here I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing here beside/near”. Make sure in your translation that what Abraham’s servant says here to Yahweh sounds polite and respectful, not rude, demanding, or complaining. Also, he is not telling God something that God did not already know. 24:13 ulm2 עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “this spring/well,” or “this spring-fed well,” The phrase “spring of water” (here and in verse 16) refers to the same well that is referred to in verses 11 and 20, which means that this was probably a spring-fed well. Some translation teams use only one term to refer to this spring or well throughout this chapter in order to prevent confusion. Decide what is best in your language. 24:13 awnn וּ⁠בְנוֹת֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 “and the daughters of the townspeople” or “and the young women of/from the city” -24:13 jc9y יֹצְאֹ֖ת לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֥ב מָֽיִם 1 “are coming out {here} to draw/get water.” See how you translated “draw/get water” in verse 11. -24:14 fw47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה 1 “{Please} make it happen {that}”. Make sure that your translation of the servant’s request to God sounds polite. +24:13 jc9y יֹצְאֹ֖ת לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֥ב מָֽיִם 1 “are coming out here to draw/get water.” See how you translated “draw/get water” in verse 11. +24:14 fw47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה 1 “Please make it happen that”. Make sure that your translation of the servant’s request to God sounds polite. 24:14 w6tq הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֹמַ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “when I say to one of the young women,” The phrase “young woman” is actually a single word in Hebrew (like the old English words “damsel” and “maiden”) and refers to a young woman who is old enough to get married, but has never been married before. Some languages have a single word for this; other languages prefer a phrase. -24:14 qkdm הַטִּי נָ֤א כַדֵּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Please lower your {water} jar/jug/pot”. The water containers that people used were usually made out of clay. -24:14 avo0 וְ⁠אֶשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “so that I can drink {some water},” or “so that I can have/take a drink {of water},” -24:14 mgn6 וְ⁠אָמְרָ֣ה 1 “and/if she says/replies {to me},” or “she will say {to me},” -24:14 ych4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “Have/Take a drink, and I will also draw/get water for your camels”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make one or both of the two embedded direct quotes in this verse into indirect quotes. For example you could say, “{Please} make it happen that when I ask one of the young women to lower her jug so that I can have a drink {of water}, she will offer me a drink and will also offer to draw water for my camels.” Do what is best in your language. -24:14 tgbs אֹתָ֤⁠הּ הֹכַ֨חְתָּ֙ 1 “{Then I will know that} she {is the one} you have chosen”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:14 hmob לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “{as a wife} for your servant Isaac.” or “to be the wife of Isaac who serves you,” -24:14 ys98 וּ⁠בָ֣⁠הּ אֵדַ֔ע כִּי עָשִׂ֥יתָ חֶ֖סֶד עִם אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “and that you have been kind/gracious to my master {Abraham}.” See how you translated “show kindness toward” in verse 12. -24:15 b9n9 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ה֗וּא טֶרֶם֮ כִּלָּ֣ה לְ⁠דַבֵּר֒ 1 “Before Abraham’s servant had {even} finished speaking/praying {to God},” Many translations omit the phrase “Then it happened”, but this phrase emphasizes the events that follow it and adds suspense, so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Do what is natural in your language. -24:15 e70q וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “just then {he saw}” or “suddenly {he saw}”. This phrase spotlights Rebekah and shows that she is the center of attention. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -24:15 h8p0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants רִבְקָ֣ה יֹצֵ֗את 1 “{a young woman named} Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce Rebekah here for the first time in this episode. Some translations use an exclamation point to help show the excitement. +24:14 qkdm הַטִּי נָ֤א כַדֵּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Please lower your water jar/jug/pot”. The water containers that people used were usually made out of clay. +24:14 avo0 וְ⁠אֶשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “so that I can drink some water,” or “so that I can have/take a drink of water,” +24:14 mgn6 וְ⁠אָמְרָ֣ה 1 “and/if she says/replies to me,” or “she will say to me,” +24:14 ych4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “Have/Take a drink, and I will also draw/get water for your camels”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make one or both of the two embedded direct quotes in this verse into indirect quotes. For example you could say, “Please make it happen that when I ask one of the young women to lower her jug so that I can have a drink of water, she will offer me a drink and will also offer to draw water for my camels.” Do what is best in your language. +24:14 tgbs אֹתָ֤⁠הּ הֹכַ֨חְתָּ֙ 1 “Then I will know that she is the one you have chosen”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +24:14 hmob לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “as a wife for your servant Isaac.” or “to be the wife of Isaac who serves you,” +24:14 ys98 וּ⁠בָ֣⁠הּ אֵדַ֔ע כִּי עָשִׂ֥יתָ חֶ֖סֶד עִם אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “and that you have been kind/gracious to my master Abraham.” See how you translated “show kindness toward” in verse 12. +24:15 b9n9 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ה֗וּא טֶרֶם֮ כִּלָּ֣ה לְ⁠דַבֵּר֒ 1 “Before Abraham’s servant had even finished speaking/praying to God,” Many translations omit the phrase “Then it happened”, but this phrase emphasizes the events that follow it and adds suspense, so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Do what is natural in your language. +24:15 e70q וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “just then he saw” or “suddenly he saw”. This phrase spotlights Rebekah and shows that she is the center of attention. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +24:15 h8p0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants רִבְקָ֣ה יֹצֵ֗את 1 “a young woman named Rebekah coming out of the city”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce Rebekah here for the first time in this episode. Some translations use an exclamation point to help show the excitement. 24:15 mbyu אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֻלְּדָה֙ לִ⁠בְתוּאֵ֣ל 1 “She was the daughter of Bethuel,” or “Her father was Bethuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:15 xu2z בֶּן מִלְכָּ֔ה אֵ֥שֶׁת נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{who was} the son of Milcah and Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “and his/Bethuel’s parents were Abraham’s brother Nahor and Milcah.” -24:15 fygo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כַדָּ֖⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “She was carrying her/a water jug on her shoulder.” or “She had her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Rebekah was coming out {of the city} with/carrying her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” Do what is best in your language. +24:15 xu2z בֶּן מִלְכָּ֔ה אֵ֥שֶׁת נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “who was the son of Milcah and Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “and his/Bethuel’s parents were Abraham’s brother Nahor and Milcah.” +24:15 fygo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כַדָּ֖⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “She was carrying her/a water jug on her shoulder.” or “She had her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Rebekah was coming out of the city with/carrying her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” Do what is best in your language. 24:16 zld1 וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ טֹבַ֤ת מַרְאֶה֙ מְאֹ֔ד בְּתוּלָ֕ה 1 “She/Rebekah was a very beautiful unmarried young woman,” See how you translated “young woman” in verses 14 and 15. -24:16 ig54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֹ֣א יְדָעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “whom no man had ever slept with.” or “who had never slept with a man.” or “who had never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” See how you translated the idiom “not known a man” in Gen 19:8. +24:16 ig54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֹ֣א יְדָעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “whom no man had ever slept with.” or “who had never slept with a man.” or “who had never had marital/sexual relations with a man.” See how you translated the idiom “not known a man” in Gen 19:8. 24:16 q92s וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶד 1 “She went/walked down”. Notice that the spring or well was at a place that was lower than the place where Abraham’s servant was standing. 24:16 x0t1 הָ⁠עַ֔יְנָ⁠ה 1 “to the spring/well” or “to the spring-fed well,” See how you translated “spring” in verse 13. -24:16 vgr9 וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֥א כַדָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “filled her jar/jug {with water},” -24:16 vj4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּֽעַל 1 “and came/walked {back} up {with/carrying it on her shoulder}.” If it is not clear, you may need to make it explicit in your translation that Rebekah still had the jar with her when she came up from the well or spring, especially since she lowers it from her shoulder in verse 18. -24:17 vyeh וַ⁠יָּ֥רָץ הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then {Abraham’s} servant ran/hurried to meet the young woman” or “Then the servant ran up to her” -24:17 wg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to her},” or “and requested,” +24:16 vgr9 וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֥א כַדָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “filled her jar/jug with water,” +24:16 vj4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּֽעַל 1 “and came/walked back up with/carrying it on her shoulder.” If it is not clear, you may need to make it explicit in your translation that Rebekah still had the jar with her when she came up from the well or spring, especially since she lowers it from her shoulder in verse 18. +24:17 vyeh וַ⁠יָּ֥רָץ הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then Abraham’s servant ran/hurried to meet the young woman” or “Then the servant ran up to her” +24:17 wg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said to her,” or “and requested,” 24:17 fsbq הַגְמִיאִ֥י⁠נִי נָ֛א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Please let me have a little water to drink from your jar/jug.” or “Please give me a little drink/water from your jar/jug.” 24:18 ecr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “She replied,” -24:18 x3u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁתֵ֣ה אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{Please} have a drink, sir.” or “{Certainly,} sir, {you may} have a drink.” Make sure that Rebekah’s reply is polite and respectful in your language, though the way she addresses Abraham’s servant should not make it sound like she is his slave. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 23:6, 11, 15. -24:18 o34c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תֹּ֧רֶד כַּדָּ֛⁠הּ עַל יָדָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Then she quickly lowered her jar/jug {from her shoulder} to her hands” -24:18 emj4 וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “and let him drink {some water} {from it}.” or “and let him have a drink.” +24:18 x3u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁתֵ֣ה אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “Please have a drink, sir.” or “Certainly, sir, you may have a drink.” Make sure that Rebekah’s reply is polite and respectful in your language, though the way she addresses Abraham’s servant should not make it sound like she is his slave. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 23:6, 11, 15. +24:18 o34c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תֹּ֧רֶד כַּדָּ֛⁠הּ עַל יָדָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Then she quickly lowered her jar/jug from her shoulder to her hands” +24:18 emj4 וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “and let him drink some water from it.” or “and let him have a drink.” 24:19 xr9p וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ל לְ⁠הַשְׁקֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “After he finished drinking,” or “After that,” -24:19 nl7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “she said/offered {to him},” -24:19 gdym גַּ֤ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶשְׁאָ֔ב 1 “Let me also draw/get water for {all} your camels” +24:19 nl7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “she said/offered to him,” +24:19 gdym גַּ֤ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶשְׁאָ֔ב 1 “Let me also draw/get water for all your camels” 24:19 g95q עַ֥ד אִם כִּלּ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁתֹּֽת 1 “until they have had enough to drink.” or “until they are done.” -24:20 llu6 וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תְּעַ֤ר כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 “Then/So she quickly emptied/poured {the rest of the water from} her jar/jug”. See how you translated “Then she hurried and” in verse 18. -24:20 xlk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶל הַ⁠שֹּׁ֔קֶת 1 “into the {animal} {drinking} trough/place {that was there}” or “into the {stone} trough/container/thing {that was there for animals to drink out of}”. The drinking trough was a long, open stone container that several animals could drink from at the same time. -24:20 brw2 וַ⁠תָּ֥רָץ ע֛וֹד אֶֽל הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֑ב 1 “and ran back {and forth} to the well to draw/get {more water},” -24:20 zyv5 וַ⁠תִּשְׁאַ֖ב לְ⁠כָל גְּמַלָּֽי⁠ו 1 “until she had drawn/brought {enough} for all of the camels.” -24:21 qhyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מִשְׁתָּאֵ֖ה לָ֑⁠הּ מַחֲרִ֕ישׁ 1 “Meanwhile the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her/Rebekah {and waited}” or “While she/Rebekah was doing that, the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her”. Starting in verse 21 the Hebrew text takes Rebekah and Laban’s perspective and refers to Abraham’s servant as “the man”. This continues until verse 34, when the servant tells everyone that he is Abraham’s servant. For some languages this is confusing (because it sounds like two different people), so for those languages it is necessary to refer to him as “Abraham’s servant” or “the servant” throughout this chapter. -24:21 mzx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠דַ֗עַת הַֽ⁠הִצְלִ֧יחַ יְהוָ֛ה דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ אִם לֹֽא 1 “to find out whether or not Yahweh had made him successful on his journey/trip {to find a wife for Isaac}.” or “to know/see for sure whether/if Yahweh had given him success on his journey/trip.” -24:22 z0mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלּ֤וּ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּים֙ לִ⁠שְׁתּ֔וֹת 1 “Finally, when the camels had finished drinking,” or “After {all} the camels had drunk as much water as they wanted {and Rebekah had stopped drawing/fetching water},” -24:22 sg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ נֶ֣זֶם זָהָ֔ב בֶּ֖קַע מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ 1 “the/Abraham's servant brought out a gold nose ring weighing one beka {and gave it to Rebekah/her}” or “the/Abraham's servant gave {Rebekah/her} a gold nose ring that weighed one beka”. Many translation teams keep the numbers and the names of weights that are used in the Bible text in their translation, and they may or may not put the modern equivalents in pounds or grams in a footnote. Other teams do the opposite. One beka was about 1/5 of an ounce (5.5 grams), and ten shekels (See below) was about 4 ounces (110 grams). +24:20 llu6 וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תְּעַ֤ר כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 “Then/So she quickly emptied/poured the rest of the water from her jar/jug”. See how you translated “Then she hurried and” in verse 18. +24:20 xlk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶל הַ⁠שֹּׁ֔קֶת 1 “into the animal drinking trough/place that was there” or “into the stone trough/container/thing that was there for animals to drink out of”. The drinking trough was a long, open stone container that several animals could drink from at the same time. +24:20 brw2 וַ⁠תָּ֥רָץ ע֛וֹד אֶֽל הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֑ב 1 “and ran back and forth to the well to draw/get more water,” +24:20 zyv5 וַ⁠תִּשְׁאַ֖ב לְ⁠כָל גְּמַלָּֽי⁠ו 1 “until she had drawn/brought enough for all of the camels.” +24:21 qhyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מִשְׁתָּאֵ֖ה לָ֑⁠הּ מַחֲרִ֕ישׁ 1 “Meanwhile the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her/Rebekah and waited” or “While she/Rebekah was doing that, the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her”. Starting in verse 21 the Hebrew text takes Rebekah and Laban’s perspective and refers to Abraham’s servant as “the man”. This continues until verse 34, when the servant tells everyone that he is Abraham’s servant. For some languages this is confusing (because it sounds like two different people), so for those languages it is necessary to refer to him as “Abraham’s servant” or “the servant” throughout this chapter. +24:21 mzx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠דַ֗עַת הַֽ⁠הִצְלִ֧יחַ יְהוָ֛ה דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ אִם לֹֽא 1 “to find out whether or not Yahweh had made him successful on his journey/trip to find a wife for Isaac.” or “to know/see for sure whether/if Yahweh had given him success on his journey/trip.” +24:22 z0mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלּ֤וּ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּים֙ לִ⁠שְׁתּ֔וֹת 1 “Finally, when the camels had finished drinking,” or “After all the camels had drunk as much water as they wanted and Rebekah had stopped drawing/fetching water,” +24:22 sg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ נֶ֣זֶם זָהָ֔ב בֶּ֖קַע מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ 1 “the/Abraham's servant brought out a gold nose ring weighing one beka and gave it to Rebekah/her” or “the/Abraham's servant gave Rebekah/her a gold nose ring that weighed one beka”. Many translation teams keep the numbers and the names of weights that are used in the Bible text in their translation, and they may or may not put the modern equivalents in pounds or grams in a footnote. Other teams do the opposite. One beka was about 1/5 of an ounce (5.5 grams), and ten shekels (See below) was about 4 ounces (110 grams). 24:22 szjk וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤י צְמִידִים֙ & זָהָ֖ב 1 “He also gave her two gold bracelets”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 24:22 afe9 עַל יָדֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “for her wrists”. The Hebrew term is ambiguous here; it can refer to hands, arms, or wrists. However in this context, the bracelets would have been put on the arms or the wrists. -24:22 pn2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight עֲשָׂרָ֥ה & מִשְׁקָלָֽ⁠ם 1 “that weighed ten shekels {each}.” or “Each bracelet weighed ten shekels.” -24:23 ivak rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then he said {to her/Rebekah},” or “Then he asked {her/Rebekah},” -24:23 m6vp בַּת מִ֣י אַ֔תְּ הַגִּ֥ידִי נָ֖א לִ֑⁠י 1 “Please tell me who your father {is}.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The phrase “Please tell me” can go: (1) with the previous question (“Whose daughter {are} you?”); or (2) with the following question (“Is there a place...to lodge?”). Since Abraham’s servant’s goal was to find a wife for Isaac who was one of Abraham’s relatives, the first interpretation seems most likely. -24:23 t1yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֲ⁠יֵ֧שׁ בֵּית אָבִ֛י⁠ךְ מָק֥וֹם 1 “{Also,} is there {enough} room/space at/in his house” or “{Also,} does your father have enough/any room in/at his house”. If you made “your father” explicit in the previous sentence, it may be more natural to refer to him with the pronoun “his” in this sentence. +24:22 pn2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight עֲשָׂרָ֥ה & מִשְׁקָלָֽ⁠ם 1 “that weighed ten shekels each.” or “Each bracelet weighed ten shekels.” +24:23 ivak rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then he said to her/Rebekah,” or “Then he asked her/Rebekah,” +24:23 m6vp בַּת מִ֣י אַ֔תְּ הַגִּ֥ידִי נָ֖א לִ֑⁠י 1 “Please tell me who your father is.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The phrase “Please tell me” can go: (1) with the previous question (“Whose daughter are you?”); or (2) with the following question (“Is there a place...to lodge?”). Since Abraham’s servant’s goal was to find a wife for Isaac who was one of Abraham’s relatives, the first interpretation seems most likely. +24:23 t1yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֲ⁠יֵ֧שׁ בֵּית אָבִ֛י⁠ךְ מָק֥וֹם 1 “Also, is there enough room/space at/in his house” or “Also, does your father have enough/any room in/at his house”. If you made “your father” explicit in the previous sentence, it may be more natural to refer to him with the pronoun “his” in this sentence. 24:23 pzbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֖⁠נוּ 1 “for me and my men”. The pronoun “us” includes other servants who came with Abraham’s chief servant (as verse 32 shows). If your language has inclusive and exclusive forms of this pronoun, you should use the exclusive form here. -24:23 zoch לָ⁠לִֽין 1 “to spend the night {there}?” or “to stay {there} tonight?” +24:23 zoch לָ⁠לִֽין 1 “to spend the night there?” or “to stay there tonight?” 24:24 edbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “She/Rebekah answered him,” or “She/Rebekah replied,” -24:24 v7bk בַּת בְּתוּאֵ֖ל אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “My father {is} Bethuel,” or “Bethuel {is} my father,” or “My father’s name {is} Bethuel,” -24:24 l5rk בֶּן מִלְכָּ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠נָחֽוֹר 1 “{who is} a son of Milcah and Nahor.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” Make sure the way you translate this does not sound like Bethuel was the only son of Milcah and Nahor; they had eight sons (Gen 22: 21-22). Also, in some cultures the father’s name is normally given first; in other cultures the mother’s name is normally first. +24:24 v7bk בַּת בְּתוּאֵ֖ל אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “My father is Bethuel,” or “Bethuel is my father,” or “My father’s name is Bethuel,” +24:24 l5rk בֶּן מִלְכָּ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠נָחֽוֹר 1 “who is a son of Milcah and Nahor.” or “and he is one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” Make sure the way you translate this does not sound like Bethuel was the only son of Milcah and Nahor; they had eight sons (Gen 22: 21-22). Also, in some cultures the father’s name is normally given first; in other cultures the mother’s name is normally first. 24:25 pbeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then she added/continued,” Some languages leave this quote margin implied here, because the same person is still talking to the same person. Other languages can keep the quote margin (like the Hebrew text does), to emphasize what Rebekah says next. The quote margin may also indicate that Rebekah paused before she said what she says in verse 25. -24:25 wijh גַּם תֶּ֥בֶן גַּם מִסְפּ֖וֹא רַ֣ב עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “We have plenty of both straw and {other} feed {at our house} {for the/your camels to eat},” The term “fodder” refers to dry feed that is prepared for animals to eat; it can include chopped hay and grains such as oats and barley. -24:25 dj14 גַּם מָק֖וֹם 1 “{and there is} also {enough} room {at/in his/our house} {for all of you}” -24:25 c715 לָ⁠לֽוּן 1 “to spend the night {there}.” or “to stay {there} tonight.” See how you translated this in verse 23. +24:25 wijh גַּם תֶּ֥בֶן גַּם מִסְפּ֖וֹא רַ֣ב עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “We have plenty of both straw and other feed at our house for the/your camels to eat,” The term “fodder” refers to dry feed that is prepared for animals to eat; it can include chopped hay and grains such as oats and barley. +24:25 dj14 גַּם מָק֖וֹם 1 “and there is also enough room at/in his/our house for all of you” +24:25 c715 לָ⁠לֽוּן 1 “to spend the night there.” or “to stay there tonight.” See how you translated this in verse 23. 24:26 g67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֣ד הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “Then the/Abraham’s servant bowed to the ground and worshiped/thanked Yahweh,” See how you translated “bowed” in Gen 18:2; 19:1. The word “prostrated” means he bowed low to the ground and touched his face or forehead to the ground with outstretched arms, in an act of worship. When combined with “bowed down” as in this verse, it is usually translated as “worshiped”. 24:27 kzzy וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “by saying,” or “He said,” The servant is worshiping God by bowing down and by what he says in verse 27. 24:27 lmcg בָּר֤וּךְ יְהוָה֙ 1 “Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” See how you translated this in Gen 9:26. -24:27 w2ii אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves”. See how you translated “God of my master Abraham” in verse 12. +24:27 w2ii אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God who takes care of my master Abraham” or “who is the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves”. See how you translated “God of my master Abraham” in verse 12. 24:27 r1xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹֽא עָזַ֥ב חַסְדּ֛⁠וֹ וַ⁠אֲמִתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “He has never stopped being kind and faithful to my master,” or “He has always been kind and faithful to my master,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “kindness” in verses 12 and 14. The phrase “not abandoned” is a way of emphasizing that Yahweh had always been kind and faithful to Abraham. -24:27 inzl אָנֹכִ֗י בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ נָחַ֣⁠נִי יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and he has guided me on the road/journey {here}” or “{Yes,} Yahweh/he guided me on the/my journey/trip {here}”. The last part of verse 27 is what Abraham’s servant is praising God for; it is an example of how God has been kind and faithful to Abraham. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:27 ddm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֖ית אֲחֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{to} the home of my master’s relatives/family!” or “{to} the home where my master’s relatives/family live!” or “to my master’s relatives.” -24:28 easg וַ⁠תָּ֨רָץ֙ הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֔ 1 “Then Rebekah ran/hurried {home}”. See how you translated “young woman” previously in this chapter, and consider what is the best way to refer to Rebekah here. +24:27 inzl אָנֹכִ֗י בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ נָחַ֣⁠נִי יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and he has guided me on the road/journey here” or “Yes, Yahweh/he guided me on the/my journey/trip here”. The last part of verse 27 is what Abraham’s servant is praising God for; it is an example of how God has been kind and faithful to Abraham. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +24:27 ddm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֖ית אֲחֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “to the home of my master’s relatives/family!” or “to the home where my master’s relatives/family live!” or “to my master’s relatives.” +24:28 easg וַ⁠תָּ֨רָץ֙ הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֔ 1 “Then Rebekah ran/hurried home”. See how you translated “young woman” previously in this chapter, and consider what is the best way to refer to Rebekah here. 24:28 tpgz וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֖ד 1 “and reported to” or “and told” or “and shared the news with” -24:28 j74h לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אִמָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “{the people in} her mother’s household/family” +24:28 j74h לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אִמָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “the people in her mother’s household/family” 24:28 fyzw כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “about what had happened.” or “about what the man/servant had said to her.” -24:29 w36y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָ֥ה אָ֖ח 1 “Now {it so happened that} Rebekah had a brother” or “Rebekah had a brother”. Laban was Rebekah’s older brother. Some languages have a specific term for “older brother” that fits well here. Also, consider what is the best way to introduce this background information in your language. -24:29 fm49 וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֑ן 1 “whose name {was} Laban,” or “named Laban,” +24:29 w36y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָ֥ה אָ֖ח 1 “Now it so happened that Rebekah had a brother” or “Rebekah had a brother”. Laban was Rebekah’s older brother. Some languages have a specific term for “older brother” that fits well here. Also, consider what is the best way to introduce this background information in your language. +24:29 fm49 וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֑ן 1 “whose name was Laban,” or “named Laban,” 24:29 natm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ לָבָ֧ן 1 “and he ran/hurried/rushed” or “Laban/He ran/hurried” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Laban here in your language. 24:29 awi9 אֶל הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ הַ⁠ח֖וּצָ⁠ה אֶל הָ⁠עָֽיִן 1 “out to the spring/well where the man/servant was.” or “to where the man/servant was standing beside the spring/well.” 24:30 isaz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כִּ⁠רְאֹ֣ת 1 “This is how it was/happened: When he/Laban had seen” or “As soon as he/Laban had seen”. Verse 30 is a flashback of what had happened before Laban ran to the well (verse 29). Consider what is the best way to express this in your language. For some languages it may be necessary to combine verses 29-30 and put the sentences in the order that things actually happened. For example, “Now Rebekah had a brother named Laban. When he saw the nose ring and the bracelets she was wearing and heard her tell what the man had said to her, he hurried out to meet the man. He found/saw him standing with his camels beside the well.” If you do this, you would mark these combined verses as 29-30. 24:30 ez7q אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֗זֶם וְֽ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמִדִים֮ עַל יְדֵ֣י אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֒ 1 “the nose ring that his sister was wearing and the bracelets on her arms” or “the nose ring and the bracelets that his sister was wearing”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger sister” that fits well here. Also see how you translated “nose ring” and “bracelets” in verse 22. -24:30 xs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְע֗⁠וֹ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֞י רִבְקָ֤ה אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כֹּֽה דִבֶּ֥ר אֵלַ֖⁠י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and had heard her announce/tell/report what the man {at the well} had said to her,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or indirect quote here. If you want to make it clear who “the man” refers to, you should still translate it generally, for example, “the man {I met at the well}” because when Rebekah said this, she did not yet know who he was. -24:30 d8fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אֶל הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “he went {out} to {where} the man/servant {was},” or “he went {out} to meet him,” +24:30 xs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְע֗⁠וֹ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֞י רִבְקָ֤ה אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כֹּֽה דִבֶּ֥ר אֵלַ֖⁠י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and had heard her announce/tell/report what the man at the well had said to her,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or indirect quote here. If you want to make it clear who “the man” refers to, you should still translate it generally, for example, “the man I met at the well” because when Rebekah said this, she did not yet know who he was. +24:30 d8fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אֶל הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “he went out to where the man/servant was,” or “he went out to meet him,” 24:30 uddd וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד 1 “and there he was, standing” or “He found/saw him standing”. The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:30 a99n עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים עַל הָ⁠עָֽיִן 1 “with {his} camels at/beside the spring/well.” or “beside/near the spring/well with {his} camels.” -24:31 wip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Laban said {to him},” or “Then Laban said {to the man/servant},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Laban is the one talking here. Consider whether or not to include whom he is speaking to in this quote margin. -24:31 y53b בּ֖וֹא 1 “Come {with me},” or “{Please} come {stay with us},” -24:31 ogj3 בְּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֑ה 1 “{you who are} blessed by Yahweh.” or “you whom Yahweh has blessed.” +24:30 a99n עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים עַל הָ⁠עָֽיִן 1 “with his camels at/beside the spring/well.” or “beside/near the spring/well with his camels.” +24:31 wip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Laban said to him,” or “Then Laban said to the man/servant,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Laban is the one talking here. Consider whether or not to include whom he is speaking to in this quote margin. +24:31 y53b בּ֖וֹא 1 “Come with me,” or “Please come stay with us,” +24:31 ogj3 בְּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֑ה 1 “you who are blessed by Yahweh.” or “you whom Yahweh has blessed.” 24:31 q7mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה תַעֲמֹד֙ בַּ⁠ח֔וּץ 1 “There is no need for you to stand out here.” Laban is being polite here, not accusing or critical. For some languages a rhetorical question does not fit here. Do what is best in your language. -24:31 megh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ פִּנִּ֣יתִי הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 “I have gotten our house ready {for you and your men to stay with us}” or “because the house is prepared/ready {for you and your men to lodge/stay there}”. Consider whether or not it is necessary in your translation to make any implied information explicit in this sentence. -24:31 kwgr וּ⁠מָק֖וֹם 1 “and {there is also} a place” or “and {we also have} room/space {there}” -24:31 kki6 לַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “for {your} camels {to stay}.” or “where your camels can stay.” -24:32 dix2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה 1 “Then the man/servant went/came home {with Laban}.” or “So Abraham’s servant went/came to Laban’s house.” The Hebrew verb can be translated “went” or “came”, depending on the perspective that is taken. Do what is most natural in your language. -24:32 ib7t וַ⁠יְפַתַּ֖ח הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֑ים 1 “{When they arrived there,} Laban unloaded the camels” or “There Laban took the loads off the camels”. The Hebrew text (“he”) is ambiguous here, but since Laban was the host it is most likely that he (or some of his servants) took care of the camels for his guests. -24:32 bzwz וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן תֶּ֤בֶן וּ⁠מִסְפּוֹא֙ לַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “and he gave straw and {other} feed to them {to eat}.” or “and fed them straw and {other} fodder/feed.” See how you translated “straw and fodder” in verse 25. -24:32 a0rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠רְחֹ֣ץ רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רַגְלֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{He} also {gave/brought} water to the/Abraham’s servant and the men who {were} with him, to wash {the dust/dirt off} their feet.” or “{He} also {brought} water for the/Abraham’s servant and his men to wash {the road dust/dirt off} their feet.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham’s chief servant washed the feet of the other servants who were with him; each person washed off his own feet. See how you translated “wash {the dust off} your feet” in Gen 19:2. -24:33 k5bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ו⁠יישם לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֔ל 1 “Then they served/brought the servant {and his men} some food,” or “After that, {Laban’s family} served/provided them a meal to eat,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a passive or active construction here. -24:33 nh5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “but the man/servant said {to them},” or “but the man/servant said {to Laban’s family},” -24:33 uwhs לֹ֣א אֹכַ֔ל עַ֥ד אִם דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי דְּבָרָ֑⁠י 1 “I will/must not eat {anything} until I have told you my message.” or “Before I will/can eat {anything}, I need to tell {you} why I am here.” -24:33 n8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So/Then Laban replied,” or “Laban responded {to him},” -24:33 l3yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness דַּבֵּֽר 1 “{Please} tell {us} {what you have/want to say}.” or “{Go ahead and} tell {us} {your message}.” Make sure the way you translate this sounds polite. -24:34 du15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/So the man/servant told {them},” Consider again how you referred to “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29-34, and see the note about that at verse 21. -24:34 qggc עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אָנֹֽכִי 1 “I {am} Abraham’s {chief/head} servant.” +24:31 megh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ פִּנִּ֣יתִי הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 “I have gotten our house ready for you and your men to stay with us” or “because the house is prepared/ready for you and your men to lodge/stay there”. Consider whether or not it is necessary in your translation to make any implied information explicit in this sentence. +24:31 kwgr וּ⁠מָק֖וֹם 1 “and there is also a place” or “and we also have room/space there” +24:31 kki6 לַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “for your camels to stay.” or “where your camels can stay.” +24:32 dix2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה 1 “Then the man/servant went/came home with Laban.” or “So Abraham’s servant went/came to Laban’s house.” The Hebrew verb can be translated “went” or “came”, depending on the perspective that is taken. Do what is most natural in your language. +24:32 ib7t וַ⁠יְפַתַּ֖ח הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֑ים 1 “When they arrived there, Laban unloaded the camels” or “There Laban took the loads off the camels”. The Hebrew text (“he”) is ambiguous here, but since Laban was the host it is most likely that he (or some of his servants) took care of the camels for his guests. +24:32 bzwz וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן תֶּ֤בֶן וּ⁠מִסְפּוֹא֙ לַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “and he gave straw and other feed to them to eat.” or “and fed them straw and other fodder/feed.” See how you translated “straw and fodder” in verse 25. +24:32 a0rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠רְחֹ֣ץ רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רַגְלֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He also gave/brought water to the/Abraham’s servant and the men who were with him, to wash the dust/dirt off their feet.” or “He also brought water for the/Abraham’s servant and his men to wash the road dust/dirt off their feet.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham’s chief servant washed the feet of the other servants who were with him; each person washed off his own feet. See how you translated “wash the dust off your feet” in Gen 19:2. +24:33 k5bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ו⁠יישם לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֔ל 1 “Then they served/brought the servant and his men some food,” or “After that, Laban’s family served/provided them a meal to eat,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a passive or active construction here. +24:33 nh5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “but the man/servant said to them,” or “but the man/servant said to Laban’s family,” +24:33 uwhs לֹ֣א אֹכַ֔ל עַ֥ד אִם דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי דְּבָרָ֑⁠י 1 “I will/must not eat anything until I have told you my message.” or “Before I will/can eat anything, I need to tell you why I am here.” +24:33 n8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So/Then Laban replied,” or “Laban responded to him,” +24:33 l3yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness דַּבֵּֽר 1 “Please tell us what you have/want to say.” or “Go ahead and tell us your message.” Make sure the way you translate this sounds polite. +24:34 du15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/So the man/servant told them,” Consider again how you referred to “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29-34, and see the note about that at verse 21. +24:34 qggc עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אָנֹֽכִי 1 “I am Abraham’s chief/head servant.” 24:35 qtao וַ⁠יהוָ֞ה בֵּרַ֧ךְ אֶת אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י מְאֹ֖ד 1 “Yahweh has abundantly blessed/prospered my master,” -24:35 l2c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “so that he is wealthy.” or “and as a result, he is {very} wealthy.” -24:35 vm28 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֞⁠וֹ צֹ֤אן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 “Yahweh has given him {many} sheep and cattle,” This is the beginning of a list of what Yahweh had given Abraham. Consider the most natural way to list items in your language. Also, see how you translated “flocks and herds” in Gen 13:5. -24:35 itd0 וְ⁠כֶ֣סֶף וְ⁠זָהָ֔ב 1 “{much} silver and gold,” See how you translated “silver and gold” in Gen 13:2. -24:35 zdh6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִם֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “{many} men and women slaves/servants” or “{many} male and female slaves/servants,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:14. -24:35 m8rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 22:3. +24:35 l2c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “so that he is wealthy.” or “and as a result, he is very wealthy.” +24:35 vm28 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֞⁠וֹ צֹ֤אן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 “Yahweh has given him many sheep and cattle,” This is the beginning of a list of what Yahweh had given Abraham. Consider the most natural way to list items in your language. Also, see how you translated “flocks and herds” in Gen 13:5. +24:35 itd0 וְ⁠כֶ֣סֶף וְ⁠זָהָ֔ב 1 “much silver and gold,” See how you translated “silver and gold” in Gen 13:2. +24:35 zdh6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִם֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “many men and women slaves/servants” or “many male and female slaves/servants,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:14. +24:35 m8rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and many camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 22:3. 24:36 i0d4 וַ⁠תֵּ֡לֶד שָׂרָה֩ אֵ֨שֶׁת אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י בֵן֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Besides that, my master’s wife Sarah bore him a son” or “Also, my master’s wife Sarah gave birth to a son for him” -24:36 hcrs אַחֲרֵ֖י זִקְנָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “in her old age,” or “after/when she was {very} old,” +24:36 hcrs אַחֲרֵ֖י זִקְנָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “in her old age,” or “after/when she was very old,” 24:36 mfzs וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and my master has given him” or “and my master has given his/that son” 24:36 r0lf אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “everything that he owns.” or “all of his possessions/property.” -24:37 y61j וַ⁠יַּשְׁבִּעֵ֥⁠נִי אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “{Before I came here,} my master made/had me vow {to do something for him},” or “{Before I came here,} my master asked me to make an unbreakable promise to him,” See how you translated “swear” in verse 3, and “swore” in verses 7 and 9. -24:37 p6d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and he said {to me},” or “He said,” or “This is what he said {to me}:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:37 iobw לֹא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “You must not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {to marry}” or “You must not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry {any of}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. -24:37 ywdr מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י 1 “from {among} the Canaanite women” or “{any of} the Canaanite women” +24:37 y61j וַ⁠יַּשְׁבִּעֵ֥⁠נִי אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “Before I came here, my master made/had me vow to do something for him,” or “Before I came here, my master asked me to make an unbreakable promise to him,” See how you translated “swear” in verse 3, and “swore” in verses 7 and 9. +24:37 p6d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and he said to me,” or “He said,” or “This is what he said to me:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +24:37 iobw לֹא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “You must not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son to marry” or “You must not arrange for my son Isaac to marry any of”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. +24:37 ywdr מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י 1 “from among the Canaanite women” or “any of the Canaanite women” 24:37 b049 אָנֹכִ֖י יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “whose land we have been living in” or “whom we live among in this land”. As in verse 3, make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham lived by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him. 24:38 gjyw אִם לֹ֧א 1 “Rather/Instead,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. After you translate a section, it is a good habit to read through it at normal speed as you pay attention to where it is best to begin new sentences so that sentences and paragraphs flow well and it is easy for people to read. 24:38 kiae אֶל בֵּית אָבִ֛⁠י תֵּלֵ֖ךְ 1 “go to my father’s household/family,” or “go to where my father’s family lives,” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 7. -24:38 y1u6 וְ⁠אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “to my {own} relatives,” -24:38 tx7r וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִֽ⁠י 1 “and get/find/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for my son {to marry}.” +24:38 y1u6 וְ⁠אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “to my own relatives,” +24:38 tx7r וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִֽ⁠י 1 “and get/find/choose a wife/woman from among them for my son to marry.” 24:39 ua91 וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “So I asked my master,” -24:39 n7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אֻלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5. -24:39 c5j4 הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “when I find that {young} woman, she” -24:39 xe6y לֹא תֵלֵ֥ךְ & אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “does not {want/agree to} come/go {back/home} with me?” or “refuses to come {back} {here} with me?” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5. +24:39 n7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אֻלַ֛י 1 “Suppose that” or “What should I do if”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5. +24:39 c5j4 הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “the young woman I find/choose” or “when I find that young woman, she” +24:39 xe6y לֹא תֵלֵ֥ךְ & אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “does not want/agree to come/go back/home with me?” or “refuses to come back here with me?” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5. 24:40 pkj1 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “He answered/told me,” or “He replied to me,” 24:40 t9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְהוָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר הִתְהַלַּ֣כְתִּי לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Yahweh, whose presence I walk/live in,” or “Yahweh whom I serve/obey,” See how you translated “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1. This idiom implies that Abraham lived according to God’s will. 24:40 h5z2 יִשְׁלַ֨ח מַלְאָכ֤⁠וֹ 1 “will send one of his angels”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. -24:40 yx7b אִתָּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “{to go} with you” or “to accompany you” +24:40 yx7b אִתָּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “to go with you” or “to accompany you” 24:40 j6mg וְ⁠הִצְלִ֣יחַ 1 “to make your journey successful,” or “He will make you succeed on your journey,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:40 h9kc וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֤ אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּחְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “so that you will/can get/find/choose a wife for my son from {among} my relatives,” or “so that you can arrange for my son to marry a woman who is one of my relatives,” See how you translated “clan” in verse 38, and consider again how you translated “take a wife for my son” in verses 3, 4, 7, 37-38. -24:40 cmgn וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{someone} {who is} from my father’s family.” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 38. +24:40 h9kc וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֤ אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּחְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “so that you will/can get/find/choose a wife for my son from among my relatives,” or “so that you can arrange for my son to marry a woman who is one of my relatives,” See how you translated “clan” in verse 38, and consider again how you translated “take a wife for my son” in verses 3, 4, 7, 37-38. +24:40 cmgn וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “someone who is from my father’s family.” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 38. 24:41 o0q5 אָ֤ז 1 “At that/this time” or “But if this happens,” or “There is a situation/circumstance when”. The word “Then” is a special Hebrew word that can mean “at that time” and implies here that the servant’s question (in verse 39) is now being addressed specifically. -24:41 po5g תִּנָּקֶה֙ מֵ⁠אָ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from {keeping} the/your oath/vow {you are making} to me:” or “you will not have/need to fulfill the/your vow to me:” -24:41 r5dm כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֤א יִתְּנוּ֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “When/After you go to my clan/family {and find a wife/woman for Isaac}, if they are not willing to let her go with you,” or “If you find a wife for Isaac but my family refuses to let the woman {you have found/chosen} leave with you,” -24:41 l25u וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ נָקִ֖י מֵ⁠אָלָתִֽ⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from {keeping} the/your oath/vow {that you are making} to me.” or “you will not have/need to keep/fulfill the unbreakable promise {you are making} to me.” See how you translated “clear from” earlier in this verse and in verse 8. -24:42 a11b וָ⁠אָבֹ֥א הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם אֶל הָ⁠עָ֑יִן 1 “Then today when I arrived at {your city’s} spring/well,” or “{Abraham’s servant said/continued,} “Then today when I arrived at {your city’s} spring/well,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the servant is now talking about himself. He is no longer quoting Abraham (whose words ended in verse 41). -24:42 avgw וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר יְהוָה֙ 1 “I prayed, ‘{Oh/Dear} Yahweh,” See how you began the prayer in verse 12. -24:42 f4wp אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. +24:41 po5g תִּנָּקֶה֙ מֵ⁠אָ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from keeping the/your oath/vow you are making to me:” or “you will not have/need to fulfill the/your vow to me:” +24:41 r5dm כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֤א יִתְּנוּ֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “When/After you go to my clan/family and find a wife/woman for Isaac, if they are not willing to let her go with you,” or “If you find a wife for Isaac but my family refuses to let the woman you have found/chosen leave with you,” +24:41 l25u וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ נָקִ֖י מֵ⁠אָלָתִֽ⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from keeping the/your oath/vow that you are making to me.” or “you will not have/need to keep/fulfill the unbreakable promise you are making to me.” See how you translated “clear from” earlier in this verse and in verse 8. +24:42 a11b וָ⁠אָבֹ֥א הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם אֶל הָ⁠עָ֑יִן 1 “Then today when I arrived at your city’s spring/well,” or “Abraham’s servant said/continued, “Then today when I arrived at your city’s spring/well,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the servant is now talking about himself. He is no longer quoting Abraham (whose words ended in verse 41). +24:42 avgw וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר יְהוָה֙ 1 “I prayed, ‘Oh/Dear Yahweh,” See how you began the prayer in verse 12. +24:42 f4wp אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “who is the God who takes care of my master Abraham,” or “who is the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. 24:42 e7rf אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ 1 “if you are willing,” or “if you agree,” 24:42 mkmv נָּא֙ מַצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֔⁠י 1 “please give me success on/during this journey/trip” or “please make me successful on this journey/trip”. See how you translated this clause in verses 21 and 40. 24:42 m2hh אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י הֹלֵ֥ךְ עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “that I have made/undertaken.” -24:43 mjv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. See how you translated this in verse 13. -24:43 w9vs עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “{this} spring/well.” or “{this} spring-fed well.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 13. -24:43 gutw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה 1 “{Please} make it happen {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. -24:43 c2yc הָֽ⁠עַלְמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצֵ֣את לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֔ב 1 “when a young woman comes out {of the city} to draw water” -24:43 ce1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִֽי⁠נִי נָ֥א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I ask her, “Please let me drink a little water from your jar/jug,” or “and I ask her to let me drink some water from her {water} jar/jug/pot,” This direct quote is within a direct quote that is within another direct quote. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to use an indirect quote here. Decide what is best in your language. -24:44 txkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמְרָ֤ה אֵלַ⁠י֙ גַּם אַתָּ֣ה שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אֶשְׁאָ֑ב 1 “if she says/replies, “{Yes,} have a drink and I will also draw/get water for your camels,” or “if she gives me a drink and also offers to draw/get water for my camels,” See how you translated the embedded direct quote in verse 43. -24:44 y8uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִ֣וא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר הֹכִ֥יחַ יְהוָ֖ה לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{then} {let} her {be} the woman/one whom {you} Yahweh have chosen to be the wife of my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham’s servant is still talking directly to Yahweh in this clause. For example, you could make “you” explicit in this clause. -24:45 ez8g אֲנִי֩ טֶ֨רֶם אֲכַלֶּ֜ה 1 “Before I had {even} finished” or “Before I could {even} finish” -24:45 u69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל לִבִּ֗⁠י 1 “praying {to God} in my heart,” or “praying {to God} silently/quietly,” +24:43 mjv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, here I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing here beside/near”. See how you translated this in verse 13. +24:43 w9vs עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “this spring/well.” or “this spring-fed well.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 13. +24:43 gutw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה 1 “Please make it happen that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. +24:43 c2yc הָֽ⁠עַלְמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצֵ֣את לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֔ב 1 “when a young woman comes out of the city to draw water” +24:43 ce1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִֽי⁠נִי נָ֥א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I ask her, “Please let me drink a little water from your jar/jug,” or “and I ask her to let me drink some water from her water jar/jug/pot,” This direct quote is within a direct quote that is within another direct quote. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to use an indirect quote here. Decide what is best in your language. +24:44 txkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמְרָ֤ה אֵלַ⁠י֙ גַּם אַתָּ֣ה שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אֶשְׁאָ֑ב 1 “if she says/replies, “Yes, have a drink and I will also draw/get water for your camels,” or “if she gives me a drink and also offers to draw/get water for my camels,” See how you translated the embedded direct quote in verse 43. +24:44 y8uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִ֣וא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר הֹכִ֥יחַ יְהוָ֖ה לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “then let her be the woman/one whom you Yahweh have chosen to be the wife of my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham’s servant is still talking directly to Yahweh in this clause. For example, you could make “you” explicit in this clause. +24:45 ez8g אֲנִי֩ טֶ֨רֶם אֲכַלֶּ֜ה 1 “Before I had even finished” or “Before I could even finish” +24:45 u69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל לִבִּ֗⁠י 1 “praying to God in my heart,” or “praying to God silently/quietly,” 24:45 ykrs וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “just then I saw” or “suddenly I saw” or “there was” -24:45 j4vo רִבְקָ֤ה יֹצֵאת֙ 1 “Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. See how you translated the first half of verse 15, which is very similar to the first half of verse 45. -24:45 xd9t וְ⁠כַדָּ֣⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָ֔⁠הּ 1 “carrying/with her {empty} {water} jar/jug on her shoulder.” +24:45 j4vo רִבְקָ֤ה יֹצֵאת֙ 1 “Rebekah coming out of the city”. See how you translated the first half of verse 15, which is very similar to the first half of verse 45. +24:45 xd9t וְ⁠כַדָּ֣⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָ֔⁠הּ 1 “carrying/with her empty water jar/jug on her shoulder.” 24:45 c9mt וַ⁠תֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יְנָ⁠ה וַ⁠תִּשְׁאָ֑ב 1 “She walked down to the spring/well and filled up her jar/jug with water,” Consider again how you translated “spring” (verses 13, 16, 29-30, 42-43 and 45) and “well” (verses 11 and 20) in this chapter. Both terms refer to the same source of water. See the note about this at verse 13. -24:45 f15b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִ֥י⁠נִי נָֽא 1 “so I said to her, ‘Please let me have a drink.’ ” or “so I asked her, ‘May I please have a drink {of water}?’ ” or “so I asked her to please give me a drink.” Consider what is the best way to translate this embedded quote in your language. +24:45 f15b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִ֥י⁠נִי נָֽא 1 “so I said to her, ‘Please let me have a drink.’ ” or “so I asked her, ‘May I please have a drink of water?’ ” or “so I asked her to please give me a drink.” Consider what is the best way to translate this embedded quote in your language. 24:46 pk0q וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תּ֤וֹרֶד כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 “She quickly/immediately lowered her jar/jug” or “She quickly/immediately brought her jar/jug down”. Consider again how you translated “jar” in verses 14-18, 20, 43, 45-46. -24:46 zbwm מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “from/off her {shoulder}” -24:46 m6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁתֵ֔ה 1 “and said {to me}, ‘Have/Take a drink,” Make sure Rebekah sounds polite here in your translation. +24:46 zbwm מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “from/off her shoulder” +24:46 m6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁתֵ֔ה 1 “and said to me, ‘Have/Take a drink,” Make sure Rebekah sounds polite here in your translation. 24:46 ivit וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “and I will also give water to your camels.” or “and I will also draw/get water for your camels.” See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also see verse 18, which is similar. -24:46 nqly וָ⁠אֵ֕שְׁתְּ 1 “So I drank {some water} {from her jar/jug},” or “So I took a drink {from her jar/jug},” +24:46 nqly וָ⁠אֵ֕שְׁתְּ 1 “So I drank some water from her jar/jug,” or “So I took a drink from her jar/jug,” 24:46 qkxu וְ⁠גַ֥ם הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים הִשְׁקָֽתָה 1 “and she also drew/gave water to my camels.” 24:47 obuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֶשְׁאַ֣ל אֹתָ֗⁠הּ וָ⁠אֹמַר֮ 1 “Then I asked her,” -24:47 qk0p בַּת מִ֣י אַתְּ֒ 1 “Who {is} your father?” See how you translated this question in verse 23. -24:47 ux8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered {me},” or “She replied,” -24:47 ggw9 בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ 1 “{I am} the daughter of Bethuel,” or “My father is Bethuel,” or “My father’s name is Bethuel,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 24. -24:47 v0s4 בֶּן נָח֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָֽלְדָה לּ֖⁠וֹ מִלְכָּ֑ה 1 “{who is} a son of Nahor and {his wife} Milcah.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” +24:47 qk0p בַּת מִ֣י אַתְּ֒ 1 “Who is your father?” See how you translated this question in verse 23. +24:47 ux8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered me,” or “She replied,” +24:47 ggw9 בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ 1 “I am the daughter of Bethuel,” or “My father is Bethuel,” or “My father’s name is Bethuel,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 24. +24:47 v0s4 בֶּן נָח֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָֽלְדָה לּ֖⁠וֹ מִלְכָּ֑ה 1 “who is a son of Nahor and his wife Milcah.” or “and he is one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” 24:47 yp77 וָ⁠אָשִׂ֤ם הַ⁠נֶּ֨זֶם֙ עַל אַפָּ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּמִידִ֖ים עַל יָדֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then/So I put the nose ring on her nose and the bracelets on her arms/wrists.” or “After that I gave her a/the nose ring and bracelets to wear.” See how you translated “nose ring”, “bracelets”, and “arms” in verse 22. 24:48 nvge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָ⁠אֶקֹּ֥ד וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וָ⁠אֲבָרֵ֗ךְ אֶת יְהוָה֙ 1 “Then/Next I bowed to the ground and worshiped and praised Yahweh,” See how you translated “bowed down and prostrated himself” in verse 26, and see the note about that there. -24:48 wizd אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 42. +24:48 wizd אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God who takes care of my master Abraham,” or “the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 42. 24:48 vtn2 אֲשֶׁ֤ר הִנְחַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “because he led/guided me” 24:48 e19s בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֱמֶ֔ת 1 “the right way/direction” or “right/exactly where I should go” 24:48 xs5x לָ⁠קַ֛חַת 1 “to get/find” 24:48 gyfv אֶת בַּת אֲחִ֥י אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the granddaughter of my master’s brother”, which refers to Nahor's granddaughter; or (2) “the daughter of my master’s relative”, which refers to Bethuel's daughter. Abraham’s brother Nahor was the father of Bethuel and the grandfather of Rebekah (Genesis 11:26; 22:20-23). -24:48 jwkn לִ⁠בְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{to be the wife} for my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this refers to Abraham’s son, not Nahor’s or Bethuel’s son. +24:48 jwkn לִ⁠בְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to be the wife for my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this refers to Abraham’s son, not Nahor’s or Bethuel’s son. 24:49 n6ri וְ֠⁠עַתָּה אִם יֶשְׁ⁠כֶ֨ם 1 “So now/then, if you are willing”. Throughout this verse “you” is plural. -24:49 oour rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֜ים חֶ֧סֶד וֶֽ⁠אֱמֶ֛ת אֶת אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “to be kind and faithful to my master {by sending her with me},” See how you translated “kindness” and “faithfulness” in verse 27. If necessary in your translation, you can make it explicit how they would show kindness and faithfulness to Abraham. -24:49 etr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֔⁠י 1 “{please} tell me, or if you are not willing, tell me,” It may be clearer or more natural to put this information near the beginning of the sentence and say, “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to be kind and faithful to my master {by letting her come with me},” Do what is best in your language. -24:49 rxq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶפְנֶ֥ה עַל יָמִ֖ין א֥וֹ עַל שְׂמֹֽאל 1 “so that I will/can know/decide which way to turn/go.” or “so that I can decide/know what to do {next}.” Consider whether your language has the same idiom that Hebrew has here, or a similar idiom, with the same meaning, or whether you need to say this without an idiom. -24:50 ibp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֤ן וּ⁠בְתוּאֵל֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then Laban and {his father} Bethuel answered {Abraham’s servant},” -24:50 aqiu מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה יָצָ֣א הַ⁠דָּבָ֑ר 1 “{We can clearly see that} Yahweh has made {all} this happen,” or “{It is clear/obvious that} {all} this is the will of Yahweh,” -24:50 mnf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual לֹ֥א נוּכַ֛ל 1 “{so} it is not our place/right” or “{so} we have no right”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that is used here. -24:50 al8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דַּבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ רַ֥ע אוֹ טֽוֹב 1 “to tell you anything different {from what he has done/decided}.” or “to say/decide anything against what he has decided.” -24:51 yfio הִנֵּֽה רִבְקָ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “See/Here, Rebekah {is} in front of you.” or “Look, here {is} Rebekah.” -24:51 zx2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח וָ⁠לֵ֑ךְ 1 “{You may} take her {with you} and go/return {home}” +24:49 oour rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֜ים חֶ֧סֶד וֶֽ⁠אֱמֶ֛ת אֶת אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “to let her come with me, and in that way show your kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “to be kind and faithful to my master by sending her with me,” See how you translated “kindness” and “faithfulness” in verse 27. If necessary in your translation, you can make it explicit how they would show kindness and faithfulness to Abraham. +24:49 etr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֔⁠י 1 “please tell me, or if you are not willing, tell me,” It may be clearer or more natural to put this information near the beginning of the sentence and say, “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to let her come with me, and in that way show your kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to be kind and faithful to my master by letting her come with me,” Do what is best in your language. +24:49 rxq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶפְנֶ֥ה עַל יָמִ֖ין א֥וֹ עַל שְׂמֹֽאל 1 “so that I will/can know/decide which way to turn/go.” or “so that I can decide/know what to do next.” Consider whether your language has the same idiom that Hebrew has here, or a similar idiom, with the same meaning, or whether you need to say this without an idiom. +24:50 ibp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֤ן וּ⁠בְתוּאֵל֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then Laban and his father Bethuel answered Abraham’s servant,” +24:50 aqiu מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה יָצָ֣א הַ⁠דָּבָ֑ר 1 “We can clearly see that Yahweh has made all this happen,” or “It is clear/obvious that all this is the will of Yahweh,” +24:50 mnf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual לֹ֥א נוּכַ֛ל 1 “so it is not our place/right” or “so we have no right”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that is used here. +24:50 al8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דַּבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ רַ֥ע אוֹ טֽוֹב 1 “to tell you anything different from what he has done/decided.” or “to say/decide anything against what he has decided.” +24:51 yfio הִנֵּֽה רִבְקָ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “See/Here, Rebekah is in front of you.” or “Look, here is Rebekah.” +24:51 zx2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח וָ⁠לֵ֑ךְ 1 “You may take her with you and go/return home” 24:51 stjs וּ⁠תְהִ֤י אִשָּׁה֙ לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “so that she will be the wife of your master’s son” or “so that she can marry your master’s son” -24:51 qwll כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 “as Yahweh has guided.” or “just as Yahweh has decided/determined {it should be}.” +24:51 qwll כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 “as Yahweh has guided.” or “just as Yahweh has decided/determined it should be.” 24:52 oase וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֛ע עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶת דִּבְרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “When Abraham’s servant heard what they said,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces the climax of the chapter, when the servant responds to hearing that Yahweh has fulfilled his prayer to find a wife for Isaac. Do what is natural in your language. 24:52 bfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “he bowed low to the ground and praised/thanked Yahweh.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 48. Notice that here in verse 52, the phrase “to the ground” is explicit and emphasized. 24:53 l9ad וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠עֶ֜בֶד 1 “Then he brought/took out” -24:53 wbut כְּלֵי כֶ֨סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֤י זָהָב֙ וּ⁠בְגָדִ֔ים וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “silver and gold jewelry and {other expensive/valuable gifts, including} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” or “{expensive/valuable gifts, including} silver and gold jewelry, and {also} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” -24:53 maat וּ⁠מִ֨גְדָּנֹ֔ת נָתַ֥ן 1 “He {also} gave valuable/expensive gifts” +24:53 wbut כְּלֵי כֶ֨סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֤י זָהָב֙ וּ⁠בְגָדִ֔ים וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “silver and gold jewelry and other expensive/valuable gifts, including beautiful clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” or “expensive/valuable gifts, including silver and gold jewelry, and also beautiful clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” +24:53 maat וּ⁠מִ֨גְדָּנֹ֔ת נָתַ֥ן 1 “He also gave valuable/expensive gifts” 24:53 y6rd לְ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠הָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “to her brother and mother.” or “to her mother and brother.” -24:54 v706 וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֗וּ ה֛וּא וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אֲשֶׁר־עִמּ֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּלִ֑ינוּ 1 “Then Abraham’s servant and his men ate {supper} and stayed/slept {there} that night.” See how you translated “lodged” in verses 23, 25, and 31. -24:54 q7tn וַ⁠יָּק֣וּמוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “{Early} the next morning after everyone got/was up, he said {to Rebekah’s family},” or “{Early} the next morning when everyone {in Rebekah’s family} was up, Abraham’s servant said {to them},” -24:54 g7oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֻ֥⁠נִי לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{Please} let me/us return {home} {now} to my master.” Make sure that what Abraham’s servant says here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. -24:55 cgrb וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אָחִ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “But her/Rebekah’s brother and mother said/replied {to him},” -24:55 yfg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֵּשֵׁ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֥ אִתָּ֛⁠נוּ 1 “{Please} let the young woman stay/remain {here} with us” or “{Please} let Rebekah stay/remain {here} with us” -24:55 fjfn יָמִ֖ים א֣וֹ עָשׂ֑וֹר 1 “{for another} ten days or so.” or “around ten more days.” -24:55 ai2c אַחַ֖ר תֵּלֵֽךְ 1 “Then she can go {with you}.” or “Then you can go/leave and take her {with you}.” +24:54 v706 וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֗וּ ה֛וּא וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אֲשֶׁר־עִמּ֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּלִ֑ינוּ 1 “Then Abraham’s servant and his men ate supper and stayed/slept there that night.” See how you translated “lodged” in verses 23, 25, and 31. +24:54 q7tn וַ⁠יָּק֣וּמוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Early the next morning after everyone got/was up, he said to Rebekah’s family,” or “Early the next morning when everyone in Rebekah’s family was up, Abraham’s servant said to them,” +24:54 g7oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֻ֥⁠נִי לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “Please let me/us return home now to my master.” Make sure that what Abraham’s servant says here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. +24:55 cgrb וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אָחִ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “But her/Rebekah’s brother and mother said/replied to him,” +24:55 yfg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֵּשֵׁ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֥ אִתָּ֛⁠נוּ 1 “Please let the young woman stay/remain here with us” or “Please let Rebekah stay/remain here with us” +24:55 fjfn יָמִ֖ים א֣וֹ עָשׂ֑וֹר 1 “for another ten days or so.” or “around ten more days.” +24:55 ai2c אַחַ֖ר תֵּלֵֽךְ 1 “Then she can go with you.” or “Then you can go/leave and take her with you.” 24:56 qz8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “But the/Abraham’s servant said/responded to them,” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. However the servant is probably still addressing the whole family. -24:56 rm4v אַל תְּאַחֲר֣וּ אֹתִ֔⁠י וַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הִצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֑⁠י שַׁלְּח֕וּ⁠נִי 1 “{Please} do not detain/delay me. Since Yahweh has made me successful on my journey, send me/us off” or “{Please} do not detain/delay me, now that Yahweh has given me success on my journey. Let me/us leave”. There are two different places where you could begin a new sentence here. Consider what is the most clear and natural way to do this in your language. Also, see how you translated “make my journey succeed” in verse 42. -24:56 k32m וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I can go/return {home} to my master.” -24:57 thga rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “So they replied,” or “They replied {to him},” +24:56 rm4v אַל תְּאַחֲר֣וּ אֹתִ֔⁠י וַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הִצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֑⁠י שַׁלְּח֕וּ⁠נִי 1 “Please do not detain/delay me. Since Yahweh has made me successful on my journey, send me/us off” or “Please do not detain/delay me, now that Yahweh has given me success on my journey. Let me/us leave”. There are two different places where you could begin a new sentence here. Consider what is the most clear and natural way to do this in your language. Also, see how you translated “make my journey succeed” in verse 42. +24:56 k32m וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I can go/return home to my master.” +24:57 thga rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “So they replied,” or “They replied to him,” 24:57 oke9 נִקְרָ֣א לַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֑ 1 “Let’s call/summon Rebekah” or “Let’s ask Rebekah to come here”. Consider again how you translated “young woman” in verses 14-16, 28, 43, 55, and 57, and see the note about this at verse 14. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -24:57 zk0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִשְׁאֲלָ֖ה אֶת פִּֽי⁠הָ 1 “and ask her to tell us {what she wants to do}.” or “and ask her what she wants to do.” or “and ask her if she is willing to go now.” +24:57 zk0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִשְׁאֲלָ֖ה אֶת פִּֽי⁠הָ 1 “and ask her to tell us what she wants to do.” or “and ask her what she wants to do.” or “and ask her if she is willing to go now.” 24:58 fccu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ לְ⁠רִבְקָה֙ 1 “So they called for her” or “So/Then they summoned her”. Consider whether it is better to use a name or a pronoun to refer to Rebekah here in your language, especially considering how you referred to her in verses 53, 55, and 57. 24:58 ymwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “and asked her,” -24:58 dxyn הֲ⁠תֵלְכִ֖י עִם הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Are you willing to go {now} with this man?” or “Do you want to go {now} with this man?” -24:58 znqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “She answered {them},” -24:58 m4bi אֵלֵֽךְ 1 “{Yes,} I will go {now}.” or “{Yes,} I am willing to go {now}.” -24:59 l9ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֛וּ אֶת רִבְקָ֥ה אֲחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “So they {agreed/decided to} send their sister Rebekah”. Notice that Rebekah does not actually leave until verse 61. If this is not clear in your translation, you could include the implied information that they agreed or decided to send her with Abraham’s servant. -24:59 st26 וְ⁠אֶת מֵנִקְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “and her {personal} servant {who had helped raise her},” The term “nurse” refers here to a servant woman who probably nursed Rebekah as a baby, took care of her as she was growing up, and still served her now. +24:58 dxyn הֲ⁠תֵלְכִ֖י עִם הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Are you willing to go now with this man?” or “Do you want to go now with this man?” +24:58 znqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “She answered them,” +24:58 m4bi אֵלֵֽךְ 1 “Yes, I will go now.” or “Yes, I am willing to go now.” +24:59 l9ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֛וּ אֶת רִבְקָ֥ה אֲחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “So they agreed/decided to send their sister Rebekah”. Notice that Rebekah does not actually leave until verse 61. If this is not clear in your translation, you could include the implied information that they agreed or decided to send her with Abraham’s servant. +24:59 st26 וְ⁠אֶת מֵנִקְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “and her personal servant who had helped raise her,” The term “nurse” refers here to a servant woman who probably nursed Rebekah as a baby, took care of her as she was growing up, and still served her now. 24:59 qk50 וְ⁠אֶת עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת אֲנָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 “with Abraham's servant and his men/companions.” 24:60 itbw וַ⁠יְבָרֲכ֤וּ אֶת רִבְקָה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְרוּ לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “They blessed Rebekah by saying to her,” Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. -24:60 thpj אֲחֹתֵ֕⁠נוּ 1 “{Dear} {little} sister,” This is a term of endearment that family members used to refer to Rebekah even though she was not the actual sister of all of them. This practice is common in many cultures. Do what is natural in your language. -24:60 xde8 אַ֥תְּ הֲיִ֖י 1 “may you become {the mother/ancestor of}” or “we pray that you will have” or “we pray that God will give you” -24:60 njdw לְ⁠אַלְפֵ֣י רְבָבָ֑ה 1 “thousands and thousands {of descendants},” or “countless/many thousands {of descendants},” +24:60 thpj אֲחֹתֵ֕⁠נוּ 1 “Dear little sister,” This is a term of endearment that family members used to refer to Rebekah even though she was not the actual sister of all of them. This practice is common in many cultures. Do what is natural in your language. +24:60 xde8 אַ֥תְּ הֲיִ֖י 1 “may you become the mother/ancestor of” or “we pray that you will have” or “we pray that God will give you” +24:60 njdw לְ⁠אַלְפֵ֣י רְבָבָ֑ה 1 “thousands and thousands of descendants,” or “countless/many thousands of descendants,” 24:60 v0h9 וְ⁠יִירַ֣שׁ זַרְעֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “and we pray that your/those descendants will conquer/defeat” or “and we pray that God will help them conquer/defeat” -24:60 tvnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר שֹׂנְאָֽי⁠ו 1 “the cities of {all} their enemies!” or “{all} their enemies and rule over them!” See how you translated the phrase “possess the gates” in Gen 22:17. -24:61 oczw וַ⁠תָּ֨קָם רִבְקָ֜ה וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 “Then Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} got ready {to go}, and” or “After Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} packed their things,” -24:61 ubmr וַ⁠תִּרְכַּ֨בְנָה֙ עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “they got up on the camels {they were going to ride}” +24:60 tvnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר שֹׂנְאָֽי⁠ו 1 “the cities of all their enemies!” or “all their enemies and rule over them!” See how you translated the phrase “possess the gates” in Gen 22:17. +24:61 oczw וַ⁠תָּ֨קָם רִבְקָ֜ה וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 “Then Rebekah and her maids/servants who were going with her got ready to go, and” or “After Rebekah and her maids/servants who were going with her packed their things,” +24:61 ubmr וַ⁠תִּרְכַּ֨בְנָה֙ עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “they got up on the camels they were going to ride” 24:61 aunz וַ⁠תֵּלַ֖כְנָה אַחֲרֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and went with Abraham’s servant.” Consider again how you translated “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29, 30, 32, 61. See the note about this at verse 21. -24:61 susk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠עֶ֛בֶד אֶת רִבְקָ֖ה 1 “So the/Abraham’s servant took Rebekah {with him}” or “So he took her {with him}” -24:61 jk9n וַ⁠יֵּלַֽךְ 1 “and left {to return home}.” or “and started the journey {back} home.” -24:62 ydke וְ⁠יִצְחָק֙ בָּ֣א מִ⁠בּ֔וֹא 1 “Meanwhile Isaac returned {home} from visiting” or “{While they were traveling,} Isaac returned {home} from a trip/visit {he had made} to” -24:62 u4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi”. See how you translated the name of this place in Gen 16:14. -24:62 wadh וְ⁠ה֥וּא יוֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 “{At that time} he was living” or “and/so he was {back home} where he lived” -24:62 bbo8 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב 1 “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} region/area.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}.” See how you translated “the land of the Negev” in Gen 20:1, and “the Negev” in Gen 12:9; 13:1, 3. -24:63 zzgh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק לָ⁠שׂ֥וּחַ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “{One day} Isaac/he went out in/to the field/countryside to meditate/pray” or “{After Isaac/he had returned home, one day} he was meditating/praying out in the fields/countryside”. What Isaac does in verse 63 happened sometime after he returned from Beer Lahai Roi, but the Hebrew text does not say exactly when. So introduce this new event in a general way that is not too specific. -24:63 j9u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠פְנ֣וֹת עָ֑רֶב 1 “as it was becoming evening/dusk” or “late in the afternoon”. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “{One day} as it was becoming evening, Isaac/he went …” or “One evening, Isaac/he went …” Do what is best in your language. -24:63 ihv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ 1 “{As he was praying,} he looked up”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -24:63 xzpf וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and saw {in the distance} that there were” or “and suddenly he saw {in the distance}” -24:63 cpxq גְמַלִּ֖ים בָּאִֽים 1 “{some} camels coming/heading {toward him}.” or “{some} camels approaching {him}.” -24:64 gn7g וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֤א רִבְקָה֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Rebekah {also} looked up and saw Isaac.” or “Then Rebekah, as she looked ahead {of her}, saw Isaac.” -24:64 tffl וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל 1 “Then she {quickly} jumped/got down” or “Immediately she got down” -24:64 bh18 מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠גָּמָֽל 1 “from/off the camel {that she was riding},” Consider again how you translated “camel” throughout chapter 24. -24:65 g4kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל הָ⁠עֶ֗בֶד 1 “and asked {Abraham’s} servant,” -24:65 oiy6 מִֽי הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ הַלָּזֶה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֵ֤ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Who {is} that man in the field who is walking {this way} to greet us?” or “Who {is} that man walking towards us in the field?” -24:65 w0yx וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד ה֣וּא אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “The servant answered {her}, “He {is} my master {Isaac}.” ” Abraham and Isaac were both the servant’s masters, especially since Abraham had already given Isaac all of his possessions (verse 36), which included his servants. Consider again how you translated “master/owner” throughout chapter 24. -24:65 u0fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יף וַ⁠תִּתְכָּֽס 1 “So she took the/her veil and covered her face with it {to show modesty}.” or “So she covered herself with a/her veil {to show modesty}.” In that culture a bride-to-be wore a large veil to cover her entire body, especially her face, to show modesty and submission to her husband. -24:66 m7o2 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then the servant told Isaac” or “{When they reached Isaac,} the servant told him” -24:66 nr4w אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “everything/all that he had done {on/during the journey/trip}.” or “everything/all that had happened {on/during his journey}.” +24:61 susk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠עֶ֛בֶד אֶת רִבְקָ֖ה 1 “So the/Abraham’s servant took Rebekah with him” or “So he took her with him” +24:61 jk9n וַ⁠יֵּלַֽךְ 1 “and left to return home.” or “and started the journey back home.” +24:62 ydke וְ⁠יִצְחָק֙ בָּ֣א מִ⁠בּ֔וֹא 1 “Meanwhile Isaac returned home from visiting” or “While they were traveling, Isaac returned home from a trip/visit he had made to” +24:62 u4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “the place/well called Beer Lahai Roi”. See how you translated the name of this place in Gen 16:14. +24:62 wadh וְ⁠ה֥וּא יוֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 “At that time he was living” or “and/so he was back home where he lived” +24:62 bbo8 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב 1 “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert region/area.” or “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert.” See how you translated “the land of the Negev” in Gen 20:1, and “the Negev” in Gen 12:9; 13:1, 3. +24:63 zzgh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק לָ⁠שׂ֥וּחַ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “One day Isaac/he went out in/to the field/countryside to meditate/pray” or “After Isaac/he had returned home, one day he was meditating/praying out in the fields/countryside”. What Isaac does in verse 63 happened sometime after he returned from Beer Lahai Roi, but the Hebrew text does not say exactly when. So introduce this new event in a general way that is not too specific. +24:63 j9u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠פְנ֣וֹת עָ֑רֶב 1 “as it was becoming evening/dusk” or “late in the afternoon”. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “One day as it was becoming evening, Isaac/he went …” or “One evening, Isaac/he went …” Do what is best in your language. +24:63 ihv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ 1 “As he was praying, he looked up”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +24:63 xzpf וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and saw in the distance that there were” or “and suddenly he saw in the distance” +24:63 cpxq גְמַלִּ֖ים בָּאִֽים 1 “some camels coming/heading toward him.” or “some camels approaching him.” +24:64 gn7g וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֤א רִבְקָה֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Rebekah also looked up and saw Isaac.” or “Then Rebekah, as she looked ahead of her, saw Isaac.” +24:64 tffl וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל 1 “Then she quickly jumped/got down” or “Immediately she got down” +24:64 bh18 מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠גָּמָֽל 1 “from/off the camel that she was riding,” Consider again how you translated “camel” throughout chapter 24. +24:65 g4kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל הָ⁠עֶ֗בֶד 1 “and asked Abraham’s servant,” +24:65 oiy6 מִֽי הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ הַלָּזֶה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֵ֤ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Who is that man in the field who is walking this way to greet us?” or “Who is that man walking towards us in the field?” +24:65 w0yx וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד ה֣וּא אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “The servant answered her, “He is my master Isaac.” ” Abraham and Isaac were both the servant’s masters, especially since Abraham had already given Isaac all of his possessions (verse 36), which included his servants. Consider again how you translated “master/owner” throughout chapter 24. +24:65 u0fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יף וַ⁠תִּתְכָּֽס 1 “So she took the/her veil and covered her face with it to show modesty.” or “So she covered herself with a/her veil to show modesty.” In that culture a bride-to-be wore a large veil to cover her entire body, especially her face, to show modesty and submission to her husband. +24:66 m7o2 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then the servant told Isaac” or “When they reached Isaac, the servant told him” +24:66 nr4w אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “everything/all that he had done on/during the journey/trip.” or “everything/all that had happened on/during his journey.” 24:67 i3w0 וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֣⁠הָ יִצְחָ֗ק 1 “Then/So Isaac brought/took Rebekah” -24:67 bmk4 הָ⁠אֹ֨הֱלָ⁠ה֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “into the tent where his mother Sarah had lived {before she died},” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Sarah still lived there; she had died three years previously (Gen 23:1-2). +24:67 bmk4 הָ⁠אֹ֨הֱלָ⁠ה֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “into the tent where his mother Sarah had lived before she died,” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Sarah still lived there; she had died three years previously (Gen 23:1-2). 24:67 d5v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח אֶת רִבְקָ֛ה 1 “and he married her,” 24:67 qrbd וַ⁠תְּהִי ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “so that she became his wife.” -24:67 p5q4 וַ⁠יֶּאֱהָבֶ֑⁠הָ יִצְחָ֖ק 1 “Isaac loved her/Rebekah,” or “Isaac was/fell in love with her/Rebekah,” -24:67 ed84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “and he was consoled {by her}” or “and he was happy again” or “and she made him happy again” -24:67 xqch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֥י אִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “after {mourning for} his mother {who had died}.” or “after {the sadness of} his mother’s {death}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation here why Isaac needed comforting. -25:1 midz וַ⁠יֹּ֧סֶף אַבְרָהָ֛ם וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ קְטוּרָֽה 1 “Then Abraham married another wife/woman, who was named Keturah.” or “Then Abraham got married again, and his wife’s name {was} Keturah.” Abraham probably married Keturah after Sarah died (Gen 23:1-2) and after Isaac married Rebekah (Gen 24:67). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Abraham had two wives named Keturah. -25:2 qyyg וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “She/Keturah gave birth to sons for him/Abraham {whose names were}” or “She bore/had {sons} for/with him {whom they named}” or “They had sons together {whom they named}”. See how you translated “bore for him” in Gen 21:3; 24:47. +24:67 p5q4 וַ⁠יֶּאֱהָבֶ֑⁠הָ & יִצְחָ֖ק 1 “Isaac loved her/Rebekah,” or “Isaac was/fell in love with her/Rebekah,” +24:67 ed84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “and he was consoled by her” or “and he was happy again” or “and she made him happy again” +24:67 xqch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֥י אִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “after mourning for his mother who had died.” or “after the sadness of his mother’s death.” Make sure it is clear in your translation here why Isaac needed comforting. +25:1 midz וַ⁠יֹּ֧סֶף אַבְרָהָ֛ם וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ קְטוּרָֽה 1 “Then Abraham married another wife/woman, who was named Keturah.” or “Then Abraham got married again, and his wife’s name was Keturah.” Abraham probably married Keturah after Sarah died (Gen 23:1-2) and after Isaac married Rebekah (Gen 24:67). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Abraham had two wives named Keturah. +25:2 qyyg וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “She/Keturah gave birth to sons for him/Abraham whose names were” or “She bore/had sons for/with him whom they named” or “They had sons together whom they named”. See how you translated “bore for him” in Gen 21:3; 24:47. 25:2 hpt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת זִמְרָן֙ וְ⁠אֶת יָקְשָׁ֔ן וְ⁠אֶת מְדָ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת מִדְיָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת יִשְׁבָּ֖ק וְ⁠אֶת שֽׁוּחַ 1 “Zimran, Jokshan, Medan, Midian, Ishbak, and Shuah.” See how you used commas and conjunctions in similar lists of names in Gen 22:22, 24. -25:3 iem3 וְ⁠יָקְשָׁ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Jokshan was the father of” or “{Her/Keturah’s son} Jokshan had”. See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27. -25:3 lxod rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת שְׁבָ֖א וְ⁠אֶת דְּדָ֑ן 1 “{sons named} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{sons whom they named} Sheba and Dedan.” -25:3 n1zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י דְדָ֔ן הָי֛וּ אַשּׁוּרִ֥ם וּ⁠לְטוּשִׁ֖ים וּ⁠לְאֻמִּֽים 1 “Dedan’s descendants were/became {people/ethnic groups named} the Asshurites, Letushites, and Leummites.” See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-14, 16-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. -25:4 wcyq וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 “{Keturah’s son} Midian fathered/had sons {named}” +25:3 iem3 וְ⁠יָקְשָׁ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Jokshan was the father of” or “Her/Keturah’s son Jokshan had”. See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27. +25:3 lxod rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת שְׁבָ֖א וְ⁠אֶת דְּדָ֑ן 1 “sons named Sheba and Dedan.” or “sons whom they named Sheba and Dedan.” +25:3 n1zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י דְדָ֔ן הָי֛וּ אַשּׁוּרִ֥ם וּ⁠לְטוּשִׁ֖ים וּ⁠לְאֻמִּֽים 1 “Dedan’s descendants were/became people/ethnic groups named the Asshurites, Letushites, and Leummites.” See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-14, 16-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. +25:4 wcyq וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 “Keturah’s son Midian fathered/had sons named” 25:4 fzu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases עֵיפָ֤ה וָ⁠עֵ֨פֶר֙ וַ⁠חֲנֹ֔ךְ וַ⁠אֲבִידָ֖ע וְ⁠אֶלְדָּעָ֑ה 1 “Ephah, Epher, Hanoch, Abida, and Eldaah.” Consider what is the best way to connect the names in this list in your language. -25:4 zpdj כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י קְטוּרָֽה 1 “All of those {were} Keturah’s descendants {whom she had with Abraham}.” or “All those {were} the descendants of Keturah {and Abraham}.” This phrase refers back to all the people listed in verses 2-4, which includes Keturah’s six sons, seven grandsons and three great grandsons. Make sure you spelled “Keturah” consistently in verses 1-4. +25:4 zpdj כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י קְטוּרָֽה 1 “All of those were Keturah’s descendants whom she had with Abraham.” or “All those were the descendants of Keturah and Abraham.” This phrase refers back to all the people listed in verses 2-4, which includes Keturah’s six sons, seven grandsons and three great grandsons. Make sure you spelled “Keturah” consistently in verses 1-4. 25:5 cgzs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “Abraham left/willed everything that he owned to Isaac.” or “And Isaac inherited all/everything that Abraham owned/possessed.” Some languages have a specific word such as “left” or “willed” that means to give something as an inheritance. In that time and culture, a father would give his children their inheritance before he died. -25:6 vn52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם נָתַ֥ן אַבְרָהָ֖ם מַתָּנֹ֑ת 1 “Abraham/He also gave {valuable} gifts to the sons he had with his concubines,” or “Abraham/He also gave (valuable gifts) to the sons that his servant wives had {for/with him},” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24. The word “gifts” in this clause is very general and can include domestic animals, servants, gold, silver, and other things. +25:6 vn52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם נָתַ֥ן אַבְרָהָ֖ם מַתָּנֹ֑ת 1 “Abraham/He also gave valuable gifts to the sons he had with his concubines,” or “Abraham/He also gave (valuable gifts) to the sons that his servant wives had for/with him,” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24. The word “gifts” in this clause is very general and can include domestic animals, servants, gold, silver, and other things. 25:6 bsqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֞⁠ם & בְּ⁠עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חַ֔י קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה אֶל־אֶ֥רֶץ קֶֽדֶם 1 “then while he was still alive he sent them eastward to the land/region in the East” or “and/but after that he sent them to the east country” or “and/but after that he made them move away to the east country”. The Hebrew word “Kedem” means “east” and refers to the region east of Canaan and the Dead Sea. Consider whether it is best in your language to transliterate (copy) the Hebrew name or to translate the meaning. -25:6 w2ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ⁠עַ֨ל יִצְחָ֤ק בְּנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{to be/live} {far} away from his son Isaac.” or “{so that they would live/be} {far} away from his son Isaac.” +25:6 w2ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ⁠עַ֨ל יִצְחָ֤ק בְּנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “to be/live far away from his son Isaac.” or “so that they would live/be far away from his son Isaac.” 25:7 g7ic וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה יְמֵ֛י שְׁנֵֽי חַיֵּ֥י אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲשֶׁר חָ֑י מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֛ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִֽים 1 “The length of Abraham’s life that he lived was 175 years.” or “Abraham lived a total of 175 years.” or “Abraham lived to be 175 years old.” -25:8 spt5 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע & אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “Then Abraham/he breathed out {for the last time}” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath” +25:8 spt5 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע & אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “Then Abraham/he breathed out for the last time” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath” 25:8 otow וַ⁠יָּ֧מָת & בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָ֖ה 1 “and died at a ripe/very old age,” or “and died when he was very old,” 25:8 x9ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom זָקֵ֣ן וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֑עַ 1 “an elderly/old man who had lived a full life, and” or “After he had lived a long and satisfying/blessed life,” The idiom “full” refers to a long life that was blessed by God. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -25:8 uf1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} took his spirit to be with” or “he joined”. The phrase “gathered to his people” is a euphemism that refers to dying but also implies that God took his spirit to be with his ancestors who had already died. It is best to translate this phrase fairly literally since it teaches about life after death. -25:8 z547 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like these ancestors were still alive. They had already died before Abraham died. +25:8 uf1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “he was gathered/taken by God to be with” or “God took his spirit to be with” or “he joined”. The phrase “gathered to his people” is a euphemism that refers to dying but also implies that God took his spirit to be with his ancestors who had already died. It is best to translate this phrase fairly literally since it teaches about life after death. +25:8 z547 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives who had already died.” or “his ancestors/relatives who had gone/died before him.” or “his deceased ancestors/relatives.” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like these ancestors were still alive. They had already died before Abraham died. 25:9 ugpb וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֨וּ אֹת֜⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֤ק וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “His sons Isaac and Ishmael buried/put/placed his body” -25:9 u4fz אֶל מְעָרַ֖ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “in the cave of/in the Machpelah {area}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 23:9, and see the note about that there. Also see how you translated similar phrases in Gen 23:17, 19. -25:9 qu8c אֶל שְׂדֵ֞ה עֶפְרֹ֤ן בֶּן צֹ֨חַר֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “{which was} in the field that had belonged to Ephron the son of Zohar the Hittite,” Ephron no longer owned the field (See: verse 10). -25:9 bi8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre.” or “near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “before Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. -25:10 e7at הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה אֲשֶׁר קָנָ֥ה אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{That is} the {same} field that Abraham had bought” +25:9 u4fz אֶל מְעָרַ֖ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “in the cave of/in the Machpelah area”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 23:9, and see the note about that there. Also see how you translated similar phrases in Gen 23:17, 19. +25:9 qu8c אֶל שְׂדֵ֞ה עֶפְרֹ֤ן בֶּן צֹ֨חַר֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “which was in the field that had belonged to Ephron the son of Zohar the Hittite,” Ephron no longer owned the field (See: verse 10). +25:9 bi8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “east of the city of Mamre.” or “near the city of Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “before Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. +25:10 e7at הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה אֲשֶׁר קָנָ֥ה אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “That is the same field that Abraham had bought” 25:10 ekpo מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “from the Hittites.” The Hebrew text has two different ways to refer to the Hittites; compare the phrase here with verse 9 where a single Hebrew word is used to refer to this people group. See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in Gen 23:20. -25:10 l4kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֛מָּ⁠ה קֻבַּ֥ר אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham was buried in that cave, where his wife Sarah had also been buried.” or “That is {the cave} where his/Abraham’s sons buried/put/placed his body next to {the body of} his wife Sarah {whom he had buried there before}.” or “That is where Sarah had been buried, and they buried Abraham {next to her}.” Abraham had already buried Sarah’s body in the cave (Gen 23:19). Make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like Sarah was buried there a second time. +25:10 l4kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֛מָּ⁠ה קֻבַּ֥ר אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham was buried in that cave, where his wife Sarah had also been buried.” or “That is the cave where his/Abraham’s sons buried/put/placed his body next to the body of his wife Sarah whom he had buried there before.” or “That is where Sarah had been buried, and they buried Abraham next to her.” Abraham had already buried Sarah’s body in the cave (Gen 23:19). Make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like Sarah was buried there a second time. 25:11 l24l וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “After Abraham died,” 25:11 sza5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “God blessed his son Isaac”. Use the phrase order in your language that is most natural in this context. -25:11 l10e וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יִצְחָ֔ק עִם 1 “who lived/settled near” or “Isaac lived {in the region} near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -25:11 uedu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִֽי 1 “{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beer Lahai Roi” in Gen 24:62. -25:12 d20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְדֹ֥ת 1 “This/Here {is} the genealogy/family-line of” or “This/Here {is} the list/record of the descendants of” or “What follows {is} the/a record of the descendants of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the new topic that begins here. See how you translated this clause in Gen 11:10. +25:11 l10e וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יִצְחָ֔ק עִם 1 “who lived/settled near” or “Isaac lived in the region near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +25:11 uedu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִֽי 1 “the place/well called Beer Lahai Roi.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beer Lahai Roi” in Gen 24:62. +25:12 d20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְדֹ֥ת 1 “This/Here is the genealogy/family-line of” or “This/Here is the list/record of the descendants of” or “What follows is the/a record of the descendants of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the new topic that begins here. See how you translated this clause in Gen 11:10. 25:12 xf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “of Abraham’s son Ishmael,” 25:12 kbl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָלְדָ֜ה הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרָ֖ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “whom Sarah’s Egyptian maidservant Hagar gave birth to for Abraham.” or “whom Abraham had with Sarah’s Egyptian slave woman Hagar.” -25:13 vmok וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “These/Here {are} the names of Ishmael’s sons,” or “Here {is} {a list/record of} the names of Ishmael’s sons,” -25:13 u042 בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “{listed/given} in the order that they were born:” -25:13 ocpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּכֹ֤ר יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ נְבָיֹ֔ת 1 “His oldest {son/child} {was} Nebaioth,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +25:13 vmok וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “These/Here are the names of Ishmael’s sons,” or “Here is a list/record of the names of Ishmael’s sons,” +25:13 u042 בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “listed/given in the order that they were born:” +25:13 ocpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּכֹ֤ר יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ נְבָיֹ֔ת 1 “His oldest son/child was Nebaioth,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 25:13 twvo וְ⁠קֵדָ֥ר וְ⁠אַדְבְּאֵ֖ל וּ⁠מִבְשָֽׂם 1 “followed by Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” or “After him came Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 25:14 jzl8 וּ⁠מִשְׁמָ֥ע וְ⁠דוּמָ֖ה וּ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 “Mishma, Dumah, Massa,” 25:15 r03w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases חֲדַ֣ד וְ⁠תֵימָ֔א יְט֥וּר נָפִ֖ישׁ וָ⁠קֵֽדְמָה 1 “Hadad, Tema, Jetur, Naphish, and Kedermah.” See how you translated a similar list of names in verses 2-4. -25:16 ac64 אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֞ם בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ 1 “Those/They {were} Ishmael’s {twelve} sons,” -25:16 jzrq וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠טִֽירֹתָ֑⁠ם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר נְשִׂיאִ֖ם לְ⁠אֻמֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 “who became the rulers/leaders of twelve tribes that were named after them, and each tribe lived in its {own} settlements/towns and camps/villages.” or “Each of them became the ruler/leader of a tribe that was named after him, and each tribe had its own towns/villages and {tent} camps/settlements.” The Hebrew words for “settlements” and “camps” overlap in meaning. Both refer to temporary or permanent places where people settled, surrounded by some sort of wall or fence. Also, many translations have “princes” here instead of “rulers,” but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king. See how you translated “rulers” in Gen 17:20. +25:16 ac64 אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֞ם בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ 1 “Those/They were Ishmael’s twelve sons,” +25:16 jzrq וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠טִֽירֹתָ֑⁠ם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר נְשִׂיאִ֖ם לְ⁠אֻמֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 “who became the rulers/leaders of twelve tribes that were named after them, and each tribe lived in its own settlements/towns and camps/villages.” or “Each of them became the ruler/leader of a tribe that was named after him, and each tribe had its own towns/villages and tent camps/settlements.” The Hebrew words for “settlements” and “camps” overlap in meaning. Both refer to temporary or permanent places where people settled, surrounded by some sort of wall or fence. Also, many translations have “princes” here instead of “rulers,” but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king. See how you translated “rulers” in Gen 17:20. 25:17 ywtp וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֛ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “The length of Ishmael’s life that he lived was 137 years.” or “Ishmael lived a total of 137 years.” “Ishmael lived to be 137 years old.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7. -25:17 ca85 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֣ע וַ⁠יָּ֔מָת 1 “Then he/Ishmael breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he/Ishmael breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in verse 8. -25:17 msza וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with {the spirits of}” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 8. -25:17 lgua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” +25:17 ca85 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֣ע וַ⁠יָּ֔מָת 1 “Then he/Ishmael breathed out for the last time and died,” or “Then he/Ishmael breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in verse 8. +25:17 msza וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken by God to be with” or “and God took his spirit to be with the spirits of” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 8. +25:17 lgua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives who had already died.” or “his ancestors/relatives who had gone/died before him.” or “his deceased ancestors/relatives.” 25:18 mh4l וַ⁠יִּשְׁכְּנ֨וּ 1 “His/Ishmael’s descendants settled/lived” -25:18 w2v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֜ה עַד שׁ֗וּר 1 “{throughout the area that extended} from {the region of} Havilah to {the wilderness/desert of} Shur”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Havilah” in Gen 2:11; 10:7, 29 and “Shur” in Gen 16:7; 20:1. The name “Shur” means “wall”. The Wilderness of Shur may have been named after a city or fortification named Shur that was located near the eastern border of Egypt (Gen 16:7). -25:18 c8ld אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל פְּנֵ֣י מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “that {is} east of {the country/land of} Egypt” -25:18 h1df בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה 1 “as you go/head {from there}” or “as one goes/travels” -25:18 bm8n אַשּׁ֑וּרָ⁠ה 1 “to {the city of} Asshur {in Assyria}.” or “in the direction of {the land/country of} Assyria.” Assyria and its capital city Asshur were far east of Shur. Consider again how you spelled “Asshur” in Gen 2:14; 10:11, 22, and 25:3, 18. +25:18 w2v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֜ה עַד שׁ֗וּר 1 “throughout the area that extended from the region of Havilah to the wilderness/desert of Shur”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Havilah” in Gen 2:11; 10:7, 29 and “Shur” in Gen 16:7; 20:1. The name “Shur” means “wall”. The Wilderness of Shur may have been named after a city or fortification named Shur that was located near the eastern border of Egypt (Gen 16:7). +25:18 c8ld אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל פְּנֵ֣י מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “that is east of the country/land of Egypt” +25:18 h1df בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה 1 “as you go/head from there” or “as one goes/travels” +25:18 bm8n אַשּׁ֑וּרָ⁠ה 1 “to the city of Asshur in Assyria.” or “in the direction of the land/country of Assyria.” Assyria and its capital city Asshur were far east of Shur. Consider again how you spelled “Asshur” in Gen 2:14; 10:11, 22, and 25:3, 18. 25:18 wu16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו נָפָֽל 1 The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) “He/They lived in hostility toward/against all his/their brothers/relatives.” or “They lived as enemies against all their brothers/relatives.” See how you translated a different idiom in 16:12 that probably has this meaning. Or it could mean: (2) “They settled/lived in the presence of all their brothers/relatives.” or “They settled/lived among/near all their brothers/relatives.” or (3) “He/Ishmael died in the presence of all his brothers/relatives.” or “He/Ishmael died when/while all his brothers were still alive.” -25:19 ldvn וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֥ת יִצְחָ֖ק בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “This/Here {is} {more of} the record/history of/about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” We have already heard about much of Isaac’s history in previous chapters; now we are told even more. See how you translated “these are the generations of” in verse 12 and Gen 6:9. -25:19 dw7d אַבְרָהָ֖ם הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “{After} Abraham fathered/had {his son} Isaac,” See how you translated “fathered” in verse 3. -25:20 cn5u וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יִצְחָק֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּ⁠קַחְתּ֣⁠וֹ אֶת רִבְקָ֗ה & ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Isaac {grew up and} married Rebekah when he was forty/40 years old.” See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 21:5. -25:20 bvzb בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י מִ⁠פַּדַּ֖ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “{She/Rebekah was} the/a daughter of Bethuel, {who was} an Aramean from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” -25:20 fxim אֲח֛וֹת לָבָ֥ן 1 “and {she was} a sister of Laban” or “and her brother was Laban” -25:20 zdaf הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י 1 “{who was also} an Aramean.” -25:21 kvb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּעְתַּ֨ר יִצְחָ֤ק לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י עֲקָרָ֖ה הִ֑וא 1 “Isaac prayed {earnestly} to Yahweh for his wife {to have children} because she {was} barren/infertile.” or “But/However {for many years} Rebekah was not able to become/get pregnant, so Isaac prayed that Yahweh would give her children.” Isaac and Rebekah had been married for almost 20 years and they still had no children. See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30. Also, it may be clearer to change the order of the clauses in this sentence to put them in the order in which they happened. Do what is best in your language. +25:19 ldvn וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֥ת יִצְחָ֖ק בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “This/Here is more of the record/history of/about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells more about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” We have already heard about much of Isaac’s history in previous chapters; now we are told even more. See how you translated “these are the generations of” in verse 12 and Gen 6:9. +25:19 dw7d אַבְרָהָ֖ם הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “After Abraham fathered/had his son Isaac,” See how you translated “fathered” in verse 3. +25:20 cn5u וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יִצְחָק֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּ⁠קַחְתּ֣⁠וֹ אֶת רִבְקָ֗ה & ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Isaac grew up and married Rebekah when he was forty/40 years old.” See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 21:5. +25:20 bvzb בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י מִ⁠פַּדַּ֖ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “She/Rebekah was the/a daughter of Bethuel, who was an Aramean from the land/region of Paddan Aram,” +25:20 fxim אֲח֛וֹת לָבָ֥ן 1 “and she was a sister of Laban” or “and her brother was Laban” +25:20 zdaf הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י 1 “who was also an Aramean.” +25:21 kvb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּעְתַּ֨ר יִצְחָ֤ק לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י עֲקָרָ֖ה הִ֑וא 1 “Isaac prayed earnestly to Yahweh for his wife to have children because she was barren/infertile.” or “But/However for many years Rebekah was not able to become/get pregnant, so Isaac prayed that Yahweh would give her children.” Isaac and Rebekah had been married for almost 20 years and they still had no children. See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30. Also, it may be clearer to change the order of the clauses in this sentence to put them in the order in which they happened. Do what is best in your language. 25:21 jqwl וַ⁠יֵּעָ֤תֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh answered his/Isaac’s prayer,” or “Yahweh did what he/Isaac prayed for,” -25:21 hevv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so that Rebekah/she became pregnant {with twins}.” For some languages it is clearer to include here the fact that Rebekah was pregnant with two babies, rather than wait until verse 22. Do what is best in your language. -25:22 df89 וַ⁠יִּתְרֹֽצֲצ֤וּ הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “And/But the {two} babies inside her kept/started pushing/shoving against each other,” or “After a while the twins wrestled with each other inside her,” +25:21 hevv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so that Rebekah/she became pregnant with twins.” For some languages it is clearer to include here the fact that Rebekah was pregnant with two babies, rather than wait until verse 22. Do what is best in your language. +25:22 df89 וַ⁠יִּתְרֹֽצֲצ֤וּ הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “And/But the two babies inside her kept/started pushing/shoving against each other,” or “After a while the twins wrestled with each other inside her,” 25:22 lde8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “so she/Rebekah asked,” 25:22 w08h אִם כֵּ֔ן לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “Why is this happening to me?” or “What is happening inside me?” -25:22 fgoh וַ⁠תֵּ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠דְרֹ֥שׁ אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “Then she went/turned to Yahweh to ask him {what was happening}.” or “Then she prayed to Yahweh about it.” +25:22 fgoh וַ⁠תֵּ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠דְרֹ֥שׁ אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “Then she went/turned to Yahweh to ask him what was happening.” or “Then she prayed to Yahweh about it.” 25:23 juqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה לָ֗⁠הּ 1 “Yahweh/He answered her,” -25:23 do4i שְׁנֵ֤י גוֹיִם֙ בְּ⁠בִטְנֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{The ancestors of} two {future} people groups {are} inside you.” or “Inside you {are} {the ancestors of} two people groups.” or “{The two babies} inside your womb will become {the fathers/ancestors of} two nations.” Many translations put Yahweh’s words in poetry format in this verse. If your translation team decides to do this, look at a Bible version that does this to know where to divide the clauses. +25:23 do4i שְׁנֵ֤י גוֹיִם֙ בְּ⁠בִטְנֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “The ancestors of two future people groups are inside you.” or “Inside you are the ancestors of two people groups.” or “The two babies inside your womb will become the fathers/ancestors of two nations.” Many translations put Yahweh’s words in poetry format in this verse. If your translation team decides to do this, look at a Bible version that does this to know where to divide the clauses. 25:23 l1ey וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י לְאֻמִּ֔ים 1 “Those two people groups” or “Those two ancestors” or “They”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -25:23 f208 יִפָּרֵ֑דוּ 1 “will be divided/hostile {against each other}” or “will be rivals/enemies” -25:23 josq מִ⁠מֵּעַ֖יִ⁠ךְ 1 “{starting now} even while they are {still} inside you.” or “{starting now} even before they are born.” +25:23 f208 יִפָּרֵ֑דוּ 1 “will be divided/hostile against each other” or “will be rivals/enemies” +25:23 josq מִ⁠מֵּעַ֖יִ⁠ךְ 1 “starting now even while they are still inside you.” or “starting now even before they are born.” 25:23 ly64 וּ⁠לְאֹם֙ מִ⁠לְאֹ֣ם יֶֽאֱמָ֔ץ 1 “One of them will be more powerful than the other,” -25:23 bbn7 וְ⁠רַ֖ב יַעֲבֹ֥ד צָעִֽיר 1 “so that the older {son’s descendants} will serve the younger {son’s descendants}.” +25:23 bbn7 וְ⁠רַ֖ב יַעֲבֹ֥ד צָעִֽיר 1 “so that the older son’s descendants will serve the younger son’s descendants.” 25:24 n0ji וַ⁠יִּמְלְא֥וּ יָמֶ֖י⁠הָ לָ⁠לֶ֑דֶת 1 “Later when it was time for her/Rebekah to give birth,” -25:24 x2dm וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תוֹמִ֖ם בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “sure enough, {there were} twin boys/sons inside her!” -25:25 xnz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ אַדְמוֹנִ֔י כֻּלּ֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠אַדֶּ֣רֶת שֵׂעָ֑ר 1 “When the first one/baby came out, he was covered with thick red hair so that he was as hairy as a fur coat/robe.” or “The first {one/baby} who was born was completely covered with thick red hair.” +25:24 x2dm וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תוֹמִ֖ם בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “sure enough, there were twin boys/sons inside her!” +25:25 xnz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ אַדְמוֹנִ֔י כֻּלּ֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠אַדֶּ֣רֶת שֵׂעָ֑ר 1 “When the first one/baby came out, he was covered with thick red hair so that he was as hairy as a fur coat/robe.” or “The first one/baby who was born was completely covered with thick red hair.” 25:25 kyoh וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So his parents named him” or “So he was called/named”. The Hebrew text has “they” here, which probably refers to Esau’s parents and may include people in general after his parents named him. -25:25 t2t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau, {which means “hairy.”}” Consider whether or not to include the meaning of Esau’s name in the text or in a footnote. +25:25 t2t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau, which means “hairy.”” Consider whether or not to include the meaning of Esau’s name in the text or in a footnote. 25:26 d0ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-sequential וְ⁠אַֽחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן 1 “Next” 25:26 wm8b יָצָ֣א אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “his brother was born,” Some languages have a specific term for a younger brother that fits here. See what you did in Gen 4:2. -25:26 lw96 וְ⁠יָד֤⁠וֹ אֹחֶ֨זֶת֙ בַּ⁠עֲקֵ֣ב עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “with his hand holding on {tightly} to Esau’s heel.” or “gripping Esau’s heel {tightly} with his hand.” +25:26 lw96 וְ⁠יָד֤⁠וֹ אֹחֶ֨זֶת֙ בַּ⁠עֲקֵ֣ב עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “with his hand holding on tightly to Esau’s heel.” or “gripping Esau’s heel tightly with his hand.” 25:26 hoky וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So they called/named him” or “So he was called/named”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 25 that probably has the same meaning. -25:26 lggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Jacob, {which means “heel-grabber.”}” If you decide to include the meaning of Jacob’s name in the text or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “grabbing” earlier in this sentence. -25:26 uqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִצְחָ֛ק בֶּן שִׁשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “Isaac {was} sixty years old”. See how you translated the idiom “was a son of … years” in verse 20. +25:26 lggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Jacob, which means “heel-grabber.”” If you decide to include the meaning of Jacob’s name in the text or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “grabbing” earlier in this sentence. +25:26 uqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִצְחָ֛ק בֶּן שִׁשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “Isaac was sixty years old”. See how you translated the idiom “was a son of … years” in verse 20. 25:26 d3d9 בְּ⁠לֶ֥דֶת אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “when Rebekah gave birth to them.” or “when Esau and Jacob were born.” 25:27 kmym וַֽ⁠יִּגְדְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים 1 “When/As the boys grew up/older,” -25:27 q0d8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י עֵשָׂ֗ו אִ֛ישׁ יֹדֵ֥עַ צַ֖יִד 1 “Esau became a skilled/expert hunter,” or “Esau became good at hunting animals {for food},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“mighty hunter”) in Gen 10:9. -25:27 qo31 אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and he enjoyed/preferred {being/working in} the open country,” or “and he was an outdoorsman,” -25:27 nj2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ אִ֣ישׁ תָּ֔ם 1 “but/whereas Jacob {was} a quiet/mild-mannered man/person” or “Jacob, on the other hand, had a quiet/mild-mannered personality/character”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that it is clear in your translation that Esau and Jacob are being contrasted. -25:27 t5f0 יֹשֵׁ֖ב אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and stayed/worked close to home.” or “and {liked/preferred} to be/work at/near home.” -25:28 uzdf וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יִצְחָ֛ק אֶת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Isaac loved Esau {most},” or “Isaac’s favorite son was Esau,” Your translation should not sound like Isaac and Rebekah did not love both of their sons. Rather, they each had their favorite son. -25:28 dwdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי צַ֣יִד בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because he liked to eat the meat of wild animals/deer {that he/Esau hunted},” Make sure your translation of “he liked” refers here to Isaac, not Esau. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “Isaac liked to eat wild animal/deer meat, so his favorite son was Esau”. Do what is best your language. -25:28 gbyt וְ⁠רִבְקָ֖ה אֹהֶ֥בֶת אֶֽת יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “but/whereas Rebekah loved Jacob {most}.” or “but/whereas Rebekah’s favorite son was Jacob.” See how you translated a similar clause earlier in this verse. -25:29 uzn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥זֶד יַעֲקֹ֖ב נָזִ֑יד 1 “{Once} Jacob was making/cooking {some} stew/soup,” or “{One day} when Jacob was making {some} stew/soup,” According to verse 34, this stew (or thick soup) was made out of lentils, which are a type of bean; it may also have had pieces of meat in it. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the first event in this episode (following the background information in verses 27-28). -25:29 hj1w וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “Esau came home from {hunting/working out in} the fields/country”. See how you translated “field” in verse 27. -25:29 wxqp וְ⁠ה֥וּא עָיֵֽף 1 “and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {from hunger}.” or “and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {and hungry}.” or “extremely/very tired {and hungry}.” The Hebrew word for “exhausted” means Esau was very tired (perhaps even feeling faint) from his hunting or work, as well as hungry and thirsty from lack of food. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +25:27 q0d8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י עֵשָׂ֗ו אִ֛ישׁ יֹדֵ֥עַ צַ֖יִד 1 “Esau became a skilled/expert hunter,” or “Esau became good at hunting animals for food,” See how you translated a similar phrase (“mighty hunter”) in Gen 10:9. +25:27 qo31 אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and he enjoyed/preferred being/working in the open country,” or “and he was an outdoorsman,” +25:27 nj2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ אִ֣ישׁ תָּ֔ם 1 “but/whereas Jacob was a quiet/mild-mannered man/person” or “Jacob, on the other hand, had a quiet/mild-mannered personality/character”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that it is clear in your translation that Esau and Jacob are being contrasted. +25:27 t5f0 יֹשֵׁ֖ב אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and stayed/worked close to home.” or “and liked/preferred to be/work at/near home.” +25:28 uzdf וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יִצְחָ֛ק אֶת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Isaac loved Esau most,” or “Isaac’s favorite son was Esau,” Your translation should not sound like Isaac and Rebekah did not love both of their sons. Rather, they each had their favorite son. +25:28 dwdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי צַ֣יִד בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because he liked to eat the meat of wild animals/deer that he/Esau hunted,” Make sure your translation of “he liked” refers here to Isaac, not Esau. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “Isaac liked to eat wild animal/deer meat, so his favorite son was Esau”. Do what is best your language. +25:28 gbyt וְ⁠רִבְקָ֖ה אֹהֶ֥בֶת אֶֽת יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “but/whereas Rebekah loved Jacob most.” or “but/whereas Rebekah’s favorite son was Jacob.” See how you translated a similar clause earlier in this verse. +25:29 uzn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥זֶד יַעֲקֹ֖ב נָזִ֑יד 1 “Once Jacob was making/cooking some stew/soup,” or “One day when Jacob was making some stew/soup,” According to verse 34, this stew (or thick soup) was made out of lentils, which are a type of bean; it may also have had pieces of meat in it. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the first event in this episode (following the background information in verses 27-28). +25:29 hj1w וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “Esau came home from hunting/working out in the fields/country”. See how you translated “field” in verse 27. +25:29 wxqp וְ⁠ה֥וּא עָיֵֽף 1 “and he was/felt exhausted/weak from hunger.” or “and he was/felt exhausted/weak and hungry.” or “extremely/very tired and hungry.” The Hebrew word for “exhausted” means Esau was very tired (perhaps even feeling faint) from his hunting or work, as well as hungry and thirsty from lack of food. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 25:30 tyd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “So Esau asked Jacob,” or “So Esau requested from Jacob,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. 25:30 f235 הַלְעִיטֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ 1 “Please let me eat/have” -25:30 whmu מִן הָ⁠אָדֹ֤ם הָ⁠אָדֹם֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “some of that very/dark red stew/soup {you are making}” -25:30 r8j4 כִּ֥י עָיֵ֖ף אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “because I {am/feel} exhausted/weak {from hunger}!” or “because I {am/feel} {hungry and} exhausted/weak!” See how you translated “exhausted” in verse 29. +25:30 whmu מִן הָ⁠אָדֹ֤ם הָ⁠אָדֹם֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “some of that very/dark red stew/soup you are making” +25:30 r8j4 כִּ֥י עָיֵ֖ף אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “because I am/feel exhausted/weak from hunger!” or “because I am/feel hungry and exhausted/weak!” See how you translated “exhausted” in verse 29. 25:30 u35r עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why” or “Because he/Esau said that,” -25:30 ems1 קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “he/Esau was/is {also} called/nicknamed” or “his/Esau’s nickname was” or “they/people called/nicknamed him”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Do what is best in your language. -25:30 q10m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Edom, {which means “red.”}” You could include the meaning of “Edom” in your translation or in a footnote so that it is clear why Esau was given that name. -25:31 lm42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “But Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob replied,” -25:31 k63y כַ⁠יּ֛וֹם 1 “Today {right now}” or “Right now” or “First” -25:31 r3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכְרָ֥⁠ה & אֶת בְּכֹֽרָתְ⁠ךָ֖ לִֽ⁠י 1 “give your birthright to me in exchange {for some stew/soup}.” or “trade your rights as the firstborn/oldest son to me {for the/some stew/soup,} {then I will give you some}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was offering the stew as payment for Esau’s birthright as the firstborn son. In Hebrew culture the firstborn son inherited twice as much as the rest of the children in the family (Deuteronomy 21:15-17). That information could be put in a footnote so that people understand what Esau was selling for a bowl of stew. -25:32 l21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Esau said/responded {to him},” -25:32 zepf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י הוֹלֵ֖ךְ לָ⁠מ֑וּת 1 “Look, I am about to die {from hunger}!” or “Look/Listen, {I am so hungry that I feel like} I am about/going to die!” Esau is using hyperbole or exaggeration here to emphasize how hungry he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -25:32 hxqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠מָּה זֶּ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So how will my birthright benefit me {if I die}?” or “So my birthright is of no use/value/benefit to me {right now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question to emphasize his point about how hungry he is. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. +25:30 ems1 קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “he/Esau was/is also called/nicknamed” or “his/Esau’s nickname was” or “they/people called/nicknamed him”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Do what is best in your language. +25:30 q10m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Edom, which means “red.”” You could include the meaning of “Edom” in your translation or in a footnote so that it is clear why Esau was given that name. +25:31 lm42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “But Jacob said/replied to him,” or “Jacob replied,” +25:31 k63y כַ⁠יּ֛וֹם 1 “Today right now” or “Right now” or “First” +25:31 r3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכְרָ֥⁠ה & אֶת בְּכֹֽרָתְ⁠ךָ֖ לִֽ⁠י 1 “give your birthright to me in exchange for some stew/soup.” or “trade your rights as the firstborn/oldest son to me for the/some stew/soup, then I will give you some.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was offering the stew as payment for Esau’s birthright as the firstborn son. In Hebrew culture the firstborn son inherited twice as much as the rest of the children in the family (Deuteronomy 21:15-17). That information could be put in a footnote so that people understand what Esau was selling for a bowl of stew. +25:32 l21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Esau said/responded to him,” +25:32 zepf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י הוֹלֵ֖ךְ לָ⁠מ֑וּת 1 “Look, I am about to die from hunger!” or “Look/Listen, I am so hungry that I feel like I am about/going to die!” Esau is using hyperbole or exaggeration here to emphasize how hungry he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +25:32 hxqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠מָּה זֶּ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So how will my birthright benefit me if I die?” or “So my birthright is of no use/value/benefit to me right now!” Esau uses a rhetorical question to emphasize his point about how hungry he is. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. 25:33 t84h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “Jacob insisted,” -25:33 gxm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִשָּׁ֤בְעָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ כַּ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{First} make an oath/vow to me today {before God} {that your rights are now mine}!” or “{You must first} vow/promise to me right now {that you sell/give your rights to me}.” See how you translated “swear to me by God” in Gen 21:23. +25:33 gxm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִשָּׁ֤בְעָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ כַּ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “First make an oath/vow to me today before God that your rights are now mine!” or “You must first vow/promise to me right now that you sell/give your rights to me.” See how you translated “swear to me by God” in Gen 21:23. 25:33 d5gk וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “So he/Esau swore/vowed to him/Jacob” or “So Esau made an unbreakable promise/vow to him/Jacob”. Make sure the way you translate this clause fits well with what Jacob just said. -25:33 xdmk וַ⁠יִּמְכֹּ֥ר אֶת בְּכֹרָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that he had sold/traded his rights as the firstborn/oldest son to Jacob/him {for the stew/soup}.” or “that he was selling/giving his firstborn-son-rights to Jacob/him {in exchange for the stew/soup}.” See how you translated “sell your birthright” in verse 31. Also see how Hebrews 12:16 is translated, which refers to the same event. -25:34 jfkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֞ב נָתַ֣ן לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו לֶ֚חֶם וּ⁠נְזִ֣יד עֲדָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then Jacob gave Esau {some} bread and {some of the} lentil stew/soup,” or “Then Jacob gave Esau {some of the} lentil stew/soup and/with {some} bread,” Consider again how you translated “stew/soup” in verses 29 and 34. Lentils are small, round, flat, reddish-brown legume seeds that grow inside a pod (similar to peas or beans). If lentils are not known in your area, you could describe them as “a type of legume/bean called lentils”. -25:34 l7h8 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכַל וַ⁠יֵּ֔שְׁתְּ וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יֵּלַ֑ךְ 1 “and Esau ate, drank, got/stood up, and left.” or “and Esau {quickly/hurriedly} ate the meal and left.” Consider what is the most natural way to translate this series of actions that happened quickly one after the other and shows how carelessly Esau treated his birthright. -25:34 y8f5 וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶז עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת הַ⁠בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So Esau showed that he did not value his rights as the firstborn/oldest son.” or “In that way, Esau treated his birthright {carelessly/flippantly} as if it had no/little value.” See how you translated “birthright” in verses 31-33. +25:33 xdmk וַ⁠יִּמְכֹּ֥ר אֶת בְּכֹרָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that he had sold/traded his rights as the firstborn/oldest son to Jacob/him for the stew/soup.” or “that he was selling/giving his firstborn-son-rights to Jacob/him in exchange for the stew/soup.” See how you translated “sell your birthright” in verse 31. Also see how Hebrews 12:16 is translated, which refers to the same event. +25:34 jfkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֞ב נָתַ֣ן לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו לֶ֚חֶם וּ⁠נְזִ֣יד עֲדָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then Jacob gave Esau some bread and some of the lentil stew/soup,” or “Then Jacob gave Esau some of the lentil stew/soup and/with some bread,” Consider again how you translated “stew/soup” in verses 29 and 34. Lentils are small, round, flat, reddish-brown legume seeds that grow inside a pod (similar to peas or beans). If lentils are not known in your area, you could describe them as “a type of legume/bean called lentils”. +25:34 l7h8 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכַל וַ⁠יֵּ֔שְׁתְּ וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יֵּלַ֑ךְ 1 “and Esau ate, drank, got/stood up, and left.” or “and Esau quickly/hurriedly ate the meal and left.” Consider what is the most natural way to translate this series of actions that happened quickly one after the other and shows how carelessly Esau treated his birthright. +25:34 y8f5 וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶז עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת הַ⁠בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So Esau showed that he did not value his rights as the firstborn/oldest son.” or “In that way, Esau treated his birthright carelessly/flippantly as if it had no/little value.” See how you translated “birthright” in verses 31-33. 26:1 zr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Now there was”. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new episode. -26:1 my54 רָעָב֙ 1 “{another} famine” or “{another} extreme/serious shortage/lack of food” or “{another} {time of} extreme/severe food shortage”. See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10. -26:1 ltfb מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַד֙ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה 1 “in addition to the previous famine/one/shortage that occurred/happened” or “{This was} a different famine/shortage from the one that had happened {years} earlier/before,” +26:1 my54 רָעָב֙ 1 “another famine” or “another extreme/serious shortage/lack of food” or “another time of extreme/severe food shortage”. See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10. +26:1 ltfb מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַד֙ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה 1 “in addition to the previous famine/one/shortage that occurred/happened” or “This was a different famine/shortage from the one that had happened years earlier/before,” 26:1 znvb בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “during Abraham’s lifetime.” or “while Abraham was still alive.” -26:1 oa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֧לֶךְ יִצְחָ֛ק 1 “So Isaac {and his family} went”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac went alone to the city of Gerar; the rest of his family lived with him. -26:1 io2w אֶל אֲבִימֶּ֥לֶךְ מֶֽלֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים גְּרָֽרָ⁠ה 1 “went {for help} to the Philistine king Abimelech, {who lived} in {the city of} Gerar.” or “went to {the city of} Gerar to {ask for help from} King Abimelech, who ruled over the Philistines.” Be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Gerar” in Gen 10:19; 20:1-2 and “Philistines” in Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34. +26:1 oa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֧לֶךְ יִצְחָ֛ק 1 “So Isaac and his family went”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac went alone to the city of Gerar; the rest of his family lived with him. +26:1 io2w אֶל אֲבִימֶּ֥לֶךְ מֶֽלֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים גְּרָֽרָ⁠ה 1 “went for help to the Philistine king Abimelech, who lived in the city of Gerar.” or “went to the city of Gerar to ask for help from King Abimelech, who ruled over the Philistines.” Be consistent here with how you translated “the city of Gerar” in Gen 10:19; 20:1-2 and “Philistines” in Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34. 26:2 gxel rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then Yahweh came to Isaac”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to refer to Isaac here with his name or a pronoun. -26:2 d4sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and told/commanded {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. +26:2 d4sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said to him,” or “and told/commanded him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. 26:2 m265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל תֵּרֵ֣ד 1 “Do not go/travel south” or “Do not go/travel”. Egypt was lower in elevation and also south of the land of the Philistines. Many translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language. -26:2 zrjo מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to {the land/country of} Egypt,” -26:2 ytdn שְׁכֹ֣ן בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{but rather} live/stay/reside in the/this land where/wherever I tell you {to live}.” or “{but rather} live where/wherever I tell you to live.” -26:3 esom גּ֚וּר 1 “You must live/stay/reside for a while” or “Live/Stay/Reside temporarily {as a foreigner/outsider}”. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 19:9. You may need to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context. +26:2 zrjo מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to the land/country of Egypt,” +26:2 ytdn שְׁכֹ֣ן בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “but rather live/stay/reside in the/this land where/wherever I tell you to live.” or “but rather live where/wherever I tell you to live.” +26:3 esom גּ֚וּר 1 “You must live/stay/reside for a while” or “Live/Stay/Reside temporarily as a foreigner/outsider”. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 19:9. You may need to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context. 26:3 rbvm בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “in this region,” -26:3 a5hr וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֥ה עִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and I will stay with you” or “and I will be/stay {right} beside you”. This clause means that God will guide, help, and protect Isaac and provide for his needs. -26:3 rnp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms וַ⁠אֲבָרְכֶ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “and prosper you.” or “cause you {and your family} to prosper.” -26:3 dvmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ אֶתֵּן֙ אֶת כָּל הָֽ⁠אֲרָצֹ֣ת הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “In fact, I will give all the {surrounding} lands/regions to you and your offspring/descendants,” Starting here (and continuing through verse 4) Yahweh explains how he will bless Isaac. Begin this sentence in a way that makes that clear in your translation. +26:3 a5hr וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֥ה עִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and I will stay with you” or “and I will be/stay right beside you”. This clause means that God will guide, help, and protect Isaac and provide for his needs. +26:3 rnp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms וַ⁠אֲבָרְכֶ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “and prosper you.” or “cause you and your family to prosper.” +26:3 dvmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ אֶתֵּן֙ אֶת כָּל הָֽ⁠אֲרָצֹ֣ת הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “In fact, I will give all the surrounding lands/regions to you and your offspring/descendants,” Starting here (and continuing through verse 4) Yahweh explains how he will bless Isaac. Begin this sentence in a way that makes that clear in your translation. 26:3 lqx8 וַ⁠הֲקִֽמֹתִי֙ 1 “and I will continue to keep/fulfill” 26:3 nxyo אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁבֻעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם אָבִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “the vow/promise that I made to your father Abraham.” Consider again how you translated “oath” in Gen 24:8. It may be necessary to translate this word differently in different contexts. 26:4 g56u וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֤י 1 “Yes, I will multiply” or “that I will multiply”. Verse 4 gives the details of the oath that is referred to in verse 3. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 3. -26:4 w607 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י 1 “multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they are as numerous/countless} as” or “make your offspring/descendants as numerous/many/countless as” or “give you so many offspring that they will be as numerous as”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 22:17. -26:4 z0k0 כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “as the {number of} stars in the sky,” +26:4 w607 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י 1 “multiply/increase the number of your offspring/descendants so that they are as numerous/countless as” or “make your offspring/descendants as numerous/many/countless as” or “give you so many offspring that they will be as numerous as”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 22:17. +26:4 z0k0 כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “as the number of stars in the sky,” 26:4 yt1e וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י 1 “I will also give”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 26:4 mpz0 לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “to your descendants” or “to them” 26:4 fn5g אֵ֥ת כָּל הָ⁠אֲרָצֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑ל 1 “all these regions.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. 26:4 ibhs בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In fact, through your offspring/descendants” or “And because of your offspring/descendants” or “In fact, by means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase and the following clause in Gen 22:18. -26:4 gsf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups on earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups on the earth,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive clause. -26:5 yet9 עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁר 1 “{all} because” or “{I will do all that} because”. Verse 5 gives the reason that Yahweh will do everything that he says in verses 3 and 4. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -26:5 wtdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָהָ֖ם בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “Abraham obeyed me” or “Abraham {always} obeyed/did what I told him”. The phrase “my voice” stands for what Yahweh said to Abraham and also represents Yahweh himself. -26:5 y9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּשְׁמֹר֙ מִשְׁמַרְתִּ֔⁠י מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י חֻקּוֹתַ֥⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 “Yes, he kept/obeyed all my requirements, {including} {all} my commands, decrees, and laws.” or “and did everything that I ever commanded {him} {to do}.” This clause is another way of saying “obeyed my voice” (found in the previous clause), and emphasizes that Abraham always obeyed God in everything. Notice that the terms in this clause have much overlap in meaning. -26:6 mvz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב יִצְחָ֖ק בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “So/Then Isaac {did/obeyed what God said/commanded and} stayed/settled {with his family} in {the city of} Gerar.” In your translation it should not sound like Isaac lived alone; the rest of his family lived with him. -26:7 iokv וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁאֲל֞וּ אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After a while the men of/from that place/city started asking {Isaac/him} about Rebekah,” or “When the men from there started asking {Isaac/him} about Rebekah,” -26:7 c8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “he said/replied {to them}” or “he {lied and} told {them}” or “he {deceived them by} saying” -26:7 on1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “that she {was} his sister”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here. +26:4 gsf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups on earth will be blessed by me,” or “I will bless all the people/ethnic groups on the earth,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive clause. +26:5 yet9 עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁר 1 “all because” or “I will do all that because”. Verse 5 gives the reason that Yahweh will do everything that he says in verses 3 and 4. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +26:5 wtdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָהָ֖ם בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “Abraham obeyed me” or “Abraham always obeyed/did what I told him”. The phrase “my voice” stands for what Yahweh said to Abraham and also represents Yahweh himself. +26:5 y9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּשְׁמֹר֙ מִשְׁמַרְתִּ֔⁠י מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י חֻקּוֹתַ֥⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 “Yes, he kept/obeyed all my requirements, including all my commands, decrees, and laws.” or “and did everything that I ever commanded him to do.” This clause is another way of saying “obeyed my voice” (found in the previous clause), and emphasizes that Abraham always obeyed God in everything. Notice that the terms in this clause have much overlap in meaning. +26:6 mvz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב יִצְחָ֖ק בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “So/Then Isaac did/obeyed what God said/commanded and stayed/settled with his family in the city of Gerar.” In your translation it should not sound like Isaac lived alone; the rest of his family lived with him. +26:7 iokv וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁאֲל֞וּ אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After a while the men of/from that place/city started asking Isaac/him about Rebekah,” or “When the men from there started asking Isaac/him about Rebekah,” +26:7 c8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “he said/replied to them” or “he lied and told them” or “he deceived them by saying” +26:7 on1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “that she was his sister”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here. 26:7 z3c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֤י יָרֵא֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י 1 “He was afraid to say/admit that she was his wife,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you handled the previous quote in this sentence. 26:7 e48o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations פֶּן יַֽהַרְגֻ֜⁠נִי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “He thought that the men of the/that city might kill him” or “He was afraid that the men in that place/city would kill him”. See how you translated “the men of the place” earlier in this verse. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here, and see what you did earlier in this verse. 26:7 fozc עַל רִבְקָ֔ה 1 “because of Rebekah,” or “so that they could take/have Rebekah,” -26:7 b01d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא 1 “because she {is/was} very/so beautiful.” For some languages it may be better to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Rebekah {was} very beautiful, so the men in that city started asking {Isaac} about her. Isaac was afraid they might kill him in order to take/have her, so he {lied and} told {them} she {was} his sister.” Do what is best in your language. -26:8 zwls וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כִּ֣י אָֽרְכוּ ל֥⁠וֹ שָׁם֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 “{One day} when/after he/Isaac {and his family} had been/lived there a long time,” -26:8 ymwh וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 “Abimelech {who was} king over the Philistines looked down/out” or “the Philistines’ King Abimelech looked down/out” or “King Abimelech looked down/out” -26:8 vhn2 בְּעַ֖ד הַֽ⁠חַלּ֑וֹן 1 “from a window {of his house/palace}” +26:7 b01d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא 1 “because she is/was very/so beautiful.” For some languages it may be better to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Rebekah was very beautiful, so the men in that city started asking Isaac about her. Isaac was afraid they might kill him in order to take/have her, so he lied and told them she was his sister.” Do what is best in your language. +26:8 zwls וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כִּ֣י אָֽרְכוּ ל֥⁠וֹ שָׁם֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 “One day when/after he/Isaac and his family had been/lived there a long time,” +26:8 ymwh וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 “Abimelech who was king over the Philistines looked down/out” or “the Philistines’ King Abimelech looked down/out” or “King Abimelech looked down/out” +26:8 vhn2 בְּעַ֖ד הַֽ⁠חַלּ֑וֹן 1 “from a window of his house/palace” 26:8 koto וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “and saw to his surprise” or “and was surprised to see”. In this context, “behold” means that King Abimelech was surprised at what he saw. 26:8 o4an יִצְחָק֙ מְצַחֵ֔ק אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that Isaac was flirting with his wife Rebekah.” or “that Isaac was showing affection to his wife Rebekah.” There is a word play here in Hebrew (since “Isaac” and “laughing” come from the same root word). Isaac may have been laughing or flirting with Rebekah or physically touching her in an affectionate or intimate way, as a husband would do with his wife. -26:9 ziot וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֗ק 1 “So/Then {King} Abimelech summoned Isaac” or “So/Then {King} Abimelech sent someone to bring Isaac to him”. King Abimelech probably sent a servant to tell Isaac to come talk to him. -26:9 mblv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to him},” or “and scolded {him} {by saying},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. -26:9 vq6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַ֣ךְ הִנֵּ֤ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא 1 “It is clear/obvious that she/Rebekah {is} actually your wife!” The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this term in this context. -26:9 l4xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֵ֥יךְ אָמַ֖רְתָּ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “So why did you tell us that she {is} your sister?” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded direct quote (“She is my sister”) as a direct or indirect quote. +26:9 ziot וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֗ק 1 “So/Then King Abimelech summoned Isaac” or “So/Then King Abimelech sent someone to bring Isaac to him”. King Abimelech probably sent a servant to tell Isaac to come talk to him. +26:9 mblv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said to him,” or “and scolded him by saying,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. +26:9 vq6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַ֣ךְ הִנֵּ֤ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא 1 “It is clear/obvious that she/Rebekah is actually your wife!” The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this term in this context. +26:9 l4xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֵ֥יךְ אָמַ֖רְתָּ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “So why did you tell us that she is your sister?” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded direct quote (“She is my sister”) as a direct or indirect quote. 26:9 j573 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac answered him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. -26:9 kge5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי פֶּן אָמ֖וּת עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Because I thought that I might die because of her.” or “{I said that} because I was afraid that someone might kill me in order to take/have her {as a wife}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -26:10 t8xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech scolded {him} {further},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language to fit this context. +26:9 kge5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי פֶּן אָמ֖וּת עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Because I thought that I might die because of her.” or “I said that because I was afraid that someone might kill me in order to take/have her as a wife.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +26:10 t8xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech scolded him further,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language to fit this context. 26:10 t0lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “Why did you treat us this way?” or “You have treated us very badly!” or “You should not have done this to us!” King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to show strong emotion and to emphasize that what Isaac did was wrong and should not have been done. Do what is best in your language. -26:10 a431 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ֠⁠מְעַט שָׁכַ֞ב אַחַ֤ד הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת אִשְׁתֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Sooner or later, one of the people/men {whom I rule} could/might have slept with your wife,” or “... had {physical/sexual} relations with your wife,” or “... committed adultery with your wife,” See how you translated the idiom “lay with” in Gen 19:32-35. It may be necessary to translate this in slightly different ways, depending on the context. -26:10 q591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ אָשָֽׁם 1 “and you would have caused us to be guilty {of adultery}!” or “with the result that you would have brought guilt/punishment on us!” The pronoun “us” in this verse refers to King Abimelech and the Philistines whom he ruled; it does not include Isaac. -26:11 uhi8 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech warned/told all {his} people,” -26:11 z2nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֜עַ בָּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 “If anyone harms this man {Isaac} or his wife {in any way}, I will surely/definitely have that person killed/executed!” or “I will surely/definitely execute anyone who harms Isaac or his wife {in any way}!” In this context “touches” is used as an idiom that means “harms {in any way}.” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. -26:12 okdv וַ⁠יִּזְרַ֤ע יִצְחָק֙ בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “Isaac planted seeds/crops in that land/area,” The phrase “sow seeds” means to plant seeds by scattering them by hand on the ground in order to grow crops. If this method of planting is not known in your language area, you could translate this more generally and say, “planted seeds/crops” or “planted {large} fields {with seeds/crops}”. -26:12 rsw3 וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֛א בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵאָ֣ה שְׁעָרִ֑ים 1 “and during that year he gathered/reaped {a huge harvest that was} a hundred times {more than what he had planted}” or “and that year he harvested a very large crop/harvest” +26:10 a431 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ֠⁠מְעַט שָׁכַ֞ב אַחַ֤ד הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת אִשְׁתֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Sooner or later, one of the people/men whom I rule could/might have slept with your wife,” or “... had physical/sexual relations with your wife,” or “... committed adultery with your wife,” See how you translated the idiom “lay with” in Gen 19:32-35. It may be necessary to translate this in slightly different ways, depending on the context. +26:10 q591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ אָשָֽׁם 1 “and you would have caused us to be guilty of adultery!” or “with the result that you would have brought guilt/punishment on us!” The pronoun “us” in this verse refers to King Abimelech and the Philistines whom he ruled; it does not include Isaac. +26:11 uhi8 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then King Abimelech warned/told all his people,” +26:11 z2nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֜עַ בָּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 “If anyone harms this man Isaac or his wife in any way, I will surely/definitely have that person killed/executed!” or “I will surely/definitely execute anyone who harms Isaac or his wife in any way!” In this context “touches” is used as an idiom that means “harms in any way.” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +26:12 okdv וַ⁠יִּזְרַ֤ע יִצְחָק֙ בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “Isaac planted seeds/crops in that land/area,” The phrase “sow seeds” means to plant seeds by scattering them by hand on the ground in order to grow crops. If this method of planting is not known in your language area, you could translate this more generally and say, “planted seeds/crops” or “planted large fields with seeds/crops”. +26:12 rsw3 וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֛א בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵאָ֣ה שְׁעָרִ֑ים 1 “and during that year he gathered/reaped a huge harvest that was a hundred times more than what he had planted” or “and that year he harvested a very large crop/harvest” 26:12 p8ak וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “because Yahweh blessed him.” or “Yahweh continued to bless him,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 13. 26:13 ly00 וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֖ל הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ הָלוֹךְ֙ וְ⁠גָדֵ֔ל 1 “In that way he/Isaac kept getting more and more wealthy” or “so that he grew/became richer and richer” -26:13 hg95 עַ֥ד כִּֽי גָדַ֖ל מְאֹֽד 1 “until {eventually} he was extremely/very wealthy/rich.” -26:14 avey וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ מִקְנֵה צֹאן֙ וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֣ה בָקָ֔ר 1 “He had/owned many flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “He had/owned many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated “flocks” and “herds” in Gen 24:35. -26:14 uq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠עֲבֻדָּ֖ה רַבָּ֑ה 1 “and {he also had/owned} many servants/slaves.” or “He also had/owned many servants/slaves.” The same Hebrew word is used for both “servant” or “slave”. Slaves and servants were owned by their masters but often they were treated as respected members of the family. An example of this was Abraham’s head servant who was sent to find a wife for Isaac (Gen 24). Keep this information in mind as you translate “servants” into your language. +26:13 hg95 עַ֥ד כִּֽי גָדַ֖ל מְאֹֽד 1 “until eventually he was extremely/very wealthy/rich.” +26:14 avey וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ מִקְנֵה צֹאן֙ וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֣ה בָקָ֔ר 1 “He had/owned many flocks of sheep and herds of cattle” or “He had/owned many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated “flocks” and “herds” in Gen 24:35. +26:14 uq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠עֲבֻדָּ֖ה רַבָּ֑ה 1 “and he also had/owned many servants/slaves.” or “He also had/owned many servants/slaves.” The same Hebrew word is used for both “servant” or “slave”. Slaves and servants were owned by their masters but often they were treated as respected members of the family. An example of this was Abraham’s head servant who was sent to find a wife for Isaac (Gen 24). Keep this information in mind as you translate “servants” into your language. 26:14 qv2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יְקַנְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים 1 “Because of that, the Philistines envied him/Isaac,” or “As a result, the Philistines were envious/jealous of him/Isaac,” -26:15 b9xb וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ו סִתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים וַ⁠יְמַלְא֖וּ⁠ם עָפָֽר 1 “and/so they stopped/plugged up all his father Abraham’s wells by filling them with dirt.” or “So they filled up with dirt all the wells that the servants of his father Abraham had dug while he was {still} alive.” or “and/so they filled up all his/Isaac’s wells with dirt {so that no one could use them anymore}. Those were the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug while he was still alive.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 21:30-31. -26:16 z4zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then/Finally {King} Abimelech said to Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. -26:16 b5ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לֵ֚ךְ מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 “{Please} move away from us,” or “{We want you to} move {somewhere else} away from us,” Although King Abimelech is asking Isaac to leave, he is still trying to be polite. -26:16 ectv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָצַֽמְתָּ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ מְאֹֽד 1 “because you are too powerful for us.” or “because you are so powerful {that you are a threat} to us.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “You are so powerful that we {are afraid of you and} want you to move away from us.” Do what is best in your language. -26:17 lmkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “So Isaac moved {away} from {the city of} Gerar {with his family}”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself from the city of Gerar; his family moved with him. See what you did for similar cases in verses 1 and 6. +26:15 b9xb וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ו סִתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים וַ⁠יְמַלְא֖וּ⁠ם עָפָֽר 1 “and/so they stopped/plugged up all his father Abraham’s wells by filling them with dirt.” or “So they filled up with dirt all the wells that the servants of his father Abraham had dug while he was still alive.” or “and/so they filled up all his/Isaac’s wells with dirt so that no one could use them anymore. Those were the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug while he was still alive.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 21:30-31. +26:16 z4zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then/Finally King Abimelech said to Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. +26:16 b5ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לֵ֚ךְ מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Please move away from us,” or “We want you to move somewhere else away from us,” Although King Abimelech is asking Isaac to leave, he is still trying to be polite. +26:16 ectv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָצַֽמְתָּ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ מְאֹֽד 1 “because you are too powerful for us.” or “because you are so powerful that you are a threat to us.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “You are so powerful that we are afraid of you and want you to move away from us.” Do what is best in your language. +26:17 lmkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “So Isaac moved away from the city of Gerar with his family”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself from the city of Gerar; his family moved with him. See what you did for similar cases in verses 1 and 6. 26:17 ybzy וַ⁠יִּ֥חַן 1 “and pitched his tents” or “and set up his tents” 26:17 ndt1 בְּ⁠נַֽחַל גְּרָ֖ר 1 “in the Gerar Valley” or “in the valley near Gerar” -26:17 leu6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב שָֽׁם 1 “and stayed/lived there {for a while}.” -26:18 jra3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּ֣ר אֶת בְּאֵרֹ֣ת הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Isaac {had his servants} dig the dirt out of the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug and” or “Then Isaac’s servants re-dug his father Abraham’s wells”. Isaac had his servants re-dig the wells; he did not do that work by himself. -26:18 eqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְסַתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{that} the Philistines had plugged up with dirt after Abraham had died,” or “{that} the Philistines had {just} filled {with dirt},” Be consistent with how you spelled or translated “Philistines” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34; 26:1, 8, 14-15, 18. +26:17 leu6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב שָֽׁם 1 “and stayed/lived there for a while.” +26:18 jra3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּ֣ר אֶת בְּאֵרֹ֣ת הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Isaac had his servants dig the dirt out of the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug and” or “Then Isaac’s servants re-dug his father Abraham’s wells”. Isaac had his servants re-dig the wells; he did not do that work by himself. +26:18 eqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְסַתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “that the Philistines had plugged up with dirt after Abraham had died,” or “that the Philistines had just filled with dirt,” Be consistent with how you spelled or translated “Philistines” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34; 26:1, 8, 14-15, 18. 26:18 h4so וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א לָ⁠הֶן֙ שֵׁמ֔וֹת כַּ⁠שֵּׁמֹ֕ת 1 “He/Isaac gave the/those wells the same names” or “He/Isaac named the/those wells with the same names”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 26:18 uecx אֲשֶׁר קָרָ֥א לָ⁠הֶ֖ן אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “that his father had named/given them.” -26:19 z3nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְפְּר֥וּ עַבְדֵֽי יִצְחָ֖ק בַּ⁠נָּ֑חַל 1 “Next Isaac’s servants dug {at/in a new place} in the valley {of Gerar}” +26:19 z3nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְפְּר֥וּ עַבְדֵֽי יִצְחָ֖ק בַּ⁠נָּ֑חַל 1 “Next Isaac’s servants dug at/in a new place in the valley of Gerar” 26:19 eibf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨מְצְאוּ שָׁ֔ם בְּאֵ֖ר מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים 1 “and discovered/struck/reached a source/spring of fresh/flowing water there.” The phrase “living water” is an idiom that means the well was spring fed and was a source of continually flowing, fresh water to drink. -26:20 pv7y וַ⁠יָּרִ֜יבוּ רֹעֵ֣י גְרָ֗ר עִם־רֹעֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “But the herdsmen from {the city of} Gerar argued/disputed with Isaac’s herdsmen and said/claimed,” +26:20 pv7y וַ⁠יָּרִ֜יבוּ רֹעֵ֣י גְרָ֗ר עִם־רֹעֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “But the herdsmen from the city of Gerar argued/disputed with Isaac’s herdsmen and said/claimed,” 26:20 i62f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לָ֣⁠נוּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “That water/well is ours!” or “that the water/well belonged to them.” or “that they owned that water/well.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here. 26:20 ffg3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠בְּאֵר֙ 1 “So Isaac named/called the/that well” -26:20 opnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֔שֶׂק 1 “Esek, {which means “dispute/argument,”}” If you include the meaning of this well’s name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “disputed” in the next clause. This word is different from the word for “quarreled” used earlier in verse 20, but it has the same meaning. -26:20 hywb כִּ֥י הִֽתְעַשְּׂק֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because they argued with him {about it}.” or “because they disputed/argued with his herdsmen {about it}.” The herdsmen from Gerar disputed with Isaac indirectly (verse 20b) when they quarreled with his herdsmen (verse 20a). Make sure in your translation that the two halves of this verse do not contradict each other. +26:20 opnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֔שֶׂק 1 “Esek, which means “dispute/argument,”” If you include the meaning of this well’s name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “disputed” in the next clause. This word is different from the word for “quarreled” used earlier in verse 20, but it has the same meaning. +26:20 hywb כִּ֥י הִֽתְעַשְּׂק֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because they argued with him about it.” or “because they disputed/argued with his herdsmen about it.” The herdsmen from Gerar disputed with Isaac indirectly (verse 20b) when they quarreled with his herdsmen (verse 20a). Make sure in your translation that the two halves of this verse do not contradict each other. 26:21 ouy1 וַֽ⁠יַּחְפְּרוּ֙ בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת 1 “Then Isaac’s servants dug another well,” -26:21 ryzw וַ⁠יָּרִ֖יבוּ גַּם עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but {once again} the herdsmen from Gerar argued/disputed {with them} about that one/well too,” Be consistent here with how you translated “quarreled” in the first part of verse 20. +26:21 ryzw וַ⁠יָּרִ֖יבוּ גַּם עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but once again the herdsmen from Gerar argued/disputed with them about that one/well too,” Be consistent here with how you translated “quarreled” in the first part of verse 20. 26:21 prjv וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ 1 “so he/Isaac named it” or “So he/Isaac named the/that well”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -26:21 s7bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׂטְנָֽה 1 “Sitnah, {which means “hostility/strife.”}” -26:22 ndq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֣ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם 1 “Then Isaac {and his family} moved from there”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself. -26:22 za5m וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּר֙ 1 “and he {had his servants/men} dig” or “and his servants dug”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 18. +26:21 s7bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׂטְנָֽה 1 “Sitnah, which means “hostility/strife.”” +26:22 ndq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֣ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם 1 “Then Isaac and his family moved from there”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself. +26:22 za5m וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּר֙ 1 “and he had his servants/men dig” or “and his servants dug”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 18. 26:22 mtdv בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת 1 “a new/third well,” -26:22 ixst וְ⁠לֹ֥א רָב֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but {this time} the herdsmen of/from Gerar did not quarrel/argue about it,” or “{This time} Gerar's herdsmen did not quarrel/argue about it,” +26:22 ixst וְ⁠לֹ֥א רָב֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but this time the herdsmen of/from Gerar did not quarrel/argue about it,” or “This time Gerar's herdsmen did not quarrel/argue about it,” 26:22 ekhj וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “so he called/named it” or “so he called/named the/that well” or “so he gave it the name”. See how you translated this clause in verses 20 and 21. -26:22 ggt9 רְחֹב֔וֹת 1 “Rehoboth, {which means “space/room,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Rehoboth” in Gen 10:11. +26:22 ggt9 רְחֹב֔וֹת 1 “Rehoboth, which means “space/room,”” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Rehoboth” in Gen 10:11. 26:22 deux וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר כִּֽי עַתָּ֞ה & יְהוָ֛ה 1 “because he said, “Now/Finally Yahweh” -26:22 uq71 הִרְחִ֧יב & לָ֖⁠נוּ 1 “has provided space/room for us,” or “given our/my family {enough} space/room {to live},” -26:22 z2q3 וּ⁠פָרִ֥ינוּ בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that we will prosper/flourish {here} in the/this land.” -26:23 cbus וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “From there he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved south to {the city of} Beersheba.” or “{One day} he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved from there to {the city of} Beersheba.” The word “up” refers to the fact that Beersheba is higher in elevation from where they were; it is also south in direction. Some translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language. -26:24 ro9s וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “That night Yahweh appeared/came to him and said {to him},” See how you translated “Yahweh appeared to him” in verse 2. -26:24 kaqe אָנֹכִ֕י אֱלֹהֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} the God whom your father Abraham serves/worships.” or “I {am} the God {who takes care} of your father Abraham.” -26:24 xp88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַל תִּירָא֙ כִּֽי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָנֹ֔כִי 1 “I {will always be} with you, so do not be afraid.” Some languages can do as the Hebrew text does and put the result clause (“do not be afraid”) before the reason (“I am with you”). Other languages prefer to put the reason before the result. Do what is best in your language. +26:22 uq71 הִרְחִ֧יב & לָ֖⁠נוּ 1 “has provided space/room for us,” or “given our/my family enough space/room to live,” +26:22 z2q3 וּ⁠פָרִ֥ינוּ בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that we will prosper/flourish here in the/this land.” +26:23 cbus וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “From there he/Isaac and his family went/moved south to the city of Beersheba.” or “One day he/Isaac and his family went/moved from there to the city of Beersheba.” The word “up” refers to the fact that Beersheba is higher in elevation from where they were; it is also south in direction. Some translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language. +26:24 ro9s וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “That night Yahweh appeared/came to him and said to him,” See how you translated “Yahweh appeared to him” in verse 2. +26:24 kaqe אָנֹכִ֕י אֱלֹהֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I am the God whom your father Abraham serves/worships.” or “I am the God who takes care of your father Abraham.” +26:24 xp88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַל תִּירָא֙ כִּֽי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָנֹ֔כִי 1 “I will always be with you, so do not be afraid.” Some languages can do as the Hebrew text does and put the result clause (“do not be afraid”) before the reason (“I am with you”). Other languages prefer to put the reason before the result. Do what is best in your language. 26:24 k105 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will bless/prosper you”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. -26:24 n65z וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֣י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants” or “and make your offspring/descendants numerous” or “and give you many/countless offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. -26:24 s2lp בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of {my promise/relationship to}” or “just as I promised to” or “in order to keep my promise to” +26:24 n65z וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֣י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and multiply/increase the number of your offspring/descendants” or “and make your offspring/descendants numerous” or “and give you many/countless offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. +26:24 s2lp בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of my promise/relationship to” or “just as I promised to” or “in order to keep my promise to” 26:24 hirv אַבְרָהָ֥ם עַבְדִּֽ⁠י 1 “my servant Abraham.” or “Abraham, who serves me.” -26:25 qm2j וַ⁠יִּ֧בֶן שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 “Then/So Isaac built an altar there {at Beersheba}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 22:9. -26:25 junf וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and {offered/burned sacrifices on it to Yahweh as he} worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “called on the name of Yahweh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:26, 12:8, 13:4, 21:33, 26:25, and see the note about this at 4:26. +26:25 qm2j וַ⁠יִּ֧בֶן שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 “Then/So Isaac built an altar there at Beersheba”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 22:9. +26:25 junf וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and offered/burned sacrifices on it to Yahweh as he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “called on the name of Yahweh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:26, 12:8, 13:4, 21:33, 26:25, and see the note about this at 4:26. 26:25 kvmx וַ⁠יֶּט שָׁ֖ם אָהֳל֑⁠וֹ 1 “He also set up his tents/camp there,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 17. -26:25 lfr5 וַ⁠יִּכְרוּ שָׁ֥ם עַבְדֵי יִצְחָ֖ק בְּאֵֽר 1 “and his servants started digging {another} well there {too}.” Notice that they did not finish digging this well until verse 32. Keep that in mind as you translate this clause. -26:26 nte9 וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ הָלַ֥ךְ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠גְּרָ֑ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech came/went to him/Isaac from {the city of} Gerar” +26:25 lfr5 וַ⁠יִּכְרוּ שָׁ֥ם עַבְדֵי יִצְחָ֖ק בְּאֵֽר 1 “and his servants started digging another well there too.” Notice that they did not finish digging this well until verse 32. Keep that in mind as you translate this clause. +26:26 nte9 וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ הָלַ֥ךְ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠גְּרָ֑ר 1 “Then King Abimelech came/went to him/Isaac from the city of Gerar” 26:26 evv1 וַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת֙ מֵֽרֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “with his adviser Ahuzzath”. King Abimelech’s friend Ahuzzath was probably his adviser. -26:26 kkn7 וּ⁠פִיכֹ֖ל שַׂר צְבָאֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and Phicol {who was} the commander/leader of his/Abimelech’s army/soldiers.” or “and his army/military commander/captain Phicol.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:22, 32. +26:26 kkn7 וּ⁠פִיכֹ֖ל שַׂר צְבָאֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and Phicol who was the commander/leader of his/Abimelech’s army/soldiers.” or “and his army/military commander/captain Phicol.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:22, 32. 26:27 cyjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac asked them,” 26:27 bwup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ בָּאתֶ֣ם אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “Why did you come here,” or “I don’t understand why you came to see me,” Isaac probably wants to know why King Abimelech and his men are there, but this may also be a rhetorical question that shows his strong emotion. -26:27 mx4e וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ שְׂנֵאתֶ֣ם אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “{especially} since you have treated me hatefully/meanly” or “{especially} since you have been hateful/unfriendly/hostile toward me” +26:27 mx4e וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ שְׂנֵאתֶ֣ם אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “especially since you have treated me hatefully/meanly” or “especially since you have been hateful/unfriendly/hostile toward me” 26:27 fv74 וַ⁠תְּשַׁלְּח֖וּ⁠נִי מֵ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “and forced me to move/go away from you!” -26:28 bu45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered {him},” or “They responded/replied,” +26:28 bu45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered him,” or “They responded/replied,” 26:28 m7us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive רָא֣וֹ רָאִינוּ֮ 1 “It is very obvious/clear to us”. Make sure your translation of the pronoun “we” does not include Isaac here. -26:28 e5ty כִּֽי הָיָ֣ה יְהוָ֣ה עִמָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “that Yahweh is with you {and blessing/prospering you},” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 3 and 24. -26:28 rfk0 וַ⁠נֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so we said {to each other}” or “so/and we decided” -26:28 f7p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive תְּהִ֨י נָ֥א אָלָ֛ה בֵּינוֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “that there should be an oath/vow between us and you.” or “that we should make a vow with you {to live in peace with one another}.” or “that we should make a vow to each other.” In the Hebrew text, the first “us” in this sentence includes Isaac, but the second “us” excludes him. Notice that in the first two alternate translations, the pronouns “us” and “we” exclude him, but in the third alternate, the pronoun “we” includes him. -26:28 o3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית 1 “So {please} let us make/establish a {peace} treaty/agreement”. See how you translated “cut a covenant” in Gen 21:27, 32. Notice that the pronoun “us” in this phrase either excludes Isaac or includes him, depending on whether you use “with you” or “with each other” for the following phrase. +26:28 e5ty כִּֽי הָיָ֣ה יְהוָ֣ה עִמָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “that Yahweh is with you and blessing/prospering you,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 3 and 24. +26:28 rfk0 וַ⁠נֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so we said to each other” or “so/and we decided” +26:28 f7p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive תְּהִ֨י נָ֥א אָלָ֛ה בֵּינוֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “that there should be an oath/vow between us and you.” or “that we should make a vow with you to live in peace with one another.” or “that we should make a vow to each other.” In the Hebrew text, the first “us” in this sentence includes Isaac, but the second “us” excludes him. Notice that in the first two alternate translations, the pronouns “us” and “we” exclude him, but in the third alternate, the pronoun “we” includes him. +26:28 o3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית 1 “So please let us make/establish a peace treaty/agreement”. See how you translated “cut a covenant” in Gen 21:27, 32. Notice that the pronoun “us” in this phrase either excludes Isaac or includes him, depending on whether you use “with you” or “with each other” for the following phrase. 26:28 fcp0 עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “with each other,” 26:29 x6xs אִם תַּעֲשֵׂ֨ה עִמָּ֜⁠נוּ רָעָ֗ה 1 “that you will never harm us,” Verse 29 specifies the details of the covenant or treaty that they want Isaac to vow or promise. -26:29 xrwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א נְגַֽעֲנ֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 “just as we never harmed you {in any way},” See how you translated “touch” or “harm” in verse 11. +26:29 xrwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א נְגַֽעֲנ֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 “just as we never harmed you in any way,” See how you translated “touch” or “harm” in verse 11. 26:29 uaog וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשִׂ֤ינוּ עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ רַק ט֔וֹב 1 “but only treated you well/kindly” 26:29 b6m3 וַ⁠נְּשַׁלֵּֽחֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם 1 “and sent you away peacefully.” or “and in a peaceful manner asked you to leave.” -26:29 noji אַתָּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה בְּר֥וּךְ יְהוָֽה 1 “Now {because of that,} Yahweh has {greatly} blessed/prospered you.” or “{As a result,} Yahweh has now {greatly} blessed/prospered you.” +26:29 noji אַתָּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה בְּר֥וּךְ יְהוָֽה 1 “Now because of that, Yahweh has greatly blessed/prospered you.” or “As a result, Yahweh has now greatly blessed/prospered you.” 26:30 upgd וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “Then Isaac prepared a feast,” -26:30 ncvw וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֖וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 “and they {all} ate and drank {together}.” In your translation it should not sound like the feast was only for King Abimelech and his men; Isaac ate with them. +26:30 ncvw וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֖וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 “and they all ate and drank together.” In your translation it should not sound like the feast was only for King Abimelech and his men; Isaac ate with them. 26:31 ovmw וַ⁠יַּשְׁכִּ֣ימוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 “Early the next morning they got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8; 21:14, 22:3. -26:31 e434 וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and made unbreakable oaths/promises to each other {to keep their covenant/treaty}.” or “and made vows/oaths to one another {that they would keep their treaty/agreement}.” See how you translated “swore” in Gen 25:33. Also, if you make the implied information explicit, it should match the way you translate “covenant” or “treaty” in verse 28. +26:31 e434 וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and made unbreakable oaths/promises to each other to keep their covenant/treaty.” or “and made vows/oaths to one another that they would keep their treaty/agreement.” See how you translated “swore” in Gen 25:33. Also, if you make the implied information explicit, it should match the way you translate “covenant” or “treaty” in verse 28. 26:31 dqn2 וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֣⁠ם יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Then Isaac said goodbye to them,” or “Then Isaac told them goodbye,” 26:31 fbfb וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 “and they went home from him in peace.” or “and they left him on peaceful terms and went/returned home.” -26:32 c721 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that {same} day” or “{Later} that {same} day” -26:32 h1e9 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י יִצְחָ֔ק וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣דוּ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Isaac’s servants came {to him} to tell/inform him” +26:32 c721 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that same day” or “Later that same day” +26:32 h1e9 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י יִצְחָ֔ק וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣דוּ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Isaac’s servants came to him to tell/inform him” 26:32 n9yf עַל אֹד֥וֹת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָפָ֑רוּ 1 “about the well that they had been digging”. This is the same well that Isaac’s servants started digging in verse 25. 26:32 yrmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמְרוּ ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “and announced,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. 26:32 e8ez מָצָ֥אנוּ מָֽיִם 1 “We have discovered/struck/reached water!” See how you translated “found” in verse 19. -26:33 ksjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ שִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 “So Isaac named the well Shibah/Shebah, {which means “oath/vow.”}” The name of this well can be spelled “Shibah” or “Shebah.” +26:33 ksjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ שִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 “So Isaac named the well Shibah/Shebah, which means “oath/vow.”” The name of this well can be spelled “Shibah” or “Shebah.” 26:33 dzcy עַל כֵּ֤ן 1 “That is why” -26:33 rlw9 שֵׁם הָ⁠עִיר֙ בְּאֵ֣ר שֶׁ֔בַע עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “{even} today the name of that city {is} still Beersheba, {which means “well of the oath/vow.”}” See how you translated “Beersheba” and its meaning in Gen 21:31. +26:33 rlw9 שֵׁם הָ⁠עִיר֙ בְּאֵ֣ר שֶׁ֔בַע עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “even today the name of that city is still Beersheba, which means “well of the oath/vow.”” See how you translated “Beersheba” and its meaning in Gen 21:31. 26:34 xghn וַ⁠יְהִ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “Now Esau was forty/40 years old, and” or “When Esau was forty/40 years old,” Consider again how you translated “a son of … years” in the book of Genesis. See 5:32; 11:10; 12:4; 16:16; 17:1, 17, 24-25; 25:20-21 and 26:34. -26:34 wv0p וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ אֶת יְהוּדִ֔ית בַּת בְּאֵרִ֖י הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֑י וְ⁠אֶת בָּ֣שְׂמַ֔ת בַּת אֵילֹ֖ן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “he married {a woman named} Judith, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Beeri, and {he also married} {a woman named} Basemath, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon.” or “he married {two} Hittite women: Judith, whose father was Beeri, and Basemath, whose father was Elon.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath was Esau’s second wife, not Beeri’s wife. -26:35 hack rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ מֹ֣רַת ר֑וּחַ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָֽה 1 “Those {foreign} women caused Isaac and Rebekah to be very distressed/upset.” or “Isaac and Rebekah were very distressed/upset that their son had married foreign women {rather than a woman from their own religion and people group}.” +26:34 wv0p וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ אֶת יְהוּדִ֔ית בַּת בְּאֵרִ֖י הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֑י וְ⁠אֶת בָּ֣שְׂמַ֔ת בַּת אֵילֹ֖ן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “he married a woman named Judith, who was the/a daughter of a Hittite man named Beeri, and he also married a woman named Basemath, who was the/a daughter of a Hittite man named Elon.” or “he married two Hittite women: Judith, whose father was Beeri, and Basemath, whose father was Elon.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath was Esau’s second wife, not Beeri’s wife. +26:35 hack rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ מֹ֣רַת ר֑וּחַ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָֽה 1 “Those foreign women caused Isaac and Rebekah to be very distressed/upset.” or “Isaac and Rebekah were very distressed/upset that their son had married foreign women rather than a woman from their own religion and people group.” 27:1 omqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּֽי 1 “One day when” or “Now when”. The events in chapter 27 happened about 23 years after the end of chapter 26. Make sure your translation begins this verse in a way that fits with that fact. -27:1 nlqr זָקֵ֣ן יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac was {very} old” or “Isaac was an old man” +27:1 nlqr זָקֵ֣ן יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac was very old” or “Isaac was an old man” 27:1 za37 וַ⁠תִּכְהֶ֥יןָ עֵינָ֖י⁠ו מֵ⁠רְאֹ֑ת 1 “and his eyes were so weak that he could not see,” or “and he could no longer see,” or “and he was almost blind,” Isaac was either totally blind or so blind that he could not recognize people anymore (See: verses 18-27, 32-33). 27:1 rinb וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֞א 1 “he called/sent for” or “he summoned”. Isaac probably told a servant to go and tell Esau to come to him. 27:1 pxqg אֶת עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּנ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֗ל וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “his older son Esau and said, “Son.” ” 27:1 rtzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Esau answered him,” or “Esau replied,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. -27:1 gs77 הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am.” or “Yes, {sir/Father,} {what is it}?” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1,7,11. -27:2 ag4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac told {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. -27:2 kpyl הִנֵּה נָ֖א 1 “Listen {closely/carefully}, please:” or “Please listen {closely/carefully}:” -27:2 fkcw זָקַ֑נְתִּי 1 “I am {very} old” or “I am an old man {now}”. See how you translated “old” or “an old man” in verse 1. -27:2 a42u לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְתִּי י֥וֹם מוֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “{and} I do not know when I will die.” or “{and} I might die soon.” or “{and} I might not live much longer.” +27:1 gs77 הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am.” or “Yes, sir/Father, what is it?” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1,7,11. +27:2 ag4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac told him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. +27:2 kpyl הִנֵּה נָ֖א 1 “Listen closely/carefully, please:” or “Please listen closely/carefully:” +27:2 fkcw זָקַ֑נְתִּי 1 “I am very old” or “I am an old man now”. See how you translated “old” or “an old man” in verse 1. +27:2 a42u לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְתִּי י֥וֹם מוֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “and I do not know when I will die.” or “and I might die soon.” or “and I might not live much longer.” 27:3 cqls rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “So then,” or “So” -27:3 lnze שָׂא נָ֣א כֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ תֶּלְיְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠קַשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “take/get your hunting gear, your quiver {of arrows}, and your bow,” or “take/get your bow and arrows”. Consider what is the most natural way to refer to a bow and arrows in your language. +27:3 lnze שָׂא נָ֣א כֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ תֶּלְיְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠קַשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “take/get your hunting gear, your quiver of arrows, and your bow,” or “take/get your bow and arrows”. Consider what is the most natural way to refer to a bow and arrows in your language. 27:3 x56a וְ⁠צֵא֙ 1 “then go out” or “go out” 27:3 i275 הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “into/to the fields” or “into/to the open country”. See how you translated “the field” in Gen 25:27. -27:3 lcqx וְ⁠צ֥וּדָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י צידה 1 “and hunt/get {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat} for me.” or “and go hunting for me.” See how you translated “game” in Gen 25:28. -27:4 lb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה 1 “Next/Then {use the meat to} cook/make” or “Next/Then {butcher the animal/deer and} cook/make”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit more of the steps that Esau needs to take to prepare the meal, so that it does not sound like the animal would be eaten alive or uncooked. Do what is best in your language. -27:4 fnk4 לִ֨⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֜ים 1 “{some} tasty/savory food for me” or “a tasty/delicious meal for me” -27:4 jc0b כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהַ֛בְתִּי 1 “the kind I like best,” or “{just} the way that I like it,” +27:3 lcqx וְ⁠צ֥וּדָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י צידה 1 “and hunt/get some wild animal/deer meat for me.” or “and go hunting for me.” See how you translated “game” in Gen 25:28. +27:4 lb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה 1 “Next/Then use the meat to cook/make” or “Next/Then butcher the animal/deer and cook/make”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit more of the steps that Esau needs to take to prepare the meal, so that it does not sound like the animal would be eaten alive or uncooked. Do what is best in your language. +27:4 fnk4 לִ֨⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֜ים 1 “some tasty/savory food for me” or “a tasty/delicious meal for me” +27:4 jc0b כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהַ֛בְתִּי 1 “the kind I like best,” or “just the way that I like it,” 27:4 bl6m וְ⁠הָבִ֥יאָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה בַּ⁠עֲב֛וּר 1 “and bring it to me to eat so that” 27:4 m687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תְּבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֥ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת 1 “I can bless you before I die.” or “before I die I can ask God to bless/prosper you.” Isaac uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself. 27:5 iw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠רִבְקָ֣ה שֹׁמַ֔עַת בְּ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר יִצְחָ֔ק אֶל עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Rebekah overheard what Isaac said to his/their son Esau.” or “Now while Isaac was speaking to his son Esau, Rebekah was listening/eavesdropping.” The phrase “his son” probably recalls the fact that Esau was Isaac’s favorite son (Gen 25:28). However make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Esau was not also Rebekah’s son. -27:5 bdl8 וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ עֵשָׂו֙ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה לָ⁠צ֥וּד צַ֖יִד לְ⁠הָבִֽיא 1 “So after Esau went out to the fields/country to hunt/get {wild} animal/deer {meat},” or “So after Esau had left to go hunting in the open country,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 6. Also see how you translated “the field” and “hunt game” in verse 3. +27:5 bdl8 וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ עֵשָׂו֙ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה לָ⁠צ֥וּד צַ֖יִד לְ⁠הָבִֽיא 1 “So after Esau went out to the fields/country to hunt/get wild animal/deer meat,” or “So after Esau had left to go hunting in the open country,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 6. Also see how you translated “the field” and “hunt game” in verse 3. 27:6 bx0k וְ⁠רִבְקָה֙ אָֽמְרָ֔ה אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָ֖⁠הּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Rebekah/she said to her/their son Jacob,” The phrase “her son” probably recalls the fact that Jacob was Rebekah’s favorite son (Gen 25:28). See how you translated “his son” in verse 5. 27:6 tcc3 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Listen,” or “Listen to this:” -27:6 dksq שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I {just} heard/overheard your father” +27:6 dksq שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I just heard/overheard your father” 27:6 cvsc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship מְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶל עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “tell your brother Esau” or “say to your brother Esau,” Some languages have a special term for “older brother” that is used here. Do what is best in your language. -27:7 d0l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָבִ֨יאָ⁠ה לִּ֥⁠י צַ֛יִד 1 “to bring/get him {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat}”. Consider whether it is best in your language to translate Rebekah’s quote of Isaac in verse 7 as a direct quote or an indirect quote. -27:7 juty וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה לִ֥⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה 1 “and {use it to} cook a tasty/delicious meal for him to eat.” See how you translated this clause in verse 4. +27:7 d0l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָבִ֨יאָ⁠ה לִּ֥⁠י צַ֛יִד 1 “to bring/get him some wild animal/deer meat”. Consider whether it is best in your language to translate Rebekah’s quote of Isaac in verse 7 as a direct quote or an indirect quote. +27:7 juty וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה לִ֥⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה 1 “and use it to cook a tasty/delicious meal for him to eat.” See how you translated this clause in verse 4. 27:7 bqb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠אֲבָרֶכְ⁠כָ֛ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “Then before he dies, he wants to bless Esau with Yahweh as his witness.” or “Then before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper Esau.” Be consistent in translating the parts of verse 7 as either a direct quote (using first person pronouns) or an indirect quote (using third person pronouns). -27:8 w8zu וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י 1 “So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verse 3. Also, make sure it is clear that Rebekah is no longer quoting Isaac’s words (whether directly or indirectly). If necessary, you could begin this verse with: “Rebekah continued,” or “Then Rebekah said {to Jacob},” +27:8 w8zu וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י 1 “So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verse 3. Also, make sure it is clear that Rebekah is no longer quoting Isaac’s words (whether directly or indirectly). If necessary, you could begin this verse with: “Rebekah continued,” or “Then Rebekah said to Jacob,” 27:8 b2vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “listen to me” or “listen to what I’m saying”. See how you translated “my voice” in Gen 26:5. -27:8 lusi לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י מְצַוָּ֥ה אֹתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and do what I tell you {to do}.” or “so that you do what I’m telling you.” or “and obey me.” -27:9 lppq לֶךְ נָא֙ אֶל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “Please go {out} to our flock {of goats}” or “Go to our flock {of goats}” +27:8 lusi לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י מְצַוָּ֥ה אֹתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and do what I tell you to do.” or “so that you do what I’m telling you.” or “and obey me.” +27:9 lppq לֶךְ נָא֙ אֶל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “Please go out to our flock of goats” or “Go to our flock of goats” 27:9 n98a וְ⁠קַֽח לִ֣⁠י מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם 1 “and bring me” or “and get for me” 27:9 p6eq שְׁנֵ֛י גְּדָיֵ֥י עִזִּ֖ים טֹבִ֑ים 1 “two fine/choice kid/young goats” or “two of the/our best kid/young goats” -27:9 rkva וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֨ה אֹתָ֧⁠ם 1 “so that I can {use the meat from them to} prepare/cook” or “I will {use their meat to} cook/make”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -27:9 x89y מַטְעַמִּ֛ים לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{some} savory food for your father” or “a tasty/delicious meal for your father”. See how you translated “prepare some tasty food for” in verses 4 and 7. -27:9 yxaa כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהֵֽב 1 “the kind he likes best/most.” or “{just} the way that he likes it.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. +27:9 rkva וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֨ה אֹתָ֧⁠ם 1 “so that I can use the meat from them to prepare/cook” or “I will use their meat to cook/make”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +27:9 x89y מַטְעַמִּ֛ים לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “some savory food for your father” or “a tasty/delicious meal for your father”. See how you translated “prepare some tasty food for” in verses 4 and 7. +27:9 yxaa כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהֵֽב 1 “the kind he likes best/most.” or “just the way that he likes it.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. 27:10 ymlt וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Then you can take the meal/food to your father” -27:10 u9by וְ⁠אָכָ֑ל בַּ⁠עֲבֻ֛ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to eat, so that he will bless you before he dies.” or “so that he will eat {it}, and {then} before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper you.” See how you translated “will bless” in verses 4 and 7. +27:10 u9by וְ⁠אָכָ֑ל בַּ⁠עֲבֻ֛ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to eat, so that he will bless you before he dies.” or “so that he will eat it, and then before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper you.” See how you translated “will bless” in verses 4 and 7. 27:11 cgim rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then/But Jacob replied/responded” 27:11 msb6 אֶל רִבְקָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “to his mother,” or “to her,” 27:11 r28w הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Listen,” or “Remember that” or “As you know,” 27:11 d7jp עֵשָׂ֤ו אָחִ⁠י֙ 1 “my brother Esau”. See how you translated “brother” in verse 11. 27:11 i1x2 אִ֣ישׁ שָׂעִ֔ר 1 “has hairy skin” or “has a lot of hair on his skin/body”. See how you talked about Esau’s hairy body in Gen 25:25. 27:11 fy4c וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אִ֥ישׁ חָלָֽק 1 “but I have smooth/non-hairy skin.” or “but I am not hairy.” -27:12 hr6z אוּלַ֤י 1 “What if” or “What will/would happen if” or “{I am afraid of} what will happen if” +27:12 hr6z אוּלַ֤י 1 “What if” or “What will/would happen if” or “I am afraid of what will happen if” 27:12 kr4s יְמֻשֵּׁ֨⁠נִי֙ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “my father touches/feels my skin/arms”. If this sentence is translated as a statement, you could end it with a period or an exclamation point to show that Jacob is worried. -27:12 yk4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי בְ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו כִּ⁠מְתַעְתֵּ֑עַ 1 “{Certainly} he will/would {recognize me and} know/realize that I am trying to deceive/trick him.” Make sure that your translation of verse 12 describes a hypothetical situation, not something that had happened yet. Some languages have a special verb form (such as “would”) to communicate this. +27:12 yk4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי בְ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו כִּ⁠מְתַעְתֵּ֑עַ 1 “Certainly he will/would recognize me and know/realize that I am trying to deceive/trick him.” Make sure that your translation of verse 12 describes a hypothetical situation, not something that had happened yet. Some languages have a special verb form (such as “would”) to communicate this. 27:12 wq82 וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֥י עָלַ֛⁠י קְלָלָ֖ה וְ⁠לֹ֥א בְרָכָֽה 1 “Then I will/would cause myself to be cursed instead of blessed.” or “Then he will curse me instead of blessing me.” 27:13 g9dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But his mother replied/responded,” -27:13 sw3k עָלַ֥⁠י קִלְלָתְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “My son, {if your father curses you,} may that curse be/fall on me {and not on you}.” or “{If that happens,} may God curse me instead of you, my son.” Make sure that your translation of “your curse” refers to the curse Jacob fears his father might say against him and does not sound like Jacob cursed someone. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put an address like “my son” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. -27:13 oogm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַ֛ךְ שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֖⁠י 1 “{Please} just do/obey what I say,” or “Just listen to me,” -27:13 dbke וְ⁠לֵ֥ךְ קַֽח לִֽ⁠י 1 “and go get {two goats} for me.” or “and go and bring {two goats} to me.” -27:14 sjy7 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 “So Jacob went {to the/their flock}” -27:14 nj8o וַ⁠יִּקַּ֔ח 1 “and got {the goats}” or “chose/selected {two goats}” -27:14 rsoj וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took {them} to her.” -27:14 xp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֤עַשׂ אִמּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then she {had them butchered and she} prepared/cooked/made” or “Then she {used the butchered meat from the goats to} prepare/cook”. In some languages it is necessary to specify that the animal was killed and cut up before being cooked. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in verse 4. -27:14 eza3 מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “{some} tasty/savory food” or “a tasty/delicious meal”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 4, 7 and 9. -27:14 qzmr כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָהֵ֥ב אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “{just} the way that his father liked it.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4 and 9. -27:15 ss0o וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח רִ֠בְקָה 1 “Rebekah/She also took/got {out}” +27:13 sw3k עָלַ֥⁠י קִלְלָתְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “My son, if your father curses you, may that curse be/fall on me and not on you.” or “If that happens, may God curse me instead of you, my son.” Make sure that your translation of “your curse” refers to the curse Jacob fears his father might say against him and does not sound like Jacob cursed someone. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put an address like “my son” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. +27:13 oogm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַ֛ךְ שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֖⁠י 1 “Please just do/obey what I say,” or “Just listen to me,” +27:13 dbke וְ⁠לֵ֥ךְ קַֽח לִֽ⁠י 1 “and go get two goats for me.” or “and go and bring two goats to me.” +27:14 sjy7 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 “So Jacob went to the/their flock” +27:14 nj8o וַ⁠יִּקַּ֔ח 1 “and got the goats” or “chose/selected two goats” +27:14 rsoj וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took them to her.” +27:14 xp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֤עַשׂ אִמּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then she had them butchered and she prepared/cooked/made” or “Then she used the butchered meat from the goats to prepare/cook”. In some languages it is necessary to specify that the animal was killed and cut up before being cooked. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in verse 4. +27:14 eza3 מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “some tasty/savory food” or “a tasty/delicious meal”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 4, 7 and 9. +27:14 qzmr כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָהֵ֥ב אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “just the way that his father liked it.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4 and 9. +27:15 ss0o וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח רִ֠בְקָה 1 “Rebekah/She also took/got out” 27:15 p7ho אֶת בִּגְדֵ֨י עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּנָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ הַ⁠חֲמֻדֹ֔ת 1 “her older son Esau’s best/finest clothes” 27:15 q7yz אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 “that she had in the house” 27:15 iixo וַ⁠תַּלְבֵּ֥שׁ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּנָ֥⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן 1 “and had her younger son Jacob put them on.” or “and gave them to her younger son Jacob to put on.” Your translation should not sound like Rebekah dressed Jacob herself as if he were a little child. She probably gave him the clothes and asked him to put them on himself. 27:16 bv6u וְ⁠אֵ֗ת עֹרֹת֙ גְּדָיֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים הִלְבִּ֖ישָׁה עַל יָדָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עַ֖ל 1 “Then she used the goat skins to cover his/Jacob’s arms and”. See how you translated “skins” in Gen 3:21. The skins still had the goat hair or fur on them. -27:16 gced חֶלְקַ֥ת צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “the non-hairy part of his neck.” or “the part of his neck that had no hair {on it}.” See how you translated “smooth” in verse 11. +27:16 gced חֶלְקַ֥ת צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “the non-hairy part of his neck.” or “the part of his neck that had no hair on it.” See how you translated “smooth” in verse 11. 27:17 xf7r וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת הַ⁠מַּטְעַמִּ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑תָה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “Then she/Rebekah gave/handed to Jacob/him the tasty/savory goat meat dish and some bread she had baked/made.” or “Then she gave/handed the tasty/delicious food/meal to Jacob/him, including some bread that she had baked/made.” 27:18 jlx7 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “He/Jacob took the meal to his father”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 27:18 qjbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אָבִ֑⁠י וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “and said, “Father.” His father answered/replied,” -27:18 g6ty הִנֶּ֔נִּ⁠י מִ֥י אַתָּ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “Here I am, my son. Who {are} you?” or “Yes? Which {one} of my sons {are} you?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate this in a different way here because the context is different. +27:18 g6ty הִנֶּ֔נִּ⁠י מִ֥י אַתָּ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “Here I am, my son. Who are you?” or “Yes? Which one of my sons are you?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate this in a different way here because the context is different. 27:19 l516 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Jacob replied/lied to his father,” -27:19 clmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָנֹכִי֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּכֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” The term “firstborn” is a key term in the Bible because the firstborn son had special rights, including the fact that he inherited his father’s authority and the largest portion of his father’s estate. Jacob is claiming those rights by using this term. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:13. -27:19 vnm1 עָשִׂ֕יתִי כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “I have done what you told/requested me {to do}.” -27:19 ckg4 קֽוּם נָ֣א שְׁבָ֗⁠ה וְ⁠אָכְלָ⁠ה֙ מִ⁠צֵּידִ֔⁠י 1 “{So now,} please sit up and eat some of the game/deer {meat} that I have prepared/cooked {for you},” See how you translated “game {meat}” in verses 3, 5 and 7. +27:19 clmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָנֹכִי֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּכֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I am Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” The term “firstborn” is a key term in the Bible because the firstborn son had special rights, including the fact that he inherited his father’s authority and the largest portion of his father’s estate. Jacob is claiming those rights by using this term. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:13. +27:19 vnm1 עָשִׂ֕יתִי כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “I have done what you told/requested me to do.” +27:19 ckg4 קֽוּם נָ֣א שְׁבָ֗⁠ה וְ⁠אָכְלָ⁠ה֙ מִ⁠צֵּידִ֔⁠י 1 “So now, please sit up and eat some of the game/deer meat that I have prepared/cooked for you,” See how you translated “game meat” in verses 3, 5 and 7. 27:19 q51t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “so that you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 4. 27:20 kehq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But Isaac asked him,” -27:20 jc6p מַה זֶּ֛ה מִהַ֥רְתָּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֖א בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “How were you able to find/get {the deer/animal} so quickly, my son?” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote. -27:20 f38e וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered {him},” -27:20 i5gl כִּ֥י & יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{I was successful} because Yahweh, the God you worship/serve,” or “Yahweh, {who is} the God who takes care of you,” +27:20 jc6p מַה זֶּ֛ה מִהַ֥רְתָּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֖א בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “How were you able to find/get the deer/animal so quickly, my son?” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote. +27:20 f38e וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered him,” +27:20 i5gl כִּ֥י & יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “I was successful because Yahweh, the God you worship/serve,” or “Yahweh, who is the God who takes care of you,” 27:20 onx0 הִקְרָ֛ה & לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “helped me to hunt/find it.” or “helped me to succeed.” or “brought it to me.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:12. 27:21 l1al וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then/But Isaac said to him,” -27:21 w851 גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א וַ⁠אֲמֻֽשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Please come close/closer {to me}, my son, so that I can touch/feel you” or “My son, please come here so that I can touch/feel you”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first or earlier in this quote. Also see what you did in verses 13 and 20. -27:21 gb5v הַֽ⁠אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֛ה בְּנִ֥⁠י עֵשָׂ֖ו אִם לֹֽא 1 “and make/be sure/certain that you are really my son Esau.” or “{I want to know} {for sure} whether or not you really are my son Esau.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +27:21 w851 גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א וַ⁠אֲמֻֽשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Please come close/closer to me, my son, so that I can touch/feel you” or “My son, please come here so that I can touch/feel you”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first or earlier in this quote. Also see what you did in verses 13 and 20. +27:21 gb5v הַֽ⁠אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֛ה בְּנִ֥⁠י עֵשָׂ֖ו אִם לֹֽא 1 “and make/be sure/certain that you are really my son Esau.” or “I want to know for sure whether or not you really are my son Esau.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. 27:22 tblg וַ⁠יִּגַּ֧שׁ יַעֲקֹ֛ב אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “So/Then Jacob came/stepped close/closer to his father Isaac,” 27:22 g1m1 וַ⁠יְמֻשֵּׁ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and his father touched/felt him” or “and his father touched/felt his hands/arms”. See how you translated “touch” or “feel” in verses 12 and 21. -27:22 psb0 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said/thought {to himself},” -27:22 k9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠קֹּל֙ ק֣וֹל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “{Hmm,} the/his voice {sounds like} Jacob’s voice,” or “{Hmm,} he sounds/talks like Jacob,” -27:22 egzs וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּדַ֖יִם יְדֵ֥י עֵשָֽׂו 1 “but the/his hands/arms {feel like} Esau’s hands/arms.” or “but he feels like Esau.” In Hebrew, the word for “hand” is the same word as for “arm”. Isaac probably felt Esau’s hands and arms. +27:22 psb0 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said/thought to himself,” +27:22 k9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠קֹּל֙ ק֣וֹל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Hmm, the/his voice sounds like Jacob’s voice,” or “Hmm, he sounds/talks like Jacob,” +27:22 egzs וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּדַ֖יִם יְדֵ֥י עֵשָֽׂו 1 “but the/his hands/arms feel like Esau’s hands/arms.” or “but he feels like Esau.” In Hebrew, the word for “hand” is the same word as for “arm”. Isaac probably felt Esau’s hands and arms. 27:23 rksk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִכִּיר֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הָי֣וּ יָדָ֗י⁠ו כִּ⁠ידֵ֛י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ו שְׂעִרֹ֑ת 1 “So Isaac was not able to recognize/identify who he/Jacob was because his/Jacob’s hand/arms were/felt hairy like his brother Esau’s.” or “Since Jacob’s hands/arms were/felt hairy like the hands/arms of his brother Esau, Isaac did not recognize him.” Be consistent here with how you translated “hands” or “arms” in verses 16 and 22. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to change the original order of clauses in this sentence, as in the second alternate translation above. 27:23 p730 וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “Then Isaac was about/prepared to bless him/Jacob,” or “Isaac was getting ready to bless him/Jacob,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 24. -27:24 hfhw וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But {he still was not sure/certain, so} he asked {him},” or “but {first} {he wanted to be completely sure/certain, so} he asked {him},” +27:24 hfhw וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But he still was not sure/certain, so he asked him,” or “but first he wanted to be completely sure/certain, so he asked him,” 27:24 bd4l אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֖ה בְּנִ֣⁠י עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “Are you really/truly/actually my son Esau?” -27:24 tbxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered {him},” -27:24 zqlr אָֽנִי 1 “{Yes,} I am {Esau}.” or “{Yes, Father/sir,} I am.” -27:25 w7ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Isaac said {to him},” or “So his father said {to him},” -27:25 g2u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness הַגִּ֤שָׁ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ 1 “{Please} bring/serve me {the food/meal}” Your translation of Isaac’s request should sound polite, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. -27:25 p1h5 וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָה֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנִ֔⁠י לְמַ֥עַן תְּבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 “so that I can eat some of your {wild} animal/deer {meat} and bless you.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 19. -27:25 mns3 וַ⁠יַּגֶּשׁ ל⁠וֹ֙ וַ⁠יֹּאכַ֔ל 1 “Then/So Jacob brought/served {the meal} to his father, and he ate {it}.” -27:25 qy9x וַ⁠יָּ֧בֵא ל֦⁠וֹ יַ֖יִן וַ⁠יֵּֽשְׁתְּ 1 “Jacob also brought/served him wine, and he drank {it}.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “wine” in Gen 19:32-35. +27:24 tbxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered him,” +27:24 zqlr אָֽנִי 1 “Yes, I am Esau.” or “Yes, Father/sir, I am.” +27:25 w7ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Isaac said to him,” or “So his father said to him,” +27:25 g2u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness הַגִּ֤שָׁ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ 1 “Please bring/serve me the food/meal” Your translation of Isaac’s request should sound polite, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. +27:25 p1h5 וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָה֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנִ֔⁠י לְמַ֥עַן תְּבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 “so that I can eat some of your wild animal/deer meat and bless you.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 19. +27:25 mns3 וַ⁠יַּגֶּשׁ ל⁠וֹ֙ וַ⁠יֹּאכַ֔ל 1 “Then/So Jacob brought/served the meal to his father, and he ate it.” +27:25 qy9x וַ⁠יָּ֧בֵא ל֦⁠וֹ יַ֖יִן וַ⁠יֵּֽשְׁתְּ 1 “Jacob also brought/served him wine, and he drank it.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “wine” in Gen 19:32-35. 27:26 r2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then his/Jacob’s father said to him,” or “Then Isaac said to him/Jacob,” -27:26 hjsx גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א 1 “Come here” or “Come closer/near {to me}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21. +27:26 hjsx גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א 1 “Come here” or “Come closer/near to me”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21. 27:26 vy5c וּ⁠שְׁקָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote. -27:27 bkqc וַ⁠יִּגַּשׁ֙ 1 “So/Then he/Jacob came/stepped close/closer {to his father}”. See how you translated “went close” in verse 22. -27:27 xtu4 וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {on the/his cheek/cheeks}.” -27:27 i4z0 וַ⁠יָּ֛רַח אֶת רֵ֥יחַ בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Isaac smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes {that Jacob was wearing}” or “{As he/Jacob did that,} his father smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes” +27:27 bkqc וַ⁠יִּגַּשׁ֙ 1 “So/Then he/Jacob came/stepped close/closer to his father”. See how you translated “went close” in verse 22. +27:27 xtu4 וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him on the/his cheek/cheeks.” +27:27 i4z0 וַ⁠יָּ֛רַח אֶת רֵ֥יחַ בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Isaac smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes that Jacob was wearing” or “As he/Jacob did that, his father smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes” 27:27 alts וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “Then he/Isaac blessed him/Jacob” -27:27 xnqs וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “by saying {to/about him},” or “He said {to/about him},” +27:27 xnqs וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “by saying to/about him,” or “He said to/about him,” 27:27 lggs רְאֵה֙ רֵ֣יחַ בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “Ahh, my son smells” or “Ahh, my son, you smell”. Some translations put the words of Isaac’s blessing in poetry format (beginning here and through verse 29). Be consistent here with how your translation team decides to format passages like this. -27:27 jo64 כְּ⁠רֵ֣יחַ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 “{wonderful} like the fragrance of a {green/productive} field” or “{wonderful} the way a {green/productive} field smells” +27:27 jo64 כְּ⁠רֵ֣יחַ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 “wonderful like the fragrance of a green/productive field” or “wonderful the way a green/productive field smells” 27:27 ejck אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ יְהוָֽה 1 “that Yahweh has caused to flourish!” or “that Yahweh has caused to be very productive!” -27:28 dgyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “May God give/provide you {and your descendants}” or “I ask God to provide you {and your descendants}” or “I pray that God will give/provide you {and your descendants}”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is singular in verses 28-29 and refers to both Jacob and his descendants. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. -27:28 ca2c מִ⁠טַּל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{plenty of} dew/rain from the heavens/sky {for your crops and animals} and riches from the earth/land/soil” or “{plenty of} rain and rich/fertile land/soil,” -27:28 va8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠רֹ֥ב דָּגָ֖ן וְ⁠תִירֹֽשׁ 1 “including an abundance of grain/food and wine/drink.” or “so that {you have} abundant harvests/food and {much} wine.” -27:29 mwtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַֽעַבְד֣וּ⁠ךָ עַמִּ֗ים וְיִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֤וּ לְ⁠ךָ֙ לְאֻמִּ֔ים 1 “May people groups serve you {and your descendants}, and may they bow down to you {in respect/submission}.” or “I also ask God to cause nations to serve and honor you {and your descendants}.” If possible in your language, it is best to keep both halves of this parallelism, which is used to emphasize what Isaac is saying to Jacob. -27:29 l535 הֱוֵ֤ה גְבִיר֙ 1 “May you rule” or “You will {even} rule” +27:28 dgyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “May God give/provide you and your descendants” or “I ask God to provide you and your descendants” or “I pray that God will give/provide you and your descendants”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is singular in verses 28-29 and refers to both Jacob and his descendants. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. +27:28 ca2c מִ⁠טַּל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “plenty of dew/rain from the heavens/sky for your crops and animals and riches from the earth/land/soil” or “plenty of rain and rich/fertile land/soil,” +27:28 va8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠רֹ֥ב דָּגָ֖ן וְ⁠תִירֹֽשׁ 1 “including an abundance of grain/food and wine/drink.” or “so that you have abundant harvests/food and much wine.” +27:29 mwtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַֽעַבְד֣וּ⁠ךָ עַמִּ֗ים וְיִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֤וּ לְ⁠ךָ֙ לְאֻמִּ֔ים 1 “May people groups serve you and your descendants, and may they bow down to you in respect/submission.” or “I also ask God to cause nations to serve and honor you and your descendants.” If possible in your language, it is best to keep both halves of this parallelism, which is used to emphasize what Isaac is saying to Jacob. +27:29 l535 הֱוֵ֤ה גְבִיר֙ 1 “May you rule” or “You will even rule” 27:29 acg4 לְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “over your brother and his descendants,” Jacob only had one brother, so this phrase refers here to Esau and his descendants. -27:29 o811 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנֵ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Yes, may your mother’s descendants show you complete submission/respect.” or “and they will bow down to you {in submission}.” or “Yes, they {too} will {submit to you and} bow down to you.” This clause is another way of referring to Jacob's authority over Esau and his descendants. Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 28-29. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}”. -27:29 nx79 אֹרְרֶ֣י⁠ךָ אָר֔וּר וּֽ⁠מְבָרֲכֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּרֽוּךְ 1 “Whoever curses you will be cursed {by God}, and/but whoever blesses you will be blessed {by him}.” or “Whoever curses you {God} will curse, but whoever blesses you {he} will bless.” or “I ask {God} to curse those who curse you, and/but I ask {him} to bless those who bless you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 12:3. +27:29 o811 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנֵ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Yes, may your mother’s descendants show you complete submission/respect.” or “and they will bow down to you in submission.” or “Yes, they too will submit to you and bow down to you.” This clause is another way of referring to Jacob's authority over Esau and his descendants. Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 28-29. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you and your descendants”. +27:29 nx79 אֹרְרֶ֣י⁠ךָ אָר֔וּר וּֽ⁠מְבָרֲכֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּרֽוּךְ 1 “Whoever curses you will be cursed by God, and/but whoever blesses you will be blessed by him.” or “Whoever curses you God will curse, but whoever blesses you he will bless.” or “I ask God to curse those who curse you, and/but I ask him to bless those who bless you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 12:3. 27:30 mtk3 וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלָּ֣ה יִצְחָק֮ לְ⁠בָרֵ֣ךְ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Just as Isaac finished blessing Jacob,” or “As soon as Isaac had finished blessing Jacob,” 27:30 tctn וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַ֣ךְ יָצֹ֤א יָצָא֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת פְּנֵ֖י יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and right after Jacob had left his father’s presence/tent, his/Jacob’s brother Esau” or “and no sooner had Jacob left his father than his/Jacob’s brother Esau” -27:30 jeia בָּ֖א מִ⁠צֵּידֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came back from hunting.” or “returned {home} from hunting.” -27:31 paor וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ גַּם הוּא֙ מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “Then he/Esau also prepared/cooked a tasty/delicious meal {with/from the meat he had hunted},” Consider again how you translated “prepared tasty food” in verses 4, 7, 9, 14, 31 and “tasty” in verse 17. -27:31 q82g וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he took/carried {it} to his father {Isaac}” +27:30 jeia בָּ֖א מִ⁠צֵּידֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came back from hunting.” or “returned home from hunting.” +27:31 paor וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ גַּם הוּא֙ מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “Then he/Esau also prepared/cooked a tasty/delicious meal with/from the meat he had hunted,” Consider again how you translated “prepared tasty food” in verses 4, 7, 9, 14, 31 and “tasty” in verse 17. +27:31 q82g וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he took/carried it to his father Isaac” 27:31 crso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “and said to him,” or “and requested,” -27:31 bl51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יָקֻ֤ם אָבִ⁠י֙ 1 “Father, {please} sit up”. Esau’s request to his father should sound polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. -27:31 i1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and eat some of your son’s {wild} animal/deer meat” or “and eat some of my {wild} animal/deer meat”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Esau is referring to himself in this phrase. +27:31 bl51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יָקֻ֤ם אָבִ⁠י֙ 1 “Father, please sit up”. Esau’s request to his father should sound polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. +27:31 i1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and eat some of your son’s wild animal/deer meat” or “and eat some of my wild animal/deer meat”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Esau is referring to himself in this phrase. 27:31 u4oa בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “so that you can bless me.” or “and then you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4, 19, 25 and 31. 27:32 gv4p וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֛⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “But/Then his father asked him,” or “But his father responded/asked/exclaimed,” For some languages it is more natural to make “Isaac” explicit in verse 31 and leave it implied here in verse 32. Do what is best in your language. -27:32 ag39 מִי אָ֑תָּה 1 “Which son {are} you?!” or “Which of my sons {are} you?!” Isaac knew from what Esau just said in verse 31 that one of his sons was talking to him. Also, Isaac is very upset, so some translations add an exclamation point after the question mark to help communicate that. Do what is best in your language. -27:32 si9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Esau answered {him},” or “Esau replied,” -27:32 uum9 אֲנִ֛י בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ בְכֹֽרְ⁠ךָ֖ עֵשָֽׂו 1 “I {am} your firstborn/oldest son Esau.” or “I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” See how you translated “firstborn” in verse 19. -27:33 j7x3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱרַ֨ד יִצְחָ֣ק חֲרָדָה֮ גְּדֹלָ֣ה עַד מְאֹד֒ 1 “Then Isaac {became so upset that he} trembled/shook very violently/noticeably,” or “Then Isaac {was very upset, so that he} began to tremble/shake all over,” -27:33 oxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “and he asked {Esau},” -27:33 avi1 מִֽי אֵפ֡וֹא ה֣וּא 1 “Who {was} it then” or “Then where {is} the one” +27:32 ag39 מִי אָ֑תָּה 1 “Which son are you?!” or “Which of my sons are you?!” Isaac knew from what Esau just said in verse 31 that one of his sons was talking to him. Also, Isaac is very upset, so some translations add an exclamation point after the question mark to help communicate that. Do what is best in your language. +27:32 si9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Esau answered him,” or “Esau replied,” +27:32 uum9 אֲנִ֛י בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ בְכֹֽרְ⁠ךָ֖ עֵשָֽׂו 1 “I am your firstborn/oldest son Esau.” or “I am Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” See how you translated “firstborn” in verse 19. +27:33 j7x3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱרַ֨ד יִצְחָ֣ק חֲרָדָה֮ גְּדֹלָ֣ה עַד מְאֹד֒ 1 “Then Isaac became so upset that he trembled/shook very violently/noticeably,” or “Then Isaac was very upset, so that he began to tremble/shake all over,” +27:33 oxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “and he asked Esau,” +27:33 avi1 מִֽי אֵפ֡וֹא ה֣וּא 1 “Who was it then” or “Then where is the one” 27:33 cs0r הַ⁠צָּֽד צַיִד֩ וַ⁠יָּ֨בֵא לִ֜⁠י 1 “that/who hunted game/deer meat and brought a meal to me?” or “that/who brought to me a meal made from wild animal/deer meat?” Consider again how you translated “game” in Gen 27:3, 5, 7, 19, 25, 31 and 33. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context. -27:33 edrl וָ⁠אֹכַ֥ל מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא 1 “Just before you came {to me}, I finished eating the meal” or “I finished eating it just before you came {here}” -27:33 vjq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ גַּם בָּר֖וּךְ יִהְיֶֽה 1 “and then I blessed him. And/So {God} will surely/definitely bless him.” or “Then I asked God to bless him, and/so God will definitely bless him.” Consider where it is most natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -27:34 t3y5 כִּ⁠שְׁמֹ֤עַ עֵשָׂו֙ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “When Esau heard what his father said {to him},” +27:33 edrl וָ⁠אֹכַ֥ל מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא 1 “Just before you came to me, I finished eating the meal” or “I finished eating it just before you came here” +27:33 vjq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ גַּם בָּר֖וּךְ יִהְיֶֽה 1 “and then I blessed him. And/So God will surely/definitely bless him.” or “Then I asked God to bless him, and/so God will definitely bless him.” Consider where it is most natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +27:34 t3y5 כִּ⁠שְׁמֹ֤עַ עֵשָׂו֙ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “When Esau heard what his father said to him,” 27:34 hlpe וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֣ק צְעָקָ֔ה גְּדֹלָ֥ה וּ⁠מָרָ֖ה עַד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “he shouted/burst out with an extremely/very loud and bitter/distressed cry/shout” or “he was so distressed/upset that he cried/yelled out loudly/bitterly” 27:34 yfg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and begged his father,” or “and begged him,” -27:34 aahx בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” For some languages it is more natural to put the address “My father” or “Father” first in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. -27:35 a6oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But his father responded/replied {to him},” -27:35 m9v6 בָּ֥א אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח בִּרְכָתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “Your brother came {to me} and deceived/tricked {me} and stole the blessing that I was planning to give you.” or “Your brother deceived/tricked me so that I blessed him instead of you!” -27:36 r0d2 וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then Esau exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},” or “{When Esau heard that,} he said/exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},” -27:36 ychp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי֩ קָרָ֨א שְׁמ֜⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַֽ⁠יַּעְקְבֵ֨⁠נִי֙ זֶ֣ה פַעֲמַ֔יִם 1 “It is no wonder that he is called Jacob, since he has cheated me two times!” or “The name Jacob fits him exactly, because he has tricked me like this two times {now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question here to show his strong emotion. Do what is most natural in your language. Also, in order to help readers understand why Esau said this about Jacob, some translations include a footnote like the following: The name “Jacob” means “heel-grabber” and can imply deception. He was given that name because when he was born, he was grabbing hold of Esau’s heel (Genesis 25:26). -27:36 us4x אֶת בְּכֹרָתִ֣⁠י לָקָ֔ח וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה 1 “{First} he stole my rights as the oldest son, and now look/see {what he has done}:” or “Not only did he take/steal my birthright, but now look/see {what he has done}:” -27:36 uoga לָקַ֣ח בִּרְכָתִ֑⁠י 1 “he has {also} stolen my blessing!” or “he has tricked/deceived you into blessing him instead of me!” -27:36 mtzq וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 2 “Then he/Esau begged {his father},” or “Then he/Esau pleaded {with his father},” -27:36 lg00 הֲ⁠לֹא אָצַ֥לְתָּ לִּ֖⁠י בְּרָכָֽה 1 “Don’t you still have at least one blessing left for me?” or “Is there still a/some way you can {ask God to} bless me?” +27:34 aahx בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “Please bless me too, father!” or “Father, please bless me too!” For some languages it is more natural to put the address “My father” or “Father” first in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. +27:35 a6oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But his father responded/replied to him,” +27:35 m9v6 בָּ֥א אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח בִּרְכָתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “Your brother came to me and deceived/tricked me and stole the blessing that I was planning to give you.” or “Your brother deceived/tricked me so that I blessed him instead of you!” +27:36 r0d2 וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then Esau exclaimed bitterly/angrily,” or “When Esau heard that, he said/exclaimed bitterly/angrily,” +27:36 ychp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי֩ קָרָ֨א שְׁמ֜⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַֽ⁠יַּעְקְבֵ֨⁠נִי֙ זֶ֣ה פַעֲמַ֔יִם 1 “It is no wonder that he is called Jacob, since he has cheated me two times!” or “The name Jacob fits him exactly, because he has tricked me like this two times now!” Esau uses a rhetorical question here to show his strong emotion. Do what is most natural in your language. Also, in order to help readers understand why Esau said this about Jacob, some translations include a footnote like the following: The name “Jacob” means “heel-grabber” and can imply deception. He was given that name because when he was born, he was grabbing hold of Esau’s heel (Genesis 25:26). +27:36 us4x אֶת בְּכֹרָתִ֣⁠י לָקָ֔ח וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה 1 “First he stole my rights as the oldest son, and now look/see what he has done:” or “Not only did he take/steal my birthright, but now look/see what he has done:” +27:36 uoga לָקַ֣ח בִּרְכָתִ֑⁠י 1 “he has also stolen my blessing!” or “he has tricked/deceived you into blessing him instead of me!” +27:36 mtzq וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then he/Esau begged his father,” or “Then he/Esau pleaded with his father,” +27:36 lg00 הֲ⁠לֹא אָצַ֥לְתָּ לִּ֖⁠י בְּרָכָֽה 1 “Don’t you still have at least one blessing left for me?” or “Is there still a/some way you can ask God to bless me?” 27:37 qhtp וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 “Isaac responded/replied to Esau/him,” or “Isaac answered him,” -27:37 vpg2 הֵ֣ן גְּבִ֞יר שַׂמְתִּ֥י⁠ו לָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Look/Listen, I have {already} appointed Jacob to be your master,” See how you translated “master” in verse 29. -27:37 aezg וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֶחָ֗י⁠ו נָתַ֤תִּי ל⁠וֹ֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I said that you and all your descendants will serve him.” or “In fact, I have asked {God to make it so} that you and your descendants will serve him {and his descendants}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “brothers” in verse 29. -27:37 zpao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠דָגָ֥ן וְ⁠תִירֹ֖שׁ סְמַכְתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 “Besides that, I have {also} supplied/blessed him with {abundant} harvests/food and wine/drink.” or “I have also asked God to provide/supply/bless him with {plenty of} food and wine/drink.” See how you translated “grain and wine” in verse 28. +27:37 vpg2 הֵ֣ן גְּבִ֞יר שַׂמְתִּ֥י⁠ו לָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Look/Listen, I have already appointed Jacob to be your master,” See how you translated “master” in verse 29. +27:37 aezg וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֶחָ֗י⁠ו נָתַ֤תִּי ל⁠וֹ֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I said that you and all your descendants will serve him.” or “In fact, I have asked God to make it so that you and your descendants will serve him and his descendants.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “brothers” in verse 29. +27:37 zpao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠דָגָ֥ן וְ⁠תִירֹ֖שׁ סְמַכְתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 “Besides that, I have also supplied/blessed him with abundant harvests/food and wine/drink.” or “I have also asked God to provide/supply/bless him with plenty of food and wine/drink.” See how you translated “grain and wine” in verse 28. 27:37 h7yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠לְ⁠כָ֣ה אֵפ֔וֹא מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “So then, there is no way left for me to bless you, my son!” or “So my son, there is no blessing left for you!” Isaac uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that there is no blessing left for Esau. -27:38 pyp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But Esau continued to beg his father {and say/said},” or “But again Esau begged/pleaded/asked,” -27:38 k87o הַֽ⁠בְרָכָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת הִֽוא לְ⁠ךָ֙ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Father, isn’t there {just/even} one way that you can bless {me}?” or “Father, don’t you have at least one blessing left to give me?” It may be more natural to put “my father” or “Father” first in this quote. See what you did in verse 34. -27:38 ezef בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” See how you translated this sentence in verse 34. +27:38 pyp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But Esau continued to beg his father and say/said,” or “But again Esau begged/pleaded/asked,” +27:38 k87o הַֽ⁠בְרָכָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת הִֽוא לְ⁠ךָ֙ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Father, isn’t there just/even one way that you can bless me?” or “Father, don’t you have at least one blessing left to give me?” It may be more natural to put “my father” or “Father” first in this quote. See what you did in verse 34. +27:38 ezef בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “Please bless me too, father!” or “Father, please bless me too!” See how you translated this sentence in verse 34. 27:38 wtbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “Then/And Esau started sobbing/crying loudly.” See how you translated “lifted … voice and sobbed” in Gen 21:16. 27:39 teeo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֛עַן יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Finally/So his father Isaac responded/said to him,” or “His father replied,” -27:39 fckf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִנֵּ֞ה & יִהְיֶ֣ה מֽוֹשָׁבֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Listen, you {and your descendants} will live”. What Isaac says in verses 39-40 applies to Esau and his descendants. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. -27:39 ch9s מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עָֽל 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “away from the fatness of the earth and away from the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place/region where the earth/land/ground is not rich/fertile and where there is very little dew/rain.” or “in a place/region where the land/soil is not good {for farming} and where there is not much rain.” or (2) “of the fatness of the earth and of the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place where the land is good/fertile {for farming} and where there is {plenty of} dew/rain.” See how you translated “fatness of the earth” and “dew of the heavens” in verse 28. -27:40 ky90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עַל חַרְבְּ⁠ךָ֣ תִֽחְיֶ֔ה 1 “You {and your descendants} will survive by using your swords {to protect yourselves},” or “You {and your descendants} will have to fight battles to stay alive,” or “You {and your descendants} will continually be fighting battles {with other peoples/nations},” The phrase “live by your sword” is an idiom that means Esau and his descendants will have violent conflict with others, often in order to survive. -27:40 j54i וְ⁠אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ תַּעֲבֹ֑ד 1 “and you {and your descendants} will serve your brother {and his descendants}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will be servants/slaves for your brother {and his descendants}.” -27:40 u6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָיָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר תָּרִ֔יד 1 “But when you rebel/revolt {against him/them},” Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 39-40. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}”. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. +27:39 fckf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִנֵּ֞ה & יִהְיֶ֣ה מֽוֹשָׁבֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Listen, you and your descendants will live”. What Isaac says in verses 39-40 applies to Esau and his descendants. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. +27:39 ch9s מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עָֽל 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “away from the fatness of the earth and away from the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place/region where the earth/land/ground is not rich/fertile and where there is very little dew/rain.” or “in a place/region where the land/soil is not good for farming and where there is not much rain.” or (2) “of the fatness of the earth and of the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place where the land is good/fertile for farming and where there is plenty of dew/rain.” See how you translated “fatness of the earth” and “dew of the heavens” in verse 28. +27:40 ky90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עַל חַרְבְּ⁠ךָ֣ תִֽחְיֶ֔ה 1 “You and your descendants will survive by using your swords to protect yourselves,” or “You and your descendants will have to fight battles to stay alive,” or “You and your descendants will continually be fighting battles with other peoples/nations,” The phrase “live by your sword” is an idiom that means Esau and his descendants will have violent conflict with others, often in order to survive. +27:40 j54i וְ⁠אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ תַּעֲבֹ֑ד 1 “and you and your descendants will serve your brother and his descendants.” or “and you and your descendants will be servants/slaves for your brother and his descendants.” +27:40 u6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָיָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר תָּרִ֔יד 1 “But when you rebel/revolt against him/them,” Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 39-40. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you and your descendants”. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. 27:40 uf7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פָרַקְתָּ֥ עֻלּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל צַוָּארֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “you will break/get free from his/their control/rule over you.” or “you will no longer be under his/their control/rule.” The metaphor “break his yoke off of your neck” means Esau and his descendants will be free from the control of Jacob and his descendants. A yoke is a wooden collar that is placed around the necks of work animals to control them as they pull a plow or cart. 27:41 mp9g וַ⁠יִּשְׂטֹ֤ם עֵשָׂו֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “After that, Esau held a grudge against Jacob” or “Esau continued to be very angry with/at Jacob” -27:41 phou rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms עַל הַ֨⁠בְּרָכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because his/their father had given his blessing to Jacob.” or “because their father had blessed Jacob {instead of him}.” Consider again how you translated the terms “bless” and “blessing” in chapter 27. See verses 4, 7, 10, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29-31, 33-36, 38 and 41. +27:41 phou rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms עַל הַ֨⁠בְּרָכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because his/their father had given his blessing to Jacob.” or “because their father had blessed Jacob instead of him.” Consider again how you translated the terms “bless” and “blessing” in chapter 27. See verses 4, 7, 10, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29-31, 33-36, 38 and 41. 27:41 f51e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “So Esau said/thought to himself,” -27:41 p7cg יִקְרְבוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ אֵ֣בֶל אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Soon my father will die, and we will have a time of mourning for him, then” or “Soon my father will die; then after we {bury him and} mourn for him,” In that culture, they had the custom of mourning the death of a loved one for a certain period of time, anywhere from a week to a month or more. See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 23:2. +27:41 p7cg יִקְרְבוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ אֵ֣בֶל אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Soon my father will die, and we will have a time of mourning for him, then” or “Soon my father will die; then after we bury him and mourn for him,” In that culture, they had the custom of mourning the death of a loved one for a certain period of time, anywhere from a week to a month or more. See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 23:2. 27:41 qxmf וְ⁠אַֽהַרְגָ֖ה 1 “I am going to kill” or “I plan to kill” 27:41 rs14 אֶת יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽ⁠י 1 “my brother Jacob.” or “Jacob.” -27:42 i4en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֣ד לְ⁠רִבְקָ֔ה אֶת דִּבְרֵ֥י עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֑ל 1 “But/Then someone told Rebekah what Esau was saying/planning, so” or “But/Then Rebekah heard about what her older/oldest son Esau was planning, so” or “When Rebekah heard what Esau was planning {to do},” It was probably a servant who told Rebekah about Esau’s plan to kill Jacob. -27:42 tgzk וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֞ח וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָ֔ן 1 “she sent for her younger/youngest son Jacob {to come to her}” or “she sent a messenger to tell Jacob {to come to her}” or “she summoned her son Jacob” +27:42 i4en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֣ד לְ⁠רִבְקָ֔ה אֶת דִּבְרֵ֥י עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֑ל 1 “But/Then someone told Rebekah what Esau was saying/planning, so” or “But/Then Rebekah heard about what her older/oldest son Esau was planning, so” or “When Rebekah heard what Esau was planning to do,” It was probably a servant who told Rebekah about Esau’s plan to kill Jacob. +27:42 tgzk וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֞ח וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָ֔ן 1 “she sent for her younger/youngest son Jacob to come to her” or “she sent a messenger to tell Jacob to come to her” or “she summoned her son Jacob” 27:42 v1f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and told/warned him,” 27:42 vedn הִנֵּה֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ מִתְנַחֵ֥ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠הָרְגֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “Look/Listen, your brother Esau is making himself feel better by planning to kill you.” or “Listen, your brother Esau is planning to take revenge on you and kill you.” 27:43 qa89 וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י 1 “So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verses 3 and 8. 27:43 m7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “listen to me:” or “do/obey what I tell you:” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 13. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the context. -27:43 s1bb וְ⁠ק֧וּם בְּרַח לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “get ready immediately and flee/escape” or “Hurry {and} flee/escape” or “Flee/Escape immediately”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -27:43 al70 אֶל לָבָ֥ן אָחִ֖⁠י חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “to my brother Laban {who lives} in {the city of} Haran!” or “to {the city of} Haran, to {the house of} my brother Laban!” For some languages, it is more natural to put the location (Haran) before the person who lives there (Laban). Do what is best in your language. +27:43 s1bb וְ⁠ק֧וּם בְּרַח לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “get ready immediately and flee/escape” or “Hurry and flee/escape” or “Flee/Escape immediately”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +27:43 al70 אֶל לָבָ֥ן אָחִ֖⁠י חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “to my brother Laban who lives in the city of Haran!” or “to the city of Haran, to the house of my brother Laban!” For some languages, it is more natural to put the location (Haran) before the person who lives there (Laban). Do what is best in your language. 27:44 ohym וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֥ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֑ים 1 “Stay/Live with him for a short time” -27:44 jxy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר תָּשׁ֖וּב חֲמַ֥ת אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “until your brother’s fury/anger subsides/stops” or “until your brother is no longer furious/angry {with you}”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here or to continue the sentence into verse 45. Also, the phrase “turns away” is used here as an idiom that means “becomes less” or “goes away”. +27:44 jxy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר תָּשׁ֖וּב חֲמַ֥ת אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “until your brother’s fury/anger subsides/stops” or “until your brother is no longer furious/angry with you”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here or to continue the sentence into verse 45. Also, the phrase “turns away” is used here as an idiom that means “becomes less” or “goes away”. 27:45 s9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַד שׁ֨וּב אַף אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ מִמְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “until his anger against you is gone” or “When he is not angry with you anymore” or “After a while, when your brother is no longer angry with you”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, notice that the Hebrew word for “anger” here is different from the stronger word (“fury”) in verse 44. 27:45 r7r3 וְ⁠שָׁכַח֙ אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and he forgets what you did to him” or “and he no longer thinks about what you did” or “and he doesn’t hold a grudge against you anymore”. Rebekah is not saying that Esau would totally forget what Jacob did, but that at some point he would not hold it against him anymore. -27:45 fq9m וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֖י וּ⁠לְקַחְתִּ֣י⁠ךָ מִ⁠שָּׁ֑ם 1 “I will send word that it is safe for you to come {back home} from there.” or “I will send someone to tell you when/that it is safe to come back {home}.” -27:45 lv4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֥ה אֶשְׁכַּ֛ל גַּם שְׁנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “I do not want to lose both of you {on} the same day!” or “I do not want both my sons to be killed!” Rebekah knew that if Esau were to kill Jacob, he himself would have been killed for that crime. Consider whether it is best in your language to use a rhetorical question or an exclamation to emphasize Rebekah’s concern. -27:46 gusr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רִבְקָה֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Then Rebekah complained to Isaac,” or “{Soon} after that, Rebekah said/complained to Isaac,” -27:46 wp91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole קַ֣צְתִּי בְ⁠חַיַּ֔⁠י 1 “My life is {very} miserable” or “I do not enjoy living” or “I am very upset”. Rebekah is exaggerating how she feels to influence Isaac to do what she wants. -27:46 oa6h מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנ֣וֹת חֵ֑ת 1 “because of the Hittite women {whom Esau married}!” or “because of our Hittite daughters-in-law {whom Esau married}!” To show that Rebekah is speaking with strong emotion, you could use an exclamation point at the end of this sentence and the following one. -27:46 ahi7 אִם לֹקֵ֣חַ יַ֠עֲקֹב אִשָּׁ֨ה מִ⁠בְּנֽוֹת חֵ֤ת כָּ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “If Jacob {also} marries a Hittite woman from around here,” or “If Jacob were to {also} marry a local Hittite woman like that,” +27:45 fq9m וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֖י וּ⁠לְקַחְתִּ֣י⁠ךָ מִ⁠שָּׁ֑ם 1 “I will send word that it is safe for you to come back home from there.” or “I will send someone to tell you when/that it is safe to come back home.” +27:45 lv4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֥ה אֶשְׁכַּ֛ל גַּם שְׁנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “I do not want to lose both of you on the same day!” or “I do not want both my sons to be killed!” Rebekah knew that if Esau were to kill Jacob, he himself would have been killed for that crime. Consider whether it is best in your language to use a rhetorical question or an exclamation to emphasize Rebekah’s concern. +27:46 gusr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רִבְקָה֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Then Rebekah complained to Isaac,” or “Soon after that, Rebekah said/complained to Isaac,” +27:46 wp91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole קַ֣צְתִּי בְ⁠חַיַּ֔⁠י 1 “My life is very miserable” or “I do not enjoy living” or “I am very upset”. Rebekah is exaggerating how she feels to influence Isaac to do what she wants. +27:46 oa6h מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנ֣וֹת חֵ֑ת 1 “because of the Hittite women whom Esau married!” or “because of our Hittite daughters-in-law whom Esau married!” To show that Rebekah is speaking with strong emotion, you could use an exclamation point at the end of this sentence and the following one. +27:46 ahi7 אִם לֹקֵ֣חַ יַ֠עֲקֹב אִשָּׁ֨ה מִ⁠בְּנֽוֹת חֵ֤ת כָּ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “If Jacob also marries a Hittite woman from around here,” or “If Jacob were to also marry a local Hittite woman like that,” 27:46 avta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה לִּ֖⁠י חַיִּֽים 1 “my life will/would not be worth living!” or “I would not want to keep on living!” Rebekah uses a rhetorical question and hyperbole to emphasize how upset she would be if Jacob married a Hittite woman. -28:1 md9d וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “So Isaac called/sent for Jacob {to come to him}” or “{Because of what Rebekah said,} Isaac summoned Jacob” -28:1 u0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “blessed him,” or “Then he blessed him” or “{When/After Jacob/he came,} Isaac blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, for some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that Jacob arrived. Do what is best in your language. +28:1 md9d וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “So Isaac called/sent for Jacob to come to him” or “Because of what Rebekah said, Isaac summoned Jacob” +28:1 u0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “blessed him,” or “Then he blessed him” or “When/After Jacob/he came, Isaac blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, for some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that Jacob arrived. Do what is best in your language. 28:1 vnsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and told/instructed him,” or “and said to him,” 28:1 nbgz לֹֽא־תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Do not take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan.” or “You must not take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women.” or “Do not marry a Canaanite woman.” If the word “woman” is used here in your translation, make sure it refers to a virgin woman who has never been married, or is general enough to include that. -28:2 c1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ק֥וּם לֵךְ֙ 1 “{Rather} get up/ready and go” or “{Instead} you must go right away”. See how you translated “get up” in Gen 27:43. -28:2 c2p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20. +28:2 c1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ק֥וּם לֵךְ֙ 1 “Rather get up/ready and go” or “Instead you must go right away”. See how you translated “get up” in Gen 27:43. +28:2 c2p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “to the land/region of Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20. 28:2 a32c בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה בְתוּאֵ֖ל אֲבִ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “to the home/family of your mother’s father Bethuel,” or “to your grandfather Bethuel’s home/family,” 28:2 tvtv וְ⁠קַח לְ⁠ךָ֤ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “and choose/find a woman from there to marry” or “and marry” 28:2 w2tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֥י אִמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “from among the daughters of your mother’s brother Laban.” or “one of your uncle Laban’s daughters.” Laban was Rebekah’s older brother. Some languages have a special term for this that is used here. -28:3 qw5u וְ⁠אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ יְבָרֵ֣ךְ אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I pray that Almighty God will bless/prosper you” or “I ask God, {who is} all-powerful, to bless/prosper you” or “I pray that God, {who is} all-powerful, will bless/prosper you”. Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” as if it were a personal name (which it is not). See how you handled “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1. +28:3 qw5u וְ⁠אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ יְבָרֵ֣ךְ אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I pray that Almighty God will bless/prosper you” or “I ask God, who is all-powerful, to bless/prosper you” or “I pray that God, who is all-powerful, will bless/prosper you”. Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” as if it were a personal name (which it is not). See how you handled “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1. 28:3 fji8 וְ⁠יַפְרְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and give you many children” or “and enable you to have many children” -28:3 cjdb וְ⁠יַרְבֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and increase {the number of} your descendants” or “so that you have many descendants and”. See how you translated “fruitful and multiply” in Gen 17:20. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context. -28:3 klxv וְ⁠הָיִ֖יתָ לִ⁠קְהַ֥ל עַמִּֽים 1 “so that you become {the ancestor of} many people/ethnic groups.” or “so that many people/ethnic groups will descend/come from you.” or “so that they become many people/ethnic groups.” -28:4 ei4t וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת בִּרְכַּ֣ת אַבְרָהָ֔ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֣ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “I {also} pray that he/God will give Abraham’s blessing to you and your descendants,” or “I {also} ask him/God to bless you and your descendants the same way that he blessed Abraham,” +28:3 cjdb וְ⁠יַרְבֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and increase the number of your descendants” or “so that you have many descendants and”. See how you translated “fruitful and multiply” in Gen 17:20. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context. +28:3 klxv וְ⁠הָיִ֖יתָ לִ⁠קְהַ֥ל עַמִּֽים 1 “so that you become the ancestor of many people/ethnic groups.” or “so that many people/ethnic groups will descend/come from you.” or “so that they become many people/ethnic groups.” +28:4 ei4t וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת בִּרְכַּ֣ת אַבְרָהָ֔ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֣ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “I also pray that he/God will give Abraham’s blessing to you and your descendants,” or “I also ask him/God to bless you and your descendants the same way that he blessed Abraham,” 28:4 pfi2 לְ⁠רִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת אֶ֣רֶץ 1 “so that you will own the/this land” or “so that you will take possession of the/this land” -28:4 vo59 מְגֻרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “where you have been living/residing as a foreigner/outsider,” or “where you {and your ancestors} have been living as foreigners/outsiders,” See how you translated “land of your sojournings” in Gen 17:8; it may be necessary to translate this differently here because of the different context. -28:4 vgdh אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “{the same land} which God gave/promised to Abraham/him.” -28:5 mnq0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Isaac sent Jacob {on his way},” or “Then Isaac said good-bye to Jacob,” +28:4 vo59 מְגֻרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “where you have been living/residing as a foreigner/outsider,” or “where you and your ancestors have been living as foreigners/outsiders,” See how you translated “land of your sojournings” in Gen 17:8; it may be necessary to translate this differently here because of the different context. +28:4 vgdh אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “the same land which God gave/promised to Abraham/him.” +28:5 mnq0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Isaac sent Jacob on his way,” or “Then Isaac said good-bye to Jacob,” 28:5 rx0u וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “and he/Jacob left to go/travel” or “and/so Jacob started traveling”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Jacob had already arrived at Paddan Aram. -28:5 awgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֑ם אֶל לָבָ֤ן 1 “to/toward {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, to Laban” or “to/toward {his uncle} Laban{’s house} {which was} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Consider whether is more natural in your language to refer to Paddan Aram first or to Laban first in this sentence. Also see how you translated “to Paddan Aram” in verses 2 and 5. -28:5 ftm9 בֶּן בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י 1 “{who/Laban was} the son of Bethuel the Aramean”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spelled the name “Bethuel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:22-23; 24:15, 24, 47, 50; 25:20; 28:2, 5. -28:5 ixcg אֲחִ֣י רִבְקָ֔ה אֵ֥ם יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and {also} the brother of Rebekah, {who was} Jacob and Esau’s mother.” -28:6 vuyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֗ו כִּֽי בֵרַ֣ךְ יִצְחָק֮ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “Now Esau had seen/observed Isaac bless Jacob and send him to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram” -28:6 s3jt לָ⁠קַֽחַת ל֥⁠וֹ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to choose/marry a wife from {among his relatives} there” or “to marry a woman from there” -28:6 j2pe בְּ⁠בָרֲכ֣⁠וֹ אֹת֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו עָלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “{and that} when/as Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, he told/instructed him/Jacob” or “When/As Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, {Esau heard} him tell/instruct him/Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “commanded” in verse 1. +28:5 awgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֑ם אֶל לָבָ֤ן 1 “to/toward the land/region of Paddan Aram, to Laban” or “to/toward his uncle Laban’s house which was in the land/region of Paddan Aram.” Consider whether is more natural in your language to refer to Paddan Aram first or to Laban first in this sentence. Also see how you translated “to Paddan Aram” in verses 2 and 5. +28:5 ftm9 בֶּן בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י 1 “who/Laban was the son of Bethuel the Aramean”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spelled the name “Bethuel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:22-23; 24:15, 24, 47, 50; 25:20; 28:2, 5. +28:5 ixcg אֲחִ֣י רִבְקָ֔ה אֵ֥ם יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and also the brother of Rebekah, who was Jacob and Esau’s mother.” +28:6 vuyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֗ו כִּֽי בֵרַ֣ךְ יִצְחָק֮ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “Now Esau had seen/observed Isaac bless Jacob and send him to the land/region of Paddan Aram” +28:6 s3jt לָ⁠קַֽחַת ל֥⁠וֹ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to choose/marry a wife from among his relatives there” or “to marry a woman from there” +28:6 j2pe בְּ⁠בָרֲכ֣⁠וֹ אֹת֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו עָלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and that when/as Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, he told/instructed him/Jacob” or “When/As Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, Esau heard him tell/instruct him/Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “commanded” in verse 1. 28:6 y1vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֹֽא־תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן 1 “You must not take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan,” or “that he must not take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women,” or “to not marry a Canaanite woman,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this direct quote as an indirect quote. -28:7 y4m1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “and {he also saw/observed that} Jacob” or “{Esau also saw/noticed that} Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -28:7 j3n2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶל אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “obeyed his/their father and mother” or “obeyed his/their parents” -28:7 ddh3 וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ פַּדֶּ֥נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָֽם 1 “and {immediately} left to go to Paddan Aram.” or “and started traveling to Paddan Aram.” +28:7 y4m1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֶל־אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶל־אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and {he also saw/observed that} Jacob obeyed his/their father and mother” or “{Esau also saw/noticed that} Jacob obeyed his/their parents”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:7 ddh3 וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ פַּדֶּ֥נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָֽם 1 “and immediately left to go to Paddan Aram.” or “and started traveling to Paddan Aram.” 28:8 c389 וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֔ו כִּ֥י 1 “That is when/how Esau realized/understood that” -28:8 krg7 רָע֖וֹת בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “his father Isaac did not approve of {his sons marrying} Canaanite women.” or “his father Isaac did not want {his sons to marry} Canaanite women.” -28:9 nd2l וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶל יִשְׁמָעֵ֑אל 1 “So/Then Esau went/traveled to {the family/clan of} Ishmael” or “So/Then Esau went to {the region where} Ishmael’s descendants were living”. Most likely Ishmael was already dead by this time, so that Esau went to the region where Ishmael’s children and other descendants were living. +28:8 krg7 רָע֖וֹת בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “his father Isaac did not approve of his sons marrying Canaanite women.” or “his father Isaac did not want his sons to marry Canaanite women.” +28:9 nd2l וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶל יִשְׁמָעֵ֑אל 1 “So/Then Esau went/traveled to the family/clan of Ishmael” or “So/Then Esau went to the region where Ishmael’s descendants were living”. Most likely Ishmael was already dead by this time, so that Esau went to the region where Ishmael’s children and other descendants were living. 28:9 xyag וַ⁠יִּקַּ֡ח אֶֽת מָחֲלַ֣ת בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֨אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֜ם & לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and married Abraham’s granddaughter Mahalath, who was Ishmael’s daughter” or “and married Mahalath, who was the daughter of Abraham’s son Ishmael” -28:9 vycn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֲח֧וֹת נְבָי֛וֹת 1 “and {who was} the {younger} sister of Nebaioth,” or “and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Nebaioth” in Gen 25:13. Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child, Mahalath was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language for “sister” or “brother” that fits with those facts. -28:9 g3ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “besides the {two} wives he already had.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So, in addition to the {two} wives he already had, Esau went to {the family of} Abraham’s son Ishmael and married Ishmael’s daughter Mahalath, whose brother was Nebaioth.” Do what is best in your language. -28:10 n0gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “{After} Jacob left from {his family’s home in} {the city of} Beersheba, he started traveling” or “{Meanwhile} Jacob had left {the city of} Beersheba and was traveling”. Verse 10 refers back to verse 5, where Jacob had left his parents’ home in Beersheba to go to Paddan Aram. Make sure your translation does not sound like he left a second time here in verse 10. -28:10 ctw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “to/toward {the city of} Haran {in the region/land of Paddan Aram}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was heading toward the same place that his father had told him to go to in verse 2. The author assumed here that his audience knew that Haran was a city located in the Paddan Aram region. It may be helpful to include a map in your translation that shows the locations of the city of Haran and the region of Paddan Aram. -28:11 bo89 וַ⁠יִּפְגַּ֨ע בַּ⁠מָּק֜וֹם וַ⁠יָּ֤לֶן שָׁם֙ 1 “{That evening} he reached a {good} place {to camp/sleep}, so he stayed/spent the night there” or “{Late that evening} he came to a place where he stopped/stayed {for the night}” -28:11 opfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי בָ֣א הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 “because the sun had gone {down}.” or “because the sun had set.” For some languages it is more natural to put the information in this clause first in this sentence and say, “After the sun went down, he reached a good place {to camp/sleep}, so he stopped/stayed there {for the night}.” Do what is best in your language. -28:11 lmbe וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ מֵ⁠אַבְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “He chose {one} of the stones that was there” or “He picked out a large {flat} stone {that he found} there”. The way you translate “stone” should refer to something that would be large enough to support Jacob’s head, but not so large that it would be too heavy for him to lift. For example in English, a pebble is too small and a boulder is too big. -28:11 nd10 וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׂם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and rested his head on it {as a headrest/pillow},” or “and used it as a headrest/pillow,” or “to use as a headrest/pillow,” -28:11 l8b0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב בַּ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 “then he lay down there {and went to sleep}.” or “Then he lay down there {on the ground} {and went to sleep}.” or “then he went to sleep there.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -28:12 ph5p וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֗ם 1 “And {as} he dreamed,” or “{As/While he slept,} he had a dream and” or “While he was dreaming,” +28:9 vycn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֲח֧וֹת נְבָי֛וֹת 1 “and who was the younger sister of Nebaioth,” or “and whose older brother was Nebaioth,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Nebaioth” in Gen 25:13. Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child, Mahalath was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language for “sister” or “brother” that fits with those facts. +28:9 g3ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “besides the two wives he already had.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So, in addition to the two wives he already had, Esau went to the family of Abraham’s son Ishmael and married Ishmael’s daughter Mahalath, whose brother was Nebaioth.” Do what is best in your language. +28:10 n0gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “After Jacob left from his family’s home in the city of Beersheba, he started traveling” or “Meanwhile Jacob had left the city of Beersheba and was traveling”. Verse 10 refers back to verse 5, where Jacob had left his parents’ home in Beersheba to go to Paddan Aram. Make sure your translation does not sound like he left a second time here in verse 10. +28:10 ctw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “to/toward the city of Haran in the region/land of Paddan Aram.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was heading toward the same place that his father had told him to go to in verse 2. The author assumed here that his audience knew that Haran was a city located in the Paddan Aram region. It may be helpful to include a map in your translation that shows the locations of the city of Haran and the region of Paddan Aram. +28:11 bo89 וַ⁠יִּפְגַּ֨ע בַּ⁠מָּק֜וֹם וַ⁠יָּ֤לֶן שָׁם֙ 1 “That evening he reached a good place to camp/sleep, so he stayed/spent the night there” or “Late that evening he came to a place where he stopped/stayed for the night” +28:11 opfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי בָ֣א הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 “because the sun had gone down.” or “because the sun had set.” For some languages it is more natural to put the information in this clause first in this sentence and say, “After the sun went down, he reached a good place to camp/sleep, so he stopped/stayed there for the night.” Do what is best in your language. +28:11 lmbe וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ מֵ⁠אַבְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “He chose one of the stones that was there” or “He picked out a large flat stone that he found there”. The way you translate “stone” should refer to something that would be large enough to support Jacob’s head, but not so large that it would be too heavy for him to lift. For example in English, a pebble is too small and a boulder is too big. +28:11 nd10 וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׂם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and rested his head on it as a headrest/pillow,” or “and used it as a headrest/pillow,” or “to use as a headrest/pillow,” +28:11 l8b0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב בַּ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 “then he lay down there and went to sleep.” or “Then he lay down there on the ground and went to sleep.” or “then he went to sleep there.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:12 ph5p וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֗ם 1 “And as he dreamed,” or “As/While he slept, he had a dream and” or “While he was dreaming,” 28:12 yc2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה סֻלָּם֙ מֻצָּ֣ב אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 “he saw a stairway/staircase whose base was resting on the ground” or “he saw a stairway/staircase. The bottom/base of the stairway was/rested on the ground”. This stairway was wide enough for there to be angels moving up and down on it at the same time. -28:12 lw00 וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ מַגִּ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “and its top reached up to heaven,” or “and the top of it went/reached {all the way} up into the heavens/sky,” +28:12 lw00 וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ מַגִּ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “and its top reached up to heaven,” or “and the top of it went/reached all the way up into the heavens/sky,” 28:12 d554 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ מַלְאֲכֵ֣י אֱלֹהִ֔ים עֹלִ֥ים וְ⁠יֹרְדִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and there were angels of/from God who were going up and down on the stairway.” or “and he saw God’s angels going up and coming down on the stairway.” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 24:7, 40. -28:13 imw1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה נִצָּ֣ב עָלָי⁠ו֮ 1 “Then suddenly Yahweh was standing at the top {of the stairway},” or “And there standing at the top {of the stairway} was Yahweh,” or “And Yahweh was {also} there, standing at the top {of the stairway}”. The phrase for “above it” in the Hebrew text is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “above it” or “at the top {of the stairway}” or (2) “above/beside him/Jacob”. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote. -28:13 n9f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַר֒ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 “and he/Yahweh said {to him/Jacob}, “I {am} Yahweh,” -28:13 bvp0 אֱלֹהֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “the God whom your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship.” or “the God {who takes care} of your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.” Abraham was Jacob’s grandfather and ancestor. +28:13 imw1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה נִצָּ֣ב עָלָי⁠ו֮ 1 “Then suddenly Yahweh was standing at the top of the stairway,” or “And there standing at the top of the stairway was Yahweh,” or “And Yahweh was also there, standing at the top of the stairway”. The phrase for “above it” in the Hebrew text is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “above it” or “at the top of the stairway” or (2) “above/beside him/Jacob”. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote. +28:13 n9f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַר֒ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 “and he/Yahweh said to him/Jacob, “I am Yahweh,” +28:13 bvp0 אֱלֹהֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “the God whom your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship.” or “the God who takes care of your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.” Abraham was Jacob’s grandfather and ancestor. 28:13 xkui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ שֹׁכֵ֣ב עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ לְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶתְּנֶ֖⁠נָּה וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “The/This land where you are lying/sleeping I am giving to you and your descendants.” or “I will give you and your descendants this land that you are lying/sleeping on.” In the Hebrew text, “the land that you are lying on” comes first in this sentence in order to emphasize it and show its importance. Do what is natural in your language. 28:14 qvmn וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “And your descendants will be” or “They will be” or “You will have so many descendants that they will be” -28:14 vi8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{as numerous/many} as the dust {specks} on the ground,” See how you translated “dust” in Gen 13:16. -28:14 fyzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פָרַצְתָּ֛ 1 “and your descendants/people will spread out” or “so that they expand {their territory}” or “so that they live throughout this land”. In this clause “you” refers to Jacob’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +28:14 vi8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “as numerous/many as the dust specks on the ground,” See how you translated “dust” in Gen 13:16. +28:14 fyzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פָרַצְתָּ֛ 1 “and your descendants/people will spread out” or “so that they expand their territory” or “so that they live throughout this land”. In this clause “you” refers to Jacob’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 28:14 y8nb יָ֥מָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה וְ⁠צָפֹ֣נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֑גְבָּ⁠ה 1 “to the west, east, north, and south.” or “to the north, south, east, and west.” or “in every direction.” See how you translated the names of the directions “west,” “east,” “north,” and “south” in Gen 13:14. Notice that they are in a different order there. 28:14 b4q4 בְ⁠ךָ֛ & וּ⁠בְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “In/Through you and your offspring/descendants” or “Because of you and your offspring/descendants” or “By means of you and your offspring/descendants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “your offspring” in Gen 22:18 and 26:4. -28:14 wjvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרֲכ֥וּ & כָּל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/clans/people in the world.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “And {I} will bless all the families in the world through you and your offspring/descendants.” or “I will use you and your offspring/descendants to bless all the families on earth.” See how you translated similar Messianic blessings in Gen 12:3, 18:18, 22:18, and 26:4. +28:14 wjvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרֲכ֥וּ & כָּל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “all the families/people on the earth will be blessed by me.” or “I will bless all the families/clans/people in the world.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “And I will bless all the families in the world through you and your offspring/descendants.” or “I will use you and your offspring/descendants to bless all the families on earth.” See how you translated similar Messianic blessings in Gen 12:3, 18:18, 22:18, and 26:4. 28:15 spzs וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “Listen to this:” or “Remember that” -28:15 dpan אָנֹכִ֜י עִמָּ֗⁠ךְ 1 “I {will always be/stay} with you.” or “I {promise to always be/stay} with you {and help you}.” See how you translated “I {am} with you” in Gen 26:24 and “I will be with you” in Gen 26:3. +28:15 dpan אָנֹכִ֜י עִמָּ֗⁠ךְ 1 “I will always be/stay with you.” or “I promise to always be/stay with you and help you.” See how you translated “I am with you” in Gen 26:24 and “I will be with you” in Gen 26:3. 28:15 d0fg וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will protect/guard you” or “I will take care of you”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 28:15 wycj בְּ⁠כֹ֣ל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵ֔ךְ 1 “everywhere that you go/live,” or “wherever you go/live,” 28:15 k61k וַ⁠הֲשִׁ֣בֹתִ֔י⁠ךָ אֶל הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “and I will lead/guide you back to this land.” 28:15 dsmr כִּ֚י לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱזָבְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In fact, I will never leave/abandon you” -28:15 wg74 עַ֚ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם־עָשִׂ֔יתִי אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will do everything that I have promised you {that I will do}.” Make sure your translation of “until” does not sound like God will only be with Jacob up to the time that he fulfills his promises. Rather the focus is on the period of time between now when God is speaking to Jacob and the time later on when Jacob would see the fulfillment of God’s promises to him. -28:16 nta3 וַ⁠יִּיקַ֣ץ יַעֲקֹב֮ מִ⁠שְּׁנָת⁠וֹ֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Suddenly Jacob woke up from his dream and said/exclaimed {to himself},” or “When Jacob woke up from his dream, he said/exclaimed {to himself},” -28:16 mg0b אָכֵן֙ יֵ֣שׁ יְהוָ֔ה בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Certainly Yahweh is/lives {here} in this place,” or “Yahweh definitely lives here,” -28:16 hkxb וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י לֹ֥א יָדָֽעְתִּי 1 “but I did not know/realize {it} {before now}!” or “but I was not aware of {that} {before}!” -28:17 wkb2 וַ⁠יִּירָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “He was afraid, so he {also} said/exclaimed,” +28:15 wg74 עַ֚ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם־עָשִׂ֔יתִי אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will do everything that I have promised you that I will do.” Make sure your translation of “until” does not sound like God will only be with Jacob up to the time that he fulfills his promises. Rather the focus is on the period of time between now when God is speaking to Jacob and the time later on when Jacob would see the fulfillment of God’s promises to him. +28:16 nta3 וַ⁠יִּיקַ֣ץ יַעֲקֹב֮ מִ⁠שְּׁנָת⁠וֹ֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Suddenly Jacob woke up from his dream and said/exclaimed to himself,” or “When Jacob woke up from his dream, he said/exclaimed to himself,” +28:16 mg0b אָכֵן֙ יֵ֣שׁ יְהוָ֔ה בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Certainly Yahweh is/lives here in this place,” or “Yahweh definitely lives here,” +28:16 hkxb וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י לֹ֥א יָדָֽעְתִּי 1 “but I did not know/realize it before now!” or “but I was not aware of that before!” +28:17 wkb2 וַ⁠יִּירָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “He was afraid, so he also said/exclaimed,” 28:17 gktr מַה נּוֹרָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “This is an awesome/terrifying place!” or “This place is terrifying!” The word “awesome” refers here to the terror that Jacob was feeling from being in the holy presence of Almighty God. 28:17 bjri אֵ֣ין זֶ֗ה כִּ֚י אִם בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “This/It can only be God’s house!” or “This/It must be the house/place where God himself lives!” -28:17 rsyk וְ⁠זֶ֖ה שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “This/It {can only be} the gateway/entrance to heaven!” or “This/It {must be} the gateway/entrance to heaven!” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:17 rsyk וְ⁠זֶ֖ה שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “This/It can only be the gateway/entrance to heaven!” or “This/It must be the gateway/entrance to heaven!” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. 28:18 q3yf וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֜ב בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “Early the next morning Jacob got up,” or “Jacob got up early the next morning,” 28:18 xzkg וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר שָׂ֣ם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “took the stone that he had used as a headrest/pillow”. See how you translated “stone” and “under his head” in verse 11. -28:18 q0n2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “and stood/set it up {on its end}” -28:18 m9zc מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “{as} a monument/marker,” or “{as} a memorial stone,” or “to commemorate/mark the/that place {where God had appeared to him}.” The word “pillar” refers here to a stone that is used to commemorate something. In this case, Jacob used a stone to mark and help him remember the place where God had appeared to him. -28:18 rd51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק שֶׁ֖מֶן עַל רֹאשָֽׁ⁠הּ 1 “Then he poured {some} {olive} oil on top of the stone/pillar {to dedicate the place to God}.” In Bible times people poured olive oil on a person’s head or on objects (as here) to dedicate that person or object to God. Make sure that the way you translate “oil” does not refer to motor oil. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -28:19 p2h7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶת שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “He named that place Bethel, {which means “God’s house,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” in Gen 12:8 and 13:3. -28:19 a944 וְ⁠אוּלָ֛ם ל֥וּז שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר לָ⁠רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “even though originally/previously that town was named/called Luz.” or “Originally/Previously the name of that town {had been} Luz.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -28:20 rcyf וַ⁠יִּדַּ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב נֶ֣דֶר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Jacob/he made a vow/pledge/promise {to God} and said,” See how you translated a clause that has a similar meaning (“swear to …”) in Gen 21:23, 31. -28:20 rony rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אִם יִהְיֶ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים עִמָּדִ֗⁠י 1 “God, if {you} will be/stay with me”. Since Jacob is making this vow to God, for some languages it is more natural to address God directly (as “you”) throughout verses 20-22, rather than only in the last half of verse 22 (as the Hebrew text does). Do what is best in your language. +28:18 q0n2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “and stood/set it up on its end” +28:18 m9zc מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “as a monument/marker,” or “as a memorial stone,” or “to commemorate/mark the/that place where God had appeared to him.” The word “pillar” refers here to a stone that is used to commemorate something. In this case, Jacob used a stone to mark and help him remember the place where God had appeared to him. +28:18 rd51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק שֶׁ֖מֶן עַל רֹאשָֽׁ⁠הּ 1 “Then he poured some olive oil on top of the stone/pillar to dedicate the place to God.” In Bible times people poured olive oil on a person’s head or on objects (as here) to dedicate that person or object to God. Make sure that the way you translate “oil” does not refer to motor oil. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:19 p2h7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶת שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “He named that place Bethel, which means “God’s house,”” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” in Gen 12:8 and 13:3. +28:19 a944 וְ⁠אוּלָ֛ם ל֥וּז שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר לָ⁠רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “even though originally/previously that town was named/called Luz.” or “Originally/Previously the name of that town had been Luz.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:20 rcyf וַ⁠יִּדַּ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב נֶ֣דֶר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Jacob/he made a vow/pledge/promise to God and said,” See how you translated a clause that has a similar meaning (“swear to …”) in Gen 21:23, 31. +28:20 rony rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אִם יִהְיֶ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים עִמָּדִ֗⁠י 1 “God, if you will be/stay with me”. Since Jacob is making this vow to God, for some languages it is more natural to address God directly (as “you”) throughout verses 20-22, rather than only in the last half of verse 22 (as the Hebrew text does). Do what is best in your language. 28:20 lyjc וּ⁠שְׁמָרַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “and protect/guard me” or “and take care of me”. See how you translated “watch over” in verse 15. -28:20 dopf בַּ⁠דֶּ֤רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִ֣י הוֹלֵ֔ךְ 1 “on/during this {long} journey I am taking” or “as I travel on this {long} journey”. The way you translate this phrase should reflect that fact that Jacob’s journey from his home to the city of Haran was about 725 kilometers (450 miles) long. +28:20 dopf בַּ⁠דֶּ֤רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִ֣י הוֹלֵ֔ךְ 1 “on/during this long journey I am taking” or “as I travel on this long journey”. The way you translate this phrase should reflect that fact that Jacob’s journey from his home to the city of Haran was about 725 kilometers (450 miles) long. 28:20 gftj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י לֶ֛חֶם לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֖ל וּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד לִ⁠לְבֹּֽשׁ 1 “and if you give/provide me food to eat and clothes to wear,” or “and if you provide me with food and clothes,” In this context “bread” refers to food in general, not just bread. -28:21 riwh וְ⁠שַׁבְתִּ֥י בְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם 1 “and {if} I come back safely” or “so that I return safely” +28:21 riwh וְ⁠שַׁבְתִּ֥י בְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם 1 “and if I come back safely” or “so that I return safely” 28:21 jfhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “to my father’s/family’s home,” or “to my family,” This phrase especially refers to Jacob's father's family members, not just the physical home. -28:21 yyp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠הָיָ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “then Yahweh, {you} will be the God whom I serve/worship,” or “then I will serve/worship {you} Yahweh as my God,” -28:22 qeez וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֣בֶן הַ⁠זֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁר שַׂ֨מְתִּי֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה יִהְיֶ֖ה בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “This stone that I have set up will be your house and will mark the/this place {where you appeared to me},” or “and this memorial stone that I set up will remind people that you live here,” See how you translated “as a pillar” in verse 18. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +28:21 yyp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠הָיָ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “then Yahweh, you will be the God whom I serve/worship,” or “then I will serve/worship you Yahweh as my God,” +28:22 qeez וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֣בֶן הַ⁠זֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁר שַׂ֨מְתִּי֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה יִהְיֶ֖ה בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “This stone that I have set up will be your house and will mark the/this place where you appeared to me,” or “and this memorial stone that I set up will remind people that you live here,” See how you translated “as a pillar” in verse 18. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 28:22 qmie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י עַשֵּׂ֖ר אֲעַשְּׂרֶ֥⁠נּוּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and everything that you give to me, I will give a tenth of it back to you.” or “and I will give back to you ten percent of everything that you give to me.” Consider again how you translated the way Jacob refers to Yahweh in verses 20-22; see the note about this at verse 20. Also see how you translated “tithe” in Gen 14:20. -29:1 v7y6 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “Then Jacob left {Bethel} and continued traveling {until he came}” or “Then Jacob continued traveling until he came” -29:1 wri0 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה בְנֵי קֶֽדֶם 1 “to the land in the east where various people/ethnic groups lived.” or “to the land/region that was east {of the land of Canaan} where the eastern people/ethnic groups lived.” This land was located east of the land of Canaan and included the region of Paddan Aram where Jacob’s uncle Laban lived in the city of Haran (Gen 27:43; 28:5). See how you translated “east” in Gen 28:14. -29:2 ox8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא 1 “Then he looked {around},” or “{When he arrived/got there,} he looked {around},” or “{When he arrived at a place near the city of Haran,} he looked {around},” Jacob was now near the city of Haran (verse 4), which was in the land east of Canaan (verse 1). -29:2 xzs6 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה בְאֵ֣ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “and he saw a well in an {open} field/area” or “and there in an {open} field/area {was} a well”. The word “field” refers to an open area of land, not a fenced-in area. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:27, 29. -29:2 f5dt וְ⁠הִנֵּה שָׁ֞ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶדְרֵי צֹאן֙ רֹבְצִ֣ים 1 “He saw three flocks of sheep that were lying {down}” or “There were three flocks of sheep lying {down}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -29:2 rel5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “beside it,” or “near/beside the well {waiting for water},” +29:1 v7y6 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “Then Jacob left Bethel and continued traveling until he came” or “Then Jacob continued traveling until he came” +29:1 wri0 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה בְנֵי קֶֽדֶם 1 “to the land in the east where various people/ethnic groups lived.” or “to the land/region that was east of the land of Canaan where the eastern people/ethnic groups lived.” This land was located east of the land of Canaan and included the region of Paddan Aram where Jacob’s uncle Laban lived in the city of Haran (Gen 27:43; 28:5). See how you translated “east” in Gen 28:14. +29:2 ox8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא 1 “Then he looked around,” or “When he arrived/got there, he looked around,” or “When he arrived at a place near the city of Haran, he looked around,” Jacob was now near the city of Haran (verse 4), which was in the land east of Canaan (verse 1). +29:2 xzs6 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה בְאֵ֣ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “and he saw a well in an open field/area” or “and there in an open field/area was a well”. The word “field” refers to an open area of land, not a fenced-in area. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:27, 29. +29:2 f5dt וְ⁠הִנֵּה שָׁ֞ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶדְרֵי צֹאן֙ רֹבְצִ֣ים 1 “He saw three flocks of sheep that were lying down” or “There were three flocks of sheep lying down”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +29:2 rel5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “beside it,” or “near/beside the well waiting for water,” 29:2 gzk1 כִּ֚י מִן הַ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠הִ֔וא יַשְׁק֖וּ הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֑ים 1 “because that was the well where the shepherds drew/got water for the sheep/flocks,” or “That was the well that flocks/sheep drank water from,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -29:2 nge7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֥בֶן גְּדֹלָ֖ה עַל פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵֽר 1 “but the stone covering the opening/top of the well {was} large {and heavy}.” or “but there was a {heavy} large stone over/covering the opening/top of the well.” This stone would have been very large and heavy and probably had been cut into a circular shape to cover the round opening of the well. You could include here in your translation a picture of a well with a round, flat stone covering it. -29:3 zip2 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפוּ שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה כָל הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֗ים וְ⁠גָלֲל֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ 1 “{Every day} shepherds would bring all the/their flocks {of sheep} there. They would {work together to} roll/take the stone” or “{Whenever/After} all the shepherds brought their flocks there, {together} they would remove the stone”. Verse 3 tells what happened regularly every day. Consider what is the best way to communicate this in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “stone” in verse 2. +29:2 nge7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֥בֶן גְּדֹלָ֖ה עַל פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵֽר 1 “but the stone covering the opening/top of the well was large and heavy.” or “but there was a heavy large stone over/covering the opening/top of the well.” This stone would have been very large and heavy and probably had been cut into a circular shape to cover the round opening of the well. You could include here in your translation a picture of a well with a round, flat stone covering it. +29:3 zip2 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפוּ שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה כָל הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֗ים וְ⁠גָלֲל֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ 1 “Every day shepherds would bring all the/their flocks of sheep there. They would work together to roll/take the stone” or “Whenever/After all the shepherds brought their flocks there, together they would remove the stone”. Verse 3 tells what happened regularly every day. Consider what is the best way to communicate this in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “stone” in verse 2. 29:3 ehgo מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “from/off the opening/top of the well” -29:3 nplo וְ⁠הִשְׁק֖וּ אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “and draw water for the sheep.” or “and get water {from it} for the sheep {to drink}.” See how you translated “watered” in verse 2, and how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“draw water”) in Gen 24:19-20. +29:3 nplo וְ⁠הִשְׁק֖וּ אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “and draw water for the sheep.” or “and get water from it for the sheep to drink.” See how you translated “watered” in verse 2, and how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“draw water”) in Gen 24:19-20. 29:3 kxfp וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֧יבוּ אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֛בֶן & לִ⁠מְקֹמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “Then they would put/roll/position the stone back” 29:3 atj5 עַל־פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר 1 “over the opening/top of the well.” 29:4 clfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Jacob asked/greeted the shepherds,” 29:4 ipz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַחַ֖⁠י 1 “My friends,” or “Friends,” This is a polite, friendly idiom used as a greeting; it does not mean that the shepherds were actually Jacob’s relatives. Many languages have a similar greeting. 29:4 bckj מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “where do you live?” -29:4 rgvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They replied {to him},” or “They answered {him},” -29:4 ooyz מֵ⁠חָרָ֖ן אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “We {are} from {the city of} Haran.” or “We live in {the city of} Haran.” Your translation should not sound like the city of Haran was far away from there; it was nearby. +29:4 rgvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They replied to him,” or “They answered him,” +29:4 ooyz מֵ⁠חָרָ֖ן אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “We are from the city of Haran.” or “We live in the city of Haran.” Your translation should not sound like the city of Haran was far away from there; it was nearby. 29:5 mz8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “So Jacob asked them,” or “So Jacob asked,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to translate quote margins in a conversation that goes back and forth quickly like the one in verses 4-8. After the conversation gets started, it often sounds more life-like and natural to shorten the quote margins and leave implied some of the references to the people who are being talked to (as long as it is still clear who is talking to whom). 29:5 jju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠יְדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת לָבָ֣ן בֶּן נָח֑וֹר 1 “Do you know Laban, Nahor’s grandson?” or “Do you know Nahor’s grandson Laban?” Consider what is the best way to order this question in your language. 29:5 qynl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “They answered/replied,” -29:5 o8s7 יָדָֽעְנוּ 1 “{Yes,} we know him.” or “{Yes,} we do.” Hebrew does not have a single word for “Yes”, but rather repeats words from what was asked. Do what is natural in your language. +29:5 o8s7 יָדָֽעְנוּ 1 “Yes, we know him.” or “Yes, we do.” Hebrew does not have a single word for “Yes”, but rather repeats words from what was asked. Do what is natural in your language. 29:6 oat9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then/So Jacob asked,” -29:6 wjxw הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “Are {things} going well for him?” or “Is he doing well?” Jacob is asking about Laban’s general well-being, not just his health. -29:6 gj3q וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “They answered {him},” -29:6 cq6m שָׁל֔וֹם 1 “{Yes,} {things are} well/good {for him}.” or “{Yes,} {he is} well.” -29:6 oqem וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ בָּאָ֖ה עִם הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “Look, there/here is his/Laban’s daughter Rachel {now} with {his} sheep.” or “In fact, here comes his/Laban’s daughter Rachel {now}, bringing {his} sheep.” -29:7 s198 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Jacob said {to them},” or “Then Jacob urged {them},” -29:7 qywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵ֥ן עוֹד֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם גָּד֔וֹל 1 “Look, it is still the middle of the day” or “Look, the sun is still high/bright {in the sky}” or “There is still a lot of daylight/sunlight left”. This is an idiom that means there are still many more hours of daytime left. Consider whether your language has an idiom for this. -29:7 hpgk לֹא עֵ֖ת הֵאָסֵ֣ף הַ⁠מִּקְנֶ֑ה 1 “and/so {it is} too early/soon to gather the livestock/flocks {for the night}.” -29:7 xi00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הַשְׁק֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “{You ought to} draw/get water for them” or “{It seems like you should} water the/your sheep” or “So why not water the/your sheep”. For some languages it sounds too rude for Jacob to make a direct command here, so it is better to make this a suggestion or even a rhetorical question. Do what is best in your language. -29:7 agiz וּ⁠לְכ֥וּ רְעֽוּ 1 “and/then take {them} {back} out {to the fields} to graze {some more}.” or “then you can take them out to eat {more} grass.” -29:8 fc6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮ 1 “But they said {to him},” or “But they replied,” -29:8 ftk5 לֹ֣א נוּכַל֒ 1 “We can’t {do that}” or “We have to wait” +29:6 wjxw הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “Are things going well for him?” or “Is he doing well?” Jacob is asking about Laban’s general well-being, not just his health. +29:6 gj3q וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “They answered him,” +29:6 cq6m שָׁל֔וֹם 1 “Yes, things are well/good for him.” or “Yes, he is well.” +29:6 oqem וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ בָּאָ֖ה עִם הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “Look, there/here is his/Laban’s daughter Rachel now with his sheep.” or “In fact, here comes his/Laban’s daughter Rachel now, bringing his sheep.” +29:7 s198 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Jacob said to them,” or “Then Jacob urged them,” +29:7 qywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵ֥ן עוֹד֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם גָּד֔וֹל 1 “Look, it is still the middle of the day” or “Look, the sun is still high/bright in the sky” or “There is still a lot of daylight/sunlight left”. This is an idiom that means there are still many more hours of daytime left. Consider whether your language has an idiom for this. +29:7 hpgk לֹא עֵ֖ת הֵאָסֵ֣ף הַ⁠מִּקְנֶ֑ה 1 “and/so it is too early/soon to gather the livestock/flocks for the night.” +29:7 xi00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הַשְׁק֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “You ought to draw/get water for them” or “It seems like you should water the/your sheep” or “So why not water the/your sheep”. For some languages it sounds too rude for Jacob to make a direct command here, so it is better to make this a suggestion or even a rhetorical question. Do what is best in your language. +29:7 agiz וּ⁠לְכ֥וּ רְעֽוּ 1 “and/then take them back out to the fields to graze some more.” or “then you can take them out to eat more grass.” +29:8 fc6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮ 1 “But they said to him,” or “But they replied,” +29:8 ftk5 לֹ֣א נוּכַל֒ 1 “We can’t do that” or “We have to wait” 29:8 ujw5 עַ֣ד אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ כָּל הָ֣⁠עֲדָרִ֔ים 1 “until all the shepherds are here with their flocks” or “until all the shepherds have brought their flocks here” -29:8 nl6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠גָֽלֲלוּ֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֔בֶן 1 “and they/we {all} remove the stone”, or “Then {together} they/we will roll/move the stone”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the ones who are talking here are also shepherds. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.” Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +29:8 nl6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠גָֽלֲלוּ֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֔בֶן 1 “and they/we all remove the stone”, or “Then together they/we will roll/move the stone”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the ones who are talking here are also shepherds. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.” Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 29:8 rng7 מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֑ר 1 “off/from the opening/top of the well” See how you translated this phrase in verses 2 and 3. 29:8 zdbb וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֖ינוּ הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “and draw/get water for the sheep/flocks.” 29:9 aojv עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ מְדַבֵּ֣ר עִמָּ֑⁠ם 1 “While Jacob was still talking with/to the shepherds,” -29:9 kj5g וְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בָּ֗אָה עִם הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠הָ 1 “Rachel arrived {at the well} with her father {Laban}’s sheep;” +29:9 kj5g וְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בָּ֗אָה עִם הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠הָ 1 “Rachel arrived at the well with her father Laban’s sheep;” 29:9 vyhm כִּ֥י רֹעָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 “because she was the one who shepherded/tended them.” or “it was her job to take care of them.” 29:10 vpc8 וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 “As soon as” or “When” 29:10 aaja רָאָ֨ה יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת רָחֵ֗ל בַּת לָבָן֙ אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of his uncle Laban” 29:10 ud2q וְ⁠אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “with his uncle Laban’s sheep,” or “with his uncle’s sheep,” or “with her father’s sheep,” -29:10 uktf וַ⁠יִּגַּ֣שׁ יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “he went/walked over {to the well}” +29:10 uktf וַ⁠יִּגַּ֣שׁ יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “he went/walked over to the well” 29:10 d0m7 וַ⁠יָּ֤גֶל אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “and rolled/took the stone off the opening/top of the well,” or “removed the stone that was covering it,” 29:10 i0po וַ⁠יַּ֕שְׁקְ 1 “and drew/got water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verses 2-3, 7-8, and in 24:14, 20. 29:10 wcif צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “his uncle Laban’s sheep.” or “his uncle’s sheep.” -29:11 uwgl וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Then he kissed Rachel {on the/her cheek}” or “Then he greeted Rachel warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. In that culture it was common to greet a relative with a kiss on the cheek (or both cheeks). However, if it would be offensive in your culture for Jacob to kiss Rachel here, you could translate this more generally (See: the second alternate translation above). Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27. -29:11 lylh וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “and he started crying aloud/loudly {because he was so happy}.” or “and {he was so happy that} he started crying.” See how you translated the idiom “lifted his voice” in Gen 27:38. However, here Jacob is crying because he is happy, not upset. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +29:11 uwgl וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Then he kissed Rachel on the/her cheek” or “Then he greeted Rachel warmly/enthusiastically as one of his relatives”. In that culture it was common to greet a relative with a kiss on the cheek (or both cheeks). However, if it would be offensive in your culture for Jacob to kiss Rachel here, you could translate this more generally (See: the second alternate translation above). Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27. +29:11 lylh וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “and he started crying aloud/loudly because he was so happy.” or “and he was so happy that he started crying.” See how you translated the idiom “lifted his voice” in Gen 27:38. However, here Jacob is crying because he is happy, not upset. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 29:12 ctrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֨ד יַעֲקֹ֜ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֗ל 1 “Then he told her”. Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to Jacob and Rachel in this context. -29:12 b1ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אֲחִ֤י אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ ה֔וּא וְ⁠כִ֥י בֶן רִבְקָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 “that he {was} her father’s relative/nephew, the son of {her aunt} Rebekah.” or “that her father {Laban} was his uncle and that {her aunt} Rebekah was his mother.” or “I am your father’s nephew, the son of {your aunt} Rebekah.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use an indirect quote here or a direct quote. -29:12 i8gv וַ⁠תָּ֖רָץ וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֥ד לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then/So she ran {home} and told her father {the news}.” or “Then/So she ran {home} to her father and told/informed him {about Jacob}.” +29:12 b1ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אֲחִ֤י אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ ה֔וּא וְ⁠כִ֥י בֶן רִבְקָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 “that he was her father’s relative/nephew, the son of her aunt Rebekah.” or “that her father Laban was his uncle and that her aunt Rebekah was his mother.” or “I am your father’s nephew, the son of your aunt Rebekah.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use an indirect quote here or a direct quote. +29:12 i8gv וַ⁠תָּ֖רָץ וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֥ד לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then/So she ran home and told her father the news.” or “Then/So she ran home to her father and told/informed him about Jacob.” 29:13 w9df וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ לָבָ֜ן 1 “When Laban found out” or “As soon as Laban heard” 29:13 t5i0 אֶת שֵׁ֣מַע יַעֲקֹ֣ב בֶּן אֲחֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “about his sister’s son Jacob,” or “that his nephew Jacob was there,” -29:13 qbmk וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ 1 “he ran {out} to meet/greet him.” +29:13 qbmk וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ 1 “he ran out to meet/greet him.” 29:13 va3u וַ⁠יְחַבֶּק ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then he embraced/hugged him/Jacob” or “He gave him/Jacob a hug” -29:13 qvlt וַ⁠יְנַשֶּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {on the/his cheeks}” or “and greeted him warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. See how you translated “kissed” in verse 11. -29:13 yeoh וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֖⁠הוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took him {back} to his house.” or “and took him home.” -29:13 ik43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Then he/Jacob told Laban {about himself and} everything that had happened,” Laban’s response in verse 14 implies that Jacob told him about himself here in verse 13. +29:13 qvlt וַ⁠יְנַשֶּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him on the/his cheeks” or “and greeted him warmly/enthusiastically as one of his relatives”. See how you translated “kissed” in verse 11. +29:13 yeoh וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֖⁠הוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took him back to his house.” or “and took him home.” +29:13 ik43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Then he/Jacob told Laban about himself and everything that had happened,” Laban’s response in verse 14 implies that Jacob told him about himself here in verse 13. 29:14 oa88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 “and Laban responded/exclaimed,” -29:14 awri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַ֛ךְ עַצְמִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בְשָׂרִ֖⁠י אָ֑תָּה 1 “You {are} definitely my own flesh and blood!” or “You {are} definitely my close relative!” or “There is no doubt that you {are} a close relative of my family!” This is an idiom that means Jacob is a close, biological relative of Laban. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. -29:14 zl07 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob stayed {and served/worked} with/for him/Laban” or “After Jacob had stayed with Laban {and worked for him}”. Your choice here in verse 14 will determine whether or not this sentence continues into verse 15. Do what is best in your language. -29:14 fe42 חֹ֥דֶשׁ יָמִֽים 1 “{for} an entire month” or “for thirty days” +29:14 awri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַ֛ךְ עַצְמִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בְשָׂרִ֖⁠י אָ֑תָּה 1 “You are definitely my own flesh and blood!” or “You are definitely my close relative!” or “There is no doubt that you are a close relative of my family!” This is an idiom that means Jacob is a close, biological relative of Laban. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. +29:14 zl07 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob stayed and served/worked with/for him/Laban” or “After Jacob had stayed with Laban and worked for him”. Your choice here in verse 14 will determine whether or not this sentence continues into verse 15. Do what is best in your language. +29:14 fe42 חֹ֥דֶשׁ יָמִֽים 1 “for an entire month” or “for thirty days” 29:15 ja3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Laban said to him,” or “Laban asked him,” -29:15 drle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי אָחִ֣⁠י אַ֔תָּה וַ⁠עֲבַדְתַּ֖⁠נִי חִנָּ֑ם 1 “{Just} because you are my relative/nephew, {does that mean that} you should work for me without pay?” or “Even though you are my relative/nephew, {that does not mean that} you should {have to} work for me for free!” or “You should not {have to} work for me for nothing/free {just} because you are my relative/nephew!” See how you translated “relative” in verse 12. This rhetorical question expects the implied answer “No, of course not!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a statement here instead. -29:15 dy56 הַגִּ֥ידָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י מַה מַּשְׂכֻּרְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{So} tell me what your wages/pay {should be}.” or “{So} tell me what you want me to pay you {for your work}.” -29:16 vbiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֑וֹת 1 “Now {it so happened that} Laban had two daughters:” or “Laban had two daughters:” Verses 16-17 introduce background information for what happens in the verses that follow that. Translate this in a way that is natural and clear in your language. -29:16 xkig שֵׁ֤ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ לֵאָ֔ה וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠קְּטַנָּ֖ה רָחֵֽל 1 “The name of the older {one/daughter} {was} Leah, and the younger {one/daughter} {was} Rachel.” or “The older {one/daughter} was named Leah and the younger {one/daughter} was named Rachel.” -29:17 chl6 וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י לֵאָ֖ה רַכּ֑וֹת 1 “Leah’s eyes {were} delicate/pretty/weak,” or “Leah had pretty eyes,” The Hebrew word for “delicate” is ambiguous in this context. It can have: (1) a positive meaning of “pretty” or “lovely” or (2) a negative meaning of “weak”, which implies that Leah’s eyes were plain, dull, or unattractive. +29:15 drle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי אָחִ֣⁠י אַ֔תָּה וַ⁠עֲבַדְתַּ֖⁠נִי חִנָּ֑ם 1 “Just because you are my relative/nephew, does that mean that you should work for me without pay?” or “Even though you are my relative/nephew, that does not mean that you should have to work for me for free!” or “You should not have to work for me for nothing/free just because you are my relative/nephew!” See how you translated “relative” in verse 12. This rhetorical question expects the implied answer “No, of course not!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a statement here instead. +29:15 dy56 הַגִּ֥ידָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י מַה מַּשְׂכֻּרְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “So tell me what your wages/pay should be.” or “So tell me what you want me to pay you for your work.” +29:16 vbiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֑וֹת 1 “Now it so happened that Laban had two daughters:” or “Laban had two daughters:” Verses 16-17 introduce background information for what happens in the verses that follow that. Translate this in a way that is natural and clear in your language. +29:16 xkig שֵׁ֤ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ לֵאָ֔ה וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠קְּטַנָּ֖ה רָחֵֽל 1 “The name of the older one/daughter was Leah, and the younger one/daughter was Rachel.” or “The older one/daughter was named Leah and the younger one/daughter was named Rachel.” +29:17 chl6 וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י לֵאָ֖ה רַכּ֑וֹת 1 “Leah’s eyes were delicate/pretty/weak,” or “Leah had pretty eyes,” The Hebrew word for “delicate” is ambiguous in this context. It can have: (1) a positive meaning of “pretty” or “lovely” or (2) a negative meaning of “weak”, which implies that Leah’s eyes were plain, dull, or unattractive. 29:17 xcjb וְ⁠רָחֵל֙ הָֽיְתָ֔ה יְפַת תֹּ֖אַר וִ⁠יפַ֥ת מַרְאֶֽה 1 “but/whereas Rachel’s face and figure/shape were lovely/beautiful.” or “but/whereas Rachel was extremely beautiful in every way.” 29:18 ml4f וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Jacob was in love with Rachel,” or “Jacob had fallen in love with Rachel,” -29:18 rnsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so he said/responded {to Laban},” +29:18 rnsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so he said/responded to Laban,” 29:18 l9xb אֶֽעֱבָדְ⁠ךָ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים 1 “I will work seven years for you”. Jacob is offering seven years of work as the dowry or bride-price for Rachel. Translate this sentence in a way that reflects that. -29:18 cq1a בְּ⁠רָחֵ֥ל בִּתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠קְּטַנָּֽה 1 “{in exchange} for your younger daughter Rachel {as my wife}.” or “if you will give me your younger daughter Rachel {to be my wife}.” or “if you will let me marry your younger daughter Rachel.” +29:18 cq1a בְּ⁠רָחֵ֥ל בִּתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠קְּטַנָּֽה 1 “in exchange for your younger daughter Rachel as my wife.” or “if you will give me your younger daughter Rachel to be my wife.” or “if you will let me marry your younger daughter Rachel.” 29:19 s842 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֗ן 1 “Laban replied,” -29:19 n9dn ט֚וֹב תִּתִּ֣⁠י אֹתָ֣⁠הּ לָ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠תִּתִּ֥⁠י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ 1 “{I agree to your terms.} I would {much} rather give her to you {to marry} than give her to some/any other man.” or “{Alright/Okay, that’s fine.} I prefer that she marry you rather than someone else.” -29:19 wbfu שְׁבָ֖⁠ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “{So} stay {and work} with me.” or “{So} stay here {and work for me}.” -29:20 edqa וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֧ד יַעֲקֹ֛ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֖ל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “So/Then Jacob worked seven years {for Laban} so that he could marry/have Rachel,” -29:20 kubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֤וּ בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ כְּ⁠יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֔ים בְּ⁠אַהֲבָת֖⁠וֹ אֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but to him it seemed like {only} a few days {had passed} because he loved her {so much}.” or “but he loved her so {much} that to him the time/years seemed {to pass quickly} like {only} a few days.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence so that the cause is mentioned before the effect (See: the second alternate translation above). Do what is most clear and natural in your language. -29:21 n2l9 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב אֶל לָבָן֙ 1 “{When the seven years were over,} Jacob said to Laban,” or “After that, Jacob requested of Laban,” -29:21 py3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָבָ֣⁠ה אֶת אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י מָלְא֖וּ יָמָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָב֖וֹאָה אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “{Please} let me marry {your daughter} {Rachel} {now} so that I can live with her {as} my wife, because I have finished/completed my {seven} years {of work/service} {for you}.” or “I have fulfilled/finished the {seven} years of work/service {that we agreed on}, so {please} let me have {your daughter} {Rachel} so that I can marry her and live with her.” Consider what is the best order for the clauses in this sentence in your language. Also make sure that Jacob’s request here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. -29:22 dfx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 “Then/So Laban gathered/invited all the local people and held a {wedding} feast.” or “Then/So Laban prepared a wedding/marriage feast and gathered/invited everyone who lived in town {to attend}.” Consider what is the best way to order these events in your language. +29:19 n9dn ט֚וֹב תִּתִּ֣⁠י אֹתָ֣⁠הּ לָ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠תִּתִּ֥⁠י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ 1 “I agree to your terms. I would much rather give her to you to marry than give her to some/any other man.” or “Alright/Okay, that’s fine. I prefer that she marry you rather than someone else.” +29:19 wbfu שְׁבָ֖⁠ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “So stay and work with me.” or “So stay here and work for me.” +29:20 edqa וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֧ד יַעֲקֹ֛ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֖ל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “So/Then Jacob worked seven years for Laban so that he could marry/have Rachel,” +29:20 kubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֤וּ בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ כְּ⁠יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֔ים בְּ⁠אַהֲבָת֖⁠וֹ אֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but to him it seemed like only a few days had passed because he loved her so much.” or “but he loved her so much that to him the time/years seemed to pass quickly like only a few days.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence so that the cause is mentioned before the effect (See: the second alternate translation above). Do what is most clear and natural in your language. +29:21 n2l9 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב אֶל לָבָן֙ 1 “When the seven years were over, Jacob said to Laban,” or “After that, Jacob requested of Laban,” +29:21 py3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָבָ֣⁠ה אֶת אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י מָלְא֖וּ יָמָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָב֖וֹאָה אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Please let me marry your daughter Rachel now so that I can live with her as my wife, because I have finished/completed my seven years of work/service for you.” or “I have fulfilled/finished the seven years of work/service that we agreed on, so please let me have your daughter Rachel so that I can marry her and live with her.” Consider what is the best order for the clauses in this sentence in your language. Also make sure that Jacob’s request here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. +29:22 dfx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 “Then/So Laban gathered/invited all the local people and held a wedding feast.” or “Then/So Laban prepared a wedding/marriage feast and gathered/invited everyone who lived in town to attend.” Consider what is the best way to order these events in your language. 29:23 r0w3 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בָ⁠עֶ֔רֶב 1 “But that evening” or “But/However this is what happened that evening:” -29:23 vaw0 וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ אֶת לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Laban {deceived/tricked Jacob and} took/brought his daughter Leah {to Jacob’s tent} {instead of Rachel},” or “Laban took/brought Leah to Jacob {instead of Rachel},” +29:23 vaw0 וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ אֶת לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Laban deceived/tricked Jacob and took/brought his daughter Leah to Jacob’s tent instead of Rachel,” or “Laban took/brought Leah to Jacob instead of Rachel,” 29:23 n4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א 1 “and/so he/Jacob” or “so that he/Jacob”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that “he” refers here to Jacob, not Laban. 29:23 h5xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “so that he/Jacob had marital/sexual relations with her/Leah.” or “and/so he/Jacob slept with her/Leah.” or “spent the night with her/Leah.” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Jacob, not Laban. See how you translated the euphemism “went to” in Gen 16:4 (and “go to” in Gen 16:2 and 29:21). Translate this in a way that is natural, clear, and acceptable for reading in public. -29:24 zehs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙ 1 “Laban also gave” or “In addition, Laban gave”. It is not clear in the Hebrew text when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah, so it is probably best to keep it that way in your translation. Some translations say that Laban “had {already} given” Zilpah to Leah before the wedding night. However according to Jewish history (outside the Bible), it was on the wedding night that Laban did this as part of his plan to deceive Jacob: Zilpah was younger than Bilhah, so everyone would expect her to be given to Rachel as the younger sister; seeing Zilpah (instead of Bilhah) would help Jacob think that his veiled bride was Rachel. Since we do not know for sure which interpretation is right, it is probably best to be like the Hebrew text and not specify when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah. Some translations put this verse in parentheses because it seems to interrupt the telling of the main events. +29:24 zehs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙ 1 “Laban also gave” or “In addition, Laban gave”. It is not clear in the Hebrew text when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah, so it is probably best to keep it that way in your translation. Some translations say that Laban “had already given” Zilpah to Leah before the wedding night. However according to Jewish history (outside the Bible), it was on the wedding night that Laban did this as part of his plan to deceive Jacob: Zilpah was younger than Bilhah, so everyone would expect her to be given to Rachel as the younger sister; seeing Zilpah (instead of Bilhah) would help Jacob think that his veiled bride was Rachel. Since we do not know for sure which interpretation is right, it is probably best to be like the Hebrew text and not specify when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah. Some translations put this verse in parentheses because it seems to interrupt the telling of the main events. 29:24 wz5d לָ֔⁠הּ אֶת זִלְפָּ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ לְ⁠לֵאָ֥ה בִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “his female servant Zilpah to Leah” or “to Leah a female servant named Zilpah” -29:24 gvpk שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “{to be} {her} {personal} servant/attendant.” or “to serve {her}.” or “to attend to her.” +29:24 gvpk שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “to be her personal servant/attendant.” or “to serve her.” or “to attend to her.” 29:25 flu2 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 “But the next morning” or “The next morning” -29:25 wt9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִנֵּה הִ֖וא לֵאָ֑ה 1 “{Jacob} saw/found that his {new} wife was Leah!” or “{Jacob was shocked to} see/discover that it was Leah {he had married}!” Translate “behold” in a way that shows Jacob’s surprise at finding out that he had married Leah instead of Rachel. Also, make sure that your translation of “she” refers here to Leah, not Zilpah (who was mentioned in verse 24). -29:25 qd1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל לָבָ֗ן 1 “So/Then he/Jacob complained to {his father-in-law} Laban,” or “So/Then he/Jacob rebuked/confronted Laban and said,” Some languages use an honorific title such as “his father-in-law” here now that Jacob is married. Do what is best in your language. +29:25 wt9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִנֵּה הִ֖וא לֵאָ֑ה 1 “Jacob saw/found that his new wife was Leah!” or “Jacob was shocked to see/discover that it was Leah he had married!” Translate “behold” in a way that shows Jacob’s surprise at finding out that he had married Leah instead of Rachel. Also, make sure that your translation of “she” refers here to Leah, not Zilpah (who was mentioned in verse 24). +29:25 qd1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל לָבָ֗ן 1 “So/Then he/Jacob complained to his father-in-law Laban,” or “So/Then he/Jacob rebuked/confronted Laban and said,” Some languages use an honorific title such as “his father-in-law” here now that Jacob is married. Do what is best in your language. 29:25 n8tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֔⁠י 1 “Why have you treated me like this?” or “You have treated me very badly!” In this verse, Jacob uses rhetorical questions to communicate how angry and upset he is. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also see how you translated this question in Gen 12:18, 20:9, 26:10. -29:25 sxpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א בְ⁠רָחֵל֙ עָבַ֣דְתִּי עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{You know that} Rachel is the one I served you for!” or “You know very well that I worked for you in order to marry Rachel!” +29:25 sxpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א בְ⁠רָחֵל֙ עָבַ֣דְתִּי עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “You know that Rachel is the one I served you for!” or “You know very well that I worked for you in order to marry Rachel!” 29:25 giws וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה רִמִּיתָֽ⁠נִי 1 “So why did you deceive/trick me?” or “Tell me why you deceived/tricked me!” See how you translated a different word (“deceit”) that has a similar meaning in Gen 27:35. -29:26 ogbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “But Laban said/replied {to him},” or “Laban replied/responded,” -29:26 y7mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹא יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה כֵ֖ן בִּ⁠מְקוֹמֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 “It is not customary In our/this land/region” or “It is not the/our custom/tradition/practice here”. For some languages it is necessary to say what the custom is, rather than what it is not. For example, you could say, “Our custom/practice here is to wait until the firstborn/oldest daughter is married before we let the younger daughter{s}/one{s} get married.” Do what is best in your language. -29:26 v8le לָ⁠תֵ֥ת הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “to give the younger {daughter} {in marriage}” or “to marry off the younger {daughter}” or “for the younger {daughter} to marry” -29:26 jmo3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠בְּכִירָֽה 1 “before the oldest/older {daughter/one} {marries}.” -29:27 b70a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את 1 “{So} fulfill/finish this daughter’s bridal/wedding week {and she will remain your wife},” or “{So then,} finish/complete this week of celebrating your marriage/wedding to my daughter {Leah},” or “{So then,} {keep Leah as your wife and} finish this week of celebrating your marriage to her,” For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit the fact that it is assumed that Leah would still remain his wife. Only make this information explicit if it is necessary to avoid wrong meaning. -29:27 w292 וְ⁠נִתְּנָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ גַּם אֶת זֹ֗את 1 “Then our family will also give you {my} other/younger daughter {to marry}” or “Then you may also marry {my} other/younger daughter”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +29:26 ogbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “But Laban said/replied to him,” or “Laban replied/responded,” +29:26 y7mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹא יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה כֵ֖ן בִּ⁠מְקוֹמֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 “It is not customary In our/this land/region” or “It is not the/our custom/tradition/practice here”. For some languages it is necessary to say what the custom is, rather than what it is not. For example, you could say, “Our custom/practice here is to wait until the firstborn/oldest daughter is married before we let the younger daughters/ones get married.” Do what is best in your language. +29:26 v8le לָ⁠תֵ֥ת הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “to give the younger daughter in marriage” or “to marry off the younger daughter” or “for the younger daughter to marry” +29:26 jmo3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠בְּכִירָֽה 1 “before the oldest/older daughter/one marries.” +29:27 b70a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את 1 “So fulfill/finish this daughter’s bridal/wedding week and she will remain your wife,” or “So then, finish/complete this week of celebrating your marriage/wedding to my daughter Leah,” or “So then, keep Leah as your wife and finish this week of celebrating your marriage to her,” For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit the fact that it is assumed that Leah would still remain his wife. Only make this information explicit if it is necessary to avoid wrong meaning. +29:27 w292 וְ⁠נִתְּנָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ גַּם אֶת זֹ֗את 1 “Then our family will also give you my other/younger daughter to marry” or “Then you may also marry my other/younger daughter”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 29:27 ag84 בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “if you will work for me” or “in exchange for working for me”. See how you translated “serve” in verses 15, 18, 20, 21 and 25. 29:27 dpm8 ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת 1 “for seven more years.” -29:28 q8t0 וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יַעֲקֹב֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 “So that is what Jacob did:” or “So Jacob {agreed with Laban and} did what he said:” +29:28 q8t0 וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יַעֲקֹב֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 “So that is what Jacob did:” or “So Jacob agreed with Laban and did what he said:” 29:28 h55y וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את 1 “he fulfilled/completed Leah’s bridal/wedding week.” or “he finished/completed his wedding week with Leah.” or “he finished celebrating his marriage to Leah that week.” See how you translated “fulfill” in verse 27. 29:28 n1p0 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת רָחֵ֥ל בִּתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Then Laban gave him/Jacob his daughter Rachel to marry.” or “Then Laban gave his daughter Rachel to Jacob to be his wife.” 29:29 z1cm וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙ 1 “Laban/he also gave” or “In addition, Laban/he gave”. See how you translated verse 24, which is similar to verse 29. 29:29 it33 לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ 1 “his female servant Bilhah to his daughter Rachel” or “Rachel a female servant named Bilhah” -29:29 qtvb לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “to be her {personal} maidservant/servant.” or “to serve her.” +29:29 qtvb לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “to be her personal maidservant/servant.” or “to serve her.” 29:30 cieh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ גַּ֣ם אֶל רָחֵ֔ל 1 “Then Jacob had marital relations with Rachel,” or “Then Jacob slept with Rachel,” See how you translated “went to” in verse 23. -29:30 ohdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב & אֶת רָחֵ֖ל מִ⁠לֵּאָ֑ה 1 “and he loved her more than {he loved} Leah.” -29:30 zq9a וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he worked for Laban” or “Then he {started} working for Laban”. At this point Jacob begins another seven years of work, but he does not finish the work until Gen 30:25-26. +29:30 ohdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב & אֶת רָחֵ֖ל מִ⁠לֵּאָ֑ה 1 “and he loved her more than he loved Leah.” +29:30 zq9a וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he worked for Laban” or “Then he started working for Laban”. At this point Jacob begins another seven years of work, but he does not finish the work until Gen 30:25-26. 29:30 jqak ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת 1 “for seven more years.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 27. -29:31 dvs9 וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יְהוָה֙ 1 “Now/Meanwhile Yahweh knew” or “{During that time,} Yahweh saw/knew” -29:31 f2r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה לֵאָ֔ה 1 “that Leah was loved less {than Rachel},” or “that Jacob did not love Leah {very much},” Jacob did not actually hate Leah. Rather, this is hyperbole that emphasizes how much he loved Rachel compared to Leah (verse 30). +29:31 dvs9 וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יְהוָה֙ 1 “Now/Meanwhile Yahweh knew” or “During that time, Yahweh saw/knew” +29:31 f2r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה לֵאָ֔ה 1 “that Leah was loved less than Rachel,” or “that Jacob did not love Leah very much,” Jacob did not actually hate Leah. Rather, this is hyperbole that emphasizes how much he loved Rachel compared to Leah (verse 30). 29:31 kk6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָ֑⁠הּ 1 “so he made it so that she could conceive,” or “so he made it possible for her to have children,” 29:31 c12i וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל עֲקָרָֽה 1 “but Rachel was not able to conceive.” or “but he did not enable Rachel to have children.” See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30 and 25:21. 29:32 gbdy וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר לֵאָה֙ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant” 29:32 kaw1 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and had a son” or “and gave birth to a son” -29:32 grlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “She named him Reuben, {which means “Look/See, a son!”}” You could include the meaning of Reuben’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), so that people understand why Leah gave him that name. If you do that, make sure the meaning of Reuben’s name matches the way you translate “looked/seen” later in this verse. -29:32 zgx6 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “because {when he was born} she had said/exclaimed,” -29:32 s4ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי רָאָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠עָנְיִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה יֶאֱהָבַ֥⁠נִי אִישִֽׁ⁠י 1 “Now that Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}, surely my husband will love me!” or “Surely my husband will love me now, since Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}.” Consider what is the best way to order these clauses in your language. Also see how you translated “misery” in Gen 16:11. +29:32 grlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “She named him Reuben, which means “Look/See, a son!”” You could include the meaning of Reuben’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), so that people understand why Leah gave him that name. If you do that, make sure the meaning of Reuben’s name matches the way you translate “looked/seen” later in this verse. +29:32 zgx6 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “because when he was born she had said/exclaimed,” +29:32 s4ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי רָאָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠עָנְיִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה יֶאֱהָבַ֥⁠נִי אִישִֽׁ⁠י 1 “Now that Yahweh has seen that I am suffering and has helped me, surely my husband will love me!” or “Surely my husband will love me now, since Yahweh has seen that I am suffering and has helped me.” Consider what is the best way to order these clauses in your language. Also see how you translated “misery” in Gen 16:11. 29:33 gtbo וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again” -29:33 s35i וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had {another} son” or “and gave birth to {another} son” +29:33 s35i וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had another son” or “and gave birth to another son” 29:33 tzjw וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and/so she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 29:33 i6wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה אָנֹ֔כִי 1 “Since Yahweh heard that my husband does not love me,” or “Yahweh heard that I am not loved, so”. See how you translated “hated” in verse 31. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive verb here. -29:33 mfd3 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י גַּם אֶת זֶ֑ה 1 “he has given me this {son/child} also/too!” or “he has given me another {son/child}.” +29:33 mfd3 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י גַּם אֶת זֶ֑ה 1 “he has given me this son/child also/too!” or “he has given me another son/child.” 29:33 jxch וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name” -29:33 dwxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Simeon, {which means “he hears.”}” If you include the meaning of Simeon’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “heard” earlier in this verse. -29:34 ie6l וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant {yet} again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant” -29:34 igl9 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had {another} son,” or “and gave birth to {another} son,” +29:33 dwxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Simeon, which means “he hears.”” If you include the meaning of Simeon’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “heard” earlier in this verse. +29:34 ie6l וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant yet again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant” +29:34 igl9 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had another son,” or “and gave birth to another son,” 29:34 zyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,” 29:34 wwio עַתָּ֤ה הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ & אִישִׁ⁠י֙ 1 “Now finally my husband” -29:34 aosq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִלָּוֶ֤ה אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “will become attached to me” or “will want to be with me”. Many languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom and fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +29:34 aosq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִלָּוֶ֤ה & אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “will become attached to me” or “will want to be with me”. Many languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom and fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 29:34 iwal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים 1 “because I have had three sons for him.” or “because I have given him three sons!” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “I have born/had three sons for my husband, so now finally he will become attached to me.” Do what is best in your language. 29:34 xkw4 עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why” or “Because she had said that,” 29:34 mgew קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “his name was” or “he was named”. Although this phrase could mean that Jacob named Levi, most translations translate this in a general or indefinite way that does not specify who named him. Do what is best in your language. -29:34 imm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֵוִֽי 1 “Levi, {which means “joined/attached.”}” or “Levi, {which means “be with.”}” If you include the meaning of Levi’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “be joined” earlier in this verse. +29:34 imm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֵוִֽי 1 “Levi, which means “joined/attached.”” or “Levi, which means “be with.”” If you include the meaning of Levi’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “be joined” earlier in this verse. 29:35 c2ga וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר ע֜וֹד 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant” 29:35 v0xo וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֗ן 1 “and had a/another son,” or “and gave birth to another son,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 34. 29:35 t71u וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “She said/exclaimed,” -29:35 jh48 הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ אוֹדֶ֣ה אֶת יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Now I will praise Yahweh {for giving me this son}!” +29:35 jh48 הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ אוֹדֶ֣ה אֶת יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Now I will praise Yahweh for giving me this son!” 29:35 t2yu עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because she praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 34. You may need to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. 29:35 qanv קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “she named him” or “she named that son” or “she gave him the name”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 33. -29:35 w7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judah, {which means “praise.”}” See how you translated “praise” earlier in this verse. -29:35 zk7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד מִ⁠לֶּֽדֶת 1 “Then Leah stopped bearing/having babies/children {for a while}.” or “After that, Leah did not give birth to any more babies/children {for a while}.” Leah had more children at a later time. So it was only temporarily that she stopped having children. -30:1 bp4d וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא רָחֵ֗ל כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָֽלְדָה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Now/Meanwhile when Rachel saw/realized that she was not able to bear/have {any} {children} for Jacob,” -30:1 tqm2 וַ⁠תְּקַנֵּ֥א רָחֵ֖ל בַּ⁠אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “she was envious/jealous of her sister {Leah},” +29:35 w7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judah, which means “praise.”” See how you translated “praise” earlier in this verse. +29:35 zk7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד מִ⁠לֶּֽדֶת 1 “Then Leah stopped bearing/having babies/children for a while.” or “After that, Leah did not give birth to any more babies/children for a while.” Leah had more children at a later time. So it was only temporarily that she stopped having children. +30:1 bp4d וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא רָחֵ֗ל כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָֽלְדָה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Now/Meanwhile when Rachel saw/realized that she was not able to bear/have any children for Jacob,” +30:1 tqm2 וַ⁠תְּקַנֵּ֥א רָחֵ֖ל בַּ⁠אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “she was envious/jealous of her sister Leah,” 30:1 f4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “and she pleaded with Jacob,” or “and she demanded of Jacob,” Use a quote margin here in your language that fits the context well. 30:1 sgby הָֽבָ⁠ה לִּ֣⁠י בָנִ֔ים וְ⁠אִם אַ֖יִן 1 “Help me have children, or else” or “Help me get pregnant! Otherwise” 30:1 dvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole מֵתָ֥ה אָנֹֽכִי 1 “I want to die!” or “I have no reason to live!” Rachel is using hyperbole (exaggeration) to show how desperate and deeply ashamed she feels about not having children. You could include a footnote here in your translation that explains how in that culture it was considered very shameful for a woman to be barren (See: Gen 30:23). -30:2 ca4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר אַ֥ף יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Jacob’s anger flared up against Rachel, and/so he said/responded {to her},” or “Jacob became very angry with Rachel and said/responded,” Some languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom here. Do what is best in your language. +30:2 ca4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר אַ֥ף יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Jacob’s anger flared up against Rachel, and/so he said/responded to her,” or “Jacob became very angry with Rachel and said/responded,” Some languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom here. Do what is best in your language. 30:2 cfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠תַ֤חַת אֱלֹהִים֙ אָנֹ֔כִי אֲשֶׁר מָנַ֥ע מִמֵּ֖⁠ךְ פְּרִי בָֽטֶן 1 “I am not in the place of God, who has kept/prevented you from having children!” or “I am not God! He is the one who has kept/prevented you from having children!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is upset with Rachel and to strongly emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language to communicate this. -30:3 r7eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Rachel told {him},” or “Rachel replied {to him},” -30:3 zc3i הִנֵּ֛ה אֲמָתִ֥⁠י בִלְהָ֖ה 1 “Here is my servant woman Bilhah.” or “You can take/have my servant woman Bilhah {as a/another wife}.” +30:3 r7eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Rachel told him,” or “Rachel replied to him,” +30:3 zc3i הִנֵּ֛ה אֲמָתִ֥⁠י בִלְהָ֖ה 1 “Here is my servant woman Bilhah.” or “You can take/have my servant woman Bilhah as a/another wife.” 30:3 vrfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֹּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “Sleep with her” or “Have marital relations with her”. See how you translated this euphemism in Gen 16:2. -30:3 bcga וְ⁠תֵלֵד֙ 1 “so that she will/can give birth {to children}” or “so that she will/can have children” -30:3 x0yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י 1 “{for me} {who will sit} on my knees/lap,” or “as my surrogate/substitute,” or “for me,” The idiom “bear children on my knees” means that Bilhah’s children would be considered Rachel’s children. It may come from the custom of immediately putting a newborn child on the lap of the father and mother to symbolize that the child belonged to them. -30:3 ezdx וְ⁠אִבָּנֶ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “so that from/through her {children} I too can/will build/have a family.” or “so that I too can/will build/have a family.” See how you translated “built up from her” in Gen 16:2. +30:3 bcga וְ⁠תֵלֵד֙ 1 “so that she will/can give birth to children” or “so that she will/can have children” +30:3 x0yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י 1 “for me who will sit on my knees/lap,” or “as my surrogate/substitute,” or “for me,” The idiom “bear children on my knees” means that Bilhah’s children would be considered Rachel’s children. It may come from the custom of immediately putting a newborn child on the lap of the father and mother to symbolize that the child belonged to them. +30:3 ezdx וְ⁠אִבָּנֶ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “so that from/through her children I too can/will build/have a family.” or “so that I too can/will build/have a family.” See how you translated “built up from her” in Gen 16:2. 30:4 og2j וַ⁠תִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֥ה שִׁפְחָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “So Rachel gave Jacob her servant/maid Bilhah”. See how you translated “maidservant” in Gen 29:24, 29. Also see how you translated a different word (“servant woman”) in verse 3 that has the same meaning. Some translations use the same term in both verses to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language. -30:4 vgw7 לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “as {his} wife,” or “to be {a/another} wife {for him},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Bilhah replaced Rachel as Jacob’s wife; Bilhah was an additional wife. +30:4 vgw7 לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “as his wife,” or “to be a/another wife for him,” Make sure your translation does not sound like Bilhah replaced Rachel as Jacob’s wife; Bilhah was an additional wife. 30:4 pfg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and Jacob slept with her.” or “and Jacob had marital relations with her.” See how you translated “go to” in verse 3 and “went to” in Gen 16:3. 30:5 byaz וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר בִּלְהָ֔ה 1 “Then Bilhah became pregnant” 30:5 mz2c וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּֽן 1 “and gave birth to a son for Jacob” or “and had a son for Jacob” @@ -3817,2792 +3815,2790 @@ front:intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 30:6 c8tv וְ⁠גַם֙ שָׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֑ן 1 “Yes indeed, he has heard/answered my prayer/request/plea and given me a son!” 30:6 fc14 עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because of that” 30:6 kpso קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “she called/named him” or “she gave him the name” or “she named her baby/son”. Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Bilhah’s son is the one being named, not God (who was the subject of the previous sentence). See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 29:32. -30:6 cf1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דָּֽן 1 “Dan, {which means “he vindicated.”}” or “Dan, {which means “he judged in my favor.”}” If you include the meaning of Dan’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “he has vindicated” earlier in this verse. +30:6 cf1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דָּֽן 1 “Dan, which means “he vindicated.”” or “Dan, which means “he judged in my favor.”” If you include the meaning of Dan’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “he has vindicated” earlier in this verse. 30:7 r1qq וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר ע֔וֹד & בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Then Rachel’s servant Bilhah became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 5 which is very similar to verse 7. 30:7 vrmg וַ⁠תֵּ֕לֶד & בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and gave birth to a second son for Jacob.” or “and had a second son for Jacob.” 30:8 qb38 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל 1 “So/Then Rachel exclaimed,” 30:8 fope נַפְתּוּלֵ֨י אֱלֹהִ֧ים נִפְתַּ֛לְתִּי עִם אֲחֹתִ֖⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I have had a mighty/difficult struggle/contest with my sister” or “I have struggled intensely/hard with/against my sister”. That would be the meaning if the Hebrew word “elohim” in this phrase is used as an adjective that means “mighty/powerful.” (2) “I have wrestled/struggled with God because of my sister”, which could refer to a struggle against her sister praying to God for children. That would be the meaning if the word “elohim” in this phrase means “God.” 30:8 i44p גַּם יָכֹ֑לְתִּי 1 “and I have won!” or “and/but now I have defeated her!” or “and/but now I am prevailing/winning!” 30:8 jb07 וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “And/So she called/named him” or “Then/So she called/named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. See how you translated “called his name” in verse 6. -30:8 l04h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “Naphtali, {which means “my struggle/contest.”}” As always, if you include the meaning of a name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that it matches the text that the name is based on. +30:8 l04h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “Naphtali, which means “my struggle/contest.”” As always, if you include the meaning of a name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that it matches the text that the name is based on. 30:9 am38 וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא לֵאָ֔ה כִּ֥י עָמְדָ֖ה מִ⁠לֶּ֑דֶת 1 “When Leah saw/realized that she had stopped bearing/having children,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 1. -30:9 nb9g וַ⁠תִּקַּח֙ אֶת זִלְפָּ֣ה שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “she took/brought her servant Zilpah {to Jacob}” -30:9 gepy וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and gave her to Jacob/him as {his} wife.” or “and gave her to Jacob/him to be {another} wife {for him}.” See how you translated “gave … as a wife” in verse 4. +30:9 nb9g וַ⁠תִּקַּח֙ אֶת זִלְפָּ֣ה שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “she took/brought her servant Zilpah to Jacob” +30:9 gepy וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and gave her to Jacob/him as his wife.” or “and gave her to Jacob/him to be another wife for him.” See how you translated “gave … as a wife” in verse 4. 30:10 izmk וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֥ב בֵּֽן 1 “Then Leah’s maidservant Zilpah gave birth to a son for Jacob,” or “Then Zilpah had a son for Jacob,” See how you translated verses 5-8, which are very similar in structure to verses 10-13. 30:11 venl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לֵאָ֖ה 1 “and Leah exclaimed,” 30:11 jeoa ב⁠גד 1 “What good luck!” or “I am so/very fortunate/lucky!” 30:11 nyan וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she called/named him” or “So she gave him the name” -30:11 mlup rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גָּֽד 1 “Gad, {which means “fortunate/lucky.”}” If you include the meaning of Gad’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “good fortune” earlier in this verse. +30:11 mlup rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גָּֽד 1 “Gad, which means “fortunate/lucky.”” If you include the meaning of Gad’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “good fortune” earlier in this verse. 30:12 epai וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת לֵאָ֔ה בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “Then Leah’s servant Zilpah gave birth to a second son for Jacob,” or “ Then Leah’s servant Zilpah had a second son for Jacob,” 30:13 r57i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֔ה 1 “and Leah exclaimed,” -30:13 jwvp בְּ⁠אָשְׁרִ֕⁠י 1 “I am truly/greatly blessed!” or “{God} has truly/greatly blessed me!” Although many translations have “happy” in this verse instead of “blessed,” the Hebrew noun (and the verb it is based on) is more general and has to do with a person’s blessed state (which results in joy and happiness). The same Hebrew word is used in Psalm 1:1, and the equivalent Greek word is used in Luke 1:48 and Matthew 5:3-11. -30:13 d2t9 כִּ֥י אִשְּׁר֖וּ⁠נִי בָּנ֑וֹת 1 “Now {other} women will say that I am blessed {by God}.” or “Now {other} women will say that {God} has blessed me.” +30:13 jwvp בְּ⁠אָשְׁרִ֕⁠י 1 “I am truly/greatly blessed!” or “God has truly/greatly blessed me!” Although many translations have “happy” in this verse instead of “blessed,” the Hebrew noun (and the verb it is based on) is more general and has to do with a person’s blessed state (which results in joy and happiness). The same Hebrew word is used in Psalm 1:1, and the equivalent Greek word is used in Luke 1:48 and Matthew 5:3-11. +30:13 d2t9 כִּ֥י אִשְּׁר֖וּ⁠נִי בָּנ֑וֹת 1 “Now other women will say that I am blessed by God.” or “Now other women will say that God has blessed me.” 30:13 lfbr וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name” -30:13 cadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אָשֵֽׁר 1 “Asher, {which means “blessed.”}” If you include the meaning of Asher’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “blessed” earlier in this verse. -30:14 c2j2 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֜ן בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י קְצִיר־חִטִּ֗ים 1 “Then {one day} during the season/time when people were harvesting wheat/grain/crops, {Leah’s son} Reuben went out” or “{One day} during …” Wheat is a type of grain that is ground into flour to make bread, which was one of the people’s main foods. The harvest time for wheat in that part of the world is in March and April. -30:14 jiwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֤א דֽוּדָאִים֙ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “and found {some} {fertility/love plants called} mandrakes in a field,” or “in a field and found {some} fertility/love plants {there},” The roots of mandrake plants were used to help people be more fertile. If mandrakes are not known in your language area, you could describe them as a kind of fertility plant. You could also put information about mandrakes in a footnote or glossary. +30:13 cadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אָשֵֽׁר 1 “Asher, which means “blessed.”” If you include the meaning of Asher’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “blessed” earlier in this verse. +30:14 c2j2 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֜ן בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י קְצִיר־חִטִּ֗ים 1 “Then one day during the season/time when people were harvesting wheat/grain/crops, Leah’s son Reuben went out” or “One day during …” Wheat is a type of grain that is ground into flour to make bread, which was one of the people’s main foods. The harvest time for wheat in that part of the world is in March and April. +30:14 jiwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֤א דֽוּדָאִים֙ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “and found some fertility/love plants called mandrakes in a field,” or “in a field and found some fertility/love plants there,” The roots of mandrake plants were used to help people be more fertile. If mandrakes are not known in your language area, you could describe them as a kind of fertility plant. You could also put information about mandrakes in a footnote or glossary. 30:14 b7ad וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א אֹתָ֔⁠ם אֶל לֵאָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and he took/gave them to his mother.” or “and he took/gave the plants to his mother.” -30:14 qnic וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙ אֶל לֵאָ֔ה 1 “{When Rachel found out about the plants,} she asked/begged Leah,” +30:14 qnic וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙ אֶל לֵאָ֔ה 1 “When Rachel found out about the plants, she asked/begged Leah,” 30:14 h8o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תְּנִי נָ֣א לִ֔⁠י מִ⁠דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Please give me some of the fertility/love plants that your son found.” See how you translated “mandrakes” earlier in this verse. 30:15 zraf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לָ֗⁠הּ 1 “But Leah replied to her,” of “But Leah retorted,” or “But Leah scolded her,” -30:15 il2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט֙ קַחְתֵּ֣⁠ךְ אֶת אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “{No!} It was {bad} enough that you took/stole my husband {from me}!” or “You already took/stole my husband {from me}!” Leah uses two rhetorical questions in verse 15 to scold Rachel and show how upset she is with her. Consider whether or not rhetorical questions are the best way to communicate that in your language. -30:15 rrqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֕חַת גַּ֥ם אֶת דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Do you also/even want to take my son’s fertility/love plants?” or “And/So {now} you also/even want to take/steal my son’s fertility/love plants!” -30:15 dvad rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל 1 “Rachel said/replied {to her/Leah},” +30:15 il2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט֙ קַחְתֵּ֣⁠ךְ אֶת אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “No! It was bad enough that you took/stole my husband from me!” or “You already took/stole my husband from me!” Leah uses two rhetorical questions in verse 15 to scold Rachel and show how upset she is with her. Consider whether or not rhetorical questions are the best way to communicate that in your language. +30:15 rrqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֕חַת גַּ֥ם אֶת דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Do you also/even want to take my son’s fertility/love plants?” or “And/So now you also/even want to take/steal my son’s fertility/love plants!” +30:15 dvad rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל 1 “Rachel said/replied to her/Leah,” 30:15 glxw לָ⁠כֵן֙ 1 “Alright then,” or “Very well,” Rachel’s response shows that she realizes that even though Leah was scolding her, she was also bargaining with her. 30:15 xaq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֤ב עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “I will let him/Jacob sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can spend tonight with you” -30:15 hm5f תַּ֖חַת דּוּדָאֵ֥י בְנֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “{in exchange} for your son’s fertility/love plants.” or “if you will give me your son’s fertility/love plants.” See how you translated “{in exchange} for” in Gen 29:18. -30:16 uwud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֣ב מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֮ בָּ⁠עֶרֶב֒ 1 “So when/as Jacob came back that evening from {working in} the fields,” or “That evening as Jacob was coming {home} from {working in} the fields,” Consider where it is best in your language to put the time phrase in this clause. Also see how you translated “field” in verse 14. +30:15 hm5f תַּ֖חַת דּוּדָאֵ֥י בְנֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “in exchange for your son’s fertility/love plants.” or “if you will give me your son’s fertility/love plants.” See how you translated “in exchange for” in Gen 29:18. +30:16 uwud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֣ב מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֮ בָּ⁠עֶרֶב֒ 1 “So when/as Jacob came back that evening from working in the fields,” or “That evening as Jacob was coming home from working in the fields,” Consider where it is best in your language to put the time phrase in this clause. Also see how you translated “field” in verse 14. 30:16 e94f וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֨א לֵאָ֜ה לִ⁠קְרָאת֗⁠וֹ 1 “Leah went/came out to greet him” -30:16 l7hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and she said {to him},” or “and told {him},” -30:16 bcs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵלַ֣⁠י תָּב֔וֹא 1 “You must lie/sleep with me {tonight},” or “You must spend tonight with me,” +30:16 l7hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and she said to him,” or “and told him,” +30:16 bcs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵלַ֣⁠י תָּב֔וֹא 1 “You must lie/sleep with me tonight,” or “You must spend tonight with me,” 30:16 ro5s כִּ֚י שָׂכֹ֣ר שְׂכַרְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠דוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “because I have bought time with you with my son’s fertility/love plants.” or “because I have traded/exchanged my son’s fertility/love plants for time with you.” See how you translated “mandrakes” in verses 14 and 15. 30:16 hp22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב עִמָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠לַּ֥יְלָה הֽוּא 1 “So that night Jacob slept with her/Leah.” or “So Jacob spent that night with her/Leah.” -30:17 bmy1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל לֵאָ֑ה 1 “God heard/answered Leah’s/her {prayers/requests},” or “God heard Leah and answered her {prayers},” or “God did what Leah had been asking him to do,” See how you translated “listened to” in verse 6. +30:17 bmy1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל לֵאָ֑ה 1 “God heard/answered Leah’s/her prayers/requests,” or “God heard Leah and answered her prayers,” or “God did what Leah had been asking him to do,” See how you translated “listened to” in verse 6. 30:17 wzl3 וַ⁠תַּ֛הַר 1 “so that she became pregnant” 30:17 xdn0 וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּ֥ן חֲמִישִֽׁי 1 “and gave birth to a fifth son for Jacob.” or “and had a fifth son for Jacob.” 30:18 fb5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then Leah/she exclaimed,” 30:18 z46w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֤ן אֱלֹהִים֙ שְׂכָרִ֔⁠י 1 “God has rewarded me”. Some languages must translate the noun “reward” as a verb. Do what is best in your language. -30:18 ab76 אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִישִׁ֑⁠י 1 “for giving my servant to my husband {as a/another wife}.” +30:18 ab76 אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִישִׁ֑⁠י 1 “for giving my servant to my husband as a/another wife.” 30:18 ss6r וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leah’s baby son, not to her husband or God (who were both mentioned earlier in this verse). -30:18 oroa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשָּׂשכָֽר 1 “Issachar, {which means “reward.”}” See how you translated “reward” earlier in this verse. +30:18 oroa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשָּׂשכָֽר 1 “Issachar, which means “reward.”” See how you translated “reward” earlier in this verse. 30:19 lxrw וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר עוֹד֙ לֵאָ֔ה 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again” 30:19 ryhn וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד בֵּן שִׁשִּׁ֖י לְּ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and gave birth to a sixth son for Jacob.” or “and had a sixth son for Jacob.” 30:20 klb3 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then she said/exclaimed,” 30:20 biow זְבָדַ֨⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֹתִ⁠י֮ זֵ֣בֶד טוֹב֒ 1 “God has given me a valuable/precious gift” -30:20 zk5n הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ יִזְבְּלֵ֣⁠נִי אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “{so} now my husband will honor me” +30:20 zk5n הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ יִזְבְּלֵ֣⁠נִי אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “so now my husband will honor me” 30:20 q7rh כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שִׁשָּׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים 1 “because I have had six sons for him.” or “because I have given him six sons.” 30:20 mxru וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that/their son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leah’s baby son, not to her husband (who was mentioned in the previous sentence). -30:20 aj41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names זְבֻלֽוּן 1 “Zebulun, {which means “honor.”}” See how you translated “honor” earlier in this verse. -30:21 rvvm וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר 1 “{Sometime} later” or “{Sometime} after that,” +30:20 aj41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names זְבֻלֽוּן 1 “Zebulun, which means “honor.”” See how you translated “honor” earlier in this verse. +30:21 rvvm וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר 1 “Sometime later” or “Sometime after that,” 30:21 hfmr יָ֣לְדָה בַּ֑ת 1 “she/Leah gave birth to a daughter” or “she/Leah had a daughter” 30:21 xin3 וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ דִּינָֽה 1 “and called/named her Dinah.” or “whom she named Dinah.” 30:22 zgp4 וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “God had kept Rachel in mind,” or “God had not forgotten Rachel,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that God forgot about Rachel. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:1. -30:22 aigs וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֤ע אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “and/so he heard/answered her {prayers/requests}” or “and/so he did what she had been asking him to do”. See how you translated “listened to” in verses 6 and 17. +30:22 aigs וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֤ע אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “and/so he heard/answered her prayers/requests” or “and/so he did what she had been asking him to do”. See how you translated “listened to” in verses 6 and 17. 30:22 gu2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and made it so that she could conceive.” or “and made it possible for her to have children.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 29:31. -30:23 wisk וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר 1 “so that {finally} she conceived” or “Then/So she/Rachel became pregnant”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 22. +30:23 wisk וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר 1 “so that finally she conceived” or “Then/So she/Rachel became pregnant”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 22. 30:23 e0bt וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to a son,” or “and had a son,” 30:23 h8n8 וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “Then she said/exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -30:23 nxcu אָסַ֥ף אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת חֶרְפָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “God has removed my shame/humiliation!” or “God has made it so that I am no longer {barren and} ashamed/humiliated!” +30:23 nxcu אָסַ֥ף אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת חֶרְפָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “God has removed my shame/humiliation!” or “God has made it so that I am no longer barren and ashamed/humiliated!” 30:24 m2mb וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ 1 “She called/named her son” or “She gave him the name” -30:24 hdzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another,”}” If you include the meaning of Joseph’s name here in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate what Rachel says next. -30:24 ogv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{because} she said,” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of verse 24 first in the verse and say, “She also said, “May Yahweh add/give another son to me.” So she named that/her son Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another.”}” Do what is best in your language. +30:24 hdzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Joseph, which means “may he add/give another,”” If you include the meaning of Joseph’s name here in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate what Rachel says next. +30:24 ogv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “because she said,” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of verse 24 first in the verse and say, “She also said, “May Yahweh add/give another son to me.” So she named that/her son Joseph, which means “may he add/give another.”” Do what is best in your language. 30:24 vyef יֹסֵ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֥ן אַחֵֽר 1 “I pray/ask that Yahweh will give me another son.” or “I ask Yahweh to give me another son.” -30:25 oxkt וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָלְדָ֥ה רָחֵ֖ל אֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “{Soon} after Rachel gave birth to Joseph,” or “After Rachel had Joseph,” -30:25 nh79 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל לָבָ֔ן 1 “Jacob requested of Laban,” or “Jacob {went to} Laban and said to him,” -30:25 r0t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֵ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “{Please} send me on my way,” or “{Please} allow me to leave {here},” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request here sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. It should also not sound like he is begging or pleading. See how you translated the same request in Gen 24:54. -30:25 q6wg וְ⁠אֵ֣לְכָ֔ה אֶל מְקוֹמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠אַרְצִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I may/can return to my {own} home in my {own} country.” or “so that I can go/return to my homeland.” +30:25 oxkt וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָלְדָ֥ה רָחֵ֖ל אֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Soon after Rachel gave birth to Joseph,” or “After Rachel had Joseph,” +30:25 nh79 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל לָבָ֔ן 1 “Jacob requested of Laban,” or “Jacob went to Laban and said to him,” +30:25 r0t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֵ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “Please send me on my way,” or “Please allow me to leave here,” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request here sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. It should also not sound like he is begging or pleading. See how you translated the same request in Gen 24:54. +30:25 q6wg וְ⁠אֵ֣לְכָ֔ה אֶל מְקוֹמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠אַרְצִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I may/can return to my own home in my own country.” or “so that I can go/return to my homeland.” 30:26 yb97 תְּנָ֞⁠ה אֶת נָשַׁ֣⁠י וְ⁠אֶת יְלָדַ֗⁠י 1 “Let me have/take my wives and my children” 30:26 ocvf אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָבַ֧דְתִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֛ בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן 1 “whom I have finished serving you for,” or “whom I have earned by working for you,” -30:26 m9jz וְ⁠אֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “so that I may/can leave {with them}.” or “and let me go/leave {with them}.” or “so that I can take them with me.” +30:26 m9jz וְ⁠אֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “so that I may/can leave with them.” or “and let me go/leave with them.” or “so that I can take them with me.” 30:26 ztkv כִּ֚י אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ 1 “because you yourself know” or “You yourself know”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. -30:26 o0s7 אֶת עֲבֹדָתִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲבַדְתִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I have served you {well/faithfully}.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have served you.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have worked for you.” +30:26 o0s7 אֶת עֲבֹדָתִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲבַדְתִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I have served you well/faithfully.” or “how well/faithfully I have served you.” or “how well/faithfully I have worked for you.” 30:27 vals rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 “But Laban responded to him/Jacob,” -30:27 s3ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֛א מָצָ֥אתִי חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “If you are pleased with me, please {stay},” or “Please be gracious/kind to me {and stay},” or “Please do me a favor {and do not leave/go},” -30:27 hsr3 נִחַ֕שְׁתִּי 1 “{because} I have found out from observing signs” or “{because} I have learned from observation/experience”. The word “divination” refers to trying to find out information by looking at signs (omens) and interpreting them either by God’s power (Gen 44:5, 15) or by witchcraft and false gods (Ezekiel 21:21). Laban may have consulted his household gods (mentioned in Gen 31:19, 30). It could also be that Laban meant that he had figured this out simply by observing how God had blessed him through Jacob’s expert tending of his flocks. +30:27 s3ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֛א מָצָ֥אתִי חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “If you are pleased with me, please stay,” or “Please be gracious/kind to me and stay,” or “Please do me a favor and do not leave/go,” +30:27 hsr3 נִחַ֕שְׁתִּי 1 “because I have found out from observing signs” or “because I have learned from observation/experience”. The word “divination” refers to trying to find out information by looking at signs (omens) and interpreting them either by God’s power (Gen 44:5, 15) or by witchcraft and false gods (Ezekiel 21:21). Laban may have consulted his household gods (mentioned in Gen 31:19, 30). It could also be that Laban meant that he had figured this out simply by observing how God had blessed him through Jacob’s expert tending of his flocks. 30:27 csrq וַ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי יְהוָ֖ה 1 “that Yahweh has caused me to prosper” -30:27 gbcy בִּ⁠גְלָלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “because you {are here with me}.” or “because you {have been working for me}.” -30:28 b7cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then he said {to him,}” or “Then he/Laban added,” Some translations delete this quote margin, since the same person is still speaking to the same person as in the previous verse. However it could be that there was a pause in the conversation, or the author may want to show that there is a change in topic or emphasize what is said next. So if possible, it is best to keep the quote margin here in your translation. +30:27 gbcy בִּ⁠גְלָלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “because you are here with me.” or “because you have been working for me.” +30:28 b7cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then he said to him,” or “Then he/Laban added,” Some translations delete this quote margin, since the same person is still speaking to the same person as in the previous verse. However it could be that there was a pause in the conversation, or the author may want to show that there is a change in topic or emphasize what is said next. So if possible, it is best to keep the quote margin here in your translation. 30:28 ci7k נָקְבָ֧⁠ה שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֛ עָלַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֶתֵּֽנָה 1 “Tell me what you want your wages/pay to be, and that is what I will give/pay you.” or “Tell me what you want me to pay you, and I will give that to you.” or “Set your wages, and that is what they will be.” See how you translated “wages” in Gen 29:15. 30:29 efcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Jacob said/replied to him/Laban,” -30:29 vh3k אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ אֵ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲבַדְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You yourself know how {hard/well} I have worked for you”. See how you translated “you yourself know” in verse 26. -30:29 gb7m וְ⁠אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֥ה מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and how {well} your animals/flocks have prospered/fared” +30:29 vh3k אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ אֵ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲבַדְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You yourself know how hard/well I have worked for you”. See how you translated “you yourself know” in verse 26. +30:29 gb7m וְ⁠אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֥ה מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and how well your animals/flocks have prospered/fared” 30:29 ra7s אִתִּֽ⁠י 1 “under my care.” or “ever since I have been taking care of them.” or “while I have been tending them.” -30:30 sjrl כִּ֡י מְעַט֩ אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֣ץ לָ⁠רֹ֔ב 1 “Before I came, you had very little {wealth}, but now you are prospering abundantly/greatly.” or “The few {animals} that you owned before I came have multiplied/increased dramatically/greatly.” or “Before I worked for you, you owned very few animals, but now you have a huge/large number of animals.” +30:30 sjrl כִּ֡י מְעַט֩ אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֣ץ לָ⁠רֹ֔ב 1 “Before I came, you had very little wealth, but now you are prospering abundantly/greatly.” or “The few animals that you owned before I came have multiplied/increased dramatically/greatly.” or “Before I worked for you, you owned very few animals, but now you have a huge/large number of animals.” 30:30 rig7 וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “That is how Yahweh has blessed/prospered you” or “Yes, Yahweh has blessed/prospered you”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 27. 30:30 izhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠רַגְלִ֑⁠י 1 “because of me.” or “because I am here.” or “because I have been working for you.” -30:30 kjib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה מָתַ֛י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י לְ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “But now I need to also provide for my {own} household/family!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings. Do what is best in your language. -30:31 m4eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So Laban asked {him/Jacob},” or “Laban responded,” -30:31 vxeh מָ֣ה אֶתֶּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “What do you want me to give/pay you {so that you will stay and work for me}?” or “What can I give/pay you {to persuade you} {to stay here}?” +30:30 kjib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה מָתַ֛י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י לְ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “But now I need to also provide for my own household/family!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings. Do what is best in your language. +30:31 m4eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So Laban asked him/Jacob,” or “Laban responded,” +30:31 vxeh מָ֣ה אֶתֶּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “What do you want me to give/pay you so that you will stay and work for me?” or “What can I give/pay you to persuade you to stay here?” 30:31 wuxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “Jacob answered/replied,” 30:31 jax2 לֹא תִתֶּן לִ֣⁠י מְא֔וּמָה 1 “Do not give/pay me anything.” or “You do not need to give/pay me anything.” -30:31 l8g9 אִם תַּֽעֲשֶׂה לִּ⁠י֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{But} if you will do this {one} thing for me,” or “Just do this {one} thing for me, and” -30:31 vxy0 אָשׁ֛וּבָה אֶרְעֶ֥ה צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶשְׁמֹֽר 1 “I will continue to tend and watch over your flock{s}:” or “I will continue/keep taking care of your flock{s}:” See how you translated “watches over” in Gen 28:20. -30:32 atgi אֶֽעֱבֹ֨ר בְּ⁠כָל צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֜ הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 “Let me go/look through all your flock{s} today” or “Today I will go/look through all your sheep and goats” +30:31 l8g9 אִם תַּֽעֲשֶׂה לִּ⁠י֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “But if you will do this one thing for me,” or “Just do this one thing for me, and” +30:31 vxy0 אָשׁ֛וּבָה אֶרְעֶ֥ה צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶשְׁמֹֽר 1 “I will continue to tend and watch over your flocks:” or “I will continue/keep taking care of your flocks:” See how you translated “watches over” in Gen 28:20. +30:32 atgi אֶֽעֱבֹ֨ר בְּ⁠כָל צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֜ הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 “Let me go/look through all your flocks today” or “Today I will go/look through all your sheep and goats” 30:32 c1ev הָסֵ֨ר מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם 1 “and separate out from them” or “and take away from them” 30:32 sir5 כָּל שֶׂ֣ה נָקֹ֣ד וְ⁠טָל֗וּא וְ⁠כָל שֶׂה חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים 1 “all the lambs that are speckled, spotted or dark-colored,” or “all the lambs that have speckles or spots, or that are dark-colored,” The Hebrew word for “speckled” refers to small spots, whereas “spotted” refers to medium-sized and bigger spots. In that part of the world, most sheep were white and most goats were solid brown or black. So Jacob was asking for the irregular animals for himself, including white sheep with dark marks, dark-colored goats with light marks and dark-colored lambs. You could put some of this information in a footnote. -30:32 zmbe וְ⁠טָל֥וּא וְ⁠נָקֹ֖ד בָּ⁠עִזִּ֑ים 1 “and {all} the young/kid goats that are spotted or speckled.” +30:32 zmbe וְ⁠טָל֥וּא וְ⁠נָקֹ֖ד בָּ⁠עִזִּ֑ים 1 “and all the young/kid goats that are spotted or speckled.” 30:32 u4ob וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה שְׂכָרִֽ⁠י 1 “They will be my wages/pay.” or “Those animals will be my wages/pay.” -30:33 b07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠עָֽנְתָה בִּ֤⁠י צִדְקָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם מָחָ֔ר 1 “Also, in the future you will know whether or not I am being righteous/honest” or “That way {too}, in the future it will be easy {for you/everyone} to know whether {or not} I am being honest”. The phrase “my righteousness” is referred to here as if it can testify like a person can. Some languages cannot personify righteousness like that. Do what is best in your language. +30:33 b07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠עָֽנְתָה בִּ֤⁠י צִדְקָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם מָחָ֔ר 1 “Also, in the future you will know whether or not I am being righteous/honest” or “That way too, in the future it will be easy for you/everyone to know whether or not I am being honest”. The phrase “my righteousness” is referred to here as if it can testify like a person can. Some languages cannot personify righteousness like that. Do what is best in your language. 30:33 ppfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי תָב֥וֹא עַל שְׂכָרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me.” For some languages it is more natural to move this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Also, in the future, whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me, you will know whether or not I am being honest.” Do what is best in your own language. -30:33 sw5u כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר אֵינֶ⁠נּוּ֩ נָקֹ֨ד וְ⁠טָל֜וּא בָּֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים וְ⁠חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים 1 “{If you see} that I have any {sheep or} goats that are not speckled or spotted or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” or “{If you see/find} any {sheep or} goats {among my flocks} that do not have speckles or spots or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” -30:33 pa6c גָּנ֥וּב ה֖וּא אִתִּֽ⁠י 1 “{you will know that} I stole them {from you}.” or “{it will be obvious that} I stole them {from you}.” -30:34 bdlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן 1 “Laban said/replied {to him},” +30:33 sw5u כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר אֵינֶ⁠נּוּ֩ נָקֹ֨ד וְ⁠טָל֜וּא בָּֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים וְ⁠חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים 1 “If you see that I have any sheep or goats that are not speckled or spotted or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” or “If you see/find any sheep or goats among my flocks that do not have speckles or spots or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” +30:33 pa6c גָּנ֥וּב ה֖וּא אִתִּֽ⁠י 1 “you will know that I stole them from you.” or “it will be obvious that I stole them from you.” +30:34 bdlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן 1 “Laban said/replied to him,” 30:34 mv46 הֵ֑ן 1 “I agree,” or “Yes,” or “I agree with that;” 30:34 ujkw ל֖וּ יְהִ֥י כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “let’s do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.” or “we should/will do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.” -30:35 r5ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֣סַר בַּ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא 1 “But that {same/very} day, he/Laban removed/separated {from his flocks}”. Make sure your translation of “he” in this clause refers to Laban, not Jacob (as verse 36 confirms). Also, what Laban does in verse 35 does not follow the agreement he just made with Jacob in verses 32-34. -30:35 c75v אֶת הַ⁠תְּיָשִׁ֜ים הָֽ⁠עֲקֻדִּ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאִ֗ים וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הָֽ⁠עִזִּים֙ הַ⁠נְּקֻדּ֣וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאֹ֔ת 1 “{all} the he-goats that had streaks or spots, and all the she-goats that had speckles or spots,” -30:35 fnxm כֹּ֤ל אֲשֶׁר לָבָן֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “any/all that {had any} white {marks} on them,” The goats were normally dark brown or black, so if they had streaks or spots on them those marks would be white. In the Hebrew text, there is a pun (play-on-words) in verses 35 and 37: the name “Laban” means “white”, so verse 35 literally says that any goats with “Laban” (“white”) on them became Jacob’s. You could include that information in a footnote. +30:35 r5ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֣סַר בַּ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא 1 “But that same/very day, he/Laban removed/separated from his flocks”. Make sure your translation of “he” in this clause refers to Laban, not Jacob (as verse 36 confirms). Also, what Laban does in verse 35 does not follow the agreement he just made with Jacob in verses 32-34. +30:35 c75v אֶת הַ⁠תְּיָשִׁ֜ים הָֽ⁠עֲקֻדִּ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאִ֗ים וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הָֽ⁠עִזִּים֙ הַ⁠נְּקֻדּ֣וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאֹ֔ת 1 “all the he-goats that had streaks or spots, and all the she-goats that had speckles or spots,” +30:35 fnxm כֹּ֤ל אֲשֶׁר לָבָן֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “any/all that had any white marks on them,” The goats were normally dark brown or black, so if they had streaks or spots on them those marks would be white. In the Hebrew text, there is a pun (play-on-words) in verses 35 and 37: the name “Laban” means “white”, so verse 35 literally says that any goats with “Laban” (“white”) on them became Jacob’s. You could include that information in a footnote. 30:35 atss וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֑ים 1 “together with all the dark-colored lambs.” or “as well as all the lambs that were dark-colored.” -30:35 cm2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן בְּ⁠יַד בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “Then he had his sons tend {them},” or “Then he put his sons in charge of {them},” or “Then he told his sons to take care of {them},” -30:36 r9y9 וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם דֶּ֚רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים בֵּינ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “and he {and his sons} took {those animals} a three-day walking distance away from Jacob.” -30:36 ueil וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן הַ⁠נּוֹתָרֹֽת 1 “Meanwhile Jacob continued taking care of the rest of Laban’s flock{s}.” See how you translated “tending” in verse 31 and Gen 13:7. -30:37 pffz וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֣⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב מַקַּ֥ל & לַ֖ח 1 “Then Jacob cut {some} branches” -30:37 h28b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns לִבְנֶ֛ה & וְ⁠ל֣וּז וְ⁠עֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 “from poplar {trees}, almond/hazel {trees}, and plane/chestnut {trees},” or “from three different kinds of trees,” If the three kinds of trees are not known in your language area, you could transliterate the names of the trees or be more general and leave out the names (if they are too distracting). -30:37 b4o7 וַ⁠יְפַצֵּ֤ל בָּ⁠הֵן֙ פְּצָל֣וֹת לְבָנ֔וֹת 1 “and peeled/stripped off long strips/pieces of bark,” or “and made white stripes/streaks on them {by stripping/peeling off long strips/pieces of bark},” -30:37 l8bu מַחְשֹׂף֙ הַ⁠לָּבָ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל הַ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת 1 “which exposed/showed the white {wood} under the bark.” or “so that the white {wood} that was inside the branches was exposed/showing.” -30:38 nguj וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֗ג אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְלוֹת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר פִּצֵּ֔ל בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִֽׁקֲת֣וֹת הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “Then he put/set those {striped/streaked} branches in all the {stone} drinking/watering troughs/tubs/places”. See how you translated “trough” in Gen 24:20. -30:38 eo6s אֲשֶׁר֩ תָּבֹ֨אןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן לִ⁠שְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 “where the flock{s} came to drink,” or “that the flock{s} would come to drink from,” The way you translate this should allow for the fact that the animals came to the watering troughs repeatedly or regularly throughout the day, not just one time. -30:38 v4og לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “in front of them.” or “so that the flock{s} would see the branches {there}.” -30:38 owls וַ⁠יֵּחַ֖מְנָה בְּ⁠בֹאָ֥⁠ן לִ⁠שְׁתּֽוֹת 1 “The flocks {often} mated when they came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” or “{That way, whenever} the animals that were ready to mate/breed came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” The way you translate this clause will determine whether you begin the next verse with a conjunction (“and” or “so”) or without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. +30:35 cm2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן בְּ⁠יַד בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “Then he had his sons tend them,” or “Then he put his sons in charge of them,” or “Then he told his sons to take care of them,” +30:36 r9y9 וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם דֶּ֚רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים בֵּינ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “and he and his sons took those animals a three-day walking distance away from Jacob.” +30:36 ueil וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן הַ⁠נּוֹתָרֹֽת 1 “Meanwhile Jacob continued taking care of the rest of Laban’s flocks.” See how you translated “tending” in verse 31 and Gen 13:7. +30:37 pffz וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֣⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב מַקַּ֥ל & לַ֖ח 1 “Then Jacob cut some branches” +30:37 h28b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns לִבְנֶ֛ה & וְ⁠ל֣וּז וְ⁠עֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 “from poplar trees, almond/hazel trees, and plane/chestnut trees,” or “from three different kinds of trees,” If the three kinds of trees are not known in your language area, you could transliterate the names of the trees or be more general and leave out the names (if they are too distracting). +30:37 b4o7 וַ⁠יְפַצֵּ֤ל בָּ⁠הֵן֙ פְּצָל֣וֹת לְבָנ֔וֹת 1 “and peeled/stripped off long strips/pieces of bark,” or “and made white stripes/streaks on them by stripping/peeling off long strips/pieces of bark,” +30:37 l8bu מַחְשֹׂף֙ הַ⁠לָּבָ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל הַ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת 1 “which exposed/showed the white wood under the bark.” or “so that the white wood that was inside the branches was exposed/showing.” +30:38 nguj וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֗ג אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְלוֹת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר פִּצֵּ֔ל בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִֽׁקֲת֣וֹת הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “Then he put/set those striped/streaked branches in all the stone drinking/watering troughs/tubs/places”. See how you translated “trough” in Gen 24:20. +30:38 eo6s אֲשֶׁר֩ תָּבֹ֨אןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן לִ⁠שְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 “where the flocks came to drink,” or “that the flocks would come to drink from,” The way you translate this should allow for the fact that the animals came to the watering troughs repeatedly or regularly throughout the day, not just one time. +30:38 v4og לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “in front of them.” or “so that the flocks would see the branches there.” +30:38 owls וַ⁠יֵּחַ֖מְנָה בְּ⁠בֹאָ֥⁠ן לִ⁠שְׁתּֽוֹת 1 “The flocks often mated when they came to the troughs/tubs to drink,” or “That way, whenever the animals that were ready to mate/breed came to the troughs/tubs to drink,” The way you translate this clause will determine whether you begin the next verse with a conjunction (“and” or “so”) or without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. 30:39 u4ep וַ⁠יֶּחֱמ֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן אֶל הַ⁠מַּקְל֑וֹת 1 “and/so they would mate in front of the branches,” or “they would mate where they could see the branches,” or “they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding,” Make sure your translation of the verbs in this verse refers to a repeated or habitual activity, not a one-time event. -30:39 dcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֵּלַ֣דְןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠טְלֻאִֽים 1 “As a result, they would bear/have {young/offspring that were} streaked/striped or speckled or spotted.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “speckled” and “spotted” in verses 32-33 and 35. Also consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the flocks in verses 38 and 39. -30:40 t0tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִים֮ הִפְרִ֣יד יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Then Jacob separated those young animals {from Laban’s flocks} {to form/make new flocks for himself},” -30:40 gkje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן פְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן אֶל 1 “and he put {the rest of} the flock{s} with”. The Hebrew text uses an idiom here that means Jacob put the marked and unmarked animals together (so that they would mate). -30:40 m70y עָקֹ֛ד וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם 1 “all the streaked/striped animals and dark-colored {animals}”. See how you translated “streaked” in verses 35 and 39, and how you translated “dark-colored” in verses 32-33 and 35. -30:40 ch5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן לָבָ֑ן 1 “{that were} in Laban’s flock{s} {so that they would mate and have young/offspring/babies that were streaked or dark-colored}.” You may need to make it explicit in your translation why Jacob put the unmarked sheep and goats with Laban’s streaked and spotted animals, so that people understand what Jacob was doing. -30:40 hpgv וַ⁠יָּֽשֶׁת ל֤⁠וֹ עֲדָרִים֙ לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “In that way, {over time} he created/formed/made separate flocks {of sheep and goats} for himself” -30:40 okhx וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁתָ֖⁠ם עַל צֹ֥אן לָבָֽן 1 “that he did not put/mix with Laban’s flock{s}.” or “that he kept separate/away from Laban’s flock{s}.” +30:39 dcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֵּלַ֣דְןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠טְלֻאִֽים 1 “As a result, they would bear/have young/offspring that were streaked/striped or speckled or spotted.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “speckled” and “spotted” in verses 32-33 and 35. Also consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the flocks in verses 38 and 39. +30:40 t0tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִים֮ הִפְרִ֣יד יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Then Jacob separated those young animals from Laban’s flocks to form/make new flocks for himself,” +30:40 gkje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן פְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן אֶל 1 “and he put the rest of the flocks with”. The Hebrew text uses an idiom here that means Jacob put the marked and unmarked animals together (so that they would mate). +30:40 m70y עָקֹ֛ד וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם 1 “all the streaked/striped animals and dark-colored animals”. See how you translated “streaked” in verses 35 and 39, and how you translated “dark-colored” in verses 32-33 and 35. +30:40 ch5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן לָבָ֑ן 1 “that were in Laban’s flocks so that they would mate and have young/offspring/babies that were streaked or dark-colored.” You may need to make it explicit in your translation why Jacob put the unmarked sheep and goats with Laban’s streaked and spotted animals, so that people understand what Jacob was doing. +30:40 hpgv וַ⁠יָּֽשֶׁת ל֤⁠וֹ עֲדָרִים֙ לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “In that way, over time he created/formed/made separate flocks of sheep and goats for himself” +30:40 okhx וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁתָ֖⁠ם עַל צֹ֥אן לָבָֽן 1 “that he did not put/mix with Laban’s flocks.” or “that he kept separate/away from Laban’s flocks.” 30:41 q7lz וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה בְּ⁠כָל 1 “So whenever” or “Whenever”. This verse includes more details about what Jacob was doing on a regular basis. 30:41 dqo7 הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן הַ⁠מְקֻשָּׁרוֹת֒ 1 “the stronger/best female animals” or “the strong/hardy/robust female sheep and goats” 30:41 feod יַחֵם֮ 1 “were ready to mate/breed,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 38. -30:41 ez3q וְ⁠שָׂ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֧ב אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְל֛וֹת & בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֑ים 1 “Jacob put/set the {striped/streaked} branches in the {drinking/watering} troughs/tubs”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 38. +30:41 ez3q וְ⁠שָׂ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֧ב אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְל֛וֹת & בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֑ים 1 “Jacob put/set the striped/streaked branches in the drinking/watering troughs/tubs”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 38. 30:41 wc1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-purpose לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן & לְ⁠יַחְמֵ֖⁠נָּה בַּ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת 1 “in front of those animals so that they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding.” or “so that as they were mating, they would see the branches.” See how you translated “mate” and “the branches” in verse 39. -30:42 cjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲטִ֥יף הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “But whenever the weak/feeble female animals {were ready to mate/breed},” -30:42 fave rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יָשִׂ֑ים 1 “Jacob did not put/set {the branches} {in the troughs/tubs}.” +30:42 cjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲטִ֥יף הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “But whenever the weak/feeble female animals were ready to mate/breed,” +30:42 fave rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יָשִׂ֑ים 1 “Jacob did not put/set the branches in the troughs/tubs.” 30:42 k8tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה 1 “In that way,” -30:42 cfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עֲטֻפִים֙ 1 “{the young/offspring from} the weaker/feeble {animals}” -30:42 aztu לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן 1 “were Laban’s,” or “{had no streaks or spots and} remained in Laban’s flocks,” -30:42 e9iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠קְּשֻׁרִ֖ים 1 “and/whereas {the young/offspring from} the stronger/hardy/robust {animals}”. See how you translated “strong” in verse 41. -30:42 t112 לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “{went} to Jacob,” or “were Jacob’s,” or “{had streaks and spots and} became part of Jacob’s {flocks},” +30:42 cfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עֲטֻפִים֙ 1 “the young/offspring from the weaker/feeble animals” +30:42 aztu לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן 1 “were Laban’s,” or “had no streaks or spots and remained in Laban’s flocks,” +30:42 e9iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠קְּשֻׁרִ֖ים 1 “and/whereas the young/offspring from the stronger/hardy/robust animals”. See how you translated “strong” in verse 41. +30:42 t112 לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “went to Jacob,” or “were Jacob’s,” or “had streaks and spots and became part of Jacob’s flocks,” 30:43 pyxq וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥ץ הָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 “So Jacob became extremely/very prosperous/wealthy” or “As a result, Jacob became extremely/very wealthy/rich”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “prospered” in verse 30. -30:43 jzz1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל⁠וֹ֙ צֹ֣אן רַבּ֔וֹת 1 “and owned large flock{s} {of sheep and goats},” or “He owned many sheep and goats,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -30:43 osfb וּ⁠שְׁפָחוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and {many} male and female servants and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “maidservants,” “menservants,” “camels,” and “donkeys” in Gen 12:16 and 24:35. -31:1 y7ho וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֗ע 1 “Then {one day} Jacob heard” or “Then {one day} someone told Jacob” -31:1 i1li אֶת דִּבְרֵ֤י בְנֵֽי לָבָן֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “that Laban’s sons were {complaining and} saying,” -31:1 wgio לָקַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Jacob has taken {for himself} everything/all that our father owned,” -31:1 v4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ עָשָׂ֕ה אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠כָּבֹ֖ד הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “Yes, he/Jacob has become wealthy/rich by taking our father’s wealth/possessions!” or “In fact, he/Jacob has acquired/gotten all his wealth/riches by taking {the animals} that were our father’s!” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes Laban’s sons’ complaint against Jacob. The phrase “all this wealth” especially refers to all the livestock that Jacob had gained during the years he worked for Laban. +30:43 jzz1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל⁠וֹ֙ צֹ֣אן רַבּ֔וֹת 1 “and owned large flocks of sheep and goats,” or “He owned many sheep and goats,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +30:43 osfb וּ⁠שְׁפָחוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and many male and female servants and many camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “maidservants,” “menservants,” “camels,” and “donkeys” in Gen 12:16 and 24:35. +31:1 y7ho וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֗ע 1 “Then one day Jacob heard” or “Then one day someone told Jacob” +31:1 i1li אֶת דִּבְרֵ֤י בְנֵֽי לָבָן֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “that Laban’s sons were complaining and saying,” +31:1 wgio לָקַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Jacob has taken for himself everything/all that our father owned,” +31:1 v4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ עָשָׂ֕ה אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠כָּבֹ֖ד הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “Yes, he/Jacob has become wealthy/rich by taking our father’s wealth/possessions!” or “In fact, he/Jacob has acquired/gotten all his wealth/riches by taking the animals that were our father’s!” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes Laban’s sons’ complaint against Jacob. The phrase “all this wealth” especially refers to all the livestock that Jacob had gained during the years he worked for Laban. 31:2 kjjj וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “Jacob also saw/noticed” -31:2 iwy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת פְּנֵ֣י לָבָ֑ן וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נּוּ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ כִּ⁠תְמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם 1 “that Laban no longer looked at him in a kind/friendly way as/like {he did} previously/before.” or “that Laban was no longer pleased/happy with him as/like he was previously/before.” or “that Laban no longer acted kind/friendly toward him the way he did in the past.” The clause “he was not with him” is used here as an idiom that means Laban was no longer happy with Jacob or that he no longer liked him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. +31:2 iwy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת פְּנֵ֣י לָבָ֑ן וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נּוּ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ כִּ⁠תְמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם 1 “that Laban no longer looked at him in a kind/friendly way as/like he did previously/before.” or “that Laban was no longer pleased/happy with him as/like he was previously/before.” or “that Laban no longer acted kind/friendly toward him the way he did in the past.” The clause “he was not with him” is used here as an idiom that means Laban was no longer happy with Jacob or that he no longer liked him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. 31:3 f1ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Yahweh told/commanded Jacob,” -31:3 txcg שׁ֛וּב אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ אֲבוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Go back to your ancestors’ homeland, where your relatives live,” or “Return to the land where your ancestors lived and where your {other} relatives {also} live,” -31:3 nssb וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will stay with you {and help/bless you}.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 26:3 and how you translated similar clauses in Gen 26:8, 24; 28:15. -31:4 uryr וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל וּ⁠לְ⁠לֵאָ֑ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “So Jacob sent for Rachel and Leah {to come} to the field/pasture” or “Then/So Jacob sent a message to Rachel and Leah that they should meet him at/in the field/pasture”. See how you translated “sent and called for” in Gen 27:42. -31:4 xk35 אֶל צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “where {he was with/tending} his flock{s} {of sheep and goats}.” -31:5 zcua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “{When they arrived,} he said to them,” or “{There} he told them,” Consider whether in your language it is necessary to make explicit that Rachel and Leah had come to Jacob before he spoke to them. +31:3 txcg שׁ֛וּב אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ אֲבוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Go back to your ancestors’ homeland, where your relatives live,” or “Return to the land where your ancestors lived and where your other relatives also live,” +31:3 nssb וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will stay with you and help/bless you.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 26:3 and how you translated similar clauses in Gen 26:8, 24; 28:15. +31:4 uryr וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל וּ⁠לְ⁠לֵאָ֑ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “So Jacob sent for Rachel and Leah to come to the field/pasture” or “Then/So Jacob sent a message to Rachel and Leah that they should meet him at/in the field/pasture”. See how you translated “sent and called for” in Gen 27:42. +31:4 xk35 אֶל צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “where he was with/tending his flocks of sheep and goats.” +31:5 zcua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “When they arrived, he said to them,” or “There he told them,” Consider whether in your language it is necessary to make explicit that Rachel and Leah had come to Jacob before he spoke to them. 31:5 vjha רֹאֶ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ 1 “I have noticed” 31:5 gsb5 אֶת פְּנֵ֣י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֔ן כִּֽי אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלַ֖⁠י כִּ⁠תְמֹ֣ל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 “that your father no longer looks at me in a kind/friendly way as/like he did in the past,” or “that your father is no longer pleased/happy with me as/like he was previously/before,” or “that your father no longer acts friendly toward me the way he did previously/before,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. -31:5 hvoc וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “but my father’s God” or “but the God whom my father serves/worships” or “but the God {who takes care} of my father”. See how you translated “the God of …” in Gen 28:13. -31:5 ocbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָיָ֖ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “has stayed with me {and has helped/blessed me}.” See how you translated the idiom “be with you” in verse 3. -31:6 qxli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠אַתֵּ֖נָה יְדַעְתֶּ֑ן 1 “You {both} know”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is an emphatic pronoun. Also, some languages have a special dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is best in your language. +31:5 hvoc וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “but my father’s God” or “but the God whom my father serves/worships” or “but the God who takes care of my father”. See how you translated “the God of …” in Gen 28:13. +31:5 ocbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָיָ֖ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “has stayed with me and has helped/blessed me.” See how you translated the idiom “be with you” in verse 3. +31:6 qxli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠אַתֵּ֖נָה יְדַעְתֶּ֑ן 1 “You both know”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is an emphatic pronoun. Also, some languages have a special dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is best in your language. 31:6 pvt6 כִּ֚י בְּ⁠כָל כֹּחִ֔⁠י עָבַ֖דְתִּי אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶֽן 1 “that I have served your father with all my might/strength,” or “that I have tried as hard as I could to serve your father well,” or “how I have worked for your father as hard/faithfully as I could,” -31:7 w4hj וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠כֶן֙ הֵ֣תֶל בִּ֔⁠י 1 “but {in spite of that,} he has deceived/cheated me” or “but {yet} he has treated me unfairly” +31:7 w4hj וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠כֶן֙ הֵ֣תֶל בִּ֔⁠י 1 “but in spite of that, he has deceived/cheated me” or “but yet he has treated me unfairly” 31:7 umvt וְ⁠הֶחֱלִ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת מֹנִ֑ים 1 “by changing what he pays me ten times.” or “and ten times he has changed what he said that he would pay me.” 31:7 k1rd וְ⁠לֹֽא נְתָנ֣⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֔ים לְ⁠הָרַ֖ע עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “However, God has not permitted him to harm/hurt me.” or “But God has prevented/kept him from harming/hurting me.” or “But God has protected me so that he/Laban did/could not hurt/harm me.” In this context, “harm” especially refers to financial harm, but it can also include physical harm. -31:8 q29t אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “{For example,} if/whenever he told {me}” or “{For example,} every time that he told {me}”. The examples Jacob is describing in verse 8 took place repeatedly (as verse 7 indicates). -31:8 wbtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נְקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that {only} the speckled {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with speckles on them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “speckled” in Gen 30:32, 33, 35, 39. -31:8 m5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “then all {the female animals in} the flocks gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats gave birth to” -31:8 minm נְקֻדִּ֑ים 1 “speckled {young/babies}.” or “{young/babies that were} speckled.” -31:8 qdhx וְ⁠אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “But if/whenever he said {to me}” or “Then if/whenever he {changed his mind and} told {me}” -31:8 av4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that {only} the streaked/striped {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with streaks/stripes on them,” See how you translated “streaked” in Gen 30:35, 39, 40. -31:8 bhhl וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 2 “then all {the females in} the flock{s} gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats had” or “then they all gave birth to” -31:8 lrxh עֲקֻדִּֽים 1 “streaked/striped {young/babies}.” or “{young/babies that had} streaks/stripes on them.” +31:8 q29t אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “For example, if/whenever he told me” or “For example, every time that he told me”. The examples Jacob is describing in verse 8 took place repeatedly (as verse 7 indicates). +31:8 wbtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נְקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that only the speckled animals would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me only the animals with speckles on them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “speckled” in Gen 30:32, 33, 35, 39. +31:8 m5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “then all the female animals in the flocks gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats gave birth to” +31:8 minm נְקֻדִּ֑ים 1 “speckled young/babies.” or “young/babies that were speckled.” +31:8 qdhx וְ⁠אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “But if/whenever he said to me” or “Then if/whenever he changed his mind and told me” +31:8 av4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that only the streaked/striped animals would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me only the animals with streaks/stripes on them,” See how you translated “streaked” in Gen 30:35, 39, 40. +31:8 bhhl וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל־הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 2 “then all the females in the flocks gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats had” or “then they all gave birth to” +31:8 lrxh עֲקֻדִּֽים 1 “streaked/striped young/babies.” or “young/babies that had streaks/stripes on them.” 31:9 z6ij וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ל אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “In that way, God has taken” or “So that’s how God took” -31:9 igfi אֶת מִקְנֵ֥ה אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “{many of} the animals that belonged to your father” or “{many of} the sheep and goats that were your father’s” or “{many of} your father’s animals {from him}”. The term “livestock” usually includes all kinds of domestic animals, but in this context it refers to the sheep and goats that Jacob was taking care of for Laban. -31:9 s89z וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִֽ⁠י 1 “and gave {them} to me {instead}.” or “and has given {them} to me.” +31:9 igfi אֶת מִקְנֵ֥ה אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “many of the animals that belonged to your father” or “many of the sheep and goats that were your father’s” or “many of your father’s animals from him”. The term “livestock” usually includes all kinds of domestic animals, but in this context it refers to the sheep and goats that Jacob was taking care of for Laban. +31:9 s89z וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִֽ⁠י 1 “and gave them to me instead.” or “and has given them to me.” 31:10 lj7l וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 “One time/night” 31:10 oqna בְּ⁠עֵת֙ 1 “during the season/time” or “during the time of year” -31:10 nw40 יַחֵ֣ם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “that/when the female sheep and goats were in heat,” or “that/when the flock{s} {of sheep and goats} were mating/breeding,” -31:10 dbn3 וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֥א עֵינַ֛⁠י וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲל֑וֹם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “I had a dream and {in the dream} I looked around and saw/noticed that” or “I had a dream. {In the dream} I looked around and was surprised to see that”. The word “behold” emphasizes what Jacob saw and might also express that he was surprised at what he saw. -31:10 un5t הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “the {only} male goats {and sheep} that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. Some languages have special terms for male and female goats or sheep. For example, billy goats and nanny goats (for male and female goats) and rams and ewes (for male and female sheep). Choose terms in your language that are natural and well-known. -31:10 gcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּֽים 1 “{were} streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched.” or “had a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in/on their fur/hair}.” It may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “… saw that the male goats {and sheep} that were streaked, speckled, and spotted were the {only} ones that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}.” Do what is best in your language. -31:11 ttd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֵלַ֜⁠י מַלְאַ֧ךְ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים בַּ⁠חֲל֖וֹם יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then/And an angel from God called to me in the dream {and said}, ‘Jacob!’ ” or “Then in the dream, one of God’s angels said/called to me, ‘Jacob!’ ” In some languages it is more natural to put “in the dream” earlier in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “an angel of God” in Gen 21:17. +31:10 nw40 יַחֵ֣ם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “that/when the female sheep and goats were in heat,” or “that/when the flocks of sheep and goats were mating/breeding,” +31:10 dbn3 וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֥א עֵינַ֛⁠י וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲל֑וֹם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “I had a dream and in the dream I looked around and saw/noticed that” or “I had a dream. In the dream I looked around and was surprised to see that”. The word “behold” emphasizes what Jacob saw and might also express that he was surprised at what he saw. +31:10 un5t הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “the only male goats and sheep that were mating with the female goats and sheep”. Some languages have special terms for male and female goats or sheep. For example, billy goats and nanny goats (for male and female goats) and rams and ewes (for male and female sheep). Choose terms in your language that are natural and well-known. +31:10 gcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּֽים 1 “were streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched.” or “had a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern in/on their fur/hair.” It may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “… saw that the male goats and sheep that were streaked, speckled, and spotted were the only ones that were mating with the female goats and sheep.” Do what is best in your language. +31:11 ttd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֵלַ֜⁠י מַלְאַ֧ךְ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים בַּ⁠חֲל֖וֹם יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then/And an angel from God called to me in the dream and said, ‘Jacob!’ ” or “Then in the dream, one of God’s angels said/called to me, ‘Jacob!’ ” In some languages it is more natural to put “in the dream” earlier in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “an angel of God” in Gen 21:17. 31:11 l29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר 1 “and I answered/responded,” -31:11 my6h הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am!” or “Yes, {Lord/sir}?” or “Yes, I am listening.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1 and 27:11. -31:12 vn7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then he said {to me},” or “The angel said/replied,” +31:11 my6h הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am!” or “Yes, Lord/sir?” or “Yes, I am listening.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1 and 27:11. +31:12 vn7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then he said to me,” or “The angel said/replied,” 31:12 cck2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׂא נָ֨א עֵינֶ֤י⁠ךָ 1 “Look around you” or “Look carefully”. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 22:13. Also see how you translated Gen 22:2, another passage where Yahweh uses “Please”. -31:12 vsue וּ⁠רְאֵה֙ 1 “and observe/notice {that}” -31:12 jhzz כָּל הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “all the male goats {and sheep} that are mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10. -31:12 c8mt עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּ֑ים 1 “{are} streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched,” or “have a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in their fur/hair},” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 10. -31:12 rsid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י רָאִ֔יתִי 1 “{I, Yahweh, have caused that to happen,} because I have observed/noticed”. Sometimes an angel says “I” as God’s representative, but in this context, it seems to be Yahweh himself (in the form of an angel) who is speaking to Jacob (See verse 13). That information could be put in a footnote, and you could make “Yahweh” explicit in the text to make that clear. -31:12 iy7e אֵ֛ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָבָ֖ן עֹ֥שֶׂה לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “all {the wrong/terrible things} that Laban has done to you.” or “all the ways that Laban has been treating you {badly/wrongfully}.” -31:13 iheg אָנֹכִ֤י הָ⁠אֵל֙ בֵּֽית אֵ֔ל 1 “I {am} the God {who appeared to you} at {the town of} Bethel,” -31:13 bfbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָשַׁ֤חְתָּ שָּׁם֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה 1 “where you poured {olive} oil on top of a {memorial} pillar/stone {to dedicate the place to me},” See how you translated “poured oil on top of” in Gen 28:38 and “pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22. -31:13 mbfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֥רְתָּ לִּ֛⁠י שָׁ֖ם נֶ֑דֶר 1 “{and} where you made a vow/pledge/promise to me.” See how you translated “vowed a vow” in Gen 28:20. -31:13 tfiv עַתָּ֗ה ק֥וּם צֵא֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “{So} now/then, get up/ready and leave this land/region {immediately},” or “Now go/leave at once from this land/region,” The phrase “get up” means that Jacob should immediately get ready to go and then leave; see how you translated this phrase in Gen 27:43. +31:12 vsue וּ⁠רְאֵה֙ 1 “and observe/notice that” +31:12 jhzz כָּל הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “all the male goats and sheep that are mating with the female goats and sheep”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10. +31:12 c8mt עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּ֑ים 1 “are streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched,” or “have a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern in their fur/hair,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 10. +31:12 rsid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י רָאִ֔יתִי 1 “I, Yahweh, have caused that to happen, because I have observed/noticed”. Sometimes an angel says “I” as God’s representative, but in this context, it seems to be Yahweh himself (in the form of an angel) who is speaking to Jacob (See verse 13). That information could be put in a footnote, and you could make “Yahweh” explicit in the text to make that clear. +31:12 iy7e אֵ֛ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָבָ֖ן עֹ֥שֶׂה לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “all the wrong/terrible things that Laban has done to you.” or “all the ways that Laban has been treating you badly/wrongfully.” +31:13 iheg אָנֹכִ֤י הָ⁠אֵל֙ בֵּֽית אֵ֔ל 1 “I am the God who appeared to you at the town of Bethel,” +31:13 bfbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָשַׁ֤חְתָּ שָּׁם֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה 1 “where you poured olive oil on top of a memorial pillar/stone to dedicate the place to me,” See how you translated “poured oil on top of” in Gen 28:38 and “pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22. +31:13 mbfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֥רְתָּ לִּ֛⁠י שָׁ֖ם נֶ֑דֶר 1 “and where you made a vow/pledge/promise to me.” See how you translated “vowed a vow” in Gen 28:20. +31:13 tfiv עַתָּ֗ה ק֥וּם צֵא֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “So now/then, get up/ready and leave this land/region immediately,” or “Now go/leave at once from this land/region,” The phrase “get up” means that Jacob should immediately get ready to go and then leave; see how you translated this phrase in Gen 27:43. 31:13 pbq6 וְ⁠שׁ֖וּב אֶל 1 “and go/travel back to” 31:13 l0op אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “the land where you were born.” or “the land where your relatives live.” or “your native/home land.” The Hebrew word for “birth” in this phrase can also be translated as “relatives” here (as in verse 3). See how you translated this phrase in Gen 24:7. 31:14 rws1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תַּ֤עַן רָחֵל֙ וְ⁠לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֖רְנָה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then Rachel and Leah responded to him/Jacob,” or “Rachel and Leah replied to him/Jacob,” 31:14 vutc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ֛⁠נוּ חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 “We no longer have any part/share in the inheritance” or “We will not/never inherit anything”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “no.” It also expresses Rachel's and Leah’s strong emotion and emphasizes that there is nothing for them to inherit from their father. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language. -31:14 cwr2 בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠נוּ 1 “from our father’s house/estate {when he dies}!” or “from our father {when he dies}” +31:14 cwr2 בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠נוּ 1 “from our father’s house/estate when he dies!” or “from our father when he dies” 31:15 pz13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֧וֹא & נֶחְשַׁ֥בְנוּ ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “Doesn’t he regard/treat us” or “It is obvious that he regards/treats us” or “He obviously is treating us”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “yes” and expresses Rachel's and Leah’s anger at how their father treats them. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a rhetorical question here. -31:15 zdnp נָכְרִיּ֛וֹת 1 “like foreigners/strangers/outsiders {and not family}” or “as if we were foreigners/strangers {instead of family}”. Make sure that the punctuation you use here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question. -31:15 xc1g כִּ֣י מְכָרָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “For example, he sold us {to you},” or “After all, he sold us {to you},” This sentence is an example of how Laban treated his daughters like foreigners. +31:15 zdnp נָכְרִיּ֛וֹת 1 “like foreigners/strangers/outsiders and not family” or “as if we were foreigners/strangers instead of family”. Make sure that the punctuation you use here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question. +31:15 xc1g כִּ֣י מְכָרָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “For example, he sold us to you,” or “After all, he sold us to you,” This sentence is an example of how Laban treated his daughters like foreigners. 31:15 eovg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכַל גַּם אָכ֖וֹל 1 “and then he spent all” or “and then he used up all”. The phrase “eaten up” is used here as an idiom that means Laban had spent or kept for himself all the wealth he had gained from Jacob’s 14 years of working for him. Many languages have a similar idiom that could be used here. Do what is best in your language. 31:15 td0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת כַּסְפֵּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “the money/wealth that should have been ours.” or “the money/wealth that belonged to us.” In that culture at that time, silver was a currency used to buy and sell things. -31:16 cytc כִּ֣י כָל הָ⁠עֹ֗שֶׁר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִצִּ֤יל אֱלֹהִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “In fact, all the wealth/abundance {of flocks} that God has taken from our father” or “In fact/reality, all {the flocks} that made our father wealthy and that God has taken from him” -31:16 kbdk לָ֥⁠נוּ ה֖וּא וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{rightfully/actually} {belongs} to us and our children.” or “{should have been given} to us and our children {anyway}.” -31:16 t00q וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה עֲשֵֽׂה 1 “So then, {you should} do” or “So {go ahead and} do” or “So {we totally agree that you should} do”. The words “So now” introduce Rachel and Leah’s conclusion that is based on what they just said. Do what is best in your language to communicate that. -31:16 ixfc כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֧ר אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “everything/whatever God has told/commanded you {to do}.” or “exactly what God told/instructed you {to do}.” -31:17 jyen וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “So/Then Jacob {immediately/quickly} got ready/packed {for the journey}”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 13. -31:17 zvsn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֛א אֶת בָּנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “and helped his wives and his sons/children {get/mount up} onto the/some camels.” Jacob took all his children with him, not just his sons. -31:18 wyn3 וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֣ג 1 “Then he led/herded” or “Then he {started} driving/leading/herding” -31:18 u8ps אֶת כָּל מִקְנֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁ מִקְנֵה֙ קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ 1 “{the camels and} all his {other} livestock/animals and {along with them,} {he also took} all the {other} possessions that he had acquired/accumulated”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals. -31:18 ci2u בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “{while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20. -31:18 wde1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “to go/return to his father Isaac’s house in the land/region of Canaan.” or “to go/return to Canaan, to {the home of} his father Isaac.” or “to the land/region of Canaan, where his father Isaac lived.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Then he {started} driving/herding {the camels} and all his {other} animals to/toward the land/region of Canaan where his father Isaac lived. {He took with him} all his possessions that he had accumulated, {including} all the livestock that he had acquired/accumulated {while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Do what is best in your language. -31:19 ilof rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לָבָ֣ן 1 “Now {before that,} Laban {the Aramean}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in verse 19 happened before Jacob and his family had left. Also, for some languages it is more natural to first make “the Aramean” explicit here in verse 19 rather than wait until verse 20. Do what is best in your language. -31:19 akjd הָלַ֔ךְ לִ⁠גְזֹ֖ז אֶת צֹאנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had gone away {for several days} to cut the wool off his sheep”. In that culture, sheep wool was very important since it was used to make clothing and blankets. The process of shearing many sheep would have taken several days. You could include some of this information in a footnote. -31:19 zdy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֣ב רָחֵ֔ל 1 “so {while he was gone,} Rachel {went into her father’s tent and} stole/took” or “{While he was gone,} Rachel {entered his tent and} stole/took”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -31:19 vfcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “his {household/family} idols/gods,” or “the idols/gods that he had/worshiped.” These idols were statues made of wood or precious metals. They were small enough to be used in a private home. In this chapter these statues are referred to as “idols” (in verses 19, 34, 35 when the author refers to them) and “gods” (in quotes in verses 30 and 32 when Laban or Jacob talk about them). If it is confusing in your language to switch back and forth between these two terms, you could use “gods” throughout this chapter, since Laban would not have called them idols, and Jacob would not have used that term in his presence. However, if possible, it is best to translate the two terms the way the Hebrew text has them. +31:16 cytc כִּ֣י כָל הָ⁠עֹ֗שֶׁר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִצִּ֤יל אֱלֹהִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “In fact, all the wealth/abundance of flocks that God has taken from our father” or “In fact/reality, all the flocks that made our father wealthy and that God has taken from him” +31:16 kbdk לָ֥⁠נוּ ה֖וּא וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “rightfully/actually belongs to us and our children.” or “should have been given to us and our children anyway.” +31:16 t00q וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה & עֲשֵֽׂה 1 “So then, you should do” or “So go ahead and do” or “So we totally agree that you should do”. The words “So now” introduce Rachel and Leah’s conclusion that is based on what they just said. Do what is best in your language to communicate that. +31:16 ixfc כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֧ר אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “everything/whatever God has told/commanded you to do.” or “exactly what God told/instructed you to do.” +31:17 jyen וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “So/Then Jacob immediately/quickly got ready/packed for the journey”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 13. +31:17 zvsn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֛א אֶת בָּנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “and helped his wives and his sons/children get/mount up onto the/some camels.” Jacob took all his children with him, not just his sons. +31:18 wyn3 וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֣ג 1 “Then he led/herded” or “Then he started driving/leading/herding” +31:18 u8ps אֶת כָּל מִקְנֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁ מִקְנֵה֙ קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ 1 “the camels and all his other livestock/animals and along with them, he also took all the other possessions that he had acquired/accumulated”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals. +31:18 ci2u בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “while living in the land/region of Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the land/region of Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20. +31:18 wde1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “to go/return to his father Isaac’s house in the land/region of Canaan.” or “to go/return to Canaan, to the home of his father Isaac.” or “to the land/region of Canaan, where his father Isaac lived.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Then he started driving/herding the camels and all his other animals to/toward the land/region of Canaan where his father Isaac lived. He took with him all his possessions that he had accumulated, including all the livestock that he had acquired/accumulated while living in the land/region of Paddan Aram.” Do what is best in your language. +31:19 ilof rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לָבָ֣ן 1 “Now before that, Laban the Aramean”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in verse 19 happened before Jacob and his family had left. Also, for some languages it is more natural to first make “the Aramean” explicit here in verse 19 rather than wait until verse 20. Do what is best in your language. +31:19 akjd הָלַ֔ךְ לִ⁠גְזֹ֖ז אֶת צֹאנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had gone away for several days to cut the wool off his sheep”. In that culture, sheep wool was very important since it was used to make clothing and blankets. The process of shearing many sheep would have taken several days. You could include some of this information in a footnote. +31:19 zdy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֣ב רָחֵ֔ל 1 “so while he was gone, Rachel went into her father’s tent and stole/took” or “While he was gone, Rachel entered his tent and stole/took”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +31:19 vfcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “his household/family idols/gods,” or “the idols/gods that he had/worshiped.” These idols were statues made of wood or precious metals. They were small enough to be used in a private home. In this chapter these statues are referred to as “idols” (in verses 19, 34, 35 when the author refers to them) and “gods” (in quotes in verses 30 and 32 when Laban or Jacob talk about them). If it is confusing in your language to switch back and forth between these two terms, you could use “gods” throughout this chapter, since Laban would not have called them idols, and Jacob would not have used that term in his presence. However, if possible, it is best to translate the two terms the way the Hebrew text has them. 31:20 p6en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּגְנֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֶת לֵ֥ב 1 “and Jacob deceived/tricked” or “At the same time, Jacob deceived/tricked”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 31:20 rlvs לָבָ֖ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֑י 1 “Laban/him”. If you used “Aramean” earlier (verse 19), it may not be natural here. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:20. -31:20 z6av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל בְּלִי֙ הִגִּ֣יד ל֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י בֹרֵ֖חַ הֽוּא 1 “by not informing/telling him that he was fleeing/leaving.” or “by fleeing/leaving {secretly} without informing/telling him that he was leaving.” -31:21 k7p0 וַ⁠יִּבְרַ֥ח הוּא֙ 1 “So Jacob {and his family} ran away” or “So {in that way} Jacob ran away {with his family}”. This statement summarizes an event that already happened (See verses 18 and 20). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Jacob left a second time. To make this clear you could say, “After Jacob {and his family} ran away with everything that they owned, they {quickly} crossed the {Euphrates} River and headed toward the hill country of Gilead.” -31:21 zuha וְ⁠כָל 1 “with all/everything” or “and {took/brought} all/everything” -31:21 els4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “that {belonged} to them.” or “that he/they had/owned.” Make sure that your choice of pronouns throughout this verse fits with how you translate the beginning of this sentence. -31:21 bsy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ר אֶת הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 “He/They quickly crossed the {Euphrates} River”. The Euphrates River was also called “the River” because it was large and well-known. It was about 50 miles (80 kilometers) from Haran, where Laban lived. This information could be put in a footnote. +31:20 z6av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל בְּלִי֙ הִגִּ֣יד ל֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י בֹרֵ֖חַ הֽוּא 1 “by not informing/telling him that he was fleeing/leaving.” or “by fleeing/leaving secretly without informing/telling him that he was leaving.” +31:21 k7p0 וַ⁠יִּבְרַ֥ח הוּא֙ 1 “So Jacob and his family ran away” or “So in that way Jacob ran away with his family”. This statement summarizes an event that already happened (See verses 18 and 20). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Jacob left a second time. To make this clear you could say, “After Jacob and his family ran away with everything that they owned, they quickly crossed the Euphrates River and headed toward the hill country of Gilead.” +31:21 zuha וְ⁠כָל 1 “with all/everything” or “and took/brought all/everything” +31:21 els4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “that belonged to them.” or “that he/they had/owned.” Make sure that your choice of pronouns throughout this verse fits with how you translate the beginning of this sentence. +31:21 bsy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ר אֶת הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 “He/They quickly crossed the Euphrates River”. The Euphrates River was also called “the River” because it was large and well-known. It was about 50 miles (80 kilometers) from Haran, where Laban lived. This information could be put in a footnote. 31:21 bgnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת פָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and headed toward” or “and went/traveled in the direction of” 31:21 ancy הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “the hill country of/called Gilead.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) mountains or hill country; or (2) a specific mountain (“Mount Gilead”). -31:22 luj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 “Three days after {Jacob/they had left}, someone informed/told Laban” or “Three days later Laban found out” -31:22 pkx2 כִּ֥י בָרַ֖ח יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that Jacob {and his family} had run away.” See how you translated “fleeing” and “fled” in verses 20-21. -31:23 xoz7 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Laban took {some of} his relatives with him” or “So Laban gathered {some of} his relatives” -31:23 ffai וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֣ף אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו דֶּ֖רֶךְ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 “and chased/followed after Jacob {and his family/household} for seven days” +31:22 luj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 “Three days after Jacob/they had left, someone informed/told Laban” or “Three days later Laban found out” +31:22 pkx2 כִּ֥י בָרַ֖ח יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that Jacob and his family had run away.” See how you translated “fleeing” and “fled” in verses 20-21. +31:23 xoz7 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Laban took some of his relatives with him” or “So Laban gathered some of his relatives” +31:23 ffai וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֣ף אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו דֶּ֖רֶךְ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 “and chased/followed after Jacob and his family/household for seven days” 31:23 pvgt וַ⁠יַּדְבֵּ֥ק אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “until they overtook him/them” or “until they caught up with him/them” 31:23 sqte בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “in the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “in the hill country of/called Gilead.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 21. -31:24 t5xn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל לָבָ֥ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֣ם הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “But/Then that {same} night God appeared to Laban in a dream” or “That night Laban had a dream and in it God appeared to him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 20:3. Also see how you translated “Laban the Aramean” in verse 20. +31:24 t5xn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל לָבָ֥ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֣ם הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “But/Then that same night God appeared to Laban in a dream” or “That night Laban had a dream and in it God appeared to him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 20:3. Also see how you translated “Laban the Aramean” in verse 20. 31:24 rf59 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “and warned him,” -31:24 gmya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ פֶּן תְּדַבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “Be careful/sure that you do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}.” or “ Be careful/sure that you do not threaten/harm Jacob in any way.” God is warning Laban not to say or do anything that would harm Jacob (See verse 29). -31:25 vjma rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יַּשֵּׂ֥ג לָבָ֖ן אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “So {when} Laban overtook Jacob,” or “{By the time that} Laban caught up with Jacob,” Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not sound like Laban overtook Jacob a second time. This is referring to what already happened in verse 23. See how you translated “overtook” there. -31:25 zquw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב תָּקַ֤ע אֶֽת אָהֳל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Jacob {and his family} had {already} set/put up his/their tents” or “Jacob {and his family} had {already} set up camp”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob had already pitched his tents before Laban arrived. Also see how you translated “pitched his tent” in Gen 12:8 and 26:25. -31:25 inxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “in the mountain region {of Gilead},” or “in the hill country {of Gilead},” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Gilead” explicit here (rather than later in this verse). Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “mountain{s} of Gilead” in verses 21 and 23. -31:25 w9ff וְ⁠לָבָ֛ן & אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “so Laban and {all} his relatives {that were with him}” -31:25 mj7h תָּקַ֥ע 1 “{also} set/put up {their tents}” or “{also} set up camp” or “{also} camped” -31:25 rxr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “in the hill country of Gilead.” or “there {at a place nearby}.” If you made “Gilead” explicit earlier in this verse in your translation, it may not be necessary to repeat it here. Do what is best in your language. -31:26 bzmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then {the next day} Laban {went/came to Jacob and} complained to Jacob/him,” or “{The next day} Laban {met with Jacob and} {rebuked/confronted Jacob/him and} said to him,” See how you translated a similar quote margin in 29:25, when the roles were reversed and Jacob confronted Laban. +31:24 gmya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ פֶּן תְּדַבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “Be careful/sure that you do not say or do anything to Jacob to try to stop him from leaving.” or “ Be careful/sure that you do not threaten/harm Jacob in any way.” God is warning Laban not to say or do anything that would harm Jacob (See verse 29). +31:25 vjma rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יַּשֵּׂ֥ג לָבָ֖ן אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “So when Laban overtook Jacob,” or “By the time that Laban caught up with Jacob,” Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not sound like Laban overtook Jacob a second time. This is referring to what already happened in verse 23. See how you translated “overtook” there. +31:25 zquw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב תָּקַ֤ע אֶֽת אָהֳל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Jacob and his family had already set/put up his/their tents” or “Jacob and his family had already set up camp”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob had already pitched his tents before Laban arrived. Also see how you translated “pitched his tent” in Gen 12:8 and 26:25. +31:25 inxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “in the mountain region of Gilead,” or “in the hill country of Gilead,” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Gilead” explicit here (rather than later in this verse). Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “mountains of Gilead” in verses 21 and 23. +31:25 w9ff וְ⁠לָבָ֛ן & אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “so Laban and all his relatives that were with him” +31:25 mj7h תָּקַ֥ע 1 “also set/put up their tents” or “also set up camp” or “also camped” +31:25 rxr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “in the hill country of Gilead.” or “there at a place nearby.” If you made “Gilead” explicit earlier in this verse in your translation, it may not be necessary to repeat it here. Do what is best in your language. +31:26 bzmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then the next day Laban went/came to Jacob and complained to Jacob/him,” or “The next day Laban met with Jacob and rebuked/confronted Jacob/him and said to him,” See how you translated a similar quote margin in 29:25, when the roles were reversed and Jacob confronted Laban. 31:26 wmee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֔יתָ 1 “Why have you done this?” or “Look what you have done!” or “What you have done is wrong!” Laban uses a rhetorical question here to express his anger at Jacob. Do what is best in your language to communicate that. 31:26 v8bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֶת לְבָבִ֑⁠י 1 “You have deceived/tricked me” or “You have acted deceitfully toward me”. See how you translated the idiom “stole the heart of” in verse 20. -31:26 vx4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תְּנַהֵג֙ אֶת בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “and dragged away my daughters {with you}” or “and forced my daughters to leave {with you}”. Laban uses exaggeration to show he is angry and to try to make Jacob feel guilty for what he did. +31:26 vx4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תְּנַהֵג֙ אֶת בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “and dragged away my daughters with you” or “and forced my daughters to leave with you”. Laban uses exaggeration to show he is angry and to try to make Jacob feel guilty for what he did. 31:26 jaxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּ⁠שְׁבֻי֖וֹת חָֽרֶב 1 “like prisoners of war!” or “as if you had captured them in battle!” 31:27 j32g לָ֤⁠מָּה נַחְבֵּ֨אתָ֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֔חַ וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֹתִ֑⁠י 1 “Why did you deceive/trick me and secretly run away” or “Why did you deceive me by secretly running away” or “You should not have deceived me and secretly run away” -31:27 xjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י 1 “without telling me {you were leaving}!” or “{Why} didn’t you tell me {that you were leaving}?” or “You should have told me {you were leaving}!” Verse 27 is one long rhetorical question in the Hebrew text that expresses Laban’s anger at Jacob. For some languages it is better to break it up into two or more sentences. Do what is best in your language, and make sure that the punctuation fits well. -31:27 fe1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וָֽ⁠אֲשַׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֛ בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁרִ֖ים 1 “{If I had known,} I/we would/could have {held a feast and} sent you {on your way}, singing joyful songs {together},” or “{If I had known,} I/we could/would have sent you {on your way} by {having a feast and} singing joyful songs {together},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this clause are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical). -31:27 b246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠תֹ֥ף וּ⁠בְ⁠כִנּֽוֹר 1 “with tambourines and lyres/harps playing!” or “with/to the music/sound/playing of musical instruments!” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{If I had known,} we could have {held a feast and} sung joyful songs {and danced} together, with tambourines and lyres playing, before sending you {on your way}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “lyres/harps” in Gen 4:21. -31:28 evu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֣א נְטַשְׁתַּ֔⁠נִי לְ⁠נַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠בָנַ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “You did not {even} let me kiss my daughters and my grandchildren {goodbye} {before they left}!” or “{You left so secretly that} I wasn’t even able to say goodbye to my daughters and grandchildren!” For some languages, it may be more natural to mention the daughters before the children. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27. -31:28 xr6d עַתָּ֖ה הִסְכַּ֥לְתָּֽ עֲשֽׂוֹ 1 “What you have done is {very} foolish/stupid!” or “You acted foolishly when you left {secretly} like that!” -31:29 qgvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular יֶשׁ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדִ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם רָ֑ע 1 “I {and my relatives/men} have the power/ability to harm {all of} you,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, so it probably refers to Jacob and everyone in his household. -31:29 u6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֨י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֜ם אֶ֣מֶשׁ 1 “but last night {in a dream} the God whom your father serves”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase later and say “ … said to me {in a dream} last night”. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase (“the God of my father”) in verse 5. -31:29 x6h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֧ר אֵלַ֣⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מִ⁠דַּבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “commanded/warned me, ‘Do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}.’ ” or “commanded/warned me to not threaten/harm you in any way.” For some languages it is necessary to make this embedded quote an indirect quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated a similar quote in verse 24. -31:30 wnvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ הָלֹ֣ךְ הָלַ֔כְתָּ 1 “Now then, {I know/understand that} you left” or “Now, {I know/understand that} you went/ran away”. Begin this verse in a way which shows that Laban is introducing a new topic. Also notice that “you” shifts to singular here in verse 30. +31:27 xjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י 1 “without telling me you were leaving!” or “Why didn’t you tell me that you were leaving?” or “You should have told me you were leaving!” Verse 27 is one long rhetorical question in the Hebrew text that expresses Laban’s anger at Jacob. For some languages it is better to break it up into two or more sentences. Do what is best in your language, and make sure that the punctuation fits well. +31:27 fe1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וָֽ⁠אֲשַׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֛ בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁרִ֖ים 1 “If I had known, I/we would/could have held a feast and sent you on your way, singing joyful songs together,” or “If I had known, I/we could/would have sent you on your way by having a feast and singing joyful songs together,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this clause are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical). +31:27 b246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠תֹ֥ף וּ⁠בְ⁠כִנּֽוֹר 1 “with tambourines and lyres/harps playing!” or “with/to the music/sound/playing of musical instruments!” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “If I had known, we could have held a feast and sung joyful songs and danced together, with tambourines and lyres playing, before sending you on your way.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “lyres/harps” in Gen 4:21. +31:28 evu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֣א נְטַשְׁתַּ֔⁠נִי לְ⁠נַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠בָנַ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “You did not even let me kiss my daughters and my grandchildren goodbye before they left!” or “You left so secretly that I wasn’t even able to say goodbye to my daughters and grandchildren!” For some languages, it may be more natural to mention the daughters before the children. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27. +31:28 xr6d עַתָּ֖ה הִסְכַּ֥לְתָּֽ עֲשֽׂוֹ 1 “What you have done is very foolish/stupid!” or “You acted foolishly when you left secretly like that!” +31:29 qgvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular יֶשׁ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדִ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם רָ֑ע 1 “I and my relatives/men have the power/ability to harm all of you,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, so it probably refers to Jacob and everyone in his household. +31:29 u6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֨י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֜ם אֶ֣מֶשׁ 1 “but last night in a dream the God whom your father serves”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase later and say “ … said to me in a dream last night”. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase (“the God of my father”) in verse 5. +31:29 x6h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֧ר אֵלַ֣⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מִ⁠דַּבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “commanded/warned me, ‘Do not say or do anything to Jacob to try to stop him from leaving.’ ” or “commanded/warned me to not threaten/harm you in any way.” For some languages it is necessary to make this embedded quote an indirect quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated a similar quote in verse 24. +31:30 wnvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ הָלֹ֣ךְ הָלַ֔כְתָּ 1 “Now then, I know/understand that you left” or “Now, I know/understand that you went/ran away”. Begin this verse in a way which shows that Laban is introducing a new topic. Also notice that “you” shifts to singular here in verse 30. 31:30 f603 כִּֽי נִכְסֹ֥ף נִכְסַ֖פְתָּה 1 “because you longed so much” or “because you were so/very homesick” -31:30 gol4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “to return to your father’s household/family,” or “to return home to your father {and other relatives},” This phrase refers to the people in Jacob’s father’s household and other relatives living nearby. -31:30 bjd9 לָ֥⁠מָּה גָנַ֖בְתָּ אֶת אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 “{but} what is the reason that you stole my gods?” or “{but} why did you steal my gods?” +31:30 gol4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “to return to your father’s household/family,” or “to return home to your father and other relatives,” This phrase refers to the people in Jacob’s father’s household and other relatives living nearby. +31:30 bjd9 לָ֥⁠מָּה גָנַ֖בְתָּ אֶת אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 “but what is the reason that you stole my gods?” or “but why did you steal my gods?” 31:31 zthk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן יַעֲקֹ֖ב וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 “Jacob answered Laban/him,” or “Then Jacob told Laban/him,” -31:31 ch72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔אתִי 1 “{We left secretly} because I was afraid.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Jacob is answering Laban’s question in verse 27, not his question in verse 30. -31:31 ozrq כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי 1 “I told myself that {if you knew,}” or “I thought that {if I told you we were leaving,}” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -31:31 w1wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן תִּגְזֹ֥ל אֶת בְּנוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 “you might take your {two} daughters from me {by force}.” Make sure you translate this sentence in a way that shows it is hypothetical. Also see how you translated “seized” in Gen 21:25. -31:32 mwqa עִ֠ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּמְצָ֣א אֶת אֱלֹהֶי⁠ךָ֮ 1 “{As for} your gods, if you find them {here} in someone’s {tent},” or “{However we did not steal/take your gods. In fact,} if you find your gods with anyone {here},” See how you translated “gods” in verse 30. -31:32 ouiu לֹ֣א יִֽחְיֶה֒ 1 “that person will die {for stealing them}!” or “that person will be put to death {as punishment for stealing them}!” -31:32 m3er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֶ֣גֶד אַחֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 “{So} while our relatives are watching,” or “{So} with our relatives as witnesses,” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Jacob’s and Laban’s relatives. -31:32 eyve הַֽכֶּר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מָ֥ה עִמָּדִ֖⁠י 1 “search for yourself what/everything I have with me here” or “{go ahead and} search {all} my belongings for yourself” -31:32 oajl וְ⁠קַֽח לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “and take whatever you find that is yours.” or “{If you find} anything that is yours, take it.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -31:32 ni0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י רָחֵ֖ל גְּנָבָֽתַ⁠ם 1 “{When Jacob said that,} he did not know that Rachel {was the one who} had stolen the idols.” Translate this background information in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Also see how you translated “stole” in verses 19 and 30. -31:33 s81h וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א לָבָ֜ן בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל יַעֲקֹ֣ב 1 “Then/So Laban went/started {searching} in/through Jacob’s tent,” See how you translated “tent” in verse 25. -31:33 i6vt וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then {he searched} through/in Leah’s tent”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +31:31 ch72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔אתִי 1 “We left secretly because I was afraid.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Jacob is answering Laban’s question in verse 27, not his question in verse 30. +31:31 ozrq כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי 1 “I told myself that if you knew,” or “I thought that if I told you we were leaving,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +31:31 w1wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן תִּגְזֹ֥ל אֶת בְּנוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 “you might take your two daughters from me by force.” Make sure you translate this sentence in a way that shows it is hypothetical. Also see how you translated “seized” in Gen 21:25. +31:32 mwqa עִ֠ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּמְצָ֣א אֶת אֱלֹהֶי⁠ךָ֮ 1 “As for your gods, if you find them here in someone’s tent,” or “However we did not steal/take your gods. In fact, if you find your gods with anyone here,” See how you translated “gods” in verse 30. +31:32 ouiu לֹ֣א יִֽחְיֶה֒ 1 “that person will die for stealing them!” or “that person will be put to death as punishment for stealing them!” +31:32 m3er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֶ֣גֶד אַחֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 “So while our relatives are watching,” or “So with our relatives as witnesses,” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Jacob’s and Laban’s relatives. +31:32 eyve הַֽכֶּר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מָ֥ה עִמָּדִ֖⁠י 1 “search for yourself what/everything I have with me here” or “go ahead and search all my belongings for yourself” +31:32 oajl וְ⁠קַֽח לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “and take whatever you find that is yours.” or “If you find anything that is yours, take it.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +31:32 ni0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י רָחֵ֖ל גְּנָבָֽתַ⁠ם 1 “When Jacob said that, he did not know that Rachel was the one who had stolen the idols.” Translate this background information in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Also see how you translated “stole” in verses 19 and 30. +31:33 s81h וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א לָבָ֜ן בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל יַעֲקֹ֣ב 1 “Then/So Laban went/started searching in/through Jacob’s tent,” See how you translated “tent” in verse 25. +31:33 i6vt וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then he searched through/in Leah’s tent”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 31:33 hcfu וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֛הֶל שְׁתֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲמָהֹ֖ת 1 “and through/in the two servant women’s tent,” or “and through/in the tent where the two maidservants lived,” Consider again how you translated “slave/servant woman” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:17; 21:10, 12-13; 30:3; 31:33. -31:33 z7id וְ⁠לֹ֣א מָצָ֑א 1 “but he did not find {anything} {that belonged to him}.” or “but he did not find {the/his idols/gods}.” -31:33 zphp וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל רָחֵֽל 1 “Then he came out of Leah’s tent {and the servant women’s tent} and went into Rachel’s tent {to search it}.” or “Then/Next after he left/searched those tents, he went into Rachel’s tent {to search it}.” -31:34 pn32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠רָחֵ֞ל לָקְחָ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֗ים וַ⁠תְּשִׂמֵ֛⁠ם בְּ⁠כַ֥ר הַ⁠גָּמָ֖ל 1 “Now/But Rachel had put the idols inside {her} camel saddlebag {to hide them},” or “Now/But Rachel had hidden the idols inside her camel saddlebag”. This kind of saddle was used as a seat and also had compartments or bags for carrying things. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Rachel had hidden the idols before Laban entered her tent. Also see how you translated “idols” in verse 19. +31:33 z7id וְ⁠לֹ֣א מָצָ֑א 1 “but he did not find anything that belonged to him.” or “but he did not find the/his idols/gods.” +31:33 zphp וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל רָחֵֽל 1 “Then he came out of Leah’s tent and the servant women’s tent and went into Rachel’s tent to search it.” or “Then/Next after he left/searched those tents, he went into Rachel’s tent to search it.” +31:34 pn32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠רָחֵ֞ל לָקְחָ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֗ים וַ⁠תְּשִׂמֵ֛⁠ם בְּ⁠כַ֥ר הַ⁠גָּמָ֖ל 1 “Now/But Rachel had put the idols inside her camel saddlebag to hide them,” or “Now/But Rachel had hidden the idols inside her camel saddlebag”. This kind of saddle was used as a seat and also had compartments or bags for carrying things. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Rachel had hidden the idols before Laban entered her tent. Also see how you translated “idols” in verse 19. 31:34 o2ev וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and she was sitting on the idols/gods/saddlebag.” -31:34 rzfz וַ⁠יְמַשֵּׁ֥שׁ לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “Laban searched/rummaged through everything {else} in the tent, but” or “So when/although Laban searched everywhere {else} in her tent,” -31:34 av6e וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽא 1 “he did/could not find {them/anything}.” or “he did/could not find {the/his idols/gods}.” For some languages, it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Laban was not able to find {them}, even though he searched her tent thoroughly.” -31:35 ev0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠הָ 1 “Rather Rachel had said to him,” or “{As he was searching,} Rachel said to him,” -31:35 z6uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “{Please} do not be angry/upset {at me}, sir/Father,” or “Sir/Father, {please} do not be angry/upset {at me}”. Make sure you translate “my lord” in a way that is appropriate for a daughter to show respect to her father; it should not sound like she was Laban’s slave or servant. The word “burn” is used here as an idiom that means to be angry. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated this idiom in Gen 30:2. +31:34 rzfz וַ⁠יְמַשֵּׁ֥שׁ לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “Laban searched/rummaged through everything else in the tent, but” or “So when/although Laban searched everywhere else in her tent,” +31:34 av6e וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽא 1 “he did/could not find them/anything.” or “he did/could not find the/his idols/gods.” For some languages, it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Laban was not able to find them, even though he searched her tent thoroughly.” +31:35 ev0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠הָ 1 “Rather Rachel had said to him,” or “As he was searching, Rachel said to him,” +31:35 z6uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Please do not be angry/upset at me, sir/Father,” or “Sir/Father, please do not be angry/upset at me”. Make sure you translate “my lord” in a way that is appropriate for a daughter to show respect to her father; it should not sound like she was Laban’s slave or servant. The word “burn” is used here as an idiom that means to be angry. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated this idiom in Gen 30:2. 31:35 qqhs כִּ֣י ל֤וֹא אוּכַל֙ לָ⁠ק֣וּם מִ⁠פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “that I am not able to stand/get up to greet you,” -31:35 jr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּי דֶ֥רֶךְ נָשִׁ֖ים לִ֑⁠י 1 “because it is that time of the month {when I feel weak}.” or “because I am having my {monthly} period/cycle.” Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people when this is read aloud in public. -31:35 cd5n וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָ֖א אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִֽים 1 “That is {also} why he did/could not find the/his idols/gods when he searched {her/Rachel’s tent}.” or “So {that is why} he did/could not find the/his idols/gods {in her/Rachel’s tent}.” -31:36 ruop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “Then Jacob became {very} angry {at Laban}”. See how you translated the idiom “burn” in verse 35. +31:35 jr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּי דֶ֥רֶךְ נָשִׁ֖ים לִ֑⁠י 1 “because it is that time of the month when I feel weak.” or “because I am having my monthly period/cycle.” Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people when this is read aloud in public. +31:35 cd5n וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָ֖א אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִֽים 1 “That is also why he did/could not find the/his idols/gods when he searched her/Rachel’s tent.” or “So that is why he did/could not find the/his idols/gods in her/Rachel’s tent.” +31:36 ruop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “Then Jacob became very angry at Laban”. See how you translated the idiom “burn” in verse 35. 31:36 ocyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יָּ֣רֶב בְּ⁠לָבָ֑ן וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יַעֲקֹב֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן 1 “and contended with Laban/him and said,” or “and confronted/rebuked Laban/him by saying to him,” 31:36 tk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה פִּשְׁעִ⁠י֙ 1 “Tell me my crime!” or “Tell me what crime I have done/committed!” Jacob’s rhetorical questions in this verse show that he was angry at Laban. Do what is best in your language to communicate his anger. -31:36 cs49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַ֣ה חַטָּאתִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י דָלַ֖קְתָּ אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “How have I sinned against you so that you have a reason to pursue me so intensely/fiercely?” or “Tell me what sin/offense I have done/committed {against you} that gives you the right to pursue/chase after me!” +31:36 cs49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַ֣ה חַטָּאתִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י דָלַ֖קְתָּ אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “How have I sinned against you so that you have a reason to pursue me so intensely/fiercely?” or “Tell me what sin/offense I have done/committed against you that gives you the right to pursue/chase after me!” 31:37 ywk5 כִּֽי מִשַּׁ֣שְׁתָּ אֶת כָּל כֵּלַ֗⁠י 1 “Now that you have felt/rummaged/searched through all my things/possessions,” See how you translated “felt through” in verse 34. -31:37 x9qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַה מָּצָ֨אתָ֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל כְּלֵי בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ שִׂ֣ים כֹּ֔ה 1 “did you find anything {that anyone took} from your household? {If so,} put/bring {it} here” or “show us what you have found that belongs to you! {If you found anything,} put/bring {it} here”. +31:37 x9qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַה מָּצָ֨אתָ֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל כְּלֵי בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ שִׂ֣ים כֹּ֔ה 1 “did you find anything that anyone took from your household? If so, put/bring it here” or “show us what you have found that belongs to you! If you found anything, put/bring it here”. 31:37 kayz נֶ֥גֶד אַחַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “in front of our relatives,” or “where all our relatives can see it,” 31:37 kjcm וְ⁠יוֹכִ֖יחוּ 1 “so that they can judge/decide whether you or I am right!” or “and they will/can judge/decide which one of us is right!” -31:38 qvip זֶה֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “For {the past/last} twenty years I {have worked} for you!” -31:38 k4xv רְחֵלֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עִזֶּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{During those years} your female sheep and goats” or “{During all that time} your sheep and your goats” +31:38 qvip זֶה֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “For the past/last twenty years I have worked for you!” +31:38 k4xv רְחֵלֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עִזֶּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “During those years your female sheep and goats” or “During all that time your sheep and your goats” 31:38 ds9d לֹ֣א שִׁכֵּ֑לוּ 1 “bore their young without any problems,” or “had no trouble bearing young,” -31:38 fjxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵילֵ֥י צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א אָכָֽלְתִּי 1 “and I have never {killed and} eaten {any} rams/animals from your flocks.” or “and I never took/killed {any} animals from your flocks to eat.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Jacob is talking about eating animals while they are still alive; the animals would be killed and cooked first. -31:39 izu2 טְרֵפָה֙ לֹא הֵבֵ֣אתִי אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{And} whenever wild animals killed {any of} your animals, I never brought {the dead animal} to you {to show/prove I was innocent}.” -31:39 ccqy אָנֹכִ֣י אֲחַטֶּ֔⁠נָּה 1 “{Rather/Instead,} I paid for that loss myself.” or “{Rather/Instead,} I replaced them at my own expense.” Normally it was the owner of the flocks (not the shepherds) who took care of the expense when an animal was killed or stolen. You could put that information in a footnote. -31:39 r3p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה 1 “{Besides that,} you required me to pay for” or “You {also} made me pay for”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. -31:39 m07f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּנֻֽבְתִ֣י י֔וֹם וּ⁠גְנֻֽבְתִ֖י לָֽיְלָה 1 “{any} animals that got stolen {by thieves}, whether it happened in the day or at night.” or “{any} animals {that anyone ever} stole {at any time of} day or night.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +31:38 fjxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵילֵ֥י צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א אָכָֽלְתִּי 1 “and I have never killed and eaten any rams/animals from your flocks.” or “and I never took/killed any animals from your flocks to eat.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Jacob is talking about eating animals while they are still alive; the animals would be killed and cooked first. +31:39 izu2 טְרֵפָה֙ לֹא הֵבֵ֣אתִי אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “And whenever wild animals killed any of your animals, I never brought the dead animal to you to show/prove I was innocent.” +31:39 ccqy אָנֹכִ֣י אֲחַטֶּ֔⁠נָּה 1 “Rather/Instead, I paid for that loss myself.” or “Rather/Instead, I replaced them at my own expense.” Normally it was the owner of the flocks (not the shepherds) who took care of the expense when an animal was killed or stolen. You could put that information in a footnote. +31:39 r3p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה 1 “Besides that, you required me to pay for” or “You also made me pay for”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. +31:39 m07f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּנֻֽבְתִ֣י י֔וֹם וּ⁠גְנֻֽבְתִ֖י לָֽיְלָה 1 “any animals that got stolen by thieves, whether it happened in the day or at night.” or “any animals that anyone ever stole at any time of day or night.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 31:40 beew הָיִ֧יתִי 1 “That is how it was for me!” or “That was my life/situation!” -31:40 kw5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֲכָלַ֥⁠נִי חֹ֖רֶב 1 “During the day the heat {of the sun} oppressed/pounded me,” or “During the days, I suffered from the hot sun,” Consider whether or not you can talk about heat and frost in your language as if they could harm Jacob the way a person could harm him. -31:40 w4mt וְ⁠קֶ֣רַח בַּ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה וַ⁠תִּדַּ֥ד 1 “and at night {I suffered from} the frost/cold, so that I could not/hardly sleep.” or “and during the nights it was so cold that I could not/hardly sleep.” -31:41 y13m זֶה לִּ֞⁠י 1 “That {is what it was like} for me” or “{It was like} that for me” -31:41 xgae עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָה֮ בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “{for/during the} twenty years that I worked for you.” or “{during the entire} twenty years that I was with you.” -31:41 qcea עֲבַדְתִּ֜י⁠ךָ אַרְבַּֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I worked for you for fourteen years in order to marry your two daughters,” or “For fourteen years I worked for you {in exchange} for {marrying} your two daughters,” -31:41 rufm וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים בְּ⁠צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and {I worked} {another} six years to earn flocks {of animals} from you,” or “and for six {more} years {I worked for you} to earn flocks {of sheep and goats} from you,” +31:40 kw5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֲכָלַ֥⁠נִי חֹ֖רֶב 1 “During the day the heat of the sun oppressed/pounded me,” or “During the days, I suffered from the hot sun,” Consider whether or not you can talk about heat and frost in your language as if they could harm Jacob the way a person could harm him. +31:40 w4mt וְ⁠קֶ֣רַח בַּ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה וַ⁠תִּדַּ֥ד 1 “and at night I suffered from the frost/cold, so that I could not/hardly sleep.” or “and during the nights it was so cold that I could not/hardly sleep.” +31:41 y13m זֶה לִּ֞⁠י 1 “That is what it was like for me” or “It was like that for me” +31:41 xgae עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָה֮ בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “for/during the twenty years that I worked for you.” or “during the entire twenty years that I was with you.” +31:41 qcea עֲבַדְתִּ֜י⁠ךָ אַרְבַּֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I worked for you for fourteen years in order to marry your two daughters,” or “For fourteen years I worked for you in exchange for marrying your two daughters,” +31:41 rufm וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים בְּ⁠צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and I worked another six years to earn flocks of animals from you,” or “and for six more years I worked for you to earn flocks of sheep and goats from you,” 31:41 ujyn וַ⁠תַּחֲלֵ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת מֹנִֽים 1 “even though you changed my wages/pay ten times.” or “even though ten times you changed what you said you would pay me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 7. -31:42 canx לוּלֵ֡י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ⁠י֩ אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם וּ⁠פַ֤חַד יִצְחָק֙ 1 “If God, the Revered/Awesome One, whom my father Isaac and {grandfather} Abraham serve/worship,” or “If God, whom my ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship and fear/revere,” The phrase “the Fear of Isaac” is a title for God that is ambiguous in Hebrew (and English). It could mean: (1) “the One/God whom Isaac fears/reveres” or (2) “Isaac’s God whom {people/others} are afraid/terrified of”. The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is only talking about one God in this verse, not two or three. Also notice that “my father” and “Isaac” both refer to Jacob’s father Isaac, not two different people. -31:42 o6jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לוּלֵ֡י & הָ֣יָה לִ֔⁠י 1 “had not been with me {to take care of me},” or “had not been with me {protecting me and guiding me},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this sentence are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical) and imply that God actually had been with Jacob, so that Laban did not send him away empty-handed. -31:42 x6l8 כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה & שִׁלַּחְתָּ֑⁠נִי 1 “you would certainly be sending me away now” or “there is no doubt/question that I would now be leaving {here}” -31:42 qxqc רֵיקָ֣ם 1 “with {absolutely} nothing.” or “without anything {at all}.” -31:42 gt2h אֶת עָנְיִ֞⁠י & רָאָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “{But} God knows how much I have suffered {under you}” or “{But} God knows how {much} you have afflicted/oppressed/mistreated me” -31:42 kibv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֶת יְגִ֧יעַ כַּפַּ֛⁠י 1 “and the hard work I did with my hands {for you},” or “and how hard I have worked {for you},” -31:42 wm13 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹכַח אָֽמֶשׁ 1 “so last night he judged {against you} {in my favor}.” or “so last night he rebuked {you}.” See how you translated “judge” in verse 37. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context. +31:42 canx לוּלֵ֡י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ⁠י֩ אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם וּ⁠פַ֤חַד יִצְחָק֙ 1 “If God, the Revered/Awesome One, whom my father Isaac and grandfather Abraham serve/worship,” or “If God, whom my ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship and fear/revere,” The phrase “the Fear of Isaac” is a title for God that is ambiguous in Hebrew (and English). It could mean: (1) “the One/God whom Isaac fears/reveres” or (2) “Isaac’s God whom people/others are afraid/terrified of”. The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is only talking about one God in this verse, not two or three. Also notice that “my father” and “Isaac” both refer to Jacob’s father Isaac, not two different people. +31:42 o6jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לוּלֵ֡י & הָ֣יָה לִ֔⁠י 1 “had not been with me to take care of me,” or “had not been with me protecting me and guiding me,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this sentence are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical) and imply that God actually had been with Jacob, so that Laban did not send him away empty-handed. +31:42 x6l8 כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה & שִׁלַּחְתָּ֑⁠נִי 1 “you would certainly be sending me away now” or “there is no doubt/question that I would now be leaving here” +31:42 qxqc רֵיקָ֣ם 1 “with absolutely nothing.” or “without anything at all.” +31:42 gt2h אֶת עָנְיִ֞⁠י & רָאָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “But God knows how much I have suffered under you” or “But God knows how much you have afflicted/oppressed/mistreated me” +31:42 kibv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֶת יְגִ֧יעַ כַּפַּ֛⁠י 1 “and the hard work I did with my hands for you,” or “and how hard I have worked for you,” +31:42 wm13 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹכַח אָֽמֶשׁ 1 “so last night he judged against you in my favor.” or “so last night he rebuked you.” See how you translated “judge” in verse 37. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context. 31:43 j6mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֜ן וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “Then Laban responded to Jacob,” or “Laban replied to Jacob,” -31:43 anon הַ⁠בָּנ֨וֹת בְּנֹתַ֜⁠י וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּנִ֤ים בָּנַ⁠י֙ 1 “These women {are} my daughters, and their children {are} my grandchildren,” or “These {are} my daughters and my grandchildren,” -31:43 c90y וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן צֹאנִ֔⁠י 1 “and these flock{s} {are} {also} mine.” or “and these flock{s}/animals {also} belong to me.” -31:43 l7ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה לִ⁠י 1 “In fact, everything/all that you see {here} is mine!” or “Yes, everything that is here with you is {actually} mine!” Laban is lying or exaggerating here to make it sound like he was wronged, when actually he is the one who was dishonest in his dealings with Jacob. -31:43 p48f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתַ֞⁠י מָֽה־אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֤ה לָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם א֥וֹ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלָֽדוּ 1 “But/Yet there is nothing I can do today/now to keep my daughters and grandchildren from leaving!” or “But I can’t do anything now to keep my daughters and their children near me {any longer}!” Laban uses this rhetorical question to express his emotions and emphasize that there is nothing that he can do. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language. -31:44 qc32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה לְכָ֛⁠ה נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠אָ֑תָּה 1 “So then, you and I should make a {peace} covenant/treaty {with each other},” or “So I invite you to make a covenant/treaty with me,” For some languages it may be more natural to put “I” and “you” earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “So now” in verse 16 and “cut a covenant” in Gen 26:28. +31:43 anon הַ⁠בָּנ֨וֹת בְּנֹתַ֜⁠י וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּנִ֤ים בָּנַ⁠י֙ 1 “These women are my daughters, and their children are my grandchildren,” or “These are my daughters and my grandchildren,” +31:43 c90y וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן צֹאנִ֔⁠י 1 “and these flocks are also mine.” or “and these flocks/animals also belong to me.” +31:43 l7ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה לִ⁠י 1 “In fact, everything/all that you see here is mine!” or “Yes, everything that is here with you is actually mine!” Laban is lying or exaggerating here to make it sound like he was wronged, when actually he is the one who was dishonest in his dealings with Jacob. +31:43 p48f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתַ֞⁠י מָֽה־אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֤ה לָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם א֥וֹ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלָֽדוּ 1 “But/Yet there is nothing I can do today/now to keep my daughters and grandchildren from leaving!” or “But I can’t do anything now to keep my daughters and their children near me any longer!” Laban uses this rhetorical question to express his emotions and emphasize that there is nothing that he can do. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language. +31:44 qc32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה לְכָ֛⁠ה נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠אָ֑תָּה 1 “So then, you and I should make a peace covenant/treaty with each other,” or “So I invite you to make a covenant/treaty with me,” For some languages it may be more natural to put “I” and “you” earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “So now” in verse 16 and “cut a covenant” in Gen 26:28. 31:44 e2ml וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה 1 “and let there be” or “and there should be”. The subject of the Hebrew verb in this phrase is masculine singular, so it cannot refer to “covenant,” which is feminine singular. It is probably best to translate this phrase in a general way. -31:44 hw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לְ⁠עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “a witness/memorial to remind us {of our covenant/treaty}.” or “something to remind us {to keep that covenant/treaty}.” If your language has a dual pronoun for “us”, you could use it in this verse. Also, if your language distinguishes exclusive and inclusive pronouns, you could use the inclusive form of “us” here. -31:45 o8yl וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב אָ֑בֶן 1 “So Jacob picked out a {large} stone”. See how you translated “stone” in Gen 28:18. -31:45 szb8 וַ⁠יְרִימֶ֖⁠הָ מַצֵּבָֽה 1 “and set/stood it up {on its end} {as} a monument {to mark the place where they made their covenant/treaty}.” or “and set/stood it up {as} a memorial/reminder stone {to mark the place as special}.” See how you translated “pillar” in verse 13 and “set it up as a pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22. +31:44 hw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לְ⁠עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “a witness/memorial to remind us of our covenant/treaty.” or “something to remind us to keep that covenant/treaty.” If your language has a dual pronoun for “us”, you could use it in this verse. Also, if your language distinguishes exclusive and inclusive pronouns, you could use the inclusive form of “us” here. +31:45 o8yl וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב אָ֑בֶן 1 “So Jacob picked out a large stone”. See how you translated “stone” in Gen 28:18. +31:45 szb8 וַ⁠יְרִימֶ֖⁠הָ מַצֵּבָֽה 1 “and set/stood it up on its end as a monument to mark the place where they made their covenant/treaty.” or “and set/stood it up as a memorial/reminder stone to mark the place as special.” See how you translated “pillar” in verse 13 and “set it up as a pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22. 31:46 d3ho וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב לְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Jacob/he told his relatives,” These relatives would have included Jacob’s sons, as well as Laban and his men who had come with him. See how you translated “relatives” in verses 23, 25, 32, 37. -31:46 mwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לִקְט֣וּ אֲבָנִ֔ים 1 “Gather {some more} stones.” or “{Please} gather {some} stones.” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request sounds polite here, not rude or demanding, but also not begging. -31:46 a540 וַ⁠יִּקְח֥וּ אֲבָנִ֖ים וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ גָ֑ל 1 “So they {all} gathered/brought/got stones and put them in a {large} pile/mound.” -31:46 wknz וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכְלוּ שָׁ֖ם 1 “Then they/everyone ate {a meal together} there”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob ate without Laban and his men. -31:46 jxvp עַל הַ⁠גָּֽל 1 “near the heap/pile {of stones}.” or “next to the pile/mound {of stones}.” -31:47 udxa וַ⁠יִּקְרָא ל֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֔ן 1 “Laban gave the heap/pile/place the {Aramaic} name” -31:47 by6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְגַ֖ר שָׂהֲדוּתָ֑א 1 “Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “witness heap/pile/mound,”}” or “Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “heap/pile that reminds,”}” If the meaning of “Jegar Sahadutha” and “Galeed” is included in your translation or in a footnote, be sure that it fits with how you translate “heap/pile/mound” in verses 46 and 48, and “witness” in verse 48. -31:47 tl0x וְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב קָ֥רָא ל֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד 1 “but/whereas Jacob gave it the {Hebrew} name Galeed, {which has the same meaning}.” -31:48 frxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “Then Laban said {to Jacob/him},” or “Laban said {to him/Jacob},” -31:48 flop הַ⁠גַּ֨ל הַ⁠זֶּ֥ה עֵ֛ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “This heap/pile {of stones} is to remind us {to keep our peace covenant/treaty}.” or “{Starting} today, when we see this pile/mound {of stones}, we will remember {our peace covenant/treaty}.” +31:46 mwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לִקְט֣וּ אֲבָנִ֔ים 1 “Gather some more stones.” or “Please gather some stones.” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request sounds polite here, not rude or demanding, but also not begging. +31:46 a540 וַ⁠יִּקְח֥וּ אֲבָנִ֖ים וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ גָ֑ל 1 “So they all gathered/brought/got stones and put them in a large pile/mound.” +31:46 wknz וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכְלוּ שָׁ֖ם 1 “Then they/everyone ate a meal together there”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob ate without Laban and his men. +31:46 jxvp עַל הַ⁠גָּֽל 1 “near the heap/pile of stones.” or “next to the pile/mound of stones.” +31:47 udxa וַ⁠יִּקְרָא ל֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֔ן 1 “Laban gave the heap/pile/place the Aramaic name” +31:47 by6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְגַ֖ר שָׂהֲדוּתָ֑א 1 “Jegar Sahadutha, which means “witness heap/pile/mound,”” or “Jegar Sahadutha, which means “heap/pile that reminds,”” If the meaning of “Jegar Sahadutha” and “Galeed” is included in your translation or in a footnote, be sure that it fits with how you translate “heap/pile/mound” in verses 46 and 48, and “witness” in verse 48. +31:47 tl0x וְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב קָ֥רָא ל֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד 1 “but/whereas Jacob gave it the Hebrew name Galeed, which has the same meaning.” +31:48 frxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “Then Laban said to Jacob/him,” or “Laban said to him/Jacob,” +31:48 flop הַ⁠גַּ֨ל הַ⁠זֶּ֥ה עֵ֛ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “This heap/pile of stones is to remind us to keep our peace covenant/treaty.” or “Starting today, when we see this pile/mound of stones, we will remember our peace covenant/treaty.” 31:48 is6t עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is the reason” or “That is why” 31:48 ii9r קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד 1 “they/people call it Galeed.” or “that place is called Galeed.” or “the name of that place is Galeed.” The phrase “he called its name” is used here in a general way that means “they/people call it”; the pronoun “he” does not refer here to Laban. Make sure that is clear in your language. -31:49 f54v וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּצְפָּה֙ 1 “{It is/was} also {called/named} Mizpah,” or “People also call {the place,} Mizpah,” or “{Another name for the place is} Mizpah, {which means “watchtower,”}” -31:49 nyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֔ר 1 “because Laban said {to Jacob},” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Laban. +31:49 f54v וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּצְפָּה֙ 1 “It is/was also called/named Mizpah,” or “People also call the place, Mizpah,” or “Another name for the place is Mizpah, which means “watchtower,”” +31:49 nyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֔ר 1 “because Laban said to Jacob,” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Laban. 31:49 c2yk יִ֥צֶף יְהוָ֖ה בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “May Yahweh watch both/each of us” or “May Yahweh keep watch on/over us” -31:49 a4ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dualpronoun כִּ֥י נִסָּתֵ֖ר אִ֥ישׁ מֵ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “while we are out of each other’s sight {and hold both of us responsible for keeping our covenant/treaty with each other}.” or “{to make sure we keep our covenant/treaty} while we are apart/away from each other.” The pronoun “we” is inclusive here and includes both Laban and Jacob. Some languages have a dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is natural in your language. +31:49 a4ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dualpronoun כִּ֥י נִסָּתֵ֖ר אִ֥ישׁ מֵ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “while we are out of each other’s sight and hold both of us responsible for keeping our covenant/treaty with each other.” or “to make sure we keep our covenant/treaty while we are apart/away from each other.” The pronoun “we” is inclusive here and includes both Laban and Jacob. Some languages have a dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is natural in your language. 31:50 v7k5 אִם תְּעַנֶּ֣ה אֶת בְּנֹתַ֗⁠י 1 “If you treat my daughters badly,” or “If you mistreat/oppress my daughters,” See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13 and 16:6, and how you translated a related word (“affliction”) in verse 42. -31:50 khim וְ⁠אִם תִּקַּ֤ח נָשִׁים֙ עַל בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “or if you marry {other} wives/women besides them,” -31:50 lk38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֵ֥ין אִ֖ישׁ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ רְאֵ֕ה 1 “{even if} no one {else} is watching us, don’t forget {that}” or “remember {that} {even if} no one {else} is watching us,” See how you translated the pronoun “we” in verse 49. -31:50 yyv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהִ֥ים עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “God is {always} watching both of us {to hold us accountable}.” or “God always sees/watches us {and will punish us if we break our covenant/treaty}.” In his role as witness, God would also punish anyone who broke the covenant. You could make this information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. -31:51 s0w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then Laban {also} said to Jacob,” +31:50 khim וְ⁠אִם תִּקַּ֤ח נָשִׁים֙ עַל בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “or if you marry other wives/women besides them,” +31:50 lk38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֵ֥ין אִ֖ישׁ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ רְאֵ֕ה 1 “even if no one else is watching us, don’t forget that” or “remember that even if no one else is watching us,” See how you translated the pronoun “we” in verse 49. +31:50 yyv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהִ֥ים עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “God is always watching both of us to hold us accountable.” or “God always sees/watches us and will punish us if we break our covenant/treaty.” In his role as witness, God would also punish anyone who broke the covenant. You could make this information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. +31:51 s0w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then Laban also said to Jacob,” 31:51 kv6e הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “See” or “Here is” or “Look at” -31:51 ur69 הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “this heap/pile/mound {of stones},” See how you translated “heap” in verses 46 and 48. +31:51 ur69 הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “this heap/pile/mound of stones,” See how you translated “heap” in verses 46 and 48. 31:51 ybdz וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “and here is” or “and see” or “and look at” 31:51 nyh6 הַ⁠מַצֵּבָ֔ה 1 “this monument” or “this memorial/reminder stone”. See how you translated “pillar” in verse 45. -31:51 xaq8 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָרִ֖יתִי בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “which I {helped} set up between us {to remind us to keep our peace treaty}.” or “which we set/stood up between us {to remind us about our peace covenant/treaty}.” Jacob set up the stone as a pillar, but Laban and Jacob, along with their relatives, worked together to make the pile of stones. -31:52 wobp עֵ֚ד הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠עֵדָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “This heap/pile {of stones} {is} a witness/reminder and this pillar {is} {also} a witness/reminder” or “This pile/mound {of stones} and this monument/memorial {both} remind us”. See how you translated “witness” in verses 44 and 48. -31:52 vhku אִם אָ֗נִי לֹֽא אֶֽעֱבֹ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “that I will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound to {harm/attack} you,” Laban and Jacob could go to each other’s homes in peace but not to harm each other. +31:51 xaq8 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָרִ֖יתִי בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “which I helped set up between us to remind us to keep our peace treaty.” or “which we set/stood up between us to remind us about our peace covenant/treaty.” Jacob set up the stone as a pillar, but Laban and Jacob, along with their relatives, worked together to make the pile of stones. +31:52 wobp עֵ֚ד הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠עֵדָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “This heap/pile of stones is a witness/reminder and this pillar is also a witness/reminder” or “This pile/mound of stones and this monument/memorial both remind us”. See how you translated “witness” in verses 44 and 48. +31:52 vhku אִם אָ֗נִי לֹֽא אֶֽעֱבֹ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “that I will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound to harm/attack you,” Laban and Jacob could go to each other’s homes in peace but not to harm each other. 31:52 v9lx וְ⁠אִם אַ֠תָּה לֹא תַעֲבֹ֨ר אֵלַ֜⁠י אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֥ל הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠רָעָֽה 1 “and that you will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound and this monument/memorial to harm/attack me.” -31:53 cmza אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם 1 “May {your grandfather} Abraham’s God” or “May the God whom your grandfather Abraham served/worshiped”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 28:13. -31:53 kg7k וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י נָחוֹר֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and {my grandfather} Nahor’s gods, {which were also} their/his father {Terah}’s gods,” or “and the gods that {my grandfather} Nahor and his father {Terah} worshiped/served,” Abraham trusted in Yahweh, the one and only true God (Gen 15:6). Terah worshiped other gods (Joshua 24:2), and so did Laban (verses 19, 30), which suggests that Nahor served the same gods that his father Terah served, and then taught his son Laban to do the same thing. In spite of that, many translations still capitalize “God” all three times here in verse 53. Be consistent with how you spelled “Nahor” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:22-25, 29; 12:26-27; 22:20, 24, 28; 24:9, 15, 24, 47; 29:5; 31:53. -31:53 tqoy יִשְׁפְּט֣וּ בֵינֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “judge between us {and punish us if we break this/our covenant/treaty/agreement}!” +31:53 cmza אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם 1 “May your grandfather Abraham’s God” or “May the God whom your grandfather Abraham served/worshiped”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 28:13. +31:53 kg7k וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י נָחוֹר֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and my grandfather Nahor’s gods, which were also their/his father Terah’s gods,” or “and the gods that my grandfather Nahor and his father Terah worshiped/served,” Abraham trusted in Yahweh, the one and only true God (Gen 15:6). Terah worshiped other gods (Joshua 24:2), and so did Laban (verses 19, 30), which suggests that Nahor served the same gods that his father Terah served, and then taught his son Laban to do the same thing. In spite of that, many translations still capitalize “God” all three times here in verse 53. Be consistent with how you spelled “Nahor” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:22-25, 29; 12:26-27; 22:20, 24, 28; 24:9, 15, 24, 47; 29:5; 31:53. +31:53 tqoy יִשְׁפְּט֣וּ בֵינֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “judge between us and punish us if we break this/our covenant/treaty/agreement!” 31:53 d5h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “But Jacob swore” or “Then/But Jacob made/vowed a vow”. Jacob refused to swear by the gods of Nahor and Terah. See how you translated “swore” in Gen 26:31, and compare that to how you translated a related phrase (“vowed a vow”) in 31:13. -31:53 jtf2 בְּ⁠פַ֖חַד אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק 1 “by the God whom his father Isaac feared/revered, {that he would keep their treaty,}” or “with the Fear/God of his father Isaac as his witness/enforcer,” See how you translated “the Fear of Isaac” in verse 42. -31:54 j4i6 וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֥ב זֶ֨בַח֙ בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “and Jacob/he offered an animal sacrifice {to God} {on an altar} on the/a mountain/hill.” or “and Jacob/he burned {the body of} an animal {on an altar} as a sacrifice {to God} on the/a mountain/hill.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob burned the animal while it was still alive. Also see how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 22:13. -31:54 xzn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א לְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו לֶ⁠אֱכָל לָ֑חֶם 1 “Then he invited his relatives to eat a meal {together} {there}.” In the Bible, “bread” is often used as an idiom that refers to food in general. In this context, it was a meal that they shared together. Make sure that is clear in your translation. -31:54 lc58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכְלוּ לֶ֔חֶם וַ⁠יָּלִ֖ינוּ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 “Then after they had eaten the meal, they spent the night {there} on the/that mountain/hill.” or “So they {all} ate the meal {together} and spent the night there.” As in Genesis 26:30, eating together was an important part of the covenant or treaty process, since it shows unity and close relationship, as if they were part of the same family. Some of that information could be included in a footnote. +31:53 jtf2 בְּ⁠פַ֖חַד אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק 1 “by the God whom his father Isaac feared/revered, that he would keep their treaty,” or “with the Fear/God of his father Isaac as his witness/enforcer,” See how you translated “the Fear of Isaac” in verse 42. +31:54 j4i6 וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֥ב זֶ֨בַח֙ בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “and Jacob/he offered an animal sacrifice to God on an altar on the/a mountain/hill.” or “and Jacob/he burned the body of an animal on an altar as a sacrifice to God on the/a mountain/hill.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob burned the animal while it was still alive. Also see how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 22:13. +31:54 xzn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א לְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו לֶ⁠אֱכָל לָ֑חֶם 1 “Then he invited his relatives to eat a meal together there.” In the Bible, “bread” is often used as an idiom that refers to food in general. In this context, it was a meal that they shared together. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +31:54 lc58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכְלוּ לֶ֔חֶם וַ⁠יָּלִ֖ינוּ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 “Then after they had eaten the meal, they spent the night there on the/that mountain/hill.” or “So they all ate the meal together and spent the night there.” As in Genesis 26:30, eating together was an important part of the covenant or treaty process, since it shows unity and close relationship, as if they were part of the same family. Some of that information could be included in a footnote. 31:55 m83j וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם לָבָ֜ן בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “The next morning Laban got up early” or “Early the next morning Laban got up”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 28:18. -31:55 t8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֧ק לְ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and kissed his grandchildren and his daughters {goodbye} {on the cheeks}” or “said goodbye to his daughters and grandchildren and kissed them {on the cheeks}”. It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Only make this information explicit here if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning. +31:55 t8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֧ק לְ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and kissed his grandchildren and his daughters goodbye on the cheeks” or “said goodbye to his daughters and grandchildren and kissed them on the cheeks”. It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Only make this information explicit here if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning. 31:55 k8dd וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֶתְ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and asked God to bless them.” -31:55 v5ei וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב לָבָ֖ן לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Laban/he {and his men} left {from there} and returned home.” or “Then Laban/he left {from there} {with his men} and went back home.” -32:1 zb5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב הָלַ֣ךְ לְ⁠דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Jacob {also} {left from there and} went/continued on his way/journey {home} {with his family},” You can make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to make the meaning accurate and clear. -32:1 jfda וַ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ ב֖⁠וֹ מַלְאֲכֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “and {some} angels from God met/encountered him.” Translate “met” in a way that allows for the fact that no conversation is recorded between the angels and Jacob and that the angels were probably not hostile; for example, they may have been sent by God to escort and protect him. -32:2 a5gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאָ֔⁠ם 1 “When Jacob saw the angels, he said/exclaimed {in surprise},” Make sure that you refer to Jacob and the angels here in a way that is accurate and natural in your language. -32:2 u5u0 מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים זֶ֑ה 1 “This {is} God’s army!” or “God’s camp/army must be here/nearby!” or “God’s army is {stationed/camping} here!” -32:2 gvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא מַֽחֲנָֽיִם 1 “So he named that place Mahanaim, {which means “two camps/armies.”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Mahanaim” in your translation or in a footnote, be sure it matches the way you translated “God’s camp” earlier in the verse so that it is clear why Jacob gave the place that name. Also see how you translated “he called the name of that place” in Gen 28:19. -32:3 egca וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֤ב מַלְאָכִים֙ לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob sent {some} messengers ahead of him to his brother Esau” or “Then Jacob sent {some} of his servants ahead of him to give/deliver a message to his brother Esau” -32:3 t1b9 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “{who was living} in the land/region of Seir,” -32:3 bw1y שְׂדֵ֥ה אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{that is,} the country/land of Edom.” or “{which was also called} the country/land of Edom.” -32:4 lz0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו אֹתָ⁠ם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “{Before/As they left,} he ordered/instructed them,” -32:4 i7t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics כֹּ֣ה תֹאמְר֔וּ⁠ן לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “This {is what} you must tell my master Esau:” or “I want you to tell Esau whom I highly respect:” Jacob uses “my lord” and “your servant” in verse 4 and 5 to show his brother Esau great respect. Do this in a way that is natural in your language. -32:4 iepc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “I, your servant Jacob, want you to know that” or “This is a message from Jacob who wants to serve you:” Verses 4 and 5 have two levels of embedded quotes. Some languages need to use indirect quotes for one or both of those levels; for example, “Your servant Jacob wants you to know that he has been sojourning/staying with {your uncle} Laban all this time.” Do what is best in your language. -32:4 qibe עִם לָבָ֣ן גַּ֔רְתִּי וָ⁠אֵחַ֖ר עַד עָֽתָּה 1 “I have been staying with {our uncle} Laban all this time.” or “Since we last saw each other, I have been staying/living with {Uncle} Laban.” -32:5 noe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽ⁠יְהִי לִ⁠י֙ 1 “I {now} have/own” or “Also {tell him that} I have/own”. Consider whether it is more natural to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. -32:5 n5iq שׁ֣וֹר וַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר צֹ֖אן 1 “{many} cattle, donkeys, and flocks {of sheep and goats},” See how you translated “donkeys” and “flocks” in Gen 12:16. -32:5 axuo וְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד וְ⁠שִׁפְחָ֑ה 1 “as well as {many} male/men and female/women slaves/servants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 12:16. -32:5 ilz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ⁠ה֙ לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “I have sent this message to {you,} sir,” or “Sir, I sent these messengers to you,” If you use indirect quotes in this section, make sure each part fits with the other parts, especially in your choice of pronouns. It is helpful if you read your translation aloud to check for accuracy and naturalness. -32:5 fagg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “hoping that you will be gracious/kind {to me} {when I arrive}.” or “so that {when we see/meet each other} you will be pleased with me {and welcome me}.” See how you translated the idiom “found favor in your eyes” in Gen 30:27. -32:6 k922 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֨בוּ֙ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “{After the messengers delivered the/Jacob’s message,} they returned to Jacob/him” or “{Jacob’s messengers delivered his message,} then they came back to him” -32:6 dzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/reported {to him},” or “and informed {him},” -32:6 d9jd בָּ֤אנוּ אֶל אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “We went {and spoke} to your brother Esau.” or “We went to your brother Esau {and gave/told him your message}.” or “We delivered the/your message to your brother Esau.” -32:6 makp וְ⁠גַם֙ הֹלֵ֣ךְ לִ⁠קְרָֽאתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Now he is on his way {here} to meet you,” or “and he is already headed here to meet you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, notice that the word “meet” is neutral in this context and does not imply whether or not Esau had hostile intent against Jacob. -32:6 o1mv וְ⁠אַרְבַּע מֵא֥וֹת אִ֖ישׁ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and/but {there are} {also} 400 men {coming} with him!” or “and/but {he has} 400 men with him!” -32:7 dzyd וַ⁠יִּירָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב מְאֹ֖ד 1 “{When Jacob heard that,} he was very frightened” or “{When Jacob heard the report,} he was terrified” -32:7 y3ez וַ⁠יֵּ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “and {very/extremely} distressed/worried.” -32:7 qaj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֜חַץ אֶת הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר אִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בָּקָ֛ר וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “So he divided/organized/put {all} the people and animals that were with him into two {large} camps/groups, including {his family, his servants and} {all} his flocks {of sheep and goats}, herds {of cattle} and camels.” Consider what phrase order for this sentence is best in your language. -32:8 uh0t וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “{He did that} because he thought,” or “He was thinking,” -32:8 f2z6 אִם יָב֥וֹא עֵשָׂ֛ו אֶל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הָ⁠אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠הִכָּ֑⁠הוּ 1 “If Esau {and his men} come and attack {the people in} one camp/group,” -32:8 sr41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֛ה הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֖ר לִ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה 1 “then {the people in} the other camp/group can/could escape.” or “then the other camp/group might {be able to} escape.” +31:55 v5ei וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב לָבָ֖ן לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Laban/he and his men left from there and returned home.” or “Then Laban/he left from there with his men and went back home.” +32:1 zb5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב הָלַ֣ךְ לְ⁠דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Jacob also left from there and went/continued on his way/journey home with his family,” You can make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to make the meaning accurate and clear. +32:1 jfda וַ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ ב֖⁠וֹ מַלְאֲכֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “and some angels from God met/encountered him.” Translate “met” in a way that allows for the fact that no conversation is recorded between the angels and Jacob and that the angels were probably not hostile; for example, they may have been sent by God to escort and protect him. +32:2 a5gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאָ֔⁠ם 1 “When Jacob saw the angels, he said/exclaimed in surprise,” Make sure that you refer to Jacob and the angels here in a way that is accurate and natural in your language. +32:2 u5u0 מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים זֶ֑ה 1 “This is God’s army!” or “God’s camp/army must be here/nearby!” or “God’s army is stationed/camping here!” +32:2 gvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא מַֽחֲנָֽיִם 1 “So he named that place Mahanaim, which means “two camps/armies.”” If you include the meaning of the name “Mahanaim” in your translation or in a footnote, be sure it matches the way you translated “God’s camp” earlier in the verse so that it is clear why Jacob gave the place that name. Also see how you translated “he called the name of that place” in Gen 28:19. +32:3 egca וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֤ב מַלְאָכִים֙ לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob sent some messengers ahead of him to his brother Esau” or “Then Jacob sent some of his servants ahead of him to give/deliver a message to his brother Esau” +32:3 t1b9 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “who was living in the land/region of Seir,” +32:3 bw1y שְׂדֵ֥ה אֱדֽוֹם 1 “that is, the country/land of Edom.” or “which was also called the country/land of Edom.” +32:4 lz0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו אֹתָ⁠ם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Before/As they left, he ordered/instructed them,” +32:4 i7t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics כֹּ֣ה תֹאמְר֔וּ⁠ן לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “This is what you must tell my master Esau:” or “I want you to tell Esau whom I highly respect:” Jacob uses “my lord” and “your servant” in verse 4 and 5 to show his brother Esau great respect. Do this in a way that is natural in your language. +32:4 iepc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “I, your servant Jacob, want you to know that” or “This is a message from Jacob who wants to serve you:” Verses 4 and 5 have two levels of embedded quotes. Some languages need to use indirect quotes for one or both of those levels; for example, “Your servant Jacob wants you to know that he has been sojourning/staying with your uncle Laban all this time.” Do what is best in your language. +32:4 qibe עִם לָבָ֣ן גַּ֔רְתִּי וָ⁠אֵחַ֖ר עַד עָֽתָּה 1 “I have been staying with our uncle Laban all this time.” or “Since we last saw each other, I have been staying/living with Uncle Laban.” +32:5 noe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽ⁠יְהִי לִ⁠י֙ 1 “I now have/own” or “Also tell him that I have/own”. Consider whether it is more natural to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. +32:5 n5iq שׁ֣וֹר וַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר צֹ֖אן 1 “many cattle, donkeys, and flocks of sheep and goats,” See how you translated “donkeys” and “flocks” in Gen 12:16. +32:5 axuo וְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד וְ⁠שִׁפְחָ֑ה 1 “as well as many male/men and female/women slaves/servants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 12:16. +32:5 ilz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ⁠ה֙ לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “I have sent this message to you, sir,” or “Sir, I sent these messengers to you,” If you use indirect quotes in this section, make sure each part fits with the other parts, especially in your choice of pronouns. It is helpful if you read your translation aloud to check for accuracy and naturalness. +32:5 fagg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “hoping that you will be gracious/kind to me when I arrive.” or “so that when we see/meet each other you will be pleased with me and welcome me.” See how you translated the idiom “found favor in your eyes” in Gen 30:27. +32:6 k922 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֨בוּ֙ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “After the messengers delivered the/Jacob’s message, they returned to Jacob/him” or “Jacob’s messengers delivered his message, then they came back to him” +32:6 dzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/reported to him,” or “and informed him,” +32:6 d9jd בָּ֤אנוּ אֶל אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “We went and spoke to your brother Esau.” or “We went to your brother Esau and gave/told him your message.” or “We delivered the/your message to your brother Esau.” +32:6 makp וְ⁠גַם֙ הֹלֵ֣ךְ לִ⁠קְרָֽאתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Now he is on his way here to meet you,” or “and he is already headed here to meet you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, notice that the word “meet” is neutral in this context and does not imply whether or not Esau had hostile intent against Jacob. +32:6 o1mv וְ⁠אַרְבַּע מֵא֥וֹת אִ֖ישׁ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and/but there are also 400 men coming with him!” or “and/but he has 400 men with him!” +32:7 dzyd וַ⁠יִּירָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב מְאֹ֖ד 1 “When Jacob heard that, he was very frightened” or “When Jacob heard the report, he was terrified” +32:7 y3ez וַ⁠יֵּ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “and very/extremely distressed/worried.” +32:7 qaj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֜חַץ אֶת הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר אִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בָּקָ֛ר וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “So he divided/organized/put all the people and animals that were with him into two large camps/groups, including his family, his servants and all his flocks of sheep and goats, herds of cattle and camels.” Consider what phrase order for this sentence is best in your language. +32:8 uh0t וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He did that because he thought,” or “He was thinking,” +32:8 f2z6 אִם יָב֥וֹא עֵשָׂ֛ו אֶל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הָ⁠אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠הִכָּ֑⁠הוּ 1 “If Esau and his men come and attack the people in one camp/group,” +32:8 sr41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֛ה הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֖ר לִ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה 1 “then the people in the other camp/group can/could escape.” or “then the other camp/group might be able to escape.” 32:9 rrh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Then Jacob/he prayed,” -32:9 nncu אֱלֹהֵי֙ אָבִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֣⁠י יִצְחָ֑ק יְהוָ֞ה 1 “{Dear} Yahweh, the God whom my grandfather Abraham and my father Isaac served/worshiped,” Make sure that your translation of this address refers to only one God, not two or three different Gods. Also make sure it is clear that Jacob is talking directly to Yahweh, not talking about him. +32:9 nncu אֱלֹהֵי֙ אָבִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֣⁠י יִצְחָ֑ק יְהוָ֞ה 1 “Dear Yahweh, the God whom my grandfather Abraham and my father Isaac served/worshiped,” Make sure that your translation of this address refers to only one God, not two or three different Gods. Also make sure it is clear that Jacob is talking directly to Yahweh, not talking about him. 32:9 nl3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָ⁠אֹמֵ֣ר אֵלַ֗⁠י שׁ֧וּב לְ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “you told me to go back to my homeland/country where my relatives live,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. Also see how you translated “land” and “relatives” in Gen 31:3. 32:9 lbag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֵיטִ֥יבָה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and that you would cause me to prosper.” or “and that you would make things go well for me.” Make sure your choice of “I” or “you” (for God) and “you” or “me” (for Jacob) in this clause fits with the way you translated the previous part of this quote. 32:10 n5k4 קָטֹ֜נְתִּי 1 “I am not worthy of” or “I do not deserve” -32:10 rboa מִ⁠כֹּ֤ל הַ⁠חֲסָדִים֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֣⁠אֱמֶ֔ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֖יתָ אֶת עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “the way you have always treated me so kindly and faithfully as your servant.” or “how kind and faithful/loyal you have always been to {me} as I have served you.” -32:10 kmdh כִּ֣י בְ⁠מַקְלִ֗⁠י עָבַ֨רְתִּי֙ אֶת הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I crossed this/the Jordan {River} with {only} my staff,” or “When I {first} {left home and} crossed this/the Jordan {River}, all that I owned/had was my walking stick,” -32:10 u2f9 וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה הָיִ֖יתִי לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “but now I have {so many people in my household and so many belongings/possessions that there are} two {large} camps/groups.” or “but now my {family and belongings} are enough to form/make two {large} groups.” -32:11 gjy4 הַצִּילֵ֥⁠נִי נָ֛א 1 “Please rescue me {now}” or “{I’m asking you now to} please save/rescue me” +32:10 rboa מִ⁠כֹּ֤ל הַ⁠חֲסָדִים֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֣⁠אֱמֶ֔ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֖יתָ אֶת עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “the way you have always treated me so kindly and faithfully as your servant.” or “how kind and faithful/loyal you have always been to me as I have served you.” +32:10 kmdh כִּ֣י בְ⁠מַקְלִ֗⁠י עָבַ֨רְתִּי֙ אֶת הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I crossed this/the Jordan River with only my staff,” or “When I first left home and crossed this/the Jordan River, all that I owned/had was my walking stick,” +32:10 u2f9 וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה הָיִ֖יתִי לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “but now I have so many people in my household and so many belongings/possessions that there are two large camps/groups.” or “but now my family and belongings are enough to form/make two large groups.” +32:11 gjy4 הַצִּילֵ֥⁠נִי נָ֛א 1 “Please rescue me now” or “I’m asking you now to please save/rescue me” 32:11 xjcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד אָחִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יַּ֣ד עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “from the power of my brother Esau,” or “from my brother Esau,” 32:11 g3el כִּֽי יָרֵ֤א אָנֹכִי֙ אֹת֔⁠וֹ פֶּן 1 “because I am afraid that” or “I am very worried that” -32:11 le3k יָב֣וֹא וְ⁠הִכַּ֔⁠נִי אֵ֖ם עַל־בָּנִֽים 1 “he {and his men} will come and attack me {as well as} {these} mothers with/and {their/my/our} children!” or “he {and his men} will attack {and kill} us {all}, {including} {these} mothers with/and {their/my/our} children!” -32:12 w08q וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ 1 “But/For you told/promised {me},” or “But {remember that} you promised {me},” -32:12 ubq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הֵיטֵ֥ב אֵיטִ֖יב עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠ח֣וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 “that you would surely/greatly prosper me, and that you would make my descendants {as numerous} as {the grains of} sand on the seashore,” For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here, especially since Jacob is quoting the one he is talking to. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “I will cause things to prosper with you” in verse 9 and how you translated “as the sand” in Gen 22:17. +32:11 le3k יָב֣וֹא וְ⁠הִכַּ֔⁠נִי אֵ֖ם עַל־בָּנִֽים 1 “he and his men will come and attack me as well as these mothers with/and their/my/our children!” or “he and his men will attack and kill us all, including these mothers with/and their/my/our children!” +32:12 w08q וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ 1 “But/For you told/promised me,” or “But remember that you promised me,” +32:12 ubq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הֵיטֵ֥ב אֵיטִ֖יב עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠ח֣וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 “that you would surely/greatly prosper me, and that you would make my descendants as numerous as the grains of sand on the seashore,” For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here, especially since Jacob is quoting the one he is talking to. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “I will cause things to prosper with you” in verse 9 and how you translated “as the sand” in Gen 22:17. 32:12 jpv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא יִסָּפֵ֖ר מֵ⁠רֹֽב 1 “which cannot be counted because there are so many.” or “which are so numerous/many that no one can count them all.” 32:13 x40h וַ⁠יָּ֥לֶן שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֑וּא 1 “Then Jacob spent the night there,” -32:13 mu24 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח מִן הַ⁠בָּ֧א בְ⁠יָד֛⁠וֹ מִנְחָ֖ה 1 “and {during that time} he selected {many} of his animals as gifts/presents” or “and {while he was there} he picked out {many} of the animals he had with him” +32:13 mu24 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח מִן הַ⁠בָּ֧א בְ⁠יָד֛⁠וֹ מִנְחָ֖ה 1 “and during that time he selected many of his animals as gifts/presents” or “and while he was there he picked out many of the animals he had with him” 32:13 ldp8 לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “to give to his brother Esau,” -32:14 iss7 עִזִּ֣ים מָאתַ֔יִם וּ⁠תְיָשִׁ֖ים עֶשְׂרִ֑ים רְחֵלִ֥ים מָאתַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֵילִ֥ים עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “{including} 200 nanny/female goats and twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep and twenty male sheep,” or “{including} 200 nanny/female goats, twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep, twenty male sheep,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to list these animals, here and in verse 15. See how you translated “she-goats”, “he-goats”, “ewes” and “rams” in Gen 31:10. +32:14 iss7 עִזִּ֣ים מָאתַ֔יִם וּ⁠תְיָשִׁ֖ים עֶשְׂרִ֑ים רְחֵלִ֥ים מָאתַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֵילִ֥ים עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “including 200 nanny/female goats and twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep and twenty male sheep,” or “including 200 nanny/female goats, twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep, twenty male sheep,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to list these animals, here and in verse 15. See how you translated “she-goats”, “he-goats”, “ewes” and “rams” in Gen 31:10. 32:15 u35q גְּמַלִּ֧ים מֵינִיק֛וֹת וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים 1 “thirty mother camels with their young/colts,” -32:15 z6ix פָּר֤וֹת אַרְבָּעִים֙ וּ⁠פָרִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֔ה אֲתֹנֹ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וַ⁠עְיָרִ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “forty cows and ten bulls, {and} twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” or “forty cows, ten bulls, twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” See how you translated “female donkeys” and “male donkeys” in Gen 12:16. +32:15 z6ix פָּר֤וֹת אַרְבָּעִים֙ וּ⁠פָרִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֔ה אֲתֹנֹ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וַ⁠עְיָרִ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “forty cows and ten bulls, and twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” or “forty cows, ten bulls, twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” See how you translated “female donkeys” and “male donkeys” in Gen 12:16. 32:16 gw9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ בְּ⁠יַד עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “He/Jacob put his servants in charge of the animals,” -32:16 t090 עֵ֥דֶר עֵ֖דֶר לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “with each kind {of animal} in a separate herd/group.” or “and had them put/keep the different kinds {of animals} in different/separate groups.” +32:16 t090 עֵ֥דֶר עֵ֖דֶר לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “with each kind of animal in a separate herd/group.” or “and had them put/keep the different kinds of animals in different/separate groups.” 32:16 qnrm וַ֤⁠יֹּאמֶר אֶל עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then he ordered/told his servants,” -32:16 buc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עִבְר֣וּ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וְ⁠רֶ֣וַח תָּשִׂ֔ימוּ בֵּ֥ין עֵ֖דֶר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין עֵֽדֶר 1 “Go ahead of me, {one herd/group at a time,} and keep {some} space/distance between each herd/group {of animals}.” or “to go ahead of him, {one herd/group at time,} keeping {some} distance between each herd/group.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. -32:17 n87y וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו אֶת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “He {also} ordered/instructed the servant in charge of the first herd/group {of animals},” +32:16 buc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עִבְר֣וּ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וְ⁠רֶ֣וַח תָּשִׂ֔ימוּ בֵּ֥ין עֵ֖דֶר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין עֵֽדֶר 1 “Go ahead of me, one herd/group at a time, and keep some space/distance between each herd/group of animals.” or “to go ahead of him, one herd/group at time, keeping some distance between each herd/group.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. +32:17 n87y וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו אֶת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “He also ordered/instructed the servant in charge of the first herd/group of animals,” 32:17 seel כִּ֣י יִֽפְגָּשְׁ⁠ךָ֞ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֗⁠י וִ⁠שְׁאֵֽלְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “When my brother Esau meets you and asks you” 32:17 glbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לְ⁠מִי אַ֨תָּה֙ וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 “ ‘Who is your master, and where are you headed?” or “who your master is and where you are going/headed,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote in verses 17-20a. -32:17 m07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠לְ⁠מִ֖י אֵ֥לֶּה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And whose animals are these {that you are driving/herding} ahead of you?’ ” or “Who owns these animals in front of you?’ ” or “and asks who owns the animals that you are herding,” -32:18 oh8m וְ⁠אָֽמַרְתָּ֙ 1 “then you must tell {him},” or “then you are to answer/tell {him},” -32:18 i1mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב מִנְחָ֥ה הִוא֙ שְׁלוּחָ֔ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “ ‘Esau, sir, these {animals} belong to Jacob who {humbly} serves you. He has sent them to you as a gift.” Also see how you translated “your servant” and “my lord” in verse 4. -32:18 j8h3 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה גַם ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “And indeed/actually he is coming right behind us.’ ” or “In fact, he is following us {here}.’ ” Notice that the pronoun “us” is exclusive here. +32:17 m07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠לְ⁠מִ֖י אֵ֥לֶּה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And whose animals are these that you are driving/herding ahead of you?’ ” or “Who owns these animals in front of you?’ ” or “and asks who owns the animals that you are herding,” +32:18 oh8m וְ⁠אָֽמַרְתָּ֙ 1 “then you must tell him,” or “then you are to answer/tell him,” +32:18 i1mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב מִנְחָ֥ה הִוא֙ שְׁלוּחָ֔ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “ ‘Esau, sir, these animals belong to Jacob who humbly serves you. He has sent them to you as a gift.” Also see how you translated “your servant” and “my lord” in verse 4. +32:18 j8h3 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה גַם ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “And indeed/actually he is coming right behind us.’ ” or “In fact, he is following us here.’ ” Notice that the pronoun “us” is exclusive here. 32:19 t364 וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו גַּ֣ם 1 “In the same way, Jacob ordered/instructed” or “Jacob gave the same orders/instructions to”. See how you translated “commanded” in verse 17. -32:19 o5nc אֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗י גַּ֚ם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 “the servant in charge of the second herd/group and the servant in charge of the third herd/group,” or “the servants who were in charge of the second and third herds/groups {of animals},” -32:19 ig25 גַּ֚ם אֶת כָּל הַ⁠הֹ֣לְכִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֥י הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “as well as all {the other servants} who were in charge of the {other} herds/groups,” -32:19 b352 כַּ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ תְּדַבְּר֣וּ⁠ן אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו בְּ⁠מֹצַאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “When you meet/reach Esau, {you are to} tell him the same thing {that I told the first servant}.” -32:20 ryl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם גַּ֗ם הִנֵּ֛ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אַחֲרֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Especially be sure to tell {him}, ‘Your servant Jacob is following us {here}.’ ” or “Especially be sure to tell {him} that his servant Jacob is following you {there}.” See how you translated “is behind us” in verse 18. -32:20 gglq כִּֽי אָמַ֞ר 1 “{Jacob did all that,} because he said/thought,” +32:19 o5nc אֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗י גַּ֚ם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 “the servant in charge of the second herd/group and the servant in charge of the third herd/group,” or “the servants who were in charge of the second and third herds/groups of animals,” +32:19 ig25 גַּ֚ם אֶת כָּל הַ⁠הֹ֣לְכִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֥י הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “as well as all the other servants who were in charge of the other herds/groups,” +32:19 b352 כַּ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ תְּדַבְּר֣וּ⁠ן אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו בְּ⁠מֹצַאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “When you meet/reach Esau, you are to tell him the same thing that I told the first servant.” +32:20 ryl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם גַּ֗ם הִנֵּ֛ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אַחֲרֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Especially be sure to tell him, ‘Your servant Jacob is following us here.’ ” or “Especially be sure to tell him that his servant Jacob is following you there.” See how you translated “is behind us” in verse 18. +32:20 gglq כִּֽי אָמַ֞ר 1 “Jacob did all that, because he said/thought,” 32:20 s0ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲכַפְּרָ֣ה פָנָ֗י⁠ו בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ 1 “I will/can appease/pacify Esau by sending” or “Perhaps Esau will stop being angry at me if I send”. The idiom “cover his face” means to try to calm someone’s anger by doing something to please him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here. -32:20 ne75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת לְ⁠פָנָ֔⁠י 1 “him this gift/present {of animals} ahead of me” or “this gift {of animals} to him ahead of me”. For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here and say, “because he thought that if he sent the gifts {of animals} ahead of himself {to Esau}, then Esau would stop being angry at him.” Notice that this alternate translation also changes the clause order. Do what is best in your language. -32:20 vaa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֙ אֶרְאֶ֣ה פָנָ֔י⁠ו אוּלַ֖י יִשָּׂ֥א פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “After that, perhaps he will {forgive me} and welcome/accept me when we see each other face to face.” or “He was hoping that when Esau saw the gifts, he would {forgive him and} welcome him when they met in person.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clauses as either a direct or indirect quote. -32:21 r0gm וַ⁠תַּעֲבֹ֥ר הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה עַל פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then/So the {animal} gifts {for Esau} were taken ahead of Jacob {by his servants},” or “So Jacob’s servants {went} ahead of Jacob with the {animal} gifts {for Esau},” See how you translated “gift” in verses 13, 18, 20. -32:21 bq6f וְ⁠ה֛וּא לָ֥ן בַּ⁠לַּֽיְלָה הַ⁠ה֖וּא בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶֽה 1 “but/while Jacob {and his family} stayed {behind} in/at the camp that night.” or “but/while Jacob himself stayed/slept for {part of} the night in the camp.” -32:22 kfyv וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֗וּא 1 “{Later} that {same} night Jacob got/woke up and took” or “{Sometime} during that night”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is the same night that was referred to in verse 21. Also, the phrase “got up” often refers to initiating an action, but here it may also imply that Jacob got up out of bed after sleeping for a while. +32:20 ne75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת לְ⁠פָנָ֔⁠י 1 “him this gift/present of animals ahead of me” or “this gift of animals to him ahead of me”. For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here and say, “because he thought that if he sent the gifts of animals ahead of himself to Esau, then Esau would stop being angry at him.” Notice that this alternate translation also changes the clause order. Do what is best in your language. +32:20 vaa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֙ אֶרְאֶ֣ה פָנָ֔י⁠ו אוּלַ֖י יִשָּׂ֥א פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “After that, perhaps he will forgive me and welcome/accept me when we see each other face to face.” or “He was hoping that when Esau saw the gifts, he would forgive him and welcome him when they met in person.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clauses as either a direct or indirect quote. +32:21 r0gm וַ⁠תַּעֲבֹ֥ר הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה עַל פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then/So the animal gifts for Esau were taken ahead of Jacob by his servants,” or “So Jacob’s servants went ahead of Jacob with the animal gifts for Esau,” See how you translated “gift” in verses 13, 18, 20. +32:21 bq6f וְ⁠ה֛וּא לָ֥ן בַּ⁠לַּֽיְלָה הַ⁠ה֖וּא בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶֽה 1 “but/while Jacob and his family stayed behind in/at the camp that night.” or “but/while Jacob himself stayed/slept for part of the night in the camp.” +32:22 kfyv וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֗וּא 1 “Later that same night Jacob got/woke up and took” or “Sometime during that night”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is the same night that was referred to in verse 21. Also, the phrase “got up” often refers to initiating an action, but here it may also imply that Jacob got up out of bed after sleeping for a while. 32:22 fc8d אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י נָשָׁי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֣י שִׁפְחֹתָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אַחַ֥ד עָשָׂ֖ר יְלָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “his two wives, his two servant wives and his eleven sons” or “his two wives, two concubines and eleven sons”. Consider what is the best way in your language to list these people. See what you did for a similar list of people in Gen 7:13. 32:22 b3kt וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֔ר 1 “and waded/walked across” or “across” -32:22 e2wn אֵ֖ת מַעֲבַ֥ר יַבֹּֽק 1 “a shallow place on/in the Jabbok {Stream/River}.” or “a place in the Jabbok {Stream/River} that was shallow.” A ford is a very shallow place in a stream that is fairly easy and safe for people and animals to walk across. The Jabbok Stream was a small river that flowed from east to west into the Jordan River about halfway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. Jacob took his wives and children from the north side of the stream to the south side; his brother was coming towards them from further south. It might be helpful to include a map here in your translation that includes the places named in this chapter and shows where Jacob and Esau were coming from. -32:23 xi98 וַ⁠יִּקָּחֵ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבִרֵ֖⁠ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּ֑חַל 1 “{After} he had taken them across the stream/river,” or “After he did that,” Verse 23 refers back to what already happened in verse 22. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob’s wives and children crossed the Jabbok Stream twice in verses 22-23. -32:23 p97f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר אֶת אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ 1 “he {went back and} had his servants take {everything} that he owned across {the stream/river} {too}.” or “he {went back and} had his servants take {all} his {livestock/animals and other} belongings/possessions across {the stream/river} {too}.” At some point, Jacob went back to the north side of the Jabbok Stream, while his family waited for him on the south side. His belongings included the animals that he had not sent ahead to Esau as well as all his other possessions. -32:24 vh2l וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob was {there} by himself {for a while},” or “After that, Jacob was alone {there} {for a while},” -32:24 fwnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יֵּאָבֵ֥ק אִישׁ֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and/but {then} a man {came and} wrestled/fought with him”. At some point, Jacob realized that this man was Yahweh in the form of a man (verse 30), so translation teams that capitalize references to God will capitalize all the pronouns that refer to him in verses 24-29 and may or may not capitalize “Man” in these verses. See what you did for a similar case when Yahweh appeared as a man to Abraham in Gen 18. +32:22 e2wn אֵ֖ת מַעֲבַ֥ר יַבֹּֽק 1 “a shallow place on/in the Jabbok Stream/River.” or “a place in the Jabbok Stream/River that was shallow.” A ford is a very shallow place in a stream that is fairly easy and safe for people and animals to walk across. The Jabbok Stream was a small river that flowed from east to west into the Jordan River about halfway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. Jacob took his wives and children from the north side of the stream to the south side; his brother was coming towards them from further south. It might be helpful to include a map here in your translation that includes the places named in this chapter and shows where Jacob and Esau were coming from. +32:23 xi98 וַ⁠יִּקָּחֵ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבִרֵ֖⁠ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּ֑חַל 1 “After he had taken them across the stream/river,” or “After he did that,” Verse 23 refers back to what already happened in verse 22. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob’s wives and children crossed the Jabbok Stream twice in verses 22-23. +32:23 p97f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר אֶת אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ 1 “he went back and had his servants take everything that he owned across the stream/river too.” or “he went back and had his servants take all his livestock/animals and other belongings/possessions across the stream/river too.” At some point, Jacob went back to the north side of the Jabbok Stream, while his family waited for him on the south side. His belongings included the animals that he had not sent ahead to Esau as well as all his other possessions. +32:24 vh2l וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob was there by himself for a while,” or “After that, Jacob was alone there for a while,” +32:24 fwnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יֵּאָבֵ֥ק אִישׁ֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and/but then a man came and wrestled/fought with him”. At some point, Jacob realized that this man was Yahweh in the form of a man (verse 30), so translation teams that capitalize references to God will capitalize all the pronouns that refer to him in verses 24-29 and may or may not capitalize “Man” in these verses. See what you did for a similar case when Yahweh appeared as a man to Abraham in Gen 18. 32:24 hyuk עַ֖ד עֲל֥וֹת הַ⁠שָּֽׁחַר 1 “until dawn/daybreak.” or “until daylight started to appear.” The word “dawn” refers to the time before sunrise when the sky begins to get light. 32:25 ddzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָכֹל֙ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then the man realized that he could not overpower/defeat him/Jacob, so” or “When the man saw/realized that he was not able to defeat him/Jacob,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in verses 25-29. -32:25 dhow rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠כַף יְרֵכ֑⁠וֹ 1 “he struck/hit {him/Jacob} on his hip,” or “he touched/struck his/Jacob’s hip joint,” +32:25 dhow rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠כַף יְרֵכ֑⁠וֹ 1 “he struck/hit him/Jacob on his hip,” or “he touched/struck his/Jacob’s hip joint,” 32:25 ddyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֵּ֨קַע֙ כַּף־יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “so that it was wrenched/knocked/put out of place” or “and his hip joint went out of place”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun phrase or a pronoun here to refer to Jacob’s hip joint. 32:25 mc3x בְּ⁠הֵֽאָבְק֖⁠וֹ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “as he/Jacob wrestled/fought with the man.” or “as they wrestled/fought with/against each other.” -32:26 ymh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “Then the man said {to him/Jacob},” or “Then the man demanded,” -32:26 c5o9 שַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “Let go of me,” or “{You must} let me go {now},” +32:26 ymh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “Then the man said to him/Jacob,” or “Then the man demanded,” +32:26 c5o9 שַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “Let go of me,” or “You must let me go now,” 32:26 y2gk כִּ֥י עָלָ֖ה הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַר 1 “because it is dawn/daybreak!” or “because daylight is beginning to come!” See how you translated “the dawn came up” in verse 24. -32:26 suau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob said/replied {to him},” -32:26 p1he rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions לֹ֣א אֲשַֽׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֖י אִם בֵּרַכְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 “{No!} I will not let go of you until you {first} bless me!” or “{No!} {First} you must bless me, and then I will let you go!” or “I will let you go only if/after you bless me!” +32:26 suau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob said/replied to him,” +32:26 p1he rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions לֹ֣א אֲשַֽׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֖י אִם בֵּרַכְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 “No! I will not let go of you until you first bless me!” or “No! First you must bless me, and then I will let you go!” or “I will let you go only if/after you bless me!” 32:27 as79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “So/Then the man asked him/Jacob” 32:27 etk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations מַה שְּׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Tell me your name.” or “what his name was.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. -32:27 xvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “He/Jacob answered {him}, “{My name is} Jacob.” ” or “And he told him his name was Jacob.” or “And Jacob told him his name.” Make sure in your translation that Jacob’s reply sounds respectful. Also consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. -32:28 twx4 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the man said {to Jacob},” +32:27 xvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “He/Jacob answered him, “My name is Jacob.” ” or “And he told him his name was Jacob.” or “And Jacob told him his name.” Make sure in your translation that Jacob’s reply sounds respectful. Also consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. +32:28 twx4 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the man said to Jacob,” 32:28 uf7y לֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ יֵאָמֵ֥ר עוֹד֙ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Your name will no longer be Jacob,” or “You will no longer be called/named Jacob,” The wording here is similar to what God said when he changed Abram’s name to Abraham (Gen 17:5) and Sarai’s name to Sarah (17:15). After that, Abraham and Sarah were no longer called by their previous names. In the case of Jacob, he continues to be referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 29-30, 32; “Israel” in verse 32) and throughout the rest of the Bible, including by God (Gen 46:2). It could be that although God was changing Jacob’s primary name to “Israel,” he was still known by his previous name too. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -32:28 qbvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּ֖י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “but {rather} {it will be} Israel, {which means “he who struggles/contends with God,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Israel” in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “struggled” in the following clause. -32:28 udk7 כִּֽי שָׂרִ֧יתָ עִם אֱלֹהִ֛ים וְ⁠עִם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 “because you have struggled/contended with/against {both} God and men/people,” The Hebrew word for “struggled” here is more general than the word for “wrestled” in verses 24 and 25. +32:28 qbvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּ֖י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “but rather it will be Israel, which means “he who struggles/contends with God,”” If you include the meaning of the name “Israel” in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “struggled” in the following clause. +32:28 udk7 כִּֽי שָׂרִ֧יתָ עִם אֱלֹהִ֛ים וְ⁠עִם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 “because you have struggled/contended with/against both God and men/people,” The Hebrew word for “struggled” here is more general than the word for “wrestled” in verses 24 and 25. 32:28 yhdd וַ⁠תּוּכָֽל 1 “and you have won/overcome.” See how you translated “prevailed” in verse 25 and Gen 30:8. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context. 32:29 bkfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֣ל יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then Jacob asked him” or “Then Jacob asked the man”. Consider again whether or not you have capitalized references to the man in verses 24-29. See the note about this at verse 24. 32:29 cidm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “What is your name?” or “what his name was.” or “to tell him his name.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. 32:29 ct8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But he replied,” or “But the man replied,” -32:29 otq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה תִּשְׁאַ֣ל 1 “There is no need for you to ask {me}” or “You do not need to ask {me}”. This rhetorical question probably means that there was no need for Jacob to ask the man what his name was; he should have known without asking. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. +32:29 otq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה תִּשְׁאַ֣ל 1 “There is no need for you to ask me” or “You do not need to ask me”. This rhetorical question probably means that there was no need for Jacob to ask the man what his name was; he should have known without asking. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. 32:29 gbbo לִ⁠שְׁמִ֑⁠י 1 “to tell you my name!” or “what my name is!” 32:29 cwiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֹת֖⁠וֹ שָֽׁם 1 “Then the man blessed Jacob there.” -32:30 ebqh וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם פְּנִיאֵ֑ל 1 “So/Then Jacob named the/that place Peniel, {which means “face of God,”}” -32:30 e0ft כִּֽי 1 “because {he exclaimed},” -32:30 fpdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רָאִ֤יתִי אֱלֹהִים֙ פָּנִ֣ים אֶל פָּנִ֔ים 1 “I saw God’s face {here},” or “I saw/met God in person {here},” -32:30 qdf5 וַ⁠תִּנָּצֵ֖ל נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but/and {yet} my life was spared {by him}!” or “but/and {yet} he has allowed me to live!” Jacob was amazed that he was still alive because, although there were exceptions (Exodus 33:11; Judges 13:22), normally people could not see God face to face and live (Exodus 33:20). You could put that information in a footnote so that readers understand why Jacob was surprised. +32:30 ebqh וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם פְּנִיאֵ֑ל 1 “So/Then Jacob named the/that place Peniel, which means “face of God,”” +32:30 e0ft כִּֽי 1 “because he exclaimed,” +32:30 fpdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רָאִ֤יתִי אֱלֹהִים֙ פָּנִ֣ים אֶל פָּנִ֔ים 1 “I saw God’s face here,” or “I saw/met God in person here,” +32:30 qdf5 וַ⁠תִּנָּצֵ֖ל נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but/and yet my life was spared by him!” or “but/and yet he has allowed me to live!” Jacob was amazed that he was still alive because, although there were exceptions (Exodus 33:11; Judges 13:22), normally people could not see God face to face and live (Exodus 33:20). You could put that information in a footnote so that readers understand why Jacob was surprised. 32:31 s3cw וַ⁠יִּֽזְרַֽח ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 “The sun shined on Jacob” or “The sun was rising/shining” -32:31 qtbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖ר אֶת פְּנוּאֵ֑ל 1 “as he/Jacob left Penuel {and returned to his family}.” Penuel is another name for the place that is called Peniel in verse 30. That information could be put in a footnote. Or you could use the same spelling in both verses to avoid confusion; “Penuel” is the spelling in the rest of the Old Testament. -32:31 kp04 וְ⁠ה֥וּא צֹלֵ֖עַ 1 “He was limping {as he walked}” or “{As he walked,} he was limping”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -32:31 uumw עַל יְרֵכֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his hip {injury}.” or “because his hip {joint} was injured/painful.” +32:31 qtbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖ר אֶת פְּנוּאֵ֑ל 1 “as he/Jacob left Penuel and returned to his family.” Penuel is another name for the place that is called Peniel in verse 30. That information could be put in a footnote. Or you could use the same spelling in both verses to avoid confusion; “Penuel” is the spelling in the rest of the Old Testament. +32:31 kp04 וְ⁠ה֥וּא צֹלֵ֖עַ 1 “He was limping as he walked” or “As he walked, he was limping”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +32:31 uumw עַל יְרֵכֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his hip injury.” or “because his hip joint was injured/painful.” 32:32 p4np עַל כֵּ֡ן 1 “That is why” -32:32 adyk עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “even today/now” or “{even/still} to/in the present” +32:32 adyk עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “even today/now” or “even/still to/in the present” 32:32 bw6k בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 “the descendants/people of Israel” or “the Israelites” 32:32 asw5 לֹֽא יֹאכְל֨וּ & אֶת גִּ֣יד הַ⁠נָּשֶׁ֗ה 1 “do not eat the muscle/tendon” or “do not eat meat” -32:32 hbfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠יָּרֵ֔ךְ 1 “that is/was attached to an {animal’s} hip socket/joint,” or “that comes from an {animal’s} hip socket/joint,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is talking about eating meat from an animal, not about cannibalism. -32:32 isj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֤י נָגַע֙ בְּ⁠כַף יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב בְּ⁠גִ֖יד הַ⁠נָּשֶֽׁה 1 “to commemorate/remember {the fact} that God struck/hit {and injured} the muscle/tendon attached to Jacob’s hip socket/joint.” or “because that is the muscle/tendon/place on Jacob’s hip that God struck/hit {and injured}.” See how you translated the idiom “touched” in verse 25. -33:1 kz1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ 1 “Then Jacob looked up and saw” or “Then Jacob looked {ahead of him} and saw”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Jacob looked straight up. Rather, he probably looked carefully to the south (the direction that his brother was coming from). -33:1 ilei וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה עֵשָׂ֣ו בָּ֔א 1 “{in the distance} that Esau was coming {toward him},” or “that Esau was {in the distance} coming/heading {his direction/way},” Esau was still a fair distance away, which gave Jacob time to do everything that he does in verses 1-3. -33:1 ozjn וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and with him {were} 400 men!” or “with 400 men!” or “and that he had 400 men with him!” -33:1 eqom וַ⁠יַּ֣חַץ אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֗ים עַל לֵאָה֙ וְ⁠עַל רָחֵ֔ל וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁפָחֽוֹת 1 “Then/So he/Jacob {quickly} separated/put his children into groups with {their own mothers,} Leah, Rachel and {his} two servant wives.” or “Then/So he/Jacob had his children {quickly} gather/stand with their own mothers, so that Leah, Rachel and {his} two concubines were each with her own children.” Each of the women had her own children with her (verse 2). See how you translated “divided” in Gen 32:7 and “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22. -33:2 iser וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׂם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת וְ⁠אֶת יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “He put his {two} servant wives and/with their children” or “He put the group that had/included his {two} servant wives and their children”. See how you translated “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22. -33:2 v7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure רִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “first {in line},” or “in front {of all the others},” For some languages it is more natural to put phrases like “first” and “after them” at the beginning of their clauses and say, “First {in line} he put his {two} servant wives and/with their children. Behind them {he put} Leah and/with her children, and last {of all} {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. -33:2 uagu וְ⁠אֶת לֵאָ֤ה וִֽ⁠ילָדֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “then {he put} Leah and/with her children” +32:32 hbfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠יָּרֵ֔ךְ 1 “that is/was attached to an animal’s hip socket/joint,” or “that comes from an animal’s hip socket/joint,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is talking about eating meat from an animal, not about cannibalism. +32:32 isj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֤י נָגַע֙ בְּ⁠כַף יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב בְּ⁠גִ֖יד הַ⁠נָּשֶֽׁה 1 “to commemorate/remember the fact that God struck/hit and injured the muscle/tendon attached to Jacob’s hip socket/joint.” or “because that is the muscle/tendon/place on Jacob’s hip that God struck/hit and injured.” See how you translated the idiom “touched” in verse 25. +33:1 kz1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ 1 “Then Jacob looked up and saw” or “Then Jacob looked ahead of him and saw”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Jacob looked straight up. Rather, he probably looked carefully to the south (the direction that his brother was coming from). +33:1 ilei וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה עֵשָׂ֣ו בָּ֔א 1 “in the distance that Esau was coming toward him,” or “that Esau was in the distance coming/heading his direction/way,” Esau was still a fair distance away, which gave Jacob time to do everything that he does in verses 1-3. +33:1 ozjn וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and with him were 400 men!” or “with 400 men!” or “and that he had 400 men with him!” +33:1 eqom וַ⁠יַּ֣חַץ אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֗ים עַל לֵאָה֙ וְ⁠עַל רָחֵ֔ל וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁפָחֽוֹת 1 “Then/So he/Jacob quickly separated/put his children into groups with their own mothers, Leah, Rachel and his two servant wives.” or “Then/So he/Jacob had his children quickly gather/stand with their own mothers, so that Leah, Rachel and his two concubines were each with her own children.” Each of the women had her own children with her (verse 2). See how you translated “divided” in Gen 32:7 and “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22. +33:2 iser וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׂם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת וְ⁠אֶת יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “He put his two servant wives and/with their children” or “He put the group that had/included his two servant wives and their children”. See how you translated “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22. +33:2 v7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure רִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “first in line,” or “in front of all the others,” For some languages it is more natural to put phrases like “first” and “after them” at the beginning of their clauses and say, “First in line he put his two servant wives and/with their children. Behind them he put Leah and/with her children, and last of all he put Rachel and/with her son Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. +33:2 uagu וְ⁠אֶת לֵאָ֤ה וִֽ⁠ילָדֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “then he put Leah and/with her children” 33:2 gp2r אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים 1 “behind them,” or “next,” -33:2 lcks וְ⁠אֶת רָחֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “and {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph” -33:2 i5sj אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים 1 “behind them {all}.” or “last.” or “in the rear.” -33:3 ges4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עָבַ֣ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then Jacob himself went/walked ahead of them {all} {toward his brother},” or “Then he/Jacob started going/walking {toward his brother} ahead of them {all},” -33:3 d6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֤חוּ אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֔ים עַד גִּשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ עַד אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he bowed {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect} as he went/got closer to him/Esau.” or “As he approached him/Esau, he prostrated himself {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 27:29. +33:2 lcks וְ⁠אֶת רָחֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “and he put Rachel and/with her son Joseph” +33:2 i5sj אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים 1 “behind them all.” or “last.” or “in the rear.” +33:3 ges4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עָבַ֣ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then Jacob himself went/walked ahead of them all toward his brother,” or “Then he/Jacob started going/walking toward his brother ahead of them all,” +33:3 d6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֤חוּ אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֔ים עַד גִּשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ עַד אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he bowed with his face to the ground seven times to show respect as he went/got closer to him/Esau.” or “As he approached him/Esau, he prostrated himself with his face to the ground seven times to show respect.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 27:29. 33:4 unbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ עֵשָׂ֤ו לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ וַֽ⁠יְחַבְּקֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “But Esau ran to greet Jacob and hugged him”. This sentence shows a contrast between what Jacob was expecting and what actually happened. -33:4 tp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל עַל צַוָּארָ֖⁠ו וַׄ⁠יִּׄשָּׁׄקֵ֑ׄ⁠הׄוּׄ 1 “and he threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders and kissed him,” or “He held him/Jacob tightly and kissed him {on the cheek/cheeks},” See how you translated “hugged him … and kissed him {on the cheek/cheeks}” in Gen 29:13. Make sure that the way you translate “fell on his neck” does not imply that Esau accidentally fell. Rather, this is an idiom that means he embraced Jacob warmly, with much emotion. -33:4 nnax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠יִּבְכּֽוּ 1 “and/as they {both} cried {for joy}.” or “Both of them cried {because they were so happy to see each other again}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that could be used here. Do what is best in your language. +33:4 tp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל עַל צַוָּארָ֖⁠ו וַׄ⁠יִּׄשָּׁׄקֵ֑ׄ⁠הׄוּׄ 1 “and he threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders and kissed him,” or “He held him/Jacob tightly and kissed him on the cheek/cheeks,” See how you translated “hugged him … and kissed him on the cheek/cheeks” in Gen 29:13. Make sure that the way you translate “fell on his neck” does not imply that Esau accidentally fell. Rather, this is an idiom that means he embraced Jacob warmly, with much emotion. +33:4 nnax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠יִּבְכּֽוּ 1 “and/as they both cried for joy.” or “Both of them cried because they were so happy to see each other again.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that could be used here. Do what is best in your language. 33:5 xxbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Esau looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in verse 1 and Gen 31:10. It may be necessary to translate this idiom in different ways, depending on the context. -33:5 bmzl וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “and saw/noticed the women and children {who were there} {with/behind Jacob},” -33:5 oav9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “so he asked {him/Jacob},” -33:5 isdl מִי אֵ֣לֶּה לָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Who {are} these {people}? {Do they belong} to you?” or “How are these people related to you?” Esau wants to know if these people are Jacob’s family members or his servants or someone else; he is not asking what their names are. -33:5 y4y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “He/Jacob answered {him/Esau},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here. -33:5 xgtu הַ⁠יְלָדִ֕ים 1 “{They are} the children {and the wives}” or “{They are} {the/my wives and} the/my children” -33:5 mix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר חָנַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “whom God has graciously/kindly given to {me,} your servant.” or “whom God has graciously/kindly given to me, sir.” Jacob uses the phrase “your servant” to be polite and show respect to Esau; he was not actually Esau’s servant. For some languages it is more natural to put the honorific title first in this sentence and say, “Sir, {they are} the {wives and} children whom God has graciously given to me.” Do what is best in your language. -33:6 c9es וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שְׁןָ הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת הֵ֥נָּה וְ⁠יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “Then the {two} maidservants came closer {to Esau} {along} with their children,” or “Then the/Jacob’s {two} servant wives and their children came/went closer/forward,” See how you translated “maidservants” in verses 1-2. -33:6 lyhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽיןָ 1 “and they {all} bowed {to the ground} {in front of Esau/him} {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 3. -33:7 m927 וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שׁ גַּם לֵאָ֛ה וִ⁠ילָדֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then Leah also came closer {to Esau} {along} with her children” or “Next Leah and her children also came closer/forward” -33:7 i0ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ 1 “and bowed {to the ground}.” -33:7 ptnv וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר נִגַּ֥שׁ יוֹסֵ֛ף וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל 1 “Then last {of all}, Joseph and {his mother} Rachel came closer/forward,” -33:7 dbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-theydual וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ 2 “and they {also} bowed {to the ground}.” Some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that fits here well. See what you did in verse 4. -33:8 yk8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said {to Jacob},” or “Then Esau asked {Jacob},” +33:5 bmzl וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “and saw/noticed the women and children who were there with/behind Jacob,” +33:5 oav9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “so he asked him/Jacob,” +33:5 isdl מִי אֵ֣לֶּה לָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Who are these people? Do they belong to you?” or “How are these people related to you?” Esau wants to know if these people are Jacob’s family members or his servants or someone else; he is not asking what their names are. +33:5 y4y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “He/Jacob answered him/Esau,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here. +33:5 xgtu הַ⁠יְלָדִ֕ים 1 “They are the children and the wives” or “They are the/my wives and the/my children” +33:5 mix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר חָנַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “whom God has graciously/kindly given to me, your servant.” or “whom God has graciously/kindly given to me, sir.” Jacob uses the phrase “your servant” to be polite and show respect to Esau; he was not actually Esau’s servant. For some languages it is more natural to put the honorific title first in this sentence and say, “Sir, they are the wives and children whom God has graciously given to me.” Do what is best in your language. +33:6 c9es וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שְׁןָ הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת הֵ֥נָּה וְ⁠יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “Then the two maidservants came closer to Esau along with their children,” or “Then the/Jacob’s two servant wives and their children came/went closer/forward,” See how you translated “maidservants” in verses 1-2. +33:6 lyhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽיןָ 1 “and they all bowed to the ground in front of Esau/him to show respect.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 3. +33:7 m927 וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שׁ גַּם לֵאָ֛ה וִ⁠ילָדֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then Leah also came closer to Esau along with her children” or “Next Leah and her children also came closer/forward” +33:7 i0ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ 1 “and bowed to the ground.” +33:7 ptnv וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר נִגַּ֥שׁ יוֹסֵ֛ף וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל 1 “Then last of all, Joseph and his mother Rachel came closer/forward,” +33:7 dbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-theydual וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֽוּ 1 “and they also bowed to the ground.” Some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that fits here well. See what you did in verse 4. +33:8 yk8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said to Jacob,” or “Then Esau asked Jacob,” 33:8 udu5 מִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “What do you mean/intend by” or “Why did you send” or “What is the meaning/purpose of” -33:8 cte9 כָּל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “all those groups/herds {of livestock/animals}” -33:8 td8k אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּגָ֑שְׁתִּי 1 “that I encountered/saw {on my way here}?” or “that came to me {on my way here}?” -33:8 gyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 2 “Jacob said {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},” -33:8 ag25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{I sent them} so that you would be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “{They are gifts for you} so that you would be pleased with me, sir.” See how you translated “my lord” and the idiom “find favor in … eyes” in Gen 32:5. -33:9 b7wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “But Esau replied,” or “Esau said/replied {to him},” What Esau says is in contrast to what Jacob said, but it may not be necessary to use a conjunction here at all. Do what is best in your language. -33:9 mkk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יֶשׁ לִ֣⁠י רָ֑ב אָחִ֕⁠י 1 “My brother, I {already} have/own enough {livestock/animals}”. For some languages it is more natural to put the address “my brother” first in this quote. Some languages also have a special term for “younger brother” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. -33:9 hmaj יְהִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Keep what you have/own for yourself.” or “{so} keep your livestock/animals for yourself.” or “{so} keep them for yourself.” -33:10 vlw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “But Jacob responded/insisted {to him},” -33:10 tfke אַל נָא֙ 1 “No, I beg you.” or “Please don’t refuse {my gift}.” In verses 10 and 11, Jacob speaks urgently to Esau, because in that culture if Esau accepts Jacob’s gift, he is committing himself to treat Jacob as a friend. -33:10 z182 אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{Rather,} if you are pleased with me,” or “{Rather,} if you want to be gracious/kind to me, then”. See how you translated the idiom “find/gain favor in your eyes” in verse 8. -33:10 stzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ מִנְחָתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י 1 “then {please} accept these gifts from me.” or “{please} accept from me what I have given {you}.” +33:8 cte9 כָּל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “all those groups/herds of livestock/animals” +33:8 td8k אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּגָ֑שְׁתִּי 1 “that I encountered/saw on my way here?” or “that came to me on my way here?” +33:8 gyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 2 “Jacob said to him,” or “Jacob answered him,” +33:8 ag25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “I sent them so that you would be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “They are gifts for you so that you would be pleased with me, sir.” See how you translated “my lord” and the idiom “find favor in … eyes” in Gen 32:5. +33:9 b7wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “But Esau replied,” or “Esau said/replied to him,” What Esau says is in contrast to what Jacob said, but it may not be necessary to use a conjunction here at all. Do what is best in your language. +33:9 mkk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יֶשׁ לִ֣⁠י רָ֑ב אָחִ֕⁠י 1 “My brother, I already have/own enough livestock/animals”. For some languages it is more natural to put the address “my brother” first in this quote. Some languages also have a special term for “younger brother” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +33:9 hmaj יְהִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Keep what you have/own for yourself.” or “so keep your livestock/animals for yourself.” or “so keep them for yourself.” +33:10 vlw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “But Jacob responded/insisted to him,” +33:10 tfke אַל נָא֙ 1 “No, I beg you.” or “Please don’t refuse my gift.” In verses 10 and 11, Jacob speaks urgently to Esau, because in that culture if Esau accepts Jacob’s gift, he is committing himself to treat Jacob as a friend. +33:10 z182 אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Rather, if you are pleased with me,” or “Rather, if you want to be gracious/kind to me, then”. See how you translated the idiom “find/gain favor in your eyes” in verse 8. +33:10 stzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ מִנְחָתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י 1 “then please accept these gifts from me.” or “please accept from me what I have given you.” 33:10 dnvd כִּ֣י עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “After all,” or “The fact is,” -33:10 ogvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רָאִ֣יתִי פָנֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ⁠רְאֹ֛ת פְּנֵ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים וַ⁠תִּרְצֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “for me to see your face is like seeing God’s face, especially since you have received/welcomed me {so kindly/warmly}.” or “{I thought you were still angry at me, so} I was afraid of seeing/meeting you again in person, just as I would be afraid of seeing/meeting God in person, but you {forgave me and} welcomed me!” In Old Testament times it was terrifying for someone to see God in person, because normally people could not see God’s face and live (Exodus 33:20). However, God had been gracious to Jacob and allowed him to live (Genesis 32:30). In the same way, it was a terrifying thing for Jacob to see Esau who had 400 men with him, but Esau was gracious to him (33:4). See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “receive” or “welcome” in Gen 32:20. -33:11 zfgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קַח נָ֤א אֶת בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֻבָ֣את לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{So} please accept my gift {of livestock/animals} that my servants brought to you,” or “{So} please accept the livestock/animals from me that I sent/gave to you,” +33:10 ogvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רָאִ֣יתִי פָנֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ⁠רְאֹ֛ת פְּנֵ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים וַ⁠תִּרְצֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “for me to see your face is like seeing God’s face, especially since you have received/welcomed me so kindly/warmly.” or “I thought you were still angry at me, so I was afraid of seeing/meeting you again in person, just as I would be afraid of seeing/meeting God in person, but you forgave me and welcomed me!” In Old Testament times it was terrifying for someone to see God in person, because normally people could not see God’s face and live (Exodus 33:20). However, God had been gracious to Jacob and allowed him to live (Genesis 32:30). In the same way, it was a terrifying thing for Jacob to see Esau who had 400 men with him, but Esau was gracious to him (33:4). See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “receive” or “welcome” in Gen 32:20. +33:11 zfgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קַח נָ֤א אֶת בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֻבָ֣את לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “So please accept my gift of livestock/animals that my servants brought to you,” or “So please accept the livestock/animals from me that I sent/gave to you,” 33:11 zhos כִּֽי חַנַּ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “because God has been kind/generous to me,” or “because God has blessed me,” -33:11 toi0 וְ⁠כִ֣י יֶשׁ לִ⁠י כֹ֑ל 1 “and he has given me everything {that I need}.” or “so that I have/own all/everything {that I need/want}.” -33:11 dx0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “He/Jacob kept urging him/Esau {to accept his gift}” or “He/Jacob kept insisting {that he/Esau accept the gift/livestock/animals from him}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who and what is being referred to at every point in this sentence. -33:11 fs6g וַ⁠יִּקָּֽח 1 “until {finally} he/Esau accepted {it/them}.” -33:12 j0up וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said/suggested {to Jacob},” -33:12 a1qn נִסְעָ֣ה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “Let’s start traveling/heading {home},” +33:11 toi0 וְ⁠כִ֣י יֶשׁ לִ⁠י כֹ֑ל 1 “and he has given me everything that I need.” or “so that I have/own all/everything that I need/want.” +33:11 dx0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “He/Jacob kept urging him/Esau to accept his gift” or “He/Jacob kept insisting that he/Esau accept the gift/livestock/animals from him”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who and what is being referred to at every point in this sentence. +33:11 fs6g וַ⁠יִּקָּֽח 1 “until finally he/Esau accepted it/them.” +33:12 j0up וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said/suggested to Jacob,” +33:12 a1qn נִסְעָ֣ה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “Let’s start traveling/heading home,” 33:12 zjf4 וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לְ⁠נֶגְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “and I will lead/accompany/escort you.” Esau is suggesting that he would accompany or escort Jacob and his family, not that he would go far ahead of them. 33:13 hxkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “But he/Jacob replied to him,” or “But Jacob replied,” 33:13 ci2o אֲדֹנִ֤⁠י יֹדֵ֨עַ֙ כִּֽי 1 “Sir, you know that” or “Sir, as you know,” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 8. -33:13 r0zl הַ⁠יְלָדִ֣ים רַכִּ֔ים 1 “my children {are} fragile/frail/delicate/weak,” -33:13 xg08 וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר עָל֣וֹת עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “and some of my sheep and cattle are nursing {their young}.” or “and I need {to be careful with} {all} the sheep and cattle that are nursing {their young}.” See how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in Gen 12:16. -33:13 gbse וּ⁠דְפָקוּ⁠ם֙ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 “If my servants/men drive the livestock/animals {too hard/far} in one day,” or “If I force the livestock/animals to go/travel too far/fast {for} {even} one day,” -33:13 c17q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וָ⁠מֵ֖תוּ כָּל הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “then all the flock{s} {and herds} will die.” or “then all of them will die.” This phrase especially refers to the sheep and cattle that were nursing, but Jacob is probably using hyperbole here (“all”) to emphasize that he does not want to travel too fast. -33:14 g9ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics יַעֲבָר נָ֥א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י עַבְדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{So then,} sir, please go on {home} ahead of me, sir.” See how you translated Jacob’s use of “my lord” (in verse 8) and “servant” (in verse 5) to show respect and deference to Esau. Here he uses both terms for emphasis. -33:14 qgdi וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶֽתְנָהֲלָ֣ה לְ⁠אִטִּ֗⁠י לְ⁠רֶ֨גֶל הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “Then/Meanwhile I will travel along slowly at a pace/speed {that is safe/good} for the livestock/animals and children that are with me,” +33:13 r0zl הַ⁠יְלָדִ֣ים רַכִּ֔ים 1 “my children are fragile/frail/delicate/weak,” +33:13 xg08 וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר עָל֣וֹת עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “and some of my sheep and cattle are nursing their young.” or “and I need to be careful with all the sheep and cattle that are nursing their young.” See how you translated “flocks and herds” in Gen 12:16. +33:13 gbse וּ⁠דְפָקוּ⁠ם֙ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 “If my servants/men drive the livestock/animals too hard/far in one day,” or “If I force the livestock/animals to go/travel too far/fast for even one day,” +33:13 c17q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וָ⁠מֵ֖תוּ כָּל הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “then all the flocks and herds will die.” or “then all of them will die.” This phrase especially refers to the sheep and cattle that were nursing, but Jacob is probably using hyperbole here (“all”) to emphasize that he does not want to travel too fast. +33:14 g9ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics יַעֲבָר נָ֥א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י עַבְדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “So then, sir, please go on home ahead of me, sir.” See how you translated Jacob’s use of “my lord” (in verse 8) and “servant” (in verse 5) to show respect and deference to Esau. Here he uses both terms for emphasis. +33:14 qgdi וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶֽתְנָהֲלָ֣ה לְ⁠אִטִּ֗⁠י לְ⁠רֶ֨גֶל הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “Then/Meanwhile I will travel along slowly at a pace/speed that is safe/good for the livestock/animals and children that are with me,” 33:14 lafk עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר אָבֹ֥א אֶל אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “until we reach you, sir,” or “We will catch up to you later, sir,” -33:14 tb57 שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “in {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “the land of Seir” in Gen 32:3. The land of Seir was a mountainous region southeast of the land of Canaan (and the Dead Sea) and was where Esau had settled. It was also called “Edom” (Gen 32:3), which was Esau’s nickname (Gen 25:30). You could put some of that information in a footnote. -33:15 twql וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “So/Then Esau said/responded {to Jacob/him},” -33:15 ku53 אַצִּֽיגָה נָּ֣א עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִן הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “{Okay,} {then} please let me leave you some of my men {to escort/accompany you}.” or “{Okay,} {then} may I leave some of my men with you {to escort/accompany you}?” -33:15 phvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob replied,” or “Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with how you translate the previous and following sentences. -33:15 a29j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה 1 “There’s no need for that.” or “There is no need {for you} to do that.” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that there is no need for Esau to leave any of his men with him. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. -33:15 evmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{Just} please {continue to} be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “Sir, please {just} {continue to} treat me kindly.” Consider again how you translated “my lord” in verses 8,13-15. For some languages it is more natural to put this address earlier in this quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the idiom “find favor in the eyes of” in verse 8. -33:16 r6yz וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ בַּ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֛ו לְ⁠דַרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So that {very/same} day Esau {and his men} started on their way back” or “So that {very/same} day Esau {and his men} left and headed back” -33:16 c592 שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “{home} to {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “Seir” in verse 14. -33:17 moff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ נָסַ֣ע סֻכֹּ֔תָ⁠ה 1 “But Jacob traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth {instead},” or “Meanwhile, {instead of going to Seir,} Jacob {and his family} traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth,” Jacob went northwest to Succoth, instead of going south to the region of Seir as he had said he would do (verse 14). Also see how you translated “travel” in verse 12. -33:17 moyc וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן ל֖⁠וֹ בָּ֑יִת 1 “There he {and his men/servants} built a house for himself {and his family/household},” or “where he {and his men/servants} built a house for his family/household,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -33:17 kw1x וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָשָׂ֣ה סֻכֹּ֔ת 1 “and they {also} built {some} shelters for his livestock/animals.” or “and shelters for his livestock/animals.” The term “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals. +33:14 tb57 שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “in the land/region of Seir.” See how you translated “the land of Seir” in Gen 32:3. The land of Seir was a mountainous region southeast of the land of Canaan (and the Dead Sea) and was where Esau had settled. It was also called “Edom” (Gen 32:3), which was Esau’s nickname (Gen 25:30). You could put some of that information in a footnote. +33:15 twql וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “So/Then Esau said/responded to Jacob/him,” +33:15 ku53 אַצִּֽיגָה נָּ֣א עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִן הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “Okay, then please let me leave you some of my men to escort/accompany you.” or “Okay, then may I leave some of my men with you to escort/accompany you?” +33:15 phvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob replied,” or “Jacob said/replied to him,” or “Jacob answered him,” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with how you translate the previous and following sentences. +33:15 a29j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה 1 “There’s no need for that.” or “There is no need for you to do that.” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that there is no need for Esau to leave any of his men with him. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. +33:15 evmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “Just please continue to be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “Sir, please just continue to treat me kindly.” Consider again how you translated “my lord” in verses 8,13-15. For some languages it is more natural to put this address earlier in this quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the idiom “find favor in the eyes of” in verse 8. +33:16 r6yz וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ בַּ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֛ו לְ⁠דַרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So that very/same day Esau and his men started on their way back” or “So that very/same day Esau and his men left and headed back” +33:16 c592 שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “home to the land/region of Seir.” See how you translated “Seir” in verse 14. +33:17 moff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ נָסַ֣ע סֻכֹּ֔תָ⁠ה 1 “But Jacob traveled/went to the town of Succoth instead,” or “Meanwhile, instead of going to Seir, Jacob and his family traveled/went to the town of Succoth,” Jacob went northwest to Succoth, instead of going south to the region of Seir as he had said he would do (verse 14). Also see how you translated “travel” in verse 12. +33:17 moyc וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן ל֖⁠וֹ בָּ֑יִת 1 “There he and his men/servants built a house for himself and his family/household,” or “where he and his men/servants built a house for his family/household,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +33:17 kw1x וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָשָׂ֣ה סֻכֹּ֔ת 1 “and they also built some shelters for his livestock/animals.” or “and shelters for his livestock/animals.” The term “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals. 33:17 oyhe עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because of that,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 32:32. -33:17 tv48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם סֻכּֽוֹת 1 “the name of that place/town is {called} Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” or “they/people call that place/town Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” The phrase “he/they called” could refer to Jacob, or it could refer to people in general (as it often does in Genesis). If you include the meaning of the name Succoth in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “shelters” earlier in this verse. -33:18 uqlg וַ⁠יָּבֹא֩ יַעֲקֹ֨ב שָׁלֵ֜ם עִ֣יר שְׁכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Later Jacob {and his family} arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan, as he/they continued traveling {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” or “{After that,} Jacob {and his family} continued their journey {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, until {eventually} they arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan,” Jacob and his family had left Paddan Aram and had been traveling back to the land of his ancestors in Canaan (Gen 31:3, 13, 18). See how you translated “in peace” in Gen 28:21. -33:18 q3jx וַ⁠יִּ֖חַן 1 “and he/they set up camp {in a field}” or “Then he/they set up his/their tents {in a field}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “camped” in Gen 26:17. +33:17 tv48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם סֻכּֽוֹת 1 “the name of that place/town is called Succoth, which means “shelters.”” or “they/people call that place/town Succoth, which means “shelters.”” The phrase “he/they called” could refer to Jacob, or it could refer to people in general (as it often does in Genesis). If you include the meaning of the name Succoth in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “shelters” earlier in this verse. +33:18 uqlg וַ⁠יָּבֹא֩ יַעֲקֹ֨ב שָׁלֵ֜ם עִ֣יר שְׁכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Later Jacob and his family arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan, as he/they continued traveling home from the land/region of Paddan Aram,” or “After that, Jacob and his family continued their journey home from the land/region of Paddan Aram, until eventually they arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan,” Jacob and his family had left Paddan Aram and had been traveling back to the land of his ancestors in Canaan (Gen 31:3, 13, 18). See how you translated “in peace” in Gen 28:21. +33:18 q3jx וַ⁠יִּ֖חַן 1 “and he/they set up camp in a field” or “Then he/they set up his/their tents in a field”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “camped” in Gen 26:17. 33:18 a1lz אֶת פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “near/beside the/that city.” or “on the edge/outskirts of the/that city.” -33:19 dg43 וַ⁠יִּ֜קֶן אֶת חֶלְקַ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “Then he bought the plot/piece of land” or “{While he was there,} he bought the land” +33:19 dg43 וַ⁠יִּ֜קֶן אֶת חֶלְקַ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “Then he bought the plot/piece of land” or “While he was there, he bought the land” 33:19 gedk אֲשֶׁ֤ר נָֽטָה־שָׁם֙ אָהֳל֔⁠וֹ 1 “where they had set up their tents/camp” or “where he/they were camping/staying” -33:19 esul rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִ⁠יַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי חֲמ֖וֹר אֲבִ֣י שְׁכֶ֑ם בְּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה קְשִׂיטָֽה 1 “from the sons of Hamor for one hundred pieces {of silver/money}. One of Hamor’s sons was named Shechem.” or “for/with one hundred pieces {of silver/money} from the sons of Hamor {who was} the father of Shechem.” The weight and value of a hundred kesitahs of silver is not known. Some ancient translations (including the LXX and Latin Vulgate) have “a hundred lambs” here, but most modern translations have “a hundred pieces of silver/money”. -33:20 lob7 וַ⁠יַּצֶּב שָׁ֖ם מִזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 “On that land he/Jacob {also} built a {stone} altar,” or “Jacob {also} built/made an altar {out of stones} on that land,” See how you translated “altar” in Gen 26:25. -33:20 e6k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “and he named it El Elohe Israel, {which means “God is the God of Israel.”}” The name “El Elohe Israel” could also mean “Powerful/Mighty is the God of Israel,” because the Hebrew word “el” can mean “God” or “powerful.” You could put that information in a footnote. -34:1 xwzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֤א דִינָה֙ בַּת־לֵאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then/Now {one day} Dinah, {who was} the daughter whom Leah bore/had for Jacob, went out” or “{One day,} Dinah, {who was} the daughter of Jacob and Leah, went {to/into the city}” These events took place at an unspecified time after Jacob and his family set up their camp beside the city of Shechem (Gen 33:18). Consider what is the best way to introduce a new event in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Dinah” in Gen 30:21. +33:19 esul rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִ⁠יַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי חֲמ֖וֹר אֲבִ֣י שְׁכֶ֑ם בְּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה קְשִׂיטָֽה 1 “from the sons of Hamor for one hundred pieces of silver/money. One of Hamor’s sons was named Shechem.” or “for/with one hundred pieces of silver/money from the sons of Hamor who was the father of Shechem.” The weight and value of a hundred kesitahs of silver is not known. Some ancient translations (including the LXX and Latin Vulgate) have “a hundred lambs” here, but most modern translations have “a hundred pieces of silver/money”. +33:20 lob7 וַ⁠יַּצֶּב שָׁ֖ם מִזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 “On that land he/Jacob also built a stone altar,” or “Jacob also built/made an altar out of stones on that land,” See how you translated “altar” in Gen 26:25. +33:20 e6k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “and he named it El Elohe Israel, which means “God is the God of Israel.”” The name “El Elohe Israel” could also mean “Powerful/Mighty is the God of Israel,” because the Hebrew word “el” can mean “God” or “powerful.” You could put that information in a footnote. +34:1 xwzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֤א דִינָה֙ בַּת־לֵאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then/Now one day Dinah, who was the daughter whom Leah bore/had for Jacob, went out” or “One day, Dinah, who was the daughter of Jacob and Leah, went to/into the city” These events took place at an unspecified time after Jacob and his family set up their camp beside the city of Shechem (Gen 33:18). Consider what is the best way to introduce a new event in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Dinah” in Gen 30:21. 34:1 da5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The verb “to see” could mean: (1) “to visit with”; many languages have a similar idiom. (2) “to see/observe” the local women, for example, how they dressed and what jewelry they wore. -34:1 xo8b בִּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{some of} the women who were native to that area/region.” or “{some of} the local/native women.” See how you translated “daughters of the land” in Gen 27:46, and how you translated a similar phrase (“people of the land”) in Gen 23:7, 12. +34:1 xo8b בִּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “some of the women who were native to that area/region.” or “some of the local/native women.” See how you translated “daughters of the land” in Gen 27:46, and how you translated a similar phrase (“people of the land”) in Gen 23:7, 12. 34:2 kd4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא & שְׁכֶ֧ם בֶּן חֲמ֛וֹר הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֖י נְשִׂ֣יא הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “Then Shechem, who was the/a son of the Hivite named Hamor who ruled that region, saw” or “Now the ruler/chief of that region was a Hivite named Hamor. His son Shechem saw”. Consider which order of phrases is best here in your language. Also see how you translated “Hivites” in Gen 10:17 and “ruler” in Gen 25:16. -34:2 ht9l אֹתָ֜⁠הּ & וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “Dinah, and he grabbed {hold of} her” or “{how beautiful} Dinah was, so he took/grabbed {hold of} her” +34:2 ht9l אֹתָ֜⁠הּ & וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “Dinah, and he grabbed hold of her” or “how beautiful Dinah was, so he took/grabbed hold of her” 34:2 ptfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠יְעַנֶּֽ⁠הָ 1 “and forced her to go to bed with him.” or “and raped her.” This is a euphemistic way of saying that Shechem forced Dinah to have sex with him. Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud. 34:3 l9qg וַ⁠תִּדְבַּ֣ק נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דִינָ֖ה בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב וַ⁠יֶּֽאֱהַב֙ 1 “He/Shechem was strongly/deeply attracted to Jacob’s daughter Dinah and he loved her” or “He/Shechem admired Jacob’s daughter Dinah so much that he fell in love with her” or “He/Shechem admired her so much that he fell in love with her” -34:3 nd16 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לֵ֥ב הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָֽ 1 “and spoke sweetly/tenderly to her {to try to woo/persuade/comfort her}.” or “and {tried to win her heart/affection} by speaking tenderly/kindly to her.” See how you translated “young woman” in Gen 24:14, and see the note about that there. -34:4 q2v0 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁכֶ֔ם אֶל חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Shechem said to his father Hamor,” or “Then Shechem {went to} his father Hamor and requested/demanded,” -34:4 u0r8 קַֽח לִ֛⁠י אֶת הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Negotiate {things} for me so that I can marry this girl.” or “Ask this girl’s family to let me marry her.” At that time it was normal for parents to negotiate with another family to get a spouse for their child. The negotiations would include a bride-price and other details. You could put some of that information in a footnote. The term “girl” that Shechem uses here is less respectful than the term “young woman” that is used in verses 3 and 12. -34:5 ern7 וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֣ב שָׁמַ֗ע כִּ֤י 1 “When Jacob found out that” or “When Jacob was told/informed {by someone} that” +34:3 nd16 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לֵ֥ב הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָֽ 1 “and spoke sweetly/tenderly to her to try to woo/persuade/comfort her.” or “and tried to win her heart/affection by speaking tenderly/kindly to her.” See how you translated “young woman” in Gen 24:14, and see the note about that there. +34:4 q2v0 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁכֶ֔ם אֶל חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Shechem said to his father Hamor,” or “Then Shechem went to his father Hamor and requested/demanded,” +34:4 u0r8 קַֽח לִ֛⁠י אֶת הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Negotiate things for me so that I can marry this girl.” or “Ask this girl’s family to let me marry her.” At that time it was normal for parents to negotiate with another family to get a spouse for their child. The negotiations would include a bride-price and other details. You could put some of that information in a footnote. The term “girl” that Shechem uses here is less respectful than the term “young woman” that is used in verses 3 and 12. +34:5 ern7 וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֣ב שָׁמַ֗ע כִּ֤י 1 “When Jacob found out that” or “When Jacob was told/informed by someone that” 34:5 iqjy טִמֵּא֙ אֶת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Shechem had dishonored/disgraced his daughter Dinah,” or “his daughter Dinah had been defiled/disgraced by Shechem,” -34:5 ikpl וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו הָי֥וּ אֶת מִקְנֵ֖⁠הוּ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “his sons were {still} tending his livestock/animals out in the fields,” or “his sons were {still} {out} in the fields taking care of his livestock/animals,” -34:5 b462 וְ⁠הֶחֱרִ֥שׁ יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “so he didn’t say anything {about it}” or “so he didn’t tell anyone {about it}”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not mean that Jacob was totally silent. Rather, it means he did not speak about what Shechem had done to Dinah. -34:5 vahs עַד בֹּאָֽ⁠ם 1 “until they came {back} {home}.” or “until they returned {home}.” -34:6 huzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֛א חֲמ֥וֹר אֲבִֽי שְׁכֶ֖ם 1 “Meanwhile, Shechem’s father Hamor went {with his son}” or “Meanwhile, {Shechem and} Shechem’s/his father Hamor went”. For some languages it is more natural to introduce Shechem here, rather than wait and have him appear too suddenly in verse 11. Do what is best in your language. -34:6 fxey אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to talk with/to Jacob.” or “to Jacob’s {camp/tent} to talk with/to him.” -34:7 celp וּ⁠בְנֵ֨י יַעֲקֹ֜ב בָּ֤אוּ מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “Then/Soon Jacob’s sons came/returned {home} from the fields.” -34:7 ydmu כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֔⁠ם 1 “When they heard {what had happened},” or “When they heard {that Shechem had raped their sister},” Many translations put “when they heard” with the previous sentence. However, unless someone else told Jacob’s sons the news of what happened, that interpretation contradicts verse 5, which says that Jacob kept quiet about it until his sons got home. -34:7 cnrm וַ⁠יִּֽתְעַצְּבוּ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “they were {very} distressed/shocked”. See how you translated “grieved” in Gen 6:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +34:5 ikpl וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו הָי֥וּ אֶת מִקְנֵ֖⁠הוּ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “his sons were still tending his livestock/animals out in the fields,” or “his sons were still out in the fields taking care of his livestock/animals,” +34:5 b462 וְ⁠הֶחֱרִ֥שׁ יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “so he didn’t say anything about it” or “so he didn’t tell anyone about it”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not mean that Jacob was totally silent. Rather, it means he did not speak about what Shechem had done to Dinah. +34:5 vahs עַד בֹּאָֽ⁠ם 1 “until they came back home.” or “until they returned home.” +34:6 huzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֛א חֲמ֥וֹר אֲבִֽי שְׁכֶ֖ם 1 “Meanwhile, Shechem’s father Hamor went with his son” or “Meanwhile, Shechem and Shechem’s/his father Hamor went”. For some languages it is more natural to introduce Shechem here, rather than wait and have him appear too suddenly in verse 11. Do what is best in your language. +34:6 fxey אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to talk with/to Jacob.” or “to Jacob’s camp/tent to talk with/to him.” +34:7 celp וּ⁠בְנֵ֨י יַעֲקֹ֜ב בָּ֤אוּ מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “Then/Soon Jacob’s sons came/returned home from the fields.” +34:7 ydmu כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֔⁠ם 1 “When they heard what had happened,” or “When they heard that Shechem had raped their sister,” Many translations put “when they heard” with the previous sentence. However, unless someone else told Jacob’s sons the news of what happened, that interpretation contradicts verse 5, which says that Jacob kept quiet about it until his sons got home. +34:7 cnrm וַ⁠יִּֽתְעַצְּבוּ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “they were very distressed/shocked”. See how you translated “grieved” in Gen 6:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 34:7 m7g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹ֑ד 1 “and filled with anger,” or “and extremely angry”. See how you translated the idiom “it/anger burned within …” in Gen 32:36. -34:7 csph כִּֽי נְבָלָ֞ה עָשָׂ֣ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “because/that Shechem had disgraced/dishonored {the people/family of} Israel” or “because/that Shechem had brought shame on Israel’s family”. Notice in this verse that the Hebrew text has both of Jacob’s names, “Jacob” and “Israel,” to emphasize that Shechem had sinned against Jacob and all of his descendants (the people of Israel). You could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “Israel” does not refer here to a place, since Israel was not yet a country or a territory. +34:7 csph כִּֽי נְבָלָ֞ה עָשָׂ֣ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “because/that Shechem had disgraced/dishonored the people/family of Israel” or “because/that Shechem had brought shame on Israel’s family”. Notice in this verse that the Hebrew text has both of Jacob’s names, “Jacob” and “Israel,” to emphasize that Shechem had sinned against Jacob and all of his descendants (the people of Israel). You could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “Israel” does not refer here to a place, since Israel was not yet a country or a territory. 34:7 e6q9 לִ⁠שְׁכַּב֙ אֶת בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “by having sexual relations with Jacob’s daughter.” or “by raping Jacob’s daughter.” -34:7 wf5f וְ⁠כֵ֖ן לֹ֥א יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 “Such a {wicked/terrible} thing should never be done {by anyone}!” or “No one should ever do such a {wicked/horrible} thing/crime!” +34:7 wf5f וְ⁠כֵ֖ן לֹ֥א יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 “Such a wicked/terrible thing should never be done by anyone!” or “No one should ever do such a wicked/horrible thing/crime!” 34:8 omfw וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר חֲמ֖וֹר אִתָּ֣⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “But Hamor pleaded with Jacob and his sons and said,” or “But Hamor urged/begged Jacob and his sons,” -34:8 ma3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בְּ⁠בִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “My son Shechem really/deeply loves your {family’s} daughter.” or “My son Shechem has fallen {deeply/completely} in love with your daughter {and sister}.” The pronoun “your” is plural here, which shows that Hamor is addressing not only Jacob but also his sons. -34:8 sx6u תְּנ֨וּ נָ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “{So} please allow/permit him to marry her.” The way “give” and “take” are used in verses 8, 9, 12, 16 and 21 reflects the culture at that time, when parents or families arranged marriages for their daughters. Also see the note about this at verse 4. -34:9 elqs וְ⁠הִֽתְחַתְּנ֖וּ אֹתָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “{In fact,} let’s allow marriage between our two people groups,” or “Let’s agree to let members of our families marry one another,” -34:9 fum0 בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ תִּתְּנוּ לָ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ תִּקְח֥וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 “{so that} your daughters can/will marry our {young men} and your {young men} can/will marry our daughters.” or “{so that} you allow our {young men} to marry your daughters and we allow your {young men} to marry our daughters.” -34:10 rrpa וְ⁠אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ תֵּשֵׁ֑בוּ 1 “You can {also} settle/live among us.” or “{We also invite you to} settle/live with/among us.” -34:10 x3fi וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם שְׁבוּ֙ וּ⁠סְחָר֔וּ⁠הָ 1 “The land is available for you {to choose what you want}; settle/live {in it} {wherever you want}. You can {also} trade {freely} here,” or “You can settle/live {wherever you want} in the land. You can also do business buying and selling things {wherever you want},” Normally foreigners were not allowed to own land or to move around in the land to trade freely. So that is why Hamor is offering this in exchange for Jacob allowing his family to intermarry with the Hivites. -34:10 b00z וְ⁠הֵֽאָחֲז֖וּ בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “and you can buy/own {your own} {property/land}.” +34:8 ma3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בְּ⁠בִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “My son Shechem really/deeply loves your family’s daughter.” or “My son Shechem has fallen deeply/completely in love with your daughter and sister.” The pronoun “your” is plural here, which shows that Hamor is addressing not only Jacob but also his sons. +34:8 sx6u תְּנ֨וּ נָ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “So please allow/permit him to marry her.” The way “give” and “take” are used in verses 8, 9, 12, 16 and 21 reflects the culture at that time, when parents or families arranged marriages for their daughters. Also see the note about this at verse 4. +34:9 elqs וְ⁠הִֽתְחַתְּנ֖וּ אֹתָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “In fact, let’s allow marriage between our two people groups,” or “Let’s agree to let members of our families marry one another,” +34:9 fum0 בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ תִּתְּנוּ לָ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ תִּקְח֥וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 “so that your daughters can/will marry our young men and your young men can/will marry our daughters.” or “so that you allow our young men to marry your daughters and we allow your young men to marry our daughters.” +34:10 rrpa וְ⁠אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ תֵּשֵׁ֑בוּ 1 “You can also settle/live among us.” or “We also invite you to settle/live with/among us.” +34:10 x3fi וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם שְׁבוּ֙ וּ⁠סְחָר֔וּ⁠הָ 1 “The land is available for you to choose what you want; settle/live in it wherever you want. You can also trade freely here,” or “You can settle/live wherever you want in the land. You can also do business buying and selling things wherever you want,” Normally foreigners were not allowed to own land or to move around in the land to trade freely. So that is why Hamor is offering this in exchange for Jacob allowing his family to intermarry with the Hivites. +34:10 b00z וְ⁠הֵֽאָחֲז֖וּ בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “and you can buy/own your own property/land.” 34:11 cmfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר שְׁכֶם֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ה וְ⁠אֶל אַחֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “Then Shechem said to Dinah’s father and brothers,” -34:11 i9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “{Please} be gracious/kind to me {and let me marry her/Dinah},” See how you translated the idiom “Let me find favor in the eyes of …” in Gen 33:15. -34:11 mqgb וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֛וּ אֵלַ֖⁠י אֶתֵּֽן 1 “Then I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/require/ask from me {for her}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -34:12 l9mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַרְבּ֨וּ עָלַ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ מֹ֣הַר וּ⁠מַתָּ֔ן 1 “Set the dowry/bride-price and {marriage/wedding} gifts {that I must pay} {to marry her} as high as you want,” The “dowry” was the payment that a groom (and his family) had to give to the bride’s family. It could include things like money, land, and livestock. The term “gift” probably refers to additional gifts given to the bride and her family members (as in Gen 24:53). If the custom of paying a dowry is not known in your culture, you could include an explanation in a footnote. -34:12 zoy5 וְ⁠אֶ֨תְּנָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֖וּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “and I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/ask/require from me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 11. -34:12 hr5l וּ⁠תְנוּ לִ֥⁠י אֶת הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “{Just please} give the young woman to me to marry.” or “{Just/Only please} let me marry the young woman.” See how you translated “young woman” in verse 3. +34:11 i9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “Please be gracious/kind to me and let me marry her/Dinah,” See how you translated the idiom “Let me find favor in the eyes of …” in Gen 33:15. +34:11 mqgb וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֛וּ אֵלַ֖⁠י אֶתֵּֽן 1 “Then I will give/pay you whatever you request/require/ask from me for her.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +34:12 l9mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַרְבּ֨וּ עָלַ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ מֹ֣הַר וּ⁠מַתָּ֔ן 1 “Set the dowry/bride-price and marriage/wedding gifts that I must pay to marry her as high as you want,” The “dowry” was the payment that a groom (and his family) had to give to the bride’s family. It could include things like money, land, and livestock. The term “gift” probably refers to additional gifts given to the bride and her family members (as in Gen 24:53). If the custom of paying a dowry is not known in your culture, you could include an explanation in a footnote. +34:12 zoy5 וְ⁠אֶ֨תְּנָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֖וּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “and I will give/pay you whatever you request/ask/require from me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 11. +34:12 hr5l וּ⁠תְנוּ לִ֥⁠י אֶת הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Just please give the young woman to me to marry.” or “Just/Only please let me marry the young woman.” See how you translated “young woman” in verse 3. 34:13 vxqs וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֨וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שְׁכֶ֨ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֖ה וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֑רוּ 1 “Then/But Jacob’s sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor in a deceitful/deceptive way” or “Jacob’s sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor but deceived/tricked them” 34:13 vyae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֣ר טִמֵּ֔א אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֥ה אֲחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “because he/Shechem had dishonored/disgraced their sister Dinah.” or “because he/Shechem had done a shameful thing to their sister Dinah.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But because/since Shechem had defiled/dishonored their sister Dinah, the sons of Jacob deceived/tricked Shechem and his father Hamor 14 by saying to them,” Do what is best in your language. 34:14 qc19 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “and said to them,” or “They said to them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence that started in verse 13. 34:14 fyu7 לֹ֤א נוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “We are not able to do such a thing as” or “It would be not be acceptable/right for us” -34:14 va2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת אֲחֹתֵ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר ל֣⁠וֹ עָרְלָ֑ה 1 “to let our sister marry a man {like you} who has not had his foreskin removed,” or “to allow a man {like you} who is not circumcised to marry our sister,” Translate “who has a foreskin” in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud. -34:14 guat כִּֽי חֶרְפָּ֥ה הִ֖וא לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 “because that would dishonor/humiliate our family!” or “That would cause {great} shame/humiliation to our family!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -34:15 xfgc אַךְ בְּ⁠זֹ֖את נֵא֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “The only way that we will/can agree with your proposal {is}” or “We will/can do what you want/ask only if you do this one thing:” -34:15 u2iz אִ֚ם תִּהְי֣וּ כָמֹ֔⁠נוּ 1 “if {first} you {and your people} become like us” or “You {and your people} must {first} become like us” +34:14 va2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת אֲחֹתֵ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר ל֣⁠וֹ עָרְלָ֑ה 1 “to let our sister marry a man like you who has not had his foreskin removed,” or “to allow a man like you who is not circumcised to marry our sister,” Translate “who has a foreskin” in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud. +34:14 guat כִּֽי חֶרְפָּ֥ה הִ֖וא לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 “because that would dishonor/humiliate our family!” or “That would cause great shame/humiliation to our family!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +34:15 xfgc אַךְ בְּ⁠זֹ֖את נֵא֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “The only way that we will/can agree with your proposal is” or “We will/can do what you want/ask only if you do this one thing:” +34:15 u2iz אִ֚ם תִּהְי֣וּ כָמֹ֔⁠נוּ 1 “if first you and your people become like us” or “You and your people must first become like us” 34:15 w4wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms לְ⁠הִמֹּ֥ל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “by circumcising all your males.” See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10. -34:16 i0ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נָתַ֤נּוּ אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם נִֽקַּֽח לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “Then we will let our daughters marry your {young men}, and our {young men} will marry your daughters.” or “{If/After you do that,} then we will allow your {young men} to marry our daughters, and {we will allow} your daughters to marry our {young men}.” The pronouns “we,” “our,” and “us” are exclusive in verses 14-17 except for the last “we” in verse 16. Also see how you translated “give … daughters … take … daughters …” in verse 9. -34:16 v17p וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣בְנוּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “We will {also} settle/live among you {in this land},” See how you translated “settle with” in verse 10. -34:16 ijuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הָיִ֖ינוּ לְ⁠עַ֥ם אֶחָֽד 1 “so that we become one people group.” or “and as a result we will {all} be/become one people/ethnic group.” Here the “we” is inclusive because Jacob’s sons are including Shechem and Hamor’s people. If you have an inclusive form of this pronoun in your language, you could use it here. -34:17 p6xy וְ⁠אִם לֹ֧א תִשְׁמְע֛וּ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הִמּ֑וֹל 1 “But/However if you refuse to agree with our requirement that you circumcise {your people/males},” or “But if you will/do not circumcise {your males} as we require/say,” -34:17 o476 וְ⁠לָקַ֥חְנוּ אֶת בִּתֵּ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠הָלָֽכְנוּ 1 “then we will take our {father’s/family’s} daughter {from you} and go/move {somewhere else}.” or “then we will leave and take our sister with us.” The phrase “our daughter” reflects the fact that Jacob’s sons are using their father’s perspective and authority here. If that is confusing, you could say “our sister” instead. See how you translated “our {family’s} daughter” in verse 8. -34:18 jvuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽיטְב֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י חֲמ֑וֹר וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שְׁכֶ֥ם בֶּן חֲמֽוֹר 1 “What Jacob’s sons said/proposed seemed good to Hamor and his son Shechem.” or “Hamor and his son Shechem were pleased {and agreed to do} what Jacob’s sons said/proposed.” See how you translated the idiom “good in … eyes” in Gen 19:8. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context. +34:16 i0ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נָתַ֤נּוּ אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם נִֽקַּֽח לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “Then we will let our daughters marry your young men, and our young men will marry your daughters.” or “If/After you do that, then we will allow your young men to marry our daughters, and we will allow your daughters to marry our young men.” The pronouns “we,” “our,” and “us” are exclusive in verses 14-17 except for the last “we” in verse 16. Also see how you translated “give … daughters … take … daughters …” in verse 9. +34:16 v17p וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣בְנוּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “We will also settle/live among you in this land,” See how you translated “settle with” in verse 10. +34:16 ijuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הָיִ֖ינוּ לְ⁠עַ֥ם אֶחָֽד 1 “so that we become one people group.” or “and as a result we will all be/become one people/ethnic group.” Here the “we” is inclusive because Jacob’s sons are including Shechem and Hamor’s people. If you have an inclusive form of this pronoun in your language, you could use it here. +34:17 p6xy וְ⁠אִם לֹ֧א תִשְׁמְע֛וּ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הִמּ֑וֹל 1 “But/However if you refuse to agree with our requirement that you circumcise your people/males,” or “But if you will/do not circumcise your males as we require/say,” +34:17 o476 וְ⁠לָקַ֥חְנוּ אֶת בִּתֵּ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠הָלָֽכְנוּ 1 “then we will take our father’s/family’s daughter from you and go/move somewhere else.” or “then we will leave and take our sister with us.” The phrase “our daughter” reflects the fact that Jacob’s sons are using their father’s perspective and authority here. If that is confusing, you could say “our sister” instead. See how you translated “our family’s daughter” in verse 8. +34:18 jvuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽיטְב֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י חֲמ֑וֹר וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שְׁכֶ֥ם בֶּן חֲמֽוֹר 1 “What Jacob’s sons said/proposed seemed good to Hamor and his son Shechem.” or “Hamor and his son Shechem were pleased and agreed to do what Jacob’s sons said/proposed.” See how you translated the idiom “good in … eyes” in Gen 19:8. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context. 34:19 hx5y וְ⁠לֹֽא אֵחַ֤ר הַ⁠נַּ֨עַר֙ 1 “So Shechem immediately started” or “So right away Shechem took action” 34:19 xq4h לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 “to do/fulfill what they required/proposed,” or “to do/fulfill their requirement,” -34:19 dw3y כִּ֥י חָפֵ֖ץ בְּ⁠בַֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter {Dinah}.” or “because he was deeply/completely in love with Jacob’s daughter {Dinah}.” -34:19 p3wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֣וּא נִכְבָּ֔ד מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “{He was able to get people/everyone to do what he wanted} because he was the most respected person in his father’s household/family.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “So right away Shechem, who was the most respected member in his father’s household/family, started to do what they required, because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter.” Do what is best in your language. -34:20 acum וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א חֲמ֛וֹר וּ⁠שְׁכֶ֥ם בְּנ֖⁠וֹ אֶל־שַׁ֣עַר עִירָ֑⁠ם 1 “In fact, he/Shechem and his father Hamor went {straight/directly} to their city’s gates/entrance {for a town meeting},” -34:20 cgfe וַֽ⁠יְדַבְּר֛וּ אֶל אַנְשֵׁ֥י עִירָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and they spoke to the city elders/leaders {who had gathered there}. They said,” or “and they told the elders/leaders of their city {about Jacob and his sons},” In that culture the leaders of a city held their meetings at the main city gates (as in Gen 23:3). Cities were surrounded by walls (that had gates) for protection. You could put some of that information in a footnote so that people understand what was happening. +34:19 dw3y כִּ֥י חָפֵ֖ץ בְּ⁠בַֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter Dinah.” or “because he was deeply/completely in love with Jacob’s daughter Dinah.” +34:19 p3wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֣וּא נִכְבָּ֔ד מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “He was able to get people/everyone to do what he wanted because he was the most respected person in his father’s household/family.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “So right away Shechem, who was the most respected member in his father’s household/family, started to do what they required, because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter.” Do what is best in your language. +34:20 acum וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א חֲמ֛וֹר וּ⁠שְׁכֶ֥ם בְּנ֖⁠וֹ אֶל־שַׁ֣עַר עִירָ֑⁠ם 1 “In fact, he/Shechem and his father Hamor went straight/directly to their city’s gates/entrance for a town meeting,” +34:20 cgfe וַֽ⁠יְדַבְּר֛וּ אֶל אַנְשֵׁ֥י עִירָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and they spoke to the city elders/leaders who had gathered there. They said,” or “and they told the elders/leaders of their city about Jacob and his sons,” In that culture the leaders of a city held their meetings at the main city gates (as in Gen 23:3). Cities were surrounded by walls (that had gates) for protection. You could put some of that information in a footnote so that people understand what was happening. 34:21 mxq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה שְֽׁלֵמִ֧ים הֵ֣ם אִתָּ֗⁠נוּ 1 “These people are friendly toward us,” or “Jacob and his family are at peace with us,” Here “us” includes Hamor, Shechem and the men they are talking to. -34:21 abis וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֤וּ בָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “so {let’s} allow them to live/stay in the/our land” or “so we should let them live/stay in the/our land”. See how you translated “settle” in verse 10. -34:21 r5i3 וְ⁠יִסְחֲר֣וּ אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “and trade {freely} here.” or “and let them buy and sell things {wherever they want}.” See how you translated “trade in it” in verse 10. -34:21 eq9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ הִנֵּ֥ה רַֽחֲבַת יָדַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Look, there is enough land to support them {and us}.” or “After all, there is more than enough space/room in the/this land for them {too}.” -34:21 p1ah אֶת בְּנֹתָ⁠ם֙ נִקַּֽח לָ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠נָשִׁ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ נִתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “{That way too,} we can take/choose their daughters to be {our} wives, and we can let their {young} men marry our daughters.” or “{Besides that,} {then} our {young men} can marry their daughters, and their {young men} can marry our daughters.” See how you translated similar clauses in verses 9 and 16. It may be necessary to translate these in different ways, depending on the context. +34:21 abis וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֤וּ בָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “so let’s allow them to live/stay in the/our land” or “so we should let them live/stay in the/our land”. See how you translated “settle” in verse 10. +34:21 r5i3 וְ⁠יִסְחֲר֣וּ אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “and trade freely here.” or “and let them buy and sell things wherever they want.” See how you translated “trade in it” in verse 10. +34:21 eq9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ הִנֵּ֥ה רַֽחֲבַת יָדַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Look, there is enough land to support them and us.” or “After all, there is more than enough space/room in the/this land for them too.” +34:21 p1ah אֶת בְּנֹתָ⁠ם֙ נִקַּֽח לָ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠נָשִׁ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ נִתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “That way too, we can take/choose their daughters to be our wives, and we can let their young men marry our daughters.” or “Besides that, then our young men can marry their daughters, and their young men can marry our daughters.” See how you translated similar clauses in verses 9 and 16. It may be necessary to translate these in different ways, depending on the context. 34:22 hf95 אַךְ בְּ֠⁠זֹאת יֵאֹ֨תוּ לָ֤⁠נוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אִתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 “There is just one thing/condition/requirement: They will only agree to settle/live among us” or “But they will only consent/agree to settle/live among us”. See how you began verse 15, which is very similar to verse 22. -34:22 r3ez לִ⁠הְי֖וֹת לְ⁠עַ֣ם אֶחָ֑ד 1 “and become one people group {with us}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 16. +34:22 r3ez לִ⁠הְי֖וֹת לְ⁠עַ֣ם אֶחָ֑ד 1 “and become one people group with us”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 16. 34:22 yesq בְּ⁠הִמּ֥וֹל לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר 1 “if all our males are circumcised” or “if we circumcise all our males”. See how you translated “every male among … circumcised” in verse 15. 34:22 kv8j כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר הֵ֥ם נִמֹּלִֽים 1 “as their males are.” or “so that we are like them.” -34:23 w2up מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠קִנְיָנָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠כָל בְּהֶמְתָּ֔⁠ם 1 “{Then} all their livestock and animals, and {all} their {other} property/possessions” or “{But if we do that,} {all} their property/possessions, {including} their livestock and all their {other} animals” +34:23 w2up מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠קִנְיָנָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠כָל בְּהֶמְתָּ֔⁠ם 1 “Then all their livestock and animals, and all their other property/possessions” or “But if we do that, all their property/possessions, including their livestock and all their other animals” 34:23 bstj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא לָ֖⁠נוּ הֵ֑ם 1 “will belong to us!” or “will be ours!” This rhetorical question emphasizes that all of Jacob’s livestock and property will belong to the people of Shechem. If a rhetorical question does not fit here in your language, you could make this a statement. -34:23 cpgv אַ֚ךְ נֵא֣וֹתָה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{So} let’s just agree to do what they require,” or “{So} we should just do what they propose/require” +34:23 cpgv אַ֚ךְ נֵא֣וֹתָה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “So let’s just agree to do what they require,” or “So we should just do what they propose/require” 34:23 bcto וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “so that they will settle/live among us!” See how you translated “settle with us” in verses 10 and 22. -34:24 kgkn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ & כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֣עַר עִיר֑⁠וֹ 1 “All {the men} who were citizens/leaders/elders of the city” or “All the men/leaders/elders who were {there} at the city gate/entrance”. Make sure that your translation of this idiom refers here to the same men who had gathered at the city gates in verse 20. +34:24 kgkn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ & כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֣עַר עִיר֑⁠וֹ 1 “All the men who were citizens/leaders/elders of the city” or “All the men/leaders/elders who were there at the city gate/entrance”. Make sure that your translation of this idiom refers here to the same men who had gathered at the city gates in verse 20. 34:24 qqoa וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ אֶל חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶל שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “agreed with Hamor and his son Shechem,” or “agreed to do what Hamor and his son Shechem said,” 34:24 l5xq וַ⁠יִּמֹּ֨לוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֥עַר עִירֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so all of them and all the other males in the city were circumcised.” or “so they circumcised every male in the city, including themselves.” -34:25 xbss וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 “On the third day {after that},” or “Three days later,” -34:25 x8wa בִּֽ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם כֹּֽאֲבִ֗ים 1 “when the men of {the city of} Shechem were {all} {still} sore {from being circumcised},” or “when it was {still} painful for the men of the city {to move/walk},” -34:25 abi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ שְׁנֵֽי בְנֵי יַ֠עֲקֹב שִׁמְע֨וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֜י אֲחֵ֤י דִינָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “two of Jacob’s sons, Simeon and Levi, {who were} Dinah’s brothers, took” These brothers had the same father and mother as Dinah. Some languages have a special term for this. Do what is best in your language. +34:25 xbss וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 “On the third day after that,” or “Three days later,” +34:25 x8wa בִּֽ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם כֹּֽאֲבִ֗ים 1 “when the men of the city of Shechem were all still sore from being circumcised,” or “when it was still painful for the men of the city to move/walk,” +34:25 abi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ שְׁנֵֽי בְנֵי יַ֠עֲקֹב שִׁמְע֨וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֜י אֲחֵ֤י דִינָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “two of Jacob’s sons, Simeon and Levi, who were Dinah’s brothers, took” These brothers had the same father and mother as Dinah. Some languages have a special term for this. Do what is best in your language. 34:25 nk02 חַרְבּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַל הָ⁠עִ֖יר בֶּ֑טַח 1 “their swords and attacked the city, with no one opposing/resisting them.” See how you translated “sword” in Gen 27:40. -34:25 g5z3 וַ⁠יַּֽהַרְג֖וּ כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “They killed all the males/men {there}”. The children who were males were probably not killed, since later (verse 29) it says that all the children were captured. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 26. +34:25 g5z3 וַ⁠יַּֽהַרְג֖וּ כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “They killed all the males/men there”. The children who were males were probably not killed, since later (verse 29) it says that all the children were captured. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 26. 34:26 hiyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠אֶת חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ הָרְג֖וּ לְ⁠פִי חָ֑רֶב 1 “with their swords, including Hamor and his son Shechem.” Some languages have dual pronouns for “they” and “you” that can be used in verses 25-26 and 30-31 to refer to Simeon and Levi. Do what is best in your language. 34:26 ext8 וַ⁠יִּקְח֧וּ אֶת דִּינָ֛ה מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית שְׁכֶ֖ם 1 “Then they took/got/rescued Dinah from Shechem’s house” -34:26 wgh0 וַ⁠יֵּצֵֽאוּ 1 “and left {the city}.” or “and returned {home}.” -34:27 cym6 בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֗ב בָּ֚אוּ עַל הַ֣⁠חֲלָלִ֔ים וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖זּוּ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “{Then/Next} {all} Jacob’s sons went {into the city} and took everything valuable from/off the dead bodies and from {the rest of} the city,” All of Jacob’s sons probably joined Simeon and Levi in plundering the city, after those two had killed all the men there (verse 25). -34:27 iggu אֲשֶׁ֥ר טִמְּא֖וּ אֲחוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “{They did that} because {that was where} Shechem had defiled/dishonored/disgraced their sister.” or “to get revenge for the shameful thing that had been done to their sister {there}.” See how you translated “defiled” in verses 5 and 13. Even though Shechem was the one who actually defiled Dinah (verses 2, 5, 7, 13), Jacob’s sons held everyone in the city responsible for the crime that their ruler’s son had committed (verses 25-29). If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “they” does not refer to Jacob’s sons. -34:28 u9bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת צֹאנָ֥⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּקָרָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶּ֑ם וְ⁠אֵ֧ת אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠עִ֛יר וְ⁠אֶת אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה לָקָֽחוּ 1 “They took away the people’s sheep and goats, their cattle, their donkeys, and everything else {they wanted} from inside the city and from out in the fields/countryside.” or “They plundered whatever was inside the city and out in the {surrounding} fields/area, including the people’s flocks {of sheep and goats}, their herds {of cattle}, and their donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 32:15. +34:26 wgh0 וַ⁠יֵּצֵֽאוּ 1 “and left the city.” or “and returned home.” +34:27 cym6 בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֗ב בָּ֚אוּ עַל הַ֣⁠חֲלָלִ֔ים וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖זּוּ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “Then/Next all Jacob’s sons went into the city and took everything valuable from/off the dead bodies and from the rest of the city,” All of Jacob’s sons probably joined Simeon and Levi in plundering the city, after those two had killed all the men there (verse 25). +34:27 iggu אֲשֶׁ֥ר טִמְּא֖וּ אֲחוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “They did that because that was where Shechem had defiled/dishonored/disgraced their sister.” or “to get revenge for the shameful thing that had been done to their sister there.” See how you translated “defiled” in verses 5 and 13. Even though Shechem was the one who actually defiled Dinah (verses 2, 5, 7, 13), Jacob’s sons held everyone in the city responsible for the crime that their ruler’s son had committed (verses 25-29). If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “they” does not refer to Jacob’s sons. +34:28 u9bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת צֹאנָ֥⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּקָרָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶּ֑ם וְ⁠אֵ֧ת אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠עִ֛יר וְ⁠אֶת אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה לָקָֽחוּ 1 “They took away the people’s sheep and goats, their cattle, their donkeys, and everything else they wanted from inside the city and from out in the fields/countryside.” or “They plundered whatever was inside the city and out in the surrounding fields/area, including the people’s flocks of sheep and goats, their herds of cattle, and their donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 32:15. 34:29 ulo0 וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֵילָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם שָׁב֖וּ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֑זּוּ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “They carried away all the valuable things the people of Shechem had owned, including everything that was in their houses. They also captured all their women and children.” or “They took away everything that was valuable and also captured all the children and women. They seized and took away everything that was in the houses.” See how you translated “plundered” in verse 27. -34:30 orqa וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל־שִׁמְע֣וֹן וְ⁠אֶל־לֵוִי֮ 1 “Later/Afterwards {when they came home,} Jacob scolded/rebuked Simeon and Levi {by saying},” -34:30 cqxl עֲכַרְתֶּ֣ם אֹתִ⁠י֒ 1 “You have brought/caused me {serious} trouble/problems” or “You have put me/us in great danger” -34:30 wstm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הַבְאִישֵׁ֨⁠נִי֙ בְּ⁠יֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ בַּֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֑י 1 “by causing the people who live in this land to despise/hate me/us, {including/especially} the Canaanites and Perizzites!” or “by causing the Canaanites and Perizzites who live in this land to despise/hate me/us!” The idiom “making me stink” means Jacob’s sons had caused him to have a very bad reputation, so that people would hate him and his family. Some languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “the Canaanites” and “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7; 15:20-21. There were other people groups also living in the land, but these two groups are the ones being emphasized here. -34:30 sth0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר 1 “I/We {only} have a few men {to defend us},” or “I/We don’t have many people {in our family/household},” The words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer in this verse to all of Jacob’s family; he uses these pronouns because he is the leader of his family. -34:30 wg65 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ עָלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠הִכּ֔וּ⁠נִי 1 “so if they {all} join {forces} against me/us and attack me/us,” Make sure your use of the pronouns “me” or “us” fits with the way you translate the rest of this sentence. -34:30 qov1 וְ⁠נִשְׁמַדְתִּ֖י אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “then I/we and my/our family/household will be destroyed/killed!” or “they will destroy/annihilate/kill me/us and {the rest of} my/our family/household!” -34:31 unw5 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֑וּ 1 “But Simeon and Levi responded/replied {angrily},” -34:31 rcxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠כְ⁠זוֹנָ֕ה יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֶת אֲחוֹתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “He/Shechem should not have treated our sister like/as a prostitute/whore!” or “We couldn’t let him/Shechem {just} get away with treating our sister like/as a {cheap,} immoral woman!” This rhetorical question shows Simeon and Levi’s anger and emphasizes that Shechem was wrong to do what he did and implies that he (and his city) deserved justice. Some languages have an idiom for this. Do what is best in your language. +34:30 orqa וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל־שִׁמְע֣וֹן וְ⁠אֶל־לֵוִי֮ 1 “Later/Afterwards when they came home, Jacob scolded/rebuked Simeon and Levi by saying,” +34:30 cqxl עֲכַרְתֶּ֣ם אֹתִ⁠י֒ 1 “You have brought/caused me serious trouble/problems” or “You have put me/us in great danger” +34:30 wstm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הַבְאִישֵׁ֨⁠נִי֙ בְּ⁠יֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ בַּֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֑י 1 “by causing the people who live in this land to despise/hate me/us, including/especially the Canaanites and Perizzites!” or “by causing the Canaanites and Perizzites who live in this land to despise/hate me/us!” The idiom “making me stink” means Jacob’s sons had caused him to have a very bad reputation, so that people would hate him and his family. Some languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “the Canaanites” and “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7; 15:20-21. There were other people groups also living in the land, but these two groups are the ones being emphasized here. +34:30 sth0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר 1 “I/We only have a few men to defend us,” or “I/We don’t have many people in our family/household,” The words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer in this verse to all of Jacob’s family; he uses these pronouns because he is the leader of his family. +34:30 wg65 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ עָלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠הִכּ֔וּ⁠נִי 1 “so if they all join forces against me/us and attack me/us,” Make sure your use of the pronouns “me” or “us” fits with the way you translate the rest of this sentence. +34:30 qov1 וְ⁠נִשְׁמַדְתִּ֖י אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “then I/we and my/our family/household will be destroyed/killed!” or “they will destroy/annihilate/kill me/us and the rest of my/our family/household!” +34:31 unw5 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֑וּ 1 “But Simeon and Levi responded/replied angrily,” +34:31 rcxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠כְ⁠זוֹנָ֕ה יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֶת אֲחוֹתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “He/Shechem should not have treated our sister like/as a prostitute/whore!” or “We couldn’t let him/Shechem just get away with treating our sister like/as a cheap, immoral woman!” This rhetorical question shows Simeon and Levi’s anger and emphasizes that Shechem was wrong to do what he did and implies that he (and his city) deserved justice. Some languages have an idiom for this. Do what is best in your language. 35:1 b2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then God told/commanded Jacob,” Translate this quote margin in a way that is natural in your language and that fits with what God says. 35:1 divn ק֛וּם 1 “Get ready/packed” or “Leave here” -35:1 j11q עֲלֵ֥ה בֵֽית אֵ֖ל וְ⁠שֶׁב שָׁ֑ם 1 “and travel to {the town of} Bethel and live there.” or “and move to {the town of} Bethel.” The verb “go up” reflects the fact that the town of Bethel is higher in elevation than the city of Shechem; it does not refer to the direction they were going, which was south. Many translations leave “up” implied (to prevent confusion). Do what is best in your language. -35:1 a8t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Build an altar there {and offer sacrifices on it}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 33:20. -35:1 auxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠אֵל֙ 1 “to {me as} the God” or “to {me,} the God” or “to worship {me as} the God”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself as he speaks here to Jacob. -35:1 b1zx הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֣ה אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “who appeared/came to you {there}” or “who introduced himself/myself to you {there}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 26:2, 24. +35:1 j11q עֲלֵ֥ה בֵֽית אֵ֖ל וְ⁠שֶׁב שָׁ֑ם 1 “and travel to the town of Bethel and live there.” or “and move to the town of Bethel.” The verb “go up” reflects the fact that the town of Bethel is higher in elevation than the city of Shechem; it does not refer to the direction they were going, which was south. Many translations leave “up” implied (to prevent confusion). Do what is best in your language. +35:1 a8t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Build an altar there and offer sacrifices on it”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 33:20. +35:1 auxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠אֵל֙ 1 “to me as the God” or “to me, the God” or “to worship me as the God”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself as he speaks here to Jacob. +35:1 b1zx הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֣ה אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “who appeared/came to you there” or “who introduced himself/myself to you there”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 26:2, 24. 35:1 valf בְּ⁠בָרְחֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “when you were running away”. See how you translated “flee” in Gen 31:20-21, 27. -35:1 w50x מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “from {the anger of} your brother Esau.” or “from your brother Esau.” -35:2 k4x7 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Jacob told {the members of} his household/family” -35:2 uugi וְ⁠אֶ֖ל כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and everyone {else} who {was} with him,” This included Jacob’s servants and the people (women and children) whom his sons had just captured from the city of Shechem (Gen 34:29). You could put some of that information in a footnote. +35:1 w50x מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “from the anger of your brother Esau.” or “from your brother Esau.” +35:2 k4x7 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Jacob told the members of his household/family” +35:2 uugi וְ⁠אֶ֖ל כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and everyone else who was with him,” This included Jacob’s servants and the people (women and children) whom his sons had just captured from the city of Shechem (Gen 34:29). You could put some of that information in a footnote. 35:2 ftw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הָסִ֜רוּ אֶת אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Get rid of the idols you have that other/pagan people/ethnic groups worship.” or “Give up the idols that you got/have from foreigners”. See how you translated “idols” and “gods” in Gen 31:19, 30, 32. 35:2 ajs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠הִֽטַּהֲר֔וּ 1 “and cleanse yourselves” or “Also wash and make yourselves clean”. They were to make themselves physically clean as a sign that they were preparing themselves mentally and spiritually to worship God (as their only God) at Bethel, which was a holy place where God had met with Jacob before. Some languages may have a special word for “purify” that communicates this. Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. 35:2 fg8j וְ⁠הַחֲלִ֖יפוּ שִׂמְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “and put/get on clean clothes.” -35:3 nuyn וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה 1 “Then we will/must pack up {our things/belongings}” or “Then we will/must leave here”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 1. -35:3 yauk וְ⁠נַעֲלֶ֖ה בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “and go/move to {the town of} Bethel,” See how you translated “go up” in verse 1. +35:3 nuyn וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה 1 “Then we will/must pack up our things/belongings” or “Then we will/must leave here”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 1. +35:3 yauk וְ⁠נַעֲלֶ֖ה בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “and go/move to the town of Bethel,” See how you translated “go up” in verse 1. 35:3 jdob וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂה שָּׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ לָ⁠אֵ֞ל 1 “where I/we will build an altar to worship God,” or “There I/we will build an altar and worship God,” The Hebrew text has “I” here, but probably also implies that others in Jacob’s household would help him build the altar. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “make an altar” in verse 1. -35:3 kf5y הָ⁠עֹנֶ֤ה אֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “because he answered/helped me” or “who answered/granted my prayers {for help}” +35:3 kf5y הָ⁠עֹנֶ֤ה אֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “because he answered/helped me” or “who answered/granted my prayers for help” 35:3 qw4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠י֣וֹם צָֽרָתִ֔⁠י 1 “during the days/time/times when I was in distress/trouble.” The phrase “In the day of” is used here as an idiom that could refer to the time when Jacob was fleeing from Esau, or it could be more general and also include other times when Jacob was suffering, such as the years he worked for Laban. -35:3 mk28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִי֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “He has {always} been/stayed with me/us {and taken care of me/us}”. See how you translated the idiom “with me” in Gen 31:5, where it also means that God is not only present with him but also helps him and takes care of him. +35:3 mk28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִי֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “He has always been/stayed with me/us and taken care of me/us”. See how you translated the idiom “with me” in Gen 31:5, where it also means that God is not only present with him but also helps him and takes care of him. 35:3 gaoi בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלָֽכְתִּי 1 “everywhere that I/we have gone/traveled.” 35:4 a2y2 וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “So/Then they gave Jacob” or “So/Then they handed/turned over to Jacob” -35:4 trzi אֵ֣ת כָּל אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “all the foreign/pagan gods/idols that they had {with them}” or “all their idols”. See how you translated “foreign gods” in verse 2. You could translate this differently here since this is the second time they are mentioned in this paragraph. -35:4 emli וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נְּזָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and the earrings they wore on their ears.” or “and {all} their earrings.” These earrings seem to have been part of their idol worship and may have had images of their idols on them. You could include that information in a footnote. -35:4 mkvs וַ⁠יִּטְמֹ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Jacob hid/buried everything {in the ground}” or “Then Jacob hid/buried all those things {in the ground}” +35:4 trzi אֵ֣ת כָּל אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “all the foreign/pagan gods/idols that they had with them” or “all their idols”. See how you translated “foreign gods” in verse 2. You could translate this differently here since this is the second time they are mentioned in this paragraph. +35:4 emli וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נְּזָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and the earrings they wore on their ears.” or “and all their earrings.” These earrings seem to have been part of their idol worship and may have had images of their idols on them. You could include that information in a footnote. +35:4 mkvs וַ⁠יִּטְמֹ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Jacob hid/buried everything in the ground” or “Then Jacob hid/buried all those things in the ground” 35:4 ppcd תַּ֥חַת 1 “beside” or “at the foot/base of”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob buried these things in the ground beside the tree, not directly under the trunk of the tree. 35:4 qkq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אֵלָ֖ה 1 “the/a terebinth/oak tree”. Although this phrase refers to a terebinth tree, many translations have “oak tree” instead, or some other type of large, strong tree that is well known. See how you translated a different Hebrew word that is also translated “terebinth tree” or “oak tree” in Gen 12:6; 13:18; 14:13; 18:1. Another Hebrew word in Gen 35:8 is also translated as “oak.” -35:4 pwdj אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם שְׁכֶֽם 1 “that {was} near {the city of} Shechem.” -35:5 w4f2 וַ⁠יִּסָּ֑עוּ 1 “Then they {all} left there {and started traveling},” or “Then Jacob and everyone with him left that place,” -35:5 bc7c וַ⁠יְהִ֣י חִתַּ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל הֶֽ⁠עָרִים֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֣א 1 “and God caused {the people in} the surrounding/nearby cities/towns to be terrified/afraid, so that” or “and God made {the people in} the nearby cities/towns so afraid that”. The Hebrew word “Elohim” probably means “God” in this phrase (as it usually does in the Bible); most English versions translate it that way here. Or it could be an adjective that modifies “dread/terror” and means “great/deep dread/terror” (similar to Gen 23:6, 30:8). See how you translated “dread” in Gen 9:2. +35:4 pwdj אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם שְׁכֶֽם 1 “that was near the city of Shechem.” +35:5 w4f2 וַ⁠יִּסָּ֑עוּ 1 “Then they all left there and started traveling,” or “Then Jacob and everyone with him left that place,” +35:5 bc7c וַ⁠יְהִ֣י חִתַּ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל הֶֽ⁠עָרִים֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֣א 1 “and God caused the people in the surrounding/nearby cities/towns to be terrified/afraid, so that” or “and God made the people in the nearby cities/towns so afraid that”. The Hebrew word “Elohim” probably means “God” in this phrase (as it usually does in the Bible); most English versions translate it that way here. Or it could be an adjective that modifies “dread/terror” and means “great/deep dread/terror” (similar to Gen 23:6, 30:8). See how you translated “dread” in Gen 9:2. 35:5 xxat וְ⁠לֹ֣א רָֽדְפ֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י 1 “they did not attack” or “no one attacked” or “none of them chased/came/went after”. Make sure your translation of “they” refers here to the people in the surrounding towns, not Jacob’s sons. -35:5 g7og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “Jacob’s sons/family {to avenge the people of Shechem}.” or “them.” or “Jacob and his family.” Jacob’s sons are mentioned here since they are in focus as the ones who just plundered the city of Shechem; Jacob and the rest of his family were there with his sons and were also in danger. -35:6 r8n3 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב ל֗וּזָ⁠ה 1 “Then/Soon Jacob/they arrived at {the town of} Luz,” Be consistent in this verse with how you spelled “Luz” and “Bethel” in Gen 28:19. -35:6 zpbn הִ֖וא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “which {is also/now called/named} Bethel,” or “that {is}, Bethel,” or “which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” See how you translated “which is” in Gen 23:2, 19. -35:6 e1f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “which is {also} in Canaan,” Since Shechem (verse 4) and Bethel were both in the land or region of Canaan, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this location phrase earlier in the verse and say, “Jacob/He and his family {continued traveling} in the land/region of Canaan and arrived at {the town of} Luz, which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” Do what is best in your language. +35:5 g7og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “Jacob’s sons/family to avenge the people of Shechem.” or “them.” or “Jacob and his family.” Jacob’s sons are mentioned here since they are in focus as the ones who just plundered the city of Shechem; Jacob and the rest of his family were there with his sons and were also in danger. +35:6 r8n3 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב ל֗וּזָ⁠ה 1 “Then/Soon Jacob/they arrived at the town of Luz,” Be consistent in this verse with how you spelled “Luz” and “Bethel” in Gen 28:19. +35:6 zpbn הִ֖וא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “which is also/now called/named Bethel,” or “that is, Bethel,” or “which also/now has the name Bethel,” See how you translated “which is” in Gen 23:2, 19. +35:6 e1f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “which is also in Canaan,” Since Shechem (verse 4) and Bethel were both in the land or region of Canaan, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this location phrase earlier in the verse and say, “Jacob/He and his family continued traveling in the land/region of Canaan and arrived at the town of Luz, which also/now has the name Bethel,” Do what is best in your language. 35:6 rsay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֖וּא וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עָ֥ם אֲשֶׁר עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “he/Jacob and his whole/entire household/family.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse. Do what is best in your language. 35:7 iybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן שָׁם֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “There he/Jacob built an altar,” or “Then he/Jacob built an altar there,” Consider again how you translated “altar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:20; 12:7-8; 13:4, 18; 22:9; 26:25; 33:20; 35:1, 3, 7. 35:7 n4aj וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “and he named the/that place” or “and he called/named it” -35:7 wumu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֖ל בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at Bethel,”}” or “El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at God’s house,”}” +35:7 wumu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֖ל בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “El Bethel, which means “the God of/at Bethel,”” or “El Bethel, which means “the God of/at God’s house,”” 35:7 acaa כִּ֣י שָׁ֗ם 1 “because that is where” or “because it was at Bethel that” -35:7 njqv נִגְל֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God had {first} introduced himself to him/Jacob” or “God had {first} appeared to him/Jacob”. Compare how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“appeared”) in verses 1 and 9. +35:7 njqv נִגְל֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God had first introduced himself to him/Jacob” or “God had first appeared to him/Jacob”. Compare how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“appeared”) in verses 1 and 9. 35:7 l3rr בְּ⁠בָרְח֖⁠וֹ 1 “when/while he was running away”. See how you translated “fleeing” in verse 1. -35:7 ww7q מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “from {the anger of} his brother.” or “from his brother.” See how you translated “from the presence of” in verse 1. -35:8 psgk וַ⁠תָּ֤מָת דְּבֹרָה֙ מֵינֶ֣קֶת רִבְקָ֔ה 1 “Then {while they were still in Bethel,} Rebekah’s {former} nurse/nanny Deborah died” or “{While they were there,} Deborah died. She was the servant who had helped raise {Jacob’s mother} Rebekah {when she was young}.” See how you translated “nurse” in Gen 24:59. -35:8 cnph וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵ֛ר 1 “and {her body} was buried {by Jacob} {in the ground}” or “They/Jacob buried her {body} {in the ground}” -35:8 gwdm מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “{in the valley} below/near {the town of} Bethel,” or “{at a place} south of {the town of} Bethel,” The town of Bethel was built on a hill, so the phrase “below Bethel” means that Deborah was buried near Bethel, in a valley or place that was lower in elevation than the town, and possibly to the south of it. -35:8 h6bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תַּ֣חַת הָֽ⁠אַלּ֑וֹן 1 “beside the/an oak tree” or “at the foot/base of an oak tree.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“under the terebinth/oak tree”) in verse 4. Many translations translate this phrase the same way in both places (“under an oak tree”), even though different Hebrew words are used for the type of tree. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase before the previous phrase and say, “at the base of an oak tree, below/near {the town of} Bethel.” Do what is best in your language. +35:7 ww7q מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “from the anger of his brother.” or “from his brother.” See how you translated “from the presence of” in verse 1. +35:8 psgk וַ⁠תָּ֤מָת דְּבֹרָה֙ מֵינֶ֣קֶת רִבְקָ֔ה 1 “Then while they were still in Bethel, Rebekah’s former nurse/nanny Deborah died” or “While they were there, Deborah died. She was the servant who had helped raise Jacob’s mother Rebekah when she was young.” See how you translated “nurse” in Gen 24:59. +35:8 cnph וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵ֛ר 1 “and her body was buried by Jacob in the ground” or “They/Jacob buried her body in the ground” +35:8 gwdm מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “in the valley below/near the town of Bethel,” or “at a place south of the town of Bethel,” The town of Bethel was built on a hill, so the phrase “below Bethel” means that Deborah was buried near Bethel, in a valley or place that was lower in elevation than the town, and possibly to the south of it. +35:8 h6bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תַּ֣חַת הָֽ⁠אַלּ֑וֹן 1 “beside the/an oak tree” or “at the foot/base of an oak tree.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“under the terebinth/oak tree”) in verse 4. Many translations translate this phrase the same way in both places (“under an oak tree”), even though different Hebrew words are used for the type of tree. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase before the previous phrase and say, “at the base of an oak tree, below/near the town of Bethel.” Do what is best in your language. 35:8 eqj9 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So he/they named the tree/place” or “That is why the/that place is known as”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) that people in general called the tree or place Allon Bacuth; or (2) that Jacob was the one who named the place. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 31:38. -35:8 iar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַלּ֥וֹן בָּכֽוּת 1 “Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree of weeping/mourning.”}” or “Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree where people mourn.”}” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated “oak tree” in the previous sentence. -35:9 tchm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ ע֔וֹד בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Now that Jacob had come/returned from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {at Bethel} again” or “Now that Jacob had come/returned {to Bethel} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {there} again” +35:8 iar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַלּ֥וֹן בָּכֽוּת 1 “Allon Bacuth, which means “oak tree of weeping/mourning.”” or “Allon Bacuth, which means “oak tree where people mourn.”” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated “oak tree” in the previous sentence. +35:9 tchm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ ע֔וֹד בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Now that Jacob had come/returned from the land/region of Paddan Aram, God appeared to him at Bethel again” or “Now that Jacob had come/returned to Bethel from the land/region of Paddan Aram, God appeared to him there again” 35:9 w0t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and blessed him” or “and showed his goodness/kindness toward him” or “God blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. 35:10 q9rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּֽאמֶר ל֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “and said to him,” or “by saying to him,” What God says to Jacob in verses 10-12 is the blessing. So make sure your translation of “blessed” (verse 9) and “said” (verse 10) refers to the same event, not two separate events. See how you translated “blessed … and said” in Gen 1:28. -35:10 bpj9 שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “{Although} your name {has been} Jacob,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like God was telling Jacob something he did not know. -35:10 qyzi לֹֽא יִקָּרֵא֩ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֨ ע֜וֹד יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “that will no longer be your {only} name,” or “it will no longer be Jacob/that,” Notice that Jacob is referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 11-20, 22-29; “Israel” in verses 10 and 21). You could put that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated this clause in Gen 32:28, and see the note about Jacob’s names there. -35:10 nvm1 כִּ֤י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Rather, your name will {also} be Israel!” or “Rather, you will {also} have the name Israel!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -35:10 kx9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “So {once again} God gave Jacob the name Israel.” This was not the first time God had given Jacob the name Israel (See: Gen 32:28). To make that clear, you could make “once again” explicit here. -35:11 ni4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ל֨⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then God {also} said to him/Jacob,” or “Then God {also} {blessed him/Jacob by} saying,” or “God continued {blessing him/Jacob by} saying to him,” In verse 11, God continues the blessing that he started in verse 10, perhaps after a pause. -35:11 k8l5 אֲנִ֨י אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ 1 “I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” See how you translated the title “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1 and 28:3. +35:10 bpj9 שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Although your name has been Jacob,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like God was telling Jacob something he did not know. +35:10 qyzi לֹֽא יִקָּרֵא֩ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֨ ע֜וֹד יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “that will no longer be your only name,” or “it will no longer be Jacob/that,” Notice that Jacob is referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 11-20, 22-29; “Israel” in verses 10 and 21). You could put that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated this clause in Gen 32:28, and see the note about Jacob’s names there. +35:10 nvm1 כִּ֤י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Rather, your name will also be Israel!” or “Rather, you will also have the name Israel!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +35:10 kx9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “So once again God gave Jacob the name Israel.” This was not the first time God had given Jacob the name Israel (See: Gen 32:28). To make that clear, you could make “once again” explicit here. +35:11 ni4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ל֨⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then God also said to him/Jacob,” or “Then God also blessed him/Jacob by saying,” or “God continued blessing him/Jacob by saying to him,” In verse 11, God continues the blessing that he started in verse 10, perhaps after a pause. +35:11 k8l5 אֲנִ֨י אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ 1 “I am Almighty God.” or “I am God who is all-powerful.” See how you translated the title “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1 and 28:3. 35:11 mdi4 פְּרֵ֣ה 1 “Have many children”. Consider again how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 1:22, 28; 8:17; 9:1, 7; 35:11. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -35:11 ko42 וּ⁠רְבֵ֔ה 1 “and increase {in number}.” or “so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.” -35:11 uzb9 גּ֛וֹי וּ⁠קְהַ֥ל גּוֹיִ֖ם יִהְיֶ֣ה מִמֶּ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “{Your descendants will become} a {large} people/ethnic group. In fact, many people/ethnic groups will come/descend from you,” or “Your descendants will become many people/ethnic groups,” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a multitude of nations”) in Gen 17:4-5 and another similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in Gen 28:3. +35:11 ko42 וּ⁠רְבֵ֔ה 1 “and increase in number.” or “so that you and your descendants become very numerous/many.” +35:11 uzb9 גּ֛וֹי וּ⁠קְהַ֥ל גּוֹיִ֖ם יִהְיֶ֣ה מִמֶּ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “Your descendants will become a large people/ethnic group. In fact, many people/ethnic groups will come/descend from you,” or “Your descendants will become many people/ethnic groups,” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a multitude of nations”) in Gen 17:4-5 and another similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in Gen 28:3. 35:11 ztcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מֵ⁠חֲלָצֶ֥י⁠ךָ יֵצֵֽאוּ 1 “and kings will come/descend from you.” or “and some of your descendants will be kings.” The phrase “come from your loins” is an idiom that refers to having children, grandchildren and other descendants. Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language. -35:12 wfzz וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֛תִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם וּ⁠לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{Besides that,} the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac I {also} give to you and your descendants {who live} after you.” or “Also, I am giving to you the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac, and I will {also} give it to your descendants {who live} after you.” -35:13 jeht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מֵ⁠עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֱלֹהִ֑ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then God left Jacob there where he had been speaking/talking to him.” or “After God finished talking to Jacob, he left him there and went up {to heaven}.” See how you translated “went up from” in Gen 17:22. -35:14 apyn וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֨ב יַעֲקֹ֜ב מַצֵּבָ֗ה 1 “Then Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}” or “Then Jacob took/chose a {large} stone {that was there} and set/stood it up {on its end}”. See how you translated a similar passage in Gen 28:18 about Jacob setting up a memorial stone pillar. -35:14 vufy בַּ⁠מָּק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מַצֶּ֣בֶת אָ֑בֶן 1 “at the place where God had spoken/talked to him, to mark the place {as special}.” or “as a memorial stone to remember the place where God had spoken/talked to him.” -35:14 bs34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ךְ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ נֶ֔סֶךְ וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ שָֽׁמֶן 1 “Then he poured some wine and some {olive} oil on the stone pillar/marker {to thank God and dedicate the place to him}.” A drink offering was probably wine that Jacob poured on the stone as a sacrifice to God, to worship and thank him. See how you translated “poured oil on …” in Gen 28:18. -35:15 r8mu וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר אִתּ֥⁠וֹ שָׁ֛ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בֵּֽית אֵֽל 1 “Then Jacob called/named that place Bethel, {which means “house of God,”} because God had spoken/talked to him there.” or “Since God had spoken/talked to Jacob at that place, Jacob named it Bethel, {which means “God’s house.”}” See how you translated “called the name of that place Bethel” in Gen 28:19. -35:16 zgdt וַ⁠יִּסְעוּ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֵ֔ל 1 “Then they left {the town of} Bethel” or “Later Jacob and his family moved on from {the town of} Bethel”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” throughout the book of Genesis and whether you refer to it as a town or a city. See Gen 12:8; 13:3; 28:19; 31:13; 35:1, 3, 7, 15, 16. -35:16 pluk וַֽ⁠יְהִי ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “and started {heading} toward {the town of} Ephrath. But while they were still a distance away from there,” or “and headed for {the town of} Ephrath. While they were still some distance from there,” The phrase “a distance of land” is very general, but your translation should not make it sound like the distance was too far, because Rachel’s grave is about two kilometers (one mile) from Ephrath (Bethlehem). -35:16 xn8j וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד רָחֵ֖ל 1 “{Jacob’s/his wife} Rachel, {who was pregnant,} began to have labor/childbirth pains,” or “Rachel went into labor,” +35:12 wfzz וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֛תִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם וּ⁠לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “Besides that, the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac I also give to you and your descendants who live after you.” or “Also, I am giving to you the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac, and I will also give it to your descendants who live after you.” +35:13 jeht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מֵ⁠עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֱלֹהִ֑ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then God left Jacob there where he had been speaking/talking to him.” or “After God finished talking to Jacob, he left him there and went up to heaven.” See how you translated “went up from” in Gen 17:22. +35:14 apyn וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֨ב יַעֲקֹ֜ב מַצֵּבָ֗ה 1 “Then Jacob set/stood a large stone up on its end” or “Then Jacob took/chose a large stone that was there and set/stood it up on its end”. See how you translated a similar passage in Gen 28:18 about Jacob setting up a memorial stone pillar. +35:14 vufy בַּ⁠מָּק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מַצֶּ֣בֶת אָ֑בֶן 1 “at the place where God had spoken/talked to him, to mark the place as special.” or “as a memorial stone to remember the place where God had spoken/talked to him.” +35:14 bs34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ךְ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ נֶ֔סֶךְ וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ שָֽׁמֶן 1 “Then he poured some wine and some olive oil on the stone pillar/marker to thank God and dedicate the place to him.” A drink offering was probably wine that Jacob poured on the stone as a sacrifice to God, to worship and thank him. See how you translated “poured oil on …” in Gen 28:18. +35:15 r8mu וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר אִתּ֥⁠וֹ שָׁ֛ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בֵּֽית אֵֽל 1 “Then Jacob called/named that place Bethel, which means “house of God,” because God had spoken/talked to him there.” or “Since God had spoken/talked to Jacob at that place, Jacob named it Bethel, which means “God’s house.”” See how you translated “called the name of that place Bethel” in Gen 28:19. +35:16 zgdt וַ⁠יִּסְעוּ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֵ֔ל 1 “Then they left the town of Bethel” or “Later Jacob and his family moved on from the town of Bethel”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” throughout the book of Genesis and whether you refer to it as a town or a city. See Gen 12:8; 13:3; 28:19; 31:13; 35:1, 3, 7, 15, 16. +35:16 pluk וַֽ⁠יְהִי ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “and started heading toward the town of Ephrath. But while they were still a distance away from there,” or “and headed for the town of Ephrath. While they were still some distance from there,” The phrase “a distance of land” is very general, but your translation should not make it sound like the distance was too far, because Rachel’s grave is about two kilometers (one mile) from Ephrath (Bethlehem). +35:16 xn8j וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד רָחֵ֖ל 1 “Jacob’s/his wife Rachel, who was pregnant, began to have labor/childbirth pains,” or “Rachel went into labor,” 35:16 hid6 וַ⁠תְּקַ֥שׁ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “but she was having a very difficult time delivering the baby.” or “but she was experiencing great difficulty.” 35:17 lkqs וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠הַקְשֹׁתָ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then when her labor pain was at its worst,” or “Then when she was at the most difficult/painful point/time in her labor,” or “Then when her labor/childbirth pains were the most severe,” The phrase “hard labor” refers to when childbirth contractions are close together and very painful, often right before a baby is born. -35:17 ojel וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר לָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֨דֶת֙ 1 “the midwife told her,” or “{the baby was born and} the midwife/woman who was helping her deliver exclaimed to her,” +35:17 ojel וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר לָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֨דֶת֙ 1 “the midwife told her,” or “the baby was born and the midwife/woman who was helping her deliver exclaimed to her,” 35:17 infx אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י 1 “Do not worry/despair!” -35:17 uww0 כִּֽי גַם זֶ֥ה לָ֖⁠ךְ בֵּֽן 1 “You {now} have another son/boy!” or “You {just} gave birth to another son/boy!” -35:18 ob0k וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בְּ⁠צֵ֤את נַפְשָׁ⁠הּ֙ כִּ֣י מֵ֔תָה 1 “But Rachel was dying, and as her soul/spirit was leaving her body,” or “But {in fact/reality,} Rachel was about to die, and just/right before her soul/spirit left her,” Some translations use an idiom here, for example, “as she was taking her last breath” or “as her life was slipping/fading away”, but it is best to translate this in a way that preserves the biblical teaching that at death the soul or spirit leaves the body. -35:18 lpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ בֶּן אוֹנִ֑י 1 “she named her baby {boy} Benoni, {which means “son of my sorrow/trouble.”}” The meaning of this name could imply that the child caused Rachel’s death. In the Hebrew text this name is two words connected with a dash (“Ben-oni”). Many translations write it that way or as one word (“Benoni”), and a few translations write it as “Ben Oni.” Any of these spellings is fine. -35:18 yl7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “But {later,} his father {Jacob}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Jacob. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -35:18 qoiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָֽרָא ל֥⁠וֹ בִנְיָמִֽין 1 “named him Benjamin {instead}.” or “changed his name to Benjamin, {which means “son of my right hand.”}” The phrase “son of my right hand” is an idiom that means “favored son” or “son of strength.” -35:19 z9dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵר֙ 1 “After Rachel died, her body was buried {by Jacob}” or “After Rachel died, they/Jacob buried her {body}”. See how you translated “was buried” in verse 8. -35:19 u8c3 בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 “beside/near the road {that goes} to {the town of} Ephrath,” -35:19 v561 הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which {is also called/named} Bethlehem.” or “which {also has the name} Bethlehem.” or “that {is}, Bethlehem.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“which is Bethel”) in verse 6. -35:20 zolc וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ב יַעֲקֹ֛ב מַצֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}”. See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also consider again how you translated “set up” and “pillar” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 28:18, 22; 31:13, 45, 51, 52; 35:14, 20. -35:20 tkgx עַל קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “over/on her burial place {to mark/show where it was}.” or “to mark/show {where} her grave/tomb {was}.” or “to mark the place where they/he had buried her body.” -35:20 xjy1 הִ֛וא מַצֶּ֥בֶת קְבֻֽרַת רָחֵ֖ל 1 “{In fact,} that {same} pillar/stone still marks Rachel’s/her grave/tomb” +35:17 uww0 כִּֽי גַם זֶ֥ה לָ֖⁠ךְ בֵּֽן 1 “You now have another son/boy!” or “You just gave birth to another son/boy!” +35:18 ob0k וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בְּ⁠צֵ֤את נַפְשָׁ⁠הּ֙ כִּ֣י מֵ֔תָה 1 “But Rachel was dying, and as her soul/spirit was leaving her body,” or “But in fact/reality, Rachel was about to die, and just/right before her soul/spirit left her,” Some translations use an idiom here, for example, “as she was taking her last breath” or “as her life was slipping/fading away”, but it is best to translate this in a way that preserves the biblical teaching that at death the soul or spirit leaves the body. +35:18 lpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ בֶּן אוֹנִ֑י 1 “she named her baby boy Benoni, which means “son of my sorrow/trouble.”” The meaning of this name could imply that the child caused Rachel’s death. In the Hebrew text this name is two words connected with a dash (“Ben-oni”). Many translations write it that way or as one word (“Benoni”), and a few translations write it as “Ben Oni.” Any of these spellings is fine. +35:18 yl7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “But later, his father Jacob”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Jacob. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +35:18 qoiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָֽרָא ל֥⁠וֹ בִנְיָמִֽין 1 “named him Benjamin instead.” or “changed his name to Benjamin, which means “son of my right hand.”” The phrase “son of my right hand” is an idiom that means “favored son” or “son of strength.” +35:19 z9dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵר֙ 1 “After Rachel died, her body was buried by Jacob” or “After Rachel died, they/Jacob buried her body”. See how you translated “was buried” in verse 8. +35:19 u8c3 בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 “beside/near the road that goes to the town of Ephrath,” +35:19 v561 הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which is also called/named Bethlehem.” or “which also has the name Bethlehem.” or “that is, Bethlehem.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“which is Bethel”) in verse 6. +35:20 zolc וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ב יַעֲקֹ֛ב מַצֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Jacob set/stood a large stone up on its end”. See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also consider again how you translated “set up” and “pillar” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 28:18, 22; 31:13, 45, 51, 52; 35:14, 20. +35:20 tkgx עַל קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “over/on her burial place to mark/show where it was.” or “to mark/show where her grave/tomb was.” or “to mark the place where they/he had buried her body.” +35:20 xjy1 הִ֛וא מַצֶּ֥בֶת קְבֻֽרַת רָחֵ֖ל 1 “In fact, that same pillar/stone still marks Rachel’s/her grave/tomb” 35:20 r7ta עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “to/in the present day.” or “today/now.” The phrase “to this day” refers to the time when the author (Moses) was living. Even in modern times, Rachel’s grave is still marked beside the road about eight kilometers (five miles) south of Jerusalem and two kilometers (one mile) north of Bethlehem. -35:21 e4g9 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “Then Israel {that is, Jacob,} {and his family} moved on {from there}” or “Then Israel {and his family} started traveling again”. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 21-22) and “Jacob” (verses 20, 22) refer to the same person, not two different people. +35:21 e4g9 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “Then Israel that is, Jacob, and his family moved on from there” or “Then Israel and his family started traveling again”. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 21-22) and “Jacob” (verses 20, 22) refer to the same person, not two different people. 35:21 sykf וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָֽהֳלֹ֔⁠ה 1 “and set/put up his/their tents” 35:21 fueh מֵ⁠הָ֖לְאָה 1 “on the other/south side of”. This phrase reflects the perspective of Jacob, who was traveling south. 35:21 txka rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מִגְדַּל עֵֽדֶר 1 “the tower of Eder.” or “Eder Tower.” Many translations transliterate “Migdal Eder” (like most other names). Many others translate the meaning of “Migdal” as “the tower” and transliterate “Eder.” A few translate the meaning of the entire name as “the Tower of the Flock.” This was apparently a place near Bethlehem where sheep were raised (Micah 4:8); shepherds may have watched over their flocks from the tower. -35:22 ls6b וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠שְׁכֹּ֤ן יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “While Israel {and his family} were {still} living/staying” or “During the time that they were living/staying” +35:22 ls6b וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠שְׁכֹּ֤ן יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “While Israel and his family were still living/staying” or “During the time that they were living/staying” 35:22 ym5y בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “in that area/region,” or “there,” -35:22 oswk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֔ן וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת 1 “{his/Israel’s son} Reuben slept with” or “{his/Israel’s son} Reuben committed adultery with” or “{his/Israel’s son} Reuben had {physical/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud in public. See how you translated “lain with” in Gen 26:10. +35:22 oswk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֔ן וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת 1 “his/Israel’s son Reuben slept with” or “his/Israel’s son Reuben committed adultery with” or “his/Israel’s son Reuben had physical/sexual relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud in public. See how you translated “lain with” in Gen 26:10. 35:22 ivkl בִּלְהָה֙ פִּילֶ֣גֶשׁ אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his father’s concubine/servant-wife Bilhah,” -35:22 vn3i וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “and/but Israel found out {about it}.” or “and Israel was told/informed {by someone} {about it}.” See how you translated “heard” in Gen 34:5, 7. -35:22 d6jc וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֥וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר 1 “{After Benjamin was born,} Jacob’s sons were twelve {in number}.” or “{With/After the birth of Benjamin,} Jacob {now} had {a total of} twelve sons.” -35:23 fjpl בְּנֵ֣י לֵאָ֔ה 1 “The sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah {were}” or “{These are} {the names of} the sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah:” Throughout verses 23-26, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language. See what you did in chapter 10. -35:23 ahzd בְּכ֥וֹר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “Reuben, {who was} Jacob’s/his firstborn/oldest {child},” +35:22 vn3i וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “and/but Israel found out about it.” or “and Israel was told/informed by someone about it.” See how you translated “heard” in Gen 34:5, 7. +35:22 d6jc וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֥וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר 1 “After Benjamin was born, Jacob’s sons were twelve in number.” or “With/After the birth of Benjamin, Jacob now had a total of twelve sons.” +35:23 fjpl בְּנֵ֣י לֵאָ֔ה 1 “The sons he had with his wife Leah were” or “These are the names of the sons he had with his wife Leah:” Throughout verses 23-26, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “were”. Do what is best in your language. See what you did in chapter 10. +35:23 ahzd בְּכ֥וֹר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “Reuben, who was Jacob’s/his firstborn/oldest child,” 35:23 tbnr וְ⁠שִׁמְעוֹן֙ וְ⁠לֵוִ֣י וִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה וְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר וּ⁠זְבוּלֻֽן 1 “then Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.” -35:24 poyp בְּנֵ֣י רָחֵ֔ל יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “These are the names of the sons {that he/Jacob had} with {his wife} Rachel: Joseph and Benjamin.” -35:25 s8xb וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בִלְהָה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֔ל דָּ֖ן וְ⁠נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachel’s servant Bilhah {were} Dan and Naphtali.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Bilhah, Rachel’s servant: Dan and Naphtali.” -35:26 uv07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה גָּ֣ד וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֑ר 1 “And the sons {he/Jacob had} with Leah’s servant Zilpah {were} Gad and Asher.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Leah’s servant Zilpah: Gad and Asher.” Consider again how you translated “maidservant” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16, 16:1-3, 5-6, 8; 20:14; 24:35; 25:12; 29:24, 29; 30:4, 7, 9-10, 12, 18, 43; 32:5, 22; 33:1-2, 6; 35:25-26. It may be necessary to translate this word in slightly different ways, depending on the context. Compare that to how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“slave/servant woman”); see Gen 31:33 for a list of where this word occurs in Genesis. -35:26 f1fu אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּד ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “{All} those {are/were} the sons Jacob had” or “Those {are/were} {all} Jacob’s sons that he had” -35:26 cmuu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֥ן אֲרָֽם 1 “{starting from the time that he lived} in {the region of} Paddan Aram.” Jacob started having children during the time he was living with Laban in Paddan Aram, but his last son Benjamin was not born until after they had left there (verse 18). Translate this in a way that allows for that. -35:27 qidz וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob came/went {home} to his father Isaac {who was living}” or “Then Jacob continued traveling and came to where his father Isaac was {living}” -35:27 dzkr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “in {the city of} Mamre,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. -35:27 b5zj קִרְיַ֣ת הָֽאַרְבַּ֑ע הִ֣וא חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “{which is also/now called} Kiriath Arba, that {is}, Hebron,” or “which {is also known as} Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” or “which {also has the name} Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” See how you translated Gen 23:2, which says that Kiriath Arba (where Sarah died) was also known as Hebron. -35:27 j8e6 אֲשֶׁר גָּֽר־שָׁ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “where Abraham and Isaac {and their families} had lived/stayed for a while {as foreigners/outsiders}.” or “That is where Isaac {and his family} had been living/staying for a while {as foreigners/outsiders} and where {his father} Abraham had also lived/stayed for a while.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +35:24 poyp בְּנֵ֣י רָחֵ֔ל יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “The sons he/Jacob had with Rachel were Joseph and Benjamin.” or “These are the names of the sons that he/Jacob had with his wife Rachel: Joseph and Benjamin.” +35:25 s8xb וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בִלְהָה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֔ל דָּ֖ן וְ⁠נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “The sons he/Jacob had with Rachel’s servant Bilhah were Dan and Naphtali.” or “These are the names of the sons that he/Jacob had with Bilhah, Rachel’s servant: Dan and Naphtali.” +35:26 uv07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה גָּ֣ד וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֑ר 1 “And the sons he/Jacob had with Leah’s servant Zilpah were Gad and Asher.” or “These are the names of the sons that he/Jacob had with Leah’s servant Zilpah: Gad and Asher.” Consider again how you translated “maidservant” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16, 16:1-3, 5-6, 8; 20:14; 24:35; 25:12; 29:24, 29; 30:4, 7, 9-10, 12, 18, 43; 32:5, 22; 33:1-2, 6; 35:25-26. It may be necessary to translate this word in slightly different ways, depending on the context. Compare that to how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“slave/servant woman”); see Gen 31:33 for a list of where this word occurs in Genesis. +35:26 f1fu אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּד ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “All those are/were the sons Jacob had” or “Those are/were all Jacob’s sons that he had” +35:26 cmuu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֥ן אֲרָֽם 1 “starting from the time that he lived in the region of Paddan Aram.” Jacob started having children during the time he was living with Laban in Paddan Aram, but his last son Benjamin was not born until after they had left there (verse 18). Translate this in a way that allows for that. +35:27 qidz וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob came/went home to his father Isaac who was living” or “Then Jacob continued traveling and came to where his father Isaac was living” +35:27 dzkr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “in the city of Mamre,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. +35:27 b5zj קִרְיַ֣ת הָֽאַרְבַּ֑ע הִ֣וא חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “which is also/now called Kiriath Arba, that is, Hebron,” or “which is also known as Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” or “which also has the name Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” See how you translated Gen 23:2, which says that Kiriath Arba (where Sarah died) was also known as Hebron. +35:27 j8e6 אֲשֶׁר גָּֽר־שָׁ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “where Abraham and Isaac and their families had lived/stayed for a while as foreigners/outsiders.” or “That is where Isaac and his family had been living/staying for a while as foreigners/outsiders and where his father Abraham had also lived/stayed for a while.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 35:28 z6ol וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֖וּ יְמֵ֣י יִצְחָ֑ק מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים שָׁנָֽה 1 “Isaac lived to be 180 years old.” See how you translated “the days of” in Gen 5:4-31 and 11:32. -35:29 ei54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע יִצְחָ֤ק וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת֙ 1 “Then Isaac/he breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in Gen 25:8 and 17. -35:29 e7q5 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֣סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:8 and 17. -35:29 hm56 עַמָּ֔י⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” -35:29 csuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֣ע יָמִ֑ים 1 “after living a long, full life.” or “{He was} very old and had lived a long, full life.” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Then, after living a long, full life, he breathed/took his last breath, died and joined his ancestors/relatives {who had died before him}.” Do what is best in your language. +35:29 ei54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע יִצְחָ֤ק וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת֙ 1 “Then Isaac/he breathed out for the last time and died,” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in Gen 25:8 and 17. +35:29 e7q5 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֣סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken by God to be with” or “and God took his spirit to be with” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:8 and 17. +35:29 hm56 עַמָּ֔י⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives who had already died.” or “his ancestors/relatives who had gone/died before him.” or “his deceased ancestors/relatives.” +35:29 csuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֣ע יָמִ֑ים 1 “after living a long, full life.” or “He was very old and had lived a long, full life.” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Then, after living a long, full life, he breathed/took his last breath, died and joined his ancestors/relatives who had died before him.” Do what is best in your language. 35:29 wmi4 וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ עֵשָׂ֥ו וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “Then his sons Esau and Jacob buried his body.” See how you translated “his sons … buried him” in Gen 25:9. -36:1 mor4 וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Now this is the genealogy/family-line of Esau,” or “These/Here are the descendants of Esau,” or “Here {is} the/a record/history about the descendants/family of Esau,” See how you translated “the generations of” in 25:12, 19. -36:1 r16h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “who {was also called} Edom.” or “that is, Edom.” or “whose {name} was {also} Edom.” The name Edom means “red” and is the nickname that Esau got for trading his birthright to Jacob for some reddish-colored stew (Genesis 25:29-34). The region of Edom and the Edomites were named after Esau, which is probably why this chapter repeatedly mentions that Esau is Edom. -36:2 guw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֵשָׂ֛ו לָקַ֥ח אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “Esau had chosen {two of his} wives from {among} the Canaanite women:” or “Esau had married {two} Canaanite women” or “Esau had married {two} women who were descendants of Canaan”. Only the first two wives mentioned in this chapter were Canaanites; see the comment about Basemath at verse 3. The Canaanites were the descendants of Noah’s grandson Canaan (Ham’s son) and included the Hittites and Hivites (verse 2; Genesis 10:15-18) and several other people groups. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -36:2 ox2j אֶת עָדָ֗ה 1 “{whose names were} Adah,” or “{Their names were} Adah,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -36:2 fkwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת אֵילוֹן֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “{who was} the daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon,” or “whose father was Elon, {who was} a descendant of Heth,” or “the daughter of {a man named} Elon, {who was} a member of the Heth/Hittite people {group},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Elon was the only Hittite. See how you translated “Hittites” in Gen 27:46. -36:2 y896 וְ⁠אֶת אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ 1 “and {also} Oholibamah,” or “as well as Oholibamah,” Notice that the names of Esau’s two Canaanite wives here are different from the names of his wives mentioned in Gen 26:34. It could be that they each had two names, or these may be different wives that he married later. -36:2 eq37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת עֲנָ֔ה בַּת 1 “{who was} Anah’s daughter {and} the {grand}daughter of” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was”. Notice that Elon, Anah, and Zibeon are the names of men here, not women. -36:2 evi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִבְע֖וֹן הַֽ⁠חִוִּֽי 1 “a Hivite named Zibeon.” or “Zibeon {who was} a descendant of Hivi.” or “Zibeon {who was} a {member of the} Hivi/Hivite people {group}.” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Zibeon was the only Hivite. Consider again how you translated “Hivites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:17; 34:2; 36:2. -36:3 x22q וְ⁠אֶת בָּשְׂמַ֥ת 1 “{Esau also married} Basemath,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Since this Basemath was a daughter of Ishmael (who was a descendant of Noah’s son Shem), she was not a Canaanite, in contrast to Esau’s first two wives (verse 2). She was also known as Mahalath (Gen 28:9); you could include some of that information in a footnote. Be consistent here with how you spelled Basemath (a different woman with the same name) in Gen 26:34. -36:3 sd2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל אֲח֥וֹת נְבָיֽוֹת 1 “{who was} Ishmael’s daughter {and} Nebaioth’s {younger} sister.” or “whose father was Ishmael and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth.” Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child (Gen 25:13), Basemath (Mahalath) was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language that fits with those facts. See how you translated “the sister of Nebaioth” in Gen 28:9. -36:4 iwl0 וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד עָדָ֛ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “{Esau’s wife} Adah bore/had {a son} for/with him {named} Eliphaz,” or “Adah had {a son} for/with Esau {whom they named} Eliphaz,” -36:4 jp5s וּ⁠בָ֣שְׂמַ֔ת יָלְדָ֖ה אֶת רְעוּאֵֽל 1 “and/while {his wife} Basemath bore/had {a son named} Reuel,” or “{His/Esau’s wife} Basemath had {a son they named} Reuel,” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. -36:5 kldq וְ⁠אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ יָֽלְדָ֔ה 1 “and {his/Esau’s wife} Oholibamah bore/had” or “Oholibamah had” -36:5 j4b4 אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹ֑רַח 1 “{sons named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “{sons whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” -36:5 lglt אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלְּדוּ ל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Those {were} Esau’s sons that his wives bore/had for/with him {while he and his family were living} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{All} those {were} Esau’s sons whom he and his wives had {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan.” +36:1 mor4 וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Now this is the genealogy/family-line of Esau,” or “These/Here are the descendants of Esau,” or “Here is the/a record/history about the descendants/family of Esau,” See how you translated “the generations of” in 25:12, 19. +36:1 r16h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “who was also called Edom.” or “that is, Edom.” or “whose name was also Edom.” The name Edom means “red” and is the nickname that Esau got for trading his birthright to Jacob for some reddish-colored stew (Genesis 25:29-34). The region of Edom and the Edomites were named after Esau, which is probably why this chapter repeatedly mentions that Esau is Edom. +36:2 guw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֵשָׂ֛ו לָקַ֥ח אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “Esau had chosen two of his wives from among the Canaanite women:” or “Esau had married two Canaanite women” or “Esau had married two women who were descendants of Canaan”. Only the first two wives mentioned in this chapter were Canaanites; see the comment about Basemath at verse 3. The Canaanites were the descendants of Noah’s grandson Canaan (Ham’s son) and included the Hittites and Hivites (verse 2; Genesis 10:15-18) and several other people groups. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +36:2 ox2j אֶת עָדָ֗ה 1 “whose names were Adah,” or “Their names were Adah,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +36:2 fkwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת אֵילוֹן֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “who was the daughter of a Hittite man named Elon,” or “whose father was Elon, who was a descendant of Heth,” or “the daughter of a man named Elon, who was a member of the Heth/Hittite people group,” Make sure your translation does not sound like Elon was the only Hittite. See how you translated “Hittites” in Gen 27:46. +36:2 y896 וְ⁠אֶת אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ 1 “and also Oholibamah,” or “as well as Oholibamah,” Notice that the names of Esau’s two Canaanite wives here are different from the names of his wives mentioned in Gen 26:34. It could be that they each had two names, or these may be different wives that he married later. +36:2 eq37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת עֲנָ֔ה בַּת 1 “who was Anah’s daughter and the granddaughter of” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was”. Notice that Elon, Anah, and Zibeon are the names of men here, not women. +36:2 evi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִבְע֖וֹן הַֽ⁠חִוִּֽי 1 “a Hivite named Zibeon.” or “Zibeon who was a descendant of Hivi.” or “Zibeon who was a member of the Hivi/Hivite people group.” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Zibeon was the only Hivite. Consider again how you translated “Hivites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:17; 34:2; 36:2. +36:3 x22q וְ⁠אֶת בָּשְׂמַ֥ת 1 “Esau also married Basemath,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Since this Basemath was a daughter of Ishmael (who was a descendant of Noah’s son Shem), she was not a Canaanite, in contrast to Esau’s first two wives (verse 2). She was also known as Mahalath (Gen 28:9); you could include some of that information in a footnote. Be consistent here with how you spelled Basemath (a different woman with the same name) in Gen 26:34. +36:3 sd2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל אֲח֥וֹת נְבָיֽוֹת 1 “who was Ishmael’s daughter and Nebaioth’s younger sister.” or “whose father was Ishmael and whose older brother was Nebaioth.” Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child (Gen 25:13), Basemath (Mahalath) was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language that fits with those facts. See how you translated “the sister of Nebaioth” in Gen 28:9. +36:4 iwl0 וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד עָדָ֛ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “Esau’s wife Adah bore/had a son for/with him named Eliphaz,” or “Adah had a son for/with Esau whom they named Eliphaz,” +36:4 jp5s וּ⁠בָ֣שְׂמַ֔ת יָלְדָ֖ה אֶת רְעוּאֵֽל 1 “and/while his wife Basemath bore/had a son named Reuel,” or “His/Esau’s wife Basemath had a son they named Reuel,” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. +36:5 kldq וְ⁠אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ יָֽלְדָ֔ה 1 “and his/Esau’s wife Oholibamah bore/had” or “Oholibamah had” +36:5 j4b4 אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹ֑רַח 1 “sons named Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “sons whom they named Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” +36:5 lglt אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלְּדוּ ל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Those were Esau’s sons that his wives bore/had for/with him while he and his family were living in the land/region of Canaan.” or “All those were Esau’s sons whom he and his wives had while they lived in the land/region of Canaan.” 36:6 a0so וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח עֵשָׂ֡ו אֶת נָ֠שָׁי⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתָי⁠ו֮ 1 “Later Esau took his wives, his sons, his daughters,” -36:6 dk3y וְ⁠אֶת כָּל נַפְשׁ֣וֹת בֵּית⁠וֹ֒ 1 “and all the {other} members of his household,” This phrase refers to other relatives (besides Esau’s wife and children), as well as servants or slaves who lived with him. -36:6 r7h5 וְ⁠אֶת מִקְנֵ֣⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל בְּהֶמְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “as well as his livestock and all {the rest of} his animals and all the {other} possessions/belongings” -36:6 agv2 אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “that he had gotten/accumulated {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan,” See how you translated “acquired” and “land of Canaan” in Gen 12:5 and 31:18. -36:6 efkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אֶל אֶ֔רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he moved to an area/region {that was} away from his brother Jacob.” or “and he moved/traveled to a {different} region {and settled there,} away from where his brother Jacob was living.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Later Esau moved to a land {that was} away from his brother Jacob. He took {with him} his wives …” Do what is best in your language. -36:7 pq8b כִּֽי 1 “{He/Esau did that} because” or “The reason {he/Esau moved away} is that” -36:7 keey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָיָ֧ה רְכוּשָׁ֛⁠ם רָ֖ב מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו 1 “he and Jacob {both} owned so many possessions/livestock that they could no longer live near each other.” or “they {both} owned so many livestock/animals that they could not live together {in the same area/region}.” The phrase “their possessions” is general, but here it refers primarily to livestock. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Esau and Jacob’s livestock, not just Esau’s. +36:6 dk3y וְ⁠אֶת כָּל נַפְשׁ֣וֹת בֵּית⁠וֹ֒ 1 “and all the other members of his household,” This phrase refers to other relatives (besides Esau’s wife and children), as well as servants or slaves who lived with him. +36:6 r7h5 וְ⁠אֶת מִקְנֵ֣⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל בְּהֶמְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “as well as his livestock and all the rest of his animals and all the other possessions/belongings” +36:6 agv2 אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “that he had gotten/accumulated while they lived in the land/region of Canaan,” See how you translated “acquired” and “land of Canaan” in Gen 12:5 and 31:18. +36:6 efkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אֶל אֶ֔רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he moved to an area/region that was away from his brother Jacob.” or “and he moved/traveled to a different region and settled there, away from where his brother Jacob was living.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Later Esau moved to a land that was away from his brother Jacob. He took with him his wives …” Do what is best in your language. +36:7 pq8b כִּֽי 1 “He/Esau did that because” or “The reason he/Esau moved away is that” +36:7 keey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָיָ֧ה רְכוּשָׁ֛⁠ם רָ֖ב מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו 1 “he and Jacob both owned so many possessions/livestock that they could no longer live near each other.” or “they both owned so many livestock/animals that they could not live together in the same area/region.” The phrase “their possessions” is general, but here it refers primarily to livestock. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Esau and Jacob’s livestock, not just Esau’s. 36:7 zea4 אֶ֤רֶץ מְגֽוּרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 “The land where they were staying/living”. See how you translated Gen 13:6, which is similar in content to this verse. -36:7 ul7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וְ⁠לֹ֨א יָֽכְלָ֜ה & לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹתָ֔⁠ם מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י מִקְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “was {just} not big enough to support/feed them {all} because they owned/had so many livestock/animals.” or “did not have enough grazing areas {or water} to support/feed all the livestock/animals that both families owned/had.” For some languages it is necessary to switch the order of verses 6 and 7, and say, “After a while, Esau and Jacob had so many animals and other possessions that the land was not able to support both their families. So Esau took his wives …” If you do this in your translation, you should label these verses as “6-7”. -36:8 lcin וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב עֵשָׂו֙ 1 “That is why/how Esau {and his family}” or “That is the reason Esau {took his family and}” -36:8 hjo1 בְּ⁠הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר 1 “moved to the hill-country in {the land/region of} Seir.” or “went to live in the Seir Mountains.” or “ended up living in the Seir Mountains.” Esau had already been living in the region of Seir (Genesis 32:3, 33:16). Here he moves to the part of that region that had mountains. To make that clear, you could put that information in a footnote. -36:8 z9jc עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “{That is the record/history about} Esau,” -36:8 mu0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “that {is}, Edom.” or “who {was also known as} Edom.” or “who {was also called} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “So Esau, that {is}, Edom, moved {with his family} to the mountains of Seir {and settled there}.” Do what is best in your language. -36:9 fw7b וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “What follows {is} {more of} the history of Esau,” or “This/Here {is} a {more detailed} genealogy/record of/about the descendants of Esau,” Consider again how you translated “generations” in the book of Genesis when it is followed by a genealogy (list of names). See Gen 5:1, 10:1, 11:10, 25:12, 36:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -36:9 j31a אֲבִ֣י אֱד֑וֹם 1 “{who was} the ancestor of the Edomites” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group}” -36:9 lojs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בְּ⁠הַ֖ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “{who live} in the Seir Mountains/Hills.” or “{who live} in the hill-country/mountains of Seir.” Consider again how you translated “mountains” or “hill country” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:30; 12:8; 14:6, 10; 19:17, 19, 30; 22:2, 14; 31:21, 23, 25, 54; 36:8-9, and see the note about this at 10:30. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -36:10 g0nv אֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “These {were} the names of {two of} Esau’s sons:” or “{Two of} Esau’s sons {were}”. Only two of Esau’s many sons are listed in verse 10. -36:10 ayjo אֱלִיפַ֗ז בֶּן עָדָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Eliphaz, {who was} the son of his wife Adah,” or “Eliphaz, whom he/Esau had with his wife Adah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Eliphaz” and “Adah” in verse 4. -36:10 ki4y רְעוּאֵ֕ל בֶּן בָּשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and Reuel, {who was} the son of his wife Basemath.” or “and Reuel, whom he/Esau had with his wife Basemath.” See how you spelled “Basemath” and “Reuel” in verse 4. -36:11 hfga וַ⁠יִּהְי֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “The sons of Eliphaz {and his wife} were” or “Eliphaz {and his wife} had sons {they named}” +36:7 ul7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וְ⁠לֹ֨א יָֽכְלָ֜ה & לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹתָ֔⁠ם מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י מִקְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “was just not big enough to support/feed them all because they owned/had so many livestock/animals.” or “did not have enough grazing areas or water to support/feed all the livestock/animals that both families owned/had.” For some languages it is necessary to switch the order of verses 6 and 7, and say, “After a while, Esau and Jacob had so many animals and other possessions that the land was not able to support both their families. So Esau took his wives …” If you do this in your translation, you should label these verses as “6-7”. +36:8 lcin וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב עֵשָׂו֙ 1 “That is why/how Esau and his family” or “That is the reason Esau took his family and” +36:8 hjo1 בְּ⁠הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר 1 “moved to the hill-country in the land/region of Seir.” or “went to live in the Seir Mountains.” or “ended up living in the Seir Mountains.” Esau had already been living in the region of Seir (Genesis 32:3, 33:16). Here he moves to the part of that region that had mountains. To make that clear, you could put that information in a footnote. +36:8 z9jc עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “That is the record/history about Esau,” +36:8 mu0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “that is, Edom.” or “who was also known as Edom.” or “who was also called Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “So Esau, that is, Edom, moved with his family to the mountains of Seir and settled there.” Do what is best in your language. +36:9 fw7b וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “What follows is more of the history of Esau,” or “This/Here is a more detailed genealogy/record of/about the descendants of Esau,” Consider again how you translated “generations” in the book of Genesis when it is followed by a genealogy (list of names). See Gen 5:1, 10:1, 11:10, 25:12, 36:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +36:9 j31a אֲבִ֣י אֱד֑וֹם 1 “who was the ancestor of the Edomites” or “who was the ancestor of the Edom people group” +36:9 lojs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בְּ⁠הַ֖ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “who live in the Seir Mountains/Hills.” or “who live in the hill-country/mountains of Seir.” Consider again how you translated “mountains” or “hill country” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:30; 12:8; 14:6, 10; 19:17, 19, 30; 22:2, 14; 31:21, 23, 25, 54; 36:8-9, and see the note about this at 10:30. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +36:10 g0nv אֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “These were the names of two of Esau’s sons:” or “Two of Esau’s sons were”. Only two of Esau’s many sons are listed in verse 10. +36:10 ayjo אֱלִיפַ֗ז בֶּן עָדָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Eliphaz, who was the son of his wife Adah,” or “Eliphaz, whom he/Esau had with his wife Adah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Eliphaz” and “Adah” in verse 4. +36:10 ki4y רְעוּאֵ֕ל בֶּן בָּשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and Reuel, who was the son of his wife Basemath.” or “and Reuel, whom he/Esau had with his wife Basemath.” See how you spelled “Basemath” and “Reuel” in verse 4. +36:11 hfga וַ⁠יִּהְי֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “The sons of Eliphaz and his wife were” or “Eliphaz and his wife had sons they named” 36:11 w1m8 תֵּימָ֣ן אוֹמָ֔ר צְפ֥וֹ וְ⁠גַעְתָּ֖ם וּ⁠קְנַֽז 1 “Teman, Omar, Zepho, Gatam, and Kenaz.” -36:12 h320 וְ⁠תִמְנַ֣ע הָיְתָ֣ה פִילֶ֗גֶשׁ לֶֽ⁠אֱלִיפַז֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לֶ⁠אֱלִיפַ֖ז אֶת עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 “Eliphaz {also} had a concubine/servant-wife {named} Timna, and she had {a son} with him {named} Amalek.” or “Eliphaz and his concubine/servant-wife Timna had {a son they named} Amalek.” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24, 25:6; 35:22. -36:12 e8n9 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “{All} those {sons of Eliphaz} {were} grandsons of” or “Eliphaz’s sons {were} {all} grandsons of” -36:12 i5ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָדָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Adah.” or “{Esau and} his wife Adah.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. -36:13 kpue וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י רְעוּאֵ֔ל 1 “{The names of} Reuel’s sons {were}” or “The sons of Reuel were named” or “Reuel {and his wife} had these sons:” +36:12 h320 וְ⁠תִמְנַ֣ע הָיְתָ֣ה פִילֶ֗גֶשׁ לֶֽ⁠אֱלִיפַז֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לֶ⁠אֱלִיפַ֖ז אֶת עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 “Eliphaz also had a concubine/servant-wife named Timna, and she had a son with him named Amalek.” or “Eliphaz and his concubine/servant-wife Timna had a son they named Amalek.” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24, 25:6; 35:22. +36:12 e8n9 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “All those sons of Eliphaz were grandsons of” or “Eliphaz’s sons were all grandsons of” +36:12 i5ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָדָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Adah.” or “Esau and his wife Adah.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. +36:13 kpue וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י רְעוּאֵ֔ל 1 “The names of Reuel’s sons were” or “The sons of Reuel were named” or “Reuel and his wife had these sons:” 36:13 ayo8 נַ֥חַת וָ⁠זֶ֖רַח שַׁמָּ֣ה וּ⁠מִזָּ֑ה 1 “Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” -36:13 v77t אֵ֣לֶּ֣ה הָי֔וּ בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They were the grandsons of” or “Those {sons of Reuel} were grandsons of” -36:13 u8u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “{Esau and} his wife Basemath.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12. +36:13 v77t אֵ֣לֶּ֣ה הָי֔וּ בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They were the grandsons of” or “Those sons of Reuel were grandsons of” +36:13 u8u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “Esau and his wife Basemath.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12. 36:14 bjd3 וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה הָי֗וּ בְּנֵ֨י אָהֳלִיבָמָ֧ה & אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “These/Here are the sons that Esau had with his wife Oholibamah,” -36:14 v1bu בַת עֲנָ֛ה בַּת צִבְע֖וֹן 1 “{who was} Anah’s daughter {and} Zibeon’s granddaughter:” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was Zibeon:” See how you translated these phrases in verse 2. -36:14 wqql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹֽרַח 1 “{Their sons’ names were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “She/They had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Esau and his wife Oholibamah had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah. {Oholibamah was} the daughter of Anah {and} the granddaughter of Zibeon.” or “The sons that Oholibamah had with Esau were Jesush, Jalam, and Korah. {She was} the daughter of …” Do what is best in your language. -36:15 lses אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “Here {is} {a record/list of}” or “The following {are/were}” -36:15 ii05 אַלּוּפֵ֣י בְנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “Esau’s descendants/grandsons {who became} chiefs:” or “{the names of} the clan/tribal leaders of/for Esau’s descendants:” -36:15 bwdy בְּנֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּכ֣וֹר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “The sons of Esau’s/his firstborn/oldest {son} Eliphaz” -36:15 vgf5 אַלּ֤וּף תֵּימָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף אוֹמָ֔ר אַלּ֥וּף צְפ֖וֹ אַלּ֥וּף קְנַֽז 1 “who became chiefs {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” or “who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” +36:14 v1bu בַת עֲנָ֛ה בַּת צִבְע֖וֹן 1 “who was Anah’s daughter and Zibeon’s granddaughter:” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was Zibeon:” See how you translated these phrases in verse 2. +36:14 wqql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹֽרַח 1 “Their sons’ names were Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “She/They had sons whom they named Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Esau and his wife Oholibamah had sons whom they named Jeush, Jalam, and Korah. Oholibamah was the daughter of Anah and the granddaughter of Zibeon.” or “The sons that Oholibamah had with Esau were Jesush, Jalam, and Korah. She was the daughter of …” Do what is best in your language. +36:15 lses אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “Here is a record/list of” or “The following are/were” +36:15 ii05 אַלּוּפֵ֣י בְנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “Esau’s descendants/grandsons who became chiefs:” or “the names of the clan/tribal leaders of/for Esau’s descendants:” +36:15 bwdy בְּנֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּכ֣וֹר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “The sons of Esau’s/his firstborn/oldest son Eliphaz” +36:15 vgf5 אַלּ֤וּף תֵּימָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף אוֹמָ֔ר אַלּ֥וּף צְפ֖וֹ אַלּ֥וּף קְנַֽז 1 “who became chiefs were Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” or “who became clan/tribal leaders were Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” 36:16 jfsv אַלּֽוּף קֹ֛רַח אַלּ֥וּף גַּעְתָּ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 “Korah, Gatam, and Amalek.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 15-16. -36:16 u5tu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “Those/They {were/are} the chiefs {who descended} from Eliphaz {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Eliphaz were clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Eliphaz” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10-12, 15-16. -36:16 ohhn אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They {were} the grandsons of” or “They {were} {all} grandsons of” -36:16 h41g עָדָֽה 1 “{Esau’s wife} Adah.” or “Adah {and Esau}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Adah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:19-20, 23; 36:2, 4, 10, 12, 16. -36:17 k0w5 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף נַ֨חַת֙ אַלּ֣וּף זֶ֔רַח אַלּ֥וּף שַׁמָּ֖ה אַלּ֣וּף מִזָּ֑ה 1 “{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esau’s son Reuel {who became} chiefs: Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” or “The sons of Esau’s son Reuel {who became} clan/tribal leaders {were} Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” -36:17 w9uu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “They {were} the chiefs {who descended} from Reuel {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Reuel {were} clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Reuel” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10, 13, 17. -36:17 yke6 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They {were} {all} grandsons of” or “{All} those {sons of Reuel} {were} grandsons of”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12, 13 and 16. -36:17 rbdd בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “{Esau and} his wife Basemath.” See how translated this phrase in verse 13 and a similar phrase in verse 12. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Basemath” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 26:34-35; 36:3-4, 10, 13, 17. -36:18 m589 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף יְע֛וּשׁ אַלּ֥וּף יַעְלָ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף קֹ֑רַח 1 “{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became chiefs: Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “The sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” -36:18 dt9z אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֞י אָֽהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה & אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “They {were} the chiefs {who descended} from {Esau and} his wife Oholibamah,” or “They {were} the clan/tribal leaders …” -36:18 f3ek בַּת עֲנָ֖ה 1 “{who was} Anah’s daughter.” -36:19 d05s אֵ֧לֶּה בְנֵי עֵשָׂ֛ו וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה אַלּוּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those {were} Esau’s descendants, and they {were} the chiefs of/over the Edomites.” or “{All} those {chiefs} {were} Esau’s descendants, and they {were} the leaders of their own family groups.” -36:19 ahn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Esau {was also known as} Edom.” or “Esau {was also called} Edom.” or “That {is the record/history about} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{All} those {chiefs} were the descendants of Esau, that {is}, Edom, and each one led his own family group.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 8. -36:20 zesq אֵ֤לֶּה בְנֵֽי שֵׂעִיר֙ הַ⁠חֹרִ֔י יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “Here is {a record/list of} the descendants of Seir the Horite who were {also} living in that land:” or “The sons/descendants of Seir the Horite {who} were {also} living in that land {were}”. The name “Horites” is an alternate name for the Hivites (verse 2). Also, this genealogy is mentioned here because Seir was the ancestor of Esau’s Canaanite wife Oholibamah (verse 25) and the Seir mountains where Esau was living (verse 8) were probably named after Seir. You could put some of that information in a footnote. See how you translated “Horites” in Gen 14:6. +36:16 u5tu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “Those/They were/are the chiefs who descended from Eliphaz and lived in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “All those sons of Eliphaz were clan/tribal leaders who lived in the land/region of Edom.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Eliphaz” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10-12, 15-16. +36:16 ohhn אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They were the grandsons of” or “They were all grandsons of” +36:16 h41g עָדָֽה 1 “Esau’s wife Adah.” or “Adah and Esau.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Adah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:19-20, 23; 36:2, 4, 10, 12, 16. +36:17 k0w5 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף נַ֨חַת֙ אַלּ֣וּף זֶ֔רַח אַלּ֥וּף שַׁמָּ֖ה אַלּ֣וּף מִזָּ֑ה 1 “This/Here is a record/list of the sons of Esau’s son Reuel who became chiefs: Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” or “The sons of Esau’s son Reuel who became clan/tribal leaders were Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” +36:17 w9uu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “They were the chiefs who descended from Reuel and lived in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “All those sons of Reuel were clan/tribal leaders who lived in the land/region of Edom.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Reuel” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10, 13, 17. +36:17 yke6 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They were all grandsons of” or “All those sons of Reuel were grandsons of”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12, 13 and 16. +36:17 rbdd בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “Esau and his wife Basemath.” See how translated this phrase in verse 13 and a similar phrase in verse 12. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Basemath” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 26:34-35; 36:3-4, 10, 13, 17. +36:18 m589 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף יְע֛וּשׁ אַלּ֥וּף יַעְלָ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף קֹ֑רַח 1 “This/Here is a record/list of the sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became chiefs: Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “The sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became clan/tribal leaders were Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” +36:18 dt9z אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֞י אָֽהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה & אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “They were the chiefs who descended from Esau and his wife Oholibamah,” or “They were the clan/tribal leaders …” +36:18 f3ek בַּת עֲנָ֖ה 1 “who was Anah’s daughter.” +36:19 d05s אֵ֧לֶּה בְנֵי עֵשָׂ֛ו וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה אַלּוּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those were Esau’s descendants, and they were the chiefs of/over the Edomites.” or “All those chiefs were Esau’s descendants, and they were the leaders of their own family groups.” +36:19 ahn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Esau was also known as Edom.” or “Esau was also called Edom.” or “That is the record/history about Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “All those chiefs were the descendants of Esau, that is, Edom, and each one led his own family group.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 8. +36:20 zesq אֵ֤לֶּה בְנֵֽי שֵׂעִיר֙ הַ⁠חֹרִ֔י יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “Here is a record/list of the descendants of Seir the Horite who were also living in that land:” or “The sons/descendants of Seir the Horite who were also living in that land were”. The name “Horites” is an alternate name for the Hivites (verse 2). Also, this genealogy is mentioned here because Seir was the ancestor of Esau’s Canaanite wife Oholibamah (verse 25) and the Seir mountains where Esau was living (verse 8) were probably named after Seir. You could put some of that information in a footnote. See how you translated “Horites” in Gen 14:6. 36:20 sbaf לוֹטָ֥ן וְ⁠שׁוֹבָ֖ל וְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן וַ⁠עֲנָֽה 1 “Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,” 36:21 y7mp וְ⁠דִשׁ֥וֹן וְ⁠אֵ֖צֶר וְ⁠דִישָׁ֑ן 1 “Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.” -36:21 jmpu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י בְּנֵ֥י שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “Those descendants of Seir {were/became} the chiefs of/over the Horites” or “They were the descendants of Seir who became clan/tribal leaders for the Horites”. See how you translated the names of people groups in verses 2. -36:21 oacg בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{who were living} in the land/region of Edom.” -36:22 mt6k וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי לוֹטָ֖ן חֹרִ֣י וְ⁠הֵימָ֑ם 1 “Lotan’s sons were Hori and Heman” or “{The names of} Lotan’s sons were Hori and Hemam”. Some translations spell the name “Hemam” as “Heman” or “Homam.” You could use any of these spellings in your translation. -36:22 exa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת לוֹטָ֖ן תִּמְנָֽע 1 “and {the name of} his sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotan’s sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotan was also Timna’s brother.” Timna became a concubine of Esau’s son Eliphaz (verse 12). This genealogy (verses 20-22) also shows that she was the daughter of Chief Seir (since her brother Lotan was the son of Chief Seir). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also, according to Jewish history outside the Bible, Timna was Lotan’s younger sister. If your language has a special term for “younger sister” or “older brother,” you could use one of those here. -36:23 xxnd וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י שׁוֹבָ֔ל 1 “These {were} Shobal’s sons:” or “Shobal’s sons {were}” or “{The names of} Shobal’s sons {were}” +36:21 jmpu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י בְּנֵ֥י שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “Those descendants of Seir were/became the chiefs of/over the Horites” or “They were the descendants of Seir who became clan/tribal leaders for the Horites”. See how you translated the names of people groups in verses 2. +36:21 oacg בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ אֱדֽוֹם 1 “who were living in the land/region of Edom.” +36:22 mt6k וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי לוֹטָ֖ן חֹרִ֣י וְ⁠הֵימָ֑ם 1 “Lotan’s sons were Hori and Heman” or “The names of Lotan’s sons were Hori and Hemam”. Some translations spell the name “Hemam” as “Heman” or “Homam.” You could use any of these spellings in your translation. +36:22 exa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת לוֹטָ֖ן תִּמְנָֽע 1 “and the name of his sister was Timna.” or “Lotan’s sister was Timna.” or “Lotan was also Timna’s brother.” Timna became a concubine of Esau’s son Eliphaz (verse 12). This genealogy (verses 20-22) also shows that she was the daughter of Chief Seir (since her brother Lotan was the son of Chief Seir). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also, according to Jewish history outside the Bible, Timna was Lotan’s younger sister. If your language has a special term for “younger sister” or “older brother,” you could use one of those here. +36:23 xxnd וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י שׁוֹבָ֔ל 1 “These were Shobal’s sons:” or “Shobal’s sons were” or “The names of Shobal’s sons were” 36:23 dq1q עַלְוָ֥ן וּ⁠מָנַ֖חַת וְ⁠עֵיבָ֑ל שְׁפ֖וֹ וְ⁠אוֹנָֽם 1 “Alvan, Manahath, Ebal, Shepho, and Onam.” -36:24 a7id וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי צִבְע֖וֹן וְ⁠אַיָּ֣ה וַ⁠עֲנָ֑ה 1 “{The names of} Zibeon’s sons {were} Aiah and Anah.” -36:24 n2x1 ה֣וּא עֲנָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָצָ֤א 1 “He/This {is} {the same} Anah who found/discovered” or “Anah {is} the one who found/discovered” -36:24 zp5r אֶת הַ⁠יֵּמִם֙ 1 “{some} hot springs” or “springs/water”. The term used here in the Hebrew text occurs only once in the Bible and its meaning is not certain. Most translations have either “hot springs” or “water.” -36:24 my7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר בִּ⁠רְעֹת֥⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֖ים לְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “while/when he was {out} in the wilderness/desert grazing his father’s donkeys.” or “when/while he was pasturing/grazing his father’s donkeys out in the wilderness/desert.” See how you translated “pasture” in Gen 29:7. -36:25 pxgy וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי עֲנָ֖ה דִּשֹׁ֑ן וְ⁠אָהֳלִיבָמָ֖ה בַּת עֲנָֽה 1 “Anah’s children {were} {his son} Dishon and his daughter Oholibamah.” -36:26 tnsr וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י דִישָׁ֑ן 1 “These {were} Dishon’s sons:” or “Dishon’s sons {were}” or “{The names of} Dishon’s sons were” +36:24 a7id וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי צִבְע֖וֹן וְ⁠אַיָּ֣ה וַ⁠עֲנָ֑ה 1 “The names of Zibeon’s sons were Aiah and Anah.” +36:24 n2x1 ה֣וּא עֲנָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָצָ֤א 1 “He/This is the same Anah who found/discovered” or “Anah is the one who found/discovered” +36:24 zp5r אֶת הַ⁠יֵּמִם֙ 1 “some hot springs” or “springs/water”. The term used here in the Hebrew text occurs only once in the Bible and its meaning is not certain. Most translations have either “hot springs” or “water.” +36:24 my7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר בִּ⁠רְעֹת֥⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֖ים לְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “while/when he was out in the wilderness/desert grazing his father’s donkeys.” or “when/while he was pasturing/grazing his father’s donkeys out in the wilderness/desert.” See how you translated “pasture” in Gen 29:7. +36:25 pxgy וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי עֲנָ֖ה דִּשֹׁ֑ן וְ⁠אָהֳלִיבָמָ֖ה בַּת עֲנָֽה 1 “Anah’s children were his son Dishon and his daughter Oholibamah.” +36:26 tnsr וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י דִישָׁ֑ן 1 “These were Dishon’s sons:” or “Dishon’s sons were” or “The names of Dishon’s sons were” 36:26 bdm5 חֶמְדָּ֥ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁבָּ֖ן וְ⁠יִתְרָ֥ן וּ⁠כְרָֽן 1 “Hemdan, Eshban, Ithran, and Keran.” The Hebrew name “Keran” can also be spelled “Cheran.” Each of these spellings is found in many translations. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verse 21. -36:27 im1i אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי אֵ֑צֶר בִּלְהָ֥ן וְ⁠זַעֲוָ֖ן וַ⁠עֲקָֽן 1 “{The names of} Ezer’s sons {were} Bilhan, Zaavan, and Akan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 20-21. -36:28 rvdm אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי דִישָׁ֖ן ע֥וּץ וַ⁠אֲרָֽן 1 “Dishan’s sons {were} Uz and Aran.” -36:29 afna אֵ֖לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י הַ⁠חֹרִ֑י 1 “The chiefs/leaders of/over the Horite clans/tribes {were}” or “The Horites who became chiefs {were}” +36:27 im1i אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי אֵ֑צֶר בִּלְהָ֥ן וְ⁠זַעֲוָ֖ן וַ⁠עֲקָֽן 1 “The names of Ezer’s sons were Bilhan, Zaavan, and Akan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 20-21. +36:28 rvdm אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי דִישָׁ֖ן ע֥וּץ וַ⁠אֲרָֽן 1 “Dishan’s sons were Uz and Aran.” +36:29 afna אֵ֖לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י הַ⁠חֹרִ֑י 1 “The chiefs/leaders of/over the Horite clans/tribes were” or “The Horites who became chiefs were” 36:29 rn9n אַלּ֤וּף לוֹטָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף שׁוֹבָ֔ל אַלּ֥וּף צִבְע֖וֹן אַלּ֥וּף עֲנָֽה 1 “Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Lotan” and “Shobal” in verse 20, how you spelled “Zibeon” in verses 2, 14, 20, 24, 29, and how you spelled “Anah” in verses 2, 14, 18, 20, 24-25, 29. 36:30 vkr8 אַלּ֥וּף דִּשֹׁ֛ן אַלּ֥וּף אֵ֖צֶר אַלּ֣וּף דִּישָׁ֑ן 1 “Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verses 21, 25-26, how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 21, 27, 30, and how you spelled “Dishan” in verses 21, 28, 30. -36:30 n6gm אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י לְ⁠אַלֻּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those {were} the Horite chiefs. They had/led their own family groups” or “Those {were} the clan/tribal leaders of/for the Horites. They had/led their own clans/tribes”. Be consistent with how you translated “Horites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 36:20-21, 29-30. -36:30 pd9g בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “{and lived} in the land/region of Seir.” or “{who/which were living} in the land/region of Seir.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Seir” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 32:3; 33:14, 16; 36:8-9, 20-21, 30. -36:31 nihl וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֔ים 1 “These {are} {the names of} the kings” or “This/Here {is} {a record/history about} the kings”. See how you translated “kings” in Gen 17:6 and 35:11. Be sure to distinguish “kings” (verses 31-39) from “chiefs” (verses 15-19, 21, 28, 40-43) in your translation of this chapter. -36:31 k12n אֲשֶׁ֥ר מָלְכ֖וּ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֑וֹם 1 “who reigned/ruled over {the people of/in} the land/region of Edom” -36:31 htsi לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְלָךְ מֶ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “before there were any kings reigning/ruling over the descendants/people of Israel.” or “before the Israelites had their own king.” or “during the time {period} when the Israelites did not yet have their own king.” See how you translated “the sons of Israel” in Gen 32:3. -36:32 h5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ בֶּ⁠אֱד֔וֹם בֶּ֖לַע בֶּן בְּע֑וֹר 1 “Bela, {who was} the son of Beor, was the {first} king to rule over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom.” or “The {first} king to rule/reign over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom was Bela, the son of Beor.” -36:32 q7cf וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ דִּנְהָֽבָה 1 “The name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” Dinhabah was probably King Bela’s hometown and his capital city that he ruled the land of Edom from. -36:33 q9ln וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת בָּ֑לַע 1 “When {King} Bela died,” -36:33 yfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו יוֹבָ֥ב בֶּן זֶ֖רַח מִ⁠בָּצְרָֽה 1 “Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah from {the city of} Bozrah, took his/Bela’s place as king.” or “Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah, replaced/succeeded him/Bela as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Bozrah.” The phrase “from Bozrah” probably means this was Jobab’s hometown, which he ruled from, much like the meaning of “his city” in verses 32, 35, and 39. -36:34 a7kc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת יוֹבָ֑ב 1 “When {King} Jobab died,” -36:34 e0l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו חֻשָׁ֖ם מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠תֵּימָנִֽי 1 “Husham, {who was} from the land/region of the Teman/Temanite people {group}, took his/Jobab’s place as king.” or “Husham replaced/succeeded him/Jobab as king {and reigned/ruled} from {his hometown, which was in} the land/region where the Temanites lived.” King Husham may have been a descendant of Esau’s grandson Teman (verse 11). You could put that information in a footnote. Also compare how you translated verse 33. -36:35 dhzc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת חֻשָׁ֑ם 1 “When {King} Husham died,” -36:35 kn7g הֲדַ֣ד בֶּן בְּדַ֗ד 1 “Hadad, {who was} the son of Bedad,” +36:30 n6gm אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י לְ⁠אַלֻּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those were the Horite chiefs. They had/led their own family groups” or “Those were the clan/tribal leaders of/for the Horites. They had/led their own clans/tribes”. Be consistent with how you translated “Horites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 36:20-21, 29-30. +36:30 pd9g בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “and lived in the land/region of Seir.” or “who/which were living in the land/region of Seir.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Seir” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 32:3; 33:14, 16; 36:8-9, 20-21, 30. +36:31 nihl וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֔ים 1 “These are the names of the kings” or “This/Here is a record/history about the kings”. See how you translated “kings” in Gen 17:6 and 35:11. Be sure to distinguish “kings” (verses 31-39) from “chiefs” (verses 15-19, 21, 28, 40-43) in your translation of this chapter. +36:31 k12n אֲשֶׁ֥ר מָלְכ֖וּ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֑וֹם 1 “who reigned/ruled over the people of/in the land/region of Edom” +36:31 htsi לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְלָךְ מֶ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “before there were any kings reigning/ruling over the descendants/people of Israel.” or “before the Israelites had their own king.” or “during the time period when the Israelites did not yet have their own king.” See how you translated “the sons of Israel” in Gen 32:3. +36:32 h5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ בֶּ⁠אֱד֔וֹם בֶּ֖לַע בֶּן בְּע֑וֹר 1 “Bela, who was the son of Beor, was the first king to rule over the people of the land/region of Edom.” or “The first king to rule/reign over the people of the land/region of Edom was Bela, the son of Beor.” +36:32 q7cf וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ דִּנְהָֽבָה 1 “The name of his hometown that he ruled from was Dinhabah.” or “His capital city that he ruled from was Dinhabah.” Dinhabah was probably King Bela’s hometown and his capital city that he ruled the land of Edom from. +36:33 q9ln וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת בָּ֑לַע 1 “When King Bela died,” +36:33 yfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו יוֹבָ֥ב בֶּן זֶ֖רַח מִ⁠בָּצְרָֽה 1 “Jobab, who was the son of Zerah from the city of Bozrah, took his/Bela’s place as king.” or “Jobab, who was the son of Zerah, replaced/succeeded him/Bela as king and ruled from his hometown of Bozrah.” The phrase “from Bozrah” probably means this was Jobab’s hometown, which he ruled from, much like the meaning of “his city” in verses 32, 35, and 39. +36:34 a7kc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת יוֹבָ֑ב 1 “When King Jobab died,” +36:34 e0l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו חֻשָׁ֖ם מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠תֵּימָנִֽי 1 “Husham, who was from the land/region of the Teman/Temanite people group, took his/Jobab’s place as king.” or “Husham replaced/succeeded him/Jobab as king and reigned/ruled from his hometown, which was in the land/region where the Temanites lived.” King Husham may have been a descendant of Esau’s grandson Teman (verse 11). You could put that information in a footnote. Also compare how you translated verse 33. +36:35 dhzc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת חֻשָׁ֑ם 1 “When King Husham died,” +36:35 kn7g הֲדַ֣ד בֶּן בְּדַ֗ד 1 “Hadad, who was the son of Bedad,” 36:35 obr8 וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֨ךְ תַּחְתָּ֜י⁠ו 1 “took his/Husham’s place as king.” or “replaced/succeeded him/Husham as king.” -36:35 l08f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠מַּכֶּ֤ה אֶת מִדְיָן֙ 1 “{King Hadad is the one} who defeated the Midianites {in battle/war}”. See how you translated the idiom “struck” in Gen 14:5, 7. -36:35 bdtf בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב 1 “in a field {in the region/land} of Moab.” or “in the region/land/country of Moab.” Moab was a large region located to the east of the Dead Sea. This battle probably took place in the countryside or an unpopulated area (a “field”) within this region. -36:35 cp8l וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ עֲוִֽית 1 “The name of his/Hadad’s hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 32. -36:36 lvbg וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת הֲדָ֑ד 1 “When {King} Hadad died,” -36:36 a8in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שַׂמְלָ֖ה מִ⁠מַּשְׂרֵקָֽה 1 “Samlah, {who was} from {the city of} Masrekah, took his/Hadad’s place as king.” or “Samlah replaced/succeeded him/Hadad as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Masrekah.” -36:37 mcp5 וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שַׂמְלָ֑ה 1 “When {King} Samlah died,” -36:37 cre0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שָׁא֖וּל מֵ⁠רְחֹב֥וֹת הַ⁠נָּהָֽר 1 “Shaul {who was} from {the city of} Rehoboth {on/beside} the River {Euphrates} took his/Samlah’s place as king.” or “Shaul replaced/succeeded him/Samlah as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Rehoboth, which was {beside} the {Euphrates} River.” See how you translated similar sentences in verses 33, 34 and 36. -36:38 f6jn וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שָׁא֑וּל וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו בַּ֥עַל חָנָ֖ן בֶּן־עַכְבּֽוֹר 1 “When {King} Shaul died, Baal-Hanan, {who was} the son of Acbor, took his place as king.” or “… replaced/succeeded him as king.” -36:39 crdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יָּמָת֮ בַּ֣עַל חָנָ֣ן בֶּן עַכְבּוֹר֒ וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ & הֲדַ֔ר 1 “When {King} Baal-Hanan died, Hadar”. Most translations follow the Hebrew text and have “Hadar” here. Some translations (and ancient versions such as SP, LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate) have “Hadad” here instead, in order to spell this name the same way it is spelled in 1 Chronicles 1:50-51. However, that could cause confusion, because “Hadad” is also the name of a different king in verses 35-36 above. +36:35 l08f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠מַּכֶּ֤ה אֶת מִדְיָן֙ 1 “King Hadad is the one who defeated the Midianites in battle/war”. See how you translated the idiom “struck” in Gen 14:5, 7. +36:35 bdtf בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב 1 “in a field in the region/land of Moab.” or “in the region/land/country of Moab.” Moab was a large region located to the east of the Dead Sea. This battle probably took place in the countryside or an unpopulated area (a “field”) within this region. +36:35 cp8l וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ עֲוִֽית 1 “The name of his/Hadad’s hometown that he ruled from was Avith.” or “His capital city that he ruled from was Avith.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 32. +36:36 lvbg וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת הֲדָ֑ד 1 “When King Hadad died,” +36:36 a8in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שַׂמְלָ֖ה מִ⁠מַּשְׂרֵקָֽה 1 “Samlah, who was from the city of Masrekah, took his/Hadad’s place as king.” or “Samlah replaced/succeeded him/Hadad as king and ruled from his hometown of Masrekah.” +36:37 mcp5 וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שַׂמְלָ֑ה 1 “When King Samlah died,” +36:37 cre0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שָׁא֖וּל מֵ⁠רְחֹב֥וֹת הַ⁠נָּהָֽר 1 “Shaul who was from the city of Rehoboth on/beside the River Euphrates took his/Samlah’s place as king.” or “Shaul replaced/succeeded him/Samlah as king and ruled from his hometown of Rehoboth, which was beside the Euphrates River.” See how you translated similar sentences in verses 33, 34 and 36. +36:38 f6jn וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שָׁא֑וּל וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו בַּ֥עַל חָנָ֖ן בֶּן־עַכְבּֽוֹר 1 “When King Shaul died, Baal-Hanan, who was the son of Acbor, took his place as king.” or “… replaced/succeeded him as king.” +36:39 crdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יָּמָת֮ בַּ֣עַל חָנָ֣ן בֶּן עַכְבּוֹר֒ וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ & הֲדַ֔ר 1 “When King Baal-Hanan died, Hadar”. Most translations follow the Hebrew text and have “Hadar” here. Some translations (and ancient versions such as SP, LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate) have “Hadad” here instead, in order to spell this name the same way it is spelled in 1 Chronicles 1:50-51. However, that could cause confusion, because “Hadad” is also the name of a different king in verses 35-36 above. 36:39 aq30 וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ תַּחְתָּי⁠ו֙ 1 “took his place as king” or “replaced/succeeded him as king”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 33-39. -36:39 c1u5 וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ פָּ֑עוּ 1 “and the name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verses 32 and 35. -36:39 gf8w וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אִשְׁתּ֤⁠וֹ מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵל֙ 1 “His wife’s name {was} Mehetabel,” -36:39 rpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת מַטְרֵ֔ד בַּ֖ת מֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 “{who was} the daughter of Matred {and} the granddaughter of Me-Zahab.” or “whose father was Matred {and} whose grandfather was Me-Zahab.” Notice that “Matred” and “Me-Zahab” are the names of men. See how you translated similar phrases in verses 2 and 14. -36:40 h2o5 וְ֠⁠אֵלֶּה שְׁמ֞וֹת 1 “Here {are} the names of” or “The following list of names includes” -36:40 w1jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַלּוּפֵ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם לִ⁠מְקֹמֹתָ֖⁠ם בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “{more of} the chiefs {who descended} from Esau. {These chiefs led} their own family groups in their own regions/territories, which were named after them:” or “{more of} the descendants of Esau who were clan/tribal leaders; the clans/tribes and the regions where they lived were named after them:” Notice that the chiefs listed below are different from those listed in the verses above, except for Kenaz and Teman (verse 15). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence into two shorter sentences. -36:40 ynzj אַלּ֥וּף תִּמְנָ֛ע אַלּ֥וּף עַֽלְוָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף יְתֵֽת 1 “Timna, Alvan, Jetheth,” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. (1) Most translations treat all the names in verses 40-43 as the names of chiefs (as in the ULT and UST of these verses). (2) However, some scholars think that all the names in verses 40-43 are the names of regions or clans and say, “{These are/were} {the names of} the clans/tribes {that descended} from Esau. Each clan/tribe lived {in the land of Edom} in its own region that was named after that clan/tribe. {The names of the clans/tribes} were TImna, Alvan … Iram. Those were {the names of} the clans/tribes of the Edomites. Each of the clans/tribes lived in their own part of the land {of Edom} that they owned …” +36:39 c1u5 וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ פָּ֑עוּ 1 “and the name of his hometown that he ruled from was Pau.” or “His capital city that he ruled from was Pau.” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verses 32 and 35. +36:39 gf8w וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אִשְׁתּ֤⁠וֹ מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵל֙ 1 “His wife’s name was Mehetabel,” +36:39 rpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת מַטְרֵ֔ד בַּ֖ת מֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 “who was the daughter of Matred and the granddaughter of Me-Zahab.” or “whose father was Matred and whose grandfather was Me-Zahab.” Notice that “Matred” and “Me-Zahab” are the names of men. See how you translated similar phrases in verses 2 and 14. +36:40 h2o5 וְ֠⁠אֵלֶּה שְׁמ֞וֹת 1 “Here are the names of” or “The following list of names includes” +36:40 w1jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַלּוּפֵ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם לִ⁠מְקֹמֹתָ֖⁠ם בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “more of the chiefs who descended from Esau. These chiefs led their own family groups in their own regions/territories, which were named after them:” or “more of the descendants of Esau who were clan/tribal leaders; the clans/tribes and the regions where they lived were named after them:” Notice that the chiefs listed below are different from those listed in the verses above, except for Kenaz and Teman (verse 15). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence into two shorter sentences. +36:40 ynzj אַלּ֥וּף תִּמְנָ֛ע אַלּ֥וּף עַֽלְוָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף יְתֵֽת 1 “Timna, Alvan, Jetheth,” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. (1) Most translations treat all the names in verses 40-43 as the names of chiefs (as in the ULT and UST of these verses). (2) However, some scholars think that all the names in verses 40-43 are the names of regions or clans and say, “These are/were the names of the clans/tribes that descended from Esau. Each clan/tribe lived in the land of Edom in its own region that was named after that clan/tribe. The names of the clans/tribes were TImna, Alvan … Iram. Those were the names of the clans/tribes of the Edomites. Each of the clans/tribes lived in their own part of the land of Edom that they owned …” 36:41 mpl5 אַלּ֧וּף אָהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה אַלּ֥וּף אֵלָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף פִּינֹֽן 1 “Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon,” Make sure that the way you translate verses 41-43 fits with the interpretation you followed in verse 40. 36:42 vuqq אַלּ֥וּף קְנַ֛ז אַלּ֥וּף תֵּימָ֖ן אַלּ֥וּף מִבְצָֽר 1 “Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar,” -36:43 on4r אַלּ֥וּף מַגְדִּיאֵ֖ל אַלּ֣וּף עִירָ֑ם 1 “Magdiel, {and} Iram.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 40-43. -36:43 f7rs אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} {the names of} {more of} the chiefs over/for” or “{All of} those {were} chiefs over” or “Those {were} {more of} the clan/tribal leaders of/over”. Consider again how you translated “chief” throughout this chapter; see verses 15-19, 21, 29-30, 40-43. -36:43 d0oc אֱד֗וֹם 1 “the Edomites;” or “the Edom people {group};” -36:43 blbb לְ⁠מֹֽשְׁבֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “they {all} led their own settlements” or “each of them led/ruled {their own clans/tribes} in the places where they lived” +36:43 on4r אַלּ֥וּף מַגְדִּיאֵ֖ל אַלּ֣וּף עִירָ֑ם 1 “Magdiel, and Iram.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 40-43. +36:43 f7rs אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י 1 “Those were the names of more of the chiefs over/for” or “All of those were chiefs over” or “Those were more of the clan/tribal leaders of/over”. Consider again how you translated “chief” throughout this chapter; see verses 15-19, 21, 29-30, 40-43. +36:43 d0oc אֱד֗וֹם 1 “the Edomites;” or “the Edom people group;” +36:43 blbb לְ⁠מֹֽשְׁבֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “they all led their own settlements” or “each of them led/ruled their own clans/tribes in the places where they lived” 36:43 u7eq בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם 1 “in the land/regions that they owned/controlled/inhabited.” -36:43 aa5c ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “That {was} {the record/history about} Esau,” or “This {concludes the record/history about} Esau,” -36:43 vois אֲבִ֥י אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{who was} the ancestor of {all} the Edomites.” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. Also compare how you translated the names of other people groups in this chapter, including “Hittite” and “Hivite” in verse 2; “Edomites” in verse 9; “Horite/Horites” in verses 20, 21, 29, 30; “Temanites” in verse 34; and “Midianites” in verse 35. -37:1 r483 וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Now Jacob was {still} living” or “Jacob continued to live”. Chapter 37 continues the history about Jacob that left off at the end of chapter 35. Begin this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. Make sure the way you translate “lived” allows for the fact that Jacob was already living in Canaan and had settled near the city of Hebron, where his father and grandfather had lived previously (Gen 35:27). -37:1 u237 בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ מְגוּרֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the land/region of Canaan where his father {Isaac} had lived for a while {as a foreigner/outsider}.” See how you translated “sojourned” in Gen 35:27 and “the land of Canaan” in Gen 35:6. -37:2 iyds אֵ֣לֶּה תֹּלְד֣וֹת יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “This/Here is {more of} the record/history about Jacob and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Jacob and his descendants/family:” Consider again how you translated “These are the generations of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:4; 6:9; 11:27; 25:19; 36:1; 37:2, where what follows is a narrative or history of events. Compare that to Gen 5:1; 10:1; 11:10; 25:12; 36:9, where what follows is more of a genealogy (list of names). It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -37:2 hh9m יוֹסֵ֞ף בֶּן שְׁבַֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ 1 “{One day} {his} seventeen-year-old son Joseph” or “{Jacob’s/His son} Joseph, who was seventeen years old,” This verse may be referring to a single incident or it may be referring to what happened regularly. -37:2 wtc2 הָיָ֨ה רֹעֶ֤ה & בַּ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “was taking care of the {family’s} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “had the work/job of pasturing/tending the {family’s} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}”. See how you translated “flocks” in Gen 4:2. -37:2 xjuz אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וְ⁠ה֣וּא נַ֗עַר אֶת 1 “as an assistant/helper for his brothers {who were}” or “Joseph was helping his brothers {who were}”. As the youngest of these brothers, Joseph was their helper as they took care of their father’s flocks. -37:2 ilb3 בְּנֵ֥י בִלְהָ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֖ה נְשֵׁ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “the sons of his father’s {servant} wives Bilhah and Zilpah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bilhah” in Gen 29:29 and “Zilpah” in 29:24. +36:43 aa5c ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “That was the record/history about Esau,” or “This concludes the record/history about Esau,” +36:43 vois אֲבִ֥י אֱדֽוֹם 1 “who was the ancestor of all the Edomites.” or “who was the ancestor of the Edom people group.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. Also compare how you translated the names of other people groups in this chapter, including “Hittite” and “Hivite” in verse 2; “Edomites” in verse 9; “Horite/Horites” in verses 20, 21, 29, 30; “Temanites” in verse 34; and “Midianites” in verse 35. +37:1 r483 וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Now Jacob was still living” or “Jacob continued to live”. Chapter 37 continues the history about Jacob that left off at the end of chapter 35. Begin this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. Make sure the way you translate “lived” allows for the fact that Jacob was already living in Canaan and had settled near the city of Hebron, where his father and grandfather had lived previously (Gen 35:27). +37:1 u237 בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ מְגוּרֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the land/region of Canaan where his father Isaac had lived for a while as a foreigner/outsider.” See how you translated “sojourned” in Gen 35:27 and “the land of Canaan” in Gen 35:6. +37:2 iyds אֵ֣לֶּה תֹּלְד֣וֹת יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “This/Here is more of the record/history about Jacob and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells more about Jacob and his descendants/family:” Consider again how you translated “These are the generations of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:4; 6:9; 11:27; 25:19; 36:1; 37:2, where what follows is a narrative or history of events. Compare that to Gen 5:1; 10:1; 11:10; 25:12; 36:9, where what follows is more of a genealogy (list of names). It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. +37:2 hh9m יוֹסֵ֞ף בֶּן שְׁבַֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ 1 “One day his seventeen-year-old son Joseph” or “Jacob’s/His son Joseph, who was seventeen years old,” This verse may be referring to a single incident or it may be referring to what happened regularly. +37:2 wtc2 הָיָ֨ה רֹעֶ֤ה & בַּ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “was taking care of the family’s flocks of sheep and goats” or “had the work/job of pasturing/tending the family’s flocks of sheep and goats”. See how you translated “flocks” in Gen 4:2. +37:2 xjuz אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וְ⁠ה֣וּא נַ֗עַר אֶת 1 “as an assistant/helper for his brothers who were” or “Joseph was helping his brothers who were”. As the youngest of these brothers, Joseph was their helper as they took care of their father’s flocks. +37:2 ilb3 בְּנֵ֥י בִלְהָ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֖ה נְשֵׁ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “the sons of his father’s servant wives Bilhah and Zilpah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bilhah” in Gen 29:29 and “Zilpah” in 29:24. 37:2 i0ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת דִּבָּתָ֥⁠ם רָעָ֖ה אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and he told their/his father about the bad things they were doing.” or “and he gave bad/negative reports to their/his father about them.” The Hebrew text does not specify what Joseph’s brothers had done wrong, so neither should your translation. Also, make sure your translation of “their father” does not sound like the sons of Bilhah and Zilpah had a different father than Joseph had. -37:3 tws4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “Now {Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel, {that is, Jacob,}” This verse introduces background information for the events that happen next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob (verse 1) and Israel (verse 3) refer to the same person, not two separate people. For a note about this, see Gen 35:10. -37:3 tzuu אָהַ֤ב אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠כָּל בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “loved Joseph more than any of his {other} sons” -37:3 e4ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי בֶן זְקֻנִ֥ים ה֖וּא ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “because he/Joseph was born to him when he was old.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph was born to Israel when he was old, so he/Israel loved him more than all {the rest} of his sons.” Do what is best in your language. -37:3 ruov rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ כְּתֹ֥נֶת פַּסִּֽים 1 “So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special/beautiful} tunic/robe for him/Joseph that had many colors.” or “So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special} colorful tunic/robe for him/Joseph.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not certain here. Many translations (including the Greek Septuagint and Latin Vulgate) say that the tunic or robe was “multicolored” or “colorful.” This “tunic” was probably full-length to the ankles and had long sleeves that reached to the hands. -37:4 j9s1 וַ⁠יִּרְא֣וּ אֶחָ֗י⁠ו כִּֽי אֹת֞⁠וֹ אָהַ֤ב אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than any of {the rest of} his sons, so” or “When Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than the rest of them,” +37:3 tws4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “Now Jacob, whose other name was Israel,” or “Israel, that is, Jacob,” This verse introduces background information for the events that happen next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob (verse 1) and Israel (verse 3) refer to the same person, not two separate people. For a note about this, see Gen 35:10. +37:3 tzuu אָהַ֤ב אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠כָּל בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “loved Joseph more than any of his other sons” +37:3 e4ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי בֶן זְקֻנִ֥ים ה֖וּא ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “because he/Joseph was born to him when he was old.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph was born to Israel when he was old, so he/Israel loved him more than all the rest of his sons.” Do what is best in your language. +37:3 ruov rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ כְּתֹ֥נֶת פַּסִּֽים 1 “So he/Israel/Jacob made a special/beautiful tunic/robe for him/Joseph that had many colors.” or “So he/Israel/Jacob made a special colorful tunic/robe for him/Joseph.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not certain here. Many translations (including the Greek Septuagint and Latin Vulgate) say that the tunic or robe was “multicolored” or “colorful.” This “tunic” was probably full-length to the ankles and had long sleeves that reached to the hands. +37:4 j9s1 וַ⁠יִּרְא֣וּ אֶחָ֗י⁠ו כִּֽי אֹת֞⁠וֹ אָהַ֤ב אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than any of the rest of his sons, so” or “When Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than the rest of them,” 37:4 gxph rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂנְא֖וּ אֹת֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָכְל֖וּ דַּבְּר֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠שָׁלֹֽם 1 “they hated/despised him/Joseph so much that they could/would not speak/talk to him kindly/nicely.” or “… they refused to speak/talk to him in a friendly/kind manner/way.” or “… they always spoke unkindly/disrespectfully to him.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that the brothers hated Joseph, not their father. -37:5 nqa3 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ חֲל֔וֹם 1 “Then {one night} Joseph had a dream” or “{One night} Joseph had a dream” -37:5 fwbb וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he told his brothers about it.” or “{The next day} he told his brothers what he dreamed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -37:5 np9k וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֥פוּ ע֖וֹד שְׂנֹ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and they became even more hateful toward him.” or “That made them hate/despise him even more {than before}.” -37:6 o9bp וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “He told them,” or “{This is what} he told them:” -37:6 tjgv שִׁמְעוּ נָ֕א הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלָֽמְתִּי 1 “Please listen to {me tell about} this dream that I had:” or “I had a dream {that I want to tell you about}. Please listen to {me tell} it.” -37:7 ighe וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה 1 “{In it} I saw” or “{In my dream} I saw” -37:7 kj3d אֲנַ֜חְנוּ מְאַלְּמִ֤ים אֲלֻמִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “that we {all} were out in the middle of a field {cutting stalks of grain/wheat and} tying the stalks into sheaves/bundles.” or “us {working together} out in a field {cutting and} tying sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat stalks}.” A sheaf of grain is a bunch of grain stalks that have been cut and tied together in a bundle, with the heads of grain at the top. Wheat and barley were the grains that were common in this region at that time, not corn or oats. +37:5 nqa3 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ חֲל֔וֹם 1 “Then one night Joseph had a dream” or “One night Joseph had a dream” +37:5 fwbb וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he told his brothers about it.” or “The next day he told his brothers what he dreamed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +37:5 np9k וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֥פוּ ע֖וֹד שְׂנֹ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and they became even more hateful toward him.” or “That made them hate/despise him even more than before.” +37:6 o9bp וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “He told them,” or “This is what he told them:” +37:6 tjgv שִׁמְעוּ נָ֕א הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלָֽמְתִּי 1 “Please listen to me tell about this dream that I had:” or “I had a dream that I want to tell you about. Please listen to me tell it.” +37:7 ighe וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה 1 “In it I saw” or “In my dream I saw” +37:7 kj3d אֲנַ֜חְנוּ מְאַלְּמִ֤ים אֲלֻמִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “that we all were out in the middle of a field cutting stalks of grain/wheat and tying the stalks into sheaves/bundles.” or “us working together out in a field cutting and tying sheaves/bundles of grain/wheat stalks.” A sheaf of grain is a bunch of grain stalks that have been cut and tied together in a bundle, with the heads of grain at the top. Wheat and barley were the grains that were common in this region at that time, not corn or oats. 37:7 hdur וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 “Then suddenly”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -37:7 i9yf אֲלֻמָּתִ֖⁠י 1 “my sheaf/bundle {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaf/bundle that I had made” +37:7 i9yf אֲלֻמָּתִ֖⁠י 1 “my sheaf/bundle of grain/wheat” or “the sheaf/bundle that I had made” 37:7 t8q7 קָ֥מָה & וְ⁠גַם נִצָּ֑בָה 1 “stood up straight.” or “stood up on its end” -37:7 zuav וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 2 “Then behold/amazingly,” or “Then I saw that” -37:7 vhvx אֲלֻמֹּ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “your sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaves/bundles that you had made” -37:7 ugk0 תְסֻבֶּ֨ינָה֙ 1 “gathered/stood around {my sheaf/bundle}” or “stood in a circle around {my sheaf/bundle}” -37:7 kbp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖יןָ לַ⁠אֲלֻמָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “and bowed down {to the ground} to/before my sheaf/bundle {to show respect/submission}.” or “and bowed {respectfully} to my sheaf/bundle.” or “and bowed down in front of it {in respect}.” -37:8 erk9 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “His brothers responded to him,” or “His brothers retorted {angrily},” +37:7 zuav וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Then behold/amazingly,” or “Then I saw that” +37:7 vhvx אֲלֻמֹּ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “your sheaves/bundles of grain/wheat” or “the sheaves/bundles that you had made” +37:7 ugk0 תְסֻבֶּ֨ינָה֙ 1 “gathered/stood around my sheaf/bundle” or “stood in a circle around my sheaf/bundle” +37:7 kbp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖יןָ לַ⁠אֲלֻמָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “and bowed down to the ground to/before my sheaf/bundle to show respect/submission.” or “and bowed respectfully to my sheaf/bundle.” or “and bowed down in front of it in respect.” +37:8 erk9 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “His brothers responded to him,” or “His brothers retorted angrily,” 37:8 l93b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠מָלֹ֤ךְ 1 “Do you really expect to” or “Certainly you don’t think you will” or “You will never”. The brothers use two rhetorical questions in this verse to express their disagreement with Joseph and to emphasize that they are not happy with him. Do what is best in your language. 37:8 r10j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive תִּמְלֹךְ֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “reign over us!” or “be our king!” For languages that mark inclusive and exclusive pronouns, “us” excludes Joseph in this sentence. 37:8 dtki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם מָשׁ֥וֹל תִּמְשֹׁ֖ל בָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “You will never rule over us!” -37:8 xn5l וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֤פוּ עוֹד֙ שְׂנֹ֣א אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “So they hated/despised him even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}”. Consider again how you translated “hate” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:60; 26:27; 29:31, 33; 37:4-5, 8. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -37:8 hwgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל חֲלֹמֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל דְּבָרָֽי⁠ו 1 “for his dreams and for what he told them about the/his dreams.” or “because of what he had said {to them} about his dreams.” For some languages, it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “So because of what he/Joseph had told them about his dreams, his brothers hated him even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}.” Do what is best in your language. -37:9 rdj8 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֥ם עוֹד֙ חֲל֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph had another dream that he {also} told to his brothers.” or “Sometime after that, Joseph told his brothers about another dream that he had.” +37:8 xn5l וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֤פוּ עוֹד֙ שְׂנֹ֣א אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “So they hated/despised him even more strongly/intensely than they did before”. Consider again how you translated “hate” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:60; 26:27; 29:31, 33; 37:4-5, 8. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +37:8 hwgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל חֲלֹמֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל דְּבָרָֽי⁠ו 1 “for his dreams and for what he told them about the/his dreams.” or “because of what he had said to them about his dreams.” For some languages, it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “So because of what he/Joseph had told them about his dreams, his brothers hated him even more strongly/intensely than they did before.” Do what is best in your language. +37:9 rdj8 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֥ם עוֹד֙ חֲל֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph had another dream that he also told to his brothers.” or “Sometime after that, Joseph told his brothers about another dream that he had.” 37:9 cm0q וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “He said,” or “This/Here is what he said:” -37:9 h6x6 הִנֵּ֨ה חָלַ֤מְתִּֽי חֲלוֹם֙ ע֔וֹד 1 “Listen, I {just} had another dream,” -37:9 tpor וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “and there/amazingly {in this dream}” or “and {in it} I saw that” +37:9 h6x6 הִנֵּ֨ה חָלַ֤מְתִּֽי חֲלוֹם֙ ע֔וֹד 1 “Listen, I just had another dream,” +37:9 tpor וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “and there/amazingly in this dream” or “and in it I saw that” 37:9 pp8q הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּרֵ֗חַ וְ⁠אַחַ֤ד עָשָׂר֙ כּֽוֹכָבִ֔ים 1 “the sun, the moon, and eleven stars” -37:9 utc0 מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֖ים 1 “were bowing down {to the ground}” or “bowed down {to the ground}”. See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 7. -37:9 qq77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לִֽ⁠י 1 “to/before me {to show respect}.” or “in front of me {to honor me}.” Bowing down to someone was a way of showing respect and honor to that person. If that is not clear in your culture, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. If it is understood, you can leave it implied (as the Hebrew text does). -37:10 sa4l וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר אֶל אָבִי⁠ו֮ וְ⁠אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֒ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Verse 10 could refer to: (1) a second time that Joseph told his dream; for example, “Then/Later Joseph told {the same dream} to {both} his father and his brothers, but his father …” or (2) the same time that he told this dream to his brothers in verse 9; for example, “When Joseph related/told {the dream} to his father and his brothers, his father …” +37:9 utc0 מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֖ים 1 “were bowing down to the ground” or “bowed down to the ground”. See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 7. +37:9 qq77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לִֽ⁠י 1 “to/before me to show respect.” or “in front of me to honor me.” Bowing down to someone was a way of showing respect and honor to that person. If that is not clear in your culture, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. If it is understood, you can leave it implied (as the Hebrew text does). +37:10 sa4l וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר אֶל אָבִי⁠ו֮ וְ⁠אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֒ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Verse 10 could refer to: (1) a second time that Joseph told his dream; for example, “Then/Later Joseph told the same dream to both his father and his brothers, but his father …” or (2) the same time that he told this dream to his brothers in verse 9; for example, “When Joseph related/told the dream to his father and his brothers, his father …” 37:10 l2eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יִּגְעַר בּ֣⁠וֹ אָבִ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “but his father rebuked/scolded him by saying,” Your translation of this quote margin should not sound like two separate events; the verbs “rebuked” and “said” refer to the same event. -37:10 epfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָלָ֑מְתָּ 1 “That {is} a strange dream that you had!” or “Your dream {is} ridiculous/outrageous!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is not happy about Joseph’s dream. Decide the best way to translate this in your language. +37:10 epfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָלָ֑מְתָּ 1 “That is a strange dream that you had!” or “Your dream is ridiculous/outrageous!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is not happy about Joseph’s dream. Decide the best way to translate this in your language. 37:10 mxwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ב֣וֹא & אֲנִי֙ וְ⁠אִמְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Do you really expect your mother and me and your brothers to” or “Certainly you don’t think that your mother and I or your brothers will” or “Your mother and I and your brothers will never”. See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 8. -37:10 octg נָב֗וֹא & לְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֥ת & אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “come {to you} and bow down to the ground” or “bow down”. See how you translated “bow down” in verse 7. +37:10 octg נָב֗וֹא & לְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֥ת & אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “come to you and bow down to the ground” or “bow down”. See how you translated “bow down” in verse 7. 37:10 yp2m לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “before you” or “in front of you” -37:11 qwst וַ⁠יְקַנְאוּ ב֖⁠וֹ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph’s brothers were envious/jealous of him,” or “{Because of Joseph’s dreams} his brothers were envious/jealous of him,” See how you translated “envied” in Gen 26:14; 30:1. +37:11 qwst וַ⁠יְקַנְאוּ ב֖⁠וֹ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph’s brothers were envious/jealous of him,” or “Because of Joseph’s dreams his brothers were envious/jealous of him,” See how you translated “envied” in Gen 26:14; 30:1. 37:11 b3wy וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו שָׁמַ֥ר אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 “but his father continued to think/wonder about what it all could mean.” or “but his father kept thinking about the dreams and wondered what they meant.” -37:12 wp1m וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו לִ⁠רְע֛וֹת אֶׄתׄ־צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Sometime after that, his/Joseph’s brothers took their father’s flock{s} {of sheep and goats} to graze {in the fields}” or “One time/day, his/Joseph’s brothers …” -37:12 vlrw בִּ⁠שְׁכֶֽם 1 “near {the city of} Shechem.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shechem” in Gen 35:4. -37:13 vl3c וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then/So {one day} Israel said to Joseph,” -37:13 upf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ רֹעִ֣ים 1 “As you know, your brothers are pasturing/tending {our flocks/animals}”. Israel uses a rhetorical question to remind Joseph of something he already knows and to introduce what he wants Joseph to do. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language. -37:13 vka6 בִּ⁠שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 “near {the city of} Shechem.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. +37:12 wp1m וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו לִ⁠רְע֛וֹת אֶׄתׄ־צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Sometime after that, his/Joseph’s brothers took their father’s flocks of sheep and goats to graze in the fields” or “One time/day, his/Joseph’s brothers …” +37:12 vlrw בִּ⁠שְׁכֶֽם 1 “near the city of Shechem.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shechem” in Gen 35:4. +37:13 vl3c וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then/So one day Israel said to Joseph,” +37:13 upf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ רֹעִ֣ים 1 “As you know, your brothers are pasturing/tending our flocks/animals”. Israel uses a rhetorical question to remind Joseph of something he already knows and to introduce what he wants Joseph to do. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language. +37:13 vka6 בִּ⁠שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 “near the city of Shechem.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. 37:13 eynd לְכָ֖⁠ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁלָחֲ⁠ךָ֣ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Get ready so that I can send you to them.” 37:13 o27h וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “He/Joseph responded,” or “He/Joseph answered him,” -37:13 nrit הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “I’m here {and ready to go}.” or “I’m ready {to go}.” or “Yes, {sir}.” +37:13 nrit הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “I’m here and ready to go.” or “I’m ready to go.” or “Yes, sir.” 37:14 qlxr וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “Then Israel told him/Joseph,” 37:14 wbsm לֶךְ נָ֨א רְאֵ֜ה 1 “Please go and check on” or “Please go find out” -37:14 kwpr אֶת שְׁל֤וֹם אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁל֣וֹם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “how your brothers and the flock{s} are doing,” or “whether {or not} things are going well for your brothers and the flock{s},” -37:14 dz4q וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֵ֖⁠נִי דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Then come tell me {how they are doing}.” or “Then report back to me {what you find out}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -37:14 b5jc וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “So/Then Israel sent him/Joseph {on his way}” -37:14 opy9 מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “from {their home in} the valley near {the city of} Hebron,” Be consistent in how you spell “Hebron” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:18; 23:2, 19; 35:27; 37:14. -37:14 jkus וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א שְׁכֶֽמָ⁠ה 1 “and he/Joseph went/traveled to {the city of} Shechem.” The trip from the city of Hebron to the city of Shechem was about 100 kilometers (60 miles). -37:15 oywm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֣⁠הוּ אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “There he met a man who had seen/noticed him” or “{When he arrived there,} a man saw him”. In this context “found” means the man happened to meet Joseph as Joseph was walking around looking for his brothers; the man was not intentionally looking for him. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “He started wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, where/and he met a man who asked …” or “As he was wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, he met a man who asked …” Do what is best in your language. -37:15 syph תֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁאָלֵ֧⁠הוּ הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “searching around in the {nearby} fields/countryside and asked him”. The word “fields” refers here to large, open places with no fences and few trees, where sheep and goats could easily graze. +37:14 kwpr אֶת שְׁל֤וֹם אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁל֣וֹם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “how your brothers and the flocks are doing,” or “whether or not things are going well for your brothers and the flocks,” +37:14 dz4q וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֵ֖⁠נִי דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Then come tell me how they are doing.” or “Then report back to me what you find out.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +37:14 b5jc וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “So/Then Israel sent him/Joseph on his way” +37:14 opy9 מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “from their home in the valley near the city of Hebron,” Be consistent in how you spell “Hebron” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:18; 23:2, 19; 35:27; 37:14. +37:14 jkus וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א שְׁכֶֽמָ⁠ה 1 “and he/Joseph went/traveled to the city of Shechem.” The trip from the city of Hebron to the city of Shechem was about 100 kilometers (60 miles). +37:15 oywm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֣⁠הוּ אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “There he met a man who had seen/noticed him” or “When he arrived there, a man saw him”. In this context “found” means the man happened to meet Joseph as Joseph was walking around looking for his brothers; the man was not intentionally looking for him. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “He started wandering around searching in the fields near there, where/and he met a man who asked …” or “As he was wandering around searching in the fields near there, he met a man who asked …” Do what is best in your language. +37:15 syph תֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁאָלֵ֧⁠הוּ הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “searching around in the nearby fields/countryside and asked him”. The word “fields” refers here to large, open places with no fences and few trees, where sheep and goats could easily graze. 37:15 fnn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations מַה תְּבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 “What/Who are you looking for?” or “what/who he was looking for.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or an indirect quote here in your language. 37:16 nm7k וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר אֶת אַחַ֖⁠י אָנֹכִ֣י מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ 1 “He/Joseph responded/replied, “I am looking/searching for my brothers.” ” 37:16 rdbq הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א לִ֔⁠י 1 “Can you tell me” or “Do you know” -37:16 tg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵיפֹ֖ה הֵ֥ם רֹעִֽים 1 “where they are pasturing/tending {their flocks}?” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in the verse and say, “I am looking for my brothers who were somewhere around here shepherding/pasturing/tending {their flocks}. Do you know where they are {now}?” Do what is best in your language. -37:17 elkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “The man answered {him},” or “The man replied,” -37:17 tgoq נָסְע֣וּ מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{I saw them, but then} they left from here” or “They were here and then left” -37:17 lggu כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֹֽמְרִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I heard/overheard them say {to each other}” or “but I overheard them say {to each other}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -37:17 va7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נֵלְכָ֖ה דֹּתָ֑יְנָ⁠ה 1 “ ‘Let’s {move on and} go to {the town of} Dothan.’ ” or “that they were going to {the town of} Dothan.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your translation. -37:17 jp2k וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ יוֹסֵף֙ אַחַ֣ר אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠דֹתָֽן 1 “So Joseph followed his brothers and caught up with them near {the town of} Dothan.” or “So Joseph went to {the town of} Dothan and found his brothers {near} there.” -37:18 bcke וַ⁠יִּרְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 “But they saw him while he was still some distance away,” or “While he was still some distance away {from them}, they saw him,” +37:16 tg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵיפֹ֖ה הֵ֥ם רֹעִֽים 1 “where they are pasturing/tending their flocks?” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in the verse and say, “I am looking for my brothers who were somewhere around here shepherding/pasturing/tending their flocks. Do you know where they are now?” Do what is best in your language. +37:17 elkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “The man answered him,” or “The man replied,” +37:17 tgoq נָסְע֣וּ מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I saw them, but then they left from here” or “They were here and then left” +37:17 lggu כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֹֽמְרִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I heard/overheard them say to each other” or “but I overheard them say to each other”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +37:17 va7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נֵלְכָ֖ה דֹּתָ֑יְנָ⁠ה 1 “ ‘Let’s move on and go to the town of Dothan.’ ” or “that they were going to the town of Dothan.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your translation. +37:17 jp2k וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ יוֹסֵף֙ אַחַ֣ר אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠דֹתָֽן 1 “So Joseph followed his brothers and caught up with them near the town of Dothan.” or “So Joseph went to the town of Dothan and found his brothers near there.” +37:18 bcke וַ⁠יִּרְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 “But they saw him while he was still some distance away,” or “While he was still some distance away from them, they saw him,” 37:18 mv7y וּ⁠בְ⁠טֶ֨רֶם֙ יִקְרַ֣ב אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and before he reached them,” or “and before he got close to where they were,” 37:18 c9yp וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַכְּל֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “they plotted to kill him.” or “they made plans to kill him.” -37:19 y0we וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “They said to each other {about him},” +37:19 y0we וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “They said to each other about him,” 37:19 xisw הִנֵּ֗ה בַּ֛עַל הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֥וֹת הַלָּזֶ֖ה בָּֽא 1 “Look/See, here comes that master/expert dreamer!” or “Look who’s coming! It’s that master/expert of dreams!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph’s brothers are being sarcastic and disrespectful here as they make fun of Joseph. 37:20 gdar וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה לְכ֣וּ וְ⁠נַֽהַרְגֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “Come on, let’s kill him” or “Let’s work/join together and kill him” 37:20 qnas וְ⁠נַשְׁלִכֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “and throw his body” -37:20 q28u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד הַ⁠בֹּר֔וֹת 1 “into one of the {empty} pits/wells {here}.” A cistern was a large hole or pit that had been dug in the ground to catch rain water and store it there. It was wide at the bottom and had a small opening at the top. The sides of the hole were covered with plaster so that it would hold water. -37:20 takb וְ⁠אָמַ֕רְנוּ חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה 1 “Then we will/can tell {people} that a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal” +37:20 q28u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד הַ⁠בֹּר֔וֹת 1 “into one of the empty pits/wells here.” A cistern was a large hole or pit that had been dug in the ground to catch rain water and store it there. It was wide at the bottom and had a small opening at the top. The sides of the hole were covered with plaster so that it would hold water. +37:20 takb וְ⁠אָמַ֕רְנוּ חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה 1 “Then we will/can tell people that a fierce/vicious/ferocious wild animal” 37:20 pkdz אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ 1 “has devoured/eaten him,” or “ate him up/down,” 37:20 d69r וְ⁠נִרְאֶ֕ה 1 “and we/everyone will see/watch” -37:20 jm0y מַה יִּהְי֖וּ חֲלֹמֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “what will become of his dreams!” or “what happens to his {great} dreams!” or “if his {great} dreams come true!” Joseph’s brothers are speaking here in a disdainful way, continuing to mock him. -37:21 vz3w וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע רְאוּבֵ֔ן 1 “But Reuben heard {their plan}, so” or “When Reuben heard {what they were planning,}” -37:21 sgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּצִּלֵ֖⁠הוּ מִ⁠יָּדָ֑⁠ם 1 “he {tried to} rescue/save Joseph from them”. The phrase “their hand{s}” refers to Joseph’s brothers and their power to harm him. Consider whether you have a similar figure of speech in your language. -37:21 pj3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to them},” or “by urging them,” +37:20 jm0y מַה יִּהְי֖וּ חֲלֹמֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “what will become of his dreams!” or “what happens to his great dreams!” or “if his great dreams come true!” Joseph’s brothers are speaking here in a disdainful way, continuing to mock him. +37:21 vz3w וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע רְאוּבֵ֔ן 1 “But Reuben heard their plan, so” or “When Reuben heard what they were planning,” +37:21 sgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּצִּלֵ֖⁠הוּ מִ⁠יָּדָ֑⁠ם 1 “he tried to rescue/save Joseph from them”. The phrase “their hands” refers to Joseph’s brothers and their power to harm him. Consider whether you have a similar figure of speech in your language. +37:21 pj3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said to them,” or “by urging them,” 37:21 arpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֥א נַכֶּ֖⁠נּוּ נָֽפֶשׁ 1 “We should/must not take his life.” or “We should/must not kill him.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “strike” in Gen 4:15; 34:30; 37:21. 37:22 qril rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֣ם רְאוּבֵן֮ 1 “Then Reuben/he continued/added,” Some translations do not include this phrase, possibly because Reuben is still speaking to the same people. However, he may have paused between verses 21 and 22 to see the effect of what he said in verse 21. Also, the repeated quote margin helps emphasize what he says in verse 22. Do what is best in your language. 37:22 t1mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל תִּשְׁפְּכוּ דָם֒ 1 “Do not kill him.” or “You must not take his life.” See how you translated the idiom “shed blood” in Gen 9:6. -37:22 r99s הַשְׁלִ֣יכוּ אֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֤וֹר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “{Instead} put him into this {dry/empty} pit/well”. See how you translated “cistern” in verse 20. -37:22 bqz5 אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “{here} in the wilderness/desert,” Consider again how you translated “wilderness” or “desert” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6 (and note); 16:7; 21:14, 20-21; 36:24; 37:22. Also see when it occurs as implied information in Gen 12:9-10; 13:1, 3; 20:1; 24:62. -37:22 lhby וְ⁠יָ֖ד אַל תִּשְׁלְחוּ ב֑⁠וֹ 1 “but you must not harm him {in any way}.” The phrase “lay a hand on” is an idiom that emphasizes that they are not to harm him at all, not even in the smallest way. -37:22 bqvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְמַ֗עַן הַצִּ֤יל אֹת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠יָּדָ֔⁠ם 1 “Reuben was planning to rescue/save him/Joseph from them” or “{He/Reuben said that} in order to save him/Joseph from being killed by them”. See how you translated “rescued him from their hand{s}” in verse 21. -37:22 lqa5 לַ⁠הֲשִׁיב֖⁠וֹ אֶל אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he could return him {safely} to his/their father.” or “and take him back {home} to his/their father.” Make sure your translation of “his father” does not sound like Joseph had a different father than his brothers had. +37:22 r99s הַשְׁלִ֣יכוּ אֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֤וֹר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “Instead put him into this dry/empty pit/well”. See how you translated “cistern” in verse 20. +37:22 bqz5 אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “here in the wilderness/desert,” Consider again how you translated “wilderness” or “desert” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6 (and note); 16:7; 21:14, 20-21; 36:24; 37:22. Also see when it occurs as implied information in Gen 12:9-10; 13:1, 3; 20:1; 24:62. +37:22 lhby וְ⁠יָ֖ד אַל תִּשְׁלְחוּ ב֑⁠וֹ 1 “but you must not harm him in any way.” The phrase “lay a hand on” is an idiom that emphasizes that they are not to harm him at all, not even in the smallest way. +37:22 bqvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְמַ֗עַן הַצִּ֤יל אֹת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠יָּדָ֔⁠ם 1 “Reuben was planning to rescue/save him/Joseph from them” or “He/Reuben said that in order to save him/Joseph from being killed by them”. See how you translated “rescued him from their hands” in verse 21. +37:22 lqa5 לַ⁠הֲשִׁיב֖⁠וֹ אֶל אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he could return him safely to his/their father.” or “and take him back home to his/their father.” Make sure your translation of “his father” does not sound like Joseph had a different father than his brothers had. 37:23 k46f וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “When Joseph reached his brothers,” As usual, the phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important set of events. Many translations leave it implied. Do what is natural in your language. -37:23 nae9 וַ⁠יַּפְשִׁ֤יטוּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת כֻּתָּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת כְּתֹ֥נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֖ים 1 “they {grabbed/took hold of him and} stripped/ripped/tore off the/his colorful robe”. See how you translated “multicolored tunic” in verse 3. +37:23 nae9 וַ⁠יַּפְשִׁ֤יטוּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת כֻּתָּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת כְּתֹ֥נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֖ים 1 “they grabbed/took hold of him and stripped/ripped/tore off the/his colorful robe”. See how you translated “multicolored tunic” in verse 3. 37:23 ye3c אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “he had on.” or “that he was wearing.” 37:24 h7mu וַ⁠יִּ֨קָּחֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 “Then they grabbed him”. If the phrase “grabbed/took hold of him” is made explicit in your translation in verse 23, it can be left implied here in verse 24. 37:24 nbwf וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֥כוּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠בֹּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 “and put him into the pit/well.” See how you translated “throw him” and “cistern” in verse 20. -37:24 za8r וְ⁠הַ⁠בּ֣וֹר רֵ֔ק אֵ֥ין בּ֖⁠וֹ מָֽיִם 1 “Now the pit/well {was} empty; it had no water in it.” or “The pit/well {was} empty and {completely} dry inside.” -37:25 h666 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּשְׁבוּ֮ לֶֽ⁠אֱכָל לֶחֶם֒ 1 “Then {some of} Joseph’s brothers sat down to eat a meal,” It is clear from verse 29 that Reuben was not there when his brothers made the plan to sell Joseph to the traders. -37:25 gl5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֤וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְא֔וּ 1 “and {while they were eating,} they looked around” or “{While they were eating,} they looked around”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in Gen 22:13. -37:25 de55 וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “and saw/noticed {that}” or “and they saw/noticed {that}” -37:25 yfo8 אֹרְחַ֣ת 1 “a {large} group/company of”. A “caravan” is a large group of people who are traveling together. -37:25 ztmn יִשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים 1 “Ishmaelite {traders/merchants}” or “{traders/merchants} from the Ishmael/Ishmaelite people group” or “{traders/merchants who were} descendants of Ishmael”. See how you translated the names of other people groups in Gen 15:19-21. -37:25 klhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּאָ֖ה מִ⁠גִּלְעָ֑ד 1 “was coming/traveling {toward them} from {the region of} Gilead.” or “was traveling from {the region of} Gilead {and was headed their way}.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of some of the implied information in this sentence and say, “… and saw/noticed {that headed their way/direction was} a {large} group of Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {that was} coming/traveling from {the region of} Gilead.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Gilead” in Gen 31:21, 23, 25. +37:24 za8r וְ⁠הַ⁠בּ֣וֹר רֵ֔ק אֵ֥ין בּ֖⁠וֹ מָֽיִם 1 “Now the pit/well was empty; it had no water in it.” or “The pit/well was empty and completely dry inside.” +37:25 h666 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּשְׁבוּ֮ לֶֽ⁠אֱכָל לֶחֶם֒ 1 “Then some of Joseph’s brothers sat down to eat a meal,” It is clear from verse 29 that Reuben was not there when his brothers made the plan to sell Joseph to the traders. +37:25 gl5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֤וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְא֔וּ 1 “and while they were eating, they looked around” or “While they were eating, they looked around”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in Gen 22:13. +37:25 de55 וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “and saw/noticed that” or “and they saw/noticed that” +37:25 yfo8 אֹרְחַ֣ת 1 “a large group/company of”. A “caravan” is a large group of people who are traveling together. +37:25 ztmn יִשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים 1 “Ishmaelite traders/merchants” or “traders/merchants from the Ishmael/Ishmaelite people group” or “traders/merchants who were descendants of Ishmael”. See how you translated the names of other people groups in Gen 15:19-21. +37:25 klhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּאָ֖ה מִ⁠גִּלְעָ֑ד 1 “was coming/traveling toward them from the region of Gilead.” or “was traveling from the region of Gilead and was headed their way.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of some of the implied information in this sentence and say, “… and saw/noticed that headed their way/direction was a large group of Ishmaelite traders/merchants that was coming/traveling from the region of Gilead.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Gilead” in Gen 31:21, 23, 25. 37:25 mpjz וּ⁠גְמַלֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם נֹֽשְׂאִ֗ים 1 “Their camels were loaded with”. Consider again how you translated “camel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16 (and note); 24:10-11, 14, 19-20, 22, 25, 30-32, 35, 44, 46, 61, 63-64; 30:43; 31:17, 18, 34; 32:7, 15; 37:25. -37:25 duc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹאת֙ וּ⁠צְרִ֣י וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “{expensive} spices, healing resin/salve and incense”. Gilead was a mountainous region east of the Jordan River that was famous as a source of balm (or balsam), which was a rare tree resin that was used for perfume and for medicine. Myrrh was another type of tree resin that was used as incense and as medicine. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -37:25 ogiz הוֹלְכִ֖ים לְ⁠הוֹרִ֥יד מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “that they were taking/transporting down to {the country of} Egypt {to sell there}.” or “that they were taking {to sell} in {the country of} Egypt.” +37:25 duc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹאת֙ וּ⁠צְרִ֣י וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “expensive spices, healing resin/salve and incense”. Gilead was a mountainous region east of the Jordan River that was famous as a source of balm (or balsam), which was a rare tree resin that was used for perfume and for medicine. Myrrh was another type of tree resin that was used as incense and as medicine. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +37:25 ogiz הוֹלְכִ֖ים לְ⁠הוֹרִ֥יד מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “that they were taking/transporting down to the country of Egypt to sell there.” or “that they were taking to sell in the country of Egypt.” 37:26 kjnl וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוּדָ֖ה אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then/So Judah asked/urged his brothers,” 37:26 ubh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה בֶּ֗צַע 1 “What will we gain” or “We will not gain anything”. Judah uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language. 37:26 byyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֤י נַהֲרֹג֙ אֶת אָחִ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠כִסִּ֖ינוּ אֶת דָּמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “if we kill our brother and try to keep people from finding out about it” or “by killing our brother and trying to hide it!” The phrase “cover up” is an idiom that means to prevent people from knowing about something evil that was done. Also, the phrase “his blood” is an idiom that refers to Joseph’s death. -37:27 trsv לְכ֞וּ וְ⁠נִמְכְּרֶ֣⁠נּוּ 1 “{Instead,} come on, let’s sell him” or “{Instead,} we should sell him”. See how you translated “come and” in verse 20. -37:27 d1rs לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֗ים 1 “to those Ishmaelites {over there}” or “to those Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {over there}”. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in verse 25. +37:27 trsv לְכ֞וּ וְ⁠נִמְכְּרֶ֣⁠נּוּ 1 “Instead, come on, let’s sell him” or “Instead, we should sell him”. See how you translated “come and” in verse 20. +37:27 d1rs לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֗ים 1 “to those Ishmaelites over there” or “to those Ishmaelite traders/merchants over there”. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in verse 25. 37:27 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יָדֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ אַל תְּהִי ב֔⁠וֹ 1 “so that we will/do not harm him.” or “so that we will not be guilty of harming him.” Translate this idiom in a way that is natural and clear in your language. -37:27 llb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ בְשָׂרֵ֖⁠נוּ ה֑וּא 1 “After all, he {is} a member of our family, our own brother.” or “After all, as our brother, he {is} member of our family.” The phrase “our flesh” refers to the fact that they are closely related biologically. See how you translated a similar idiom (“my bone and my flesh”) in Gen 29:14. -37:27 pxd0 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “Judah’s brothers agreed {with him}.” or “Judah’s brothers agreed {to do what Judah had proposed/suggested}.” See how you translated “listened” in Gen 34:24. -37:28 z0bz וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֩ אֲנָשִׁ֨ים מִדְיָנִ֜ים סֹֽחֲרִ֗ים 1 “So when/as the Midianite {(that is, Ishmaelite)} traders/merchants came by/near {them},” or “So when the {Ishmaelite} traders who were {also/sometimes called} Midianites were passing/going by {them},” The Ishmaelites (verses 25, 27-28; 39:1) and Midianites (verses 28 and 36) were the descendants of Abraham’s sons Ishmael and Midian (16:15; 25:1-2). However, sometimes (as here) the names of those people groups are used interchangeably for the same people (also see Judges 8:22, 24, 26). Perhaps that was because the two people groups had intermarried. Or there may have been merchants from the two people groups in this caravan who bought and sold Joseph together. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -37:28 v0x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּמְשְׁכוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֤וּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִן הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “{some of} Joseph’s brothers pulled Joseph/him up out of the pit/well”. Not all of Joseph’s brothers were there, because we know from the next verse that at least Reuben was somewhere else when they sold Joseph. -37:28 ayg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney וַ⁠יִּמְכְּר֧וּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֖ים בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים כָּ֑סֶף 1 “and sold him to the Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} for twenty {shekels/pieces of} silver.” See the note about shekels at Gen 20:16. Twenty shekels of silver was equal to about one-fourth of a kilo (half a pound) and was the average price for a slave. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -37:28 el2q וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאוּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “Then the Ishmaelites took him to {the country of} Egypt.” -37:29 zb09 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “Later Reuben {who had been gone for a while} returned to the pit/well,” or “Then/Later Reuben came/went back to the pit/well {to get Joseph},” Consider again how you translated “cistern” in verses 20, 22, 24, 28-29. +37:27 llb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ בְשָׂרֵ֖⁠נוּ ה֑וּא 1 “After all, he is a member of our family, our own brother.” or “After all, as our brother, he is member of our family.” The phrase “our flesh” refers to the fact that they are closely related biologically. See how you translated a similar idiom (“my bone and my flesh”) in Gen 29:14. +37:27 pxd0 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “Judah’s brothers agreed with him.” or “Judah’s brothers agreed to do what Judah had proposed/suggested.” See how you translated “listened” in Gen 34:24. +37:28 z0bz וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֩ אֲנָשִׁ֨ים מִדְיָנִ֜ים סֹֽחֲרִ֗ים 1 “So when/as the Midianite (that is, Ishmaelite) traders/merchants came by/near them,” or “So when the Ishmaelite traders who were also/sometimes called Midianites were passing/going by them,” The Ishmaelites (verses 25, 27-28; 39:1) and Midianites (verses 28 and 36) were the descendants of Abraham’s sons Ishmael and Midian (16:15; 25:1-2). However, sometimes (as here) the names of those people groups are used interchangeably for the same people (also see Judges 8:22, 24, 26). Perhaps that was because the two people groups had intermarried. Or there may have been merchants from the two people groups in this caravan who bought and sold Joseph together. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +37:28 v0x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּמְשְׁכוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֤וּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִן הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “some of Joseph’s brothers pulled Joseph/him up out of the pit/well”. Not all of Joseph’s brothers were there, because we know from the next verse that at least Reuben was somewhere else when they sold Joseph. +37:28 ayg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney וַ⁠יִּמְכְּר֧וּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֖ים בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים כָּ֑סֶף 1 “and sold him to the Ishmaelite traders/merchants for twenty shekels/pieces of silver.” See the note about shekels at Gen 20:16. Twenty shekels of silver was equal to about one-fourth of a kilo (half a pound) and was the average price for a slave. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +37:28 el2q וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאוּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “Then the Ishmaelites took him to the country of Egypt.” +37:29 zb09 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “Later Reuben who had been gone for a while returned to the pit/well,” or “Then/Later Reuben came/went back to the pit/well to get Joseph,” Consider again how you translated “cistern” in verses 20, 22, 24, 28-29. 37:29 jkit וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵין יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 “and he was shocked to see that Joseph was not there!” or “but to his surprise/horror, Joseph was gone!” -37:29 l17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֖ע אֶת בְּגָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then he tore his clothes {to show distress/grief}.” or “Then {he was so distressed/grieved that} he tore his clothes.” +37:29 l17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֖ע אֶת בְּגָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then he tore his clothes to show distress/grief.” or “Then he was so distressed/grieved that he tore his clothes.” 37:30 cbe8 וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then he went back to where his brothers were” or “Then he went to his brothers” -37:30 hwt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said/exclaimed {to them},” -37:30 hksj הַ⁠יֶּ֣לֶד 1 “The lad/youth” or “Joseph” or “Our {younger} brother”. Joseph was seventeen years old (verse 2), so this phrase should be translated in a way that is appropriate for his older brother to refer to him here. See how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning in Gen 21:12. +37:30 hwt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said/exclaimed to them,” +37:30 hksj הַ⁠יֶּ֣לֶד 1 “The lad/youth” or “Joseph” or “Our younger brother”. Joseph was seventeen years old (verse 2), so this phrase should be translated in a way that is appropriate for his older brother to refer to him here. See how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning in Gen 21:12. 37:30 hm3x אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “is gone/missing!” 37:30 de6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אָ֥נָה אֲנִי בָֽא 1 “Now what should/can I do?” or “Now I do not know what to do!” Reuben uses a rhetorical question here to express how distressed he is and to emphasize that he does not know what to do. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 37:31 vk4u וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ 1 “So they” or “Then/So Joseph’s brothers” 37:31 cjzw וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “took his tunic/robe,” or “picked up his tunic/robe,” 37:31 hybm וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁחֲטוּ֙ שְׂעִ֣יר עִזִּ֔ים 1 “killed a male/young goat” -37:31 h4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּטְבְּל֥וּ אֶת הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֖נֶת בַּ⁠דָּֽם 1 “and dipped the/Joseph's robe in its blood.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat, took Joseph’s/his tunic/robe, and dipped it in the {goat’s} blood.” or “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat and dipped Joseph’s/his tunic/robe in the {goat’s} blood.” Do what is best in your language. -37:32 igsh וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֞וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֗ים וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאוּ֙ אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they had someone take/bring the colorful tunic/robe back to their father and say {to him} {for them},” Consider again how you translated “multicolored/colorful tunic/robe” in verses 3, 23, 32. -37:32 cghp זֹ֣את מָצָ֑אנוּ הַכֶּר נָ֗א 1 “We found this {tunic/robe}. Please look at it {to see/determine}”. See how you translated “examine” in Gen 31:32. -37:32 faw3 הַ⁠כְּתֹ֧נֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֛ הִ֖וא אִם לֹֽא 1 “whether/if it {is} your son’s tunic/robe.” or “whether or not it {is} your son’s.” +37:31 h4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּטְבְּל֥וּ אֶת הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֖נֶת בַּ⁠דָּֽם 1 “and dipped the/Joseph's robe in its blood.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat, took Joseph’s/his tunic/robe, and dipped it in the goat’s blood.” or “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat and dipped Joseph’s/his tunic/robe in the goat’s blood.” Do what is best in your language. +37:32 igsh וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֞וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֗ים וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאוּ֙ אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they had someone take/bring the colorful tunic/robe back to their father and say to him for them,” Consider again how you translated “multicolored/colorful tunic/robe” in verses 3, 23, 32. +37:32 cghp זֹ֣את מָצָ֑אנוּ הַכֶּר נָ֗א 1 “We found this tunic/robe. Please look at it to see/determine”. See how you translated “examine” in Gen 31:32. +37:32 faw3 הַ⁠כְּתֹ֧נֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֛ הִ֖וא אִם לֹֽא 1 “whether/if it is your son’s tunic/robe.” or “whether or not it is your son’s.” 37:33 nule וַ⁠יַּכִּירָ֤⁠הּ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Jacob examined/recognized the robe and exclaimed,” -37:33 ifzw כְּתֹ֣נֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “{This is} my son {Joseph}’s tunic/robe!” or “This tunic/robe belongs to my son {Joseph}!” -37:33 mjef חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ טָרֹ֥ף טֹרַ֖ף יוֹסֵֽף 1 “Surely/Clearly a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal has torn Joseph/him to pieces/bits and eaten him up!” See how you translated “an evil animal devoured him” in verse 20. -37:34 ix46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע יַעֲקֹב֙ שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob tore his clothes {in grief/sorrow},” or “Jacob {was so grieved that he} tore his clothes,” See how you translated “tore his clothes” in verse 29. +37:33 ifzw כְּתֹ֣נֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “This is my son Joseph’s tunic/robe!” or “This tunic/robe belongs to my son Joseph!” +37:33 mjef חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ טָרֹ֥ף טֹרַ֖ף יוֹסֵֽף 1 “Surely/Clearly a fierce/vicious/ferocious wild animal has torn Joseph/him to pieces/bits and eaten him up!” See how you translated “an evil animal devoured him” in verse 20. +37:34 ix46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע יַעֲקֹב֙ שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob tore his clothes in grief/sorrow,” or “Jacob was so grieved that he tore his clothes,” See how you translated “tore his clothes” in verse 29. 37:34 d98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם שַׂ֖ק בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “put on sackcloth,” or “put on mourning clothes,” It was a Hebrew custom to wear sackcloth, which was a rough/coarse garment made/woven from black goats’ hair, to show that the person was mourning for someone’s death. If this custom is not familiar in your culture, you could put that information in a footnote. -37:34 a63b וַ⁠יִּתְאַבֵּ֥ל עַל בְּנ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “and for many days he mourned/grieved that his son had died.” or “and for a {very} long time he mourned/grieved that/because his son was dead/gone.” See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 27:41. -37:35 p5yz וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ כָל בָּנָ֨י⁠ו וְ⁠כָל בְּנֹתָ֜י⁠ו 1 “All Jacob’s sons and daughters” -37:35 gr7h וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ לְ⁠נַחֲמ֗⁠וֹ 1 “came {to him} {and tried} to comfort/console him,” +37:34 a63b וַ⁠יִּתְאַבֵּ֥ל עַל בְּנ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “and for many days he mourned/grieved that his son had died.” or “and for a very long time he mourned/grieved that/because his son was dead/gone.” See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 27:41. +37:35 p5yz וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ כָל בָּנָ֨י⁠ו וְ⁠כָל בְּנֹתָ֜י⁠ו לְ⁠נַחֲמ֗⁠וֹ 1 “All Jacob’s sons and daughters came to him and tried to comfort/console him,” 37:35 yjk7 וַ⁠יְמָאֵן֙ לְ⁠הִתְנַחֵ֔ם 1 “but he did not want to be comforted/consoled” or “but he did/would not let them comfort/console him” -37:35 re6d וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Instead he said {to them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -37:35 wdyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּֽי אֵרֵ֧ד אֶל בְּנִ֛⁠י אָבֵ֖ל שְׁאֹ֑לָ⁠ה 1 “{No,} I will continue to mourn until I {die and} join my son down in Sheol.” or “{No,} I will continue to mourn {for my son} until I {die and} go down to be with him in the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of dead people lived. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies. -37:35 qt95 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then Joseph’s father continued to mourn/grieve {deeply} for him/Joseph.” -37:36 j9zi וְ⁠הַ֨⁠מְּדָנִ֔ים מָכְר֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֶל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Meanwhile, in {the country of} Egypt, the Midianite {traders} sold Joseph” or “Meanwhile, when the Midianite {traders} got to {the country of} Egypt, they sold Joseph”. The event in verse 36 occurred during the time that the events in verses 29-35 happened. -37:36 ng42 לְ⁠פֽוֹטִיפַר֙ סְרִ֣יס פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “to Potiphar, {who was} an official/officer under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt};” See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15-20. -37:36 hd6f שַׂ֖ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִֽים 1 “{he was} the captain over the {royal/palace} guards.” or “{he was} the leader of the soldiers who guarded the king.” +37:35 re6d וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Instead he said to them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +37:35 wdyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּֽי אֵרֵ֧ד אֶל בְּנִ֛⁠י אָבֵ֖ל שְׁאֹ֑לָ⁠ה 1 “No, I will continue to mourn until I die and join my son down in Sheol.” or “No, I will continue to mourn for my son until I die and go down to be with him in the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of dead people lived. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies. +37:35 qt95 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then Joseph’s father continued to mourn/grieve deeply for him/Joseph.” +37:36 j9zi וְ⁠הַ֨⁠מְּדָנִ֔ים מָכְר֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֶל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Meanwhile, in the country of Egypt, the Midianite traders sold Joseph” or “Meanwhile, when the Midianite traders got to the country of Egypt, they sold Joseph”. The event in verse 36 occurred during the time that the events in verses 29-35 happened. +37:36 ng42 לְ⁠פֽוֹטִיפַר֙ סְרִ֣יס פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “to Potiphar, who was an official/officer under Pharaoh the king of/over Egypt;” See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15-20. +37:36 hd6f שַׂ֖ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִֽים 1 “he was the captain over the royal/palace guards.” or “he was the leader of the soldiers who guarded the king.” 38:1 vktj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “Meanwhile,” or “At/About that/this time,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces a new episode here. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language. 38:1 qqqe וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד יְהוּדָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Judah left his brothers and went/traveled down” -38:1 ptef וַ⁠יֵּ֛ט עַד אִ֥ישׁ עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “and settled/stayed/lived in {the town of} Adullam near {the home of} a man from there” or “to {the town of} Adullam and settled/stayed/lived near {the home of} a man from there”. The word “Adullamite” refers to the fact that Hirah was from the town of Adullam; it is not the name of a people group. The town of Adullam was about 19 kilometers (12 miles) northwest of the city of Hebron (37:14), and was lower in elevation, which is why the text says that Judah “went down” to get there. -38:1 woam וּ⁠שְׁמ֥⁠וֹ חִירָֽה 1 “whose name {was} Hirah.” -38:2 f34u וַ⁠יַּרְא־שָׁ֧ם יְהוּדָ֛ה בַּת אִ֥ישׁ כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ שׁ֑וּעַ 1 “{While he was living} there, Judah/he met the daughter of a Canaanite man named Shua,” or “{While he was living} there, Judah/he met a Canaanite woman whose father {was} Shua,” -38:2 n4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֖⁠הָ 1 “and he took her {as his wife}.” or “and he married her.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“took a wife”) in Gen 25:1. -38:2 c9qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {marital/sexual} relations with her,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. +38:1 ptef וַ⁠יֵּ֛ט עַד אִ֥ישׁ עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “and settled/stayed/lived in the town of Adullam near the home of a man from there” or “to the town of Adullam and settled/stayed/lived near the home of a man from there”. The word “Adullamite” refers to the fact that Hirah was from the town of Adullam; it is not the name of a people group. The town of Adullam was about 19 kilometers (12 miles) northwest of the city of Hebron (37:14), and was lower in elevation, which is why the text says that Judah “went down” to get there. +38:1 woam וּ⁠שְׁמ֥⁠וֹ חִירָֽה 1 “whose name was Hirah.” +38:2 f34u וַ⁠יַּרְא־שָׁ֧ם יְהוּדָ֛ה בַּת אִ֥ישׁ כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ שׁ֑וּעַ 1 “While he was living there, Judah/he met the daughter of a Canaanite man named Shua,” or “While he was living there, Judah/he met a Canaanite woman whose father was Shua,” +38:2 n4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֖⁠הָ 1 “and he took her as his wife.” or “and he married her.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“took a wife”) in Gen 25:1. +38:2 c9qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had marital/sexual relations with her,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. 38:3 v73t וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר 1 “and she became pregnant” 38:3 i5xh וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to a son,” or “When she gave birth, she had a son,” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. 38:3 tjg5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ עֵֽר 1 “whom he/Judah named Er.” Throughout Genesis, sometimes the father, sometimes the mother, and sometimes both are said to give their child his name. 38:4 a0s1 וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר ע֖וֹד 1 “Then Judah’s wife became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to verse 4. -38:4 eo25 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to {another} son,” +38:4 eo25 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to another son,” 38:4 g66c וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אוֹנָֽן 1 “and she named him Onan.” 38:5 rsf9 וַ⁠תֹּ֤סֶף עוֹד֙ 1 “Then she conceived again” or “Then she became pregnant yet again” -38:5 ospi וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and gave birth to {another} son,” +38:5 ospi וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and gave birth to another son,” 38:5 vzkw וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵׁלָ֑ה 1 “and she named him Shelah.” -38:5 l4tz וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בִ⁠כְזִ֖יב בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֥⁠הּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/Judah was in/at {the town of} Kezib when she gave birth to Shelah.” or “When she gave birth to Shelah, Judah was in {the town of} Kezib.” or (2) “It was in {the town of} Kezib that she gave birth to him/Shelah.” or “She was in Kezib when she gave birth to him/Shelah.” -38:6 pv6j וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח יְהוּדָ֛ה אִשָּׁ֖ה לְ⁠עֵ֣ר בְּכוֹר֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ תָּמָֽר 1 “Years later, Judah got/chose a wife named Tamar for his firstborn/oldest son Er.” or “When Judah’s firstborn/oldest son Er grew up, Judah arranged/negotiated for him to marry a woman whose name {was} Tamar.” See how you translated the phrase “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21. +38:5 l4tz וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בִ⁠כְזִ֖יב בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֥⁠הּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/Judah was in/at the town of Kezib when she gave birth to Shelah.” or “When she gave birth to Shelah, Judah was in the town of Kezib.” or (2) “It was in the town of Kezib that she gave birth to him/Shelah.” or “She was in Kezib when she gave birth to him/Shelah.” +38:6 pv6j וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח יְהוּדָ֛ה אִשָּׁ֖ה לְ⁠עֵ֣ר בְּכוֹר֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ תָּמָֽר 1 “Years later, Judah got/chose a wife named Tamar for his firstborn/oldest son Er.” or “When Judah’s firstborn/oldest son Er grew up, Judah arranged/negotiated for him to marry a woman whose name was Tamar.” See how you translated the phrase “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21. 38:7 roio וַ⁠יְהִ֗י עֵ֚ר בְּכ֣וֹר יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “But Judah’s firstborn/oldest son Er” or “But Er”. Some languages leave “the firstborn of Judah” implied here since Er was already called the firstborn in verse 6. The Hebrew text repeats that information here to emphasize Er’s relationship to Judah in the following events. Do what is best in your language. 38:7 unv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י & רַ֖ע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “did things that were evil/wicked in Yahweh’s sight/opinion,” or “did something/things that Yahweh considered/judged to be evil/wicked,” The Hebrew text does not specify what Er had done wrong, so neither should your translation. See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of Yahweh” in Gen 6:8. 38:7 gnk5 וַ⁠יְמִתֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “so Yahweh took his life.” or “so Yahweh caused him to die.” -38:8 k9rm וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ לְ⁠אוֹנָ֔ן 1 “After that, Judah told {his son} Onan,” -38:8 id8g בֹּ֛א אֶל אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Marry your brother’s wife/widow {Tamar} {according to our custom}”. The Israelites practiced the custom of Levirate marriage, which meant that if a man died without any children, it was his oldest brother’s duty to marry his widow so that together they could have a son who would carry on the deceased man’s family line and inherit his estate (See: [Deuteronomy 25:5-6](../deu/25/05.md)). You could put some of that information in a footnote. -38:8 oq0f וְ⁠יַבֵּ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “so that you fulfill your duty/obligation to her {as her brother-in-law}” -38:8 xpyj וְ⁠הָקֵ֥ם זֶ֖רַע 1 “and produce/have children {with her}” -38:8 xkri לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “for your {deceased} brother.” or “to carry on {the name of} your brother {Er}.” -38:9 ks40 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע אוֹנָ֔ן כִּ֛י לֹּ֥א ל֖⁠וֹ יִהְיֶ֣ה הַ⁠זָּ֑רַע 1 “But Onan knew that the children {they would have together} would not belong to him.” +38:8 k9rm וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ לְ⁠אוֹנָ֔ן 1 “After that, Judah told his son Onan,” +38:8 id8g בֹּ֛א אֶל אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Marry your brother’s wife/widow Tamar according to our custom”. The Israelites practiced the custom of Levirate marriage, which meant that if a man died without any children, it was his oldest brother’s duty to marry his widow so that together they could have a son who would carry on the deceased man’s family line and inherit his estate (See: [Deuteronomy 25:5-6](../deu/25/05.md)). You could put some of that information in a footnote. +38:8 oq0f וְ⁠יַבֵּ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “so that you fulfill your duty/obligation to her as her brother-in-law” +38:8 xpyj וְ⁠הָקֵ֥ם זֶ֖רַע 1 “and produce/have children with her” +38:8 xkri לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “for your deceased brother.” or “to carry on the name of your brother Er.” +38:9 ks40 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע אוֹנָ֔ן כִּ֛י לֹּ֥א ל֖⁠וֹ יִהְיֶ֣ה הַ⁠זָּ֑רַע 1 “But Onan knew that the children they would have together would not belong to him.” 38:9 h91i וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה אִם 1 “So whenever” or “So every time” -38:9 jx50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּ֨א אֶל 1 “he slept/lay with” or “he had {marital/physical} relations with” -38:9 dsuf אֵ֤שֶׁת אָחִי⁠ו֙ 1 “his brother’s wife/widow {Tamar},” or “Tamar,” -38:9 s7mu וְ⁠שִׁחֵ֣ת אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 “he wasted {his semen} on the ground” or “he caused/let {his semen} to spill/go on the ground”. Translate this clause in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. Make sure it is clear that Onan did something to keep Tamar from getting pregnant. -38:9 totl לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י נְתָן זֶ֖רַע לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he would not have offspring/children for his brother.” or “to keep her from {getting pregnant and} having {any} offspring/children for his brother.” +38:9 jx50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּ֨א אֶל 1 “he slept/lay with” or “he had marital/physical relations with” +38:9 dsuf אֵ֤שֶׁת אָחִי⁠ו֙ 1 “his brother’s wife/widow Tamar,” or “Tamar,” +38:9 s7mu וְ⁠שִׁחֵ֣ת אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 “he wasted his semen on the ground” or “he caused/let his semen to spill/go on the ground”. Translate this clause in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. Make sure it is clear that Onan did something to keep Tamar from getting pregnant. +38:9 totl לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י נְתָן זֶ֖רַע לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he would not have offspring/children for his brother.” or “to keep her from getting pregnant and having any offspring/children for his brother.” 38:10 nhk4 וַ⁠יֵּ֛רַע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה 1 “Yahweh considered/judged what he/Onan did to be evil/wicked,” or “But that was evil/wicked in Yahweh’s sight/opinion,” See how you translated “evil in the eyes of Yahweh” in verse 7. 38:10 umq7 וַ⁠יָּ֖מֶת גַּם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so he/Yahweh took his life too/also.” or “so he/Yahweh caused him to die too.” 38:11 d1qt וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָה֩ לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר 1 “Then Judah told” 38:11 wpg2 לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר כַּלָּת֜⁠וֹ 1 “his daughter-in-law Tamar,” or “his son’s widow Tamar,” or “Tamar,” -38:11 bfcq שְׁבִ֧י אַלְמָנָ֣ה בֵית אָבִ֗י⁠ךְ 1 “{Go back} to your father’s house and stay there as a widow” or “{Go and} live at your father’s house, and do not marry again” -38:11 vjtz עַד יִגְדַּל֙ שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “until my son Shelah is old enough {to marry you}.” -38:11 mds7 כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יָמ֥וּת גַּם־ה֖וּא כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “{He/Judah said/did that} because he said/thought {to himself}, “I don’t want Shelah to die like his brothers did!” ” or “{He/Judah did/said that} because he was afraid Shelah would die like his brothers had died.” or “{Actually Judah did not want Shelah to marry Tamar} because he was afraid/worried {that if he did,} he would also die like his brothers had died.” -38:11 ibi4 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ תָּמָ֔ר וַ⁠תֵּ֖שֶׁב בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “So Tamar went {home} to her father’s house and live/stayed there.” +38:11 bfcq שְׁבִ֧י אַלְמָנָ֣ה בֵית אָבִ֗י⁠ךְ 1 “Go back to your father’s house and stay there as a widow” or “Go and live at your father’s house, and do not marry again” +38:11 vjtz עַד יִגְדַּל֙ שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “until my son Shelah is old enough to marry you.” +38:11 mds7 כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יָמ֥וּת גַּם־ה֖וּא כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “He/Judah said/did that because he said/thought to himself, “I don’t want Shelah to die like his brothers did!” ” or “He/Judah did/said that because he was afraid Shelah would die like his brothers had died.” or “Actually Judah did not want Shelah to marry Tamar because he was afraid/worried that if he did, he would also die like his brothers had died.” +38:11 ibi4 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ תָּמָ֔ר וַ⁠תֵּ֖שֶׁב בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “So Tamar went home to her father’s house and live/stayed there.” 38:12 uu5v וַ⁠יִּרְבּוּ֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 “Many years later,” or “After a long time,” or “Years went by and then” -38:12 fy0d וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת בַּת שׁ֣וּעַ אֵֽשֶׁת יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judah’s wife, the daughter of Shua, died.” or “Judah’s wife, {who was} Shua’s daughter, died.” Notice that Shua was the father of Judah’s wife. Be consistent here with how you spelled his name in verse 2. -38:12 na0r וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “After Judah finished mourning/grieving {for her}, {one day}” or “After Judah had completed the {customary} time of mourning/grieving {for her},” See how you translated “comforted” in Gen 37:35. -38:12 sdjz וַ⁠יַּ֜עַל & תִּמְנָֽתָ⁠ה 1 “he {decided to} go to {the town of} Timnah”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Judah had already arrived at Timnah, because he does not actually reach there until verse 19. His trip from the town of Adullam (verse 1) to the town of Timnah was about 13 kilometers (8 miles). -38:12 fh0g עַל גֹּֽזֲזֵ֤י צֹאנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{to work} with {the men} who were shearing his sheep {there}.” or “where {his men} were shearing his sheep {for him}.” See how you translated “shear his sheep” in Gen 31:19 and see the note about that there. -38:12 en0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֗וּא וְ⁠חִירָ֛ה רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ הָ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “He and his friend Hirah, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam, {started traveling there together}.” or “His friend Hirah the Adullamite went/traveled with him.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “… and he and his friend Hirah the Adullamite went up to {the town of} Timnah where men were shearing Judah’s sheep {for him}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hirah” and how you translated “Adullamite” in verse 1. +38:12 fy0d וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת בַּת שׁ֣וּעַ אֵֽשֶׁת יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judah’s wife, the daughter of Shua, died.” or “Judah’s wife, who was Shua’s daughter, died.” Notice that Shua was the father of Judah’s wife. Be consistent here with how you spelled his name in verse 2. +38:12 na0r וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “After Judah finished mourning/grieving for her, one day” or “After Judah had completed the customary time of mourning/grieving for her,” See how you translated “comforted” in Gen 37:35. +38:12 sdjz וַ⁠יַּ֜עַל & תִּמְנָֽתָ⁠ה 1 “he decided to go to the town of Timnah”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Judah had already arrived at Timnah, because he does not actually reach there until verse 19. His trip from the town of Adullam (verse 1) to the town of Timnah was about 13 kilometers (8 miles). +38:12 fh0g עַל גֹּֽזֲזֵ֤י צֹאנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “to work with the men who were shearing his sheep there.” or “where his men were shearing his sheep for him.” See how you translated “shear his sheep” in Gen 31:19 and see the note about that there. +38:12 en0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֗וּא וְ⁠חִירָ֛ה רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ הָ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “He and his friend Hirah, who was from the town of Adullam, started traveling there together.” or “His friend Hirah the Adullamite went/traveled with him.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “… and he and his friend Hirah the Adullamite went up to the town of Timnah where men were shearing Judah’s sheep for him.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hirah” and how you translated “Adullamite” in verse 1. 38:13 cja8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠תָמָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then/Meanwhile someone told/informed Tamar,” -38:13 r1i3 הִנֵּ֥ה חָמִ֛י⁠ךְ 1 “Listen, your father-in-law {Judah}” -38:13 o1kb עֹלֶ֥ה תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה לָ⁠גֹ֥ז צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “is on his way to {the town of} Timnah to shear his sheep.” or “is on his way to shear his sheep in/at {the town of} Timnah.” See how you translated “shearing his sheep” in verse 12. -38:14 bmnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּסַר֩ בִּגְדֵ֨י אַלְמְנוּתָ֜⁠הּ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 “So she changed from her clothes that showed she was a widow” or “So she changed {into different clothes} from the kind of clothes that widows wear”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Tamar did not just take off her widow’s clothes, but that she also put different clothes on. -38:14 vpxr וַ⁠תְּכַ֤ס בַּ⁠צָּעִיף֙ 1 “and covered herself with a {large} veil/shawl” or “and covered her face with a {thin} veil/headscarf”. A veil was a large piece of thin cloth that was used to cover the face and/or the body. See how you translated “veil” in Gen 24:65. -38:14 d0cf וַ⁠תִּתְעַלָּ֔ף 1 “and dressed/disguised herself {as/like a prostitute}.” or “to disguise herself.” -38:14 fx7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠פֶ֣תַח עֵינַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל דֶּ֣רֶךְ תִּמְנָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 “Then she sat near/by the entrance/gateway to {the town of} Enaim, which {was} on the road/way to/toward {the town of} Timnah,” or “Then {she went/traveled} toward {the town of} Timnah and sat down at/near the entrance/gateway of {the town of} Enaim, which {was} along the way.” Some languages need to specify that Tamar traveled to Enaim before she sat down there. Do what is best in your language. -38:14 f4by כִּ֤י רָאֲתָה֙ כִּֽי גָדַ֣ל שֵׁלָ֔ה 1 “{She did that} because she had noticed that Shelah was now old enough {to marry},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -38:14 pc3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הִ֕וא לֹֽא נִתְּנָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “but Judah had not given her to him/Shelah to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Tamar had seen/noticed that Shelah was now grown up, but Judah had not given her to him to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}. So she changed from her widow’s clothes …” Do what is best in your language. -38:15 fzz0 וַ⁠יִּרְאֶ֣⁠הָ יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “{As Judah was traveling to Timnah,} he saw Tamar {beside the road},” -38:15 bpro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֖⁠הָ לְ⁠זוֹנָ֑ה כִּ֥י כִסְּתָ֖ה פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “but since she had covered/veiled her face {with a veil/shawl}, {he could not see who she was and} he thought/assumed that she was a prostitute.” See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31 and “covered her face” in verse 14. -38:16 rkdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט אֵלֶ֜י⁠הָ אֶל הַ⁠דֶּ֗רֶךְ 1 “So he went over to where she was {sitting} beside/by the road” -38:16 p4cl וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to her},” or “and propositioned {her} by saying,” or “and requested,” +38:13 r1i3 הִנֵּ֥ה חָמִ֛י⁠ךְ 1 “Listen, your father-in-law Judah” +38:13 o1kb עֹלֶ֥ה תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה לָ⁠גֹ֥ז צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “is on his way to the town of Timnah to shear his sheep.” or “is on his way to shear his sheep in/at the town of Timnah.” See how you translated “shearing his sheep” in verse 12. +38:14 bmnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּסַר֩ בִּגְדֵ֨י אַלְמְנוּתָ֜⁠הּ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 “So she changed from her clothes that showed she was a widow” or “So she changed into different clothes from the kind of clothes that widows wear”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Tamar did not just take off her widow’s clothes, but that she also put different clothes on. +38:14 vpxr וַ⁠תְּכַ֤ס בַּ⁠צָּעִיף֙ 1 “and covered herself with a large veil/shawl” or “and covered her face with a thin veil/headscarf”. A veil was a large piece of thin cloth that was used to cover the face and/or the body. See how you translated “veil” in Gen 24:65. +38:14 d0cf וַ⁠תִּתְעַלָּ֔ף 1 “and dressed/disguised herself as/like a prostitute.” or “to disguise herself.” +38:14 fx7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠פֶ֣תַח עֵינַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל דֶּ֣רֶךְ תִּמְנָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 “Then she sat near/by the entrance/gateway to the town of Enaim, which was on the road/way to/toward the town of Timnah,” or “Then she went/traveled toward the town of Timnah and sat down at/near the entrance/gateway of the town of Enaim, which was along the way.” Some languages need to specify that Tamar traveled to Enaim before she sat down there. Do what is best in your language. +38:14 f4by כִּ֤י רָאֲתָה֙ כִּֽי גָדַ֣ל שֵׁלָ֔ה 1 “She did that because she had noticed that Shelah was now old enough to marry,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +38:14 pc3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הִ֕וא לֹֽא נִתְּנָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “but Judah had not given her to him/Shelah to marry as he was supposed/required to do.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Tamar had seen/noticed that Shelah was now grown up, but Judah had not given her to him to marry as he was supposed/required to do. So she changed from her widow’s clothes …” Do what is best in your language. +38:15 fzz0 וַ⁠יִּרְאֶ֣⁠הָ יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “As Judah was traveling to Timnah, he saw Tamar beside the road,” +38:15 bpro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֖⁠הָ לְ⁠זוֹנָ֑ה כִּ֥י כִסְּתָ֖ה פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “but since she had covered/veiled her face with a veil/shawl, he could not see who she was and he thought/assumed that she was a prostitute.” See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31 and “covered her face” in verse 14. +38:16 rkdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט אֵלֶ֜י⁠הָ אֶל הַ⁠דֶּ֗רֶךְ 1 “So he went over to where she was sitting beside/by the road” +38:16 p4cl וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said to her,” or “and propositioned her by saying,” or “and requested,” 38:16 m30g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism הָֽבָ⁠ה נָּא֙ אָב֣וֹא אֵלַ֔יִ⁠ךְ 1 “Let me sleep/lie with you.” or “Let me have relations/sex with you.” -38:16 p7ts כִּ֚י לֹ֣א יָדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כַלָּת֖⁠וֹ הִ֑וא 1 “{He did/said that} because he did not recognize/realize that she {was} his daughter-in-law {Tamar}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “He did not realize that she was his daughter-in-law {Tamar}, so he went over to her beside the road and said …” -38:16 neat rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “So she asked {him},” -38:16 q0h1 מַה תִּתֶּן לִּ֔⁠י 1 “What will you give me {in exchange}” or “What will you pay me” +38:16 p7ts כִּ֚י לֹ֣א יָדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כַלָּת֖⁠וֹ הִ֑וא 1 “He did/said that because he did not recognize/realize that she was his daughter-in-law Tamar.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “He did not realize that she was his daughter-in-law Tamar, so he went over to her beside the road and said …” +38:16 neat rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “So she asked him,” +38:16 q0h1 מַה תִּתֶּן לִּ֔⁠י 1 “What will you give me in exchange” or “What will you pay me” 38:16 e4ov כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא 1 “if I allow you to” or “so that you can” 38:16 hg0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָב֖וֹא אֵלָֽ⁠י 1 “sleep/lie with me?” or “have relations/sex with me?” or “do that?” See how you translated the idiom “come to” earlier in this verse. -38:17 nshg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He answered {her},” -38:17 ex73 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח גְּדִֽי עִזִּ֖ים מִן הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “I will send {you} a young goat from my flock.” See how you translated “kid goat” in Gen 27:9, 16. +38:17 nshg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He answered her,” +38:17 ex73 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח גְּדִֽי עִזִּ֖ים מִן הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “I will send you a young goat from my flock.” See how you translated “kid goat” in Gen 27:9, 16. 38:17 mtpk וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “She replied,” -38:17 g37n אִם תִּתֵּ֥ן עֵרָב֖וֹן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{Ok,} if you will give {me} a pledge/deposit …” or “{I will agree,} if you give {me} something {valuable} {of yours} to keep …” or (2) “Will you give me a pledge/deposit …?” -38:17 o8kc עַ֥ד שָׁלְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “until you send/deliver {the goat to me}.” -38:18 zusm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Judah asked {her},” +38:17 g37n אִם תִּתֵּ֥ן עֵרָב֖וֹן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Ok, if you will give me a pledge/deposit …” or “I will agree, if you give me something valuable of yours to keep …” or (2) “Will you give me a pledge/deposit …?” +38:17 o8kc עַ֥ד שָׁלְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “until you send/deliver the goat to me.” +38:18 zusm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Judah asked her,” 38:18 op2q מָ֣ה הָֽ⁠עֵרָבוֹן֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶתֶּן לָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “What should I give to you as a pledge/deposit?” or “What do you want me to leave with you?” -38:18 jusw וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered {him},” -38:18 rr3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֹתָֽמְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠פְתִילֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “{Leave/Give me} your {name/identification/signature} seal/thing with its cord/string {that you have/wear around your neck},” A “signet” or “identification seal” was a ring or small cylinder-shaped object that had the owner’s name engraved on it and was worn around his neck on a cord. It was used to prove his identity and to sign documents that were written on clay tablets, by rolling the cylinder over the soft clay. If people in your culture are not familiar with these things, you could put some of this information in a footnote. +38:18 jusw וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered him,” +38:18 rr3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֹתָֽמְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠פְתִילֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Leave/Give me your name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string that you have/wear around your neck,” A “signet” or “identification seal” was a ring or small cylinder-shaped object that had the owner’s name engraved on it and was worn around his neck on a cord. It was used to prove his identity and to sign documents that were written on clay tablets, by rolling the cylinder over the soft clay. If people in your culture are not familiar with these things, you could put some of this information in a footnote. 38:18 n7cn וּ⁠מַטְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and your cane” or “and your walking stick” 38:18 f96t אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “that you are holding.” or “that you have.” -38:18 ml3p וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לָּ֛⁠הּ 1 “So he gave {those things} to her” -38:18 z9bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {sexual} relations with her,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “went to” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:4 (See: note); 16:2, 4; 19:31; 30:3-4; 38:2, 8-9, 16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context; for example, the relationship in Gen 38:16, 18 was outside of marriage. +38:18 ml3p וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לָּ֛⁠הּ 1 “So he gave those things to her” +38:18 z9bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had sexual relations with her,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “went to” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:4 (See: note); 16:2, 4; 19:31; 30:3-4; 38:2, 8-9, 16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context; for example, the relationship in Gen 38:16, 18 was outside of marriage. 38:18 gw3h וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and she became pregnant by/from him.” or “and he caused her to become pregnant.” Consider again how you translated “conceive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1, 17; 16:4-5; 19:36; 21:2; 25:21; 29:32-35; 30:5, 7, 17, 19, 23; 38:3-4, 18. -38:19 liio וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם וַ⁠תֵּ֔לֶךְ 1 “After that, Tamar left {Judah} and went/returned {home}” or “After Tamar left {Judah}, she went/returned {home}” +38:19 liio וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם וַ⁠תֵּ֔לֶךְ 1 “After that, Tamar left Judah and went/returned home” or “After Tamar left Judah, she went/returned home” 38:19 pbgh וַ⁠תָּ֥סַר צְעִיפָ֖⁠הּ מֵ⁠עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “took off her veil/shawl” or “Then she took her veil/scarf off”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “veil” in verse 14. -38:19 a54x וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֖שׁ בִּגְדֵ֥י אַלְמְנוּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and put {back} on her clothes that showed she was a widow.” or “and put {back} on the kind of clothes that widows wear.” See how you translated “widow’s clothes” in verse 14. -38:20 sd35 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶת־גְּדִ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים בְּ⁠יַד֙ רֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ הָֽ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֔י 1 “Meanwhile Judah sent a young goat with his friend {Hirah}, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam,” or “After that, Judah sent his friend {Hirah} the Adullamite with a young goat”. See how you translated “his friend … the Adullamite” in verse 12 and “kid goat” in verse 17. -38:20 o4m5 לָ⁠קַ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵרָב֖וֹן מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to retrieve/reclaim his things from the woman/prostitute {whom he had given them to}.” or “to exchange it for the things he had left with the woman/prostitute.” or “to get back from the woman/prostitute the things he had left with her.” -38:20 i3ar וְ⁠לֹ֖א מְצָאָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but Hirah could not find her.” or “But {when Hirah looked for her,} he was not able to find her.” -38:21 jp7z וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת אַנְשֵׁ֤י מְקֹמָ⁠הּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “So he/Hirah asked {some} men {who lived} near the place where she had been,” -38:21 vr5k אַיֵּ֧ה הַ⁠קְּדֵשָׁ֛ה הִ֥וא בָ⁠עֵינַ֖יִם עַל הַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “Where {is} the temple/shrine prostitute who {was sitting} beside the road near {the town of} Enaim?” Pagan religions had fertility rites at their temples or shrines that included professional prostitutes. Make sure your translation of “temple prostitute” does not refer to any temple built by the Israelites. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Enaim” in verse 14. -38:21 smeq וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “But they answered {him},” +38:19 a54x וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֖שׁ בִּגְדֵ֥י אַלְמְנוּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and put back on her clothes that showed she was a widow.” or “and put back on the kind of clothes that widows wear.” See how you translated “widow’s clothes” in verse 14. +38:20 sd35 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶת־גְּדִ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים בְּ⁠יַד֙ רֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ הָֽ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֔י 1 “Meanwhile Judah sent a young goat with his friend Hirah, who was from the town of Adullam,” or “After that, Judah sent his friend Hirah the Adullamite with a young goat”. See how you translated “his friend … the Adullamite” in verse 12 and “kid goat” in verse 17. +38:20 o4m5 לָ⁠קַ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵרָב֖וֹן מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to retrieve/reclaim his things from the woman/prostitute whom he had given them to.” or “to exchange it for the things he had left with the woman/prostitute.” or “to get back from the woman/prostitute the things he had left with her.” +38:20 i3ar וְ⁠לֹ֖א מְצָאָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but Hirah could not find her.” or “But when Hirah looked for her, he was not able to find her.” +38:21 jp7z וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת אַנְשֵׁ֤י מְקֹמָ⁠הּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “So he/Hirah asked some men who lived near the place where she had been,” +38:21 vr5k אַיֵּ֧ה הַ⁠קְּדֵשָׁ֛ה הִ֥וא בָ⁠עֵינַ֖יִם עַל הַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “Where is the temple/shrine prostitute who was sitting beside the road near the town of Enaim?” Pagan religions had fertility rites at their temples or shrines that included professional prostitutes. Make sure your translation of “temple prostitute” does not refer to any temple built by the Israelites. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Enaim” in verse 14. +38:21 smeq וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “But they answered him,” 38:21 hfg6 לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה & קְדֵשָֽׁה 1 “There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute” or “No temple/shrine prostitute has ever been” 38:21 dzj8 בָ⁠זֶ֖ה 1 “in/near this place/town.” or “around here.” 38:22 x8tr וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב֙ אֶל יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “So/Then Hirah went/came back to Judah” -38:22 cfc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said/reported {to him},” or “and told/informed {him},” +38:22 cfc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said/reported to him,” or “and told/informed him,” 38:22 q9on לֹ֣א מְצָאתִ֑י⁠הָ 1 “I was not able to find the woman/prostitute.” 38:22 jxz6 וְ⁠גַ֨ם 1 “In fact,” or “And besides that,” -38:22 pr0d אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “the men who live {around} there” or “the men who live in/near that town” -38:22 ehox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָֽמְר֔וּ לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה בָ⁠זֶ֖ה קְדֵשָֽׁה 1 “claimed, ‘There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute in/near this {place/town}.’ ” or “say/claim that there has never been a temple/shrine prostitute near/around there.” See how you translated this same quote in verse 21. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this as an indirect quote here in verse 22. -38:23 zc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ 1 “Then Judah said/replied {to him},” or “Judah replied,” -38:23 wlxy תִּֽקַּֽח לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “{Stop looking for her and} let her keep {my things} for herself” +38:22 pr0d אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “the men who live around there” or “the men who live in/near that town” +38:22 ehox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָֽמְר֔וּ לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה בָ⁠זֶ֖ה קְדֵשָֽׁה 1 “claimed, ‘There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute in/near this place/town.’ ” or “say/claim that there has never been a temple/shrine prostitute near/around there.” See how you translated this same quote in verse 21. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this as an indirect quote here in verse 22. +38:23 zc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ 1 “Then Judah said/replied to him,” or “Judah replied,” +38:23 wlxy תִּֽקַּֽח לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “Stop looking for her and let her keep my things for herself” 38:23 m5kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive פֶּ֖ן נִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠ב֑וּז 1 “so that people do not laugh at us.” or “Otherwise everyone will make fun of us.” or “so that we are not publicly shamed.” The pronouns “we” and “us” are inclusive here because Judah is including Hirah; some languages might use a dual pronoun. Use the pronouns that are best in your language in this context. 38:23 jh42 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Besides that,” or “After all,” -38:23 zuhk שָׁלַ֨חְתִּי֙ הַ⁠גְּדִ֣י הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I {did try to} send/deliver this goat {to her},” or “I sent {you to deliver} this goat {to her},” +38:23 zuhk שָׁלַ֨חְתִּי֙ הַ⁠גְּדִ֣י הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I did try to send/deliver this goat to her,” or “I sent you to deliver this goat to her,” 38:23 t312 וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה לֹ֥א מְצָאתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but you could not find her.” or “but you were not able to find her.” 38:24 u2di וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ חֳדָשִׁ֗ים 1 “About three months later,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces an important part of the story and helps create suspense or anticipation, so that it leaves the audience wondering what will happen next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language. 38:24 s76q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֨ד לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֤ה לֵֽ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “someone said/reported to Judah,” or “someone told/informed Judah,” 38:24 m7xn תָּמָ֣ר כַּלָּתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Your daughter-in-law Tamar”. Consider again how you translated “daughter-in-law” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 38:11, 16, 24. 38:24 bbh3 זָֽנְתָה֙ 1 “has acted/behaved like/as a prostitute.” Some languages have an idiom for this phrase. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31, 38:15 and “temple prostitute” in verses 21-22. -38:24 o1fu וְ⁠גַ֛ם הִנֵּ֥ה הָרָ֖ה לִ⁠זְנוּנִ֑ים 1 “In fact, look, {she is} {now} pregnant from doing that!” or “In fact, as a result of her immoral/indecent behavior {she has become} pregnant!” or “and even worse, {she is} {now} pregnant because of that!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -38:24 ysut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah said/responded {angrily},” -38:24 nens rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הוֹצִיא֖וּ⁠הָ 1 “Take her outside {the town}”. Executions were normally done outside of the city walls. -38:24 yehf וְ⁠תִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 “and burn her {to death}!” or “and {punish her by} burning her {to death}!” -38:25 ep9v הִ֣וא מוּצֵ֗את 1 “{So they went to get her/Tamar, but} as they were taking her out {of the town},” -38:25 zsbg וְ⁠הִ֨יא שָׁלְחָ֤ה אֶל חָמִ֨י⁠הָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “she sent {a messenger} to her father-in-law {along with his things} and {told the messenger to} say,” See how you translated “father-in-law” in verse 13. +38:24 o1fu וְ⁠גַ֛ם הִנֵּ֥ה הָרָ֖ה לִ⁠זְנוּנִ֑ים 1 “In fact, look, she is now pregnant from doing that!” or “In fact, as a result of her immoral/indecent behavior she has become pregnant!” or “and even worse, she is now pregnant because of that!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +38:24 ysut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah said/responded angrily,” +38:24 nens rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הוֹצִיא֖וּ⁠הָ 1 “Take her outside the town”. Executions were normally done outside of the city walls. +38:24 yehf וְ⁠תִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 “and burn her to death!” or “and punish her by burning her to death!” +38:25 ep9v הִ֣וא מוּצֵ֗את 1 “So they went to get her/Tamar, but as they were taking her out of the town,” +38:25 zsbg וְ⁠הִ֨יא שָׁלְחָ֤ה אֶל חָמִ֨י⁠הָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “she sent a messenger to her father-in-law along with his things and told the messenger to say,” See how you translated “father-in-law” in verse 13. 38:25 i8al לְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר אֵ֣לֶּה לּ֔⁠וֹ אָנֹכִ֖י הָרָ֑ה 1 “The man who owns these things is the one who got me pregnant.” -38:25 mpys rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הַכֶּר נָ֔א לְ⁠מִ֞י הַ⁠חֹתֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּתִילִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֖ה הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Please identify {the man} who owns this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick.” or “Please look at this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick. Do you know/recognize who they belong to?” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, since what follows is a continuation of the message Tamar is sending to Judah. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “signet” and “cord” and “staff” in verse 18. -38:26 l5y7 וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֣ר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah recognized {his things}” or “Judah saw/recognized {that the things she had were his}” +38:25 mpys rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הַכֶּר נָ֔א לְ⁠מִ֞י הַ⁠חֹתֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּתִילִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֖ה הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Please identify the man who owns this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick.” or “Please look at this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick. Do you know/recognize who they belong to?” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, since what follows is a continuation of the message Tamar is sending to Judah. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “signet” and “cord” and “staff” in verse 18. +38:26 l5y7 וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֣ר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah recognized his things” or “Judah saw/recognized that the things she had were his” 38:26 q7tg וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and confessed/admitted,” 38:26 vv8s צָֽדְקָ֣ה מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי 1 “She/Tamar is right, and I am wrong,” -38:26 zlor כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן לֹא־נְתַתִּ֖י⁠הָ לְ⁠שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֑⁠י 1 “because I refused to have my son Shelah marry her {as I was supposed/required to}!” or “because I did not let her marry my son Shelah {as I was supposed/required to}!” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shelah” in verses 5, 11, 14. -38:26 w29m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסַ֥ף ע֖וֹד לְ⁠דַעְתָּֽ⁠ה 1 “{So they released her/Tamar,} and {after that} he/Judah never again laid/slept with her/Tamar.” or “… never had {sexual} relations with her/Tamar again.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “knew” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1 (and note), 17, 25; 19:8; 24:16; 38:26. It may be necessary to translate 38:26 differently, since the relationship in this verse was outside of marriage. Compare how you translated a related idiom (“went to”) in verse 18. -38:27 taw4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵ֣ת לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “Months later, when Tamar {was ready} to give birth,” See how you translated “Then it happened” in verse 24. The same phrase occurs three times in verses 27-29 to draw attention to the peak of this chapter, the birth of Perez, who was the ancestor of King David and the Messiah. -38:27 krwk וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תְאוֹמִ֖ים בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “surprisingly/amazingly {there were} twins inside her!” or “they saw/realized that {there were} twins inside her!” or “it turned out that she was going to have twins!” +38:26 zlor כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן לֹא־נְתַתִּ֖י⁠הָ לְ⁠שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֑⁠י 1 “because I refused to have my son Shelah marry her as I was supposed/required to!” or “because I did not let her marry my son Shelah as I was supposed/required to!” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shelah” in verses 5, 11, 14. +38:26 w29m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסַ֥ף ע֖וֹד לְ⁠דַעְתָּֽ⁠ה 1 “So they released her/Tamar, and after that he/Judah never again laid/slept with her/Tamar.” or “… never had sexual relations with her/Tamar again.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “knew” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1 (and note), 17, 25; 19:8; 24:16; 38:26. It may be necessary to translate 38:26 differently, since the relationship in this verse was outside of marriage. Compare how you translated a related idiom (“went to”) in verse 18. +38:27 taw4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵ֣ת לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “Months later, when Tamar was ready to give birth,” See how you translated “Then it happened” in verse 24. The same phrase occurs three times in verses 27-29 to draw attention to the peak of this chapter, the birth of Perez, who was the ancestor of King David and the Messiah. +38:27 krwk וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תְאוֹמִ֖ים בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “surprisingly/amazingly there were twins inside her!” or “they saw/realized that there were twins inside her!” or “it turned out that she was going to have twins!” 38:28 qivh וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠לִדְתָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “While she was in labor,” or “As she was starting to deliver her babies,” See how you translated “giving birth” in Gen 35:16. This may need to be translated differently here because of the different context. -38:28 olds וַ⁠יִּתֶּן יָ֑ד 1 “{one of them} stuck out {his} hand” or “{one of the twins/babies} put/stuck out {his} hand” -38:28 lm3k וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֗דֶת וַ⁠תִּקְשֹׁ֨ר עַל־יָד֤⁠וֹ שָׁנִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then/So the midwife {who was there} tied a {bright} red thread/string on/around his wrist and said,” or “Then/So the midwife {who was helping her} …” The midwife did this because it was her responsibility to identify which baby was the firstborn. See how you translated “midwife” in Gen 35:17. -38:28 hg4j זֶ֖ה יָצָ֥א רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “This {one/baby} was born first.” +38:28 olds וַ⁠יִּתֶּן יָ֑ד 1 “one of them stuck out his hand” or “one of the twins/babies put/stuck out his hand” +38:28 lm3k וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֗דֶת וַ⁠תִּקְשֹׁ֨ר עַל־יָד֤⁠וֹ שָׁנִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then/So the midwife who was there tied a bright red thread/string on/around his wrist and said,” or “Then/So the midwife who was helping her …” The midwife did this because it was her responsibility to identify which baby was the firstborn. See how you translated “midwife” in Gen 35:17. +38:28 hg4j זֶ֖ה יָצָ֥א רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “This one/baby was born first.” 38:29 t36m וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מֵשִׁ֣יב יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “But then the/that baby pulled his hand back inside, and suddenly/unexpectedly” -38:29 h16n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָצָ֣א אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his brother came out {first} {instead}.” or “his brother was born {first} {instead}.” -38:29 q6iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then/So the midwife said/exclaimed {to the baby},” +38:29 h16n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָצָ֣א אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his brother came out first instead.” or “his brother was born first instead.” +38:29 q6iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then/So the midwife said/exclaimed to the baby,” 38:29 bk1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה פָּרַ֖צְתָּ עָלֶ֣י⁠ךָ פָּ֑רֶץ 1 “How did you break/burst yourself out like that?” or “What a dramatic/powerful way for you to break/burst out!” or “Just look at how you have forced your way out!” The midwife uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize how surprised she is that Perez was born first. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language. 38:29 fwgm וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So they named him” or “That is why he was named”. Although this phrase could mean that Judah (Perez’s father) named Perez, most translations translate this in a general or indefinite way that does not specify who named him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 29:34. -38:29 k9rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פָּֽרֶץ 1 “Perez, {which means “break/burst out.”}” If you include the meaning of Perez’ name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated the previous sentence. -38:30 bcqr וְ⁠אַחַר֙ & אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his {twin} brother” +38:29 k9rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פָּֽרֶץ 1 “Perez, which means “break/burst out.”” If you include the meaning of Perez’ name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated the previous sentence. +38:30 bcqr וְ⁠אַחַר֙ & אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his twin brother” 38:30 r266 יָצָ֣א 1 “was born/delivered” -38:30 vde7 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל יָד֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֑י 1 “who {had} the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” or “with the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” See how you translated “scarlet thread” in verse 28. +38:30 vde7 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל יָד֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֑י 1 “who had the bright red thread/string on his wrist.” or “with the bright red thread/string on his wrist.” See how you translated “scarlet thread” in verse 28. 38:30 f1uo וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So he was named” or “So they named him”. See how you translated “he called his name” in verse 29. -38:30 obu4 זָֽרַח 1 “Zerah, {which means “brightness.”}” -39:1 nu80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֖ף הוּרַ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “Now {as you know,} {Ishmaelite traders/merchants} had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “Back/Returning {now} to Joseph: {Remember that} he had been taken/brought down to {the country of} Egypt {by Ishmaelite traders/merchants},” Chapter 39 picks up where 37:36 left off and repeats some events (that happened in chapter 37) to remind readers of what happened before chapter 38 interrupted the narrative. Make sure your translation does not sound like Joseph was taken to Egypt twice or sold to Potiphar twice. -39:1 p905 פּוֹטִיפַר֩ סְרִ֨יס פַּרְעֹ֜ה שַׂ֤ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִים֙ אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 “and/where an Egyptian {named} Potiphar, who was the captain over {King} Pharaoh’s {personal} guards,” See how you translated “an official of Pharaoh, the chief of the guards” in Gen 37:36. -39:1 zeo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּקְנֵ֡⁠הוּ & מִ⁠יַּד֙ הַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “had bought him {as a slave/servant} from the Ishmaelites who had taken/brought him there.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Now {as you know,} {some} Ishmaelite traders had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt, and an Egyptian {named} Potiphar had bought him {as a slave/servant} from them. Potiphar {was} {one of} Pharaoh’s officials/officers, the captain over the king’s {personal} guards.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in Gen 37:25, 27-28. -39:2 qfkq וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “But Yahweh was with Joseph {and helped/blessed him},” See how you translated “was with” in Gen 21:20; 26:28. +38:30 obu4 זָֽרַח 1 “Zerah, which means “brightness.”” +39:1 nu80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֖ף הוּרַ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “Now as you know, Ishmaelite traders/merchants had taken/brought Joseph down to the country of Egypt,” or “Back/Returning now to Joseph: Remember that he had been taken/brought down to the country of Egypt by Ishmaelite traders/merchants,” Chapter 39 picks up where 37:36 left off and repeats some events (that happened in chapter 37) to remind readers of what happened before chapter 38 interrupted the narrative. Make sure your translation does not sound like Joseph was taken to Egypt twice or sold to Potiphar twice. +39:1 p905 פּוֹטִיפַר֩ סְרִ֨יס פַּרְעֹ֜ה שַׂ֤ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִים֙ אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 “and/where an Egyptian named Potiphar, who was the captain over King Pharaoh’s personal guards,” See how you translated “an official of Pharaoh, the chief of the guards” in Gen 37:36. +39:1 zeo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּקְנֵ֡⁠הוּ & מִ⁠יַּד֙ הַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “had bought him as a slave/servant from the Ishmaelites who had taken/brought him there.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Now as you know, some Ishmaelite traders had taken/brought Joseph down to the country of Egypt, and an Egyptian named Potiphar had bought him as a slave/servant from them. Potiphar was one of Pharaoh’s officials/officers, the captain over the king’s personal guards.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in Gen 37:25, 27-28. +39:2 qfkq וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “But Yahweh was with Joseph and helped/blessed him,” See how you translated “was with” in Gen 21:20; 26:28. 39:2 yfoq וַ⁠יְהִ֖י אִ֣ישׁ מַצְלִ֑יחַ 1 “so that he succeeded in what/everything he did” or “so that he did everything very well” -39:2 au6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠מִּצְרִֽי 1 “as he worked in his Egyptian master’s/owner’s house.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “As Joseph worked in his Egyptian master/owner’s house, Yahweh was with him/Joseph {and helped/blessed him}, so that he succeeded in everything he did.” Do what is best in your language. -39:3 eyfg וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “His/Joseph’s master/owner realized that Yahweh {was} with/blessing him/Joseph”. In verses 2 through 20, Potiphar is referred to as Joseph’s master (verses 2-3, 7-8, 16, 19-20) and “the Egyptian” (verse 5); he is no longer mentioned by his name in the Hebrew text. Some translations continue to use Potiphar’s name occasionally in verses 2 through 20 to prevent confusion and make it clear that all of these references refer to the same person, not two or three different people. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “master” or “owner” in Gen 24:9-10. +39:2 au6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠מִּצְרִֽי 1 “as he worked in his Egyptian master’s/owner’s house.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “As Joseph worked in his Egyptian master/owner’s house, Yahweh was with him/Joseph and helped/blessed him, so that he succeeded in everything he did.” Do what is best in your language. +39:3 eyfg וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “His/Joseph’s master/owner realized that Yahweh was with/blessing him/Joseph”. In verses 2 through 20, Potiphar is referred to as Joseph’s master (verses 2-3, 7-8, 16, 19-20) and “the Egyptian” (verse 5); he is no longer mentioned by his name in the Hebrew text. Some translations continue to use Potiphar’s name occasionally in verses 2 through 20 to prevent confusion and make it clear that all of these references refer to the same person, not two or three different people. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “master” or “owner” in Gen 24:9-10. 39:3 o1le וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא עֹשֶׂ֔ה יְהוָ֖ה מַצְלִ֥יחַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to succeed/prosper in everything that he did.” or “and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to do everything very well.” See how you translated “successful” in verse 2. 39:4 t5me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֨א יוֹסֵ֥ף חֵ֛ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “So he/Potiphar was pleased with Joseph/him and made him his personal servant/attendant.” Make sure that your translation of “in his eyes” refers here to Joseph’s master, not Yahweh. Also, see how you translated the idiom “found favor in … eyes” in Gen 6:8. -39:4 jhry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּפְקִדֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־יֶשׁ־ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He/Potiphar also put him/Joseph in charge of managing his household and taking care of everything {else} {that} he owned.” or “He/Potiphar also appointed him/Joseph as the manager/overseer of/over his {entire} household and entrusted into his care everything {that} belonged to him.” Make sure your translation of the pronouns (“he,” “him,” and “his”) in verses 2 through 6 refers to the correct person at each point in the text. Also see how you translated the idiom “gave … into the hand of” in Gen 32:16. -39:5 vi9e וַ⁠יְהִ֡י מֵ⁠אָז֩ 1 “Beginning from the time {that}” or “From the time {that}” -39:5 slwg הִפְקִ֨יד אֹת֜⁠וֹ בְּ⁠בֵית֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל֙ כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner put him in charge of/over his household and everything {else} that belonged to him,” or “he/Potiphar put him/Joseph in charge of managing everything that belonged to him,” or “Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner did that,” See how you translated “put him in charge … his house and … everything {that} was his” in verse 4. It is repeated in verse 5 in the Hebrew text to emphasize the authority that Joseph was given. Do what is natural in your language. -39:5 p5qi וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י 1 “Yahweh blessed the household of that Egyptian {man}” or “Yahweh caused that Egyptian’s household to prosper”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this chapter that “Egyptian,” “master,” and “Potiphar” all refer to the same person, not two or three different people. +39:4 jhry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּפְקִדֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־יֶשׁ־ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He/Potiphar also put him/Joseph in charge of managing his household and taking care of everything else that he owned.” or “He/Potiphar also appointed him/Joseph as the manager/overseer of/over his entire household and entrusted into his care everything that belonged to him.” Make sure your translation of the pronouns (“he,” “him,” and “his”) in verses 2 through 6 refers to the correct person at each point in the text. Also see how you translated the idiom “gave … into the hand of” in Gen 32:16. +39:5 vi9e וַ⁠יְהִ֡י מֵ⁠אָז֩ 1 “Beginning from the time that” or “From the time that” +39:5 slwg הִפְקִ֨יד אֹת֜⁠וֹ בְּ⁠בֵית֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל֙ כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner put him in charge of/over his household and everything else that belonged to him,” or “he/Potiphar put him/Joseph in charge of managing everything that belonged to him,” or “Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner did that,” See how you translated “put him in charge … his house and … everything that was his” in verse 4. It is repeated in verse 5 in the Hebrew text to emphasize the authority that Joseph was given. Do what is natural in your language. +39:5 p5qi וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י 1 “Yahweh blessed the household of that Egyptian man” or “Yahweh caused that Egyptian’s household to prosper”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this chapter that “Egyptian,” “master,” and “Potiphar” all refer to the same person, not two or three different people. 39:5 djhx בִּ⁠גְלַ֣ל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “for Joseph’s sake/benefit.” or “because Joseph was working for him.” 39:5 nobj וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בִּרְכַּ֤ת יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Yahweh/He blessed everything that belonged to him,” or “Yahweh/He caused everything that he owned to prosper,” -39:5 iqqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 “{including} {everything} in {his} household/home and in {his} fields.” or “{including} {his family and servants} in {his} household, as well as {the crops and livestock} in {his} fields.” In this context, “house” especially refers to the people in the house and “fields” refers to what is in the fields. +39:5 iqqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 “including everything in his household/home and in his fields.” or “including his family and servants in his household, as well as the crops and livestock in his fields.” In this context, “house” especially refers to the people in the house and “fields” refers to what is in the fields. 39:6 l7xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֣ב כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ֮ בְּ⁠יַד יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “In fact, he/Potiphar gave Joseph the responsibility of managing everything that he owned/had, so that” or “In fact, after/since Joseph’s owner put him in charge of everything that he owned,” See how you translated a similar idiom (“gave into his hand”) in verse 4. -39:6 ywhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וְ⁠לֹא יָדַ֤ע אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא אוֹכֵ֑ל 1 “he did not {need to} concern himself with anything {in his household} except for {personal things/matters like} {deciding} what {kind of} food {he wanted} to eat.” or “the only thing he {needed to} think/decide about {in his household} was {personal things/matters like} what food {he wanted} to eat.” For some languages, it is more natural to put the exception clause first in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also, Potiphar did more than decide what to eat; that was just one example of personal decisions which were all he had to concern himself with. +39:6 ywhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וְ⁠לֹא יָדַ֤ע אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא אוֹכֵ֑ל 1 “he did not need to concern himself with anything in his household except for personal things/matters like deciding what kind of food he wanted to eat.” or “the only thing he needed to think/decide about in his household was personal things/matters like what food he wanted to eat.” For some languages, it is more natural to put the exception clause first in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also, Potiphar did more than decide what to eat; that was just one example of personal decisions which were all he had to concern himself with. 39:6 zuu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יְהִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף יְפֵה תֹ֖אַר וִ⁠יפֵ֥ה מַרְאֶֽה 1 “Joseph was well-built/muscular and good-looking.” or “Now Joseph was a very handsome young man.” Some languages have a conjunction such as “Now” that introduces background information and a change of topic. For other languages a paragraph break is enough (without a conjunction). Do what is best in your language. -39:7 ysar וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “So after a while,” or “After {he had been/worked there for} a while,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. Many English translations do not include this phrase. Do what is natural in your language. -39:7 nv2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֧א אֵֽשֶׁת־אֲדֹנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־עֵינֶ֖י⁠הָ אֶל־יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “his master’s/owner’s wife started looking at Joseph/him {with desire/lust}” or “his master’s/owner’s wife started lusting for Joseph/him”. Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. -39:7 x36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and told/demanded {him},” Translate this quote introduction in a way that fits well with what Potiphar’s wife says to Joseph. +39:7 ysar וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “So after a while,” or “After he had been/worked there for a while,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. Many English translations do not include this phrase. Do what is natural in your language. +39:7 nv2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֧א אֵֽשֶׁת־אֲדֹנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־עֵינֶ֖י⁠הָ אֶל־יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “his master’s/owner’s wife started looking at Joseph/him with desire/lust” or “his master’s/owner’s wife started lusting for Joseph/him”. Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. +39:7 x36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said to him,” or “and told/demanded him,” Translate this quote introduction in a way that fits well with what Potiphar’s wife says to Joseph. 39:7 g6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבָ֥⁠ה עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 “Sleep with me!” or “Come to bed with me!” See how you translated the idiom “lie with” in Gen 19:32. -39:8 ep8r וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֓ן 1 “But Joseph refused” or “But he/Joseph rejected {her request/demand}” +39:8 ep8r וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֓ן 1 “But Joseph refused” or “But he/Joseph rejected her request/demand” 39:8 g2v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֵ֣שֶׁת אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and said to her,” or “and told her,” 39:8 owob הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Listen,” or “Notice that” -39:8 evap אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “with me {in charge},” or “because of me,” or “since I am {working/serving} here,” -39:8 rjl4 אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יָדַ֥ע 1 “my master/owner does not {need to} think/worry {about}” or “my owner does not {need/have to} concern himself with” -39:8 bede מַה בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 “anything that {is} in {his} house,” or “{managing} anything in {his} household,” +39:8 evap אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “with me in charge,” or “because of me,” or “since I am working/serving here,” +39:8 rjl4 אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יָדַ֥ע 1 “my master/owner does not need to think/worry about” or “my owner does not need/have to concern himself with” +39:8 bede מַה בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 “anything that is in his house,” or “managing anything in his household,” 39:8 y97a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר יֶשׁ ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדִֽ⁠י 1 “In fact, everything that he owns he has given/entrusted into/to my care” or “In fact, he has put me in charge of everything that he owns/has”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated the idiom “gave into … hand” in verse 4. -39:9 zepl אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ גָד֜וֹל בַּ⁠בַּ֣יִת הַ⁠זֶּה֮ מִמֶּ⁠נִּי֒ 1 “{so that} he has no one in his household who has more authority than I do.” or “{As a result,} {even} he does not exercise more authority in/over this/his household than I do”. As Joseph’s master, Potiphar still had more authority than Joseph. But he had given Joseph authority to act in his place over everything in his household. Try to make that clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin verse 9 with a new sentence or to continue the sentence from verse 8. -39:9 vvmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹֽא חָשַׂ֤ךְ מִמֶּ֨⁠נִּי֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם אוֹתָ֖⁠ךְ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתְּ אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and he has given me freedom with everything {in his household}, except you, {of course,} because you {are} his wife.” or “He allows me to do anything {in his household}, except with you, his wife.” The phrase “has not withheld” is a litotes that emphasizes the freedom that Potiphar had given Joseph. Some languages must translate this in a way that does not use a negative word such as “not”. Do what is best in your language. -39:9 py3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֨יךְ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֜ה הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠חָטָ֖אתִי לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “So I refuse to do such an evil thing, which would be a terrible sin against God!” or “So there is no way I would {ever} sin against God by doing such an evil thing!” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize why he will not do what Potiphar’s wife wants. Do what is best in your language. -39:10 zye2 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠הּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף י֣וֹם י֑וֹם 1 “Even though Potiphar’s wife kept propositioning/pressuring Joseph every day {to lie/sleep with her},” or “Day after day, Potiphar’s wife kept pressuring/asking Joseph {to go to bed with her}, but”. The phrase “Then/And it happened” is used several times in this chapter (verses 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19) to introduce and emphasize important events and to increase suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations have omitted this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Consider whether you have an expression like this that is natural in your language. +39:9 zepl אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ גָד֜וֹל בַּ⁠בַּ֣יִת הַ⁠זֶּה֮ מִמֶּ⁠נִּי֒ 1 “so that he has no one in his household who has more authority than I do.” or “As a result, even he does not exercise more authority in/over this/his household than I do”. As Joseph’s master, Potiphar still had more authority than Joseph. But he had given Joseph authority to act in his place over everything in his household. Try to make that clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin verse 9 with a new sentence or to continue the sentence from verse 8. +39:9 vvmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹֽא חָשַׂ֤ךְ מִמֶּ֨⁠נִּי֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם אוֹתָ֖⁠ךְ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתְּ אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and he has given me freedom with everything in his household, except you, of course, because you are his wife.” or “He allows me to do anything in his household, except with you, his wife.” The phrase “has not withheld” is a litotes that emphasizes the freedom that Potiphar had given Joseph. Some languages must translate this in a way that does not use a negative word such as “not”. Do what is best in your language. +39:9 py3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֨יךְ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֜ה הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠חָטָ֖אתִי לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “So I refuse to do such an evil thing, which would be a terrible sin against God!” or “So there is no way I would ever sin against God by doing such an evil thing!” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize why he will not do what Potiphar’s wife wants. Do what is best in your language. +39:10 zye2 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠הּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף י֣וֹם י֑וֹם 1 “Even though Potiphar’s wife kept propositioning/pressuring Joseph every day to lie/sleep with her,” or “Day after day, Potiphar’s wife kept pressuring/asking Joseph to go to bed with her, but”. The phrase “Then/And it happened” is used several times in this chapter (verses 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19) to introduce and emphasize important events and to increase suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations have omitted this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Consider whether you have an expression like this that is natural in your language. 39:10 lu95 וְ⁠לֹא שָׁמַ֥ע אֵלֶ֛י⁠הָ לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֥ב אֶצְלָ֖⁠הּ 1 “he did not do what she wanted, but refused to lie/sleep with her,” or “he refused/rejected her requests/demands” -39:10 nept לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עִמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “and he stayed away from her.” or “and would not {even} go near her.” -39:11 mdad וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{But} then on a day like that,” or “Then/But one such day” or “Then/But one day” -39:11 okgm וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠בַּ֖יְתָ⁠ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת מְלַאכְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph went to {his master’s/owner’s} house {as usual} to do his work, and/but” or “when Joseph went into the/Potiphar’s house to work,” +39:10 nept לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עִמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “and he stayed away from her.” or “and would not even go near her.” +39:11 mdad וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “But then on a day like that,” or “Then/But one such day” or “Then/But one day” +39:11 okgm וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠בַּ֖יְתָ⁠ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת מְלַאכְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph went to his master’s/owner’s house as usual to do his work, and/but” or “when Joseph went into the/Potiphar’s house to work,” 39:11 vnms וְ⁠אֵ֨ין אִ֜ישׁ מֵ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “no other menservants from the household were there.” or “none of the other household menservants were there.” -39:12 jkr9 וַ⁠תִּתְפְּשֵׂ֧⁠הוּ בְּ⁠בִגְד֛⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then Potiphar’s wife caught/grabbed {hold of} him/Joseph by his robe/tunic,” The word “garment” is very general and probably refers to an outer article of clothing, such as a robe or tunic. -39:12 it2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “{and} said {to him},” or “{and} said/demanded,” See how you translated this quote introduction in verse 7. +39:12 jkr9 וַ⁠תִּתְפְּשֵׂ֧⁠הוּ בְּ⁠בִגְד֛⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then Potiphar’s wife caught/grabbed hold of him/Joseph by his robe/tunic,” The word “garment” is very general and probably refers to an outer article of clothing, such as a robe or tunic. +39:12 it2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “and said to him,” or “and said/demanded,” See how you translated this quote introduction in verse 7. 39:12 zgtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבָ֣⁠ה עִמִּ֑⁠י 1 “Come to bed with me!” or “Sleep with me!” See how you translated this quote in verse 7. -39:12 bhip וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “But {immediately} he fled and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside/outdoors.” or “But he {immediately} got away from her and fled/ran outside/outdoors, leaving his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Joseph put his garment in her hands. Rather, it came off in her hands as he was fleeing. +39:12 bhip וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “But immediately he fled and left his robe/tunic behind in her hands as he ran outside/outdoors.” or “But he immediately got away from her and fled/ran outside/outdoors, leaving his robe/tunic behind in her hands.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Joseph put his garment in her hands. Rather, it came off in her hands as he was fleeing. 39:13 nwnq וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ⁠רְאוֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “As soon as she saw” or “After/When she saw” -39:13 bsy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָזַ֥ב בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “that Joseph had left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside,” or “that Joseph had fled/run outside/outdoors and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. -39:14 tq92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֞א לְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י בֵיתָ֗⁠הּ 1 “she called out for the {other} household menservants {to come to her}” or “she summoned the {other} menservants of/from her household {to come}”. See how you translated “men of the house” in verse 11. -39:14 tibm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then {when they arrived/came,} she exclaimed to them,” -39:14 jd8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רְא֗וּ 1 “Look {at this}!” or “Look/See {what happened}!” As Potiphar’s wife speaks, she is probably showing the servants Joseph’s garment in her hands. -39:14 bl9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֥בִיא לָ֛⁠נוּ אִ֥ישׁ עִבְרִ֖י 1 “My husband brought {this} Hebrew slave/servant {here} to/among us”. Make sure that your translation of “He brought” refers here to Potiphar (as verse 17 confirms), not Joseph. +39:13 bsy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָזַ֥ב בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “that Joseph had left his robe/tunic behind in her hands as he ran outside,” or “that Joseph had fled/run outside/outdoors and left his robe/tunic behind in her hands,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. +39:14 tq92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֞א לְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י בֵיתָ֗⁠הּ 1 “she called out for the other household menservants to come to her” or “she summoned the other menservants of/from her household to come”. See how you translated “men of the house” in verse 11. +39:14 tibm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then when they arrived/came, she exclaimed to them,” +39:14 jd8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רְא֗וּ 1 “Look at this!” or “Look/See what happened!” As Potiphar’s wife speaks, she is probably showing the servants Joseph’s garment in her hands. +39:14 bl9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֥בִיא לָ֛⁠נוּ אִ֥ישׁ עִבְרִ֖י 1 “My husband brought this Hebrew slave/servant here to/among us”. Make sure that your translation of “He brought” refers here to Potiphar (as verse 17 confirms), not Joseph. 39:14 r8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לְ⁠צַ֣חֶק בָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “to mock/insult/humiliate us!” or “to make fools of us!” In this context, “us” is general and includes Potiphar’s wife and the people she is talking to. -39:14 wqqd בָּ֤א אֵלַ⁠י֙ 1 “He came here” or “That man/slave came {here} to me”. Make sure your translation of “He came” refers here to Joseph, not Potiphar (who was the subject of the previous sentence in the Hebrew text). +39:14 wqqd בָּ֤א אֵלַ⁠י֙ 1 “He came here” or “That man/slave came here to me”. Make sure your translation of “He came” refers here to Joseph, not Potiphar (who was the subject of the previous sentence in the Hebrew text). 39:14 tyjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֣ב עִמִּ֔⁠י 1 “to rape me,” or “to force me to lie/sleep with him,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “lie with” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:32-35; 26:10; 30:15-16; 34:2, 7; 35:22; 39:7, 10, 12, 14. It may be necessary to translate this in different ways, depending on the context. -39:14 xzcf וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠ק֥וֹל גָּדֽוֹל 1 “but I cried out {for help}!” or “but I screamed/shouted loudly {for help}!” +39:14 xzcf וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠ק֥וֹל גָּדֽוֹל 1 “but I cried out for help!” or “but I screamed/shouted loudly for help!” 39:15 p2ka וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then when” or “Then as soon as” -39:15 h3hc וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הֲרִימֹ֥תִי קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “Then when he heard me call/cry out loudly,” or “Then as soon as he heard me scream/shout {like that},” -39:15 nxmk וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ אֶצְלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “he left his robe/tunic with me and fled/ran outside/outdoors!” or “he {immediately} fled/ran outside/outdoors and he left his robe/tunic behind!” See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 13. +39:15 h3hc וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הֲרִימֹ֥תִי קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “Then when he heard me call/cry out loudly,” or “Then as soon as he heard me scream/shout like that,” +39:15 nxmk וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ אֶצְלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “he left his robe/tunic with me and fled/ran outside/outdoors!” or “he immediately fled/ran outside/outdoors and he left his robe/tunic behind!” See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 13. 39:16 xlz9 וַ⁠תַּנַּ֥ח 1 “So she kept” or “Then/So Potiphar’s wife kept” 39:16 ha6q בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ אֶצְלָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Joseph’s robe/tunic with her” -39:16 cz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד & אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “until {her husband,} Joseph’s master/owner,”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like her husband and Joseph’s master were two different people. Do what is best in your language. -39:16 uclh בּ֥וֹא & אֶל בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came {back} to his home.” or “came/returned home.” -39:17 b9yo וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then {when he/Potiphar arrived,} she told him” -39:17 g1fk כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “the same story.” or “the same thing she had told {the others}.” +39:16 cz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד & אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “until her husband, Joseph’s master/owner,”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like her husband and Joseph’s master were two different people. Do what is best in your language. +39:16 uclh בּ֥וֹא & אֶל בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came back to his home.” or “came/returned home.” +39:17 b9yo וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then when he/Potiphar arrived, she told him” +39:17 g1fk כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “the same story.” or “the same thing she had told the others.” 39:17 pbw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “She said,” or “This is what she said:” 39:17 njvs הָ⁠עֶ֧בֶד הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֛י אֲשֶׁר הֵבֵ֥אתָ 1 “The/That Hebrew slave/servant whom you brought” -39:17 cubv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 “among us” or “{to work} for us”. Here the pronoun “us” includes Potiphar, his wife and their household. -39:17 jhz0 בָּֽא אֵלַ֞⁠י & לְ⁠צַ֥חֶק בִּֽ⁠י 1 “{just now} came to me to mock/insult/humiliate me!” or “came here to make a fool of me!” See how you translated “laugh at” in verse 14. -39:18 z8jd וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠הֲרִימִ֥⁠י קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “But as soon as I screamed/shouted loudly,” or “But when I screamed/shouted {for help},” See how you translated verse 15, which is similar to verse 18. +39:17 cubv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 “among us” or “to work for us”. Here the pronoun “us” includes Potiphar, his wife and their household. +39:17 jhz0 בָּֽא אֵלַ֞⁠י & לְ⁠צַ֥חֶק בִּֽ⁠י 1 “just now came to me to mock/insult/humiliate me!” or “came here to make a fool of me!” See how you translated “laugh at” in verse 14. +39:18 z8jd וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠הֲרִימִ֥⁠י קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “But as soon as I screamed/shouted loudly,” or “But when I screamed/shouted for help,” See how you translated verse 15, which is similar to verse 18. 39:18 ev5k וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֥ב בִּגְד֛⁠וֹ אֶצְלִ֖⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֥נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “he left his robe/tunic beside/with me and ran outside/outdoors!” Consider again how you translated “garment” in verses 12-13, 15-16, 18. 39:19 u48y וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹנָ֜י⁠ו 1 “When Joseph’s master/owner heard” -39:19 nkgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבְּרָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה עָ֥שָׂהּ לִ֖⁠י עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “his wife say, “This is what your slave/servant did to me,” ” or “what his wife said his slave/servant {Joseph} had done to her,” Make sure that your translation of “his” refers to Joseph’s master here, not Joseph. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. +39:19 nkgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבְּרָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה עָ֥שָׂהּ לִ֖⁠י עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “his wife say, “This is what your slave/servant did to me,” ” or “what his wife said his slave/servant Joseph had done to her,” Make sure that your translation of “his” refers to Joseph’s master here, not Joseph. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. 39:19 rnlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר אַפּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “he burned with anger.” or “he became very angry.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. -39:20 x4x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ אֲדֹנֵ֨י יוֹסֵ֜ף אֹת֗⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֔הַר 1 “Then/So he had Joseph arrested and put in the prison/jail” or “And/Then he {had soldiers} arrest Joseph and put him in the prison/jail”. Potiphar probably had soldiers arrest Joseph for him, since he had the authority to do that as the captain of the guards. Consider again how you referred to Joseph and Joseph’s master, Potiphar, in verses 1-20. As usual, after you finish translating a section like this, it is a good practice to read the section aloud at a normal pace and listen carefully to make sure you refer to everyone accurately and naturally at each point in the text. +39:20 x4x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ אֲדֹנֵ֨י יוֹסֵ֜ף אֹת֗⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֔הַר 1 “Then/So he had Joseph arrested and put in the prison/jail” or “And/Then he had soldiers arrest Joseph and put him in the prison/jail”. Potiphar probably had soldiers arrest Joseph for him, since he had the authority to do that as the captain of the guards. Consider again how you referred to Joseph and Joseph’s master, Potiphar, in verses 1-20. As usual, after you finish translating a section like this, it is a good practice to read the section aloud at a normal pace and listen carefully to make sure you refer to everyone accurately and naturally at each point in the text. 39:20 y8ve מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁר אסורי הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲסוּרִ֑ים 1 “where the king’s prisoners were confined/imprisoned.” or “where they kept/imprisoned people who had committed crimes against the king.” 39:20 z4kd וַֽ⁠יְהִי שָׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “So Joseph was/stayed there in the prison,” or “Joseph remained there in prison,” 39:21 ijm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “but Yahweh was with him” 39:21 yb0v וַ⁠יֵּ֥ט אֵלָ֖י⁠ו חָ֑סֶד 1 “and was kind/gracious to him”. See how you translated “show kindness” in Gen 24:12. -39:21 wgy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן חִנּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שַׂ֥ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “and caused the prison warden to be pleased with him, {so that he treated him favorably/well}.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“favor in … eyes”) in verse 4. -39:22 kpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן שַׂ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠סֹּ֨הַר֙ בְּ⁠יַד־יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “{Soon} the warden of the prison gave Joseph the responsibility for {taking care of}” or “So {before long} the warden put Joseph in charge of” -39:22 a9xb אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠אֲסִירִ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר 1 “all the {other} prisoners who {were} in the/that prison,” or “all the {other} prisoners,” -39:22 uh31 וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר עֹשִׂים֙ שָׁ֔ם ה֖וּא הָיָ֥ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “so that he was in charge of everything that was done there.” or “so that he {was the one who} managed everything that they did there.” -39:23 zhrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שַׂ֣ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּ֗הַר 1 “{So} the warden” or “{As a result} the jail/prison warden”. Do what is best in your language. -39:23 tz9t אֵ֣ין & רֹאֶ֤ה אֶֽת־כָּל־מְא֨וּמָה֙ 1 “did not {need to} supervise/oversee anything” or “did not {need to} pay attention to anything at all” +39:21 wgy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן חִנּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שַׂ֥ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “and caused the prison warden to be pleased with him, so that he treated him favorably/well.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“favor in … eyes”) in verse 4. +39:22 kpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן שַׂ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠סֹּ֨הַר֙ בְּ⁠יַד־יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Soon the warden of the prison gave Joseph the responsibility for taking care of” or “So before long the warden put Joseph in charge of” +39:22 a9xb אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠אֲסִירִ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר 1 “all the other prisoners who were in the/that prison,” or “all the other prisoners,” +39:22 uh31 וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר עֹשִׂים֙ שָׁ֔ם ה֖וּא הָיָ֥ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “so that he was in charge of everything that was done there.” or “so that he was the one who managed everything that they did there.” +39:23 zhrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שַׂ֣ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּ֗הַר 1 “So the warden” or “As a result the jail/prison warden”. Do what is best in your language. +39:23 tz9t אֵ֣ין & רֹאֶ֤ה אֶֽת־כָּל־מְא֨וּמָה֙ 1 “did not need to supervise/oversee anything” or “did not need to pay attention to anything at all” 39:23 z5fc בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “that Joseph was in charge of,” or “that Joseph was managing,” 39:23 lwk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “because Yahweh was with Joseph”. For some languages, it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Because/Since Yahweh was with Joseph and helped him to succeed in whatever he did, the warden did not need to supervise/oversee anything that Joseph was in charge of.” Do what is best in your language. 39:23 pxbg וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר ה֥וּא עֹשֶׂ֖ה יְהוָ֥ה מַצְלִֽיחַ 1 “and gave him success in whatever/everything he did.” or “and helped/enabled him to succeed at everything he did.” See how you translated a similar clause (“Yahweh made all that he was doing successful”) in verse 3. -40:1 z1xg וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “Sometime after that,” or “After some time, {one day}” -40:1 q3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׁקֵ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “the {chief/head} wine-server and the {chief/head} baker for the king of/over Egypt” or “the man {who was in charge of those} who served wine to the king of/over Egypt and the man {who was in charge of those} who made/baked bread/food {for the king}”. The chief cupbearer was one of Pharaoh’s most trusted servants. He was in charge of serving Pharaoh anything that he wanted to drink, especially wine. It was his job to test the drink before Pharaoh had some, to make sure it was high quality and not poisoned. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. Also, it may be more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that these were the head officials in these jobs, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language. +40:1 z1xg וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “Sometime after that,” or “After some time, one day” +40:1 q3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׁקֵ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “the chief/head wine-server and the chief/head baker for the king of/over Egypt” or “the man who was in charge of those who served wine to the king of/over Egypt and the man who was in charge of those who made/baked bread/food for the king”. The chief cupbearer was one of Pharaoh’s most trusted servants. He was in charge of serving Pharaoh anything that he wanted to drink, especially wine. It was his job to test the drink before Pharaoh had some, to make sure it was high quality and not poisoned. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. Also, it may be more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that these were the head officials in these jobs, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language. 40:1 d5ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms חָֽטְא֛וּ 1 “disobeyed/displeased” or “offended”. The text does not say what the officials did wrong that angered Pharaoh. They may have done their jobs poorly in some way. Translate this phrase in a way that fits this context well in your language. -40:1 qmtw לַ⁠אֲדֹנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “their master, {who was} {Pharaoh} the king of/over Egypt.” For some languages it is more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that the king of Egypt was Pharaoh, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language. -40:2 yt3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “So Pharaoh/he” or “As a result, {King} Pharaoh” or “So the king”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Pharaoh (verse 2) is the same person as the king of Egypt (verse 1). See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15, and see the important note about this there. +40:1 qmtw לַ⁠אֲדֹנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “their master, who was Pharaoh the king of/over Egypt.” For some languages it is more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that the king of Egypt was Pharaoh, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language. +40:2 yt3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “So Pharaoh/he” or “As a result, King Pharaoh” or “So the king”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Pharaoh (verse 2) is the same person as the king of Egypt (verse 1). See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15, and see the important note about this there. 40:2 npau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה עַ֖ל 1 “was very angry at/with” or “was furious with”. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom similar to “broke out in anger” that fits well here. 40:2 scrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge שְׁנֵ֣י סָרִיסָ֑י⁠ו עַ֚ל שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים וְ⁠עַ֖ל שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אוֹפִֽים 1 “the official in charge of serving wine to him and the official in charge of baking bread for him” or “his chief/head wine-server and chief/head baker” or “those two officials/officers.” It may be more natural to combine verses 1 and 2 and say, “Sometime after that, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, became very angry at two of his officials, his chief wine-server and chief baker, because they had displeased him.” In this case, you would also combine the verse numbers (1-2) to show it is a verse bridge combining two verses. Do what is best in your language. -40:3 sdsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם 1 “So he had them {arrested and} put” or “So he {had his soldiers arrest them and} put them”. Often in the Bible (as here), when it says that a king (or someone else with authority) did something, it is implied that he had people who were under his authority actually do it. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 39:20. +40:3 sdsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם 1 “So he had them arrested and put” or “So he had his soldiers arrest them and put them”. Often in the Bible (as here), when it says that a king (or someone else with authority) did something, it is implied that he had people who were under his authority actually do it. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 39:20. 40:3 dfne בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר 1 “under guard” or “in prison” 40:3 e6e3 בֵּ֛ית שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠טַבָּחִ֖ים 1 “in/at the house of the captain of/over the guards,” Apparently the round-house prison was part of the house where the chief of the guards lived and worked, perhaps a lower part (See: Joseph’s use of the word “pit” in verse 15 to refer to this prison). See how you translated “chief/captain of the guards” in Gen 37:36 and 39:1. -40:3 yw2r אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אָס֥וּר 1 “{that is,} in the round-house {prison/jail}, the {same} place/prison where Joseph was imprisoned/confined.” or “in the same prison where Joseph was.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20. -40:4 a7gm וַ֠⁠יִּפְקֹד שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֧ים אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “{There} the captain of/over the guards assigned/appointed Joseph {to take care of them},” +40:3 yw2r אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אָס֥וּר 1 “that is, in the round-house prison/jail, the same place/prison where Joseph was imprisoned/confined.” or “in the same prison where Joseph was.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20. +40:4 a7gm וַ֠⁠יִּפְקֹד שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֧ים אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “There the captain of/over the guards assigned/appointed Joseph to take care of them,” 40:4 g6hd וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “so he served them,” or “and so he waited on them,” -40:4 gdaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ & בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָֽר 1 “and they were {kept} in custody/prison” or “and they remained in custody/prison”. Some translations begin a new paragraph and sentence here that continues into verse 5 and say, “After they had been in prison {for} a while, 5 one night the king’s head wine-server and head baker dreamed …” -40:4 zjgp יָמִ֖ים 1 “{for} some days/time,” or “{for} a while,” The phrase “{for} days” is a general expression that refers to an unspecified length of time. +40:4 gdaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ & בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָֽר 1 “and they were kept in custody/prison” or “and they remained in custody/prison”. Some translations begin a new paragraph and sentence here that continues into verse 5 and say, “After they had been in prison for a while, 5 one night the king’s head wine-server and head baker dreamed …” +40:4 zjgp יָמִ֖ים 1 “for some days/time,” or “for a while,” The phrase “for days” is a general expression that refers to an unspecified length of time. 40:5 uu76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּֽחַלְמוּ֩ חֲל֨וֹם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אִ֤ישׁ חֲלֹמ⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠לַ֣יְלָה אֶחָ֔ד 1 “Then one night the two of them each had a dream,” or “One night they both/each had a dream,” -40:5 g1sc אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֣וֹן חֲלֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{and} each of the dreams had its own interpretation/meaning.” or “each with its own interpretation/meaning.” or “Each {one’s} dream had its own meaning.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -40:5 enle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠מַּשְׁקֶ֣ה וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲסוּרִ֖ים בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “{This is talking about} the wine-server and the baker, who had served the king of Egypt and/but were in prison.” Many translations leave this sentence implied because it repeats information from the previous verses and may sound too repetitive. Or you could put this sentence earlier in this verse and say, “One night, the king of Egypt’s wine server and baker each had a dream while they were in prison, and each {man’s/one’s} dream had its own interpretation/meaning.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cupbearer and baker in verse 5 are the same officials as those in verses 2-4. -40:6 iztc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֹתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “In the morning, Joseph came to {serve} them and was surprised to see that” or “The next morning, when Joseph came to {serve} them, he saw/noticed that”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to have the time phrase “in the morning” first this verse. +40:5 g1sc אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֣וֹן חֲלֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and each of the dreams had its own interpretation/meaning.” or “each with its own interpretation/meaning.” or “Each one’s dream had its own meaning.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +40:5 enle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠מַּשְׁקֶ֣ה וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲסוּרִ֖ים בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “This is talking about the wine-server and the baker, who had served the king of Egypt and/but were in prison.” Many translations leave this sentence implied because it repeats information from the previous verses and may sound too repetitive. Or you could put this sentence earlier in this verse and say, “One night, the king of Egypt’s wine server and baker each had a dream while they were in prison, and each man’s/one’s dream had its own interpretation/meaning.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cupbearer and baker in verse 5 are the same officials as those in verses 2-4. +40:6 iztc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֹתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “In the morning, Joseph came to serve them and was surprised to see that” or “The next morning, when Joseph came to serve them, he saw/noticed that”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to have the time phrase “in the morning” first this verse. 40:6 nu31 זֹעֲפִֽים 1 “they were troubled.” or “they looked distressed/sad.” -40:7 qzjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת סְרִיסֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אִתּ֧⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִשְׁמַ֛ר בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So/And he asked {King} Pharaoh’s officials/officers who {were} in prison with him in his master’s house,” or “So/And he asked them,” -40:7 cnrb מַדּ֛וּעַ פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֥ם רָעִ֖ים הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “Why do your faces look so sad/downcast today?” or “Why do you look {so} sad/unhappy today?” Some languages have an idiom that fits well here. Do what is natural in your language. +40:7 qzjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת סְרִיסֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אִתּ֧⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִשְׁמַ֛ר בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So/And he asked King Pharaoh’s officials/officers who were in prison with him in his master’s house,” or “So/And he asked them,” +40:7 cnrb מַדּ֛וּעַ פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֥ם רָעִ֖ים הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “Why do your faces look so sad/downcast today?” or “Why do you look so sad/unhappy today?” Some languages have an idiom that fits well here. Do what is natural in your language. 40:8 jhim rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “They answered him,” or “They replied,” -40:8 zi62 חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְנוּ 1 “We {each} had a dream {last night},” or “{Last night} we {both/each} had a dream,” -40:8 whpq וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but there is no one {here} who can tell {us} what our dreams mean.” or “but we do not have anyone {here} to interpret/explain them {for us}.” +40:8 zi62 חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְנוּ 1 “We each had a dream last night,” or “Last night we both/each had a dream,” +40:8 whpq וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but there is no one here who can tell us what our dreams mean.” or “but we do not have anyone here to interpret/explain them for us.” 40:8 k75i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then/So Joseph replied,” or “Joseph replied,” -40:8 lmb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ פִּתְרֹנִ֔ים 1 “God is the {only} one who can explain the meaning {of dreams}.” or “God is the {only} one who gives someone/people the ability to interpret {the meaning of dreams}.” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that God is the only one who interprets dreams. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -40:8 sy5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סַפְּרוּ נָ֖א לִֽ⁠י 1 “Please tell me {what you dreamed}.” or “Please tell/describe {your dreams} to me {and God will reveal to me what they mean}.” Make sure that your translation of the last two sentences in this verse does not sound like Joseph is claiming to be God. Rather, he is saying that if the two officials tell their dreams to him, God will enable him to interpret the dreams. +40:8 lmb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ פִּתְרֹנִ֔ים 1 “God is the only one who can explain the meaning of dreams.” or “God is the only one who gives someone/people the ability to interpret the meaning of dreams.” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that God is the only one who interprets dreams. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +40:8 sy5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סַפְּרוּ נָ֖א לִֽ⁠י 1 “Please tell me what you dreamed.” or “Please tell/describe your dreams to me and God will reveal to me what they mean.” Make sure that your translation of the last two sentences in this verse does not sound like Joseph is claiming to be God. Rather, he is saying that if the two officials tell their dreams to him, God will enable him to interpret the dreams. 40:9 qax1 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים אֶת־חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then/So the head wine-server told Joseph what was in his dream” or “So the one/officer who was in charge of/over the wine-servers related/described to Joseph what he had seen in his dream”. See how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” in verse 2. 40:9 rkoh וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “by saying,” or “He said,” or “This is what he said:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 40:9 clc3 בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֕⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּה גֶ֖פֶן 1 “In my dream there was a grapevine/vine” or “While I was dreaming, I saw a grapevine/vine”. If grapevines and grapes are not known in your area, you could be more general in verses 9-11 and say “vine” and “fruit”. See how you translated “vineyard” in Gen 9:20. 40:9 hx0c לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “in front of me” 40:10 o07v וּ⁠בַ⁠גֶּ֖פֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה שָׂרִיגִ֑ם 1 “The grapevine/vine had three branches.” or “that had three branches.” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language. -40:10 yoiw וְ⁠הִ֤יא כְ⁠פֹרַ֨חַת֙ 1 “As soon as it started budding,” or “Soon buds started forming {on the vine/branches}. {Then}” -40:10 vyyj עָלְתָ֣ה נִצָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “{suddenly} there were blossoms/flowers,” or “{the buds} became blossoms/flowers,” -40:10 ckld הִבְשִׁ֥ילוּ אַשְׁכְּלֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ עֲנָבִֽים 1 “{and} its/the clusters {of flowers} became {clusters/bunches of} ripe grapes/fruit.” or “{and the blossoms/flowers} became clusters/bunches of ripe grapes/fruit.” -40:11 jtrl וְ⁠כ֥וֹס פַּרְעֹ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדִ֑⁠י 1 “Then/Next {I saw that} I was holding {King} Pharaoh’s cup,” or “… holding the king’s cup,” -40:11 lo6m וָ⁠אֶקַּ֣ח אֶת הָֽ⁠עֲנָבִ֗ים 1 “and/so I picked {some} grapes/fruit {from the vine}” -40:11 vjbq וָֽ⁠אֶשְׂחַ֤ט אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and squeezed juice from them” or “and squeezed them {so that the juice went/flowed}” +40:10 yoiw וְ⁠הִ֤יא כְ⁠פֹרַ֨חַת֙ 1 “As soon as it started budding,” or “Soon buds started forming on the vine/branches. Then” +40:10 vyyj עָלְתָ֣ה נִצָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “suddenly there were blossoms/flowers,” or “the buds became blossoms/flowers,” +40:10 ckld הִבְשִׁ֥ילוּ אַשְׁכְּלֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ עֲנָבִֽים 1 “and its/the clusters of flowers became clusters/bunches of ripe grapes/fruit.” or “and the blossoms/flowers became clusters/bunches of ripe grapes/fruit.” +40:11 jtrl וְ⁠כ֥וֹס פַּרְעֹ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדִ֑⁠י 1 “Then/Next I saw that I was holding King Pharaoh’s cup,” or “… holding the king’s cup,” +40:11 lo6m וָ⁠אֶקַּ֣ח אֶת הָֽ⁠עֲנָבִ֗ים 1 “and/so I picked some grapes/fruit from the vine” +40:11 vjbq וָֽ⁠אֶשְׂחַ֤ט אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and squeezed juice from them” or “and squeezed them so that the juice went/flowed” 40:11 bzyw אֶל כּ֣וֹס פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “into Pharaoh’s cup.” or “into the cup.” -40:11 xxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “Then I put the cup into Pharaoh’s hand {to drink from}.” or “Then I gave/handed the cup to Pharaoh {and he drank from it}.” +40:11 xxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “Then I put the cup into Pharaoh’s hand to drink from.” or “Then I gave/handed the cup to Pharaoh and he drank from it.” 40:12 qt8h וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Joseph said to him,” or “Then Joseph told him,” -40:12 kkp9 זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:” -40:12 pbdv שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠שָּׂ֣רִגִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three branches {represent/symbolize} three days.” -40:13 z5ed בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 “In three {more} days” or “Three days from now” -40:13 sjgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “{King} Pharaoh” or “the king”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. Some languages need to include an honorific title with his name more often than other languages. -40:13 lyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִשָּׂ֤א & אֶת רֹאשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ 1 “will summon you” or “will have you brought up {out of prison}”. The idiom “lift up your head” means that the wine-server will be summoned or brought out from the lowly or shameful place where he had been staying. -40:13 m440 וַ⁠הֲשִֽׁיבְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל כַּנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and reappoint/reinstate/return you to your {previous} position/work,” or “and give you back your job/status,” -40:13 ucsm וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ כוֹס פַּרְעֹה֙ בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “so that you will {again} serve wine to Pharaoh/him,” or “so that you will {again} have the duty of serving Pharaoh/him his cup of wine,” +40:12 kkp9 זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here is what your dream means:” +40:12 pbdv שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠שָּׂ֣רִגִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three branches represent/symbolize three days.” +40:13 z5ed בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 “In three more days” or “Three days from now” +40:13 sjgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “King Pharaoh” or “the king”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. Some languages need to include an honorific title with his name more often than other languages. +40:13 lyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִשָּׂ֤א & אֶת רֹאשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ 1 “will summon you” or “will have you brought up out of prison”. The idiom “lift up your head” means that the wine-server will be summoned or brought out from the lowly or shameful place where he had been staying. +40:13 m440 וַ⁠הֲשִֽׁיבְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל כַּנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and reappoint/reinstate/return you to your previous position/work,” or “and give you back your job/status,” +40:13 ucsm וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ כוֹס פַּרְעֹה֙ בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “so that you will again serve wine to Pharaoh/him,” or “so that you will again have the duty of serving Pharaoh/him his cup of wine,” 40:13 ty9j כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּט֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיִ֖יתָ מַשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “as you used to do when you were his cupbearer/wine-server.” or “the way you did before as his cupbearer/wine-server.” -40:14 ykbt כִּ֧י אִם זְכַרְתַּ֣⁠נִי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֗ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “When {you are out of prison and} everything is going well for you, remember that I was {here} with you,” or “Also, when {you get out of prison and} your life is good, remember {how well} I served/treated you,” +40:14 ykbt כִּ֧י אִם זְכַרְתַּ֣⁠נִי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֗ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “When you are out of prison and everything is going well for you, remember that I was here with you,” or “Also, when you get out of prison and your life is good, remember how well I served/treated you,” 40:14 o7we וְ⁠עָשִֽׂיתָ נָּ֥א עִמָּדִ֖⁠י חָ֑סֶד 1 “and please be kind/gracious to me,” or “and please do me a favor,” See how you translated “showed kindness to” in Gen 39:21. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -40:14 dy24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וְ⁠הִזְכַּרְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and mention my situation to {King} Pharaoh,” or “and tell {King} Pharaoh about me {and how I was falsely accused},” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. +40:14 dy24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וְ⁠הִזְכַּרְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and mention my situation to King Pharaoh,” or “and tell King Pharaoh about me and how I was falsely accused,” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. 40:14 pu81 וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתַ֖⁠נִי מִן הַ⁠בַּ֥יִת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “so that I can get out of this prison.” or “so that he releases/frees me from this prison.” -40:15 gdgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי גֻנֹּ֣ב גֻּנַּ֔בְתִּי 1 “Surely I was taken by force” or “People brought me {here} by force”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language to emphasize Joseph. -40:15 ks7h מֵ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑ים 1 “from the land where the Hebrew people live.” or “from the land where {my people,} the Hebrews, live.” The Hebrew people were the descendants of Abraham (See: note at Gen 14:13), and Joseph’s people were known as “Hebrews” in Egypt (Gen 39:14, 17). Their land, which God gave them, was the land of Canaan (Gen 13:12, 14-15; 17:8, 23:19; 37:1). Some of that information could be put in a footnote. -40:15 w9ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠גַם פֹּה֙ 1 “And {while I have been} here {in Egypt},” or “Even here {in Egypt}” -40:15 jg01 לֹא עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי מְא֔וּמָה 1 “I have not done anything {wrong}” or “I have done nothing {wrong}” +40:15 gdgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי גֻנֹּ֣ב גֻּנַּ֔בְתִּי 1 “Surely I was taken by force” or “People brought me here by force”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language to emphasize Joseph. +40:15 ks7h מֵ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑ים 1 “from the land where the Hebrew people live.” or “from the land where my people, the Hebrews, live.” The Hebrew people were the descendants of Abraham (See: note at Gen 14:13), and Joseph’s people were known as “Hebrews” in Egypt (Gen 39:14, 17). Their land, which God gave them, was the land of Canaan (Gen 13:12, 14-15; 17:8, 23:19; 37:1). Some of that information could be put in a footnote. +40:15 w9ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠גַם פֹּה֙ 1 “And while I have been here in Egypt,” or “Even here in Egypt” +40:15 jg01 לֹא עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי מְא֔וּמָה 1 “I have not done anything wrong” or “I have done nothing wrong” 40:15 qsdn כִּֽי שָׂמ֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בּֽוֹר 1 “to be put/thrown into this dungeon/prison.” or “to deserve being in a dungeon/prison.” -40:16 k4k0 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא שַׂר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים כִּ֣י ט֣וֹב פָּתָ֑ר 1 “When the head baker heard Joseph interpret/explain that dream in a favorable/positive way,” or “When the head baker heard the positive interpretation/meaning that Joseph gave {for the first dream},” See how you translated a related word (“interpreter”) in verse 8. +40:16 k4k0 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא שַׂר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים כִּ֣י ט֣וֹב פָּתָ֑ר 1 “When the head baker heard Joseph interpret/explain that dream in a favorable/positive way,” or “When the head baker heard the positive interpretation/meaning that Joseph gave for the first dream,” See how you translated a related word (“interpreter”) in verse 8. 40:16 kcvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “he said to him,” or “he told him,” -40:16 oaqk אַף אֲנִי֙ בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 “I also had a dream, and in it there were” or “I also {had a dream}, and while I was dreaming, I saw” -40:16 a1qs שְׁלֹשָׁ֛ה סַלֵּ֥י חֹרִ֖י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “three baskets {full} of white/fine bread/cakes” or “three bread baskets” or (2) “three white/wicker baskets”. These baskets were open on top and were probably woven out of flexible strips of cane or willow branches. -40:16 olwu עַל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “{stacked} {on top of each other} on my head.” These baskets would have been carried on the head, each one above the other. -40:17 lf58 וּ⁠בַ⁠סַּ֣ל הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל 1 “In the top basket {there were}” or “The top basket {was full of}” -40:17 v0e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל מַאֲכַ֥ל פַּרְעֹ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “all/many {kinds} of baked goods for {King} Pharaoh to eat,” or “all/many {kinds} of {fine/special} bread and cakes {that had been made/baked} for {King} Pharaoh {to eat},” Make sure that the way the chief baker refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. -40:17 ijtu וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֗וֹף אֹכֵ֥ל אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִן הַ⁠סַּ֖ל מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but {some} birds were eating/gobbling them/everything {up} from the basket.” or “but {instead,} {some} birds {came and} ate/devoured {all} the food/bread in the basket on my head.” -40:18 d2ov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יוֹסֵף֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 “Joseph said {to him},” or “Joseph told {the baker},” -40:18 otya זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:” See how you translated this in verse 12. -40:18 otf3 שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠סַּלִּ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three baskets {represent/symbolize} three days.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 12. +40:16 oaqk אַף אֲנִי֙ בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 “I also had a dream, and in it there were” or “I also had a dream, and while I was dreaming, I saw” +40:16 a1qs שְׁלֹשָׁ֛ה סַלֵּ֥י חֹרִ֖י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “three baskets full of white/fine bread/cakes” or “three bread baskets” or (2) “three white/wicker baskets”. These baskets were open on top and were probably woven out of flexible strips of cane or willow branches. +40:16 olwu עַל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “stacked on top of each other on my head.” These baskets would have been carried on the head, each one above the other. +40:17 lf58 וּ⁠בַ⁠סַּ֣ל הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל 1 “In the top basket there were” or “The top basket was full of” +40:17 v0e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל מַאֲכַ֥ל פַּרְעֹ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “all/many kinds of baked goods for King Pharaoh to eat,” or “all/many kinds of fine/special bread and cakes that had been made/baked for King Pharaoh to eat,” Make sure that the way the chief baker refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. +40:17 ijtu וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֗וֹף אֹכֵ֥ל אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִן הַ⁠סַּ֖ל מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but some birds were eating/gobbling them/everything up from the basket.” or “but instead, some birds came and ate/devoured all the food/bread in the basket on my head.” +40:18 d2ov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יוֹסֵף֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 “Joseph said to him,” or “Joseph told the baker,” +40:18 otya זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here is what your dream means:” See how you translated this in verse 12. +40:18 otf3 שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠סַּלִּ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three baskets represent/symbolize three days.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 12. 40:19 c527 בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 “In three days” or “Three days from now”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 13. -40:19 si3y פַרְעֹ֤ה 1 “{King} Pharaoh” or “the king” -40:19 yvta יִשָּׂ֨א & אֶת רֹֽאשְׁ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “will {have his soldiers} cut/chop off your head” or “will have you beheaded”. This phrase seems to have a literal meaning here (of having the baker beheaded) in contrast to the meaning of “lift up your head” in verse 13 (where it means to summon from a lowly or shameful place). Make sure your translation of this phrase is accurate and clear in both contexts. -40:19 sm0z וְ⁠תָלָ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל עֵ֑ץ 1 “and hang your body on a tree/stake,” or “and impale your body on a {sharp} pole,” -40:19 qtz2 וְ⁠אָכַ֥ל הָ⁠ע֛וֹף אֶת־בְּשָׂרְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “and/where birds/vultures will eat/devour {all} your flesh off your bones.” These were birds such as vultures, buzzards, or condors, which eat carrion (dead animals); these were not birds that eat seeds or hunt live prey. You could use the name of a type of bird that is well-known in your language area. See how you translated “eating” in verse 17. -40:20 e75l וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י י֚וֹם הֻלֶּ֣דֶת אֶת פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then sure enough, three days later {it was} {King} Pharaoh’s birthday, and” or “And it so happened that three days later, {it was} Pharaoh’s birthday, and”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes a set of important events. Do what is natural in your language. -40:20 xdmx וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “he held a feast/banquet for all of his officials/officers {to attend}.” or “he invited all his officials/officers to attend a/his {birthday} feast/banquet.” See how you translated “feast” or “banquet” in Gen 21:8. -40:20 n9n0 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֞א אֶת רֹ֣אשׁ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֗ים וְ⁠אֶת רֹ֛אשׁ שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים 1 “{During the feast/banquet,} he {had soldiers} bring {his} head/chief wine-server and head/chief baker {out of prison} {to the feast/banquet}”. See how you translated similar clauses in verses 3 (See: note), 13, and 19, where Pharaoh had his soldiers do something. Also see how you translated “lifted up your head” in verse 13, where it has a similar meaning. -40:20 qchm בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “in front of {all} his {other} officials/officers.” or “where all his {other} officials/officers were.” +40:19 si3y פַרְעֹ֤ה 1 “King Pharaoh” or “the king” +40:19 yvta יִשָּׂ֨א & אֶת רֹֽאשְׁ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “will have his soldiers cut/chop off your head” or “will have you beheaded”. This phrase seems to have a literal meaning here (of having the baker beheaded) in contrast to the meaning of “lift up your head” in verse 13 (where it means to summon from a lowly or shameful place). Make sure your translation of this phrase is accurate and clear in both contexts. +40:19 sm0z וְ⁠תָלָ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל עֵ֑ץ 1 “and hang your body on a tree/stake,” or “and impale your body on a sharp pole,” +40:19 qtz2 וְ⁠אָכַ֥ל הָ⁠ע֛וֹף אֶת־בְּשָׂרְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “and/where birds/vultures will eat/devour all your flesh off your bones.” These were birds such as vultures, buzzards, or condors, which eat carrion (dead animals); these were not birds that eat seeds or hunt live prey. You could use the name of a type of bird that is well-known in your language area. See how you translated “eating” in verse 17. +40:20 e75l וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י י֚וֹם הֻלֶּ֣דֶת אֶת פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then sure enough, three days later it was King Pharaoh’s birthday, and” or “And it so happened that three days later, it was Pharaoh’s birthday, and”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes a set of important events. Do what is natural in your language. +40:20 xdmx וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “he held a feast/banquet for all of his officials/officers to attend.” or “he invited all his officials/officers to attend a/his birthday feast/banquet.” See how you translated “feast” or “banquet” in Gen 21:8. +40:20 n9n0 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֞א אֶת רֹ֣אשׁ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֗ים וְ⁠אֶת רֹ֛אשׁ שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים 1 “During the feast/banquet, he had soldiers bring his head/chief wine-server and head/chief baker out of prison to the feast/banquet”. See how you translated similar clauses in verses 3 (See: note), 13, and 19, where Pharaoh had his soldiers do something. Also see how you translated “lifted up your head” in verse 13, where it has a similar meaning. +40:20 qchm בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “in front of all his other officials/officers.” or “where all his other officials/officers were.” 40:21 ehc4 וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׁב 1 “Then he reinstated/reappointed/returned”. See how you translated “restore … to … position” in verse 13. -40:21 iuza אֶת שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֖ים עַל מַשְׁקֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “the chief/head wine-server to his {former/previous} position/work,” -40:21 lrle וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “so that {once again} he served wine to him.” or “so that {once again} he had the duty of serving him his cup of wine.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 13. -40:22 n0d9 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים תָּלָ֑ה 1 “But {as for} the chief/head baker, he/Pharaoh had him {executed/beheaded and} hanged/impaled {on a tree/pole}.” or “But he/Pharaoh {had his soldiers execute/behead} the head baker {and} impale {his body on a pole/stake}.” It is implied here that the baker was beheaded before his body was impaled on a stake (verse 19). Also, notice that “the chief of the bakers” is at the beginning of this clause in the Hebrew text to emphasize him and contrast him with what happened to the chief cupbearer. Do what is natural in your language. See how you translated “hang … on a tree” in verse 19. -40:22 s6xh כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּתַ֛ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵֽף 1 “{Everything happened} exactly the way Joseph had interpreted/explained {their dreams} to them.” or “which was exactly what Joseph had said would happen.” -40:23 z4vm וְ⁠לֹֽא־זָכַ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים אֶת־יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּחֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “But the chief/head cupbearer/wine-server did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} Joseph, but {rather/instead,} he forgot {about} him.” or “… {completely} forgot about Joseph and did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} him.” +40:21 iuza אֶת שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֖ים עַל מַשְׁקֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “the chief/head wine-server to his former/previous position/work,” +40:21 lrle וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “so that once again he served wine to him.” or “so that once again he had the duty of serving him his cup of wine.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 13. +40:22 n0d9 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים תָּלָ֑ה 1 “But as for the chief/head baker, he/Pharaoh had him executed/beheaded and hanged/impaled on a tree/pole.” or “But he/Pharaoh had his soldiers execute/behead the head baker and impale his body on a pole/stake.” It is implied here that the baker was beheaded before his body was impaled on a stake (verse 19). Also, notice that “the chief of the bakers” is at the beginning of this clause in the Hebrew text to emphasize him and contrast him with what happened to the chief cupbearer. Do what is natural in your language. See how you translated “hang … on a tree” in verse 19. +40:22 s6xh כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּתַ֛ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵֽף 1 “Everything happened exactly the way Joseph had interpreted/explained their dreams to them.” or “which was exactly what Joseph had said would happen.” +40:23 z4vm וְ⁠לֹֽא־זָכַ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים אֶת־יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּחֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “But the chief/head cupbearer/wine-server did not remember to tell Pharaoh about Joseph, but rather/instead, he forgot about him.” or “… completely forgot about Joseph and did not remember to tell Pharaoh about him.” 41:1 r8s5 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ שְׁנָתַ֣יִם יָמִ֑ים 1 “After two full years had passed,” or “Two whole/complete years later,” -41:1 ydjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֣ה חֹלֵ֔ם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה עֹמֵ֥ד 1 “{King} Pharaoh had a dream. {In the dream} he saw himself standing” or “{King} Pharaoh dreamed that he was standing”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 40:2. -41:1 a5ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “beside the {Nile} River.” This phrase usually refers to the Nile River, which was the most important river in Egypt and was so well known by everyone there that it was referred to as “the river”. See how you translated a different Hebrew word for “river” in Gen 36:37. +41:1 ydjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֣ה חֹלֵ֔ם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה עֹמֵ֥ד 1 “King Pharaoh had a dream. In the dream he saw himself standing” or “King Pharaoh dreamed that he was standing”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 40:2. +41:1 a5ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “beside the Nile River.” This phrase usually refers to the Nile River, which was the most important river in Egypt and was so well known by everyone there that it was referred to as “the river”. See how you translated a different Hebrew word for “river” in Gen 36:37. 41:2 oe0t וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then he saw that” or “Suddenly,” -41:2 f6tt מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת יְפ֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וּ⁠בְרִיאֹ֣ת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}”. Make sure your translation does not sound like the cows rose up out of the water into the air. Also see how you translated “cows” in Gen 32:15. -41:2 s1lh וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “and started grazing/feeding on the grass {that was there}.” or “and started eating the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.” +41:2 f6tt מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת יְפ֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וּ⁠בְרִיאֹ֣ת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows that were healthy-looking and fat/well-fed came/walked up out of the river onto the bank/land” or “seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows came/walked up out of the river onto the bank/land”. Make sure your translation does not sound like the cows rose up out of the water into the air. Also see how you translated “cows” in Gen 32:15. +41:2 s1lh וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “and started grazing/feeding on the grass that was there.” or “and started eating the tall/marsh grass beside the river.” 41:3 ud6q וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw that” -41:3 vh9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֶׁ֧בַע פָּר֣וֹת אֲחֵר֗וֹת עֹל֤וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶן֙ מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֔ר רָע֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠דַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny walked up out of the river” or “seven sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows came/walked up out of the river” -41:3 ndip וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה אֵ֥צֶל הַ⁠פָּר֖וֹת 1 “and stood next to the {first/healthy} cows” -41:3 gq8x עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the river.” or “on the river bank.” Consider again how you refer to “the river” in verses 1-3. If you refer to it as “the {Nile} River” in verse 1, it may be more natural to refer to it as “the river” after that. Do what is best in your language. -41:4 vd7n וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֣לְנָה הַ⁠פָּר֗וֹת רָע֤וֹת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶה֙ וְ⁠דַקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “Then the sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows devoured” or “Then the cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny ate/swallowed {up/down}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. -41:4 efl8 אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת יְפֹ֥ת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹ֑ת 1 “the seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows.” or “the seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. -41:4 gisj וַ⁠יִּיקַ֖ץ פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “{Just} then {King} Pharaoh woke up.” or “After that, the king woke up.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Pharaoh at each point/occurrence in this chapter. +41:3 vh9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֶׁ֧בַע פָּר֣וֹת אֲחֵר֗וֹת עֹל֤וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶן֙ מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֔ר רָע֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠דַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows that were sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny walked up out of the river” or “seven sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows came/walked up out of the river” +41:3 ndip וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה אֵ֥צֶל הַ⁠פָּר֖וֹת 1 “and stood next to the first/healthy cows” +41:3 gq8x עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the river.” or “on the river bank.” Consider again how you refer to “the river” in verses 1-3. If you refer to it as “the Nile River” in verse 1, it may be more natural to refer to it as “the river” after that. Do what is best in your language. +41:4 vd7n וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֣לְנָה הַ⁠פָּר֗וֹת רָע֤וֹת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶה֙ וְ⁠דַקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “Then the sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows devoured” or “Then the cows that were sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny ate/swallowed up/down”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. +41:4 efl8 אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת יְפֹ֥ת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹ֑ת 1 “the seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows.” or “the seven cows that were healthy-looking and fat/well-fed.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. +41:4 gisj וַ⁠יִּיקַ֖ץ פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “Just then King Pharaoh woke up.” or “After that, the king woke up.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Pharaoh at each point/occurrence in this chapter. 41:5 saus וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן 1 “Then Pharaoh” or “Then the king” -41:5 e3h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן 1 “Then Pharaoh/he went to sleep {again}” or “The the king went {back} to sleep” -41:5 jet9 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֖ם שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 “and had a second {dream}.” or “and started dreaming again.” -41:5 fi6m וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “{This time} he saw” or “{In this dream} there were” +41:5 e3h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן 1 “Then Pharaoh/he went to sleep again” or “The the king went back to sleep” +41:5 jet9 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֖ם שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 “and had a second dream.” or “and started dreaming again.” +41:5 fi6m וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “This time he saw” or “In this dream there were” 41:5 a6fl שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹל֛וֹת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד בְּרִיא֥וֹת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת 1 “seven big/plump, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stem/plant.” The phrase “heads of grain” is one word in the Hebrew text. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a word or phrase to translate this. -41:6 bjff וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw {that}” -41:6 tev5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים דַּקּ֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁדוּפֹ֣ת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven small/shriveled heads of grain that were dried out {by} the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven thin/shriveled heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out”. This wind was from the desert in the east, so it was hot and dry. +41:6 bjff וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw that” +41:6 tev5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים דַּקּ֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁדוּפֹ֣ת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven small/shriveled heads of grain that were dried out by the hot east/desert wind” or “seven thin/shriveled heads of grain that the hot east/desert wind had dried out”. This wind was from the desert in the east, so it was hot and dry. 41:6 ehdi צֹמְח֖וֹת 1 “grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing” -41:6 gzvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 “next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads.” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to the first heads here with a pronoun (“them”) or a noun phrase. +41:6 gzvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 “next to them on the same stalk/plant.” or “on the same stalk/plant beside the first/well-formed heads.” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to the first heads here with a pronoun (“them”) or a noun phrase. 41:7 cjek וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְנָה֙ הַ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקּ֔וֹת 1 “Next, the small/shriveled heads of grain devoured” or “... ate/gobbled up/down”. See how you translated “thin” in verse 6 and “heads of grain” in verses 5-6. 41:7 xx65 אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֔ים הַ⁠בְּרִיא֖וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלֵא֑וֹת 1 “the seven big/plump, well-formed heads.” The word “full” here describes heads of grain that have many seeds in them. See how you translated “fat” in verse 5. -41:7 tpgd וַ⁠יִּיקַ֥ץ פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “{Just} then Pharaoh woke up” or “After that, Pharaoh woke up” or “At that point, Pharaoh woke up”. See how you translated this clause in verse 4. -41:7 i9vq וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה חֲלֽוֹם 1 “and {suddenly} realized/knew that {he had been} dreaming.” +41:7 tpgd וַ⁠יִּיקַ֥ץ פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “Just then Pharaoh woke up” or “After that, Pharaoh woke up” or “At that point, Pharaoh woke up”. See how you translated this clause in verse 4. +41:7 i9vq וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה חֲלֽוֹם 1 “and suddenly realized/knew that he had been dreaming.” 41:8 a4cy וַ⁠יְהִ֤י בַ⁠בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 “In the morning” or “The next morning”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. It also increases suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations do not include this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Do what is natural in your language. -41:8 w9at וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 “his/Pharaoh’s spirit/mind was disturbed/troubled {about what the dreams might mean},” or “Pharaoh was/felt upset/distressed {about the/his dreams},” -41:8 f6a8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א 1 “so he sent {servants/messengers} to summon” or “so he had {servants/messengers} summon” -41:8 h004 אֶת כָּל חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֲכָמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “all the magicians/sorcerers and {other} wise men in {the country of} Egypt {to come to him}.” Magicians were some of the wise men whom Pharaoh regularly consulted for advice. They had power from demons to do miracles (Exodus 7:11, 22; 8:7) and to communicate with the spirits of people who had died. They may have also been astrologers or Egyptian priests who were skilled in sacred writings. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. -41:8 c1g0 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לָ⁠הֶם֙ אֶת חֲלֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{When they arrived,} Pharaoh/he told them what he had dreamed,” or “Then Pharaoh/he related/described to them what {he had seen} in his dreams,” +41:8 w9at וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 “his/Pharaoh’s spirit/mind was disturbed/troubled about what the dreams might mean,” or “Pharaoh was/felt upset/distressed about the/his dreams,” +41:8 f6a8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א 1 “so he sent servants/messengers to summon” or “so he had servants/messengers summon” +41:8 h004 אֶת כָּל חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֲכָמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “all the magicians/sorcerers and other wise men in the country of Egypt to come to him.” Magicians were some of the wise men whom Pharaoh regularly consulted for advice. They had power from demons to do miracles (Exodus 7:11, 22; 8:7) and to communicate with the spirits of people who had died. They may have also been astrologers or Egyptian priests who were skilled in sacred writings. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. +41:8 c1g0 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לָ⁠הֶם֙ אֶת חֲלֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “When they arrived, Pharaoh/he told them what he had dreamed,” or “Then Pharaoh/he related/described to them what he had seen in his dreams,” 41:8 bzb7 וְ⁠אֵין 1 “but none of them” or “but none of those men” -41:8 cdwb פּוֹתֵ֥ר אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “was able to explain to him {what} the dreams {meant}.” or “could tell him what the dreams meant.” +41:8 cdwb פּוֹתֵ֥ר אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “was able to explain to him what the dreams meant.” or “could tell him what the dreams meant.” 41:9 sjxn שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים 1 “Then/But the head wine-server”. Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9. -41:9 gu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּר֙ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים אֶת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then/But the head wine-server spoke {up} and said to Pharaoh,” or “Then/But the head wine-server said to Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9. -41:9 qree rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֲנִ֖י מַזְכִּ֥יר הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “{Sir,} today I remember” or “{Your Majesty/Honor,} I now remember”. For many languages, it is necessary to use a respectful title to address a person of high status like Pharaoh. Do what is best in your language. -41:9 lq2t אֶת חֲטָאַ֕⁠י 1 “my sins/failures.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{the time} when I offended/displeased/wronged {you}.” or (2) “something {important} I failed/forgot to do.” The second interpretation refers to the cupbearer forgetting to tell Pharaoh about Joseph. -41:10 lbfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פַּרְעֹ֖ה קָצַ֣ף עַל 1 “{Some time ago,} {King} Pharaoh, {you} were very angry at/with”. The events in verses 10-13 had happened two years earlier (verse 1); chapter 40 gives the details about those events. See how you translated the idiom “broke out in anger against” in Gen 40:2. +41:9 gu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּר֙ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים אֶת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then/But the head wine-server spoke up and said to Pharaoh,” or “Then/But the head wine-server said to Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9. +41:9 qree rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֲנִ֖י מַזְכִּ֥יר הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “Sir, today I remember” or “Your Majesty/Honor, I now remember”. For many languages, it is necessary to use a respectful title to address a person of high status like Pharaoh. Do what is best in your language. +41:9 lq2t אֶת חֲטָאַ֕⁠י 1 “my sins/failures.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the time when I offended/displeased/wronged you.” or (2) “something important I failed/forgot to do.” The second interpretation refers to the cupbearer forgetting to tell Pharaoh about Joseph. +41:10 lbfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פַּרְעֹ֖ה קָצַ֣ף עַל 1 “Some time ago, King Pharaoh, you were very angry at/with”. The events in verses 10-13 had happened two years earlier (verse 1); chapter 40 gives the details about those events. See how you translated the idiom “broke out in anger against” in Gen 40:2. 41:10 ttw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “his/your officials/officers,” In verses 10 and 13, the cupbearer uses third person (“Pharaoh … his … he…”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you … your …you …”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. -41:10 hhkv וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתִ֜⁠י בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר בֵּ֚ית שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים אֹתִ֕⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִֽים 1 “{including} me and the chief/head baker, and he/you put us in custody/prison at the captain of the guards’ house.” or “and he/you put the head baker and me in the prison that is in the house of the captain of the guards.” See how you translated “put … in custody in the house of the chief of the guards” in Gen 40:3. Also consider again how you translated “chief of the bakers” and “baker” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 4-5, 16-17, 20, 22; 41:10, 13. -41:11 ntkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠נַּֽחַלְמָ֥⁠ה חֲל֛וֹם בְּ⁠לַ֥יְלָה אֶחָ֖ד אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠ה֑וּא 1 “{One time while we were there,} we {each} dreamed/had a dream in/during the same night,” or “{While we were there,} one night we {each} had a dream,” See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 40:5. In verses 11-13, the pronouns “we” and “us” exclude Pharaoh. -41:11 vxuz אִ֛ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֥וֹן חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ חָלָֽמְנוּ 1 “{and} each of our dreams had a different meaning.” or “{and} each of our dreams had its own meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpretation” in Gen 40:5, 8, 12, 18; 41:11 and the related verb “interpret” in Gen 40:16, 22. +41:10 hhkv וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתִ֜⁠י בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר בֵּ֚ית שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים אֹתִ֕⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִֽים 1 “including me and the chief/head baker, and he/you put us in custody/prison at the captain of the guards’ house.” or “and he/you put the head baker and me in the prison that is in the house of the captain of the guards.” See how you translated “put … in custody in the house of the chief of the guards” in Gen 40:3. Also consider again how you translated “chief of the bakers” and “baker” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 4-5, 16-17, 20, 22; 41:10, 13. +41:11 ntkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠נַּֽחַלְמָ֥⁠ה חֲל֛וֹם בְּ⁠לַ֥יְלָה אֶחָ֖ד אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠ה֑וּא 1 “One time while we were there, we each dreamed/had a dream in/during the same night,” or “While we were there, one night we each had a dream,” See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 40:5. In verses 11-13, the pronouns “we” and “us” exclude Pharaoh. +41:11 vxuz אִ֛ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֥וֹן חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ חָלָֽמְנוּ 1 “and each of our dreams had a different meaning.” or “and each of our dreams had its own meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpretation” in Gen 40:5, 8, 12, 18; 41:11 and the related verb “interpret” in Gen 40:16, 22. 41:12 sn9g וְ⁠שָׁ֨ם אִתָּ֜⁠נוּ נַ֣עַר עִבְרִ֗י 1 “There was a young Hebrew man with us,” Translate “young … man” in a way that fits with the fact that Joseph was 30 years old (verse 46) and was not yet married. -41:12 lpw0 עֶ֚בֶד לְ⁠שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים 1 “{who was} a servant for the captain of/over the guards.” Consider again how you translated “chief of the guards” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:36; 39:1; 40:3-4; 41:10, 12. -41:12 ujnq וַ⁠נְּ֨סַפֶּר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “After we told him {our dreams},” or “After we related/described {our dreams} to him,” Consider again how you translated “told” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:66; 29:13; 37:9-10; 40:8-9; 41:8, 12. +41:12 lpw0 עֶ֚בֶד לְ⁠שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים 1 “who was a servant for the captain of/over the guards.” Consider again how you translated “chief of the guards” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:36; 39:1; 40:3-4; 41:10, 12. +41:12 ujnq וַ⁠נְּ֨סַפֶּר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “After we told him our dreams,” or “After we related/described our dreams to him,” Consider again how you translated “told” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:66; 29:13; 37:9-10; 40:8-9; 41:8, 12. 41:12 s75n וַ⁠יִּפְתָּר לָ֖⁠נוּ אֶת חֲלֹמֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “he explained them to us.” or “he told us what they meant.” 41:12 aybf אִ֥ישׁ כַּ⁠חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ פָּתָֽר 1 “He interpreted each man’s dream.” or “He told each of us the meaning of our dreams.” or “He told us what each of our dreams meant.” -41:13 r08j וַ⁠יְהִ֛י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּֽתַר לָ֖⁠נוּ כֵּ֣ן הָיָ֑ה 1 “And sure enough, everything happened exactly the way he had interpreted/explained {the dreams} to us:” -41:13 y07m אֹתִ֛⁠י הֵשִׁ֥יב עַל כַּנִּ֖⁠י 1 “you reinstated/reappointed/returned me to my {former/previous} position/work {as your cupbearer/wine-server},” See how you translated “restored to … position” in Gen 40:21. -41:13 nv90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תָלָֽה 1 “and/but you {had your soldiers execute} the baker {and} hang/impale his body {on a pole/stake}.” or “but you {had your soldiers} execute the baker.” Consider again whether you referred to Pharaoh in third person (“he”) or second person (“you”) in verses 10 and 13. Also see how you translated “hanged/impaled {on a tree/pole}” in Gen 40:22. -41:14 qrw6 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח פַּרְעֹה֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א אֶת־יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “{Immediately} Pharaoh sent {servants/messengers} to summon/get Joseph.” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} {immediately} he had {servants/messengers} summon Joseph.” See how you translated “sent and called for” in verse 8. +41:13 r08j וַ⁠יְהִ֛י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּֽתַר לָ֖⁠נוּ כֵּ֣ן הָיָ֑ה 1 “And sure enough, everything happened exactly the way he had interpreted/explained the dreams to us:” +41:13 y07m אֹתִ֛⁠י הֵשִׁ֥יב עַל כַּנִּ֖⁠י 1 “you reinstated/reappointed/returned me to my former/previous position/work as your cupbearer/wine-server,” See how you translated “restored to … position” in Gen 40:21. +41:13 nv90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תָלָֽה 1 “and/but you had your soldiers execute the baker and hang/impale his body on a pole/stake.” or “but you had your soldiers execute the baker.” Consider again whether you referred to Pharaoh in third person (“he”) or second person (“you”) in verses 10 and 13. Also see how you translated “hanged/impaled on a tree/pole” in Gen 40:22. +41:14 qrw6 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח פַּרְעֹה֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א אֶת־יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Immediately Pharaoh sent servants/messengers to summon/get Joseph.” or “When Pharaoh heard that, immediately he had servants/messengers summon Joseph.” See how you translated “sent and called for” in verse 8. 41:14 g8o0 וַ⁠יְרִיצֻ֖⁠הוּ מִן־הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 “So they hurriedly brought/got him/Joseph out of the dungeon/prison.” or “So they went right away and brought/got …” See how you translated “pit” in Gen 40:15. -41:14 t4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְגַלַּח֙ וַ⁠יְחַלֵּ֣ף שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then he shaved {his head and face}, changed into suitable/better clothes and” or “Then after he shaved {his head and face} and changed into appropriate/clean clothing, he”. Since Joseph lived in Egypt and Egyptian men kept their heads and faces clean-shaven, Joseph probably also shaved his head and his face. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make this implied information explicit in your translation. +41:14 t4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְגַלַּח֙ וַ⁠יְחַלֵּ֣ף שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then he shaved his head and face, changed into suitable/better clothes and” or “Then after he shaved his head and face and changed into appropriate/clean clothing, he”. Since Joseph lived in Egypt and Egyptian men kept their heads and faces clean-shaven, Joseph probably also shaved his head and his face. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make this implied information explicit in your translation. 41:14 x9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֶל פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “came/went before Pharaoh.” or “came/went into Pharaoh’s presence.” Your choice of “came” versus “went” in this context depends on whose perspective you take: “came” reflects things from Pharaoh’s point of view, and “went” reflects things from Joseph’s point of view. Do what is most natural in your language. 41:15 b79o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Pharaoh said to him,” or “Then Pharaoh told Joseph/him,” 41:15 gkzk חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְתִּי 1 “I had a dream,” -41:15 kxy4 וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but no one has been able to explain {to me} what it means.” or “but there isn’t anyone who can interpret/explain it {for/to me}.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 40:8. +41:15 kxy4 וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but no one has been able to explain to me what it means.” or “but there isn’t anyone who can interpret/explain it for/to me.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 40:8. 41:15 ancl וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י שָׁמַ֤עְתִּי עָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “But someone told me about you,” or “But I was told” -41:15 nm1a תִּשְׁמַ֥ע חֲל֖וֹם לִ⁠פְתֹּ֥ר אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{that} when you hear a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain what it means.” or “{that} when someone tells you a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain its meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpret” and “interpreter” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:8, 16, 22; 41:8, 12, 13, 15, 16. +41:15 nm1a תִּשְׁמַ֥ע חֲל֖וֹם לִ⁠פְתֹּ֥ר אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that when you hear a dream, you are able to interpret/explain what it means.” or “that when someone tells you a dream, you are able to interpret/explain its meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpret” and “interpreter” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:8, 16, 22; 41:8, 12, 13, 15, 16. 41:16 umpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “Joseph replied to Pharaoh/him,” -41:16 k2co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּלְעָדָ֑⁠י 1 “{Sir,} I do not have that ability {on my own},” or “{Your Majesty,} I cannot do that {by myself},” Make sure your translation of Joseph’s response sounds polite. See what you did in verse 9. -41:16 z0tv אֱלֹהִ֕ים יַעֲנֶ֖ה 1 “{but/rather} God will explain/interpret {your dream}” -41:16 d4bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת שְׁל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “for your well-being/good, {King} Pharaoh.” or “so that {you,} {King} Pharaoh, will have peace {in your heart/spirit}.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to use Pharaoh’s name at the beginning of this quote (instead of here) and say, “{King} Pharaoh, I do not have that ability…” +41:16 k2co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּלְעָדָ֑⁠י 1 “Sir, I do not have that ability on my own,” or “Your Majesty, I cannot do that by myself,” Make sure your translation of Joseph’s response sounds polite. See what you did in verse 9. +41:16 z0tv אֱלֹהִ֕ים יַעֲנֶ֖ה 1 “but/rather God will explain/interpret your dream” +41:16 d4bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת שְׁל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “for your well-being/good, King Pharaoh.” or “so that you, King Pharaoh, will have peace in your heart/spirit.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to use Pharaoh’s name at the beginning of this quote (instead of here) and say, “King Pharaoh, I do not have that ability…” 41:17 c1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “So Pharaoh told Joseph/him,” 41:17 ud49 בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֕⁠י הִנְ⁠נִ֥י עֹמֵ֖ד 1 “As I was dreaming, I saw myself standing” or “I dreamed that I was standing” -41:17 g4ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the {Nile} River.” or “beside the {Nile} River.” See how you translated “the {Nile} River” in verse 1. Since this is the first time that Pharaoh mentions “the river” to Joseph, consider whether this is a good place in your translation to make it explicit again that this is the Nile River. +41:17 g4ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the Nile River.” or “beside the Nile River.” See how you translated “the Nile River” in verse 1. Since this is the first time that Pharaoh mentions “the river” to Joseph, consider whether this is a good place in your translation to make it explicit again that this is the Nile River. 41:18 teht וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then I saw that”. Compare how you translated verse 2, which is similar but not identical to verse 18. -41:18 kz9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת בְּרִיא֥וֹת בָּשָׂ֖ר וִ⁠יפֹ֣ת תֹּ֑אַר 1 “seven cows {that were} fat and healthy-looking came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven fat/well-fed, healthy-looking cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” +41:18 kz9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת בְּרִיא֥וֹת בָּשָׂ֖ר וִ⁠יפֹ֣ת תֹּ֑אַר 1 “seven cows that were fat and healthy-looking came/walked up out of the river onto the bank/land” or “seven fat/well-fed, healthy-looking cows came/walked up out of the river onto the bank/land” 41:18 savx וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “and started grazing/feeding on” or “and started eating” -41:18 tnu9 בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “the reeds/plants {that were there}.” or “the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.” +41:18 tnu9 בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “the reeds/plants that were there.” or “the tall/marsh grass beside the river.” 41:19 fhut וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw that”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to the first half of verse 19. -41:19 i42l שֶֽׁבַע פָּר֤וֹת אֲחֵרוֹת֙ עֹל֣וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “seven other cows came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows;” -41:19 rdqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דַּלּ֨וֹת וְ⁠רָע֥וֹת תֹּ֛אַר מְאֹ֖ד וְ⁠רַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “they were in terrible/horrible condition, very sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny.” For some languages it is more natural to put this information earlier in this sentence and say, “Then behold, seven poor/weak, very sickly-looking, scrawny cows came up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones.” Do what is best in your language. -41:19 aheq לֹֽא רָאִ֧יתִי 1 “{In fact,} I have not/never seen” -41:19 r1l2 כָ⁠הֵ֛נָּה & לָ⁠רֹֽעַ 1 “such awful-looking {cows}” or “{cows} in such poor/terrible/bad condition” +41:19 i42l שֶֽׁבַע פָּר֤וֹת אֲחֵרוֹת֙ עֹל֣וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “seven other cows came/walked up out of the river behind the first cows;” +41:19 rdqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דַּלּ֨וֹת וְ⁠רָע֥וֹת תֹּ֛אַר מְאֹ֖ד וְ⁠רַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “they were in terrible/horrible condition, very sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny.” For some languages it is more natural to put this information earlier in this sentence and say, “Then behold, seven poor/weak, very sickly-looking, scrawny cows came up out of the river behind the first cows/ones.” Do what is best in your language. +41:19 aheq לֹֽא רָאִ֧יתִי 1 “In fact, I have not/never seen” +41:19 r1l2 כָ⁠הֵ֛נָּה & לָ⁠רֹֽעַ 1 “such awful-looking cows” or “cows in such poor/terrible/bad condition” 41:19 uiug בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “in the whole/entire country of Egypt!” or “anywhere in the country of Egypt!” -41:20 lyd5 וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֨לְנָה֙ הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת הָ⁠רַקּ֖וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָע֑וֹת 1 “Then the scrawny/skinny, sickly/unhealthy cows devoured” or “Then the cows {that were} scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy ate/swallowed {up/down}”. See how you translated “ate” in verse 4.” +41:20 lyd5 וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֨לְנָה֙ הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת הָ⁠רַקּ֖וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָע֑וֹת 1 “Then the scrawny/skinny, sickly/unhealthy cows devoured” or “Then the cows that were scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy ate/swallowed up/down”. See how you translated “ate” in verse 4.” 41:20 jldm אֵ֣ת שֶׁ֧בַע הַ⁠פָּר֛וֹת הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנ֖וֹת הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹֽת 1 “the seven fat/well-fed cows.” See how you translated “fat” or “fat-fleshed” in verses 2, 4, 18 and 20. -41:21 c485 וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה אֶל קִרְבֶּ֗⁠נָה וְ⁠לֹ֤א נוֹדַע֙ 1 “But {even} after they had eaten/devoured them, no one would {ever} know” or “But although the scrawny/skinny cows had eaten/swallowed the fat/well-fed cows/ones, it could not be seen” +41:21 c485 וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה אֶל קִרְבֶּ֗⁠נָה וְ⁠לֹ֤א נוֹדַע֙ 1 “But even after they had eaten/devoured them, no one would ever know” or “But although the scrawny/skinny cows had eaten/swallowed the fat/well-fed cows/ones, it could not be seen” 41:21 dvnf כִּי בָ֣אוּ אֶל קִרְבֶּ֔⁠נָה 1 “that they had eaten/devoured them,” -41:21 ybtr וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֣ן רַ֔ע כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֑ה 1 “because they {still} looked just as ugly/terrible/scrawny as {they had} before.” +41:21 ybtr וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֣ן רַ֔ע כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֑ה 1 “because they still looked just as ugly/terrible/scrawny as they had before.” 41:21 slc5 וָ⁠אִיקָֽץ 1 “That’s when I woke up.” or “At that point, I woke up.” -41:22 g8dw וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֑⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then I {fell asleep again and} continued dreaming. {This time} I saw that there were” or “Then I {went back to sleep and} had {another} dream. {In this dream} there were” +41:22 g8dw וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֑⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then I fell asleep again and continued dreaming. This time I saw that there were” or “Then I went back to sleep and had another dream. In this dream there were” 41:22 atel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹלֹ֛ת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד מְלֵאֹ֥ת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת 1 “seven heads of grain growing on a single stalk/plant. They were full of ripe grain kernels.” or “seven full/big, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stalk/plant.” See how you translated verse 5, which is similar to verse 22. -41:23 govd וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw {that}”. See how you translated verse 6, which is similar to verse 23. -41:23 i1u0 שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים צְנֻמ֥וֹת דַּקּ֖וֹת שְׁדֻפ֣וֹת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven heads of grain {that were} small and withered/wilted because they were dried out by the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven small, withered/wilted heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out” +41:23 govd וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw that”. See how you translated verse 6, which is similar to verse 23. +41:23 i1u0 שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים צְנֻמ֥וֹת דַּקּ֖וֹת שְׁדֻפ֣וֹת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven heads of grain that were small and withered/wilted because they were dried out by the hot east/desert wind” or “seven small, withered/wilted heads of grain that the hot east/desert wind had dried out” 41:23 ksuc צֹמְח֖וֹת 1 “grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing” -41:23 nr7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads/ones.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then seven small heads of grain sprouted {on the same plant} next to the first heads/ones. {These had} withered/wilted because the {hot} east/desert wind had dried them out.” Do what is best in your language. +41:23 nr7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “next to them on the same stalk/plant.” or “on the same stalk/plant beside the first/well-formed heads/ones.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then seven small heads of grain sprouted on the same plant next to the first heads/ones. These had withered/wilted because the hot east/desert wind had dried them out.” Do what is best in your language. 41:24 vdiv וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְןָ֙ הָ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקֹּ֔ת 1 “Then the small/shriveled heads of grain ate/gobbled up/down” or “… swallowed down” or “… devoured”. See how you translated the first half of verse 7, which is similar to the first half of verse 24. 41:24 ae4y אֵ֛ת שֶׁ֥בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֖ים הַ⁠טֹּב֑וֹת 1 “the seven beautiful/well-formed heads/ones.” See how you translated “good” in verses 5 and 22. -41:24 f5d7 וָֽ⁠אֹמַר֙ אֶל הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֔ים 1 “I told {my dreams} to {my} magicians/sorcerers,” See how you translated “magicians” in verse 8. -41:24 jbyt וְ⁠אֵ֥ין מַגִּ֖יד לִֽ⁠י 1 “but none of them could explain to me {what the dreams meant}.” or “but they could not explain/interpret {them} for me.” See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “explain” or “interpret” in verse 8. -41:25 l70m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph told {King} Pharaoh,” or “Then Joseph responded to Pharaoh,” -41:25 g0g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person חֲל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶחָ֣ד 1 “{Both} Pharaoh’s/your dreams have the same meaning.” or “Your Majesty/Honor, {both of} your dreams mean the same thing.” In verses 25, 28, 32-35, Joseph uses third person (“Pharaoh … his … he…”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you … your… you …”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. Also see what you did in verses 10 and 13. -41:25 lvoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֑וּא אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הִגִּ֥יד לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “{Through them,} God is revealing/showing to you what he will do.” or “God has revealed to {you,} {King} Pharaoh, what he is planning/about to do.” The Hebrew text emphasizes “what God is doing” by putting that phrase first in the sentence. Consider what is the most natural phrase order for this sentence in your language. -41:26 e65z שֶׁ֧בַע פָּרֹ֣ת הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֗ת שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ 1 “The seven healthy cows {in your dream} {represent/symbolize} seven years,” -41:26 ypp7 וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִים֙ הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים 1 “and the seven beautiful/well-formed heads of grain {represent/symbolize} {the same} seven years.” -41:26 igdu חֲל֖וֹם אֶחָ֥ד 1 “{Both} dreams mean the same thing.” or “{Both} dreams have the same meaning.” See how you translated “dreams {are} one” in verse 25. +41:24 f5d7 וָֽ⁠אֹמַר֙ אֶל הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֔ים 1 “I told my dreams to my magicians/sorcerers,” See how you translated “magicians” in verse 8. +41:24 jbyt וְ⁠אֵ֥ין מַגִּ֖יד לִֽ⁠י 1 “but none of them could explain to me what the dreams meant.” or “but they could not explain/interpret them for me.” See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “explain” or “interpret” in verse 8. +41:25 l70m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph told King Pharaoh,” or “Then Joseph responded to Pharaoh,” +41:25 g0g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person חֲל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶחָ֣ד 1 “Both Pharaoh’s/your dreams have the same meaning.” or “Your Majesty/Honor, both of your dreams mean the same thing.” In verses 25, 28, 32-35, Joseph uses third person (“Pharaoh … his … he…”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you … your… you …”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. Also see what you did in verses 10 and 13. +41:25 lvoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֑וּא אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הִגִּ֥יד לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Through them, God is revealing/showing to you what he will do.” or “God has revealed to you, King Pharaoh, what he is planning/about to do.” The Hebrew text emphasizes “what God is doing” by putting that phrase first in the sentence. Consider what is the most natural phrase order for this sentence in your language. +41:26 e65z שֶׁ֧בַע פָּרֹ֣ת הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֗ת שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ 1 “The seven healthy cows in your dream represent/symbolize seven years,” +41:26 ypp7 וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִים֙ הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים 1 “and the seven beautiful/well-formed heads of grain represent/symbolize the same seven years.” +41:26 igdu חֲל֖וֹם אֶחָ֥ד 1 “Both dreams mean the same thing.” or “Both dreams have the same meaning.” See how you translated “dreams are one” in verse 25. 41:27 hlx6 וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע הַ֠⁠פָּרוֹת הָֽ⁠רַקּ֨וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעֹ֜ת 1 “The seven scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy cows”. See how you translated “thin and ugly cows” in verse 20, and how you translated “thin” in verse 19. -41:27 htpa הָ⁠עֹלֹ֣ת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “that came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones” -41:27 r05h שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִים֙ הָ⁠רֵק֔וֹת 1 “{represent/symbolize} {a different} seven years, and {so do} the seven small heads of grain”. See how you translated “thin” in verses 6 and 23, and consider again how you translated “heads of grain” in verses 5-7, 22-24, 26-27. -41:27 m5pk שְׁדֻפ֖וֹת הַ⁠קָּדִ֑ים 1 “that the {hot/dry} east/desert wind had dried out/up.” or “that the {desert} wind from the east had dried out/up.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 23. Also consider again how you translated “east” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 2:8; 3:24; 10:30; 11:2; 12:8; 13:11; 14; 25:6; 28:14; 29:1, 41:6, 23, 27. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -41:27 r6nf יִהְי֕וּ שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י רָעָֽב 1 “{They both mean that} there will be a famine that lasts seven years.” or “{Both dreams mean that} there will be seven years when food will be very/extremely scarce.” A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 26:1. -41:28 bg5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ה֣וּא הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “{King} Pharaoh, that {is} what I was talking about when I told you {that}” or “Your Majesty/Honor, as I told you previously/before,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. See what you did in verse 25. +41:27 htpa הָ⁠עֹלֹ֣ת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “that came/walked up out of the river behind the first cows/ones” +41:27 r05h שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִים֙ הָ⁠רֵק֔וֹת 1 “represent/symbolize a different seven years, and so do the seven small heads of grain”. See how you translated “thin” in verses 6 and 23, and consider again how you translated “heads of grain” in verses 5-7, 22-24, 26-27. +41:27 m5pk שְׁדֻפ֖וֹת הַ⁠קָּדִ֑ים 1 “that the hot/dry east/desert wind had dried out/up.” or “that the desert wind from the east had dried out/up.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 23. Also consider again how you translated “east” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 2:8; 3:24; 10:30; 11:2; 12:8; 13:11; 14; 25:6; 28:14; 29:1, 41:6, 23, 27. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +41:27 r6nf יִהְי֕וּ שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י רָעָֽב 1 “They both mean that there will be a famine that lasts seven years.” or “Both dreams mean that there will be seven years when food will be very/extremely scarce.” A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 26:1. +41:28 bg5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ה֣וּא הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “King Pharaoh, that is what I was talking about when I told you that” or “Your Majesty/Honor, as I told you previously/before,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. See what you did in verse 25. 41:28 blxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הֶרְאָ֥ה אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “God is showing/revealing to you what he will do.” or “God has shown/revealed to you what he is going/about to do.” See how you translated this clause in verse 25. -41:29 uyij הִנֵּ֛ה שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים בָּא֑וֹת 1 “Listen, {first} there will be seven years” -41:29 vb43 שָׂבָ֥ע גָּד֖וֹל 1 “when crops/harvests are abundant” or “when people will have more than enough food {to eat}” or “when everyone will have plenty of food {to eat}” +41:29 uyij הִנֵּ֛ה שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים בָּא֑וֹת 1 “Listen, first there will be seven years” +41:29 vb43 שָׂבָ֥ע גָּד֖וֹל 1 “when crops/harvests are abundant” or “when people will have more than enough food to eat” or “when everyone will have plenty of food to eat” 41:29 pa2o בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “throughout the entire/whole land/country of Egypt.” -41:30 ehv4 וְ֠⁠קָמוּ שֶׁ֜בַע שְׁנֵ֤י רָעָב֙ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “But after them/that, there will be a famine that lasts seven years,” or “But after those {prosperous} years, there will be seven years when food is very/extremely scarce,” See how you translated “famine” in verse 27. -41:30 wx5u וְ⁠נִשְׁכַּ֥ח כָּל הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֖ע בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “So people/everyone in the country of Egypt will forget how good it was during the time/years when they had plenty of food,” or “As a result, the people in Egypt will forget what it was like in their country during all the years when they had more than enough {food} {to eat},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -41:30 lvdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כִלָּ֥ה הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב אֶת־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because the famine will devastate/destroy the land/country {and the people}.” or “because the severe food shortage will devastate/ravage the land/country {so that many people will starve}.” The phrase “the land” here probably also includes the people who lived in that country. +41:30 ehv4 וְ֠⁠קָמוּ שֶׁ֜בַע שְׁנֵ֤י רָעָב֙ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “But after them/that, there will be a famine that lasts seven years,” or “But after those prosperous years, there will be seven years when food is very/extremely scarce,” See how you translated “famine” in verse 27. +41:30 wx5u וְ⁠נִשְׁכַּ֥ח כָּל הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֖ע בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “So people/everyone in the country of Egypt will forget how good it was during the time/years when they had plenty of food,” or “As a result, the people in Egypt will forget what it was like in their country during all the years when they had more than enough food to eat,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +41:30 lvdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כִלָּ֥ה הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב אֶת־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because the famine will devastate/destroy the land/country and the people.” or “because the severe food shortage will devastate/ravage the land/country so that many people will starve.” The phrase “the land” here probably also includes the people who lived in that country. 41:31 xglq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠שָּׂבָע֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “That’s right, people will completely forget about the time/years when food was plentiful,” or “Yes/Indeed, there will be no evidence/trace left that there were years when there was more than enough food,” Verse 31 restates much of the content of verse 30, so keep that it mind as you translate the beginning of this verse. -41:31 sqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠פְּנֵ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ב הַ⁠ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵי כֵ֑ן כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד ה֖וּא מְאֹֽד 1 “because the famine {that comes/happens} after that {will be} very/so severe/oppressive.” or “because the following years when food is scarce {will be} so severe/terrible.” For some languages, it clearer and more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Yes, the famine that is coming will be so severe/terrible that people will completely forget about the time/years when food was abundant/plentiful in the land.” Do what is best in your language. -41:32 ohs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַ֨ל הִשָּׁנ֧וֹת הַ⁠חֲל֛וֹם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה פַּעֲמָ֑יִם כִּֽי 1 “The reason you dreamed/had the same dream in two different ways/forms is that” or “The fact that you, {King} Pharaoh, had two {different} dreams that mean the same thing shows that” -41:32 btn0 נָכ֤וֹן הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God has {firmly} decided/determined what he is going to do,” or “God wants you to know that this will {definitely} happen,” -41:32 p6nh וּ⁠מְמַהֵ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֹׂתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and he will make it happen soon.” or “and he will cause it to happen {very} soon.” -41:33 ava1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ יֵרֶ֣א פַרְעֹ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ 1 “So {King} Pharaoh, you should now look for a man” or “So now, {your Majesty/Highness,} I recommend that you choose a man” -41:33 j1ph נָב֣וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֑ם 1 “{who is} intelligent/insightful and knows what to do,” or “who is wise and can make good decisions,” +41:31 sqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠פְּנֵ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ב הַ⁠ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵי כֵ֑ן כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד ה֖וּא מְאֹֽד 1 “because the famine that comes/happens after that will be very/so severe/oppressive.” or “because the following years when food is scarce will be so severe/terrible.” For some languages, it clearer and more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Yes, the famine that is coming will be so severe/terrible that people will completely forget about the time/years when food was abundant/plentiful in the land.” Do what is best in your language. +41:32 ohs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַ֨ל הִשָּׁנ֧וֹת הַ⁠חֲל֛וֹם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה פַּעֲמָ֑יִם כִּֽי 1 “The reason you dreamed/had the same dream in two different ways/forms is that” or “The fact that you, King Pharaoh, had two different dreams that mean the same thing shows that” +41:32 btn0 נָכ֤וֹן הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God has firmly decided/determined what he is going to do,” or “God wants you to know that this will definitely happen,” +41:32 p6nh וּ⁠מְמַהֵ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֹׂתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and he will make it happen soon.” or “and he will cause it to happen very soon.” +41:33 ava1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ יֵרֶ֣א פַרְעֹ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ 1 “So King Pharaoh, you should now look for a man” or “So now, your Majesty/Highness, I recommend that you choose a man” +41:33 j1ph נָב֣וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֑ם 1 “who is intelligent/insightful and knows what to do,” or “who is wise and can make good decisions,” 41:33 wtra וִ⁠ישִׁיתֵ֖⁠הוּ עַל 1 “and put him in charge of/over” or “and give him authority over” -41:33 dg3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the country of Egypt {and its people}.” See how you translated “the land” in verse 30. -41:34 zhau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה פַרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֥ד פְּקִדִ֖ים 1 “{King} Pharaoh, I also recommend that you appoint/assign {regional} administrators/overseers” or “Sir, you should {also} appoint …” -41:34 pdqm עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to be in charge of/over {different regions/parts of} the country,” or “to supervise/manage {different regions/parts of} the country,” -41:34 p2kn וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙ 1 “and {have them} collect/gather {from the people} one-fifth” or “Then {command/order them to} collect …” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language. -41:34 lx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “of {all} {the crops/grain/food that people/they harvest in/throughout} the country of Egypt” or “of {everything} the land/country of Egypt produces”. In this context, “the land/country” refers to the crops that were growing in Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +41:33 dg3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the country of Egypt and its people.” See how you translated “the land” in verse 30. +41:34 zhau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה פַרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֥ד פְּקִדִ֖ים 1 “King Pharaoh, I also recommend that you appoint/assign regional administrators/overseers” or “Sir, you should also appoint …” +41:34 pdqm עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to be in charge of/over different regions/parts of the country,” or “to supervise/manage different regions/parts of the country,” +41:34 p2kn וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙ 1 “and have them collect/gather from the people one-fifth” or “Then command/order them to collect …” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language. +41:34 lx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “of all the crops/grain/food that people/they harvest in/throughout the country of Egypt” or “of everything the land/country of Egypt produces”. In this context, “the land/country” refers to the crops that were growing in Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 41:34 xfxu בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂבָֽע 1 “during the seven years when harvests/crops are abundant/plentiful.” or “during the seven years when there will be more than enough crops/food.” See how you translated “abundance” in verses 29-31. 41:35 wuzc וְ⁠יִקְבְּצ֗וּ 1 “Have them gather/collect” -41:35 i7oy אֶת־כָּל־אֹ֨כֶל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֣ים הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת הַ⁠בָּאֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “all the/that {surplus/extra} food/grain from/during the prosperous years that will come.” or “all the/that {surplus/extra} food/grain during the good/prosperous years ahead {when there will be plenty of food}.” -41:35 pghx וְ⁠יִצְבְּרוּ בָ֞ר 1 “Have them stockpile {that} grain” or “Command/Order them to store up {that} grain” -41:35 v7cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person תַּ֧חַת יַד פַּרְעֹ֛ה 1 “under Pharaoh’s/your direction/authority” or “with/using your authority, {King} Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated the use of the third person to address Pharaoh respectfully in verses 10, 13, 25, 32-35. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier and say, “Using your authority, {King} Pharaoh, have them stockpile {that} grain {in storehouses}...” Do what is best in your language. -41:35 olfb אֹ֥כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁמָֽרוּ 1 “in the cities {for/as} food and {have soldiers} keep {it} safe.” or “{in storehouses} in the cities and {have soldiers} guard it, so that there will be food {for the people}.” -41:36 a822 וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הָ⁠אֹ֤כֶל לְ⁠פִקָּדוֹן֙ 1 “That {surplus/extra} food/grain should be kept/held in storage” or “That food/grain should stay in storage” or “They must/should continue to store that {surplus/extra} food/grain” -41:36 sfjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “for {the people of} the land/country {to eat}” or “so that {the people of} the land/country have it {to eat}”. The phrase “the land” refers here to the people who live in the land of Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +41:35 i7oy אֶת־כָּל־אֹ֨כֶל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֣ים הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת הַ⁠בָּאֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “all the/that surplus/extra food/grain from/during the prosperous years that will come.” or “all the/that surplus/extra food/grain during the good/prosperous years ahead when there will be plenty of food.” +41:35 pghx וְ⁠יִצְבְּרוּ בָ֞ר 1 “Have them stockpile that grain” or “Command/Order them to store up that grain” +41:35 v7cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person תַּ֧חַת יַד פַּרְעֹ֛ה 1 “under Pharaoh’s/your direction/authority” or “with/using your authority, King Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated the use of the third person to address Pharaoh respectfully in verses 10, 13, 25, 32-35. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier and say, “Using your authority, King Pharaoh, have them stockpile that grain in storehouses...” Do what is best in your language. +41:35 olfb אֹ֥כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁמָֽרוּ 1 “in the cities for/as food and have soldiers keep it safe.” or “in storehouses in the cities and have soldiers guard it, so that there will be food for the people.” +41:36 a822 וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הָ⁠אֹ֤כֶל לְ⁠פִקָּדוֹן֙ 1 “That surplus/extra food/grain should be kept/held in storage” or “That food/grain should stay in storage” or “They must/should continue to store that surplus/extra food/grain” +41:36 sfjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “for the people of the land/country to eat” or “so that the people of the land/country have it to eat”. The phrase “the land” refers here to the people who live in the land of Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 41:36 cxiu לְ⁠שֶׁ֨בַע֙ שְׁנֵ֣י הָ⁠רָעָ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ 1 “during the famine that will last seven years” or “during the seven years when food is very scarce” 41:36 i6wb בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “in the country of Egypt,” or “in Egypt,” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to repeat “the land/country” in this sentence. -41:36 yzst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִכָּרֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “so that {the people of/in} the land/country” or “so that the people” or “so that they”. Make sure the way you translated “{the people of/in} the land/country” at the beginning of this verse fits with how you translate it here. It is helpful to read your translation aloud to make sure it is clear and natural. +41:36 yzst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִכָּרֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “so that the people of/in the land/country” or “so that the people” or “so that they”. Make sure the way you translated “the people of/in the land/country” at the beginning of this verse fits with how you translate it here. It is helpful to read your translation aloud to make sure it is clear and natural. 41:36 javn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִכָּרֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “will not be devastated/destroyed by” or “will not starve to death because of”. See how you translated the idiom “cut off” in Gen 9:11. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context. 41:36 tiu5 בָּ⁠רָעָֽב 1 “the severe food scarcity/shortage.” or “the severe lack of food.” -41:37 yzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֥ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “What Joseph said/proposed seemed like a good plan to {King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials.” or “{King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials agreed that what Joseph had said/proposed was good.” See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of” in Gen 34:18. +41:37 yzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֥ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “What Joseph said/proposed seemed like a good plan to King Pharaoh and all his servants/officials.” or “King Pharaoh and all his servants/officials agreed that what Joseph had said/proposed was good.” See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of” in Gen 34:18. 41:38 ewpf וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So Pharaoh said to his officials,” or “So Pharaoh exclaimed to them,” -41:38 ov2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠נִמְצָ֣א כָ⁠זֶ֔ה אִ֕ישׁ 1 “{Certainly} we cannot find anyone else more qualified than this man,” or “{It is obvious that} we will never find a man as qualified as this/Joseph,” Pharaoh uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that no one is more qualified than Joseph. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this quote using a question or a statement. -41:38 n386 אֲשֶׁ֛ר ר֥וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who has God’s Spirit in him” or “whom God’s Spirit guides” or (2) “who has a divine spirit in him” or “who has a spirit of {the} gods in him”. Most translations follow the first interpretation, since Joseph had just talked to Pharaoh about God (verses 16, 28, 32) and Pharaoh acknowledges God in verse 39. -41:39 brta וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then he said to Joseph,” or “Then Pharaoh/he {turned} to Joseph and said,” +41:38 ov2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠נִמְצָ֣א כָ⁠זֶ֔ה אִ֕ישׁ 1 “Certainly we cannot find anyone else more qualified than this man,” or “It is obvious that we will never find a man as qualified as this/Joseph,” Pharaoh uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that no one is more qualified than Joseph. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this quote using a question or a statement. +41:38 n386 אֲשֶׁ֛ר ר֥וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who has God’s Spirit in him” or “whom God’s Spirit guides” or (2) “who has a divine spirit in him” or “who has a spirit of the gods in him”. Most translations follow the first interpretation, since Joseph had just talked to Pharaoh about God (verses 16, 28, 32) and Pharaoh acknowledges God in verse 39. +41:39 brta וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then he said to Joseph,” or “Then Pharaoh/he turned to Joseph and said,” 41:39 xxco אַחֲרֵ֨י הוֹדִ֧יעַ אֱלֹהִ֛ים אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶת כָּל זֹ֑את 1 “Since God has made all this known to you,” or “God has revealed to you what he is going to do, so” -41:39 ktfd אֵין נָב֥וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֖ם כָּמֽוֹ⁠ךָ 1 “no one {else} is {as} intelligent/insightful as you {are} or/and knows what to do {in this situation}.” or “… or knows how to manage {this situation} wisely.” See how you translated “discerning and wise” in verse 33. -41:40 fq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַתָּה֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה עַל בֵּיתִ֔⁠י 1 “{So} I am putting you in charge of my household {and my kingdom/country},” or “{So} I am giving you authority over {the people in} my palace {and the rest of my kingdom/country},” The phrase “my house” refers here to Pharaoh’s household and all the other people he rules as king. +41:39 ktfd אֵין נָב֥וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֖ם כָּמֽוֹ⁠ךָ 1 “no one else is as intelligent/insightful as you are or/and knows what to do in this situation.” or “… or knows how to manage this situation wisely.” See how you translated “discerning and wise” in verse 33. +41:40 fq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַתָּה֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה עַל בֵּיתִ֔⁠י 1 “So I am putting you in charge of my household and my kingdom/country,” or “So I am giving you authority over the people in my palace and the rest of my kingdom/country,” The phrase “my house” refers here to Pharaoh’s household and all the other people he rules as king. 41:40 sv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עַל פִּ֖י⁠ךָ יִשַּׁ֣ק כָּל־עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 “so that all the people in my country/kingdom must obey/do whatever you say/command.” or “so that all the people I reign over will/must respect and obey whatever you tell them to do.” Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language or if you need to say this without an idiom. -41:40 qqnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רַ֥ק הַ⁠כִּסֵּ֖א אֶגְדַּ֥ל מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 “Only I {who sit} {on} the throne {as king} will have higher/more authority than you.” or “Only I who am king will …” In this context, “the throne” refers to Pharaoh’s position as the king. Make sure that is clear in your translation. +41:40 qqnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רַ֥ק הַ⁠כִּסֵּ֖א אֶגְדַּ֥ל מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 “Only I who sit on the throne as king will have higher/more authority than you.” or “Only I who am king will …” In this context, “the throne” refers to Pharaoh’s position as the king. Make sure that is clear in your translation. 41:41 fcjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then Pharaoh said,” or “Pharaoh continued/added,” Some languages leave “Joseph” or even this entire quote margin implied here, since Pharaoh is still talking to the same person. Do what is best in your language. -41:41 b20a רְאֵה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ עַ֖ל 1 “Look/Listen, I hereby/now put you in charge of” or “I am now appointing/installing you to be {the manager/supervisor} over”. The word “See” emphasizes what Pharaoh says next. +41:41 b20a רְאֵה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ עַ֖ל 1 “Look/Listen, I hereby/now put you in charge of” or “I am now appointing/installing you to be the manager/supervisor over”. The word “See” emphasizes what Pharaoh says next. 41:41 fuhl כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.” -41:42 wuz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר פַּרְעֹ֤ה אֶת טַבַּעְתּ⁠וֹ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh/he took off his {official/royal} identification ring” or “Then Pharaoh took from his finger the ring that he used to mark/seal {documents/letters}”. The signet ring was the identification ring that the king used to seal official documents. See how you translated “signet” in Gen 38:18. -41:42 bnj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֖⁠הּ עַל יַ֣ד יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “and put it on Joseph’s finger {to show that he had appointed him}.” or “and placed it on Joseph’s finger {showing he now had Pharaoh’s authority}”. The signet ring showed that Joseph represented Pharaoh and had his complete authority. -41:42 m7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יַּלְבֵּ֤שׁ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בִּגְדֵי שֵׁ֔שׁ 1 “He {also} had Joseph put on fine/expensive linen clothes/robes” or “He {also} gave Joseph high-quality/expensive clothes/robes to wear”. The Hebrew word for “fine linen” refers to a special kind of white cloth that was woven out of flax and had a fine texture. Clothes made from linen were expensive and were worn by the king and high officials. If linen is not known in your language area, you could be more general and refer to expensive, high-quality clothes. -41:42 tb6j וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׂם רְבִ֥ד הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב עַל צַוָּארֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put a chain/collar {made} of gold around his neck.” or “and put around his neck a chain/necklace {made} of gold.” -41:43 etvw וַ⁠יַּרְכֵּ֣ב אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh had Joseph ride {around}” -41:43 htid rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction בְּ⁠מִרְכֶּ֤בֶת הַ⁠מִּשְׁנֶה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “in a royal {horse-drawn} chariot/cart as his second-in-command” or “in the {horse-drawn} chariot/cart that showed he was the second highest ruler in the country.” A chariot is a cart with two or four wheels that was pulled by one or more horses. It was used as transportation and was especially used in battles. Translate this in a way that fits with this description. It may be helpful to include a picture of a chariot in your translation. -41:43 g33q וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{As he rode,} heralds/messengers {walked} {in the road/streets} ahead of him calling out {to everyone},” Make sure the way you translate “shouted” does not sound angry. Rather they were calling out loudly enough for people to hear them. -41:43 m84b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אַבְרֵ֑ךְ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could be: (1) a transliteration of an Egyptian word that means “Bow down {in reverence/respect}!” or “Make way {for the king’s appointed one}!” or “Welcome/Honor {your new leader}!” which is what people would be told to do to honor an important person; or (2) a combination of Hebrew words that means “{This is} {the} father of {the} king!”, which is similar to what Joseph says in Gen 45:8. -41:43 ry99 וְ⁠נָת֣וֹן אֹת֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל 1 “So Pharaoh put Joseph in charge of” or “In that way, Pharaoh {officially} appointed/installed Joseph to be {the manager/supervisor} over/of”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 41. +41:42 wuz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר פַּרְעֹ֤ה אֶת טַבַּעְתּ⁠וֹ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh/he took off his official/royal identification ring” or “Then Pharaoh took from his finger the ring that he used to mark/seal documents/letters”. The signet ring was the identification ring that the king used to seal official documents. See how you translated “signet” in Gen 38:18. +41:42 bnj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֖⁠הּ עַל יַ֣ד יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “and put it on Joseph’s finger to show that he had appointed him.” or “and placed it on Joseph’s finger showing he now had Pharaoh’s authority”. The signet ring showed that Joseph represented Pharaoh and had his complete authority. +41:42 m7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יַּלְבֵּ֤שׁ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בִּגְדֵי שֵׁ֔שׁ 1 “He also had Joseph put on fine/expensive linen clothes/robes” or “He also gave Joseph high-quality/expensive clothes/robes to wear”. The Hebrew word for “fine linen” refers to a special kind of white cloth that was woven out of flax and had a fine texture. Clothes made from linen were expensive and were worn by the king and high officials. If linen is not known in your language area, you could be more general and refer to expensive, high-quality clothes. +41:42 tb6j וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׂם רְבִ֥ד הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב עַל צַוָּארֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put a chain/collar made of gold around his neck.” or “and put around his neck a chain/necklace made of gold.” +41:43 etvw וַ⁠יַּרְכֵּ֣ב אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh had Joseph ride around” +41:43 htid rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction בְּ⁠מִרְכֶּ֤בֶת הַ⁠מִּשְׁנֶה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “in a royal horse-drawn chariot/cart as his second-in-command” or “in the horse-drawn chariot/cart that showed he was the second highest ruler in the country.” A chariot is a cart with two or four wheels that was pulled by one or more horses. It was used as transportation and was especially used in battles. Translate this in a way that fits with this description. It may be helpful to include a picture of a chariot in your translation. +41:43 g33q וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “As he rode, heralds/messengers walked in the road/streets ahead of him calling out to everyone,” Make sure the way you translate “shouted” does not sound angry. Rather they were calling out loudly enough for people to hear them. +41:43 m84b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אַבְרֵ֑ךְ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could be: (1) a transliteration of an Egyptian word that means “Bow down in reverence/respect!” or “Make way for the king’s appointed one!” or “Welcome/Honor your new leader!” which is what people would be told to do to honor an important person; or (2) a combination of Hebrew words that means “This is the father of the king!”, which is similar to what Joseph says in Gen 45:8. +41:43 ry99 וְ⁠נָת֣וֹן אֹת֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל 1 “So Pharaoh put Joseph in charge of” or “In that way, Pharaoh officially appointed/installed Joseph to be the manager/supervisor over/of”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 41. 41:43 a2y8 כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.” -41:44 yszd וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Pharaoh {also} told Joseph,” -41:44 ybcw אֲנִ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “I, Pharaoh, {hereby command/decree} that” +41:44 yszd וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Pharaoh also told Joseph,” +41:44 ybcw אֲנִ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “I, Pharaoh, hereby command/decree that” 41:44 h6j0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וּ⁠בִלְעָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ לֹֽא יָרִ֨ים אִ֧ישׁ אֶת יָד֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת רַגְל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “no one throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt may do anything unless you tell them to do it!” or “throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt, everyone must only do what you tell them to do!” The phrase “will not lift his hand or foot” is hyperbole (exaggeration) that is used to emphasize Joseph’s authority. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to do that here in your language. -41:45 nudt וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֣ה שֵׁם יוֹסֵף֮ 1 “Then Pharaoh called Joseph by the {Egyptian} name” or “Then Pharaoh gave Joseph the {Egyptian} name” -41:45 w29d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צָֽפְנַ֣ת פַּעְנֵחַ֒ 1 “Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “explainer/revealer of secrets,”}” or “Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “the one who explains/reveals secrets,”}” -41:45 c09b וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת אָֽסְנַ֗ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֛רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֹ֖ן לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “and he gave him {a woman named} Asenath to be {his} wife. {She was} the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest {at the temple} in/at {the city of} On.” Potiphera was a pagan priest, and he led people in worshiping the Egyptians’ gods, not Yahweh. See how you translated “priest” in Gen 14:18. -41:45 qrou וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Then Joseph started going/traveling around all over the land/country of Egypt.” or “Then Joseph {started his duties/work and} traveled throughout the land/country of Egypt.” -41:46 l8de וְ⁠יוֹסֵף֙ בֶּן שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “Joseph {was} thirty years old”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. +41:45 nudt וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֣ה שֵׁם יוֹסֵף֮ 1 “Then Pharaoh called Joseph by the Egyptian name” or “Then Pharaoh gave Joseph the Egyptian name” +41:45 w29d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צָֽפְנַ֣ת פַּעְנֵחַ֒ 1 “Zaphenath-Paneah, which means “explainer/revealer of secrets,”” or “Zaphenath-Paneah, which means “the one who explains/reveals secrets,”” +41:45 c09b וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת אָֽסְנַ֗ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֛רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֹ֖ן לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “and he gave him a woman named Asenath to be his wife. She was the daughter of Potiphera, who was a priest at the temple in/at the city of On.” Potiphera was a pagan priest, and he led people in worshiping the Egyptians’ gods, not Yahweh. See how you translated “priest” in Gen 14:18. +41:45 qrou וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Then Joseph started going/traveling around all over the land/country of Egypt.” or “Then Joseph started his duties/work and traveled throughout the land/country of Egypt.” +41:46 l8de וְ⁠יוֹסֵף֙ בֶּן שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “Joseph was thirty years old”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. 41:46 tinh בְּ⁠עָמְד֕⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 “when he had that meeting/audience with” or “when he started serving”. This phrase refers to when Joseph stood before Pharaoh and was commissioned to serve as the second-highest ruler in Egypt. 41:46 iu0r פַּרְעֹ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Pharaoh, the king over Egypt.” -41:46 klkm וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph left Pharaoh’s presence” or “{After Pharaoh appointed him,} Joseph left him” -41:46 izc5 וַֽ⁠יַּעְבֹ֖ר בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “and traveled throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt {doing his work}.” or “and began traveling from place to place throughout …” +41:46 klkm וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph left Pharaoh’s presence” or “After Pharaoh appointed him, Joseph left him” +41:46 izc5 וַֽ⁠יַּעְבֹ֖ר בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “and traveled throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt doing his work.” or “and began traveling from place to place throughout …” 41:47 k025 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע 1 “During the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful,” or “For seven years the crops/harvests were abundant/plentiful and”. Compare how you translated “seven years of abundance” in verse 34. 41:47 nel4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ & לִ⁠קְמָצִֽים 1 “the land produced huge/large amounts of grain.” or “the people harvested huge/large amounts of grain from the land.” The idiom “by the handfuls” refers here to large amounts of grain. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here. -41:48 iib5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְבֹּ֞ץ 1 “So Joseph {told the supervisors/administrators under him} to gather/collect” or “So Joseph {had his helpers} gather/collect”. When the Bible says that a leader such as Joseph did something, it often means that he had it done by people under his authority. Decide whether you want to include this information in your translation or in a footnote. -41:48 ekmx אֶת כָּל אֹ֣כֶל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָיוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “all the {extra/surplus} food/grain that was produced/harvested in the land/country of Egypt during {those} seven years,” or “all the {extra/surplus} grain {that people harvested/produced} during {those} seven years in the land/country of Egypt,” See how you translated “all the food” in verse 35. -41:48 rw03 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן אֹ֖כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “and he {had them} store/stockpile {that} grain in the cities.” -41:48 llbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֹ֧כֶל שְׂדֵה הָ⁠עִ֛יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠הּ 1 “The food/grain {that people had harvested} from the fields, he {had his supervisors/helpers} store/stockpile in the nearby cities.” or “In each city he {had them} store/stockpile the food/grain {that people had harvested} from the surrounding/nearby fields.” Consider what phrase order is best for this sentence in your language. -41:49 e4mq וַ⁠יִּצְבֹּ֨ר יוֹסֵ֥ף 1 “In that way, Joseph stockpiled” or “Joseph {had his helpers} store up”. See how you translated “store/stockpile” in verse 35. -41:49 gdv0 בָּ֛ר כְּ⁠ח֥וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֖ם 1 “so much grain that it was/seemed/looked as {plentiful as} {grains of} sand beside the sea/ocean.” or “… as {plentiful as} the {grains of} sand on the seashore/beach.” See how you translated “as the sand of the sea” in Gen 32:12 and a similar phrase in Gen 22:17. -41:49 jotk הַרְבֵּ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד עַ֛ד כִּי 1 “{In fact,} there was so much that” or “{In fact,} it was so plentiful that {after a while}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -41:49 rt8w חָדַ֥ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֖ר 1 “he {had them} stop keeping records/track {of it}” or “he/they had to stop writing down how much there was,” It was probably Joseph’s helpers who measured the grain and kept records of it. See how you handled this at the beginning of this verse. -41:49 t7vr כִּי אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר 1 “because {there was so much that} he/they could no longer measure/record it.” or “because it was too much to keep track of.” -41:50 ulea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא שְׁנַ֣ת הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 1 “Before the {seven} famine years started,” or “Now {it so happened that} before the {seven} years of famine came/started,” Consider what is the best way to change topics and begin this new paragraph in your language. -41:50 w7ad וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף יֻלַּד֙ שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים & אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֽוֹן 1 “Joseph had two sons with {his wife} Asenath, a daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest in {the city of} On.” or “Joseph and {his wife} Asenath had two sons. {Remember that} Asenath was a daughter of Potiphera, a priest {in the city} of On.” See how you translated “Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, the priest of On” in verse 45. +41:48 iib5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְבֹּ֞ץ 1 “So Joseph told the supervisors/administrators under him to gather/collect” or “So Joseph had his helpers gather/collect”. When the Bible says that a leader such as Joseph did something, it often means that he had it done by people under his authority. Decide whether you want to include this information in your translation or in a footnote. +41:48 ekmx אֶת כָּל אֹ֣כֶל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָיוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “all the extra/surplus food/grain that was produced/harvested in the land/country of Egypt during those seven years,” or “all the extra/surplus grain that people harvested/produced during those seven years in the land/country of Egypt,” See how you translated “all the food” in verse 35. +41:48 rw03 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן אֹ֖כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “and he had them store/stockpile that grain in the cities.” +41:48 llbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֹ֧כֶל שְׂדֵה הָ⁠עִ֛יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠הּ 1 “The food/grain that people had harvested from the fields, he had his supervisors/helpers store/stockpile in the nearby cities.” or “In each city he had them store/stockpile the food/grain that people had harvested from the surrounding/nearby fields.” Consider what phrase order is best for this sentence in your language. +41:49 e4mq וַ⁠יִּצְבֹּ֨ר יוֹסֵ֥ף 1 “In that way, Joseph stockpiled” or “Joseph had his helpers store up”. See how you translated “store/stockpile” in verse 35. +41:49 gdv0 בָּ֛ר כְּ⁠ח֥וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֖ם 1 “so much grain that it was/seemed/looked as plentiful as grains of sand beside the sea/ocean.” or “… as plentiful as the grains of sand on the seashore/beach.” See how you translated “as the sand of the sea” in Gen 32:12 and a similar phrase in Gen 22:17. +41:49 jotk הַרְבֵּ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד עַ֛ד כִּי 1 “In fact, there was so much that” or “In fact, it was so plentiful that after a while”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +41:49 rt8w חָדַ֥ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֖ר 1 “he had them stop keeping records/track of it” or “he/they had to stop writing down how much there was,” It was probably Joseph’s helpers who measured the grain and kept records of it. See how you handled this at the beginning of this verse. +41:49 t7vr כִּי אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר 1 “because there was so much that he/they could no longer measure/record it.” or “because it was too much to keep track of.” +41:50 ulea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא שְׁנַ֣ת הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 1 “Before the seven famine years started,” or “Now it so happened that before the seven years of famine came/started,” Consider what is the best way to change topics and begin this new paragraph in your language. +41:50 w7ad וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף יֻלַּד֙ שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים & אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֽוֹן 1 “Joseph had two sons with his wife Asenath, a daughter of Potiphera, who was a priest in the city of On.” or “Joseph and his wife Asenath had two sons. Remember that Asenath was a daughter of Potiphera, a priest in the city of On.” See how you translated “Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, the priest of On” in verse 45. 41:51 wsos וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת שֵׁ֥ם 1 “Joseph named”. See how you translated the idiom “called the name of” in Gen 21:3. -41:51 rcrs הַ⁠בְּכ֖וֹר 1 “{his} first/oldest {son}” -41:51 emzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “Manasseh, {which means “forget,”}” or “Manasseh, {which means “stop/not thinking about,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Manasseh” in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “forget” in the following clause. -41:51 lcpw כִּֽי־נַשַּׁ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to forget about” or “… to stop thinking about”. Your translation should not sound like Joseph had lost his memory of these things, rather God had blessed him so much that it helped him stop thinking about those things. -41:51 j0ue אֶת כָּל עֲמָלִ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת 1 “all my troubles/hardships and {about}” -41:51 nllc כָּל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{how much I have missed} all of my family {back home}.” or “{how much I have missed} my father and the rest of my family {back home}.” -41:52 axyh וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י קָרָ֣א 1 “And he/Joseph named {his} second son” -41:52 w4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 “Ephraim, {which means “twice fruitful/prosperous,”}” If you include the meaning of Ephraim’s name in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “fruitful” in the following clause. -41:52 loq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי הִפְרַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to prosper”. Consider again how you translated the idiom “fruitful” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:6; 26:22; 41:52. -41:52 lcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ עָנְיִֽ⁠י 1 “in the country where I have suffered {so much}.” +41:51 rcrs הַ⁠בְּכ֖וֹר 1 “his first/oldest son” +41:51 emzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “Manasseh, which means “forget,”” or “Manasseh, which means “stop/not thinking about,”” If you include the meaning of the name “Manasseh” in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “forget” in the following clause. +41:51 lcpw כִּֽי־נַשַּׁ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “and he said/explained, “It is because God has enabled/helped me to forget about” or “… to stop thinking about”. Your translation should not sound like Joseph had lost his memory of these things, rather God had blessed him so much that it helped him stop thinking about those things. +41:51 j0ue אֶת כָּל עֲמָלִ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת 1 “all my troubles/hardships and about” +41:51 nllc כָּל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “how much I have missed all of my family back home.” or “how much I have missed my father and the rest of my family back home.” +41:52 axyh וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י קָרָ֣א 1 “And he/Joseph named his second son” +41:52 w4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 “Ephraim, which means “twice fruitful/prosperous,”” If you include the meaning of Ephraim’s name in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “fruitful” in the following clause. +41:52 loq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי הִפְרַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “and he said/explained, “It is because God has enabled/helped me to prosper”. Consider again how you translated the idiom “fruitful” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:6; 26:22; 41:52. +41:52 lcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ עָנְיִֽ⁠י 1 “in the country where I have suffered so much.” 41:53 b2gj וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה 1 “Finally the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful”. See how you translated “the seven years of abundance” in verses 34 and 47, and a similar phrase in verse 29. 41:53 qsta בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in the country of Egypt.” 41:53 ulfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה 1 “came to an end,” or “were over,” For some languages it is better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Finally the seven years were over when food was plentiful in the country of Egypt. Do what is best in your language. 41:54 kc3p וַ⁠תְּחִלֶּ֜ינָה שֶׁ֣בַע שְׁנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָעָב֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא 1 “Then the seven years of famine began,” or “Then the seven years began when there was a severe lack of food,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -41:54 wnph כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “just as Joseph had predicted {would happen}.” or “which is exactly what Joseph had said/predicted {would happen}.” +41:54 wnph כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “just as Joseph had predicted would happen.” or “which is exactly what Joseph had said/predicted would happen.” 41:54 gct9 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י רָעָב֙ בְּ⁠כָל הָ֣⁠אֲרָצ֔וֹת 1 “The famine spread to every country,” or “The severe food shortage began to affect all countries,” 41:54 b0ci וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “but everywhere in the land/country of Egypt” or “but throughout the whole/entire land/country of Egypt” -41:54 xlgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ֥יָה לָֽחֶם 1 “there was {still} food {in the storehouses}.” or “there was {still} {plenty of} food {stored up}.” In this context, “bread” refers to all food in general. -41:55 z65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּרְעַב֙ כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “Then all {the people in} the land/country of Egypt began to suffer from the famine, so” or “When everyone in Egypt became very hungry {because of the famine,}” The phrase “all the land” refers here to the people living in Egypt. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. +41:54 xlgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ֥יָה לָֽחֶם 1 “there was still food in the storehouses.” or “there was still plenty of food stored up.” In this context, “bread” refers to all food in general. +41:55 z65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּרְעַב֙ כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “Then all the people in the land/country of Egypt began to suffer from the famine, so” or “When everyone in Egypt became very hungry because of the famine,” The phrase “all the land” refers here to the people living in Egypt. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. 41:55 u12u וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֥ק הָ⁠עָ֛ם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 “they begged Pharaoh for food.” or “they pleaded with Pharaoh to give them food.” -41:55 bgdc וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לְ⁠כָל־מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “So/Then {King} Pharaoh commanded/told them,” or “So/Then he commanded/told them,” -41:55 o6ix לְכ֣וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Go ask Joseph {for help/food},” or “You must go to Joseph {and ask him for help},” -41:55 vkgw אֲשֶׁר יֹאמַ֥ר לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 “{and} do whatever he commands/tells you {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language. +41:55 bgdc וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לְ⁠כָל־מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “So/Then King Pharaoh commanded/told them,” or “So/Then he commanded/told them,” +41:55 o6ix לְכ֣וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Go ask Joseph for help/food,” or “You must go to Joseph and ask him for help,” +41:55 vkgw אֲשֶׁר יֹאמַ֥ר לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 “and do whatever he commands/tells you to do.” Consider whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language. 41:56 o5ta וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָיָ֔ה עַ֖ל כָּל פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח 1 “Since the famine had spread throughout the whole country,” or “Since the severe food shortage was affecting the entire/whole country,” -41:56 yaxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “Joseph {had his helpers} open up” or “Joseph {ordered the supervisors/administrators under him to} open up”. See how you translated verses 48 and 49, where Joseph is said to do something that he had his helpers do. -41:56 gp9f אֶֽת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “all {the storage buildings/barns} where {grain} was being stored,” or “all the storehouses {full of grain},” -41:56 ps0i וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּ֣ר לְ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “and he/they started selling {the grain} to the people of Egypt.” -41:56 yjo3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֥ק הָֽ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “Then the famine became worse {and worse}” or “Then the famine kept getting more and more severe” +41:56 yaxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “Joseph had his helpers open up” or “Joseph ordered the supervisors/administrators under him to open up”. See how you translated verses 48 and 49, where Joseph is said to do something that he had his helpers do. +41:56 gp9f אֶֽת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “all the storage buildings/barns where grain was being stored,” or “all the storehouses full of grain,” +41:56 ps0i וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּ֣ר לְ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “and he/they started selling the grain to the people of Egypt.” +41:56 yjo3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֥ק הָֽ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “Then the famine became worse and worse” or “Then the famine kept getting more and more severe” 41:56 gbf2 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “throughout the land/country of Egypt.” or “throughout the/their country.” -41:57 hocx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “In fact, {people from} all over the earth/world”. This phrase refers to the people living on the earth. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. See how you translated a similar metonymy (“all the land”) in verse 55. -41:57 s755 בָּ֣אוּ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “started coming/traveling to Egypt to buy {grain/food} from Joseph,” -41:57 rlm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי חָזַ֥ק הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because the food shortage was {so} severe/terrible throughout the entire/whole world.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause near the beginning of verse 57 and say, “In fact, the famine was/became so severe/terrible in/throughout the entire/whole world that {people} started coming/traveling to Egypt from all over the world to buy {grain} from Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “severe/terrible” in verse 56. -42:1 rkqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י יֶשׁ־שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Meanwhile {in the land/region of Canaan}, when Jacob heard/learned that there was grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt,” or “… when Jacob found out that {he/they could buy} grain in Egypt,” This verse begins a new episode which overlaps in time with some of what was happening in chapter 41. Consider what is the best way to begin this episode in your language. +41:57 hocx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “In fact, people from all over the earth/world”. This phrase refers to the people living on the earth. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. See how you translated a similar metonymy (“all the land”) in verse 55. +41:57 s755 בָּ֣אוּ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “started coming/traveling to Egypt to buy grain/food from Joseph,” +41:57 rlm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי חָזַ֥ק הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because the food shortage was so severe/terrible throughout the entire/whole world.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause near the beginning of verse 57 and say, “In fact, the famine was/became so severe/terrible in/throughout the entire/whole world that people started coming/traveling to Egypt from all over the world to buy grain from Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “severe/terrible” in verse 56. +42:1 rkqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י יֶשׁ־שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Meanwhile in the land/region of Canaan, when Jacob heard/learned that there was grain for sale in the country of Egypt,” or “… when Jacob found out that he/they could buy grain in Egypt,” This verse begins a new episode which overlaps in time with some of what was happening in chapter 41. Consider what is the best way to begin this episode in your language. 42:1 jj1t וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠בָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “he asked/told his sons,” -42:1 ok2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֖⁠מָּה תִּתְרָאֽוּ 1 “What are you waiting for?” or “Do not {just stand/sit here} looking/staring at each other!” or “Do not just {stand around/there} doing nothing!” Jacob uses this rhetorical question to get his sons to take action and do what he says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +42:1 ok2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֖⁠מָּה תִּתְרָאֽוּ 1 “What are you waiting for?” or “Do not just stand/sit here looking/staring at each other!” or “Do not just stand around/there doing nothing!” Jacob uses this rhetorical question to get his sons to take action and do what he says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 42:2 etgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then he continued/added,” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, because the same person (Jacob) is still talking to the same people (his sons). Do what is best in your language. -42:2 f9cs הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Listen {to this}!” or “Look,” +42:2 f9cs הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Listen to this!” or “Look,” 42:2 xjv4 שָׁמַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I heard/learned” or “Someone told me” -42:2 revh כִּ֥י יֶשׁ שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “that there is {much} grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “that {the country of} Egypt has {a lot of} grain {that people can buy}.” -42:2 ukyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness רְדוּ שָׁ֨מָּ⁠ה֙ 1 “{So} {I want/need you to} go/travel there” or “{So} {please} go/travel down there”. Make sure that the way you translate Jacob’s command to his sons does not sound rude or harsh. -42:2 qouh וְ⁠שִׁבְרוּ לָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם 1 “and buy {some} {grain} for us {all}” or “and buy {some} for us {and our families} {to eat}” +42:2 revh כִּ֥י יֶשׁ שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “that there is much grain for sale in the country of Egypt.” or “that the country of Egypt has a lot of grain that people can buy.” +42:2 ukyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness רְדוּ שָׁ֨מָּ⁠ה֙ 1 “So I want/need you to go/travel there” or “So please go/travel down there”. Make sure that the way you translate Jacob’s command to his sons does not sound rude or harsh. +42:2 qouh וְ⁠שִׁבְרוּ לָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם 1 “and buy some grain for us all” or “and buy some for us and our families to eat” 42:2 mb2y וְ⁠נִחְיֶ֖ה 1 “so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive” -42:2 br4i וְ⁠לֹ֥א נָמֽוּת 1 “and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.” -42:3 hmv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֵּרְד֥וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵ֖ף עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “Then/So Joseph’s ten {older} brothers {left home/Canaan and} went/traveled down”. These ten brothers were older than Joseph and had different mothers than he did. Also, the verb “went down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the land of Canaan. It is also located southwest of Canaan. See how you translated “go down” in verse 2 and “went down” in Gen 12:10. -42:3 mopm לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר בָּ֖ר מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 “to Egypt to buy {some} grain {there}.” -42:4 azl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֙ אֲחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לֹא שָׁלַ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “But Jacob did not send Joseph’s {younger} brother Benjamin {to Egypt}” or “But Jacob did not allow/permit Joseph’s {younger} brother to go {to Egypt}”. Benjamin was younger than Joseph and had the same mother (Rachel) and father. -42:4 u64p אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “with his {other} brothers,” or “with {the rest of} his brothers,” -42:4 x6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יִקְרָאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אָסֽוֹן 1 “because he/Jacob thought that he/Benjamin might be harmed.” or “because he/Jacob was afraid/concerned that something bad/terrible might happen to him.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But Jacob was concerned that harm might come to Joseph’s {younger} brother Benjamin, so he did not send him with {the rest of} his brothers {to Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language. -42:5 mphn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “So Israel’s sons” or “The sons of Israel {that is, Jacob}” or “So the sons of {Jacob, who was also called} Israel,” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 5) and “Jacob” (verse 4) refer to the same person, you could include the name Jacob here in your translation or in a footnote. -42:5 hpxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ 1 “came/went {to Egypt}” or “arrived {in Egypt}” -42:5 ccyh בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠בָּאִ֑ים 1 “along with {many} other people who were coming/going {there}” or “along with {many} other travelers” -42:5 e2fz לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר 1 “to buy {food},” +42:2 br4i וְ⁠לֹ֥א נָמֽוּת 1 “and not die from hunger.” or “and not starve to death.” +42:3 hmv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֵּרְד֥וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵ֖ף עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “Then/So Joseph’s ten older brothers left home/Canaan and went/traveled down”. These ten brothers were older than Joseph and had different mothers than he did. Also, the verb “went down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the land of Canaan. It is also located southwest of Canaan. See how you translated “go down” in verse 2 and “went down” in Gen 12:10. +42:3 mopm לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר בָּ֖ר מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 “to Egypt to buy some grain there.” +42:4 azl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֙ אֲחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לֹא שָׁלַ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “But Jacob did not send Joseph’s younger brother Benjamin to Egypt” or “But Jacob did not allow/permit Joseph’s younger brother to go to Egypt”. Benjamin was younger than Joseph and had the same mother (Rachel) and father. +42:4 u64p אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “with his other brothers,” or “with the rest of his brothers,” +42:4 x6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יִקְרָאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אָסֽוֹן 1 “because he/Jacob thought that he/Benjamin might be harmed.” or “because he/Jacob was afraid/concerned that something bad/terrible might happen to him.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But Jacob was concerned that harm might come to Joseph’s younger brother Benjamin, so he did not send him with the rest of his brothers to Egypt.” Do what is best in your language. +42:5 mphn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “So Israel’s sons” or “The sons of Israel that is, Jacob” or “So the sons of Jacob, who was also called Israel,” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 5) and “Jacob” (verse 4) refer to the same person, you could include the name Jacob here in your translation or in a footnote. +42:5 hpxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ 1 “came/went to Egypt” or “arrived in Egypt” +42:5 ccyh בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠בָּאִ֑ים 1 “along with many other people who were coming/going there” or “along with many other travelers” +42:5 e2fz לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר 1 “to buy food,” 42:5 tdv7 כִּֽי & הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “because the severe/extreme food shortage” or “because the extreme lack/scarcity of food”. See how you translated “because the famine” in Gen 41:57. -42:5 krd7 הָיָ֥ה & בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “was {also} {affecting everyone} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “was {also} affecting/devastating the {entire} land/region of Canaan.” -42:6 fpi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף ה֚וּא הַ⁠שַּׁלִּ֣יט עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{Since} Joseph {was} the administrator over the land/country {of Egypt},” -42:6 grm0 ה֥וּא הַ⁠מַּשְׁבִּ֖יר 1 “he {was} the one selling {grain}” -42:6 ee6z לְ⁠כָל עַ֣ם 1 “to people {who came to him} from all over” -42:6 sus5 הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the country {of Egypt}”, which is what it means earlier in verse 6; or (2) “the earth/world.” -42:6 mgwx וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 So/Then Joseph’s brothers {also} came/went -42:6 mdhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּֽחֲווּ ל֥⁠וֹ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “before him {like everyone else} and bowed down {with} {their} faces/foreheads to/toward the ground {to show him respect}.” or “{to him} and prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 37:7, 9-10. +42:5 krd7 הָיָ֥ה & בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “was also affecting everyone in the land/region of Canaan.” or “was also affecting/devastating the entire land/region of Canaan.” +42:6 fpi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף ה֚וּא הַ⁠שַּׁלִּ֣יט עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Since Joseph was the administrator over the land/country of Egypt,” +42:6 grm0 ה֥וּא הַ⁠מַּשְׁבִּ֖יר 1 “he was the one selling grain” +42:6 ee6z לְ⁠כָל עַ֣ם 1 “to people who came to him from all over” +42:6 sus5 הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the country of Egypt”, which is what it means earlier in verse 6; or (2) “the earth/world.” +42:6 mgwx וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 So/Then Joseph’s brothers also came/went +42:6 mdhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּֽחֲווּ ל֥⁠וֹ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “before him like everyone else and bowed down with their faces/foreheads to/toward the ground to show him respect.” or “to him and prostrated themselves before him to show respect.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 37:7, 9-10. 42:7 bbex וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּכִּרֵ֑⁠ם 1 “When Joseph saw his brothers, he recognized them,” or “Joseph immediately recognized his brothers” -42:7 poyo וַ⁠יִּתְנַכֵּ֨ר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “but he treated them like strangers” or “But he pretended that he did not {know} {them}”. For some languages it is better to divide the first sentence in this verse into shorter sentences. Do what is best in your language. +42:7 poyo וַ⁠יִּתְנַכֵּ֨ר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “but he treated them like strangers” or “But he pretended that he did not know them”. For some languages it is better to divide the first sentence in this verse into shorter sentences. Do what is best in your language. 42:7 mzd9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֧ר אִתָּ֣⁠ם קָשׁ֗וֹת 1 “and spoke to them in a harsh/stern way/manner” or “In fact, he spoke to them sternly/roughly”. Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language. 42:7 rze3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “and asked/questioned them,” or “and demanded,” 42:7 zwjj מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן בָּאתֶ֔ם 1 “Where are you from?” or “What country are you from?” -42:7 j2e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They answered {him},” -42:7 jyke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “{Sir,} {we came} from the land/region of Canaan to buy {some} grain.” or “{Sir,} {we are} from the land/region of Canaan {and we came} to buy {some} grain.” For some languages it is necessary to begin with a respectful title or form of address when someone talks to a person of high status like Joseph. See how Joseph’s brothers address him in verse 10. +42:7 j2e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They answered him,” +42:7 jyke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “Sir, we came from the land/region of Canaan to buy some grain.” or “Sir, we are from the land/region of Canaan and we came to buy some grain.” For some languages it is necessary to begin with a respectful title or form of address when someone talks to a person of high status like Joseph. See how Joseph’s brothers address him in verse 10. 42:8 gapq וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠הֵ֖ם לֹ֥א הִכִּרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 “Although Joseph recognized his brothers, they did not realize/know who he was.” 42:9 jb4t וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֵ֚ת הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלַ֖ם 1 “Then Joseph remembered what he had dreamed” -42:9 byaf לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “about them {long ago},” or “about his brothers {long ago},” +42:9 byaf לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “about them long ago,” or “about his brothers long ago,” 42:9 o1nl וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “so he told/accused them,” -42:9 fk1q מְרַגְּלִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “You are spying {on our country}!” or “You are secretly gathering information {about our country}!” -42:9 kxig בָּאתֶֽם 1 “You came {here}” or “{The reason} you came {here} {is}” -42:9 i6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠רְא֛וֹת אֶת עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!” +42:9 fk1q מְרַגְּלִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “You are spying on our country!” or “You are secretly gathering information about our country!” +42:9 kxig בָּאתֶֽם 1 “You came here” or “The reason you came here is” +42:9 i6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠רְא֛וֹת אֶת עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where our country is weak/vulnerable!” 42:10 ltap וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “But his brothers replied to him,” -42:10 ue8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹ֣א אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “No, sir,” or “Sir, we are not {spies},” Make sure your translation of this phrase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 23:11. -42:10 xa6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֥י⁠ךָ בָּ֖אוּ 1 “but rather {we} come {before you} respectfully/humbly” or “Rather, {we are} {just} humble men {who} have come {here}”. The brothers referred to themselves as “your servants” to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. -42:10 xv5f לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “{only} to buy {some} food/grain.” -42:11 t3kh כֻּלָּ֕⁠נוּ 1 “We {are} all” -42:11 gxjv בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “{the} sons of the same man/father.” or “brothers who have the same father.” -42:11 t2o1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person נָ֑חְנוּ כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ לֹא־הָי֥וּ עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “We {are} honest/trustworthy men/people who {highly} respect you. We are not spies.” or “We {are} humble, honest/trustworthy men/people, not spies.” +42:10 ue8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹ֣א אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “No, sir,” or “Sir, we are not spies,” Make sure your translation of this phrase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 23:11. +42:10 xa6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֥י⁠ךָ בָּ֖אוּ 1 “but rather we come before you respectfully/humbly” or “Rather, we are just humble men who have come here”. The brothers referred to themselves as “your servants” to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. +42:10 xv5f לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “only to buy some food/grain.” +42:11 t3kh כֻּלָּ֕⁠נוּ 1 “We are all” +42:11 gxjv בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “the sons of the same man/father.” or “brothers who have the same father.” +42:11 t2o1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person נָ֑חְנוּ כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ לֹא־הָי֥וּ עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “We are honest/trustworthy men/people who highly respect you. We are not spies.” or “We are humble, honest/trustworthy men/people, not spies.” 42:12 ewus rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “But/Then Joseph replied,” or “But he/Joseph accused them,” -42:12 p2xr לֹ֕א כִּֽי & בָּאתֶ֥ם 1 “No/Yes, {you are spies!} {I’m sure} you must have come {here}” or “{That is} not {true}! You have definitely come {here}”. Different languages use “yes” and “no” in different ways, depending on the context. Do what is accurate and natural in this context in your language. Also see how you translated “No” in Gen 18:15. -42:12 qzyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ & לִ⁠רְאֽוֹת 1 “to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. -42:13 sd4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “But/Then they responded,” or “But they replied {to him},” -42:13 fuv1 שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂר֩ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ אַחִ֧ים 1 “Sir, {there are/were} twelve of us brothers.” -42:13 zu8a אֲנַ֛חְנוּ בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “We {are} {all} sons of the same man/father” or “We {all} have the same father” -42:13 g91t בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{who lives} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{and we live} in the land/region of Canaan.” -42:13 c4qf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן 1 “In fact, {our} youngest {brother}” or “{Our} youngest {brother}”. The word “behold” calls attention to what the brothers say next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language. -42:13 sekb אֶת אָבִ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{is} presently {back at home} with our father,” or “{is} {there} with our father right now,” -42:13 efwm וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד 1 “but the {other} one” or “but {our other} brother” -42:13 tyki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more.” or “is no longer {with us}.” or “has died.” In this context, “is not” is an idiom that means “has died.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. +42:12 p2xr לֹ֕א כִּֽי & בָּאתֶ֥ם 1 “No/Yes, you are spies! I’m sure you must have come here” or “That is not true! You have definitely come here”. Different languages use “yes” and “no” in different ways, depending on the context. Do what is accurate and natural in this context in your language. Also see how you translated “No” in Gen 18:15. +42:12 qzyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ & לִ⁠רְאֽוֹת 1 “to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where our country is weak/vulnerable!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. +42:13 sd4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “But/Then they responded,” or “But they replied to him,” +42:13 fuv1 שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂר֩ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ אַחִ֧ים 1 “Sir, there are/were twelve of us brothers.” +42:13 zu8a אֲנַ֛חְנוּ בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “We are all sons of the same man/father” or “We all have the same father” +42:13 g91t בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “who lives in the land/region of Canaan.” or “and we live in the land/region of Canaan.” +42:13 c4qf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן 1 “In fact, our youngest brother” or “Our youngest brother”. The word “behold” calls attention to what the brothers say next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language. +42:13 sekb אֶת אָבִ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “is presently back at home with our father,” or “is there with our father right now,” +42:13 efwm וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד 1 “but the other one” or “but our other brother” +42:13 tyki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more.” or “is no longer with us.” or “has died.” In this context, “is not” is an idiom that means “has died.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. 42:14 kcn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then/But Joseph accused them,” or “Then/But Joseph responded,” -42:14 iyrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ה֗וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבַּ֧רְתִּי אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֛ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר מְרַגְּלִ֥ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “What I told you is right/true! You are spying {on our country}!” or “I was right when I said that you are secretly gathering information {about our country}!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate the embedded quote “You {are} spies” as a direct or indirect quote. -42:15 zsxd בְּ⁠זֹ֖את 1 “{So now,} this is how” or “In this way” -42:15 njgh תִּבָּחֵ֑נוּ 1 “I will test/verify whether {or not} you {told me the truth}:” or “I am going to test you to find out if your claims are true:” -42:15 xvi8 חֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “{I swear/vow} by Pharaoh’s life/authority {that}” or “As certain as {King} Pharaoh lives, {I swear/vow that}”. Joseph uses King Pharaoh’s name here to make an oath that emphasizes the certainty of what he says next. Make sure that the way he refers to Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. See how you translated other vows in Gen 14:22 and 21:23-24. -42:15 wd40 אִם תֵּצְא֣וּ 1 “you will {definitely} not/never leave” or “I will not/never let you leave” +42:14 iyrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ה֗וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבַּ֧רְתִּי אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֛ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר מְרַגְּלִ֥ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “What I told you is right/true! You are spying on our country!” or “I was right when I said that you are secretly gathering information about our country!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate the embedded quote “You are spies” as a direct or indirect quote. +42:15 zsxd בְּ⁠זֹ֖את 1 “So now, this is how” or “In this way” +42:15 njgh תִּבָּחֵ֑נוּ 1 “I will test/verify whether or not you told me the truth:” or “I am going to test you to find out if your claims are true:” +42:15 xvi8 חֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “I swear/vow by Pharaoh’s life/authority that” or “As certain as King Pharaoh lives, I swear/vow that”. Joseph uses King Pharaoh’s name here to make an oath that emphasizes the certainty of what he says next. Make sure that the way he refers to Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. See how you translated other vows in Gen 14:22 and 21:23-24. +42:15 wd40 אִם תֵּצְא֣וּ 1 “you will definitely not/never leave” or “I will not/never let you leave” 42:15 ubqh מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “from here” or “Egypt” -42:15 vxks rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions כִּ֧י אִם בְּ⁠ב֛וֹא אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן הֵֽנָּה 1 “until your youngest brother comes/is here.” or “unless/until {I see that} your youngest brother is here.” For some languages it may be better to change the wording of this sentence and say, “{By} the life of Pharaoh, the only way you will ever leave Egypt is if your youngest brother comes here.” or “{By} the life of Pharaoh, your youngest brother must come here, or else you will {definitely} not/never leave Egypt!” Do what is best in your language. -42:16 jpi1 שִׁלְח֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֣ם אֶחָד֮ 1 “{So} one of you must go {back home}” or “Choose one of you to go {home}” -42:16 c4sx וְ⁠יִקַּ֣ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֒ 1 “and bring your {youngest} brother back {here}.” or “to get your {youngest} brother {and bring him here}.” -42:16 fp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ 1 “You {who are left}” or “{The rest of} you”. In this verse, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural. +42:15 vxks rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions כִּ֧י אִם בְּ⁠ב֛וֹא אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן הֵֽנָּה 1 “until your youngest brother comes/is here.” or “unless/until I see that your youngest brother is here.” For some languages it may be better to change the wording of this sentence and say, “By the life of Pharaoh, the only way you will ever leave Egypt is if your youngest brother comes here.” or “By the life of Pharaoh, your youngest brother must come here, or else you will definitely not/never leave Egypt!” Do what is best in your language. +42:16 jpi1 שִׁלְח֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֣ם אֶחָד֮ 1 “So one of you must go back home” or “Choose one of you to go home” +42:16 c4sx וְ⁠יִקַּ֣ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֒ 1 “and bring your youngest brother back here.” or “to get your youngest brother and bring him here.” +42:16 fp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ 1 “You who are left” or “The rest of you”. In this verse, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural. 42:16 zy6p הֵאָ֣סְר֔וּ 1 “will be put/kept in prison.” or “must stay here in prison.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20; 40:3, 5. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -42:16 ea8u וְ⁠יִבָּֽחֲנוּ֙ דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם הַֽ⁠אֱמֶ֖ת אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “That way I can verify {whether or not} you told me the truth.” or “If you do that, I will know that what you told me is true.” -42:16 zf4g וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א 1 “But if {you are} not {telling the truth},” or “But if you are lying,” -42:16 auvz חֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “{I swear/vow} by Pharaoh’s life/authority,” or “as certain as {King} Pharaoh lives,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15. -42:16 wsgs כִּ֥י מְרַגְּלִ֖ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “{that means} you {are} definitely spies!” or “{that means} you really are spying {on our country}!” -42:17 kbit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֶל מִשְׁמָ֖ר שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “Then Joseph {had his soldiers} put them in custody/prison {for} three days.” or “Then Joseph {had his soldiers} lock up his brothers in prison {for} three days.” See how you translated “in custody” in Gen 40:3-4, 7. +42:16 ea8u וְ⁠יִבָּֽחֲנוּ֙ דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם הַֽ⁠אֱמֶ֖ת אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “That way I can verify whether or not you told me the truth.” or “If you do that, I will know that what you told me is true.” +42:16 zf4g וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א 1 “But if you are not telling the truth,” or “But if you are lying,” +42:16 auvz חֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “I swear/vow by Pharaoh’s life/authority,” or “as certain as King Pharaoh lives,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15. +42:16 wsgs כִּ֥י מְרַגְּלִ֖ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “that means you are definitely spies!” or “that means you really are spying on our country!” +42:17 kbit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֶל מִשְׁמָ֖ר שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “Then Joseph had his soldiers put them in custody/prison for three days.” or “Then Joseph had his soldiers lock up his brothers in prison for three days.” See how you translated “in custody” in Gen 40:3-4, 7. 42:18 in6m וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 “Three days later, Joseph said to them,” or “After three days, Joseph said to them,” See how you translated “on the third day” in Gen 22:4, 31:22, 40:20. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. 42:18 hq4p זֹ֥את עֲשׂ֖וּ 1 “Do what I say and” or “If you do this,” or “If you do what I say,” -42:18 g6gn וִֽ⁠חְי֑וּ 1 “{you will} live,” or “{I will let} you live,” or “{I will} spare your lives,” -42:18 scf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲנִ֥י יָרֵֽא 1 “{because/since} I revere/respect and obey God:” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “I {am a man who} reveres/respects God. So if you do what I say, {I will let} you live.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “fear God” in Gen 22:12. -42:19 kfk1 אִם כֵּנִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “If you {truly/really} {are} honest/trustworthy {men} {as you say/claim},” or “Since you {claim to be} honest/trustworthy {men},” See how you translated “honest” in verse 11. -42:19 tdlb אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם אֶחָ֔ד יֵאָסֵ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית מִשְׁמַרְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “I will make {just} one of you brothers stay/remain where you have been, in prison,” or “{just} one of you brothers must remain confined/imprisoned where you have been,” See how you translated “be bound” in verse 16. -42:19 dydl וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ לְכ֣וּ הָבִ֔יאוּ שֶׁ֖בֶר 1 “while {the rest of} you go back {home} {now} with/taking grain/food” or “{The rest of} you {may} go {and} take/carry grain/food back {home}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -42:19 zbmz רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶֽם 1 “for your hungry/starving households/families {to eat}.” or “to feed your hungry/starving households/families.” -42:20 wrfx וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ תָּבִ֣יאוּ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “But you must bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother” +42:18 g6gn וִֽ⁠חְי֑וּ 1 “you will live,” or “I will let you live,” or “I will spare your lives,” +42:18 scf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲנִ֥י יָרֵֽא 1 “because/since I revere/respect and obey God:” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “I am a man who reveres/respects God. So if you do what I say, I will let you live.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “fear God” in Gen 22:12. +42:19 kfk1 אִם כֵּנִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “If you truly/really are honest/trustworthy men as you say/claim,” or “Since you claim to be honest/trustworthy men,” See how you translated “honest” in verse 11. +42:19 tdlb אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם אֶחָ֔ד יֵאָסֵ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית מִשְׁמַרְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “I will make just one of you brothers stay/remain where you have been, in prison,” or “just one of you brothers must remain confined/imprisoned where you have been,” See how you translated “be bound” in verse 16. +42:19 dydl וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ לְכ֣וּ הָבִ֔יאוּ שֶׁ֖בֶר 1 “while the rest of you go back home now with/taking grain/food” or “The rest of you may go and take/carry grain/food back home”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +42:19 zbmz רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶֽם 1 “for your hungry/starving households/families to eat.” or “to feed your hungry/starving households/families.” +42:20 wrfx וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ תָּבִ֣יאוּ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “But you must bring your youngest brother back here to me” or “After that, you must come back here to me with your youngest brother” 42:20 sgd0 וְ⁠יֵאָמְנ֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “so that what you have told me will be proven/confirmed to be true,” or “That way I will know that you are telling the truth,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16. -42:20 dqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ 1 “and I will {spare your lives and} not execute you {for being spies}.” or “and I will let you live.” In this context, the word “die” refers to execution, not death by natural causes. -42:20 y20f וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ כֵֽן 1 “So/Then Joseph’s brothers {agreed to} do that.” or “… {agreed to} do what he said/proposed.” or “… accepted his proposal.” -42:21 tzgd וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then the/Joseph’s brothers said to each other,” or “{While they were still standing there,} they said to each other,” -42:21 l20t אֲבָל֮ אֲשֵׁמִ֣ים אֲנַחְנוּ֮ עַל אָחִי⁠נוּ֒ 1 “{This is happening because} we sinned badly against our brother {Joseph} {long ago}.” or “Surely what we did to our brother {Joseph} {long ago} was {very} wrong.” -42:21 wifa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָאִ֜ינוּ צָרַ֥ת נַפְשׁ֛⁠וֹ 1 “We saw how distressed he was” or “We saw how {terribly} he was suffering”. The phrase “his soul” refers here to Joseph. -42:21 r4jp בְּ⁠הִתְחַֽנְנ֥⁠וֹ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “when he urgently asked us {to free him},” or “when he begged us {not to harm him},” -42:21 lv8u וְ⁠לֹ֣א שָׁמָ֑עְנוּ 1 “but we refused to listen {to him}.” or “but we refused {to let him go}.” -42:21 reos עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is the reason {that}” or “That is why” +42:20 dqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ 1 “and I will spare your lives and not execute you for being spies.” or “and I will let you live.” In this context, the word “die” refers to execution, not death by natural causes. +42:20 y20f וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ כֵֽן 1 “So/Then Joseph’s brothers agreed to do that.” or “… agreed to do what he said/proposed.” or “… accepted his proposal.” +42:21 tzgd וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then the/Joseph’s brothers said to each other,” or “While they were still standing there, they said to each other,” +42:21 l20t אֲבָל֮ אֲשֵׁמִ֣ים אֲנַחְנוּ֮ עַל אָחִי⁠נוּ֒ 1 “This is happening because we sinned badly against our brother Joseph long ago.” or “Surely what we did to our brother Joseph long ago was very wrong.” +42:21 wifa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָאִ֜ינוּ צָרַ֥ת נַפְשׁ֛⁠וֹ 1 “We saw how distressed he was” or “We saw how terribly he was suffering”. The phrase “his soul” refers here to Joseph. +42:21 r4jp בְּ⁠הִתְחַֽנְנ֥⁠וֹ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “when he urgently asked us to free him,” or “when he begged us not to harm him,” +42:21 lv8u וְ⁠לֹ֣א שָׁמָ֑עְנוּ 1 “but we refused to listen to him.” or “but we refused to let him go.” +42:21 reos עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is the reason that” or “That is why” 42:21 hjww בָּ֣אָה אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠צָּרָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 “we are now experiencing so much distress/trouble.” or “we are suffering like this now.” 42:22 u5wp וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ רְאוּבֵ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “Reuben scolded/reproached them by saying,” 42:22 meeb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא֩ אָמַ֨רְתִּי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֧ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר 1 “Remember that I told you” or “I told you”. Reuben uses this rhetorical question to scold his brothers. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -42:22 oi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַל תֶּחֶטְא֥וּ בַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “{that} you should/must not harm the boy!” or “{that} you should not do anything bad to him!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “lad” in Gen 37:30, and keep in mind that Joseph was seventeen years old when his brothers sold him. -42:22 d8u5 וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֑ם 1 “But you refused to listen {to me},” or “But you did/would not obey me,” -42:22 stcs וְ⁠גַם & הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so now, see {what is happening}:” or “so/and now look,” -42:22 jv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמ֖⁠וֹ & נִדְרָֽשׁ 1 “we are being held accountable/responsible {by God} for his blood/death!” or “God is holding us responsible for causing him to die!” or “We are getting what we deserve for causing his death!” The phrase “his blood” refers to Joseph’s death; if you do not translate that phrase literally, you could put the literal text in a footnote since “blood” is such an important term throughout the Bible. +42:22 oi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַל תֶּחֶטְא֥וּ בַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “that you should/must not harm the boy!” or “that you should not do anything bad to him!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “lad” in Gen 37:30, and keep in mind that Joseph was seventeen years old when his brothers sold him. +42:22 d8u5 וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֑ם 1 “But you refused to listen to me,” or “But you did/would not obey me,” +42:22 stcs וְ⁠גַם & הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so now, see what is happening:” or “so/and now look,” +42:22 jv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמ֖⁠וֹ & נִדְרָֽשׁ 1 “we are being held accountable/responsible by God for his blood/death!” or “God is holding us responsible for causing him to die!” or “We are getting what we deserve for causing his death!” The phrase “his blood” refers to Joseph’s death; if you do not translate that phrase literally, you could put the literal text in a footnote since “blood” is such an important term throughout the Bible. 42:23 zl1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵם֙ לֹ֣א יָֽדְע֔וּ 1 “Joseph’s brothers did not know/realize” or “Joseph’s brothers were not aware”. -42:23 fhq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֥י שֹׁמֵ֖עַ יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “that Joseph/he {could} understand {what they were saying to each other},” or “that Joseph/he was listening {to what they were saying},” -42:23 ys6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י הַ⁠מֵּלִ֖יץ בֵּינֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “because he had been speaking to them using a translator {as if he did not know their language}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph had been using an interpreter to speak to his brothers, so they did not realize that Joseph could understand them.” Do what is best in your language. -42:24 zev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב 1 “Then/So he/Joseph turned” or “{When Joseph heard what they were saying,} he turned”. Throughout this section make sure it is clear at each point who is being referred to, using nouns (including names) and pronouns naturally in your language. +42:23 fhq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֥י שֹׁמֵ֖עַ יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “that Joseph/he could understand what they were saying to each other,” or “that Joseph/he was listening to what they were saying,” +42:23 ys6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י הַ⁠מֵּלִ֖יץ בֵּינֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “because he had been speaking to them using a translator as if he did not know their language.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph had been using an interpreter to speak to his brothers, so they did not realize that Joseph could understand them.” Do what is best in your language. +42:24 zev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב 1 “Then/So he/Joseph turned” or “When Joseph heard what they were saying, he turned”. Throughout this section make sure it is clear at each point who is being referred to, using nouns (including names) and pronouns naturally in your language. 42:24 pz7r וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “turned his back to them” or (2) “went/stepped away from them”. Either way, Joseph was hiding his face from his brothers so they could not see that he was crying. 42:24 bc3z וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ 1 “and started crying.” or “to hide his tears.” -42:24 y4s9 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “Then {after he recovered,} he/Joseph turned back around” or “{When he had composed himself,} he/Joseph came back to them”. Make sure that the way you translate this sentence fits with the way you translated the last sentence in verse 23. -42:24 pjs5 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and spoke to them {again} {through/using his interpreter/translator}.” or “and continued speaking to them.” -42:24 iqjv וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ⁠ם֙ אֶת שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 “Then/Next he chose Simeon from {among} them” or “Then he separated Simeon from {the rest of} the/his brothers”. -42:24 c5q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and had him bound/imprisoned” or “and {had his soldiers} bind/confine him {with chains/ropes}”. Joseph probably had soldiers bind Simeon. See how you translated a similar case in Gen 40:3. +42:24 y4s9 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “Then after he recovered, he/Joseph turned back around” or “When he had composed himself, he/Joseph came back to them”. Make sure that the way you translate this sentence fits with the way you translated the last sentence in verse 23. +42:24 pjs5 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and spoke to them again through/using his interpreter/translator.” or “and continued speaking to them.” +42:24 iqjv וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ⁠ם֙ אֶת שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 “Then/Next he chose Simeon from among them” or “Then he separated Simeon from the rest of the/his brothers”. +42:24 c5q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and had him bound/imprisoned” or “and had his soldiers bind/confine him with chains/ropes”. Joseph probably had soldiers bind Simeon. See how you translated a similar case in Gen 40:3. 42:24 gqgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “while/as they watched.” or “in front of them.” 42:25 j6a1 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו יוֹסֵ֗ף וַ⁠יְמַלְא֣וּ 1 “Then Joseph commanded/told his servants to fill” or “Then Joseph had his servants fill” -42:25 juwt אֶת כְּלֵי⁠הֶם֮ בָּר֒ 1 “his brothers’ bags/sacks {with} grain.” Two different words, “bag” and “sack”, are used in this verse to refer to the bags of grain that the brothers had. Some languages use just one of these terms in order to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language. -42:25 wwr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠הָשִׁ֤יב כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶם֙ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל שַׂקּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put in each brother’s sack/bag the money {they had paid for the grain}” or “{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put the/his brothers’ {grain/food} money in their sacks/bags”. Joseph had his servants to do this without his brothers knowing about it. -42:25 jz00 וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “and to provide/supply them {with} food to eat on the/their trip/journey {home}.” or “and to give them food to eat as they traveled {home}.” +42:25 juwt אֶת כְּלֵי⁠הֶם֮ בָּר֒ 1 “his brothers’ bags/sacks with grain.” Two different words, “bag” and “sack”, are used in this verse to refer to the bags of grain that the brothers had. Some languages use just one of these terms in order to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language. +42:25 wwr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠הָשִׁ֤יב כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶם֙ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל שַׂקּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “He also ordered/told them to secretly put in each brother’s sack/bag the money they had paid for the grain” or “He also ordered/told them to secretly put the/his brothers’ grain/food money in their sacks/bags”. Joseph had his servants to do this without his brothers knowing about it. +42:25 jz00 וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “and to provide/supply them with food to eat on the/their trip/journey home.” or “and to give them food to eat as they traveled home.” 42:25 r98q וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם כֵּֽן 1 “So, that is what was done for them.” or “That is what Joseph did for them.” or “After Joseph did that for his brothers,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here (and begin verse 26 with a new sentence) or to continue this sentence into verse 26. 42:26 g86q וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ 1 “Then his brothers loaded/put” or “they loaded/put” or “his brothers loaded/put”. Make sure your choice here fits with the way you translated the end of verse 25. -42:26 c1e7 אֶת שִׁבְרָ֖⁠ם עַל חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “their {sacks of} grain on their donkeys’ {backs}” -42:26 xzck וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “and left there {to go home}.” or “and started traveling {home}.” The way you translate this phrase should reflect the fact that Joseph’s brothers were just starting their journey back home; they did not reach their home until several days later (verse 29). -42:27 ob4a וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח הָ⁠אֶחָ֜ד אֶת שַׂקּ֗⁠וֹ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת מִסְפּ֛וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּל֑וֹן 1 “Later, {when they stopped} at a place to lodge/stay for the night, one {of them} opened his sack to get {some} feed/grain to feed his donkey.” See how you translated “fodder” in Gen 24:25, 32. -42:27 w95n וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה ה֖וּא בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Suddenly he saw that the silver/money he had paid {for the grain} was right there in the opening/top of his sack!” or “There in the top of his sack he saw the money that he had paid/used {to buy grain}!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +42:26 c1e7 אֶת שִׁבְרָ֖⁠ם עַל חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “their sacks of grain on their donkeys’ backs” +42:26 xzck וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “and left there to go home.” or “and started traveling home.” The way you translate this phrase should reflect the fact that Joseph’s brothers were just starting their journey back home; they did not reach their home until several days later (verse 29). +42:27 ob4a וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח הָ⁠אֶחָ֜ד אֶת שַׂקּ֗⁠וֹ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת מִסְפּ֛וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּל֑וֹן 1 “Later, when they stopped at a place to lodge/stay for the night, one of them opened his sack to get some feed/grain to feed his donkey.” See how you translated “fodder” in Gen 24:25, 32. +42:27 w95n וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה ה֖וּא בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Suddenly he saw that the silver/money he had paid for the grain was right there in the opening/top of his sack!” or “There in the top of his sack he saw the money that he had paid/used to buy grain!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 42:28 zn9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “So/Then he exclaimed to his brothers,” or “So/Then he exclaimed to the others,” -42:28 hkml הוּשַׁ֣ב כַּסְפִּ֔⁠י 1 “Somebody has returned my {grain} money {to me}!” or “Someone gave my {grain} money back {to me}!” -42:28 dxy1 וְ⁠גַ֖ם הִנֵּ֣ה בְ⁠אַמְתַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “Here it is in my {grain} sack!” or “It is right here in my {grain} sack!” -42:28 q65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א לִבָּ֗⁠ם 1 “{They looked, and} their hearts sank,” or “{When they saw it,} they were {completely} shocked,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. -42:28 blx1 וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְד֞וּ אִ֤ישׁ אֶל אָחִי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and they all started trembling/shaking {with fear} and said/exclaimed to each other,” or “and they trembled/shook {with fear}. They asked each other,” +42:28 hkml הוּשַׁ֣ב כַּסְפִּ֔⁠י 1 “Somebody has returned my grain money to me!” or “Someone gave my grain money back to me!” +42:28 dxy1 וְ⁠גַ֖ם הִנֵּ֣ה בְ⁠אַמְתַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “Here it is in my grain sack!” or “It is right here in my grain sack!” +42:28 q65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א לִבָּ֗⁠ם 1 “They looked, and their hearts sank,” or “When they saw it, they were completely shocked,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. +42:28 blx1 וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְד֞וּ אִ֤ישׁ אֶל אָחִי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and they all started trembling/shaking with fear and said/exclaimed to each other,” or “and they trembled/shook with fear. They asked each other,” 42:28 m4d8 מַה זֹּ֛את עָשָׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 “What is God doing to us?” or “Why is God doing this to us?” or “Why is God making this happen to us?” -42:29 g299 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛אוּ אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{When} they came/got back {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan,” or “{When} they reached {their home in} the land/region of Canaan where their father Jacob was,” +42:29 g299 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛אוּ אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “When they came/got back home to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan,” or “When they reached their home in the land/region of Canaan where their father Jacob was,” 42:29 zl0z וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֛ת כָּל 1 “they related/explained to him all/everything” or “they told him everything”. See how you translated “reported to” in Gen 38:13. 42:29 cdtq הַ⁠קֹּרֹ֥ת אֹתָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “they had experienced. They said,” -42:30 ua84 הָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲדֹנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 “The man {who is} the ruler/governor over the land/country {of Egypt}” or “The man who governs/controls the land/country {of Egypt}” +42:30 ua84 הָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲדֹנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 “The man who is the ruler/governor over the land/country of Egypt” or “The man who governs/controls the land/country of Egypt” 42:30 z0fy דִּ֠בֶּר & אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ קָשׁ֑וֹת 1 “spoke to us sternly/roughly” or “was very harsh/stern when he spoke to us”. See how you translated “harshly” in verse 7. -42:30 tq1x וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ כִּֽ⁠מְרַגְּלִ֖ים 1 “and accused us of spying {on} {their} country!” or “He even accused us of being spies!” -42:31 h6vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנָ֑חְנוּ לֹ֥א הָיִ֖ינוּ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “But we told him, ‘We {are} trustworthy {men}; not spies.” or “We told him that we are not spies, but rather honest/trustworthy {men}.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “… honest … not spies” in verse 11. -42:32 t2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר אֲנַ֛חְנוּ אַחִ֖ים 1 “There {were} twelve of us brothers,” or “{We told him that} we {are} twelve brothers,” Make sure that the way you translate verse 32 fits with whether you used a direct or indirect quote in verse 31. -42:32 tbtd בְּנֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “sons of one father.” or “{and} {we are} the sons of the same father.” -42:32 lfin הָ⁠אֶחָ֣ד 1 “One {of our brothers}” -42:32 mxfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more,” or “is no longer {with us},” or “has died,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 13. -42:32 zaw0 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּטֹ֥ן 1 “and the/our youngest {brother/one}” -42:32 yoiy הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “{is} {at home} with our father right now” or “{is} right now with our father {at home}” +42:30 tq1x וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ כִּֽ⁠מְרַגְּלִ֖ים 1 “and accused us of spying on their country!” or “He even accused us of being spies!” +42:31 h6vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנָ֑חְנוּ לֹ֥א הָיִ֖ינוּ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “But we told him, ‘We are trustworthy men; not spies.” or “We told him that we are not spies, but rather honest/trustworthy men.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “… honest … not spies” in verse 11. +42:32 t2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר אֲנַ֛חְנוּ אַחִ֖ים 1 “There were twelve of us brothers,” or “We told him that we are twelve brothers,” Make sure that the way you translate verse 32 fits with whether you used a direct or indirect quote in verse 31. +42:32 tbtd בְּנֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “sons of one father.” or “and we are the sons of the same father.” +42:32 lfin הָ⁠אֶחָ֣ד 1 “One of our brothers” +42:32 mxfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more,” or “is no longer with us,” or “has died,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 13. +42:32 zaw0 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּטֹ֥ן 1 “and the/our youngest brother/one” +42:32 yoiy הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “is at home with our father right now” or “is right now with our father at home” 42:32 dxvj בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.” 42:33 tax5 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלֵ֗י⁠נוּ הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲדֹנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Then the ruler/governor of the land/country said/replied to us,” or “But the man who governs/rules the land/country told us,” See how you translated “the man, the lord of the land” in verse 30. 42:33 vfrp בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 “This is how” or “In this way”. See how you translated “By this” in verse 15. -42:33 bcni אֵדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “I will know that/if you {are} trustworthy {men/people}:” -42:33 y94z אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ הַנִּ֣יחוּ אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “You must leave one of you here with me,” or “One of you brothers will/must stay {here} with me,” -42:33 a2cp וְ⁠אֶת רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם קְח֥וּ וָ⁠לֵֽכוּ 1 “while {the rest of} you take/buy {grain} {to relieve} the hunger of your families and go {home}.” or “and/while {the rest of} you go {home} with {grain/food for} your hungry/starving households/families.” -42:34 yt3a וְ֠⁠הָבִיאוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֮ אֵלַ⁠י֒ 1 “Then/But bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother.” See how you translated a similar clause at the beginning of verse 20. -42:34 u5dz וְ⁠אֵֽדְעָ֗ה כִּ֣י לֹ֤א מְרַגְּלִים֙ אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “Then I will know that you {are} not spies,” Consider again how you translated “spies” in Gen 42:9-11, 14, 16, 30, 31, 34. -42:34 k4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “{but} {are} honest/trustworthy {men/people}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Then I will know that you {are} honest/trustworthy {men/people} and not spies.” Do what is best in your language. -42:34 vd53 אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֙ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “{Then} I will return your brother to you {from prison},” or “{Then} I will release to you your brother {who is in prison},” -42:34 df4k וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ תִּסְחָֽרוּ 1 “and I will allow {all of} you to travel {and trade} throughout my country.’ ” or “and you can travel around my country {and trade} {freely}.’ ” -42:35 a8js וַ⁠יְהִ֗י הֵ֚ם מְרִיקִ֣ים שַׂקֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Then Joseph’s brothers started/began to empty their {grain} sacks,” or “Sometime after that, the brothers began to empty {the grain} from their sacks,” -42:35 p3w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אִ֥ישׁ צְרוֹר כַּסְפּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שַׂקּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and there inside each man’s sack was his pouch/bag of money {that he had paid for the grain}!” or “and they were surprised to find/see their pouches/bags of silver/money inside their sacks!” -42:35 e1ff וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ אֶת צְרֹר֧וֹת כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶ֛ם הֵ֥מָּה וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠יִּירָֽאוּ 1 “When they and their father {Jacob} saw the pouches/bags of silver/money, they were terrified.” +42:33 bcni אֵדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “I will know that/if you are trustworthy men/people:” +42:33 y94z אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ הַנִּ֣יחוּ אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “You must leave one of you here with me,” or “One of you brothers will/must stay here with me,” +42:33 a2cp וְ⁠אֶת רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם קְח֥וּ וָ⁠לֵֽכוּ 1 “while the rest of you take/buy grain to relieve the hunger of your families and go home.” or “and/while the rest of you go home with grain/food for your hungry/starving households/families.” +42:34 yt3a וְ֠⁠הָבִיאוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֮ אֵלַ⁠י֒ 1 “Then/But bring your youngest brother back here to me” or “After that, you must come back here to me with your youngest brother.” See how you translated a similar clause at the beginning of verse 20. +42:34 u5dz וְ⁠אֵֽדְעָ֗ה כִּ֣י לֹ֤א מְרַגְּלִים֙ אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “Then I will know that you are not spies,” Consider again how you translated “spies” in Gen 42:9-11, 14, 16, 30, 31, 34. +42:34 k4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “but are honest/trustworthy men/people.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Then I will know that you are honest/trustworthy men/people and not spies.” Do what is best in your language. +42:34 vd53 אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֙ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Then I will return your brother to you from prison,” or “Then I will release to you your brother who is in prison,” +42:34 df4k וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ תִּסְחָֽרוּ 1 “and I will allow all of you to travel and trade throughout my country.’ ” or “and you can travel around my country and trade freely.’ ” +42:35 a8js וַ⁠יְהִ֗י הֵ֚ם מְרִיקִ֣ים שַׂקֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Then Joseph’s brothers started/began to empty their grain sacks,” or “Sometime after that, the brothers began to empty the grain from their sacks,” +42:35 p3w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אִ֥ישׁ צְרוֹר כַּסְפּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שַׂקּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and there inside each man’s sack was his pouch/bag of money that he had paid for the grain!” or “and they were surprised to find/see their pouches/bags of silver/money inside their sacks!” +42:35 e1ff וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ אֶת צְרֹר֧וֹת כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶ֛ם הֵ֥מָּה וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠יִּירָֽאוּ 1 “When they and their father Jacob saw the pouches/bags of silver/money, they were terrified.” 42:36 zzid וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Then their father said/exclaimed to them,” If you make “Jacob” explicit in verse 35, you could leave it implied here in verse 36. -42:36 h76g אֹתִ֖⁠י שִׁכַּלְתֶּ֑ם 1 “You have bereaved/deprived me {of my sons}!” or “You have caused me {terrible} loss!” -42:36 rptq יוֹסֵ֤ף אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֣וֹן אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “Joseph is gone! Simeon is gone!” or “Joseph and Simeon are no longer {with us}!” -42:36 s0my וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֣ן תִּקָּ֔חוּ 1 “And {now} you {want to} take Benjamin {away} {from me} {too}!” +42:36 h76g אֹתִ֖⁠י שִׁכַּלְתֶּ֑ם 1 “You have bereaved/deprived me of my sons!” or “You have caused me terrible loss!” +42:36 rptq יוֹסֵ֤ף אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֣וֹן אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “Joseph is gone! Simeon is gone!” or “Joseph and Simeon are no longer with us!” +42:36 s0my וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֣ן תִּקָּ֔חוּ 1 “And now you want to take Benjamin away from me too!” 42:36 thfj עָלַ֖⁠י הָי֥וּ כֻלָּֽ⁠נָה 1 “Everything is against me!” or “Everything is going terribly/badly for me!” 42:37 oqs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then Reuben said/responded to his father,” or “Reuben replied,” -42:37 qpmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י בָנַ⁠י֙ תָּמִ֔ית אִם לֹ֥א אֲבִיאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You may punish me by killing my sons if I do not bring Benjamin back to you.” or “If I fail to bring Benjamin/him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” For some languages, it is necessary to change the order of clauses in this sentence (so that the condition comes first), as in the second alternate above. Do what is best in your language. -42:37 cqwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּנָ֤⁠ה אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל יָדִ֔⁠י 1 “Entrust him/Benjamin to my care {as we travel to Egypt},” or “Let me be responsible for {taking care of} him/Benjamin {on our trip to Egypt},” The phrase “in my hand” is used here as an idiom that means that Reuben was going to be responsible for Benjamin’s welfare. -42:37 wz8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֲשִׁיבֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “and {I promise that} I will bring him back to you {safely}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this quote and say, “{Father,} let me be responsible for {taking} Benjamin {down to Egypt}. If I fail to bring him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” Do what is best in your language. +42:37 qpmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י בָנַ⁠י֙ תָּמִ֔ית אִם לֹ֥א אֲבִיאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You may punish me by killing my sons if I do not bring Benjamin back to you.” or “If I fail to bring Benjamin/him back to you safely, you can punish me by killing my two sons.” For some languages, it is necessary to change the order of clauses in this sentence (so that the condition comes first), as in the second alternate above. Do what is best in your language. +42:37 cqwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּנָ֤⁠ה אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל יָדִ֔⁠י 1 “Entrust him/Benjamin to my care as we travel to Egypt,” or “Let me be responsible for taking care of him/Benjamin on our trip to Egypt,” The phrase “in my hand” is used here as an idiom that means that Reuben was going to be responsible for Benjamin’s welfare. +42:37 wz8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֲשִׁיבֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “and I promise that I will bring him back to you safely.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this quote and say, “Father, let me be responsible for taking Benjamin down to Egypt. If I fail to bring him back to you safely, you can punish me by killing my two sons.” Do what is best in your language. 42:38 vyte rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But his father replied/insisted,” -42:38 lta2 לֹֽא יֵרֵ֥ד בְּנִ֖⁠י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “My son {Benjamin} will/may not go with you {to Egypt},” or “{No,} I will not let my son {Benjamin} go down {to Egypt} with you.” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural in this verse. Also, see how you translated “go down” in verse 2. +42:38 lta2 לֹֽא יֵרֵ֥ד בְּנִ֖⁠י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “My son Benjamin will/may not go with you to Egypt,” or “No, I will not let my son Benjamin go down to Egypt with you.” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural in this verse. Also, see how you translated “go down” in verse 2. 42:38 lyr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship כִּֽי אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת 1 “His brother is dead,” Joseph was Benjamin’s older brother from the same father and mother. Consider whether your language has a special kinship term for that. Also consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. -42:38 gth5 וְ⁠ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֣⁠וֹ נִשְׁאָ֗ר 1 “so he is the only one {of his mother’s sons} {who is} still alive.” or “and/so he is the only one/son {I have} left {from his mother}.” You could include a footnote here that explains that Joseph and Benjamin were the only two sons of Rachel, Jacob’s favorite wife who died after giving birth to Benjamin (Gen 35:16-20). +42:38 gth5 וְ⁠ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֣⁠וֹ נִשְׁאָ֗ר 1 “so he is the only one of his mother’s sons who is still alive.” or “and/so he is the only one/son I have left from his mother.” You could include a footnote here that explains that Joseph and Benjamin were the only two sons of Rachel, Jacob’s favorite wife who died after giving birth to Benjamin (Gen 35:16-20). 42:38 q1la rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠קְרָאָ֤⁠הוּ אָסוֹן֙ בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 “And/So if he were to be harmed/killed during your journey,” or “So if anything bad happened to him while you are traveling,” Jacob is saying what would happen if he lost Benjamin too. Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical statement in your language. Also, see how you translated “harm … meet him” in verse 4. -42:38 bz42 וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I would {die and} go down” or “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I would {die and} go down”. Jacob uses the phrase “my gray head” to refer to himself as their aged father. Consider whether your language has a similar phrase that is natural and works well here. +42:38 bz42 וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I would die and go down” or “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I would die and go down”. Jacob uses the phrase “my gray head” to refer to himself as their aged father. Consider whether your language has a similar phrase that is natural and works well here. 42:38 whbu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁאֽוֹלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld!” The Hebrew term “Sheol” is the name of the place where the spirits of people went after they died. If you transliterate the name “Sheol” in your translation, you could put its meaning in a footnote. See how you translated this term in Gen 37:35, and see the note about that there. 43:1 ddpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “The famine” or “The food shortage”. The setting changes here to focus on what is happening in Canaan. Some languages use a special conjunction (like “Now”) to indicate that, while others do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. -43:1 k8tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּבֵ֥ד 1 “{was} oppressive/severe” or “{continued to be} severe”. The word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means the famine caused everyone much suffering. See how you translated the same idiom in Gen 12:10 and Gen 41:31. -43:1 pon5 בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in the land/region {of Canaan}.” -43:2 ymu3 וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 “So it happened {that}” or “So”. This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. -43:2 wchl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר כִּלּוּ֙ 1 “when Jacob and his family {had} finished eating” or “… {had} used/eaten up”. Consider whether it is clearer in your language to use a pronoun or a noun phrase here. -43:2 akxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔בֶר אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵבִ֖יאוּ 1 “{all} the grain that his sons had {bought and} brought {home}”. The pronoun “they” refers here to Jacob’s sons, not Jacob’s family (as it did earlier in this sentence). -43:2 du9c מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 “from {the country of} Egypt,” -43:2 h8vf וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “their father {Jacob} told/commanded them,” or “he/Jacob told/commanded them,” -43:2 ug66 שֻׁ֖בוּ 1 “Go back {to Egypt}” -43:2 upb8 שִׁבְרוּ & מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “{and} buy some {more} food/grain” -43:2 ldtz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֥⁠נוּ 1 “for us {and our families}.” or “for the/our family.” The pronoun “us” includes Jacob and his sons and their families here. -43:3 c19j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֵלָ֛י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “But {his son} Judah replied to him,” or “{His son} Judah replied,” -43:3 a6uc הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ 1 “The man {who governs/controls the country there}” or “The governor {there}”. The brothers did not realize yet that Joseph was the governor they had spoken to in Egypt, so Judah referred to him generally here as “the man.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:30. +43:1 k8tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּבֵ֥ד 1 “was oppressive/severe” or “continued to be severe”. The word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means the famine caused everyone much suffering. See how you translated the same idiom in Gen 12:10 and Gen 41:31. +43:1 pon5 בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in the land/region of Canaan.” +43:2 ymu3 וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 “So it happened that” or “So”. This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. +43:2 wchl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר כִּלּוּ֙ 1 “when Jacob and his family had finished eating” or “… had used/eaten up”. Consider whether it is clearer in your language to use a pronoun or a noun phrase here. +43:2 akxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔בֶר אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵבִ֖יאוּ 1 “all the grain that his sons had bought and brought home”. The pronoun “they” refers here to Jacob’s sons, not Jacob’s family (as it did earlier in this sentence). +43:2 du9c מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 “from the country of Egypt,” +43:2 h8vf וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “their father Jacob told/commanded them,” or “he/Jacob told/commanded them,” +43:2 ug66 שֻׁ֖בוּ 1 “Go back to Egypt” +43:2 upb8 שִׁבְרוּ & מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “and buy some more food/grain” +43:2 ldtz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֥⁠נוּ 1 “for us and our families.” or “for the/our family.” The pronoun “us” includes Jacob and his sons and their families here. +43:3 c19j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֵלָ֛י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “But his son Judah replied to him,” or “His son Judah replied,” +43:3 a6uc הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ 1 “The man who governs/controls the country there” or “The governor there”. The brothers did not realize yet that Joseph was the governor they had spoken to in Egypt, so Judah referred to him generally here as “the man.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:30. 43:3 pib6 הָעֵ֣ד הֵעִד֩ בָּ֨⁠נוּ & לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “sternly warned/told us” or “was serious when he warned us” -43:3 klhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go/come to him {again} {to buy grain}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -43:3 qdmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our {youngest} brother is with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous part of this sentence. For some languages it is necessary to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… that our {youngest} brother must be with us or else we will not {be permitted to} see him {again}!” -43:4 w58d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ֛ מְשַׁלֵּ֥חַ אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠נוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “{So} if you will allow/permit our {youngest} brother to go with us,” or “{So} if you will let our {youngest} brother go with us,” In verses 3-5, the pronouns “us” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom Judah is talking to). -43:4 drtr נֵרְדָ֕ה 1 “{then} we will/can go/travel {to Egypt}” -43:4 hc8i וְ⁠נִשְׁבְּרָ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֹֽכֶל 1 “and buy {more} food/grain for you {and the rest of the family}.” +43:3 klhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him again” or “that we cannot go/come to him again to buy grain”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +43:3 qdmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our youngest brother is with us!” or “if our youngest brother is not with us.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous part of this sentence. For some languages it is necessary to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… that our youngest brother must be with us or else we will not be permitted to see him again!” +43:4 w58d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ֛ מְשַׁלֵּ֥חַ אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠נוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “So if you will allow/permit our youngest brother to go with us,” or “So if you will let our youngest brother go with us,” In verses 3-5, the pronouns “us” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom Judah is talking to). +43:4 drtr נֵרְדָ֕ה 1 “then we will/can go/travel to Egypt” +43:4 hc8i וְ⁠נִשְׁבְּרָ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֹֽכֶל 1 “and buy more food/grain for you and the rest of the family.” 43:5 bila וְ⁠אִם אֵינְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “However if you refuse to” -43:5 mcx4 מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ 1 “allow/permit him to go {with us},” or “let him go {with us},” See how you translated “send” in verse 4. -43:5 yja1 לֹ֣א נֵרֵ֑ד 1 “we cannot go down {there},” or “we must not go {there} {to buy grain},” See how you translated “go down” and “went down” in Gen 42:2-3. +43:5 mcx4 מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ 1 “allow/permit him to go with us,” or “let him go with us,” See how you translated “send” in verse 4. +43:5 yja1 לֹ֣א נֵרֵ֑ד 1 “we cannot go down there,” or “we must not go there to buy grain,” See how you translated “go down” and “went down” in Gen 42:2-3. 43:5 t87d כִּֽי הָ⁠אִ֞ישׁ אָמַ֤ר אֵלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 “because the man/governor told/warned us” -43:5 ta44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go to him {again} {to buy grain}”. See how you translated this quote in verse 3. -43:5 zutf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our {youngest} brother {is} with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us!” See how you translated this clause in verse 3. -43:6 qmq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then {their father} Israel asked {them},” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 6) and “their father” (verse 2) refer to the same person, you could include “their father” here in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 42:5. +43:5 ta44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him again” or “that we cannot go to him again to buy grain”. See how you translated this quote in verse 3. +43:5 zutf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our youngest brother is with us!” or “if our youngest brother is not with us!” See how you translated this clause in verse 3. +43:6 qmq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then their father Israel asked them,” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 6) and “their father” (verse 2) refer to the same person, you could include “their father” here in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 42:5. 43:6 xkfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֥ה הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם לִ֑⁠י לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד 1 “Why did you cause trouble/distress for me by telling” or “You caused me a lot of trouble/distress because you told”. Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to scold his sons and to show how upset he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 43:6 embi לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “that man” or “the/that governor”. See how you translated “the man” in verses 3 and 5. 43:6 h0lc הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אָֽח 1 “that you have another brother!” or “that you have a younger brother?” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation point. -43:7 tpfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֡וּ 1 “They answered {him},” -43:7 uc4l שָׁא֣וֹל שָֽׁאַל הָ֠⁠אִישׁ 1 “The man/governor questioned {us} intensely/thoroughly” or “The man asked {us} many questions” -43:7 ebcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֣⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠מֽוֹלַדְתֵּ֜⁠נוּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “about ourselves and about {the rest of} our family.” In verses 7-8, the pronouns “us,” “our,” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom the sons are talking to). -43:7 ozlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הַ⁠ע֨וֹד אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם חַי֙ הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם אָ֔ח 1 “He {specifically} asked {us} if/whether our father was still alive and if/whether we had {another} brother.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. -43:7 blcg וַ⁠נַ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ עַל פִּ֖י הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “So we {just/simply} answered his questions {honestly/truthfully}.” or “All we did was answer his questions.” +43:7 tpfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֡וּ 1 “They answered him,” +43:7 uc4l שָׁא֣וֹל שָֽׁאַל הָ֠⁠אִישׁ 1 “The man/governor questioned us intensely/thoroughly” or “The man asked us many questions” +43:7 ebcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֣⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠מֽוֹלַדְתֵּ֜⁠נוּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “about ourselves and about the rest of our family.” In verses 7-8, the pronouns “us,” “our,” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom the sons are talking to). +43:7 ozlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הַ⁠ע֨וֹד אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם חַי֙ הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם אָ֔ח 1 “He specifically asked us if/whether our father was still alive and if/whether we had another brother.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. +43:7 blcg וַ⁠נַ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ עַל פִּ֖י הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “So we just/simply answered his questions honestly/truthfully.” or “All we did was answer his questions.” 43:7 z7wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יָד֣וֹעַ נֵדַ֔ע 1 “We could not possibly have known” or “There is no way we could have known”. Jacob’s sons use a rhetorical question here to emphasize their innocence and express strong emotion. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -43:7 ltpm כִּ֣י יֹאמַ֔ר הוֹרִ֖ידוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “that he would tell/require us to bring/take our brother down {there} {to him}!” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation point. -43:8 bflr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Judah urged his father Israel {about Benjamin},” For some languages it is necessary to make “Benjamin” explicit here in the quote margin so that it is clear that “young man” refers to him in the following quote. Do what is best in your language. -43:8 daxf שִׁלְחָ֥⁠ה הַ⁠נַּ֛עַר אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “Allow/Permit the young man to come with me/us {and I will watch over him}” or “Entrust the young man to me {to take care of}”. See how you translated “young man” in Gen 37:2; 41:12. Use a term here in your language that fits with the fact that Benjamin was probably in his 30’s. -43:8 imi8 וְ⁠נָק֣וּמָה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “and/so we can leave right away {to buy grain in Egypt}” or “so that we can go immediately {to Egypt} {to buy grain}.” +43:7 ltpm כִּ֣י יֹאמַ֔ר הוֹרִ֖ידוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “that he would tell/require us to bring/take our brother down there to him!” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation point. +43:8 bflr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Judah urged his father Israel about Benjamin,” For some languages it is necessary to make “Benjamin” explicit here in the quote margin so that it is clear that “young man” refers to him in the following quote. Do what is best in your language. +43:8 daxf שִׁלְחָ֥⁠ה הַ⁠נַּ֛עַר אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “Allow/Permit the young man to come with me/us and I will watch over him” or “Entrust the young man to me to take care of”. See how you translated “young man” in Gen 37:2; 41:12. Use a term here in your language that fits with the fact that Benjamin was probably in his 30’s. +43:8 imi8 וְ⁠נָק֣וּמָה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “and/so we can leave right away to buy grain in Egypt” or “so that we can go immediately to Egypt to buy grain.” 43:8 lenm וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ & גַּם אֲנַ֥חְנוּ גַם אַתָּ֖ה גַּם טַפֵּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “Then all of us, including our children, will survive” or “… will/can stay alive”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “will live and not die” in Gen 42:2. -43:8 yhi0 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.” +43:8 yhi0 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die from hunger.” or “and not starve to death.” 43:9 jkoj אָֽנֹכִי֙ אֶֽעֶרְבֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “I personally guarantee/promise to keep him safe.” or “I personally guarantee his safety.” 43:9 ft8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “You can hold/make me responsible/liable for him,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 31:39. -43:9 mk47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם לֹ֨א הֲבִיאֹתִ֤י⁠ו אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִצַּגְתִּ֣י⁠ו לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{so that} if I do not bring him {back} {home} to you alive/safely,” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical sentence in your language. +43:9 mk47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם לֹ֨א הֲבִיאֹתִ֤י⁠ו אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִצַּגְתִּ֣י⁠ו לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “so that if I do not bring him back home to you alive/safely,” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical sentence in your language. 43:9 dy9m וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I will be guilty of this sin against you” or “you can blame me for this sin” -43:9 oyu9 כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” -43:10 aodh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֖י לוּלֵ֣א הִתְמַהְמָ֑הְנוּ 1 “As it is, if we had not delayed/waited {such a long time},” or “In any case, if we had not delayed/waited {this long},” This sentence refers to something that could have happened, but did not actually happen. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. -43:10 vc35 כִּֽי עַתָּ֥ה שַׁ֖בְנוּ זֶ֥ה פַעֲמָֽיִם 1 “certainly we could have made two {round} trips {there and back} by now.” or “we certainly would have had enough time to go down there and back two times already.” +43:9 oyu9 כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days of my life.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” +43:10 aodh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֖י לוּלֵ֣א הִתְמַהְמָ֑הְנוּ 1 “As it is, if we had not delayed/waited such a long time,” or “In any case, if we had not delayed/waited this long,” This sentence refers to something that could have happened, but did not actually happen. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. +43:10 vc35 כִּֽי עַתָּ֥ה שַׁ֖בְנוּ זֶ֥ה פַעֲמָֽיִם 1 “certainly we could have made two round trips there and back by now.” or “we certainly would have had enough time to go down there and back two times already.” 43:11 rugr וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “Then their father Israel said to them,” See how you translated “Israel their father” in verse 8. -43:11 z17t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם כֵּ֣ן 1 “If/Since that is how it must be,” or “{Okay,} if that is the only way {we can get more grain},” +43:11 z17t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם כֵּ֣ן 1 “If/Since that is how it must be,” or “Okay, if that is the only way we can get more grain,” 43:11 e0uk אֵפוֹא֮ זֹ֣את עֲשׂוּ֒ 1 “then this is what you must/should do:” -43:11 w192 קְח֞וּ מִ⁠זִּמְרַ֤ת הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ בִּ⁠כְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Put {some} of the best things/goods from {our} land in your sacks,” or “Put in your sacks some of the most valuable things that {our} land produces,” -43:11 xe36 וְ⁠הוֹרִ֥ידוּ לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 “and take {them} to the man/governor {in Egypt}” -43:11 x3ux מִנְחָ֑ה 1 “{as} gifts,” or “{as} gifts.” Consider what punctuation is best to use here in your language. -43:11 zelc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns מְעַ֤ט צֳרִי֙ וּ⁠מְעַ֣ט דְּבַ֔שׁ 1 “{including} some sweet-smelling tree resin/sap, some honey,” or “{Include} some healing salve, honey,” Consider what is the best way to make a list of things like this in your language. Also see how you translated “balm” in Gen 37:25. -43:11 j3jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹ֣את וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “{some} {food} spices/seasonings and incense,” See how you translated “spices” and “myrrh” in Gen 37:25. -43:11 nm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns בָּטְנִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁקֵדִֽים 1 “{and} {some} pistachio nuts and almonds.” or “{and} {some} sweet-tasting tree nuts.” -43:12 n427 וְ⁠כֶ֥סֶף מִשְׁנֶ֖ה קְח֣וּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “{Also} take with you twice {as much} silver/money {as you took the first time},” +43:11 w192 קְח֞וּ מִ⁠זִּמְרַ֤ת הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ בִּ⁠כְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Put some of the best things/goods from our land in your sacks,” or “Put in your sacks some of the most valuable things that our land produces,” +43:11 xe36 וְ⁠הוֹרִ֥ידוּ לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 “and take them to the man/governor in Egypt” +43:11 x3ux מִנְחָ֑ה 1 “as gifts,” or “as gifts.” Consider what punctuation is best to use here in your language. +43:11 zelc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns מְעַ֤ט צֳרִי֙ וּ⁠מְעַ֣ט דְּבַ֔שׁ 1 “including some sweet-smelling tree resin/sap, some honey,” or “Include some healing salve, honey,” Consider what is the best way to make a list of things like this in your language. Also see how you translated “balm” in Gen 37:25. +43:11 j3jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹ֣את וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “some food spices/seasonings and incense,” See how you translated “spices” and “myrrh” in Gen 37:25. +43:11 nm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns בָּטְנִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁקֵדִֽים 1 “and some pistachio nuts and almonds.” or “and some sweet-tasting tree nuts.” +43:12 n427 וְ⁠כֶ֥סֶף מִשְׁנֶ֖ה קְח֣וּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “Also take with you twice as much silver/money as you took the first time,” 43:12 belf וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֜סֶף & תָּשִׁ֣יבוּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “because you must take/give back the silver/money” or “You must give back the silver/money”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. -43:12 vphu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מּוּשָׁ֨ב 1 “that was given back {to you} {by someone}” or “that someone gave back {to you}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. +43:12 vphu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מּוּשָׁ֨ב 1 “that was given back to you by someone” or “that someone gave back to you”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. 43:12 z9xu בְּ⁠פִ֤י אַמְתְּחֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “in the opening/top of your sacks.” or “in your sacks.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:27. 43:12 my0a אוּלַ֥י מִשְׁגֶּ֖ה הֽוּא 1 “That might have happened by mistake.” or “Maybe they/someone did that by mistake.” -43:13 g5d0 וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֖ם קָ֑חוּ 1 “So {then/now,} take your {youngest} brother” +43:13 g5d0 וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֖ם קָ֑חוּ 1 “So then/now, take your youngest brother” 43:13 rb0s וְ⁠ק֖וּמוּ שׁ֥וּבוּ אֶל הָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 “and return right away to the man/governor.” or “and immediately go back to the man/governor.” See how you translated “get up and …” in verse 8. -43:14 ldsn וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן 1 “May Almighty God” or “I pray that God {who is} all-powerful will” -43:14 p538 וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם רַחֲמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “be merciful/kind to you {as you go} before the man/governor,” or “cause the man/governor to be merciful/kind to you,” or “cause him to treat you mercifully/kindly,” -43:14 bcey וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח & אֶת־אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת־בִּנְיָמִ֑ין 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “so that he will” or “and I pray that the man/governor will” or (2) “and may he/God” or “and I pray that God will” -43:14 t3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ין 1 “allow/permit your other brother and Benjamin to come/go” or “let your brothers Simeon and Benjamin come/go”. Notice that “other brother” refers to Simeon, who is older or younger (and has the same or different mother) than his brothers that Israel is talking to here. Also see how you translated “send” in verses 4-5. +43:14 ldsn וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן 1 “May Almighty God” or “I pray that God who is all-powerful will” +43:14 p538 וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם רַחֲמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “be merciful/kind to you as you go before the man/governor,” or “cause the man/governor to be merciful/kind to you,” or “cause him to treat you mercifully/kindly,” +43:14 bcey וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “so that he will” or “and I pray that the man/governor will” or (2) “and may he/God” or “and I pray that God will” +43:14 t3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח & אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ין 1 “allow/permit your other brother and Benjamin to come/go” or “let your brothers Simeon and Benjamin come/go”. Notice that “other brother” refers to Simeon, who is older or younger (and has the same or different mother) than his brothers that Israel is talking to here. Also see how you translated “send” in verses 4-5. 43:14 jnv5 לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 “{back} {home} with you.” -43:14 nlep וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “{As for} me, if I” or “But {if not, and} if I”. The pronoun “I” is emphatic here in the Hebrew text. If possible, keep that emphasis in your translation. -43:14 djjf שָׁכֹ֖לְתִּי שָׁכָֽלְתִּי 1 “{must} be bereaved/deprived {of them}, {then} I {will} be bereaved/deprived.” or “{must} lose them and grieve {for them}, {then} I {will} grieve.” or “{must} suffer loss, then I {will} suffer loss.” See how you translated “bereaved” in Gen 42:36. -43:15 l6s7 וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “Then/So the brothers packed those gifts {in their sacks}” or “So the brothers gathered/got {all} those gifts {and packed them}”. See how you translated “gift” in verse 11 and in Gen 33:10-11. -43:15 omg5 וּ⁠מִשְׁנֶה כֶּ֛סֶף לָקְח֥וּ בְ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 “along with twice as much silver/money {as the grain would cost}.” or “and they also packed double/twice the amount of silver/money {that they needed to pay for the grain}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. -43:15 z4lc וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ן וַ⁠יָּקֻ֨מוּ֙ וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “They also {took/got} Benjamin and {together} they immediately/quickly traveled down to {the country of} Egypt” or “Then they {took} Benjamin {with them} and immediately/quickly traveled down to {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “get up and go” in verse 8. +43:14 nlep וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “As for me, if I” or “But if not, and if I”. The pronoun “I” is emphatic here in the Hebrew text. If possible, keep that emphasis in your translation. +43:14 djjf שָׁכֹ֖לְתִּי שָׁכָֽלְתִּי 1 “must be bereaved/deprived of them, then I will be bereaved/deprived.” or “must lose them and grieve for them, then I will grieve.” or “must suffer loss, then I will suffer loss.” See how you translated “bereaved” in Gen 42:36. +43:15 l6s7 וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “Then/So the brothers packed those gifts in their sacks” or “So the brothers gathered/got all those gifts and packed them”. See how you translated “gift” in verse 11 and in Gen 33:10-11. +43:15 omg5 וּ⁠מִשְׁנֶה כֶּ֛סֶף לָקְח֥וּ בְ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 “along with twice as much silver/money as the grain would cost.” or “and they also packed double/twice the amount of silver/money that they needed to pay for the grain.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. +43:15 z4lc וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ן וַ⁠יָּקֻ֨מוּ֙ וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “They also took/got Benjamin and together they immediately/quickly traveled down to the country of Egypt” or “Then they took Benjamin with them and immediately/quickly traveled down to the country of Egypt”. See how you translated “get up and go” in verse 8. 43:15 kkg6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “and presented themselves before/to Joseph.” or “and went/came directly to Joseph.” -43:16 c5xl וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא יוֹסֵ֣ף אִתָּ⁠ם֮ אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Joseph saw Benjamin with {the rest of} his brothers. So he told/ordered” or “When Joseph saw Benjamin with his {other} brothers, he told/commanded” -43:16 dsy9 לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” -43:16 txuy הָבֵ֥א אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “Bring/Lead the/these men to {my} house” or “Escort these men to {my} house.” -43:16 kqg9 וּ⁠טְבֹ֤חַ טֶ֨בַח֙ 1 “then slaughter/kill one of {the/my} livestock” or “Then slaughter/butcher an animal/calf/goat”. The Hebrew word for “animal” here is general and refers to an animal that was raised to be killed and eaten, such as a calf or goat. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. -43:16 lwck וְ⁠הָכֵ֔ן 1 “and {use/roast/cook the meat to} prepare {a meal/feast},” or “and prepare {a feast} {with its meat},” -43:16 yt78 כִּ֥י אִתִּ֛⁠י יֹאכְל֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָֽיִם 1 “because {I want} them to eat with me {today} at noon.” or “because {I have planned/decided that} the men will eat the noon meal with me {at my house}.” -43:17 r6ug וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “The servant did exactly what Joseph {had} told/commanded {him to do}” +43:16 c5xl וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא יוֹסֵ֣ף אִתָּ⁠ם֮ אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Joseph saw Benjamin with the rest of his brothers. So he told/ordered” or “When Joseph saw Benjamin with his other brothers, he told/commanded” +43:16 dsy9 לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “the servant who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” +43:16 txuy הָבֵ֥א אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “Bring/Lead the/these men to my house” or “Escort these men to my house.” +43:16 kqg9 וּ⁠טְבֹ֤חַ טֶ֨בַח֙ 1 “then slaughter/kill one of the/my livestock” or “Then slaughter/butcher an animal/calf/goat”. The Hebrew word for “animal” here is general and refers to an animal that was raised to be killed and eaten, such as a calf or goat. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. +43:16 lwck וְ⁠הָכֵ֔ן 1 “and use/roast/cook the meat to prepare a meal/feast,” or “and prepare a feast with its meat,” +43:16 yt78 כִּ֥י אִתִּ֛⁠י יֹאכְל֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָֽיִם 1 “because I want them to eat with me today at noon.” or “because I have planned/decided that the men will eat the noon meal with me at my house.” +43:17 r6ug וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “The servant did exactly what Joseph had told/commanded him to do” 43:17 hzqo וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ 1 “and took/led” or “and escorted” 43:17 cer2 אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 “the brothers to Joseph’s house.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not sound like Joseph’s brothers went inside the house yet. They did not actually go inside until later (verse 24). -43:18 vtq7 וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֣וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים כִּ֣י הֽוּבְאוּ֮ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “The brothers became afraid when/because they saw that the servant had brought/led them {to} Joseph’s house,” or “But when the brothers saw that he had taken them to Joseph’s house, they were afraid,” -43:18 skvj וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “and they said {to each other},” or “Then they said {to each other},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -43:18 a2z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֤ר הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠שָּׁ֤ב בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מֽוּבָאִ֑ים 1 “We have been brought {here} because of the silver/money that was returned {to us} in our sacks the first time {we came here}.” or “He has brought/taken us here because of {our} silver/money that someone gave back to us in our sacks {on} {our} first trip {here}.” -43:18 hjh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הִתְגֹּלֵ֤ל עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הִתְנַפֵּ֣ל עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “{He is planning} to take/seize us by force” or “{He intends} to {have his soldiers} attack us and overpower us”. Consider what is the best way to translate these idioms in your language. -43:18 bwz0 וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֧חַת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֖ים 1 “and keep us as slaves/servants,” or “and make us {his} slaves/servants,” -43:18 po0k וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “along with our donkeys!” or “{He will} also {take/capture} our donkeys!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +43:18 vtq7 וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֣וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים כִּ֣י הֽוּבְאוּ֮ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “The brothers became afraid when/because they saw that the servant had brought/led them to Joseph’s house,” or “But when the brothers saw that he had taken them to Joseph’s house, they were afraid,” +43:18 skvj וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “and they said to each other,” or “Then they said to each other,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +43:18 a2z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֤ר הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠שָּׁ֤ב בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מֽוּבָאִ֑ים 1 “We have been brought here because of the silver/money that was returned to us in our sacks the first time we came here.” or “He has brought/taken us here because of our silver/money that someone gave back to us in our sacks on our first trip here.” +43:18 hjh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הִתְגֹּלֵ֤ל עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הִתְנַפֵּ֣ל עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “He is planning to take/seize us by force” or “He intends to have his soldiers attack us and overpower us”. Consider what is the best way to translate these idioms in your language. +43:18 bwz0 וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֧חַת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֖ים 1 “and keep us as slaves/servants,” or “and make us his slaves/servants,” +43:18 po0k וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “along with our donkeys!” or “He will also take/capture our donkeys!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 43:19 xsms וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁוּ֙ אֶל 1 “Then/So they went up to” or “Then/So they approached” 43:19 dmuv הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “the servant who managed/supervised Joseph’s household” or “Joseph’s head house-servant”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 16. -43:19 s3sc וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “to speak to him {at/outside} the entrance/door to {his} house.” or “{at/outside} the entrance/door to the house in order to speak to him.” -43:20 ml95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “They said {to him},” or “{One of} them said {to him} {on behalf of them all},” -43:20 lue5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “Excuse me/us, sir,” or “Master/Sir, please {allow me/us to speak to you}.” The brothers are asking the servant for permission to speak. Translate this in a way that is respectful in your language. -43:20 z7s9 יָרֹ֥ד יָרַ֛דְנוּ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “the first/previous time we came/traveled down {here} {to Egypt}, we came to buy {some} food/grain.” or “one time before this, we traveled all the way down {here} {to Egypt} and bought {some} food/grain.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -43:21 ordx וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “But it {so} happened {that}” or “But {on our way home},” This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. +43:19 s3sc וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “to speak to him at/outside the entrance/door to his house.” or “at/outside the entrance/door to the house in order to speak to him.” +43:20 ml95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “They said to him,” or “One of them said to him on behalf of them all,” +43:20 lue5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “Excuse me/us, sir,” or “Master/Sir, please allow me/us to speak to you.” The brothers are asking the servant for permission to speak. Translate this in a way that is respectful in your language. +43:20 z7s9 יָרֹ֥ד יָרַ֛דְנוּ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “the first/previous time we came/traveled down here to Egypt, we came to buy some food/grain.” or “one time before this, we traveled all the way down here to Egypt and bought some food/grain.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +43:21 ordx וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “But it so happened that” or “But on our way home,” This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. 43:21 in48 כִּי בָ֣אנוּ אֶל הַ⁠מָּל֗וֹן וַֽ⁠נִּפְתְּחָ⁠ה֙ אֶת אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “when we arrived at the place where we lodged/stayed for the night, we opened our sacks”. See how you translated “the lodging place” in Gen 42:27. -43:21 ch69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה כֶֽסֶף אִישׁ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתַּחְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and we were surprised to see that our bags/pouches of silver/money were in the opening/top of each of our sacks!” or “There in the opening/top of each of our sacks {was} the silver/money {we had paid/given to you} {for the grain}!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “in the mouth of … sacks” in verse 12. +43:21 ch69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה כֶֽסֶף אִישׁ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתַּחְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and we were surprised to see that our bags/pouches of silver/money were in the opening/top of each of our sacks!” or “There in the opening/top of each of our sacks was the silver/money we had paid/given to you for the grain!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “in the mouth of … sacks” in verse 12. 43:21 penc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ 1 “The full/exact weight/amount of silver/money was there!” or “The silver/money was all there!” The silver was weighed in shekels (Gen 20:16; 23:15-16; 37:28) to determine how much to pay for something. See how you translated “silver” in Gen 42:25, 27, 35. -43:21 n9o8 וַ⁠נָּ֥שֶׁב אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/But we brought it {all} back” or “So/But we brought {all} that silver/money back” -43:21 lz5d בְּ⁠יָדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “with us {to return/give to you}.” -43:22 fyvo וְ⁠כֶ֧סֶף אַחֵ֛ר הוֹרַ֥דְנוּ 1 “We also brought enough extra/additional silver/money with us” or “We have {also} brought more/additional silver/money with us” -43:22 hnax לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹ֑כֶל 1 “so that we can buy {some more} food/grain {now/today}.” +43:21 n9o8 וַ⁠נָּ֥שֶׁב אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/But we brought it all back” or “So/But we brought all that silver/money back” +43:21 lz5d בְּ⁠יָדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “with us to return/give to you.” +43:22 fyvo וְ⁠כֶ֧סֶף אַחֵ֛ר הוֹרַ֥דְנוּ 1 “We also brought enough extra/additional silver/money with us” or “We have also brought more/additional silver/money with us” +43:22 hnax לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹ֑כֶל 1 “so that we can buy some more food/grain now/today.” 43:22 qw4u לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְנוּ 1 “We have no idea” -43:22 uztm מִי שָׂ֥ם כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “who put the money in our sacks.” or “who gave that silver/money back to us in our sacks.” or “how our silver/money got into our sacks {like that}.” -43:23 g964 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 “But Joseph’s servant said/replied {to them},” -43:23 yad2 שָׁל֨וֹם לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “Be at peace, {and}” or “All is well for you, {so}” or “It/Everything is all right, {so}” The phrase “Peace to you” is a blessing that wishes someone to be well and at peace. Consider whether your language has a similar blessing or possibly an idiom that would work well here. -43:23 ohpb אַל תִּירָ֗אוּ 1 “do not be anxious.” or “do not worry {about it}.” -43:23 iuqp אֱלֹ֨הֵי⁠כֶ֜ם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י אֲבִי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “Your God, {who is} also your father’s God” or “The God whom you and your father serve/worship”. Make sure that your translation of these phrases refers to the same God, not two different Gods. +43:22 uztm מִי שָׂ֥ם כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “who put the money in our sacks.” or “who gave that silver/money back to us in our sacks.” or “how our silver/money got into our sacks like that.” +43:23 g964 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 “But Joseph’s servant said/replied to them,” +43:23 yad2 שָׁל֨וֹם לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “Be at peace, and” or “All is well for you, so” or “It/Everything is all right, so” The phrase “Peace to you” is a blessing that wishes someone to be well and at peace. Consider whether your language has a similar blessing or possibly an idiom that would work well here. +43:23 ohpb אַל תִּירָ֗אוּ 1 “do not be anxious.” or “do not worry about it.” +43:23 iuqp אֱלֹ֨הֵי⁠כֶ֜ם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י אֲבִי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “Your God, who is also your father’s God” or “The God whom you and your father serve/worship”. Make sure that your translation of these phrases refers to the same God, not two different Gods. 43:23 axqr נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם מַטְמוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “must have hidden/put the silver/money in your sacks,” -43:23 zwsy כַּסְפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ֣א אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “{because} I {definitely} received your/the silver/money {that you paid for the grain}.” or “{because} {I know that} you gave/paid me silver/money {to pay for the grain}.” -43:23 nnn5 וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Then the/Joseph’s head-servant brought Simeon out {of prison} to his brothers.” or “Then the/Joseph’s servant {got} Simeon out {of prison} {and} brought/took {him} to his brothers.” -43:24 d6ca וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Soon the man/servant took/brought them {all} into Joseph’s/the house” or “Then Joseph’s servant brought/led the brothers inside Joseph’s/the house” -43:24 hz7n וַ⁠יִּתֶּן מַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and provided {them} with water” -43:24 f3c2 וַ⁠יִּרְחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and they washed {the dust/dirt off} their feet,” or “to wash {the road dust off} their feet,” Consider again how you translated “wash … feet” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:4; 19:2; 24:32; 43:24. +43:23 zwsy כַּסְפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ֣א אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “because I definitely received your/the silver/money that you paid for the grain.” or “because I know that you gave/paid me silver/money to pay for the grain.” +43:23 nnn5 וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Then the/Joseph’s head-servant brought Simeon out of prison to his brothers.” or “Then the/Joseph’s servant got Simeon out of prison and brought/took him to his brothers.” +43:24 d6ca וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Soon the man/servant took/brought them all into Joseph’s/the house” or “Then Joseph’s servant brought/led the brothers inside Joseph’s/the house” +43:24 hz7n וַ⁠יִּתֶּן מַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and provided them with water” +43:24 f3c2 וַ⁠יִּרְחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and they washed the dust/dirt off their feet,” or “to wash the road dust off their feet,” Consider again how you translated “wash … feet” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:4; 19:2; 24:32; 43:24. 43:24 xfcm וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן מִסְפּ֖וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹֽרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and he provided fodder/feed for their donkeys.” or “He also fed their donkeys.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “fodder” in Gen 42:27. -43:25 j27m וַ⁠יָּכִ֨ינוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 “Then/Meanwhile Joseph’s brothers got {their} gift/gifts ready” +43:25 j27m וַ⁠יָּכִ֨ינוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 “Then/Meanwhile Joseph’s brothers got their gift/gifts ready” 43:25 fyrt עַד בּ֥וֹא יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָ֑יִם 1 “to give to Joseph when he came/got home at noon,” 43:25 n1x1 כִּ֣י שָֽׁמְע֔וּ 1 “because they had been told/informed” or “because someone had told them” -43:25 q583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי שָׁ֖ם יֹ֥אכְלוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “that they were going to eat a meal {with him} there {at his house}.” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of this verse at the beginning of the verse and say, “When Joseph’s brothers heard that they were going to eat the noon meal with Joseph {at his house}, they got their gifts ready to give him when he came/got home.” Do what is best in your language. +43:25 q583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי שָׁ֖ם יֹ֥אכְלוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “that they were going to eat a meal with him there at his house.” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of this verse at the beginning of the verse and say, “When Joseph’s brothers heard that they were going to eat the noon meal with Joseph at his house, they got their gifts ready to give him when he came/got home.” Do what is best in your language. 43:26 gxzc וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה 1 “When Joseph came to his house,” or “When Joseph came/got home,” -43:26 ida9 וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאּוּ ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “his brothers {gave/presented} to him the gift/gifts that they had brought with them into the house.” -43:26 vrkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ ל֖⁠וֹ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then they bowed {themselves} down before him {with their faces} to the ground {to show him respect/honor}.” or “Then they prostrated themselves on the ground {to respect/honor him}.” See how you translated “bowed down … ground” in Gen 42:6. +43:26 ida9 וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאּוּ ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “his brothers gave/presented to him the gift/gifts that they had brought with them into the house.” +43:26 vrkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ ל֖⁠וֹ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then they bowed themselves down before him with their faces to the ground to show him respect/honor.” or “Then they prostrated themselves on the ground to respect/honor him.” See how you translated “bowed down … ground” in Gen 42:6. 43:27 bvqp וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֤ל לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠שָׁל֔וֹם 1 “Then Joseph asked them how they were doing,” or “Then he/Joseph greeted them” -43:27 e2sa וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he asked {them},” or “He also asked {them},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. -43:27 f3lh הֲ⁠שָׁל֛וֹם אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠זָּקֵ֖ן 1 “Is your aged/elderly father {doing} well” or “Is your aged/elderly father in good health,” -43:27 fjka אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֑ם 1 “whom you spoke about {to me} {before}?” or “whom you mentioned {to me}?” +43:27 e2sa וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he asked them,” or “He also asked them,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. +43:27 f3lh הֲ⁠שָׁל֛וֹם אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠זָּקֵ֖ן 1 “Is your aged/elderly father doing well” or “Is your aged/elderly father in good health,” +43:27 fjka אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֑ם 1 “whom you spoke about to me before?” or “whom you mentioned to me?” 43:27 d9kw הַ⁠עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ חָֽי 1 “Is he still living?” -43:28 a91j וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered {him},” -43:28 siak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics שָׁל֛וֹם לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חָ֑י 1 “{Yes sir,} our father, who highly respects you, is still alive and well/blessed.” The brothers refer to their father as “your servant” here to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. Also, the pronoun “our” is exclusive here because Joseph’s brothers did not yet know that they were talking to Joseph. -43:28 pv3h וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ 1 “Then they bowed {their heads}” or “Then they knelt”. In this verse, the terms “bowed” and “bowed down” translate two different Hebrew words that together describe and emphasize the process of bowing down to the ground. -43:28 iql9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 “and bowed down {to the ground} {again}.” or “and prostrated themselves {in front of him} {again}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 26. -43:29 sk3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא אֶת־בִּנְיָמִ֣ין אָחִי⁠ו֮ 1 “Then Joseph looked up/around and saw his brother Benjamin,” or “When Joseph looked around {at them all}, he saw his brother Benjamin,” Benjamin was younger than Joseph. Also, consider again how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10, 14; 18:2; 22:4, 13; 24:63-64; 31:10; 33:1, 5; 37:25; 39:7; 43:29. -43:29 rxoe בֶּן אִמּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 “{who was} the {only other} son of his {own} mother,” or “who had the same mother that he had,” -43:29 tfn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he said {to them},” or “and he asked {them},” -43:29 kw42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠זֶה֙ אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “So this {young man} must be your youngest brother” or “I suppose this {young man} is your youngest brother”. This question could be an actual question or a rhetorical question. The fact that Joseph does not wait for an answer suggests that this is a rhetorical question, especially since he already realized that the new brother in the group was Benjamin (verse 16). +43:28 a91j וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered him,” +43:28 siak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics שָׁל֛וֹם לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חָ֑י 1 “Yes sir, our father, who highly respects you, is still alive and well/blessed.” The brothers refer to their father as “your servant” here to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. Also, the pronoun “our” is exclusive here because Joseph’s brothers did not yet know that they were talking to Joseph. +43:28 pv3h וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ 1 “Then they bowed their heads” or “Then they knelt”. In this verse, the terms “bowed” and “bowed down” translate two different Hebrew words that together describe and emphasize the process of bowing down to the ground. +43:28 iql9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 “and bowed down to the ground again.” or “and prostrated themselves in front of him again.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 26. +43:29 sk3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא אֶת־בִּנְיָמִ֣ין אָחִי⁠ו֮ 1 “Then Joseph looked up/around and saw his brother Benjamin,” or “When Joseph looked around at them all, he saw his brother Benjamin,” Benjamin was younger than Joseph. Also, consider again how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10, 14; 18:2; 22:4, 13; 24:63-64; 31:10; 33:1, 5; 37:25; 39:7; 43:29. +43:29 rxoe בֶּן אִמּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 “who was the only other son of his own mother,” or “who had the same mother that he had,” +43:29 tfn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he said to them,” or “and he asked them,” +43:29 kw42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠זֶה֙ אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “So this young man must be your youngest brother” or “I suppose this young man is your youngest brother”. This question could be an actual question or a rhetorical question. The fact that Joseph does not wait for an answer suggests that this is a rhetorical question, especially since he already realized that the new brother in the group was Benjamin (verse 16). 43:29 kj9r אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “whom you told me about.” Make sure that your punctuation here fits with the way you translated this sentence, either as a question or a statement. -43:29 fgdx וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then he said {to Benjamin},” +43:29 fgdx וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then he said to Benjamin,” 43:29 x673 אֱלֹהִ֥ים יָחְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I pray that God will be gracious/kind to you,” See how you translated “God has been gracious to …” in Gen 33:11. Also see how you translated “grace” in 24:12, 14 ,27, 49; 39:21. 43:29 etkj בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “young man.” The phrase “my son” is a kind way to address a man who is younger or of lower status; it does not mean that Benjamin was Joseph’s actual son. Also, for some languages it is necessary to put this address first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language. -43:30 hmes וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֣ר יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then Joseph quickly/hurriedly left {the room}” or “Then/Suddenly Joseph rushed out {of the room}” +43:30 hmes וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֣ר יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then Joseph quickly/hurriedly left the room” or “Then/Suddenly Joseph rushed out of the room” 43:30 mlcg כִּֽי נִכְמְר֤וּ רַחֲמָי⁠ו֙ אֶל אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “because he was feeling deeply emotional about his brother,” or “because he felt overwhelmed with emotions for/about his brother” -43:30 lthk וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לִ⁠בְכּ֑וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and desired/wanted to cry,” or “and felt like crying,” or “and was about to cry,” or (2) “and was looking for {a place} to cry,” or “and went to find {a place} to cry,” +43:30 lthk וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לִ⁠בְכּ֑וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and desired/wanted to cry,” or “and felt like crying,” or “and was about to cry,” or (2) “and was looking for a place to cry,” or “and went to find a place to cry,” 43:30 a4rn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠חַ֖דְרָ⁠ה 1 “so he went to his private room” or “So he went to his bedroom,” -43:30 kzi6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that he could cry there.” or “where he cried {privately}.” -43:31 vi1v וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ פָּנָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֑א וַ⁠יִּ֨תְאַפַּ֔ק 1 “After a while, he stopped crying, washed {the tears off} his face and came out {of his room}” or “After he had gotten control of his emotions {and stopped crying}, he washed {the tears off} his face and came back out {of his room}.” -43:31 djhb וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and told/commanded {his servants},” or “Then he told/commanded {his servants},” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -43:31 fj19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שִׂ֥ימוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “Serve/Bring the food/meal {to us}.” or “{It is time to} serve/distribute the food/meal {to us}.” The word “bread” refers to all the food they ate at this meal, not just bread. -43:32 k33k וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ ל֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then they served/brought {food} to him/Joseph at his own table,” +43:30 kzi6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that he could cry there.” or “where he cried privately.” +43:31 vi1v וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ פָּנָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֑א וַ⁠יִּ֨תְאַפַּ֔ק 1 “After a while, he stopped crying, washed the tears off his face and came out of his room” or “After he had gotten control of his emotions and stopped crying, he washed the tears off his face and came back out of his room.” +43:31 djhb וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and told/commanded his servants,” or “Then he told/commanded his servants,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +43:31 fj19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שִׂ֥ימוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “Serve/Bring the food/meal to us.” or “It is time to serve/distribute the food/meal to us.” The word “bread” refers to all the food they ate at this meal, not just bread. +43:32 k33k וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ ל֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then they served/brought food to him/Joseph at his own table,” 43:32 j3ct וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֣ם לְ⁠בַדָּ֑⁠ם 1 “and his brothers at their own table,” -43:32 aecw וְ⁠לַ⁠מִּצְרִ֞ים הָ⁠אֹכְלִ֤ים אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם 1 “and the Egyptians who were eating as his guests at their own table.” or “They also served/brought {food} to some Egyptian guests at a separate table.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. -43:32 n9pf כִּי֩ לֹ֨א יוּכְל֜וּ⁠ן הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֗ים לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֤ל אֶת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִים֙ לֶ֔חֶם כִּי תוֹעֵבָ֥ה הִ֖וא לְ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Egyptians do not eat at the same table as Hebrew people, because Egyptians/they consider it detestable/unacceptable {to do that}.” or “{The servants did that,} because Egyptians consider it detestable/unacceptable to eat with Hebrew people at the same table.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “Hebrews” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:13, 39:14, 17; 40:15, 41:12; 43:32. -43:33 iw9a וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 “And/Now Joseph’s brothers were sitting {at a table}” or “Joseph’s brothers had been seated {at a table}” +43:32 aecw וְ⁠לַ⁠מִּצְרִ֞ים הָ⁠אֹכְלִ֤ים אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם 1 “and the Egyptians who were eating as his guests at their own table.” or “They also served/brought food to some Egyptian guests at a separate table.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +43:32 n9pf כִּי֩ לֹ֨א יוּכְל֜וּ⁠ן הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֗ים לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֤ל אֶת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִים֙ לֶ֔חֶם כִּי תוֹעֵבָ֥ה הִ֖וא לְ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Egyptians do not eat at the same table as Hebrew people, because Egyptians/they consider it detestable/unacceptable to do that.” or “The servants did that, because Egyptians consider it detestable/unacceptable to eat with Hebrew people at the same table.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “Hebrews” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:13, 39:14, 17; 40:15, 41:12; 43:32. +43:33 iw9a וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 “And/Now Joseph’s brothers were sitting at a table” or “Joseph’s brothers had been seated at a table” 43:33 kg7b לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “in front of him/Joseph” or “facing his/Joseph’s table” 43:33 owgp הַ⁠בְּכֹר֙ כִּ⁠בְכֹ֣רָת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יר כִּ⁠צְעִרָת֑⁠וֹ 1 “according to their age order, from oldest to youngest,” or “in the order of their ages, from the firstborn/oldest to the youngest,” -43:33 liwf וַ⁠יִּתְמְה֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ אֶל רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “so they looked/stared at each other in astonishment/amazement.” or “{When they saw/noticed that,} they were astonished/amazed {and stared} at one another.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -43:34 rsws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א מַשְׂאֹ֜ת מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פָּנָי⁠ו֮ אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֒ 1 “Then Joseph served his brothers food from his table,” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} serve food to his brothers from his table,” As a person of high position and status, Joseph probably had his servants serve the food rather doing it himself. Decide whether you want to make that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. -43:34 elb9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜רֶב מַשְׂאַ֧ת בִּנְיָמִ֛ן & חָמֵ֣שׁ יָד֑וֹת 1 “but the amount of food that was served to Benjamin was five times more” or “but he {had them} serve Benjamin five times more {food}” -43:34 slsw מִ⁠מַּשְׂאֹ֥ת כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם 1 “than {the amount of food that} was served to any of {the rest of} them.” or “than {they} served to any of {the rest of} his brothers.” -43:34 gdx2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֥וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁכְּר֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then they {ate food,} drank {wine} and celebrated/feasted with him.” or “Then his brothers feasted and drank {wine} freely with him.” or “Then they feasted and drank {wine} freely with him {until they were very merry}.” The Hebrew verb for “became drunk” is the same word that is used in Gen 9:21 to describe Noah when he had drunk so much wine that he had fallen asleep. Here, it probably means that they had drunk enough wine that they were feeling happy and sociable. +43:33 liwf וַ⁠יִּתְמְה֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ אֶל רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “so they looked/stared at each other in astonishment/amazement.” or “When they saw/noticed that, they were astonished/amazed and stared at one another.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +43:34 rsws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א מַשְׂאֹ֜ת מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פָּנָי⁠ו֮ אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֒ 1 “Then Joseph served his brothers food from his table,” or “Then Joseph had his servants serve food to his brothers from his table,” As a person of high position and status, Joseph probably had his servants serve the food rather doing it himself. Decide whether you want to make that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. +43:34 elb9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜רֶב מַשְׂאַ֧ת בִּנְיָמִ֛ן & חָמֵ֣שׁ יָד֑וֹת 1 “but the amount of food that was served to Benjamin was five times more” or “but he had them serve Benjamin five times more food” +43:34 slsw מִ⁠מַּשְׂאֹ֥ת כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם 1 “than the amount of food that was served to any of the rest of them.” or “than they served to any of the rest of his brothers.” +43:34 gdx2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֥וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁכְּר֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then they ate food, drank wine and celebrated/feasted with him.” or “Then his brothers feasted and drank wine freely with him.” or “Then they feasted and drank wine freely with him until they were very merry.” The Hebrew verb for “became drunk” is the same word that is used in Gen 9:21 to describe Noah when he had drunk so much wine that he had fallen asleep. Here, it probably means that they had drunk enough wine that they were feeling happy and sociable. 44:1 he1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו 1 “Later Joseph ordered” -44:1 co1e אֶת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית⁠וֹ֮ 1 “{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:16. -44:1 t9xr לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ מַלֵּ֞א אֶת אַמְתְּחֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֹ֔כֶל כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “Fill the men’s {grain} sacks/bags with as much grain as”. These grain sacks were carried by the brother’s donkeys and were probably fairly large since donkeys are able to carry around 50 kilos (about 110 pounds). -44:1 ikn0 יוּכְל֖וּ⁠ן שְׂאֵ֑ת 1 “they can take {with them},” or “their/the sacks/bags can hold,” -44:1 uzxa וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים כֶּֽסֶף אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put their {grain} money in the top/opening of their {grain} sacks/bags.” or “and in the top/opening of their sacks/bags, put the silver/money that each {of them} paid {for the grain}.” See how you translated “silver/money” in Gen 42:25, 27-28. -44:2 pli8 וְ⁠אֶת גְּבִיעִ֞⁠י גְּבִ֣יעַ הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף תָּשִׂים֙ 1 “And put my cup, the one that is {made of} silver,” or “Also put my silver cup”. Notice that this cup was made out of silver; it was not just silver in color. -44:2 tqum בְּ⁠פִי֙ אַמְתַּ֣חַת הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “in the top/opening of the youngest {one/man}’s sack/bag,” +44:1 co1e אֶת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית⁠וֹ֮ 1 “the servant who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:16. +44:1 t9xr לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ מַלֵּ֞א אֶת אַמְתְּחֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֹ֔כֶל כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “Fill the men’s grain sacks/bags with as much grain as”. These grain sacks were carried by the brother’s donkeys and were probably fairly large since donkeys are able to carry around 50 kilos (about 110 pounds). +44:1 ikn0 יוּכְל֖וּ⁠ן שְׂאֵ֑ת 1 “they can take with them,” or “their/the sacks/bags can hold,” +44:1 uzxa וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים כֶּֽסֶף אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put their grain money in the top/opening of their grain sacks/bags.” or “and in the top/opening of their sacks/bags, put the silver/money that each of them paid for the grain.” See how you translated “silver/money” in Gen 42:25, 27-28. +44:2 pli8 וְ⁠אֶת גְּבִיעִ֞⁠י גְּבִ֣יעַ הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף תָּשִׂים֙ 1 “And put my cup, the one that is made of silver,” or “Also put my silver cup”. Notice that this cup was made out of silver; it was not just silver in color. +44:2 tqum בְּ⁠פִי֙ אַמְתַּ֣חַת הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “in the top/opening of the youngest one/man’s sack/bag,” 44:2 pdhi וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כֶּ֣סֶף שִׁבְר֑⁠וֹ 1 “and/with his grain money/payment.” or “along with the silver/money that he paid for the grain.” -44:2 r9gb וַ⁠יַּ֕עַשׂ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר 1 “So the servant did exactly as/what Joseph/he had told/ordered {him to do}.” See how you translated “according to … words” in Gen 43:7. -44:3 qedu הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר א֑וֹר 1 “The {next} morning {as it} was becoming light,” or “The {next} morning at dawn,” or “Early the next morning,” -44:3 l62s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים שֻׁלְּח֔וּ הֵ֖מָּה וַ⁠חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “the men/brothers were sent {on their way} with their donkeys {by Joseph}.” or “{Joseph} sent the men/brothers {on their way}, along with their donkeys.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive sentence in your language. -44:4 c0b7 הֵ֠ם יָֽצְא֣וּ אֶת הָ⁠עִיר֮ לֹ֣א הִרְחִיקוּ֒ 1 “{But} after they left the city, before they had gone very far,” or “{But} they had not gone very far out of the city when” -44:4 a5rr וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף אָמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph/he told {the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “Joseph/he ordered his head-servant,” See how you translated “{the one} who {was} over his house” in verse 1.” -44:4 o859 ק֥וּם 1 “Hurry {and}” or “Immediately” +44:2 r9gb וַ⁠יַּ֕עַשׂ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר 1 “So the servant did exactly as/what Joseph/he had told/ordered him to do.” See how you translated “according to … words” in Gen 43:7. +44:3 qedu הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר א֑וֹר 1 “The next morning as it was becoming light,” or “The next morning at dawn,” or “Early the next morning,” +44:3 l62s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים שֻׁלְּח֔וּ הֵ֖מָּה וַ⁠חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “the men/brothers were sent on their way with their donkeys by Joseph.” or “Joseph sent the men/brothers on their way, along with their donkeys.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive sentence in your language. +44:4 c0b7 הֵ֠ם יָֽצְא֣וּ אֶת הָ⁠עִיר֮ לֹ֣א הִרְחִיקוּ֒ 1 “But after they left the city, before they had gone very far,” or “But they had not gone very far out of the city when” +44:4 a5rr וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף אָמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “Joseph/he told the servant who managed/supervised his household,” or “Joseph/he ordered his head-servant,” See how you translated “the one who was over his house” in verse 1.” +44:4 o859 ק֥וּם 1 “Hurry and” or “Immediately” 44:4 ve86 רְדֹ֖ף אַחֲרֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 1 “go/chase after the/those men” or “pursue those men” 44:4 bo39 וְ⁠הִשַּׂגְתָּ⁠ם֙ 1 “When you catch up with them,” or “When you reach them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 44:4 slkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “say to them,” or “tell/ask them,” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question. -44:4 bfwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֛⁠מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּ֥ם רָעָ֖ה תַּ֥חַת טוֹבָֽה 1 “Why have you treated {my master} so badly after/when {he was} so good {to you}?” or “My master was very good to you. Why have you treated him so badly?” or “My master treated you so/very well, but in return you have treated him very badly!” Joseph’s servant uses this rhetorical question to scold the brothers and express his outrage. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. -44:5 rzp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא זֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁתֶּ֤ה אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Why {do you have} the cup that my master drinks from” or “The cup {you stole} is {the cup} that my master drinks from”. The servant uses this rhetorical question to further express his outrage about the missing cup. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -44:5 kroa וְ⁠ה֕וּא נַחֵ֥שׁ יְנַחֵ֖שׁ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{It is} the one he regularly uses for divination!” or “He {also} uses it to find out secret things!” The word “divines” refers to the practice of interpreting omens (signs) or using supernatural means to find out things. See how you translated a similar term (“divination”) in Gen 30:27. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +44:4 bfwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֛⁠מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּ֥ם רָעָ֖ה תַּ֥חַת טוֹבָֽה 1 “Why have you treated my master so badly after/when he was so good to you?” or “My master was very good to you. Why have you treated him so badly?” or “My master treated you so/very well, but in return you have treated him very badly!” Joseph’s servant uses this rhetorical question to scold the brothers and express his outrage. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. +44:5 rzp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא זֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁתֶּ֤ה אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Why do you have the cup that my master drinks from” or “The cup you stole is the cup that my master drinks from”. The servant uses this rhetorical question to further express his outrage about the missing cup. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +44:5 kroa וְ⁠ה֕וּא נַחֵ֥שׁ יְנַחֵ֖שׁ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “It is the one he regularly uses for divination!” or “He also uses it to find out secret things!” The word “divines” refers to the practice of interpreting omens (signs) or using supernatural means to find out things. See how you translated a similar term (“divination”) in Gen 30:27. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 44:5 frff הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲשִׂיתֶֽם 1 “What you have done is very evil/wrong!” The phrase “you have done” is repeated in this sentence for emphasis. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. -44:6 n84h וַֽ⁠יַּשִּׂגֵ֑⁠ם 1 “Then/So the/Joseph’s servant {left, and when he} caught up with the men/brothers,” Consider again how you translated “overtake” or “overtook” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:19; 31:25; 44:4, 6. -44:6 ll3k וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “he repeated/said to them what Joseph had told him {to say}.” or “he gave/told them that/Joseph’s message.” +44:6 n84h וַֽ⁠יַּשִּׂגֵ֑⁠ם 1 “Then/So the/Joseph’s servant left, and when he caught up with the men/brothers,” Consider again how you translated “overtake” or “overtook” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:19; 31:25; 44:4, 6. +44:6 ll3k וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “he repeated/said to them what Joseph had told him to say.” or “he gave/told them that/Joseph’s message.” 44:7 pakd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “But they replied/exclaimed,” 44:7 iwsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “Sir, why do you say such things?” or “Master/Sir, we do not know why you are saying that!” The brothers use this rhetorical question to express their shock at being accused of something they had not done. They also address the servant as “my lord” to show him respect. Decide what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. -44:7 ieuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics חָלִ֨ילָ⁠ה֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 “{We assure you,} sir, {that} we would never do” or “{We swear as} your {humble} servants {that we} would never {even} think of doing” or “We would never {even} consider doing”. The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +44:7 ieuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics חָלִ֨ילָ⁠ה֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 “We assure you, sir, that we would never do” or “We swear as your humble servants that we would never even think of doing” or “We would never even consider doing”. The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. 44:7 z1d4 כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “anything like that!” or “such a thing!” 44:8 jlc8 הֵ֣ן 1 “Remember that” or “After all,” -44:8 t6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֤ר מָצָ֨אנוּ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ הֱשִׁיבֹ֥נוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “we returned to you the money that we found/discovered in our {grain} sacks/bags {last time}. {We brought it} {all the way} from {our home in} the land/region of Canaan!” or “as soon as we came {back here} from the land/region of Canaan, we returned to you the money we had found/discovered inside our {grain} sacks/bags.” Consider what is the best way in your language to order the clauses in this sentence. -44:8 r9b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֗יךְ נִגְנֹב֙ 1 “So why would we {ever} steal/take” or “So we would never steal/take” or “So there is no reason that we would {ever} steal/take”. The brothers use this rhetorical question to strongly emphasize that they would never steal from the servant’s master. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. -44:8 h9a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כֶּ֖סֶף א֥וֹ זָהָֽב 1 “silver {things} or gold {things} {or anything else}”. The brothers are emphasizing that they would never steal anything from Joseph, especially not valuable things made out of gold or silver. +44:8 t6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֤ר מָצָ֨אנוּ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ הֱשִׁיבֹ֥נוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “we returned to you the money that we found/discovered in our grain sacks/bags last time. We brought it all the way from our home in the land/region of Canaan!” or “as soon as we came back here from the land/region of Canaan, we returned to you the money we had found/discovered inside our grain sacks/bags.” Consider what is the best way in your language to order the clauses in this sentence. +44:8 r9b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֗יךְ נִגְנֹב֙ 1 “So why would we ever steal/take” or “So we would never steal/take” or “So there is no reason that we would ever steal/take”. The brothers use this rhetorical question to strongly emphasize that they would never steal from the servant’s master. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. +44:8 h9a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כֶּ֖סֶף א֥וֹ זָהָֽב 1 “silver things or gold things or anything else”. The brothers are emphasizing that they would never steal anything from Joseph, especially not valuable things made out of gold or silver. 44:8 mwlj מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “from your master’s house!” or “from your master!” -44:9 q39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֥א אִתּ֛⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{In fact,} sir, if you find/discover that one/any of us does have the cup,” or “If any one of us does have the cup, sir,” The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant. -44:9 ewku וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 “then he must/should die,” or “then he should be executed/killed,” or “then {you may} execute/kill that person/man,” -44:9 wzg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וְ⁠גַם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ נִֽהְיֶ֥ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “and besides that, {the rest of} us will become slaves/servants for you, sir.” or “and {the rest of} us, sir, will become your slaves/servants.” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 7. -44:10 o3gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “The/Joseph’s servant replied {to them},” +44:9 q39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֥א אִתּ֛⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “In fact, sir, if you find/discover that one/any of us does have the cup,” or “If any one of us does have the cup, sir,” The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant. +44:9 ewku וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 “then he must/should die,” or “then he should be executed/killed,” or “then you may execute/kill that person/man,” +44:9 wzg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וְ⁠גַם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ נִֽהְיֶ֥ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “and besides that, the rest of us will become slaves/servants for you, sir.” or “and the rest of us, sir, will become your slaves/servants.” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 7. +44:10 o3gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “The/Joseph’s servant replied to them,” 44:10 dbf7 גַּם עַתָּ֥ה 1 “So/Okay then,” or “Very well then,” -44:10 uj13 כְ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כֶּן ה֑וּא 1 “based on what you have said I will do this:” or “I will do as you suggest {except for this}:” +44:10 uj13 כְ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כֶּן ה֑וּא 1 “based on what you have said I will do this:” or “I will do as you suggest except for this:” 44:10 v6rg אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֤א אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “The one whom I find with my master’s cup” or “If I find one of you with my master’s cup, that person” -44:10 soyh יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “{is the only one who} will be/become my slave/servant.” -44:10 dww7 וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם תִּהְי֥וּ נְקִיִּֽם 1 “{The rest of} you will be innocent {and free to go}.” or “but {the rest of} you will be free to go/leave.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -44:11 hime וַֽ⁠יְמַהֲר֗וּ וַ⁠יּוֹרִ֛דוּ אִ֥ישׁ אֶת אַמְתַּחְתּ֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה 1 “So each of them quickly/immediately lowered his sack/bag {of grain} {from his donkey} to the ground,” or “Then/So each of the men/brothers quickly/immediately took his {grain} sack/bag {off his donkey} and put it on the ground,” -44:11 puw2 וַֽ⁠יִּפְתְּח֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and each of them opened his {own} sack/bag.” or “and opened it.” -44:12 gwvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ 1 “Then the/Joseph’s servant searched {their sacks/bags}.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s servant in verses 6, 10 and 12. Also see how you translated “searched” in Gen 31:35. -44:12 z3eh בַּ⁠גָּד֣וֹל הֵחֵ֔ל וּ⁠בַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן כִּלָּ֑ה 1 “beginning/starting with the oldest {brother} and ending/finishing with the youngest {brother/one},” or “He started with the oldest {brother} and continued until he came to the youngest {brother/one},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -44:12 ax9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גָּבִ֔יעַ בְּ⁠אַמְתַּ֖חַת בִּנְיָמִֽן 1 “and the cup was found {by him} in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and {there} he found the cup in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and {it was there} in Benjamin’s sack/bag that he found the cup!” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -44:13 fj96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְע֖וּ שִׂמְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “In response {to that}, the brothers tore their clothes {in distress/grief}.” See how you translated “tore … clothes {in distress}” in Gen 37:29, 34. -44:13 yxdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמֹס֙ אִ֣ישׁ עַל־חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then each {of them} put his sack/bag {back} on his {own} donkey,” or “Then each {of the men/brothers} loaded up his {own} donkey {again},” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the brothers in each context throughout this chapter. -44:13 tupx וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠עִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “and they {all} returned to the city.” or “and/then they {all} {turned around and} went back to the city.” +44:10 soyh יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “is the only one who will be/become my slave/servant.” +44:10 dww7 וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם תִּהְי֥וּ נְקִיִּֽם 1 “The rest of you will be innocent and free to go.” or “but the rest of you will be free to go/leave.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +44:11 hime וַֽ⁠יְמַהֲר֗וּ וַ⁠יּוֹרִ֛דוּ אִ֥ישׁ אֶת אַמְתַּחְתּ֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה 1 “So each of them quickly/immediately lowered his sack/bag of grain from his donkey to the ground,” or “Then/So each of the men/brothers quickly/immediately took his grain sack/bag off his donkey and put it on the ground,” +44:11 puw2 וַֽ⁠יִּפְתְּח֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and each of them opened his own sack/bag.” or “and opened it.” +44:12 gwvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ 1 “Then the/Joseph’s servant searched their sacks/bags.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s servant in verses 6, 10 and 12. Also see how you translated “searched” in Gen 31:35. +44:12 z3eh בַּ⁠גָּד֣וֹל הֵחֵ֔ל וּ⁠בַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן כִּלָּ֑ה 1 “beginning/starting with the oldest brother and ending/finishing with the youngest brother/one,” or “He started with the oldest brother and continued until he came to the youngest brother/one,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +44:12 ax9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גָּבִ֔יעַ בְּ⁠אַמְתַּ֖חַת בִּנְיָמִֽן 1 “and the cup was found by him in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and there he found the cup in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and it was there in Benjamin’s sack/bag that he found the cup!” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +44:13 fj96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְע֖וּ שִׂמְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “In response to that, the brothers tore their clothes in distress/grief.” See how you translated “tore … clothes in distress” in Gen 37:29, 34. +44:13 yxdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמֹס֙ אִ֣ישׁ עַל־חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then each of them put his sack/bag back on his own donkey,” or “Then each of the men/brothers loaded up his own donkey again,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the brothers in each context throughout this chapter. +44:13 tupx וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠עִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “and they all returned to the city.” or “and/then they all turned around and went back to the city.” 44:14 onj0 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יְהוּדָ֤ה וְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙ בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “When Judah and his brothers arrived at Joseph’s house,” -44:14 ynh4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ שָׁ֑ם 1 “Joseph was still there,” or “Joseph was there {waiting for them},” -44:14 fx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then/So they prostrated themselves on the ground before him {to show respect}.” or “Then/So they bowed all the way to the ground in front of him {to honor him}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +44:14 ynh4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ שָׁ֑ם 1 “Joseph was still there,” or “Joseph was there waiting for them,” +44:14 fx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then/So they prostrated themselves on the ground before him to show respect.” or “Then/So they bowed all the way to the ground in front of him to honor him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 44:15 qsr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Joseph told/asked them,” or “Then Joseph exclaimed to them,” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question. 44:15 beu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָֽה הַ⁠מַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲשִׂיתֶ֑ם 1 “Why did you do such a terrible thing?” or “What you have done is terrible!” or “You should never have done such a thing!” Joseph uses rhetorical questions in this verse to express anger and scold his brothers. Some languages must use strong statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 20:9. 44:15 bld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם 1 “You should have known” 44:15 d0er כִּֽי & אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּמֹֽ⁠נִי 1 “that a ruler like me” or “that someone in my position” -44:15 kl9z נַחֵ֧שׁ יְנַחֵ֛שׁ 1 “regularly practices divination!” or “knows how to discover the secret things {that people do}!” or “could use divination to find out {what you did}!” See how you translated “divines” in verse 5. -44:16 rht7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah answered,” or “Judah replied {to him},” -44:16 vuo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נֹּאמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Sir, there is nothing {convincing} that we can say {to you}.” Judah uses a series of rhetorical questions in this verse to express how upset he is about what has happened and to emphasize that there is nothing that they can say to convince Joseph that they are innocent. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. -44:16 pt2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נְּדַבֵּ֖ר 1 “There is no way that we can explain {this}.” or “We cannot explain {this}.” -44:16 jwxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק 1 “We do not know how to show/prove {to you} that we did not do this.” or “There is no way we can prove/show {to you} that we are innocent.” -44:16 t81j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים מָצָא֙ אֶת עֲוֺ֣ן עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “God has uncovered/exposed our guilt {for our past sin}.” or “God is punishing {us,} your {humble} servants, for our {past} sin/sins.” or “God is using this occasion to punish us for our {past} sin.” Judah refers to himself and his brothers as “your servants” to show humility and to honor Joseph. Also, Judah is probably referring here to the sin of selling their brother Joseph into slavery years ago. You could include that information in a footnote. -44:16 llw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics הִנֶּ⁠נּ֤וּ עֲבָדִים֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Here we {all} are, {ready to be} slaves/servants for you, sir,” or “{So now,} sir, we are {all} here to be your slaves/servants,” -44:16 u0e1 גַּם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ גַּ֛ם אֲשֶׁר 1 “including {the one/man}” -44:16 fi8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָ֥א הַ⁠גָּבִ֖יעַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “who was found with your cup {in his grain sack/bag}.” or “in whose {grain} sack/bag {your house-servant} found the cup.” or “whom {your house-servant} found with your cup {in his sack/bag}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -44:17 ezgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But Joseph told {them},” or “But Joseph exclaimed,” -44:17 ambx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ֔⁠י מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת זֹ֑את 1 “{No,} I would never {even} consider doing such a thing!” See how you translated “Far be it from …” in verse 7. -44:17 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָ⁠אִ֡ישׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א הַ⁠גָּבִ֜יעַ בְּ⁠יָד֗⁠וֹ ה֚וּא 1 “{Only} the one who was found with my cup {in his sack/bag}” or “{Only} the man in whose sack/bag {my servant} found the/my cup” or “{Rather} {only} the one/man whom {my servant} found with my cup {in his sack/bag}”. See how you translated “in whose hand the cup was found” in verse 16. -44:17 sa6p יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “will be/become my slave.” or “will {stay and} serve me as a slave.” -44:17 n9xw וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם עֲל֥וּ לְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם אֶל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “But you {others} may return to your father in peace.” or “As for {the rest of} you, you may go {back} home to your father without any trouble.” or “{The rest of} you are free to go {back} home to your father.” The phrase “go up” refers to the fact that the land of Canaan was higher in elevation than the country of Egypt. Some translations leave “up” implied. Do what is best in your language. -44:18 shso וַ⁠יִּגַּ֨שׁ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ 1 “Then Judah went/came up/closer to Joseph and said,” or “Then Judah approached Joseph and said {to him},” See how you translated “went near” in Gen 43:19. +44:15 kl9z נַחֵ֧שׁ יְנַחֵ֛שׁ 1 “regularly practices divination!” or “knows how to discover the secret things that people do!” or “could use divination to find out what you did!” See how you translated “divines” in verse 5. +44:16 rht7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah answered,” or “Judah replied to him,” +44:16 vuo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נֹּאמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Sir, there is nothing convincing that we can say to you.” Judah uses a series of rhetorical questions in this verse to express how upset he is about what has happened and to emphasize that there is nothing that they can say to convince Joseph that they are innocent. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. +44:16 pt2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נְּדַבֵּ֖ר 1 “There is no way that we can explain this.” or “We cannot explain this.” +44:16 jwxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק 1 “We do not know how to show/prove to you that we did not do this.” or “There is no way we can prove/show to you that we are innocent.” +44:16 t81j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים מָצָא֙ אֶת עֲוֺ֣ן עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “God has uncovered/exposed our guilt for our past sin.” or “God is punishing us, your humble servants, for our past sin/sins.” or “God is using this occasion to punish us for our past sin.” Judah refers to himself and his brothers as “your servants” to show humility and to honor Joseph. Also, Judah is probably referring here to the sin of selling their brother Joseph into slavery years ago. You could include that information in a footnote. +44:16 llw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics הִנֶּ⁠נּ֤וּ עֲבָדִים֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Here we all are, ready to be slaves/servants for you, sir,” or “So now, sir, we are all here to be your slaves/servants,” +44:16 u0e1 גַּם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ גַּ֛ם אֲשֶׁר 1 “including the one/man” +44:16 fi8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָ֥א הַ⁠גָּבִ֖יעַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “who was found with your cup in his grain sack/bag.” or “in whose grain sack/bag your house-servant found the cup.” or “whom your house-servant found with your cup in his sack/bag.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +44:17 ezgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But Joseph told them,” or “But Joseph exclaimed,” +44:17 ambx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ֔⁠י מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת זֹ֑את 1 “No, I would never even consider doing such a thing!” See how you translated “Far be it from …” in verse 7. +44:17 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָ⁠אִ֡ישׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א הַ⁠גָּבִ֜יעַ בְּ⁠יָד֗⁠וֹ ה֚וּא 1 “Only the one who was found with my cup in his sack/bag” or “Only the man in whose sack/bag my servant found the/my cup” or “Rather only the one/man whom my servant found with my cup in his sack/bag”. See how you translated “in whose hand the cup was found” in verse 16. +44:17 sa6p יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “will be/become my slave.” or “will stay and serve me as a slave.” +44:17 n9xw וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם עֲל֥וּ לְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם אֶל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “But you others may return to your father in peace.” or “As for the rest of you, you may go back home to your father without any trouble.” or “The rest of you are free to go back home to your father.” The phrase “go up” refers to the fact that the land of Canaan was higher in elevation than the country of Egypt. Some translations leave “up” implied. Do what is best in your language. +44:18 shso וַ⁠יִּגַּ֨שׁ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ 1 “Then Judah went/came up/closer to Joseph and said,” or “Then Judah approached Joseph and said to him,” See how you translated “went near” in Gen 43:19. 44:18 j6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ⁠י֒ 1 “Please, sir/master,” or “Excuse me, sir/master,” Compare how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:20. -44:18 rqfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יְדַבֶּר נָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֤ דָבָר֙ בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “I humbly ask you to let me speak freely/plainly to you.” or “will you please allow {me} your {humble} servant to say something to you.” Make sure your translation of “your servant” refers here to Judah, not to someone else. Throughout verses 18-34, Judah uses phrases such as “my lord,” “your servant,” and “your servants” to be polite and show respect to Joseph. At each point in these verses, make sure it is clear in your translation whom he is referring to. +44:18 rqfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יְדַבֶּר נָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֤ דָבָר֙ בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “I humbly ask you to let me speak freely/plainly to you.” or “will you please allow me your humble servant to say something to you.” Make sure your translation of “your servant” refers here to Judah, not to someone else. Throughout verses 18-34, Judah uses phrases such as “my lord,” “your servant,” and “your servants” to be polite and show respect to Joseph. At each point in these verses, make sure it is clear in your translation whom he is referring to. 44:18 hoo2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל יִ֥חַר אַפְּ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Please do not be angry with/at me,” Compare how you translated the idiom “his anger burned” in Gen 39:19. -44:18 g9dp כִּ֥י כָמ֖וֹ⁠ךָ 1 “{especially} since you {are} as {powerful as}” or “even though you {are} equal {in rank/authority} to” -44:18 s1ai כְּ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “{King} Pharaoh {himself}.” or “the king {himself}.” -44:19 vv9q אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י שָׁאַ֔ל 1 “Sir, {previously} you asked” or “Sir, {the last/previous time we were here,} you asked” -44:19 xcqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{us} your {humble} servants” or “us”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of “his servants” that Judah is referring to himself and his brothers. -44:19 vxb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר הֲ⁠יֵשׁ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם אָ֖ב אוֹ אָֽח 1 “Is your father still alive? Do you have {another} brother?” or “if/whether our father was {still} alive and if/whether we had {any other} brothers.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes. -44:20 y8ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “And we told you, sir, {that}” or “We answered you, sir, {that}” -44:20 iohe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֶשׁ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אָ֣ב זָקֵ֔ן 1 “our aged/elderly father is {still} alive” or “we have an elderly father” -44:20 e3jx וְ⁠יֶ֥לֶד זְקֻנִ֖ים קָטָ֑ן 1 “and {also} a younger brother who was born when our father was {already} old.” or “and {with him is} his youngest son whom our father had when he was {already} old.” -44:20 grn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֨ר ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That son is the only one left {alive} from his mother, since his brother died.” or “And since that son’s brother is dead, he is his mother’s only living son/child.” or “That brother’s mother only had one other son, who is now dead.” In this sentence, “brother” refers to an older brother from the same father and mother. Some languages have a special kinship term for that. Do what is best in your language. -44:20 f6ig וְ⁠אָבִ֥י⁠ו אֲהֵבֽ⁠וֹ 1 “So his/our father loves him {very much}.” or “So his/our father {especially} loves our youngest brother.” -44:21 seoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Then you told {us, who are} your {humble} servants,” or “Then you told us, sir,” Judah uses the humble term “your servants” to show respect and honor to someone of higher status and authority. -44:21 qfp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָשִׂ֥ימָה עֵינִ֖⁠י עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Bring your youngest brother to me so that I can see/meet him.” or “to bring our youngest brother {here} to you so that you could/can see him for yourself.” The verb “bring … down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the region of Canaan. Some translations leave “down” implied. Do what is best in your language. -44:22 g162 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יוּכַ֥ל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר לַ⁠עֲזֹ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “But we told you, sir, that the young man should/must not leave his father {and come here},” -44:22 xhm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠עָזַ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וָ⁠מֵֽת 1 “because if he did/does, his father would/will die {from anxiety}.” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clause, as either a direct or indirect quote. -44:23 kpr1 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “But then, sir, you told us {that}” or “But you told us {that}” +44:18 g9dp כִּ֥י כָמ֖וֹ⁠ךָ 1 “especially since you are as powerful as” or “even though you are equal in rank/authority to” +44:18 s1ai כְּ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “King Pharaoh himself.” or “the king himself.” +44:19 vv9q אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י שָׁאַ֔ל 1 “Sir, previously you asked” or “Sir, the last/previous time we were here, you asked” +44:19 xcqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “us your humble servants” or “us”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of “his servants” that Judah is referring to himself and his brothers. +44:19 vxb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר הֲ⁠יֵשׁ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם אָ֖ב אוֹ אָֽח 1 “Is your father still alive? Do you have another brother?” or “if/whether our father was still alive and if/whether we had any other brothers.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes. +44:20 y8ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “And we told you, sir, that” or “We answered you, sir, that” +44:20 iohe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֶשׁ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אָ֣ב זָקֵ֔ן 1 “our aged/elderly father is still alive” or “we have an elderly father” +44:20 e3jx וְ⁠יֶ֥לֶד זְקֻנִ֖ים קָטָ֑ן 1 “and also a younger brother who was born when our father was already old.” or “and with him is his youngest son whom our father had when he was already old.” +44:20 grn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֨ר ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That son is the only one left alive from his mother, since his brother died.” or “And since that son’s brother is dead, he is his mother’s only living son/child.” or “That brother’s mother only had one other son, who is now dead.” In this sentence, “brother” refers to an older brother from the same father and mother. Some languages have a special kinship term for that. Do what is best in your language. +44:20 f6ig וְ⁠אָבִ֥י⁠ו אֲהֵבֽ⁠וֹ 1 “So his/our father loves him very much.” or “So his/our father especially loves our youngest brother.” +44:21 seoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Then you told us, who are your humble servants,” or “Then you told us, sir,” Judah uses the humble term “your servants” to show respect and honor to someone of higher status and authority. +44:21 qfp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָשִׂ֥ימָה עֵינִ֖⁠י עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Bring your youngest brother to me so that I can see/meet him.” or “to bring our youngest brother here to you so that you could/can see him for yourself.” The verb “bring … down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the region of Canaan. Some translations leave “down” implied. Do what is best in your language. +44:22 g162 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יוּכַ֥ל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר לַ⁠עֲזֹ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “But we told you, sir, that the young man should/must not leave his father and come here,” +44:22 xhm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠עָזַ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וָ⁠מֵֽת 1 “because if he did/does, his father would/will die from anxiety.” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clause, as either a direct or indirect quote. +44:23 kpr1 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “But then, sir, you told us that” or “But you told us that” 44:23 x0ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם לֹ֥א יֵרֵ֛ד אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “if our youngest brother did not come back here with us,” or “unless our youngest brother came with us,” Consider again whether to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes. 44:23 ud9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לִ⁠רְא֥וֹת פָּנָֽ⁠י 1 “you would not permit/allow us to see you again.” or “we could never see you again.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the beginning of this verse, either as a direct or indirect quote. -44:24 pdcq וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ֣י עָלִ֔ינוּ 1 “When we returned {home}” or “So after we got/came back {home again}”. The phrase, “Then it happened” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. -44:24 b8yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶֽל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “to my/our father, {who is} your {humble} servant,” or “to my/our father, who highly respects you,” See how you translated “your servant … father” in Gen 43:28. +44:24 pdcq וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ֣י עָלִ֔ינוּ 1 “When we returned home” or “So after we got/came back home again”. The phrase, “Then it happened” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. +44:24 b8yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶֽל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “to my/our father, who is your humble servant,” or “to my/our father, who highly respects you,” See how you translated “your servant … father” in Gen 43:28. 44:24 u4dl וַ⁠נַּ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “we reported to him” or “we told him” -44:24 lexn אֵ֖ת דִּבְרֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “my/our lord’s/master’s words.” or “what you told {us}.” or “what you had said {to us}.” -44:25 kcr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{Months} later our father told {us},” The pronouns “our” and “{us}” are exclusive here because they do not include Joseph. -44:25 zkw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive שֻׁ֖בוּ שִׁבְרוּ לָ֥⁠נוּ מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “Go back {to Egypt} {and} buy some {more} grain for {all of} us.” The pronoun “us” is inclusive here because what Judah’s father (Jacob) had said included the brothers whom he was talking to. See how you translated this same quote in Gen 43:2. -44:26 sq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But we replied {to him},” -44:26 o2aw לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לָ⁠רֶ֑דֶת אִם יֵשׁ֩ אָחִ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן אִתָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ וְ⁠יָרַ֔דְנוּ 1 “We cannot go {there} unless our youngest brother is with us. Then we can go.” or “We can only go down {there} if our youngest brother is with us.” See how you translated “… down” in verses 21 and 23. -44:26 g0yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּי לֹ֣א נוּכַ֗ל לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “We will not be allowed/permitted to go before/to the man/governor {who sells grain there}” or “The man/governor {who sells grain there} will not allow/permit us to see him {again}”. The phrase “the man’s face” refers to the governor (Joseph) himself. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language. +44:24 lexn אֵ֖ת דִּבְרֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “my/our lord’s/master’s words.” or “what you told us.” or “what you had said to us.” +44:25 kcr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Months later our father told us,” The pronouns “our” and “us” are exclusive here because they do not include Joseph. +44:25 zkw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive שֻׁ֖בוּ שִׁבְרוּ לָ֥⁠נוּ מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “Go back to Egypt and buy some more grain for all of us.” The pronoun “us” is inclusive here because what Judah’s father (Jacob) had said included the brothers whom he was talking to. See how you translated this same quote in Gen 43:2. +44:26 sq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But we replied to him,” +44:26 o2aw לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לָ⁠רֶ֑דֶת אִם יֵשׁ֩ אָחִ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן אִתָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ וְ⁠יָרַ֔דְנוּ 1 “We cannot go there unless our youngest brother is with us. Then we can go.” or “We can only go down there if our youngest brother is with us.” See how you translated “… down” in verses 21 and 23. +44:26 g0yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּי לֹ֣א נוּכַ֗ל לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “We will not be allowed/permitted to go before/to the man/governor who sells grain there” or “The man/governor who sells grain there will not allow/permit us to see him again”. The phrase “the man’s face” refers to the governor (Joseph) himself. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language. 44:26 ozil וְ⁠אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “if our youngest brother is not with us.” or “unless our youngest brother is with us.” -44:27 eii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֛אמֶר עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֖⁠י אֵלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Then my/our father {who is} your {humble} servant said to us,” or “Then my/our father said to us,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verse 24. Also notice that the pronoun “us” does not include Joseph here. Some languages use an exclusive pronoun for this. Do what is best in your language. -44:27 i4rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַתֶּ֣ם יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם כִּ֥י 1 “As you {all} know,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, referring to all the brothers. -44:27 ngtg שְׁנַ֖יִם יָֽלְדָה לִּ֥⁠י אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “my wife {Rachel} bore/had {only} two {sons} for me.” or “my wife {Rachel} and I {only} had two {sons} together.” -44:28 nu9b וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מֵֽ⁠אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “One {of those/her sons} left here {one day},” or “One {of them} has disappeared,” -44:28 pk3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֕ר אַ֖ךְ טָרֹ֣ף טֹרָ֑ף וְ⁠לֹ֥א רְאִיתִ֖י⁠ו עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “I have thought that he must have been {killed and} torn to pieces {by a wild/fierce animal}. I have never seen him again.” or “and I have not seen him since then. I am sure that {a wild/fierce animal} must have {killed him and} torn him apart.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “torn. … to pieces” in Gen 37:33. -44:29 ks4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠לְקַחְתֶּ֧ם גַּם אֶת זֶ֛ה מֵ⁠עִ֥ם פָּנַ֖⁠י 1 “So if you also take this {son} away from me,” or “So if you also take her other son {away} from me,” Consider what is the best way to translate the hypothetical sentence in this verse. Make sure all the parts of the sentence fit together well. +44:27 eii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֛אמֶר עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֖⁠י אֵלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Then my/our father who is your humble servant said to us,” or “Then my/our father said to us,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verse 24. Also notice that the pronoun “us” does not include Joseph here. Some languages use an exclusive pronoun for this. Do what is best in your language. +44:27 i4rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַתֶּ֣ם יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם כִּ֥י 1 “As you all know,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, referring to all the brothers. +44:27 ngtg שְׁנַ֖יִם יָֽלְדָה לִּ֥⁠י אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “my wife Rachel bore/had only two sons for me.” or “my wife Rachel and I only had two sons together.” +44:28 nu9b וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מֵֽ⁠אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “One of those/her sons left here one day,” or “One of them has disappeared,” +44:28 pk3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֕ר אַ֖ךְ טָרֹ֣ף טֹרָ֑ף וְ⁠לֹ֥א רְאִיתִ֖י⁠ו עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “I have thought that he must have been killed and torn to pieces by a wild/fierce animal. I have never seen him again.” or “and I have not seen him since then. I am sure that a wild/fierce animal must have killed him and torn him apart.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “torn. … to pieces” in Gen 37:33. +44:29 ks4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠לְקַחְתֶּ֧ם גַּם אֶת זֶ֛ה מֵ⁠עִ֥ם פָּנַ֖⁠י 1 “So if you also take this son away from me,” or “So if you also take her other son away from me,” Consider what is the best way to translate the hypothetical sentence in this verse. Make sure all the parts of the sentence fit together well. 44:29 k2l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠קָרָ֣⁠הוּ אָס֑וֹן 1 “and something terrible happens to him,” or “and if anything bad/terrible happens to him,” or “and anything harms him,” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 42:38. -44:29 r1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הֽוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠רָעָ֖ה 1 “you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I will {die and} go down” or “you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I will {die and} go down”. See how you translated “bring my gray head down” in Gen 42:38. +44:29 r1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הֽוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠רָעָ֖ה 1 “you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I will die and go down” or “you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I will die and go down”. See how you translated “bring my gray head down” in Gen 42:38. 44:29 ozbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of all people go after they die. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies. 44:30 wiey וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 24-29. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -44:30 nbx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics כְּ⁠בֹאִ⁠י֙ אֶל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “when I/we return {home} to my/our father, who highly respects you,” or “if I/we go {home} to my/our father, sir,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verses 24 and 27. +44:30 nbx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics כְּ⁠בֹאִ⁠י֙ אֶל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “when I/we return home to my/our father, who highly respects you,” or “if I/we go home to my/our father, sir,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verses 24 and 27. 44:30 jm4j וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “but I/we don’t have his youngest son with me/us,” or “without his youngest son,” 44:30 mryj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נַפְשׁ֖⁠וֹ קְשׁוּרָ֥ה בְ⁠נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 “since our father’s life depends on his son’s life,” or “since our father is deeply attached to his son,” This idiom reflects how close the relationship was between Judah’s father and youngest brother. Consider what is the best way to say this in your language. 44:31 liw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּ⁠רְאוֹת֛⁠וֹ כִּי אֵ֥ין הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 “if he sees that his son is gone/missing, he will die!” or “then he will die when he sees that his youngest son is not with us!” The phrase “then it will happen” introduces an important hypothetical event here and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit the phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. -44:31 biq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הוֹרִ֨ידוּ עֲבָדֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־שֵׂיבַ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “{Yes,} we will/would bring/cause our gray-haired/elderly father so much sorrow/grief that he will/would {die and} go” or “{In that way,} we will/would be responsible for bringing/causing our gray-haired/elderly father …” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical situation in your language. Also, see how you translated “bring … gray head down in sorrow to Sheol” in Gen 42:38, and a similar phrase in 44:29. +44:31 biq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הוֹרִ֨ידוּ עֲבָדֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־שֵׂיבַ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “Yes, we will/would bring/cause our gray-haired/elderly father so much sorrow/grief that he will/would die and go” or “In that way, we will/would be responsible for bringing/causing our gray-haired/elderly father …” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical situation in your language. Also, see how you translated “bring … gray head down in sorrow to Sheol” in Gen 42:38, and a similar phrase in 44:29. 44:31 p2vj שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld!” Consider again how you translated “Sheol” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:35; 42:38; 44:29, 31. -44:32 jzbk כִּ֤י עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ עָרַ֣ב אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר מֵ⁠עִ֥ם אָבִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{I myself} your {humble} servant guaranteed the young man’s safety to my father. I told/assured {him} that” or “Besides that, sir, I guaranteed/promised my father that I would return his son to him safely. I told him that”. See how you translated the verb “guarantee” in Gen 43:9. -44:32 pir9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם לֹ֤א אֲבִיאֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if I did not bring his son {back} to him,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. +44:32 jzbk כִּ֤י עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ עָרַ֣ב אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר מֵ⁠עִ֥ם אָבִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “I myself your humble servant guaranteed the young man’s safety to my father. I told/assured him that” or “Besides that, sir, I guaranteed/promised my father that I would return his son to him safely. I told him that”. See how you translated the verb “guarantee” in Gen 43:9. +44:32 pir9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם לֹ֤א אֲבִיאֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if I did not bring his son back to him,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. 44:32 r37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִי לְ⁠אָבִ֖⁠י 1 “then this would be a terrible sin against him” or “I would be guilty of sinning against him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 43:9. -44:32 gtwb כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” Be consistent here with your choice in Gen 43:9. +44:32 gtwb כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days of my life.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” Be consistent here with your choice in Gen 43:9. 44:33 glec וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 30-32. See how you translated this phrase in verse 30. -44:33 p6r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יֵֽשֶׁב נָ֤א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I beg/urge you to allow {me} your servant to {be the one to} stay/remain {here}” or “sir, I beg/urge you to let me stay {here}”. Consider again how you translated “your servant” and “your servants” throughout this chapter. See verses 7, 9, 18, 24, 27, 30-32. -44:33 wrus עֶ֖בֶד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{as} a slave/servant for you” or “and be your slave/servant”. Throughout this chapter, the same Hebrew word is translated as “slave” when the context has negative connotations (verses 9-10, 16-17, 33), but is translated as “servant” when the context has more positive connotations (verses 7, 9, 16, 18-19, 21, 23-24, 27, 30-32). Do what is best in your language in each context. +44:33 p6r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יֵֽשֶׁב נָ֤א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I beg/urge you to allow me your servant to be the one to stay/remain here” or “sir, I beg/urge you to let me stay here”. Consider again how you translated “your servant” and “your servants” throughout this chapter. See verses 7, 9, 18, 24, 27, 30-32. +44:33 wrus עֶ֖בֶד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “as a slave/servant for you” or “and be your slave/servant”. Throughout this chapter, the same Hebrew word is translated as “slave” when the context has negative connotations (verses 9-10, 16-17, 33), but is translated as “servant” when the context has more positive connotations (verses 7, 9, 16, 18-19, 21, 23-24, 27, 30-32). Do what is best in your language in each context. 44:33 joxy תַּ֣חַת 1 “in place of” or “to take the place of” -44:33 t5wy הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “our youngest {brother},” -44:33 biml וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר יַ֥עַל עִם אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “and let him go back {home} with his {other} brothers.” +44:33 t5wy הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “our youngest brother,” +44:33 biml וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר יַ֥עַל עִם אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “and let him go back home with his other brothers.” 44:34 gvqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּי אֵיךְ֙ אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה 1 “There is no way I can” or “I could never”. Judah uses this rhetorical question to emphasize how difficult it would be for him to return to his father without his brother. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -44:34 y2n4 אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה אֶל אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “go back to my father” or “return {home} to my father”. Consider again how you translated “… up” in verses 17, 24, 33-34. Contrast that to how you translated “… down” in verses 21, 23, and 26. Some translations leave “up” or “down” implied. Do what is best in your language. -44:34 jjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “if his youngest {son} is not with me!” or “if our youngest {brother} is not with me!” +44:34 y2n4 אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה אֶל אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “go back to my father” or “return home to my father”. Consider again how you translated “… up” in verses 17, 24, 33-34. Contrast that to how you translated “… down” in verses 21, 23, and 26. Some translations leave “up” or “down” implied. Do what is best in your language. +44:34 jjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “if his youngest son is not with me!” or “if our youngest brother is not with me!” 44:34 cq7p פֶּ֚ן אֶרְאֶ֣ה 1 “I could not bear to see” or “I do not want to see” 44:34 qheo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo בָ⁠רָ֔ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִמְצָ֖א אֶת אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “the terrible distress/grief that it would cause my father!” or “how much/terribly my father would suffer/grieve!” See how you translated “misery” in verse 29. -45:1 vlvn וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָכֹ֨ל יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “{When Joseph heard that,} he could no {longer}” or “{When Joseph heard what Judah said,} he was no {longer} able to” +45:1 vlvn וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָכֹ֨ל יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “When Joseph heard that, he could no longer” or “When Joseph heard what Judah said, he was no longer able to” 45:1 qtrd לְ⁠הִתְאַפֵּ֗ק 1 “control/hide his emotions/feelings” or “keep himself from crying” 45:1 nnml לְ⁠כֹ֤ל הַ⁠נִּצָּבִים֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “in front of all his servants who were with/attending him,” or “in front of all his attendants/servants,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Joseph’s servants, not his brothers. -45:1 zlcr וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֕א 1 “and/so he shouted {to them},” or “and/so he said loudly {to them},” +45:1 zlcr וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֕א 1 “and/so he shouted to them,” or “and/so he said loudly to them,” 45:1 ok6o הוֹצִ֥יאוּ כָל אִ֖ישׁ 1 “All of you, leave” 45:1 by1g מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “my presence!” or “the room!” -45:1 ws8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹא עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠הִתְוַדַּ֥ע יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “So Joseph was alone with his brothers when he made himself known to them.” or “{Immediately the/his servants/attendants left the room,} so that no one else was with him when he told his brothers who he was.” Make sure your use of nouns or pronouns to refer to Joseph and his brothers here is clear and natural in your language. +45:1 ws8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹא עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠הִתְוַדַּ֥ע יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “So Joseph was alone with his brothers when he made himself known to them.” or “Immediately the/his servants/attendants left the room, so that no one else was with him when he told his brothers who he was.” Make sure your use of nouns or pronouns to refer to Joseph and his brothers here is clear and natural in your language. 45:2 hb44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְכִ֑י 1 “Then he raised his voice and cried loudly/uncontrollably, so that” or “But he started crying so loudly that”. Consider whether your language has an idiom such as “gave his voice in crying”. Also see how you translated “cried” in Gen 42:24; 43:30. -45:2 vv5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “{many} Egyptians heard {him/it}, including {the members of} Pharaoh’s household/family.” or “the Egyptian {servants} heard {him/it}, and so did Pharaoh’s household/family.” The word “house” refers here to Pharaoh’s family members and servants, not a literal building. -45:3 qpbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Joseph/he exclaimed to his brothers {in their language},” In this chapter, the word “brothers” refers to Joseph’s older brothers (from different mothers) and his younger brother (from the same mother). -45:3 tp5e אֲנִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “I {am} {your brother} Joseph!” or “I {am} Joseph, {your brother}!” +45:2 vv5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “many Egyptians heard him/it, including the members of Pharaoh’s household/family.” or “the Egyptian servants heard him/it, and so did Pharaoh’s household/family.” The word “house” refers here to Pharaoh’s family members and servants, not a literal building. +45:3 qpbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Joseph/he exclaimed to his brothers in their language,” In this chapter, the word “brothers” refers to Joseph’s older brothers (from different mothers) and his younger brother (from the same mother). +45:3 tp5e אֲנִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “I am your brother Joseph!” or “I am Joseph, your brother!” 45:3 mh3c הַ⁠ע֥וֹד אָבִ֖⁠י חָ֑י 1 “Is our father still alive?” Joseph uses “my father” to emphasize his relationship with his father. Make sure your translation does not sound like he had a different father than his brothers. 45:3 gbg2 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָכְל֤וּ אֶחָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠עֲנ֣וֹת אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “But his/Joseph’s brothers could not reply/respond to him,” or “His brothers could not say a word,” -45:3 vwfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י נִבְהֲל֖וּ מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “because they were terrified/shocked {to realize} that they were in his presence.” or “because they felt very afraid to be standing in front of him.” For some languages it is necessary to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But his brothers were so terrified to see him that they could not answer him.” Do what is best in your language. +45:3 vwfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י נִבְהֲל֖וּ מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “because they were terrified/shocked to realize that they were in his presence.” or “because they felt very afraid to be standing in front of him.” For some languages it is necessary to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But his brothers were so terrified to see him that they could not answer him.” Do what is best in your language. 45:4 yjpu וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶל אֶחָ֛י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph said to them,” 45:4 tno2 גְּשׁוּ נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “Please come near/closer to me.” or “Please come here next to me.” -45:4 pbua וַ⁠יִּגָּ֑שׁוּ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “After/When they went closer {to him}, he said {to them},” or “After they did that, he said {to them},” -45:4 lbty אֲנִי֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף אֲחִי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “I {really/truly am} your brother Joseph,” -45:4 dij9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “whom you sold {to be a slave} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “whom you sold {as a slave that was brought/taken here} to Egypt.” Joseph’s brothers sold him to slave traders who were going to Egypt. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. +45:4 pbua וַ⁠יִּגָּ֑שׁוּ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “After/When they went closer to him, he said to them,” or “After they did that, he said to them,” +45:4 lbty אֲנִי֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף אֲחִי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “I really/truly am your brother Joseph,” +45:4 dij9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “whom you sold to be a slave in the country of Egypt.” or “whom you sold as a slave that was brought/taken here to Egypt.” Joseph’s brothers sold him to slave traders who were going to Egypt. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. 45:5 cc6c וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 “But now,” or “But” 45:5 o6ua אַל תֵּעָ֣צְב֗וּ 1 “do not be upset/distressed” 45:5 y42s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “or/and angry with/at yourselves”. Consider again how you translated various idioms for “anger” or “be angry” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:5-6; 30:2; 31:35-36; 34:7; 44:18; 45:5. It may be necessary to translate these idioms in different ways, depending on the context. -45:5 gocs כִּֽי מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י הֵ֑נָּה 1 “that you sold me {and caused me to be a slave} here,” or “for selling me {as a slave},” -45:5 e8pt כִּ֣י & שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “because God sent me {here}” or “because {it was actually} God {who} sent me {here}” +45:5 gocs כִּֽי מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י הֵ֑נָּה 1 “that you sold me and caused me to be a slave here,” or “for selling me as a slave,” +45:5 e8pt כִּ֣י & שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “because God sent me here” or “because it was actually God who sent me here” 45:5 j661 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “before you came,” or “before you got here,” -45:5 junj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מִֽחְיָ֔ה 1 “to save {many people’s} lives.” or “to keep many people from dying.” -45:6 xeca כִּי זֶ֛ה שְׁנָתַ֥יִם 1 “For two years {now}” or “The past two years” -45:6 o2qw הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{there has been} a famine throughout this country/region,” or “a famine {has been affecting/devastating} this whole region,” See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10. -45:6 fiio וְ⁠עוֹד֙ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “and for another five years {it will be so severe/bad that}” or “and during the next five years {it will be even worse, so that}” or “and there will be five more years when” -45:6 szwk אֵין חָרִ֖ישׁ וְ⁠קָצִּֽיר 1 “{there will} be no plowing {of fields} or harvesting {of crops}.” or “no one will {be able to} plant {seeds} or harvest {crops}.” -45:7 d4nu וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “That is why God sent me {here}” or “God sent me {here}” or “God caused me to come {here}” +45:5 junj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מִֽחְיָ֔ה 1 “to save many people’s lives.” or “to keep many people from dying.” +45:6 xeca כִּי זֶ֛ה שְׁנָתַ֥יִם 1 “For two years now” or “The past two years” +45:6 o2qw הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “there has been a famine throughout this country/region,” or “a famine has been affecting/devastating this whole region,” See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10. +45:6 fiio וְ⁠עוֹד֙ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “and for another five years it will be so severe/bad that” or “and during the next five years it will be even worse, so that” or “and there will be five more years when” +45:6 szwk אֵין חָרִ֖ישׁ וְ⁠קָצִּֽיר 1 “there will be no plowing of fields or harvesting of crops.” or “no one will be able to plant seeds or harvest crops.” +45:7 d4nu וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “That is why God sent me here” or “God sent me here” or “God caused me to come here” 45:7 f5ep לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “before you came,” or “before you got here,” 45:7 oicd לָ⁠שׂ֥וּם לָ⁠כֶ֛ם שְׁאֵרִ֖ית 1 “so that you will have descendants survive/living” or “to help you survive and have descendants” 45:7 kgqc בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “on the earth” or (2) “in the/this land” 45:7 hip5 וּ⁠לְ⁠הַחֲי֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “by helping you stay live” or “by saving your lives” 45:7 vs2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠פְלֵיטָ֖ה גְּדֹלָֽה 1 “through this/his amazing/extraordinary rescue.” or “in this amazing/powerful way.” For some languages it is better to put the last two phrases earlier in this sentence and say, “But God sent me ahead of you to save your lives in this amazing way so that you will survive and have descendants on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. 45:8 x77e וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So then,” or “So” -45:8 tkpc לֹֽא אַתֶּ֞ם 1 “you {are/were} not {the ones}” -45:8 bzgs שְׁלַחְתֶּ֤ם אֹתִ⁠י֙ הֵ֔נָּה 1 “{who} brought me here,” or “{who} caused me to come here,” -45:8 l7xp כִּ֖י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “but {rather} {it was} God {who sent/brought me}.” or “but {rather} God {is/was the one} {who did it/that}.” -45:8 up9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְשִׂימֵ֨⁠נִֽי לְ⁠אָ֜ב לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֗ה 1 “He has {also/even} made me {like a} father to {King} Pharaoh,” Joseph was like a father to Pharaoh in that Pharaoh highly honored him and Joseph took care of Pharaoh’s household and all their needs. +45:8 tkpc לֹֽא אַתֶּ֞ם 1 “you are/were not the ones” +45:8 bzgs שְׁלַחְתֶּ֤ם אֹתִ⁠י֙ הֵ֔נָּה 1 “who brought me here,” or “who caused me to come here,” +45:8 l7xp כִּ֖י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “but rather it was God who sent/brought me.” or “but rather God is/was the one who did it/that.” +45:8 up9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְשִׂימֵ֨⁠נִֽי לְ⁠אָ֜ב לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֗ה 1 “He has also/even made me like a father to King Pharaoh,” Joseph was like a father to Pharaoh in that Pharaoh highly honored him and Joseph took care of Pharaoh’s household and all their needs. 45:8 v1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדוֹן֙ לְ⁠כָל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “so that I am the master/supervisor of his entire household” or “so that I am the one in charge of his entire household”. See how you translated “lord” in Gen 42:30, 33, and how you translated “house” in Gen 41:40. -45:8 cxyy וּ⁠מֹשֵׁ֖ל 1 “and {also} the governor” or “and {also} the highest official” +45:8 cxyy וּ⁠מֹשֵׁ֖ל 1 “and also the governor” or “and also the highest official” 45:8 hpg8 בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in/over the entire/whole country of Egypt.” 45:9 j5m0 מַהֲרוּ֮ וַ⁠עֲל֣וּ 1 “Hurry up/back” or “Leave quickly and go back” or “Return quickly”. In this verse, the words “up” and “down” reflect the fact that Canaan was higher in elevation than Egypt. Many languages leave those words implied. Do what is best in your language. 45:9 v12d אֶל אָבִ⁠י֒ 1 “to our father”. See how you translated “my father” in verse 3. 45:9 q5o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֣ם אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ בִּנְ⁠ךָ֣ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “and tell him that his son Joseph has sent him this message:” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. -45:9 jjgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שָׂמַ֧⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֛ים לְ⁠אָד֖וֹן לְ⁠כָל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “God has made/appointed me ruler/governor over the entire {country of} Egypt.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote (which continues through verse 11) as a direct or indirect quote. An example of an indirect quote would be: “God has made him the ruler over all Egypt. He urges you to come down there to live near him, without delay. He also says that you and your family may live in Goshen Province and that way you will live near him … He will provide for you there …” -45:9 sku6 רְדָ֥⁠ה אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “{So} {please} come down {here} {to live} near me,” -45:9 vcd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַֽל תַּעֲמֹֽד 1 “{and} do not delay/wait.” or “{and} do not take very long to come.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “{So} {please} do not take very long, but rather come down/here quickly {to live} near me.” Do what is best in your language. -45:10 am1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֣ 1 “You {and your family} can/may live”. The pronouns “you” and “your” in this verse are singular, but Joseph’s message to his father includes the whole family. +45:9 jjgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שָׂמַ֧⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֛ים לְ⁠אָד֖וֹן לְ⁠כָל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “God has made/appointed me ruler/governor over the entire country of Egypt.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote (which continues through verse 11) as a direct or indirect quote. An example of an indirect quote would be: “God has made him the ruler over all Egypt. He urges you to come down there to live near him, without delay. He also says that you and your family may live in Goshen Province and that way you will live near him … He will provide for you there …” +45:9 sku6 רְדָ֥⁠ה אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “So please come down here to live near me,” +45:9 vcd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַֽל תַּעֲמֹֽד 1 “and do not delay/wait.” or “and do not take very long to come.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “So please do not take very long, but rather come down/here quickly to live near me.” Do what is best in your language. +45:10 am1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֣ 1 “You and your family can/may live”. The pronouns “you” and “your” in this verse are singular, but Joseph’s message to his father includes the whole family. 45:10 vj43 בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ גֹּ֗שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen” or “in Goshen Province/County”. Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. Make sure your translation of “land” does not sound like Goshen was its own country. 45:10 db7h וְ⁠הָיִ֤יתָ קָרוֹב֙ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “and that way you can be/live near me” or “That way you will/can live close to me”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 45:10 abct אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “with your children” 45:10 wz43 וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “and your grandchildren” -45:10 imwz וְ⁠צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠בְקָרְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “along with your flocks {of sheep and goats}, your herds {of cattle}” or “as well as all your {domestic} animals” -45:10 ey3b וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and all your {other} belongings.” or “and everything {else} that you own.” +45:10 imwz וְ⁠צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠בְקָרְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “along with your flocks of sheep and goats, your herds of cattle” or “as well as all your domestic animals” +45:10 ey3b וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and all your other belongings.” or “and everything else that you own.” 45:11 ntlo וְ⁠כִלְכַּלְתִּ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ שָׁ֔ם 1 “I will take care of you there,” or “I will support you there,” -45:11 xl31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי ע֛וֹד חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים רָעָ֑ב 1 “since {there are} still five {more} years of famine {ahead/coming}.” or “because the famine will last five {more} years.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “There are still five more years of famine ahead/coming, so I will provide for you there {in Goshen}.” Do what is best in your language. -45:11 m9m8 פֶּן תִּוָּרֵ֛שׁ אַתָּ֥ה וּ⁠בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “That way you and your {extended} family will not become impoverished/destitute/poor {and die}.” or “{Please come} so that {the famine} will/does not cause you and your family to lose everything you own {and die}.” The verb “become impoverished” can include losing livestock, other belongings, and the lives of their servants and family members. -45:12 ss7a וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “And/Now look/listen!” or “{Then Joseph said to his brothers,} Look!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph’s message to his father was completed in verse 11, and that here in verse 12 he is talking directly to his brothers again. -45:12 savf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “{I can tell that} {all of} you,” or “{All of} you,” The word “eyes” is used figuratively here (and in the next phrase) to refer to the persons themselves; it also emphasizes the fact that they were seeing Joseph in person. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language. +45:11 xl31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי ע֛וֹד חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים רָעָ֑ב 1 “since there are still five more years of famine ahead/coming.” or “because the famine will last five more years.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “There are still five more years of famine ahead/coming, so I will provide for you there in Goshen.” Do what is best in your language. +45:11 m9m8 פֶּן תִּוָּרֵ֛שׁ אַתָּ֥ה וּ⁠בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “That way you and your extended family will not become impoverished/destitute/poor and die.” or “Please come so that the famine will/does not cause you and your family to lose everything you own and die.” The verb “become impoverished” can include losing livestock, other belongings, and the lives of their servants and family members. +45:12 ss7a וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “And/Now look/listen!” or “Then Joseph said to his brothers, Look!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph’s message to his father was completed in verse 11, and that here in verse 12 he is talking directly to his brothers again. +45:12 savf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “I can tell that all of you,” or “All of you,” The word “eyes” is used figuratively here (and in the next phrase) to refer to the persons themselves; it also emphasizes the fact that they were seeing Joseph in person. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language. 45:12 vwt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י אָחִ֣⁠י בִנְיָמִ֑ין 1 “including my brother Benjamin,” See how you translated “brother” in Gen 43:29. -45:12 d4ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רֹא֔וֹת & כִּי פִ֖⁠י 1 “{can} see that {it really is} me, {Joseph,}” or “{can} see that I {Joseph} {am the one}”. Here the phrase “my mouth” refers to Joseph himself; it also emphasizes the fact that it was Joseph himself who was talking to them. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. +45:12 d4ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רֹא֔וֹת & כִּי פִ֖⁠י 1 “can see that it really is me, Joseph,” or “can see that I Joseph am the one”. Here the phrase “my mouth” refers to Joseph himself; it also emphasizes the fact that it was Joseph himself who was talking to them. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. 45:12 gcvk הַֽ⁠מְדַבֵּ֥ר אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “who is talking to you.” -45:13 cya3 וְ⁠הִגַּדְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠אָבִ֗⁠י 1 “So {go and} tell my/our father” -45:13 ul6y אֶת כָּל כְּבוֹדִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “{about} my powerful/high position in Egypt” or “{about} how powerful/honored I am in Egypt” -45:13 lidn וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְאִיתֶ֑ם 1 “and {about} everything {else} that you have seen {here}.” -45:13 bqv7 וּ⁠מִֽהַרְתֶּ֛ם וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֥ם אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י הֵֽנָּה 1 “Then hurry and bring him down here {to me}.” or “Then quickly bring him here {to me}.” See how you translated “down” in verse 9. -45:14 r6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֛ל עַל צַוְּארֵ֥י בִנְיָמִֽן אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph threw/put his arms around his brother Benjamin’s neck/shoulders” or “Then Joseph hugged his brother Benjamin {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated the idiom “fell on his neck” in Gen 33:4. -45:14 ea8j וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ 1 “and cried {for joy},” or “and started crying {because he was so happy}.” -45:14 ony8 וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן בָּכָ֖ה עַל צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “and Benjamin {also} cried on his/Joseph’s neck/shoulder.” or “Benjamin {also} cried as he hugged him/Joseph {back}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -45:15 ggne וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/Next Joseph kissed all his brothers {on their cheeks}” or “Then/Next Joseph greeted all his brothers with a kiss {on their cheeks}”. See how you translated “kissed … {on the cheeks}” in Gen 33:4. -45:15 t2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣בְךְּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “as he continued to cry {for joy}.” or “with tears {of joy}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then as Joseph continued to cry, he kissed all his brothers {on the/their cheeks}.” Do what is best in your language. -45:15 wxc9 וְ⁠אַ֣חֲרֵי כֵ֔ן דִּבְּר֥וּ אֶחָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “After {he did} that, his brothers started talking with him.” Previously Joseph’s brothers had been too afraid to speak (verse 3). Now they felt free to start talking to him. +45:13 cya3 וְ⁠הִגַּדְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠אָבִ֗⁠י 1 “So go and tell my/our father” +45:13 ul6y אֶת כָּל כְּבוֹדִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “about my powerful/high position in Egypt” or “about how powerful/honored I am in Egypt” +45:13 lidn וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְאִיתֶ֑ם 1 “and about everything else that you have seen here.” +45:13 bqv7 וּ⁠מִֽהַרְתֶּ֛ם וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֥ם אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י הֵֽנָּה 1 “Then hurry and bring him down here to me.” or “Then quickly bring him here to me.” See how you translated “down” in verse 9. +45:14 r6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֛ל עַל צַוְּארֵ֥י בִנְיָמִֽן אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph threw/put his arms around his brother Benjamin’s neck/shoulders” or “Then Joseph hugged his brother Benjamin tightly/strongly”. See how you translated the idiom “fell on his neck” in Gen 33:4. +45:14 ea8j וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ 1 “and cried for joy,” or “and started crying because he was so happy.” +45:14 ony8 וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן בָּכָ֖ה עַל צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “and Benjamin also cried on his/Joseph’s neck/shoulder.” or “Benjamin also cried as he hugged him/Joseph back.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +45:15 ggne וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/Next Joseph kissed all his brothers on their cheeks” or “Then/Next Joseph greeted all his brothers with a kiss on their cheeks”. See how you translated “kissed … on the cheeks” in Gen 33:4. +45:15 t2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣בְךְּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “as he continued to cry for joy.” or “with tears of joy.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then as Joseph continued to cry, he kissed all his brothers on the/their cheeks.” Do what is best in your language. +45:15 wxc9 וְ⁠אַ֣חֲרֵי כֵ֔ן דִּבְּר֥וּ אֶחָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “After he did that, his brothers started talking with him.” Previously Joseph’s brothers had been too afraid to speak (verse 3). Now they felt free to start talking to him. 45:16 a6pi וְ⁠הַ⁠קֹּ֣ל נִשְׁמַ֗ע בֵּ֤ית פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “When the news reached Pharaoh’s palace/household” or “When Pharaoh’s household heard the news” -45:16 qihz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בָּ֖אוּ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “that Joseph’s brothers had come/arrived {there},” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. -45:16 yonq וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “it was pleasing to Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials.” or “Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials were pleased/happy.” +45:16 qihz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בָּ֖אוּ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “that Joseph’s brothers had come/arrived there,” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. +45:16 yonq וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “it was pleasing to Pharaoh and all his servants/officials.” or “Pharaoh and all his servants/officials were pleased/happy.” 45:17 f0rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then/So Pharaoh told/instructed Joseph,” or “Then/So Pharaoh gave these instructions to Joseph:” -45:17 nwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ טַֽעֲנוּ֙ אֶת בְּעִ֣ירְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Give your brothers this message {from me}: ‘Load your donkeys {with grain}” or “Tell your brothers to load their {pack} animals {with grain}”. These animals were donkeys (Gen 43:18, 44:3), not any other kind of animal. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. -45:17 no0d וּ⁠לְכוּ בֹ֖אוּ 1 “and go quickly {back}” or “and quickly return”. The two verbs “leave” and “go” emphasize that Joseph’s brothers should go back immediately to their father in Canaan. +45:17 nwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ טַֽעֲנוּ֙ אֶת בְּעִ֣ירְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Give your brothers this message from me: ‘Load your donkeys with grain” or “Tell your brothers to load their pack animals with grain”. These animals were donkeys (Gen 43:18, 44:3), not any other kind of animal. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. +45:17 no0d וּ⁠לְכוּ בֹ֖אוּ 1 “and go quickly back” or “and quickly return”. The two verbs “leave” and “go” emphasize that Joseph’s brothers should go back immediately to their father in Canaan. 45:17 ekjb אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “to region of Canaan.” or “to Canaan.” -45:18 r5zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠קְח֧וּ אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠אֶת בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בֹ֣אוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “Then bring your father and your families back {here} to me,” or “Then {tell them to} bring their father and their families back {here} to me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 18 is still part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers. Also make sure the pronouns that you use throughout verses 17 and 18 fit with whether you translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. +45:18 r5zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠קְח֧וּ אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠אֶת בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בֹ֣אוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “Then bring your father and your families back here to me,” or “Then tell them to bring their father and their families back here to me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 18 is still part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers. Also make sure the pronouns that you use throughout verses 17 and 18 fit with whether you translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. 45:18 b98l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “I will give you” or “I will give them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -45:18 soil אֶת טוּב֙ אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “the best {region/area/land} in the country of Egypt {to live in},” +45:18 soil אֶת טוּב֙ אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “the best region/area/land in the country of Egypt to live in,” 45:18 j0oy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִכְל֖וּ אֶת חֵ֥לֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that you/they will live well/comfortably with the best/abundance of everything in the country.’ ” This idiom means that they would live comfortably with the best of everything; it does not just refer to food. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language. -45:19 rznz וְ⁠אַתָּ֥ה צֻוֵּ֖יתָה 1 “You are also directed/instructed {to tell them}” or “{Then Pharaoh said to Joseph,} “I also command/want you {to tell them}”. The pronoun “you” is singular here and refers to Joseph. This clause is not part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers (verses 17-20). Make sure that is clear in your translation. -45:19 r7b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ קְחוּ לָ⁠כֶם֩ & עֲגָל֗וֹת 1 “Take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with you” or “to take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with them”. These carts or wagons had two or four wheels and were pulled by animals such as oxen or donkeys. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for a similar case in verses 17-18. +45:19 rznz וְ⁠אַתָּ֥ה צֻוֵּ֖יתָה 1 “You are also directed/instructed to tell them” or “Then Pharaoh said to Joseph, “I also command/want you to tell them”. The pronoun “you” is singular here and refers to Joseph. This clause is not part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers (verses 17-20). Make sure that is clear in your translation. +45:19 r7b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ קְחוּ לָ⁠כֶם֩ & עֲגָל֗וֹת 1 “Take some of my carts/wagons with you” or “to take some of my carts/wagons with them”. These carts or wagons had two or four wheels and were pulled by animals such as oxen or donkeys. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for a similar case in verses 17-18. 45:19 wxsr מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ מִצְרַ֜יִם 1 “from the country of Egypt” -45:19 ehow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “for your/their {young} children and wives {to travel/ride in},” or “for your/their wives and {young} children {to travel/ride in},” For some languages it is more natural (and respectful) to put “wives” before “little ones” in this phrase. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “little ones” in Gen 43:8. -45:19 zy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠נְשָׂאתֶ֥ם אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בָאתֶֽם 1 “then bring {them and} your father {back} {here to live}.” or “Then {tell them} to bring their father {and their families} {back} {here to live}.” Make sure the pronouns you use throughout verses 19 and 20 fit with whether you translate the embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “get your father” in verse 18. +45:19 ehow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “for your/their young children and wives to travel/ride in,” or “for your/their wives and young children to travel/ride in,” For some languages it is more natural (and respectful) to put “wives” before “little ones” in this phrase. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “little ones” in Gen 43:8. +45:19 zy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠נְשָׂאתֶ֥ם אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בָאתֶֽם 1 “then bring them and your father back here to live.” or “Then tell them to bring their father and their families back here to live.” Make sure the pronouns you use throughout verses 19 and 20 fit with whether you translate the embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “get your father” in verse 18. 45:20 rsjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠עֵ֣ינְ⁠כֶ֔ם אַל תָּחֹ֖ס 1 “And do not be concerned” or “You/They should not worry” -45:20 n3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes עַל כְּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “about {leaving some of} your/their belongings {behind},” or “if you/they have to leave behind {some of} your/their belongings/possessions,” -45:20 bf1n כִּי ט֛וּב כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “because the best of everything in the land/country of Egypt” or “because the most valuable {things} in all the land/country of Egypt”. This phrase refers generally to the wealth of Egypt that will be available to Jacob’s family, including fertile land and anything else that they need. -45:20 ans7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לָ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 “{will be} yours.’ ” or “{will be} theirs.” -45:21 kcbs וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then/So Israel’s sons {agreed to} do that.” or “… {agreed to} do what Pharaoh said/commanded.” Jacob is referred to by his other name Israel here (also in verse 28). If that is not clear in your translation, you could put that information in a footnote. If possible in your translation, it is best to keep the name that the author chose to use in each case so that you do not change what is being emphasized. -45:21 dnbb וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֥ם יוֹסֵ֛ף עֲגָל֖וֹת 1 “Then Joseph gave them carts/wagons {to use}” -45:21 zkju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל פִּ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “according to Pharaoh’s words/command,” or “as {King} Pharaoh had commanded/directed {him},” This phrase refers to what Pharaoh said. -45:21 f8wt וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה 1 “and he provided/supplied them with food {to eat}” or “and he gave them food” -45:21 kx1n לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on their trip/journey {home}.” or “to eat as they traveled {home}.” -45:22 lj72 לְ⁠כֻלָּ֥⁠ם נָתַ֛ן לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ חֲלִפ֣וֹת שְׂמָלֹ֑ת 1 “To each of them he gave a {new} change/set of clothes,” or “He {also} gave a {new} change/set of clothes to each one of his brothers,” -45:22 ku7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְ⁠בִנְיָמִ֤ן נָתַן֙ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֣וֹת כֶּ֔סֶף וְ⁠חָמֵ֖שׁ חֲלִפֹ֥ת שְׂמָלֹֽת 1 “but to Benjamin he gave 300 {pieces} of silver {money} and five {new} changes/sets of clothes.” or “but to Benjamin he gave five {new} changes/sets of clothes and/plus 300 {pieces} of silver {money}.” For some languages it is better to mention the gift of clothes to Benjamin before the gift of silver, to more clearly contrast how many clothes he received with how many his brothers received. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “{shekels} of silver” in Gen 20:16 (and see the note there). Three hundred shekels of silver was equal to about 3.5 kilos (7.5 pounds). -45:23 fr3h וּ⁠לְ⁠אָבִ֞י⁠ו שָׁלַ֤ח כְּ⁠זֹאת֙ 1 “Besides that, he sent {with them} the following gifts for his father:” or “He also gave {them} the following gifts/things to give to his father:” +45:20 n3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes עַל כְּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “about leaving some of your/their belongings behind,” or “if you/they have to leave behind some of your/their belongings/possessions,” +45:20 bf1n כִּי ט֛וּב כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “because the best of everything in the land/country of Egypt” or “because the most valuable things in all the land/country of Egypt”. This phrase refers generally to the wealth of Egypt that will be available to Jacob’s family, including fertile land and anything else that they need. +45:20 ans7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לָ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 “will be yours.’ ” or “will be theirs.” +45:21 kcbs וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then/So Israel’s sons agreed to do that.” or “… agreed to do what Pharaoh said/commanded.” Jacob is referred to by his other name Israel here (also in verse 28). If that is not clear in your translation, you could put that information in a footnote. If possible in your translation, it is best to keep the name that the author chose to use in each case so that you do not change what is being emphasized. +45:21 dnbb וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֥ם יוֹסֵ֛ף עֲגָל֖וֹת 1 “Then Joseph gave them carts/wagons to use” +45:21 zkju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל פִּ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “according to Pharaoh’s words/command,” or “as King Pharaoh had commanded/directed him,” This phrase refers to what Pharaoh said. +45:21 f8wt וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה 1 “and he provided/supplied them with food to eat” or “and he gave them food” +45:21 kx1n לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on their trip/journey home.” or “to eat as they traveled home.” +45:22 lj72 לְ⁠כֻלָּ֥⁠ם נָתַ֛ן לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ חֲלִפ֣וֹת שְׂמָלֹ֑ת 1 “To each of them he gave a new change/set of clothes,” or “He also gave a new change/set of clothes to each one of his brothers,” +45:22 ku7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְ⁠בִנְיָמִ֤ן נָתַן֙ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֣וֹת כֶּ֔סֶף וְ⁠חָמֵ֖שׁ חֲלִפֹ֥ת שְׂמָלֹֽת 1 “but to Benjamin he gave 300 pieces of silver money and five new changes/sets of clothes.” or “but to Benjamin he gave five new changes/sets of clothes and/plus 300 pieces of silver money.” For some languages it is better to mention the gift of clothes to Benjamin before the gift of silver, to more clearly contrast how many clothes he received with how many his brothers received. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “shekels of silver” in Gen 20:16 (and see the note there). Three hundred shekels of silver was equal to about 3.5 kilos (7.5 pounds). +45:23 fr3h וּ⁠לְ⁠אָבִ֞י⁠ו שָׁלַ֤ח כְּ⁠זֹאת֙ 1 “Besides that, he sent with them the following gifts for his father:” or “He also gave them the following gifts/things to give to his father:” 45:23 cksy עֲשָׂרָ֣ה חֲמֹרִ֔ים נֹשְׂאִ֖ים 1 “ten male donkeys that were carrying” -45:23 xcsr מִ⁠טּ֣וּב מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “{some of} the best/finest {things/products} from Egypt,” or “{some of} the most valuable {things} produced in {the land/country of} Egypt,” +45:23 xcsr מִ⁠טּ֣וּב מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “some of the best/finest things/products from Egypt,” or “some of the most valuable things produced in the land/country of Egypt,” 45:23 i00l וְ⁠עֶ֣שֶׂר אֲתֹנֹ֡ת נֹֽ֠שְׂאֹת 1 “and ten female donkeys that were carrying” -45:23 qi3o בָּ֣ר וָ⁠לֶ֧חֶם וּ⁠מָז֛וֹן 1 “{bags of} grain, bread, and {other} provisions/food” or “{food} provisions, including grain and bread,” -45:23 ml1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “for his father {and family}” or “for him {and his family}” -45:23 kd75 לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on his/their trip/journey {to Egypt}.” or “to eat as he/they traveled {to Egypt}.” See how you translated “provisions … for the road” in verse 21 and Gen 42:25. -45:24 nqcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph sent/saw his brothers off {on their way/journey home}.” or “After that, he/Joseph got his brothers started {on their journey home}.” +45:23 qi3o בָּ֣ר וָ⁠לֶ֧חֶם וּ⁠מָז֛וֹן 1 “bags of grain, bread, and other provisions/food” or “food provisions, including grain and bread,” +45:23 ml1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “for his father and family” or “for him and his family” +45:23 kd75 לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on his/their trip/journey to Egypt.” or “to eat as he/they traveled to Egypt.” See how you translated “provisions … for the road” in verse 21 and Gen 42:25. +45:24 nqcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph sent/saw his brothers off on their way/journey home.” or “After that, he/Joseph got his brothers started on their journey home.” 45:24 qezv וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 “As they were leaving,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -45:24 rty0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אַֽל תִּרְגְּז֖וּ 1 “he told/urged them, “Do not argue {with each other}” or “he told/urged them not to argue {with one another}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. +45:24 rty0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אַֽל תִּרְגְּז֖וּ 1 “he told/urged them, “Do not argue with each other” or “he told/urged them not to argue with one another”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. 45:24 dh6n בַּ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “on the way/journey.” or “as you travel.” 45:25 z1e1 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲל֖וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Then Joseph’s brothers left Egypt”. See how you translated “up” in verse 9. -45:25 mbuw וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and went/traveled {back} {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan.” -45:26 ektk וַ⁠יַּגִּ֨דוּ ל֜⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “They {immediately} announced to him,” or “{When they arrived,} they exclaimed/announced to him,” -45:26 l7wg ע֚וֹד יוֹסֵ֣ף חַ֔י וְ⁠כִֽי ה֥וּא מֹשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Joseph {is} still alive! In fact, he {is} the governor over/of the entire country of Egypt!” See how you translated “ruler” in verse 8. -45:26 tsjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣פָג לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{When their father heard that news,} he was stunned {and silent},” or “{When Jacob heard that,} he was completely shocked,” This idiom means that Jacob was so shocked that he did not know which way to go with his emotions or what to think, say, or do; it does not mean that he died. Some languages have a similar idiom. Do what is best in your language. +45:25 mbuw וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and went/traveled back home to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan.” +45:26 ektk וַ⁠יַּגִּ֨דוּ ל֜⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “They immediately announced to him,” or “When they arrived, they exclaimed/announced to him,” +45:26 l7wg ע֚וֹד יוֹסֵ֣ף חַ֔י וְ⁠כִֽי ה֥וּא מֹשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Joseph is still alive! In fact, he is the governor over/of the entire country of Egypt!” See how you translated “ruler” in verse 8. +45:26 tsjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣פָג לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “When their father heard that news, he was stunned and silent,” or “When Jacob heard that, he was completely shocked,” This idiom means that Jacob was so shocked that he did not know which way to go with his emotions or what to think, say, or do; it does not mean that he died. Some languages have a similar idiom. Do what is best in your language. 45:26 iaug כִּ֥י לֹא הֶאֱמִ֖ין לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “because he could not believe them.” or “because he thought it could not be true.” -45:27 gadd וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “But then they reported to him” or “But {after} they told him” +45:27 gadd וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “But then they reported to him” or “But after they told him” 45:27 lw6i אֵ֣ת כָּל דִּבְרֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “everything that Joseph had said to them,” -45:27 y1r9 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠עֲגָל֔וֹת 1 “and {when/after} he saw the carts/wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in verses 19 and 21. -45:27 dim2 אֲשֶׁר שָׁלַ֥ח יוֹסֵ֖ף לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “that Joseph had sent to carry him {and his family} {to Egypt},” -45:27 os2g וַ⁠תְּחִ֕י ר֖וּחַ יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “their father Jacob felt much better.” or “he recovered {from the shock}.” -45:28 byhk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel/he exclaimed {to them},” Consider again whether to include in this chapter a footnote which explains that “Israel” (verses 21 and 28) and “Jacob” (verses 25 and 27) refer to the same person, not two different people. -45:28 nw1o רַ֛ב 1 “{That’s} enough! {It must be true!}” or “{I have heard} enough! {I’m convinced!}” +45:27 y1r9 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠עֲגָל֔וֹת 1 “and when/after he saw the carts/wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in verses 19 and 21. +45:27 dim2 אֲשֶׁר שָׁלַ֥ח יוֹסֵ֖ף לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “that Joseph had sent to carry him and his family to Egypt,” +45:27 os2g וַ⁠תְּחִ֕י ר֖וּחַ יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “their father Jacob felt much better.” or “he recovered from the shock.” +45:28 byhk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel/he exclaimed to them,” Consider again whether to include in this chapter a footnote which explains that “Israel” (verses 21 and 28) and “Jacob” (verses 25 and 27) refer to the same person, not two different people. +45:28 nw1o רַ֛ב 1 “That’s enough! It must be true!” or “I have heard enough! I’m convinced!” 45:28 un3t עוֹד יוֹסֵ֥ף בְּנִ֖⁠י חָ֑י 1 “My son Joseph must still be alive!” or “My son Joseph really is alive!” -45:28 iyqo אֵֽלְכָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת 1 “I must go {now} and see him {again} before I die.” -46:1 riri וַ⁠יִּסַּ֤ע יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Israel started the journey {to Egypt} with all his {family members and} belongings/possessions.” or “So Israel {and his family} started traveling {toward Egypt} with all his/their belongings.” -46:1 duwh וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּאֵ֣רָ⁠ה שָּׁ֑בַע 1 “When they reached {the city of} Beersheba,” -46:1 hkee וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֣ח זְבָחִ֔ים 1 “he offered sacrifices/offerings” or “offered/burned some of his animals {on an altar} {there} as sacrifices”. See how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 31:54. +45:28 iyqo אֵֽלְכָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת 1 “I must go now and see him again before I die.” +46:1 riri וַ⁠יִּסַּ֤ע יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Israel started the journey to Egypt with all his family members and belongings/possessions.” or “So Israel and his family started traveling toward Egypt with all his/their belongings.” +46:1 duwh וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּאֵ֣רָ⁠ה שָּׁ֑בַע 1 “When they reached the city of Beersheba,” +46:1 hkee וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֣ח זְבָחִ֔ים 1 “he offered sacrifices/offerings” or “offered/burned some of his animals on an altar there as sacrifices”. See how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 31:54. 46:1 tvbs לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק 1 “to God, whom his father Isaac had worshiped/served.” -46:2 r68j וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֤ים לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מַרְאֹ֣ת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “During the night God spoke/called to Israel in a vision, “Jacob! Jacob!” ” or “That night, God {appeared/came to} Israel in a vision and said to him, “Jacob, Jacob.” ” God repeats Jacob’s name to communicate that he has something urgent or important to tell him. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound angry or critical. Also see how you translated “vision” in Gen 15:1. -46:2 zw7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 2 “Israel/Jacob replied {to him},” For some languages, it is more natural to put this quotation margin (“he said”) after the quote. Do what is best in your language. -46:2 xvb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “Here I am, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “I am listening, {Lord}.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “Behold me” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2. -46:3 kdx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then God said {to him},” -46:3 j0y9 אָנֹכִ֥י הָ⁠אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} God, the God whom your father served/worshiped.” See how you translated “the God of” in verse 1. +46:2 r68j וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֤ים לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מַרְאֹ֣ת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “During the night God spoke/called to Israel in a vision, “Jacob! Jacob!” ” or “That night, God appeared/came to Israel in a vision and said to him, “Jacob, Jacob.” ” God repeats Jacob’s name to communicate that he has something urgent or important to tell him. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound angry or critical. Also see how you translated “vision” in Gen 15:1. +46:2 zw7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 2 “Israel/Jacob replied to him,” For some languages, it is more natural to put this quotation margin (“he said”) after the quote. Do what is best in your language. +46:2 xvb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “Here I am, Lord/Master.” or “Yes, Lord/Master?” or “I am listening, Lord.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “Behold me” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2. +46:3 kdx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then God said to him,” +46:3 j0y9 אָנֹכִ֥י הָ⁠אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I am God, the God whom your father served/worshiped.” See how you translated “the God of” in verse 1. 46:3 l2gh אַל תִּירָא֙ 1 “Don’t be afraid” or “You must not be afraid” -46:3 ss0c מֵ⁠רְדָ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to move down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “to go/travel to {the country of} Egypt {and settle there},” -46:3 tlg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי & אֲשִֽׂימְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “because I will make you {and your family/descendants}” or “because I will make your family/descendants” or “because I will give you {many} descendants, who will”. See how you translated “I will make you into a great nation” (and similar phrases) in Gen 12:2; 17:20; 18:18; 21:13, 18. -46:3 qaja לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל & שָֽׁם 1 “{multiply and} become an important/large ethnic/people group there.” -46:4 yhnq אָנֹכִ֗י אֵרֵ֤ד עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “I myself/personally will go with you to Egypt,” or “I will personally go with you down to Egypt {and take care of you there}.” Consider what is the best way to translate the emphatic pronoun “I” here and in the next clause. Also see how you translated “down” and “up” in Gen 45:9. -46:4 bj4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֣ גַם עָלֹ֑ה 1 “Later I will definitely bring your descendants {back} {here} {to Canaan}.” The pronoun “you” refers here to Jacob’s descendants. -46:4 kc9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֕ף יָשִׁ֥ית יָד֖⁠וֹ עַל עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And {when you die}, Joseph will {be right there to} close your eyes.” or “When you die, Joseph will be with you.” This clause refers to the custom of closing a person’s eyes after he died and means that Joseph would be with Jacob when he died. -46:5 o6ve וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then/So Jacob left {the city of} Beersheba,” or “After that, Jacob {whose other name was Israel} left {the city of} Beersheba,” Be consistent with how you spell “Beersheba” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:14, 31-33; 22:19; 26:23, 33; 28:10; 46:1, 5. -46:5 d9sz וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶת יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “and his sons, the sons of Israel, took/transported {him} their father” or “and his sons, {that is} the sons of Israel, took/transported him” or “and his sons took/transported him”. “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob (Gen 32:28, 35:10). In chapters 45 and 46, the text repeatedly switches back and forth between both of Jacob’s names. Make sure it is clear in your translation that these two names refer to the same person. You could include a footnote that helps readers understand what is happening. +46:3 ss0c מֵ⁠רְדָ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to move down to the country of Egypt,” or “to go/travel to the country of Egypt and settle there,” +46:3 tlg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי & אֲשִֽׂימְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “because I will make you and your family/descendants” or “because I will make your family/descendants” or “because I will give you many descendants, who will”. See how you translated “I will make you into a great nation” (and similar phrases) in Gen 12:2; 17:20; 18:18; 21:13, 18. +46:3 qaja לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל & שָֽׁם 1 “multiply and become an important/large ethnic/people group there.” +46:4 yhnq אָנֹכִ֗י אֵרֵ֤ד עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “I myself/personally will go with you to Egypt,” or “I will personally go with you down to Egypt and take care of you there.” Consider what is the best way to translate the emphatic pronoun “I” here and in the next clause. Also see how you translated “down” and “up” in Gen 45:9. +46:4 bj4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֣ גַם עָלֹ֑ה 1 “Later I will definitely bring your descendants back here to Canaan.” The pronoun “you” refers here to Jacob’s descendants. +46:4 kc9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֕ף יָשִׁ֥ית יָד֖⁠וֹ עַל עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And when you die, Joseph will be right there to close your eyes.” or “When you die, Joseph will be with you.” This clause refers to the custom of closing a person’s eyes after he died and means that Joseph would be with Jacob when he died. +46:5 o6ve וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then/So Jacob left the city of Beersheba,” or “After that, Jacob whose other name was Israel left the city of Beersheba,” Be consistent with how you spell “Beersheba” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:14, 31-33; 22:19; 26:23, 33; 28:10; 46:1, 5. +46:5 d9sz וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶת יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “and his sons, the sons of Israel, took/transported him their father” or “and his sons, that is the sons of Israel, took/transported him” or “and his sons took/transported him”. “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob (Gen 32:28, 35:10). In chapters 45 and 46, the text repeatedly switches back and forth between both of Jacob’s names. Make sure it is clear in your translation that these two names refer to the same person. You could include a footnote that helps readers understand what is happening. 46:5 dh0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֶת טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “as well as their children and wives” or “and their wives and children”. See how you translated “little ones and … wives” in Gen 45:19. 46:5 ijbh בָּ⁠עֲגָל֕וֹת 1 “in the wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in Gen 45:19, 21, 27. -46:5 swur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר & פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “that {King} Pharaoh” or “that Pharaoh {the king of Egypt}” or “that the king {of/over Egypt}”. For a note about how “Pharaoh” is used like a name in the Bible, see Gen 12:15. -46:5 a341 שָׁלַ֥ח 1 “had sent {to Canaan}” or “had provided” -46:5 a0lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ⁠שֵׂ֥את אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to transport him/them {to Egypt}.” or “for them to ride in/on {to Egypt}.” The pronoun “him” refers to Jacob, the head of his family, and includes Jacob’s wives and children. It may be necessary to use the plural pronoun “them” to make that clear. -46:6 bpn0 וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “They {also} took/brought {with them} their livestock/animals” -46:6 mwtw וְ⁠אֶת רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ 1 “and their {other} belongings”. Consider again how you translated “possessions” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5 (and note); 13:6; 14:11-12, 16, 21; 15:14; 31:18; 36:7; 46:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context. +46:5 swur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר & פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “that King Pharaoh” or “that Pharaoh the king of Egypt” or “that the king of/over Egypt”. For a note about how “Pharaoh” is used like a name in the Bible, see Gen 12:15. +46:5 a341 שָׁלַ֥ח 1 “had sent to Canaan” or “had provided” +46:5 a0lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ⁠שֵׂ֥את אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to transport him/them to Egypt.” or “for them to ride in/on to Egypt.” The pronoun “him” refers to Jacob, the head of his family, and includes Jacob’s wives and children. It may be necessary to use the plural pronoun “them” to make that clear. +46:6 bpn0 וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “They also took/brought with them their livestock/animals” +46:6 mwtw וְ⁠אֶת רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ 1 “and their other belongings”. Consider again how you translated “possessions” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5 (and note); 13:6; 14:11-12, 16, 21; 15:14; 31:18; 36:7; 46:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context. 46:6 rgy2 אֲשֶׁ֤ר רָֽכְשׁוּ֙ 1 “that they had accumulated/gotten”. Consider again how you translated “acquired” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5; 31:18; 36:6; 46:6. 46:6 ll6u בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.” or “in Canaan.” 46:6 kx4e וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob and all of his descendants arrived in Egypt,” -46:7 fpfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בָּנָ֞י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּנֹתָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{including} his sons and grandsons, {and} his daughters and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons, daughters, grandsons, and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons and daughters, {and} his grandsons and granddaughters.” Consider what is the best way in your language to list these descendants. -46:7 f9ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֑⁠וֹ הֵבִ֥יא אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “{Yes,} he/Jacob brought his entire family with him to Egypt.” or “He/Jacob had all his offspring/descendants with him when he arrived in Egypt.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “He/Jacob brought his entire {extended} family with him to Egypt, {including} his sons …” Do what is best in your language. -46:8 hwco וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה שְׁמ֧וֹת בְּנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֣ב וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Here is a list of the names of Israel’s descendants who went/came {with him} to Egypt, {that is,} Jacob’s descendants:” or “The following list gives the names of Israel’s descendants, {that is,} Jacob’s descendants, who went/came {with him} to Egypt:” -46:8 r81g בְּכֹ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵֽן 1 “Reuben, {who was} his/Jacob’s firstborn/oldest {son},” Some translations put verses 8-14, 16-17, and 19-24 in list format, beginning a new paragraph with each of Jacob’s sons. -46:9 pg60 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “and Reuben’s sons, {who were}” or “and Reuben’s sons:” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from the previous verse. Also, throughout this section (verses 9-27), some translations use a colon before each list of names instead of “{were}” or “{who were}”. Do what is best in your language. +46:7 fpfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בָּנָ֞י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּנֹתָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “including his sons and grandsons, and his daughters and granddaughters.” or “including his sons, daughters, grandsons, and granddaughters.” or “including his sons and daughters, and his grandsons and granddaughters.” Consider what is the best way in your language to list these descendants. +46:7 f9ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֑⁠וֹ הֵבִ֥יא אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “Yes, he/Jacob brought his entire family with him to Egypt.” or “He/Jacob had all his offspring/descendants with him when he arrived in Egypt.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “He/Jacob brought his entire extended family with him to Egypt, including his sons …” Do what is best in your language. +46:8 hwco וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה שְׁמ֧וֹת בְּנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֣ב וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Here is a list of the names of Israel’s descendants who went/came with him to Egypt, that is, Jacob’s descendants:” or “The following list gives the names of Israel’s descendants, that is, Jacob’s descendants, who went/came with him to Egypt:” +46:8 r81g בְּכֹ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵֽן 1 “Reuben, who was his/Jacob’s firstborn/oldest son,” Some translations put verses 8-14, 16-17, and 19-24 in list format, beginning a new paragraph with each of Jacob’s sons. +46:9 pg60 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “and Reuben’s sons, who were” or “and Reuben’s sons:” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from the previous verse. Also, throughout this section (verses 9-27), some translations use a colon before each list of names instead of “were” or “who were”. Do what is best in your language. 46:9 vobo חֲנ֥וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּ֖וּא וְ⁠חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִֽי 1 “Hanoch, Pallu, Hezron, and Carmi.” For some languages it is more natural to include “and” between every name in a list like this. For other languages it is more natural to use commas between names and leave “and” implied, except before the last name in the list. See how you translated similar lists of names in Genesis 10. -46:10 ml5y וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֗וֹן 1 “{Simeon and} Simeon’s/his sons, {who were}” +46:10 ml5y וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֗וֹן 1 “Simeon and Simeon’s/his sons, who were” 46:10 wit7 יְמוּאֵ֧ל וְ⁠יָמִ֛ין וְ⁠אֹ֖הַד וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֑חַר 1 “Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar,” 46:10 p9tr וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל בֶּן הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽית 1 “and Shaul, who had a Canaanite mother.” or “and Shaul, whose mother was a Canaanite.” or “and Shaul. (Shaul had a Canaanite mother.)” In this list, only Shaul had a Canaanite mother. See how you translated “Canaanite” in Gen 38:2. -46:11 nty9 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י לֵוִ֑י גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִֽי 1 “{Levi and} Levi’s sons, {who were} Gershon, Kohath, and Merari.” -46:12 jj9x וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “{Judah and} Judah’s sons, {who were}” +46:11 nty9 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י לֵוִ֑י גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִֽי 1 “Levi and Levi’s sons, who were Gershon, Kohath, and Merari.” +46:12 jj9x וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah and Judah’s sons, who were” 46:12 hxru עֵ֧ר וְ⁠אוֹנָ֛ן וְ⁠שֵׁלָ֖ה וָ⁠פֶ֣רֶץ וָ⁠זָ֑רַח 1 “Er, Onan, Shelah, Perez, and Zerah;” Be consistent here with how you spelled these names in Gen 38:3-11, 26, 29-30. -46:12 kmfp וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת עֵ֤ר וְ⁠אוֹנָן֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “actually, Er and Onan had {already} died in the land/region of Canaan.” -46:12 btiw וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי פֶ֖רֶץ חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠חָמֽוּל 1 “Perez’s sons were Hezron and Hamul.” or “Perez had sons {named} Hezron and Hamul.” -46:13 ynn3 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י יִשָׂשכָ֑ר 1 “{Issachar and} Issachar’s sons, {who were}” +46:12 kmfp וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת עֵ֤ר וְ⁠אוֹנָן֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “actually, Er and Onan had already died in the land/region of Canaan.” +46:12 btiw וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי פֶ֖רֶץ חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠חָמֽוּל 1 “Perez’s sons were Hezron and Hamul.” or “Perez had sons named Hezron and Hamul.” +46:13 ynn3 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י יִשָׂשכָ֑ר 1 “Issachar and Issachar’s sons, who were” 46:13 gd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תּוֹלָ֥ע וּ⁠פֻוָּ֖ה וְ⁠י֥וֹב וְ⁠שִׁמְרֽוֹן 1 “Tola, Puvah/Puah, Job/Jashub, and Shimron.” Numbers 26:24 and 1 Chronicles 7:1 have the same list of Issachar’s sons as here, but instead of “Puvah” and “Job,” they have “Puah” and “Jashub.” Some translations keep the spelling for these names the same in all three locations to avoid confusion. Do what is best in your language. -46:14 ed1v וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י זְבוּלֻ֑ן סֶ֥רֶד 1 “{Zebulun and} Zebulun’s sons, {who were}” +46:14 ed1v וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י זְבוּלֻ֑ן סֶ֥רֶד 1 “Zebulun and Zebulun’s sons, who were” 46:14 o73v סֶ֥רֶד וְ⁠אֵל֖וֹן וְ⁠יַחְלְאֵֽל 1 “Sered, Elon, and Jahleel.” -46:15 s5do אֵ֣לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants” -46:15 nmfo לֵאָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָֽלְדָ֤ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “of Leah and Jacob who were born” or “that Jacob’s wife Leah had” or “whom Jacob and {his wife} Leah had together” -46:15 qbsu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֔ם 1 “in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” -46:15 bl0r וְ⁠אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “as well as Dinah their daughter.” or “in addition to their daughter Dinah.” or “They also had a daughter {named} Dinah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spell the name “Dinah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 30:21; 34:1-5, 11, 13, 25-26; 46:15. -46:15 avnp כָּל נֶ֧פֶשׁ בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹֽשׁ 1 “All {together} those sons, daughters {and grandchildren} {totaled} thirty-three persons/people.” or “The {total} number of those descendants {was} thirty-three.” -46:16 l2wr וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד 1 “{Jacob’s other descendants who came with him included} {his/Jacob’s son Gad and} Gad’s sons, {who were}” or “{Other descendants were/included} {Jacob’s son Gad and} Gad’s sons:” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. +46:15 s5do אֵ֣לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those were the sons and grandsons” or “All those were the descendants” +46:15 nmfo לֵאָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָֽלְדָ֤ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “of Leah and Jacob who were born” or “that Jacob’s wife Leah had” or “whom Jacob and his wife Leah had together” +46:15 qbsu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֔ם 1 “in the land/region of Paddan Aram,” +46:15 bl0r וְ⁠אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “as well as Dinah their daughter.” or “in addition to their daughter Dinah.” or “They also had a daughter named Dinah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spell the name “Dinah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 30:21; 34:1-5, 11, 13, 25-26; 46:15. +46:15 avnp כָּל נֶ֧פֶשׁ בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹֽשׁ 1 “All together those sons, daughters and grandchildren totaled thirty-three persons/people.” or “The total number of those descendants was thirty-three.” +46:16 l2wr וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד 1 “Jacob’s other descendants who came with him included his/Jacob’s son Gad and Gad’s sons, who were” or “Other descendants were/included Jacob’s son Gad and Gad’s sons:” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. 46:16 zv7o צִפְי֥וֹן וְ⁠חַגִּ֖י שׁוּנִ֣י וְ⁠אֶצְבֹּ֑ן עֵרִ֥י וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹדִ֖י וְ⁠אַרְאֵלִֽי 1 “Ziphion, Haggi, Shuni, Ezbon, Eri, Arodi, and Areli.” -46:17 cii0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֗ר 1 “{He/Jacob also took} {his son Asher and} Asher’s sons, {who were}” +46:17 cii0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֗ר 1 “He/Jacob also took his son Asher and Asher’s sons, who were” 46:17 uqg5 יִמְנָ֧ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוָ֛ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוִ֥י וּ⁠בְרִיעָ֖ה 1 “Imnah, Ishvah, Ishvi, and Beriah,” -46:17 ccrj וְ⁠שֶׂ֣רַח אֲחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and their sister, {who was} Serah.” or “and their sister, {whose name was} Serah.” or “Their sister {was} Serah.” -46:17 rvtp וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בְרִיעָ֔ה חֶ֖בֶר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיאֵֽל 1 “Beriah’s sons {were} Heber and Malkiel.” or “Beriah had sons {named} Heber and Malkiel.” -46:18 ooav אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י זִלְפָּ֔ה 1 “Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Zilpah,” or “Those {were} the children {and grandchildren} {that Jacob had} with Zilpah,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Zilpah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:24; 30:9-10,12; 35:26; 37:2; 46:18. -46:18 a33d אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{who was the servant woman} that Laban had given to his daughter Leah.” -46:18 q2fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד אֶת אֵ֨לֶּה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב שֵׁ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה נָֽפֶשׁ 1 “Zilpah and Jacob had those sixteen descendants.” or “{The total number of} those descendants that Zilpah and Jacob had together was sixteen.” Consider whether it is better in your language to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Those {were} sixteen descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Zilpah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Leah {as a maidservant/servant}.” -46:19 dl75 בְּנֵ֤י רָחֵל֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “{Then} there were the sons of Jacob’s wife Rachel, {who were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “The sons that Jacob had with his wife Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. -46:20 wv2h וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֣ד לְ⁠יוֹסֵף֮ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֒ & אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “Joseph’s {sons} who were born in the land/country of Egypt {were} Manasseh and Ephraim.” or “Joseph’s sons were Manasseh and Ephraim, and they were born in the land/country of Egypt.” -46:20 h1mo אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֣ן אֹ֑ן 1 “{Joseph’s/His wife} Asenath bore/had those sons for him; she was the daughter of Potiphera, the priest in/at {the city of} On.” or “Their mother was {Joseph’s wife} Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} the priest in/at {the city of} On.” See how you translated “Asenath … daughter of Potiphera the priest of On” in Gen 41:45. -46:21 eani וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֗ן 1 “{Benjamin and} Benjamin’s sons, {who were}” or “Benjamin’s sons {were}” +46:17 ccrj וְ⁠שֶׂ֣רַח אֲחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and their sister, who was Serah.” or “and their sister, whose name was Serah.” or “Their sister was Serah.” +46:17 rvtp וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בְרִיעָ֔ה חֶ֖בֶר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיאֵֽל 1 “Beriah’s sons were Heber and Malkiel.” or “Beriah had sons named Heber and Malkiel.” +46:18 ooav אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י זִלְפָּ֔ה 1 “Those were the descendants of Jacob and Zilpah,” or “Those were the children and grandchildren that Jacob had with Zilpah,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Zilpah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:24; 30:9-10,12; 35:26; 37:2; 46:18. +46:18 a33d אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was the servant woman that Laban had given to his daughter Leah.” +46:18 q2fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד אֶת אֵ֨לֶּה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב שֵׁ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה נָֽפֶשׁ 1 “Zilpah and Jacob had those sixteen descendants.” or “The total number of those descendants that Zilpah and Jacob had together was sixteen.” Consider whether it is better in your language to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Those were sixteen descendants that Jacob had with his concubine Zilpah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Leah as a maidservant/servant.” +46:19 dl75 בְּנֵ֤י רָחֵל֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “Then there were the sons of Jacob’s wife Rachel, who were Joseph and Benjamin.” or “The sons that Jacob had with his wife Rachel were Joseph and Benjamin.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. +46:20 wv2h וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֣ד לְ⁠יוֹסֵף֮ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֒ & אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “Joseph’s sons who were born in the land/country of Egypt were Manasseh and Ephraim.” or “Joseph’s sons were Manasseh and Ephraim, and they were born in the land/country of Egypt.” +46:20 h1mo אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֣ן אֹ֑ן 1 “Joseph’s/His wife Asenath bore/had those sons for him; she was the daughter of Potiphera, the priest in/at the city of On.” or “Their mother was Joseph’s wife Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, who was the priest in/at the city of On.” See how you translated “Asenath … daughter of Potiphera the priest of On” in Gen 41:45. +46:21 eani וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֗ן 1 “Benjamin and Benjamin’s sons, who were” or “Benjamin’s sons were” 46:21 d32r בֶּ֤לַע וָ⁠בֶ֨כֶר֙ וְ⁠אַשְׁבֵּ֔ל גֵּרָ֥א וְ⁠נַעֲמָ֖ן 1 “Bela, Beker, Ashbel, Gera, Naaman,” 46:21 qthw אֵחִ֣י וָ⁠רֹ֑אשׁ מֻפִּ֥ים וְ⁠חֻפִּ֖ים וָ⁠אָֽרְדְּ 1 “Ehi, Rosh, Muppim, Huppim, and Ard.” Remember to use (or not use) “and” between the names in this list in a way that is natural in your language. -46:22 khj5 אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants” -46:22 awf7 רָחֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּ֖ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “that Jacob’s wife Rachel had,” or “that Jacob and {his wife} Rachel had together,” or “who descended/came from Rachel and Jacob.” Your punctuation here will depend on how you translate the rest of this verse. -46:22 ycq8 כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 “a total of fourteen descendants.” or “The total {number} of those descendants {was} fourteen.” -46:23 f9g0 וּ⁠בְנֵי דָ֖ן חֻשִֽׁים 1 “{Other descendants who came with Jacob included:} {his son Dan and} Dan’s son Hushim.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. See how you started verse 16, which is similar. -46:24 ydx0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י נַפְתָּלִ֑י 1 “{Naphtali and} Naphtali’s sons, {who were}” +46:22 khj5 אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those were the sons and grandsons” or “All those were the descendants” +46:22 awf7 רָחֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּ֖ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “that Jacob’s wife Rachel had,” or “that Jacob and his wife Rachel had together,” or “who descended/came from Rachel and Jacob.” Your punctuation here will depend on how you translate the rest of this verse. +46:22 ycq8 כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 “a total of fourteen descendants.” or “The total number of those descendants was fourteen.” +46:23 f9g0 וּ⁠בְנֵי דָ֖ן חֻשִֽׁים 1 “Other descendants who came with Jacob included: his son Dan and Dan’s son Hushim.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. See how you started verse 16, which is similar. +46:24 ydx0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י נַפְתָּלִ֑י 1 “Naphtali and Naphtali’s sons, who were” 46:24 jdr0 יַחְצְאֵ֥ל וְ⁠גוּנִ֖י וְ⁠יֵ֥צֶר וְ⁠שִׁלֵּֽם 1 “Jahziel, Guni, Jezer, and Shillem.” Consider again how you translated these lists of names in this chapter (verses 9-24). -46:25 tn9l אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י בִלְהָ֔ה 1 “Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Bilhah,” or “Those {were all} the sons {and grandsons} that Jacob had with Bilhah,” Be consistent in how you spell “Bilhah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:29; 30:3-5, 7; 35:22, 25; 37:2; 46:25. Also see how you translated verse 18, which is similar in structure to verse 25. -46:25 k5xe אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{who was} {the servant woman} whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel.” -46:25 uwps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד אֶת אֵ֛לֶּה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “The total {number} of those descendants that Bilhah and Jacob had together {was} seven.” or “Those descendants that Bilhah had with Jacob totaled seven {persons/people}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “All those {were} seven descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Bilhah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel {as a maidservant/servant}.” Do what is best in your language. +46:25 tn9l אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י בִלְהָ֔ה 1 “Those were the descendants of Jacob and Bilhah,” or “Those were all the sons and grandsons that Jacob had with Bilhah,” Be consistent in how you spell “Bilhah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:29; 30:3-5, 7; 35:22, 25; 37:2; 46:25. Also see how you translated verse 18, which is similar in structure to verse 25. +46:25 k5xe אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was the servant woman whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel.” +46:25 uwps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד אֶת אֵ֛לֶּה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “The total number of those descendants that Bilhah and Jacob had together was seven.” or “Those descendants that Bilhah had with Jacob totaled seven persons/people.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “All those were seven descendants that Jacob had with his concubine Bilhah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel as a maidservant/servant.” Do what is best in your language. 46:26 r4sj כָּל הַ֠⁠נֶּפֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּאָ֨ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֤ב מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “The total number of persons/people who traveled with Jacob to Egypt,” 46:26 vq0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יֹצְאֵ֣י יְרֵכ֔⁠וֹ 1 “who came/descended from him,” or “who were his blood relatives,” or “who were his biological descendants,” Make sure that your translation of this idiom can be read in public without offending or embarrassing listeners. See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 35:11. -46:26 ymh7 מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד נְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵי יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “not counting/including {his wives or} the wives of his sons,” -46:26 rfvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וָ⁠שֵֽׁשׁ 1 “was sixty-six people in all.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Altogether Jacob had sixty-six blood relatives who went with him to Egypt. That {number} does not include {his wives or} his sons’ wives.” Do what is best in your language. -46:27 w7ik וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵ֛ף אֲשֶׁר יֻלַּד ל֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׁנָ֑יִם 1 “{If you include/count} {Jacob, Joseph, and} Joseph’s two sons, who were born in Egypt, {then}” or “Joseph {and his} two sons were already in Egypt, {so, including Jacob,}” -46:27 bkox כָּל הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ לְ⁠בֵֽית יַעֲקֹ֛ב הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה שִׁבְעִֽים 1 “all the people in Jacob’s family who were in Egypt {totaled} seventy.” or “there was a total of seventy members of Jacob’s family in Egypt.” -46:28 b4ff וְ⁠אֶת יְהוּדָ֞ה שָׁלַ֤ח 1 “Then he/Jacob told Judah to go” or “{When they reached Egypt,} he/Jacob had Judah go” +46:26 ymh7 מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד נְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵי יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “not counting/including his wives or the wives of his sons,” +46:26 rfvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וָ⁠שֵֽׁשׁ 1 “was sixty-six people in all.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Altogether Jacob had sixty-six blood relatives who went with him to Egypt. That number does not include his wives or his sons’ wives.” Do what is best in your language. +46:27 w7ik וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵ֛ף אֲשֶׁר יֻלַּד ל֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׁנָ֑יִם 1 “If you include/count Jacob, Joseph, and Joseph’s two sons, who were born in Egypt, then” or “Joseph and his two sons were already in Egypt, so, including Jacob,” +46:27 bkox כָּל הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ לְ⁠בֵֽית יַעֲקֹ֛ב הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה שִׁבְעִֽים 1 “all the people in Jacob’s family who were in Egypt totaled seventy.” or “there was a total of seventy members of Jacob’s family in Egypt.” +46:28 b4ff וְ⁠אֶת יְהוּדָ֞ה שָׁלַ֤ח 1 “Then he/Jacob told Judah to go” or “When they reached Egypt, he/Jacob had Judah go” 46:28 u61x לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “ahead of them to Joseph” or “to Joseph ahead of them” -46:28 nz96 לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֥ת לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “to find out {which way} to go” or “to ask him how to get” or “to get directions {from him}” -46:28 lr93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה 1 “to {the region/territory of} Goshen.” or “to Goshen {Province/County}.” Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. For some languages it is better to make that explicit here, rather than wait until the end of the verse. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Goshen” in Gen 45:10. +46:28 nz96 לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֥ת לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “to find out which way to go” or “to ask him how to get” or “to get directions from him” +46:28 lr93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה 1 “to the region/territory of Goshen.” or “to Goshen Province/County.” Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. For some languages it is better to make that explicit here, rather than wait until the end of the verse. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Goshen” in Gen 45:10. 46:28 ywkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ 1 “Then Jacob and his family traveled to” or “After that, Jacob’s family arrived in”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. 46:28 cib9 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “the region/territory of Goshen.” or “Goshen Province/County.” or “Goshen.” If you use “the land of Goshen” earlier in this verse, it may be better to just say “Goshen” here. Do what is best in your language. -46:29 ytwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאְסֹ֤ר יוֹסֵף֙ מֶרְכַּבְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Joseph got his chariot/cart ready” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} get his chariot/cart ready”. Joseph may have harnessed his horses to his chariot himself, or he may have had his servants do that for him (which was usual for a powerful person like him). Consider how you translated similar situations in Gen 41:48. Also see how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43. +46:29 ytwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאְסֹ֤ר יוֹסֵף֙ מֶרְכַּבְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Joseph got his chariot/cart ready” or “Then Joseph had his servants get his chariot/cart ready”. Joseph may have harnessed his horses to his chariot himself, or he may have had his servants do that for him (which was usual for a powerful person like him). Consider how you translated similar situations in Gen 41:48. Also see how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43. 46:29 ddl6 וַ⁠יַּ֛עַל לִ⁠קְרַֽאת יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אָבִ֖י⁠ו גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה 1 “and went to Goshen to meet his father Israel.” See how you translated “went up” in Gen 13:1 and “go up” in Gen 45:9. -46:29 vrp6 וַ⁠יֵּרָ֣א אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “{When he got there,} Joseph went/came up to his father” or “{There} Joseph greeted his father” -46:29 zdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֙ עַל צַוָּארָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders” or “and hugged him {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated “fell on … neck” in Gen 45:14. -46:29 vp4d וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עַל צַוָּארָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “and cried {for joy} on his shoulder {for} a long time.” +46:29 vrp6 וַ⁠יֵּרָ֣א אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “When he got there, Joseph went/came up to his father” or “There Joseph greeted his father” +46:29 zdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֙ עַל צַוָּארָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders” or “and hugged him tightly/strongly”. See how you translated “fell on … neck” in Gen 45:14. +46:29 vp4d וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עַל צַוָּארָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “and cried for joy on his shoulder for a long time.” 46:30 ddlj וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph/him,” -46:30 cub6 אָמ֣וּתָה הַ⁠פָּ֑עַם 1 “Now I can/will die {happy},” or “Now when I die {I will be at peace},” Jacob did not die until 17 years later (Genesis 47:28). Make sure your translation of this clause does not mean or imply that Jacob wanted to die soon or that he thought he would die soon. +46:30 cub6 אָמ֣וּתָה הַ⁠פָּ֑עַם 1 “Now I can/will die happy,” or “Now when I die I will be at peace,” Jacob did not die until 17 years later (Genesis 47:28). Make sure your translation of this clause does not mean or imply that Jacob wanted to die soon or that he thought he would die soon. 46:30 rb7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַחֲרֵי֙ רְאוֹתִ֣⁠י אֶת פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “since/because I have seen you face to face” or “since/because I have seen you in person”. In this context, “your face” refers to Joseph, not just his face. Decide what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -46:30 nhsm כִּ֥י עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ חָֽי 1 “{and know} that you {are} still alive!” +46:30 nhsm כִּ֥י עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ חָֽי 1 “and know that you are still alive!” 46:31 z0ih וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Joseph announced to his brothers” or “Then Joseph told his brothers” -46:31 vudr וְ⁠אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and {the rest of} his father’s household/family,” -46:31 iu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶעֱלֶ֖ה וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠אֹֽמְרָ֣ה אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “I will go to {King} Pharaoh and tell/inform him,” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to Pharaoh here sounds respectful in your translation. See what you did in Gen 41:35. -46:31 xkdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַחַ֧⁠י וּ⁠בֵית אָבִ֛⁠י 1 “My brothers and {the rest of} my father’s family” or “that my brothers and {the rest of} my father’s household/family”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote (in verses 31-32) with a direct or indirect quote. -46:31 nizd אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן בָּ֥אוּ אֵלָֽ⁠י 1 “have come/traveled {here} from the land/region of Canaan to live near me.” -46:32 x44w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ רֹ֣עֵי צֹ֔אן 1 “The men {of my family} raise/tend sheep {and goats}.” or “{I will} also {tell him that} the/you men {in my family} raise sheep {and goats}.” Be consistent here with whether you are translating this embedded quote (that began in verse 31) as an direct or indirect quote. -46:32 igox כִּֽי אַנְשֵׁ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה הָי֑וּ 1 “for/because they are livestock raisers/herders,” or “In fact, they raise {all kinds of} livestock {for a living},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -46:32 v6jw וְ⁠צֹאנָ֧⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֛⁠ם & הֵבִֽיאוּ 1 “and they have brought {with them} {all} their sheep {and goats} and cattle” -46:32 l2a6 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everything {else}” or “as well as everything {else}” +46:31 vudr וְ⁠אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and the rest of his father’s household/family,” +46:31 iu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶעֱלֶ֖ה וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠אֹֽמְרָ֣ה אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “I will go to King Pharaoh and tell/inform him,” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to Pharaoh here sounds respectful in your translation. See what you did in Gen 41:35. +46:31 xkdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַחַ֧⁠י וּ⁠בֵית אָבִ֛⁠י 1 “My brothers and the rest of my father’s family” or “that my brothers and the rest of my father’s household/family”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote (in verses 31-32) with a direct or indirect quote. +46:31 nizd אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן בָּ֥אוּ אֵלָֽ⁠י 1 “have come/traveled here from the land/region of Canaan to live near me.” +46:32 x44w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ רֹ֣עֵי צֹ֔אן 1 “The men of my family raise/tend sheep and goats.” or “I will also tell him that the/you men in my family raise sheep and goats.” Be consistent here with whether you are translating this embedded quote (that began in verse 31) as an direct or indirect quote. +46:32 igox כִּֽי אַנְשֵׁ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה הָי֑וּ 1 “for/because they are livestock raisers/herders,” or “In fact, they raise all kinds of livestock for a living,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +46:32 v6jw וְ⁠צֹאנָ֧⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֛⁠ם & הֵבִֽיאוּ 1 “and they have brought with them all their sheep and goats and cattle” +46:32 l2a6 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everything else” or “as well as everything else” 46:32 vast אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “that they own/have.” or “that is theirs.” 46:33 ai1b וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה 1 “Then” or “So then,” This phrase introduces and emphasizes what Joseph says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -46:33 h0uq כִּֽי & פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “when {King} Pharaoh” or “when the king” -46:33 r2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִקְרָ֥א לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וְ⁠אָמַ֖ר מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶֽם 1 “summons you and asks {you} what your work/occupation is,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quotation with a direct or indirect quote. -46:34 w1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֗ם 1 “you should/must tell {him},” +46:33 h0uq כִּֽי & פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “when King Pharaoh” or “when the king” +46:33 r2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִקְרָ֥א לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וְ⁠אָמַ֖ר מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶֽם 1 “summons you and asks you what your work/occupation is,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quotation with a direct or indirect quote. +46:34 w1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֗ם 1 “you should/must tell him,” 46:34 ia61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַנְשֵׁ֨י מִקְנֶ֜ה הָי֤וּ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠נְּעוּרֵ֣י⁠נוּ וְ⁠עַד עַ֔תָּה 1 “Your Majesty/Highness, we have raised livestock since the time we were youths/young,” or “Sir, ever since the time we were young until now, we have been raising livestock,” The phrase “your servants” shows respect to Pharaoh and acknowledges his high position; it does not mean that Pharaoh actually owns Joseph’s brothers as servants. Translate this in a polite way that shows respect toward Pharaoh. Also, see how you translated “livestock men” in verse 32. -46:34 r4o3 גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{which is} the same occupation that our forefathers/ancestors had.” See how you translated “fathers” in Gen 15:15. -46:34 wtti בַּ⁠עֲב֗וּר 1 “That way” or “If {you say} that, {then}” -46:34 k7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּשְׁבוּ֙ 1 “you will be permitted/allowed to live {separately/privately}” or “{he/Pharaoh} will permit/allow you to live {separately/privately}”. The idea here is that Jacob’s family would be permitted to live in rural areas to raise their livestock away from most Egyptians, who despised sheep herders. +46:34 r4o3 גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “which is the same occupation that our forefathers/ancestors had.” See how you translated “fathers” in Gen 15:15. +46:34 wtti בַּ⁠עֲב֗וּר 1 “That way” or “If you say that, then” +46:34 k7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּשְׁבוּ֙ 1 “you will be permitted/allowed to live separately/privately” or “he/Pharaoh will permit/allow you to live separately/privately”. The idea here is that Jacob’s family would be permitted to live in rural areas to raise their livestock away from most Egyptians, who despised sheep herders. 46:34 e403 בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen,” or “in Goshen Province/County,” -46:34 d82w כִּֽי 1 “{especially} because/since” -46:34 prnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם כָּל רֹ֥עֵה צֹֽאן 1 “sheep herders are detestable {to} Egyptians.” or “the people of Egypt have disdain/contempt for sheep herders.” or “Egyptians despise/detest everyone who raises sheep.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of phrases in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “abomination” in Gen 43:32. -47:1 mkye וַ⁠יָּבֹ֣א יוֹסֵף֮ וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠פַרְעֹה֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then/So Joseph went to {King} Pharaoh and informed/told {him},” See how you translated “report to Pharaoh” in Gen 46:31. -47:1 sa29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָבִ֨⁠י וְ⁠אַחַ֜⁠י 1 “My father, my brothers {and their families},” It is implied that the brothers brought their families with them. Consider whether or not to make that explicit in your translation. -47:1 i8mx וְ⁠צֹאנָ֤⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and/with their flock{s} {of sheep and goats} and their herd{s} {of cattle}” or “{along} with their sheep, {goats,} cattle,” -47:1 kr2r וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and everything {else} that they own,“ or “and all {the rest of} their belongings/possessions,” -47:1 kw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ֖אוּ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “have come {here} from the land/region of Canaan.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause and the rest of this verse earlier in this sentence. For example: “My father and my brothers {and their families} have come {to Egypt} from the region of Canaan and {are} now in Goshen Province. {They brought with them} their sheep …” Do what is best in your language. -47:1 fp70 וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “They {are staying} now” or “and they have {already} arrived”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +46:34 d82w כִּֽי 1 “especially because/since” +46:34 prnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם כָּל רֹ֥עֵה צֹֽאן 1 “sheep herders are detestable to Egyptians.” or “the people of Egypt have disdain/contempt for sheep herders.” or “Egyptians despise/detest everyone who raises sheep.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of phrases in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “abomination” in Gen 43:32. +47:1 mkye וַ⁠יָּבֹ֣א יוֹסֵף֮ וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠פַרְעֹה֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then/So Joseph went to King Pharaoh and informed/told him,” See how you translated “report to Pharaoh” in Gen 46:31. +47:1 sa29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָבִ֨⁠י וְ⁠אַחַ֜⁠י 1 “My father, my brothers and their families,” It is implied that the brothers brought their families with them. Consider whether or not to make that explicit in your translation. +47:1 i8mx וְ⁠צֹאנָ֤⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and/with their flocks of sheep and goats and their herds of cattle” or “along with their sheep, goats, cattle,” +47:1 kr2r וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and everything else that they own,“ or “and all the rest of their belongings/possessions,” +47:1 kw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ֖אוּ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “have come here from the land/region of Canaan.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause and the rest of this verse earlier in this sentence. For example: “My father and my brothers and their families have come to Egypt from the region of Canaan and are now in Goshen Province. They brought with them their sheep …” Do what is best in your language. +47:1 fp70 וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “They are staying now” or “and they have already arrived”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 47:1 ckpp בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province/County.” -47:2 zp5f וּ⁠מִ⁠קְצֵ֣ה אֶחָ֔י⁠ו לָקַ֖ח חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֑ים וַ⁠יַּצִּגֵ֖⁠ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then he/Joseph took/brought five of his brothers before/to Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” or “Joseph had brought five of his brothers {with him} {from Goshen}, so he took/brought them before Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” Joseph probably brought his father and brothers with him from Goshen (46:31) to Pharaoh’s palace. It is not clear whether or not they were in the room yet when Joseph spoke to Pharaoh about them (47:1). +47:2 zp5f וּ⁠מִ⁠קְצֵ֣ה אֶחָ֔י⁠ו לָקַ֖ח חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֑ים וַ⁠יַּצִּגֵ֖⁠ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then he/Joseph took/brought five of his brothers before/to Pharaoh and presented/introduced them to him.” or “Joseph had brought five of his brothers with him from Goshen, so he took/brought them before Pharaoh and presented/introduced them to him.” Joseph probably brought his father and brothers with him from Goshen (46:31) to Pharaoh’s palace. It is not clear whether or not they were in the room yet when Joseph spoke to Pharaoh about them (47:1). 47:3 dma6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Pharaoh asked Joseph’s brothers,” or “Then Pharaoh asked them,” Make sure that your translation of “his brothers” refers to Joseph’s brothers, not Pharaoh’s. -47:3 n3cx מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “What {is} your occupation?” or “What {kind of} work do you do?” or “What do you do for a living?” -47:3 h073 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They answered Pharaoh/him,” or “{One of} them said/replied,” -47:3 pwof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{We,} your {humble} servants,” or “Your Majesty/Highness, we” or “Sir, we”. See how you translated “your servants” in Gen 46:34. -47:3 i6ya רֹעֵ֥ה צֹאן֙ 1 “{are} shepherds/herdsmen,” or “raise sheep {for a living},” -47:3 o3np גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבוֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “just like/as our forefathers/ancestors were/did.” or “{which is} the same {kind of} work/occupation that our forefathers/ancestors did/had.” -47:4 bami rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They {also} said to him,” or “Then they added,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same people (Joseph’s brothers) are still talking to the same person (Pharaoh). However, the words emphasize what Joseph’s five brothers say next and may indicate that there was a pause between what they said in verse 3 and verse 4. Do what is best in your language. -47:4 wsfq לָ⁠ג֣וּר & בָּאנוּ֒ 1 “We have come {here} to live/stay for a while” or “We came {here} to live/stay temporarily” -47:4 xk7o בָּ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 “in this country,” or “in {your} land/country,” -47:4 u08w כִּי אֵ֣ין מִרְעֶ֗ה לַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “because there was not enough pasture/grass for our flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “Our flocks, sir, did not have enough grass to eat”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. -47:4 hq4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from}, because the famine {is} very/so severe/terrible {there}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence. For example: “The famine is so severe/terrible in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from} that there is not enough grass {in the fields} for our flocks.” Do what is best in your language. -47:4 fcpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵֽשְׁבוּ נָ֥א עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “So now/then, please let {us} your {humble} servants settle/live” or “So then, sir, please let us settle/live”. See how you translated “your servants” in verse 3 to show respect. +47:3 n3cx מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “What is your occupation?” or “What kind of work do you do?” or “What do you do for a living?” +47:3 h073 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They answered Pharaoh/him,” or “One of them said/replied,” +47:3 pwof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “We, your humble servants,” or “Your Majesty/Highness, we” or “Sir, we”. See how you translated “your servants” in Gen 46:34. +47:3 i6ya רֹעֵ֥ה צֹאן֙ 1 “are shepherds/herdsmen,” or “raise sheep for a living,” +47:3 o3np גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבוֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “just like/as our forefathers/ancestors were/did.” or “which is the same kind of work/occupation that our forefathers/ancestors did/had.” +47:4 bami rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They also said to him,” or “Then they added,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same people (Joseph’s brothers) are still talking to the same person (Pharaoh). However, the words emphasize what Joseph’s five brothers say next and may indicate that there was a pause between what they said in verse 3 and verse 4. Do what is best in your language. +47:4 wsfq לָ⁠ג֣וּר & בָּאנוּ֒ 1 “We have come here to live/stay for a while” or “We came here to live/stay temporarily” +47:4 xk7o בָּ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 “in this country,” or “in your land/country,” +47:4 u08w כִּי אֵ֣ין מִרְעֶ֗ה לַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “because there was not enough pasture/grass for our flocks of sheep and goats” or “Our flocks, sir, did not have enough grass to eat”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. +47:4 hq4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan where we are/come from, because the famine is very/so severe/terrible there.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence. For example: “The famine is so severe/terrible in the region of Canaan where we are/come from that there is not enough grass in the fields for our flocks.” Do what is best in your language. +47:4 fcpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵֽשְׁבוּ נָ֥א עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “So now/then, please let us your humble servants settle/live” or “So then, sir, please let us settle/live”. See how you translated “your servants” in verse 3 to show respect. 47:4 e9jw בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province.” -47:5 r9kk וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Pharaoh {turned} to Joseph and said,” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} Pharaoh/he said to Joseph,” -47:5 eiqg אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{Now that} your father and brothers have come {to live} near you,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Pharaoh was telling Joseph something he did not already know. Rather, he is stating shared knowledge as the basis for what he says next. -47:6 z411 אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 “the {entire} land of Egypt {is} available to you {to choose from}.” or “you may choose any part of the land of Egypt {for them to live in}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 5. -47:6 eb2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הוֹשֵׁ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֶת אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “{So} have your father and your brothers settle” or “{In fact,} they may settle/live” -47:6 tb5b בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ & יֵשְׁבוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן 1 “in the best/finest land {in the country}, in Goshen Province.” or “in the region/territory of Goshen, {which is} the best/finest land {in the country}.” -47:6 g3uh וְ⁠אִם יָדַ֗עְתָּ וְ⁠יֶשׁ בָּ⁠ם֙ אַנְשֵׁי חַ֔יִל 1 “And if you know that some of them are especially/very talented/skilled {at/in raising livestock},” -47:6 xtku וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֛⁠ם שָׂרֵ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה עַל אֲשֶׁר לִֽ⁠י 1 “then make them herdsmen over my livestock {also}.” or “then put them in charge of raising my livestock {also}.” +47:5 r9kk וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Pharaoh turned to Joseph and said,” or “When Pharaoh heard that, Pharaoh/he said to Joseph,” +47:5 eiqg אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Now that your father and brothers have come to live near you,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Pharaoh was telling Joseph something he did not already know. Rather, he is stating shared knowledge as the basis for what he says next. +47:6 z411 אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 “the entire land of Egypt is available to you to choose from.” or “you may choose any part of the land of Egypt for them to live in.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 5. +47:6 eb2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הוֹשֵׁ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֶת אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “So have your father and your brothers settle” or “In fact, they may settle/live” +47:6 tb5b בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ & יֵשְׁבוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן 1 “in the best/finest land in the country, in Goshen Province.” or “in the region/territory of Goshen, which is the best/finest land in the country.” +47:6 g3uh וְ⁠אִם יָדַ֗עְתָּ וְ⁠יֶשׁ בָּ⁠ם֙ אַנְשֵׁי חַ֔יִל 1 “And if you know that some of them are especially/very talented/skilled at/in raising livestock,” +47:6 xtku וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֛⁠ם שָׂרֵ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה עַל אֲשֶׁר לִֽ⁠י 1 “then make them herdsmen over my livestock also.” or “then put them in charge of raising my livestock also.” 47:7 qsu0 וַ⁠יָּבֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת יַֽעֲקֹ֣ב אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph brought/took his father Jacob” -47:7 su85 וַ⁠יַּֽעֲמִדֵ֖⁠הוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “and presented/introduced him to {King} Pharaoh,” or “to {King} Pharaoh and introduced them to each other,” See how you translated “presented” in verse 2. -47:7 e47i וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “and Jacob {greeted and} blessed Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob {asked God to} bless/prosper Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob greeted Pharaoh with a blessing.” In Hebrew, there is a common greeting which means “peace be to you,” so it is possible that Jacob used this blessing of peace here to greet Pharaoh. +47:7 su85 וַ⁠יַּֽעֲמִדֵ֖⁠הוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “and presented/introduced him to King Pharaoh,” or “to King Pharaoh and introduced them to each other,” See how you translated “presented” in verse 2. +47:7 e47i וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “and Jacob greeted and blessed Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob asked God to bless/prosper Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob greeted Pharaoh with a blessing.” In Hebrew, there is a common greeting which means “peace be to you,” so it is possible that Jacob used this blessing of peace here to greet Pharaoh. 47:8 f29q וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then Pharaoh asked Jacob,” -47:8 rcjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness כַּ⁠מָּ֕ה יְמֵ֖י שְׁנֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{Sir,} how old are you now?” Make sure your translation of Pharaoh’s question about Jacob’s age sounds polite. Also, for some languages, a title of respect (such as “Sir”) is necessary whenever someone addresses a distinguished old man such as Jacob. +47:8 rcjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness כַּ⁠מָּ֕ה יְמֵ֖י שְׁנֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Sir, how old are you now?” Make sure your translation of Pharaoh’s question about Jacob’s age sounds polite. Also, for some languages, a title of respect (such as “Sir”) is necessary whenever someone addresses a distinguished old man such as Jacob. 47:9 iixc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Jacob answered him,” or “Jacob replied,” -47:9 n2qw יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י מְגוּרַ֔⁠י שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “I have been living {in this world} for 130 years.” or “The length of my life {so far} has been 130 years.” Consider again how you translated “sojournings,” “sojourn,” and “sojourner” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 15:13; 17:8; 19:9; 20:1; 21:23, 34; 23:4; 26:3; 28:4; 32:4; 35:27; 37:1; 47:4, 9. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. +47:9 n2qw יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י מְגוּרַ֔⁠י שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “I have been living in this world for 130 years.” or “The length of my life so far has been 130 years.” Consider again how you translated “sojournings,” “sojourn,” and “sojourner” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 15:13; 17:8; 19:9; 20:1; 21:23, 34; 23:4; 26:3; 28:4; 32:4; 35:27; 37:1; 47:4, 9. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. 47:9 wijz מְעַ֣ט וְ⁠רָעִ֗ים הָיוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיַּ֔⁠י 1 “I have not lived very long, and I have faced/had many difficulties/hardships.” or “My life has been short, with many difficulties/hardships.” -47:9 j6hg וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִשִּׂ֗יגוּ אֶת יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “In fact, I have lived less years than my forefathers/ancestors did” or “In fact, I have not lived {nearly} as long as my forefathers/ancestors did”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -47:9 cvtb בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י מְגוּרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “during the days/years/time that they lived {on earth}.” or “during their years/time {on earth}.” -47:10 m5px וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Then Jacob {again} {asked God to} bless Pharaoh” or “Then Jacob {said goodbye} to Pharaoh with a blessing”. It was customary in Hebrew to use the blessing “peace be to you” both when greeting and when leaving someone. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 7. -47:10 kjg1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and left his presence.” or “and left him.” or “and left Pharaoh’s {throne} room.” -47:11 h306 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֣ב יוֹסֵף֮ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֒ וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲחֻזָּה֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֥ב הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ רַעְמְסֵ֑ס 1 “So Joseph gave his father and his brothers the best/choicest property/land in the country of Egypt, and they {and their families} settled there. {The property was} in Rameses Province/Count, {that is, Goshen Province/County},” or “After that, Joseph helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them the choicest property {in Egypt}, which was in {Goshen Province, also known as} Rameses Province.” It is implied that Rameses (verse 11) was another name for Goshen (verses 1, 4, 6). If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. Later in Egypt’s history, some of the Pharaohs were named Rameses and a city was named after one of them (Exodus 1:11). -47:11 qnn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֥ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “just as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” or “{He/Joseph did} {exactly} as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “After that, Joseph did what Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}: He helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them property in Rameses Province/County, {that is, Goshen Province/County,} {which was} the choicest land {in Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language. -47:12 dxx1 וַ⁠יְכַלְכֵּ֤ל יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Joseph {also} provided/supported his father and brothers and all {the rest of} his father’s household/family {with}” -47:12 fz8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠פִ֥י הַ⁠טָּֽף 1 “food, based on how many children/people were in each family.” or “as much food as {each family} needed to feed {all} the children/people in their family.” The children are mentioned to emphasize that all the members of the families were well-provided for, including the youngest ones. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph was providing food for everyone in each family, not just the children. -47:13 e2kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠לֶ֤חֶם אֵין֙ 1 “Now {meanwhile,} there was no {more} food” or “{Meanwhile,} there was {almost} no food” or “{After a while,} there was very little food {available}”. This clause is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that there was so little food that the people were starving. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section that returns to the famine and how it was progressing. -47:13 wyew בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “in all the earth,” or “in the entire {known} world,” or “anywhere,” which might be an exaggeration (like the previous phrase); or (2) “in all the land,” or “in the/that entire area/region {of the earth/world},” which includes Egypt and Canaan (mentioned later in the verse) and other nearby regions and countries. See how you translated “all the earth” in Gen 41:57. -47:13 k3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “because the famine {was} very/so severe/oppressive/terrible.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, for example: “Now {after a while,} the famine was/became so severe/terrible in the entire world that there was very little food {available} {anywhere}.” Do what is best in your language. -47:13 njjj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “As a result, {the people of/in} the country of Egypt and the region of Canaan” or “In fact, {the people living in} the lands of Egypt and Canaan”. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the people who live in Egypt and Canaan, not just the lands. +47:9 j6hg וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִשִּׂ֗יגוּ אֶת יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “In fact, I have lived less years than my forefathers/ancestors did” or “In fact, I have not lived nearly as long as my forefathers/ancestors did”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:9 cvtb בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י מְגוּרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “during the days/years/time that they lived on earth.” or “during their years/time on earth.” +47:10 m5px וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Then Jacob again asked God to bless Pharaoh” or “Then Jacob said goodbye to Pharaoh with a blessing”. It was customary in Hebrew to use the blessing “peace be to you” both when greeting and when leaving someone. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 7. +47:10 kjg1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and left his presence.” or “and left him.” or “and left Pharaoh’s throne room.” +47:11 h306 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֣ב יוֹסֵף֮ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֒ וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲחֻזָּה֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֥ב הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ רַעְמְסֵ֑ס 1 “So Joseph gave his father and his brothers the best/choicest property/land in the country of Egypt, and they and their families settled there. The property was in Rameses Province/Count, that is, Goshen Province/County,” or “After that, Joseph helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them the choicest property in Egypt, which was in Goshen Province, also known as Rameses Province.” It is implied that Rameses (verse 11) was another name for Goshen (verses 1, 4, 6). If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. Later in Egypt’s history, some of the Pharaohs were named Rameses and a city was named after one of them (Exodus 1:11). +47:11 qnn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֥ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “just as Pharaoh had commanded/told him to do.” or “He/Joseph did exactly as Pharaoh had commanded/told him to do.” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “After that, Joseph did what Pharaoh had commanded/told him to do: He helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them property in Rameses Province/County, that is, Goshen Province/County, which was the choicest land in Egypt.” Do what is best in your language. +47:12 dxx1 וַ⁠יְכַלְכֵּ֤ל יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Joseph also provided/supported his father and brothers and all the rest of his father’s household/family with” +47:12 fz8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠פִ֥י הַ⁠טָּֽף 1 “food, based on how many children/people were in each family.” or “as much food as each family needed to feed all the children/people in their family.” The children are mentioned to emphasize that all the members of the families were well-provided for, including the youngest ones. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph was providing food for everyone in each family, not just the children. +47:13 e2kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠לֶ֤חֶם אֵין֙ 1 “Now meanwhile, there was no more food” or “Meanwhile, there was almost no food” or “After a while, there was very little food available”. This clause is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that there was so little food that the people were starving. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section that returns to the famine and how it was progressing. +47:13 wyew בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “in all the earth,” or “in the entire known world,” or “anywhere,” which might be an exaggeration (like the previous phrase); or (2) “in all the land,” or “in the/that entire area/region of the earth/world,” which includes Egypt and Canaan (mentioned later in the verse) and other nearby regions and countries. See how you translated “all the earth” in Gen 41:57. +47:13 k3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “because the famine was very/so severe/oppressive/terrible.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, for example: “Now after a while, the famine was/became so severe/terrible in the entire world that there was very little food available anywhere.” Do what is best in your language. +47:13 njjj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “As a result, the people of/in the country of Egypt and the region of Canaan” or “In fact, the people living in the lands of Egypt and Canaan”. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the people who live in Egypt and Canaan, not just the lands. 47:13 jo5e וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ 1 “were fainting/weak” or “were suffering badly/terribly” or “were wasting away”. The verb “languishing” refers in general to the suffering that the famine was causing, including things such as weakness, fainting and other distress. Some languages have an idiom (like “were wasting away”) that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. 47:13 n055 מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י הָ⁠רָעָֽב 1 “because of the severe lack of food.” or “because they did not have enough to eat.” or “from hunger.” 47:14 mx85 וַ⁠יְלַקֵּ֣ט יוֹסֵ֗ף אֶת כָּל הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָ֤א בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖בֶר אֲשֶׁר הֵ֣ם שֹׁבְרִ֑ים 1 “So the people spent their money buying grain from Joseph until he had collected/received all their money.” or “So they bought grain from Joseph until there was no more silver/money left in the country of Egypt or the land/region of Canaan.” -47:14 wuq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then Joseph/He {had his servants} take the silver/money to Pharaoh’s palace.” or “Joseph/He stored that silver/money in Pharaoh’s palace.” Joseph probably had servants do this for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 41:48. -47:15 nkll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתֹּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֮ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַעַן֒ 1 “So {when} {all} the silver/money in the land/country of Egypt and the land/region of Canaan had been used up,” or “When/After {the people in} Egypt and Canaan had spent all their silver/money,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. -47:15 j7jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל מִצְרַ֨יִם 1 “all {the people} in Egypt” or “the Egyptians all” or “{people from} all over Egypt”. The word “all” is an exaggeration (hyperbole) which emphasizes that a large number of Egyptians went to Joseph. Consider whether or not it is best to use hyperbole here in your language. +47:14 wuq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then Joseph/He had his servants take the silver/money to Pharaoh’s palace.” or “Joseph/He stored that silver/money in Pharaoh’s palace.” Joseph probably had servants do this for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 41:48. +47:15 nkll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתֹּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֮ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַעַן֒ 1 “So when all the silver/money in the land/country of Egypt and the land/region of Canaan had been used up,” or “When/After the people in Egypt and Canaan had spent all their silver/money,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. +47:15 j7jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל מִצְרַ֨יִם 1 “all the people in Egypt” or “the Egyptians all” or “people from all over Egypt”. The word “all” is an exaggeration (hyperbole) which emphasizes that a large number of Egyptians went to Joseph. Consider whether or not it is best to use hyperbole here in your language. 47:15 n6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹאוּ֩ & אֶל יוֹסֵ֤ף 1 “went to Joseph”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language. -47:15 ezwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “and pleaded {with him},” or “and begged {him},” -47:15 u1c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָֽבָ⁠ה לָּ֣⁠נוּ לֶ֔חֶם 1 “{Sir,} {please} give us food”. Make sure your translation of the people’s request sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. Also see how you translated “bread” in verses 12-13. -47:15 io0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ֥⁠מָּה נָמ֖וּת נֶגְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “so that we do not die {right here} in front of you!” or “and do not watch/let us starve to death!” or “so that we do not starve to death!” The people use a rhetorical question here to emphasize how desperate they feel. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -47:15 rqhs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “There is no more money {to buy food/grain}!” or “We have no more money {to buy food/grain}!” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “{Sir,} we have no more money {to buy grain/food}! Please give us food so that we do not starve to death!” Do what is best in your language. -47:16 do9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “Joseph said/responded {to them},” or “Joseph replied,” -47:16 i6ek הָב֣וּ מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Bring/Give {me} your livestock/animals”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all the different kinds of animals that are specified in verse 17. -47:16 upog וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “and I will give/sell you {grain/food} if/when you give me your livestock/animals {to pay for it},” or “and in exchange for them I will give you {grain/food},” -47:16 ie1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אִם אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “since {all} your money is gone.” or “since you have spent {all} your silver/money.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “Since your silver/money is gone, bring/give {me} your livestock to pay for the grain/food that I will give you.” Do what is best in your language. +47:15 ezwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “and pleaded with him,” or “and begged him,” +47:15 u1c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָֽבָ⁠ה לָּ֣⁠נוּ לֶ֔חֶם 1 “Sir, please give us food”. Make sure your translation of the people’s request sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. Also see how you translated “bread” in verses 12-13. +47:15 io0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ֥⁠מָּה נָמ֖וּת נֶגְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “so that we do not die right here in front of you!” or “and do not watch/let us starve to death!” or “so that we do not starve to death!” The people use a rhetorical question here to emphasize how desperate they feel. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. +47:15 rqhs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “There is no more money to buy food/grain!” or “We have no more money to buy food/grain!” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “Sir, we have no more money to buy grain/food! Please give us food so that we do not starve to death!” Do what is best in your language. +47:16 do9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “Joseph said/responded to them,” or “Joseph replied,” +47:16 i6ek הָב֣וּ מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Bring/Give me your livestock/animals”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all the different kinds of animals that are specified in verse 17. +47:16 upog וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “and I will give/sell you grain/food if/when you give me your livestock/animals to pay for it,” or “and in exchange for them I will give you grain/food,” +47:16 ie1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אִם אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “since all your money is gone.” or “since you have spent all your silver/money.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “Since your silver/money is gone, bring/give me your livestock to pay for the grain/food that I will give you.” Do what is best in your language. 47:17 cxp1 וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יאוּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶם֮ אֶל יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “So the people brought/took their livestock/animals to Joseph.” -47:17 tgeh וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠הֶם֩ יוֹסֵ֨ף לֶ֜חֶם בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֗ים וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֑ים 1 “and gave Joseph/him {their} horses, sheep, goats, cattle, and donkeys to pay for the grain/food that he gave them.” or “They gave Joseph/him {their} horses, …” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:17 tgeh וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠הֶם֩ יוֹסֵ֨ף לֶ֜חֶם בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֗ים וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֑ים 1 “and gave Joseph/him their horses, sheep, goats, cattle, and donkeys to pay for the grain/food that he gave them.” or “They gave Joseph/him their horses, …” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 47:17 a6oo וַ⁠יְנַהֲלֵ֤⁠ם בַּ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ & בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הַ⁠הִֽוא 1 “In that way Joseph supplied the people with grain/food that year,” -47:17 ii9v בְּ⁠כָל מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{and they gave him} all their livestock/animals {to pay} for it.” +47:17 ii9v בְּ⁠כָל מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and they gave him all their livestock/animals to pay for it.” 47:18 fx5v וַ⁠תִּתֹּם֮ הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠הִוא֒ 1 “When/After that year was over,” -47:18 kmt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 “the people came/went to Joseph {again} in the next/following year” +47:18 kmt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 “the people came/went to Joseph again in the next/following year” 47:18 srid rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and told him,” or “and pleaded with him,” -47:18 ec0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לֹֽא נְכַחֵ֣ד מֵֽ⁠אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כִּ֚י אִם 1 “Our lord/master, we cannot hide from you {the fact} that” or “Sir, as you know,” For some languages, it may be more natural to put the address “my/our lord” or “sir” first in this quote. Also notice that this address is used three times in this verse to show extra respect to Joseph. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -47:18 ejez תַּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 “{our} silver/money is gone and our livestock/animals” or “not only is {our} silver/money {all} gone, but {all} {our} livestock/animals {also}”. Consider again how you translated “silver” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:2; 20:16; 23:15-16; 24:35, 53; 31:15; 37:28; 42:25, 27-28, 35; 43:12, 15, 18, 21-23; 44:1-2, 8; 45:22; 47:14-16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context. -47:18 qh1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{belong} to {you,} our lord/master.” or “are yours, sir.” or “{belong} to you.” In this verse, the people use the third person (“my/our lord”) to address Joseph in a respectful manner. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. -47:18 hips לֹ֤א נִשְׁאַר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י בִּלְתִּ֥י אִם גְּוִיָּתֵ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “We have nothing left to pay/give you, sir, {for grain/food}, except ourselves and our land/fields.” or “The only way we can pay you {for grain/food} is to give you our land/farmland and work for you, sir.” Consider what is the best way to translate the Hebrew word for “land” here (and In verses 19-26), which refers to cultivated land (such as farmland or fields), not to the planet earth or to a country. It is different from the word for “land” in the rest of this chapter (in verses 1, 4, 6, 11, 13-15, 27-28). -47:19 fbay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֧⁠מָּה נָמ֣וּת לְ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ גַּם אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ גַּ֣ם אַדְמָתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “What good would it do for us to die and our farmland/fields {to become ruined/empty}?” or “Please do not {just} watch us die or let our land/fields {become wasteland/desolate/empty}.” For many languages, the verb “die” does not fit with both people and land, so a different verb must be used for each one. The end of verse 19 specifies how the land would “die.” See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 15. -47:19 i3r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קְנֵֽה אֹתָ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ בַּ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 “{Instead,} {please} take us and our farmland/fields {in exchange} for food.” or “{Instead} {please} give us food and we will give you our farmland/fields and ourselves {to pay} for it.” Consider again how you translated the synecdoche “bread” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:19 (and note); 14:18; 21:14; 28:20; 37:25; 38:6; 41:54-55; 43:31; 47:12, 15, 17, 19. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -47:19 b1i6 וְ⁠נִֽהְיֶ֞ה אֲנַ֤חְנוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֲבָדִ֣ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then we will be {King} Pharaoh’s slaves/servants, and our land/fields {will also be his}.” or “Then our land/fields will belong to {King} Pharaoh and we will work for him as his slaves/servants.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -47:19 f7nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֶן זֶ֗רַע 1 “{Please} give {us} seeds {to sow/plant}” +47:18 ec0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לֹֽא נְכַחֵ֣ד מֵֽ⁠אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כִּ֚י אִם 1 “Our lord/master, we cannot hide from you the fact that” or “Sir, as you know,” For some languages, it may be more natural to put the address “my/our lord” or “sir” first in this quote. Also notice that this address is used three times in this verse to show extra respect to Joseph. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. +47:18 ejez תַּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 “our silver/money is gone and our livestock/animals” or “not only is our silver/money all gone, but all our livestock/animals also”. Consider again how you translated “silver” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:2; 20:16; 23:15-16; 24:35, 53; 31:15; 37:28; 42:25, 27-28, 35; 43:12, 15, 18, 21-23; 44:1-2, 8; 45:22; 47:14-16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context. +47:18 qh1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “belong to you, our lord/master.” or “are yours, sir.” or “belong to you.” In this verse, the people use the third person (“my/our lord”) to address Joseph in a respectful manner. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. +47:18 hips לֹ֤א נִשְׁאַר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י בִּלְתִּ֥י אִם גְּוִיָּתֵ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “We have nothing left to pay/give you, sir, for grain/food, except ourselves and our land/fields.” or “The only way we can pay you for grain/food is to give you our land/farmland and work for you, sir.” Consider what is the best way to translate the Hebrew word for “land” here (and In verses 19-26), which refers to cultivated land (such as farmland or fields), not to the planet earth or to a country. It is different from the word for “land” in the rest of this chapter (in verses 1, 4, 6, 11, 13-15, 27-28). +47:19 fbay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֧⁠מָּה נָמ֣וּת לְ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ גַּם אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ גַּ֣ם אַדְמָתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “What good would it do for us to die and our farmland/fields to become ruined/empty?” or “Please do not just watch us die or let our land/fields become wasteland/desolate/empty.” For many languages, the verb “die” does not fit with both people and land, so a different verb must be used for each one. The end of verse 19 specifies how the land would “die.” See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 15. +47:19 i3r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קְנֵֽה אֹתָ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ בַּ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 “Instead, please take us and our farmland/fields in exchange for food.” or “Instead please give us food and we will give you our farmland/fields and ourselves to pay for it.” Consider again how you translated the synecdoche “bread” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:19 (and note); 14:18; 21:14; 28:20; 37:25; 38:6; 41:54-55; 43:31; 47:12, 15, 17, 19. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +47:19 b1i6 וְ⁠נִֽהְיֶ֞ה אֲנַ֤חְנוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֲבָדִ֣ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then we will be King Pharaoh’s slaves/servants, and our land/fields will also be his.” or “Then our land/fields will belong to King Pharaoh and we will work for him as his slaves/servants.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:19 f7nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֶן זֶ֗רַע 1 “Please give us seeds to sow/plant” 47:19 rpgo וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ 1 “so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive” -47:19 bhn3 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die {from hunger},” or “and not {starve} to death,” See how you translated “so that we will live and not die” in Gen 42:2. -47:19 cto3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לֹ֥א תֵשָֽׁם 1 “and {so that} the land will not become a desert!” or “and {so that} the land will produce/grow plants/crops {again}!” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “{Please} {just} give {us} seeds {to plant} so that the land will produce/grow {food} crops {again} and then we will survive and not die {from hunger}!” Do what is best in your language. -47:20 fxi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֨קֶן יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “So Joseph {agreed and} bought/acquired/obtained” or “Joseph {did what they asked and} bought/acquired”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit that Joseph agreed to do what the people suggested. Do what is best in your language. -47:20 aon4 אֶת כָּל אַדְמַ֤ת מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for Pharaoh.” -47:20 b8rh כִּֽי מָכְר֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “All the Egyptians sold/gave their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:19 bhn3 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die from hunger,” or “and not starve to death,” See how you translated “so that we will live and not die” in Gen 42:2. +47:19 cto3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לֹ֥א תֵשָֽׁם 1 “and so that the land will not become a desert!” or “and so that the land will produce/grow plants/crops again!” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Please just give us seeds to plant so that the land will produce/grow food crops again and then we will survive and not die from hunger!” Do what is best in your language. +47:20 fxi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֨קֶן יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “So Joseph agreed and bought/acquired/obtained” or “Joseph did what they asked and bought/acquired”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit that Joseph agreed to do what the people suggested. Do what is best in your language. +47:20 aon4 אֶת כָּל אַדְמַ֤ת מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “all the land/farmland in the country of Egypt for Pharaoh.” +47:20 b8rh כִּֽי מָכְר֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “All the Egyptians sold/gave their fields to him in exchange for grain/food,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 47:20 s34v כִּֽי־ & הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 2 “because the food shortage/scarcity”. Consider again how you translated “famine” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 26:1; 41:27, 30-31, 36, 50, 54-57; 42:5; 43:1; 45:6, 11; 47:4, 13, 20. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. -47:20 ddcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חָזַ֥ק עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “was {so/very} severe/oppressive.” or “was so severe/terrible that they did not have enough to eat.” See how you translated “heavy” in verses 4 and 13. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “The famine was {very} severe for all the Egyptian people, so Joseph {agreed with their request/suggestion and} let them sell their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food}. In that way, Joseph/he bought/acquired all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for {King} Pharaoh, so that {all} the land became Pharaoh’s {property}.” Do what is best in your language. -47:20 dnbd וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “In that way, {all} the farmland became Pharaoh’s {property}.” or “That is how {all} the farmland {eventually} belonged to {King} Pharaoh.” -47:21 ioj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְ⁠אֶ֨ת הָ⁠עָ֔ם הֶעֱבִ֥יר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לֶ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “Joseph {also} moved/relocated {all} the people {from their farmlands} to the {nearby} cities”. The Masoretic Hebrew text has “moved them to the cities” here, which Joseph may have done in order to make the grain more readily accessible to them. The Samaritan Pentateuch (a different Hebrew version) and the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Hebrew text) have “made the people slaves” instead, which may refer to the fact that all the people would now be working for Pharaoh, since all the fields belonged to him. The textual variant that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. -47:21 obja מִ⁠קְצֵ֥ה גְבוּל מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠עַד קָצֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “in every part of {the country of} Egypt.” or “throughout the entire {country of} Egypt.” -47:22 uurs רַ֛ק אַדְמַ֥ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים לֹ֣א קָנָ֑ה 1 “The only land/farmland that he/Joseph did not buy was the priests’ {land},” or “The priests’ land/farmland was the only land he/Joseph did not buy,” -47:22 i61e כִּי֩ חֹ֨ק לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֜ים מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “because they regularly received a certain amount {of food} from Pharaoh,” or “because Pharaoh gave them a regular {food} allotment/allowance,” +47:20 ddcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חָזַ֥ק עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “was so/very severe/oppressive.” or “was so severe/terrible that they did not have enough to eat.” See how you translated “heavy” in verses 4 and 13. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “The famine was very severe for all the Egyptian people, so Joseph agreed with their request/suggestion and let them sell their fields to him in exchange for grain/food. In that way, Joseph/he bought/acquired all the land/farmland in the country of Egypt for King Pharaoh, so that all the land became Pharaoh’s property.” Do what is best in your language. +47:20 dnbd וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “In that way, all the farmland became Pharaoh’s property.” or “That is how all the farmland eventually belonged to King Pharaoh.” +47:21 ioj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְ⁠אֶ֨ת הָ⁠עָ֔ם הֶעֱבִ֥יר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לֶ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “Joseph also moved/relocated all the people from their farmlands to the nearby cities”. The Masoretic Hebrew text has “moved them to the cities” here, which Joseph may have done in order to make the grain more readily accessible to them. The Samaritan Pentateuch (a different Hebrew version) and the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Hebrew text) have “made the people slaves” instead, which may refer to the fact that all the people would now be working for Pharaoh, since all the fields belonged to him. The textual variant that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. +47:21 obja מִ⁠קְצֵ֥ה גְבוּל מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠עַד קָצֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “in every part of the country of Egypt.” or “throughout the entire country of Egypt.” +47:22 uurs רַ֛ק אַדְמַ֥ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים לֹ֣א קָנָ֑ה 1 “The only land/farmland that he/Joseph did not buy was the priests’ land,” or “The priests’ land/farmland was the only land he/Joseph did not buy,” +47:22 i61e כִּי֩ חֹ֨ק לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֜ים מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “because they regularly received a certain amount of food from Pharaoh,” or “because Pharaoh gave them a regular food allotment/allowance,” 47:22 a98a וְ⁠אָֽכְל֤וּ אֶת חֻקָּ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and they had enough to eat from what he gave to them.” or “so that they had plenty to eat.” -47:22 v50v עַל כֵּ֕ן לֹ֥א מָכְר֖וּ אֶת אַדְמָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “That is why they did not {need to} sell their land/farmland {to buy food}.” -47:23 v3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 “Then/Next Joseph announced/declared to the {Egyptian} people,” +47:22 v50v עַל כֵּ֕ן לֹ֥א מָכְר֖וּ אֶת אַדְמָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “That is why they did not need to sell their land/farmland to buy food.” +47:23 v3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 “Then/Next Joseph announced/declared to the Egyptian people,” 47:23 r1dz הֵן֩ 1 “Look/Listen,” -47:23 og7l קָנִ֨יתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “now that I have bought/acquired you and your land/farmland/fields for {King} Pharaoh,” or “now that you and your land/farmland/fields belong to {King} Pharaoh,” -47:23 xsga הֵֽא לָ⁠כֶ֣ם זֶ֔רַע 1 “here {are} {some} seeds for you” or “I am giving you {some} seeds”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -47:23 b8nh וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “so that you can plant {them in} the fields.” or “to plant {in} the fields.” See how you translated “sowed” in Gen 26:12. -47:24 zlha וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠תְּבוּאֹ֔ת 1 “Then whenever you harvest/gather {the crops},” or “Then every harvest season/time,” -47:24 terr וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “you are required to give one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} to Pharaoh/him,” or “you must give Pharaoh/him one-fifth {of the crops you harvest/gather}.” -47:24 jk07 וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע הַ⁠יָּדֹ֡ת 1 “but the {remaining/other} four-fifths” or “The {remaining/other} four-fifths {of your harvest}” or “The rest {of what you harvest/gather}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:23 og7l קָנִ֨יתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “now that I have bought/acquired you and your land/farmland/fields for King Pharaoh,” or “now that you and your land/farmland/fields belong to King Pharaoh,” +47:23 xsga הֵֽא לָ⁠כֶ֣ם זֶ֔רַע 1 “here are some seeds for you” or “I am giving you some seeds”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:23 b8nh וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “so that you can plant them in the fields.” or “to plant in the fields.” See how you translated “sowed” in Gen 26:12. +47:24 zlha וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠תְּבוּאֹ֔ת 1 “Then whenever you harvest/gather the crops,” or “Then every harvest season/time,” +47:24 terr וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “you are required to give one-fifth of the harvest/crops to Pharaoh/him,” or “you must give Pharaoh/him one-fifth of the crops you harvest/gather.” +47:24 jk07 וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע הַ⁠יָּדֹ֡ת 1 “but the remaining/other four-fifths” or “The remaining/other four-fifths of your harvest” or “The rest of what you harvest/gather”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. 47:24 tems יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶם֩ 1 “will be yours” or “you may keep for yourselves” -47:24 kqnb לְ⁠זֶ֨רַע הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֧ה 1 “as seed/seeds to plant the fields” or “to plant seeds {in} the fields” +47:24 kqnb לְ⁠זֶ֨רַע הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֧ה 1 “as seed/seeds to plant the fields” or “to plant seeds in the fields” 47:24 h238 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אָכְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “and as food for you and your households/families,” or “and for you and your households/families to eat,” 47:24 ddfy וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֥ל לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “including your children.” -47:25 bc24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they responded,” or “The people said/replied {to him},” +47:25 bc24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they responded,” or “The people said/replied to him,” 47:25 jbf4 הֶחֱיִתָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “You have saved our lives!” or “You have made it so we can live!” -47:25 rixe נִמְצָא חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “May we {continue to} find favor in your eyes/sight, master/sir,” or “Please {continue to} be kind to us, master/sir,” -47:25 qvqr וְ⁠הָיִ֥ינוּ עֲבָדִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and we will {agree to} be/become {King} Pharaoh’s slaves/servants.” or “and we will serve {King} Pharaoh as his slaves/servants.” +47:25 rixe נִמְצָא חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “May we continue to find favor in your eyes/sight, master/sir,” or “Please continue to be kind to us, master/sir,” +47:25 qvqr וְ⁠הָיִ֥ינוּ עֲבָדִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and we will agree to be/become King Pharaoh’s slaves/servants.” or “and we will serve King Pharaoh as his slaves/servants.” 47:26 ob31 וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם אֹתָ֣⁠הּ יוֹסֵ֡ף לְ⁠חֹק֩ 1 “So Joseph established/made a law” -47:26 vlkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַד הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 “{that is} still {in effect/force} today/now”. This phrase refers to the time that Moses was writing the book of Genesis. You could put that information in a footnote. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase at the end of the sentence and say, “{That law} is still {in effect/force} today/now.” Do what is best in your language. -47:26 a8xu עַל אַדְמַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠חֹ֑מֶשׁ 1 “concerning/about the farmland/fields in {the country of} Egypt: one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} {belongs} to Pharaoh.” or “{that required} {people to give} to Pharaoh one-fifth {of all the crops they harvested} from the farmland/fields in Egypt.” See how you translated “a fifth” in verse 24. -47:26 tj5c רַ֞ק אַדְמַ֤ת הַ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הָיְתָ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “The priests’ land was the only land {in Egypt} that did not belong to Pharaoh.” or “The only land that Pharaoh did not own was the land that belonged to the priests.” See how you translated “only the land of the priests” in verse 22. Also, consider again how you translated “land/farmland” in verses 18-26. +47:26 vlkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַד הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 “that is still in effect/force today/now”. This phrase refers to the time that Moses was writing the book of Genesis. You could put that information in a footnote. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase at the end of the sentence and say, “That law is still in effect/force today/now.” Do what is best in your language. +47:26 a8xu עַל אַדְמַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠חֹ֑מֶשׁ 1 “concerning/about the farmland/fields in the country of Egypt: one-fifth of the harvest/crops belongs to Pharaoh.” or “that required people to give to Pharaoh one-fifth of all the crops they harvested from the farmland/fields in Egypt.” See how you translated “a fifth” in verse 24. +47:26 tj5c רַ֞ק אַדְמַ֤ת הַ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הָיְתָ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “The priests’ land was the only land in Egypt that did not belong to Pharaoh.” or “The only land that Pharaoh did not own was the land that belonged to the priests.” See how you translated “only the land of the priests” in verse 22. Also, consider again how you translated “land/farmland” in verses 18-26. 47:27 kj0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב 1 “So/Now” or “Meanwhile”. It was already mentioned in verse 11 that Israel (Jacob) had settled in the country of Egypt. Your translation of verse 27 should not imply that he settled there again. -47:27 qzr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 “{Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel {that is, Jacob,}” The name “Israel” and the name “Jacob” refer to the same person. To make that clear, you could make “Jacob” explicit here in your translation or in a footnote. -47:27 yzqo וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב 1 “had settled {with his family}” or “was living/dwelling {with his family}” +47:27 qzr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 “Jacob, whose other name was Israel,” or “Israel that is, Jacob,” The name “Israel” and the name “Jacob” refer to the same person. To make that clear, you could make “Jacob” explicit here in your translation or in a footnote. +47:27 yzqo וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב 1 “had settled with his family” or “was living/dwelling with his family” 47:27 cmv4 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֑שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen in the land/country of Egypt,” or “in Goshen Province/County in the country of Egypt,” See how you translated “in the land of Goshen” in Gen 45:10. -47:27 y7n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָחֲז֣וּ 1 “and they acquired/gained {many possessions}” or “and owned/possessed {much property/land}”. This phrase is general here and refers to acquiring land and other possessions. -47:27 xdih בָ֔⁠הּ 1 “in that {region/territory}.” or “there.” +47:27 y7n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָחֲז֣וּ 1 “and they acquired/gained many possessions” or “and owned/possessed much property/land”. This phrase is general here and refers to acquiring land and other possessions. +47:27 xdih בָ֔⁠הּ 1 “in that region/territory.” or “there.” 47:27 q5af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְר֥וּ 1 “They were fruitful” or “They had many children”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“be fruitful and multiply”) in Gen 35:11. 47:27 cf8p וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֖וּ מְאֹֽד 1 “and their numbers increased greatly.” or “and became very numerous/many.” -47:28 nucd וַ⁠יְחִ֤י יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם שְׁבַ֥ע עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{When/After} Jacob had lived in the country of Egypt {for} seventeen years,” +47:28 nucd וַ⁠יְחִ֤י יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם שְׁבַ֥ע עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “When/After Jacob had lived in the country of Egypt for seventeen years,” 47:28 irs2 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְמֵֽי יַעֲקֹב֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיָּ֔י⁠ו שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָֽה 1 “he reached the age of 147 years.” or “he was 147 years old.” -47:29 l2gy וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֣וּ יְמֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לָ⁠מוּת֒ 1 “{When} it was almost time for Israel/him to die,” or “Israel/He {knew that} it was almost time for him to die, so”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -47:29 w0v7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לִ⁠בְנ֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “he summoned his son Joseph” or “he asked for his son Joseph {to come to him}” +47:29 l2gy וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֣וּ יְמֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לָ⁠מוּת֒ 1 “When it was almost time for Israel/him to die,” or “Israel/He knew that it was almost time for him to die, so”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +47:29 w0v7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לִ⁠בְנ֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “he summoned his son Joseph” or “he asked for his son Joseph to come to him” 47:29 l4i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and urged him,” -47:29 dd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Please show your favor/kindness toward me {and}” or “Please do this favor for me:” or “Please, if you {truly} love me,” -47:29 akbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֣חַת יְרֵכִ֑⁠י 1 “put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show/vow that you will do what I ask},” or “{make a vow by} putting your hand under my thigh/leg,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:2, and see the note about this custom there. -47:29 vq56 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ עִמָּדִ⁠י֙ חֶ֣סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת 1 “and {promise me that} {after I die,} you will be kind and faithful to me.” Consider again how you translated “kindness” in Gen 19:19; 20:13; 21:23; 24:12, 14, 27, 49; 32:10; 39:21; 40:14; 47:29, and how you translated “faithfulness” in Gen 24:27, 48, 49; 32:10; 42:16; 47:29. -47:29 mvns אַל נָ֥א תִקְבְּרֵ֖⁠נִי 1 “Please {promise that you will} not bury my body/bones”. Make sure your translation of “bury me” does not sound like Israel would still be alive when he was buried. -47:29 cokm בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “{here} in {the land/country of} Egypt.” -47:30 lyax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠שָֽׁכַבְתִּי֙ עִם אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “{When/After} I die and rest/sleep with my ancestors,” or “Rather, after I die and join my ancestors {who have died/gone before me},” The phrase “lie down with my fathers” is a idiom that refers to Jacob’s death. See how you translated an idiom with a similar meaning in Gen 15:15. -47:30 u4cf וּ⁠נְשָׂאתַ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם 1 “carry/take my body out of Egypt {to the region of Canaan}”. See how you translated “me” in verse 29. +47:29 dd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Please show your favor/kindness toward me and” or “Please do this favor for me:” or “Please, if you truly love me,” +47:29 akbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֣חַת יְרֵכִ֑⁠י 1 “put your hand under my thigh/leg to show/vow that you will do what I ask,” or “make a vow by putting your hand under my thigh/leg,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:2, and see the note about this custom there. +47:29 vq56 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ עִמָּדִ⁠י֙ חֶ֣סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת 1 “and promise me that after I die, you will be kind and faithful to me.” Consider again how you translated “kindness” in Gen 19:19; 20:13; 21:23; 24:12, 14, 27, 49; 32:10; 39:21; 40:14; 47:29, and how you translated “faithfulness” in Gen 24:27, 48, 49; 32:10; 42:16; 47:29. +47:29 mvns אַל נָ֥א תִקְבְּרֵ֖⁠נִי 1 “Please promise that you will not bury my body/bones”. Make sure your translation of “bury me” does not sound like Israel would still be alive when he was buried. +47:29 cokm בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “here in the land/country of Egypt.” +47:30 lyax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠שָֽׁכַבְתִּי֙ עִם אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “When/After I die and rest/sleep with my ancestors,” or “Rather, after I die and join my ancestors who have died/gone before me,” The phrase “lie down with my fathers” is a idiom that refers to Jacob’s death. See how you translated an idiom with a similar meaning in Gen 15:15. +47:30 u4cf וּ⁠נְשָׂאתַ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם 1 “carry/take my body out of Egypt to the region of Canaan”. See how you translated “me” in verse 29. 47:30 t1jw וּ⁠קְבַרְתַּ֖⁠נִי בִּ⁠קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and bury me/it in the same burial place where their bodies are.” Jacob is referring here to the cave near the city of Hebron that Abraham had bought as a family burial place, to bury Sarah there. Abraham, Isaac and Rebekah were also buried there (Gen 23:19-20; 25:9-10; 49:31). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated “grave” in Gen 35:20 and a different word with a similar meaning (“burial place”) in Gen 23:4, 6, 9, 20. -47:30 qkdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Joseph replied {to him},” or “Joseph promised {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. It may be helpful to read this paragraph aloud to make sure it is clear who is talking at each point in the conversation. -47:30 mrsq אָנֹכִ֖י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “I will do as/what you requested {of me}.” or “I will do exactly what you asked {me to do}.” -47:31 q5cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “But he urged {him},” or “But his/Joseph’s father insisted,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s father Israel here in your language. -47:31 lxyf הִשָּֽׁבְעָ⁠ה֙ לִ֔⁠י 1 “Swear/Vow to me {by/before God/Yahweh} {that you will do it/that}.” or “{With God/Yahweh as your witness,} make an oath/vow to me {that you will do it/that}.” See how you translated “swear to me” in Gen 21:23. -47:31 bih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “So Joseph swore/vowed {that he would do it/that}.” or “So Joseph promised his father with an oath/vow {to do what he had requested}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. -47:31 wr44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “Then Israel bowed {down} {to worship/thank God}” or “Then {his father} Israel bowed {his head} {and worshiped/thanked God}”. If it is not clear in your culture why Israel bowed, you could make that explicit. -47:31 y3zf עַל רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “{as he sat} at the head/top of {his} bed.” or “{as he was sitting/lying} on {his} bed.” The Hebrew text has “at the head of the bed” here, while the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Old Testament) has “on the top of his staff” instead, which is quoted in Hebrews 11:21. You could include some of that information in a footnote. The difference between versions may be due to the fact that the Hebrew words for “bed” and “staff” are very similar in spelling. Or it could be that Jacob did both; for example, he may have been sitting at the head of his bed and leaning on his staff when he bowed his head and worshiped God. -48:1 krun rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “{Some time} after those things happened,” Consider again how you translated these two phrases in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 20; 39:7; 40:1; 48:1. -48:1 hqwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֔ף הִנֵּ֥ה אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ חֹלֶ֑ה 1 “{someone} told Joseph, “Look/Listen, your father is sick.” or “Joseph was told/informed {by someone} that his father was sick.” For some languages it may be more natural to use an indirect quote here. Do what is best in your language. -48:1 qteq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת־שְׁנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “So/Then he/Joseph took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him {to visit his father}.” or “So/Then he/Joseph {went to visit his father and} took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph in this sentence in your language. -48:2 ppae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר הִנֵּ֛ה בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ יוֹסֵ֖ף בָּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “{When they got there,} {someone/they} informed/told Jacob, “Look, your son Joseph has come to see/visit you.” ” or “{When they arrived,} Jacob was informed/told {by someone} that his son Joseph had come to see/visit him.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. -48:2 k2py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְחַזֵּק֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel rallied/mustered his strength” or “{Immediately} Israel{, who was lying down,} used all his strength” or “{Immediately} Israel exerted himself”. Consider whether you language has a similar idiom that fits well here. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 2, 8, 11, 13-14, 21) and “Jacob” (verses 2-3) refer to the same person, not two different people. -48:2 d201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “and sat up on/at {the edge/head of} {his} bed {and they greeted each other}.” The context (verse 12) shows that Jacob sat on the edge of his bed with his feet resting on the floor and his knees facing Joseph’s sons. Also, for some languages it may be necessary (for politeness) to make it explicit that they greeted each other first before continuing their conversation. Do what is best in your language. -48:3 owhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Jacob recounted/related to Joseph {the following}:” or “Then Jacob told Joseph,” -48:3 yrw7 אֵ֥ל שַׁדַּ֛י 1 “Almighty/All-powerful God” or “God {who is} all-powerful”. Consider again how you translated “God Almighty” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:1; 28:3; 35:11; 43:14. -48:3 t30j נִרְאָֽה אֵלַ֥⁠י 1 “appeared to me {long ago}” or “came to me in a vision {long ago}”. Consider again how you translated “appear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:5; 12:7; 17:1; 18:1; 26:2, 24; 35:1, 9; 46:29; 48:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -48:3 epp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠ל֖וּז בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan,” or “in the land/region of Canaan at {the town of} Luz,” For some languages it is more natural to put the larger place (Canaan) first before the smaller place (Luz) that is located inside it. It may also be more natural to put the time and place phrases first in this verse and say, “{Long ago} {when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan, God Almighty …” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you spelled the name “Luz” in Gen 28:19 and 35:6. -48:3 ya75 וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “He blessed me {there}” or “He pronounced a blessing over me {there}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. +47:30 qkdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Joseph replied to him,” or “Joseph promised him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. It may be helpful to read this paragraph aloud to make sure it is clear who is talking at each point in the conversation. +47:30 mrsq אָנֹכִ֖י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “I will do as/what you requested of me.” or “I will do exactly what you asked me to do.” +47:31 q5cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “But he urged him,” or “But his/Joseph’s father insisted,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s father Israel here in your language. +47:31 lxyf הִשָּֽׁבְעָ⁠ה֙ לִ֔⁠י 1 “Swear/Vow to me by/before God/Yahweh that you will do it/that.” or “With God/Yahweh as your witness, make an oath/vow to me that you will do it/that.” See how you translated “swear to me” in Gen 21:23. +47:31 bih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “So Joseph swore/vowed that he would do it/that.” or “So Joseph promised his father with an oath/vow to do what he had requested.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. +47:31 wr44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “Then Israel bowed down to worship/thank God” or “Then his father Israel bowed his head and worshiped/thanked God”. If it is not clear in your culture why Israel bowed, you could make that explicit. +47:31 y3zf עַל רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “as he sat at the head/top of his bed.” or “as he was sitting/lying on his bed.” The Hebrew text has “at the head of the bed” here, while the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Old Testament) has “on the top of his staff” instead, which is quoted in Hebrews 11:21. You could include some of that information in a footnote. The difference between versions may be due to the fact that the Hebrew words for “bed” and “staff” are very similar in spelling. Or it could be that Jacob did both; for example, he may have been sitting at the head of his bed and leaning on his staff when he bowed his head and worshiped God. +48:1 krun rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “Some time after those things happened,” Consider again how you translated these two phrases in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 20; 39:7; 40:1; 48:1. +48:1 hqwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֔ף הִנֵּ֥ה אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ חֹלֶ֑ה 1 “someone told Joseph, “Look/Listen, your father is sick.” or “Joseph was told/informed by someone that his father was sick.” For some languages it may be more natural to use an indirect quote here. Do what is best in your language. +48:1 qteq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת־שְׁנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “So/Then he/Joseph took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him to visit his father.” or “So/Then he/Joseph went to visit his father and took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph in this sentence in your language. +48:2 ppae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר הִנֵּ֛ה בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ יוֹסֵ֖ף בָּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “When they got there, someone/they informed/told Jacob, “Look, your son Joseph has come to see/visit you.” ” or “When they arrived, Jacob was informed/told by someone that his son Joseph had come to see/visit him.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. +48:2 k2py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְחַזֵּק֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel rallied/mustered his strength” or “Immediately Israel, who was lying down, used all his strength” or “Immediately Israel exerted himself”. Consider whether you language has a similar idiom that fits well here. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 2, 8, 11, 13-14, 21) and “Jacob” (verses 2-3) refer to the same person, not two different people. +48:2 d201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “and sat up on/at the edge/head of his bed and they greeted each other.” The context (verse 12) shows that Jacob sat on the edge of his bed with his feet resting on the floor and his knees facing Joseph’s sons. Also, for some languages it may be necessary (for politeness) to make it explicit that they greeted each other first before continuing their conversation. Do what is best in your language. +48:3 owhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Jacob recounted/related to Joseph the following:” or “Then Jacob told Joseph,” +48:3 yrw7 אֵ֥ל שַׁדַּ֛י 1 “Almighty/All-powerful God” or “God who is all-powerful”. Consider again how you translated “God Almighty” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:1; 28:3; 35:11; 43:14. +48:3 t30j נִרְאָֽה אֵלַ֥⁠י 1 “appeared to me long ago” or “came to me in a vision long ago”. Consider again how you translated “appear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:5; 12:7; 17:1; 18:1; 26:2, 24; 35:1, 9; 46:29; 48:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +48:3 epp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠ל֖וּז בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “when I was at the town of Luz in the land/region of Canaan,” or “in the land/region of Canaan at the town of Luz,” For some languages it is more natural to put the larger place (Canaan) first before the smaller place (Luz) that is located inside it. It may also be more natural to put the time and place phrases first in this verse and say, “Long ago when I was at the town of Luz in the land/region of Canaan, God Almighty …” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you spelled the name “Luz” in Gen 28:19 and 35:6. +48:3 ya75 וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “He blessed me there” or “He pronounced a blessing over me there”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. 48:4 byu6 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַ֗⁠י 1 “by saying to me,” or “He said,” Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” (verses 3-4) refers to the same event, not two separate events. -48:4 m1hy הִנְ⁠נִ֤י מַפְרְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִרְבִּיתִ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Look/Listen, I will give you many descendants who will increase {in number} and become” or “Look/Listen, I will give you {and your descendants} many children so that your descendants will become”. See how you translated “make you fruitful and multiply you” in Gen 28:3 and “make him fruitful and … multiply him” in Gen 17:20. +48:4 m1hy הִנְ⁠נִ֤י מַפְרְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִרְבִּיתִ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Look/Listen, I will give you many descendants who will increase in number and become” or “Look/Listen, I will give you and your descendants many children so that your descendants will become”. See how you translated “make you fruitful and multiply you” in Gen 28:3 and “make him fruitful and … multiply him” in Gen 17:20. 48:4 n300 לִ⁠קְהַ֣ל עַמִּ֑ים 1 “many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 28:3, and a similar phrase (“a community of nations”) in 35:11. -48:4 o9zi וְ⁠נָ֨תַתִּ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אָ֧רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “I will {also} give this land to your descendants” -48:4 l4rw אֲחֻזַּ֥ת עוֹלָֽם 1 “{as/for} an eternal/permanent possession.” or “to own forever.” or “and it will always belong to them.” -48:5 gagv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֡ה שְׁנֵֽי בָנֶי⁠ךָ֩ 1 “{Then Jacob said to Joseph,} “Now then, your two sons”. The phrase “And now” shows that there is a change of topic. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is no longer quoting God’s words in verse 5. +48:4 o9zi וְ⁠נָ֨תַתִּ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אָ֧רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “I will also give this land to your descendants” +48:4 l4rw אֲחֻזַּ֥ת עוֹלָֽם 1 “as/for an eternal/permanent possession.” or “to own forever.” or “and it will always belong to them.” +48:5 gagv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֡ה שְׁנֵֽי בָנֶי⁠ךָ֩ 1 “Then Jacob said to Joseph, “Now then, your two sons”. The phrase “And now” shows that there is a change of topic. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is no longer quoting God’s words in verse 5. 48:5 axte הַ⁠נּוֹלָדִ֨ים לְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “who were born to you” or “who were born” -48:5 jujn בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 “{here} in the land/country of Egypt” +48:5 jujn בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 “here in the land/country of Egypt” 48:5 idfh עַד בֹּאִ֥⁠י אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 “before I joined you here,” or “before I arrived,” -48:5 qt3g לִ⁠י הֵ֑ם אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 “Ephraim and Manasseh, they {now} belong to me,” or “Ephraim and Manasseh, {will be} my sons,” -48:5 khph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ⁠רְאוּבֵ֥ן וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וֹן יִֽהְיוּ לִֽ⁠י 1 “just as/like Reuben and Simeon are my sons.” or “just as/like my sons Reuben and Simeon.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the names of these sons earlier in the verse and say, “Now then, your two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, who were born to you here in the country of Egypt before I joined you here, {I will treat as} my sons, just as/like …” Do what is best in your language. -48:6 vme7 וּ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֛ אֲשֶׁר הוֹלַ֥דְתָּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠ךָ֣ יִהְי֑וּ 1 “But any {other} children that you father/have later on will be yours.” or “If you father/have any more/other children, they will belong to you.” -48:6 rqc8 עַ֣ל שֵׁ֧ם אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יִקָּרְא֖וּ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “So they will share in some of what their brothers inherit {from me}.” or “{so that} what they inherit {from me} will be some of what their brothers {Ephraim and Manasseh} inherit {from me}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. -48:7 jw7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 “I {want it this way because}” or “I {am doing this because}”. Jacob is probably explaining in verse 7 that since his favorite wife Rachel died with only two sons, that is why he is treating her son Joseph’s two sons as his sons (verses 5-6). You could make some of that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. -48:7 awjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠בֹאִ֣⁠י 1 “as I {and our family} were coming/returning {home}” or “as our family was coming/returning {home}”. Jacob is in focus here, but he was traveling with his family, not alone. Decide whether or not it is necessary to make that explicit in your translation. -48:7 gfi4 מִ⁠פַּדָּ֗ן 1 “from {the land/region of} Paddan {Aram},” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:20 (and note); 28:2, 5-7; 31:18; 33:18; 35:9, 26; 46:15; 48:7. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Aram” in those verses and in Gen 10:22-23; 22:21; 24:10. -48:7 hucm רָחֵ֜ל 1 “{your mother} Rachel” or “{my beloved wife} Rachel” -48:7 ykrl מֵ֩תָה֩ עָלַ֨⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here because the preposition can have different meanings. It could mean: (1) “died beside me” or “died by my side”; or (2) “died, {bringing sorrow/grief} on/to me” +48:5 qt3g לִ⁠י הֵ֑ם אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 “Ephraim and Manasseh, they now belong to me,” or “Ephraim and Manasseh, will be my sons,” +48:5 khph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ⁠רְאוּבֵ֥ן וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וֹן יִֽהְיוּ לִֽ⁠י 1 “just as/like Reuben and Simeon are my sons.” or “just as/like my sons Reuben and Simeon.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the names of these sons earlier in the verse and say, “Now then, your two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, who were born to you here in the country of Egypt before I joined you here, I will treat as my sons, just as/like …” Do what is best in your language. +48:6 vme7 וּ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֛ אֲשֶׁר הוֹלַ֥דְתָּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠ךָ֣ יִהְי֑וּ 1 “But any other children that you father/have later on will be yours.” or “If you father/have any more/other children, they will belong to you.” +48:6 rqc8 עַ֣ל שֵׁ֧ם אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יִקָּרְא֖וּ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “So they will share in some of what their brothers inherit from me.” or “so that what they inherit from me will be some of what their brothers Ephraim and Manasseh inherit from me.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. +48:7 jw7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 “I want it this way because” or “I am doing this because”. Jacob is probably explaining in verse 7 that since his favorite wife Rachel died with only two sons, that is why he is treating her son Joseph’s two sons as his sons (verses 5-6). You could make some of that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. +48:7 awjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠בֹאִ֣⁠י 1 “as I and our family were coming/returning home” or “as our family was coming/returning home”. Jacob is in focus here, but he was traveling with his family, not alone. Decide whether or not it is necessary to make that explicit in your translation. +48:7 gfi4 מִ⁠פַּדָּ֗ן 1 “from the land/region of Paddan Aram,” Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Paddan Aram” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:20 (and note); 28:2, 5-7; 31:18; 33:18; 35:9, 26; 46:15; 48:7. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Aram” in those verses and in Gen 10:22-23; 22:21; 24:10. +48:7 hucm רָחֵ֜ל 1 “your mother Rachel” or “my beloved wife Rachel” +48:7 ykrl מֵ֩תָה֩ עָלַ֨⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here because the preposition can have different meanings. It could mean: (1) “died beside me” or “died by my side”; or (2) “died, bringing sorrow/grief on/to me” 48:7 xolh בְּ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ כְּנַ֨עַן֙ 1 “in the region of Canaan” -48:7 oocn בַּ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ בְּ⁠ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת אֶ֖רֶץ לָ⁠בֹ֣א אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “while we were still traveling and some distance away from {the town of} Ephrath.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ephrath” in Gen 35:16, 19, and how you spelled “Bethlehem” in 35:19. -48:7 tp7m וָ⁠אֶקְבְּרֶ֤⁠הָ שָּׁם֙ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔ת 1 “{As you know,} I buried her body there by the road that goes to Ephrath,” -48:7 p9yz הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which {now has the name} Bethlehem.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. This phrase might be: (1) Jacob’s words; or (2) the author’s words. If you follow the second interpretation, you could put this phrase within parentheses, outside of the quote marks. -48:8 bal2 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then Israel saw/noticed Joseph’s {two} sons” -48:8 yv08 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and asked {him/Joseph},” -48:8 wri5 מִי אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Who {are} these {young men}?” or “Whose {sons} {are} these?” Joseph’s two sons were in their 20s at this time, so refer to them here with a term that fits with that fact. They were born before the famine started (Gen 41:50-52), and Jacob had now been in Egypt for 17 years (47:28). +48:7 oocn בַּ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ בְּ⁠ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת אֶ֖רֶץ לָ⁠בֹ֣א אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “while we were still traveling and some distance away from the town of Ephrath.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ephrath” in Gen 35:16, 19, and how you spelled “Bethlehem” in 35:19. +48:7 tp7m וָ⁠אֶקְבְּרֶ֤⁠הָ שָּׁם֙ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔ת 1 “As you know, I buried her body there by the road that goes to Ephrath,” +48:7 p9yz הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which now has the name Bethlehem.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. This phrase might be: (1) Jacob’s words; or (2) the author’s words. If you follow the second interpretation, you could put this phrase within parentheses, outside of the quote marks. +48:8 bal2 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then Israel saw/noticed Joseph’s two sons” +48:8 yv08 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and asked him/Joseph,” +48:8 wri5 מִי אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Who are these young men?” or “Whose sons are these?” Joseph’s two sons were in their 20s at this time, so refer to them here with a term that fits with that fact. They were born before the famine started (Gen 41:50-52), and Jacob had now been in Egypt for 17 years (47:28). 48:9 pmfc וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Joseph said/replied to him,” or “Joseph replied/answered,” -48:9 ycj4 בָּנַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם אֲשֶׁר נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “They/These {are} my sons whom God gave to me” -48:9 pmfa בָּ⁠זֶ֑ה 1 “here {in Egypt}.” -48:9 a8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Israel said {to Joseph/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. -48:9 tbew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual קָֽחֶ⁠ם נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “Please bring them {closer} to me”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that works well to refer to Joseph’s two sons here (and throughout chapter 48). Do what is best in your language. -48:9 tqwb וַ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵֽ⁠ם 1 “so that I can {ask God to} bless/prosper them.” +48:9 ycj4 בָּנַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם אֲשֶׁר נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “They/These are my sons whom God gave to me” +48:9 pmfa בָּ⁠זֶ֑ה 1 “here in Egypt.” +48:9 a8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Israel said to Joseph/him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. +48:9 tbew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual קָֽחֶ⁠ם נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “Please bring them closer to me”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that works well to refer to Joseph’s two sons here (and throughout chapter 48). Do what is best in your language. +48:9 tqwb וַ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵֽ⁠ם 1 “so that I can ask God to bless/prosper them.” 48:10 w5i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠עֵינֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ כָּבְד֣וּ 1 “Now Israel’s eyes were weak/failing” or “Israel was almost blind” or “Israel had very poor/bad eyesight”. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a conjunction (“Now”) to begin this clause that gives background information about Israel. Also, the word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means Israel’s eyesight was getting bad, but he could still see some (as indicated in verses 8 and 11). Many languages have a similar idiom. A translation of verse 10 should not imply that Israel was completely blind. -48:10 nhh8 מִ⁠זֹּ֔קֶן 1 “because of old age,” or “because he was {very} old,” -48:10 igr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְא֑וֹת 1 “{so that} he could not see {very clearly/well}.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Now Israel was {very} old, so his eyesight was failing and he was not able to see {very well}.” Do what is best in your language. +48:10 nhh8 מִ⁠זֹּ֔קֶן 1 “because of old age,” or “because he was very old,” +48:10 igr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְא֑וֹת 1 “so that he could not see very clearly/well.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Now Israel was very old, so his eyesight was failing and he was not able to see very well.” Do what is best in your language. 48:10 m3l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֤שׁ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph brought/took his sons near/closer to his father,” or “So he/Joseph had his sons stand near/close to his father,” Make sure it is clear in your translation whom is being referred to at each point in this sentence. -48:10 xi1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and Israel kissed them {on the cheeks/cheek}” or “and his father kissed …” It may be helpful to read this sentence aloud in your translation to make sure the use of nouns and pronouns is natural and accurate in your language. +48:10 xi1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and Israel kissed them on the cheeks/cheek” or “and his father kissed …” It may be helpful to read this sentence aloud in your translation to make sure the use of nouns and pronouns is natural and accurate in your language. 48:10 yxhu וַ⁠יְחַבֵּ֥ק לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and hugged them.” Consider again how you translated the word “embraced” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:13; 33:4; 48:10. Also compare that to how you translated an idiom (“fell on … neck”) that has a similar meaning in Gen 33:4; 45:14, 46:29. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. 48:11 caor rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph,” -48:11 joqe רְאֹ֥ה פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א פִלָּ֑לְתִּי 1 “I did not think I would ever see you {again},” or “I never thought I would see you {again},” -48:11 cko4 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “but surprisingly/amazingly,” or “but {now} look,” +48:11 joqe רְאֹ֥ה פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א פִלָּ֑לְתִּי 1 “I did not think I would ever see you again,” or “I never thought I would see you again,” +48:11 cko4 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “but surprisingly/amazingly,” or “but now look,” 48:11 w75i הֶרְאָ֥ה אֹתִ֛⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים גַּ֥ם אֶת זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “God has allowed me to see/meet also/even your offspring/children!” or “God has also/even allowed me to see/meet your offspring/children!” 48:12 wvkp וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “Then Joseph moved/took his sons away” or “Then Joseph had his sons move/step away/back” 48:12 agib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠עִ֣ם בִּרְכָּ֑י⁠ו 1 “from beside his father’s knees,” or “from beside/near his father,” Joseph’s sons (who were in their 20s) were near Israel's knees, so that he could hug them; they were not sitting on his knees or lap. Also make sure your translation of “his” refers to Joseph's father (Israel/Jacob), not Joseph. -48:12 kz74 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and he bowed {before his father}” or “and he prostrated himself {before him}” -48:12 jfto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לְ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “with his nose/face toward the ground {in thankfulness and respect}.” or “and touched the ground with his forehead {to show him respect}.” Joseph bowed to the ground to show thankfulness and respect to his father and possibly also to God. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. +48:12 kz74 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and he bowed before his father” or “and he prostrated himself before him” +48:12 jfto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לְ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “with his nose/face toward the ground in thankfulness and respect.” or “and touched the ground with his forehead to show him respect.” Joseph bowed to the ground to show thankfulness and respect to his father and possibly also to God. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. 48:13 ixv8 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח יוֹסֵף֮ 1 “Then Joseph/he took/positioned” 48:13 wvf8 אֶת שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 “both of his sons,” or “his sons” -48:13 nzul אֶת אֶפְרַ֤יִם בִּֽ⁠ימִינ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{with} Ephraim on/at his right {hand/side}” -48:13 ohdm מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “facing Israel’s left {hand/side}” or “in front of Israel’s left {hand/side}” -48:13 utvp וְ⁠אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה בִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ 1 “and {with} Manasseh on/at his left {hand/side}” -48:13 n3um מִ⁠ימִ֣ין יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “facing Israel’s right {hand/side},” or “in front of Israel’s right {hand/side},” -48:13 o7vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖שׁ אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he brought/took {them} close to his father {again}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then he took/brought his sons close to his father {again}. He had Ephraim stand in front of Israel’s left {hand/side}, and he had Manasseh stand in front of Israel’s right {hand/side}.” Do what is best in your language. -48:14 xwp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת יְמִינ֜⁠וֹ 1 “But Israel {intentionally} reached out his right hand” -48:14 sni8 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁת עַל רֹ֤אשׁ אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and put/rested/laid {it} on Ephraim’s head,” -48:14 v46e וְ⁠ה֣וּא הַ⁠צָּעִ֔יר 1 “even though Ephraim {was} the/{Joseph’s} younger {son}.” -48:14 vklj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠אֶת שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֣אשׁ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה שִׂכֵּל֙ אֶת יָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then he {intentionally} {put/rested} his left hand on Manasseh’s head. He crossed his arms {to do that}” or “Then he crossed his arms and {put} his left hand on Manasseh’s head,” In the Hebrew culture, the right side was the place of highest honor and using the right hand to bless someone was symbolic of giving greater honor to that person. The oldest son was also the one who normally received the greater blessing. Israel reverses that here and gives Joseph’s younger son the greater blessing. It may be important to include a footnote in your translation that gives this information. -48:14 jxo4 כִּ֥י 1 “{even} though” or “in spite of the fact that”. Make sure that the way you translate “because” fits with the fact that Israel wanted to place his right hand on Ephraim (to give him the greater blessing), even though Manasseh was the firstborn (who would normally receive the greater blessing in that culture). -48:14 u8qz מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה הַ⁠בְּכֽוֹר 1 “Manasseh {was} the/{Joseph’s} firstborn/oldest {son}.” -48:15 llyx וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then Israel blessed Joseph {and his sons} by saying,” or “Then Israel blessed Joseph by {blessing his sons and} saying,” Israel blessed Joseph by blessing Joseph’s sons (verses 15-16, 19-20). -48:15 gsdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֡ים 1 “May {God bless your sons,} the God” or “I pray that {God will bless your sons,} the God” or “I ask God {to bless your sons}. He is the God”. For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit here that this prayer is a blessing for Joseph’s sons (rather than waiting until that is made clear in verse 16). Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up the long sentence in verses 15-16 into shorter sentences. +48:13 nzul אֶת אֶפְרַ֤יִם בִּֽ⁠ימִינ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “with Ephraim on/at his right hand/side” +48:13 ohdm מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “facing Israel’s left hand/side” or “in front of Israel’s left hand/side” +48:13 utvp וְ⁠אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה בִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ 1 “and with Manasseh on/at his left hand/side” +48:13 n3um מִ⁠ימִ֣ין יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “facing Israel’s right hand/side,” or “in front of Israel’s right hand/side,” +48:13 o7vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖שׁ אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he brought/took them close to his father again.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then he took/brought his sons close to his father again. He had Ephraim stand in front of Israel’s left hand/side, and he had Manasseh stand in front of Israel’s right hand/side.” Do what is best in your language. +48:14 xwp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת יְמִינ֜⁠וֹ 1 “But Israel intentionally reached out his right hand” +48:14 sni8 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁת עַל רֹ֤אשׁ אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and put/rested/laid it on Ephraim’s head,” +48:14 v46e וְ⁠ה֣וּא הַ⁠צָּעִ֔יר 1 “even though Ephraim was the/Joseph’s younger son.” +48:14 vklj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠אֶת שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֣אשׁ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה שִׂכֵּל֙ אֶת יָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then he intentionally put/rested his left hand on Manasseh’s head. He crossed his arms to do that” or “Then he crossed his arms and put his left hand on Manasseh’s head,” In the Hebrew culture, the right side was the place of highest honor and using the right hand to bless someone was symbolic of giving greater honor to that person. The oldest son was also the one who normally received the greater blessing. Israel reverses that here and gives Joseph’s younger son the greater blessing. It may be important to include a footnote in your translation that gives this information. +48:14 jxo4 כִּ֥י 1 “even though” or “in spite of the fact that”. Make sure that the way you translate “because” fits with the fact that Israel wanted to place his right hand on Ephraim (to give him the greater blessing), even though Manasseh was the firstborn (who would normally receive the greater blessing in that culture). +48:14 u8qz מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה הַ⁠בְּכֽוֹר 1 “Manasseh was the/Joseph’s firstborn/oldest son.” +48:15 llyx וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then Israel blessed Joseph and his sons by saying,” or “Then Israel blessed Joseph by blessing his sons and saying,” Israel blessed Joseph by blessing Joseph’s sons (verses 15-16, 19-20). +48:15 gsdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֡ים 1 “May God bless your sons, the God” or “I pray that God will bless your sons, the God” or “I ask God to bless your sons. He is the God”. For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit here that this prayer is a blessing for Joseph’s sons (rather than waiting until that is made clear in verse 16). Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up the long sentence in verses 15-16 into shorter sentences. 48:15 iwxf אֲשֶׁר֩ & אֲבֹתַ֤⁠י & אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “whom my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac” -48:15 r8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ & לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “walked/lived before/with {according to his will},” or “walked/lived {obediently} in the presence of,” or “served/obeyed,” See how you translated the idiom “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1 and 24:40. You may need to translate it differently in different contexts. -48:15 bi81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ הָ⁠רֹעֶ֣ה אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “the {same} God who has watched over me” or “He is the {same} God who has taken care of me”. The word “shepherded” includes guiding, protecting, and providing food and water, such as a shepherd would do for his sheep. Here it is used as a metaphor that refers to God’s complete care of Israel throughout his life. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to use a similar metaphor here. For example, you could say, “He is the {same} God who, for my entire life, has taken care of all my needs, just as a {good} shepherd takes care of his sheep.” -48:15 dt5m מֵ⁠עוֹדִ֖⁠י עַד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “from {the beginning of} my {life} until the present day/time,” or “my entire life,” -48:16 wzng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הַ⁠מַּלְאָךְ֩ הַ⁠גֹּאֵ֨ל אֹתִ֜⁠י מִ⁠כָּל רָ֗ע 1 “{He is also} the Angel who saved/rescued me {continually} from all/every harm/trouble.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “angel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 16:7, 9-11; 19:1, 15; 21:17; 22:11, 15; 24:7, 40; 28:12; 31:11; 32:3, 6; 48:16. -48:16 hkqg יְבָרֵךְ֮ אֶת הַ⁠נְּעָרִים֒ 1 “I pray/ask that he will cause {these} young men to prosper {greatly},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here; your decision will depend on how you translated verse 15. Also, since Joseph’s sons were probably in their 20s, make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like they were little boys. The Hebrew word for “boy” here can also be translated as “lad,” “servant,” or “young man,” depending on the context and who is speaking to whom. With that in mind, consider again how you translated this word in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:24; 18:7; 19:4; 21:12, 17-20; 22:3, 5, 12, 19; 25:27; 34:19; 37:2; 41:12; 43:8; 44:22, 30-34; 48:16. +48:15 r8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ & לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “walked/lived before/with according to his will,” or “walked/lived obediently in the presence of,” or “served/obeyed,” See how you translated the idiom “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1 and 24:40. You may need to translate it differently in different contexts. +48:15 bi81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ הָ⁠רֹעֶ֣ה אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “the same God who has watched over me” or “He is the same God who has taken care of me”. The word “shepherded” includes guiding, protecting, and providing food and water, such as a shepherd would do for his sheep. Here it is used as a metaphor that refers to God’s complete care of Israel throughout his life. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to use a similar metaphor here. For example, you could say, “He is the same God who, for my entire life, has taken care of all my needs, just as a good shepherd takes care of his sheep.” +48:15 dt5m מֵ⁠עוֹדִ֖⁠י עַד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “from the beginning of my life until the present day/time,” or “my entire life,” +48:16 wzng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הַ⁠מַּלְאָךְ֩ הַ⁠גֹּאֵ֨ל אֹתִ֜⁠י מִ⁠כָּל רָ֗ע 1 “He is also the Angel who saved/rescued me continually from all/every harm/trouble.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “angel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 16:7, 9-11; 19:1, 15; 21:17; 22:11, 15; 24:7, 40; 28:12; 31:11; 32:3, 6; 48:16. +48:16 hkqg יְבָרֵךְ֮ אֶת הַ⁠נְּעָרִים֒ 1 “I pray/ask that he will cause these young men to prosper greatly,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here; your decision will depend on how you translated verse 15. Also, since Joseph’s sons were probably in their 20s, make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like they were little boys. The Hebrew word for “boy” here can also be translated as “lad,” “servant,” or “young man,” depending on the context and who is speaking to whom. With that in mind, consider again how you translated this word in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:24; 18:7; 19:4; 21:12, 17-20; 22:3, 5, 12, 19; 25:27; 34:19; 37:2; 41:12; 43:8; 44:22, 30-34; 48:16. 48:16 b0ar וְ⁠יִקָּרֵ֤א בָ⁠הֶם֙ שְׁמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק וְ⁠יִדְגּ֥וּ לָ⁠רֹ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that my family name/line and the family name/line of my ancestors Abraham and Isaac will continue through them and so that they will have many descendants on the earth.” or “I pray that they will have many descendants on the earth who will carry on the family name/line for me and for my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.” -48:17 guyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יוֹסֵ֗ף כִּי יָשִׁ֨ית אָבִ֧י⁠ו יַד יְמִינ֛⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֥אשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם 1 “{When} Joseph saw/noticed that his father had put/rested/laid his right hand on Ephraim’s head,” See how you translated “placed” in verse 14. -48:17 krcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֣רַע בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 “it displeased him,” or “he was displeased/unhappy {about it},” or “he thought it was a mistake,” +48:17 guyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יוֹסֵ֗ף כִּי יָשִׁ֨ית אָבִ֧י⁠ו יַד יְמִינ֛⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֥אשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם 1 “When Joseph saw/noticed that his father had put/rested/laid his right hand on Ephraim’s head,” See how you translated “placed” in verse 14. +48:17 krcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֣רַע בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 “it displeased him,” or “he was displeased/unhappy about it,” or “he thought it was a mistake,” 48:17 fa1f וַ⁠יִּתְמֹ֣ךְ יַד אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “So he took hold of his father’s hand”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -48:17 scqc לְ⁠הָסִ֥יר אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם 1 “{in order} to move/take it from Ephraim’s head” or “{and started} to move/take it from Ephraim’s head” -48:17 knoe עַל רֹ֥אשׁ מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 “and {place/put it on} Manasseh’s head.” +48:17 scqc לְ⁠הָסִ֥יר אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם 1 “in order to move/take it from Ephraim’s head” or “and started to move/take it from Ephraim’s head” +48:17 knoe עַל רֹ֥אשׁ מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 “and place/put it on Manasseh’s head.” 48:18 s3ev וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then he said to his father,” -48:18 yr6r לֹא כֵ֣ן אָבִ֑⁠י כִּי זֶ֣ה הַ⁠בְּכֹ֔ר 1 “Not like that, Father. {It is} the other son {who is} the/my firstborn/oldest.” or “That is the wrong one/son, Father. The other {one} {is} {my} firstborn/oldest son.” -48:18 fe3w שִׂ֥ים יְמִינְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 “{So} {you need to} put/have your right hand on his head.” -48:19 fnt6 וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֣ן אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But his father refused {to move his hands}” or “But his father would not {move his hands}” +48:18 yr6r לֹא כֵ֣ן אָבִ֑⁠י כִּי זֶ֣ה הַ⁠בְּכֹ֔ר 1 “Not like that, Father. It is the other son who is the/my firstborn/oldest.” or “That is the wrong one/son, Father. The other one is my firstborn/oldest son.” +48:18 fe3w שִׂ֥ים יְמִינְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 “So you need to put/have your right hand on his head.” +48:19 fnt6 וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֣ן אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But his father refused to move his hands” or “But his father would not move his hands” 48:19 ilz7 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and replied,” -48:19 ad6m יָדַ֤עְתִּֽי בְנִ⁠י֙ יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I know {it/that}, my son, I know {what I am doing}.” or “I know {what I am doing}, my son.” -48:19 onl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns גַּם ה֥וּא יִֽהְיֶה לְּ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠גַם ה֣וּא יִגְדָּ֑ל 1 “{In fact,} {the descendants of} your firstborn/oldest son will also become a people/ethnic group, and he will be/become a great/important man.” or “{In fact,} your firstborn/oldest son will also be/become a great/important man, and he will be/become {the ancestor of} a people/ethnic group.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Joseph’s firstborn in these two clauses. -48:19 d8w8 וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ יִגְדַּ֣ל מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “However, his younger brother {Ephraim} will be {even} greater than he {will be},” -48:19 w3o5 וְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ 1 “and his/Ephraim’s offspring/descendants” or “with {many} descendants, who”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Ephraim’s descendants, not Manasseh’s. +48:19 ad6m יָדַ֤עְתִּֽי בְנִ⁠י֙ יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I know it/that, my son, I know what I am doing.” or “I know what I am doing, my son.” +48:19 onl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns גַּם ה֥וּא יִֽהְיֶה לְּ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠גַם ה֣וּא יִגְדָּ֑ל 1 “In fact, the descendants of your firstborn/oldest son will also become a people/ethnic group, and he will be/become a great/important man.” or “In fact, your firstborn/oldest son will also be/become a great/important man, and he will be/become the ancestor of a people/ethnic group.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Joseph’s firstborn in these two clauses. +48:19 d8w8 וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ יִגְדַּ֣ל מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “However, his younger brother Ephraim will be even greater than he will be,” +48:19 w3o5 וְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ 1 “and his/Ephraim’s offspring/descendants” or “with many descendants, who”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Ephraim’s descendants, not Manasseh’s. 48:19 ncm9 יִהְיֶ֥ה מְלֹֽא הַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 “will become many people/ethnic groups.” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in verse 4. -48:20 mzc0 וַ⁠יְבָ֨רֲכֵ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠הוּא֮ 1 “So Israel blessed Ephraim and Manasseh that day” or “That {same} day, Israel blessed {both of} them” -48:20 j6nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמוֹר֒ 1 “by saying {to them},” or “and said,” -48:20 zb3n בְּ⁠ךָ֗ יְבָרֵ֤ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “{The people of} Israel will use your names when they bless {someone/people}” or “When {the people of} Israel say/pronounce a blessing over {someone}, they will use your names” +48:20 mzc0 וַ⁠יְבָ֨רֲכֵ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠הוּא֮ 1 “So Israel blessed Ephraim and Manasseh that day” or “That same day, Israel blessed both of them” +48:20 j6nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמוֹר֒ 1 “by saying to them,” or “and said,” +48:20 zb3n בְּ⁠ךָ֗ יְבָרֵ֤ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “The people of Israel will use your names when they bless someone/people” or “When the people of Israel say/pronounce a blessing over someone, they will use your names” 48:20 q3me לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and say,” -48:20 fkzh יְשִֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֣ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “May God bless/prosper you” or “We ask God to make you {great/prosperous}” -48:20 pdwp כְּ⁠אֶפְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠כִ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “like {he blessed/prospered} Ephraim and Manasseh.” +48:20 fkzh יְשִֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֣ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “May God bless/prosper you” or “We ask God to make you great/prosperous” +48:20 pdwp כְּ⁠אֶפְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠כִ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “like he blessed/prospered Ephraim and Manasseh.” 48:20 uje7 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת אֶפְרַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 “When he/Israel said that, he/Israel put/ranked Ephraim ahead of Manasseh.” or “In that way, he/Israel made Ephraim greater than Manasseh.” -48:21 d5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “After that, Israel {turned} to Joseph {and} said {to him},” or “Next Israel spoke to Joseph. {He said,}” +48:21 d5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “After that, Israel turned to Joseph and said to him,” or “Next Israel spoke to Joseph. He said,” 48:21 d8t7 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “Look/Listen,” or “As you can see,” 48:21 fjrl אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת 1 “I am about to die,” or “I will die soon,” -48:21 yses rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “but God will {always} be/stay with {all of} you {and help you},” or “but God will {always} be/stay with you and your brothers {and all your descendants} {and help you}.” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout this verse and probably refer to all Israel’s family, including Joseph, his brothers, and their descendants. +48:21 yses rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “but God will always be/stay with all of you and help you,” or “but God will always be/stay with you and your brothers and all your descendants and help you.” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout this verse and probably refer to all Israel’s family, including Joseph, his brothers, and their descendants. 48:21 ydkc וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֣יב אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “He will also bring/take you back”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -48:21 orx3 אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “to the land that {he gave} to your forefathers/ancestors.” -48:22 xrzo וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י נָתַ֧תִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “And I give/bequeath to you {as part of your inheritance}” or “Besides that, {as part of your inheritance from me,} I {hereby} give you”. The pronouns “you” and “your” shift to singular in verse 22. -48:22 cazk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֶ֥ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) “{the city of} Shechem,” or (2) “a mountain slope/ridge,” This second interpretation comes from the meaning of the Hebrew word “shekem” (“shoulder”), which can be used as a metaphor to refer to a mountain slope or ridge. -48:22 peu5 אַחַ֖ד עַל אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “which is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers and” +48:21 orx3 אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “to the land that he gave to your forefathers/ancestors.” +48:22 xrzo וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י נָתַ֧תִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “And I give/bequeath to you as part of your inheritance” or “Besides that, as part of your inheritance from me, I hereby give you”. The pronouns “you” and “your” shift to singular in verse 22. +48:22 cazk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֶ֥ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) “the city of Shechem,” or (2) “a mountain slope/ridge,” This second interpretation comes from the meaning of the Hebrew word “shekem” (“shoulder”), which can be used as a metaphor to refer to a mountain slope or ridge. +48:22 peu5 אַחַ֖ד עַל אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “which is more land than I am giving to your brothers and” 48:22 bfda אֲשֶׁ֤ר לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 “which I took control of from” or “which I took/captured from” or “I took/captured that land from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -48:22 q9pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י בְּ⁠חַרְבִּ֖⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קַשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “the Amorite{s} {in battle} using my sword and my bow.” or “the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Besides that, I {hereby} give you {the city of} Shechem, {which} I took/captured from the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle. This is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers.” Do what is best in your language. Also consider again how you translated “Amorite{s}” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:16; 14:7, 13; 15:16, 21; 48:22. -49:1 i8ic וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶל בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob summoned {all} his sons”. The events in chapter 49 may have occurred on the same day as the events in chapter 48, or not very long after that. Consider again how you translated “called for” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:18; 14:14; 20:2, 8-9; 24:57-58; 26:9; 27:1, 42; 28:1; 31:4; 39:14; 41:8, 14; 46:33; 47:29; 49:1. -49:1 g7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “He said {to them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:1 l6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ 1 “Gather {yourselves} together {before me},” or “Come together {here},” Much of what Jacob says to his sons in verses 1-27 is Hebrew poetry, which is characterized by the use of parallelisms and metaphors to emphasize important points. Many translations put these verses in poetry format (starting here); many others use regular paragraph formatting. Do what is best in your language. For a complete list of verses that some translations treat as poetry in the book of Genesis, see the introduction to the book. +48:22 q9pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י בְּ⁠חַרְבִּ֖⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קַשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “the Amorites in battle using my sword and my bow.” or “the Amorites when I defeated them in battle.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Besides that, I hereby give you the city of Shechem, which I took/captured from the Amorites when I defeated them in battle. This is more land than I am giving to your brothers.” Do what is best in your language. Also consider again how you translated “Amorites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:16; 14:7, 13; 15:16, 21; 48:22. +49:1 i8ic וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶל בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob summoned all his sons”. The events in chapter 49 may have occurred on the same day as the events in chapter 48, or not very long after that. Consider again how you translated “called for” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:18; 14:14; 20:2, 8-9; 24:57-58; 26:9; 27:1, 42; 28:1; 31:4; 39:14; 41:8, 14; 46:33; 47:29; 49:1. +49:1 g7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “He said to them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:1 l6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ 1 “Gather yourselves together before me,” or “Come together here,” Much of what Jacob says to his sons in verses 1-27 is Hebrew poetry, which is characterized by the use of parallelisms and metaphors to emphasize important points. Many translations put these verses in poetry format (starting here); many others use regular paragraph formatting. Do what is best in your language. For a complete list of verses that some translations treat as poetry in the book of Genesis, see the introduction to the book. 49:1 upew וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “and I will declare to you” or “so that I can tell/inform you” -49:1 gmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר יִקְרָ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “what will happen to you {and your descendants}”. Much of what Jacob prophesies in this chapter about his sons also applies to their descendants. Some translation teams may prefer to put that information in a footnote rather than make it explicit in the text. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “meet” in Gen 42:4, 38. +49:1 gmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר יִקְרָ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “what will happen to you and your descendants”. Much of what Jacob prophesies in this chapter about his sons also applies to their descendants. Some translation teams may prefer to put that information in a footnote rather than make it explicit in the text. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “meet” in Gen 42:4, 38. 49:1 xg3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אַחֲרִ֥ית הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “in the days/years ahead.” or “in future days/years.” In this context, this phrase refers to a period of years in the future. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -49:2 j5co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִקָּבְצ֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “{Yes/Indeed,} Jacob’s/my sons, come/gather {here} and hear {what I have to say},” or “My sons, gather around {me,} {your father} Jacob, and listen {to me}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that Jacob is talking to his own sons and is referring to himself as both Jacob and as Israel. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put the address “sons of Jacob” first in verse 2, or even first in the quote (which begins in verse 1). Do what is best in your language. -49:2 xh8b וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Pay attention to {me,} your father Israel.” or “{I,} your father Israel, have something {important} to tell you.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize that Jacob wants his sons to listen to him carefully. Try to keep both halves of this parallelism in your translation, since each half has a slightly different focus. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:3 tmwk רְאוּבֵן֙ בְּכֹ֣רִ⁠י אַ֔תָּה 1 “Reuben, you {are} my oldest {son},” Consider again how you translated “firstborn” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:4; 10:15; 19:31, 33-34, 37; 22:21; 25:13, 27; 27:19, 32; 29:26; 35:23; 36:15; 38:6-7; 41:51; 43:33; 46:8, 14; 48:18; 49:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -49:3 wp60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כֹּחִ֖⁠י וְ⁠רֵאשִׁ֣ית אוֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{the result of} my strength/fertility, and the first child I had as a young man.” or “{You are} the first {evidence/sign} of my manhood and strength/virility.” This phrase is used here as a euphemistic idiom that refers to Jacob’s ability to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Translate this in a way that will not embarrass or offend listeners. -49:3 zu3n יֶ֥תֶר שְׂאֵ֖ת וְ⁠יֶ֥תֶר עָֽז 1 “{You had} higher/more honor and authority {than all your brothers}.” or “{You had} high status and great authority {in our family}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:4 ngg3 פַּ֤חַז 1 “{However,} {you are} uncontrollable” or “{However,} {you are} unstable/reckless” -49:4 m3c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 “like a flood of water,” or “like {rushing} water,” Here Jacob compares Reuben’s reckless, uncontrolled sexual behavior to turbulent water that is out of control and destructive. Consider whether or not you have a similar simile in your language that would fit well here. -49:4 ht6q אַל תּוֹתַ֔ר 1 “{so} you will no longer have your high/important status/position {in our family},” or “{so} you will no longer be first {among your brothers},” -49:4 s4lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ֥י עָלִ֖יתָ מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ אָ֥ז חִלַּ֖לְתָּ 1 “because you climbed/got {into} my bed {with my concubine/wife} {and} dishonored me!” or “because you dishonored me by getting into my bed and committing adultery {with my concubine/wife}!” This clause, along with the rest of the verse, is a euphemistic way of referring to Reuben committing adultery by sleeping with his father’s concubine (secondary wife) Bilhah (Genesis 35:22). -49:4 u62z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְצוּעִ֥⁠י עָלָֽה 1 “{Then Jacob exclaimed,} “He went up {onto} my couch!” ” or “He/You {actually} climbed/got up {onto} my couch/bed {and dishonored me}!” or “{You dishonored me when} you slept with my concubine/wife!” Here Jacob repeats part of what he said in the previous clause, in order to emphasize Reuben’s sin against him and to communicate how upset he is about it. He may have still been talking to Reuben (switching from second to third person), or he may have been exclaiming about Reuben to himself and the rest of his sons. -49:5 jadm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שִׁמְע֥וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֖י 1 “{As for} Simeon and Levi, {they}” or “Simeon and Levi, {you}”. In verses 3-27, Jacob sometimes refers to his sons using second person (“you”), and sometimes (as here) he uses third person (“they” or “he”). Consider whether or not it is better in your language to use second person throughout these verses, especially since Jacob is talking to his sons who are right there with him. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that fit well in verses 5-7. -49:5 lnz6 אַחִ֑ים 1 “{are} {true/close} brothers.” or “{are} partners {in crime}.” or “do {evil} things together.” This phrase is used here as an idiom that emphasizes the fact that Simeon and Levi thought alike and acted together to do evil things. -49:5 hpdj כְּלֵ֥י חָמָ֖ס מְכֵרֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “They/You use their/your swords/weapons to do violent things {together}.” Make sure in your translation that the pronouns you use here (and in verses 6-7) fit with the way you translated the beginning of this verse. +49:2 j5co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִקָּבְצ֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Yes/Indeed, Jacob’s/my sons, come/gather here and hear what I have to say,” or “My sons, gather around me, your father Jacob, and listen to me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that Jacob is talking to his own sons and is referring to himself as both Jacob and as Israel. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put the address “sons of Jacob” first in verse 2, or even first in the quote (which begins in verse 1). Do what is best in your language. +49:2 xh8b וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Pay attention to me, your father Israel.” or “I, your father Israel, have something important to tell you.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize that Jacob wants his sons to listen to him carefully. Try to keep both halves of this parallelism in your translation, since each half has a slightly different focus. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:3 tmwk רְאוּבֵן֙ בְּכֹ֣רִ⁠י אַ֔תָּה 1 “Reuben, you are my oldest son,” Consider again how you translated “firstborn” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:4; 10:15; 19:31, 33-34, 37; 22:21; 25:13, 27; 27:19, 32; 29:26; 35:23; 36:15; 38:6-7; 41:51; 43:33; 46:8, 14; 48:18; 49:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +49:3 wp60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כֹּחִ֖⁠י וְ⁠רֵאשִׁ֣ית אוֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “the result of my strength/fertility, and the first child I had as a young man.” or “You are the first evidence/sign of my manhood and strength/virility.” This phrase is used here as a euphemistic idiom that refers to Jacob’s ability to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Translate this in a way that will not embarrass or offend listeners. +49:3 zu3n יֶ֥תֶר שְׂאֵ֖ת וְ⁠יֶ֥תֶר עָֽז 1 “You had higher/more honor and authority than all your brothers.” or “You had high status and great authority in our family.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:4 ngg3 פַּ֤חַז 1 “However, you are uncontrollable” or “However, you are unstable/reckless” +49:4 m3c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 “like a flood of water,” or “like rushing water,” Here Jacob compares Reuben’s reckless, uncontrolled sexual behavior to turbulent water that is out of control and destructive. Consider whether or not you have a similar simile in your language that would fit well here. +49:4 ht6q אַל תּוֹתַ֔ר 1 “so you will no longer have your high/important status/position in our family,” or “so you will no longer be first among your brothers,” +49:4 s4lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ֥י עָלִ֖יתָ מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ אָ֥ז חִלַּ֖לְתָּ 1 “because you climbed/got into my bed with my concubine/wife and dishonored me!” or “because you dishonored me by getting into my bed and committing adultery with my concubine/wife!” This clause, along with the rest of the verse, is a euphemistic way of referring to Reuben committing adultery by sleeping with his father’s concubine (secondary wife) Bilhah (Genesis 35:22). +49:4 u62z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְצוּעִ֥⁠י עָלָֽה 1 “Then Jacob exclaimed, “He went up onto my couch!” ” or “He/You actually climbed/got up onto my couch/bed and dishonored me!” or “You dishonored me when you slept with my concubine/wife!” Here Jacob repeats part of what he said in the previous clause, in order to emphasize Reuben’s sin against him and to communicate how upset he is about it. He may have still been talking to Reuben (switching from second to third person), or he may have been exclaiming about Reuben to himself and the rest of his sons. +49:5 jadm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שִׁמְע֥וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֖י 1 “As for Simeon and Levi, they” or “Simeon and Levi, you”. In verses 3-27, Jacob sometimes refers to his sons using second person (“you”), and sometimes (as here) he uses third person (“they” or “he”). Consider whether or not it is better in your language to use second person throughout these verses, especially since Jacob is talking to his sons who are right there with him. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that fit well in verses 5-7. +49:5 lnz6 אַחִ֑ים 1 “are true/close brothers.” or “are partners in crime.” or “do evil things together.” This phrase is used here as an idiom that emphasizes the fact that Simeon and Levi thought alike and acted together to do evil things. +49:5 hpdj כְּלֵ֥י חָמָ֖ס מְכֵרֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “They/You use their/your swords/weapons to do violent things together.” Make sure in your translation that the pronouns you use here (and in verses 6-7) fit with the way you translated the beginning of this verse. 49:6 sbst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַל תָּבֹ֣א נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 “Do not ever let me” or “May I never” or “I will never”. Here Jacob uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself and to emphasize how strongly he feels about what he is saying. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. -49:6 h9hm בְּ⁠סֹדָ⁠ם֙ אַל־תָּבֹ֣א 1 “take part in their/your {evil} plans/schemes!” or “participate with them/you when they/you plan {evil} things!” In verses 5-7, Jacob is probably referring to the time when Simeon and Levi killed all the males in the city of Shechem out of revenge (Genesis 34:25-26, 30). Jacob was very upset that they did that. -49:6 z996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בִּ⁠קְהָלָ֖⁠ם אַל תֵּחַ֣ד כְּבֹדִ֑⁠י 1 “Do not let my honor/presence be connected/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I never want to be linked/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I refuse to make {evil} plans with them/you,” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes that Jacob is upset and does not want to participate with these two sons in their evil behavior. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. -49:6 ckzx כִּ֤י בְ⁠אַפָּ⁠ם֙ הָ֣רְגוּ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “because they/you became angry and murdered {many} men/people,” The phrase “a man” probably refers collectively here to all the men whom these two sons killed in the city of Shechem (Gen 34:25-26, 30). -49:6 z1y0 וּ⁠בִ⁠רְצֹנָ֖⁠ם עִקְּרוּ שֽׁוֹר 1 “and {just} to please/entertain themselves/yourselves, they/you crippled/maimed {some} oxen/cattle {so they could not walk}.” or “and they/you cut the leg tendons of {some} oxen/cattle, {just} for the fun of it.” This may have happened during the time that Simeon and Levi took revenge on the people of Shechem. -49:7 cb28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אָר֤וּר אַפָּ⁠ם֙ כִּ֣י עָ֔ז וְ⁠עֶבְרָתָ֖⁠ם כִּ֣י קָשָׁ֑תָה 1 “{May God} curse {them/you for} their/your intense/terrible anger and {their/your} cruel/malicious fury!” or “{I ask God to} curse/punish them/you for being so intensely/fiercely angry and cruel/malicious!” Consider what is the best way to translate this parallelism in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “cursed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:14 (and note), 17; 4:11; 5:29; 8:21; 9:25; 12:3; 27:12-13, 29; 49:7. -49:7 ykq9 אֲחַלְּקֵ֣⁠ם 1 “I {ask God to} scatter/disperse them/you {and their/your descendants}” or “May {God/he} cause them/you {and their/your descendants} to be spread out”. The last half of verse 7 specifies how Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. -49:7 f5mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “among {the family/descendants of} Jacob.” In this context, the name “Jacob” refers to his family and especially his descendants. -49:7 b95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם 1 “Yes, I/God will” or “That’s right, I {ask God/him to}”. The clauses “I will divide …” and “I will scatter …” form a parallelism that emphasizes the way Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of a parallelism in your translation. +49:6 h9hm בְּ⁠סֹדָ⁠ם֙ אַל־תָּבֹ֣א 1 “take part in their/your evil plans/schemes!” or “participate with them/you when they/you plan evil things!” In verses 5-7, Jacob is probably referring to the time when Simeon and Levi killed all the males in the city of Shechem out of revenge (Genesis 34:25-26, 30). Jacob was very upset that they did that. +49:6 z996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בִּ⁠קְהָלָ֖⁠ם אַל תֵּחַ֣ד כְּבֹדִ֑⁠י 1 “Do not let my honor/presence be connected/associated with their/your evil plans,” or “I never want to be linked/associated with their/your evil plans,” or “I refuse to make evil plans with them/you,” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes that Jacob is upset and does not want to participate with these two sons in their evil behavior. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. +49:6 ckzx כִּ֤י בְ⁠אַפָּ⁠ם֙ הָ֣רְגוּ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “because they/you became angry and murdered many men/people,” The phrase “a man” probably refers collectively here to all the men whom these two sons killed in the city of Shechem (Gen 34:25-26, 30). +49:6 z1y0 וּ⁠בִ⁠רְצֹנָ֖⁠ם עִקְּרוּ שֽׁוֹר 1 “and just to please/entertain themselves/yourselves, they/you crippled/maimed some oxen/cattle so they could not walk.” or “and they/you cut the leg tendons of some oxen/cattle, just for the fun of it.” This may have happened during the time that Simeon and Levi took revenge on the people of Shechem. +49:7 cb28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אָר֤וּר אַפָּ⁠ם֙ כִּ֣י עָ֔ז וְ⁠עֶבְרָתָ֖⁠ם כִּ֣י קָשָׁ֑תָה 1 “May God curse them/you for their/your intense/terrible anger and their/your cruel/malicious fury!” or “I ask God to curse/punish them/you for being so intensely/fiercely angry and cruel/malicious!” Consider what is the best way to translate this parallelism in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “cursed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:14 (and note), 17; 4:11; 5:29; 8:21; 9:25; 12:3; 27:12-13, 29; 49:7. +49:7 ykq9 אֲחַלְּקֵ֣⁠ם 1 “I ask God to scatter/disperse them/you and their/your descendants” or “May God/he cause them/you and their/your descendants to be spread out”. The last half of verse 7 specifies how Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. +49:7 f5mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “among the family/descendants of Jacob.” In this context, the name “Jacob” refers to his family and especially his descendants. +49:7 b95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם 1 “Yes, I/God will” or “That’s right, I ask God/him to”. The clauses “I will divide …” and “I will scatter …” form a parallelism that emphasizes the way Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of a parallelism in your translation. 49:7 e9qw וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם 1 “scatter/disperse them/you” or “cause them/you to be spread out”. Consider again how you translated “scatter” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:18, 32; 11:4, 8-9; 49:7. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. If the pronoun “you” is used here in your translation, it should be plural. -49:7 ih68 בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “throughout {the descendants/land of} Israel.” Jacob’s prophecy in verse 7 came true many years later: the tribe of Simeon was absorbed by the tribe of Judah (Joshua 19:1), and the tribe of Levi never had its own territory, but rather lived in cities scattered throughout the other tribes of Israel (Joshua 21:1-42). You could put this information in a footnote. -49:8 mfza יְהוּדָ֗ה אַתָּה֙ יוֹד֣וּ⁠ךָ אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Judah, you {are the one whom} your brothers will praise.” or “Judah, you {and your descendants} will be {highly} praised by your brothers {and their descendants}.” or “Judah, your brothers {and their descendants} will {highly} praise you {and your descendants}.” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic, and it has an emphatic position in the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. +49:7 ih68 בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “throughout the descendants/land of Israel.” Jacob’s prophecy in verse 7 came true many years later: the tribe of Simeon was absorbed by the tribe of Judah (Joshua 19:1), and the tribe of Levi never had its own territory, but rather lived in cities scattered throughout the other tribes of Israel (Joshua 21:1-42). You could put this information in a footnote. +49:8 mfza יְהוּדָ֗ה אַתָּה֙ יוֹד֣וּ⁠ךָ אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Judah, you are the one whom your brothers will praise.” or “Judah, you and your descendants will be highly praised by your brothers and their descendants.” or “Judah, your brothers and their descendants will highly praise you and your descendants.” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic, and it has an emphatic position in the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. 49:8 lhkv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עֹ֣רֶף 1 “You will be victorious over” or “You will conquer/defeat”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. Also, if your translation includes Judah’s descendants in the previous sentence, make sure that the pronouns “your” and “you” are plural in this sentence. 49:8 sr42 אֹיְבֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “those who are against you.” or “your enemies/adversaries.” -49:8 m4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּנֵ֥י אָבִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Your father’s {other} sons” or “{Then} my {other} sons” or “Your brothers”. Make sure that your translation of “your father” refers to Jacob. -49:8 o2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “{and their descendants} will bow/prostrate themselves before you {and your descendants} {in respect/submission}.” Consider again how you translated “bow down” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:2; 19:1; 22:5; 23:7, 12; 24:26, 48, 52; 27:29; 33:3, 6-7; 37:7, 9-10; 42:6; 43:26, 28; 47:31; 48:12; 49:8. Also see how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 17:3, 17. -49:9 kcdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor גּ֤וּר אַרְיֵה֙ יְהוּדָ֔ה מִ⁠טֶּ֖רֶף בְּנִ֣⁠י עָלִ֑יתָ 1 “Judah, my son, {you are} {powerful} {like} a young lion that has returned {to its den} after {killing} {its} prey.” or “Judah, {you,} my son, {are} {like} a {powerful} young lion that {kills its} prey and returns {to its den}.” -49:9 zrcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כָּרַ֨ע רָבַ֧ץ כְּ⁠אַרְיֵ֛ה 1 “You {are} like a lion that stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep/rest} {after eating}.” or “It stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep}.” Here in verse 9 Jacob switches to using third person references (“he, his, him”) for Judah. For some languages it is better to use second person references (“you, your”) throughout verses 8-12. Do what is best in your language. -49:9 tf30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠כְ⁠לָבִ֖יא מִ֥י יְקִימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “Yes, {you are} like a lioness/lion that no one dares to awaken/disturb.” or “No one dares to disturb/disrespect that lion.” This sentence forms a parallelism with the previous sentence to emphasize Judah’s authority. Also, Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize the respect that people will have for Judah. Some languages must use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. -49:10 lg21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא יָס֥וּר שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah, the authority to rule will always belong to you {and your descendants}.” or “Judah, there will always be one of your descendants ruling as king.” A scepter, or a king’s staff, is a special, decorated rod that a king holds to symbolize his authority to rule the people who are under him. -49:10 yr2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מְחֹקֵ֖ק מִ⁠בֵּ֣ין רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “The {king’s/ruler’s} staff will never leave his/your descendants/family” or “In fact, your descendants will rule”. This phrase forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes the authority that Judah and his descendants will have. -49:10 f9a1 עַ֚ד כִּֽי יָבֹ֣א שִׁיל֔וֹ 1 “until the {highest} king comes/arrives” or “until the One whom the scepter/kingdom belongs to comes/arrives”. Jacob is probably prophesying here about the coming of the Messiah/Christ. This fits with the fact that Jesus was a descendant of the tribe of Judah and is now ruling as the true King over heaven and earth. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -49:10 jg91 וְ⁠ל֖⁠וֹ יִקְּהַ֥ת עַמִּֽים 1 “and the peoples/nations {of the earth} obey him.” or “and all people obey him.” or “All people/nations will obey him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:11 tpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹסְרִ֤י 1 “Judah {and his descendants}” or “You {and your descendants}”. In verse 11, the pronouns “he” and “his” refer to Judah and his descendants. To make that clear, you could make that explicit here and then use plural pronouns “they” and “their” throughout the verse. Or if you are using the second person throughout this section, you could say, “You {and your descendants} …” and use plural pronouns “you” and “your” after that. -49:11 nav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֹסְרִ֤י לַ⁠גֶּ֨פֶן֙ עִיר֔וֹ 1 “will {be so wealthy that they/you will/could} tether/tie their/your donkey{s} to {their/your} {grape}vine{s} {to eat the valuable fruit}.” or “let your donkey{s} eat your choice/valuable {grape}vine{s}.” In Jacob’s culture grapevines were valuable plants, so unless a person was very rich, he would never tether a donkey to his grapevines because it would eat the fruit and the vines. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. -49:11 gjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לַ⁠שֹּׂרֵקָ֖ה בְּנִ֣י אֲתֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Their/Your donkeys’ colts will/could eat the best/finest grapevines.” or “{It will not matter if} their/your donkeys’ colts eat {their/your} best/finest {grapevine} branch{es}.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous one to emphasize how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. -49:11 s2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּבֵּ֤ס בַּ⁠יַּ֨יִן֙ לְבֻשׁ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠דַם עֲנָבִ֖ים סוּתֽוֹ 1 “{They/You will still have so much wine from other vines/grapevines that} they/you could {even} use the wine like water to wash their/your robes and {other} clothes.” This sentence is another parallelism that emphasizes how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. The phrase “blood of grapes” is an idiom that refers to red wine made from the juice of grapes. -49:12 s3uy עֵינַ֖יִם 1 “{Their/Your} eyes” or “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} {their/your} eyes” -49:12 cm3s חַכְלִילִ֥י & מִ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{will be} bright from {drinking} {abundant} wine,” or (2) “{will be} darker than wine,” In both interpretations the emphasis is that Judah’s descendants will be blessed with an abundance of the best foods, including wine and milk, which are examples of the most valuable foods that were produced in the land. -49:12 rmn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְבֶן־שִׁנַּ֖יִם מֵ⁠חָלָֽב 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and {their/your} teeth {will be} white from {drinking} {abundant} milk.” or (2) “and {their/your} teeth {will be} whiter than milk.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits with the interpretation you used for the first part of this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of these phrases and say, “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} they/you will have plenty of the best foods, including {abundant} wine and milk.” Do what is best in your language. -49:13 xffh זְבוּלֻ֕ן 1 “{As for} Zebulun, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Zebulun, {you} {and your descendants}”. Throughout this chapter, decide whether it is best in your language to use third person or second person when Jacob refers to each of his sons (and their descendants). +49:8 m4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּנֵ֥י אָבִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Your father’s other sons” or “Then my other sons” or “Your brothers”. Make sure that your translation of “your father” refers to Jacob. +49:8 o2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and their descendants will bow/prostrate themselves before you and your descendants in respect/submission.” Consider again how you translated “bow down” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:2; 19:1; 22:5; 23:7, 12; 24:26, 48, 52; 27:29; 33:3, 6-7; 37:7, 9-10; 42:6; 43:26, 28; 47:31; 48:12; 49:8. Also see how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 17:3, 17. +49:9 kcdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor גּ֤וּר אַרְיֵה֙ יְהוּדָ֔ה מִ⁠טֶּ֖רֶף בְּנִ֣⁠י עָלִ֑יתָ 1 “Judah, my son, you are powerful like a young lion that has returned to its den after killing its prey.” or “Judah, you, my son, are like a powerful young lion that kills its prey and returns to its den.” +49:9 zrcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כָּרַ֨ע רָבַ֧ץ כְּ⁠אַרְיֵ֛ה 1 “You are like a lion that stretches out and lies down to sleep/rest after eating.” or “It stretches out and lies down to sleep.” Here in verse 9 Jacob switches to using third person references (“he, his, him”) for Judah. For some languages it is better to use second person references (“you, your”) throughout verses 8-12. Do what is best in your language. +49:9 tf30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠כְ⁠לָבִ֖יא מִ֥י יְקִימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “Yes, you are like a lioness/lion that no one dares to awaken/disturb.” or “No one dares to disturb/disrespect that lion.” This sentence forms a parallelism with the previous sentence to emphasize Judah’s authority. Also, Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize the respect that people will have for Judah. Some languages must use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. +49:10 lg21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא יָס֥וּר שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah, the authority to rule will always belong to you and your descendants.” or “Judah, there will always be one of your descendants ruling as king.” A scepter, or a king’s staff, is a special, decorated rod that a king holds to symbolize his authority to rule the people who are under him. +49:10 yr2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מְחֹקֵ֖ק מִ⁠בֵּ֣ין רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “The king’s/ruler’s staff will never leave his/your descendants/family” or “In fact, your descendants will rule”. This phrase forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes the authority that Judah and his descendants will have. +49:10 f9a1 עַ֚ד כִּֽי יָבֹ֣א שִׁיל֔וֹ 1 “until the highest king comes/arrives” or “until the One whom the scepter/kingdom belongs to comes/arrives”. Jacob is probably prophesying here about the coming of the Messiah/Christ. This fits with the fact that Jesus was a descendant of the tribe of Judah and is now ruling as the true King over heaven and earth. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +49:10 jg91 וְ⁠ל֖⁠וֹ יִקְּהַ֥ת עַמִּֽים 1 “and the peoples/nations of the earth obey him.” or “and all people obey him.” or “All people/nations will obey him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:11 tpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹסְרִ֤י 1 “Judah and his descendants” or “You and your descendants”. In verse 11, the pronouns “he” and “his” refer to Judah and his descendants. To make that clear, you could make that explicit here and then use plural pronouns “they” and “their” throughout the verse. Or if you are using the second person throughout this section, you could say, “You and your descendants …” and use plural pronouns “you” and “your” after that. +49:11 nav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֹסְרִ֤י לַ⁠גֶּ֨פֶן֙ עִיר֔וֹ 1 “will be so wealthy that they/you will/could tether/tie their/your donkeys to their/your grapevines to eat the valuable fruit.” or “let your donkeys eat your choice/valuable grapevines.” In Jacob’s culture grapevines were valuable plants, so unless a person was very rich, he would never tether a donkey to his grapevines because it would eat the fruit and the vines. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. +49:11 gjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לַ⁠שֹּׂרֵקָ֖ה בְּנִ֣י אֲתֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Their/Your donkeys’ colts will/could eat the best/finest grapevines.” or “It will not matter if their/your donkeys’ colts eat their/your best/finest grapevine branches.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous one to emphasize how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. +49:11 s2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּבֵּ֤ס בַּ⁠יַּ֨יִן֙ לְבֻשׁ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠דַם עֲנָבִ֖ים סוּתֽוֹ 1 “They/You will still have so much wine from other vines/grapevines that they/you could even use the wine like water to wash their/your robes and other clothes.” This sentence is another parallelism that emphasizes how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. The phrase “blood of grapes” is an idiom that refers to red wine made from the juice of grapes. +49:12 s3uy עֵינַ֖יִם 1 “Their/Your eyes” or “They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that their/your eyes” +49:12 cm3s חַכְלִילִ֥י & מִ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “will be bright from drinking abundant wine,” or (2) “will be darker than wine,” In both interpretations the emphasis is that Judah’s descendants will be blessed with an abundance of the best foods, including wine and milk, which are examples of the most valuable foods that were produced in the land. +49:12 rmn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְבֶן־שִׁנַּ֖יִם מֵ⁠חָלָֽב 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and their/your teeth will be white from drinking abundant milk.” or (2) “and their/your teeth will be whiter than milk.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits with the interpretation you used for the first part of this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of these phrases and say, “They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that they/you will have plenty of the best foods, including abundant wine and milk.” Do what is best in your language. +49:13 xffh זְבוּלֻ֕ן 1 “As for Zebulun, he and his descendants” or “Zebulun, you and your descendants”. Throughout this chapter, decide whether it is best in your language to use third person or second person when Jacob refers to each of his sons (and their descendants). 49:13 wtx1 לְ⁠ח֥וֹף יַמִּ֖ים יִשְׁכֹּ֑ן 1 “will settle/live at/near the seashore/coast,” -49:13 vumy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠הוּא֙ לְ⁠ח֣וֹף אֳנִיּ֔וֹת 1 “yes, they/you {will settle/live} at/near a harbor for ships,” or “where there will be a {safe} harbor/place for ships {to load and unload their cargo},” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize where Zebulun and his descendants will live. -49:13 r8u3 וְ⁠יַרְכָת֖⁠וֹ 1 “Their/Your territory {will extend}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:13 cqfv עַל צִידֹֽן 1 “{all the way north/up} to {the city of} Sidon.” or “as far {north} as {the city of} Sidon.” -49:14 jcdq יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 “{As for} Issachar, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Issachar, {you} {and your descendants}” -49:14 x4v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor חֲמֹ֣ר גָּ֑רֶם 1 “{will be} {like} a strong/sturdy donkey”. Consider again how you translated “donkey” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 16:12; 22:3, 5, 6; 24:35; 30:43; 32:5, 15; 34:28; 36:24; 42:26-27; 43:18, 24; 44:3, 13; 45:23; 47:17; 49:14. -49:14 h1kf רֹבֵ֖ץ 1 “crouching/lying down {resting}” or “{that is} resting {on the ground}” +49:13 vumy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠הוּא֙ לְ⁠ח֣וֹף אֳנִיּ֔וֹת 1 “yes, they/you will settle/live at/near a harbor for ships,” or “where there will be a safe harbor/place for ships to load and unload their cargo,” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize where Zebulun and his descendants will live. +49:13 r8u3 וְ⁠יַרְכָת֖⁠וֹ 1 “Their/Your territory will extend”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:13 cqfv עַל צִידֹֽן 1 “all the way north/up to the city of Sidon.” or “as far north as the city of Sidon.” +49:14 jcdq יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 “As for Issachar, he and his descendants” or “Issachar, you and your descendants” +49:14 x4v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor חֲמֹ֣ר גָּ֑רֶם 1 “will be like a strong/sturdy donkey”. Consider again how you translated “donkey” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 16:12; 22:3, 5, 6; 24:35; 30:43; 32:5, 15; 34:28; 36:24; 42:26-27; 43:18, 24; 44:3, 13; 45:23; 47:17; 49:14. +49:14 h1kf רֹבֵ֖ץ 1 “crouching/lying down resting” or “that is resting on the ground” 49:14 e90c בֵּ֥ין הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁפְּתָֽיִם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “between two saddlebags/loads.” or (2) “between the two parts of a sheep pen.” Both interpretations imply that the donkey is lying down to rest after it worked hard. 49:15 tdds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא מְנֻחָה֙ כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ כִּ֣י נָעֵ֑מָה 1 “They/You will have a good place to rest/live, in a pleasant/enjoyable land.” -49:15 zdv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט שִׁכְמ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “However, they/you will {also} have to exert themselves/yourselves” or “But they/you will labor/work hard”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. -49:15 qtbd לִ⁠סְבֹּ֔ל 1 “to/and carry {heavy loads},” -49:15 mqe3 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס עֹבֵֽד 1 “In fact, they/you will be forced to be slaves.” or “They/You will have to work {very} hard {for others} as slaves.” or “People will force you to be their slaves.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:16 i8wo דָּ֖ן 1 “{As for} Dan, he {and his descendants}” or “Dan, you {and your descendants}” -49:16 x1kh יָדִ֣ין עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “will govern/rule their/your {own} people group” -49:16 lc8c כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ד שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “just as the other tribes of Israel {judge/govern/rule their own people}.” or “and have equal status with {the rest of} the tribes of Israel.” +49:15 zdv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט שִׁכְמ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “However, they/you will also have to exert themselves/yourselves” or “But they/you will labor/work hard”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. +49:15 qtbd לִ⁠סְבֹּ֔ל 1 “to/and carry heavy loads,” +49:15 mqe3 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס עֹבֵֽד 1 “In fact, they/you will be forced to be slaves.” or “They/You will have to work very hard for others as slaves.” or “People will force you to be their slaves.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:16 i8wo דָּ֖ן 1 “As for Dan, he and his descendants” or “Dan, you and your descendants” +49:16 x1kh יָדִ֣ין עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “will govern/rule their/your own people group” +49:16 lc8c כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ד שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “just as the other tribes of Israel judge/govern/rule their own people.” or “and have equal status with the rest of the tribes of Israel.” 49:17 olso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דָן֙ 1 “They/You”. Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Dan (and his descendants) throughout verses 16 and 17. -49:17 xrz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהִי & נָחָ֣שׁ עֲלֵי דֶ֔רֶךְ שְׁפִיפֹ֖ן עֲלֵי אֹ֑רַח 1 “will be {clever/cunning} {like} a poisonous snake {lying} beside a road” -49:17 zk4a הַ⁠נֹּשֵׁךְ֙ עִקְּבֵי ס֔וּס 1 “that strikes the feet of {its enemy’s} horse,” -49:17 b9kg וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ אָחֽוֹר 1 “so that {it rears up and} the rider/enemy falls off backward {to the ground}.” or “… is thrown off the horse {and defeated}.” -49:18 f699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָתְ⁠ךָ֖ קִוִּ֥יתִי יְהוָֽה 1 “{Then Jacob paused and exclaimed to God,} “Yahweh, I am looking expectantly to you to save {me}!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is talking to God in verse 18, not Dan any more. -49:19 h8g7 גָּ֖ד 1 “{Then Jacob/he continued,} “{As for you,} Gad,” -49:19 mepm גְּד֣וּד יְגוּדֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “a group of robbers will attack him/you {and his/your descendants},” or “you {and your descendants} will be attacked by raiders/enemies,” -49:19 ovqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֖וּא יָגֻ֥ד עָקֵֽב 1 “but they/you will chase/hunt them {down} {and defeat them}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this sentence. -49:20 aksc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ר שְׁמֵנָ֣ה לַחְמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Asher {and his descendants} will produce rich/fine food,” or “Asher, you {and your descendants} will {be wealthy and} produce/eat the best/finest food.” Here the word “bread” refers to food in general and “fat” refers to the best kinds of food. -49:20 a3y6 וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִתֵּ֖ן מַֽעֲדַנֵּי מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “He/They/You will {even} supply/produce food that is rich/fancy enough for a king.” or “In fact, he/they/you will supply/produce delicious/fine foods {that are fit} for kings {to eat}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, the word “delicacies” refers to special, delicious foods that only rich people can afford to eat. -49:21 fnt8 נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 “{As for} Naphtali, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Naphtali, {you} {and your descendants}” -49:21 je8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַיָּלָ֣ה 1 “{will be} {swift} {like} a doe/deer” or “{will be warriors who are} {swift} {like} a deer”. This metaphor pictures a deer that swiftly runs away after being released from captivity. -49:21 aqep שְׁלֻחָ֑ה 1 “that is set free.” or “that has been released {to run freely}.” or “that is free to run/go wherever it wants.” -49:21 z2pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הַ⁠נֹּתֵ֖ן אִמְרֵי שָֽׁפֶר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/They/You will {also} speak eloquently.” or “They/You will {also} be gifted/excellent speakers/negotiators.” or (2) “and that bears/has beautiful/healthy fawns.” or “He/They/You will have beautiful children.” If you made Naphtali’s descendants explicit at the beginning of this verse, make sure you use a plural pronoun (“they” or “you”) here. -49:22 vpxp יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “{As for} Joseph, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Joseph, {you} {and your descendants}” -49:22 x6q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בֵּ֤ן פֹּרָת֙ & בֵּ֥ן פֹּרָ֖ת 1 “{will be} {like} the branch of a fruitful {vine/tree}, {yes,} {like} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}” or “{will be} very successful/prosperous and flourish {like} a fruitful/productive branch {of a vine/tree}” or “{will be/become} very fruitful/numerous {like} {the fruit on} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}”. The same phrase is repeated here to emphasize how prosperous and productive Joseph (and his descendants) will be. Instead of saying the same phrase twice, many translations combine the two phrases and form one clause that communicates the emphasis in a different way. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. -49:22 g42v עֲלֵי עָ֑יִן 1 “{that is growing/planted} next to a spring/stream {of water},” -49:22 x6dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בָּנ֕וֹת צָעֲדָ֖ה 1 “{with} branches extending/hanging” or “{with} branches {full of fruit} that extend/hang”. This phrase probably continues the metaphor of the fruitful vine that symbolizes how prosperous and numerous Joseph and his descendants will be. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. -49:22 x7gu עֲלֵי שֽׁוּר 1 “over a/the {surrounding} wall.” or “over a {nearby} wall.” -49:23 dn95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְמָרֲרֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “Expert/Skillful bowmen/archers will {fiercely} attack them/you {and their/your descendants}” or “Enemy warriors/soldiers will …” or “His/Their/Your enemies will …” Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Joseph (and his descendants) throughout verses 22-26. -49:23 pxtz וָ⁠רֹ֑בּוּ 1 “and shoot {arrows} {at them/you}” +49:17 xrz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהִי & נָחָ֣שׁ עֲלֵי דֶ֔רֶךְ שְׁפִיפֹ֖ן עֲלֵי אֹ֑רַח 1 “will be clever/cunning like a poisonous snake lying beside a road” +49:17 zk4a הַ⁠נֹּשֵׁךְ֙ עִקְּבֵי ס֔וּס 1 “that strikes the feet of its enemy’s horse,” +49:17 b9kg וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ אָחֽוֹר 1 “so that it rears up and the rider/enemy falls off backward to the ground.” or “… is thrown off the horse and defeated.” +49:18 f699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָתְ⁠ךָ֖ קִוִּ֥יתִי יְהוָֽה 1 “Then Jacob paused and exclaimed to God, “Yahweh, I am looking expectantly to you to save me!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is talking to God in verse 18, not Dan any more. +49:19 h8g7 גָּ֖ד 1 “Then Jacob/he continued, “As for you, Gad,” +49:19 mepm גְּד֣וּד יְגוּדֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “a group of robbers will attack him/you and his/your descendants,” or “you and your descendants will be attacked by raiders/enemies,” +49:19 ovqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֖וּא יָגֻ֥ד עָקֵֽב 1 “but they/you will chase/hunt them down and defeat them.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this sentence. +49:20 aksc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ר שְׁמֵנָ֣ה לַחְמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Asher and his descendants will produce rich/fine food,” or “Asher, you and your descendants will be wealthy and produce/eat the best/finest food.” Here the word “bread” refers to food in general and “fat” refers to the best kinds of food. +49:20 a3y6 וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִתֵּ֖ן מַֽעֲדַנֵּי מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “He/They/You will even supply/produce food that is rich/fancy enough for a king.” or “In fact, he/they/you will supply/produce delicious/fine foods that are fit for kings to eat.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, the word “delicacies” refers to special, delicious foods that only rich people can afford to eat. +49:21 fnt8 נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 “As for Naphtali, he and his descendants” or “Naphtali, you and your descendants” +49:21 je8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַיָּלָ֣ה 1 “will be swift like a doe/deer” or “will be warriors who are swift like a deer”. This metaphor pictures a deer that swiftly runs away after being released from captivity. +49:21 aqep שְׁלֻחָ֑ה 1 “that is set free.” or “that has been released to run freely.” or “that is free to run/go wherever it wants.” +49:21 z2pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הַ⁠נֹּתֵ֖ן אִמְרֵי שָֽׁפֶר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/They/You will also speak eloquently.” or “They/You will also be gifted/excellent speakers/negotiators.” or (2) “and that bears/has beautiful/healthy fawns.” or “He/They/You will have beautiful children.” If you made Naphtali’s descendants explicit at the beginning of this verse, make sure you use a plural pronoun (“they” or “you”) here. +49:22 vpxp יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “As for Joseph, he and his descendants” or “Joseph, you and your descendants” +49:22 x6q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בֵּ֤ן פֹּרָת֙ & בֵּ֥ן פֹּרָ֖ת 1 “will be like the branch of a fruitful vine/tree, yes, like a fruitful/productive vine/tree” or “will be very successful/prosperous and flourish like a fruitful/productive branch of a vine/tree” or “will be/become very fruitful/numerous like the fruit on a fruitful/productive vine/tree”. The same phrase is repeated here to emphasize how prosperous and productive Joseph (and his descendants) will be. Instead of saying the same phrase twice, many translations combine the two phrases and form one clause that communicates the emphasis in a different way. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. +49:22 g42v עֲלֵי עָ֑יִן 1 “that is growing/planted next to a spring/stream of water,” +49:22 x6dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בָּנ֕וֹת צָעֲדָ֖ה 1 “with branches extending/hanging” or “with branches full of fruit that extend/hang”. This phrase probably continues the metaphor of the fruitful vine that symbolizes how prosperous and numerous Joseph and his descendants will be. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. +49:22 x7gu עֲלֵי שֽׁוּר 1 “over a/the surrounding wall.” or “over a nearby wall.” +49:23 dn95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְמָרֲרֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “Expert/Skillful bowmen/archers will fiercely attack them/you and their/your descendants” or “Enemy warriors/soldiers will …” or “His/Their/Your enemies will …” Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Joseph (and his descendants) throughout verses 22-26. +49:23 pxtz וָ⁠רֹ֑בּוּ 1 “and shoot arrows at them/you” 49:23 i8j6 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂטְמֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “and treat them/you hatefully.” or “and try to destroy them/you.” -49:24 x6y3 וַ⁠תֵּ֤שֶׁב בְּ⁠אֵיתָן֙ קַשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But {as they/you fight back,} they/you will hold/keep their/your bows/weapons steady” or “… they/you will use their/your bows/weapons well/effectively”. Make sure that the way you translate “his” in this verse fits with whether you use second or third person (singular or plural) to refer to Joseph (and his descendants) in verses 22-26. +49:24 x6y3 וַ⁠תֵּ֤שֶׁב בְּ⁠אֵיתָן֙ קַשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But as they/you fight back, they/you will hold/keep their/your bows/weapons steady” or “… they/you will use their/your bows/weapons well/effectively”. Make sure that the way you translate “his” in this verse fits with whether you use second or third person (singular or plural) to refer to Joseph (and his descendants) in verses 22-26. 49:24 lyay וַ⁠יָּפֹ֖זּוּ זְרֹעֵ֣י יָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and their/your strong/powerful arms will remain/stay agile/nimble” 49:24 uyx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠ידֵי֙ אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “because of the power/strength”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. -49:24 ecz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “of the Mighty/Powerful {One/God} whom I worship/serve,” or “that the Mighty/Powerful {God} of Jacob gives them/you,” For some languages, it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “But the Mighty/Powerful {God} whom I worship/serve will keep you strong and help you use your bows/weapons well/effectively {as you fight back}.” Do what is best in your language. -49:24 tb3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם רֹעֶ֖ה 1 “{that’s right,} by the name/power of the/our Shepherd.” or “He takes care of {his people} the way that a shepherd takes care of his sheep.” A shepherd takes care of his sheep and provides for all of their needs. In the same way God takes care of his people and provides for all of their needs. See Psalm 23 which also talks about God as our Shepherd. You could put some of that information in a footnote. -49:24 bwhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶ֥בֶן יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “{He is} Israel’s/my Rock/Fortress.” or “{He is} {like} a rock {fortress} who protects Israel {and his descendants}.” In verses 24 and 25, several different titles are used to refer to Yahweh, the only true God. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like there is more than one God. Also make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob is referring to himself in this verse as Jacob and Israel. -49:25 auy4 מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל 1 “{That strength/power is/comes} from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:25 hwrl מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל אָבִ֜י⁠ךָ וְ⁠יַעְזְרֶ֗⁠ךָּ 1 “your father’s God, who will help you {and your descendants}.” or “the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He will {also} help you {and your descendants}.” -49:25 tq2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֵ֤ת שַׁדַּי֙ וִ⁠יבָ֣רְכֶ֔⁠ךָּ 1 “He is the all-powerful {God}, who will bless you {all}”. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in the first half of this verse and say, “{That strength/power comes} from the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He is the all-powerful {God} who will help you {and your descendants} and bless you {all}”. Do what is best in your language. Also, compare how you translated “God Almighty” in Gen 48:3. -49:25 u2xi בִּרְכֹ֤ת שָׁמַ֨יִם֙ מֵ⁠עָ֔ל 1 “{with} rain from above” or “{He will} bless/provide {you} with rain from the heavens/sky”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:25 a4di בִּרְכֹ֥ת תְּה֖וֹם רֹבֶ֣צֶת תָּ֑חַת 1 “and water from deep in the ground.” or “and bless/provide {you} with water from under the ground.” This phrase refers to water that comes from under the ground and supplies springs, wells, and rivers. -49:25 fxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּרְכֹ֥ת שָׁדַ֖יִם וָ⁠רָֽחַם 1 “He will {also} bless {you} with many children {and much livestock}.” or “May your women/wives bear/have many children {and your animals bear/have many offspring/young}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this metonymy in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -49:26 lpt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants בִּרְכֹ֣ת אָבִ֗י⁠ךָ גָּֽבְרוּ֙ עַל בִּרְכֹ֣ת הוֹרַ֔⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{God} has blessed {me} your father more than he blessed my ancestors,” or (2) “The blessings your father is blessing {you} {with} are greater than the blessings my ancestors blessed me with,” or (3) “The blessings of your father have surpassed the blessings/riches of the ancient mountains,” The third interpretation is based on the Greek Septuagint, which interprets the Hebrew word for “ancestors” as “mountains” (which has a similar spelling in Hebrew). -49:26 n6h1 עַֽד תַּאֲוַ֖ת 1 The meaning of the Hebrew text is uncertain here. It could mean: (1) “{He has blessed me with bounties/riches that are} greater than the bounties/riches {that come} from” or (2) “{My blessings are} {so great that they extend} to the utmost/farthest boundaries/limits of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:24 ecz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “of the Mighty/Powerful One/God whom I worship/serve,” or “that the Mighty/Powerful God of Jacob gives them/you,” For some languages, it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “But the Mighty/Powerful God whom I worship/serve will keep you strong and help you use your bows/weapons well/effectively as you fight back.” Do what is best in your language. +49:24 tb3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם רֹעֶ֖ה 1 “that’s right, by the name/power of the/our Shepherd.” or “He takes care of his people the way that a shepherd takes care of his sheep.” A shepherd takes care of his sheep and provides for all of their needs. In the same way God takes care of his people and provides for all of their needs. See Psalm 23 which also talks about God as our Shepherd. You could put some of that information in a footnote. +49:24 bwhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶ֥בֶן יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “He is Israel’s/my Rock/Fortress.” or “He is like a rock fortress who protects Israel and his descendants.” In verses 24 and 25, several different titles are used to refer to Yahweh, the only true God. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like there is more than one God. Also make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob is referring to himself in this verse as Jacob and Israel. +49:25 auy4 מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל 1 “That strength/power is/comes from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:25 hwrl מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל אָבִ֜י⁠ךָ וְ⁠יַעְזְרֶ֗⁠ךָּ 1 “your father’s God, who will help you and your descendants.” or “the God who has always taken care of me, your father. He will also help you and your descendants.” +49:25 tq2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֵ֤ת שַׁדַּי֙ וִ⁠יבָ֣רְכֶ֔⁠ךָּ 1 “He is the all-powerful God, who will bless you all”. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in the first half of this verse and say, “That strength/power comes from the God who has always taken care of me, your father. He is the all-powerful God who will help you and your descendants and bless you all”. Do what is best in your language. Also, compare how you translated “God Almighty” in Gen 48:3. +49:25 u2xi בִּרְכֹ֤ת שָׁמַ֨יִם֙ מֵ⁠עָ֔ל 1 “with rain from above” or “He will bless/provide you with rain from the heavens/sky”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:25 a4di בִּרְכֹ֥ת תְּה֖וֹם רֹבֶ֣צֶת תָּ֑חַת 1 “and water from deep in the ground.” or “and bless/provide you with water from under the ground.” This phrase refers to water that comes from under the ground and supplies springs, wells, and rivers. +49:25 fxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּרְכֹ֥ת שָׁדַ֖יִם וָ⁠רָֽחַם 1 “He will also bless you with many children and much livestock.” or “May your women/wives bear/have many children and your animals bear/have many offspring/young.” Consider what is the best way to translate this metonymy in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +49:26 lpt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants בִּרְכֹ֣ת אָבִ֗י⁠ךָ גָּֽבְרוּ֙ עַל בִּרְכֹ֣ת הוֹרַ֔⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “God has blessed me your father more than he blessed my ancestors,” or (2) “The blessings your father is blessing you with are greater than the blessings my ancestors blessed me with,” or (3) “The blessings of your father have surpassed the blessings/riches of the ancient mountains,” The third interpretation is based on the Greek Septuagint, which interprets the Hebrew word for “ancestors” as “mountains” (which has a similar spelling in Hebrew). +49:26 n6h1 עַֽד תַּאֲוַ֖ת 1 The meaning of the Hebrew text is uncertain here. It could mean: (1) “He has blessed me with bounties/riches that are greater than the bounties/riches that come from” or (2) “My blessings are so great that they extend to the utmost/farthest boundaries/limits of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 49:26 fzcy גִּבְעֹ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “the everlasting/ancient mountains.” -49:26 pz62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תִּֽהְיֶ֨ין֙ לְ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “May {God} {also} give those/abundant blessings to {you} Joseph, {as}” or “I pray that {God} will abundantly bless {you too,} Joseph, {since you are}”. The words “head” and “top of the head” refer to Joseph and are connected with the custom of laying hands on the head of the person being blessed. -49:26 ckgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נְזִ֥יר 1 “the one who has been set apart {by God} {as ruler/leader}” or “the one who is distinguished/honored {by God}” or “the one whom he/God chose to set apart {and honor}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive phrase in your language. +49:26 pz62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תִּֽהְיֶ֨ין֙ לְ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “May God also give those/abundant blessings to you Joseph, as” or “I pray that God will abundantly bless you too, Joseph, since you are”. The words “head” and “top of the head” refer to Joseph and are connected with the custom of laying hands on the head of the person being blessed. +49:26 ckgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נְזִ֥יר 1 “the one who has been set apart by God as ruler/leader” or “the one who is distinguished/honored by God” or “the one whom he/God chose to set apart and honor”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive phrase in your language. 49:26 ujeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “above/over his/your brothers.” Make sure your choice of “his” or “your” here fits with how you translated the beginning of this sentence. -49:27 ox1g בִּנְיָמִין֙ 1 “{As for} Benjamin, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Benjamin, {you} {and your descendants}”. Consider again whether you make “and … descendants” explicit for each of Jacob’s sons in this chapter or whether you leave it implied and possibly put that information in a footnote. See verses 1, 7-8, 11, 13-14, 16, 19-23, 27. -49:27 hwab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor זְאֵ֣ב יִטְרָ֔ף 1 “{is/are} {like} a fierce wolf.” or “{will be} {fierce warriors} {like} ravenous/hungry wolves.” Wolves are a type of large, fierce, wild dog that lives and hunts together in groups. If wolves are unknown in your language area, you could say “wild dog” or “a pack of wild dogs.” Consider again how you translated the metaphors and similes that Jacob uses in verses 4, 9-11, 14, 17, 21-22, 24, 27. -49:27 tyqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר יֹ֣אכַל עַ֑ד וְ⁠לָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב יְחַלֵּ֥ק שָׁלָֽל 1 “They/You defeat their/your enemies in the morning and share the plunder/spoils of battle {with their/your family/warriors} in the evening.” or “You will always defeat your enemies and take their possessions and wealth.” Consider again whether to use second person or third person (singular or plural) in verses 3-27, and make sure your translation of the pronouns is clear and natural. To do that, it is helpful to read your translation of this section aloud. -49:28 zkfe כָּל אֵ֛לֶּה שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 “Those {twelve sons} {are} {the forefathers/ancestors of} the twelve tribes that descended/came from Israel,” This clause refers back to Jacob’s sons who are mentioned in verses 1-27. -49:28 der9 וְ֠⁠זֹאת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ 1 “and those {were} the words/blessings that their father spoke to them.” +49:27 ox1g בִּנְיָמִין֙ 1 “As for Benjamin, he and his descendants” or “Benjamin, you and your descendants”. Consider again whether you make “and … descendants” explicit for each of Jacob’s sons in this chapter or whether you leave it implied and possibly put that information in a footnote. See verses 1, 7-8, 11, 13-14, 16, 19-23, 27. +49:27 hwab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor זְאֵ֣ב יִטְרָ֔ף 1 “is/are like a fierce wolf.” or “will be fierce warriors like ravenous/hungry wolves.” Wolves are a type of large, fierce, wild dog that lives and hunts together in groups. If wolves are unknown in your language area, you could say “wild dog” or “a pack of wild dogs.” Consider again how you translated the metaphors and similes that Jacob uses in verses 4, 9-11, 14, 17, 21-22, 24, 27. +49:27 tyqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר יֹ֣אכַל עַ֑ד וְ⁠לָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב יְחַלֵּ֥ק שָׁלָֽל 1 “They/You defeat their/your enemies in the morning and share the plunder/spoils of battle with their/your family/warriors in the evening.” or “You will always defeat your enemies and take their possessions and wealth.” Consider again whether to use second person or third person (singular or plural) in verses 3-27, and make sure your translation of the pronouns is clear and natural. To do that, it is helpful to read your translation of this section aloud. +49:28 zkfe כָּל אֵ֛לֶּה שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 “Those twelve sons are the forefathers/ancestors of the twelve tribes that descended/came from Israel,” This clause refers back to Jacob’s sons who are mentioned in verses 1-27. +49:28 der9 וְ֠⁠זֹאת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ 1 “and those were the words/blessings that their father spoke to them.” 49:28 hn97 וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ 1 “when he blessed” or “He blessed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 49:28 l9sl אוֹתָ֔⁠ם אִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “each one of them” or “each of them” or “each one/son” -49:28 lbiq כְּ⁠בִרְכָת֖⁠וֹ בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “with blessings that were right/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.” or “in a way that was fitting/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.” +49:28 lbiq כְּ⁠בִרְכָת֖⁠וֹ בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “with blessings that were right/appropriate for them and their descendants.” or “in a way that was fitting/appropriate for them and their descendants.” 49:29 f0uw וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אוֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 “After that, he/Jacob instructed his sons” 49:29 xadv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “by saying to them,” Make sure that your translation of “commanded … and said …” refers to a single action, not two different actions. -49:29 a79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲנִי֙ נֶאֱסָ֣ף אֶל 1 “I will soon {die and} be gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} will soon take my spirit to be with” or “I am about to {die and} join”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. -49:29 xzx1 עַמִּ֔⁠י 1 “my ancestors/relatives {who have already died}.” or “my ancestors/relatives {who have gone/died before me}.” or “my {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” -49:29 w22x קִבְר֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י 1 “{Please} bury my body” or “{When that happens,} {please} bury me”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean or imply that Jacob was asking to be buried while he was still physically alive. -49:29 qb7q אֶל אֲבֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “with/beside {the bodies of} my forefathers/ancestors” or “next to their {bodies}” or “next to them” -49:29 u8z6 אֶל הַ֨⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֖ה עֶפְר֥וֹן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “inside the cave that {is located} in the field that Ephron the Hittite used to own.” or “… the field that used to belong to Ephron the Hittite.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Ephron still owned that property.” -49:30 ypaj בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֞ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “That cave and field are in the Machpelah {area}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “Machpelah” in Gen 23:9. -49:30 opic אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל פְּנֵי מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “that is near {the city of} Mamre” or “that is east of {the city of} Mamre” +49:29 a79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲנִי֙ נֶאֱסָ֣ף אֶל 1 “I will soon die and be gathered/taken by God to be with” or “God will soon take my spirit to be with” or “I am about to die and join”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +49:29 xzx1 עַמִּ֔⁠י 1 “my ancestors/relatives who have already died.” or “my ancestors/relatives who have gone/died before me.” or “my deceased ancestors/relatives.” +49:29 w22x קִבְר֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י 1 “Please bury my body” or “When that happens, please bury me”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean or imply that Jacob was asking to be buried while he was still physically alive. +49:29 qb7q אֶל אֲבֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “with/beside the bodies of my forefathers/ancestors” or “next to their bodies” or “next to them” +49:29 u8z6 אֶל הַ֨⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֖ה עֶפְר֥וֹן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “inside the cave that is located in the field that Ephron the Hittite used to own.” or “… the field that used to belong to Ephron the Hittite.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Ephron still owned that property.” +49:30 ypaj בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֞ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “That cave and field are in the Machpelah area”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “Machpelah” in Gen 23:9. +49:30 opic אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל פְּנֵי מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “that is near the city of Mamre” or “that is east of the city of Mamre” 49:30 s53x בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.” -49:30 sjun אֲשֶׁר֩ קָנָ֨ה אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “{That is the cave} that {my grandfather} Abraham bought, along with the field, from Ephron the Hittite,” -49:30 e2wi לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “to possess/use for a {family} burial place/site.” or “in order to possess/have a place to bury {his dead relatives}.” -49:31 t64r שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה קָֽבְר֞וּ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֗ם וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “That is where {the bodies of} Abraham and his wife Sarah are buried,” The pronoun “they” is general in this verse and does not specify who buried these people. Many languages have a similar general word. Other languages make this a passive clause without specifying the subject. Do what is best in your language. -49:31 y1hf שָׁ֚מָּ⁠ה קָבְר֣וּ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק וְ⁠אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{and} where {the bodies of} Isaac and his wife Rebekah are buried,” +49:30 sjun אֲשֶׁר֩ קָנָ֨ה אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “That is the cave that my grandfather Abraham bought, along with the field, from Ephron the Hittite,” +49:30 e2wi לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “to possess/use for a family burial place/site.” or “in order to possess/have a place to bury his dead relatives.” +49:31 t64r שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה קָֽבְר֞וּ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֗ם וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “That is where the bodies of Abraham and his wife Sarah are buried,” The pronoun “they” is general in this verse and does not specify who buried these people. Many languages have a similar general word. Other languages make this a passive clause without specifying the subject. Do what is best in your language. +49:31 y1hf שָׁ֚מָּ⁠ה קָבְר֣וּ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק וְ⁠אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and where the bodies of Isaac and his wife Rebekah are buried,” 49:31 un30 וְ⁠שָׁ֥מָּ⁠ה 1 “and that is where” or “That is also where” -49:31 lvhs קָבַ֖רְתִּי אֶת לֵאָֽה 1 “I buried {the body of} {my wife} Leah.” -49:32 o710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִקְנֵ֧ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That field and cave were bought {by Abraham}” or “{Abraham} bought that field and cave”. In verse 32, Jacob repeats some of what he said in verses 29-30. Make sure your translation does not sound like it was the first time he said this. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. +49:31 lvhs קָבַ֖רְתִּי אֶת לֵאָֽה 1 “I buried the body of my wife Leah.” +49:32 o710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִקְנֵ֧ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That field and cave were bought by Abraham” or “Abraham bought that field and cave”. In verse 32, Jacob repeats some of what he said in verses 29-30. Make sure your translation does not sound like it was the first time he said this. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 49:32 e6fb מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת 1 “from the descendants of Heth.” or “from the Hittites.” or “from the Hittite people.” Compare how you translated “Hittite” in verse 29, which refers to the same people group as here. 49:33 luzp וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠צַוֺּ֣ת אֶת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “When Jacob had finished giving those instructions to his sons,” -49:33 vgbm וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף רַגְלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠מִּטָּ֑ה 1 “he {lay down and} pulled/lifted his feet {up} into {his} bed.” This clause means that Jacob lay back down after being in a sitting position on the side of his bed (Gen 48:2). -49:33 jo0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֖ע 1 “and breathed out {his last/final breath}” or “Then he took his last/final breath {and died}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated the idiom “exhaled” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:17; 7:21; 25:8, 17; 35:29; 49:33. -49:33 e6b7 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֥סֶף אֶל עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “and was gathered/taken {by God} to be with his {deceased} relatives/ancestors.” or “and joined his ancestors {who had died before him}.” Consider again how you translated this phrase in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:8 (and note), 17; 35:29; 49:29, 33. -50:1 i1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל 1 “Then Joseph threw/flung himself on his father’s face/body,” or “Then/Immediately Joseph embraced/hugged his father {in sorrow/grief},” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that Joseph fell down accidently. Rather he intentionally threw himself on his father to embrace him and express his love and grief for him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 46:29. -50:1 zcjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and he cried over him” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier and say, “Then Joseph cried {in his sorrow/grief}, and he hugged his father {tightly} and kissed him.” Do what is best in your language. -50:1 hggr וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {goodbye} {on the cheek/forehead}.” Consider again how you translated “kissed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 27:26-27; 29:11, 13; 31:28, 55; 33:4; 45:15; 48:10; 50:1. +49:33 vgbm וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף רַגְלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠מִּטָּ֑ה 1 “he lay down and pulled/lifted his feet up into his bed.” This clause means that Jacob lay back down after being in a sitting position on the side of his bed (Gen 48:2). +49:33 jo0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֖ע 1 “and breathed out his last/final breath” or “Then he took his last/final breath and died”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated the idiom “exhaled” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:17; 7:21; 25:8, 17; 35:29; 49:33. +49:33 e6b7 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֥סֶף אֶל עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “and was gathered/taken by God to be with his deceased relatives/ancestors.” or “and joined his ancestors who had died before him.” Consider again how you translated this phrase in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:8 (and note), 17; 35:29; 49:29, 33. +50:1 i1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל 1 “Then Joseph threw/flung himself on his father’s face/body,” or “Then/Immediately Joseph embraced/hugged his father in sorrow/grief,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that Joseph fell down accidently. Rather he intentionally threw himself on his father to embrace him and express his love and grief for him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 46:29. +50:1 zcjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and he cried over him” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier and say, “Then Joseph cried in his sorrow/grief, and he hugged his father tightly and kissed him.” Do what is best in your language. +50:1 hggr וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him goodbye on the cheek/forehead.” Consider again how you translated “kissed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 27:26-27; 29:11, 13; 31:28, 55; 33:4; 45:15; 48:10; 50:1. 50:2 qka7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֨ו יוֹסֵ֤ף 1 “Then Joseph/he ordered/told” -50:2 b68j אֶת עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶת הָ⁠רֹ֣פְאִ֔ים 1 “his servants {who were} physicians/doctors/morticians” or “his physicians/doctors who served him” -50:2 kjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַ⁠חֲנֹ֖ט אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to prepare/preserve his father{’s body} for burial.” The word “embalm” refers here to the special process that the Egyptians did to slow down the decaying process of a dead body in order to preserve it for burial. -50:2 u25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֥וּ הָ⁠רֹפְאִ֖ים 1 “So his doctors/morticians embalmed/preserved/prepared {his father} Israel{’s body} for burial,” or “So they did that,” +50:2 b68j אֶת עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶת הָ⁠רֹ֣פְאִ֔ים 1 “his servants who were physicians/doctors/morticians” or “his physicians/doctors who served him” +50:2 kjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַ⁠חֲנֹ֖ט אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to prepare/preserve his father’s body for burial.” The word “embalm” refers here to the special process that the Egyptians did to slow down the decaying process of a dead body in order to preserve it for burial. +50:2 u25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֥וּ הָ⁠רֹפְאִ֖ים 1 “So his doctors/morticians embalmed/preserved/prepared his father Israel’s body for burial,” or “So they did that,” 50:3 e0xm וַ⁠יִּמְלְאוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 “which took them forty days,” or “The process/work required/took forty days,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -50:3 uuny כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י הַ⁠חֲנֻטִ֑ים 1 “because that is the {usual/normal} amount of days/time {required/needed} to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” or “which is how long it {normally/usually} takes to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” -50:3 pmly וַ⁠יִּבְכּ֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ מִצְרַ֖יִם שִׁבְעִ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 “The people in Egypt wept/mourned for him/Israel {for} seventy days.” or “For seventy days the people in/of Egypt mourned for him/Israel.” The seventy days of mourning included the forty days of embalming, so do not begin your translation of this sentence with a word like “Then”. -50:4 rgwc וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֙ יְמֵ֣י בְכִית֔⁠וֹ 1 “When those {seventy} days of mourning for him/Israel were over/finished,” or “After that time of mourning his/Israel’s death,” +50:3 uuny כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י הַ⁠חֲנֻטִ֑ים 1 “because that is the usual/normal amount of days/time required/needed to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” or “which is how long it normally/usually takes to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” +50:3 pmly וַ⁠יִּבְכּ֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ מִצְרַ֖יִם שִׁבְעִ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 “The people in Egypt wept/mourned for him/Israel for seventy days.” or “For seventy days the people in/of Egypt mourned for him/Israel.” The seventy days of mourning included the forty days of embalming, so do not begin your translation of this sentence with a word like “Then”. +50:4 rgwc וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֙ יְמֵ֣י בְכִית֔⁠וֹ 1 “When those seventy days of mourning for him/Israel were over/finished,” or “After that time of mourning his/Israel’s death,” 50:4 ujhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶל בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Joseph spoke to the people/officials in Pharaoh’s household/court and said,” or “Joseph said to Pharaoh’s officials,” The phrase “the house of Pharaoh” refers to members of the royal court. 50:4 njhj אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Please do this favor/kindness for me:” or “Please show me kindness and do this:” -50:4 n5za דַּבְּרוּ נָ֕א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “please speak to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and say {to him},” or “please take a message to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and tell {him},” -50:5 zmtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָבִ֞⁠י הִשְׁבִּיעַ֣⁠נִי לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִנֵּ֣ה אָנֹכִי֮ מֵת֒ בְּ⁠קִבְרִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֨ר כָּרִ֤יתִי לִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה תִּקְבְּרֵ֑⁠נִי 1 “ ‘{Just before he died,} my father had me make a vow/oath to him. He said, “Look/Listen, I am about to die. {Swear/Promise to me} {with an oath} {that} you will bury my body in the tomb that I dug/made for myself in the region of Canaan.” ” For some languages it may be better to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote and say, “that when my father was about to die, he had me swear/vow/promise to him that I would bury his body in the region of Canaan, in a grave/tomb that he had prepared for himself there.” Do what is best in your language. -50:5 g5n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה אֶֽעֱלֶה נָּ֛א וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י 1 “{Joseph continued,} “So now, please allow/permit me to go and bury my father {there},” or “So {ask the king to} please let me go {to Canaan} and bury my father{’s body} {there}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in Gen 45:9. -50:5 rjtq וְ⁠אָשֽׁוּבָה 1 “After that, I will come back {here}.” or “After I/we have done that, I will return {to Egypt}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -50:6 ysg3 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “{When Pharaoh heard Joseph’s message,} he replied,” or “Pharaoh {sent back} this reply {to him/Joseph}:” -50:6 x99p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲלֵ֛ה וּ⁠קְבֹ֥ר אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבִּיעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{You may} go {to Canaan} to bury your father{’s body}, just as he made you swear/vow/promise {to do}.” or “{Tell Joseph that} he may go {to Canaan} and bury his father{’s body} just as his father made him swear/vow/promise {that he would do}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this sentence as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in verse 5. -50:7 xq3o וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “So Joseph started traveling {to/toward Canaan}” or “So Joseph started the trip/journey {to Canaan}” or “So Joseph left {Egypt/Goshen}”. Joseph did not arrive in Canaan until later (verse 10). -50:7 x7j2 לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury his father{’s body},” -50:7 yx8e וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֨וּ אִתּ֜⁠וֹ כָּל עַבְדֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “All the officials of Pharaoh went with him {to escort him},” or “and all Pharaoh’s officials escorted him,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:15 (and note), 16-18, 20; 37:36; 39:1; 40:2, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19; 41:1, 4, 7-10, 14-17, 25, 28, 32-35, 37-39, 41-46, 55; 42:15-16; 44:18; 45:2, 8, 16-17, 21; 46:5, 31, 33-34; 47:1-5, 7-11, 14, 19-26; 50:4, 6-7. Also consider again how you translated “servants” and “officials” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:8; 40:2, 4, 7, 20; 41:10, 37-38; 45:16; 50:7. -50:7 d3od זִקְנֵ֣י בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 “{including} the senior/important men/leaders in/from his/Pharaoh’s household/court”. The “elders” were probably older men who had served Pharaoh for a long time and held important positions in his court. -50:7 gxer וְ⁠כֹ֖ל זִקְנֵ֥י אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “and all the {other} senior/important men/leaders in/from the country of Egypt.” -50:8 lbw9 וְ⁠כֹל֙ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “All of Joseph’s family also {went with him,}” The word “house” refers here to Joseph’s whole extended family, not just to the people in his own household. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +50:4 n5za דַּבְּרוּ נָ֕א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “please speak to King Pharaoh for me and say to him,” or “please take a message to King Pharaoh for me and tell him,” +50:5 zmtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָבִ֞⁠י הִשְׁבִּיעַ֣⁠נִי לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִנֵּ֣ה אָנֹכִי֮ מֵת֒ בְּ⁠קִבְרִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֨ר כָּרִ֤יתִי לִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה תִּקְבְּרֵ֑⁠נִי 1 “ ‘Just before he died, my father had me make a vow/oath to him. He said, “Look/Listen, I am about to die. Swear/Promise to me with an oath that you will bury my body in the tomb that I dug/made for myself in the region of Canaan.” ” For some languages it may be better to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote and say, “that when my father was about to die, he had me swear/vow/promise to him that I would bury his body in the region of Canaan, in a grave/tomb that he had prepared for himself there.” Do what is best in your language. +50:5 g5n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה אֶֽעֱלֶה נָּ֛א וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י 1 “Joseph continued, “So now, please allow/permit me to go and bury my father there,” or “So ask the king to please let me go to Canaan and bury my father’s body there.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in Gen 45:9. +50:5 rjtq וְ⁠אָשֽׁוּבָה 1 “After that, I will come back here.” or “After I/we have done that, I will return to Egypt.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +50:6 ysg3 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “When Pharaoh heard Joseph’s message, he replied,” or “Pharaoh sent back this reply to him/Joseph:” +50:6 x99p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲלֵ֛ה וּ⁠קְבֹ֥ר אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבִּיעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “You may go to Canaan to bury your father’s body, just as he made you swear/vow/promise to do.” or “Tell Joseph that he may go to Canaan and bury his father’s body just as his father made him swear/vow/promise that he would do.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this sentence as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in verse 5. +50:7 xq3o וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “So Joseph started traveling to/toward Canaan” or “So Joseph started the trip/journey to Canaan” or “So Joseph left Egypt/Goshen”. Joseph did not arrive in Canaan until later (verse 10). +50:7 x7j2 לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury his father’s body,” +50:7 yx8e וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֨וּ אִתּ֜⁠וֹ כָּל עַבְדֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “All the officials of Pharaoh went with him to escort him,” or “and all Pharaoh’s officials escorted him,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:15 (and note), 16-18, 20; 37:36; 39:1; 40:2, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19; 41:1, 4, 7-10, 14-17, 25, 28, 32-35, 37-39, 41-46, 55; 42:15-16; 44:18; 45:2, 8, 16-17, 21; 46:5, 31, 33-34; 47:1-5, 7-11, 14, 19-26; 50:4, 6-7. Also consider again how you translated “servants” and “officials” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:8; 40:2, 4, 7, 20; 41:10, 37-38; 45:16; 50:7. +50:7 d3od זִקְנֵ֣י בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 “including the senior/important men/leaders in/from his/Pharaoh’s household/court”. The “elders” were probably older men who had served Pharaoh for a long time and held important positions in his court. +50:7 gxer וְ⁠כֹ֖ל זִקְנֵ֥י אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “and all the other senior/important men/leaders in/from the country of Egypt.” +50:8 lbw9 וְ⁠כֹל֙ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “All of Joseph’s family also went with him,” The word “house” refers here to Joseph’s whole extended family, not just to the people in his own household. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. 50:8 ickv וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “including his brothers” -50:8 abh0 וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and {the rest of} his father’s family.” +50:8 abh0 וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and the rest of his father’s family.” 50:8 o1en רַ֗ק טַפָּ⁠ם֙ 1 “Only their children” -50:8 orn9 וְ⁠צֹאנָ֣⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֔⁠ם 1 “and their sheep and cattle” or “and their livestock”. Consider again how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 13:5; 20:14; 21:27; 24:35; 26:14; 32:8; 33:13; 34:28; 45:10; 46:32; 47:1, 17; 50:8. Also see how you translated “herd” in Gen 18:7-8, and how you translated “flock” in Gen 4:2, 4; 21:28; 27:9; 29:2-3, 6-10; 30:31, 32, 36, 38-43; 31:4, 8, 10, 12, 19, 38, 41, 43; 32:6; 37:2, 12, 14; 38:12, 13, 17; 46:34; 47:1, 17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. -50:8 redu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָזְב֖וּ 1 “they left {behind}” or “were left {behind} {with servants/caretakers}”. The children and animals were probably left with servants who took care of them during the funeral. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “They left {behind} only their children and their livestock in Goshen Province.” Do what is best in your language. +50:8 orn9 וְ⁠צֹאנָ֣⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֔⁠ם 1 “and their sheep and cattle” or “and their livestock”. Consider again how you translated “flocks and herds” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 13:5; 20:14; 21:27; 24:35; 26:14; 32:8; 33:13; 34:28; 45:10; 46:32; 47:1, 17; 50:8. Also see how you translated “herd” in Gen 18:7-8, and how you translated “flock” in Gen 4:2, 4; 21:28; 27:9; 29:2-3, 6-10; 30:31, 32, 36, 38-43; 31:4, 8, 10, 12, 19, 38, 41, 43; 32:6; 37:2, 12, 14; 38:12, 13, 17; 46:34; 47:1, 17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. +50:8 redu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָזְב֖וּ 1 “they left behind” or “were left behind with servants/caretakers”. The children and animals were probably left with servants who took care of them during the funeral. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “They left behind only their children and their livestock in Goshen Province.” Do what is best in your language. 50:8 o9qv בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province.” Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Goshen” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 45:10; 46:28-29, 34; 47:1, 4, 6, 27; 50:8. -50:9 xhdh וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל עִמּ֔⁠וֹ גַּם רֶ֖כֶב גַּם פָּרָשִׁ֑ים 1 “There were men/soldiers riding chariots and men/soldiers riding horses who also went with him/Joseph,” or “{Many} soldiers also escorted him/Joseph, {including} those {who were} riding chariots and those {who were} riding horses,” Consider again how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43; 46:29; 50:9. -50:9 lflf וַ⁠יְהִ֥י הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה כָּבֵ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “so that the {entire} procession/group {of people} was very large.” or “so that there was a very large group {of people} {traveling together}.” -50:10 r2tv וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ עַד 1 “Then {when} they came to” or “When they arrived at” -50:10 nwg3 גֹּ֣רֶן הָאָטָ֗ד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Atad’s threshing floor/place,” or “a place owned by {a man named} Atad where people separated grain {from chaff},” or (2) “the threshing floor/place near {the city/town of} Atad,” or “Goren Ha-Atad,” or (3) “the {grain/wheat} threshing place that was surrounded by thornbushes,” The Hebrew word “atad” means “thorns,” but most Bible scholars think it refers here to the name of a person or city. -50:10 ipjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ 1 “which {was} located beyond/across the Jordan {River},” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “They traveled to the other side of the Jordan {River} and stopped at a {grain} threshing place owned by {a man named} Atad.” The location of Atad’s threshing floor is not certain. It was most likely on the west side of the Jordan River, since that is where the cave was located and that is where the Canaanites would have been most likely to observe Joseph’s family and the Egyptians mourning (verse 11). However, since its location is not certain, it is best to translate “beyond the Jordan” in a general way (like the Hebrew text is). +50:9 xhdh וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל עִמּ֔⁠וֹ גַּם רֶ֖כֶב גַּם פָּרָשִׁ֑ים 1 “There were men/soldiers riding chariots and men/soldiers riding horses who also went with him/Joseph,” or “Many soldiers also escorted him/Joseph, including those who were riding chariots and those who were riding horses,” Consider again how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43; 46:29; 50:9. +50:9 lflf וַ⁠יְהִ֥י הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה כָּבֵ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “so that the entire procession/group of people was very large.” or “so that there was a very large group of people traveling together.” +50:10 r2tv וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ עַד 1 “Then when they came to” or “When they arrived at” +50:10 nwg3 גֹּ֣רֶן הָאָטָ֗ד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Atad’s threshing floor/place,” or “a place owned by a man named Atad where people separated grain from chaff,” or (2) “the threshing floor/place near the city/town of Atad,” or “Goren Ha-Atad,” or (3) “the grain/wheat threshing place that was surrounded by thornbushes,” The Hebrew word “atad” means “thorns,” but most Bible scholars think it refers here to the name of a person or city. +50:10 ipjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ 1 “which was located beyond/across the Jordan River,” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “They traveled to the other side of the Jordan River and stopped at a grain threshing place owned by a man named Atad.” The location of Atad’s threshing floor is not certain. It was most likely on the west side of the Jordan River, since that is where the cave was located and that is where the Canaanites would have been most likely to observe Joseph’s family and the Egyptians mourning (verse 11). However, since its location is not certain, it is best to translate “beyond the Jordan” in a general way (like the Hebrew text is). 50:10 iieq וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ שָׁ֔ם 1 “they mourned/grieved there for Joseph’s father” or “they began to mourn/grieve” -50:10 waky מִסְפֵּ֛ד גָּד֥וֹל וְ⁠כָבֵ֖ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{with} a very loud and sorrowful lamentation/mourning.” or “very loudly and sorrowfully.” -50:10 mly9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ לְ⁠אָבִ֛י⁠ו אֵ֖בֶל שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים 1 “For seven days Joseph {and the others} mourned/grieved/lamented the death of his father.” or “and for seven days, he/Joseph led everyone in mourning/lamenting the death of his father.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to combine the last two sentences in this verse and say, “There Joseph {and the others} mourned for his father very loudly and sorrowfully for seven days.” Do what is best in your language. -50:11 zais וַ⁠יַּ֡רְא יוֹשֵׁב֩ הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֗בֶל בְּ⁠גֹ֨רֶן֙ הָֽאָטָ֔ד 1 “When the Canaanites who lived in the area saw them mourning {like that} at Atad’s threshing floor/place,” See how you translated “threshing floor of Atad” in verse 10. -50:11 dxf9 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “they exclaimed {to each other},” -50:11 l36r אֵֽבֶל כָּבֵ֥ד זֶ֖ה לְ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “{Wow!} Those people of/from Egypt are mourning {very} sorrowfully {for someone who died}!” Consider again how you translated “Egyptian” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:14; 16:1, 3; 21:9; 25:12; 39:1, 2, 5; 41:55-56; 43:32; 45:2; 46:34; 47:15, 20; 50:3, 11. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +50:10 waky מִסְפֵּ֛ד גָּד֥וֹל וְ⁠כָבֵ֖ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “with a very loud and sorrowful lamentation/mourning.” or “very loudly and sorrowfully.” +50:10 mly9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ לְ⁠אָבִ֛י⁠ו אֵ֖בֶל שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים 1 “For seven days Joseph and the others mourned/grieved/lamented the death of his father.” or “and for seven days, he/Joseph led everyone in mourning/lamenting the death of his father.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to combine the last two sentences in this verse and say, “There Joseph and the others mourned for his father very loudly and sorrowfully for seven days.” Do what is best in your language. +50:11 zais וַ⁠יַּ֡רְא יוֹשֵׁב֩ הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֗בֶל בְּ⁠גֹ֨רֶן֙ הָֽאָטָ֔ד 1 “When the Canaanites who lived in the area saw them mourning like that at Atad’s threshing floor/place,” See how you translated “threshing floor of Atad” in verse 10. +50:11 dxf9 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “they exclaimed to each other,” +50:11 l36r אֵֽבֶל כָּבֵ֥ד זֶ֖ה לְ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Wow! Those people of/from Egypt are mourning very sorrowfully for someone who died!” Consider again how you translated “Egyptian” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:14; 16:1, 3; 21:9; 25:12; 39:1, 2, 5; 41:55-56; 43:32; 45:2; 46:34; 47:15, 20; 50:3, 11. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. 50:11 e3y7 עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “That is the reason that” or “That is why” 50:11 g814 קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “people call that place” or “the name of that place is” or “that place is called/named”. Consider again how you translated “For that (reason) he/they called/call …” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:9; 16:14; 19:22; 21:31; 25:26, 30; 31:48; 33:17; 35:8; 38:29-30; 50:11. -50:11 df53 אָבֵ֣ל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians’ mourning place,”}” -50:11 b1sc אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר 1 “which {is located}” or “The/That place {is}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -50:11 i2vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 “on the other side of the Jordan {River}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “That is why the name of that place on the other side of the Jordan {River} is Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians’ mourning place.”}” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translate this phrase in verse 10. -50:12 elcm וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בָנָ֖י⁠ו ל֑⁠וֹ כֵּ֖ן כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “So his/Jacob’s sons did for him exactly what” or “Jacob’s sons did {everything} for him just as” -50:12 je5d צִוָּֽ⁠ם 1 “he had instructed/told them {to do}:” +50:11 df53 אָבֵ֣ל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “Abel Mizraim, which means “Egyptians’ mourning place,”” +50:11 b1sc אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר 1 “which is located” or “The/That place is”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. +50:11 i2vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 “on the other side of the Jordan River.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “That is why the name of that place on the other side of the Jordan River is Abel Mizraim, which means “Egyptians’ mourning place.”” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translate this phrase in verse 10. +50:12 elcm וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בָנָ֖י⁠ו ל֑⁠וֹ כֵּ֖ן כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “So his/Jacob’s sons did for him exactly what” or “Jacob’s sons did everything for him just as” +50:12 je5d צִוָּֽ⁠ם 1 “he had instructed/told them to do:” 50:13 kyl5 וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “They took/brought his body” 50:13 gtwk אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “to the region of Canaan”. Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Canaan” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 12:5; 13:12, 14; 16:3; 17:8; 23:2, 19; 31:18; 33:18; 35:6; 36:5-6; 37:1; 42:5, 7, 13, 29, 32; 44:8; 45:17, 25; 46:6, 12, 31; 47:1, 4, 13, 15, 27; 48:3, 7; 49:30; 50:5, 13. Also be consistent with how you spelled the name of the man named Canaan in 9:18, 22, 25-27; 10:6, 15, and compare that to how you translated “the Canaanites” in 10:18-19; 12:6; 13:7; 15:21; 24:3, 37; 28:1, 6, 8; 34:30; 36:2; 38:2; 46:10; 50:11. -50:13 xe0g וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְעָרַ֖ת שְׂדֵ֣ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “and buried him/it in the cave {that is} in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Consider again how you translated “cave” and “the cave of the field of Machpelah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:30; 23:9 (and note), 11, 17, 19-20; 25:9; 49:29-30, 32; 50:13. -50:13 n02f אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָנָה֩ אַבְרָהָ֨ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֗בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “{It was} the field {and cave} that Abraham had bought from Ephron the Hittite as a property/place to bury his dead {relatives}”. Consider again how you translated “property for a burial place” in Gen 23:4, 9, 20, and how you translated “Hittite” or “Ephron the Hittite” in Gen 10:15; 15:20; 23:3, 5, 7, 10, 16,18; 25:9-10; 26:34; 27:46; 36:2; 49:29-30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Ephron” in those verses and in Gen 23:8, 13-14, 16-17. -50:13 imrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence (after “Machpelah”) and say, “… the field of Machpelah near {the city of} Mamre. {It was} the field {and cave} that Abraham …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “in front of Mamre” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 23:17, 19; 25:9; 49:30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Mamre” in those verses and in Gen 13:18; 14:13, 24; 18:1. -50:14 m61w אַחֲרֵ֖י קָבְר֥⁠וֹ אֶת אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “After Joseph buried his father{’s body},” -50:14 u0lx וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יוֹסֵ֤ף מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “Joseph/he returned to {the country of} Egypt,” +50:13 xe0g וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְעָרַ֖ת שְׂדֵ֣ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “and buried him/it in the cave that is in the field in the Machpelah area,” Consider again how you translated “cave” and “the cave of the field of Machpelah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:30; 23:9 (and note), 11, 17, 19-20; 25:9; 49:29-30, 32; 50:13. +50:13 n02f אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָנָה֩ אַבְרָהָ֨ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֗בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “It was the field and cave that Abraham had bought from Ephron the Hittite as a property/place to bury his dead relatives”. Consider again how you translated “property for a burial place” in Gen 23:4, 9, 20, and how you translated “Hittite” or “Ephron the Hittite” in Gen 10:15; 15:20; 23:3, 5, 7, 10, 16,18; 25:9-10; 26:34; 27:46; 36:2; 49:29-30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Ephron” in those verses and in Gen 23:8, 13-14, 16-17. +50:13 imrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “near the city of Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence (after “Machpelah”) and say, “… the field of Machpelah near the city of Mamre. It was the field and cave that Abraham …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “in front of Mamre” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 23:17, 19; 25:9; 49:30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Mamre” in those verses and in Gen 13:18; 14:13, 24; 18:1. +50:14 m61w אַחֲרֵ֖י קָבְר֥⁠וֹ אֶת אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “After Joseph buried his father’s body,” +50:14 u0lx וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יוֹסֵ֤ף מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “Joseph/he returned to the country of Egypt,” 50:14 yhun ה֣וּא וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “along with his brothers” -50:14 g1r3 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everyone {else}” -50:14 wbst הָ⁠עֹלִ֥ים אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “who had gone {to Canaan} with him” or “who had accompanied him” -50:14 w96e לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury/entomb his father{’s body}.” or “to/for his father’s burial/funeral.” Consider again how you translated “bury” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:15; 23:4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 19; 25:9-10; 35:8, 19, 29; 47:29-30; 48:7; 49:29, 31; 50:5-7, 13-14. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -50:15 vgqa וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵף֙ כִּי מֵ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Joseph’s brothers thought about the fact that their father was dead, and they {were worried and} said {to each other},” or “Now that their father was no longer alive, Joseph’s brothers {were worried and} said {to each other},” +50:14 g1r3 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everyone else” +50:14 wbst הָ⁠עֹלִ֥ים אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “who had gone to Canaan with him” or “who had accompanied him” +50:14 w96e לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury/entomb his father’s body.” or “to/for his father’s burial/funeral.” Consider again how you translated “bury” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:15; 23:4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 19; 25:9-10; 35:8, 19, 29; 47:29-30; 48:7; 49:29, 31; 50:5-7, 13-14. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +50:15 vgqa וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵף֙ כִּי מֵ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Joseph’s brothers thought about the fact that their father was dead, and they were worried and said to each other,” or “Now that their father was no longer alive, Joseph’s brothers were worried and said to each other,” 50:15 mb3v ל֥וּ יִשְׂטְמֵ֖⁠נוּ יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “What if Joseph is holding a grudge against us?” or “If Joseph is angry at us,” -50:15 j0gm וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב יָשִׁיב֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Then certainly he will pay us back” or “then he will certainly take revenge on us {and punish us severely}”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. +50:15 j0gm וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב יָשִׁיב֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Then certainly he will pay us back” or “then he will certainly take revenge on us and punish us severely”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. 50:15 bvd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠רָעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּמַ֖לְנוּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “for all the ways that we harmed him!” or “for the completely evil/terrible way that we treated him!” or “because we treated him so badly.” It may be clearer or more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “If Joseph is angry at us for the terrible way that we treated him, he might punish us severely for what we did.” Do what is best in your language. -50:16 lmar וַ⁠יְצַוּ֕וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So they sent {a messenger} to Joseph to tell {him},” or “So they sent {a message} to Joseph that/which said,” -50:16 p4xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אָבִ֣י⁠ךָ צִוָּ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹת֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “Your/Our father commanded {us} before he died,” or “Before your/our father died, he commanded/told {us}”. Consider again how you translated “commanded” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:16; 3:11, 17; 6:22; 7:5, 9, 16; 12:20; 18:19; 21:4; 26:5, 11; 27:8; 28:1,6; 32:4, 17, 19; 42:25, 44:1; 45:19; 47:11; 49:29, 33; 50:2, 12, 16. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, the pronoun “us” is exclusive here since it does not include Joseph. -50:17 td0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כֹּֽה תֹאמְר֣וּ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף אָ֣נָּ֡א 1 “Please say this to Joseph {for me}: ‘I beg/urge you to” or “to tell you that he asks/begs you to” or “to ask/urge you on his behalf to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for doubly-embedded quotes in Gen 32:4. -50:17 km99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations שָׂ֣א נָ֠א פֶּ֣שַׁע אַחֶ֤י⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ⁠ם֙ כִּי רָעָ֣ה גְמָל֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 “please forgive your brothers for all the evil/harm they did {to you} and for their offenses {against you}, even though what they did was very evil/wrong.” or “please forgive {us}, your brothers, for sinning {against you} and treating you so badly.” Consider again how you translated “sin” in Gen 4:7; 18:20; 31:36; 50:17, and consider again how you translated the synonym “crime” in Gen 31:36; 50:17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. -50:17 djc3 וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ שָׂ֣א נָ֔א לְ⁠פֶ֥שַׁע עַבְדֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “So we beg you to forgive {us}, the servants of your/our father’s God, for our crimes {against you}.” or “So then, as servants of God whom our father worshiped/served, we beg you to forgive us for sinning {against you}.” Consider again how you translated “the God of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 9:26; 24:12, 27, 42, 48; 26:24; 28:13; 31:5, 29, 42, 53; 32:9; 43:23; 46:1, 3; 49:24-25; 50:17. -50:17 elr0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ יוֹסֵ֖ף בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Joseph cried when he heard that/their message.” or “When Joseph received/heard his brothers’ message to him, he {was very sad and} cried.” -50:18 vtzz וַ⁠יֵּלְכוּ֙ גַּם אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his/Joseph’s brothers themselves came {to him},” -50:18 u7sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “and threw/bowed themselves {on the ground} in front of him and said,” or “prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}, and said {to him},” See how you translated “fell … before him” in Gen 44:14. Compare that to how you translated “bowed down to/before …” (See: 49:8). +50:16 lmar וַ⁠יְצַוּ֕וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So they sent a messenger to Joseph to tell him,” or “So they sent a message to Joseph that/which said,” +50:16 p4xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אָבִ֣י⁠ךָ צִוָּ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹת֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “Your/Our father commanded us before he died,” or “Before your/our father died, he commanded/told us”. Consider again how you translated “commanded” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:16; 3:11, 17; 6:22; 7:5, 9, 16; 12:20; 18:19; 21:4; 26:5, 11; 27:8; 28:1,6; 32:4, 17, 19; 42:25, 44:1; 45:19; 47:11; 49:29, 33; 50:2, 12, 16. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, the pronoun “us” is exclusive here since it does not include Joseph. +50:17 td0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כֹּֽה תֹאמְר֣וּ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף אָ֣נָּ֡א 1 “Please say this to Joseph for me: ‘I beg/urge you to” or “to tell you that he asks/begs you to” or “to ask/urge you on his behalf to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for doubly-embedded quotes in Gen 32:4. +50:17 km99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations שָׂ֣א נָ֠א פֶּ֣שַׁע אַחֶ֤י⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ⁠ם֙ כִּי רָעָ֣ה גְמָל֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 “please forgive your brothers for all the evil/harm they did to you and for their offenses against you, even though what they did was very evil/wrong.” or “please forgive us, your brothers, for sinning against you and treating you so badly.” Consider again how you translated “sin” in Gen 4:7; 18:20; 31:36; 50:17, and consider again how you translated the synonym “crime” in Gen 31:36; 50:17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. +50:17 djc3 וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ שָׂ֣א נָ֔א לְ⁠פֶ֥שַׁע עַבְדֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “So we beg you to forgive us, the servants of your/our father’s God, for our crimes against you.” or “So then, as servants of God whom our father worshiped/served, we beg you to forgive us for sinning against you.” Consider again how you translated “the God of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 9:26; 24:12, 27, 42, 48; 26:24; 28:13; 31:5, 29, 42, 53; 32:9; 43:23; 46:1, 3; 49:24-25; 50:17. +50:17 elr0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ יוֹסֵ֖ף בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Joseph cried when he heard that/their message.” or “When Joseph received/heard his brothers’ message to him, he was very sad and cried.” +50:18 vtzz וַ⁠יֵּלְכוּ֙ גַּם אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his/Joseph’s brothers themselves came to him,” +50:18 u7sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “and threw/bowed themselves on the ground in front of him and said,” or “prostrated themselves before him to show respect, and said to him,” See how you translated “fell … before him” in Gen 44:14. Compare that to how you translated “bowed down to/before …” (See: 49:8). 50:18 hvlx הִנֶּ֥⁠נּֽוּ 1 “Here we are,” See how you translated a similar phrase (“Behold me”) in 22:1, 7. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. -50:18 m3yn לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “we {will be} your slaves/servants!” or “we {will serve you} as slaves/servants!” If you use an exclamation point here in your translation, make sure it does mean that Joseph’s brothers were angry. Rather, they were worried and desperate. +50:18 m3yn לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “we will be your slaves/servants!” or “we will serve you as slaves/servants!” If you use an exclamation point here in your translation, make sure it does mean that Joseph’s brothers were angry. Rather, they were worried and desperate. 50:19 o5mq וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “But Joseph replied to them,” 50:19 dsla אַל תִּירָ֑אוּ 1 “You do not need to be afraid.” or “You have nothing to fear.” -50:19 qvm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֛י הֲ⁠תַ֥חַת אֱלֹהִ֖ים אָֽנִי 1 “I would never take God’s place {and judge/punish you}!” or “After all, I am not God! {So I have no right to judge/punish you.}” Joseph uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he will not take God’s place and punish his brothers. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. -50:20 tbtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם חֲשַׁבְתֶּ֥ם עָלַ֖⁠י רָעָ֑ה 1 “{It is true that} you planned to harm me, {but}” or “Although you intentionally treated me {very} badly,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and position to emphasize Joseph’s brothers and contrast them with God. Consider what is the best way to translate that contrast in your language. -50:20 euhw אֱלֹהִים֙ חֲשָׁבָ֣⁠הּ לְ⁠טֹבָ֔ה 1 “God is using that {evil} to benefit {us all}” or “God planned that what you did would turn out to be good/beneficial {for me and everyone else}” +50:19 qvm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֛י הֲ⁠תַ֥חַת אֱלֹהִ֖ים אָֽנִי 1 “I would never take God’s place and judge/punish you!” or “After all, I am not God! So I have no right to judge/punish you.” Joseph uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he will not take God’s place and punish his brothers. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. +50:20 tbtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם חֲשַׁבְתֶּ֥ם עָלַ֖⁠י רָעָ֑ה 1 “It is true that you planned to harm me, but” or “Although you intentionally treated me very badly,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and position to emphasize Joseph’s brothers and contrast them with God. Consider what is the best way to translate that contrast in your language. +50:20 euhw אֱלֹהִים֙ חֲשָׁבָ֣⁠הּ לְ⁠טֹבָ֔ה 1 “God is using that evil to benefit us all” or “God planned that what you did would turn out to be good/beneficial for me and everyone else” 50:20 buk0 לְמַ֗עַן עֲשֹׂ֛ה כַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “to accomplish what he is doing these days,” or “Right now he is doing what he planned,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -50:20 ibeo לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֥ת עַם רָֽב 1 “to save {the lives of} many people.” or “to keep many people alive.” or “keeping many people from dying.” Consider again how you translated “save (lives)” or “keep alive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 7:3; 12:12; 19:19; 45:7; 47:25; 50:20. -50:21 l5ls וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “So then,” or “So again {I tell you},” +50:20 ibeo לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֥ת עַם רָֽב 1 “to save the lives of many people.” or “to keep many people alive.” or “keeping many people from dying.” Consider again how you translated “save (lives)” or “keep alive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 7:3; 12:12; 19:19; 45:7; 47:25; 50:20. +50:21 l5ls וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “So then,” or “So again I tell you,” 50:21 mffx אַל תִּירָ֔אוּ 1 “you do not need to be afraid.” or “you have nothing to fear.” Consider again how you translated “do not be afraid” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:1; 21:17; 26:24; 35:17; 43:23; 46:3; 50:19, 21. -50:21 qnh9 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲכַלְכֵּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “I {myself} will take care of you and your children.” or “I {myself} will provide {everything} that you and your children need.” In the Hebrew text here, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “little ones” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 34:29; 43:8; 45:19; 46:5; 47:12, 24; 50:8, 21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -50:21 m9g7 וַ⁠יְנַחֵ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “In that way, Joseph consoled/assured them {that he had forgiven them},” Consider again how you translated “comforted” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:67; 27:42; 37:35; 38:12; 50:21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. -50:21 b5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לִבָּֽ⁠ם 1 “and he {also} said {other} things to comfort/encourage them.” The phrase “spoke to their hearts” is an idiom that means Joseph said things to comfort and encourage his brothers. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom with the same meaning that would work well here. +50:21 qnh9 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲכַלְכֵּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “I myself will take care of you and your children.” or “I myself will provide everything that you and your children need.” In the Hebrew text here, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “little ones” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 34:29; 43:8; 45:19; 46:5; 47:12, 24; 50:8, 21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +50:21 m9g7 וַ⁠יְנַחֵ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “In that way, Joseph consoled/assured them that he had forgiven them,” Consider again how you translated “comforted” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:67; 27:42; 37:35; 38:12; 50:21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. +50:21 b5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לִבָּֽ⁠ם 1 “and he also said other things to comfort/encourage them.” The phrase “spoke to their hearts” is an idiom that means Joseph said things to comfort and encourage his brothers. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom with the same meaning that would work well here. 50:22 m7hi וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “Joseph remained/lived” or “Joseph continued to stay/live” -50:22 aydm בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “in {the land/country of} Egypt,” -50:22 q6uc ה֖וּא וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “along with {the rest of} his father {Jacob}’s household/family,” +50:22 aydm בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “in the land/country of Egypt,” +50:22 q6uc ה֖וּא וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “along with the rest of his father Jacob’s household/family,” 50:22 vkjk וַ⁠יְחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 “until he was 110 years old.” or “Joseph/He lived to be 110 years old.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. -50:23 t5v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “So he {was able/alive to} see/know” or “He lived {long enough} to see/know” -50:23 jr01 לְ⁠אֶפְרַ֔יִם בְּנֵ֖י שִׁלֵּשִׁ֑ים 1 “Ephraim’s descendants, {down to} the third {generation}.” or “{his son} Ephraim’s children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren.” -50:23 m4e6 גַּ֗ם בְּנֵ֤י מָכִיר֙ 1 “The children of {his grandson} Machir,” -50:23 kqu1 בֶּן מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 “{who was} Manasseh’s son,” -50:23 eo93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֻלְּד֖וּ עַל בִּרְכֵּ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “also grew up during his lifetime.” For some languages it is better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “He also lived to see {his son} Manasseh’s son Machir grow up, {as well as Machir’s} children.” or “He also lived to see the children of {his grandson} Machir grow up, who was Manasseh’s son.” Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “born on Joseph’s knees” is an idiom that means Joseph recognized Makir’s children as his descendants and that they grew up during his lifetime and spent time with him. -50:24 kgey וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then {one day} Joseph said to his brothers,” +50:23 t5v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “So he was able/alive to see/know” or “He lived long enough to see/know” +50:23 jr01 לְ⁠אֶפְרַ֔יִם בְּנֵ֖י שִׁלֵּשִׁ֑ים 1 “Ephraim’s descendants, down to the third generation.” or “his son Ephraim’s children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren.” +50:23 m4e6 גַּ֗ם בְּנֵ֤י מָכִיר֙ 1 “The children of his grandson Machir,” +50:23 kqu1 בֶּן מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 “who was Manasseh’s son,” +50:23 eo93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֻלְּד֖וּ עַל בִּרְכֵּ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “also grew up during his lifetime.” For some languages it is better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “He also lived to see his son Manasseh’s son Machir grow up, as well as Machir’s children.” or “He also lived to see the children of his grandson Machir grow up, who was Manasseh’s son.” Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “born on Joseph’s knees” is an idiom that means Joseph recognized Makir’s children as his descendants and that they grew up during his lifetime and spent time with him. +50:24 kgey וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then one day Joseph said to his brothers,” 50:24 xusj אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת 1 “I am about to die,” Consider again how you translated “I am dying” in Gen 35:18; 48:21; 50:5, 24. 50:24 crgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֞ים פָּקֹ֧ד יִפְקֹ֣ד אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “but God will certainly/definitely help you”. The word “visit” is used here as an idiom that refers to God helping his people in a powerful way. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 21:1, where it has a slightly different meaning. -50:24 y42d וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֤ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “and take/lead you {and your descendants} from this land/country” -50:24 fsoh אֶל הָ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֛ע 1 “to the land that he swore/vowed/promised {with an oath/vow}” -50:24 z428 לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “{to give} to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” -50:25 gptw וַ⁠יַּשְׁבַּ֣ע יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Joseph told {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel to swear/promise {with an oath} {that they would do something for him}. He said,” Consider again how you translated “swear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:23 (and note), 24, 31; 22:16; 24:3, 7, 9, 37; 25:33; 26:3, 31; 31:53; 47:31; 50:5-6, 24-25. -50:25 xz3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “{Yes,} God will certainly/definitely visit/help you, and {when he does,}” or “When God visits/helps you {that way},” or “When God does that,” See how you translated “visit you” in verse 24. -50:25 s9bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַעֲלִתֶ֥ם אֶת עַצְמֹתַ֖⁠י מִ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “you must take my bones/body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury them/it there}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “When God does that, you must take my body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury it there}.’ Then Joseph made/had {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel swear/promise {with an oath}{that they would do that}.” Do what is best in your language. -50:26 maum וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת בֶּן מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “So Joseph died at the age of 110 years.” or “So Joseph died when he was 110 years old.” +50:24 y42d וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֤ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “and take/lead you and your descendants from this land/country” +50:24 fsoh אֶל הָ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֛ע 1 “to the land that he swore/vowed/promised with an oath/vow” +50:24 z428 לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “to give to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” +50:25 gptw וַ⁠יַּשְׁבַּ֣ע יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Joseph told his brothers and the rest of the descendants of Israel to swear/promise with an oath that they would do something for him. He said,” Consider again how you translated “swear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:23 (and note), 24, 31; 22:16; 24:3, 7, 9, 37; 25:33; 26:3, 31; 31:53; 47:31; 50:5-6, 24-25. +50:25 xz3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Yes, God will certainly/definitely visit/help you, and when he does,” or “When God visits/helps you that way,” or “When God does that,” See how you translated “visit you” in verse 24. +50:25 s9bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַעֲלִתֶ֥ם אֶת עַצְמֹתַ֖⁠י מִ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “you must take my bones/body back to Canaan with you and bury them/it there.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “When God does that, you must take my body back to Canaan with you and bury it there.’ Then Joseph made/had his brothers and the rest of the descendants of Israel swear/promise with an oaththat they would do that.” Do what is best in your language. +50:26 maum וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת יוֹסֵ֔ף בֶּן מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “So Joseph died at the age of 110 years.” or “So Joseph died when he was 110 years old.” 50:26 q45p וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then/And his physicians/doctors/morticians prepared/preserved his body for burial,” See how you translated “embalmed” in verses 2-3, and how you translated “physicians/doctors” in verse 2. 50:26 l7kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּ֥ישֶׂם 1 “and they put/placed him/it” or “and put/placed his body”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. 50:26 vht8 בָּ⁠אָר֖וֹן 1 “in a burial chest/box” -50:26 hcwb בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in {the land/country of} Egypt.” -41:14 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח פַּרְעֹה֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א אֶת־יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “{Immediately} Pharaoh” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} {immediately} he” +50:26 hcwb בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in the land/country of Egypt.” diff --git a/tn_ISA.tsv b/tn_ISA.tsv index 581bdf92e3..9a05d4cc0b 100644 --- a/tn_ISA.tsv +++ b/tn_ISA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Isaiah\n\n1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)\n1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)\n1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)\n1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)\n1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)\n1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)\n1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)\n1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)\n1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)\n1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)\n1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)\n1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)\n\n\n### What is the Book of Isaiah about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1–39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36–39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.\n\nThe second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40–66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### When was the Book of Isaiah written?\n\nIsaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36–39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?\n\nJews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1–7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40–66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.\n\n### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?\n\nIsaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?\n\nMost of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.\n\nSometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.\n\nIsaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1–9; 49:1–7; 50:4–9; and 52:13–53:12. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) -1:intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2–31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Woe\n\nThe prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThere are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nYahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Isaiah\n\n1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)\n1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)\n1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)\n1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)\n1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)\n1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)\n1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)\n1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)\n1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)\n1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)\n1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)\n1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)\n\n\n### What is the Book of Isaiah about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1–39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36–39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.\n\nThe second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40–66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### When was the Book of Isaiah written?\n\nIsaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36–39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?\n\nJews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1–7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40–66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.\n\n### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?\n\nIsaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah said that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city, and people from all over the world would go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to have begun with the coming of Jesus (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2).\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?\n\nMost of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that they wanted people to remember.\\\n\\\nWhen he spoke in poetic form, Isaiah could safely assume that his original hearers would know what he was talking about. However, readers today do not always understand what he meant. Nevertheless, Isaiah’s basic message is still clear to us today. His message is about how God’s people sinned against him, how God would punish them, and how God would eventually comfort and restore them.\\\n\\\nIsaiah speaks about a figure he calls the Servant of Yahweh in four different poems. Today these are called the “Servant Songs.” Christians understand these to be prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1–9; 49:1–7; 50:4–9; and 52:13–53:12. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +1:intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2–31, which records what Yahweh told Isaiah to tell the people of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Woe\n\nThe prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThere are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nYahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1:1 qur5 The vision of Isaiah … that he saw 0 Alternate translation: “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah” 1:1 zfq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amoz 0 Amoz was the father of Isaiah. 1:1 i66y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah and Jerusalem 0 “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” @@ -10,12 +10,10 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:2 v1jh Yahweh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. 1:2 q3lw I have nourished and brought up children, but they have rebelled against me 0 Words that Yahweh spoke and which Isaiah is speaking to the Israelites for Yahweh. 1:2 nn1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have nourished and brought up children 0 Yahweh speaks as if his words were food and as if the Israelites were his children. Alternate translation: “I have taken care of the people living in Judah like they were my children” -1:3 hsf5 The ox knows … does not understand 0 Words that Yahweh spoke and which Isaiah is speaking to the Israelites for Yahweh. 1:3 k1dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis the donkey his master’s feeding trough 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the donkey knows his master’s feeding trough” or “the donkey knows where his master gives him food” 1:3 i9j2 but Israel does not know, Israel does not understand 0 This probably means “but the people of Israel do not know me, they do not understand that I am the one who cares for them.” 1:3 gxd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Israel 0 This is a metonym for the people of Israel. Judah is part of what had been the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” 1:4 s8qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. -1:4 blg2 Nation, sinners 0 This could mean: (1) Isaiah is saying two different things about them. Alternate translation: “Nation of Israel, you sinners” or (2) he is saying only one thing about them. Alternate translation: “Nation of sinners” 1:4 w37n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a people weighed down with iniquity 0 Something very heavy that a person might carry is a metaphor for their many sins. Alternate translation: “their sin is like a heavy bag on their shoulders that makes it hard for them to walk” 1:4 j97s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor offspring of evildoers 0 The word “offspring” is a metaphor for people who do what others have done. Alternate translation: “people who do the same evil they see others doing” 1:4 bwr8 act corruptly 0 do evil deeds @@ -42,7 +40,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:9 cf1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 1:9 a3aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If Yahweh 0 This describes something that could have happened in the past but did not. 1:9 cy37 a small remnant 0 Alternate translation: “a few survivors” -1:9 qe2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive us … we 0 Here these words refer to Isaiah and includes all the people of Judah and Jerusalem. +1:9 qe2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive us … we 0 Isaiah is using the words **us** and **we** to refer to himself and to all the people of Judah and Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 1:9 y4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit we would have been like Sodom, we would have been like Gomorrah 0 How Judah would have been like Sodom and Gomorrah can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God would have destroyed us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1:10 p3g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 1:10 vtc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you rulers of Sodom … you people of Gomorrah 0 Isaiah is comparing the people of Judah to Sodom and Gomorrah to emphasize how sinful they have become. Alternate translation: “you rulers who are as sinful as the people of Sodom … you people who are as wicked as those who lived in Gomorrah” @@ -79,7 +77,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:21 lhv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 1:21 bhm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy How the faithful city 0 This exclamation shows Isaiah’s anger and sadness about the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “See how the people of Jerusalem, who had been faithful to God” 1:21 v446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor has become a prostitute 0 Isaiah compared the people to a woman who is not loyal to her husband but who sleeps with other men for money. The people were no longer loyal to God but were worshiping false gods. Alternate translation: “acts like a prostitute” -1:21 v25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor but now she is full of murderers 0 The word “she” refers to Jerusalem and its people. Those who wrote the Bible often refer to cities as women. Alternate translation: “but now the people of Jerusalem are murderers” +1:21 v25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns but now she is full of murderers 0 The pronoun “she” refers to the city of Jerusalem. In this culture, it was conventional to refer to cities with feminine pronouns. In your translation, use whatever pronoun would be natural. Alternate translation: “it was full” 1:22 n46w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Your silver has become impure, your wine mixed with water 0 Possible meanings are that Isaiah uses silver and wine as metaphors for: (1) the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “You are like silver that is no longer pure, and like wine that is mixed with water” or (2) the good deeds that the people formerly did. Alternate translation: “You used to do good deeds, but now your bad deeds make your good deeds worthless” 1:22 tbh7 silver … impure 0 Someone needs to clean silver often or it will no longer shine brightly. 1:22 b14q wine … water 0 Wine with water in it has little taste and so is no better than water. @@ -108,13 +106,13 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:28 ekb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive those who abandon Yahweh will be done away with 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will completely do away with those who turn away from him” or “and Yahweh will kill all who reject him” 1:29 aa8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks Yahweh’s words to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 1:29 rnp2 the sacred oak trees … gardens 0 These phrases refer to places where the people of Judah worshiped idols. -1:29 q2lw you will be embarrassed by 0 Some versions read, “you will blush because of.” A person blushes when his face turns hot and red, often because he feels that he has done something wrong. +1:29 q2lw you will blush because of 0 A person blushes when his face turns hot and red, often because he feels that he has done something wrong. 1:30 sp75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile For you will be like an oak whose leaf fades, and like a garden that has no water 0 Water gives life to trees and gardens. The people have cut themselves off from Yahweh, who gives them life. 1:31 sh9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks Yahweh’s words to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 1:31 mly5 The strong man 0 “The strong person” or “Whoever is powerful.” This may refer to people who are important and who influence other people. 1:31 lq77 tinder 0 dry material that burns easily 1:31 a5w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his work like a spark 0 This compares the person’s deeds or evil works to a spark that falls on tinder and sets it on fire. Alternate translation: “his work will be like a spark that starts a fire” -2:intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2–22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Latter days\n\nThis is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])\n\n### Idolatry\n\nWhile the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +2:intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2–22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### The last days\n\n\nSee the discussion of the "last days" in the General Introduction to Isaiah.\n\n\n### Idolatry\n\n\nWhile the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) 2:1 tt88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. 2:1 p86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah and Jerusalem 0 “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” 2:2 dw9n in the last days 0 Alternate translation: “in the future” @@ -225,9 +223,9 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:11 ti8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the recompense of his hands will be done to him 0 Here “hands” stands for the deeds that the person has done. Alternate translation: “for what the wicked person has done to others will be done to him” 3:12 yn5p My people … My people 0 This could mean: (1) Isaiah is talking and “My” refers to Isaiah, or (2) Yahweh is talking and “My” refers to Yahweh. 3:12 zg6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor children are their oppressors 0 This could mean: (1) “young people have become their leaders and they oppress the people” or (2) “their leaders are immature like children and oppress the people.” -3:12 j52r women rule over them 0 This could mean: (1) “women rule over the people” or (2) “their leaders are weak like women.” +3:12 j52r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit women rule over them 0 While the people of Israel had had some strong women leaders, such as Deborah ([Judges 5:7](../jud/05/07.md)) and Miriam ([Micah 6:4](../06/04.md)), in general men tended to be the leaders in Israel because they were physically stronger and that was an important qualification in the ancient culture. The Bible is not saying here that women are inferior to men or that they do not make good leaders. Rather, the implicit meaning is that enemy armies would kill most of the strong men in Israel, so that few of them would be left to serve as leaders. (Isaiah says this specifically in verses 1–4 of this chapter.) Alternate translation: “for there are no strong men left to rule over it” 3:12 t5bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor those who guide you lead you astray and confuse the direction of your path 0 It was common in the Ancient Middle East to speak of a nation’s leaders as if they were shepherds. As shepherds lead the sheep along good paths to safety, leaders should teach the people the truth and help them do what is right. Judah’s leaders were not doing this. Alternate translation: “your leaders are like bad shepherds who lead you away from good paths and do not show you where to go” -3:13 c84g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh stands up for an accusation; he is standing to accuse the people 0 Isaiah speaks of Yahweh’s decision to harm the people as if Yahweh were bringing a legal accusation in a courtroom against the people of Israel. The second part of this line means the same thing as the first part, but it says it a little more completely. Alternate translation: “It is as though Yahweh had taken his place in a courtroom and were ready to accuse the people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +3:13 c84g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh stands up for an accusation; he is standing to accuse the people 0 Isaiah speaks of Yahweh’s decision to judge and punish the people as if Yahweh were bringing a legal accusation in a courtroom against the people of Israel. The second part of this line means the same thing as the first part, but it says it a little more completely. Alternate translation: “It is as though Yahweh had taken his place in a courtroom and were ready to accuse the people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 3:14 exq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will come with judgment 0 Judgment is spoken of as if it were an object that one could bring to another person. Alternate translation: “will announce his judgment” or “will declare his judgment” 3:14 j6us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You have ruined the vineyard 0 Here “you” refers to the elders and rulers. Yahweh is speaking of his people as if they were a vineyard. Like someone who fails to care for a vineyard so that the vines give no more grapes, the elders and leaders are discouraging the Israelites from serving God. Alternate translation: “My people are like a vineyard, and you have ruined it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:14 cn9b the plunder from the poor is in your houses 0 Alternate translation: “the things you have taken from the poor are in your houses” @@ -402,7 +400,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:7 g4x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor your guilt has been taken away 0 Yahweh no longer considering a person to be guilty is spoken of as if “guilt” were an object that someone could take away from someone else. 6:8 n956 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the voice of the Lord say 0 Here “voice” represents the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “the Lord say” 6:8 at9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Whom shall I send 0 It is implied that Yahweh will send someone to speak his message to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Whom shall I send to be a messenger to my people” -6:8 ria2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive who will go for us 0 It seems “us” refers to Yahweh and the members of his heavenly council to whom he is speaking. +6:8 ria2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive who will go for us 0 Yahweh is using the word **us** to refer both to himself and to the members of the heavenly council to whom he is speaking, so use the inclusive form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 6:9 vja4 this people 0 Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” 6:9 iq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Listen, but do not understand; see, but do not perceive 0 This could mean: (1) the imperatives “do not understand” and “do not perceive” express what God is causing to happen. Alternate translation: “You will listen, but Yahweh will not let you understand; you will look carefully, but Yahweh will not allow you to understand” or (2) the imperatives “Listen” and “see” express the idea of “if.” Alternate translation: “Even if you listen you will not understand; even if you look carefully, you will not understand” 6:9 m1yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Listen, but do not understand; see, but do not perceive 0 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “Listen to Yahweh’s message, but do not understand what it means; look at what Yahweh is doing, but do not realize what it means” @@ -422,7 +420,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:13 h3vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown terebinth 0 a kind of oak tree 6:13 tbt2 trunk … stump 0 A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down. 6:13 p9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the holy seed 0 The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. -7:intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7–9, 18–25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Young woman”\nSome translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Israel\n\nIn this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. +7:intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes\\\n\\\n## Structure and formatting\\\n\\\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7–9, 18–25.\\\n\\\n## Special concepts in this chapter\\\n\\\n### “Young woman” or "virgin" in 7:14\\\nIn verse 14, Isaiah uses a specific term that describes a woman who has reached the age at which she is able to have children but who has not yet had a child. This term could apply to a woman who was married or to a woman who was not yet married. Some translators of the Bible have translated this term as “virgin” because they have considered it to be a prophesy of how the Messiah would be born of a woman who had never had sexual relations with a man. Jesus was born in this way ([Matthew 1:18](../01/18.md), [Luke 1:34](../01/34.md)). Other translators have considered that the initial reference of this prophecy was to the wife of Ahaz, the queen of Judah, who had not yet given birth to a royal heir, and so they translate the term as "young woman," since she was married. (The fact that there was no heir to the throne may have provided an occasion for the enemies of Judah to try to make someone else king, as verse 6 describes.) Understood this way, the prophecy would be a promise that Ahaz's queen would indeed give birth to a royal heir (this child became the godly king Hezekiah) and the dynasty of David would continue, particularly since God would also defeat those enemies. It is possible that this prophecy had an initial fulfillment in Hezekiah and a later fulfillment in Jesus. Some languages may be able to accommodate both possibilities by using a term such as the English word "maiden," which has the same general range of reference as the term that Isaiah uses. This is what the ULT does. If your language does not have such a term, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, you may wish to use a term similar to the one that it uses; if a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, decide which interpretive possibility you would like to express in your translation.\\\n\\\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\\\n\\\n### Israel\\\n\\\nIn this chapter, the name Israel describes the northern of the two kingdoms into which the former larger kingdom of Israel, which David and Solomon had ruled, had become divided. This chapter also refers to this northern kingdom as Ephraim, using the name of its most prominent tribe. 7:1 u9lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom During the days of Ahaz … king of Judah 0 “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. 7:1 e4tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Rezin … Pekah … Remaliah 0 men’s names 7:1 vuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Rezin … and Pekah … went up 0 The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” @@ -458,7 +456,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 7:13 v36u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is it not enough for you people to test the patience of people? Must you also test the patience of my God? 0 These questions emphasize that the king has sinned greatly. Alternate translation: “You test the patience of people! Now you even test the patience of my God!” 7:14 ecy9 the young woman will conceive 0 Some ancient versions and some contemporary versions translate, “the virgin will conceive,” while others translate “the young woman will conceive.” 7:14 s44h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names his name Immanuel 0 Translators may add a footnote that says: “The name Immanuel means ‘God with us.’” -7:15 jl15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He will eat curds and honey when he knows to refuse the evil and choose the good 0 This could mean: (1) “By the time that child is old enough to eat curds and honey, he will be able to reject what is evil and choose what is good.” This emphasizes that the child will be very young when he knows to choose what is right instead of wrong or (2) “By the time the child is old enough to reject what is evil and choose what is good, he will be eating curds and honey.” The people of Judah considered a child to be responsible for doing what is right when he was 12 years old. This emphasizes that within twelve years the people will be able to eat much curds and honey because most of the people of Israel will be killed or taken as captives. +7:15 jl15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He will eat curds and honey when he knows to refuse the evil and choose the good 0 People generally expect a child to know right from wrong once the child is a few years old. So the implication is that what Isaiah is describing will happen within a few years. Alternate translation: “Within a few years, he will eat curds and honey” 7:15 s9yg curds 0 milk that people have treated to make it into a soft solid 7:15 di2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj refuse the evil and choose the good 0 Here “the evil” and “the good” refer to evil and good things in general. Alternate translation: “refuse to do evil deeds and choose to do good deeds” 7:16 dht9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj refuse the evil and choose the good 0 Here “the evil” and “the good” refer to evil and good things in general. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “refuse to do evil deeds and choose to do good deeds” @@ -482,14 +480,12 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 7:25 azm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They will stay away from all the hills that were cultivated with the hoe 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will stay away from the hills where they once prepared the soil to plant crops” 8:intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6–18, 21–22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust in Yahweh\n\nIsrael will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 8:1 kzi2 Yahweh said to me 0 Here the word “me” refers to Isaiah. -8:2 x1fq I will summon faithful witnesses to attest for me 0 This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking: “I will call honest men to be witnesses” or (2) Isaiah is speaking: “I called honest men to be witnesses” or (3) Yahweh is commanding Isaiah: “Call honest men to be witnesses.” 8:3 j2ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism I went to the prophetess 0 It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:4 g5hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the riches of Damascus and the plunder of Samaria will be carried away by the king of Assyria 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the king of Assyria will carry away all the treasures of Damascus and Samaria” 8:6 k9mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Because this people has refused the gentle waters of Shiloah 0 The words “gentle waters” are a metaphor for the law of the Lord. Alternate translation: “Because this people has rejected Yahweh’s law, which is like the gentle waters of Shiloah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 8:6 x9t3 this people 0 If your language needs a plural here, you can translate this phrase and the following verbs as “these people have refused … are happy.” Alternate translation: “this people group” 8:6 mbx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit is happy over Rezin and Remaliah’s son 0 The full meaning can be made explicit. See how you translated these men’s names in [Isaiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “is happy that the armies of Assyria have defeated Rezin, king of Aram, and Pekah, Remaliah’s son, king of Israel” 8:7 l4ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns therefore the Lord is 0 Yahweh speaks of himself as if he were someone else to remind the people of who he is. Alternate translation: “therefore I, the Lord, am” -8:7 pbf5 bring up on them 0 The verb is “bring up”; the adverb is “on them.” 8:7 ctu2 on them 0 Alternate translation: “on the people of Judah” 8:7 t9mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the waters of the River, mighty and many, the king of Assyria and all his glory 0 The river symbolizes the army of Assyria. Alternate translation: “the army from Assyria, which is powerful like a mighty river” 8:7 x441 the River 0 the Euphrates River in Assyria @@ -519,7 +515,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 8:17 p16z house of Jacob 0 people of Israel 8:18 b1mr I and the sons whom Yahweh has given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel 0 “I and the sons Yahweh has given me are like signs to warn the people of Israel.” The sons are Shear-Jashub and Maher-shalal-hash-baz, whose names are a message to the people of Israel. (See: [Isaiah 7:3](../07/03.md) and [Isaiah 8:1](./01.md)) 8:19 vs7z 0 # General Information:\n\nIsaiah is speaking. -8:19 ld5t They will say to you, “Consult with those who speak with the dead and with spirits,” the ones who chirp and mutter incantations. But should a people not consult their God? Should they consult the dead on behalf of the living? 0 Other This could mean: (1) “They will say to you, ‘Consult with the mediums and spiritists, those who chirp and mutter incantations. Should a people not consult their gods? They should consult the dead on behalf of the living for teaching and for testimony.’” or (2) “When they say to you, ‘Consult with the mediums and spiritists, those who chirp and mutter incantations,’ should a people not consult their God? Should they consult the dead on behalf of the living? To the law and to the testimony!” +8:19 ld5t They will say to you, “Consult with those who speak with the dead and with spirits,” the ones who chirp and mutter incantations. But should a people not consult their God? Should they consult the dead on behalf of the living? 0 This could mean: (1) “They will say to you, ‘Consult with the mediums and spiritists, those who chirp and mutter incantations. Should a people not consult their gods? They should consult the dead on behalf of the living for teaching and for testimony.’” or (2) “When they say to you, ‘Consult with the mediums and spiritists, those who chirp and mutter incantations,’ should a people not consult their God? Should they consult the dead on behalf of the living? To the law and to the testimony!” 8:19 im2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you They will say to you 0 The word “they” refers to those who do not trust Yahweh. The word “you” is plural and refers to those who trust Yahweh. 8:19 sx96 the ones who chirp and mutter incantations 0 The words “chirp” and “mutter” refer to the sounds mediums and spiritists made when trying to speak to dead people. Alternate translation: “they people who whisper and mutter their magic words to try and speak to dead people” 8:19 n9lj chirp 0 make sounds like birds @@ -570,7 +566,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 9:12 gk5w In all these things, his anger does not subside; instead, his hand 0 “Even though all these things have happened, he is still angry, and his hand.” See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). 9:12 kxn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his hand is still stretched out 0 Isaiah speaks as if Yahweh were a person about to hit another person with his fist. This is a metaphor for Yahweh punishing Israel. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “he will still be ready to punish them” 9:13 f9al Yahweh of hosts 0 See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md). -9:14 in46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor head and tail 0 Isaiah explains this metaphor in verse 15. The “head,” the part of an animal a person would want to be, is “the leader and the noble man,” and the “tail,” the dirty part of the animal, is “the prophet who teaches lies.” +9:14 in46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor head and tail 0 Isaiah explains this metaphor in verse 15, so you do not need to add any information about its meaning here in your translation. 9:14 cj62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor palm branch and reed 0 The “palm branch” grows high on the tree and is a metaphor for people who are important and rule others. The “reed” grows in shallow water and is a metaphor for people who are poor and unimportant and are ruled by others. 9:16 qp35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Those who lead this people lead them astray 0 The leaders causing people to disobey is spoken of as if the leaders led them on the wrong path. Alternate translation: “The leaders of Israel have caused the people to disobey God” 9:16 ck73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor those who are led by them are swallowed up 0 This is a metaphor that can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “those that they lead become confused” or (2) Alternate translation: “Yahweh destroys those that they lead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -581,7 +577,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 9:18 ee5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet briers … thorns 0 The words “briers” and “thorns” both refer to useless, thorny plants; they can be translated using one word. See how you translated these words in [Isaiah 7:23](../07/23.md). Alternate translation: “thorn bushes” 9:19 ctw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Through the fury of Yahweh of hosts the land is scorched 0 Translate “Yahweh of hosts” as in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Like fire that scorches the land, the Lord’s intense anger will destroy the people of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:19 bg78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom No man spares his brother 0 To “spare” someone means to save them from harm. Alternate translation: “No one does anything to help his own brother escape” -9:20 e6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy They will grab food on the right hand … on the left hand 0 This expression means that the people will grab food wherever they can find it. +9:20 e6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy They will grab food on the right hand … on the left hand 0 This expression refers to two directions, the **right** and the **left**, to mean that the people will grab food in those and all other directions, wherever they can find it. 9:20 sl21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Each will even eat the flesh of his own arm 0 This could mean: (1) people will be so hungry that they will want to eat or will actually eat their own arms or (2) the word “arm” is a metaphor for the person’s neighbor. 9:21 y7rj In all these things, his anger does not subside; instead, his hand 0 “Even though all these things have happened, he is still angry, and his hand.” See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). 9:21 gxv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his hand is still stretched out 0 Isaiah speaks as if Yahweh were a person about to hit another person with his fist. This is a metaphor for Yahweh punishing Israel. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “he will still be ready to punish them” @@ -607,7 +603,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 10:6 i3fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who bear my overflowing wrath 0 Yahweh speaks of his wrath as if it were more liquid than a container could hold; “the people” are trying to carry this container, but it is heavy, and Yahweh keeps pouring liquid in even after it starts to spill out. Alternate translation: “at whom I continue to be angry even after I have punished them” 10:6 tam5 to take the spoil 0 Alternate translation: “to take everything they have” 10:6 wy5h to take the prey 0 to take the people like prey. See how you translated “prey” in [Isaiah 5:29](../05/29.md). -10:6 ay7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile trample them like mud 0 This could mean: (1) Yahweh compares the army of Assyria attacking Israel to people stomping through mud who do not care what happens to the mud. Alternate translation: “trample them until they become like mud” or (2) the people are stomping on other people so they are lying in the mud and unable to rise. This is a metaphor for completely defeating them. Alternate translation: “completely defeat them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +10:6 ay7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile trample them like mud 0 Yahweh is speaking as if the enemies of Israel will literally walk on the Israelites and flatten them. He means that these enemies will completely defeat them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to completely defeat the people of Israel” 10:7 y94n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But this is not what he intends, nor does he think this way 0 The meaning of “this” and “this way” can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “But the king of Assyria does not intend to do what I tell him, nor does he think that I am using him as my weapon” 10:7 qn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet It is in his heart to destroy and eliminate many nations 0 The words “destroy” and “eliminate” mean basically the same thing. They are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “He wants to completely destroy many nations” 10:8 pc5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Are not all my princes kings? 0 The king of Assyria uses a question to emphasize what he believes everyone should already know. Alternate translation: “I have made captains of my army kings over lands I have conquered!” @@ -680,7 +676,6 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 10:33 a8t9 Yahweh of hosts 0 See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md). 10:33 bh4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will lop off the boughs … the lofty will be brought low 0 Isaiah speaks of the army of Assyria as if it were the tall trees in Lebanon. God will destroy the army like people cutting down the mighty trees of Lebanon. This emphasizes that though the army is strong, God has the power to destroy it. 10:33 qb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will lop off the boughs 0 “will cut off the big branches of the trees.” In order to make it clear that this refers to the army of Assyria, it can be translated as a simile: He will destroy the army of Assyria like strong men cutting off the big branches of trees. -10:33 xxu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns with a terrifying crash 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **crash**, you can express the same idea with the verb “make a noise.” Alternate translation: “and the branches will crash down on the ground and make a terrifying noise” or “and the branches will fall to the ground with a very loud noise” 10:33 jg1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the tallest trees will be cut down 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will cut down the tallest trees” 10:33 uza4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the tallest trees 0 This is a metaphor for “the strongest soldiers.” 10:33 n2ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the lofty will be brought low 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will bring down the lofty people” @@ -729,7 +724,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 11:12 f68i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He will set up a banner for the nations 0 This could mean: (1) “The Lord will set up the king as a banner for the nations” or (2) “The king will set up a banner for the nations” 11:12 n5uv a banner for the nations 0 Alternate translation: “a flag for the nations to see” or “a flag to call the nations to himself” 11:12 wg94 the dispersed of Judah 0 Alternate translation: “the people of Judah who had been scattered around the world” -11:12 n4s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche from the four corners of the earth 0 The earth is pictured as if it has four corners, and those corners are its most distant places. This refers to everywhere on earth where those people might be. Alternate translation: “from even the most distant places of the earth” or “from all over the earth” +11:12 n4s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche from the four corners of the earth 0 The earth is pictured as if it has four corners, and those corners are its most distant places. Yahweh is using those distant places to mean everywhere that is closer as well. Alternate translation: “from all over the earth” 11:13 tv6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns He will turn aside the envy of Ephraim 0 Ephraim here refers to the descendants of the northern kingdom of Israel. The noun “envy” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “He will stop the people of Ephraim from being envious” 11:13 f12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Judah will no longer be hostile to Ephraim 0 Judah here refers to the descendants of the southern kingdom. This phrase can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will stop the people of Judah from being hostile” or “he will stop the people of Judah from hating” 11:14 j77a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will swoop down on the Philistine hills 0 The people of Israel and Judah are pictured as if they were birds that fly down quickly to attack a person or animal. Alternate translation: “they will go quickly to the Philistine hills to attack the people there” @@ -748,7 +743,6 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 12:2 bt8a He has become my salvation 0 Alternate translation: “He has saved me” 12:3 ig6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor With joy you will draw water from the wells of salvation 0 Isaiah speaks of people being saved as if they were getting salvation the way people get water out of well. Alternate translation: “you will rejoice when he saves you, as people rejoice when they draw water from a well” 12:4 ut6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy call upon his name 0 Here “his name” refers to Yahweh. Calling on him represents either praising him or asking him for help. Alternate translation: “praise him loudly” or “call to him to help you” -12:4 jq63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns declare his deeds among the peoples 0 The noun “deeds” can be expressed with the phrase “what he has done.” Alternate translation: “Tell the peoples about the great things he has done” 12:4 wi1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy proclaim that his name is exalted 0 Here “his name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “proclaim that he is exalted” or “proclaim that he is great” 12:6 b2j7 for great in your midst is the Holy One of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “because the Holy One of Israel, who lives among you, is mighty” or “because the Holy One of Israel is mighty and he lives among you” 13:intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prophecies\n\nIt is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) diff --git a/tn_JDG.tsv b/tn_JDG.tsv index 8f478a9b2e..a0dd3248ab 100644 --- a/tn_JDG.tsv +++ b/tn_JDG.tsv @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Judges\n\n1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)\n * Introduction (1:1–3:6)\n * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)\n * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)\n * Gideon (6:1–8:35)\n * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)\n * Jephthah (10:6–12:7)\n * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8–15)\n * Samson (13:1–16:31)\n1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)\n1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)\n\n### What is the Book of Judges about?\n\nThe Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.\n\nThis book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.\n\nAfter that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What kind of leaders were the judges?\n\nThese were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.\n\n### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?\n\nDuring this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.\n\nThese tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.\n\n### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?\n\nDuring this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?\n\nThis phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.\n\nThe translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.\n\n### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?\n\nThe narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. +front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Judges\n\n1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)\n * Introduction (1:1–3:6)\n * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)\n * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)\n * Gideon (6:1–8:35)\n * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)\n * Jephthah (10:6–12:7)\n * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8–15)\n * Samson (13:1–16:31)\n1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)\n1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)\n\n### What is the Book of Judges about?\n\nThe Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.\n\nThis book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.\n\nAfter that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What kind of leaders were the judges?\n\nThese were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.\n\n### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?\n\nDuring this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.\n\nThese tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.\n\n### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?\n\nDuring this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n 1:intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### “After the death of Joshua”\nThis statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land\n\nIsrael fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. 1:1 r9ee Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story. 1:1 b9my Yahweh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. 1:1 c92j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive will attack the Canaanites for us 0 The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. 1:2 c4zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Judah will attack 0 Here “Judah” represents the men of the tribe of Judah. Yahweh is commanding these men to attack first. Alternate translation: “The men of Judah must attack first” -1:2 i2v6 See 0 Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” 1:2 ysi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit this land 0 This refers to the land where the Canaanites lived. Alternate translation: “the land of the Canaanites” 1:3 k7aq their brothers 0 Alternate translation: “their fellow Israelites” or “their relatives” 1:3 x2kz Come up with us 0 The people of the tribes of Judah and Simeon were camped with the rest of the Israelite people in the valley of the Jordan River. The land given to Judah was in the hills above the valley. Some languages do not usually indicate whether people were going up or down. Alternate translation: “Come with us” or “Go with us” @@ -104,7 +103,6 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:6 i12e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to the place assigned 0 You may want to help your readers by stating who assigned this place to them. Alternate translation: “to the place Yahweh gave them” 2:7 kcc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The background information that begins with the words “Now when Joshua” in verse 6 continues. 2:7 ydz9 during the lifetime 0 This means the time that someone lived. Alternate translation: “during the life” -2:7 g5ah the elders 0 Here this means the men who helped lead Israel, participating in matters of social justice and in religious matters such as maintaining the law of Moses. 2:7 qml9 outlived him 0 This means to live longer than someone else. Alternate translation: “lived longer than he did” 2:8 ii19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The background information that begins with the words “Now when Joshua” in verse 6 continues. 2:8 m4jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Joshua son of Nun … died at the age of 110 years old 0 The background information that begins with the words “Now when Joshua” in verse 6 ends. The events of 1:1–2:5 happened after Joshua died. @@ -115,11 +113,8 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:9 f8u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mount Gaash 0 This is the name of a mountain. 2:10 umh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism All that generation was also gathered to their fathers 0 The phrase “was also gathered to their fathers” means that as the people of that generation died, their souls went to the same place as their ancestors who died before them. It is a polite way of saying they died. 2:10 r6cs fathers 0 Here this means the ancestors of a certain person or people group. -2:10 flq1 grew up 0 Alternate translation: “grew older” or “became older” -2:10 qd7f who did not know Yahweh 0 Here “did not know” means they had not experienced Yahweh or his power the way the previous generation had. 2:11 yhh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” 2:11 gx61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Baals 0 This is the plural of Baal. While “Baal” was generally the name of one false god, the word was also used for various other gods that were often worshiped along with Baal. -2:12 tp3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor They broke away from Yahweh 0 The Israelites no longer obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they physically broke away from him and left him. 2:12 re2c their fathers 0 Alternate translation: “their ancestors” or “their forefathers” 2:12 n4xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor They went after other gods 0 The Israelites starting to worship false gods is spoken of as if the Israelites walked and went after the false gods. 2:12 w9r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down to them 0 This is an act of worship and giving honor to someone. @@ -151,12 +146,11 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:22 n194 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it 0 How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. 2:23 tn49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” 2:23 b618 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy into the hand of Joshua 0 Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -3:intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The people worship false gods\n\nIsrael worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Blew a trumpet”\n\nWhen Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +3:intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The people worship false gods\n\nIsrael worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n 3:1 w2is Now Yahweh 0 Here “Now” begins a new section of the story. 3:1 hp8z these nations 0 This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3. 3:1 xj63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” 3:2 l4u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He did this to teach warfare to the new generation of the Israelites who had not known it before 0 This breaks from the main story line. The narrator gives background information about why Yahweh left some of the people groups in Canaan. Alternate translation: “Yahweh left nations among the Israelites to teach the young men who had not fought in battle before how to fight” -3:3 mgb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the five kings 0 These five kings represent themselves and their people. Alternate translation: “the five kings and their people” 3:3 upq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mount Baal Hermon 0 This is the highest mountain in Israel. 3:3 z6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hamath Pass 0 This is the name of an area at the northern boundary of Canaan. 3:4 vqn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These nations were left 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh left these nations in Canaan” or “Yahweh allowed these nations to continue to live in Canaan” @@ -172,7 +166,6 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:8 a27l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aram Naharaim 0 This is the name of a country. 3:9 vg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh raised up someone 0 Yahweh appointing someone to do a special work for him is spoken of as if Yahweh raised or lifted up the person. 3:9 k6r6 Othniel … Kenaz 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [Judges 1:13](../01/13.md). -3:10 y845 empowered him 0 This phrase means that Yahweh helped Othniel to have and develop the qualities he needed to be a great leader. 3:10 rq2z he judged Israel 0 Here “judged” means he led the people of Israel. 3:10 k8cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche he went out to war 0 Here “he” refers to Othniel who represents himself and the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Othniel and the Israelite soldiers went to fight against the army of Cushan-Rishathaim” 3:10 l4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Yahweh gave him victory over Cushan-Rishathaim king of Aram 0 Here “Cushan-Rishathaim” represents his army. Alternate translation: “Yahweh helped the Israelite army defeat the army of Cushan-Rishathaim king of Aram” diff --git a/tn_JOB.tsv b/tn_JOB.tsv index e34a2ead2b..bcd9402f36 100644 --- a/tn_JOB.tsv +++ b/tn_JOB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)\n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. He tells the rest of the story, in between, in the form of poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based repetition of meaning, rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term **behold** to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation in these instances. -1:intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lived during a time long before the author.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wealth\n\nIn the time and place in which the book of Job is set, a person’s wealth was measured by the number of animals he owned. The book describes how Job owned thousands of animals in order to indicate that he was very rich. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Sacrifices\n\nJob was a man who obeyed Yahweh carefully. We might therefore wonder why he offered sacrifices on behalf of his children, as 1:5 describes, since he was not one of the descendants of Aaron, who were the only ones whom the law of Moses allowed to offer sacrifices. It must be remembered that Job lived prior to the time when God gave Moses the law, so his religious practices were different from those of the Hebrew people after Moses. In Job’s culture, it was normal and acceptable for the father to act as a priest for his family and to offer sacrifices on their behalf. The events that this book relates took place about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12–50 than with the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThe Hebrew word satan means “adversary.” The Old Testament uses the word in that sense in several places, for example, 1 Kings 11:14, “Yahweh raised up an adversary against Solomon, Hadad the Edomite.” In chapters 1 and 2 of the book of Job, there is a character called “the satan” or “the adversary.” This seems to be a created angelic being who opposes righteous people and accuses them before God of having wrong motives. Many interpreters of the book of Job identify this character with Satan, the devil. The UST follows that interpretation, but the ULT translates the term more basically as “adversary.” You can decide how to translate this term in your own translation. +front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)\n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job, because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. In the rest of the book, the characters speak in poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based on repetition of meaning rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term **behold** to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation in these instances. +1:intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lived during a time long before the author.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wealth\n\nIn the time and place in which the book of Job is set, a person’s wealth was measured by the number of animals he owned. The book describes how Job owned thousands of animals in order to indicate that he was very rich. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Sacrifices\n\nJob was a man who obeyed Yahweh carefully. We might therefore wonder why he offered sacrifices on behalf of his children, as 1:5 describes, since he was not one of the descendants of Aaron, who were the only ones whom the law of Moses allowed to offer sacrifices. It must be remembered that Job lived prior to the time when God gave Moses the law, so his religious practices were different from those of the Hebrew people after Moses. In Job’s culture, it was normal and acceptable for the father to act as a priest for his family and to offer sacrifices on their behalf. The events that this book relates took place about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12–50 than with the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThe Hebrew word satan means “adversary.” The Old Testament uses the word in that sense in several places, for example, 1 Kings 11:14, “Yahweh raised up an adversary against Solomon, Hadad the Edomite.” In chapters 1 and 2 of the book of Job, there is a character called “the satan” or “the adversary.” This seems to be a created angelic being who opposes righteous people and accuses them before God of having wrong motives. Many interpreters of the book of Job identify this character with Satan, the devil. The UST follows that interpretation, but the ULT translates the term more basically as “adversary.” You can decide how to translate this term in your own translation. 1:1 j000 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אִ֛ישׁ הָיָ֥ה בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ־ע֖וּץ 1 The author is introducing **Job** as the main participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who lived in the land of Uz” 1:1 k5g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ע֖וּץ & אִיּ֣וֹב 1 The word **Uz** is the name of a place, and the word **Job** is the name of a man. 1:1 r5aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תָּ֧ם וְ⁠יָשָׁ֛ר 1 The terms **blameless** and **righteous** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very righteous” @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:2 j002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּוָּ֥לְדוּ ל֛⁠וֹ שִׁבְעָ֥ה בָנִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁל֥וֹשׁ בָּנֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Job had seven sons and three daughters” 1:3 j003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּנֵי־קֶֽדֶם 1 The expression **sons of** describes people who share a certain quality. In this case, the author is using the expression to describe people who have the quality of living in **the East**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the East” 1:3 csw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo בְּנֵי־קֶֽדֶם 1 The author is referring to an area to the **East** of where he and his audience live. It seems probable that he may mean the area east of the Jordan River, as the UST suggests. However, since it is not known exactly where the author and his audience lived, you could also use a general expression rather than try to identify the area in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in that area” -1:4 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָלְכ֤וּ בָנָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠עָשׂ֣וּ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה בֵּ֖ית אִ֣ישׁ יוֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 The author is using the expression **went and** to describe customary action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his sons had the custom of taking turns hosting feasts in their homes” +1:4 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָלְכ֤וּ בָנָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠עָשׂ֣וּ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה בֵּ֖ית אִ֣ישׁ יוֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 The author is using the expression **went and** to describe customary action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His sons had the custom of taking turns hosting feasts in their homes” 1:4 i4lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) Alternate translation: “on an assigned day of the week” (2) Alternate translation: “on his birthday” -1:4 ey91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׁלְח֗וּ וְ⁠קָרְאוּ֙they sent and called 1 The terms **sent** and **called** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they invited” -1:5 s2c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י הִקִּיפֽוּ֩ יְמֵ֨י הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֜הwhen the days of the feast had gone around 1 The author is speaking as if the **days of the feast** had literally **gone around** or traveled a certain distance and then returned to their starting point. He means that each son had taken his turn hosting a feast. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the days of the feast had made a full circuit” or “after each son had taken his turn hosting a feast” +1:4 ey91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׁלְח֗וּ וְ⁠קָרְאוּ֙ 1 The terms **sent** and **called** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they invited” +1:5 s2c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י הִקִּיפֽוּ֩ יְמֵ֨י הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֜ה 1 The author is speaking as if the **days of the feast** had literally **gone around** or traveled a certain distance and then returned to their starting point. He means that each son had taken his turn hosting a feast. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the days of the feast had made a full circuit” or “after each son had taken his turn hosting a feast” 1:5 x3v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָנַ֔⁠י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Job is likely using the word in a generic sense to refer to all of his sons and daughters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women, as UST does, or you could mention both sons and daughters. Alternate translation: “my sons and daughters” 1:5 k14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּ⁠בֵרֲכ֥וּ 1 It is possible that the original reading here was “cursed” and that scribes changed it to **blessed** in order to avoid the uncomfortable language of a person cursing God. Traditional manuscripts of the Hebrew Bible do not have a marginal notation about this as they do in the case of [7:20](../01/01.md), but many translations read “cursed” since this is the kind of change that scribes are known to have made in similar cases. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and cursed” 1:5 j005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys חָטְא֣וּ & וּ⁠בֵרֲכ֥וּ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **sinned** tells in what way one of Job’s children might have **blessed**, that is, “cursed” God. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “have sinfully cursed” @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:6 i5iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 The author is using the phrase **And it was the day** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One day the sons of God came” 1:6 n2re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This expression describes spiritual beings whom God created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the angelic beings” 1:6 uwv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב עַל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 The context suggests that these angelic beings came to Yahweh at regular times to report on their activities. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to give Yahweh a regular report on their activities” -1:6 j007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שָּׂטָ֖ן 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the title **the adversary**, here and in the rest of this chapter and in chapter 2. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Satan” -1:7 j008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן & אֶת־יְהוָה֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose the adversary **said** this. If it would be more natural in your language, here and in the rest of the book you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “responded to Yahweh” +1:6 j007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שָּׂטָ֖ן 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the title **the adversary** here and in the rest of this chapter and in chapter 2. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Satan” +1:7 j008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן הַ⁠שָּׂטָ֤ן אֶת־יְהוָה֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose the adversary **said** this. If it would be more natural in your language, here and in the rest of the book you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “The adversary responded to Yahweh” 1:7 plj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִ⁠שּׁ֣וּט בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠הִתְהַלֵּ֖ךְ בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The adversary is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “From wandering all over the earth” -1:8 s9h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠שַׂ֥מְתָּ לִבְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and perceptions. Alternate translation: “Have you considered” +1:8 s9h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠שַׂ֥מְתָּ לִבְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַל 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and perceptions. Alternate translation: “Have you considered” 1:8 j009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֵ֤ין כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there is not anyone like him” 1:8 ncu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תָּ֧ם וְ⁠יָשָׁ֛ר 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:1](../01/01.md). 1:8 n9a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְרֵ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:1](../01/01.md). @@ -41,20 +41,20 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:11 y4qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְֽׁלַֽח& יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “use your power” 1:11 ax31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠גַ֖ע 1 In this context, the word **touch** means “destroy.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and destroy” 1:11 j013 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם 1 The adversary is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and see if” -1:11 j014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the word "blessed" in verse 5. Scribes may have made a similar change here from "curse" to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” +1:11 j014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the word “blessed’ in verse 5. Scribes may have made a similar change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” 1:11 bn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. The claim is that Job would not curse God in his “heart” (that is, in his thoughts) as Job was afraid one of his children might have done. Rather, Job would curse God out loud, and since God is present everywhere, Job would be cursing him in person. Alternate translation: “in person” 1:12 d2uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֤ה 1 As the General Introduction to Job discusses, Yahweh is using the term **Behold** to focus the adversary’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. 1:12 bul4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is in your power” or “is under your control” -1:12 j015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תִּשְׁלַ֖ח יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 See how you translated this same expression in the previous verse. +1:12 j015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תִּשְׁלַ֖ח יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. 1:12 gn4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 As in the previous verse, here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “the presence of Yahweh” 1:13 j016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וּ⁠בָנָ֨י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֹתָ֤י⁠ו 1 The author is using the phrase **And it was the day** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One day Job’s sons and daughters” 1:14 j017 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ הָי֣וּ חֹֽרְשׁ֔וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲתֹנ֖וֹת רֹע֥וֹת עַל־יְדֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The messenger is giving background information to help Job understand what he reports next. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. 1:14 j018 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־יְדֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 This expression uses the word **hand** to mean the side of a person, animal, or group of animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at their side” or “next to them” 1:15 j019 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁבָא֙ 1 The messenger is using the name of an entire people group, **Sheba**, to mean some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “some of the Sabeans” 1:15 s7b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שְׁבָא֙ 1 The word **Sheba** is the name of a people group. -1:15 eib3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּקָּחֵ֔⁠ם 1 The messenger is using the word **fell** in a specific sense to mean “attacked.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this meaning plainly, as the UST does. +1:15 eib3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֤ל 1 The messenger is using the word **fell** in a specific sense to mean “attacked.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this meaning plainly, as the UST does. 1:15 jw7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֖ים הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חָ֑רֶב 1 The messenger is reporting that the Sabeans killed the servants. He is describing this by association with the means that the Sabeans used to kill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they killed the servants” -1:15 bpd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וָֽ⁠אִמָּ֨לְטָ֧⁠ה רַק־אֲנִ֛י לְ⁠בַדִּ֖⁠י 1 You may find it more appropriate to represent this in your translation as an exclamation rather than as a statement, here and in verses 16, 17, and 19. Alternate translation: “only I alone have escaped!” +1:15 bpd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וָֽ⁠אִמָּ֨לְטָ֧⁠ה רַק־אֲנִ֛י לְ⁠בַדִּ֖⁠י לְ⁠הַגִּ֥יד לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 You may find it more appropriate to represent this in your translation as an exclamation rather than as a statement, here and in verses 16, 17, and 19. 1:15 j020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וָֽ⁠אִמָּ֨לְטָ֧⁠ה רַק־אֲנִ֛י לְ⁠בַדִּ֖⁠י 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it, here and in verses 16, 17, and 19. Alternate translation, as in UST: “I am the only one who has escaped” 1:16 j021 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠תִּבְעַ֥ר בַּ⁠צֹּ֛אן וּ⁠בַ⁠נְּעָרִ֖ים וַ⁠תֹּאכְלֵ֑⁠ם 1 The terms **burned up** and **consumed** mean similar things. The second messenger is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely burned up the sheep and the servants” 1:17 j022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כַּשְׂדִּ֞ים 1 The word **Chaldeans** is the name of a people group. @@ -70,11 +70,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 1:21 j028 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְהִ֛י שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה מְבֹרָֽךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people bless the name of Yahweh” 1:21 j029 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְהִ֛י שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה מְבֹרָֽךְ 1 Here, **name** represents the reputation of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh continue to have a good reputation” 1:22 xns1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys לֹא־חָטָ֣א אִיּ֑וֹב וְ⁠לֹא־נָתַ֥ן תִּפְלָ֖ה לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **sin** tells what kind of action it would be if Job were to **ascribe impropriety to God**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “Job did not sin by ascribing impropriety to God” -2:intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are very similar to those of the previous chapter. However, this time Job is tested in an even more severe way. After losing his wealth and family, Job also loses his health, and his wife begins to encourage him to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThis character appears in chapter 2 as well as in chapter 1. Translate the name the same way here as you decided to translate it in the previous chapter. +2:intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are very similar to those of the previous chapter. However, this time Job is tested in an even more severe way. After losing his wealth and family, Job also loses his health, and his wife begins to encourage him to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThis character appears in chapter 2 as well as in chapter 1. Translate the name the same way here as you decided to translate it in the previous chapter. 2:1 r1zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 The author is using the phrase **And it was the day** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. See how you translated the same expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “One day the sons of God came” 2:1 dg33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This expression describes spiritual beings whom God created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “the angelic beings” 2:2 vu2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִ⁠שֻּׁ֣ט בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מֵ⁠הִתְהַלֵּ֖ךְ בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The adversary is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them and convey the emphasis in another way. See how you translated the same expression in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “From wandering all over the earth” -2:3 d12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠שַׂ֣מְתָּ לִבְּ⁠ךָ֮ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Have you considered” +2:3 d12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠שַׂ֣מְתָּ לִבְּ⁠ךָ֮ אֶל 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Have you considered” 2:3 j030 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֵ֨ין כָּמֹ֜⁠הוּ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “there is not anyone like him” 2:3 uz5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תָּ֧ם וְ⁠יָשָׁ֛ר 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:1](../01/01.md). 2:3 j031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְרֵ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:1](../01/01.md). @@ -88,36 +88,36 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 2:5 cz3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠גַ֥ע 1 In this context, the word **touch** means “harm.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and harm” 2:5 qau8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶל־עַצְמ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶל־בְּשָׂר֑⁠וֹ 1 The adversary is using two parts of Job’s body, his **bones** and his **flesh**, to mean Job’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “his body” 2:5 d2rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אִם 1 The adversary is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “and see if” -2:5 i3ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from "curse" to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” +2:5 i3ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יְבָרֲכֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “curse” to **bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “he will … curse you” 2:5 b5lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶל־פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. See how you translated the same expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “in person” 2:6 j034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “in your power” or “under your control” 2:7 fj98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the presence of Yahweh” 2:7 gtz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֤ךְ אֶת־אִיּוֹב֙ בִּ⁠שְׁחִ֣ין רָ֔ע 1 The author is speaking as if the adversary literally **struck** Job with these **boils**, as if they were a weapon in his hand. He means that the adversary caused Job to suffer from the boils. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he afflicted Job with bad boils” or “he caused Job to suffer from bad boils” 2:7 j035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בִּ⁠שְׁחִ֣ין רָ֔ע 1 The word **boils** describes large, itching, painful skin infections. If your readers would not be familiar with what boils are, in your translation you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “with large, itching, painful skin infections” 2:7 j036 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠כַּ֥ף רַגְל֖⁠וֹ עד קָדְקֳדֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is using the extreme ends of Job’s body, **the sole of his foot** and **his pate** (that is, the top of his head), to mean those parts and everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “over his entire body” -2:8 j037 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶ֔רֶשׂ 1 A **shard** was a piece of broken pottery. It had sharp edges, so Job could **scrape himself** with it. If your readers would not be familiar with what a shard is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a piece of broken pottery” +2:8 j037 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶ֔רֶשׂ 1 A **shard** was a piece of broken pottery. It had sharp edges, so Job could **scrape himself** with it. If your readers would not be familiar with what a shard is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a sharp fragment of pottery” 2:8 k22q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠הִתְגָּרֵ֖ד 1 The implication is that Job would **scrape himself** with the shard to clean his skin and to reduce the itching of the boils. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to scrape himself to clean his skin and to reduce the itching of the boils” 2:8 f72v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠תוֹךְ־הָ⁠אֵֽפֶר 1 In this culture, there was place outside the city where rubbish was brought and burned to dispose of it. This left a pile of ashes. Job was sitting in that pile as a symbolic action to show how distressed he was. It was a way of signifying that he no longer felt his life was worth anything. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of his action. Alternate translation: “he was sitting in the midst of the ash pile outside the city to show how distressed he was” 2:9 v1yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֣יק בְּ⁠תֻמָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Job’s wife is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not still be holding firmly to your integrity!” 2:9 j038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations בָּרֵ֥ךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים וָ⁠מֻֽת 1 You may find it more appropriate to represent this in your translation as an exclamation rather than as a statement. Alternate translation: “Bless God and die!” -2:9 wgb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּרֵ֥ךְ 1 See how you translated the word "bless" in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [2:5](../02/05.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from "Curse" to **Bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “Curse” +2:9 wgb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּרֵ֥ךְ 1 See how you translated the word “bless” in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [2:5](../02/05.md). Scribes may also have made a change here from “Curse” to **Bless**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “Curse” 2:9 j039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּרֵ֥ךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים וָ⁠מֻֽת 1 Job’s wife seems to be saying implicitly that Job no longer has any reason either to trust God or to live, and that if he curses God, God will kill him too and put him out of his misery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Curse God so that he will kill you too and put you out of your misery” 2:10 p6a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אַחַ֤ת הַ⁠נְּבָלוֹת֙ 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a foolish person” or, since the expression is feminine, “a foolish woman” 2:10 j182 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֤ת הַ⁠נְּבָלוֹת֙ 1 In this context, the word **foolish** does not describe a person who is stupid or lacking intelligence or education. It means someone who does not respect God and who therefore does not live in the way that God has instructed people to live. Alternate translation: “a person who does not respect and obey God” or “a woman who does not respect and obey God” 2:10 hrr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠טּ֗וֹב נְקַבֵּל֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָ֖ע לֹ֣א נְקַבֵּ֑ל 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “if we are willing to receive the good from God, we should also be willing to receive the bad” -2:10 ltp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶת־הַ⁠טּ֗וֹב & וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָ֖ע 1 Job is using the adjectives **good** and **bad** as a nouns to mean a certain kinds of things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “good things … and … bad things” +2:10 ltp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶת־הַ⁠טּ֗וֹב & וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָ֖ע 1 Job is using the adjectives **good** and **bad** as a nouns to mean certain kinds of things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “good things … and … bad things” 2:10 wj2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׂפָתָֽי⁠ו 1 The author is referring to what Job said by association with **lips** that Job used in order to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in anything that he said” 2:11 j040 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּאת֮ הַ⁠בָּ֣אָה עָלָי⁠ו֒ 1 The author is speaking of the **evil** or trouble that happened to Job as if it were a living that **had come on him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all these bad things had happened to him” 2:11 c4dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱלִיפַ֤ז הַ⁠תֵּימָנִי֙ וּ⁠בִלְדַּ֣ד הַ⁠שּׁוּחִ֔י וְ⁠צוֹפַ֖ר הַ⁠נַּֽעֲמָתִ֑י 1 The words **Eliphaz**, **Bildad**, and **Zophar** are the names of men. The word **Temanite** describes someone from the town of Teman in the ancient country of Edom. The word **Shuhite** describes someone from the people group descended from Shuah, a son of Abraham and Keturah. The word **Naamathite** describes someone from the town of Naamah in Canaan. 2:11 en96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לָ⁠נֽוּד־ל֖⁠וֹ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠נַחֲמֽ⁠וֹ 1 The terms **sympathize** and **comfort** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to sympathize earnestly with him” -2:12 fu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 This expression means to look carefully and intently off into the distance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they looked intently off into the distance” -2:12 kle6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִכִּירֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 The implication is Job’s friends did not recognize him at first when they saw him at a distance. Job looked very different than usual because of his grief and because of the sores covering his body. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they barely recognized him because he looked so different because of his grief and his sores” +2:12 fu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 This expression means to look carefully and intently off into the distance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They looked intently off into the distance” +2:12 kle6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִכִּירֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 The implication is Job’s friends did not recognize him at first when they saw him at a distance. Job looked very different than usual because of his grief and because of the sores covering his body. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they barely recognized him because he looked so different due to his grief and his sores” 2:12 j042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ קוֹלָ֖⁠ם וַ⁠יִּבְכּ֑וּ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two phrases connected with **and**. The phrase **raised their voice** tells how the friends **wept**, that is, loudly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “and they wept in a loud voice” or “and they wept loudly” -2:12 jd72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ קוֹלָ֖⁠ם 1 The author is speaking as if the friends literally **raised** their voice, that is, lifted it up into the air. He means that they made a loud sound with their voicesas they wept. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they made a loud sound” +2:12 jd72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ קוֹלָ֖⁠ם 1 The author is speaking as if the friends literally **raised** their voice, that is, lifted it up into the air. He means that they made a loud sound with their voices as they wept. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they made a loud sound” 2:12 j041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ קוֹלָ֖⁠ם 1 Since the author is speaking of three people, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice**. Alternate translation: “they raised their voices” -2:12 ira1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְעוּ֙ אִ֣ישׁ מְעִל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּזְרְק֥וּ עָפָ֛ר עַל־רָאשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 Job’s friends tore their robes and threw dust into the air so that it would land on their heads as symbolic actions to show that they were deeply distressed about what had happened to Job. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “to show how distressed they were about what had happened to Job, they each tore his robe, and they threw dust heavenward upon their heads” +2:12 ira1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְעוּ֙ אִ֣ישׁ מְעִל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּזְרְק֥וּ עָפָ֛ר עַל־רָאשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 Job’s friends tore their robes and threw dust into the air so that it would land on their heads as symbolic actions to show that they were deeply distressed about what had happened to Job. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “to show how distressed they were about what had happened to Job, each tore his robe, and they threw dust heavenward upon their heads” 2:13 zzf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֤וּ אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Job’s friends **sat with him on the ground** as a symbolic action to express their sincere sympathy with him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “And to express their sincere sympathy, they sat with him on the ground” -3:intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn many places in this chapter, Job uses the question form in order to express strong feelings. Your language might not use the question form for this purpose. Notes will suggest other ways to translate these questions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Birth meaning life by association\n\nThroughout this chapter, Job is saying that does not feel that his life is worth living any longer. He communicates this by cursing the day he was born, which is a way of saying by association that he wishes he had never lived. This is a powerful poetic device that would be good to show to your readers. So it would be preferable to translate the device itself, rather than express only its meaning or implications in your translation. In other words, for example, it would be appropriate to translate Job’s actual words in 3:3, “May the day on which I was born perish,” rather than have him say something like, “I do not feel that my life is worth living any more, and so I wish I had never been born.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +3:intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn many places in this chapter, Job uses the question form in order to express strong feelings. Your language might not use the question form for this purpose. Notes will suggest other ways to translate these questions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Birth meaning life by association\n\nThroughout this chapter, Job is saying that does not feel that his life is worth living any longer. He communicates this by cursing the day he was born, which is a way of saying by association that he wishes he had never lived. This is a powerful poetic device that would be good to show to your readers, so it would be preferable to translate the device itself, rather than express only its meaning or implications in your translation. In other words, for example, it would be appropriate to translate Job’s actual words in 3:3, “May the day on which I was born perish,” rather than have him say something like, “I do not feel that my life is worth living any more, and so I wish I had never been born.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 3:1 hmv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פָּתַ֤ח אִיּוֹב֙ אֶת־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 The author is referring to Job speaking by association with the way **Job opened his mouth** in order to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Job spoke up” 3:1 j043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this context, the expression **his day** means the day on which Job was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and cursed his birthday” 3:1 j044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that Job **cursed** his birthday because he was suffering so greatly that he wished he had never been born. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and cursed his birthday because he was suffering so greatly that he wished he had never been born” @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:4 j048 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַֽל־יִדְרְשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְ⁠אַל־תּוֹפַ֖ע עָלָ֣י⁠ו נְהָרָֽה 1 Job is speaking as if God would literally **seek** the day of his birth after it became dark. In this context, the word **seek** could mean: (1) to show concern. Alternate translation: “May God not show concern from above for that day by restoring its light” (2) to look for. Alternate translation: “May God not search for that day from above when he discovers that it is missing and bring it back among the other days by restoring its light” 3:4 hr5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַֽל־יִדְרְשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְ⁠אַל־תּוֹפַ֖ע עָלָ֣י⁠ו נְהָרָֽה 1 Since it was God who created day by making light ([Genesis 1:3](../01/03.md)), Job seems to be wishing that his birthday would be dark because God would not provide any light for it. Alternate translation: “May God not care for it from above, and as a result, may light not shine upon it” or “May no light shine upon it, because God is not caring for it from above” 3:5 j049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet יִגְאָלֻ֡⁠הוּ חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וְ֭⁠צַלְמָוֶת 1 The terms **darkness** and **deep darkness** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “May darkness completely claim it” -3:5 j050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִגְאָלֻ֡⁠הוּ חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וְ֭⁠צַלְמָוֶת 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **claim** he is referring to the way in this culture a close relative would bring an orphaned child into his own home and make that child a member of his own family. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “May darkness and deep darkness make it part of their own family” +3:5 j050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִגְאָלֻ֡⁠הוּ חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וְ֭⁠צַלְמָוֶת 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **claim** he is referring to the way, in his culture, a close relative would bring an orphaned child into his own home and make that child a member of his own family. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “May darkness and deep darkness make it part of their own family” 3:5 j051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִגְאָלֻ֡⁠הוּ חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וְ֭⁠צַלְמָוֶת 1 Job is speaking as if **darkness and deep darkness** were living things that could adopt the day of his birth, as if it too were a living thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May that day be just like darkness, yes, like deep darkness” 3:5 ci87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּשְׁכָּן־עָלָ֣י⁠ו עֲנָנָ֑ה 1 Job is speaking of a **cloud** as if it were a living thing that could **dwell** or make its home **over** the day of his birth, and he is speaking of that day as if it were something that itself lived in a particular place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may that whole day be cloudy” -3:5 tz1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּֽמְרִ֥ירֵי יֽוֹם 1 In this possessive form, **the day** is the object rather than the subject of **blacknesses**. That is, this does not mean blacknesses that the day possesses, it means all the things that blacken a day, in other words, make it dark. This would include things such as eclipses, sand storms, volcanic eruptions, etc. Alternate translation: “all the things that blacken a day” or “all the things that make a day dark” +3:5 tz1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּֽמְרִ֥ירֵי יֽוֹם 1 In this possessive form, **the day** is the object rather than the subject of **blacknesses**. That is, this does not mean blacknesses that the day possesses, it means all the things that blacken a day, that is, make it dark. This would include things such as eclipses, sand storms, volcanic eruptions, etc. Alternate translation: “all the things that blacken a day” or “all the things that make a day dark” 3:5 j052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּֽמְרִ֥ירֵי יֽוֹם 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun such as **blacknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “all the things that blacken a day” or “all the things that make a day dark” 3:5 j4if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְ֝בַעֲתֻ֗⁠הוּ 1 Job is speaking of the day of his birth as if it were a living thing that blackening events could **terrify**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make it so dark that it is no longer truly a day” 3:6 g44b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יִקָּחֵ֪⁠ה֫וּ אֹ֥פֶל 1 Job is speaking of **gloom** as if it were a living thing that could **take** away the night of his conception, as if it were an object that could be carried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may it be without any light” @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:7 i8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אַל־תָּבֹ֖א רְנָנָ֣ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is speaking of a **joyful shout** as if it were a living thing that could **come into** a place. He is referring to people shouting for joy on the night of the day when he was born. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May no one shout joyfully on that night” 3:7 cdr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תָּבֹ֖א רְנָנָ֣ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job means implicitly that he does not want anyone to shout joyfully on this particular night to celebrate the birth of a child. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May no one shout joyfully on that night to celebrate the birth of a child” 3:8 j055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִקְּבֻ֥⁠הוּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the day when Job was born. Job is alternating between speaking about that day and about the night when he was conceived. Alternate translation: “May … curse that day” -3:8 i4gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹרְרֵי־י֑וֹם 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **the ones cursing a day** he is referring to sorcerers whom people in this culture employed in the belief that the sorcerers could cause bad things to happen on a particular day to people they did not like. For example, people might employ a sorcerer to try to ruin the day on which a person began an important journey or celebrated an important family occasion such as a wedding. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “professional sorcerers” -3:8 j056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ֝⁠עֲתִידִ֗ים 1 Job is using the adjective **skillful** as a noun to mean certain people. The word is plural, and ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who have the skill” +3:8 i4gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹרְרֵי־י֑וֹם 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **the ones cursing a day** he is referring to sorcerers. People in this culture employed sorcerers in the belief that they could cause bad things to happen on a particular day to their enemies. For example, people might employ a sorcerer to try to ruin the day on which a person began an important journey or celebrated an important family occasion such as a wedding. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “professional sorcerers” +3:8 j056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ֝⁠עֲתִידִ֗ים 1 Job is using the adjective **skillful** as a noun to mean certain people. The word is plural, and ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who have the skill” 3:8 j057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹרֵ֥ר לִוְיָתָֽן 1 The implication is that if sorcerers created chaos by awakening the chaos monster, there would no longer be any distinction between days, and so the day of Job’s birth would no longer have a distinct identity. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to cause chaos among days” or “to destroy the distinct identity of the day on which I was born” -3:8 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִוְיָתָֽן 1 People in this culture believed in a monster called **Leviathan**, associated with the sea, who caused chaos. You could retain the name Leviathan in your translation. Alternatively, you could use a general expression in order to give your readers some idea of the beliefs of this culture. Alternate translation: “the chaos monster” +3:8 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִוְיָתָֽן 1 People in this culture believed in a monster called **Leviathan**, associated with the sea, who caused chaos. You could retain the name Leviathan in your translation. Alternatively, you could use a general expression in order to give your readers some idea of the beliefs of this culture. Alternate translation: “the sea monster who causes chaos” 3:9 fcl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְקַו־לְ⁠א֥וֹר וָ⁠אַ֑יִן וְ⁠אַל־יִ֝רְאֶ֗ה בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is speaking of the day of his birth as if it were a living thing that could **wait** for **light** to appear in the sky and **see** the **dawn**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may light never appear on that day, yes, may dawn never break on that day” 3:9 j058 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is referring to light flashing from eyes by association with the **eyelids** that open to reveal that flashing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the light flashing from the eyes of the dawn” 3:9 max2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is speaking of **the dawn** as if it were a living thing that had **eyelids** that could open to reveal light flashing from its eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first light of dawn” or “the break of dawn” 3:10 j059 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֹ֣א סָ֭גַר דַּלְתֵ֣י בִטְנִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the possessive form **my womb** to mean the womb from which he was born, that is, his mother’s womb. He is not saying that he himself had a womb. It may be helpful clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “it did not close the doors of my mother’s womb” 3:10 ta9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א סָ֭גַר דַּלְתֵ֣י בִטְנִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as his mother’s **womb** literally had **doors** that could have **closed** to keep him from being born. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it did not keep me from being born” -3:10 juv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לֹ֣א סָ֭גַר דַּלְתֵ֣י בִטְנִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if the day of his birth were a living thing that could have kept him from being born. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nothing kept me from being born on that day” +3:10 juv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לֹ֣א סָ֭גַר דַּלְתֵ֣י בִטְנִ֑⁠י וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֥ר 1 Job is speaking as if the day of his birth were a living thing that could have kept him from being born. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nothing kept me from being born on that day and hid” 3:10 j060 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֥ר עָ֝מָ֗ל מֵ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 Job is also speaking as if the day of his birth were a living thing that could have hidden **trouble** from his **eyes**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and nothing hid trouble from my eyes” 3:10 e47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֥ר עָ֝מָ֗ל מֵ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 Job is referring to his ability to see by association with the **eyes** by which he sees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and hide trouble from my sight” or “and keep me from seeing trouble” 3:10 j061 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֥ר עָ֝מָ֗ל מֵ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 In this context, to see **trouble** means to experience it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and keep me from experiencing trouble” 3:10 j062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֥ר עָ֝מָ֗ל מֵ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and keep me from suffering so badly” 3:11 j063 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לָ֤⁠מָּה לֹּ֣א מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם אָמ֑וּת מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 These two phrases mean similar things. As Job and the other characters do throughout the poetic sections of the book, here he is using repeating phrases in order to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. (See the discussion of “parallelism” in the General Introduction to the book of Job.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. However, you may wish to retain both of them in order to give your readers an idea of how Hebrew poetry worked. The following notes give suggestions for how to do that. Alternate translation, combining the phrases: “Why did I not die just as soon as I was born?” 3:11 gg8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה לֹּ֣א מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם אָמ֑וּת מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate using the statement or exclamation form. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I wish I had died from the womb! I wish I had come out of the belly and expired!” -3:11 j064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **womb** from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as I was born” -3:11 hh1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the word **expire**, which means to “breathe out,” to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “come out of the belly and breathe my last” -3:11 j065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **belly** (a poetic synonym for “womb”) from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “breathe my last as soon as my mother gave birth to me” +3:11 j064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֵ⁠רֶ֣חֶם 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **womb** from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as I was born” +3:11 hh1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is using the word **expire**, which means to “breathe out,” to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and pass away” +3:11 j065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֶּ֖טֶן יָצָ֣אתִי וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 Job is referring to his birth by association with the **belly** (a poetic synonym for “womb”) from which he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “breathe my last as soon as my mother gave birth to me” 3:12 j066 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַ֭דּוּעַ קִדְּמ֣וּ⁠נִי בִרְכָּ֑יִם וּ⁠מַה־שָּׁ֝דַ֗יִם כִּ֣י אִינָֽק 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I wish that knees had not welcomed me, and breasts, that I should have sucked!” 3:12 j067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מַ֭דּוּעַ קִדְּמ֣וּ⁠נִי בִרְכָּ֑יִם וּ⁠מַה־שָּׁ֝דַ֗יִם כִּ֣י אִינָֽק 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Why did knees welcome me, and why did breasts welcome me so that I could suck?” 3:12 v9p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מַ֭דּוּעַ קִדְּמ֣וּ⁠נִי בִרְכָּ֑יִם וּ⁠מַה־שָּׁ֝דַ֗יִם כִּ֣י אִינָֽק 1 Job is using parts of his mother to mean all of his mother in the act of nursing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why did my mother hold me on her knees and nurse me?” @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:14 j070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים חֳרָב֣וֹת לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The word translated **monuments** refers to a desolate or ruined place. In this context, it could mean implicitly: (1) elaborate buildings in desolate places, such as the pyramids that the pharaohs built in the Egyptian desert. Since Job is wishing that this were his situation, this positive sense is probably preferable. Alternate translation: “who built great tombs for themselves in remote places” (2) ruined buildings. Alternate translation: “who rebuilt ruined buildings for themselves” or “who built buildings for themselves that are now ruined” 3:15 j071 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הַֽ⁠מְמַלְאִ֖ים בָּתֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם כָּֽסֶף 1 Job says that these princes **filled their houses with silver** as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “who kept much silver in their homes” 3:16 j072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְ⁠נֵ֣פֶל טָ֭מוּן 1 The word translated **hidden** refers implicitly to burial. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “like a child who was not born alive and so was buried immediately” -3:16 qu2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כְּ֝⁠עֹלְלִ֗ים לֹא־רָ֥אוּ אֽוֹר 1 Job is using one of the birth process, seeing **the light** for the first time, to mean all of the birth process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like infants who are not born alive” +3:16 qu2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כְּ֝⁠עֹלְלִ֗ים לֹא־רָ֥אוּ אֽוֹר 1 Job is using one part of the birth process, seeing **the light** for the first time, to mean all of the birth process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like infants who are not born alive” 3:17 j073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רְ֭שָׁעִים & יְגִ֣יעֵי כֹֽחַ 1 Job is using the adjectives **wicked** and **weary** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are weary in strength” -3:18 zbk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֥א שָׁ֝מְע֗וּ ק֣וֹל נֹגֵֽשׂ 1 Job is referring to the orders that a **taskmaster** would give **Captives** by association with the **voice** that the taskmaster would use to convey them, and he is referring to the captives’ obligation to obey those orders by association with the way they would **hear** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no taskmaster gives them orders to follow” or “they no longer need to follow the orders of any taskmaster” +3:18 zbk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֥א שָׁ֝מְע֗וּ ק֣וֹל נֹגֵֽשׂ 1 Job is referring to the orders that a **taskmaster** would give **Captives** by association with the **voice** that the taskmaster would use to convey them. He is referring to the captives’ obligation to obey those orders by association with the way they would **hear** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no taskmaster gives them orders to follow” or “they no longer need to follow the orders of any taskmaster” 3:19 yv5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism קָטֹ֣ן וְ֭⁠גָדוֹל שָׁ֣ם 1 Job is using two extremes of people, **small** and **great** (meaning unimportant and important), to mean them and everyone in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “People of every kind are there” 3:19 j074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj קָטֹ֣ן וְ֭⁠גָדוֹל 1 Job is using the adjectives **Small** and **great** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Unimportant people and important people” -3:19 xrv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝⁠עֶ֗בֶד 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and anyone who had been a servant” -3:20 zq45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה יִתֵּ֣ן לְ⁠עָמֵ֣ל א֑וֹר וְ֝⁠חַיִּ֗ים לְ⁠מָ֣רֵי נָֽפֶשׁ 1 This is the beginning of a long question that Job asks, using the question form for emphasis, in verses 20–23. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these verses as a series of statement or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Light should not be given to the miserable! Life should not be given to the bitter in soul!” +3:19 xrv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝⁠עֶ֗בֶד 1 In this context, the phrase **a servant** does not refer to one specific person. It refers to servants in general. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and anyone who had been a servant” +3:20 zq45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה יִתֵּ֣ן לְ⁠עָמֵ֣ל א֑וֹר וְ֝⁠חַיִּ֗ים לְ⁠מָ֣רֵי נָֽפֶשׁ 1 This is the beginning of a long question that Job asks, using the question form for emphasis, in verses 20–23. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these verses as a series of statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Light should not be given to the miserable! Life should not be given to the bitter in soul!” 3:20 j075 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לָ֤⁠מָּה יִתֵּ֣ן & א֑וֹר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “Why does God give light” 3:20 naz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy א֑וֹר 1 Job is referring to life by association with the **light** that people who are alive are able to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “life” 3:20 j076 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לְ⁠עָמֵ֣ל & לְ⁠מָ֣רֵי נָֽפֶשׁ 1 Job is using the adjectives **miserable** and **bitter** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “to people who are miserable … to people who are bitter in soul” @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:24 jp2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַֽ⁠יִּתְּכ֥וּ כַ֝⁠מַּ֗יִם שַׁאֲגֹתָֽ⁠י 1 The point of this comparison is that just as **waters** (those of a river, for example) flow greatly and powerfully, so Job is groaning greatly and powerfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I am groaning very greatly” 3:25 j082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 Job is using the word **For** to explain the reason why he is so upset that he cannot eat and he is groaning loudly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I cannot eat and I am groaning because” 3:25 pvp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification פַ֣חַד פָּ֭חַדְתִּי וַ⁠יֶּאֱתָיֵ֑⁠נִי וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָ֝גֹ֗רְתִּי יָ֣בֹא לִֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking of what he **feared** and **dreaded** as if it were a living thing that had **arrived** or **come** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to combine these two clauses in your translation. Alternate translation: “the thing that I was most afraid of has happened” -3:25 j083 פַ֣חַד פָּ֭חַדְתִּי 1 Job is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here.Alternatively, your language may have its own way of expressing such a meaning. Alternate translation: “I was very afraid of something” +3:25 j083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry פַ֣חַד פָּ֭חַדְתִּי 1 Job is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here.Alternatively, your language may have its own way of expressing such a meaning. Alternate translation: “I was very afraid of something” 3:26 j084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א שָׁלַ֨וְתִּי ׀ וְ⁠לֹ֖א שָׁקַ֥טְתִּי וְֽ⁠לֹא־נָ֗חְתִּי וַ⁠יָּ֥בֹא רֹֽגֶז 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (The word translated **but** introduces a reason.) Alternate translation: “Because trouble comes, I have not relaxed, and I have not reposed, and I have not rested” 3:26 f53t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לֹ֤א שָׁלַ֨וְתִּי ׀ וְ⁠לֹ֖א שָׁקַ֥טְתִּי וְֽ⁠לֹא־נָ֗חְתִּי וַ⁠יָּ֥בֹא רֹֽגֶז 1 The terms **relaxed**, **reposed**, and **rested** mean similar things. Job is using the three terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I have not been able to rest at all” 3:26 j085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַ⁠יָּ֥בֹא רֹֽגֶז 1 Job is speaking of **trouble** as if it were a living thing that **comes** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but trouble happens” -4:intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter (and the next chapter), Job’s friend Eliphaz responds to what Job said in chapter 3.\n\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Eliphaz’s advice\n\nEliphaz advises Job to trust that God protects innocent people and punishes wicked people. He says that God corrects good people if they begin to do bad things, and he encourages Job to consider why God is correcting him. Ordinarily this would be very good advice. But Eliphaz does not understand the special circumstances that Job is in. Job himself does not understand them. God cannot explain to Job that he has allowed the adversary to test him to see whether he will still trust God even if he loses his family, possessions, and health, because if God explained this, that would make the test invalid. So this section of the book, in which Job’s three friends speak with him, presents a paradox: What would ordinarily be good advice is not good advice under these special circumstances.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nEliphaz often uses the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate his questions as statements or exclamations. Notes will offer suggestions at each place where Eliphaz uses the question form in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +4:intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn this chapter (and the next chapter), Job’s friend Eliphaz responds to what Job said in chapter 3.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Eliphaz’s advice\n\nEliphaz advises Job to trust that God protects innocent people and punishes wicked people. He says that God corrects good people if they begin to do bad things, and he encourages Job to consider why God is correcting him. Ordinarily this would be very good advice. But Eliphaz does not understand the special circumstances that Job is in. Job himself does not understand them. God cannot explain to Job that he has allowed the adversary to test him to see whether he will still trust God even if he loses his family, possessions, and health, because if God explained this, that would make the test invalid. So this section of the book, in which Job’s three friends speak with him, presents a paradox: What would ordinarily be good advice is not good advice under these special circumstances.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nEliphaz often uses the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate his questions as statements or exclamations. Notes will offer suggestions at each place where Eliphaz uses the question form in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 4:2 y6k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠נִסָּ֬ה דָבָ֣ר אֵלֶ֣י⁠ךָ תִּלְאֶ֑ה וַ⁠עְצֹ֥ר בְּ֝⁠מִלִּ֗ין מִ֣י יוּכָֽל 1 In both of these sentences, Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I am concerned that you will tire if a word is tried with you. But no one is able to refrain from a word.” 4:2 j086 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲ⁠נִסָּ֬ה דָבָ֣ר אֵלֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If I try a word with you” 4:2 j087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הֲ⁠נִסָּ֬ה דָבָ֣ר אֵלֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the term **word** to mean what he would like to say to Job by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If I try to speak with you” @@ -215,10 +215,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:2 j089 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ֝⁠מִלִּ֗ין 1 Eliphaz is using the term translated **word**, in this case meaning a single spoken word, to mean by association all of what he would like to say to Job by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from speaking” 4:3 j090 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רַבִּ֑ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **many** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people” 4:3 j091 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠יָדַ֖יִם רָפ֣וֹת תְּחַזֵּֽק 1 Eliphaz may be using one part of people, their **hands**, to mean the people themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have strengthened people who were weak” or see next note for another possibility. -4:3 fe8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יָדַ֖יִם רָפ֣וֹת תְּחַזֵּֽק 1 Eliphaz may be referring to fear by association with way the people’s **hands** become **weak** when they are afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have helped people who were afraid take courage” +4:3 fe8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יָדַ֖יִם רָפ֣וֹת תְּחַזֵּֽק 1 Eliphaz may be referring to fear by association with way the people’s **hands** become **weak** when they are afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have helped frightened people take courage” 4:4 tqj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כּ֭וֹשֵׁל יְקִימ֣וּ⁠ן מִלֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the term **words** to mean what Job has said to people in the past by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you have said has upheld the one stumbling” 4:4 fnd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כּ֭וֹשֵׁל יְקִימ֣וּ⁠ן מִלֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if people who were struggling in life were literally **stumbling** and as if Job’s **words** or counsel had literally **upheld** them or kept them from falling down. He means that Job gave wise advice that encouraged people in their struggles and helped them not to give up. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “By your advice, you have encouraged struggling people not to give up” -4:4 j092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כּ֭וֹשֵׁל 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone in the situation that it describes. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people who were stumbling” or “many people who were struggling” +4:4 j092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun כּ֭וֹשֵׁל 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone in the situation that it describes. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people who were stumbling” or “people who were struggling” 4:4 c21w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִרְכַּ֖יִם כֹּרְע֣וֹת תְּאַמֵּֽץ 1 Eliphaz is referring to exhaustion or despondency by association with way the people’s **knees** may be **buckling** under those circumstances. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have helped exhausted people to persevere” or “you have helped despondent people not to give up” 4:5 jv44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תָּב֣וֹא אֵלֶ֣י⁠ךָ & תִּגַּ֥ע עָ֝דֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is speaking of trouble as if it were a living thing that could **touch** Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it happens to you … it affects you” 4:5 j093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תָּב֣וֹא & תִּגַּ֥ע 1 The pronoun **it** refers to trouble in both instances. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “trouble comes … trouble touches” or “trouble happens … trouble affects” @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:7 ctx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֤י ה֣וּא נָקִ֣י אָבָ֑ד וְ֝⁠אֵיפֹ֗ה יְשָׁרִ֥ים נִכְחָֽדוּ 1 In both of these instances, Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “We cannot name one innocent person who has perished! And the righteous are never destroyed!” 4:7 mq2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֝⁠אֵיפֹ֗ה יְשָׁרִ֥ים נִכְחָֽדוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And when has anyone destroyed the righteous” 4:7 j095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj יְשָׁרִ֥ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” -4:8 j096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חֹ֣רְשֵׁי אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠זֹרְעֵ֖י עָמָ֣ל יִקְצְרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones plowing misery reap it, and the ones sowing trouble reap that” -4:8 yw7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֹ֣רְשֵׁי אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠זֹרְעֵ֖י עָמָ֣ל יִקְצְרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as people could literally plow **iniquity**, sow **trouble**, and **reap** those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who do wicked things and cause trouble for others will experience trouble themselves” -4:9 g9mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠נִּשְׁמַ֣ת אֱל֣וֹהַ יֹאבֵ֑דוּ וּ⁠מֵ⁠ר֖וּחַ אַפּ֣⁠וֹ יִכְלֽוּ 1 Eliphaz could also be using the **breath of God** to mean by association the judgment that God pronounces against the wicked by speaking with his breath and the **blast of his nose** to mean the wrath of God against wickedness by association with the way people snort with their noses when they are angry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God pronounces his judgment against them and destroys them; in his wrath he makes an end of them” or see next note for another possibility. +4:8 j096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חֹ֣רְשֵׁי אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠זֹרְעֵ֖י עָמָ֣ל יִקְצְרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who plow misery reap it, and the ones who sow trouble reap that” +4:8 yw7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֹ֣רְשֵׁי אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠זֹרְעֵ֖י עָמָ֣ל יִקְצְרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if people could literally plow **iniquity**, sow **trouble**, and **reap** those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who do wicked things and cause trouble for others will experience trouble themselves” +4:9 g9mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠נִּשְׁמַ֣ת אֱל֣וֹהַ יֹאבֵ֑דוּ וּ⁠מֵ⁠ר֖וּחַ אַפּ֣⁠וֹ יִכְלֽוּ 1 Eliphaz could also be using the **breath of God** to mean by association the judgment that God pronounces against the wicked by speaking with his breath. He could be using the **blast of his nose** to mean the wrath of God against wickedness by association with the way people snort with their noses when they are angry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God pronounces his judgment against them and destroys them; in his wrath he makes an end of them” or see next note for another possibility. 4:9 sm4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠נִּשְׁמַ֣ת אֱל֣וֹהַ יֹאבֵ֑דוּ וּ⁠מֵ⁠ר֖וּחַ אַפּ֣⁠וֹ יִכְלֽוּ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if troublesome people literally **perish** when God breathes on them from his mouth and snorts at them from his **nose**. By referring to the **breath of God** and the **blast of his nose**, Eliphaz may be depicting God’s judgment as a great storm that sweeps wicked people away. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s powerful judgment against them is like a great storm that sweeps them away” 4:10 vnp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations שַׁאֲגַ֣ת אַ֭רְיֵה וְ⁠ק֣וֹל שָׁ֑חַל וְ⁠שִׁנֵּ֖י כְפִירִ֣ים נִתָּֽעוּ 1 Eliphaz is using exclamations to add emphasis to the point he is making. If these would not be natural in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “Lions may roar, indeed, fierce lions may rumble, but the teeth of the young lions are broken” 4:10 mw99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שַׁאֲגַ֣ת אַ֭רְיֵה וְ⁠ק֣וֹל שָׁ֑חַל וְ⁠שִׁנֵּ֖י כְפִירִ֣ים נִתָּֽעוּ 1 Eliphaz is speaking of wicked people as if they were literally **lions**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Wicked people may say threatening things and appear dangerous, but God will keep them from harming righteous people” @@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:11 n8m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י לָ֝בִ֗יא יִתְפָּרָֽדוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the cubs of the lioness scatter” 4:12 j097 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֭⁠אֵלַ⁠י דָּבָ֣ר יְגֻנָּ֑ב 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now someone brought a word to me secretly” 4:12 dots rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ֭⁠אֵלַ⁠י 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **Now** to introduce background information that will help Job understand what he says next. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. -4:12 j098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֣ר 1 Eliphaz is using the term **word** to mean a message that was communicated to him by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A message” +4:12 j098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֣ר 1 Eliphaz is using the term **word** to mean a message that was communicated to him by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a message” 4:12 j099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח אָ֝זְנִ֗⁠י 1 Eliphaz is using one part of himself, his **ear**, to mean all of him in the act of hearing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I heard” 4:13 h37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֶזְיֹנ֣וֹת לָ֑יְלָה 1 By **visions of the night**, Eliphaz means dreams. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from a dream that I had” 4:13 er9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בִּ⁠נְפֹ֥ל תַּ֝רְדֵּמָ֗ה עַל־אֲנָשִֽׁים 1 Eliphaz is speaking of **deep sleep** as if it were a living thing that could be actively **falling** on people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as happens when people are deeply asleep” 4:13 j100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֲנָשִֽׁים 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Eliphaz is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” 4:14 pp18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet פַּ֣חַד קְ֭רָאַ⁠נִי וּ⁠רְעָדָ֑ה 1 The terms **Fear** and **trembling** mean similar things. Eliphaz is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Great fear came upon me” -4:14 j101 פַּ֣חַד & הִפְחִֽיד 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is using a construction in which a subject and its verb come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may another way of showing the emphasis. +4:14 j101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry פַּ֣חַד & הִפְחִֽיד 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is using a construction in which a subject and its verb come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may another way of showing the emphasis. 4:14 j102 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רֹ֖ב עַצְמוֹתַ֣⁠י הִפְחִֽיד 1 Eliphaz is using one part of himself, his **bones**, to mean all of him in the act of becoming afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I became completely afraid” or “yes, I became completely afraid” 4:16 vak8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תְּ֭מוּנָה לְ⁠נֶ֣גֶד עֵינָ֑⁠י 1 Eliphaz is referring to seeing by association with the **eyes** by which he could see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I saw an image” 4:16 j103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וָ⁠ק֣וֹל אֶשְׁמָֽע 1 Eliphaz is referring to speaking by association with the **voice** by which this spirit spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then I heard the spirit say” @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:17 j106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ם מֵ֝⁠עֹשֵׂ֗⁠הוּ יִטְהַר־גָּֽבֶר 1 Eliphaz is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be more pure than his Maker, can he?” 4:17 j107 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations גָּֽבֶר 1 Eliphaz is using the word **man** here (a synonym for the word translated **man** earlier in the verse) in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” 4:18 j108 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֑ין & יָשִׂ֥ים 1 The pronouns **he** and **his** refer back to the previous verse to God, not to “a man.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God does not trust … God charges” -4:18 j109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ֭⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠מַלְאָכָ֗י⁠ו 1 By **his servants**, Eliphaz implicitly means the **angels** he mentions later in the verse. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the angels who serve him … and … those angels” +4:18 j109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ֭⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠מַלְאָכָ֗י⁠ו 1 By **his servants**, Eliphaz implicitly means the **angels** he mentions later in the verse. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the angels who serve him and … those angels” 4:19 j110 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֤ף ׀ שֹׁכְנֵ֬י בָֽתֵּי־חֹ֗מֶר 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “How much less will God be confident that dwellers in houses of clay are doing the right thing” 4:19 x3pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁכְנֵ֬י בָֽתֵּי־חֹ֗מֶר אֲשֶׁר־בֶּ⁠עָפָ֥ר יְסוֹדָ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if human beings literally lived in **houses** made of **clay** that have a **foundation** set in the **dust**. He is referring to the human body, which the Bible describes as having been formed from the dust of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human beings” 4:19 j111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝דַכְּא֗וּ⁠ם 1 **They** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “Such people can be crushed” @@ -265,28 +265,30 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 4:20 znp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻכַּ֑תּוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “God destroys them” 4:21 n9su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־נִסַּ֣ע יִתְרָ֣⁠ם בָּ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Their tent cord is certainly pulled up away from them!” 4:21 j112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲ⁠לֹא־נִסַּ֣ע יִתְרָ֣⁠ם בָּ֑⁠ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “Does not God pull up their tent cord away from them” -4:21 ugp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠לֹא־נִסַּ֣ע יִתְרָ֣⁠ם בָּ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as people were literally a **tent** whose **cord** had been **pulled up** so that it was in danger of imminent collapse. He means that mortals have only a brief and uncertain life. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not people have only a brief and uncertain life?” or, as an exclamation, “People have only a brief and uncertain life!” +4:21 ugp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲ⁠לֹא־נִסַּ֣ע יִתְרָ֣⁠ם בָּ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if people were literally a **tent** whose **cord** had been **pulled up** so that it was in danger of imminent collapse. He means that mortals have only a brief and uncertain life. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not people have only a brief and uncertain life?” or, as an exclamation, “People have only a brief and uncertain life!” 4:21 j113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְ⁠חָכְמָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after having lived wisely” -5:intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend Eliphaz.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### long sentence\nEliphaz describes God in a long sentence in verses 8–13. As the notes suggest at several places, it may be helpful to break up this long sentence into several shorter sentences. +5:intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend Eliphaz.\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### long sentence\nEliphaz describes God in a long sentence in verses 8–13. As the notes suggest at several places, it may be helpful to break up this long sentence into several shorter sentences. 5:1 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **now** to offer polite encouragement. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Go ahead, call out” 5:1 j115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **Call out**, he is telling Job to ask someone to listen to his complaint against God. In this culture, someone who had a case against someone else would go to a public area and ask established members of the community to hear and judge the case. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Go ahead, call for someone to listen to and judge your case against God” 5:1 j116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony קְֽרָא־נָ֭א 1 Eliphaz does not really want Job to **Call out** and ask someone to hear his complaint against God, even though he is telling Job to do that. Eliphaz actually intends to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He wants Job to realize that there is no being who has the wisdom or authority to hear a human being’s complaint against God. Alternate translation: “There is really no point in calling for someone to listen to and judge your case against God” 5:1 gaw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ עוֹנֶ֑⁠ךָּ וְ⁠אֶל־מִ֖י מִ⁠קְּדֹשִׁ֣ים תִּפְנֶֽה 1 In both of these instances, Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “there is no one who will answer you. You cannot turn to any of the holy ones.” -5:1 n2rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠קְּדֹשִׁ֣ים 1 In this context, the phrase **the holy ones** likely refers to angelic beings rather than to people who live righteously. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers.. Alternate translation: “the angelic beings” -5:1 j117 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּפְנֶֽה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job would literally **turn** to face someone he wanted to hear his case against God. Eliphaz means that Job would appeal to such a person, although he is arguing that there actually is no such person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will you appeal” +5:1 n2rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠קְּדֹשִׁ֣ים 1 In this context, the phrase **the holy ones** likely refers to angelic beings rather than to people who live righteously. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers.. Alternate translation: “of the angelic beings” +5:1 j117 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּפְנֶֽה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job would literally **turn** to face someone whom he wanted to hear his case against God. Eliphaz means that Job would appeal to such a person, although he is arguing that there actually is no such person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will you appeal” 5:2 j118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Eliphaz is using the word **For** to explain the reason why he does not really think that Job should look for someone to judge his complaint against God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “You should not look for someone to judge your complaint against God, because” 5:2 v7ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לֶֽ֭⁠אֱוִיל יַהֲרָג־כָּ֑עַשׂ וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה תָּמִ֥ית קִנְאָֽה 1 Eliphaz is speaking of **indignation** and **resentment** as if they were a living things that could kill a person. He means that people who become indignant and resentful when God corrects them, rather than admitting their sins and repenting, put themselves in a position where God has to punish them, even by killing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when people foolishly become indignant or naïvely become resentful when God corrects them, God must punish or even kill them” 5:2 j119 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּ֑עַשׂ & קִנְאָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **indignation** and **resentment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “being indignant … being resentful” 5:2 bn1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֶֽ֭⁠אֱוִיל & וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה 1 These phrases does not refer to specific people. They refer to anyone who has the qualities that they name. Express their meaning in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone who is foolish … and … everyone who is simple” +5:2 cf68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לֶֽ֭⁠אֱוִיל 1 Job is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the foolish person” 5:2 j120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠פֹתֶ֗ה 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **simple** he means a person who does not realize that the world is a complicated place and that he needs to cultivate godly wisdom in order to make good choices and avoid the consequences of bad choices. Your language may have a term with this meaning that you can use in your translation. 5:3 j121 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲֽנִי־רָ֭אִיתִי 1 Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb **have seen**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of expressing this emphasis. The ULT does so by saying **I myself**. Alternate translation: “I have indeed seen” -5:3 j122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱוִ֣יל 1 In this context, the word **foolish** describes someone who does not respect and obey God. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “the person who does not respect and obey God” +5:3 xhtd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֱוִ֣יל 1 Job is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a foolish person” +5:3 j122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱוִ֣יל 1 In this context, the word **foolish** describes someone who does not respect and obey God. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “a person who does not respect and obey God” 5:3 za27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַשְׁרִ֑ישׁ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if this **foolish person** were literally **taking root**. He means that the person was becoming established or prospering. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “prospering” 5:3 lcr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נָוֵ֣⁠הוּ 1 Eliphaz is referring to this foolish person’s way of life by association with the **abode** where he lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his way of life” 5:4 j123 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְחֲק֣וּ & מִ⁠יֶּ֑שַׁע 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the **children** of a person who does not respect and obey God are literally **far from** safety. He means that they are not safe at all but in great danger. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are in great danger” 5:4 yz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠יֶּ֑שַׁע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **safety**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from being safe” 5:4 e8js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִֽדַּכְּא֥וּ בַ֝⁠שַּׁ֗עַר 1 By **the gate**, Eliphaz implicitly means the place where legal disputes are settled. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and they are crushed in legal proceedings” -5:4 i7p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠יִֽדַּכְּא֥וּ בַ֝⁠שַּׁ֗עַר 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the children of person who does not respect and obey God are literally **crushed** in legal disputes. He means that the disputes are settled decisively in favor of their opponents. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and their opponents in legal proceedings defeat them decisively” +5:4 i7p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠יִֽדַּכְּא֥וּ בַ֝⁠שַּׁ֗עַר 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the children of a person who does not respect and obey God are literally **crushed** in legal disputes. He means that the disputes are settled decisively in favor of their opponents. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and their opponents in legal proceedings defeat them decisively” 5:4 ep6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין מַצִּֽיל 1 Eliphaz implicitly means that there is no one **rescuing** these children from legal defeats and their consequences. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “because no one defends them” 5:5 j124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֤ר קְצִיר֨⁠וֹ ׀ רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 The pronoun **whose** refers to the “foolish person” whom Eliphaz describes in verses 2 and 3. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Hungry people devour the harvest of the foolish person” 5:5 j125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר קְצִיר֨⁠וֹ ׀ רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by **devours the harvest** he is referring to the practice of gleaning, which the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to allow. Poor people could come into harvested fields and pick up the leftover grain to feed themselves. Eliphaz means that the foolish person and his family will not be able to harvest the grain they have planted and so gleaners will come and take all the grain. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “The foolish person has to abandon the grain that he plants in his fields, and gleaners come and take all of it” @@ -295,28 +297,28 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:5 j128 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָ֘עֵ֤ב & צַמִּ֣ים 1 Eliphaz is describing poor people by association with the way that they may be **hungry** and **thirsty** because they cannot afford to buy food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, using a poetic parallel: “the poor one … the impoverished ones” 5:5 j129 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֘עֵ֤ב יֹאכֵ֗ל 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. It may be helpful to make this term plural, like **the thirsty ones**, for consistency. Alternate translation: “hungry people devour” or “poor people devour” 5:5 k9ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶֽל־מִ⁠צִּנִּ֥ים יִקָּחֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 The implications are that if gleaners even collect the grain that is growing **among the thorns** in the foolish person’s field, then they will take all of the grain in the entire field. The further implication is that nothing will be left for the foolish person and his family. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they take every last bit of grain, leaving nothing for him and his family” -5:5 ded6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁאַ֖ף צַמִּ֣ים חֵילָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **thirsty ones**, that is, impoverished people, literally **pant** for the **wealth** of foolish people, as if it were something they could drink to satisfy their thirst. He means that they desire the wealth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and impoverished people desire their wealth” -5:5 j130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁאַ֖ף צַמִּ֣ים חֵילָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is saying by implication that the **thirsty ones** who desire the **wealth** of foolish people actually obtain it, by gleaning their entire harvests and perhaps by other means that he does not mention specifically. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and impoverished people take away their wealth” -5:6 j131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases For 1 Eliphaz is using the word **For** to connect what he has just said with his larger argument that Job should consider why God would be punishing him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not be like a person who does not respect and obey God, because” -5:6 kx25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor misery does not come out from the dust, and trouble does not sprout from the ground 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **misery** and **trouble** might literally come from the **dust** or the **ground**. He is comparing them to plants such as weeds that might unexpectedly appear in the soil even though a farmer did not sow their seeds. The point of the comparison is that weeds seem to come out of nowhere, while trouble and misery have an identifiable source. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, combining the two parallel lines: “trouble certainly does not just happen” -5:6 j132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit For misery does not come out from the dust, and trouble does not sprout from the ground 1 The implication, if trouble and misery do not just happen, is that their cause is the indignation and resentment that Eliphaz warned Job against in verse 2. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation, as a poetic parallel: “For it is truly indignation that causes trouble, yes, it is resentment that causes misery” -5:7 j133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases For 1 Eliphaz is using the word **For** to explain the reason why he says that trouble does not just happen. Its cause is known: People create trouble for themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” -5:7 kz2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit man is born to trouble, and sons of the flame soar to fly 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by naming two things that he holds to be true, he means that the first is just as true as the second. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “man is born to trouble, just as surely as sons of the flame soar to fly” -5:7 j134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations man is born to trouble 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Eliphaz is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people are born to trouble” -5:7 j135 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive man is born to trouble 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have an innate tendency to cause trouble for themselves” -5:7 j136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor sons of the flame 1 Eliphaz is describing sparks as if they were **sons of the flame**, that is, as if fire gave birth to sparks and sent them out. Your language may have a poetic expression of its own that you can use in your translation to describe sparks. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sparks” -5:7 j137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom soar to fly 1 This expression means that sparks fly upwards, carried by currents of air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fly upwards” -5:8 j138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns I myself would seek for God 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb **seek**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “I would certainly seek for God” -5:8 j139 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I myself would seek for God 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God were literally a lost object that Job should **seek** and try to find. He means that Job should pray to God and ask God to show him how he has offended God and deserved punishment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself would pray to God and ask him to show me why he was punishing me” -5:9 j140 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj great {things} & marvelous {things} 1 Eliphaz is using the adjectives **great** and **marvelous** as nouns to mean certain kinds of things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. For example, you could add the word **things** in both cases, as the ULT does to show the meaning. -5:9 l8rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and there is no searching 1 Eliphaz means implicitly that even if people search or seek to find out how God does **great things**, they cannot succeed in learning this. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that are unsearchable” or “that no one can understand” -5:9 j141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis marvelous {things} 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and who does marvelous things” -5:10 j142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns the one giving & and sending 1 The pronoun **one** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God is the one who gives … and sends” -5:10 j143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the face of the earth & the face of the fields 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the **earth** and the **fields** each literally had a **face**. He means their surfaces. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the surface of the earth … the surface of the fields” -5:11 die2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor setting the lowly on high, and the ones mourning are high in safety 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God would literally put **lowly** people and people who are **mourning** in **high** places. He means that God will protect them and honor them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God honors lowly people and protects people who are mourning” -5:11 j144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the lowly 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **lowly** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “lowly people” -5:11 j145 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns in safety 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **safety**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where they are safe” -5:12 j146 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the crafty 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **crafty** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “crafty people” +5:5 ded6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁאַ֖ף צַמִּ֣ים חֵילָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **thirsty ones**, that is, impoverished people, literally **pant** for the **wealth** of foolish people, as if wealth were something they could drink to satisfy their thirst. He means that they desire the wealth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and impoverished people desire their wealth” +5:5 j130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁאַ֖ף צַמִּ֣ים חֵילָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is saying by implication that the **thirsty ones** who desire the **wealth** of foolish people actually do obtain it. They do so by gleaning their entire harvests and perhaps by other means that Eliphaz does not mention specifically. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and impoverished people take away their wealth” +5:6 j131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 Eliphaz is using the word **For** to connect what he has just said with his larger argument that Job should consider why God would be punishing him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not be like a person who does not respect and obey God, because” +5:6 kx25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ׀ לֹא־יֵצֵ֣א מֵ⁠עָפָ֣ר אָ֑וֶן וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה לֹא־יִצְמַ֥ח עָמָֽל׃ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **misery** and **trouble** might literally come from the **dust** or the **ground**. He is comparing them to plants such as weeds that might unexpectedly appear in the soil even though a farmer did not sow their seeds. The point of the comparison is that weeds seem to come out of nowhere, while trouble and misery have an identifiable source. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, combining the two parallel lines: “trouble certainly does not just happen” +5:6 j132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יֵצֵ֣א מֵ⁠עָפָ֣ר אָ֑וֶן וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה לֹא־יִצְמַ֥ח עָמָֽל׃ 1 The implication, if trouble and misery do not just happen, is that their cause is the indignation and resentment that Eliphaz warned Job against in verse 2. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation, as a poetic parallel: “it is truly indignation that causes trouble, yes, it is resentment that causes misery” +5:7 j133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Eliphaz is using the word **For** to explain the reason why he says that trouble does not just happen. Its cause is known: People create trouble for themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” +5:7 kz2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ־אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד וּ⁠בְנֵי־רֶ֝֗שֶׁף יַגְבִּ֥יהוּ עֽוּף׃ 1 Eliphaz assumes that Job will understand that by naming two things that he holds to be true, he means that the first is just as true as the second. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “man is born to trouble, just as surely as sons of the flame soar to fly” +5:7 j134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Eliphaz is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people are born to trouble” +5:7 j135 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אָ֭דָם לְ⁠עָמָ֣ל יוּלָּ֑ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have an innate tendency to cause trouble for themselves” +5:7 j136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵי־רֶ֝֗שֶׁף 1 Eliphaz is describing sparks as if they were **sons of the flame**, that is, as if fire gave birth to sparks and sent them out. Your language may have a poetic expression of its own that you can use in your translation to describe sparks. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and sparks” +5:7 j137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יַגְבִּ֥יהוּ עֽוּף 1 This expression means that sparks fly upwards, carried by currents of air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fly upwards” +5:8 j138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲ֭נִי אֶדְרֹ֣שׁ אֶל־אֵ֑ל 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the verb **seek**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “I would certainly seek for God” +5:8 j139 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲ֭נִי אֶדְרֹ֣שׁ אֶל־אֵ֑ל 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God were literally a lost object that Job should **seek** and try to find. He means that Job should pray to God and ask God to show him how he has offended God and deserved punishment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself would pray to God and ask him to show me why he was punishing me” +5:9 j140 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj גְ֭דֹלוֹת & נִ֝פְלָא֗וֹת 1 Eliphaz is using the adjectives **great** and **marvelous** as nouns to mean certain kinds of things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. For example, you could add the word **things** in both cases, as the ULT does to show the meaning. +5:9 l8rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין חֵ֑קֶר 1 Eliphaz means implicitly that even if people search or seek to find out how God does **great things**, they cannot succeed in learning this. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that are unsearchable” or “that no one can understand” +5:9 j141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נִ֝פְלָא֗וֹת 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and who does marvelous things” +5:10 j142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הַ⁠נֹּתֵ֣ן & וְ⁠שֹׁ֥לֵֽחַ 1 The pronoun **one** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God is the one who gives … and sends” +5:10 j143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ־פְּנֵי־אָ֑רֶץ & ־פְּנֵ֥י חוּצֽוֹת׃ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the **earth** and the **fields** each literally had a **face**. He means their surfaces. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the surface of the earth … the surface of the fields” +5:11 die2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ⁠שׂ֣וּם שְׁפָלִ֣ים לְ⁠מָר֑וֹם וְ֝⁠קֹדְרִ֗ים שָׂ֣גְבוּ יֶֽשַׁע׃ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God would literally put **lowly** people and people who are **mourning** in **high** places. He means that God will protect them and honor them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God honors lowly people and protects people who are mourning” +5:11 j144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj שְׁפָלִ֣ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **lowly** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “lowly people” +5:11 j145 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יֶֽשַׁע׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **safety**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where they are safe” +5:12 j146 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj עֲרוּמִ֑ים 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **crafty** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “crafty people” 5:12 j147 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְֽ⁠לֹא־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ינָה יְ֝דֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 Eliphaz is using the word **and** to introduce the result of God frustrating the **plans of the crafty**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that their hands do not accomplish” 5:12 j148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְֽ⁠לֹא־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ינָה יְ֝דֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 Here, **hands** figuratively represent the capability of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are not able to accomplish” 5:13 rw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹכֵ֣ד חֲכָמִ֣ים בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֑⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the **craftiness** of **cunning** people were literally a trap that God uses to catch them. He means that God makes them suffer the consequences of the evil actions by which they intended to make others suffer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making the cunning suffer the consequences of their own evil actions” @@ -333,8 +335,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:16 j157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַ⁠דַּ֣ל 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who has the quality that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” 5:16 exr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ֝⁠עֹלָ֗תָ⁠ה קָ֣פְצָה פִּֽי⁠הָ 1 Job is speaking of **injustice** as if it were a living thing that could **shut** its own **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and people no longer make unjust claims against them” 5:16 j158 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ֝⁠עֹלָ֗תָ⁠ה 1 Eliphaz may be using the word translated **and** to indicate that poor people have hope because others no longer make unjust claims against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “because injustice” -5:17 j159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֱ֭נוֹשׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Eliphaz is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “anyone” -5:17 j160 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מוּסַ֥ר שַׁ֝דַּ֗י אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **and** to indicate that Job should not despise God’s chastening because he is blessed as someone whom God is correcting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “so do not despise the chastening of” +5:17 j159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֱ֭נוֹשׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Eliphaz is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “is anyone” or “is any person” +5:17 j160 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מוּסַ֥ר שַׁ֝דַּ֗י אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **and** to indicate that Job should not despise God’s chastening because he is blessed as someone whom God is correcting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “so do not despise the chastening of Shaddai” 5:17 g1br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **despise**. Alternate translation: “appreciate” 5:18 fx57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֤י ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב וְ⁠יֶחְבָּ֑שׁ יִ֝מְחַ֗ץ וְיָדָיו תִּרְפֶּֽינָה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God literally **injures** and **wounds** people and then gives them medical treatment. He means that God uses setbacks and sufferings (which could include physical ailments) to correct people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The UST models one way to do this. 5:18 j161 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already present in the verb **injures**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “truly he injures” @@ -348,7 +350,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:20 j165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חָֽרֶב 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific **sword**. It refers to any sword that someone might use as a weapon against Job. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any sword” 5:20 j166 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche חָֽרֶב 1 Eliphaz is using one kind of weapon, the **sword**, to mean all kinds of weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “any weapon” 5:20 j167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָֽרֶב 1 Eliphaz is referring to enemies in war by association with the weapons that those enemies would use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your enemies” -5:21 j168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠שׁ֣וֹט לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 Eliphaz is using this possessive form to speak of the **tongue** as something that people would use like a **whip**. He is not speaking of a whip that the tongue would use. Alternate translation: “If anyone uses his tongue like a whip,” +5:21 j168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠שׁ֣וֹט לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 Eliphaz is using this possessive form to speak of the **tongue** as something that people would use like a **whip**. He is not speaking of a whip that the tongue would use. Alternate translation: “If anyone uses his tongue like a whip,” 5:21 j169 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שׁ֣וֹט לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if the **tongue** were literally a **whip** that someone might use to harm Job. He means that they would say things that they intend to hurt him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From destructive speech” 5:21 j170 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תֵּחָבֵ֑א 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the context suggests that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will hide you” 5:21 j171 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּחָבֵ֑א 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God would actually hide Job from things that people say in order to hurt him. He means that God will protect Job when people say these things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be protected” or “God will protect you” @@ -367,7 +369,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:24 j179 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֶחֱטָֽא 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **miss**. Alternate translation: “and you will find that all of your sheep are there” 5:25 fxb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זַרְעֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here the term **seed** means “descendants.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “your descendants” 5:25 j180 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝⁠צֶאֱצָאֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and that your offspring will be like the grass of the earth” -5:25 f961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ֝⁠צֶאֱצָאֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The point of this comparison is that just as **the grass of the earth** is very numerous, so Job will have a large number of offspring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that your offspring will be very numerous, like the grass of the earth” +5:25 f961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ֝⁠צֶאֱצָאֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The point of this comparison is that just as **the grass of the earth** is very plentiful, so Job will have a large number of offspring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that your offspring will be very numerous, like the grass of the earth” 5:26 a9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֣וֹא & אֱלֵי־קָ֑בֶר 1 Eliphaz is using the expression **come to the grave** to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will depart this world” 5:26 w6jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠עֲל֖וֹת גָּדִ֣ישׁ בְּ⁠עִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The point of this comparison is that when Job’s time comes to die, he will have lived a full and rewarding life, just as a **stack of grain** that is harvested **in its time** is ripe and fully developed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “mature and accomplished, like grain that is harvested at the peak of ripeness” 5:27 uwj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive חֲקַרְנ֥וּ⁠הָ 1 By **We**, Eliphaz means himself and other wise people but not Job, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. @@ -603,7 +605,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 8:20 j278 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj תָּ֑ם 1 Bildad is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is innocent” 8:20 gz4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־יַ֝חֲזִ֗יק בְּ⁠יַד־מְרֵעִֽים 1 Bildad is speaking as if God would literally **hold** evildoers by the **hand** in order to keep them from falling down. He means that God does not strengthen or support people who do evil. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he will not help evildoers” 8:21 e5gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis עַד־יְמַלֵּ֣ה שְׂח֣וֹק פִּ֑י⁠ךָ וּ⁠שְׂפָתֶ֥י⁠ךָ תְרוּעָֽה 1 Bildad is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He will yet fill your mouth with laughter, and he will fill your lips with shouting” -8:21 ezc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַד־יְמַלֵּ֣ה שְׂח֣וֹק פִּ֑י⁠ךָ וּ⁠שְׂפָתֶ֥י⁠ךָ תְרוּעָֽה 1 Bildad is speaking of Job’s **mouth** as if it were a container that God would **fill** with **laughter** and as if Job’s **lips** were a container that God would fill with **shouting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will yet make your mouth laugh very happilyyou're your lips shout very joyfully” +8:21 ezc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַד־יְמַלֵּ֣ה שְׂח֣וֹק פִּ֑י⁠ךָ וּ⁠שְׂפָתֶ֥י⁠ךָ תְרוּעָֽה 1 Bildad is speaking of Job’s **mouth** as if it were a container that God would **fill** with **laughter** and as if Job’s **lips** were a container that God would fill with **shouting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will yet make you shout very joyfully” 8:21 td9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַד־יְמַלֵּ֣ה שְׂח֣וֹק פִּ֑י⁠ךָ וּ⁠שְׂפָתֶ֥י⁠ךָ תְרוּעָֽה 1 Bildad is using parts of Job, his **mouth** and his **lips**, to mean all of Job in the acts of laughing and shouting joyfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will yet make you laugh very happily and shout very joyfully” 8:22 tc4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִלְבְּשׁוּ־בֹ֑שֶׁת 1 Bildad is speaking as if Job’s enemies would literally **wear shame**, as if it were their clothing. He means that they will be greatly ashamed for opposing Job when God honors and restores him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be greatly ashamed” 8:22 k5y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֹ֖הֶל רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֵינֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Bildad is using one possession of **the wicked**, the **tent** in which they live, to mean all of their possessions and their standing in the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the wicked will be without status or means” @@ -639,7 +641,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:12 j289 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִ֣י יְשִׁיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 The word translated **it** could refer to: (1) the thing that God takes away. The ULT expresses this interpretation. (2) God himself. Alternate translation: “who can turn him back” or “who can make him change his mind” 9:12 j290 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes מִֽי־יֹאמַ֥ר אֵ֝לָ֗י⁠ו מַֽה־תַּעֲשֶֽׂה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Who can ask him what he is doing” 9:12 tc75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַֽה־תַּעֲשֶֽׂה 1 The person challenging God would be using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing that!” -9:13 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the word **nose** in verse 5. Alternate translation: "God will not turn aside his anger" +9:13 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the word **nose** in verse 5. Alternate translation: “God will not turn aside his anger” 9:13 j291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Job is speaking as if God might literally make his **anger** **turn aside** and go in a different direction. Job is actually describing how God might stop being angry (although in this case he would not). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will not stop being angry” 9:13 j292 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a positive expression. Alternate translation: “God will still have anger” 9:13 nzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֹ֣זְרֵי רָֽהַב 1 As a note to [3:8](../03/08.md) explains, people in this culture believed in a monster associated with the sea who caused chaos. One name for this monster was Leviathan. The word **Rahab** is another name for that monster, that is, for the sea personified as a force of chaos. For example, Job says in [26:12](../01/01.md), in a poetic parallel, “He calmed the sea with his power; by his understanding he shattered Rahab.” See what you did in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here as well, you could either retain the name in your translation or you could use a general expression in order to give your readers some idea of the beliefs of this culture. Alternate translation: “the helpers of the chaos monster” @@ -681,7 +683,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:25 ej64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לֹא־רָא֥וּ טוֹבָֽה 1 Job is using the adjective **good** as a noun to mean a certain kind of experience. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “They do not experience good things” 9:25 a6zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לֹא־רָא֥וּ טוֹבָֽה 1 Job is speaking of the **days** of his life as if they were a living thing that could experience good things or fail to experience them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I do not experience good things during my days” 9:26 icr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חָ֭לְפוּ עִם־אֳנִיּ֣וֹת אֵבֶ֑ה 1 Job is speaking as if the days of his life literally **glide** across the water together with **boats of papyrus**. As in the previous verse, he means that his days move very quickly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am running out of days as quickly as a papyrus boat glides across the water” or “Each of my days goes by as quickly as a papyrus boat glides across the water” -9:26 vrq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כְּ֝⁠נֶ֗שֶׁר יָט֥וּשׂ עֲלֵי־אֹֽכֶל 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as quickly as an eagle pounces on food” +9:26 vrq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כְּ֝⁠נֶ֗שֶׁר יָט֥וּשׂ עֲלֵי־אֹֽכֶל 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as quickly as an eagle pounces on food” 9:26 iuy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֹֽכֶל 1 Job is using a general term, **food**, to one specific kind of food, the kind an **eagle** would catch and eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its prey” 9:27 wk23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אִם־אָ֭מְרִ⁠י אֶשְׁכְּחָ֣ה שִׂיחִ֑⁠י אֶעֶזְבָ֖ה פָנַ֣⁠י וְ⁠אַבְלִֽיגָה 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “If I told myself that I should forget my complaint and change my face and be cheerful” 9:27 vk9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶשְׁכְּחָ֣ה שִׂיחִ֑⁠י 1 When Job speaks of changing his **face** (that is, the expression on his face), he means by association feeling differently so that the expression on his face will change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let me feel differently about this” @@ -724,7 +726,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 10:5 st4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ⁠כִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֱנ֣וֹשׁ יָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ אִם־שְׁ֝נוֹתֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ֣⁠ימֵי גָֽבֶר 1 Job is asking implicitly whether God has the same number of **days** and **years** as a human being, not whether God experiences the kind of **days** and **years** that people do. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Is the number of your days the same as the number of the days that a man has, or is the number of your years the same as the number of days that a person has” 10:5 awt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֱנ֣וֹשׁ יָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ אִם־שְׁ֝נוֹתֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ֣⁠ימֵי גָֽבֶר 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations, not continuing this sentence into the following two verses. Alternate translation: “Your days are not like the days of a man! No, your years are not like the days of a person!” 10:5 j319 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הֲ⁠כִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֱנ֣וֹשׁ יָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ אִם־שְׁ֝נוֹתֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ֣⁠ימֵי גָֽבֶר 1 Job is using the terms **days** and **years** to mean by association the lifetime of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two phrases and state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do you have a short lifetime as people do” or “You do not have a short lifetime as people do!” -10:5 j320 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֱנ֣וֹשׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Job is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. The specific term that Job uses here connotes the mortality of humans. Alternate translation: “a mortal” +10:5 j320 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֱנ֣וֹשׁ & גָֽבֶר 1 In this verse, the two instances of the word **man** translate two different words that have essentially the same meaning. Both words are masculine, but Job is using them in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use terms in your language that are clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “a mortal … a human being” 10:5 j321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֲ⁠כִ⁠ימֵ֣י 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say “years” instead of **days** here. This would maintain a parallel between the two parts of this verse without making any significant change in meaning. (The original reading may have been “years”; many translations say that.) Alternate translation: “like the years of” 10:6 zdk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תְבַקֵּ֥שׁ לַ⁠עֲוֺנִ֑⁠י וּ֭⁠לְ⁠חַטָּאתִ֥⁠י תִדְרֽוֹשׁ 1 Job seems to be asking implicitly in this verse and the previous one whether God is seeking urgently to discover whether he has sinned because God has only a short time to live and God wants to discover this before he dies. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Is that why you seek for my iniquity and search for my sin” 10:6 j322 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּֽי־תְבַקֵּ֥שׁ לַ⁠עֲוֺנִ֑⁠י וּ֭⁠לְ⁠חַטָּאתִ֥⁠י תִדְרֽוֹשׁ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Job is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express, to convey his sense that God is seeking urgently to find out whether he has sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that you seek so urgently to discover whether I have sinned” or “Is that why you seek so urgently to discover whether I have sinned” @@ -764,7 +766,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 10:17 zs8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֲלִיפ֖וֹת וְ⁠צָבָ֣א עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if God is literally sending one **army** after another against him. He means that he feels that God keeps attacking him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you keep attacking me” 10:18 j333 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ֣⁠מָּה מֵ֭⁠רֶחֶם הֹצֵאתָ֑⁠נִי 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have brought me out of the womb!” 10:18 zk6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לָ֣⁠מָּה מֵ֭⁠רֶחֶם הֹצֵאתָ֑⁠נִי 1 Job is speaking of God bringing him **out from the womb** by association to describe his birth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why did you allow me to be born?” or “You should not have allowed me to be born!” -10:18 n2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֶ֝גְוַ֗ע 1 Job is using the word **expire**, which means to “breathe out,” to mean “die.” This is a mild way of referring to death. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never taken a breath in this life” or “I wish that I had died at birth” +10:18 n2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֶ֝גְוַ֗ע 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “Would that I had passed away” 10:18 s56b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עַ֣יִן לֹא־תִרְאֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Job is using one part of a person, the **eye**, to mean all of a person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and no one had ever seen me” 10:19 bzd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ֝⁠בֶּ֗טֶן לַ⁠קֶּ֥בֶר אוּבָֽל 1 Job is using the term **womb** by association to mean birth and the term **grave** by association to mean death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had died as soon as I was born” 10:19 uc37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אוּבָֽל 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I wish that someone had brought me” diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 87e0b7bc2b..f87ccbc527 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n\n### What do “crowd” and “crowds” refer to in Matthew?\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n\n### What do “crowd” and “crowds” refer to in Matthew?\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17)\n * Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25)\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in [1:23](../01/23.md) with the quote from [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n### The word “fathered”\n\nWhen Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so.\n\n### Three groups of 14\n\nMatthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Stating that Mary became pregnant\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and [1:23](../01/23.md), Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved.\n\n### Translating names\n\nIn the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to include footnotes that provide other spellings. 1:1 n4xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βίβλος γενέσεως 1 Here, the phrase **book of the genealogy** could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in [1:2–17](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see [1:2–2:23](../01/02.md)). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth” 1:1 a1t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **book** that contains the **genealogy** that lists the ancestors of **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ” @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:50 s0yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” 12:50 gn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his **brother** and **sister** and **mother**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse ([12:49](../12/49.md)). Alternate translation: “I call him my brother and sister and mother” or “he is a person whom I love as if he were my brother and sister and mother” 12:50 wenb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτός 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she” or “such a person” -13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1–52)\n * The parable of the sower (13:1–9)\n * Jesus explains why he uses parables (13:10–17)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the sower (13:18–23)\n * The parable of the darnel (13:24–30)\n * The parable of the mustard seed (13:31–32)\n * The parable of the yeast (13:33)\n * Summary statement (13:34–35)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the darnel (13:36–43)\n * The parable of the treasure in the field (13:44)\n * The parable of the pearl (13:45–46)\n * The parable of the net (13:47–50)\n * Jesus concludes his teaching (13:51–52)\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:57)\n * Jesus visits his hometown (13:53–58)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [13:14–15](../13/14.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md), and in [13:35](../13/35.md), which is a quote from [Psalm 78:2](../psa/78/02.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Farming\n\nJesus refers to many different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then, they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.\n\n### Darnel\n\nDarnel are plants that look much like wheat plants. However, they do not produce the same kind of grain, and the grain that they do produce is somewhat poisonous. In your translation, you could refer to a plant that looks like wheat or grain plants, or you could use a descriptive phrase. See the notes for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus uses many parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see [13:10–17](../13/10.md)). Jesus explains three of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n- **The parable of the sower** – In [13:3–9](../13/03.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in [13:18–23](../13/18.md). Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.\n\n- **The parable of the darnel** – In [13:24–30](../13/24.md), Jesus tells a story about a farmer who planted good seed and the farmer’s enemy who planted darnel seed in the same field. Jesus explains this parable in [13:37–43](../13/37.md). Jesus is the farmer, and the good seed are people who believe in him. The enemy is the devil, and the darnel seed are people who serve him. The farmer in the story allows the darnel to grow until the harvest, when he has them cut down and burned. Similarly, Jesus allows people who serve the devil to live until this time period ends, when he will have his angels collect these people. Then, he will judge and punish them, and he will reward those who believed in him.\n\n- **The parable of the mustard seed** – In [13:31–32](../13/31.md), Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the branches of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like [Ezekiel 17:23](../ezk/17/23.md), which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.\n\n- **The parable of the yeast** – In [13:33](../13/33.md), Jesus tells a story about how a woman leavened a large amount of flour with some yeast. Most likely, he is describing how his message and his followers will affect many things. He could be speaking about how his message completely changes people. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers will spread throughout the whole world. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers are small and insignificant but affect the whole world. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.\n\n- **The parable of the treasure in the field** – In [13:44](../13/44.md), Jesus tells a story about a worker who discovered a hidden treasure in a field that belonged to someone else. To obtain the treasure, the worker sold everything that he had and bought the field. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like a treasure, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.\n\n- **The parable of the pearl** – In [13:45–46](../13/45.md), Jesus tells a story about a merchant who wanted to obtain valuable pearls. When he saw a very expensive pearl, he sold everything that he had and bought the pearl. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like an expensive pearl, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.\n\n- **The parable of the net** – In [13:47–48](../13/47.md), Jesus tells a story about fishermen who use a net to catch many kinds of fish, some useful and some useless. They sort through the fish, keeping the good ones and throwing away the bad ones. Jesus explains this parable in [13:49–50](../13/49.md). The fish are like people, and the fishermen are like angels. At the end of this time period, the angels will separate righteous people from wicked people, just like the fishermen sorted the fish. Then, the wicked people will be punished, just as the useless fish were thrown away.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1–52)\n * The parable of the sower (13:1–9)\n * Jesus explains why he uses parables (13:10–17)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the sower (13:18–23)\n * The parable of the darnel (13:24–30)\n * The parable of the mustard seed (13:31–32)\n * The parable of the yeast (13:33)\n * Summary statement (13:34–35)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the darnel (13:36–43)\n * The parable of the treasure in the field (13:44)\n * The parable of the pearl (13:45–46)\n * The parable of the net (13:47–50)\n * Jesus concludes his teaching (13:51–52)\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)\n * Jesus visits his hometown (13:53–58)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [13:14–15](../13/14.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md), and in [13:35](../13/35.md), which is a quote from [Psalm 78:2](../psa/78/02.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Farming\n\nJesus refers to many different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then, they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.\n\n### Darnel\n\nDarnel are plants that look much like wheat plants. However, they do not produce the same kind of grain, and the grain that they do produce is somewhat poisonous. In your translation, you could refer to a plant that looks like wheat or grain plants, or you could use a descriptive phrase. See the notes for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus uses many parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see [13:10–17](../13/10.md)). Jesus explains three of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n- **The parable of the sower** – In [13:3–9](../13/03.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in [13:18–23](../13/18.md). Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.\n\n- **The parable of the darnel** – In [13:24–30](../13/24.md), Jesus tells a story about a farmer who planted good seed and the farmer’s enemy who planted darnel seed in the same field. Jesus explains this parable in [13:37–43](../13/37.md). Jesus is the farmer, and the good seed are people who believe in him. The enemy is the devil, and the darnel seed are people who serve him. The farmer in the story allows the darnel to grow until the harvest, when he has them cut down and burned. Similarly, Jesus allows people who serve the devil to live until this time period ends, when he will have his angels collect these people. Then, he will judge and punish them, and he will reward those who believed in him.\n\n- **The parable of the mustard seed** – In [13:31–32](../13/31.md), Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the branches of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like [Ezekiel 17:23](../ezk/17/23.md), which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.\n\n- **The parable of the yeast** – In [13:33](../13/33.md), Jesus tells a story about how a woman leavened a large amount of flour with some yeast. Most likely, he is describing how his message and his followers will affect many things. He could be speaking about how his message completely changes people. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers will spread throughout the whole world. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers are small and insignificant but affect the whole world. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.\n\n- **The parable of the treasure in the field** – In [13:44](../13/44.md), Jesus tells a story about a worker who discovered a hidden treasure in a field that belonged to someone else. To obtain the treasure, the worker sold everything that he had and bought the field. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like a treasure, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.\n\n- **The parable of the pearl** – In [13:45–46](../13/45.md), Jesus tells a story about a merchant who wanted to obtain valuable pearls. When he saw a very expensive pearl, he sold everything that he had and bought the pearl. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like an expensive pearl, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.\n\n- **The parable of the net** – In [13:47–48](../13/47.md), Jesus tells a story about fishermen who use a net to catch many kinds of fish, some useful and some useless. They sort through the fish, keeping the good ones and throwing away the bad ones. Jesus explains this parable in [13:49–50](../13/49.md). The fish are like people, and the fishermen are like angels. At the end of this time period, the angels will separate righteous people from wicked people, just like the fishermen sorted the fish. Then, the wicked people will be punished, just as the useless fish were thrown away.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 13:1 vx5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, the phrase **On that day** introduces the next major event in the story, an event that happened on the same day as the teaching recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later during the same day. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that day” 13:1 avp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” 13:1 cy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς οἰκίας 1 Here Matthew refers to **the house** that Jesus was in while he was teaching what is recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the house where had been” or “of the house in which he had been teaching” @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:57 w4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings” 13:58 e2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of their unbelief, he did not do many miracles there” 13:58 nidv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe” -14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:57)\n * Herod hears about Jesus (14:1–2)\n * Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (14:3–12)\n * Jesus feeds 5,000 men (14:13–21)\n * Jesus walks on water (14:22–33)\n * Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (14:34–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Herod and Herodias\n\nThe man named “Herod the tetrarch” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) was a son of King Herod, the man mentioned in [2:1–22](../02/01.md). Herod the tetrarch ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see [Leviticus 20:21](../lev/20/21.md)), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [14:13–21](../14/13.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. \n\n### The miracle of walking on water\n\nIn [14:22–33](../14/22.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. Later, Jesus allows Peter to walk briefly on the water, and when Jesus and Peter climb into the boat that the rest of the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus or Peter walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water, Peter walking on the water, and the storm stopping were all miracles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The flashback to John’s death\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. The previous chapter includes much of Jesus’ teaching, and this chapter begins by describing Herod Antipas’ response to Jesus (see [14:1–2](../14/01.md)). Then, to explain what Herod said about Jesus, Matthew includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see [14:3–12](../14/03.md)). In [14:13](../14/13.md), Matthew returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in chapter 13 and [14:1–2](../14/01.md). While the story that begins in [14:13](../14/13.md) is linked to the flashback by the phrase “Now having heard,” Matthew does not indicate how long it took for Jesus to hear about John’s death from John’s disciples. So, you should use a form that shows your readers that [14:3–12](../14/03.md) is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and [14:13](../14/13.md) continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between characters. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)\n * Herod hears about Jesus (14:1–2)\n * Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (14:3–12)\n * Jesus feeds 5,000 men (14:13–21)\n * Jesus walks on water (14:22–33)\n * Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (14:34–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Herod and Herodias\n\nThe man named “Herod the tetrarch” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) was a son of King Herod, the man mentioned in [2:1–22](../02/01.md). Herod the tetrarch ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see [Leviticus 20:21](../lev/20/21.md)), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [14:13–21](../14/13.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. \n\n### The miracle of walking on water\n\nIn [14:22–33](../14/22.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. Later, Jesus allows Peter to walk briefly on the water, and when Jesus and Peter climb into the boat that the rest of the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus or Peter walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water, Peter walking on the water, and the storm stopping were all miracles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The flashback to John’s death\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. The previous chapter includes much of Jesus’ teaching, and this chapter begins by describing Herod Antipas’ response to Jesus (see [14:1–2](../14/01.md)). Then, to explain what Herod said about Jesus, Matthew includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see [14:3–12](../14/03.md)). In [14:13](../14/13.md), Matthew returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in chapter 13 and [14:1–2](../14/01.md). While the story that begins in [14:13](../14/13.md) is linked to the flashback by the phrase “Now having heard,” Matthew does not indicate how long it took for Jesus to hear about John’s death from John’s disciples. So, you should use a form that shows your readers that [14:3–12](../14/03.md) is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and [14:13](../14/13.md) continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between characters. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 14:1 ny6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **At that time** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “While all those things were happening” or “During this period” 14:2 pd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 The pronoun **This** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “This person” or “This Jesus” 14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life” @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 14:36 bogz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἵνα μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ; καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us only touch the edge of your garment.’ And” 14:36 wrl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μόνον ἅψωνται 1 Here, the word **only** indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ **garment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could just touch” 14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God healed as many as touched it” or “Jesus healed as many as touched it” -15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n * Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (15:1–9)\n * Jesus teaches about what defiles people (15:10–20)\n * Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (15:21–28)\n * Jesus heals many people (15:29–31)\n * Jesus feeds 4,000 men (15:32–39)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [15:8–9](../15/08.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “tradition of the elders”\n\nThe “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/elder]])\n\n### Washing hands before eating\n\nIn [15:1](../15/01.md), the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.\n\n### The gift for God\n\nIn [15:4–6](../15/04.md), Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.\n\n### The Canaanite woman\n\nMatthew describes the woman as a “Canaanite,” which is an old term for the people who lived in the land of Israel before the Israelites arrived. Matthew means that the woman is not a Jew, and he might mean that she is descended from the people that the Israelites defeated when they took over the land of Israel. Your translation should make clearly indicate that the woman is not a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/canaan]])\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [15:32–39](../15/32.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Matthew told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in [14:13–21](../14/13.md), so see how you expressed the ideas there.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Feeding little dogs\n\nIn [15:26](../15/26.md), Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In [15:27](../15/27.md), the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall off their owners’ tables. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews, not for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation naturally expresses this meaning.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Pharisees, the crowds, or the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (15:1–9)\n * Jesus teaches about what defiles people (15:10–20)\n * Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (15:21–28)\n * Jesus heals many people (15:29–31)\n * Jesus feeds 4,000 men (15:32–39)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [15:8–9](../15/08.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “tradition of the elders”\n\nThe “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/elder]])\n\n### Washing hands before eating\n\nIn [15:1](../15/01.md), the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.\n\n### The gift for God\n\nIn [15:4–6](../15/04.md), Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.\n\n### The Canaanite woman\n\nMatthew describes the woman as a “Canaanite,” which is an old term for the people who lived in the land of Israel before the Israelites arrived. Matthew means that the woman is not a Jew, and he might mean that she is descended from the people that the Israelites defeated when they took over the land of Israel. Your translation should make clearly indicate that the woman is not a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/canaan]])\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [15:32–39](../15/32.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Matthew told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in [14:13–21](../14/13.md), so see how you expressed the ideas there.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Feeding little dogs\n\nIn [15:26](../15/26.md), Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In [15:27](../15/27.md), the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall off their owners’ tables. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews, not for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation naturally expresses this meaning.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Pharisees, the crowds, or the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 15:1 q6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “One day,” or “Sometime later,”\n 15:1 d8ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσέρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go to” 15:1 xcqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 15:39 j06u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνέβη 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got” 15:39 eku7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came” 15:39 m8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 The word **Magadan** could be the name of: (1) a small village. Alternate translation: “of the village of Magadan” (2) a district or area. Alternate translation: “of the district of Magadan” -16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n * The Pharisees and Sadducees test Jesus (16:1–4)\n * The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees (16:5–12)\n * Who Jesus really is (16:13–20)\n * What Jesus and his disciples must do (16:21–28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sign of Jonah\n\nIn [16:4](../16/04.md), Jesus briefly refers to “the sign of Jonah.” He has already discussed this sign in more detail in [12:39–41](../12/39.md). See the introduction to chapter 12 for more information. Express the idea here as you did there. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/jonah]])\n\n### Peter, “this rock,” and the keys of the kingdom\n\nIn [16:18–19](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that he is a rock on which the church will be built and that he has been given the keys to the kingdom of the heavens. It is clear is that Peter is very important for God’s kingdom. However, Christians debate in what way Peter is important. Some think that Peter is primarily important because of what he confessed about Jesus. Others think that Peter and his successors have authority over the church. Others think that Peter himself had authority over the early church but that he did not have any successors. If possible, express the idea in a general way but so that it is clear that Peter supports the church and has some kind of authority. \n\n### The coming of the Son of Man\n\nIn [16:27–28](../16/27.md), Jesus twice refers to how he, the Son of Man, will “come.” The first time (in [16:27](../16/27.md)), Jesus speaks about coming in glory with his angels. In this case, he is almost certainly referring to his second coming, when he will punish or reward everyone for what they have done. \n\nThe second time he refers to his “coming” (in [16:28](../16/28.md)), Jesus speaks about coming “in his kingdom.” Christians debate what he could be referring to. It could be: \n\n1. Jesus’ transfiguration, which Matthew narrates in [17:1–8](../17/01.md)\n2. Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven\n3. the empowerment and growth of the church\n4. the destruction of Jerusalem\n5. Jesus’ second coming\n6. several of these options together\n\nSince Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on [16:28](../16/28.md) for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees\n\nIn [16:5–12](../16/05.md), Jesus tells his disciples to guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. When he repeats that they should guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the disciples realize that Jesus is speaking figuratively about what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, you should not explain what “yeast” means when Jesus uses the word. However, make sure that it is clear that “yeast” refers to teachings when Matthew explains the metaphor in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “This rock” and the name Peter\n\nIn [16:18](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that his name is “Peter.” Jesus does this because he wants to comment on what the name “Peter” means, which is “rock.” After saying the name “Peter,” Jesus says that he will build his church “on this rock,” which refers back to the name “Peter.” Consider how you might naturally explain what the name “Peter” means so that your readers understand what Jesus means when he speaks about “this rock.” You could consider using a footnote or explaining the name in the translation itself. \n\n### The keys of the kingdom\n\nIn [16:19](../16/19.md), Jesus promises that he will give “the keys of the kingdom of the heavens” to Peter. This could mean that Peter will control who enters the kingdom and who does not enter the kingdom. Or, it could mean that Peter has a position of authority within the kingdom. Since Christians debate exactly what the “keys” mean, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in a general way. See the notes on the verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Verses 2b–3\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [16:2b–3](../16/02.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “[2b] When it is evening, you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.’ [3] And in early morning, ‘It will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.’ You know to interpret the face of the sky, but the signs of the times you are not able.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT includes them in a footnote, and the UST does not include them at all. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. +16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * The Pharisees and Sadducees test Jesus (16:1–4)\n * The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees (16:5–12)\n * Who Jesus really is (16:13–20)\n * What Jesus and his disciples must do (16:21–28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sign of Jonah\n\nIn [16:4](../16/04.md), Jesus briefly refers to “the sign of Jonah.” He has already discussed this sign in more detail in [12:39–41](../12/39.md). See the introduction to chapter 12 for more information. Express the idea here as you did there. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/jonah]])\n\n### Peter, “this rock,” and the keys of the kingdom\n\nIn [16:18–19](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that he is a rock on which the church will be built and that he has been given the keys to the kingdom of the heavens. It is clear is that Peter is very important for God’s kingdom. However, Christians debate in what way Peter is important. Some think that Peter is primarily important because of what he confessed about Jesus. Others think that Peter and his successors have authority over the church. Others think that Peter himself had authority over the early church but that he did not have any successors. If possible, express the idea in a general way but so that it is clear that Peter supports the church and has some kind of authority. \n\n### The coming of the Son of Man\n\nIn [16:27–28](../16/27.md), Jesus twice refers to how he, the Son of Man, will “come.” The first time (in [16:27](../16/27.md)), Jesus speaks about coming in glory with his angels. In this case, he is almost certainly referring to his second coming, when he will punish or reward everyone for what they have done. \n\nThe second time he refers to his “coming” (in [16:28](../16/28.md)), Jesus speaks about coming “in his kingdom.” Christians debate what he could be referring to. It could be: \n\n1. Jesus’ transfiguration, which Matthew narrates in [17:1–8](../17/01.md)\n2. Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven\n3. the empowerment and growth of the church\n4. the destruction of Jerusalem\n5. Jesus’ second coming\n6. several of these options together\n\nSince Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on [16:28](../16/28.md) for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees\n\nIn [16:5–12](../16/05.md), Jesus tells his disciples to guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. When he repeats that they should guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the disciples realize that Jesus is speaking figuratively about what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, you should not explain what “yeast” means when Jesus uses the word. However, make sure that it is clear that “yeast” refers to teachings when Matthew explains the metaphor in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “This rock” and the name Peter\n\nIn [16:18](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that his name is “Peter.” Jesus does this because he wants to comment on what the name “Peter” means, which is “rock.” After saying the name “Peter,” Jesus says that he will build his church “on this rock,” which refers back to the name “Peter.” Consider how you might naturally explain what the name “Peter” means so that your readers understand what Jesus means when he speaks about “this rock.” You could consider using a footnote or explaining the name in the translation itself. \n\n### The keys of the kingdom\n\nIn [16:19](../16/19.md), Jesus promises that he will give “the keys of the kingdom of the heavens” to Peter. This could mean that Peter will control who enters the kingdom and who does not enter the kingdom. Or, it could mean that Peter has a position of authority within the kingdom. Since Christians debate exactly what the “keys” mean, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in a general way. See the notes on the verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Verses 2b–3\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [16:2b–3](../16/02.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “[2b] When it is evening, you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.’ [3] And in early morning, ‘It will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.’ You know to interpret the face of the sky, but the signs of the times you are not able.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT includes them in a footnote, and the UST does not include them at all. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. 16:1 l9h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” 16:1 syka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal προσελθόντες & πειράζοντες 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees and Sadducees **approached** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “having approached with the goal of testing him” 16:1 t7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him, ’Show us a sign from heaven!’” @@ -2815,12 +2815,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s **life**. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in [10:39](../10/39.md). Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for my sake will have eternal life” 16:25 a8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **for my sake**, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me” 16:26 m6jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another basis for what Jesus said in [16:24](../16/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,” -16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man will benefit nothing if he gains the whole world but forfeits his soul.” or “a man will never benefit anything if he gains the whole world but forfeits his soul!” -16:26 o8a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s **soul** is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his soul. What will that man benefit” +16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man will benefit nothing if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life.” or “a man will never benefit anything if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life!” +16:26 o8a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s **life** is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What will that man benefit” 16:26 g0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος & κερδήσῃ & αὐτοῦ & ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man**, **he** ,and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … he or she gains … his or her … a person … his or her” -16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that again emphasizes how important a person’s **soul** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,” -16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his soul.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his soul!” -16:26 ot67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s **soul**. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his soul” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s **soul** when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his soul” +16:26 hh4w τὴν & ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his soul … for his soul” +16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that again emphasizes how important a person’s **life** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,” +16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!” +16:26 ot67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s **life**. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his soul” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s **life** when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his soul” 16:27 bytb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. More specifically, the word **For** could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus said in [16:26](../16/26.md) about how nothing is as valuable as a person’s soul. Alternate translation: “You should be thinking about your soul because” (2) what Jesus has said in [16:24–26](../16/24.md). Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because” 16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … my … my … I will repay” 16:27 qstb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” @@ -2839,7 +2840,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 16:28 etk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, coming in my kingdom” 16:28 b2pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” 16:28 txjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Christians debate what the phrase **coming in his kingdom** means. It could refer to one or several of the following events: Jesus’ transfiguration (see [17:1–8](../17/01.md)), Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven, the empowerment and growth of the church, the destruction of Jerusalem, and Jesus’ final return. If possible, express the idea in such a way that most or all of these interpretations are possible. Alternate translation: “acting as king in his kingdom” or “taking charge of his kingdom” -17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n * \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n +17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * Jesus is transfigured (17:1–8)\n * The disciples ask about Elijah (17:9–13)\n * Jesus heals an epileptic boy (17:14–21)\n * Jesus predicts his suffering and death (17:22–23)\n * The two-drachma tax (17:24–27)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nIn [17:1–8](../17/01.md), Matthew describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Matthew does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ face “shone as the sun” and that his clothes became very white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious.\n\n### Elijah\n\nWhen Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md), which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see [1 Kings 17–19](../i1kg/17/01.md) and [2 Kings 2:1–17](../2kg/02/01.md)). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The epileptic boy\n\nIn [17:14–21](../17/14.md), Matthew tells a story about how Jesus healed a boy. Matthew first describes this boy as an “epileptic,” which refers to a disease that causes people to pass out and move uncontrollably. Later on, however, Matthew makes it clear that a demon is causing the boy’s sickness. You should only make this clear when Matthew does. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to the disease and how to introduce the demon.\n\n### The two-drachma tax\n\nDuring this time period, Jewish men were expected to pay a tax of two drachmas to the leaders, who would use the money to keep the Jewish temple operating properly. A drachma was about a day’s wages for a hired worker. When Jesus told Peter how to pay the tax, he said that he would find a coin worth four drachmas (a shekel) in the mouth of a fish he would catch. This coin would be enough to pay both Peter’s and Jesus’ taxes. You could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Verse 21\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [17:21](../17/21.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 Here, the phrase **And after six days** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed,” or “Six days after those things happened,” 17:1 x4sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει & ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took along … brought them up” 17:1 f2yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother” @@ -2854,6 +2855,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 17:3 j9zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus” 17:4 xxfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things” 17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 By **we**, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples” +17:4 wmax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις & σοὶ 1 Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. 17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths” 17:5 w8va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ -1 In both places, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this … picture this too” or “suddenly … suddenly” 17:5 qxz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νεφέλη φωτεινὴ -1 Here, a **bright cloud** is one that is white and reflects the light from the sun very strongly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a shining cloud” or “a very white cloud” @@ -2862,40 +2864,126 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ 1 Matthew is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke” 17:5 jduw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said” 17:5 cbiu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα 1 See how you translated the identical sentence in [3:17](../03/17.md). -17:6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they” -17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” -17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” -17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” -17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: “I, the Son of Man” -17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” -17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). -17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. -17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). -17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone’s body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. -17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” -17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. -17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” -17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” +17:6 vpfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses, since the second clause describes something that happened before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the disciples were very afraid and fell on their face” +17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 In Matthew’s culture, “falling” on one’s **face** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “bowed down” or “lay down to show respect” +17:6 wd76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **face**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their faces” +17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that they should get up and not be afraid” +17:7 w4a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two commands. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid; get up” +17:8 vebz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +17:8 aq32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπάραντες & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the phrase **having lifted up their eyes** means that they stopped looking at the ground and looked up at what was happening around them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having looked up from the ground” or “having looked around” +17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus himself” +17:8 nn9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, the word translated **myself** emphasizes **Jesus**. Consider using a natural way to emphasize **Jesus** in your language. Alternate translation: “him, that is, Jesus” +17:9 fv4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “as they were going down” +17:9 ib3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they should tell the vision to no one until the Son of Man has risen from the dead” +17:9 tyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,” +17:9 mch7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” +17:9 dmqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 Here, the phrase **risen from the dead** refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “might have been restored to life” or “might have resurrected” +17:9 qbwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses” +17:10 mkz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” +17:10 ir3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked” +17:10 eij1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** indicates that the disciples ask this question because of what they saw on the mountain. More specifically, they ask the question because they had just seen **Elijah** and wondered why he appeared after Jesus the Messiah came and not before. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because of what we saw on the mountain, we have a question: why” or “We just saw Elijah appear after you, the Messiah, have already come. Why then” +17:10 kq1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν 1 Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md). This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The **scribes** teach that this means that **Elijah** must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come” +17:10 f6j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, the word **come** refers to **Elijah** appearing in the word and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do” +17:10 agnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here the disciples imply that **Elijah** comes **first** because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes” +17:11 cr7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +17:11 fzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται 1 See how you translated “come” in [17:10](../17/10.md). Alternate translation: “appears” or “does what he is predicted to do” +17:11 ukcy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to state something that is generally true: the scribes are right that Elijah has to come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form indicates that Jesus is agreeing with the scribes about Elijah. Alternate translation: “must come” or “needs to come” +17:12 bwoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus has said about how Elijah is going to come. Here, he indicates that Elijah has already come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even further,” +17:12 t1hj λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +17:12 jd7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθεν 1 See how you translated “come” in [17:10](../17/10.md). Alternate translation: “appeared” or “did what he was predicted to do” +17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν & ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they**, **they**, and **them** could refer to: (1) people in generally who did not recognize Elijah and who mistreated him. Alternate translation: “most people did not recognize … those people did … them” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did not recognize … they did … those same leaders” +17:12 dewl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἠθέλησαν 1 Here Jesus implies that what **they wanted** was to mistreat and harm this **Elijah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they wanted to do” or “any evil things they wanted to do” +17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about” +17:12 wmbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” +17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three **disciples** who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” +17:13 cat7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples realized that Jesus was using the name “Elijah” to refer to **John the Baptist**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he was talking about Elijah, he was speaking to them about John the Baptist” or “he was saying that Elijah was John the Baptist” +17:14 kv4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντων 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus and the three disciples came to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and the disciples came” +17:14 fzl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +17:14 cb5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν 1 In the Jesus’ culture, **kneeling before** someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what **kneeling** means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “kneeling before him to ask a favor” +17:15 kldo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure Κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει, πολλάκις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ 1 Here the man asks Jesus to have mercy on his son before he says why his son needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why the son needs help before the father asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my son is epileptic and has sickness, for he often falls into the fire and often into the water. Have mercy on him!” +17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to my son”\n +17:15 kjd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησόν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have mercy” +17:15 x0xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐλέησόν 1 Since the man is talking to Jesus, the imperative here is singular. +17:15 gzsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει 1 Here the man states the more specific type of sickness before stating that his son is sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order so that the general statement appears before the specific one. Alternate translation: “he has sickness and is epileptic” or “he has sickness, specifically epilepsy” +17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 An **epileptic** is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated the similar term in [4:24](../04/24.md). Alternate translation: “he has seizures” or “he sometimes becomes unconscious and moves uncontrollably” +17:15 ij05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακῶς ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is sick” +17:15 q3ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation of how the son has **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which means that” +17:15 ikjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ πῦρ & τὸ ὕδωρ 1 The words **fire** and **water** represent fire and water in general, not one particular fire or body of water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fires … rivers and lakes” +17:15 rh6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλάκις εἰς 1 The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he often falls into” +17:16 mkx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 Here the man implies that he **brought** his son so that Jesus’ **disciples** could heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought him to your disciples to be healed” +17:16 lv3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 The man Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **your** here is singular. +17:16 jyjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what the disciples were actually able to do in contrast with what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +17:17 qcv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +17:17 uk64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this **generation**. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the disciples and the crowd, since they are included in the **generation** that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving and perverse generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?” +17:17 f89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [11:16](../11/16.md). Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving and perverted” or “O unbelieving and perverted people of this generation” +17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples and the crowds and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!” +17:17 euli ἕως πότε -1 Alternate translation: “how long … How long” +17:17 moo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **bear with** refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you” +17:17 fff9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the boy” or “the epileptic” +17:18 xauf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun translated **it** could refer to: (1) the **demon** that was possessing the boy. Alternate translation: “the demon” (2) the **boy**. Alternate translation: “the boy” +17:18 t1wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δαιμόνιον 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus knew that a demon was causing the man’s son to be epileptic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon that was causing the boy to be epileptic” or “the demon that was making him sick” +17:18 fgsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the epileptic” or “the boy” +17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy” +17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, the phrase **from that hour** indicates that **boy was healed** at the time when Jesus rebuked the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” +17:19 yahr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπον, διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked why they were not able to cast the demon out.” 17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. -17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” -17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” -17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” -17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. -17:22 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about” -17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” -17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 The word **hands** here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” -17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” -17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” -17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” -17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” -17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. -17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” -17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days’ wages” -17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” -17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. -17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” -17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” -17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. +17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon” +17:20 s43l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” +17:20 itol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you believe so little” +17:20 tqzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation about how much **faith** the disciples need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Here is what I mean:” +17:20 kbso ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +17:20 hpze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with even a little bit of **faith** can do amazing things, like having a **mountain** move. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith like a mustard seed. In that case, you could even say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it would move, and nothing would be impossible for you” +17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Jesus is saying that their **faith** might be like **a mustard seed** because both would be very small. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith as small as a mustard seed” +17:20 el8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” +17:20 kg33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to this mountain that you want it move from here to there, and” +17:20 o41s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the mountain from which Jesus and three of his disciples had just come down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountain I was just on” +17:20 bkex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μετάβα 1 Here, the command is singular because someone is speaking to one mountain. +17:20 wbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ 1 Here Jesus is not referring to specific locations. Instead, he is referring to telling the mountain to move from where it is to some other location. Use a form that refers to changing locations without specifying where those locations are. Alternate translation: “from this place to another place” +17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible” +17:21 m9nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ γένος οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. +17:21 b765 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Τοῦτο & τὸ γένος 1 Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a **kind** of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this kind of demon” +17:21 p5yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only goes out by prayer and fasting” +17:22-23 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … me … I will be raised up” +17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +17:22 t3da rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** could refer to: (1) the disciples. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (2) Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and the disciples” +17:22 eu80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συστρεφομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering together” +17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” +17:22 azbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses the phrase to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “The Messiah” +17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control” +17:22 jq32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **men** refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him” +17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the third day** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later” +17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” +17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life” +17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up” +17:23 nv7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said. Alternate translation: “what Jesus said grieved them very much” +17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +17:24 eg3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when they had gone” +17:24 jjns rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples and Jesus” +17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα -1 Here, the phrase **the two-drachma tax** refers to a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple … the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple” +17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα -1 A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “the tax of two valuable silver coins … the tax of two valuable silver coins” or “the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages … the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages” +17:25 ponb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said” +17:25 ra0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθόντα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here Matthew means that Peter is the one who **entered into the house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter entered into the house” +17:25 p5c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here, the phrase **the house** refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house in which Jesus was living” +17:25 hlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Here Matthew means that Peter was about to ask about the tax, but Jesus asked him first. The implication is that Jesus knew that Peter was going to ask about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew what he was thinking and spoke to him first” or “Jesus acted before could” +17:25 kife rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +17:25 v4bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι 1 Here, the word **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to Peter. +17:25 s8wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **kings** who rule on **the earth**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The kings who reign on earth” +17:25 k6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τέλη ἢ κῆνσον 1 The terms **taxes** and **tolls** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “any taxes” +17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 Here, Jesus could be contrasting: (1) children of kings as opposed to the rest of the people over whom the kings rule. Alternate translation: “From their families or from other people” (2) citizens of the kingdom as opposed to conquered people. Alternate translation: “From their citizens or from people they have conquered” +17:26 tbif rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +17:26 di2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπόντος 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter said” +17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀλλοτρίων & οἱ υἱοί 1 Here, just as in [17:25](../17/25.md), the words **strangers** and **sons** could be referring to: (1) people over whom kings rule as opposed to their own children. Alternate translation: “other people … the families” (2) conquered people as opposed to citizens of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “people they have conquered … the citizens” +17:26 xrta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί 1 Here Jesus implies that he agrees with Peter’s answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are correct, and so the sons are free” +17:26 lv6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί 1 Here Jesus implies that he and Peter are like **sons** and so do not have to pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the sons are free, and we are like those sons” or “the sons are free, which means that you and I also do not have to pay” +17:27 emlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **But** introduces what Jesus wants Peter to do in contrast to what he has said about how “the sons are free” (see [17:26](../17/26.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “Even though that is true,” +17:27 sz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς & αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** in both places refers to the people who were collecting taxes. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones collecting the tax … to the ones collecting the tax” or “the tax collectors … to the tax collectors” +17:27 t3uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” +17:27 fzkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βάλε & ἆρον & εὑρήσεις & δὸς & σοῦ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the commands and the word **you** throughout this verse are singular. +17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 A **fishhook** is a sharp curved object that fishermen would tie to the end of a rope or line in order to catch fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fishing implement, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could refer more generally to fishing. Alternate translation: “cast your line” or “go fishing” +17:27 w0ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον 1 Here Jesus means that Peter should take the first fish that he catches with his **fishhook**. The fish would need to **come up** from further down in the water to be caught on the hook. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “take the first fish that you catch” +17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to about four drachmas (see [17:24](../17/24.md)), that is, about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a four-drachma coin” or “a coin worth four days’ wages” +17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus means that this coin will pay for both his and Peter’s two-drachma tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as payment for my tax and your tax” 18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” 18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). diff --git a/tn_NEH.tsv b/tn_NEH.tsv index 71a76f6895..0290b7f8ed 100644 --- a/tn_NEH.tsv +++ b/tn_NEH.tsv @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 13:25 k1x9 וָ⁠אֲקַֽלְלֵ֔⁠ם 1 As in [10:29](../10/29.md), **curse** means to express the wish that God would punish someone. Alternate translation: “I said I wished that God would punish them” 13:25 hg44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָ⁠אַכֶּ֥ה מֵ⁠הֶ֛ם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וָֽ⁠אֶמְרְטֵ֑⁠ם 1 By performing these actions, Nehemiah demonstrated to these men symbolically how serious a wrong they had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I struck some of them and pulled out their hair to show how wrong they were to have married foreign women” 13:25 gzx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וָ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣⁠ם בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִ⁠בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here Nehemiah is reporting the words of the oath in the second person, because this is his account of how he spoke to the men who had married foreign women. When these men said the actual oath, they would have used the first person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “I made them take this oath: ‘If we allow our daughters to marry their sons, or if we or our sons marry their daughters, may God punish us severely’” -13:25 k1y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וָ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣⁠ם בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִ⁠בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Nehemiah has the men take an oath using a common Hebrew formula that leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Whenever a person takes an oath using this formula, the implication is, “May God punish me severly if I do this thing.” Alternate translation: “If we allow our daughters to marry their sons, or if we or our sons marry their daughters, may God punish us severely!” +13:25 k1y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula וָ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣⁠ם בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִ⁠בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Nehemiah has the men take an oath using a common Hebrew formula that leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Whenever a person takes an oath using this formula, the implication is, “May God punish me severely if I do this thing.” Alternate translation: “If we allow our daughters to marry their sons, or if we or our sons marry their daughters, may God punish us severely!” 13:25 k1y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This is an idiom that means **allow your daughters to marry their sons** or **give your daughters in marriage to their sons** 13:25 k1y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִ⁠בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This is an idiom that means “if you take any of their daughters as wives” 13:26 k1y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל 1 Here Nehemiah supports his argument by appealing to facts that he assumes these men will know. Alternate translation: “you know that Solomon king of Israel sinned because he married foreign women” @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 13:27 vp56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Nehemiah uses a question form for emphasis once again as he continues to scold these men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate what he says as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We will not accept your excuses and allow you to keep doing this thing that is so wrong” 13:27 k1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע 1 As in [9:16](../09/16.md) and [9:29](../09/29.md), **listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a statement about a course of action, but to agree to follow it. If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “agree,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “we will not heed your words” 13:27 k1dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 Here, the word **all** does not indicate the entirety of something. Instead, it expresses emphasis. Alternate translation: “this thing that is so wrong” -13:27 k1ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Here acting unfaithfully means violating the Law of Moses. Nehemiah assumes that these men will know that the law forbade the Israelites to marry outside their people group. (In fact, it does so using language very much like the oath that Nehemiah made these men swear. For example, “Do not give your daughters to their sons or take their daughters for your sons,” Deuteronomy 7:3.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “By marrying foreign women, you are breaking the law that God gave us” +13:27 k1ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Here acting unfaithfully means violating the Law of Moses. Nehemiah assumes that these men will know that the law forbade the Israelites to marry outside their people group. (In fact, the law does so using language very much like the oath that Nehemiah made these men swear, for example, “Do not give your daughters to their sons or take their daughters for your sons,” Deuteronomy 7:3.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “By marrying foreign women, you are breaking the law that God gave us” 13:27 k1ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב 1 As in [13:23](../13/23.md), this is an expression that refers to marriage. Alternate translation: “marrying” 13:28 k1gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this sentence will provide background information that is necessary for understanding the next event the book will describe. You could express the same meaning with a word that indicates this in your language. 13:28 k1hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י 1 This means **one of the sons of.** diff --git a/tn_PRO.tsv b/tn_PRO.tsv index ed852e727f..c45539010d 100644 --- a/tn_PRO.tsv +++ b/tn_PRO.tsv @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 10:15 ip06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קִרְיַ֣ת עֻזּ֑⁠וֹ 1 The phrase **city of his strength** is an idiom that refers to a **city** with walls that protect the people inside the **city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a walled city” or “is a city with strong walls” 10:15 fd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קִרְיַ֣ת עֻזּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to **wealth** enabling its owners to be safe as if it were a strong **city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is his protection” 10:15 izlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast מְחִתַּ֖ת דַּלִּ֣ים רֵישָֽׁ⁠ם 1 This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by contrast, the ruin of lowly ones is their poverty”\n -10:15 wgyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דַּלִּ֣ים 1 The phrase **lowly ones** refers to poor people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” +10:15 wgyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּלִּ֣ים 1 The phrase **lowly ones** refers to poor people as if they were located in a place that is lower than that of people who are not poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” 10:15 xiq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֵישָֽׁ⁠ם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **poverty** in [6:11](../06/11.md). 10:16 im19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּעֻלַּ֣ת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the reward that **the righteous one** receives as if it were a **wage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The reward for” 10:16 rya2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֣יק & רָשָׁ֣ע 1 The phrases **the righteous one** and **the wicked one** represent types of people in general, not one particular **righteous one** or **wicked one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any righteous person … any wicked person” @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 10:32 bx51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָצ֑וֹן 1 See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md). 10:32 scfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תַּהְפֻּכֽוֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but the mouth of the wicked ones knows perverse things” or “but the mouth of the wicked ones expresses perverse things” 10:32 ay8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). -11:intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. +11:intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. 11:1 nux3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֹאזְנֵ֣י & וְ⁠אֶ֖בֶן שְׁלֵמָ֣ה 1 Solomon does not mean that **Yahweh** actually hates these **Scales** or has **delight** in this **whole stone**. Rather, he means that **Yahweh** hates people using these **Scales** and has **delight** in people using **a whole stone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The use of scales of … but the use of a whole stone” 11:1 wl8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 **Scales** describes an instrument for determining the weight of an object or comparing the weight of two objects. It consists of a central post with a crossbar from which two pans are hung. An object may be placed in one pan and known weights placed in the other pan until the crossbar remains level, meaning that both pans contain an equal weight. Or one object may be placed in one pan and a different object in the other pan; the pan that hangs lower contains the heavier object. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weighing instrument, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a balancing scale of deceit” or “a weighing instrument of deceit”\n 11:1 qsoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Scales** that are used for **deceit**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Scales used to deceive people” or “Scales people use to deceive others” @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 11:31 leti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will repay” 11:31 x6ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם 1 Here, Solomon refers to people receiving what they deserve for their actions as if they were being **repaid** for what they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive what is due to them” 11:31 wlsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֝֗ף כִּֽי־רָשָׁ֥ע וְ⁠חוֹטֵֽא 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much more will a wicked one and a sinner be repaid” -12:intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book which Solomon wrote and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. +12:intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. 12:1 ktr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֭וּסָר & דָּ֑עַת & תוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md), **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md), and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 12:2 rz0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ט֗וֹב 1 **A good one** here does not refer to a specific person, but refers to this type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any good person”\n 12:2 b11m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֭צוֹן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md). @@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 12:28 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to indicate that **the way** is **the beaten path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the way that is the beaten path” 12:28 h4sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה 1 Here, **the way of the beaten path** refers to **the path of righteousness** in the previous clause. Solomon refers to living righteously as if one were walking on a **beaten path** that is safe because it was made well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and living righteously” 12:28 d3it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, **no death** could refer to: (1) a person not dying earlier than expected, which is the opposite way of saying the same idea used for **life** in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “is not dying early” (2) a person having immortality. Alternate translation: “is immortality” -13:intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book which Solomon wrote and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. +13:intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. 13:1 ugs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם מ֣וּסַר אָ֑ב 1 Solomon is leaving a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A wise son listens to the instruction of a father” 13:1 au6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֣וּסַר & גְּעָרָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 13:1 uwpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָ֑ב 1 Here, **father** refers to the **father** of the **son** mentioned earlier in the clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his father” @@ -1557,70 +1557,146 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 13:25 a593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּ֗יק & נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 **A righteous one** and**his** here do not refer to specific people, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any righteous one … that person’s appetite” 13:25 wby5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּ⁠בֶ֖טֶן 1 The word **stomach** represents stomachs in general, not one particular **stomach**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but the stomachs of” 13:25 azl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֶ֖טֶן רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֶּחְסָֽר 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the wicked ones** always being hungry as if their stomachs **lack**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the wicked ones can never eat enough” or “but the hunger of the wicked ones is never satisfied” -14:intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) -14:1 r3rp builds her house 0 Alternate translation: “builds up her house” or “makes her house better” -14:1 tv3l house 0 This could mean: (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family. -14:1 l2y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche with her own hands 0 The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” -14:2 qgn4 The one who … the one who 0 Alternate translation: “The person who … the person who” -14:2 qnc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walks uprightly 0 “Walks” represents the conduct of life. Alternate translation: “conducts his life in a just and honest way” -14:2 we9s despises him 0 Alternate translation: “grossly disrespects him” or “shows that he hates him” -14:2 c17i in his ways despises him 0 The word “his” refers to the dishonest man and “him” refers to Yahweh. -14:3 a16n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the mouth of … the lips of 0 The mouth and the lips both refer to what a person says. -14:3 ixb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a rod for his back 0 The rod with which people will punish the fool by hitting him on his back for his foolish words is a metonym for the words that come out of his mouth. Alternate translation: “words that will cause people to punish him” -14:3 c2ir the wise 0 This word is plural. “wise men” or “wise people” -14:3 gru7 will preserve them 0 Alternate translation: “will keep them from harm” or “will keep them safe” -14:4 w12s the feeding trough 0 A “trough” is a container in which you put the food for animals. -14:4 e3k8 an abundant crop 0 Alternate translation: “a good harvest” -14:4 diy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy by the strength of an ox 0 “Strength” represents the strong work an ox can do. Alternate translation: “because of the work an ox does” -14:5 j6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom breathes out lies 0 This figure of speech uses “breathes” to refer to lying easily. Alternate translation: “easily lies” See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 6:19](../06/19.md). -14:6 wm35 and there is none 0 Alternate translation: “and wisdom is not there” or “but he will not find wisdom” -14:6 ek6h comes easy to 0 Alternate translation: “is easily found by” or “acquires without difficulty” -14:6 xv2j the one who is discerning 0 Alternate translation: “the one who is wise” or “a person who has understanding” -14:7 ud4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy on his lips 0 The word “lips” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “from his speech” or “with his comments” -14:8 e2qn the prudent 0 a person who has good judgment or sense -14:8 vp9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his own way 0 The word “way” represents the conduct of life of a person. Alternate translation: “his conduct” or “how he lives” -14:8 vug2 the folly of fools is deception 0 The foolishness of fools is that they think they are wise, when they are not. -14:9 t24p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive but among the upright favor is shared 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the upright enjoy favor together” or “but God’s favor is experienced together among the upright” -14:10 xxe9 its own bitterness 0 Alternate translation: “its own sorrow” or “its own sadness” -14:10 y94d no stranger 0 Alternate translation: “those who do not know him” -14:11 c5yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the tent 0 The word “tent” represents everything that happens within it. Alternate translation: “the household” -14:11 d165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor flourish 0 The word “flourish” means vigorous blooming of flowers and so represents anything that grows strongly. Alternate translation: “to do well and last long” or “to be healthy” or “to be very successful” -14:12 y8gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor There is a way that seems right to a man 0 The word “way” represents the conduct of life a person follows. Alternate translation: “People think that the way they are living is the right way” -14:13 j3ih be in pain 0 Alternate translation: “experience pain” or “hurt” -14:14 a8j9 The one who 0 Alternate translation: “The person who” -14:14 c5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what his ways deserve 0 The word “ways” represents a person’s conduct of life. Alternate translation: “what he deserves, based on how he lived” -14:14 qe8k what is his 0 Alternate translation: “what belongs to him” or “what he has a right to” -14:15 i558 naive 0 inexperienced or immature -14:15 h73m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his steps 0 Here the idea of footsteps represents a person’s behavior. Alternate translation: “his actions” -14:16 z79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor turns away from evil 0 Here evil is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: “avoids doing evil” -14:18 j5kv naive 0 inexperienced or immature -14:18 c2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy inherit foolishness 0 Here “inherit” represents having permanent possession of something. -14:18 aj35 folly 0 The word “folly” is an abstract noun that represents foolish thinking and foolish actions. -14:18 rq9a prudent people 0 Alternate translation: “wise people” -14:18 spn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor are crowned with knowledge 0 Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were a beautiful ornament worn on one’s head, such as a turban with jewels. Alternate translation: “wear knowledge as a turban” -14:19 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bow down 0 This means to bend over to humbly express respect and submission toward someone. -14:19 e892 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy at the gates of the righteous 0 The word “gates” represents an entrance to meet with another. This means the wicked will have to wait for the righteous person and beg to enter his presence. Alternate translation: “to meet with the righteous person” -14:20 h5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The poor person is hated even by his own companions 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone hates the poor person even his own neighbors” -14:21 fy3m The one … the one 0 Alternate translation: “The person … the person” -14:21 d4gp the poor 0 Alternate translation: “poor people” -14:22 m1cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do not those who plot evil go astray? 0 The assumed answer to this question is “yes.” Alternate translation: “Those who plot evil will go astray.” -14:22 ie8f who plot evil 0 Alternate translation: “who make evil plans” or “who make plans to do evil things” -14:22 mmn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns those who plan to do good will receive covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness 0 The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “God will show himself to be trustworthy and faithful to his covenant to those who plan to do what is good” -14:23 k11f but when there is only talk 0 Alternate translation: “but if you only talk” or “but when all a person does is talking” -14:24 dc97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The crown of wise people 0 The word “crown” represents the highest achievement possible and visible to all. Alternate translation: “The reward of wise people” -14:24 u3bw the folly of fools 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 14:8](../14/08.md). -14:25 wkc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom breathes out lies 0 This figure of speech uses “breathes” to refer to lying easily. See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “easily lies” -14:27 c8u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor fountain of life 0 A “fountain” is a bountiful source of water and represents here the source of life. Alternate translation: “source of life” -14:27 r5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor from the snares of death 0 A “snare” is a sort of trap used to hunt animals and represents something tricky and dangerous that will kill. Alternate translation: “from the trap that will kill” -14:28 vxf7 the great number of his people 0 Alternate translation: “how many people he rules” -14:31 k67r The one who … the one who 0 Alternate translation: “The person who … the person who” -14:31 xhv2 the poor … the needy 0 Alternate translation: “a poor person … a needy person” -14:31 k2td shows favor to 0 Alternate translation: “is kind to” or “helps” -14:32 t8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive is brought down by his evil actions 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “evil actions push over” or “evil actions destroy” -14:33 axk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Wisdom rests in the heart 0 The word “heart” represents the feelings, attitudes and motivations of a person. Alternate translation: “Wisdom is in the attitude” -14:33 r61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive she lets herself be known 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she makes sure people know her” -14:33 xi3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification she 0 The word “she” refers to wisdom. -14:35 vi56 the one who 0 Alternate translation: “the servant who” +14:intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [14:7](../14/07.md), [10](../14/10.md), [13](../14/13.md), [17](../14/17.md), [26](../14/26.md), [27](../14/27.md), and [34](../14/34.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. +14:1 r3rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חַכְמ֣וֹת נָ֭שִׁים & בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ 1 **The wisest of women** and **her** here do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Those women who are most wise … the houses of those women”\n +14:1 zntm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman making her family prosper as if she were building a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes her house to prosper” +14:1 hx7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ 1 Here, **house** represents the family who lives in the **house**. See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md). +14:1 dmak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ֝⁠אִוֶּ֗לֶת בְּ⁠יָדֶ֥י⁠הָ תֶהֶרְסֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Here, **a foolish woman** and **her** do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “but those women who are foolish tear it down with their hands”\n +14:1 tv3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֶהֶרְסֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a woman ruining her family as if she were tearing down a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harms it” +14:1 l2y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 Here, **hands** refers to what a person does, which often involves using **hands**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by her deeds”\n +14:2 qgn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ֭⁠יָשְׁר⁠וֹ & וּ⁠נְל֖וֹז דְּרָכָ֣י⁠ו 1 **One who walks**, **his**, and **one who is crooked** refers to types of people in general, not to any specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The person who walks in that person’s uprightness … but any person who is crooked in that person’s ways” +14:2 qnc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ֭⁠יָשְׁר⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone behaving in a upright manner as if that person **walks in his uprightness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “One who conducts his life in an upright manner”\n +14:2 we9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠נְל֖וֹז דְּרָכָ֣י⁠ו 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrase **crooked in his ways** to refer to someone who acts deceptively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “but one who is deceptive”\n +14:3 ht6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּֽ⁠פִי־אֱ֭וִיל חֹ֣טֶר גַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 In this clause, Solomon refers to what **a fool** says with his **mouth** resulting in him being punished with **a rod** as if **a rod** were **in** his **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because of what a fool says, he is punished for pride” or “A fool is punished because of the proud things he says” +14:3 ixb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֹ֣טֶר גַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that is used to punish someone for having **pride**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a rod for punishing proud people” +14:3 c2ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שִׂפְתֵ֥י 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:21](../10/21.md). +14:3 gru7 תִּשְׁמוּרֵֽ⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “will keep them from harm” or “will keep them safe” +14:4 uqel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵב֣וּס בָּ֑ר 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **trough** that is characterized by **cleanness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is a clean trough” +14:4 w12s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵב֣וּס 1 A **trough** is a container that contains food for domesticated animals, such as **cattle**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal food container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is a container of” +14:4 rd3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רָב 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md). +14:4 e3k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠כֹ֣חַ שֽׁוֹר 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is produced by the strength of an ox”\n +14:4 diy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כֹ֣חַ שֽׁוֹר 1 Here, **strength** refers to the work **an ox** does that involves using **strength**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is by the work an ox does” +14:4 huma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שֽׁוֹר 1 Here, the word **ox** represents oxen in general, not one particular **ox**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression, as in the UST. +14:5 ew9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד אֱ֭מוּנִים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **witness** who is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A faithful witness” +14:5 xtdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:19](../06/19.md). +14:5 j6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יָפִ֥יחַ כְּ֝זָבִ֗ים 1 See how you translated **breathes out lies** in [6:19](../06/19.md). +14:6 sfgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֣ץ & לְ⁠נָב֣וֹן 1 See how you translated **a mocker** in [9:7](../09/07.md) and **the understanding one** in [1:5](../01/05.md). +14:6 xavx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּקֶּשׁ 1 Here, people trying to be wise are described as if **wisdom** were an object that people can “seek”. See how you translated the same use of **seeks** in [11:27](../11/27.md). +14:6 mc72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֣ה & וְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). +14:6 wm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אָ֑יִן 1 Here, Solomon means that **a mocker** cannot acquire **wisdom**, not that **wisdom** does not exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he finds none” or “and there is no wisdom for him” +14:6 ek6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 Solomon is leaving out some of a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but finding knowledge” or “but acquiring knowledge” +14:7 mvxr מִ֭⁠נֶּגֶד 1 Alternate translation: “from in front of” or “from the presence of” +14:7 vk5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ כְּסִ֑יל 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **stupidity**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a stupid man” +14:7 vhev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ 1 Here, **a man** represents a type of people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person of” +14:7 va2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַל־יָ֝דַ֗עְתָּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to **you** not receiving **knowledge** from what a stupid person says as if **you** did **not know** such **knowledge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you will not receive” +14:7 ud4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵי־דָֽעַת 1 Here, **lips** refers to what people say by moving their **lips**. Solomon is referring to words that express **knowledge**. See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “words that express knowledge” +14:8 e2qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמַ֣ת & וְ⁠אִוֶּ֖לֶת & מִרְמָֽה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md), **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md), and **deceit** in [11:1](../11/01.md). +14:8 vug2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָ֭רוּם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:16](../12/16.md). +14:8 vp9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). +14:9 f44d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָשָׁ֑ם 1 Mocking **the guilt offering** implies that **Fools mock** the need for people to offer **the guilt offering** in order to ask God to forgive them for sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offering guilt offerings to God for forgiveness”\n +14:9 t24p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָצֽוֹן 1 See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md). +14:9 pui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָצֽוֹן 1 Here, Solomon implies that this **favor** is from Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is Yahweh’s favor” +14:10 xxe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֗ב & נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠שִׂמְחָת֗⁠וֹ 1 **A heart**, **itself**, and **its** refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person … that person, and in that person’s joy” +14:10 y94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מָרַּ֣ת & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠שִׂמְחָת֗⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bitterness** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “how bitter it is … and in its feeling joyful” +14:11 c5yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית & וְ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 In this verse, **house** and **tent** refer to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The household of … but the household of” +14:11 bfxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׁמֵ֑ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will destroy” or “will become ruined” +14:11 d165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַפְרִֽיחַ 1 Here, Solomon refers to a family prospering as if it were a plant with blooming flowers that **flourish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will prosper” +14:12 ojy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). +14:12 y8gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵי־אִ֑ישׁ 1 Here, **before the face of** refers to what a person perceives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that a man perceives” +14:12 hslo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֑ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents a person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” +14:12 e0n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠אַחֲרִיתָ֗⁠הּ 1 Here, **end** refers to a final result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but its result” +14:12 o8df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon uses **ways** to refer to the destiny of those people who live according to what they think is **a right way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the destiny of death”\n +14:12 c1cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דַּרְכֵי־מָֽוֶת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the ways** that are **death**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is the ways that are death” or “is the destiny that is death” +14:13 j3ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠שְׂח֥וֹק יִכְאַב & שִׂמְחָ֣ה תוּגָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **laughter**, **pain**, **joy**, and **grief**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “when laughing … may feel painful … feeling joyful may be feeling sad” +14:13 a8j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֑ב 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md). +14:14 ocu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִ⁠דְּרָכָ֣י⁠ו & ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠עָלָ֗י⁠ו אִ֣ישׁ טֽוֹב 1 **The turning away of heart**, **his**, and **a good man** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any person turning away of heart … from that person’s ways, but any good person from that person”\n +14:14 qe8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּג לֵ֑ב 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person who has stopped behaving righteously and is behaving wickedly as if that person’s **heart** is **turning away** from behaving righteously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The person who stops living righteously” +14:14 hiz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֭שְׂבַּע 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fill” +14:14 jxno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִ֭שְׂבַּע 1 In this clause, the word translated **filled** implies that **the turning away of heart** will fully experience the negative consequences of **his ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will experience the negative consequences” or “will be repaid” +14:14 c5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּרָכָ֣י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md). +14:14 tuqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠עָלָ֗י⁠ו אִ֣ישׁ טֽוֹב 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but a good man will be filled from his ways”\n +14:15 i558 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פֶּ֭תִי & וְ֝⁠עָר֗וּם 1 **A naive one** and **a prudent one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural phrases. See how you translated **a prudent one** in [12:16](../12/16.md). Alternate translation: “Any naive person … but any prudent person” +14:15 nkj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֑ר 1 See how you translated the same use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md). +14:15 h73m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲשֻׁרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **step** refers to a person’s behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his behavior” +14:16 xojs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun חָכָ֣ם & וּ֝⁠כְסִ֗יל 1 See how you translated **a wise one** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). +14:16 z79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סָ֣ר מֵ⁠רָ֑ע 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “turn away from evil” in [3:7](../03/07.md). +14:16 jexo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בוֹטֵֽחַ 1 Here, **confident** refers to the negative quality of being unreasonably self-confident or careless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and is overly confident” or “and is careless” +14:17 a76z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קְֽצַר־אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **short of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a person who gets angry quickly. The word **nostrils** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his **nostrils** to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who easily vents his spleen” or “One who gets angry quickly”\n +14:17 ndbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun קְֽצַר־אַ֭פַּיִם & וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מְ֝זִמּ֗וֹת 1 **One short of nostrils** and **a man of schemes** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural phrases. See how you translated **a man of schemes** in [12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “Any person short of nostrils … and any person of schemes” or “Any person who gets angry quickly … and any person who schemes” +14:17 xri2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֑לֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md). +14:17 ib3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מְ֝זִמּ֗וֹת 1 See how you translated **a man of schemes** in [12:2](../12/02.md). +14:17 erby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׂנֵֽא 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. +14:18 c2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נָחֲל֣וּ & אִוֶּ֑לֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of **Naive ones** becoming foolish as if **folly** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **inherit** in [3:35](../03/35.md). Alternate translation: “become foolish”\n +14:18 aj35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֑לֶת & דָֽעַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). +14:18 spn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְתִּ֥רוּ דָֽעַת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of people being rewarded with **knowledge** as if **knowledge** were a **crown** they **will wear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be rewarded with knowledge” or “will be rewarded with knowledge as if it were a crown they wore”\n +14:19 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שַׁח֣וּ 1 Bowing **down** is a symbolic action that shows humble respect or submission to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “will bow down to show respect” +14:19 mch0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the **face** of someone who is present. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” +14:19 resy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ֝⁠רְשָׁעִ֗ים עַֽל־שַׁעֲרֵ֥י צַדִּֽיק 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and wicked ones will bow down at the gates of the righteous one”\n +14:19 e892 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַֽל־שַׁעֲרֵ֥י 1 Here, **gates** refers to the doorway of the house of **the righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gates of the house of” +14:19 tt7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun צַדִּֽיק 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [10:3](../10/03.md). +14:20 lsnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ֭⁠רֵעֵ⁠הוּ & רָ֑שׁ & עָשִׁ֣יר 1 **One who is poor**, **his neighbor**, and **the rich one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Any person who is poor … by that person’s neighbors … any rich person”\n +14:20 h5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גַּם־לְ֭⁠רֵעֵ⁠הוּ יִשָּׂ֣נֵא רָ֑שׁ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A poor person’s neighbor even hates him” +14:21 fy3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בָּז־לְ⁠רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ חוֹטֵ֑א וּ⁠מְחוֹנֵ֖ן עניים אַשְׁרָֽי⁠ו 1 **One who sins**, **his neighbor**, **one who shows favor**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Any person who sins despises that person’s neighbors, but any person who shows favor to afflicted ones, happy is that person” +14:21 d4gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מְחוֹנֵ֖ן 1 Here, **shows favor** refers to being kind to someone, not to favoring one person over another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the one who is compassionate to” +14:22 m1cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲֽ⁠לוֹא־יִ֭תְעוּ חֹ֣רְשֵׁי רָ֑ע 1 Solomon is using the question form to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Devisers of evil surely go astray!” +14:22 ie8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָ֑ע וְ⁠חֶ֥סֶד וֶ֝⁠אֱמֶ֗ת & טֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md), **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** in [3:3](../03/03.md), and **good** in [11:27](../11/27.md). +14:22 mmn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֲֽ⁠לוֹא־יִ֭תְעוּ 1 Here, Solomon uses the phrase **go astray** to refer to being deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Are not … deceptive”\n +14:22 aqg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹ֣רְשֵׁי טֽוֹב 1 Here, **are for** indicates that **devisers of good** are those who will benefit from receiving the **covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness** of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “benefit devisers of good” +14:23 d7ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֶ֭צֶב & מוֹתָ֑ר & לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns “toils” in [5:10](../05/10.md), **profit** in [3:14](../03/14.md), and **lack** in [6:11](../06/11.md). +14:23 dbn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠דְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, Solomon implies that this refers to **the words of lips** without any **toil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the word of lips without toil” or “but the word of lips by itself” +14:23 vvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠דְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is spoken with **lips**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but the word spoken by lips” +14:23 r2lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבַר 1 See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md). +14:23 auv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md). +14:23 a06s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַךְ־לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר 1 Here, **is only** indicates that **lack** is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “results only in lack”\n +14:24 dc97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲטֶ֣רֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of the reward of **the wise ones** as if it were a **crown** they wear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated the similar use of **crown** in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “The reward of” or “The reward that is like a crown of”\n +14:24 u3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֖לֶת כְּסִילִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:8](../14/08.md). +14:24 gr0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִוֶּ֖לֶת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md). +14:25 xf3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עֵ֣ד אֱמֶ֑ת 1 See how you translated the same use of **A witness of** in [14:5](../14/05.md). +14:25 wkc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יָפִ֖חַ כְּזָבִ֣ים 1 See how you translated **breathes out lies** in [6:19](../06/19.md). +14:26 f120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה מִבְטַח־עֹ֑ז 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone having **confidence** because that person has **the fear of Yahweh** as if **the fear of Yahweh** were a location in which **confidence** resided. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The fear of Yahweh is the source of the confidence of the strong one” or “The confidence of the strong one is because he has the fear of Yahweh” +14:26 tky7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated **the fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md). +14:26 zfgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִבְטַח 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **confidence** in [3:26](../03/26.md). +14:26 b73j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֹ֑ז וּ֝⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֗י⁠ו יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 Here, **the strong one**, **his**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not to one specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “any strong person, and for that person’s sons that person will be”\n +14:26 nbdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּ֝⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Solomon is using the word here in a generic sense that could refer to either male or female children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and for his children”\n +14:26 gyit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִהְיֶ֥ה מַחְסֶֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person protecting **his** children as if he were **a refuge** for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “he will provide protection” or “he will be like a refuge” +14:26 dh54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מַחְסֶֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **refuge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone who protects” +14:27 n41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md) and in the previous verse. +14:27 c8u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְק֣וֹר חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated **a fountain of life** in [10:11](../10/11.md) and [13:14](../13/14.md). +14:27 r5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ֝⁠ס֗וּר מִ⁠מֹּ֥קְשֵׁי מָֽוֶת 1 See how you translated the same clause in [13:14](../13/14.md). +14:28 vxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רָב־עָ֥ם הַדְרַת־מֶ֑לֶךְ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “An abundant amount of people is what makes a king majestic” +14:28 c3y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֑לֶךְ & רָזֽוֹן 1 Here, **a king** and **the potentate** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “any king … any potentate” +14:28 l6zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֥פֶס 1 Here, **end** refers to a lack of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but with the lack of” +14:29 c6lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם & וּ⁠קְצַר־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 **One long of nostrils** and **one short of spirit** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “Any person long of nostrils … but any person short of spirit” +14:29 xc7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם 1 The phrase **long of nostrils** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who does not get angry quickly. The word nostrils means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his nostrils to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “One who does not easily vent his spleen” or “One who does not get angry quickly”\n +14:29 hh4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּבוּנָ֑ה & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md). +14:29 lf5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠קְצַר־ר֝֗וּחַ 1 The phrase **short of spirit** is an idiom that refers to a type of person who gets angry quickly. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a short-tempered person” or “but one who gets angry quickly” +14:29 pd65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵרִ֥ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of someone publicly showing **folly** as if **folly** were an object that someone **lifts up** for everyone to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “publicly displays” or “lets everyone observe” +14:30 o4ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֵ֣ב מַרְפֵּ֑א 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by **healing**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A healed heart” +14:30 e9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ב 1 Here, Solomon uses **heart** to refer to a person’s inner being or mind. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). +14:30 bdfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְ֭שָׂרִים לֵ֣ב 1 **A heart of healing** and **the body** refer to hearts and bodies in general, not to a specific **heart** and **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “Any heart of … any body” +14:30 e78q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַיֵּ֣י בְ֭שָׂרִים 1 Here, **life to the body** refers to a something being healthy for a person’s **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is healthy for one’s body” or “causes one’s body to be healthy” +14:30 h3vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠רְקַ֖ב עֲצָמ֣וֹת קִנְאָֽה 1 Solomon is saying that **envy** harms a person’s health like a disease that causes **the decay of bones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but envy ruins a person’s health” or “but envy harms one’s health like decay in one’s bones”\n +14:30 l2al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קִנְאָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being envious” +14:31 k67r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֹ֣שֵֽׁק דָּ֭ל & עֹשֵׂ֑⁠הוּ & חֹנֵ֥ן אֶבְיֽוֹן 1 **The oppressor**. **a lowly one**, **his**, **one showing favor**, and **a needy one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “Any oppressor of any lowly person … that person’s maker … any person who shows favor to any needy person” +14:31 jij6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דָּ֭ל 1 The phrase **lowly one** refers to a poor person. See how you translated the same use of “lowly ones” in [10:15](../10/15.md). +14:31 xhv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹשֵׂ֑⁠הוּ 1 Here, **maker** refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, his maker” or “his maker, who is God” or “his Maker” +14:31 u5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּ֝⁠מְכַבְּד֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but … honors Yahweh” +14:31 k2td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹנֵ֥ן 1 See how you translated the same use of “shows favor to” in [14:21](../14/21.md). +14:32 kw4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּֽ֭⁠רָעָת⁠וֹ & רָשָׁ֑ע & בְ⁠מוֹת֣⁠וֹ צַדִּֽיק 1 Here, **his**, **the wicked one**, and **the righteous one** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. See how you translated **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md) and **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “By the evil of any wicked person that person … any righteous person … in that person’s death” +14:32 nxxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּֽ֭⁠רָעָת⁠וֹ & בְ⁠מוֹת֣⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md). +14:32 t8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thrusts himself down” +14:32 b0he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִדָּחֶ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person’s life becoming ruined or destroyed as if that person were **thrust down** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “thrown down” in [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “is destroyed”\n +14:32 yk75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חֹסֶ֖ה & צַדִּֽיק 1 Here, Solomon refers to **refuge** as if it were an object that someone **finds**. He means that someone feels safe or protected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the righteous one feels protected” +14:32 qhzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְ⁠מוֹת֣⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to the time when someone dies as if **death** were a place where that person enters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when dying” +14:33 gsbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב נָ֭בוֹן תָּנ֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the understanding one** thinking wisely as if **wisdom** were an object that **rests** inside that person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “The understanding one thinks with wisdom” +14:33 ip9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun נָ֭בוֹן 1 See how you translated **the understanding one** in [1:5](../01/05.md). +14:33 sg1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md). +14:33 r61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּוָּדֵֽעַ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will know her” +14:33 xi3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּוָּדֵֽעַ 1 Here, **she** refers to **wisdom** as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wisdom will be known”\n +14:34 ousu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צְדָקָ֥ה & וְ⁠חֶ֖סֶד & חַטָּֽאת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md), **sin** in [5:22](../05/22.md), and **shame** in [6:33](../06/33.md). +14:34 tavd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְרֽוֹמֵֽם־גּ֑וֹי 1 Here, Solomon refers to a **nation** becoming great as if it were an object that **Righteousness** **raises** up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “raised up” in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “makes a nation great”\n +14:35 vi56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רְֽצוֹן & מַשְׂכִּ֑יל וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **delight** in [8:30](../08/30.md), **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md), and **rage** in [11:23](../11/23.md). +14:35 c522 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֭לֶךְ לְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד & וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ תִּהְיֶ֥ה מֵבִֽישׁ 1 Here, **a king**, **the servant**, **his**, and **one who acts shamefully** refer to types of people, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “any king is for any servant … but any king’s rage is for any person who acts shamefully” 15:intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) 15:1 x2lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A gentle answer turns away wrath 0 Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” 15:2 w6ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge 0 Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” @@ -2754,3 +2830,4 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 31:31 df11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the fruit of her hands 0 The money she has earned from the work she did with wool and flax ([Proverbs 31:13](../31/13.md)) is spoken of as if it were fruit growing off a tree. The hands are a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 31:16](./16.md). Alternate translation: “the money she has earned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 31:31 ef6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let her works praise her in the gates 0 She will be praised for her works, not by her works. Those “in the gates” are the important people of the city who conduct business and legal affairs near the gates of the city. Alternate translation: “may the important people of the city praise her because of the works she has done” 9:3 ugn5 her maids 0 +14:2 c17i in his ways despises him The word “his” refers to the dishonest man and “him” refers to Yahweh. diff --git a/tn_PSA.tsv b/tn_PSA.tsv index 9256e8b173..b0326181b4 100644 --- a/tn_PSA.tsv +++ b/tn_PSA.tsv @@ -1,97 +1,96 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Psalms\n\n1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)\n1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)\n1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)\n1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)\n1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)\n\n### What is the Book of Psalms?\n\nThe Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### When was the Book of Psalms written?\n\nThe Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.\n\n### What are the Messianic psalms?\n\nSome psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.\n\n### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?\n\nMany psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.\n\nSeventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.\n\nSome superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.\n\nTraditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?\n\nThe psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:\n\n* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations\n* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers\n* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies\n* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.\n\n### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?\n\nWhen people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.\n\nPsalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.\n\nAlso, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?\n\nThe psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.\n\nThis style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\nTranslators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.\n\n### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?\n\nFrom ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.\n\n### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?\n\n“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -1:intro fan4 0 # Psalm 1 General Notes\n\n## About the Psalm\n\nPsalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung.\n\n**Purpose:** to celebrate the one who follows Yahweh's guidance\n\n**Content:** It is the one who delights in Yahweh's guidance who is “happy.” “All of this is because Yahweh cares for righteous people, but wicked people keep sinning until Yahweh destroys them forever.” (v. 6)\n\n**Message:** Devotion to Yahweh's guidance leads to success and honor.\n\n## Outline:\n\n- v. 1-3 The happy: Those devoted to Yahweh’s instruction prosper.\n- v. 4-5 The unhappy: Those who reject Yahweh’s instruction come to nothing.\n- v. 6 Authority: Yahweh directs each path to its destination.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- Words associated (whether by sound or by meaning) with a journey appear throughout the psalm.\n- In Hebrew, in the word “wicked” the consonant sounds in “happy” are reversed.\n- Verses 1 and 5 have a number of correspondences with one another. There are negated clauses in both verses, and both contain motion verbs. Additionally, the phrase “advice of the wicked” in v. 1a is similar to the phrase ”assembly of the righteous” in v. 5b. The phrases also have similar structure. In Hebrew the words for “advice” and “assembly” sound very similar.\n\n## Figurative language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]):\n- The psalm begins and ends with the metaphor of a journey.\n- There is agricultural imagery which is frequent in scripture: a tree by water (representing flourishing through God’s blessing) and separating wheat from chaff (representing the different judgments of the righteous and wicked). \n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 1](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_1) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) +front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Psalms\n\n1. Book One (Psalms 1–41)\n1. Book Two (Psalms 42–72)\n1. Book Three (Psalms 73–89)\n1. Book Four (Psalms 90–106)\n1. Book Five (Psalms 107–150)\n\n### What is the Book of Psalms?\n\nThe Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### When was the Book of Psalms written?\n\nThe Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.\n\n### What are the Messianic psalms?\n\nSome psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.\n\n### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?\n\nMany psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.\n\nSeventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.\n\nSome superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.\n\nTraditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?\n\nThe psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:\n\n* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations\n* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers\n* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies\n* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.\n\n### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?\n\nWhen people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.\n\nPsalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.\n\nAlso, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?\n\nThe psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.\n\nThis style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\nTranslators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.\n\n### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?\n\nFrom ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.\n\n### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?\n\n“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +1:intro fan4 0 # Psalm 1 General Notes\n\n## About the Psalm\n\nPsalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung.\n\n**Purpose:** to celebrate the one who follows Yahweh's guidance\n\n**Content:** It is the one who delights in Yahweh's guidance who is “happy.” “All of this is because Yahweh cares for righteous people, but wicked people keep sinning until Yahweh destroys them forever.” (verse 6)\n\n**Message:** Devotion to Yahweh's guidance leads to success and honor.\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Verses 1–3 The happy: Those devoted to Yahweh’s instruction prosper.\n- Verses 4–5 The unhappy: Those who reject Yahweh’s instruction come to nothing.\n- Verses 6 Authority: Yahweh directs each path to its destination.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- Words associated (whether by sound or by meaning) with a journey appear throughout the psalm.\n- In Hebrew, in the word “wicked” the consonant sounds in “happy” are reversed.\n- Verses 1 and 5 have a number of correspondences with one another. There are negated clauses in both verses, and both contain motion verbs. Additionally, the phrase “advice of the wicked” in verse 1a is similar to the phrase ”assembly of the righteous” in verse 5b. The phrases also have similar structure. In Hebrew the words for “advice” and “assembly” sound very similar.\n\n## Figurative language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]):\n- The psalm begins and ends with the metaphor of a journey.\n- There is agricultural imagery which is frequent in scripture: a tree by water (representing flourishing through God’s blessing) and separating wheat from chaff (representing the different judgments of the righteous and wicked). \n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 1](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_1) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) 1:1 c8cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אַ֥שְֽׁרֵי 1 The **man** described as happy is someone that others admire and desire to be like. **Happy** here can be a congratulatory term. Alternate translation: “Admirable” or “Praised” -1:1 n9y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַ֥שְֽׁרֵי־הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר ׀ לֹ֥א הָלַךְ֮ בַּ⁠עֲצַ֪ת רְשָׁ֫עִ֥ים וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹשַׁ֥ב לֵ֝צִ֗ים לֹ֣א יָשָֽׁב 1 In some languages it may be more natural to place the declaration of the state of the man at the end of the verse, after the description of the characteristics that he avoids. However, starting the psalm with the exclamation **Happy** was an intentional poetic decision by the author intended to set the mood of the psalm. Translators should consider how their language might start the pslam with the same sort of praising exclamation. Alternate translation: “The man who does not walk in the advice of the wicked ones, and stands not in the pathway with sinners, and sits not in the seat of mockers is happy.” -1:1 a5wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 The **man** here may refer first to the ideal Israelite king while also having a general meaning referring to a typical righteous person. If your readers would not understand **the man** in a general way you may choose a term that gives a broader interpretation. One possible way to do this may be by not using a definite article. Alternate translation: “is a man” or “is the person” or “is a person” -1:1 x0do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor לֹ֥א הָלַךְ֮ בַּ⁠עֲצַ֪ת רְשָׁ֫עִ֥ים וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹשַׁ֥ב לֵ֝צִ֗ים לֹ֣א יָשָֽׁב 1 It may be helpful to read these three phrases in an inverted way. That way the negative trajectory that the happy man avoids can be more clearly seen. Consider: “Unhappy is the man who walks in the advice of the wicked ones, and then who stands in the pathway of sinners, and then who sits in the seat of scoffers.” The meaning of each of these parts of this extended metaphor is expanded in later notes, but translators should see a trajectory of worsening character that a happy man avoids. +1:1 n9y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַ֥שְֽׁרֵי־הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר ׀ לֹ֥א הָלַךְ֮ בַּ⁠עֲצַ֪ת רְשָׁ֫עִ֥ים וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹשַׁ֥ב לֵ֝צִ֗ים לֹ֣א יָשָֽׁב 1 In some languages it may be more natural to place the declaration of the state of the man at the end of the verse after the description of the characteristics that he avoids. However, starting the psalm with the exclamation **Happy** was an intentional poetic decision by the author, who intended to set the mood of the psalm. Translators should consider how their language might start the psalm with the same sort of praising exclamation. Alternate translation: “The man who does not walk in the advice of the wicked ones, and stands not in the pathway with sinners, and sits not in the seat of mockers is happy.” +1:1 a5wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 The **man** here may refer first to the ideal Israelite king while also having a general meaning referring to a typical righteous person. If your readers would not understand **the man** in a general way, you may choose a term that gives a broader interpretation. One possible way to do this may be by not using a definite article. Alternate translation: “is a man” or “is the person” or “is a person” +1:1 x0do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor לֹ֥א הָלַךְ֮ בַּ⁠עֲצַ֪ת רְשָׁ֫עִ֥ים וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹשַׁ֥ב לֵ֝צִ֗ים לֹ֣א יָשָֽׁב 1 It may be helpful to read these three phrases in an inverted way. That way the negative trajectory that the happy man avoids can be more clearly seen. Consider: “Unhappy is the man who walks in the advice of the wicked ones and then who stands in the pathway of sinners and then who sits in the seat of scoffers.” The meaning of each of these parts of this extended metaphor is expanded in later notes, but translators should see a trajectory of worsening character that a happy man avoids. 1:1 ma8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor לֹ֥א הָלַךְ֮ בַּ⁠עֲצַ֪ת רְשָׁ֫עִ֥ים 1 Here, **walks** refers to a **man** doing the things that **wicked ones** suggest that he does. This is the beginning of a pattern of doing wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the image clear or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not walk into sin that wicked people suggest” or “never does what wicked people suggest” -1:1 y9ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד 1 Here, **stands not in the pathway of sinners** refers to not copying how sinners continually live their lives, that is, their sinful habits. Standing means joining with sinners. The **pathway** means habits or how they live. Not only does the happy man not do what the wicked say, doing what sinners do does not become how he lives his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the image clear or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and does not stand with sinners in the path of sinning” or “and does not make sinning a habit” +1:1 y9ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ חַ֭טָּאִים לֹ֥א עָמָ֑ד 1 Here, **stands not in the pathway of sinners** refers to not copying how sinners continually live their lives, that is, their sinful habits. Standing means joining with sinners. The **pathway** means habits or how they live. Not only does the happy man not do what the wicked say, but doing what sinners do does not become the way in which he lives his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the image clear or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and does not stand with sinners in the path of sinning” or “and does not make sinning a habit” 1:1 b9ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹשַׁ֥ב לֵ֝צִ֗ים לֹ֣א יָשָֽׁב 1 Here, **sits not in the seat of scoffers** means to not become like people who spend their time mocking people, things, and God. By avoiding the previous two progressions towards a sinful life, the happy man avoids this final state where he would be just like the wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the image clear or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and does not sit with scoffers to join them in scoffing” or “so he never becomes like wicked mockers” -1:2 x7b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י אִ֥ם 1 The author uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the happy man does not and does do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Rather” +1:2 x7b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י אִ֥ם 1 The author uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the happy man does and does not do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Rather,” 1:2 bvfv בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֥ת & וּֽ⁠בְ⁠תוֹרָת֥⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “in the instruction of … and in his instruction” 1:2 zvgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns חֶ֫פְצ֥⁠וֹ & יֶהְגֶּ֗ה 1 Here, **his** and **he** refer to the happy man. 1:2 fhfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֶ֫פְצ֥⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **delight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he delights” or “he rejoices” 1:2 nbop rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּֽ⁠בְ⁠תוֹרָת֥⁠וֹ 1 Here, **his** refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and in Yahweh’s instruction” -1:2 u4ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 Here, **day and night** is referring to all the time by naming major time components. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “round-the-clock” or “all the time” -1:3 q40p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְֽ⁠הָיָ֗ה כְּ⁠עֵץ֮ שָׁת֪וּל עַֽל־פַּלְגֵ֫י מָ֥יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר פִּרְי֨⁠וֹ ׀ יִתֵּ֬ן בְּ⁠עִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָלֵ֥⁠הוּ לֹֽא־יִבּ֑וֹל וְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה יַצְלִֽיחַ 1 The point of this verse’s comparison between the happy man and a well-watered tree is that just like the streams of water cause the tree to flourish, learning Yahweh’s instructions cause the man to flourish. (In Hebrew the phrases even sound similar.) Both a positive and negative comparison are given to strengthen the force of the point. The tree, fruit, and leaf references connect both back to Eden and forward to the end of Revelation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the argument a little more explicit as the “Like … so” connection does in the UST. See [PSA 92:12-92:14](../92/12.md) for another use of this imagery. +1:2 u4ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 Here, **day and night** is referring to all the time by naming major time components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “round-the-clock” or “all the time” +1:3 q40p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְֽ⁠הָיָ֗ה כְּ⁠עֵץ֮ שָׁת֪וּל עַֽל־פַּלְגֵ֫י מָ֥יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר פִּרְי֨⁠וֹ ׀ יִתֵּ֬ן בְּ⁠עִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָלֵ֥⁠הוּ לֹֽא־יִבּ֑וֹל וְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה יַצְלִֽיחַ 1 The point of this verse’s comparison between the happy man and a well-watered tree is that just like the streams of water cause the tree to flourish, learning Yahweh’s instructions causes the man to flourish. (In Hebrew the phrases even sound similar.) Both a positive and negative comparison are given to strengthen the force of the point. The tree, fruit, and leaf references connect both back to Eden and forward to the end of Revelation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the argument a little more explicit as the “Like … so” connection does in the UST. See [92:12-92:14](../92/12.md) for another use of this imagery. 1:3 ovv7 שָׁת֪וּל 1 The point of the choice of the word **transplanted** is to emphasize the intentional placement of a tree so that it gets abundant water. Translators could use a word meaning “planted” if their readers would understand that this was intentional. Alternate translation: “deliberately planted” or “cultivated” 1:3 bet7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive שָׁת֪וּל 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone transplanted” -1:3 j6o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלֵ֥⁠הוּ לֹֽא־יִבּ֑וֹל 1 The author is referring figuratively to the tree dying by association with the way the leaves on a tree **wither** when a tree is dead or dying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it will not die” +1:3 j6o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלֵ֥⁠הוּ לֹֽא־יִבּ֑וֹל 1 The author is referring figuratively to the tree dying by association with the way the leaves on a tree **wither** when a tree is dead or dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it will not die” 1:3 s609 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠עָלֵ֥⁠הוּ לֹֽא־יִבּ֑וֹל 1 Here the author uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “and its leaves are strong and green” 1:3 zo3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה יַצְלִֽיחַ 1 Here, both instances of **he** refer to the happy man. 1:4 s4jq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases לֹא־כֵ֥ן 1 The **so** here refers to everything in the first three verses. The **wicked** are not in any way like the happy man. If your language has a way to indicate that **so** refers back not just to the last line about success but to the wider context of the first three verses, consider using it. -1:4 as72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ֝⁠מֹּ֗ץ 1 The word **chaff** refers to the parts of a wheat or other grain plant that are not food. The husk that surrounds the edible seed is very light and blows away when the wheat is threshed to separate out the edible seed. The stalks are collected and burned. Thus the chaff is with the grain until harvest but then separated and burned or blown away. If your readers would not be familiar with this process you could describe the chaff or use another light and worthless material to describe the wicked. Alternate translation: “like dried seed husks” or “like fallen leaves” -1:4 evr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֥י אִם־כַּ֝⁠מֹּ֗ץ אֲֽשֶׁר־תִּדְּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ רֽוּחַ 1 The idea of **the wicked** as waste material gathered at the harvest and eliminated in some way is a common biblical image of God judging the wicked. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider how to make the connection to the next verse show this more clearly, because there the author makes this explicit. +1:4 as72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ֝⁠מֹּ֗ץ 1 The word **chaff** refers to the parts of a wheat or other grain plant that are not food. The husk that surrounds the edible seed is very light, and it blows away when the wheat is threshed to separate out the edible seed. The stalks are collected and burned. Thus the chaff is with the grain until harvest but then separated and burned or blown away. If your readers would not be familiar with this process, you could describe the chaff or use another light and worthless material to describe the wicked. Alternate translation: “like dried seed husks” or “like fallen leaves” +1:4 evr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֥י אִם־כַּ֝⁠מֹּ֗ץ אֲֽשֶׁר־תִּדְּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ רֽוּחַ 1 The idea of **the wicked** as waste material gathered at the harvest and eliminated in some way is a common biblical image of God judging the wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, consider how to make the connection to the next verse show this more clearly, because there the author makes this explicit. 1:5 xo05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases עַל־כֵּ֤ן 1 **Thus** indicates that the connection between the previous statements and this is one of similarity. Just like the chaff is removed from the good harvest and destroyed, thus the wicked will be removed from Yahweh’s righteous people and destroyed. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “In the same way” -1:5 kt0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יָקֻ֣מוּ רְ֭שָׁעִים בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 To **stand in the judgment** is to be innocent. Unlike the man in [PSA 24:3-4](../24/03.md), the wicked will be judged by Yahweh, and will not rise again as in [PSA 140:10](../140/10.md). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wicked ones will not get off the hook” or “the wicked ones will not be found innocent” -1:5 h9cj יָקֻ֣מוּ 1 The word translated **stand** here is translated as “arise” in [PSA 140:10](../140/10.md) and in many other places. This hints at resurrection imagery which helps to clarify which judgment is in the mind of the author. +1:5 kt0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יָקֻ֣מוּ רְ֭שָׁעִים בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 To **stand in the judgment** is to be innocent. Unlike the man in [24:3-4](../24/03.md), the wicked will be judged by Yahweh and will not rise again as in [PSA 140:10](../140/10.md). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wicked ones will not get off the hook” or “the wicked ones will not be found innocent” +1:5 h9cj יָקֻ֣מוּ 1 The word translated **stand** here is translated as “arise” in [140:10](../140/10.md) and in many other places. This hints at resurrection imagery, which helps to clarify which judgment is in the mind of the author. 1:5 dhfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 This refers to the time when Yahweh will finally judge the whole world. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s final court” 1:5 yb22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ֝⁠חַטָּאִ֗ים 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor will sinners stand” 1:6 c4kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here introduces an explanation of the contrast throughout this psalm. If possible, use a connector here that can refer back to more than just the immediate context. 1:6 pyo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יוֹדֵ֣עַ 1 Here, **knows** refers to Yahweh’s intimate and active involvement in the life of the righteous. Alternate translation: “guards” -1:6 lb7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ צַדִּיקִ֑ים וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֹּאבֵֽד 1 Here, the author continues speaking of life as if it was a **way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lifestyle of the righteous, but the lifestyle of the wicked ones causes them to perish” -2:intro z14u 0 # Psalm 2 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. While there are (from the perspective of the New Testament) clear references to Jesus, the Anointed (Messiah) Son of God (Yahweh), translators should avoid bringing this fuller understanding into the translation of this psalm, which was written around 1,000 years before Christ.\n\n\n## Structure\n\n1. v. 1-3 Rebellion - Earthly kings plot rebellion\n2. v. 4-6 Response - The Heavenly King laughs\n3. v. 7-9 Decree - The King on Zion recounts Yahweh's covenant\n4. v. 10-12 Ultimatum - Earthly kings, “Serve Yahweh … Kiss the son!”\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The place of reference moves between things being on earth (v2), in heaven (v4), on the mountain (often seen as a meeting place between heaven and earth (v6), and on earth again (v10).\n- The rebellious words in v3 are echoed by similar sounding but very contrastive (obedient) words in vv 10-12. \n- The word for son in v12 is highlighted by being Aramaic rather than Hebrew and having several occurrences of similar sounding consonant groups near it.\n\n## Figurative language:\n\n- Nations are personified.\n- Yahweh’s rule is pictured as physical bonds.\n- Power is figured as an iron rod.\n- Nations are figured as pottery.\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 2](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_2) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) -2:1 e4gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֭⁠מָּה רָגְשׁ֣וּ גוֹיִ֑ם וּ֝⁠לְאֻמִּ֗ים יֶהְגּוּ־רִֽיק 1 [Verses 4](../02/04.md) and following provide the proper understanding of the questions that make up this verse. They are not true questions, they are statements of mocking disbelief. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nations are in turmoil and peoples are complaining uselessly.” +1:6 lb7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ צַדִּיקִ֑ים וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֹּאבֵֽד 1 Here, the author continues speaking of life as if it were a **way**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lifestyle of the righteous, but the lifestyle of the wicked ones causes them to perish” +2:intro z14u 0 # Psalm 2 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. While there are (from the perspective of the New Testament) clear references to Jesus, the Anointed (Messiah) Son of God (Yahweh), translators should avoid bringing this fuller understanding into the translation of this psalm, which was written around 1,000 years before Christ.\n\n\n## Structure\n\n1. verses 1–3 Rebellion - Earthly kings plot rebellion\n2. verses 4–6 Response - The Heavenly King laughs\n3. verses 7–9 Decree - The King on Zion recounts Yahweh's covenant\n4. verses 10–12 Ultimatum - Earthly kings, “Serve Yahweh … Kiss the son!”\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The place of reference moves between things being on earth (verse 2), in heaven (verse 4), on the mountain (often seen as a meeting place between heaven and earth (verse 6), and on earth again (verse10).\n- The rebellious words in verse 3 are echoed by similar sounding but very contrastive (obedient) words in verses 10–12. \n- The word for son in verse 12 is highlighted by being Aramaic rather than Hebrew and having several occurrences of similar sounding consonant groups near it.\n\n## Figurative language:\n\n- Nations are personified.\n- Yahweh’s rule is pictured as physical bonds.\n- Power is figured as an iron rod.\n- Nations are figured as pottery.\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 2](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_2) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) +2:1 e4gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֭⁠מָּה רָגְשׁ֣וּ גוֹיִ֑ם וּ֝⁠לְאֻמִּ֗ים יֶהְגּוּ־רִֽיק 1 [Verses 4](../02/04.md) and following provide the proper understanding of the questions that make up this verse. They are not true questions; they are statements of mocking disbelief. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nations are in turmoil and peoples are complaining uselessly.” 2:1 hd4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גוֹיִ֑ם 1 Here, **nations** represents either the people of the nations or the leaders of the nations. If **nations** could not be understood to **conspire**, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. However, it is best to not narrow the meaning to leaders yet, as the psalm will do that in the next verse. Alternate translation: “people from other nations” 2:1 xqez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo 0 What the **nations** are conspiring and the **peoples** are plotting is not mentioned in this verse, but since it becomes clear from the next two verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. 2:2 ag3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יִ֥תְיַצְּב֨וּ ׀ מַלְכֵי־אֶ֗רֶץ וְ⁠רוֹזְנִ֥ים נֽוֹסְדוּ־יָ֑חַד 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth take their stand, indeed, the rulers conspire together” 2:3 bvs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נְֽ֭נַתְּקָה אֶת־מֽוֹסְרוֹתֵ֑י⁠מוֹ וְ⁠נַשְׁלִ֖יכָה מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ עֲבֹתֵֽי⁠מוֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let us tear apart their bonds, truly, let us cast their cords away from us.” -2:3 xw9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְֽ֭נַתְּקָה אֶת־מֽוֹסְרוֹתֵ֑י⁠מוֹ וְ⁠נַשְׁלִ֖יכָה מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ עֲבֹתֵֽי⁠מוֹ 1 The people of other nations speak of Yahweh and his anointed's rule over them as if it were **bonds**and **cords**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should free ourselves from their control; we should not let them rule over us any longer” -2:4 vz39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יוֹשֵׁ֣ב בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֣יִם יִשְׂחָ֑ק אֲ֝דֹנָ֗⁠י יִלְעַג־לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He who sits in the heavens sneers; indeed,\nthe Lord mocks them.” +2:3 xw9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְֽ֭נַתְּקָה אֶת־מֽוֹסְרוֹתֵ֑י⁠מוֹ וְ⁠נַשְׁלִ֖יכָה מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ עֲבֹתֵֽי⁠מוֹ 1 The people of other nations speak of Yahweh and his anointed one's rule over them as if it were **bonds** and **cords**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should free ourselves from their control; we should not let them rule over us any longer” +2:4 vz39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יוֹשֵׁ֣ב בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֣יִם יִשְׂחָ֑ק אֲ֝דֹנָ֗⁠י יִלְעַג־לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He who sits in the heavens sneers; indeed, the Lord mocks them.” 2:4 t9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹשֵׁ֣ב 1 Here, **sitting** represents ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He who rules” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:5 z631 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְ⁠אַפּ֑⁠וֹ וּֽ⁠בַ⁠חֲרוֹנ֥⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **anger** and **fury**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See the UST. +2:5 z631 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְ⁠אַפּ֑⁠וֹ וּֽ⁠בַ⁠חֲרוֹנ֥⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **anger** and **fury**, you could express the same ideas in another way, as modeled by the UST. 2:6 ygss rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations 0 This verse is a quotation of Yahweh (who is mentioned before this verse as the Lord who is sitting in the heavens). If the speaker would be unclear, you may want to introduce him as the UST does. -2:6 emc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וַ֭⁠אֲנִי נָסַ֣כְתִּי 1 Yahweh says **I myself** to emphasize how significant it was that it was he and not someone else who was setting up this king on Zion. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “I alone have poured out” -2:6 v3q9 נָסַ֣כְתִּי 1 Scholars debate the meaning of this verb. However, all the options lead either symbolically or literally to the idea that Yahweh has made his king the ruler on Zion. Alternate translation: “installed” or “placed” +2:6 emc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וַ֭⁠אֲנִי 1 Yahweh says **I myself** to emphasize how significant it was that it was he and not someone else who was setting up this king on Zion. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “I alone” +2:6 v3q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָסַ֣כְתִּי 1 Scholars debate the meaning of this verb. However, all the options lead either symbolically or literally to the idea that Yahweh has made his king the ruler on Zion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “installed” or “placed” 2:7 d5l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲסַפְּרָ֗ה אֶֽ֫ל חֹ֥ק יְֽהוָ֗ה אָמַ֘ר 1 The person saying this is the king that Yahweh placed in Zion. This is a change of speaker from the previous verse, though both are unmarked in the original. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The king says he will describe” -2:8 vjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וַ֝⁠אֲחֻזָּתְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **inheritance** and **possession**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for you to inherit and … shall you possess” +2:8 vjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וַ֝⁠אֲחֻזָּתְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **inheritance** and **possession**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “for you to inherit and … shall you possess” 2:8 cv7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אַפְסֵי־אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **the extremities of the earth** is referring to all of the world by naming its edges or limits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire world” -2:9 at9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּ֭רֹעֵ⁠ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣בֶט בַּרְזֶ֑ל כִּ⁠כְלִ֖י יוֹצֵ֣ר תְּנַפְּצֵֽ⁠ם 1 Here, the king is speaking of his own power and anger as if it was an **iron rod** and of nations as if they were **jar**s **of a potter.** If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning another way. Alternate translation: “Your power is like an iron rod, which will shatter the nations, which are like mere clay pots.” +2:9 at9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּ֭רֹעֵ⁠ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣בֶט בַּרְזֶ֑ל כִּ⁠כְלִ֖י יוֹצֵ֣ר תְּנַפְּצֵֽ⁠ם 1 Here, the king is speaking of his own power and anger as if it was an **iron rod** and of nations as if they were a **jar of a potter**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning another way. Alternate translation: “Your power is like an iron rod, which will shatter the nations, which are like mere clay pots.” 2:9 c2xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry כִּ⁠כְלִ֖י יוֹצֵ֣ר תְּנַפְּצֵֽ⁠ם 1 Using a simile in the second clause is a way to intensify the statement in biblical poetry. Use a method in your language’s poetic forms to intensify the second clause if possible. Alternate translation: “more than that, you will smash them to pieces like a jar of a potter” 2:9 ggd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּ⁠כְלִ֖י יוֹצֵ֣ר 1 A **potter** is a person who makes clay pots and jars. These are fragile and can be broken easily. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “like a clay jar” 2:10 j2nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִ֝וָּסְר֗וּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “listen to this warning” -2:11 yfoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠יִרְאָ֑ה וְ֝⁠גִ֗ילוּ בִּ⁠רְעָדָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **rejoice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fearfully and joyfully tremble” +2:11 yfoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠יִרְאָ֑ה וְ֝⁠גִ֗ילוּ בִּ⁠רְעָדָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **rejoice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fearfully, and joyfully tremble” 2:12 w4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נַשְּׁקוּ־בַ֡ר 1 To **kiss the son** is a symbolic action showing loyalty and pledged obedience. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. People would show their king that they were loyal to him by kissing him, perhaps on the feet. Alternate translation: “Show the son that you are truly loyal to him” or “Bow down humbly before his son” -2:12 v3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֹ֬אבְדוּ דֶ֗רֶךְ 1 The implication is that the **son** will kill **you**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he kill you in the way” -2:12 l654 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִבְעַ֣ר כִּ⁠מְעַ֣ט אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 The **son**’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that could burn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he suddenly becomes very angry” -2:12 ty9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַ֝שְׁרֵ֗י כָּל־ח֥וֹסֵי בֽ⁠וֹ 1 The protection that submitting to the **son** provides is spoken of as if the son himself were a safe place (**refuge**) within which people could be protected. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Everyone who asks the king to protect them is happy ” -3:intro py7j 0 # Psalm 3 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 3 is a psalm of lament. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n\n## Outline:\n- v. 1-2 Foes “rising” against psalmist\n- v. 3-4 Trust expressed to Yahweh (on his holy hill, see [Psalm 2:6](../02/06.md))\n- v. 5-6 Trust in Yahweh proclaimed\n- v. 7-8 Help petitioned from Yahweh (“rising” and saving refer back to v. 1-2)\n\nSee 2 Samuel 15-18 for the story of David fleeing Absalom.\n\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n- The psalm divides into four sections that are near the same length (14 words / 14 words / 14 words / 15 words).\n- “Rising” and “salvation” are repeated between vv. 2-3 and vv. 8-9 in a negative and then positive way. This emphasizes that the author’s problems have been completely solved by Yahweh.\n- The second and third sections share similar beginnings; both begin with an independent personal pronoun (v. 3a: "you;" v. 5a: "I"). "You" (=Yahweh) is the topic of the second section (vv. 3-4), and "I" (=David) is the topic of the third section (vv. 5-6).\n- The first section (vv. 1-2) and the two middle sections (vv. 3-6) are connected by the ideas of “many/multitudes... against me.”\n\n\n## Figurative language:\n\n\n- Yahweh is pictured as a shield.\n- Safety is pictured as sleeping.\n- Yahweh’s salvation from enemies is pictured in violent graphic language.\n- Wicked people’s power is represented by their teeth.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n- **Selah**: This psalm contains the first instances of the Hebrew word **Selah**. Refer to the introduction to Psalms for more information.\n\n- Superscriptions : This psalm is the first instance which starts with an superscription. Refer to the introduction to Psalms for more information. +2:12 v3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֹ֬אבְדוּ דֶ֗רֶךְ 1 The implication is that the **son** will kill **you** if you do not **kiss** him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he kill you in the way” +2:12 l654 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִבְעַ֣ר כִּ⁠מְעַ֣ט אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 The anger of the **son** is spoken of as if it were a fire that could burn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he suddenly becomes very angry” +2:12 ty9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַ֝שְׁרֵ֗י כָּל־ח֥וֹסֵי בֽ⁠וֹ 1 The protection that submitting to the **son** provides is spoken of as if the son himself were a safe place (**refuge**) within which people could be protected. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Everyone who asks the king to protect them is happy” +3:intro py7j 0 # Psalm 3 General Notes\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to pray for salvation from enemies.\n**Content:** Yahweh, save me! My enemies are many, but you are my defense.\n**Message:** “Salvation is of Yahweh” ([3:8](../03/08.md))\n\n\n## Outline:\n- verse 1–2 Foes “rising” against psalmist\n- verse 3–4 Trust expressed to Yahweh (on his holy hill, see [Psalm 2:6](../02/06.md))\n- verses 5–6 Trust in Yahweh proclaimed\n- verses 7–8 Help petitioned from Yahweh (“rising” and saving refer back to verse 1–2)\n\nSee 2 Samuel 15–18 for the story of David fleeing from Absalom.\n\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n- The psalm divides into four sections that are nearly the same length (14 words / 14 words / 14 words / 15 words).\n- “Rising” and “salvation” are repeated between verses 2–3 and verses 8–9 in a negative and then positive way. This emphasizes that the author’s problems have been completely solved by Yahweh.\n- The second and third sections share similar beginnings; both begin with an independent personal pronoun (verse 3a: "you;" verse 5a: "I"). "You" (=Yahweh) is the topic of the second section (verses 3–4), and "I" (=David) is the topic of the third section (verses 5–6).\n- The first section (verses 1–2) and the two middle sections (verses 3–6) are connected by the ideas of “many/multitudes ... against me.”\n\n\n## Figurative language:\n\n\n- Yahweh is pictured as a shield.\n- Safety is pictured as sleeping.\n- Yahweh’s salvation from enemies is pictured in violent graphic language.\n- Wicked people’s power is represented by their teeth.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n- **Selah**: This psalm contains the first instances of the Hebrew word **Selah**. Refer to the introduction to Psalms for more information.\n\n- Superscriptions : This psalm is the first instance which starts with an superscription. Refer to the introduction to Psalms for more information. 3:front g1yb לְ⁠דָוִ֑ד 1 This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. -3:1 xp7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations יְ֭הוָה מָֽה־רַבּ֣וּ צָרָ֑⁠י 1 The **how** marks this as an exclamation that is emphasizing to Yahweh by an emotional outburst how desperate the author’s situation is. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, I have so many enemies!” +3:1 xp7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations יְ֭הוָה מָֽה־רַבּ֣וּ צָרָ֑⁠י 1 The word **how** marks this as an exclamation that is emphasizing to Yahweh by an emotional outburst how very desperate the author’s situation is. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, I have so many enemies!” 3:1 cj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קָמִ֥ים עָלָֽ⁠י 1 Here, **risers against me** is an idiom that means “people who rebel against me” or “people who wish to fight me.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those getting in my face” or “Those who rebel against me” 3:2 lhxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֵ֤ין יְֽשׁוּעָ֓תָ⁠ה לּ֬⁠וֹ בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֬ים 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely God will not save him” -3:2 oya5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate סֶֽלָה 1 This is the first instance of the Hebrew word **Selah** the meaning of which is unknown. The Septuagint translates the term as διάψαλμα (diapsalma) “musical interlude.” Your translation team should decide if you will (1) transliterate **Selah** (2) omit **Selah** or (3) follow the Septuagint and translate something like “pause” into your language. +3:2 oya5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate סֶֽלָה 1 This is the first instance of the Hebrew word **Selah**, the meaning of which is unknown. The Septuagint translates the term as διάψαλμα (diapsalma), meaning “musical interlude.” Your translation team should decide if you will (1) transliterate **Selah** or (2) omit **Selah** or (3) follow the Septuagint and translate something like “pause” into your language. 3:3 mj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מָגֵ֣ן בַּעֲדִ֑⁠י 1 Here, **shield** represents protection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh, protect me like a shield” 3:3 llc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּ֝בוֹדִ֗⁠י 1 Because **Yahweh** is the actor in all the other actions in this verse, calling **Yahweh** his **glory** probably means that **Yahweh** gives the author **glory** or honor. Since the author has just spoken about his enemies and Yahweh being his protector, he probably means that Yahweh gives him glory by giving him victory over his enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are the one who gives me glory” or “you are the one who gives me victory” 3:3 hj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מֵרִ֥ים רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Lifting the author’s **head** could mean (1) giving him courage or (2) giving him victory over his enemies or (3) restoring him to being king of Israel (given the context of David fleeing from his son’s usurping). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the one who encourages me” or “and the one who lifts me over my enemies” or “and the one who lifts me to the throne” 3:4 bz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶקְרָ֑א וַ⁠יַּֽעֲנֵ֨⁠נִי 1 The implication is that the author is calling to Yahweh for help and that Yahweh’s answer takes the form of giving help. You can include this information if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I call for help … and he helped me” -3:5 tup6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲנִ֥י שָׁכַ֗בְתִּי וָֽ⁠אִ֫ישָׁ֥נָ⁠ה הֱקִיצ֑וֹתִי כִּ֖י יְהוָ֣ה יִסְמְכֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the phrase **for Yahweh protects me** is the reason for the result **I awoke**, as well as the reason for the author’s confidence that he can lay down and sleep. The events **laid down and slept** are not one time occurrences, this is a universal statement about his daily peace because of Yahweh. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh protects me, I lay down, sleep, and awake.” -3:6 q7wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אִ֭ירָא 1 The author does **not fear** because of Yahweh’s protection mentioned in verse 5. Be sure that connection is clear in your language. -3:7 zax2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ק֘וּמָ֤⁠ה 1 The author speaks of starting to do something as getting up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Take action” or “Do something” -3:7 az5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִכִּ֣יתָ אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבַ֣⁠י לֶ֑חִי שִׁנֵּ֖י רְשָׁעִ֣ים שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. The phrases **my enemies** and **the wicked** refer to the same group of people. Alternate translation: “you hit all my enemies on the jaw, you even break those wicked enemies’ teeth” or “you destroy all my enemies” -3:7 r6xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction הִכִּ֣יתָ אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבַ֣⁠י לֶ֑חִי 1 This was a way of insulting people. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “For you will insult all my enemies like someone hitting them on the jaw” -3:7 k36i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׁנֵּ֖י רְשָׁעִ֣ים שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 Animals attack with their teeth. Breaking their teeth takes away their power to attack. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically fight against the wicked. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you make the wicked unable to harm me like someone breaking the teeth of a ferocious animal” +3:5 tup6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲנִ֥י שָׁכַ֗בְתִּי וָֽ⁠אִ֫ישָׁ֥נָ⁠ה הֱקִיצ֑וֹתִי כִּ֖י יְהוָ֣ה יִסְמְכֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the phrase **for Yahweh protects me** is the reason for the result, **I awoke**, as well as the reason for the author’s confidence that he can lie down and sleep. The events **laid down and slept** are not one-time occurrences, but a universal statement about his daily peace because of Yahweh. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh protects me, I lie down, sleep, and awake.” +3:6 q7wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אִ֭ירָא 1 The author does **not fear** because of Yahweh’s protection, mentioned in verse 5. Be sure that connection is clear in your language. +3:7 zax2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ק֘וּמָ֤⁠ה 1 The author speaks of starting to do something as to **Rise up.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Take action” or “Do something” +3:7 az5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִכִּ֣יתָ אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבַ֣⁠י לֶ֑חִי שִׁנֵּ֖י רְשָׁעִ֣ים שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. The phrases **my enemies** and **the wicked** refer to the same group of people. Alternate translation: “you hit all my enemies on the jaw; you even break those wicked enemies’ teeth” or “you destroy all my enemies” +3:7 r6xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction הִכִּ֣יתָ אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבַ֣⁠י לֶ֑חִי 1 Hitting an enemy on the cheek was a way of insulting people. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “For you will insult all my enemies like someone hitting them on the jaw” +3:7 k36i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׁנֵּ֖י רְשָׁעִ֣ים שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 Animals attack with their teeth. Breaking their teeth takes away their power to attack. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically fight against the wicked. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you make the wicked unable to harm me like someone breaking the teeth of a ferocious animal” 3:8 x9bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה הַ⁠יְשׁוּעָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. The meaning of this phrase is that Yahweh is characterized by saving his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the savior” or “Yahweh saves his people” 3:8 qkyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עַֽל־ עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בִרְכָתֶ֣⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Please bless your people” or “You always bless your people” -4:intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 4 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n- Superscription\n- v. 1 Distress \n- v. 2-6 Rebuke\n- v. 7-9 Blessing\n\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to intercede for the people and call them to repentance.\n**Content:** People, trust in Yahweh alone! He has relieved our suffering in the past, and he will help us again when I call to him. Yahweh, shine on us!\n**Message:** Yahweh alone gives peace and security in times of distress.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- Repetition features between v. 1, 6, and 8. See the note in [v. 6](../04/06.md).\n- Hebrew roots from v. 5 repeat in v. 7-9. See the note in [v. 5](../04/05.md).\n- There seems to be a morning and night pattern. The word translated **call** ([v. 1](../04/01.md)) and **cry** ([v. 3](../04/03.md)) sound like the Hebrew word for morning, and then bed is mentioned in [v. 4](../04/04.md). Yahweh lifting up the light of his face is like the dawn in [v. 6](../04/06.md) and in [v. 8](../04/08.md) the author lies down to sleep.\n- The last verse of the psalm seems to wind down peacefully, even repeating “sh” sounds. See the note in [v. 8](../04/08.md).\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 4](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_4) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) -4:1 zjj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֱלֹ֘הֵ֤י צִדְקִ֗⁠י 1 Here the possessive could mean: (1) “My righteous God,” or (2) “God who vindicates me.” Both options are grammatically possible, and both fit the context well. The following relative clause (v. 2b) which highlights God’s past faithfulness may suggest that it is God’s righteousness that is in view (hence the UST rendering). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. +4:intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 4 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n- Superscription\n- verse 1 Distress \n- verses 2-6 Rebuke\n- verses 7-9 Blessing\n\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to intercede for the people and call them to repentance.\n**Content:** People, trust in Yahweh alone! He has relieved our suffering in the past, and he will help us again when I call to him. Yahweh, shine on us!\n**Message:** Yahweh alone gives peace and security in times of distress.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- Repetition features between verses 1, 6, and 8. See the note in [verse 6](../04/06.md).\n- Hebrew roots from verse 5 repeat in verses 7–9. See the note in [verse 5](../04/05.md).\n- There seems to be a morning and night pattern. The word translated **call** ([verse 1](../04/01.md)) and **cry** ([verse 3](../04/03.md)) sound like the Hebrew word for morning, and then bed is mentioned in [verse 4](../04/04.md). Yahweh lifting up the light of his face is like the dawn in [verse 6](../04/06.md) and in [verse 8](../04/08.md) the author lies down to sleep.\n- The last verse of the psalm seems to wind down peacefully, even repeating “sh” sounds. See the note in [verse 8](../04/08.md).\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 4](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_4) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) +4:1 zjj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֱלֹ֘הֵ֤י צִדְקִ֗⁠י 1 Here the possessive could mean: (1) “my righteous God,” or (2) “God who vindicates me.” Both options are grammatically possible, and both fit the context well. The following relative clause (verse 2b), which highlights God’s past faithfulness, may suggest that it is God’s righteousness that is in view (hence the UST rendering). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. 4:1 q28k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֱלֹ֘הֵ֤י צִדְקִ֗⁠י\n 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my God, the righteous one” 4:1 k7md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ֭⁠צָּר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distress**, you could express the same idea in another way. The original word is related to narrowness. Alternate translation: “in trouble” or “when I am oppressed” -4:1 f3xk חָ֝נֵּ֗⁠נִי 1 Alternate translation: “be gracious to”\r 4:2 r39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י אִ֡ישׁ\r 1 **Son of man** could refer to: (1) the mortality and finitude of his enemies (as opposed to God’s eternal infinitude), (2) important or wealthy men, (3) the fact that the author is now addressing people rather than God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You men” 4:2 p3x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מֶ֬ה כְבוֹדִ֣⁠י לִ֭⁠כְלִמָּה תֶּאֱהָב֣וּ⁠ן רִ֑יק תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ כָזָ֣ב\n 1 The author is using the question form to rebuke his enemies. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these three questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “stop calling glory shame! Stop loving futility! Stop seeking falsehood!” 4:2 vy7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְבוֹדִ֣⁠י לִ֭⁠כְלִמָּה\r 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **shame**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you consider my glorious deeds as shameful deeds” 4:2 i8ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תֶּאֱהָב֣וּ⁠ן רִ֑יק תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ כָזָ֣ב\r 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **futility** and **falsehood**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “How long will you love vain things? How long will you pursue untrue things?” -4:4 api1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רִגְז֗וּ וְֽ⁠אַל־תֶּ֫חֱטָ֥אוּ\r 1 The implication could be (1) that the hearers should **tremble** in fear of Yahweh’s punishment for the unfaithful or (2) that if the hearers are angry, they should control themselves and not sin. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Tremble in fear and do not sin” or “Even if you tremble angrily do not sin” +4:4 api1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רִגְז֗וּ וְֽ⁠אַל־תֶּ֫חֱטָ֥אוּ\r 1 The implication could be: (1) that the hearers should **tremble** in fear of Yahweh’s punishment for the unfaithful or (2) that if the hearers are angry, they should control themselves and not sin. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Tremble in fear and do not sin” or “Even if you tremble angrily, do not sin” 4:4 u9p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִמְר֣וּ בִ֭⁠לְבַבְ⁠כֶם\r 1 Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Consider your thoughts and motives” 4:4 l67w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אִמְר֣וּ בִ֭⁠לְבַבְ⁠כֶם עַֽל־מִשְׁכַּבְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The Hebrew root words for **speak**, **heart**, and **bed** in this verse appear in verses 7 (as “say”), 8, and 9 (as “lie down”) respectively (in the same order). Consider if a similar pattern would create a natural poetic effect in your language. 4:4 y3aa אִמְר֣וּ בִ֭⁠לְבַבְ⁠כֶם 1 Alternate translation: “Think to yourselves” 4:4 gm9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠דֹ֣מּוּ 1 Here, **be silent** means that the listeners should show self-control and not act on sinful impulses. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and do not act on evil thoughts” 4:5 ma8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns זִבְחֵי־צֶ֑דֶק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sacrifices that are righteous” -4:5 h8tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry צֶ֑דֶק וּ֝⁠בִטְח֗וּ\n 1 The words **righteousness** and **trust** form the poetic center of this psalm. Righteousness is mentioned in [verse 1](../04/01.md) and **trust** is the same word translated as “securely” in [verse 8](../04/08.md). You may wish to explore if you can reflect this symmetry in a natural way in your language. +4:5 h8tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry צֶ֑דֶק וּ֝⁠בִטְח֗וּ\n 1 The words **righteousness** and **trust** form the poetic center of this psalm. Righteousness is mentioned in [verse 1](../04/01.md) and **trust** is the same word translated as “securely” in [verse 8](../04/08.md). You may wish to explore whether you can reflect this symmetry in a natural way in your language. 4:6 k53m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יַרְאֵ֪⁠נ֫וּ ט֥וֹב\r 1 The people asking this are using the question form to make a complaint and implied request. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or plain request. Alternate translation: “No one is showing us good!” or “Please, someone show us good!” -4:6 uvl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִֽי־יַרְאֵ֪⁠נ֫וּ ט֥וֹב\r 1 Here, **good** is talked about as if it were something that someone could **show** to someone else. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who will do good things for us” +4:6 uvl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִֽי־יַרְאֵ֪⁠נ֫וּ ט֥וֹב\r 1 Here, **good** is spoken of as if it were something that someone could **show** to someone else. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who will do good things for us” 4:6 stu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְֽסָ⁠ה־עָ֭לֵי⁠נוּ א֨וֹר פָּנֶ֬י⁠ךָ 1 The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably towards them as if Yahweh’s face shone a light on them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act favorably towards us” 4:6 w969 נְֽסָ⁠ה־עָ֭לֵי⁠נוּ א֨וֹר פָּנֶ֬י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a reference to the high priest’s blessing in [Numbers 6:24](../num/06/24.md). 4:7 v4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָתַ֣תָּה שִׂמְחָ֣ה בְ⁠לִבִּ֑⁠י\r 1 Here, the phrase **put joy in my heart** represents that the author’s emotional state is joyful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have made me happy” @@ -100,44 +99,44 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:7 ec21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 In Hebrew, this verse uses progressively shortening lines and repeated sounds to create a sense of peaceful rest. Consider if there is a way in your language to create the same sensation. 4:8 vko0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result בְּ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם יַחְדָּו֮ אֶשְׁכְּבָ֪ה וְ⁠אִ֫ישָׁ֥ן כִּֽי־אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֣ה לְ⁠בָדָ֑ד לָ֝⁠בֶ֗טַח תּוֹשִׁיבֵֽ⁠נִי 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you alone, Yahweh, cause me to dwell securely, therefore in peace I will both lie down and sleep.” 4:8 b57u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Peacefully” -5:intro e67h 0 # Psalm 5 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n- Superscription\n- v. 1-2 Appeal\n- v. 3-7 Precedent\n- v. 8-11 Petition\n- v. 12 Resolution\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to petition the divine King and Judge for justice from enemies.\n**Content:** Yahweh, act justly! Banish the evildoers! Shelter the righteous!\n**Message:** Yahweh is a just ruler and he blesses the just.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first word of the content portion of the psalm starts with the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and the final word starts with the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet. This symbolizes completeness. The author’s appeal to Yahweh is complete.\n- There is a parallel structure between verses 3-7 and verses 8-11:\n - Verses 3 and 8 start with an address to Yahweh, who is also the subject.\n - Verses 4 and 9 start with “For” + negation, use a verbless clause in Hebrew, and the wicked are the topic. \n - Verses 7 and 11 contrast with what is immediately before and speak of being with Yahweh.\n - There is also progression between each earlier verse and it’s related later verse either in specificity or time.\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 5](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_5) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) +5:intro e67h 0 # Psalm 5 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–2 Appeal\n- verses 3–7 Precedent\n- verses 8–11 Petition\n- verse 12 Resolution\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to petition the divine King and Judge for justice from enemies.\n**Content:** Yahweh, act justly! Banish the evildoers! Shelter the righteous!\n**Message:** Yahweh is a just ruler, and he blesses the just.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first word of the content portion of the psalm starts with the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and the final word starts with the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet. This symbolizes completeness; the author’s appeal to Yahweh is complete.\n- There is a parallel structure between verses 3–7 and verses 8–11:\n - Verses 3 and 8 start with an address to Yahweh, who is also the subject.\n - Verses 4 and 9 start with “For” followed by a word of negation. They use a verbless clause in Hebrew, and the wicked are the topic. \n - Verses 7 and 11 contrast with what is immediately before, and they speak of being with Yahweh.\n - There is also progression between each earlier verse and its related later verse either in specificity or time.\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 5](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_5) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) 5:1 i566 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֲמָרַ֖⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of spoken **words**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “To what I say” -5:1 xts1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַאֲזִ֥ינָ⁠ה 1 Here, **give ear** is an idiom that means “listen.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to” -5:2 rui6 מַלְכִּ֥⁠י וֵ⁠אלֹהָ֑⁠י 1 The author is not referring to two people, both of these terms refer to Yahweh. -5:2-3 svyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠ק֬וֹל & קוֹלִ֑⁠י 1 The words translated as **sound** and **voice** are the same in the original. If your language has a word that could be the same in both places you could consider using it to follow the poetic parallel of the original. -5:1,5:3,5:8,5:12 sbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry יְהוָ֗ה & יְֽהוָ֗ה & יְהוָ֤ה & יְהוָ֑ה 1 The direct address to **Yahweh** in each of these verses marks the start of a new section of the psalm. If your language marks section beginnings in poetry in a certain way you may wish to use them at the beginning of these verses. -5:3 i42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽעֱרָךְ־לְ֝⁠ךָ֗ וַ⁠אֲצַפֶּֽה 1 This could mean: (1) The author prepares his argument or legal case for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare my case for you and watch for your judgment.” (2) The author prepares to be rescued by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare to be rescued by you and wait for you.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. +5:1 xts1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַאֲזִ֥ינָ⁠ה 1 Here, **give ear** is an idiom that means “listen.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention” +5:2 rui6 מַלְכִּ֥⁠י וֵ⁠אלֹהָ֑⁠י 1 The author is not referring to two people; both of these terms refer to Yahweh. +5:2-3 svyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠ק֬וֹל & קוֹלִ֑⁠י 1 The words translated as **sound** and **voice** are the same in the original. If your language has a word that could be the same in both places, you could consider using it to follow the poetic parallel of the original. +5:1,5:3,5:8, 5:12 sbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry יְהוָ֗ה & יְֽהוָ֗ה & יְהוָ֤ה & יְהוָ֑ה 1 The direct address to **Yahweh** in each of these verses marks the start of a new section of the psalm. If your language marks section beginnings in poetry in a certain way, you may wish to use them at the beginning of these verses. +5:3 i42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽעֱרָךְ־לְ֝⁠ךָ֗ וַ⁠אֲצַפֶּֽה 1 This could mean: (1) the author prepares his argument or legal case for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare my case for you and watch for your judgment.” (2) the author prepares to be rescued by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare to be rescued by you and wait for you.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. 5:4 rk6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֶ֥שַׁע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked deeds” -5:5 tnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֽ֭וֹלְלִים לְ⁠נֶ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **stand in front of your eyes** is an idiom that means “come near you” which implies worshiping Yahweh. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “draw near to you” or “be allowed to offer pleasing worship to you” +5:5 tnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־יִתְיַצְּב֣וּ הֽ֭וֹלְלִים לְ⁠נֶ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **stand in front of your eyes** is an idiom that means “come near you,” which implies worshiping Yahweh. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The arrogant will not be allowed to draw near to you” or “be allowed to offer pleasing worship to you” 5:5 ysn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֹּ֥עֲלֵי אָֽוֶן 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **iniquity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who trouble others” 5:6 qjt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אִישׁ־דָּמִ֥ים וּ⁠מִרְמָ֗ה יְתָ֘עֵ֥ב ׀ יְהוָֽה 1 The author is speaking about Yahweh in the third person. If changing between second and third person like this would not be natural in your language, you could continue the second person form. Alternate translation: “the man of blood and deceit you, Yahweh, abhor” 5:7 d90h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י 1 Here the author mentions himself explicitly to make a contrast between himself and the wicked people he’s been talking about. Draw attention to this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I, on the other hand” or “In contrast, I” 5:7 xxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רֹ֣ב חַ֭סְדְּ⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you always keep your promises” 5:7 yqjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הֵֽיכַל־קָ֝דְשְׁ⁠ךָ֗ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “your holy temple” 5:7 g7gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֶשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֥ה אֶל־הֵֽיכַל־קָ֝דְשְׁ⁠ךָ֗ בְּ⁠יִרְאָתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I will reverently bow down toward your temple of holiness” -5:8 nj5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְחֵ֬⁠נִי בְ⁠צִדְקָתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of **righteousness** as if it were a path and of teaching as guiding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teach me to do what is righteous as you do” +5:8 nj5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְחֵ֬⁠נִי בְ⁠צִדְקָתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of **righteousness** as if it were a path, and of teaching as guiding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teach me to do what is righteous as you are righteous” or “teach me to do what is righteous as you do what is righteous” 5:8 lreo שׁוֹרְרָ֑⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “those who watch for a chance to attack me” -5:8 f99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַיְשַׁ֖ר לְ⁠פָנַ֣⁠י דַּרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of following Yahweh’s commands as if doing that were a path. A straight path is easy to see or walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show me clearly how to live in the right way” or “make it easy for me to do what is right” +5:8 f99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַיְשַׁ֖ר לְ⁠פָנַ֣⁠י דַּרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of following Yahweh’s commands as if doing so were a path. He asks Yahweh to put a straightened path before him, because a straight path is easy to see or walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show me clearly how to live in the right way” or “make it easy for me to do what is right” 5:9 yu9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֪ין בְּ⁠פִ֡י⁠הוּ נְכוֹנָה֮ 1 Here, **firmness** means trustworthiness or dependability. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot trust what they say” or “you cannot rely on them” -5:9 t93l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠פִ֡י⁠הוּ & גְּרוֹנָ֑⁠ם & לְ֝שׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם 1 The **mouth, throat,** and **tongue** represent people’s speech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in their speech … are their words … their talk” or “what they say … is everything they say … everything they say” +5:9 t93l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠פִ֡י⁠הוּ & גְּרוֹנָ֑⁠ם & לְ֝שׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם 1 The **his mouth**, **their throat**, and **their tongue** represent people’s speech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in their speech … are their words … their talk” or “what they say … is everything they say … everything they say” 5:9 w7sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קִרְבָּ֪⁠ם הַ֫וּ֥וֹת 1 The **inward being** represents people’s thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their thoughts and desires are for destruction” -5:9 aj6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קֶֽבֶר־פָּת֥וּחַ גְּרוֹנָ֑⁠ם 1 Their **throat** is spoken of as if it were an open tomb. This could mean: (1) what they say is bad like the smell of dead bodies Alternate translation: “their words are a bad as the smell from a tomb” or (2) it is ready for dead bodies to put into it. Alternate translation: “they say that they will kill people” or “What they say kills people” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. +5:9 aj6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קֶֽבֶר־פָּת֥וּחַ גְּרוֹנָ֑⁠ם 1 Their **throat** is spoken of as if it were an open tomb. This could mean: (1) what they say is bad, like the smell of dead bodies Alternate translation: “their words are a bad as the smell from a tomb” or (2) it is ready for dead bodies to be put into it. Alternate translation: “they say that they will kill people” or “What they say kills people” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. 5:9 c5lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ֝שׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם יַחֲלִֽיקוּ⁠ן 1 Here the author is comparing what the enemies say to something **smooth,** which means they flatter people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they lie to people to get what they want” or “they say nice things about people without really meaning it” 5:10 b8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִֽ⁠מֹּעֲצ֪וֹתֵ֫י⁠הֶ֥ם בְּ⁠רֹ֣ב 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **schemes** and **transgressions**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “due to their scheming! Because they transgress many times” 5:10 se86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִפְּלוּ֮ 1 Here, **fall** represents the moral, spiritual, or social decline of the author’s enemies as the inevitable and divinely caused consequences of opposing God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may they suffer” -5:11 p2xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ח֪וֹסֵי 1 Here the author speaks of people who trust in Yahweh to save and protect them as if they were **seekers** and Yahweh was a **refuge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who seek protection” +5:11 p2xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ח֪וֹסֵי 1 Here the author speaks of people who trust in Yahweh to save and protect them as if they were **seekers** and Yahweh were a **refuge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who seek protection” 5:11 ujgm לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם 1 Alternate translation: “forever” -5:11 eqag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠תָסֵ֣ךְ עָלֵ֑י⁠מוֹ 1 Here the author is speaking of protection as if it was to **cover over** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may you defend them” +5:11 eqag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠תָסֵ֣ךְ עָלֵ֑י⁠מוֹ 1 Here the author is speaking of protection as if it were to **cover over** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may you defend them” 5:11 jnt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֹהֲבֵ֥י שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lovers of your good reputation” 5:12 t1zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ֝⁠צִּנָּ֗ה רָצ֥וֹן תַּעְטְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Yahweh’s favor is spoken of as if it were a shield. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will favor them and protect them as a soldier protects himself with his shield” or “because you are kind to them, you will protect them” 5:12 g6la תַּעְטְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Alternate translation: “you crown him” -6:intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 6 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription\n- vv. 1-5 Plea\n- vv. 6-7 Death\n- vv. 8-10 Answer\n\nThe Psalm divides neatly in half between verses 5 & 6 with 34 words in each. The first half divides in two parts, vv. 1-2 & vv. 4-5, which parallel each other in structure and content. \n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to plead for mercy and healing\n\n**Content:** Yahweh have mercy and heal me, because I am near death, and no one can praise you in death.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh’s loyalty to David is stronger than sin and death ([Psalm 30:6](../30/06.md).)\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first section (vv. 1-3) and the last section (vv. 8-10) are parallel. Not only are they the same length (3 verses, 6 lines), but they are also similar in content and sounds. Structurally, the first section and the last section stand in symmetrical relationship to one another. The parallels help to define the structure of the Psalm.\n- The effect of the repetition in the last section is to highlight the complete resolution and reversal of the situation. David’s prayer has been heard, his question of **how long?** has been answered ("in an instant!"), and the deep dismay that he experienced is now imparted to his enemies on whom Yahweh’s punishment rightfully falls.\n\n\n- The second section (vv. 6-7) stands out in a number of ways, including figurative language, line structure, use of rare words, alliteration, delay of information, word repetition, and use of similar sounding words. The effect is to draw attention to this section of the poem, wherein David, on the brink of death, reaches to the heights of poetic/rhetorical technique in order to express the depths of his suffering in a last-ditch effort to persuade Yahweh to rescue him.\n\n- Yahweh’s name appears eight times throughout the psalm, but it is conspicuously absent from the second section (vv. 6-7), which follows the Psalmist's statement that "there is no commemoration of Yahweh in the world of the dead" (v. 5a). \n**CHECK ULT**\n In vv. 6-7, it is as though David has descended into the world of the dead, the place where Yahweh is neither named or praised. It is a place of darkness (**night**) and associated with watery chaos (**tears/float/dissolve**). **CHECK ULT** In the last section (vv. 8-10), David regains energy, confidence, and authority, and he proclaims Yahweh’s name three times, as though he has come back from the dead.\n\n- Almost every verse in this psalm displays parallelism. Verse 2 and the first line of verse 3 are a three-part parallel while the last line of verse 3 and the first line of verse 4 seem to be the only lines not in a parallelism construction. While all these phrases mean basically the same thing with the second emphasizing the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words, Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]].)\n\n### CCBYSA\n\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 6](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_6) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)\n +6:intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 6 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–5 Plea\n- verses 6–7 Death\n- verses 8–10 Answer\n\nThe Psalm divides neatly in half between verses 5 & 6 with 34 words in each. The first half divides in two parts, verses 1–2 & verses 4–5, which parallel each other in structure and content. \n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to plead for mercy and healing\n\n**Content:** Yahweh have mercy and heal me, because I am near death, and no one can praise you in death.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh’s loyalty to David is stronger than sin and death ([Psalm 30:6](../30/06.md).)\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first section (verses 1–3) and the last section (verses 8–10) are parallel. Not only are they the same length (3 verses, 6 lines), but they are also similar in content and sounds. Structurally, the first section and the last section stand in symmetrical relationship to one another. The parallels help to define the structure of the Psalm.\n- The effect of the repetition in the last section is to highlight the complete resolution and reversal of the situation. David’s prayer has been heard, his question of **how long?** has been answered ("in an instant!"), and the deep dismay that he experienced is now imparted to his enemies on whom Yahweh’s punishment rightfully falls.\n\n\n- The second section (verses 6–7) stands out in a number of ways, including figurative language, line structure, use of rare words, alliteration, delay of information, word repetition, and use of similar sounding words. The effect is to draw attention to this section of the poem, wherein David, on the brink of death, reaches to the heights of poetic/rhetorical technique in order to express the depths of his suffering in a last-ditch effort to persuade Yahweh to rescue him.\n\n- Yahweh’s name appears eight times throughout the psalm, but it is conspicuously absent from the second section (verses 6–7), which follows the Psalmist's statement that "there is no commemoration of Yahweh in the world of the dead" (verse 5a). \n**CHECK ULT**\n In verses 6–7, it is as though David has descended into the world of the dead, the place where Yahweh is neither named or praised. It is a place of darkness (**night**) and associated with watery chaos (**tears/float/dissolve**). **CHECK ULT** In the last section (verses 8–10), David regains energy, confidence, and authority, and he proclaims Yahweh’s name three times, as though he has come back from the dead.\n\n- Almost every verse in this psalm displays parallelism. Verse 2 and the first line of verse 3 are a three-part parallel while the last line of verse 3 and the first line of verse 4 seem to be the only lines not in a parallelism construction. While all these phrases mean basically the same thing with the second emphasizing the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words, Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]].)\n\n### CCBYSA\n\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 6](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_6) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)\n 6:front p2j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַֽל־הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗ית 1 The meaning of the word translated as **eighth** is unknown. It may refer to (1) a style of music, (2) a style of instrument. Alternate translation: “set to the Sheminith style” 6:1 xhs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־בְּ⁠אַפְּ⁠ךָ֥ תוֹכִיחֵ֑⁠נִי וְֽ⁠אַל־בַּ⁠חֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֥ תְיַסְּרֵֽ⁠נִי 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not rebuke or discipline me when you are angry” 6:1 klpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אַפְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 Here, the **nose** represents anger. If you have a body part in your culture that is associated with being angry you could use that here. Alternate translation: “in your anger” 6:1 r2ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠חֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “furiously” 6:2 at9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִבְהֲל֣וּ עֲצָמָֽ⁠י 1 The **bones** represent the whole body. His body may have been shaking because he was sick or extremely tired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my whole body is shaking” -6:3-4 z7o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֭⁠נַפְשִׁ⁠י נִבְהֲלָ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד & נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 **My soul** refers to the author as a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I am very disturbed … me” +6:3–4 z7o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֭⁠נַפְשִׁ⁠י נִבְהֲלָ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד & נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 **My soul** refers to the author as a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I am very disturbed … me” 6:3 sd1q נִבְהֲלָ֣ה 1 Alternate translation: “terrified” or “shaken” 6:3 vw88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְאַתָּ֥ה יְ֝הוָ֗ה עַד־ מָתָֽי 1 The author is using the question form to request an end to his suffering. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: please, do not let this continue!” 6:4 rce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שׁוּבָ֣⁠ה 1 **Turn back** refers to a change from one activity to another, in this case from anger to mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have mercy on me” @@ -146,7 +145,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:5 qb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זִכְרֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **remembrance** represents praise or honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “praise of you” 6:5 pn4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּ֤י אֵ֣ין בַּ⁠מָּ֣וֶת זִכְרֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **remembrance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “For in death people cannot remember you” 6:5 mb1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion בִּ֝⁠שְׁא֗וֹל מִ֣י יֽוֹדֶה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 David uses this question to emphasize that no one in Sheol thanks God. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one in Sheol will give you thanks!” or “The dead cannot praise you!” -6:6 ge93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָגַ֤עְתִּי ׀ בְּֽ⁠אַנְחָתִ֗⁠י 1 The author’s **groaning** represents the pain or distress that he feels. If your language does not use an abstract noun for that idea, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am very tired because I hurt” +6:6 ge93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָגַ֤עְתִּי ׀ בְּֽ⁠אַנְחָתִ֗⁠י 1 The author’s **groaning** represents the pain or distress that he feels. If your language does not use an abstract noun for that idea, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am very tired because I hurt” 6:6 c1qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִטָּתִ֑⁠י & עַרְשִׂ֥⁠י 1 These are different words for the same thing. Alternate translation: “my sleeping place … my sleeping place” 6:6 isr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אַשְׂחֶ֣ה בְ⁠כָל־לַ֭יְלָה מִטָּתִ֑⁠י בְּ֝⁠דִמְעָתִ֗⁠י עַרְשִׂ֥⁠י אַמְסֶֽה 1 The author says his **tears** **cause** his **bed to swim** and his **couch** to **melt** here as extreme statements for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Every night my bed gets very wet from my many tears that make my whole couch very wet” 6:7 l9w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, the implied cause of the eye (vision) problems the author is having is his excessive crying. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. @@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:7 fgk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָֽשְׁשָׁ֣ה & עֵינִ֑⁠י 1 Here, the **eye** having **wasted away** means to lose the ability to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have lost the ability to see well” 6:7 gny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠כַּ֣עַס 1 Here, **grief** here represents crying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from crying” or “because I cry so much” 6:7 uohl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָֽ֝תְקָ֗ה 1 Here, the **eye** is said to **advance** which figuratively means to grow old or weak which plainly means to lose ability to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it weakens” or “my sight weakens” -6:8-9 mlg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝הוָ֗ה & יְ֭הוָה & יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 **Yahweh** is mentioned three times in these verses to focus the audience on who has changed the author’s circumstances. However, if repeating a name like this in your culture would not create a similar focus effect you could substitute some with pronouns as in the UST. +6:8–9 mlg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝הוָ֗ה & יְ֭הוָה & יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 **Yahweh** is mentioned three times in these verses to focus the audience on who has changed the author’s circumstances. However, if repeating a name like this in your culture would not create a similar focus effect you could substitute some with pronouns as in the UST. 6:9 j23z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּחִנָּתִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my appeal for him to be merciful” 6:9 dq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְ֝הוָ֗ה תְּֽפִלָּתִ֥⁠י יִקָּֽח 1 Being willing to do what the author prayed for is spoken of as if his **prayer** was something that **Yahweh accepts** from him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer” 7:intro zey1 0 # Psalm 07 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nThe author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.\n\n### Cush the Benjamite\n\nNote the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul. @@ -182,7 +181,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 7:12 y4zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor God will sharpen his sword and will prepare his bow for battle 0 In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. Alternate translation: “God will take action against him like a warrior who sharpens his sword and prepares his bow for battle” 7:14 l54a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor one who is pregnant with wickedness & conceives destructive plans & gives birth to harmful lies 0 David speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were pregnant and wickedness was the baby. Alternate translation: “the wicked person. He makes plans to destroy people and produces harmful lies” 7:16 p524 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor His own destructive plans return to his own head, for his violence comes down on his own head 0 Destruction and violence are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to destroy others, others destroy him; when he attacks others, others attack him” -8:intro rs24 0 # Psalm 08 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s creation\n\nGod has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings\n\n[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) +8:intro rs24 0 # Psalm 08 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s creation\n\nGod has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings\n\n[Psalms Psalm 8:4–6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6–8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) 8:1 lk7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 8:1 i9hb For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” 8:1 ye1p set to the gittith style 0 This may refer to a style of music. @@ -505,7 +504,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 18:49 qvh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to your name 0 Here “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “in honor of your name” or “to you” 18:50 ggt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person victory to his king 0 By using the words “his king,” David is referring to himself as king. 18:50 sw5u he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one & to his descendants forever 0 Alternate translation: “he faithfully loves me as he promised in his covenant, and he will love my descendants forever” -19:intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s law\n\nGod’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1-6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +19:intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s law\n\nGod’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1–6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) 19:1 s9h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 19:1 j4zh For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” 19:1 mn6q The heavens declare 0 The heavens are described as if they were a person. Alternate translation: “The heavens show” or “The heavens look like they declare” @@ -580,7 +579,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 20:8 y7lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet we will rise and stand upright 0 “we will get up and stand up straight.” These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Both of these stand for victory in battle. 20:9 c5i4 Yahweh, rescue the king 0 This could mean: (1) the people ask God to protect the king or (2) the king continues to speak about himself in the third person. 20:9 brk5 the king; help us when we call 0 Some translations understand the Hebrew differently. Some translate it as the people speaking to Yahweh their king. Alternate translation: “King, help us when we call you” -21:intro mq8x 0 # Psalm 021 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 21 is a royal psalm. The king is praying for victory. Victory in war comes from the power and help from God.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pronouns\n\nThere is a shift in pronouns in this psalm. In verses 1-6 the psalm addresses Yahweh in second person but in verse 7 the psalmist uses third person before moving back to second person in the latter part. +21:intro mq8x 0 # Psalm 021 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 21 is a royal psalm. The king is praying for victory. Victory in war comes from the power and help from God.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pronouns\n\nThere is a shift in pronouns in this psalm. In verses 1–6 the psalm addresses Yahweh in second person but in verse 7 the psalmist uses third person before moving back to second person in the latter part. 21:1 k12k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 21:1 h69b For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” 21:1 bt8s in your strength, Yahweh 0 It is implied that this is strength Yahweh has given the king to defeat his enemies. Alternate translation: because you, Yahweh, have made him strong enough to defeat his enemies” @@ -716,7 +715,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 22:31 lt28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns tell of his righteousness 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “tell of the righteous things he has done” 23:intro r1f6 0 # Psalm 023 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 23 is a psalm of praise to God for his continued care and protection. The psalmist praises God for always being with him and for caring for him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nPsalm 23 is an extended metaphor speaking of God as if he were a shepherd, and of the psalmist as if he were a sheep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 23:1 h1x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn much of this psalm, David writes as if he were a sheep and the Lord were his shepherd. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) -23:1 t39n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh is my shepherd 0 The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. This emphasizes how God cares for people as a shepherd cares for his sheep. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a shepherd to me” or “Yahweh cares for me as a shepherd cares for his sheep” +23:1 t39n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָ֥ה רֹ֝עִ֗⁠י 1 The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. This emphasizes how God cares for people as a shepherd cares for his sheep. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a shepherd to me” or “Yahweh cares for me as a shepherd cares for his sheep” 23:1 gb7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes I will lack nothing 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I have everything that I need” 23:2 ez87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He makes me to lie down in green pastures 0 The writer speaks about himself as if he were a sheep, and he speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. Alternate translation: He gives me rest like a shepherd who leads his sheep to lie down in green pastures” 23:2 p2p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he leads me beside tranquil water 0 The writer speaks about himself as if he were a sheep, and he speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. Alternate translation: “he provides what I need like a shepherd who leads his sheep beside tranquil water” @@ -1512,7 +1511,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 42:5,11 xs1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וַ⁠תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י & מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וּֽ⁠מַה־תֶּהֱמִ֪י 1 The author is using the question form to challenge himself. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be bowed down, O my soul, and upset within me! … You should not be bowed down, O my soul, and you should not be upset within me!” 42:5,11 hl5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וַ⁠תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י & מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וּֽ⁠מַה־תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י 1 See the discussion about the word **soul** in the [chapter introduction](../42/intro.md). Alternate translation: “Why am I bowed down and upset within myself?” 42:5,11 x98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ 1 The author is using the phrase **bowed down** to mean depressed or sad. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why are you sad, O my soul” -42:5-6 cc84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אוֹדֶ֗⁠נּוּ יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & אֱֽלֹהַ֗⁠י 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “I will give him thanks, the salvation of his face.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “I will him praise, the salvation that is before my God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +42:5–6 cc84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אוֹדֶ֗⁠נּוּ יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & אֱֽלֹהַ֗⁠י 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “I will give him thanks, the salvation of his face.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “I will him praise, the salvation that is before my God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. 42:5,11 fyf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & יְשׁוּעֹ֥ת פָּ֝נַ֗⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whose face saves me … who saves my face” 42:5 u8xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **his face** is an idiom that means the place where God himself dwells. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that is from him” 42:6 lp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָלַ⁠י֮ נַפְשִׁ֪⁠י תִשְׁתּ֫וֹחָ֥ח 1 See how you translated **bowed down** in the previous verse. @@ -1521,7 +1520,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 42:6 ka3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠חֶרְמוֹנִ֗ים 1 **Hermons** is likely referring to the entire mountain range which Mount Hermon is a part of. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the mountain range where Mount Hermon is” 42:7 c6aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא 1 The author speaks of **deep** water as if it were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The deep is making a loud noise, as though it were shouting out to other deep water” 42:7 ehfk תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא 1 The the meaning of the word **Deep** here is not entirely clear. It could mean (1) a flood of moving water, such as a river. Alternate translation: “One deep river is calling to another deep river” (2) A large mass of water. Alternate translation: “Deep water is calling to other deep water” -42:7 exq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא לְ⁠ק֣וֹל צִנּוֹרֶ֑י⁠ךָ כָּֽל־מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠גַלֶּ֗י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 In the same way that the author uses water imagery in [42:1-2](../42/1-2.md) to describe himself, so he uses water imagery here to describe the the how he is feeling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When people afflict me, they cause my soul to be in turmoil like when deep water calls out to deep water with the sound of your waterfalls. It is also as though your waves and billows crash over me” +42:7 exq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא לְ⁠ק֣וֹל צִנּוֹרֶ֑י⁠ךָ כָּֽל־מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠גַלֶּ֗י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 In the same way that the author uses water imagery in [42:1–2](../42/1–2.md) to describe himself, so he uses water imagery here to describe the the how he is feeling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When people afflict me, they cause my soul to be in turmoil like when deep water calls out to deep water with the sound of your waterfalls. It is also as though your waves and billows crash over me” 42:7 d5k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כָּֽל־מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠גַלֶּ֗י⁠ךָ 1 The terms **waves** and **billows** mean similar things. The author may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “All of your waves” 42:8 zip8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ וּ֭⁠בַ⁠לַּיְלָה שִׁיר֣וֹ עִמִּ֑⁠י\n\n 1 The author speaks of **covenant faithfulness** as if it were a person that Yahweh could command. Likewise, the author speaks of **his song** as if it were a person that could be present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “During the day, Yahweh performs his steadfast love, and in the night, I sign a song about him” 42:8 ef4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, the author leaves out the implied information that **Yahweh commands his steadfast love** to be with the author. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands his steadfast love to be with me” @@ -1593,7 +1592,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 44:16 t4vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מְחָרֵ֣ף וּ⁠מְגַדֵּ֑ף & א֝וֹיֵ֗ב וּ⁠מִתְנַקֵּֽם 1 The terms **reproaching** and **insulting** mean similar things. The terms **enemy** and **a vengeful one* also mean similar things The author may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “insulting … a hostile one” 44:17 yz8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־זֹ֣את 1 The author assumes that his readers will understand that **All of these things** refers to everything that the author has described since [44:9](../44/09.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “All of the things I have just spoken about” 44:17 sfr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “We have not forgotten you, and we likewise have not dealt falsely with your covenant” or “We have not stopped being faithful to you” -44:17-18 u4i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ & לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and a negative word. Alternate translation: “and we have remembered you, and we have been faithful to your covenant … Our heart has continued to obey you, and our steps have stayed on your way” +44:17–18 u4i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ & לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and a negative word. Alternate translation: “and we have remembered you, and we have been faithful to your covenant … Our heart has continued to obey you, and our steps have stayed on your way” 44:18 qi6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “Our heart has not turned back, likewise our steps bent from your ways” or “Our actions have not departed from you” 44:18 tm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ 1 Here, **turn back** is an idiom that means to stop obeying Yahweh. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our heart has not stopped obeying you” 44:18 mf97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is using the phrase **our steps*** to refer a person's actions during their life. They are using **your way** to refer to Yahweh's commandments as though they were a path that someone might walk on. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have acted according to your commandments” @@ -1602,9 +1601,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 44:19 d4u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י דִ֭כִּיתָ⁠נוּ בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם תַּנִּ֑ים 1 The author is using the phrase **crushed** to mean destroyed in battle. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have destroyed us as easily as someone crushes a fragile object” 44:19 cwm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם תַּנִּ֑ים 1 The author is using the term **place of jackals** to mean a desert place where wild animals such as jackals live. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a desert place where jackals live” 44:19 dfs9 בְ⁠צַלְמָֽוֶת 1 Here, the phrase **extreme darkness** could mean (1) a place that is very dark and has no light, or (2) the place where people go after they die which has no light. -44:20-21 k5hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־שָׁ֭כַחְנוּ שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל זָֽר & הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how he and the rest of the people have not stopped worshiping Yahweh. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that we had forgotten the name of our God and spread our hands to a foreign god, would not God have known this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -44:20-21 a4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the term **name** to mean Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our God” -44:20-21 ljaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & אֱ֭לֹהִים 1 The author is speaking about God in the third person even though he is talking directly to him. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “your name, O God … you” +44:20–21 k5hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־שָׁ֭כַחְנוּ שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל זָֽר & הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how he and the rest of the people have not stopped worshiping Yahweh. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that we had forgotten the name of our God and spread our hands to a foreign god, would not God have known this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +44:20–21 a4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the term **name** to mean Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our God” +44:20–21 ljaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & אֱ֭לֹהִים 1 The author is speaking about God in the third person even though he is talking directly to him. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “your name, O God … you” 44:20 g9jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ 1 The author speaks about **spreading out our hands** as a symbolic action to speak about worshipping a god. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and worshipped” 44:21 rv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author is using the question form to challenge Yahweh. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely God would have known this” 44:21 jnhn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” @@ -1690,9 +1689,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 46:4 n4fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy make the city of God happy 0 The phrase “the city of God” refers to Jerusalem, and represents the people who live in that city. Alternate translation: “make the people who live in Jerusalem happy” 46:4 ft9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the holy place where the Most High dwells 0 This phrase describes “the city of God.” Alternate translation: “the holy place where the Most High lives” 46:5 v4ku in the middle of her; she will not be moved & help her 0 The words “her” and “she” refer to “the city of God.” -46:5 kf8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor she will not be moved 0 Here, the word “moved” is the same word translated as “shaken” in [Psalms v. 2](./001.md). The writer speaks of the destruction of Jerusalem by armies as if an earthquake were to destroy it. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing will be able destroy her” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -46:6 ese7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The nations raged 0 Here, the word “raged” is the same word that the writer used in [Psalms v. 3](./001.md) to describe the waters of the sea. The writer speaks of the fear of the nations as if it was the violent movements of the sea during a strong storm. Alternate translation: “The nations are terrified” -46:6 m4wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the kingdoms were shaken 0 Here, the word “shaken” is the same word that the writer used in [Psalms v. 2](./001.md) to describe the effect of an earthquake on the mountains. The writer speaks of the overthrow of kingdoms by armies as if an earthquake were to destroy them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “armies overthrew the kingdoms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +46:5 kf8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor she will not be moved 0 Here, the word “moved” is the same word translated as “shaken” in [Psalms verse 2](./001.md). The writer speaks of the destruction of Jerusalem by armies as if an earthquake were to destroy it. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing will be able destroy her” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +46:6 ese7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The nations raged 0 Here, the word “raged” is the same word that the writer used in [Psalms verse 3](./001.md) to describe the waters of the sea. The writer speaks of the fear of the nations as if it was the violent movements of the sea during a strong storm. Alternate translation: “The nations are terrified” +46:6 m4wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the kingdoms were shaken 0 Here, the word “shaken” is the same word that the writer used in [Psalms verse 2](./001.md) to describe the effect of an earthquake on the mountains. The writer speaks of the overthrow of kingdoms by armies as if an earthquake were to destroy them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “armies overthrew the kingdoms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 46:6 hp6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he lifted up his voice 0 “God lifted up his voice.” The writer speaks of the “voice” as an object that a person can pick up and raise into the air. This means that the voice becomes louder. Alternate translation: “God shouted” 46:6 p2kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the earth melted 0 The writer speaks of the earth as an object, such as ice, that can melt. Here “the earth” represents mankind, and to melt represents fear. Alternate translation: “the people of the earth tremble with fear” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 46:7 lc6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the God of Jacob is our refuge 0 The writer speaks of God as if he were a place where people can go for safety. Alternate translation: “the God of Jacob gives us safety” @@ -2519,7 +2518,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 69:35 m398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy God will save Zion 0 Here “Zion” refers to the people in Zion. Alternate translation: “God will save the people of Zion” 69:35 w8jf have it as a possession 0 The word “it” refers to the land of Judah. 69:36 s9pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who love his name 0 Here “name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “who love God” -70:intro qdg2 0 # Psalm 070 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 70 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist asks God to deliver him from his enemies.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Help\n\nThe author needs help and needs it immediately.\n\n### Psalm 40\n\nThis psalm is an almost exact duplicate of Psalm 40:13-17. +70:intro qdg2 0 # Psalm 070 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 70 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist asks God to deliver him from his enemies.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Help\n\nThe author needs help and needs it immediately.\n\n### Psalm 40\n\nThis psalm is an almost exact duplicate of Psalm 40:13–17. 70:1 eg6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 70:1 m2am For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” 70:1 f84m A psalm of David 0 This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. @@ -2760,7 +2759,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 74:23 n9n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis or the uproar of those who continually defy you 0 The psalmist speaks of the words of those who defy God as if they were the loud sound of animals or non-living objects like water or the wind. Alternate translation: “and pay attention to the loud and meaningless words of those who continually defy you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 74:23 cyg8 defy 0 boldly oppose 75:intro rtb1 0 # Psalm 075 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 75 is a wisdom psalm; teaching what will happen to evil people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Punishment\n\nGod has warned the evil people that they will be punished. He will strengthen the good people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) -75:1 nc37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe people of God are speaking in 75:1, and God speaks in 75:2-3. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +75:1 nc37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe people of God are speaking in 75:1, and God speaks in 75:2–3. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 75:1 isd5 For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” 75:1 wue5 set to Al Tashheth 0 This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md). 75:1 tu5l A psalm of Asaph 0 “This is a psalm that Asaph wrote.” See how this is translated in [Psalms Psalm 53](../053/001.md). @@ -2869,7 +2868,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 78:4 n25r the praiseworthy deeds of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the things we praise Yahweh for” 78:5 py7k he established 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh established” 78:5 vj5d covenant decrees 0 Other possible meanings are “testimonies” or “laws.” -78:7 mlc7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer speaks of the “children” of [Psalms 78:5-6](./005.md). +78:7 mlc7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer speaks of the “children” of [Psalms 78:5–6](./005.md). 78:9 m1ru The Ephraimites & day of battle 0 This is possibly a metaphor for not keeping the covenant (verse 10), but it is best to translate literally. 78:9 xu77 The Ephraimites 0 Alternate translation: “The Ephraimite soldiers” 78:9 v8af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit were armed with bows 0 The soldiers probably also had arrows. Alternate translation: “had bows and arrows for weapons” @@ -3154,7 +3153,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 83:17 l9px may they perish in disgrace 0 Alternate translation: “may they die while they are ashamed” 83:18 y45v Then they will know 0 This can also be stated as the writer making a request to God. Alternate translation: “Cause them to know” 83:18 tw1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor are the Most High over all the earth 0 God ruling over everything in the earth is spoken of as if he were elevated higher than everything else. Alternate translation: “are supreme, and you rule all things on the earth” -84:intro mf13 0 # Psalm 084 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 84 is a worship psalm.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obedience\n\nGod blesses all who want to obey him. Praising God in his temple is better than anything else. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n### Similarity to Psalm 42-43\n\nThere are many similarities between these psalms and some scholars suggest they were written by the same people. +84:intro mf13 0 # Psalm 084 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 84 is a worship psalm.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obedience\n\nGod blesses all who want to obey him. Praising God in his temple is better than anything else. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n### Similarity to Psalm 42–43\n\nThere are many similarities between these psalms and some scholars suggest they were written by the same people. 84:1 mkj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 84:1 wu9e For the chief musician 0 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” 84:1 yxs9 set to the Gittith 0 This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 8:1](../008/001.md). @@ -3312,7 +3311,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 89:2 hn1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor your truthfulness you have established in the heavens 0 God always doing what he promised to do is spoken of as if his faithfulness were a building that God has built and made firm. 89:2 l9ik in the heavens 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to God’s dwelling place. This would mean God rules from heaven and he always does what he promises or (2) this refers to the sky. This would mean that God’s promises are as constant and permanent as the sky . 89:3 d13j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I have made a covenant with my chosen one 0 You can make explicit that “chosen one” refers to David. Alternate translation: “I made a promise to David, the one I chose” -89:3 y54c I have made 0 Yahweh is speaking in 89:3-4. +89:3 y54c I have made 0 Yahweh is speaking in 89:3–4. 89:4 yr1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will establish your descendants forever 0 Yahweh always causing one of David’s descendants to be king is spoken of as if David’s descendants are a building that Yahweh will build and make firm. 89:4 p2z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will establish your throne through all generations 0 Here “throne” represents the power to rule as king. The psalmist speaks of God promising that one of David’s descendants will always rule as king as if God will build David’s throne and make it firm. Alternate translation: “I will make sure that one of your descendants will rule as king over every generation of my people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 89:5 m81y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The heavens praise 0 Here “heavens” represents those who are in heaven. @@ -3585,7 +3584,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 94:23 fx4p will bring on them their own iniquity 0 This could mean: (1) “will do to them the evil things they have done to others” or (2) “will punish them for all the evil things he has done to others.” 94:23 qc5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom cut them off 0 This is an idiom which means “kill them.” 94:23 i6z5 in their own wickedness 0 This could mean: (1) “while they are doing wicked things” or (2) “because they have done wicked things.” -95:intro e91f 0 # Psalm 095 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 95 is the first in a series of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s care\n\nGod made everything and takes good care of people. People should not be stubborn like the Israelites were in the days of Moses. The Israelites with Moses wandered in the desert for forty years. +95:intro e91f 0 # Psalm 095 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 95 is the first in a series of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s care\n\nGod made everything and takes good care of people. People should not be stubborn like the Israelites were in the days of Moses. The Israelites with Moses wandered in the desert for forty years. 95:1 qaf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 95:1 gv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the rock of our salvation 0 The psalmist speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh were a mountain the people could climb so they would be safe. See how “rock” and “of my salvation” are translated in [Psalms 18:46](../018/046.md). Alternate translation: “the rock where we can go and God will save us” 95:2 q5qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor enter his presence 0 The psalmist speaks as if he is telling the readers to go into the throne room of a king. Alternate translation: “go to where he is” @@ -3611,7 +3610,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 95:10 ejg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor wander astray 0 God speaks of the people as if they were sheep, which will go wherever they want to and not stay near their shepherd. Alternate translation: “move away from me” or “go their own way” 95:10 b41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they have not known my ways 0 Yahweh’s commands are spoken of as if they were paths on which the people should walk. The people not obeying Yahweh’s commands is spoken of as if they did not know these paths. Alternate translation: “they have not obeyed my commands” 95:11 l98t my resting place 0 Alternate translation: “the place where I would have allowed them to rest” -96:intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh, the king\n\nYahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise. +96:intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh, the king\n\nYahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise. 96:1 i5dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 96:1 sm6u a new song 0 a song no one has ever sung before 96:1 mlu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the earth 0 This refers to the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “all you people who live on the earth” @@ -3642,7 +3641,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 96:13 yk8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He will judge the world with righteousness 0 Here “the world” is a metonym for all the people in the world. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 9:8](../009/008.md). Alternate translation: “He will judge all the people of the world righteously” 96:13 yn8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis the peoples with his faithfulness 0 The words “he will judge” are understood. Alternate translation: “he will judge the peoples with his faithfulness” 96:13 z7r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns with his faithfulness 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “fairly, according to what he knows is true” or (2) Alternate translation: “using the same standard for all people” -97:intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s authority\n\nAll people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world. +97:intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s authority\n\nAll people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world. 97:1 myd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 97:1 aa9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification let the earth rejoice; let the many coastlands be glad 0 The earth and the coastlands are said to have emotions like people. Alternate translation: “Rejoice and be glad every person on the earth and near the seas” 97:1 n5lw coastlands 0 This could mean: (1) “lands near the seas” or (2) “islands.” @@ -3667,7 +3666,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 97:12 bkn2 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse has a command followed by the reason for the command. If your language requires the reason to precede the command: “Because of what Yahweh has done for you, you righteous people, be glad and give thanks when you remember his holiness.” 97:12 h6wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Be glad in Yahweh 0 This idiom means to be glad because of what Yahweh has done. Alternate translation: “Be glad because of what Yahweh has done” 97:12 df6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy when you remember his holiness 0 This could mean: (1) “when you remember how holy he is” or (2) “to his holy name,” a metonym for “to him.” -98:intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nEveryone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise. +98:intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nEveryone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise. 98:1 p45q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 98:1 p2zl a new song 0 a song no one has ever sung before. See how this is translated in [Psalms 96:1](../096/001.md). 98:1 diq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his right hand and his holy arm have 0 The words “right hand” and “holy arm” refer to Yahweh’s strength. Together they emphasize how great his strength is. Alternate translation: “his very great power has” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -3693,7 +3692,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 98:9 r45f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis the nations with fairness 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “he will judge the nations with fairness” 98:9 qd66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the nations 0 This is a metonym for “the people who live in the nations.” 98:9 lp38 with fairness 0 Alternate translation: “honestly” or “using the same standard for everyone” -99:intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s justice\n\nGod is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +99:intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s justice\n\nGod is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) 99:1 k3aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 99:1 gp6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the nations 0 This refers to the people of all nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” 99:1 mf5d tremble 0 shake with fear @@ -3708,7 +3707,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 99:7 cv85 solemn 0 important, given seriously 99:8 v1qa You answered them 0 Alternate translation: “You answered your people” 99:9 lw8c his holy hill 0 Alternate translation: “Mount Zion” -100:intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 10 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s care for his creation\n\nGod made mankind and takes good care of people. +100:intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 10 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95–100).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s care for his creation\n\nGod made mankind and takes good care of people. 100:1 m9ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 100:1 xue7 Shout joyfully to Yahweh 0 “Raise a shout to Yahweh.” See how “shout” is translated in [Psalms 47:1](../047/001.md). 100:1 szl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the earth 0 This refers to all the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” @@ -3781,7 +3780,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 102:27 fd7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor your years will have no end 0 Here David describes the length of time that God is alive as his “years.” This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 102:28 va7h will live on 0 Alternate translation: “will continue to live” 102:28 nf8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor live in your presence 0 Here David describes the descendants being protected by Yahweh as being in his presence. Alternate translation: “be protected as they live in your presence” -103:intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 13 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s grace\n\nGod is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +103:intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 13 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103–107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s grace\n\nGod is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 103:1 j269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 103:1 dn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism I give praise to Yahweh with all my life, and with all that is within me, I give praise to his holy name 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how much he will praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all that I am” 103:1 tv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy give praise to his holy name 0 This refers to praising Yahweh’s name as Yahweh. @@ -3820,7 +3819,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 103:21 hie6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom carry out his will 0 This is an idiom meaning to “do his will.” Alternate translation: “do his will” 103:22 kgz3 in all the places where he reigns 0 Alternate translation: “praise him in all the places where he reigns” 103:22 te1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all my life 0 This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul” -104:intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 14 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s creation\n\nGod has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. +104:intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 14 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103–107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s creation\n\nGod has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. 104:1 n2h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. This psalm is a song of praise. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 104:1 h3du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all my life 0 This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul” 104:1 pn87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet you are clothed with splendor and majesty 0 The words “splendor” and “majesty” have similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s glory. They are described as clothing Yahweh like a garment. Alternate translation: “you have splendor and majesty all around you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3878,7 +3877,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 104:34 wqg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor my thoughts be sweet 0 He is comparing his thoughts to something that tastes sweet. Alternate translation: “my thoughts be pleasing” 104:35 j2if vanish 0 disappear 104:35 d8e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj let the wicked be no more 0 The phrase “the wicked” refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “may wicked people disappear” -105:intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 15 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nGod protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +105:intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 15 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103–107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nGod protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) 105:1 zzf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 105:1 vd4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy call on his name 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on him” 105:1 x3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the nations 0 This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” @@ -3942,7 +3941,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 105:43 is64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj his chosen 0 Here “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” 105:43 vc3k shouts of triumph 0 the sound that people make when they are shouting with joy because they have defeated their enemies 105:45 x32z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism keep his statutes and obey his laws 0 These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. “To keep” his statutes means to obey them. Alternate translation: “obey his laws and statutes” -106:intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 16 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s sin\n\nAlthough Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +106:intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 16 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103–107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s sin\n\nAlthough Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) 106:1 m751 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 106:1 n4rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for his covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” 106:2 mp3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh & deeds? 0 The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds.” @@ -4012,7 +4011,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 106:47 n47s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to your holy name 0 Here Yahweh is referred to by his “holy name.” Alternate translation: “to you” 106:48 qmx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh the God of Israel” 106:48 qzy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism from everlasting to everlasting 0 This refers to two extremes and means for all time. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “for all eternity” -107:intro j88n 0 # Psalm 17 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nThe psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +107:intro j88n 0 # Psalm 17 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103–107).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nThe psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) 107:1 h2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 107:1 he6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns his covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” 107:2 p5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the redeemed of Yahweh 0 “The redeemed” refers to the people whom Yahweh has saved. Alternate translation: “those whom Yahweh has saved” @@ -4260,7 +4259,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 114:3 pq6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification The sea looked and fled 0 The writer speaks of the Sea of Reeds as if it were a person who fled away as Yahweh led the people of Israel through on dry ground. Alternate translation: “It was as though the sea looked and fled” 114:3 wht9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification the Jordan turned back 0 The writer speaks of the Jordan River as if it were a person who retreated as Yahweh led the people of Israel through on dry ground. Alternate translation: “it was as though the Jordan retreated” 114:4 hr5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification The mountains skipped like rams, the hills skipped like lambs 0 The writer speaks of the mountains and hills as if they are alive. He is probably speaking of an earthquake when he describes their fear at the presence of Yahweh as if they were jumping like rams and lambs. Alternate translation: “It was as if the mountains shook like jumping rams and the hills shook like jumping lambs” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -114:5 a5rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 5-6 contain four rhetorical questions. The expected answer to each question is found in verse 7, “because of the presence of the Lord.” +114:5 a5rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 5–6 contain four rhetorical questions. The expected answer to each question is found in verse 7, “because of the presence of the Lord.” 114:6 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification skip like rams & skip like lambs 0 The writer speaks of the mountains and hills as if they are alive. He is probably speaking of an earthquake when he describes their fear at the presence of Yahweh as if they were jumping like rams and lambs. See how you translated similar phrases in [Psalms 114:4](./004.md). Alternate translation: “shake like jumping rams … shake like jumping lambs” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 114:7 xi33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Tremble, earth, before the Lord, at the presence of the God of Jacob 0 The last two phrases are parallel. The verb may be supplied in the second line. Alternate translation: “Tremble, earth, before the Lord, tremble at the presence of the God of Jacob” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 114:7 k6tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Tremble, earth 0 This could mean: (1) the writer is speaking to the earth as if it were a person and commands it to tremble with fear before God or (2) the word “earth” is a metonym for those who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “Tremble, everyone one earth” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -4333,7 +4332,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 118:1 qcw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns his covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” 118:2 zs4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Let Israel say 0 The word “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Israel say” 118:3 cy9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Let the house of Aaron say 0 Here the word “house” represents the family and descendants of a person. This phrase refers to the priests, who were descendants of Aaron. Alternate translation: “Let the descendants of Aaron say” or “Let the priests say” -118:3 iu6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns His covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1-2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “He remains faithful to his covenant forever” +118:3 iu6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns His covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1–2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “He remains faithful to his covenant forever” 118:4 e43s the loyal followers of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “those who fear Yahweh” or “those who worship Yahweh” 118:5 j39j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor set me free 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh saving him from distress as if Yahweh had taken him from a place of confinement to a wide open space where he could move about freely. 118:6 eux4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion what can man do to me? 0 The writer asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that there is nothing that man can do to hurt him since Yahweh is with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “people cannot do anything to harm me.” @@ -4370,7 +4369,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 118:28 rb4j You are my God 0 Here the writer begins to speak again and addresses Yahweh directly. 118:29 b2wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Oh 0 This is an exclamation that should be translated with whatever exclamation of emphasis you have in your language to make it sound natural. 118:29 vx5j give thanks to Yahweh; for he is good 0 “thank Yahweh because of the good things he does.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1](../118/001.md). -118:29 k1qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns his covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1-2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” +118:29 k1qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns his covenant faithfulness endures forever 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1–2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” 119:intro yf89 0 # Psalm 119 General Notes\n\n## Formatting in this chapter\n\nThis is an alphabetic psalm with twenty-two groups of eight verses each all beginning with the same letter of the alphabet in the alphabetical order of the Hebrew alphabet.\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 119 is a wisdom psalm about the Law of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Law\n\nThe author loved the law of God and was blessed by obeying it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) 119:1 ipj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 119:1 r86i Blessed are those 0 Alternate translation: “How good it is for those” @@ -4626,7 +4625,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 120:1 xq2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠צָּרָ֣תָ⁠ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distress**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When I was troubled” 120:2 a439 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative הַצִּ֣ילָ⁠ה נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please rescue my life” 120:2,6 yy4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י & נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י 1 See the general notes for how to translate **my life**. Alternate translation: “me … I” -120:2-3 skwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using **lips** and **tongue** to represent speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from people speaking falsehood and from people speaking deceit” +120:2–3 skwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using **lips** and **tongue** to represent speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from people speaking falsehood and from people speaking deceit” 120:2 drc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “from lips of falsehood and from a long of deceit” or “from a mouth of deceit” 120:2,3 g2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר & מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה & לָשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **falsehood** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “false lips … deceitful tongue … deceitful tongue” 120:3 rl7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־יִּתֵּ֣ן לְ֭⁠ךָ וּ⁠מַה־יֹּסִ֥יף לָ֗⁠ךְ לָשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using the question form to challenge his enemies. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “He will certainly give something to you, and he will surely add something to you, tongue of deceit!” @@ -4650,10 +4649,10 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 121:3 r43x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the author switches from first person to second person. Many experts suggest that there is a different person that begins speaking from here to the end of the verse, and that he is speaking to the author. This will be indicated by calling him the “second speaker”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Another person said to me, “May he not appoint your foot for slipping” 121:3 f1iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The second speaker is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “May he surely make your feet sturdy. May the one who protects you stay awake to guard you” 121:3 uj6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **appoint your foot for slipping** to mean to make someone vulnerable of to a bad thing happening to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May he not make you vulnerable to harm” -121:3-4 l1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ & הִנֵּ֣ה לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן שׁ֝וֹמֵ֗ר יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The second speaker is using the words **slumber** and **sleep** to mean to stop protecting someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May the one who protects you not stop protecting you. Behold, the one who guards Israel will never cease guarding the city” +121:3–4 l1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ & הִנֵּ֣ה לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן שׁ֝וֹמֵ֗ר יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The second speaker is using the words **slumber** and **sleep** to mean to stop protecting someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May the one who protects you not stop protecting you. Behold, the one who guards Israel will never cease guarding the city” 121:4 b5yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֣ה 1 The second speaker is using the term **behold** to focus the first speaker‘s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this:” 121:4 f8qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “will never slumber nor will he ever sleep” or “will never sleep” -121:5-6 sk2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהוָ֥ה צִ֝לְּ⁠ךָ֗ & יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **Yahweh is your shade** to mean that Yahweh will protect you like shade protects you from the sun when it is shining on a hot day. The **harm** that comes from the **sun** and **moon** is referring to bad things that might happen to the author during the day or night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like shade … Things will not harm you during the day as when the sun harms a person. Likewise, things will not harm you at night as when the moon harms people” +121:5–6 sk2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהוָ֥ה צִ֝לְּ⁠ךָ֗ & יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **Yahweh is your shade** to mean that Yahweh will protect you like shade protects you from the sun when it is shining on a hot day. The **harm** that comes from the **sun** and **moon** is referring to bad things that might happen to the author during the day or night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like shade … Things will not harm you during the day as when the sun harms a person. Likewise, things will not harm you at night as when the moon harms people” 121:5 hq1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־יַ֥ד יְמִינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **at your right hand** is an idiom that means near to you. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “near you” 121:6 qtof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is referring to the whole day by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is to protect you from harm at all times of the day, whether from the sun during the day or from the moon during the night” 121:6 wzt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The sun will not harm you daily, nor will the moon harm you during the night” @@ -4672,7 +4671,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 122:5 xk6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָשְׁב֣וּ כִסְא֣וֹת לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thrones remained, on which kings judged people” 122:5 d42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּ֝סְא֗וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֣ית דָּוִֽיד 1 The author is using the phrase **house of David** to mean David‘s descendants who were kings after him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thrones of David‘s descendants” 122:6 q9u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the city of Jerusalem having peace from outside attackers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this instead. Alternate translation: “that Jerusalem would have peace” -122:6-8 nq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁ֭אֲלוּ שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם & יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ & שָׁל֣וֹם בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May those who in the city of Jerusalem live peacefully … May people live peacefully within your walls, peacefully within your fortresses … May people live peacefully within you” +122:6–8 nq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁ֭אֲלוּ שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם & יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ & שָׁל֣וֹם בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May those who in the city of Jerusalem live peacefully … May people live peacefully within your walls, peacefully within your fortresses … May people live peacefully within you” 122:6 t353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 The author is using **Jerusalem** to represent the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in Jerusalem” 122:7 qxx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ & שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ 1 Here, **your** and **you** are referring to Jerusalem. See the discussion about the word **Jerusalem** in the [chapter introduction (../122/intro.md) Alternate translation: “May peace be within the walls of Jerusalem … May there be peace in Jerusalem‘s fortresses” 122:8 hz78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 The author is using the term **brothers** to mean his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites” @@ -5050,7 +5049,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 143:12 d1cl the enemies of my life 0 Alternate translation: “the enemies who want to take my life” 143:12 wp4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns In your covenant faithfulness cut off my enemies 0 “Show your covenant faithfulness by cutting off my enemies.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Because you are faithful to your covenant, cut off my enemies” 143:12 wl46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the enemies of my life 0 “the enemies of my soul.” My “life” may be understood as representing the speaker. Alternate translation: “my enemies” -144:intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Safety\n\nPsalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel. +144:intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144–150).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Safety\n\nPsalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel. 144:1 kh8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 144:1 lg69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor my rock 0 This could mean: (1) “the one who keeps me safe” or (2) “the one who gives me strength” 144:1 r6cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche who trains my hands for war and my fingers for battle 0 The words “hands” and “fingers” are synecdoches for “me.” If “war” and “battle” are the same word in your language, you can translate this as one line. Alternate translation: “who trains me for war and trains me for battle” or “who trains me for war” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -5087,7 +5086,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 144:13 m4xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thousands and ten thousands in our fields 0 “thousands—even tens of thousands!—and fill up our fields” 144:14 zjd7 No one will break through our walls 0 Alternate translation: “No one will be able to invade our city” 144:14 r26v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy no outcry 0 Here the outcry is associated with a severe problem that causes the person to cry out. Alternate translation: “no one crying in pain” or “no one crying for help” or “no one calling out for justice” -145:intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nGod is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him. +145:intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144–150).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nGod is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him. 145:1 rw8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 145:1 dl46 extol you 0 Alternate translation: “tell people how wonderful you are” 145:1 p5ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bless your name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “bless you” or “do what makes you happy” @@ -5109,7 +5108,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 145:21 asw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche My mouth will speak 0 Here the words “My mouth” represent the one speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak” 145:21 t2tr will speak out the praise of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “tell everyone how good Yahweh is” 145:21 nc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let all mankind bless his holy name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “let all people bless him” or “let all people do what makes him happy” -146:intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust\n\nTrusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +146:intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144–150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust\n\nTrusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) 146:1 xb8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 146:1 jq1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Praise Yahweh, my soul 0 Here “soul” represents the writer’s inner being. The writer is commanding his inner being to praise Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all my soul” or “I give praise to Yahweh with all my life” 146:2 isg7 with all my life 0 Alternate translation: “until I die” or “while I live” @@ -5130,7 +5129,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 146:9 l8p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he lifts up 0 God helping someone is spoken of as if he were physically lifting them up. 146:10 kr81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy your God, Zion 0 Here “Zion” represents all the people of Israel. The writer is speaking to the people of Israel as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “your God, people of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 146:10 il4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis for all generations 0 The words “will reign” are understood. Alternate translation: “will reign for all generations” or “will reign forever” -147:intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s control\n\nYahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people. +147:intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144–150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s control\n\nYahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people. 147:1 u7wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 147:1 g689 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis it is pleasant 0 The object may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “it is pleasant to sing praises” 147:1 i9pm praise is suitable 0 Alternate translation: “praise is fitting” or “praise is appropriate” @@ -5159,7 +5158,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 147:19 m4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel 0 The verbal phrase can be supplied from the previous line. Alternate translation: “He proclaimed his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel” 147:19 c558 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet his statutes and his righteous decrees 0 The words “statutes” and “righteous decrees,” along with “word” in the previous line, all refer to the law of Moses. If your language does not have different words for these terms, you may combine the two lines into one, using either “Jacob” or “Israel” for the people who received them. 147:20 s9ly they do not know them 0 The other nations do not know Yahweh’s decrees. -148:intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nAll creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness. +148:intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144–150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nAll creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness. 148:1 hy45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 148:1 y3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens & you in the heights 0 “Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens … you in the sky.” These two lines are parallel, with phrase “the heights” meaning the same thing as “the heavens” in the previous line. 148:3 ri28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Praise him, sun and moon 0 The writer speaks to the sun and moon as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, sun and moon, as people do” @@ -5184,7 +5183,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 148:14 qn5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He has lifted up the horn of his people 0 The writer speaks of strength as if it were the horn of an animal. Lifting up an animal horn was a symbolic action that represented military victory. Alternate translation: “He has made his people strong” or “He has given his people victory” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 148:14 wv8t for praise from all his faithful ones 0 Alternate translation: “so that all his faithful ones praise him” 148:14 n4ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the people near to him 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh loving his people as if his people were physically close to him. Alternate translation: “the people he loves” -149:intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nThe people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations. +149:intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144–150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\n\nThe people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations. 149:1 p2dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe psalmist is speaking to all of God’s people, so you should use the plural command form if your language has one. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 149:1 e71a a new song 0 This could mean: (1) “a song you have never sung before” or (2) a song no one has ever sung before. 149:1 vlr1 sing his praise 0 Alternate translation: “praise him with songs” @@ -5201,7 +5200,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 149:8 ka3y chains 0 These are made of heavy metal and restrict the movement of prisoners. 149:8 ety5 shackles 0 a pair of chains or bands with a chain between that limits the movement of both a person’s hands or feet. 149:9 jie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns They will execute the judgment that is written 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “They will judge and punish the people of those nations as God wrote should be done” -150:intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Instruments\n\nPeople should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument. +150:intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144–150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Instruments\n\nPeople should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument. 150:1 jx5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis focuses on praise or worship that is most commonly held in the temple. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 150:1 djp3 Praise God in his holy place 0 God’s temple was often referred to as his holy place. This was the most common place to go to worship God. 150:2 e6ff his mighty acts 0 “the great things he has done.” God’s **mighty acts** could mean: (1) natural such as thunderstorms and earthquakes or (2) miraculous such as healings and great victories in battle. diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index e0d7b5d0a7..ef73203964 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 1:4 ag8r מֵישָׁרִ֖ים אֲהֵבֽוּ⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “it is right that other young women adore you” or “no wonder other young women adore you” 1:5 ez2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁחוֹרָ֤ה אֲנִי֙ 1 Here, **I am black** means “My skin is black” or “My skin is very dark.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My skin is black” or “My skin is very dark” 1:5 jpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְֽ⁠נָאוָ֔ה 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to what was expected, because in the author’s culture it was not considered attractive for a woman to have skin that was dark as a result of much exposure to the sun. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet lovely” or “but still lovely” -1:5 ck9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 The phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** is a poetic way of referring to women who were born in Jerusalem and/or were from the city of Jerusalem (These are probably the same women as the “marriageable women” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and the women referred to as “they” in [1:4](../01/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “young women of Jerusalem” or “young women from Jerusalem” +1:5 ck9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 The woman is using the possessive form to poetically describe where the young women (whom she calls **daughters**) live. The phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** refers to the young women who were from the city of Jerusalem (These are probably the same women as the “marriageable women” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and the women referred to as “they” in [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could indicate the association between these young women and **Jerusalem** in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “daughters from Jerusalem” or “young women from Jerusalem” 1:5 rbb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠אָהֳלֵ֣י קֵדָ֔ר כִּ⁠ירִיע֖וֹת שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 The Kedar were a tribe of people who used black goat skins to make their tents, thus their tents were dark in color. The woman is comparing her skin to these tents which were dark in color. The phrase **the curtains of Solomon** refers to the curtains in Solomon’s palace which were very beautiful. The point of the first comparison is that the woman’s skin was dark (referring back to and further describing the word **black**) and the point of the second comparison is that the woman was beautiful (referring back to and further describing the word **lovely**). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons from your culture or you could retain these similes and express these meanings as plainly as possible. Alternate translation: “like the dark color of the tents of the people of the tribe Kedar, like the curtains of Solomon’s palace” or “as dark as the color of the tents of Kedar, as beautiful as the curtains in Solomon’s palace” 1:6 avcq אַל־ תִּרְא֨וּ⁠נִי֙ 1 The phrase **Do not look at me** could mean: (1) that the woman does not want people to look at her with contempt. Alternate translation: “Do not look at me with contempt” or “Do not look down on me” or “Do not look at me disapprovingly” (2) that the woman does not want people to stare at her in admiration of her beauty. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at me because I am so beautiful” 1:6 gy5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שֶׁ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 The word **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” @@ -107,53 +107,55 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 2:3 eogn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠בָּנִ֑ים 1 Here, the phrase **the sons** refers to the other young men. In the previous verse the man compared the woman to the other “daughters” (young women). Here the woman compares the man she loves to the other young men, whom she calls **the sons**. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly what **the sons** means here. Alternate translation: “among the other young men” or “when compared to all the other men” 2:3 pii3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ חִמַּ֣דְתִּי וְ⁠יָשַׁ֔בְתִּי וּ⁠פִרְי֖⁠וֹ מָת֥וֹק לְ⁠חִכִּֽ⁠י 1 Here the woman continues speaking of the man as if he were **an apple tree*. The word **shadow** refers to the shade of an apple tree which would give both protection from the sun and refreshment. To **sit** represents being near or in the presence of the man and his **fruit** being **sweet** means that he causes the woman to experience pleasurable feelings in a way that is comparable to eating sweet fruit. If it is possible in your language you should try to retain the images used here, or substitute a comparable image if needed. If you are not able to retain the metaphors without causing misunderstanding, you could use similes or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He provides me with refreshment and protection when I am in his presence, he gives me great pleasure” or “I sit in his presence and he refreshes and protects me, he is delightful to me like sweet fruit” 2:3 fkm3 בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “In his shade” -2:4 o9vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 See how you translated the phrase “has brought me” in [1:4](../01/04.md). The original language word which the ULT translates here as **He brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman and not something that has already happened. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “May he bring me” or ”I desire him to bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “He has brought me” +2:4 o9vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 See how you translated the phrase “has brought me” in [1:4](../01/04.md). The original language word which the ULT translates here as **He brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “May he bring me” or ”I desire him to bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “He has brought me” 2:4 f7e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 Your language may say “took” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “He took me” 2:3 bfja חִמַּ֣דְתִּי 1 Alternate translation: “I passionately desired” 2:4 ift6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן 1 In the author’s culture the phrase **house of wine** was used to refer to a location that people went for the purpose of drinking wine. The phrase does not necessarily indicate a **house** or building so here it could be referring a private location that used as their meeting place, possibly the “house” (location) where they spent time together in the forest (described in [1:17](../01/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly or use a general expression that allows for either meaning. Alternate translation: “the place where wine is drunk” or ”the place where wine is served” or ”our meeting place” 2:4 hxuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן 1 Here, **house of wine** most likely does not refer to a literal **house of wine** but instead the woman is probably using this phrase to poetically describe a private meeting place where they could enjoy expressing their love for each other. She is describing their meeting place by using an image that was meaningful in that culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could retain the literal translation **house of wine** and explain the meaning in a footnote (if you are using them), or you could express the meaning using a different expression that is meaningful in your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our meeting place so that we could enjoy our love” or ”the place where we could celebrate our love for each other” or ”the place where we could consummate our love” -2:4 rp8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ עָלַ֖⁠י אַהֲבָֽה 1 The woman is speaking of the man’s **love** for her as if it were a **banner**. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation or if it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he publicly displays his love for me and his intention to protect me” or “and he covers me with his love” +2:4 rp8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ עָלַ֖⁠י אַהֲבָֽה 1 The woman is speaking of the man’s **love** for her as if it were a **banner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he publicly displays his love for me and his intention is to protect me” or “and he covers me with his love” 2:4 jgbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ 1 A **banner** is a flag made out of a large piece of cloth that is attached to the top of a long wooden pole. People groups and kings had their own unique banners by which they identified themselves. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the name of something used for a similar purpose in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and his flag” 2:4 cms6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ עָלַ֖⁠י אַהֲבָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. -2:5 uxb2 Revive me 0 Alternate translation: “Return my strength” or “Give me energy” -2:5 khc1 with raisin cakes 0 “by giving me raisin cakes to eat.” Raisin cakes were cakes made of dried grapes pressed together. -2:5 gs2a refresh me with apricots 0 Alternate translation: “support me by giving me apricots” or “help me by giving me apricots” -2:5 y4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for I am weak with love 0 The woman speaks of feeling weak because her love is so strong as if love were a kind of sickness. Alternate translation: “because my love is so strong that I feel feeble” -2:6 m6ys left hand … right hand 0 Alternate translation: “left arm … right arm” -2:6 fq8w embraces me 0 Alternate translation: “holds me” -2:7 l67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe daughters of Jerusalem 0 “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. -2:7 n4wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe by the gazelles and the does of the fields 0 Although the daughters of Jerusalem could not hear her, the woman speaks to them as if they could hear saying that the gazelles and the does will punish them they break their promise. -2:7 sz5c the gazelles 0 These are animals that look like deer and move quickly. -2:7 nt79 does 0 female deer -2:7 w94r of the fields 0 “that live in the countryside.” This was land that has not been farmed. -2:7 ekc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אִם־ תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ 0 Here **love** is spoken of as if it were a person asleep that does not want to be awakened until the right time. -2:7 fz3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet will not awaken or arouse 0 If your language has only one word for waking people out of sleep, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “will not awaken” +2:5 ddvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism סַמְּכ֨וּ⁠נִי֙ בָּֽ⁠אֲשִׁישׁ֔וֹת רַפְּד֖וּ⁠נִי בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים 1 These two phrases mean very similar things. In the author’s culture both raisins and **apples** were believed to give people strength for love.The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if your readers are unfamiliar with raisins and/or **apples** and you do not have an equivalent food or foods that you could substitute for them here you could combine these two phrases into one and use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Sustain and refresh me with fruit” or “strengthen me with fruit” or “strengthen me for love with fruit” +2:5 ukb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural סַמְּכ֨וּ⁠נִי֙…רַפְּד֖וּ⁠נִי 1 The phrases **Sustain me** and **refresh me** are plural imperative forms in the original language. The woman is addressing the man using plural forms to show the intensity of her feelings. Your language may allow you to do the same thing. The ULT indicates the intensity that these two plural forms indicate by placing an exclamation point at the end of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for showing intensity of emotion. +2:5 t16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result סַמְּכ֨וּ⁠נִי֙ בָּֽ⁠אֲשִׁישׁ֔וֹת רַפְּד֖וּ⁠נִי בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים כִּי־ חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second part gives the reason for the result that the first part describes. Alternate translation: “Because I am sick with love, sustain me with raisin cakes and refresh me with apples” +2:5 khc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בָּֽ⁠אֲשִׁישׁ֔וֹת 1 A **raisin** is a dried grape. Raisin cakes were cakes made of dried grapes pressed together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cakes made of dried fruit” +2:5 gs2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים 1 An **apple** is a round pleasant tasting fruit that grows on a tree and is about the size of an adult human’s fist. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fruit” +2:5 y4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כִּי־חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי 1 The woman speaks of feeling **sick with love** because her feelings of love are so strong for the man that they overwhelm her body as if they were a kind of sickness. She is exaggerating in order to emphasize the strength of her feelings for the man. Alternate translation: “for my love for you is so strong that I feel as if I were sick with love” or “because my love for you overwhelms me like a sickness” +2:5 ijwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אַהֲבָ֖ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. +2:6 m6ys שְׂמֹאל⁠וֹ֙ תַּ֣חַת לְ⁠רֹאשִׁ֔⁠י וִ⁠ימִינ֖⁠וֹ תְּחַבְּקֵֽ⁠נִי 1 This verse could be describing: (1) an action that the man was doing in which case it should be translated in a similar way to the way that the ULT translates it. (2) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “ I hope he puts his left arm under my head\nand holds me close with his right arm” or ”I want him to put his left arm under my head\nand hold me close with his right arm” +2:7 l67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 Here the author portrays the woman as speaking to the **daughters of Jerusalem** as if they were present and could hear her but most likely they are not present but rather the author is depicting the woman as addressing the **daughters of Jerusalem** as a poetic way of giving voice to the woman’s feelings. Because the author does this intentionally for poetic effect it is suggested that you do the same. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in a footnote if you are using them. +2:7 f8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם…בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 **I adjure you** and the word **by** are both parts of Hebrew oath or promise formulas. You can use a natural way of making a promise in your culture that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “I urge you to promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “Please, promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “I want you to make an oath … with the female gazelles or the does of the field listening” +2:7 to30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 See how you translated the phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** in [1:5](../01/05.md). +2:7 n4wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 Here, the woman is using the possessive form to describe that **female gazelles** and **does** live in fields and therefore are wild rather than domesticated animals. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could explain the meaning of the phrase **of the field** in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the wild female gazelles and does” +2:7 sz5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת 1 A gazelle is an animal that is a small antelope and looks like a deer, moves quickly like a deer, and is very similar in size to a deer. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or if you do not have two deer-like animals in your area or if your language does not have two different words for deer-like animals you could combine the terms **female gazelles** and **does** into one term. Alternate translation: “by the female deer of” or “by the female gazelles of” +2:7 nt79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת 1 **Does** are female deer. If it would be helpful to your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the female deer of” +2:7 ekc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אִם־ תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ 1 Here **love** is spoken of as if it were a person who could sleep and be awakened and as if it were a person who could have **desires**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not encourage people to love romantically until the appropriate time” or “do not encourage people’s romantic feelings until the appropriate time” +2:7 fz3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אִם־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ 1 Here, the words **awaken** and **stir** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “do not awaken” +2:7 z2xm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. 2:8 aay2 0 # General Information:\n\nThe second part of the book begins here. It is not clear whether the woman is speaking to herself or to the daughters of Jerusalem. -2:8 j2nl Listen 0 This could mean: (1) “Listen carefully to what I am about to say.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully, or (2) “Listen so you can hear him coming.” -2:8 rn51 my beloved 0 This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” -2:8 dm9e leaping … jumping 0 The woman shows that she is excited to see the man come by using as few words as possible to describe what he is doing. Your language may have a different way of showing that the speaker is excited about what is happening. -2:8 fr67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills 0 “leaping on the mountains, running quickly on the hills.” The woman speaks of the man as if he were “a gazelle or a young stag” (verse 9) coming quickly toward her over rough ground. -2:9 l5ni gazing … peering 0 The woman shows that she is excited to see the man come by using as few words as possible to describe what he is doing. Your language may have a different way of showing that the speaker is excited about what is happening. -2:9 f2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like a gazelle or a young stag 0 Gazelles and young stags move quickly over rough ground. The woman imagines the man coming as fast as he can to be with her. You could translate using animals in your language that people think of as fast. -2:9 kq5f a gazelle 0 This is an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “the gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md). -2:9 qbs9 a young stag 0 Alternate translation: “a young male deer” -2:9 s6z4 look 0 “listen carefully” or “what I am about to say is important.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully. -2:9 umf5 behind our wall 0 “on the other side of our wall.” The woman is in a house and the man is outside the house. -2:9 be2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive our wall 0 The word “our” refers to the woman and the other people in the house with her. If she is speaking to herself, it is inclusive, but if she is speaking to the daughters of Jerusalem, whether she is referring to herself and her companions or to herself only in plural, as in “We are glad … We rejoice … let us celebrate” ([Song of Songs 1:4](../01/01.md)), it is exclusive. -2:9 kf9u gazing through the window 0 Alternate translation: “he stares in through the windows” -2:9 s9xt peering through the lattice 0 Alternate translation: “he peeks through the lattice” -2:9 z1bl lattice 0 a cover for a window or some other entrance that someone has made by weaving long strips of wood together. Lattices have holes that people can look through. -2:10 hl12 My beloved 0 This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “My dear one” or “My lover” -2:10 pah1 Arise, my love 0 Alternate translation: “Get out of bed, my love” -2:10 fff7 my love 0 “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md) -2:11 yv91 Look 0 “Listen carefully” or “What I am about to say is important.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully. -2:11 e658 the winter is past 0 Winter is the cold time of year when plants do not grow and people prefer to stay inside their houses. You could use the term in your language for that time of year. -2:11 f4hz the rain is over and gone 0 In Israel it only rains during the winter. The rain here is cold and unpleasant, not the refreshing rain of the hot season. -2:12 wfw3 The flowers have appeared 0 Alternate translation: “People can see flowers” -2:12 j8f3 in the land 0 Alternate translation: “all over this land” -2:12 sv72 for pruning 0 for cutting off branches from a plant so that it will produce more fruit or look better -2:12 x3li the singing of birds 0 Alternate translation: “for birds to sing” -2:12 zmw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the sound of the doves is heard 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people can hear the sound of doves” or “the doves are cooing” +2:8 fq0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ק֣וֹל דּוֹדִ֔⁠י 1 Here the original language word which the ULT translates as **voice** is being used to get the readers attention. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen, I hear my beloved speaking” or “Listen, I hear my beloved approaching” +2:8 okuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word that is used to bring attention to something. Here it is used to bring attention to the man’s approach. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated “Behold” in [1:15](../01/015.md). Alternate translation: “Look” +2:8 happ rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֑א 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “is going” +2:8 tymi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־ הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־ הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The woman says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to give emphasis to what she is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing in your language, or if you do not have two words for steeply elevated inclines you could combine these two phrases and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “jumping over the mountains!” or “leaping over the hills!” +2:8-9 fr67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת & דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר 1 The woman speaks of the man as if he were **a gazelle or a young stag**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills. My beloved is agile and fast and he exudes freedom and strength like a gazelle or a young stag” +2:8-9 gatn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My beloved resembles a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” or “My beloved is like a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” +2:9 kq5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לִ⁠צְבִ֔י 1 See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md) and translate this word as the singular of “gazelles.” +2:9 qbs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֑ים 1 A **stag** is a male deer. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “male deer” +2:9 s6z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation הִנֵּה־זֶ֤ה עוֹמֵד֙ 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word that is used to bring attention to something. Here it is used to draw attention to the man’s arrival. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language in this context. Alternate translation: “Look! Here he is! Standing” +2:9 pppj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זֶ֤ה 1 Here, the phrase **this one** refers to the man who the woman calls **My beloved** in the first part of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man” or “my beloved” +2:9 umf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אַחַ֣ר כָּתְלֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, the word **our** refers to the woman and her family and does not include the man, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “behind the wall of my house” or “on the other side of the wall of my family’s house” +2:9 kf9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מַשְׁגִּ֨יחַ֙ מִן־הַֽ⁠חֲלֹּנ֔וֹת מֵצִ֖יץ מִן־הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “gazing through the windows, yes, looking through the lattice” +2:9 nuxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural הַֽ⁠חֲלֹּנ֔וֹת…הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים 1 Here, the words **windows** and **lattices** are plural forms and could: (1) be used with singular meanings here. Because the author says that the man **is standing** instead of indicating that he is walking around the outside of the house, it is likely that these terms have singular meanings here. Alternate translation: “the window … the lattice” (2) have a plural meaning indicating that the man was walking around the house and looking into the house through different windows and lattices. If you decide that these two terms have a plural meaning here you can translate them in a similar way to the ULT. +2:9 s9xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים 1 A “lattice” is a cover inside a window frame that is made by weaving strips of wood together. **lattices** have holes that people can look through. If your readers would not be familiar with **lattices**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could describe **lattices** as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the screen” +2:11 yv91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation הִנֵּ֥ה ה⁠סתו 1 The man is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “see that the winter” +2:11 jmbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 Here, the word **for** indicates that what follows is the motivation or reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +2:11 e658 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ה⁠סתו 1 In Israel **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and rains more heavily than during other seasons. If the seasons do not vary much in your location, you could explain this with a general expression such as “the cold season” as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the cold rainy season” or “the cold wet season” +2:11 asu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ה⁠סתו עָבָ֑ר הַ⁠גֶּ֕שֶׁם חָלַ֖ף 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the winter has gone; yes, the rain has passed” +2:11 qxz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go עָבָ֑ר 1 Your language may not say **gone** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “is finished” or “is over” +2:11 b8gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הָלַ֥ךְ לֽ⁠וֹ 1 Your language may not say **went** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “it ended” or “it left” +2:11 eh4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חָלַ֖ף הָלַ֥ךְ לֽ⁠וֹ 1 The terms **passed** and **went away** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “is over and gone” or “has gone away” +2:12 j8f3 בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “throughout the land” +2:12 zmw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠ק֥וֹל הַ⁠תּ֖וֹר נִשְׁמַ֥ע 1 The phrase **the turtledove is heard** can be translated in active form. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it is people. Alternate translation: “and people hear the voice of the turtledove” or “and people hear the turtledove cooing” 2:13 mk2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification The fig tree ripens her green figs 0 The tree is spoken of as if it were actively causing its fruit to ripen. This is a collective singular and can be translated as a plural. Alternate translation: “The figs on the trees are becoming ripe” 2:13 ef3j vines are in blossom 0 Alternate translation: “vines are flowering” or “vines have flowers” 2:13 xhn3 they give off 0 The word “they” refers to the blossoms on the vines. @@ -402,8 +404,6 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 6:4 xk88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as beautiful as Tirzah, my love, as lovely as Jerusalem 0 These cities were famous for being beautiful and pleasant to be in. The man thinks the woman is beautiful, and he takes pleasure in being with her. 6:4 nj8w my love 0 “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md). 6:4 rjr5 lovely 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:5](../01/05.md). -6:4 uwd8 as awe-inspiring as an army with its banners 0 The beauty of the woman is so powerful that it makes the man feel helpless, as if an army were approaching him. -6:5 e85g overwhelm me 0 “terrify me.” The eyes of the woman are so beautiful that it makes the man feel weak and afraid because he cannot resist their power. 6:5 lbz1 Your hair … from the slopes of Gilead 0 Translate “Your hair … from Mount Gilead” as in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md). 6:6 lxi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your teeth are like a flock of ewes 0 After sheep have their wool cut off, they are washed and their skin looks very white. The woman’s teeth are white. See how “Your teeth are like a flock of newly shorn ewes” is translated in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). 6:6 j7se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit coming up from the washing place 0 The ewes are coming up out of the water. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “that are coming up out of the water after people have washed them” @@ -412,18 +412,15 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 6:6 j4u3 bereaved 0 lost a loved one who has died. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). 6:7 zid1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile are like pomegranate halves 0 Pomegranates are smooth, round, and rich red. The man thinks the woman’s cheeks are beautiful and show that she is healthy. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “are red and round like two halves of a pomegranate” or “are red and full and healthy” 6:7 z88b behind your veil 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md). -6:8 g963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers There are sixty queens, eighty concubines … young women without number 0 These numbers are to be large, then larger, and then beyond counting. Alternate translation: “There are 60 queens, 80 concubines … more young women than anyone could count” or “There are many queens, even more concubines, and more young women than anyone could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:9 a2hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My dove 0 The Israelites considered doves beautiful birds with pleasant voices. The man thinks the woman’s face and voice are beautiful. If calling a woman a “dove” would be offensive, you could leave out the metaphor. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “You beautiful woman” 6:9 dk9e my undefiled 0 “my perfect one” or “my faithful one” or “my innocent one.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 5:2](../05/02.md). -6:9 m138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole the only daughter of her mother 0 This is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “her mother’s special daughter” or “completely different from her mother’s other daughters” 6:9 tej6 the woman who bore her 0 “the woman who gave birth to her.” This phrase refers to her mother. 6:9 wmx6 young women … queens … concubines 0 the women spoken of in [Song of Songs 6:8](./08.md). 6:9 al8y called her blessed 0 Alternate translation: “said that things had gone especially well for her” 6:10 cw4k 0 # General Information:\n\nThe ULT understands this to be what the queens and the concubines said about the woman. However, some versions understand these to be the words of the man. 6:10 g6e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who is this who appears like the dawn … banners? 0 They are using this question to say that they think the young woman is amazing. Alternate translation: “This is an amazing woman! She comes into view like the dawn … banners!” 6:10 y3dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile who appears like the dawn 0 The dawn is beautiful. The woman is beautiful. Alternate translation: “who comes into view like the dawn” -6:10 vb8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as awe-inspiring as an army with its banners 0 The beauty of the woman is so powerful that it makes the other women feel helpless, as if an army were approaching them. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 6:4](./04.md). -6:11 x84j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 # General Information:\n\nThe man finishes speaking to himself. Looking to see if plants had matured is probably a metaphor for enjoying the sight of the woman’s body. +6:10 vb8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as awe-inspiring as an army with its banners 0 See how you translated the similar phrase “terrifying like bannered armies” in [6:4](../06/04.md). 6:11 xmc2 grove 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:13](../04/12.md). 6:11 vs9r young growth 0 Alternate translation: “young plants” or “new shoots” 6:11 qw4q had budded 0 “had grown their buds.” Buds are the small round parts of plants which open up into flowers. @@ -435,13 +432,10 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 6:13 za54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns we may gaze 0 Some versions understand the plural to refer to the man speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I may gaze” 6:13 c258 gaze 0 look intently for a long time 6:13 e2bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies 0 Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. -6:13 iqb9 as if on the dance between two armies 0 Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies” 7:intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Similes\n\nThere are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 7:1 z7jk 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions. -7:1 v8jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals 0 It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” 7:1 k8va prince’s daughter 0 Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.” 7:1 e9bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The curves of your thighs are like jewels 0 The shape of the woman’s thighs remind the speaker of a beautiful precious stone that a skilled workman has carved. Alternate translation: “The curves of your thighs are beautiful like the beautiful curves of jewel that a skilled craftsman has made” -7:1 xs8e your thighs 0 The word “thighs” refers to the hips of a woman and the part of her legs that is above her knee. 7:1 fc12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the work of the hands of a master craftsman 0 The hands are a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “the work of a master craftsman” or “something that a master craftsman has made” 7:2 u88e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your navel is like a round bowl 0 A bowl is round. The woman’s navel is round. 7:2 dp5a navel 0 the spot on the stomach left from the cord that attaches a baby to its mother @@ -451,10 +445,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 7:2 ah1p a mound of wheat 0 This is a pile of the grains of wheat after people remove the parts of it that they do not use. 7:2 cz8d encircled with lilies 0 Alternate translation: “with lilies all around it” 7:2 ue5r lilies 0 sweet-smelling flowers that grow in places where there is much water. Translate as the plural of “lily” in [Song of Songs 2:1](../02/01.md). -7:3 jw6n two breasts 0 If the word “two” seems unnecessary and so out of place, you could omit it. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:5](../04/04.md). -7:3 ugf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like two fawns, twins of a gazelle 0 The man implies that the woman’s breasts are matching, soft, and perhaps small. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:5](../04/04.md). -7:3 jh3u twins 0 the babies of a mother who gave birth to two babies at one time. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:5](../04/04.md). -7:3 wr8t gazelle 0 an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). +7:3 jw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile two breasts 0 See how you translated this in [4:5](../04/05.md). 7:4 uv17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your neck is like a tower of ivory 0 A tower is long and straight. Ivory is white. The woman’s neck is long and straight, and her skin is light in color. 7:4 b1sy a tower of ivory 0 Alternate translation: “a tower that people have decorated with ivory” 7:4 xgt7 ivory 0 the white tusk or tooth of an animal that is similar to bone. People use ivory to make art and to make things look beautiful. @@ -462,19 +453,16 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 7:4 md6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Heshbon 0 This is the name of a city east of the Jordan River 7:4 r1vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bath Rabbim 0 This is the name of a city. 7:4 a4vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile nose is like the tower in Lebanon 0 A tower is tall and straight, and her nose is tall and straight. -7:4 s23k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that looks toward Damascus 0 The tower looking is a metonym for people on the tower looking. Alternate translation: “that allows people to look toward Damascus” -7:5 jn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your head is on you like Carmel 0 Mount Carmel is higher than everything else around it. The man wants to look at the woman’s head more than at anything else. Alternate translation: “Your head is on you like a crown, higher than anything else” +7:4 s23k that looks toward Damascus 0 Alternate translation: “facing toward Damascus” +7:5 jn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רֹאשֵׁ֤⁠ךְ עָלַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כַּ⁠כַּרְמֶ֔ל וְ⁠דַלַּ֥ת רֹאשֵׁ֖⁠ךְ כָּ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן 1 7:5 sr83 dark purple 0 Other possible translations are: (1) “dark black” or (2) “dark red.” 7:5 hkk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The king is held captive by its tresses 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Your hair that hangs down is so beautiful that the king is not able to stop admiring it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 7:5 l5e5 tresses 0 the clusters of hair that hang down from a woman’s head 7:6 hqx3 my love, with delights 0 Alternate translation: “my love. You delight me” -7:7 j31f 0 # General Information:\n\nThe man describes what he would like to do with the woman . 7:7 jy1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your height is like that of a date palm tree 0 “You stand up like a date palm tree.” Date palm trees are tall and straight, and their branches are only at the top, with the fruit under the branches. 7:7 f6me date palm tree 0 a tall, straight tree that produces a sweet, brown, and sticky fruit that grows in groups 7:7 jr1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile your breasts like clusters of fruit 0 The dates on a palm tree grow soft and round in large bunches that hang from the tree just below the branches, which are all at the top. The woman’s breasts are soft and round and are just lower than her arms. 7:8 p7ge I said 0 “I thought” or “I said to myself.” The man said this silently. -7:8 r1b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I want to climb … its branches 0 The man wants to embrace the woman. -7:8 w5g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile May your breasts be like clusters of grapes 0 The man wants to touch her breasts. Clusters of grapes are round and soft. 7:8 zfb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile may the fragrance of your nose be like apricots 0 The word “nose” is a metonym for the breath coming out of the nose. Alternate translation: “may the breath coming from your nose smell sweet like apricots” 7:8 f9is apricots 0 sweet yellow fruit 7:9 yrg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May your palate be like the best wine 0 The palate is a metonym for the lips. Wine tastes good. The man wants to kiss the woman’s lips. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -495,15 +483,13 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 7:13 c2ah are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old 0 Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit” 7:13 jsb8 stored up for you 0 Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you” 7:13 h8r2 my beloved 0 This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” -8:intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Kisses\n\nThe kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Passion\n\nThe chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. +8:intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Kisses\n\nThe kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Passion\n\nChapter 8 describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. The feeling of strong desire for one another. 8:1 me7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 # General Information:\n\n(See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 8:1 dp21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile you were like my brother 0 A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. 8:1 v5fh you outside 0 Alternate translation: “you in public” 8:1 zyd6 I could kiss you 0 A woman would probably kiss her brother on his cheek order to greet him. 8:1 ec82 would despise me 0 Alternate translation: “would think that I am a bad person” -8:2 i6ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit she who taught me 0 taught her how to make love 8:2 s68s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I would give you spiced wine to drink and some of the juice of my pomegranates 0 The woman uses these images to say that she will give herself to the man and make love with him. -8:2 au41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor spiced wine 0 “wine with spices” or “wine that has spices in it.” This represents the intoxicating power of lovemaking. 8:3 s92v His left hand … embraces me 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:6](../02/05.md). 8:3 e5cp left hand … right hand 0 Alternate translation: “left arm … right arm” 8:3 v65k embraces me 0 Alternate translation: “holds me” @@ -527,19 +513,17 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:7 e1ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor nor can floods sweep it away 0 Love never changes and always stays the same so it is like something that not even a powerful flood can move. 8:7 dju9 floods 0 In Israel, water from the rain flows into deep and narrow valleys. This creates a flood of water so powerful that it can move huge boulders and trees. 8:7 kqk9 sweep it away 0 Alternate translation: “carry it away” or “wash it away” -8:7 jwh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If a man gave … the offer would utterly be despised 0 This is something that could possibly happen. Alternate translation: “Even if a man … he would be utterly despised” +8:7 jwh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־יִתֵּ֨ן אִ֜ישׁ אֶת־כָּל־ה֤וֹן בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ בָּ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה בּ֖וֹז יָב֥וּזוּ לֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is using a hypothetical situation to illustrate a truth. Alternate translation: “Even if a man will give all the wealth of his house in exchange for love,\nthey will utterly despise him” or “Suppose a man will give all the wealth of his house in exchange for love, they will utterly despise him” 8:7 g5ja gave 0 offered to give 8:7 l4u3 all the possessions in his house 0 Alternate translation: “everything he owns” 8:7 n3pn for love 0 Alternate translation: “in order to get love” or “in order to buy love” -8:7 nt2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the offer would utterly be despised 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people would completely despise him” or “people would harshly ridicule him” 8:8 au5a little sister 0 Alternate translation: “young sister” 8:8 t852 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What can we do … in marriage? 0 The speaker uses this question to introduce what he wants to say. Alternate translation: “This is what we will do … in marriage.” -8:8 g5fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom she will be promised in marriage 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “a man comes and wants to marry her” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 8:9 mpf5 0 # General Information:\n\nThe young woman’s brothers continue to speak among themselves. 8:9 x3j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor If she is a wall … If she is a door 0 The little sister ([Song of Songs 8:8](./08.md)) has very small breasts that either have not grown or are very small. 8:9 am5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor we will build on her a tower of silver … we will adorn her with boards of cedar 0 The brothers decide to decorate the little sister with silver and cedar, symbols of riches, so that she will be more likely to attract a good husband. 8:9 cnw3 will adorn her 0 Alternate translation: “will decorate her” -8:10 n2vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I was a wall 0 The wall is a metaphor for a woman with small breasts. +8:10 n2vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I was a wall 0 The phrase **I was a wall** is a metaphor. 8:10 mc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile my breasts are now like fortress towers 0 Fortress towers are tall. 8:10 rll2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I am in his eyes as one 0 Here eyes are a metonym for judgment or value. Alternate translation: “I am in his judgment as one” or “he thinks of me as one” 8:10 b5uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit brings peace 0 You may need to make explicit to whom the woman brings peace. Alternate translation: “brings him peace” @@ -552,7 +536,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:11 t2dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney to bring a thousand shekels of silver 0 “to bring 1,000 shekels of silver.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 8:11 e3jp shekels 0 Alternate translation: “coins” 8:11 mm2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Solomon 0 Some versions understand the woman to be speaking directly to Solomon. Others understand her to be speaking in an apostrophe to her friends, to the man, or to herself. -8:12 za66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My vineyard, my very own 0 The woman refers to herself as a vineyard, as in [Song of Songs 1:6](../01/05.md). Here she emphasizes that she and no one else will decide what she dies with the “vineyard.” +8:12 za66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My vineyard, my very own 0 The woman refers to herself as a vineyard, as in [Song of Songs 1:6](../01/05.md). Here she emphasizes that she and no one else will decide what she does with the “vineyard.” 8:12 gc75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom is before me 0 This is an idiom that means the a person has the right to do what they want with something. Alternate translation: “is at my disposal” or “is mine to do with as I desire” 8:12 tl1c the thousand shekels are for you, Solomon 0 The woman knows that Solomon has leased out the vineyard so he can get money, but she does not want money. 8:12 t7u1 the two hundred shekels 0 The speaker has not mentioned these before, but the hearer would understand that she is speaking of the money that those who worked the vineyard would have left for their own after they paid Solomon. @@ -564,3 +548,6 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:14 yhn7 gazelle 0 a type of slender deer-like animal with long curved horns 8:14 gp9l stag 0 an adult male deer 8:14 mqx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the mountains of spices 0 “the mountains that have spices all over them.” The woman uses this metaphor to invite the man to make love to her. See how the man uses the metaphor of a mountain of myrrh and a hill of frankincense in [Song of Songs 4:6](../04/06.md). +7:3 wr8t gazelle 0 +2:6 fq8w 0 Alternate translation: “holds me” +2:8 j2nl 0 This could mean: (1) “Listen carefully to what I am about to say.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully, or (2) “Listen so you can hear him coming.”